The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2430 STATE ROUTE 530_BLD1808_2026 DRAWING INDEX SITE CO.O CIVIL COVER SHEET DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE CI.O ALTA SURVEY COVER SHEET DEI DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS C1.1 ALTA SURVEY C1. ALTA SURVEY ARCHITECTURAL C13. GENERAL NOTES CIA GENERAL NOTE SHEET A.0 OCCUPANCY+LIFE SAFETY PLAN CI.S CONSTRUCTION PIPELINE NOTES Al OVERALL FRAMING PLAN 02.0 DEMOLITION PROJECT SITE Ala INTERIOR FRAMING PLAN C2.1 COMPENSATORY FLOOD STAGE AREA-DEMOLITION PLAN All DOOR OPENING AND FRAMING DETAILS C3.0 OVERALL SITE PLAN A1.2 DOORS,WINDOWS AND OPENINGS SCHEDULES AND LEGENDS C3.1 SITE PLAN PROJECT IMPROVEMENTS A13 FINISH SCHEDULES,NOTES,AND LEGENDS C3.2 SITE PLAN PROJECT IMPROVEMENTS A1.4 STOREFRONT DIMENSIONS C3.3 SITE PLAN FLOOD STAG STORAGE AREA A2 FLOOR FINISH PLAN C4.0 SITE GRADING PLAN A3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN C4.1 DRAINAGE INFRASTRUCTURE SCHEDULE AND NOTES A31 CEILING DETAILS C4.2 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A4 ROOF PLAN C4.3 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A4.1 ROOF DETAILS C4.4 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN AS EQUIPMENT PLAN C4.5 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5.1 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE C4.6 TANK FARM ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5.1a ARBY'S EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE C4.7 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 1 A5.2 ENLARGED CABINETRY PLAN-TRAINING ROOM C4.8 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 2 A5.3 ENLARGED CABINETRY PLAN-DRINKBAR R C4.9 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 3 A5.4 DRINKBAR/CINNABON/ISLAND ELEVATIONS C4.10 SITE CRADING PLAN COMPENSATORY FLOOD STAGE AREA A6 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS C5.0 SITE PAVING PLAN A6.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS C5.1 SITE PAVING AND PAVEMENT AND CONCRETE CURB SECTIONS A62 EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS C5.2 SITE CONCRETE SECTIONS AND DETAILS A7 WALL SECTIONS C5.3 SIDEWALK SECTIONS AND PARKING SIGN A7.1 WALL SECTIONS ` 06.0 SITE UTILITY PLAN A7.2 WALL SECTIONS C6.1 SITE UTILITY PLAN A7.3 WALL SECTIONS C62 ENLARGED SITE UTILITY PLAN A7.4 WALL SECTIONS 06.3 SANITARY SEWER PLAN AND PROFILE A7.5 WALL SECTIONS C6.4 WATER PLAN AND PROFILE A8 MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS 06.5 UTILITY AND CONSTRUCTION CROSSINGS OVER BP PIPELINE A8.1 MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS C8.6 CROSSINGS OVER BP PIPELINE CROSS SECTIONS A8.2 TACO BELL HOOD ELEVATIONS C7.0 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL COVER SHEET A9 ENLARGED SHOWER/RESTROOM FRAMING PLAN C7.1 CLEARING,EROSION,AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN Aga ENLARGED E S ELEVATIONS -RESTRO EQUIPMENT PLAN PILOT TRAVEL C73 CLEARING EROSION,AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN-FLOOD STAGE AREA A9.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-SHOWE S C7.3 EROSION CONTROL NOTES A9.1a INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-SHOWERS CENTERC7.4 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS A9.2 RESTROOM DETAILS #1103 C8.0 SITE CIVIL DETAILS A9.3 SHOWER DETAILS C8.1 SITE CIVIL DETAILS A9.4 RESTROOM AND SHOWER REFERENCE ONLY INFORMATION C82 STORMWATER DETENTION/TREATMENT FACILITY DETAILS A10 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-RESTAURANT C8.3 STORM DETAILS All INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-SALES AREA C8.4 SANITARY SEWER DETAILS Al2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-SALES BLOCKING PLAN 2430 SR530 NE C8.5 WATER DETAILS C8.6 WATER DETAILS CONTINUED STRUCTURAL C9.0 SMOKEY POINT BLVD IMPROVEMENTS C9.1 STATE ROAD 530 ACCESS AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS 8 FOUNDATION DIMENSION ARLINGTON C9.2 ROAD ELRATION PLAN 31 FOUNDATK)N DIMENSION PLAN , WA 98223 C9.4 ROAD DETAILS 611 FOUNDATION PLAN C9.4 ROAD DETAILS 81.2 SHEAR WALL AND SLAB LAYOUT PLAN LANDSCAPING 82 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S3 FOUNDATION AND COLD FORMED STEEL DETAILS DEVELOPED BY: L-1 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND NOTES S4 WALL ELEVATIONS L-2 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND 35 WALL DETAILS L-3 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND ROOF DETAILS BUILDING INFORMATION L-4 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND S7 S7 ROOF DETAILS PILOT FLYING J L-5 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND MECHANICAL SITE ELECTRICAL M0.1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE,NOTES,AND LEGEND CODE DESIGN DEPARTMENT 9071 REGtSTE(€p ESI.1 SITE PLAN-ELECTRICAL M02 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE,NOTES,AND LEGEND 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 5508 LONAS DRIVE 4tfTCGT ESI2 SITE PLAN-PHOTOMETRIC MI MECHANICAL PLAN HVAC LAYOUT , w p� Thy 5 M2 MECHANICAL PLAN DETAILS CAI W8 A 1 Mr KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE 37909 R Ate'In ESI.4 FUEL E-CT LOCATION PLAN M3 CAPT1VEfURE HOOD DRAWINGS AND gOHEMLES S1A7T Of WASNifIGiON E32.1 A LAN3 POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS M4 CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES TYPE IIB(UNPROTECTED,UNSPRINKLED) (865) 588-7487 ES2.2 TRUCK CANOPY AND ISLAND PLANS POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS MS CAPTIVEAIRE EXHAUST FAN DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES CANOPIES-TYPE IIB ES2.3 TANK FARM AND B99 POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS M6 CAPTNEAIRE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES 7/O3/IB ES3.1 DEF HEAT TRACE INSTALLATION DETAILS M7 CAPTNEA RE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES E332 DEF HEAT TRACE INSTALLATION DETAILS M8 CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD CONTROL AND DRAWINGS OCCUPANCY PRINCIPLE INTENDED USE-MERCANTILE PROJECT CONTACT SL1 M9 CAPTIVEAIRE GREASE DUCT DRAWING SITE LIGHTS Ma CAPTIVEAIRE GREASE DUCT DRAWING GROUP M-MERCANTILE,CONVENIENCE STORE LIGHT POLE DETAILS AND FOl1NDAT10NS Mn CAPTTVEAIRE CONTROL SEQUENCE OPERATION AND SCHEDULES GROUP U-CANOPIES,FUELING ISLANDS ROSS SHAVER MI2 CAPTTVEAIRE HOODS FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ME7 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS PETROLEUM ME2 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 303.1,EXCEPTION 2 PPO PERMITS THE RESTAURANT WHICH WOULD BE PROJECT MANAGER ext. 3469 PRODUCT PIPING NOTES,SCHEDULES ME3 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS AND INFORMATION ME4 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS CONSIDERED A-2,TO BE CLASSIFIED AS PART pPo AUTO AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT ME5 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS OF THE M OCCUPANCY BECAUSE IT HAS AN OCCUPANCY JOHN IRONS PP1.1 TANK FARM AND TRUCK AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT ME6 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS PPI2 PRODUCT PIPING EMERGENCY SHUT OFF AND MONITORING PLAN LOAD OF LESS THAN 50 PERSONS. THEREFORE THE PP2 UNDERGROUND TANK PLANS,NOTES AND LEGEND PLUMBING ENTIRE FACILITY IS CONSIDERED GROUP M. CONSTRUCTION SUPERINTENDENT ext. 5517 PP2.1 UNDERGROUND TANK PLANS,NOTES AND LEGEND PP2.2 UNDERGROUND TANK SECTIONS AND DETAILS PO PLUMBING PLAN LEGENDS AND SCHEDULES PP2.3 UNDERGROUND TANK SECTIONS AND DETAILS PI PLUMBING PLAN WASTE AND VENT PIPING SECTION 506.2 WHEN APPLIED TO THIS FACILITY PF3 UNDERGROUND TANK SUMP SECTIONS AND DETAILS P2 PLUMBING PLAN SERVICES PIPING ALLOWS FORA 75%INCREASE(OPEN ALL SIDES ENGINEERS AND CO PP3.1 TANK FILL/UNDERGROUNDAP TANK COMP SECTIONS CTIO AND DETAILS P3 PLUMBING PLAN CONDENSATE,GAS,AND STORM PIPING CONSULTANTS PP4 TANK FILL/VAPOR RECOVERY SECTIONS AND DETAILS P4 PLUMBING PLAN WASTE AND VENT ISOMETRIC BY 30'OR GREATER).TABLE 503 ALLOWS 12,500 m m w w m PP4.1 PRODUCT PIPING SECTIONS AND DETAILS P5.1 PLUMBING PLAN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE S.F.FOR TYPE IIB GROUP M WITH A 75%INCREASE PP4.2 VENT RISER SECTIONS AND DETAILS P5.2 PLUMBING PLAN DE CALCULATIONS 21,875 IS ALLOWED. ROY B. PARSONS III AIA PP5 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID NOTES,SCHEDULES,SECTIONS AND DETAILS P8.1 PLUMBING PLAN DETAILS PP5.1 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID DETAILS P62 PLUMBING PLAN DETAILS BUILDING SQ PP52 SQUARE FOOTAGE 9526 S.F.B99 INJECTION SHED SECTIONS AND DETAILS P7 PLUMBING PLAN FIRE STOPPING DETAILS ARCHITECT a PP5.3 B99TRUCK SLAB LAYOUT NUMBER OF STORIES 1 3 PPB TRUCK DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS ELECTRICAL PP6.1 TRUCK ISLAND PRODUCT PINING LAYOUT BUILDING HEIGHT(TOP OF RIDGE) 23'-8' ICENNY STANLEY P.E. PP6.2 TRUCK DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS � ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND AND LIHTING FIXTURE PP6.3 AUTO ISLAND PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT Ell TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIGHTING SCHEDULE PP6.4 AUTO DISPENSER SECTIONS AND DETAILS E12 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LTG#-ITING CONTROLS CIVIL ENGINEERING PP6.5 AUTO DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS E2.1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-POWER PROJECT SUMMARY E PP7 OIL/WATER SEPARATOR DETAILS AND NOTES E22 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS-ELECTRICAL E PP7.1 PRODU/WAOILCT SEPARATOR DETAILS AND NOTES E2.3 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS-ELECTRICAL LOUTS J. CO NA. P.E. U PPB PRODUCT PIPING SCHEDULES E2.4 TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN-POWER u E3 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW TRAVEL CENTER E4 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-FIRE ALARM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING S 555 AUTO CANOPY E5.1A TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD SCHEDULES WITH THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS E5.1B TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD SCHEDULES g ACI AUTO CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS >E52 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE o c o a -CONVENIENCE STORE w w w w .1 AUTO CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E5.3 TRAVEL CENTER,ARBYS AND CINNABON EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE CA RL A. R. PAGE, P.E. o 0 0 0 TRUCK CANOPY E5.4 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SCHEDULE -PJ FRESH MARKET S<S S E6 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM -ARBY'S RESTAURANT TC7 TRUCK CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E7 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING DIAGRAM-GASOLINE -5 SHOWERS ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING R� TCI.1 TRUCK CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E72 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING DIAGRAM-DIESEL E7.3 TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM -6 GAS ISLANDS AND 7 DIESEL LANES SI NAGE E7.4 TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT INPUT/OUTPUT WIRING DIAGRAM m m ro 00 m SSl SITE SI(ONAG PLAN E8 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS j E9.1 899 PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS,LLC IS THE OWNER/ v o n M __ o o o 0 2 ID 3I`,NS AND SK;N SCHEDULE E92 B99 CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAM OPERATOR OF THE ENTIRE FACILITY. S33 FREESTANDING,DIRECT7 0 0 000 SS4 FREESTANDING SIGNS AND DRIVE THRU DETAIL SFO SIGN DRAWING SR SIGN DRAWING SITE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ea NOT ALL FIXTURES GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES k R.TURES SHOWN ON SCHEDULE MAY BE UTILZIED ON PLAN WAsr/� J �O POLE FURORE ,. SITE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF EASEMENTS, h ,z J SYMBOL TYPE LAMP LENS TILT POLE BASE MOUNTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES&DRAINAGE BEFORE DRILLING POLE BASES. QUANTITY DESCRIPTION LUMINAIRE MODEL# MANUR TYPE TYPE LUMINOUS (TYPICAL) NOTE: VOLTAGE ANGLE HEIGHT HEIGHT HEIGHT EFFICACY ) HATCHED AREA DESIGNATION SHOWN ON PLAN IS o-- SA 5 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE 2. THE INSTALLATION OF THE SITE LIGHTING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE OSQ-A-DA$MEdI-57K-UL-BZ CREE LED WA 277 0' 20'-0' 3'$" 23'$' gg LK,yW EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL L MEANT TO REPRESENT THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES. DISTANCES FOR THE EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF FOR THE FUEL DISPENSERS.THE HATCH SHOWS A MINIMUM F o-- SAi 1 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE 3. THE WIND-LOAD STRENGTH OF TOTAL POLE/SUPPORT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE 7/6/18 20'TO THE CLOSEST DISPENSER AND A MAXIMUM OF OSQ-A-DAME-U$7K-UL-BZ CREE LED WA 277 0° 30'-0" T-6" 33'$" 99 LMIW ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE COMPLETE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY AND LUMINAIRES V `- 300'TO THE FURTHEST DISPENSER PER NFPA SECTION 30A CHAPTER 6.7 REQUIREMENTS. WITHOUT FAILURE,PERMANENT DEFLECTION,OR WHIPPING IN STEADY WINDS OF 80 MPH WITH A GUST FACTOR OF 1.3. �-� SB 3 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA4ME4U57K-UL-BZ CREE LED WA 277 0° 2d-0" 3'$' 23'$" 117 LMNV 4. LIGHT POLE BASES SHALL BE LOCATED 5'-0"BEHIND CURB IN AUTO PARKING o AREAS.AND 15'-0"BEHIND CURB IN TRUCK PARKING AREAS.BASES SHALL BE � IN-LINE WITH STRIPES BETWEEN PARKING SPACES. I`+1 CONDUIT TAG-REFER TO TRAVEL CENTER o-� SBt 10 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA-0ME-U57K-UL-BZ CREE LED WA 277 0° 2014r 3'$' 33". 117 LMNV W W ® CONDUIT SCHEDULE SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL 5. REFER TO SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN FOR FIXTURE ORIENTATION.FLOOD LIGHTS Z yyW pp CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, MOUNTED ON HIGH MAST POLE SHOULD BE AIMED FOR BEST RESULTS. 0 y QUANTITY AND FILL. (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE WITH BACK W F. o-• SBS 7 LIGHT SHIELD OSQ-A-DA-4ME-U57K-UL-BZ WITH OSQ-BLSLF CREE LED N/A 277 0° 30'-0" 3'$" 33'$" 117 LM(W 6. SYMBOLS ON THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY THESE J a Q Z mco NOTE: SYMBOLS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LL W Z W 51 DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR POLE BASE TO BACK OF CURB 0 O F. ONLY PERTAINS TO POLE LOCATIONS DIRECTLY IN LINE WITH SA4 4 (1)2,5W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DASME-U57K-UL-BZ CREE LED N/A 277 0° 3d-0' 3'-8' 33'$" L KEYED NOTES O y o J m PULL-IN/BACK-IN PARKING SPOTS. 1f!w to ao" iO CONNECT TO TRASH COMPACTOR. 0 PARKING SPACE O2 CONNECT TO VACUUM STATION. Y I O3 CONNECT TO DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CIVIL AND I SIGNAGE DRAWINGS. CURB I I I x—x—x—x—x— I X x---x---x 4 CONNECT TO LED PRICER. 3 _ / O CONNECT THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTORS.LIGHTING CONTACTORS ARE 3 -� CONTROLLED BY THE COMBINATION OF A PHOTOSENSOR AND ASTRONOMICAL TIMECLOCK VIA THE HONEYWELL CONTROLLER. BACK OF / MIN. CURB AT T MIN. AT k O6 DISCONNECT FOR STORAGE UNIT CONNECTION.COORDINATE EXACT AT AUTO AT TRUCK , _PARKING PARKINGLOCATION IN FIELD, SPACES FACE OF POLE SPACES ,,_ �- O7 NOT USED.BASE -�..m.,.-L .a..-- SBS _ I SBS 8O NOT USED. :.Y•�` 1'": I %� _ SBS - - O9 PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT FROM CONTROL PANEL FOR MUFFIN MONSTER TO MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR REMOTE ALARM CONNECTIONS.COORDINATE t. 3z Sal — — — — — — — CONDUCTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR ALARM STATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDE.CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING LIGHT POLE POLE BASE / / ` —r--'- -Y� --"�_- E-11(PART) SBi X ROUGH-IN. 22 sSITE LIGHT POLE BASE DETAIL x ,D NOT USED. S1. SCALE: N.T.S. L-37(PaRr>�X=XX- — x I. STUB CONDUITS INTO TRUCK SCALE PIT. X 89, 12 CONNECT TO HI-RISE SIGN. �y I_ 13 NOT USED. W Q N Zz =x,=V x L yyF.y 'P� I ) qq / 76 14 CONNECT TO GOAL POST SIGN. r J M x ' N L-27 O 15 CONNECT TO CAT SCALES SIGN. ,�j m I J /W� 50.2V 4 k ,8 PRK ,7m PRI,-120/240 SEC.,NEMA 3R DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER FOR LED Vt Z y Z x sAa - 12 - V ..I 0 II I _ NOT USED. W a 3 I II sBs T. 50.2V 18 PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR GOLF CART RECHARGER. d F'— Z _ 5 - ui > Y O -- -_ L k L-29O5 _ P-/-/--Z--T - T -7,- 3 19 PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CARDBOARD BALER. W 4 SB1 I ®MOUNT FUELING ESTOP ON W STEEL PIPE BOLLARD(BOLLARD PROVIDED BY y W CO I i / \ OTHERS).COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB UP LOCATION WITH SITE CONTRACTOR. 6 Z �x--_X�x—x—x fc— —x—x—x—xj q ,, / ' t, L~ y ..1 WPG 3 / / /./ -'f ) \ 21 NOT USED. r c w II Im ,A E-N(PART) ES22 ,€ I J /' 1 ' ' ✓// I 22 PROVIDE POWER FOR TRUCK PARKING AREA WIFI.COORDINATE EXACT O C Q -- -- G1-23,27 ` 22 /// // i I MOUNTING LOCATION WITH PILOT/FJ PROJECT MANAGER FOR POLE MOUNTS, L- _ \ SEE DETAIL 2-ES1.2. A N G,25 \ \ I v '' RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED ON TOP OF FUELING CANOPY.COORDINATE fi SA'13 I LOCATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER. I X TACO BELL DRIVE-THRU-ELECTRICAL Si. SCALE: 1„=20'-O„ \ >1 4 �'/' // '/ / /', //' 1 3 \ ES1.1/ I i CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE t I 3 L-zs 5 _ ` FEEDER DESCRIPTION z a a 50. L32,34,36 ' /fi � � + / L-23 p ❑ I ( \ 36.2V 100.3 4 O 3R 00/3 ❑ , `� I 25.2 (3)#3,.(1#2 .,N 1-C. e9 \\ L7 I❑1 �F-y� (2)#12,(1 p112 G.,IN 1"C. o 112 (2)#I0,(i)#O G.,IN 1"C, r n 35.2V (2#10,(1#10 G.,IN 1•C. W'Z L-38,40,4 I Li / 50.2V (2)#8,(1#10 G.,IN,`C. O aF 50.3 (3#8,(1#10 G.,IN 1"C. 50.3 L39 d 0: 2 _p \ \ 3 50.4V N (4)#8,(1#10 G.,IN 3/4'C. = •• I �tt 50.2V 3 / 65.2V (2)#6,(1#8 G..IN 1"C. C G w b b 8 11 CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE NOTES' } 2 18 25.2 tOD.9 \ \ - / \ \ 36.2 2 1—I CONDUIT GROUND 0] O /\ \ V-SIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP to 1 \ \ \ 2 '� \ —) S-SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM Z `LA# DPL-26,28,30 3 \ DPL-25,27,29 \ SBi 38, ES2.3 ; ((.� 3 r -�j r j 7"r n\\\\\\\\2 \ �S.1 ES2.1 $yt I U-SERVICE FROM UTILITY 3 m Z 6 6 100.3 3 ��/( Ly{ / / /i/' s DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE-ELECTRICAL . \+� SCALE: 1"=20'-0" \ + 7' 9 ' 2 '// / 16 r 3R S lii Q HWa ( f `� / / �/ �/ \ '� ( k 5 l i CONTRACTOR NOTE $ �14 ' / fL.J ' - - _._ CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND FAMILIARIZE •I� 50AV \\ "''- HIS/HERSELF WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. 15 \ \\ MUFFIN MONSTER CONTROL PANEL 35.2V Sv'Ho°LE`E T . Nt 3R L-37(PART) F cam) ES12 CAT SCALE PLAN-ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN-ELECTRICAL A S1. S1. SCALE: 1"=50'-0° ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS SCALE: 1"=20'-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES ",w aq / ♦ / / / / I n s SITE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF EASEMENTS, & UNDERGROUND UTILITIES&DRAINAGE BEFORE DRILLING POLE BASES. (TYPICAL) 2. THE INSTALLATION OF THE SITE LIGHTING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE NNOTE.' 8 EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH A HATCHED AREA DESIGNATION SHOWN ON PLAN IS OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES. LL MEANT TO REPRESENT THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DISTANCES FOR THE EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF FOR THE 3. THE WIND-LOAD STRENGTH OF TOTAL POLE/SUPPORT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE 7AV18 FUEL DISPENSERS.THE HATCH SHOWS A MINIMUM OF ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE COMPLETE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY AND LUMINAIRES 20'TO THE CLOSEST DISPENSER AND A MAXIMUM OF WITHOUT FAILURE,PERMANENT DEFLECTION,OR WHIPPING IN STEADY WINDS 100'TO THE FURTHEST DISPENSER PER NFPA SECTION OF 80 MPH WITH A GUST FACTOR OF 1.3. 30A CHAPTER 6.7 REQUIREMENTS. 4. LIGHT POLE BASES SHALL BE LOCATED 5'-0"BEHIND CURB IN AUTO PARKING v, NL NE WITH STRIPES ES AND H BETWEEN PARK114G SPACES IND CURB IN TRUCK PARKING AREAS.BASES SHALL BE F09 r Z p W S. TRIC _FOR FIXTURE ORIENTATION.MOUNTED ON HIGH MAST POLESHOULD BE AIMED OR BEST RESULTS.D LIGHTS Z u N ro 6. SYMBOLS ON THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY THESE }Q h Z UJI SYMBOLS ARE NOT TO SCALE. J W Z Z LL.pO1W— KEYED NOTES O In �W�E a o"� O FUEL SYSTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF BUTTON.SEE DETAIL 4/EB. O Z Y I I O SEE DETAIL 21ESlA FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION. O3 AREA OF COVERAGE FOR FUELING E-STOP SHUTOFF BUTTON.SEE NOTE -- -- - -- -- - i _ ii /*fix- X—X—X—X—X—X—X—x FOR DESIGNATION OF HATCHED AREA THIS SHEET. Lo I.—X—X—X—X— ` Z ix �. g Lu J M z Z N O W m allo X /k C) z °' O W a 1 , 2 - .._-- (TYPICAL) J > } Z IlL a O /V / J 40LLI r_x_" J C OW F- Q -j N EMENCY FUEL \ \+ PROVIDE APPROPRIATE SHUTOFF SIGNAGE PER ARTICLE FUEL ESTOP 2303.2 OF APPLICABLE BUTTON o I 4 VERSION OF IFC - I I 3 0 6"BOLLARD \ = yo GoerJr s Alco a CONTRACTOR NOTE \ — CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND FAMILIARIZE c HIS/HERSELF WITH THE S=NG CONDITIONS. FINISHED GRADE � -� -� - � ft�G-A 1 FUEL E-STOP MOUNTING DETAIL + SITE PLAN -ELECTRICAL s ESIA � SCALE: N.T.S. si. sCALE: ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 9Aa +. NOTE: w Di o THIS DRAWING IS TO BE USED AS A SCHEMATIC DRAWING. �- zy > IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC AND PRODUCT ¢< PIPING SUB-CONTRACTORS INSTALLING PRODUCT PIPING ¢ a a AND FUEL SYSTEM TO FOLLOW ALL LOCAL, FEDERAL, m 0 w AND FIRE MARSHALL'S MANDATES, LAWS, AND REQUIREMENT'S. LEGEND 2'AND 3• FUEL EMERGENCY ———————FIBERGLASS VENT/ STOP BUTTON STAGE II PIPE m 2•FIBERGLASS � ° AUTO DIESEL LINE f M 3•AND 2' W a W roy_ FIBERGLASS LOW Z�<ow)SULFUR TRUCK _ DIESEL LINE W 7 } Z ° 3•AND 2' J a FIBERGLASS ULTRA LL W Z LLU w LOW SULFUR TRUCK DIESEL LINE ~ Z O W t0 a� bra—°mx—2'FIBERGLASS O N J a` B100 LINE d UU N DEF—DEF—2•FIBERGLASS DEF Z DEF SHUT OFF BALL VALVES IN (UREA)LINE Y SS SHROUD ON SIDE OF NDISPENSER.(TYP.O EACH DEF DISNSER) ° •..8' ~—M—B—W~~' SIPHON LINES ap_�T 2•FIBERGLASS a SATELLITE LINE DISPENSER SUMPS WITH MASTS SHUT OFF BALL VALVES UNDER 2'FIBERGLASS ° • —moo—REGULAR UNLEADED DISPENSER IN SUMP.(TYP.® �o GASOLINE LINE EACH DISPENSER) 2•FIBERGLASS —v—Y—Y—SUPER UNLEADED GASOLINE LINE v P. FUEL EMERGENCY I Z STOP BUTTON t *�M.�* a 9vlCt i .0 Fs•' I IQI^^0- • > M VEEDER ROOT TLS Aj' V Z m N i SUMP k TANK r 1'•r 1.. O MONITORING PANEL UJ FUEL EMERGENCY .� 'I I V STOP BUTTONAmDSL El J I L ~ Q L ®J ..I 4 > } Z B100 INJECTION SUMP/ FUEL EMERGENCY I 1 I LLJ SHED WITH(14)VALVES. '••.1 I' I n, Y TANK#6 PRODUCT#4, SEE DETAILS ON PP5.2 STOP BUTTON Q/�/ 0,000 GALLO VALV . N B700, FOR VALVE ON .,JI r If'. I I 1, a Z ix O 0 SHUT OFF BALL ES OPTIONS 3 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP "HI H,") I I I—Q F— _Z . < °. ELECTRICAL BREAKERS .I 1I I 6 . O` °'O' PANEL FP•(LOCATED IN V LL ELECTRICAL ROOM) :W"`8 ^1- ._j I D LL CD TANK/5 PRODUCT/3, ��: �e' 00 Q 30,000 GALLON DIESEL,SIP O J O AND SHUT OFF BALL VALVE. O 0= N TANK/4 PRODUCT3, I T,14 1 G.('!I} I (/� 30,000 GALLON DIESEL.SIP 1.,•, �p I 1 1g� AND SHUT OFF BALL VALVE. , °m ) sir F a lJ lJ,lJ lJ TANK2�,PRODUCT/2, DEF .. • _ . d y`' s SUPER UNLEADED GASOLINE. 20,00 GALLON PORTION OF °°I O TANK/3 PODUCT 5, ~m SIP A GALLON SPLIT TANK, 12.00 OF GALLON PoF, VALVE. AND SHUT OFF BALL OF SPLR TANK,DEF, VALVE. DISCHARGE AND SHUT OFF 8<LL VALVE. I � � ° rnxx e+n o o avtm, � TANK&,PRODUCT#I. a •' F REGU UNLEADED GASOLINE. 20,000 GALLON TANK,STP AND I,� W 0 7 HUT OFF BALL VALVE. � a U J W E \� GAS DISPENSER SUMPS WITHO \ PRODUCT SHUT OFF BALL VALVE , I Do co) \ UNDER DISPENSER IN SUMP. (TYP.O EACH DISPENSER) co) s FUEL EMERGENCY \\ v > STOP BUTTON PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT I --- ------- --=--- <o ------- ------ ------ H W I SCALE: 1" = 20' c • o ' I FUEL EMERGENCY SHEET: NS"d STOP BUTTON o ' i p p I . 1 L� FrlFFFFFFFFlrFFFFFF�TlFF{F...... FFFFFFfFFFFF��fJTFFFIFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFf I�IFFFFYFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFr FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF —�� r� Ir � , IE -._�■-—,__■ 1:rFFFfFFYFl FFFFFFFllFFFFFFFF�FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFr{FFFFfFFF{�r=jFFl�FlFFFFFFFFFFF�FFFFFFFFFFf�'FFFFFFf FFFFFF i _ _ ■■ii■■�1■■ FFFFF■■■1:1■■m.-I �,r ■�.�11I��Ilolri�ll_�Icll� A of •:r ,• .11......1 f ■■■■E■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1 r , - . ■��_ 1 11111. 11111111 r . r xz — I■.....1 1......■I -.... ...:•;�� ;��••.- -_ as ioi 111■IIioil 1■1111■DI!__ i. �u�r ■0■gyp=�l ill 1_5 - ■� III I �I11 1111 ,�a o !■■■��.■..�■� o I_I � �01I1111111101 1 1 _ 11 11 1 1 A 111JIM • � .�■ I■! _ a � , II _ - 111■111111111IIU 11".01, - - �.1 11111■11111111■1�� ■ •.IPoft I-r�1■��o...o.___. �..,,��II . . 1711�1111111111 �.:■■�� ♦o♦o♦000♦0 .�11i�=�1ME OOLER 1119-11 rf. J-_ I_� �I,, C►0.� ♦♦♦O♦♦♦O♦♦♦O♦♦♦O♦♦♦0♦ O♦O♦O��O,� O\�■I�Ili00 { IFIN .►♦0♦ CAI ■� L'�JI • �� j - Cal EL fir■11l1111 � o ♦O♦O♦O♦O♦ O♦ _ f O♦ O♦ O� o ., ► MENOPEN 0 ■ nm �rwTi7 II r - - ��_ - . �►♦♦��♦♦♦O♦O♦�♦Oi�♦O♦♦��<►O♦��O��O♦�MA ION ♦0��'. � • ' -��;�; —I � _ �1111111► 110VARM1700 MANOR �� O♦ O♦ O� ■— OPENTO IN MTV! ABOVE .....L MEN _ ♦ eeeeeJIM I FFFFfI - I FFFFFFF fFFrl F FFFFFFFFFFFf FF. I I� —•---I, ■I_I�Y f Y rrrrYYYrrrllrYYYYr rrrrr rrrrr rmrrrr rrrr rr.•rrr rrrrr rrrrrrr rYrrrr�1 rrrrrrrrrrrr rrYYYr rrrrrrrrrrr lYYY rYYY rYrr rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rYYrr fY�' fill=1 I fffsrfff�} i tU MOUNTED DIFFUSER FLUORESCENT FIXTURE EXHAUSr o.. FAN SURFACE MOUNTED DIFFUSER EXTERIOR WALL SCONCE GOOSENECK LIGHT FIXTUREENKNEEXIT LIGHT SIGNAGE Q �I AT RECESSED SPEAKER • DOWNLIGHT O BY OTHERS6'CEILING RECESSED A3 OWNUGHT • o -o a c 12 W Q N 71 0.3 m 0 0 W 8'RWL DOWN SEE SITE § B RWL DOWN SEE SITE PUN FOR CONTINUATION I S § PLAN FOR CONTINUATION b m O — m OVERF SCUPPER ' 1 OVERFLOW SCUPPER F- LOW M SEE DETAIL 6/A4.1 ! ` / ` 1 SEE DEFAIL 6/A4.1 Z 0 W LOPE '� \ / \ SLOPE W I. RD-1 RD-1 / RD-1 1 , RD-1 0 RD-1 7B'-0'TAF. Z a V I. .I W n FR EZER BELOW U _j Q N Z O ROOF DRAINS.SEE I LL W Z W ss i FR fZER BELOW — U DETAIL I/A4.1 V .-".1 O Q F Z J Oo o 'S W°'✓ 0 J 18'-9'T.D.F. f LU BLADDER OO wR� coNDEN I RE ERI O DETAIL d ❑ O SEED L y — A4D11(M) O O 2/A4D "(rYP) 10 0-_ CLEAR(TYP.) � 1 y� 0 BEL J ALK PADS(T�) 4 10 1 1 I ULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE 1 ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3 1/2' SEE D AIL I TAP CRICKETS C FROM RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL MMLO TAPER D EDGE STRI AT UPHILL f I113 f 1 SIDE F ALL CURBS F I I wALd I E+F—� 1 coNgD R. SEE ETA L j �H00 j AND LSAITELU 2/A�.1 BEL SEE DETAIL L 6/A4.1 — 18'-0•T.D.F. 1B'-B•T.O.F.I Q 1 I r -- T-----I I W B°o°y I -__LiJI J C.) INSTµL CRICKETS qUT FROM WALK-IN COOLER I Z m N I---} -) TAP9BIIRED EDGE STRI S AT UPH BELOW { I SIDE OF ALL CURB TYP. 1 W 11 V Z 0 Q t o ICE MAKER I LL / y I CONDENSER. Z J ILI 1 y FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE I I / ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3 1/2' I SEE OETAIL I 0 W 2/A41 EE DEL ` �` Z EF-2 F 3 RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL o I / ) 5/A4.1 / W / Y ,^q WALK PADS(TYP) II O V L_-- —J CONDENSER.[] OPEN AIR 1 E 1 `F N J JEE DETAIL 1 r G *� E ��11 2/Aa.1 ii EFL-5 0 Q 5/AA4.DETAIL � L WN1111CRICK J N o -JFOUNTAIN ICE 1 MAKER BELOW 'f SEE.DETgf�L OUNTAINgICE ROOFING 5FULLY ADEMEDVER 3BRANE 5/A4 1 15 SEE DE#P1L RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL INSTAL CRICKETS C FROM Iy//(�� 2/ .1 TMER D EDGE STRI AT UPHILL 6 'EfAILJI 4 10' 0" I SIDE QF ALL CURBS 1YP. SEE DEFAIL ETT kROM CONDENSER. I m TAPERE EDGE STRIPS T UPHILL F w CLEAR (TYP.) 5 A4.1 SIDE OF ALL CURBS pp SEE DETAIL R O k O TYP. 2/0.7 FOUNTAIN MAKER BELOW ICE n FOUNTAIN ICE _J MAKER BLOW I W 0 v> L a a U C.)� SLOPE TA,F, J G E — 2 W iA.f, D SLOPE �j 4 y-f 7 QS 5 — o ry g � o � LU L Q F M O ROOF LEQEND AREA TO REMAIN CLEAR OF ALL w ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT(MIN. 10'-0" P FROM PARAPETS AND ROOF EDGES). ®•� THIS INCLUDES d EQUIPMENT OF PLAN - ANY KIND - NO Q'CEP/lONSII! SHEET: A4 =_o W V16 r————————————————l 0: Z Z ■2 o'ao o°° I � <3 m g W r ® 42 A.F.F. ® /�EpR�\ ] / FHjp ll. 4 - I� Q( VESTIBULE\I ® gFREEZERV /P CLOm \® — ®REAKR00 ] ] � i I -1-µARers a I o C9 W a wFREEZER / - J - ZK N® ❑ (EI. �HOWER /SHOWER . / ' ISHOWER I W® COOLER L_-- 66II�2I / �" Q rA Z24 4 INN ® I 1 µEL ON NINWALL ANDL / \\ // \\ I// \\ I LJ// LL W Z W 00 1�x I I EXTEND IT 18•PAST HOOD O ON InC 1T/C 1]1C 1 1 PROVIDED D W/HOODµ 4 0 ® ® 4 IRS O g en J 90 5 72 1 4 SH�ER J 24 bY24/b ] ] y91�} 9B GRILL(MECH L X4H4H 2/448HQ N ry ] ] IRI SPEC) >z1 OE1 m B4 1 n n - R$ Y COOLER® 9z 93 24 b �5 4 48 ®b ] --- I 9] Bo 24 4 I 4H 4H I ]°1 COUNTERS ARE y I 0°] _ I I MAX 34•A.F.F. J,/ -4I 0 I -- � _ Al m D90I © sr�caNc J r———— `l _ I ®82 91 4 4 ® ] 1 BEVERAGE FE 1 Ag H 5a•><REFE ETHAU z I I GAOLER HOODS.REFER TO H000 _ _ ] SRAWINGSEFOAR�EOUIR M ® 1 0 I '8SALES I pN 1NB /1 6 ARBY' 1 1 1 g I I i B ® g I1 LAUN]DRY PLNI PMJ (to a o 0 0 µ 4 11 B1 (go O1 01 50. 6 � I i■' 4B. �/c/� B T�I �' 1 ♦�) � �=WJ ==I 1411B�.\49B'voe / 1 � "yam_ rOT-T-T'l 1- tle o3. � e ��OM W Ln y Z �r/A N 13 CD 2; 13 13 ° � \_ // ■ , W W N I I 3 O ® I V Z oil f— \ Z O 61 t la3a I -- i \`b/ 19 ♦ e 1 a-IOI m 5 ® — ®■ Q W a Q I I Z�� `41 O 13 13 5 L e� � $ r a J I W O I 133A 131A 133A 1 9Q, ®I Ile 15 12 10 v Q 1 16 6 /33B 133E MEN ■ LLI 5 r B µ10 T 60 DRIVV®kReySRU b 13x tax 42© •133G 1 t■ ] 9A 5 fp, I I rL- N J I- 1338 133B L__■ r 5 c1 C6 i ___ Imo. II ELECTRICA 1 13IL O Q 13x I � �T I O N ' ,� 1338 133B B SERICE r'�� ® 7338 13x 13x 133C 133B Q� _�_�t � 8�I � � 733B 133B Ce I I 1 `a 1 ® ® ■ �� I t J CC 1338 1338 1338 133B 133B 133B 52 ]B ]5 1 I Pam Q M90 a� 4/� 4 92 OI NG $ .. 3 1 BL 15] WENS ( O I ■ ROCTDM w I W m T.V. r_ / \ \ K.1 BL 9K BL 9 9E 9F 15 ®LET -� I I 1338 Is3B 1338 1338 1338 1338 / FRONNTT \ x x x II y 1 / VESTIBULE FOUNTAIN ■ (] ARPMAIAM IT — P 33 L�J 1 A.F.F. 1331 \ P/ - - - - - ❑ W Z SIDE ] VESTIBULE d IL �— ---J ———————————— J C3 E J W -- Z 5 O m z W Vk 0.M 3 3 j 2 pp o > W EQUIPMENT PLAN W 90m9W:�2 I3/1g" 0 0 0 000 SHEET: A5 =Z Lu z_ZZ W OO 2 Q m cc R 3 ioaG GS cc T 7 z ^> z wow Z 0,a)°m° TRAVEL CENTER EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE DI 1 MWA Tom SANE 1ISY.1A Bax d v tm 1 CENTER SWONNBNRR 116N,..eEN J a Q Z i« 1 P/8X WIOXNE � w Z W Mmi MLN Ob aEsaIPOON MWUPMIuuR MEDR NUMBER xNUAKs EIECI,tlC aW CURTER WE ,m CbEU WDRN W.O F R I IS 1 CO.-BAR NELOO CUSTOM WOOD CWN_YR,EI SOUL 91SFICE TOP iam 1 ENNOYEE IOOMK DIARIES-SIP IEICO CUSTOM NIIOD GNIETRy W.GWIATE TOP-LENOM TO ~ Z J w 1Oa 1 CMG P_pSPIAY Yi%M0.UN V-Sum-LTa1ETW 1 PEA UNIT I=.10.120W ROM 1 M _CE CCIMER-SO' IEILO pMDM WOOD GINNETRY WTIH LAMINATE 1OP-IFNOM TO N O�O J� IP I OOB-N-W G<F SWMERN CASF/AIS DaO-MUCOUS-MN IISN SOUR,e.e2A 111 I MONBOR/IEYPM/CBI 11/0-Md1RIED MENTOR IIP/gQ'.T NEE COUNTER I,w.Ir.WN /J W 11f 5 iM 1 SY%1S'HEP DucnO TA INN WAVER ASSEMBLY COME CUSTOM (7)ODWORK BN I-U2 AO/21O/,tr,SO/ t42OpY.2 SO1. 1,4 1 OWR/fR4NN0/AIH1WiY/E1ilAF£p�f RIDI Li x QQCC O ITS 1 pWR/TWN NO m-($/EM UL E- PRN Z 2 2 EIECIRONIC EIOID0O ROLLNt ONL HB BOSCBOE 12O/,IS. 110 1 IMIf IFEL MWITIA FApR VE£OER-ROOT PITOADFD BY ONEP-CONCURS M CONFRICRR 110V,lr,Bpli Y B 2 ONILL SNEEZE OLAND TOOD WgCSPR PFJ-SQ NR STM Mm OW ROLLER OPoLL 117 111 TWEN/OPE MYEA/AMKIPER PASO PA10/4 RATAIID S,CEMNUNCATM NIRUfk . S ICED WHEE CUPAID IIOLDER NASRC AND PROdk4 CL-DINT BIT( USED FOR RED COFFEE 1. 2 Su N REND RLm 4 2 POST M.!ICE W ENSER CO-UIS LMAR fUEION S21fi7814 ICE:PROADE RIM WATER L£ER AND NON-cVBOM,ED XEM ON IFFT ENE 12GN tr,BWR,0AA 1. 1 1r BW COUNTER NKW CURIW TOP DF WUUNTFA M'-1(3r AF.F.FON A,w M 2 ICE WLEN Soorm N EIOS 1S CUBE ICU S MICE CONDENNER ON SCDT 116Y,1A GOO 1/2' pt 12k4 2 1RASI1 RE¢PTILLE PLTL0.O SO1O2/MIOtOE WiM BILK rPoll!MWIEfLD MOUE INYNOE FlL AN 120 4 MOM W SIODL PL MCUC SS71aYC4 USED IN DRYER'S uoWaE MUMT(FlNISO 1 TIRE-H CpBMEE DOING Nc,m OUSIIM WEED GBINE„RY NIM SOLDSUSEACE TOP 12Oy,Ir.ION IN BOOR OR , z1-r 11 Nm TTA vDx PwNDED n IYMEI 131A B PASS BIRSfOCI PLYMOID B01m0 USED IN SFATR,AEA(OILVAYLD) SL 1 r CATM_UM,< FRONDED SIT MR. I33R 3A -CXAR PLYOOD -1G USED IN SEATING AWA(YLVN RED) ICU 1 XFAIFD DISPVR GSf VtlIW NN I1W,OOIr,0.2,A �u 1- IR 21'x W BUTCHER SACK NBIE PLYMOD 2b21 I/"- USE SEARi AEA D IN WHITS OWED 44ATUNL) 1SSD 1 30'X 4r"BUTCHER BLOCK TADIE NY1BO SCOI7BBO1p-SO USED IN SEXING,ARG(CONKS OW-INNNL) ON 1 COLD BROW dsPE1,ER pBPIAY WNHSIN 114ERA A2fibSS 1336 1 SYNw_GAL BLOC(CmwNT,,TABLE PLYMO D ]OCPoBBEOI-PIOi/RP2OO7) USED IN SEATIC IAFA 42TI W/SOLTDO"POST(MDR--IB I=,Bpv,if BE1 1 fAmEN BOLNADE OSPENSR ICES GWBOIM,FD-J HEAD 23S',1E 3rv,NEW L-6RFR FlLIFRED 1. 1 NTCER_CCUNTBIRP.N x IRS x VAPoOM PLYMCID CUSTOM USED N SEATN ADEA(CUNT ON-b 4•SCI,PLW 11ON bN SK I GPPUDERD OpPENRR OWN IIWx-OM+ RCOUCf I-co xem,-S NAME. I2W.IA BOB,1".1. 1/2'CURB 1b S q SID D SCUD 12W x WD x 59'H W/IEOS AN ALMOND fWkWl M. j i I NMPNCIIY BUBBLER MINI-TWIN CM1XC0 CS-?E-10-E DWL ROAR FOR HONLYMTA AN LMONIDE 11M.1.SON,J.BA 141 3 HACKED WASKMORYER-WIN OPERATED WYEM MTJMUD20M FPoWJT lCN%N-COLOR WHRE ,2W,BON IT,Ix x e C N BM i NMPUGIY BUBBLER SINGLE BDNL CRATICO LI-iD-10 BNpE RIWA Fpl COLD M W 116N ir.WBr,SM 1. 1 DOUSE WT D 0.mHES ppER-WIN OPERAED WYOD TBE/MUD20PD FRONT IDNNO-C0.gt NNRE 1211/24p.WN IDOD &A 2 2 HEREON GERM DOPENSER WHREWAYE 21S 12W,2M 1b 1 UU._COUNTER NJW CUSTOM pUL COITUS BREWER RUN 412COO1O1 I./-.,A SON,]SA t/4� IN 1 X/IpINO CLONES ROD SUBLET, O `200C USED N PUBLIC WINIR 7r LEMON,MOUNT W-r AFE. OE , OWL HOPPER 00-GINNER BUN MN NU( I-.SIN PIMSE,SON,IIA RLyOg 1- 2 W,IIFR(1-LWNDRE) P.M. PAW fEOgl LOWNO 12M,BON,It 1M - J/4'X A,E R SE 1 COFFEE BOW HOPPER RNAR SUN 1. 1 DOUBTS STALED GOIXES DRYFA DICUSE p 40" MAIM ML«BPDB FRONT LOMN-COLOR WHITE ,SEAL 60l SN BOOM /S 1b 1 DEA1ED HOION-NE, IENNY PERM' NHC-B00 W/PAIRS, ISM.1A_.,M BK 2 M TO WP CGPEE NER SCMDER CGFEE NW PLUS J CRUDER 2OS''I.A.11'2N,RETJA-2. 113 AON 110E 2 NLOtlO W SET COP IICIODS-H2 UNER E Som Q-2OP 1SOM,Ia EISIS M 2EDOW 1/2'XkC N 91. 111 SON TO CUP COFFEE BREWER J-O,LER SUNBURN «p341-Wm1EUS SML C NSERS 2ORN,IAOHZ,2p1,NDl1 La20 FlLIEIIED N IBA 2 _CEF DOUSE SOW PYEN tU1,0 Glff HN-040F1 DOUBTS 9I.E. 201-24W.1k SO1 10 4 MIGIOW/,YE OVER A" LDIDDS MOUND IN DISK%Mt COUNTER I=ealK.I- IBW , CO-ON OhN IEnDIEn pF0-100 NPH pW1 fWY 1iS/.,r.Spv,Id, 110.DOO N 10f , UNDERcauNER REFRCFRAIdI RRSAIfE NR UCg2m 116V.IA NNL NEW 6-fOP BN ISO, I FRYE0. ENKUTBN ELIE DEC 1. J/4"W4 CONNCTON Im.1A SIN.122A W 0 1O' 2 CONRERIOP COtDM¢ IPW w- - ,1SV,,r,NI SG B�1U M 1W , COUIIREOP 12CNOWYE OAEH AMWA MOUNT ON DRN BAR COUNTER 12V4 bHi ISOA ALIAS 1 4S•FODD PREP TABLE SYEEIAE MR SPEAB-Um_ ,16N 1',BMr,OLD, ' 140.b I 44'FWD PREP TINE BEN:NNE-AR SN:b-10M SINNESS STEEL N It..1%SONL SERA 12 1 NACU GNP/MEESE/WIU DISPERSER ODES INId( 120Y.2WW.,.7A Z M N DNA 2 b'X 30'STNNE4 HEEL TABU£ NETEO W B`Y 1J S NVION dSPENEER �BY OWIFR 161J I 4Y%M'x><M HNNU63 SUER ONM SSA, 1RM HNN.ESS 44E4-42-SLP14-«-MOD rGo I. , NPoY DISPENSER CEOROM-ruxFTc EBv1M 21., 1 WDPotTOP FFEE2Bt MNrtR-NLT 1buF-Be nw.as 1A 1 SPOON GSPFRSER OLMW-PAGFIO �PD,M 141D 1 WCRKRP FR-Gun BEVERAGE NR UCFSOA r GfiFl, 11W,1r,aM Z 1JC , NUFE pEPWSER GEDpgA-PALWp 99OD11O ,62 2 EHSYGL DISPENSING S,Id.I S.E.JOHNCON w m J 0 14 1 WE COMPARTMENT DROP N WNOSNK WTI FAUCET AOYANCE TABW D1-1-10 STARLESS_USED ONLY AT DO, 1/2•H k C 1d 2 NP CULT( RRxERMND R01456 ,r IDNO-COLOR'a,aE- Q W Ii 14 1 WE COMPARTMENT DROP IN WNDSNK NH FAUCET ADVANCE ABCD DI-1-24 5 MALLET SIFEL-LASE)AT Gl9ME%Of3K IM COOKSON 1/2•H!C ON 1. 2 HONE NIA( a Z 10D 2 COLD WELL MP CONDIMENT NICK PAWIDED m DINNER fro t EYOWMI STATION -DAN 5ff-00W 5_ < W 0 iN 1 MIN TFA BREWER(DOUBLE) MEW C, IN SD-,WIND CSPENSR OLNFR/00-1OJ6 k WIP TMY/SO-TOTS.MOUNT NSNdML CUT-OFF NLLNS UNDER COUNTER fp1 EASY 1//22'' IN, i Hpf k COLD WATER FlLTFR JA1 DPTSD L) s ACCE]S FlLTFRED I. 1 Hm WATm_m BIUN-O-WTIC HS%43SCO,0008 HAINLF84 SRR FlNNI AN LOW F JCET OPTION 240/,SOIm IA 10JA W VP ` 0 1. 1 S RM'x10•SYRUP K(TEA) FANNED BY WIS. 140 1 AN COMPRESSION -RE IS- FRONDED BY Ulm,INSTILINSTILLEDED SITO.C. SaIM.AS IP NOW: r _ 2GB I CE DBPEREER OCED COFFEE) CO-UT IEN SW-1SUP B ,1w,Bpq 1. Ri m ON I. B OUIDWR SEXING PACNAOE FRONDED BT SWWR 210 I RE-THERIALLUIEAR NNCLL AT PITON -14 ZOS',SW,.JA 12A COID UR 1E S NACU E 11 META TNNH CWTNFENAJD STESPAPFS,INC CV2-SEED-PE CUD)JD-m-Pi BOM-DEG BYOMIFA O EZ I,wMSS 10 c0O2D-WA,p SALAI A NON, SUMMATION 2 "W.BDDK.U, Q ?Z M Jr %M'COg0O1A SIRVUNIT LODFR O O UN ISS 14 2111 W x O111-SHELNN WIT M .1 N'TALL J O H 10 Ir X 30•x IN'WNDGA ENO UCCEN 167 4 NHRIOGMTW RYSRM MATTER-BLS MxH20.A1E S DIP W/i COLS IN 27 S SCUP FRWE PROADED BY 0.ONINHAL"D BY TSB 3 CUR OICR GFM- NN 81PoP p AEON CULL NPMDpi FL SS 4 dREWONA BONNE SON-ER CUSTOM DNA SIOOOI,IER(FROM)SIRNN SYSTEM Ni ab 4 SHOWER MINTER BY OWNER P2TIDED BY DWER ,w SIOCNMAIFA(BILK)SH-40 SYSTEM PFl JIE J A,-TF1fYtSW BY 0%. rMvrIOFD BY ONIER 1M 0 21'x JB•DRY STERNS-mo S,dIIEC W/4 SI¢MS(TIPIGtL) 3IF 7 SS•-O, SCREM Be DYNES WALL AN COW.MOUNTED ,SO/ 1 1 24'x SS'WO(ER NIELNNC METRIC Mp MEROWx O-ES W/ORD WIT SIC 1 4r-COO-SCREEN m OWNER COAL AN.-MOUNTED ,2W 177 1S 24'%b'CRY STORMS SHRNNC SfORIEC W/4 91RYET DYPx'AE) 31H 1 24"OIWIL pEPGY SCREEN-NEC E-EroP BY ONE, PNDNDFD BY CANER ISPY i7K B 2{'%b'COOLER S MNO 4ETN YO21SW MERNIMW 0 91ELN3 W/OPoD MIT OM 2 •ART 1O1B S ICE IM NINE W/BN IUD CAR COURTS DEyleSp3O-So 30 S AIM YICIWE TR DN N_ IEEC UIRES TELEPHONE LANE 116V,Ir,SOv.2W 1G1C 2 2E00 US CUBE ICE WCHIN S Trs" C314SW-82A REMO E CWDWR W pppF ZOB-2]O/.=I.CODER k /2•nUrsurN Z m m 3� 57 2 Ll NIOfSBBE E MRy SIGN CESON TO MEET Irv.NGUU ONE 1O S Ir x w WALL-MOUNTED NIPo[SHEff HOEEC PCLY-Z-U E A _USLE DPMILLYEE,LENOH T, T G - S x S TM UE RESIROOM SCI(HEWS AN WOMEWS) OFSW TO MEET MA REDU__ 2m , w x w WA14OUMED WIE cq 9HEL HOR,EC POLY-Z-UIE AOIUISTASE PINTLlYEO.IFNOIH TO iR O SE LL SHEERER sNRN DESON TO MEET A6A REWIMONORCUP 212 1 COAL Ilm HCOLE SYSTEM IOi 2J2 1 3 CONPMTMEM NW INSNER Pm SOVf 4REGKIGL(MmON)ON L OR N SOS-21W.SMy 2M,10 _AND N U mil• 00 10 INRW4AnOWL sMB]E OF ACCESS NON DISON TO TEST AEA REWUAnONs - 1 PREP ANSI,SINK(727 x 3n AWINCE TABCO ALMS-ItB-30SUAIIR E { EHffBpR ICE MERCDUlIOOF PGM CSOOCW 11O/.161 LLJ2b 2 SILK m2 SIOPME 1 ➢R/W-04 UDGDUOR INSOLED BY NRXpRFD MM NT!CIXD O a StATWN1 HNIDAROM(W/MoENENCELLE CURE NNWNL 2b S DRINK SYSTEM/&G-N-BO% BEYEP/AE SLPPUER a IL OlA 11 NELW ENSIGN 4'%W SHREDS STONE N) W/ENBORUOM W SHEIF IBSE 11 W,SON,11 /Y FlL 04 1 418E-RFHMRIM ORICE DATILN BOLT SITE A fLDON-NOTCH COUNTER M IEp'D IN FlEID ffi1 1 FlRE f%RNOANEx V � 71 1 IXUCI(CANKERS 44F8 COUNTED NELCO GIBNM WOOD GSIE,RY WIN w w 9UEICE TRIP Pfi0 3 HALO SN IOONE META NS-Y 1/2'M!c = w T2 , COUNTER NELOO CUSTOM WOW ONSMORT WPM SOD SUPACE OOP .1 2 MIAT-DONAY nWR NONCE GSRE LLC 706-H111e MONB 10 DNOD ICU-24W,SOv,tr.0.1A Q [3I I INIERCEM AW0,,WE E.AA T6D1 MP)06 NHAIID Sr OWNERL Z U 1S I RECEIN"WEB 'ISSN,It Epp 1 } Q IS S (ZVADE GAD SMTPE/NBMEA T ,,LADE HA 1N,CWEECEON INSTILLED HY PLOT 1 It- m y RSB 2 r NICE MOUNTED DTP GSE ASSEMBLY xN,ON INDUSTRIES r FLEX FRWE II CCU_TOP UNIT PROADED BY CW/ER IIN.IN DOM- laud _ W a7D 2 W CONE MWMED CCAIETE OWE k,ENsr STIRRER INDUSIPof9 {•fIFIOt FRNIE II OWNER TRIP UTST NtgBED SE ONIER 'IN.1r,BPI;1M d SEE 1 2'WDE MOUNTED NNE G8E ASSEMBLY HIAmR INU_Es 4'FlF%FLAME N NLL HBGNT UNIT FRONTED a OVER 'U".,r.SW,,1.G O Z Z Z .1 1GBH COUP YSO _.A NuNDScR NARNLE C I dBNAY aP SENP 2p 'CINNABON' EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 0,A 2 Gl WRAP FLOOR WRpMNDSR WSMnUE C SP D, psNAY BOTTOM SEIw ,Spy OTT.ITS PTION DESCRI UFACNRER ODEL NUMBER RE EECTRIC WATER SEWER 02 S WN,-RAm SEAR C7 CI SALES COUNTER ELCO GUSTO SOLID SURFACE TOP �N C1A GLASS SNEEZE GUARD NELCO CUSTOM O W 2 EW COUP COLD BARREL MERCHANDISER MUSTAD FMRMATN CONMAGOR TO-1 1-1/2Y XCE UNDER HORPWTK TAGS OF TIME IOGY PW POAER CORD IZW C28 1 I ERIOR CI SIGN(NON-ILLUMINATED) UNTED To cm ET « 1 w.r WNEgE/PRNTER PRONDFp k INftILLED IN SOLE W1hAW „py,0,SpN C4 2 IRE UNDERCOUMER SHELVING 78 X 30 EAGLE GROUP 1B3OV O C6 1 OVEN MICROWAVE 12011,SON,Ifik w m m m m M 1 SPADE SVRN_MONITW I,SV,,A SO¢ CB 7 HOT PLATE HATCO GEMS-36-I 2OV.10,598 WhTITS H W I\ S7 1 FAx/CDNER C8 1 UNDERCOUNTER REFRGERATOR FREEZE( RAMDELL FX-IUC .3, a ~O O O O C9 1 PROOFER CABINET TANG LOOTED ON UNOERCWNTER REFRRIGEAA Q M , 11011EY dROER MLNINE 11M,1A BON CIO 1 CONVECTION OVEN LANG LOCATED ON PROOFER GABI ET W,37 I In Ip n ,o, , LxuNOE PCM Mlo-gaY C7t 7 U OERCOUMER REFRIGERATOR SILVER KING SKR27 C2 I16V II ,PHASE EMA 6-15P O O O O lax a SCARCER 1,SN,A SON C12 7 ' ' ROFwukWSD C76 NOT USED 1N 2 ORDER BIOS(ASSEMBLY WA WREr RDNIIED ,1w,1r,SON C18 1 POS SHROUD VANDUSARR 8600-W2 W GRAPHIC E AND HOLDER Kwrn coal 3 K.NN MdAp ASSEMBLY NCO DATA DUOEf gEWINFO 11M,1E Bp¢ IC191 7 I DISPLAY STAND SHEET: A5. 1 1'W TRIM - PAINT SHERWIN yINYL WALL GRAPHIC- NOTE: _Z �wAMs�,,,#�8864-�L y/OLE GORDON,G 906160, THIS SHEET IS FOR GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE O �nnM STRINGS PITCH BLACK USED FOR CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT. ALL DIMENSIONS, EQUIPMENT AND FINISHES ¢ Z Z KOROSEAL DESERT SAND ARE TO BE BUILT/INSTALLED AS IDENTIFIED IN THE FLOOR, CEILING, AND w s 5921-64'ROASTED PEPPER` 2 EQUIPMENT PLANS AND RELATED DETAILS. VERIFY ANY CONFLICTING INFORMATION ¢a WALLCOVERING WITH PILOT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK. w a 3 1 f(Y TRIM - PAINT SHERWIN �HEERR fWIIN' yy��K WALL GRAPHIC F__ _ __ WILLIAMS�SWF-6 tW1MtL WOLF GGORSTRINGS PWON,8�1"3. I I I I I I I I / / � I I c m EQ EQ ' F SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- Z o w APA GRAPHICS 98'x8"PLANKS Z 2 K y L -----J w Z z W n o LL0O o f Z-j BLOCKING AT ALL TYS a Q N AND MoNITORs(TYP.) � � `�o�9D OZ Y io i iV TILE COVEB/SE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- % TILE COVE BASE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- APA GRAPHICS 98'x8'PLANKS / � - COLOR APA GRAPHICS 98'xe'PLANKS / NUMBERS Wm2 'TF.A FOR ALL INTERIOR FINISHES (ass 4"xa") Ll ILOT ARBYs INADJACENT L�MATCH SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- r 1 1 1 r.Af1G 1 S ♦E I BULE EL E A T MN NLSFIES FINISHES APA GRAPHICS 98'x8`PLANKS A10 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" DINING ELEVATION A10 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" EQ. EQ. CROSSVILL- COLOR BY WHITE CHANNEL LETTERS 11 2 NUMBERS WT02 "TEA FOR PAINT- SHERWIN WILLIAMS 6864'CH TOMATO' FLATERRY 2 SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS - o A APA GRAPHICS 96"x8"PUNKS 0 0 Z W 0 a J � Z N --�--� co 1r a V Z � _ -_II _ �N J p w W a PAINT- SHERWIN WILLIAMS Z STAINLESS COUNTERTOP W > tSW8884'CHERRY > O -- TOMATO' FIAT ENAMEL o Z O O fsii%S' 8j,6 VV L ===11 f= ? 11II w 0 O a I,II ., 41I I;; lii J J o II w a. cm TIL CDVEBASE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- SEROOE COUNTER SERVICE COUNTER 7 8`STAINLESS BASE CROSS/ILLE- COLOR BY NUMBERS GRAPHICS 98'x8'PLANKS NUMBERS WTO2'TEA FOR NCTE:THIS SECTION OF TILE TO BE TWO'(GLOSS 4'xe7 INFILLID WITHIN THE SERVICE F ROW SERVING ELEVATION COUNTER.SEE DETAIL E/A10. D SCALE: 3/8" = i'-0" Z�� 2 0 - M 0 SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- APA GRAPHICS 98"x8'PUNKS CROSSVILIF- COLOR BY 5/8'GYPSUM WALL BOARD - PAINT U Z GYPSUM WALL BOARD - PAINT NUMBERS W702'TEA FOR #WO38 -TONY TAUPE"FLAT ENAMEL O #SW1123 NAVAJO WHITE' (NP.) TWO'(GLOSS 4'x8' 00 a IL X U N J Q 4 0 } Z s Z V C Z SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS - S io APA GRAPHICS 98'x8'PUNKS ao CROSSVILL- COLOR BY Wl SIDES) ATTACH BACKERBOARD AS 'v -o o TWO -(RSA 4`> FOR NOD TO SURFACE OF 5. CAB \ \ _ STAINLESS COUNTERTOP W n r----- Q I-o o' I I Doo I I L J TILE CdVEBASE SEE DOOR SCHEDUL 8'STAINLESS BASE 8'STAINLESS BASE SHEET: ARBYS PILOT ~FINISHES FINISHES © SERVING ELEVATION n SERVING ELEVATION [E1 INSET TILE A10 A1O SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" A1C) SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-C" A10 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" L \G�p�L G.(Y t�a DQ wnsy/c2y PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING WITH PROPANE GAS HEAT ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE ;r 0 PLAN AREA NOMINAL SUPPLY FAN COOLING(SO•EDS,6T HN 3,95•AMBIENT) PROPANE GAS HEATING ELECTRICAL WEIGHT IDENTITY SERVED MANUFACTURER TONS MODEL SA CFM OA CFM E.S.P. H.P. R.P.M. SENSIBLE M.B.H. TOTAL M.B.H. E.E.R. STAGES INPUT M.B.H. OUTPUT M.B.H. STAGES AFUE% VOLTAGE MCA MOCP LBS. REMARKS 36338 RTU-1 LOWER SALES AND RESTROOM AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 7.6 YHC092F4RH 3,000 480 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE 68.6 92.0 12,00 2 2DO.0 160.0 2 80.0 46M 20.7 25 1.400 1,2,3,4A6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13 Ch. FCI$I q CfS/pVAL RTU•2 SEATING AND SERVICE AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 7.5 YHC0B2F4RH 3,000 810 1.0 3.78 VARIABLE 68.6 92.0 12.00 2. 200.0 160.0 2 80.0 46013 20.7 26 1,400 1,2,3,4,6,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13 RTU3 ARBY'S AND PJ FRESH PREP AREAS AMERICANSTANDARD 10.0 YHC120F4RM 4,000 700 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE 94.1 116.8 12AD 2 200.0 160.0 2 80.0 46013 219 30 1,700 1,2,3A.6.6,7.8.9,10,11,12,13 72118 RTU4 UPPER SALES AND SHOWER AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 10.0 YHC120F4RH 4,000 1,090 2 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE 94.1 116.8 12AO 2 250.0 200.0 2 80.0 4aW 21.9 30 1,700 1,2,3,45,6,7,Q9,10,11,12,13 REMARKS: 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 16WI FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. e 2. NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. '~ 3. PROVIDE ROOF CURB,EXTENDED TRAPPED CONDENSATE LINE PIPED TO INDIRECT WASTE CONNECTION. W O W 4. PROVIDE FACTORY UNIT MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH POWERED GFCI CONVENIENCE DUPLEX OUTLET AND SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. 5. PROVIDE HOT GAS REHEAT DEHUMIDIFICATION OPTION. Z y 6. Lu PROVIDE LOW LEAK ENTHALPY TYPE ECONOMIZER WITH BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER. } Q y z A 7. PROVIDE UNITS WITH BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTORS WIRED TO SHUTDOWN UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. J d 8.PROVIDE P'PLEATED MERV B THROWAWAY FILTERS. {L W 2 9. PROVIDE THROUGH THE BASE ELECTRICAL.GAS AND CONDENSATE PIPE CONNECTIONS. 10.PROVIDE HINGED ACCESS DOORS WITH CAM LOCKB. - O z IJ 11.PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED TXV REFRIGERATION VALVE. 12.PROW DE LOW AMBIENT COOLING OPERATION DOWN TO 30 DEG.F. �J W 13.PROVIDE 5-YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY ON ROOFTOP UNIT. o,o O DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE z Y PLAN NOMINAL WALL MOUNTED MR HANDLER - OUTDOOR UNIT 1��, MANUFACTURER SINE SERVICE MARK MODEL C.F.M. O.3A T.C.M.B.H. T.X.M.B.H. AUK.KW H. VOLTSIPH M.CA. M.O.C.P. MARK MODEL MIN.SEER T.H.M.B.H. VOLTSMI MCA M.O.C.P. REMARKS A01/CU•1 MITSUBISHI ELECT. 3 TON CTS ROOM AC-1 PKA-AWKA7 920 0 34,200 WA N/A DC NV - - C., PW-A38NKA7 19A NIA 2MI 25 30 1,2,3p.5 REMARKS: 1.NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. 2.OUTDOOR UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTIONS.POWER FOR INDOOR UNIT SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY TIME OUTDOOR UNIT. 3.PROVIDE WITH WALL MOUNT BRACKET,WIND BAFFLE AND PROGRAMMABLE WALL THERMOSTAT. 4.PROVIDE R410A REFRIGERANT. 5.PROVIDE OPTIONAL FACTORY MOUNTED INTERNAL CONDENSATE PUMP MID SAFETY SWITCH ON EACH AIR HANDLING UNIT. AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE PLAN BASIS OF DESIGN MODEL SERVICE LOCATION TYPE PANEL CONSTRUCTION MOUNTING FINISH MAX REMARKS IDENTITY MANUFACTURER NO. 1 RELIABLE AMDT SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOUVERED FACE I FIXED 24'x2P ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1,2,3,5 2 TINS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOWERED FACE/FIXED 24'x24' ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,3,5 3 TITUS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOUVERED FACE/ADJUSTABLE 24'x2P ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR OFF-MITE 35 1213.5 4 RELIABLE PTCAMD40TSA SUPPLY SHOWERS 4 WAY GASKETED LOWERED FACE W/PTCTRMSA TRIM FRAME 12'M' ALUMINUM SURFACE CLEARANODIZE 35 ,,2,3,5 5 ACUTHERM TF4HC4)A2 SUPPLY TRAINING ROOM 4 WAY FIXED PATTERN-VAV. 24'124- ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR OFF-WHITE 38. ,$,3,5 6 TITUS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 2 WAY-4 CONE LOWERED FACE FIXED 21x7A' ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR .OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,S,5 7 RELIABLE AMOT. SUPPLY GENERAL 2 WAY-2 CONE LOWERED FACE FIXED 24'111' ALUMINUM CEIUNG/TSAR CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1.2.3.5 Z W Q 8 TITUS 30OFS SUPPLY GENERAL DOUBLE DEFLECTION 3W SPACING VARIES ALUMINUM SURFACE OFF-WHITE 36 1.2.3.5 4-411I� C.) 9 RELIABLE PTCOA50SA EXHAUST SHOWERS 1/2511/2Sc12'OASKETED EGG CRATE 121xIY ALUMINUM SURFACE CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1,2,3,5 W W N 10 TITUS 5DF EXHAUST GENERAL 12'X12x12'EGG CRATE 2PX24' ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2.4,5. CD II TITUS WF RETURN GENERAL 12'Alr^12'EGG CRATE 24'X24' ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR OFF-WHITE. 35 12.4.6 cy 0 12 RELIABLE GAGS-TBBSA RETURN GENERAL 12'x,2'xt'EGG CRATE 24'X24' ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR CLEAR ANODIZE 35 - IA,4.5 J G > >- Z 13 TITUS SOF RETURN GENERAL ,2kt2'x12'EGG CRATE VARIES ALUMINUM SURFACE OFF-WHITE 35 "1 Q W LLI C z v 0 �7 REMARKS: 1.NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. v+ 2 Z 2.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SQUARE-TO-ROUND TRANSITIONS AS REWIRED FOR ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES. _ U) J 3.PROVIDE TITUS MODEL D-100 RADIAL SLIDING DAMPER FOR FACTORY ROUND COLLARS.MODEL AG-95 FOR SQUARE NECKS WITH DEEP ROUND TRANSITIONS. 4.PROVIDE TITUS AQ15-AA MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR ROUND DUCT. S.PROVIDE DEVICES AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. 2 W 0 Q EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE ROOF CURB MATRIX SCHEDULE AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE a N ELECTRICAL DATA BAYCURB062 SAYCURB013 BAYCURSDI4 BAYCUR13020 BAYCURS027 F.)01AllST OUTSIDE AIR PLAN MODEL AIRFLOW E.S.P. FAN WEIGHT MARK CFM MARK CFM IDENTITY MANUFACTURER NO. SERVICE TYPE C.F.M. IN W.C. RP.M. 80NE3 DROVE IN LB, . REMARKS TSGYBC THCMHC RISC TSGYSC 7HCIYHC RISC YHC W8C TSD V9D T9D/Y8D THD/YND WBC N.P. VOLTSIPH. EF-1 CAPTIVEAIRE FURNISHED BY CAPTIVEAIRE(SEE HOOD DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION) 036E 038E 036E 072F 047E 060E 12DE 120E 150E 150E 180E IBWF ISOF EF-1 1,665 RTU-1 480 EF-2 2.100 RTUR 810 EF-2 GREENHECK FURNISHED BY CAPTIVEAIRE(SEE HOOD DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION) 043E 037E 048E 090F 018E 072E 15OF 15OF 210E 180E 18OF OBOE OB2F OBOE 080E 210E 210E 240E EF3 $40 RTU3 700 EF3 GREENHECK G-0BBA MENS AND WOMEN'S TOILETS C ENTRIFUGAL 840 0.500 1,859 10.5 DIRECT 1/4 115/1 100 1,2,3p,6 EF4 000 RTU-4 1,080 EF4 GREENHECK G-09M SHOWERS 01 THRU M6 600 0.500 1,568 9.6 DIRECT 1M 11511 100 1,2.3p,6 102F 067F 300E 240E F EF5 WA MUA-1 1.498 Z_ EF5 GREENHECK GOBS-D ELECTRICAL ROOM S00 0.500 1,539 9.7 DIRECT 1/8 115/1 100 1,2,3p,6 120E 072F 30OF Q EFS 50 MLM-2 1,890 CEF6 GREENHECK SP-M ABOVE MOP SINK 50 0.375 ON 1A DIRECT 17A WATTS 115/1 20 1,2p.5.6 OB2F EEF7EF-7 GREENHECK SP4380 ABOVE MOP SINK 0.315 900 to DIRECT 17AWATTS 115/1 20 1,2,4,5,6 02F 2 EF6W EF6 GREENHECK G-OBPD STAGING AREA CEILING TYPE NO 0.330 1,505 7.0 DIRECT ,20 11611 50 1,2.3p.8 'DRYERS 613 d a REMARKS: 1.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 16841 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. TOTAL 6.218 TOTAL 6,458 7A 2.NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. z 3.PROVIDE ROOF CURB,GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER,DISCONNECT SWITCH AND BIRD.SCREEN. NETARFLOW 240 CFM(POSITIVE). G 4.PROVIDE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLS, Y Z NOTE:3fi%ONERSITY TAKEN FOR DRYERS O 5.PROVIDE FLAT ROOF FLASHING FLANGE CAP,ALUMINUM WHEEL AND GRILLE AND ISOLATION KIT. m 6.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE LOUVER SCHEDULE DUCT SIZE SCHEDULE PLAN MODEL WEIGHT ELECTRICAL PLAN SIZE FRAME IDENTITY MANUFACTURER MODEL SERVES REMARKS CFM NECK DUCT a IDENTITY LOCATION MANUFACTURER NO. KW BTUH CFM CONTRA LBS. AMPS VOLTS/PH REMARKS WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH RANGE SIZE SIZE a UH-1 ELECTRICAL ROOM REDD-1 FIF5103N 3.3 11,207 400 HONEYWELL 25 t5.8 208/1 1,2,3 L-1 RUSKIN E1.C495D 18' 76' w INTAKE- 1,2,3,4 0.,8D 8'0 UH-2 WATER ENTRY ROOM REDD-1 FIF510314 3.3 1112" 400 HONEYWELL 25 ,5.9 20N7 1,2,3 181350 810 10'0 Q Q�Q 2 REMARKS: 1.NOALTERNATWENMNUFACTURERSACCEPTEIX 351525 1010 12'0 0 8 0 2.PROVIDE WITH MOTORIZED CONTROL DAMPER INTERLOCKED WITH EXHAUST FAN. REMARKS: 1. NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. OPERATOR SHALL BE ll6VHPKIWHZ. 3.FINISH AND COLOR SELECTED BY THE OWNER/ARCHITECT. 625-7(q 12"0 i4'0 2. PROVIDE DUST SHIELD. >•^I�!�� 3.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. 4.PROVIDE LONER AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. PA&GE SHEET: • • A MO,2 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667,4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GREASE HOOD/DUCT NOTES HVAC NOTES pEL c.�r WAS,,,C�2 1. FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL SHALL BE REQUIRED ON FIRE 5. ALL SEAMS,JOINTS,AND PENETRATIONS OF THE HOOD 9. HOOD EXHAUST FANS WITH DUCTWORK CONNECTED ON 1. ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT FRESH AIR INTAKES SHALL BE A `Dr z PROTECTION SYSTEMS FOR GREASE HOODS AND DUCTS AS ENCLOSURE THAT DIRECT AND CAPTURE GREASE4ADEN BOTH ENDS SHALL HAVE ACCESS FOR CLEANING AND MINIMUM OF 10'-0'FROM ANY EXHAUST,FLUE OR REQUIRED BY THE MECHANICAL CODE AND AS.REQUIRED BY VAPORS AND EXHAUST GASES SHALL HAVE A LIQUID TIGHT INSPECTION WITHIN THREE(3)FEET OF EACH SIDE OF FAN. PLUMBING VENT. THE FIRE CODE. CONTINUOUS EXTERNAL WELD TO THE LOWER MOST / 8 PERIMETER OF THE HOOD. 10. ALL CANOPY TYPE HOODS SHALL OVERHANG A MINIMUM OF 2. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION,ALL DUCT AND 2. ALL FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS SHALL BE 8'BEYOND THE COOKING SURFACE ON ALL OPEN SIDES. OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT aVALVE% INTERCONNECTED TO THE FUEL OR CURRENT SUPPLY 60 6. HOOD EXHAUST FAN SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE AFTER EXCEPTION:LISTED EXHAUST HOODS IF NOTED AS PART OF OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT THAT THE FUEL OR CURRENT IS AUTOMATICALLY SHUT OFF THE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM HAS BEEN ACTIVATED,UNLESS THEIR LISTING. OF DUST OR DEBRIS WHICH MAY COLLECT IN THE SYSTEM. 712JIS TO ALL EQUIPMENT UNDER THE HOOD WHEN.THE SYSTEM IS FAN SHUTDOWN IS REQUIRED BY A LISTED COMPONENT OF ACTIVATED. THE VENTILATION SYSTEM. 11. HOOD FILTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ANGLE NOT LESS 3. PRIOR TO FABRICATING ANY DUCTWORK CONTRACTOR THAN 45 DEGREES FROM THE HORIZONTAL. SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE AVAILABLE DUCTSPACES 3. OWNER OF ESTABLISHMENT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 7. GREASE DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO GREASE HAVE NOT BEEN AFFECTED BY PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL OR CLEANLINESS,.MAINTENANCE,AND INSPECTION OF THE CANNOT BE POCKETED.THE SYSTEM SHALL SLOPE NOT 12. GREASE DUCT AIR VELOCITY SHALL BE SUFFICIENT FOR SPRINKLER CONTRACTORS WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL KITCHEN EXHAUST SYSTEM,FIRE PROTECTION,AND LESS THAT 1141NCH PER FOOT TOWARD THE HOOD OR CAPTURE AND REMOVAL OF GREASE-LADEN COOKING BE AWARE ADJUSTMENTS IN DUCT LAYOUTILOCATION MAY df COOKING EQUIPMENT. TOWARD THE GREASE RESERVOIR.(WHERE HORIZONTAL VAPORS.THE AIR VELOCITY THROUGH ANY DUCT SHALL BE BE REQUIRED DEPENDING ON ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. DUCTS EXCEED 75 FEET IN LENGTH,THE SLOPE SHALL BE A NOT LESS THAN 500 FEET PER MINUTE,AND NOT MORE THAN CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO VERIFY THAT RTUS HAVE BEEN Q yW 4. A DRAWING OF THE EXHAUST SYSTEM W S)INSTALLATION MINIMUM OF 1 INCH PER FOOT). 2500 FEET PER MINUTE. INSTALLED ORIENTED WITH THE SUPPLY/RETURN DUCT O W ALONG WITH A COPY OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN. Z 0: SUBASSEMBLIES AND COMPONENTS USED IN THE EXHAUST B. UTILITY SET EXHAUST FAN(IF PROVIDED)SHALL BE SYSTEM(S),INCLUDING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS,SHALL BE MANUFACTURED WITH AN APPROVED DRAIN OUTLET AT THE } to Z n AVAILABLE ON THE PREMISES BOTTOM OF THE HOUSING TO PERMIT DRAINAGE OF GREASE J d ig Z TO A READILY ACCESSIBLE NON-COMUSTTBLE CONTAINER. KEYED NOTES 1'1'G Q J LLF O L9 1-1 1O AC-1-INDOOR UNIT MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ON J W S (3)STACKED WALL ABOVE DOOR.ROUTE PUMPED CONDENSATE TO WASHERIDRYER FLOOR DRAIN LOCATED BEHIND THE WATER HEATERS Z INSIDE THE WATER ENTRY ROOM.COORDINATE WITH THE ® ® (I VENT REQUIRED EM) PLUMBING CONTRACTOR.CU-1-OUTDOOR UNIT MOUNTED Y ==F� Q \_J{/'�) DOUBLE STACK AND SECURED ROOF.ROUTE REFRIGERANT LINES UP 4 4 DRYERS(2 VENTS TO OUTDOOR UNIT LOCATED ON THE ROOF. 2 -- ------ O2 MOTORIZED WALL LOUVER L-1 SHALL BE INTERLOCKED 180 a VESTIBULE REQUIRED)LE 2 ® WITH ASSOCIATED ROOF MDUNTED EXHAUST FAN.MOUNT i t 200 as 100 / $H 1 ER SH ER SH ER SH ER LOUVER AT 4'ABOVE DOOR FRAME. ROOM ✓ /C�i CLOOSET O3 10"0 DRYER VENT AND WALL CAP FOR STACKED DRYERS. FREEZER K EMMPLOYEE �� LPUBLIC t ) SEE SHEET M2 FOR DETAIL AND REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL z1 e ® BREAKROOM a a] ��/// DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS OF DRYER VENT 200 ®80 .14x12 12d0 1 Dill 120 40D 9 9 9 9 TERMINATION. 11 rF0 120 -- 120 Bab 120 720 ®4'0 STACKED DRYER VENT AND WALL CAP FOR STACKED ARBY'SY 100 BXIS _.• 8x8 DRYER.SEE SHEET M2 FOR DETAIL AND REFER TO FREEZE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS OF DRYER FREEZER 120 [El El - /� / \ \ VENT TERMINATION. % 11 2 4 4 4 4 OS 6"0 SCH10 SOLID WALL PVC COMBUSTION AIR AND COOLER O 11 2 10p 2 / I za 100 100 100 EXHAUST UP TO ROOF TERMINATION CAPS. 16 - -�I.X12 355 !J l$ \ O NOT USED. \ 1 P00 100 - \ D/G� \ OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR MOUNTED ON THE j 12x12 Up ROOF IN A SHADED AREA OR ENCLOSURE(FIELD LOCATE} 20 I SHOWER PROVIDE COMMS LINK WIRE TD CONTROL PANEL.PROVIDE 1202 12x12 Q SOLAR SHADE. __ -- O I EF-8 EF1 2 A/ 825 200 / 3�A4 DN \_/ I - -- I DIG G Bx6 100 O8 DUCTWORK SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH ROOF JOIST IN O li ARBY'S 11 30j'16 UP 1 10x1O CHASE. >, W inCOOLER 140 19 3 13 RTU4 I ti / - WE JQ= L d � DUCTWORK SHALL BE ROUTED BETWEEN ROOF JOIST. $ I 11 300 0 12x28 IOODDIp)'kkll \ \\ 4 9\ 10 ROUTE 4'0 EXHAUST DUCT FROM CEILING EXHAUST FAN UP 6i m N T---- I 18 UP (fYP.,) 3)L- 9 _____-J \ O p / 100 120 TO ROOF CAP.LOCATE A MINIMUM OF 10'-0'FROM ANY 'W+ L_ co O9 i EF-7TP lw m �\ ie / / FD \ OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OR ROOF EDGE. > V Z 200 H 14x14 _ - / 14x14 11 AIR CURTAIN TO BE FURNISHED WITH THE KITCHEN = J O j 825 13 RTU-3 nm \ 10 p25 b 140 XJP \ \ EQUIPMENT PACKAGE AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL Z a I 140 /-- N \ I 3 1 t 1 100 jFF-'8 g FD JJAANNp CONTRACTOR.REFER TO SHEETS AS AND E2.1. W Z 30x16 UP 300 m 40 UP�] 12 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OPPOSED W O / 14 C i 14x12 100 - m BLADE DAMPER ABOVE ALL EXHAUST AIR REGISTERS IN a Q �C \ / I .~l o `1 I CASHIER ® t'J SHOWER ROOMS AND IN AREAS WITH GYPSUM BOARD J LwfJ. O 2 3 CEILINGS.COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL AND AIR LL Pp 5 I - O - - I o2 355 355 e 1 BALANCE CONTRACTORS. r Z O mXX 12x10 100 22x10 DN III 12x12 2 13 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ROOFTOP Z r / 140 N - I \ _ 280 PRIOR TO DUCTWORK FABRICATION UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN PLENUM DROP LOCATIONS Q O O 3 3 p L _ SALES 400 WALK-IN 13 FD '100 O O = J is SERVICE 200 . � I / _J of BEVERAGE Opp FD 3 14 PROVIDE FULL SIZE U.L.LISTED ACCESS PANELS FOR V N 825 ® �777/ COOL ER / CLEANING AND INSPECTION.ONE(1)WITHIN THREE(3) W /" iMUA-1 / Fp FEET OF EXHAUST FAN INLET,AND ONE(1)WITHIN THREE 88 (3)FEET OF EXHAUST HOOD OUTLET,AND ONE(1)AT EACH R-.�. r' 2 /� 10 Opp CHANGE OF DIRECTION. 2x24 ONP.OF 3) I EF-2 �/ 400 - 0+ 100 ! ( --\ 315 \ _ \ 5 15 REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS A6,A5.1 8 A5.1a FOR �� 1 v`4 L-O I'T 1 1 100 1�4x12 j 12ni2 UP 1 \ O LOCATED UNDER SCHEDULE TYP OF KITCHEN COOKING EQUIPMENT HOOD-2 - 160 \ WATER 9 275 275 400 g 15 ( 14 m L_.L__L 8 O E \\ 1 ENTRY ROOM 18 PROVIDE DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION AND CO2 m m e 300 1 / 12x12 UH-2\ i � O SENSORS(MOUNTED AT 481NCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR) a. 100 180 1 I IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2O151NTERNATIONAL ENERGY 0 m \ / 2 Q 1 CONSERVATION CODE SECTION C403.2.6.1. _ 195 A \^-`.C/ 210 17 EXHAUST DUCT FROM EXHAUST FAN EF-B SHALL DROP r 8 1412 1 da \ j DOWN TO 12 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR.PROVIDE MEN$' 315 FLOOR ANGLE SUPPORTS FOR DUCTWORK WITH OPEN \t 140 ® 13 RTU-2 13 RTU-1 N 9 ` TOILET BOTTOM FOR 002 SYSTEM VENTILATION PER 2015 IFC 'Z 3 T -- I 30x18 DN I I I \ � 10x10 r SECTION 5W7.5. 3 Q 300 ARBY'S > 24x14 ( 100 O DRNE-THRU �� 1a. ! I 28xi6 UP "fl3 L 100 14x12 30x180N \ _m EF-5 10x10 UP 1 d a logill 100 �i MUA-2 . • . J 1 I 4+ �_.- I 28xi8 UP \ � =P j M - 8 100 x 300 I S e O , ~/2\ I /! uH 1 O}' 100 14x10 a I 9 — �- ARBY'S °S SEATING 8 i4 O I a / Q RVICEI 1 AREA 1 - 12 -- - - r\ 275 30 275 100 112 126 o / LECiRICAI J ao �g _ Ahl9 m 180 wmm 6x5 a� I— 1 I m 100 14x12 8x14 SERVICE p 200 � A I 100 14x12 _ m 1 /" 8 O8 10 10 J ` 105 105 DIG I 300 2 s � ❑1 eDINIINNc 1 e ��` 16 AC-1 300 Ani 300 300 1t .,,��'�. W OIEN7 1 11!m m 100 iz 60 �` 0 1 1 e 1 Roots O 4 p S 60 8x14 2 160 FOUNTAIN 300 300 0 iOp ACCESS _ Is 31 & a - 18 VESTIBULE emn T 0 SIDE J I VESTIIOULE 2 � o 00 100 � SHEET M1� • • • � � m 1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-HVAC LAYOUT ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS SCALE: 3/16"=1'-W 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-6674332 NOTES-ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND A.R. ri - w OF 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,MOUNT 48"AFF TO CENTER. �t�b •9, 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,MOUNT 1S"AFF TO CENTER TYPICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES-LETTER INDICATES TYPE. Z 0 TRAVEL CENTER LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 3. "GF"DESIGNATION INDICATES GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE. m 4. "WP"DESIGNATION INDICATES A WEATHERPROOF COVER(WEATHERPROOF WHILE IN TYPICAL EXIT SIGN-FACES AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS INDICATED.LETTER G TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL# MOUNTING VOLTAGE LAMPS/FIXTURE BALLASTS/FIX URE FIXTURE WATTS NOTES USE).GFCI RECEPTACLE OR GFCI PROTECTED CIRCUIT SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION ® ® �} WITH THE WEATHERPROOF COVER.5. "S"DESIGNATION INDICATES SURGE SUPPRESSION TYPE RECEPTACLE. INDICATES TYPE. 7/BM8 AL2 10 40'SRFACEISUSPENDED LINEAR CREE CS1438L40KLMA SURFACE 120V LED _ 38 (ix8x18) Q = d� OR STEM 4000'K TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS,HEADS AS INDICATED. WALL AW 10 EXTERIOR UPIDOWN SCONCE LITHONIA OLLWU LED-P130K-MVOLT-WH SURFACE 120V LED 14 (1 X2x7) O RECESSED FIXTURE-VERIFY TYPE,LAMPING,AND VOLTAGE WITH FIXTURE 6. PROVIDE DOUBLE-GANG BOX WITH PLASTER RING AND BLANK COVER PLATE,WITH 3I4"C. O OSCHEDULE. CEILING LED WITH PULLSTRING STUBBED FROM BOX TO AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN CEILING SPACE. CL2 109 2'X 4'ARCHITECTURAL LED TROFFER CREE ZR24NF40L�OK-CMA-FD 277V - 30 (1)(16)RECESSED 4000°K PROVIDE NYLON BUSHING ON BOTH ENDS OF CONDUIT. RECESSED EMERGENCY FIXTURE-VERIFY TYPE,LAMPING,AND VOLTAGE WITH 0 ' F n FIXTURE SCHEDULE. FL 6 EXTERIOR WALL PACK v1 CREE XSPWA02FC-UZ WALL 2� LED - 42 (1 x2K7) 7, PROVIDE 1'C.WITH PULLSTRING STUBBED FROM TELECOM COMPARTMENT TO AN W W SURFACE 4000°K TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES GS 9 LED FIXTURE CREE CPY-250-A-DMf-A-UL-BZ 120V -VERIFY TYPE,CAMPING AND VOLTAGE WITH Q W CEILING (1)82 LED 82 (2x8) ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN CEILING SPACE.PROVIDE NYLON BUSHING ON BOTH ENDS OF 4 4 ��FIXTURE SCHEDULE. Z rc.A RECESSED 4000°K � W 1. e TRACK LIGHTING. _j Q 2 HL 9 4'WET LOCATION LINEAR CREE WS447L 120V 50 CEILING LED _ (1 x7) 8. ONE SWITCH SHALL CONTROL INBOARD LAMPS,AND THE OTHER SHALL CONTROL J d Q Z°D SURFACE 4000°K OUTBOARD LAMPS. LL 0 C Lu 1.- o WALL WASH. KL 12 2'LED WALL MOUNT LUMINAIRE CLF72-15WHP-4000K-120-277-0P-BRZ-GLR S WALL URFACE 120V LED 15 (1) 9. SHAREp NEUTRALS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. ~ Z�W m S. GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,SINGLE-POLE,20A,12D-2TN AC(NOTE 1). f7 o J W PL 5 LED DOWNLIGHT CREE LRB-7LAOK-GU24LTBA-DR CEILING 12� LED _ 10.5 (1x6)(12) GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,THREE-WAY,20A,120-277V AC(NOTE 1). J y i- RECESSED 4000°K S W�n GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 3 a o 0 ML 198 LED DOWNLIGHT CREE KR8-9L�OK-120V-10R CEILING RECESSED 120V LED 40WK 13 (1)(6)(12x18) ,S4 GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,FOUR-WAY,200.120-277V AC(NOTE i). Z Y U1 8 EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED GOOSENECK TROY K818984-SL48 WALL SURFACE 120V (17)LED - 17 (1 K2x7) 1. ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIAL USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL 8E'UL"LISTED AND S, DIMMER SWITCH. WALL LED LABELED. KEYED SWITCH. U2 2 EXTERIOR WALL SCONCE LIGHTWAY-MERW-920-LED-E-U-21W-3-T6-WSA-PSC SURFACE 12(A/ 3500°K 18 (ij(2j(7) SK 2. ALL J-BOXES,AND OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN SHALL BE RECESSED 20A,120V,2-POLE MOTOR-RATED SNAP SWITCH. X 9 EXIT SIGN LITHONIA LQM S W 3 G 120/277 EL N SD UNIVERSAL 120/277V LED - - (1)(4)(13)(17) MOUNTED INTO A WALL,FLOOR OR CEILING UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED SM (2)0.7W OTHERWISE. WALL LED (1)(4)(7) J .7 Xi 5 OUTDOOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT LITHONIA AFN-DB-EXT 120/277V - - SURFACE (2)BW (14)(17) 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES H ALL RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES CONNECTED TO FIXTURES WIRED FOR DUAL SWITCHING(NOTE 8). WALL LED (1)(4)(6) J-BOXES.ALL STANDARD SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE IVORY IN COLOR. �� RX2 47 INDOOR LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT LITHONIA ELM2 LED SURFACE 120/277V (2)1 5W - 1)(4)() ADDITIONALLY,PROVIDE AND INSTALL ORANGE DEVICES FOR ALL ISOLATED "3"3 NOTES: GROUNDIDEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLES. SOS WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 1. ALL LAMPS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. ALL RECEPTACLES IN DELPROTECTI ANVAND PREP AREAS THAT ARE SOB AND LESS ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR. SHALL HAVE PERSONNEL PROTECTION VIA GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE OR BREAKER. - 2. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN.COORDINATE ROUGH-IN WITH EXPANSION JOINTS-REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A6,AND ASA FOR EXACT 5. COORDINATE WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER,MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR 04 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5.20(NOTES 2,3,4,5). LOCATION-TYPICAL FOR EXTERIOR FIXTURES. AND GC FOR FINAL LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF ALL EQUIPMENT GROUND FAULT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20(NOTES 2,3,4,5). PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CONDUIT AND/OR STUB-UP LOCATIONS. 3. NOT USED. 04 TWO DUPLEX RECEPTACLES,NEMA 5.20,IN ONE DOUBLE-GANG BOX(NOTES 2,3,4). B. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO RECEPTACLES USING ONLY C 4. CONNECT EMERGENCY BACK-UP AHEAD OF ALL LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. THE TERMINAL SCREWS.RECEPTACLE BACK WIREIQUICK CONNECTIONS SHALL NOT ®AC CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20. 5. NOT USED. BE USED. ABOVE CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20. 6. FIXTURE SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATION USE. 7. POWER AND CONTROL CORDS ARE FURNISHED WITH DELVKITCHEN APPLIANCES. ® NEMA 5-20 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN ROUND FLOOR BOX CONNECT CORD SETS TO APPLIANCES AS REQUIRED. Q{ SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED(NOTES 2,4). o 7. FIXTURE SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATION USE. 8. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION WITH NAMEPLATE OF ALL OWNER 6-20 Z SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. of SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE,NEMA CONFIGURATION INDICATED.IF NEMA W 8. NOT USED. CONFIGURATION IS NOT INDICATED,THEN SIZE PER NAMEPLATE ON EQUIPMENT Q a/ J 9. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATED UNDER THE KITCHEN HOOD SHALL UTILIZE SHUNT TRIP SERVED.PROVIDE MATCHING PLUG AND CORD SET AND CONNECT TO EQUIPMENT `W` G TYPE BREAKER PER NFPA 96.10.1 AND IBC 904.11.2. SERVED. Z 0 9. MOUNT 6"BELOW CEILING WHEN MOUNTED ON WALL. r J M 10. NOT USED. WALL MOUNTED PUSH BUTTON STATION MOUNT AT T-0"AFG FOR OUTDOOR W = Z m N 11.NOT USED. E" S TI S N 4' " F D S TIONS. W F Co SHEET INDEX ABBREVIATIONS = EMERGENCY FUEL SHUT-0FF('-SEE PLAN VIEW). J V Z O 12.FIXTURE TRIM SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATION USE. J N O Q 13. MOUNT 8"BELOW CEILING. SHEETS DESCRIPTIONS ABB. DEFINITION B BELL. 3 O W LLJ a EO ELECTRI CAL BYMBOL LEGEND AND A - AMPERES MOTOR SYMBOL. cmc ` } Z 14.MOUNT 6"ABOVE DOOR FRAME TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE,CENTERED ON DOOR. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AC ABOVE COUNTER c (... / W TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN 3013 I-LI NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH,AMP RATINGIPOLES INDICATED.FOR OUTDOOR C. Y O 15.NOT USED. Ell LIGHTING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NF 3R I� LOCATIONS,PROVIDE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE. 77�« Q TIGHTEN CENTER FLOOR PLAN O 16.NOT USED. E1.2 LIGHTING CONTROLS 30133R J U AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH,AMP RATINGIPOLES INDICATED.PROVIDE FUSES PER '^ Lwi/ z Z ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER 25 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE.FOR OUTDOOR LOCATIONS,PROVIDE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE. Q V � y 17.PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH BATTERY BACK-UP CAPABLE OF 90 MINUTE RUNTIME UPON LOSS OF NORMAL POWER. TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN L E2.1 POWER SWITCH AHU-1® ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION-EQUIPMENT TAG OR V Z I• O 18.FIXTURE IS EQUIPPED WITH"SMARTCAST"TECHNOLOGY.FIXTURE HAS AN INDEPENDENT ADDRESS ALONG WITH AN INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR. TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE DESCRIPTION INDICATED.COORDINATE LOCATION AND CONNECTION DETAILS WITH O O Q E2.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. O PLANS.ELECTRICAL C CONDUIT ,^ E2.3 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR CD CANDELLA OUTPUT ®0 GD JUNCTION BOX. V A N PLANS-ELECTRICAL CKT CIRCUIT W J Ii J E2.4 TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN POWER CU COPPER PANELBOARD WITH DESIGNATION.SEE PANELBOARD SCHEDULE FOR MOUNTING. W E3 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN CIB CIRCUIT BREAKER HIGH VOLTAGE PANELBOARD WITH DESIGNATION.SEE PANELBOARD COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN C/T CURRENT TRANSFORMER ® SCHEDULE FOR MOUNTING. E4 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN FIRE G GROUND ® SURFACE MOUNTED PLUGMOLD WIREWAY.REFER TO PLAN FOR LENGTH. ALARM C E5.11A TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD GF GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT ®QTy=D_TELECOM OUTLET(NOTES 2,6). - SCHEDULES IG ISOLATED GROUND " TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD KVA KILOVOLT-AMPERES SPEAKER,CEILING FLUSH MOUNT UNLESS NOTED.DESIGNATES ZONE E5.1B SCHEDULES KW KILOWATTS OQ S�" . E5.2 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL J EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER O MICROPHONE INPUT. TRAVEL CENTER,ARBY'S& MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MANUAL PULL STATION. C~.1 E5.3 CINNABON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 2 SCHEDULES NC NORMALLY CLOSED LU Q SMOKE DETECTOR. L E5.4 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL NL NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT a. IL w RED(LINE) CONDUIT SCHEDULE NO NORMALLY OPEN O HEAT DETECTOR R V E NEUTRAL E6 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM NTS NOT TO SCALE M<l HORN/STROBE-MOUNT 80"AFF TO CENTER-CD LISTED NEXT TO APPLIANCE. 2 to LINE-LIGHT J/-W CIRCUIT ED(LOAD E71 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING 0 PHASE Ix STROBE ONLY-MOUNT 80"AFF TO CENTER-CD LISTED NEXT TO APPLIANCE. Gaz SZ-100 DIAGRAM-GASOLINE POS POINT OF SALE 2 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING AC FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. m U E7.2 DIAGRAM-DIESEL RIP ROUGH IN POINT 5 TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ® FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR. Q3 W 2 2 E7.3 SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM V VOLTS [7�[ DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR(FURNISHED AND WIRED.BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ¢ i z TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT TRUCK W WATTS /l� / MOUNTED IN DUCT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.) o E7A INPUT/OUTPUT WIRING DIAGRAM Ip o WP WEATHERPROOF-PROVIDE WITH 7 SPRINKLER VALVE TAMPER SWITCH. co ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAMS IN-USE COVER BLUE CONTROL OUTPUT EB AND DETAILS WPG WEATHERPROOF WITH GROUND SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH. ' 899 FAULT INTERRUPT-PROVIDE BLACK COMMON O E9.1 PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CD WITH IN-USE COVER /-� CONCEALED CONDUIT. RED+24VDC E92 B99 CONTROLLER XFMR TRANSFORMER Q F m WIRING DIAGRAM Y WYE i•�'�•� CONDUIT UNDER SLAB/GROUND. Q SITE PLAN "� o ES7.1 ELECTRICAL -- EXPOSEDCONDUIT. o SITE PLAN RED LOAD A ES1.2 PHOTOMETRIC A-1 ONE HOMERUN CIRCUIT-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED. RED LINE) ES1.3 SITE PLAN A-1,3�- TWO HOMERUN CIRCUITS-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED NOTE 9. ELECTRICAL ( ) S120E-P LINE-RECEPTACLE CIRCUI 3 ESIA FUEL ESTOP LOCATION PLAN A-1,3,5--"-, THREE HOMERUN CIRCUITS-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED(NOTE 9). NEUTRAL ES21 AUTO CANOPY AND ISLAND PLANS SHEET: g POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS RECEPTACLE/OCC. SENSOR ES2.2 TRUCK CANOPY AND ISLAND PLANS POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS EO CONTROL-OFFICE AREA TANK FARM AND 99POWER E() ES2.3 AND COMMUNICATIONS INTERWORKS, P.A. SCALE: N.T.S. DEF HEAT TRACE E�'1 INSTALLATION DETAILS ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS DEF HEAT TRACE 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 ES3.2 INSTALLATION DETAILS PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 EGRESS LIGHTING POWER DENSITY GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES A. R. NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: �P of WASI TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 4`" 'f SEE SHEETEI.2FORINTERIOR MANUFACTURER AND MODEL# FIXTURE WATTS 1 COORDWATEEXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FU(TUBES y f' LIGHTING CONTROLS. x 9 EXIT SIGN LITHONIA LOM S W 3 G l201277 EL N SO 1 A WITH FINAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PROVIDED BY ARCHITECT.RX2 47 INDOOR LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT LITHONIA ELM2 LED 3 8 2. PROVIDE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SEALING COMPOUND AT TOTAL EGRESS WATTAGE 153.8 CONDUIT ENTRIES TO WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS. TOTAL BUILDGIN AREA(SQ.FT) 91526 KEYED NOTES 7/&18 EGRESS LIGHTING POWER DENSITY(W/SQ.FT) 0.0161 ^ ,O CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTORS. CONTACTORS ARE CONTROLLED BY A PHOTOSENSOR AND ASTRONOMICAL TIMECLOCK VIA THE HONEYWELL CONTROLLER. lY 2O CONNECT TO BUILDING MOUNTED SIGN.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH SIGN INSTALLER PRIOR TO ANY Z 4J ROUGH-IN. '.I w W I. ^ 2 `U NOT USED. LL W O Lu 04 NOT USED. Z J W 8 2J ©NOT USED. J jq ©NOT USED. a G��iiiiSSS O (� Z Oi Al-20 -`--�A1-22 O CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE ALL EMERGENCY,EGRESS,AND Y 10 L-15(PART) r G GS OS Al-II(PART) EXIT FIXTURES AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. O 6 PICAL) I U1 U1 ©COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS A,-16(PART) FL Xl ❑ X A1-2(PART) FL FL ROUGH-IN. ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY X 2 L2 -- O NOT USED. CL2 CL2 C� ,0 CONNECT TO ARS"INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED ACCENT BAND.COORDINATE CONNECTION LOCATION WITH ACCENT (TYPICAL) 8 I HL HL 2 / ° - ° ° INSTALLER.PROVIDE APPROPRIATELY RATED DISCONNECT A A / ' \ I SWITCH IF NOT PROVIDED FROM THE MANUFACTURER I ' d FIXTURE HAS SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY WITH AN INTEGRAL 'J � I /F \ ML ML /ML / ML M ML OCCUPANCY SENSOR.FIXTURE HAS INDEPENDENT O O O O O O O O O ADDRESS AND IS CONTROLLED WIRELESSLY VIA I �\ 6 SMARTCAST SWITCH.SEE SHEET EI2. HL HL ML LL CL2 \ CL2T- CL2 CL2 1 CL2 CL2 CL2 I T MLO MLO M o M O OML ML- 0OML oAL I I I M p \ Cu `c c RX2 a a RX2 pm RX2 w�X2 Lz 1pT1 11 (TYP.) RX2 X CL2 CL2 CL2 I CL2 L ' °C c CL2 / CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 II®- FL AW A / C II I �-- �_ Rxz J > M f �T 1 D (1 I I c a a a a a D i x, m N Ir1 I 2 ru Al-16(PAO ° IL /1 Z c" / Cu / C D MLO MLO // O J d 3 c CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 IviW i p ® L cLz 2 I en g —J - Y O 11 RX2 c a e aa e b � IImo^^ R'^xlz / C CL2 (TYPICAL) C AW A ItX2y W Z 17 0 V -- Y O I ~ to I LH 1 c CL2 CL2 If - Z F C j -A C l`�% L°1� ° I CL2 'RX2 ` V O Q HL I — J O Of ML 9 ML ML c c a a a CL2 a a D I N � W a ML O O f O O O O L5(PART) Al-1 C r I� ML 41 ML ML ML ML 8 — KXz At-18(PART) � _ /� I r ii \�✓'> r 9 GfR7C21P\\ B RX2 b C I CL2 p \ I ML ML 1 ML 1 / ° �i�+ ° RX2 °9 O I -1 0 O f ML LOe ML ML e e Oe p p ,1 I xe�:w II FIX) t MLp9 / MLO9 LOg ^ILO I O - O ML a MLO a MLOa MLO a MLp e a c If iII O I M \ ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML M 1 09 O 09 O O Oe Oe O r-O O D I y e e e p �r 1 C I CL2 flob- ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML k / 2 C �• I O Og 09 O O O O , Oe O O Al-18 )-� LX 9 g 9 e L ❑ O L-1 L I W • e e\ e bk�ART) O r - / ML ML ML ML �f ML ML ML ML ' ML ML \ d 1G8 CL O® o O O 09 O (� Oa O Oe Oe O6 Oe R CL2 e _ - fq I r� ML ML Mt • ML ML ML L ML M, ML ML ML / RX2 J LJ 0 9 O 9 0 9 O O g O O e O O e O O e O e O e CL2 CL2 CL2 (TYP. 11 Z g I LGS C LO ML ML ML ML ML g ML ML ML M I ML ML I ® M I 09 Og Og O . O Og O Oa Oe Oe I O Oe O ° LOM O RX2 � FL � W� L-13 -O It (TYP.1 L L i� Yw1 M ML ML L ML ML M �M ML � 2 -t_\\� I togl O O Og 09 O9 O Oe Oe O Oe O Oe I I O Al-, L-15(PART) Rj A� I /I I Og O O C g Og Og 09 LPL�- O Oe Oe O O Oe O� ' IfT O MEN ML ML M L L-5(PART))\ X Y Y 7 P•) O L M �ML ML ML u O O/ ` ❑ O O 09// 09 ML Oe °e Qe °e RX2 1O Al-26 1D ML /� ML ML ML ML Al-3 c c �� O L ML ML RXZ ML ML RX2 CL22- IF7112 a 6 O \ O9 - 09 09 Og Og ^ `„\ - Oe Oe Oe ciz- RX2 \ 'r A ML \ I& M R AL2 CL2 0 09 0 0 J v .:a�..". .. A-l(PART) cam\ RX2 ..-.. .-. OZ \\ \ e _. O O MY \ � �� SHEET: X O Al-12 O X 2 1 Ut U1 Ui U2 Al-2(PART) (TYPICAL) 7 I (TYPICAL) 8 Ai-11( -J �- --GB----Ca6---�aS-� (TYPICAL) 8 O Xt OAl-10 O Al-8 1O. A15O A1.4 1 7 ICAL) 7 (TYPICAL) A1�"� 1Q TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIGHTING • El A E1.1 SCALE: 3/16"=P-G" ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-6674332 II E 1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES BREAKROOM J ° °`W°s' EE 40 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ; CLOSE WITH FINAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PROVIDED BY 39 1 ARCHITECT. a/ 2. PROVIDE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SEALING COMPOUND AT 8 TYPE QUANTITY FIXTURE WATTS ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROLS TOTAL WATTS CONDUIT ENTRIES TO WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS. (SMARTCAST) 7AY18 Al2 9 38 YES 342 KEYED NOTES CL2 109 30 YES 3270 Sa S'Sc$d HL 9 50 NO 450 Oi FIXTURE HAS SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY AND IS EQUIPPED S.SfS9 q 1g(TYPICAL) KL 12 15 NO 180 SHQ�WER SHqWER WITH AN INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR.SET FICTURETO Qyi ML 198 13 YES 2574 N I �2 BE CONTROLLED VIA SMARTCAST DIMMER SWITCH I PL 5 11 NO 55 08 09 DESIGNATED BY THE SWITCH-LETTER. Z ——-i TOTAL INSTALLED WATTAGE 6871 71 11 W O W —I ENHANCED UGHTING CONTROL WATTAGE(Smartest Controls) 61e6 2O FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SWITCH Z ® I ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROL PERCENT OF TOTAL WATTAGE 90.039G RESIDING IN THE LIGHTING ZONE. Z O3 HATCHED AREA DESIGNATES A LIGHTING ZONE.FIXTURES ..�O. 12 10 10 12 IN THIS AREA SHALL BE CONTROLLED TOGETHER FIXTURES LL G�[ ZO �7J(I RESIDING IN CUSTOMER AREAS SHALL NOT UTILIZE THE F J H OCCUPANCY FEATURE INTEGRAL TO THE FIXTURE. Z IY 4 TRAVEL CENTER SWITCHBANK LOCATION 3 ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROL WATTAGE 2 TYPICAL SWITCHING FOR SHOWER ROOMS 4 SWITCH LETTER BESIDE OFFICTUREINDICATTSWHICH _�a�—i�''s E1.2 SCALE: 7/4"=1'-0" E�2 E�z SCALE: NTS SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" SWITCH CONTROLS THIS FIXTURE. a o O OS NOT USED. Y OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE WATTSTOPPER MODEL O t/ 0 SURFACE MOUNTED ON JUNCTION BOX.PROVIDE WITH ALL NECESSARY POWER PACKS(WATTSTOPPER MODE MODEL#BZ50),TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING 2 (TYP,) HARDWARE. O7 NOT USED. CL2 CL2 CL2 ©NOT USED. e O HL O9 NOT USED. H z� R • PLo')EE e e e e e f o 10 SWITCHES CONTROLLING FIXTURE TYPES'ALT,'CLZ&'ML' 6 A SHALL BE CREE CWD-CWC WIRELESS DIMMER SWITCHES WITH SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY.THE SWITCH REQUIRES A L O O O O O "HOT"LEG CONNECTION FOR POWER.THE SWITCH CONTROLS THE FIXTURES WIRELESSLY.SEE PLAN VIEW F E S 13 13 13 13 FOR LIGHTING ZONES. L2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 HL HL • • ° 2 11 SWITCH TO CONTROL VANITY LIGHT(DESIGNATED'KL'} O O O OLER o e e e e e e o 12 SWITCH TO CONTROL SHOWER LIGHT(DE3X3PWTE0'PU). © zs g 14 I O c a e 13 SEE DETAIL 2{12 FOR TYPICAL SHOWER ROOM LIGHTING CONTROLS. I e CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 f CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 cLz e e e o 14 SEE DETAIL 4-E12 FOR SWITCHBANK LOCATION. Z LA 5 e e e e g Lu 0 c e e e e e C L J M 8 2 1 °` a a p m p W allo • e e 4 e ( • 13 O Z Q CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 HL ( LL Z _j a 3 i e e o L 2 W V > W Z ® a2 ZZ Q Xp I e c a a e coo i€ I Lu Z p7 O ~ C e e , © 110 = fee U Z c CL2 CL2 I CL2 ; J O Q Q• p1 J o I L e e o HL o N Of F e ° ML ML ML L I O Of O O O e e f- ML O O f O O O O O CL2 \ e�f O O M O O O O O O • e i e tt tt L ~d d L I I rR I o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o cL2 c �Y I F� o V Z C O O O O O O O O O O O © L O a (•-- cL2 J O R CL2 Z e O O O O O O O O O O O O a CL2 CL2 ]TLi e e o m L-- C ° t R IC O ® O O O O O O O O O O O O (TYP.) 3 ° • 1 ao ( O O O O O O O O O O O O I o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 C C 0 2 (TYPICAL) G o I o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e e _ e e CL2 eR o 0 0 0 o a e o 0 0 0 0 0 • �;"" ,� r--------- O SHEET: O 3MA - - -- Ell 4 (TYPICAL, . •. N TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIGHTING CONTROLS E12 SCALE: ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-6674332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES �' R"pq _ EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO ELECTRICAL G�yp¢w�s�� EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEETS E5.2 AND E5.3 i 21 38 FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 42 28 OX INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHT,NEMA PLUG 1. DURING UNDER SLAB ROUGH4N,PLAN FOR OUTLETS THAT MUST BE FED WITH ^.+ CONFIGURATION AND BREAKER REQUIREMENTS- CONDUIT FROM UNDER SLAB(FOR EXAMPLE,OUTLETS IN FREESTANDING (TYPICAL FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WITH TAGS).SEE CASES,000NDUIT W WALL DUE T SR OUTLETS BELOW TEEL COLUMNDOWS NS ON BOTH SIDES OF WINDOW).T CANNOT BE FED WITH HORIZONTAL v r by gi : „----., � GENERAL NOTE#2 AND 88. 2. FOR OUTLETS OR CONNECTIONS WITH EQUIPMENT TAGS,COORDINATE A- MPLO A38 C-7 MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. 718I18 KIOa KEMPLOYEE 3. ALL RECEPTACLES IN DELIIRESTAURANT AND PREP AREAS THAT ARE 50A AND P-20 22 BREAKROOM LESS SHALL HAVE PERSONNEL PROTECTION VIA GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE OR 400A 31 � BREAKER. CON QUICK FP-2428 C 17 CONNECT 3 E-17 W 38 C-18 KEYED NOTES Z �W M2 RP-1 M2 RP-2 A35 10 S 18 O COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB-UPS WITH CASEWORK CONSTRUCTION. Z G1 800A QUICK F J d oz_ CONNECT O (TYPICAL) 5 2 NOT USED. u.p O 1W-.. O 1 O NOT USED. Z J W M2 AA2 ._..I i I ® NOT USED. ,J�y�j J v Vy 1 i 3 © COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT SERVED(TYPICAL FOR RECEPTACLES WITH EQUIPMENT TA0.S). a C WATER ENTRY ROOM 3 EMPLOYEE KIOSK/BREAKROOM-POWER 30 ® -� E NOT USED. Y 29 E2.2 SCALE: 3t8"=V-0" 30 EA E 1 S 30 O7 NOT USED. -30 I_� ` O8 CONNECT TO 8'-0'LONG MULTI-OUTLET STRIP.MOUNT VERTICALLY NEAR EDGE OF PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: y -� 91 43 E-10 MULTI-OUTLET STRIP SHALL BE WIREMOLD V2400 WITH NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLES ON 1Y CENTERS. WPG --S CIRCUITS FOR EQUIPMENT 101, 61 1-18 93 C-23 PAR _ 141 AND 142 MUST RESIDE ON +81 C5 O9 SPACE FOR FUEL DISPENSING CONTROLS.SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. -� 41 AFF THE SAME ELECTRICAL PANEL. - -- I I 14 j I I 10 UNIT HEATER AND EXHAUST FAN TO BE CONTROLLED THROUGH EMS.ROUTE CIRCUITS THROUGH CONTROLS � UH-2 (TYPICAL OF 8) I 1 1 JUNCTION BOX LOCATED NEXT TO PANEL IV.SEE SHEET E3.1 FOR LOCATION AND CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR I 1 C-18.21 i .61 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS. 10 I i I I i 1 1 L- 14,161 i I 11 NOT USED. I 1200A CT CABINET I I I � 1 I i 12 PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING FROM INDOOR UNIT TO CONDENSING UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. � I 13 RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 48"AFF TO CENTER OF BOX. 33 I I I 1 ____-__l I I I I � 14 RECEPTACLES FOR THE CIGARETTE CASE MOUNT AT 81"AFF AND 8"FROM CABINET OUTER EDGE.COORDINATE _ WITH CASEWORK CONTRACTORINSTALLER 400A S.E.RATED H-23,25 H-27,29 H-24,28 H-28.30 43 \ MANUALTRANSFER 1 Hi-15 91 E-12 15 NOT USED. PUBLIC SWITCH LAUNDRY I I O CONNECT MOTORIZED LOUVER TO SAME CIRCUIT AS EXHAUST FAN.CONTROL WITH SAME THERMOSTAT. 07 37 C�SHIER COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH4N. H31 43 10 24 D D-40 D 2 K H1-17 91 E-14 17 NOT USED. �/ P L 800A S.E.RATED / -- i I 18 CONNECT TO 120V POWER SUPPLY FOR FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL. J w D MANUALTRANSFER SWITCH 38 M39 - W Q W 101 i I 1 j-----' 19 CONNECT TO 12DV POWER SUPPLY FOR ENERGY MANAGEMENT PANEL ,^ d L > C.) ® _NOT USED. � �• z m N ""-1 2 - i--_ ------ ELECTRICAL III 1 i 21 TA DRIVER COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. g W PUBLIC LAUNDRY POWER RECEPTACLE FOR ZE H' 30 E22 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" III 1 1 ® NOT USED. W J O Q C-23(PART) ♦81 I '�I p L GF 14 III I Hi-19 I j L_______i ®COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN.MOUNT 62'AFF TO BOTTOM OF BOX. aI W y a I 28 may-i4(�i ®RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED 6"BELOW CEILING.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MONITOR IN FIELD. N W\ Y O E31 32 I li ! I 81 � `E-18 THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELB'LCP7.8'LCP2"SHALL BE MOUNTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND Z Z Q r o-?Jp 1 it L HI-13 1 THE EMS CONTROL PANEL AND VERIS POWER MONITOR PANEL SHALL BE MOUNTED BY CONTROLS W � 1/rJi (TYPI ) GF D�7(rART)I CONTRACTOR G z 9 O `` c Z ca 1 6 13 I ® CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT ESTOP(PILLA MODEL#FS120FN1 FUEL SHUTOFF PUSH BUTTON STATION)8'FROM LP L i EDGE OF CABINET.MOUNT 48"AFF TO THE TOP OF BOX.SEE DETAIL SE2.2 FOR CABINET ELEVATION.CONNECT W �. H-34 i I TO CONTACTORS FOR POWER SHUTDOWN TO FUEL DISPENSING SYSTEMS. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET E8. O O B I 1 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH4N. J cm L p D-31 8 3 / A �-32 � i 27 PROVIDE 120V POWER FOR FLINT LOC PANEL.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO F U. i ROUGH4N. HI-25,27 / ® RECEPTACLE SERVING TELEVISION SWILL BE MOUNTED 12'BELOW CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. COORDINA EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH MOUNTING BRACKET PROVIDED FOR FLAT SCREEN TV PRIOR TO PANEL PANEL ------------- =^.;(k_hh"____._� i i ROUGH4N. 1 AC-1 1 ,�' ,IT_ I'__ 32 D-33 /� ® NOT USED. -J CTS -___- H1-14(PAR HiS 32 I O h \H138 ROOM LCP2 O ® MOUNT RECEPTACLES IN CABINET 18'AFF.SEE DETAIL 6•E2.3 FOR CABINET ELEVATION. . O BbS g 28 LCPiO °O�d ;� o // 31 OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE HUBBELL MODELNOMNIIRLRP.PROVIDE WITH ALL NECESSARY POWER PACKS F t t t ----- (HUBBELL MODEL MUVPP),TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. d d 6 5 IGAL)P O MOUNT BOX 92'ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND 6'FROM CENTER OF DIGITAL DISPLAY. 7 C 35 } H1-8 r �I E-19� I o ry Ho Lc G ; LDINGpig - Si O PROVIDE 1'SPARE CONDUIT WITH 2O0LB.PULL ROUTED UNDER PLATFORM TO NEAREST WALL CAVITY. TRANSITION IN WALL CAVITY TO ABOVE LAY4N CEILING AND CONTINUE TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN ELECTRICAL ROOM. W 0 E-13 E-24 E-15 �O3 ®PROVIDE NEMA CONFIGURATION RECEPTACLE AND MATCHING CORD.COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S O g EMS TROL 25 AANN -❑ ' INSTRUCTIONS.SEE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E52 FOR MORE INFORMATION. a S g OB VEkEPOWER i Hi-16 U �. _ O PROVIDE CONNECTION TO CEILING SUSPENDED HEAT LAMP.COORDINATE CONNECTION TYPE WITH EQUIPMENT y TITS NI OR PAN ELO B-10 T- - I �� i = W � IN FIELD. p Q ® PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CREDIT CARD TERMINAL MOUNT 12"ABOVE WAINSCOT 70 BOTTOM OF BOX. m ; 1 H1-11(PART) fA 1 37 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR PUBLIC LAUNDRY ROOM MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER.COORDINATE INFIELD PRIOR E 7� •�� i____________� TO ROUGH4N. 2� 44� ® RECEPTACLE SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA OCCUPANCY SENSOR SEE DETAIL 1E0.CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES G ENLARGED ELECTRICALNVATER ENLARGED CASHIER DESK-POWER SHALL HAVE A PERMANENT MARKING TO DIFFERENTIATE FROM UNCONTROLLED RECEPTACLES. a ENTRY/CTS ROOM-POWER E2.2 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" ® SEE DETAIL 1-E2.3 FOR CONTINUATION OF CIRCUIT. E2.2 SCALE: 3/8"_�-0° ® H3/0 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR INM'3 CONDUIT. CONTACTORS 41 20'BUILDING FOOTING GROUND,MINIMUM A`4 AWG BARE COPPER LOW VOLTAGE OUADRAPLIX W DISCONNECT SWITCHES I.G.RECEPTACLE 42 PROVIDE E INSTALL INTEGRAL TO COUNTERTOP SHALL LAVE COORDINATE CHARGING LD INSTALLATION WITH FURNITURE INSTALLER.PLIXiMOLD RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE BUILT-IN USB CHARGING PORTS. a Q Q 4 S CRIND $8 DISTRIBUTION BOXES ® RECEPTACLE FOR FLOOR MOUNTED MERCHANDISER SHALL BE MOUNTED INSIDE OF CABINET.CORD SHALL BE IESE OMNTEC PUMP PANEL ROUTED THROUGH OPENING IN TOE-KICK. PANEL PANEL PANEL AUTO ® PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR CONNECTION TO LOAD CENTER SERVING COOKTOP UNITS(ITEM 1YC).USE CONDUCTORS AD TO FP RATED FOR 90"C.SEE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E52 FOR MORE INFORMATION. s g,-0. ® CONTACTORS(TYP.) d IESEL AND DEF STP SHEET: MAGNETIC MOTOR MA �� 4 a r ''d d� 11 ,.• a r �t J 1 � WIRING TROUGH (RING TIRO STARTERS o DIESEL AND DEF STP REGULAR,SUPER AND AUTO-DIESEL CONTROLLERSIHOOK VV 1 1 GASOLINE STP CONTACTORS AND E M E2,2 \ CONTROLLERS/HOOK ISOLATION RELAYS ISOLATION RELAYS " CABINETS-GAS(TYPICAL) CABINETSCABINETS-CIGARETTE(TYPICAL) m CABINETS-DIESEL OWICALI CABINETS- PICAL) ENGINEERS dt CONSULTANTS s CASHIER DESK CABINET WALL-ELEVATION a FUEL DISPENSING CONTROLS-ELEVATION 923nwN STREET.NORTH WILKESBORO,NC28659 E2.2 SCALE: N.T.S. PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:33"674332 E2.2 SCALE: N.T.S. - - - - GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES n� wAS,�/ EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO ELECTRICAL 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION(S)WITH Ctrh� EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEETS E5.2 AND E5.3 ARCHITECTURAL ROOF PLANS AND DIVISION 15 0 FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN-TYPICAL. INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHT,NEMA PLUG O CONFIGURATION AND BREAKER REQUIREMENTS- 2. VERIFY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS (TYPICAL FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WITH TAGS).SEE WITH DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY GENERAL NOTE#2 AND#8. ROUGH-IN. Tr0lgW, XXX FEEDER TAG-REFER TO RTU FEEDER SCHEDULE KEYED NOTES 716118 FOR REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING CONDUCTOR X AND GROUND SIZE,CONDUIT SIZE AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. O CONNECT TO REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT. O2 CONNECT TO WALK-IN COOLER CONDENSER UNIT. ' Z M W W O3 CONNECT TO WALK-IN FREEZER CONDENSER UNIT. Z W O fA 2 K ® CONNECT TO FACTORY-MOUNTED DISCONNECT Z Ii SWITCH. J d Q Z 00 III Lu O5 CONNECT THROUGH THERMOSTAT. _j~N © CONNECT TO INDOOR COMPRESSOR UNIT PER O J MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, J W O7 PROVIDE WIRING FROM CONDENSING UNIT TO d INDOOR UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. Z ® ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO -� CONDUITS STUBBED FOR SATELLITE DISHES VERIFY SIZES AND EXACT LOCATION AND ROUTING WITH T-_ ------_ _--_TI_ _____ _ _ _ 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CONNECT FACTORY-MOUNTED RECEPTACLE PROVIDED DED WITH RT ;; I I ( 10 CONNECT THROUGH KITCHEN HOOD CONTROL II II I II PANEL.SEE CAPTIVE AIR DRAWINGS FOR j j 1 j j a I I I I I 1 I i 1 1 I i CONNECTION DETAILS. CONNECT TO CONDENSING UNIT ON MAKE-UP AIR UNIT. III I I 1 12 FAN SHALL BE SET UP TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY. II I II I I I I I I I ' II , 11430R �l: 3RIO11 D�.90,32,94 III ` I 12 -17 I 13 CONNECT TO EXHAUST FAN FOR HOOD. 01- 2,27 3 1 �7 1 11CONNECT TO SUPPLY FAN FOR HOOD. �I 3W 3R 11 I I I 1 2 121D1 24 1 I 15 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE(1)2" ;L____I-----_J 1.('-=_-'-- - -- J --JJ Di-Z,S�.29 , , % I CONDUIT STUBBED FOR DATA ACCESS FROM THE i T--- -'G1=29,�.93 32 -,'�,.-- F.TURN CONDUIT v I OWN EF-4 I ABOVCTS ROOM ROOF TO PREVENT WEATHER INFILTRATION. 4 EFiIiI11j1i-8 � 7 16 4 I,©C1{ II IIiiII CL 0DIH. RTU FEEDER SCHEDULE ZH-2,4,8 FEEDER DESCRIPTION gW------ 1 molls 0A 3R 1 35.3 (3)#10,(l)#10G.,IN1/2°C. d IV 3R -8,10.12 O fV 1 a 3R W0 > 'WmZ' Z0 PU3 W �0tis QO < Z MN 2 Z I II 11 I ILu y �N _j � Q I I DPH.ri Q MUA-1 ( I r1r 1 10 D1-B1,33,35 14 M I I 1 I ; J N a lO , O, 3R I N/ 3R 1 19 , 1 I I i I 1 1 11 I 11 I I I DP.- 2 I- I i I 1 I I I I i I I I ppp000pppI I I I �I I I i�. I I` 4 I I z3 3 D1-2,4,6 10 1 8{ 3R I�3R W'Z OIL MUA- I 1 I 9 I i I I I i 1 I _>2 30/23 D1-1,3,5 �1-8,10,12 4 V lyl 4 I ( QaQ -- 1 92A N� 1 6 i _ 1 1 \ 0'as �' I I I I I m G Ilf DPHA 1 7 DPH-3 3R u 82AI 1 8 , I I i I I I I 8 83002 I I I I SIR 30/2l3R I I I I I 15 T NF�R O D-14,18 _J F W m m H-9,11 16 I I 1 ftA�� SHEET: E2.4 CI-*'\ TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN-POWER ez.a scale: s»s„=r-o„ 923 ENNGINEERS &STREET.NORTH ICONQSULTANTS NC 28659 PHONE:336-6674225 FAX:336-667-4332 R. ® ® CONDUIT TAG -RELERTOTRSHEET SELCENTER OR ALL SPEAKER WIRING LEGEND KEYED NOTES v��A.�WR. CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, r MENS QUANTITY AND FILL. ZONE NO. DESCRIPTION k TOILET r- 1O (1)1-112'CONDUIT MATH PULLSTRING BELOW RAISED CASHIER DESK PLATFORM. 21 I 1 DIESEL CANOPY I 2 AUTO CANOPY O2 STUB UP CONDUIT INSIDE DESK.COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK. Fun 3 _ # ELECTRICAL 4 RESSTAURANT O3 - STUB OUT CONDUIT INSIDE CASEWORK. � —� LfI 5POWERED SPEAKER A ® MOUNT INSIDE CASEWORK.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. I I DRAWING SYMBOLS O CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER © MOUNT ABOVE INTERCOM SHELF ABOVE DOOR.PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN 7/8118 ® EI (ZONE NO.INDICATED): �'.�Ig V�"WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW.�' _- P@ BULLHORN SPEAKER © SHOWER MONITOR.PROVIDE 4"BOX MOUNTED 012'BELOW CEILING TO COUNTER LINE OF BOX UNO.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX TO ABOVE CEILING. FOR EACH SPEAKER,PROVIDE(1)CAT.3 CABLE TO CTS ROOM. O (1)14lY CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING.CONTINUE TO CTS FOR TRUCK SCALE CONSOLE&PRINTER.TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB AT WALL BEHIND W W 22(TYPICAL) DESK. Z O 1p (q) crs (a) 3 0!W°� (3I ROo M O PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX WITH(1)2"CONDUIT TO CTS ROOM FOR FUEL �" y 2 A 40 CA .PR DE 200L8 PULLSTRING. W Z W n n O (1)2"CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ABOVE LAY4N CEILING FROM TALK-A-PHONE WIREWAY O O F E;1 `;' 1 (g) (2)(2)(2) IN OFFICE TO CASHIER DESK.TRANSITION TO UNDER CASHIER DESK PLATFORM AT WALL ~ Z J W VIKM BEHIND CASHIER DESK. 0 J 10 (1)4'CONDUIT FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE. STUB OUTSIDE BUILDING TO d WQ N�( z TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN LOCATION SPECIFIED BY TELEPHONE UTILITY. o E3 SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" 11 4'X8k3W PLYWOOD BACKBOARD PAINTED FIRE RETARDANT GRAY FOR MOUNTING Y ®® TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT.PROVIDE GROUND BAR WITH MB IN CONDUIT TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. ———— 12 SPARE(2)2'CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING. I I 13 (2)3'CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED UNDERGROUND.INCLUDE NYLON BUSHINGS. II 11111111 O 15 WP 15 14 (1)1-CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM DELI ISLAND TO CTS ROOM.STUB UP ON CTS WALL TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB AT CLOSEST WALL OR COLUMN TO DELI ISLAND. T O 16 PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOX FOR CAMERA DATA MOUNTED AT 18'-0 ABOVE i 19 I j1j1j1 11 / 19 FINISHED GRADE.PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT ROUTED FROM JUNCTION BOX TO AN VESTIBULE ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE THE LAY4N CEILING.PROVIDE NYLON BUSHINGS AND A py�yZ CLOS CLOSET EM 200LB PULLSTRING. sa FREEZER I 1 I 1 SPARE(1)3"CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED TO WALL CAVITY BEHIND CASHIER I EMPLOYEE ERIS III O LJ DESK.EXTEND CONDUIT TO AN ACCESSIBLE AREA 8'ABOVE WALL.INCLUDE NYLON K® 3 i 31 BUSHINGS. +60' +32 1 17 2"z4'BOX MOUNTED 46"AFF TO CENTER LINE OF BOX UNO.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX ARBY'S I I L TO ASOVE CEILING.PROVIDE 1/2"CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING INDOOR FRAME FROM FREEZER +18 ELECTRIC STRIKE TO ABOVE CEILING.COORDINATE WITH DOOR FRAME ® I +32 +18 +1 O SHOWER SHOWER SHOWER SHE O MANUFACTURERANSTALLER. COOLER CONTINUE OVERHEAD (TYP.OF 5) 1 2 3 4 2e TO CTS ROOM g ® ®. 10 " 18 NOT USED. 9 ® 19 PROVIDE 4"BOX MOUNTED AT 12'BELOW CEILING TO CENTER LINE OF BOX UNLESS 4 (TYR.OF 3) ® 3 NOTED OTHERWISE FOR CATVISATELLITE CONNECTION FOR TELEVISION.COORDINATE Z Z S C EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH MOUNTING BRACKET PROVIDED FOR FLAT SCREEN TV 5 = Q PREPI l I 12 I SHt�O(yg�)3 PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX TO ABOVE LAY4N CEILING. IL 5 AREA 7 u 37 ��r (TVP.OF 4) 17 ® NOT USED. Z m CC' 8 BY' COOLER O 21 PROVIDE(1)RJ45 DATA CONNECTION FOR HONEYWELL 00 W CS - _ _ _ - �C^ - i S ® PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW IN A SINGLE FACEPLATE. jU. y J O Q 84"AFF ® PROVIDE FLOOR BOX WITH POWER AND DATA.PROVIDE(1)1'CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING Z a TO CTS ROOM FOR DATA RACEWAY.TRANSITION CONDUIT INSIDE CLOSEST COLUMN OR � W STAGING INFORMATION.CA SAND ROUTE OVERHEAD TO CTS ROOM.SEE SHEET E2.1 FOR POWER uJ Q > Z O (CASHIER —_ _—_—_—-—_ n __ F < C 0Q _ _ _ _ _ I L AREA I— ® PROVIDE RJ46 CONNECTION FOR FLINT LOC SYSTEM.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH Z 3 ® Ill L-___J OWNER. L V 33 WP 1 I BEVERAGE O CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CTS ON MAIN FEED FOR PANEL'DPH"AND ROUTE LOW J = Lr t J I 1 I I 0009 ER 38 VOLTAGE CABLING BACK TO VERIS POWER MONITOR PANEL FOR TERMINATION. c r Ix 7 ARBY'S ( I poi S � C ❑. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL WITH CONTROLS CONTRACTOR ; c O 0 /- PREP O I�� (�C III I r 3 uu NDRY ® CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CTS ON ONE PHASE OF EACH FEED FOR EACH STP IN 0 J O - (30)I 16 _ _ _ _ I I 1 O t2 PANEL*FP`AND ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING BACK TO VERIS POWER MONITOR PANEL N ❑ FOR TERMINATION.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL WITH CONTROLS a III I CONTRACTOR. " 27 ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO BE CONTROLLED SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH _ \> SE BY'S I 18 I 1 I 1 L 8 LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS'LCPI'AND'LCP2".COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF i I I PANEL WITH CONTROLS CONTRACTOR AND SEE CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR CONNECTION ` A r DIAGRAMS. 30_— 30 � JUNCTION BOXES TO BE UTILIZED FOR LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL OF INTERCONNECTED �rrr--� I I 1 UNIT HEATERS AND EXHAUST FANS BY THE EMS.SEE CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR / / 13 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS. tt tt ate_ r-•r•--r--r-� 1 o d d TRY \1 ' �UT'&'t'&'t'e"i' II I I 1 ® ® MOUNT IN FACE OF CASEWORK.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. 1�° C ® I 11 39 I I L 3 ® PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR CAT-5 CONNECTION TO DIGITAL DISPLAY SCREEN AT FAS�-x_n_1 I CASHIER DESK AND DELI BAR. � Z ' \ ® 39 O ❑ I I i I I O 31 PROVIDE BOX 12"ABOVE WAINSCOT TO BOTTOM OF BOX. W V. \— 'f y'I I I ® PROVIDE A ROOF-MOUNTED DATA OUTLET IN A WEATHERPROOF BOX FOR TRUCK -y PARKING AREA WIFI.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION ON ROOF WITH PILOTIFJ PROJECT d a LIL J i OVERHEAD CONDUIT O I I I I I MANAGER.PROVIDE UNI-STRUT TYPE MOUNTING SUPPORT.MAKE SURE THAT ALL ROOF III I L PENETRATIONS ARE WEATHERTIGHT. _ J 1-4 , )X L L I ® O CONTRACTOR SHALL AVOID THE WALL AREA BEHIND THE CIGARETTE DISPLAY CASES G g SEATING I 1 4 AREA 28 � FOR CONDUITS ROUTED TO THE CASHIER DESK. �: ARB ME L) YS I TOILET _ (NPICA ® NOT USED. g2m2 F1 DRIVE-THRU 42 SEATS f III i m LJ AR3 I I ii f Ti O4 I I I I I I I 3 1 I ® (1)1'CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM KIOSK TO CTS ROOM.STUB UP ON CTS WALL. g Z _ - TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB AT CLOSET WALL OR COLUMN TO KIOSK O C III I I ELECTRICAL _ � � � 1-1 ® ® PROVIDE DATA N THE CTS ROOM FLOOR BOX FROM SHEET RAN PROVIDE DUI CONDUIT I L�J WITH PULLSTRING TO CTS ROOM FOR DATA RACEWAY.TRANSITION CONDUIT INSIDE � SERVICE I 37 1 1 I I I I 1 I I CLOSEST COLUMN OR WALL CAVITY AND ROUTE OVERHEAD TO CTS ROOM.SEE SHEET urz III & \J IIIII E2.1 FOR FLOOR BOX SPEC AND POWER INFORMATION. i I I — i I I I ® I 37 FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING FOR GUEST WIF1 WIRELESS HUB.COORDINATE EXACT d •lam I — 14 I IIIII 1 �� I 17 I LOCATION WITH OWNER. IIIII u ® FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING FOR PILOT VAR WIRELESS HUB.COORDINATE EXACT a .1..i� ELI] unj 1 LOCATION WITH OWNER. G ❑r l/ARBYSCOA 29 I - _-___ _ I 27 DINING `30 39 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR CAT-5 CONNECTION TO ORDER DISPLAYS&ORDER I � a r -—- r CTS O STATIONS.COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH OVERHEAD CONDUIT _ = a=�'= - ROOM == 3 -— ® I CORRESPONDING DISPLAYS&STATIONS. 19 VESTIBULE FOUNTAIN 3 21 ® PROVIDE 1'CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM FUELING D43OXES TO APPROPRIATE ® ACCESS O LOCATION IN C73 ROOM.PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW. d aw a� � � � �1 IU 11 TI WIT ER. SHEET: s� - _. _ P GB VESTIBULE � 30 30 L __--__ ® 8 __— 16 15 15 � - °______°___� �-_ 10 . . E3 1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS E3 SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" 90 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-6674225 FAX:336-667-4332 'A1"120)208V.,30,4W.,S.W.225A.ML0. LLyy LLyy UPSTREAM DEVICE-225q W120120BV.,W,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. Ly UPSTREAM DEVICE-MM 'DPL'1=08V.,30,4W.,S.N.,16MA SWH0-M.C.B. UPSTREAM DEVICE NIA "DPH"277/48OV.,30,4W.,S.N.,400 AMPERE SWBD-M.L.O. n\_A, H.A LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD(KVA) ffi t g M m LOAD(WA) LOAD(WA) Vi ,0q, LOAD(KVA) LOAD(KVA) t m LOAD(KVA) A B C 3 2 ABC u ; $ LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) u g ABC '� p LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) ,� ? A B`. 9 j LOAD NFE(LABEL) LOAD(KVA) � �.4' rY O AR A B c A e c $ F 4? 3 m A B c A B c A B C LOAD TYPE(LASEL) 9� g UPSTREAM DEVICE-400A x SALES EA LIGHTING 1,1 20 12 1 2 12 20 D.8 SHOWER UGHTING COUNTERTOP PLUGMOLD 1.1 20 12 1 2 12 20 0] SHOWER M18M2 9.0 1 2 6.9 ABC yt ; � " SALESAREAUGHTING 1.21 M 12 3 4 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN EMPLOYEE KIOW 04 20 12 3 d /2 20 0.] 3HOWERSM38M4 PANEL-A 8.9 3 4 n g 83 Q PANEL-E b m m SPARE 0.0 20 12 6 B 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN FLATSCREEN TELEVISION 34E(J4D 1.0 20 12 5 8 12 20 OA SHOWER ps 9.1 5 6 4.8 O.0 SPARE 0.0 20 12 7 8 12 20 LC IZ BUILDING SIGN FLV CONTROL SYSTEM 2]1 OA 20 12 ] 8 /2 20 1.1 CWNTFRTOP PLUGMOID 7 B t7.J SPARE 0.0 1 SPARE 0.0 20 12 9 1D 12 20 C 1.2 BUILDING SIGN SHOW WINDOW 0.] 20 12 9 f0 12 20 GF 0.9 SALES FLOOR FLOOR RECEPTS. PANEL-B § B 10 PANF1-H 0.0 AL EXTERIOR LIGHTING 1.0 C 20 12 11 12 12 20 C 1.2 BUILDING SIGN FLOOR$GRUBBER 0.2 20 12 11 12 12 15 0.3 HOOD LIGHTSICONTRa,4 11 12 TRUCK CANOPY LED PRICER 0.3 20 10 13 14 12 20 LC 1,2 BUICINGSIGN ZETA DRIVER 0.2 20 12 13 14 12 20 DS SHOWER HALL RECEPTACLES 13 14 19.9 LED LIGHT STRIP 04 20 12 15 1fi 12 20 0.7 BEV.COOLER LIGHTING 1.1 15 16 12 20 0.5 SINK RECEPTACLES PANEL-C 15 16 J 19M PANEL-FP PANEL-L 22.5 2 7018 LEDUGHTSTRIP 0.4 20 12 1) 18 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN POWER SOAK 232 10 OF 20 12 1] 18 12 20 0.5 EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES 1] 18 n 18.7 SPARE 0.0 1., '19 20 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0.8 20 12 19 20 12 20 0.7 EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES 19 20 5.3 SPARE 0.0 20 21 22 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN ICEMERCHAIDISER62 0.8 20 12 21 22 12 20 0.7 RESTROOM RECEPTACLES PANEL-D ve 21 22 B.5 PANEL-P 4.6 SPARE 0.0 M 23 24 12 M C 1.0 ARBY'S ILLUMINATED CANOPY ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0.8 20 12 23 24 12 20 1.5 HAND DRYER 23 24 82 RTU-1 4.6 HA ImN 3 SPARE 0.0 20 25 26 12 20 LC 1.0 ARBY'S ILLUMINATED CANOPY ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0.8 20 12 25 26 12 20 1.5 HAND DRYER 0.6 2t t 25 28 0.6 4 6 SPARE 0.01 1 20 27 28 20 0.0 SPARE ANTHONY DOORS 165 0.5 ZO 12 27 28 12 20 1.5 HAND DRYER STORAGE UNIT O.6 8 r+ 27 28 �+ S 0.6 STORAGE UNIT F SPARE 0.0 20 29 30 20 0.0 SPARE ANTHONY DOORS 185 O.5 20 12 29 30 12 20 0.9 TOWEL DISPENSERS Ofi 29 30 0.. 4'6ZQWSPACE ONLY 0.0 31 32 20 0.0 SPARE ANTHONY DOORS 1. 0.5 20 12 31 32 1220 02 MULTI-TIMER DISPLAY261 31 32 RTU-2 4.6 HA N 4 W Q Ill SPACE ONLY 0.0 33 34 20 1.0 SPARE TOILET HALL 0.4 2D 12 33 34 12 20 0.8 GRAB-N-GO CASE IP PANEL-Ht p 33 34 ' Q PANEL-01 46 f• SPACE ONLY 0.0 35 38 20 00 SPARE MYSOARD O.d 20 12 35 36 12 2D 1.1 CWNTERTOP PLUGMOID 35 38 W SPACE ONLY 0.0 37 38 20 0.0 SPARE SPARE 0.0 ;R 3] 30 12 20 0.5 TELEVISION ME 3] 38 8.8 tst 49 J a a tr SPACE ONLY 0.0 39 d0 00 SPACE ONLY SPARE 0.0 20 39 40 2D 0.0 SPARE PANEL-G $ 39 60 6.9 PANEL-At RTU3 4.9 HA i91 5 W Z 9PACE ONLY 0.0 41 00 d2 D.0 SPACE ONLY SPARE 0.0 20 41 02 12 20 HL 0.5 FIRE ALARM PANEL 41 42 8.0 4.9 LL 00 H PHASEA 6.6 KVA PHASE A: 9.0 WA ` iA TOTAL CONN.LOAD 19.5 KVA, SLI AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 27.0 KVA, 719 AMPERES 43 44 0.0 (- Z J LLI CID PHASES: 6.8 KVA PHASEB: 8.9 KVA SPACE ONLY 45 46 0.0 SPACE ONLY 4.9 O 3 co J W PANEL DE-RATING 80% 67.6 AMPERES PHASE C: 6.0 WA PANEL DE-RATING 80% 0.6 AMPERES PHASE C: 9.1 KVA 47 48 00 RN-0 4.9 HA 6 0 N J G 0.0 Ia.1 49 50 0.0 4.9 M� Q O"D"12=08V.,30,4W.,S.N.,22M.M.LO. UPSTREAMDEVICE-225A -C•12W0BV.,30,4W.,S.N.,Z25A.ML0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A SPACE ONLY 0.0 51 52 0.0 SPACEONLY CL t t 0.0 53 54 0.0 0'0 Z LOAD(KVA) 111yyy w LOAD(KVA) LOAD IKVA) �y 5q] R LOAD(KVA) EMS P.T.CONNECTION O.O 7 Y LOAD TYPE(LABEL) A B`. '� $ LOAD NPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) 15 S = A B C �� LOAD TYPE(LABEL) PRASE A 185.3 WA 0 2 888 8 TOTAL CONN.LOAD 571.6 KVA,1586.6 AMPERES A B C 3 m S A B C A B C A B C PHASE B: 206.8"A Q 0.0 HOTDOGROLLER2 1.6 OF 20 12 1 2 2.1 WH-1 f.9 20 12 1 2 10 20 0.1 VACUUM STATION REC. PANEL DIVERSIN id412 AMPERES PHASE C: 1]9.7 KVA HOTDOG ROLLER 2 1.6 GF 20 12 3 4 10 20 GF 21 SEMI-TOCUP 9K EF41 0.1 15 12 3 4 10 20 1.5 VACUUM STATION 2.1 SINGLE BOWL BUBB.DISP.WA 0.4 GF 2p 12 5 6 3.0 CIGARETTE CASE 82 0.4 20 12 5 6 70 20 1.0 TRUCK SCALE PIT(SIGN) M'12DQOBV..30,4W.,S.N.,400A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-400A MUFFIN MONSTER 2.1 8 10 25 GF DUAL COFFEE BREWER 02 R WW CHILI DISP.12 0.2 GF 20 12 7 8 3.0 COUNTERTOP PLUGMOLD 1.1 20 12 ] B IO 20 1.0 TRUCKSCALE PIT(INTERCOM) LOAD(KVA) oY LOAD(KVA) 2.1 REFRIGERATOR 270 0.8 GF E 12 9 10 3.0 1.7 9 10 10 20 1.0 TRUCK SCALE PIT(CWERA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) 9 ABC. ,� � LOAD TYPE(LABEL) 00 N 10 25 OF DUAL COFFEE BREWER 902 UH-1(ELECT.ROOM) 30 10 3 2.1 11 12 30 1.7 11 72 10 20 0.4 AUTO CANOPY REGEFT$. A B C ; 5. ; A B C BEAN TO CUP 9L OF 20 10 SPARE 0.0 y 9 - 2.1 13 14 12 20 OF 0.6 CREAM DISP.9A SPARE 0.0 20 13 16 10 20 0.4 TRUCK CANOPY RECEPT3. BAG-N-BO%248 15 OF 20 12 I % 2 3.8 2.1 15 16 12 20 OF 1.8 MICROWAVE IO EF-] 0.1 15 12 t5 18 10 20 0,4 TRUCK CANOPY RECEPT3. BAG-N-BOX 2d6 1.0 GF 20 12 3 4 B 50 HA 36 ICE MACHINE 201G 0.0 BEAN TO CUP W OF 20 10 2.i 1] 18 12 20 GF OA COUNTERTOP COLD WELL IOF RP-18RP-2 05 20 12 1) TB 12 20 O.d EMPLOYEE KIOSK RECEPTS, FREEZER DOOR FRAME 0.5 GF 20 12 5 8 12 20 HA 0.5 BEV.COOLER EYAP.187 O.0 20 19 20 12 20 GF 1.8 ICE DISPENSER 20B 1.] 19 20 20 0.0 SPARE COOLER EVAP.299 0.4 HA 20 12 7 8 12 20 HA 0.5 BEV.COOLER EVAP.16] SPARE 0.0 10 HOT WATER SYSTEM i57A OF ZS 10 UH2(WATER ENTRY) 30 10 2.0 21 22 12 20 GF 1.8 CAPPUCCINO DISP.UK 1.] 21 22 20 O.D SPARE 0.1 9 10 12 20 GF 2.2 HEATED HOLDING CABINET 149B FREEZER EVAP.299 HA 20 12 0.0 MICROWAVE GRIND 1.8 GF M 12 23 24 20 00 SPARE ELEC.B SPARE RMS. 0.4 20 12 23 24 0.0 SPARE p.9 11 12 12 20 GF 22 HEATED HOLDING CABINET i4BB DUAL COFFEE GRINDER 9E 1.3 GF 20 12 25 26 /2 20 GF 1.8 MICROWAVE IO SPARE 0.0 20 25 28 0.0 SPARE 0.0 13 14 5.2 0.0 SPARE 20 B 50 GF DOUBLE BATCH OVEN 1494 SINK RECEPTACLES 0.5 20 72 2] 28 2.3 BPARE 0.0 20 27 28 20 0.0 SPARE D.0 15 18 52 DIGITAL DISPLAY 34F 1.0 20 12 29 30 8 30 GF 2 3 COOKTOP 1YC 9PAliE 0.0 20 28 30 20 20 SPARE 40'FOOD PREP TABLE 150.4G 0.8 OF 15 12 it 18 2.6 N55 0.0 P m 11 DIGITAL DISPLAY UP 1.0 20 12 31 32 20 0.0 SPARE SPARE 0.0 20 31 32 20 0.1 SPARE 2.8 79 20 0 30 S 2.8 RETHERMALIZER 2IB 0.0 DIGITAL DISPLAY 94F 1.0 20 12 33 M 12 ZO 0.7 DELI CONVENIENCE RECEPTS. SPARE 0.0 20 33 34 12 20 0.2 GOLF CART RETHERMALIZER2IB 2.6 S 30 8 21 22 2.8 2.5 35 36 2.$ SPARE 0.0 20 35 36 20 0.0 SPARE 2.6 23 24 0.0 SHUNT TRIP PHASEA 41.0 KVA FRZN.BEV.DISP.SEA GF 30 10 10 30 GF FRZN.BEY.DISP.BE.i TOTAL CONN.LOAD 124.4 KVA 149.6 AMPERES 2.5 20 3] 38 20 0.0 SPARE SHUNTTRIP 0.0 25 26 12 15 S 1.2 CONVECTION OVEN ISW PHASE 43.6 KVA DIGITALDISPLAYMF 1.0 20 12 39 t0 12 20 1.0 FLATSCREEN N34E13dD AIRCOMPRESSOR(MP)158 2.0 30 10 39 40 20 0.0 SPARE GAS FRYER 150.1 1.4 S 20 t2 2] 28 0.0 SHUNT TRIP PHASEC 39.8 KVA y SPARE 0.0 20 41 42 20 0.0 SPARE 2.0 dt 42 20 0.0 SPARE 6HUNT TRIP 0.0 29 30 0.0 PH SEA! US WA PHASEA: 8.2 WA CONVECTION OVEN 150A 112 --�1772 31 32 50 0.0 SPARE W TOTAL CONN.LOAD 85.3 KV0. 1812AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 23.7 KVA, 85.8 AMPERESJ PHASE B: 21.1 WA PHASE B: 8.7 WA SHUNT TRIP 33 36 0.0 'V 2"AMOV.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A PANEL DIVERSITY 143.5AMPERES PHASE C: 21.1 WA PANEL DE-RATING 80% 82.3 AMPERES PHASE C: 6.8 KVA p.0 35 38 0.0 SPACE ONLY Ly SPARE 50 37 38 12 15 1.1 WORKTOPFREE2ER 151.1 LOAD(KVA) �x1 B LOAD(KVA)'G'120208V.,30,4W.,S.N.,400A.MLO. UPSTREAM DEVICE-40DA 'E'12W208V.,30,4W.,S.N.,I.G.BAR IOO M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-10M LOAD TYPE(LABEL) 3 It A B`` " Q LOAD TYPE(LABEL)39 40 0.0 SPACEONLY 3 tT p tm !9 t tm SPACE ONLY 0.0 41 42 20 12 1.8 HOLDING CARNET 149 A B C ; u� ; A B C T� LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD(KVA) S2 ,7@'8 g � o LOAD(KVA) LOAD TYPE LABEL LOAD TYPE LABEL LOAD(KVA) ,qq, g "d LOAD(WA) LOAD TYPE LABEL SALES AREAUGHTING 0.9 20112 1 2 10 20 LC 1.5 AUTO CANOPY LTG. �" W Q A B C ¢ tti ABC u ( ) ( ) uT '� ABC w $ ( ) TOTAL CONN6. .LOAD 51.2 KV0. 142.tAMPERES PHASEA: 19.9 KVA SPARE 00 20 3 d 10 20 LC i.S AUTO CANOPY LTG. m A B C A B C ffi ; A B C PHASE 19.5 KVA cu cSAREA LIGHTNG 0.8 2D 12 5 8 20 0.0 SPARE FI- 10 HEAD DRINK DISP.2 7.1 GF 20 12 1 2 12 20 0.2 WIRELESS DRIVE-THRU ORDER 39 DRIVER'S SERVICE$ 04 IG 20 12 1 2 12 20 IG 0.4 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. PANEL OE-RATING BO% 1]7.BAMPERES PHASE C: 71.8 KVq V/ r J M SPARE 0.0 20 T 8 10 20 C 1.0 AUTO PANAFLEX LTG. Z N HEAD DRINK DISP-DRIVE THROB 1.2 OF 20 12 3 4 1.8 ATM 55 0.4 IG 20 12 3 4 12 2O IG 0.4 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. 12 20 S FRV DUMP 41 'Dt'120/208V.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-2251 SPARE 0.0 20 9 70 10 20 C 1.3 AUTO CANOPY LTG. 1.8 CASH COUNTER MOUD 07 OA IS 20 12 5 0 12 20 IG 0.6 CASH DEW SHIER DESKUEL.CEPTS.39M RESTROOMISTOCKIHALL LTG 0.8 20 12 11 12 2.1 F SHAKE MACHINE 12 0.7 20 12 ] 8 co O.0 SHUNT TRIP CTS PLUGMOLD 1.8 20 72 ] B 12 20 IG 0.6 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. LOAD(KVA) w g t LOAD(KVA) PREP AREA LIGHTING 0.8 ZO 72 13 14 8 20 2.1 WATER BOOSTER PUMP �1 0.7 B tO 12 20 S 1.1 GAS FRYER 431 FILTER CTg PLUGMOLD 1.1 20 72 9 70 12 20 IG 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. LOAD TYPE(LABEL) $ u A B`. ? ,� LOAD TYPE(LABEL) U L COOK AND HOLD CABINET I6 0.8 GF 15 12 11 /2 0.0 SHUNT TRIP WIFI EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES 0.5 20 /2 11 12 12 20 IG 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. A B C Sm 3 8 q B C EXTERIOR LIGHTING 0.3 LC M 12 15 16 2.1 J COOK AND HOLD CABINET 16 0.8 GF 15 12 13 14 12 20 0.5 MENUBOARD 45 TTS PLUGMOLD 1.6 20 12 13 14 12 20 IG 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. 1l 1 2 OS .PARE 0.0 20 1] 18 20 0.0 SPARE I� 2 317E LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.1 LC 20 10 19 20 20 0.0 SPARE 1.4 15 18 12 15 GF 1.7 COFFEE MAKER 49 TTS PLUGMOLD 1.6 20 12 15 i6 t2 20 IG O.9 CSHR DSK RECEPTSANESTRN UN MUA-2 COND.01 1.1 HA 20 12 3 d 12 15 HA 0.5 EF-2 J CONVECTION OVEN I] 3 20 12 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.1 LC 20 10 Ti 22 8 20 LC 1.0 TRUCKCANCPYLTG. 1.9 17 18 20 0.0 SPARE FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL 0.1 20 12 17 18 12 20 IG O.T PJ FRESH P.O.S. 1.1 5 6 0.5 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.3 LC 20 B 23 2d 8 ZO C 1.0 TRUCK CANOPY LTG. Z > Z SHUNTTRIP 0,0 19 20 12 15 GF 0.7 SLICER 52 ENERGY MANAGEMENT PANEL 0A 20 12 19 20 12 20 IG OA CCV MONITOR EF-3 0.] HA 20 12 ] 8 1.1 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.7 LC 20 B 26 28 8 20 LC 1.0 TRUCK CANOPY LTG4 ww iY O 20 U.C.REFRIGERATION GOAL 0.6 38 GF 15 12 22 12 20 OF 1.5 I] SLICER HEAT LAMP 52A CINNABDNSPARE.OS. 0.7 00 IG 20 12 23 2d 12 20 21 22 1 12 20 IG 02 0.8 CAT CTSCEUNGRECEPT.E WIND.UNIT IP 33 3.3 HA d5 B 1 12 12 20 HA 1.1 11 MUA-2 COND.M2 SSITE LTG.ITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 18 1.9 LC 20 8 29 30 B 2U C 1 5 0.5 LED HI.R1SESiGN HI4315E LV 12 20 OF HORIZONTAL TOASTER 54 O WALK-IN FREEZER 32 3.8 HA 30 10 25 28 1.7 SPARE 0.0 20 25 28 12 20 IG 0.2 ATM 55 3.3 13 74 21 SPARE 0.0 20 31 32 09 qy C x 10 30 HA AC-t/CU-t Y. C 3.6 2] 28 12 15 GF 0.8 CHEESE PUMPW SPARE 0.0 20 27 28 20 0.(1 SPARE EF-5 0.4 HA 20 12 IS 16 2.1 GOALP03T SIGN 1.5 LC 20 8 33 30 8 35 3.0 CARDBOARD BALER 1.8 29 30 18 SPARE 0.0 20 29 30 20 0.0 SPARE EF4 0.7 HA 20 12 17 t8 D.5 12 20 GF MICROWAVE OVEN Si LED PRICER GOALPOST 0.5 20 8 35 38 3.9 LwL ` v' J WALK-IN COOLER 33 1.8 HA 15 12 31 32 1.8 SPARE 0.0 20 31 32 12 20 0.1 FLINT LOC SYSTEM 1A 79 20 12 15 HA 0.5 EF-1 DIRECTIONALSIGNAGE 2.0 LC 20 8 37 38 3.9 r • Q 1.8 33 34 1.6 FUEL DISP.CONTROLS 0A 20 12 33 36 12 20 IG 0.7 ARBYS POS RECEPTACLES MUA-1 COND.01 7.4 HA 20 f0 27 22 0.5 12 20 GF MICROWAVE OVEN 61 DIRECTIONALSIGNAGE 2.5 LC 2D 10 31 40 8 35 3.9 TRASH COMPACTOR COLD WELL pN1T46A OB GF 15 12 35 36 1.8 SPARE 0.0 20 35 36 20 0.0 SPARE 7.4 23 4 2A 12 /5 HA 0.3 EF3 DIRECTIONALSIGNAGE 2.0 LC 20 8 91 42 39 W O 37 38 7.0 ARBY'S POS RECEPTACLES 0.7 IG 20 12 37 3B 0.0 1.9 25 ZB 20 0.0 SPARE PHASE A 19.9 KVA II` FRONT LINE SLICER COUNTER 46 16 38 10 ry PANEL-G1 ARBY'S POS RECEPTACLES 0.7 IG 20 12 39 40 6 60 0.0 NSS WALK-IN COOLER COND.2B9 1.B HA 20 /0 27 28 ZO 0.0 SPARE TOTAL CONN.LOAD 81A KVA, 73.5 AMPERES V PHASE B: 22.5 KVA N ts.o qi 42 e.e ARBY'9 POS RECEPTACLES 0.7 ICi 20 12 d1 42 O.O 1.9 29 30 1.8 PANEL DE-RATING 80% 91.9 AMPERES PHASE C: 18.]KVA J PHASEA 34.7 WA PHASE 6.9 KVA OA 31 32 ID 1S HA 1.8 WALK-IN FREEZER COND.299 TOTAL CONN.LOAD 110.5 KV0. 308.7AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 20.0 KVA, 56.5 AMPERES 4 W PHASE B: 38.8 WA PH, 8.3 WA MUMl OA HA 15 12 33 34 8 PANEL DIVERSITY 298.7AMPERES PHASE C: 37.0 KVA PANEL DE-RATING 80% 88.4 AMPERES PHASE C: 4.8 KVA 0.4 35 38 20 0.0 SPARE LOAD SUMMARY-M.T.S(WITH INTEGRAL 400A S.E.MAIN) Q 0.6 37 30 0.0 SPACEONLY Q7 'Ht'1201208V.,SO.4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-MM "H'120"208V.,30AW.,S.N.,225A.W-0. II99 UPSTREAMDEVICE-225A MUA-2 0.8 Hq 15 12 39 /O OD SPACEONLY HVAC 57.0 WA X100% 57.0 KVA H LOAD(KVA) w LOAD(KVA) LOAD(WA) yy!! p obi i g LOAD(KVA) 0.6 41 42 0.0 SPACEONLY INTERIOR LIGHTING 3.3 KVA X 125% 4.1 KVA LOAD TYPE(LABEL) if ABC LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) S uSS LOAD TYPE(LABEL) PHASE A: 15.4 KVA Q = ABC S i TOTAL CONN.LOAD 44.1 KVA 122.4AMPERES PHASE B: 15.1 KVA EXTERIOR UGHTING 28.1"A X 125% 35.1 KVA A B C m F m A B C A B C g 3 ' 3 A B C 4 DRYER(JANITOR LAUNDRY)148 1.4 OF 20 12 1z 2 12 15 GF 1.8 WASHER(JANROR LAUNDRY)747B Pp3T MIX RICE DISP.4 1.2 GF 20 12 i 2 3.1 PANEL pE-RATING 80% 153.OAMPERES PHASE C: 13.8 KVP RECEPTACLES 0.0 KVA FIRST tOK+50%REMNNING 0.0 KVA DRYER(JAMTOR LAUNDRY)148 1A OF 20 12 3 4 12 IS GF 1.8 WASHER(JANITOR LAUNDRY)id]B POST MIXBICE DISP.4 1.2 GF 20 12 3 4 8 40 HA 3.1 BEV.COOLER COND.164 I� tt tt MICROWAVE C5 1.0 OF 20 12 3 6 12 20 1.5 HEAT LAMP CUBE ICE MAKER 4A 0.7 HA 15 12 5 8 3.1 'G7"120I208V.,30,4W.,9.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-MA APPLIANCE 0.0 KVA X85% 0.0 KVA c Z O O d d HOT PLATE C8 0.6 GF 15 12 7 0 12 20 1.5 HEAT LAMP CUBE ICE MAKER 4A 0.] HA 15 12 8 3.1 EQUIPMENT 36.0 WA X I00% 36.0 KVA 4 LOAD TYPE LOAD(KVA) q9 SPARE 0.0 20 9 10 12 1S GF 0.5 U.G.REFRIGERATED DRAWER CB 0.] 9 10 B 40 FW 3.1 BEV.COOLER COND.164 (LABEU w m �; ABC ul LOAD(KVA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) O•- ORDERSTATION103 1.0 20 12 11 12 12 20 OF 0.3 U.C.REFRIGERATORCtf CUBE ICE MAKER COND.4A O7 HA 30 10 11 12 00 p B O S c" YY $ MOTORS O.0 KVA 125%LARGEST+100%REMAINING iS WA A B C F MEROHANDISER91MA OA 20 12 13 10 12 20 1.0 ORDER MONROR 103.1 SHOWER MONITOR 34D 1.0 20 12 13 14 0.7 HEATED HOLDING 62 0.7 GF 15 12 1 2 1.4 OTHER 0.0 KVA X700% 0.0 KVA 10 30 HA CUBE ICE MAKER CONO.4A 12 ZO 3 CONVECTION OVEN I7 F MERCHANDISER 81,%tA D.4 20 12 15 16 12 20 1.0 ORDER STATION 113103.1 0.0 15 16 0.7 AUTO DRNE-THRU WINDOW 75 1.0 20 12 3 0 t.d SPARE 30 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD KVA: 124A KVA LOAD DIVERSITY WA 133.7 WA V Z COLD BARREL MERCH.93191 1.0 GF 20 12 17 18 12 20 GF 1.0 COLD BARREL MERCH.934)1 0.0 17 18 0.0 SPACE ONLY WORKTOP FREEZER 80 1.0 S 15 12 6 6 0.0 SHUNT TRIP W DIGITAL DISPLAY US 0.5 20 12 19 20 12 20 0.9 AIR CURTAIN 235 0.7 19 20 12 15 S 0.7 WORKTOP FREEZER 154S SHUNTTRIP 1 ] 8 20 0.0 SPARE TOTAL CONNECTED CAO gMPERES: 199.E AMP LOAD DIVERSIN AMPS t80.8 AMP a BAKERY CABINET C9 GF 20 12 2.9 21 22 5.2 0.7 2 22 1 0.0 SHUNT TRIP Z ICE MAKER 92 0.1 HA 15 12 9 10 20 0.0 SPARE �.PANINI PRESS 150 B GF 30 10 8 50 DOUBLE BATCH OVEN/49.4 a 2.9 23 24 5.2 WASHER(PUBLIC IAUNDRY)1/1 1.2 GF 15 12 23 26 12 15 GF 1.2 WASHER(PUBLIC UUNORI')141 ICE MAKER 92 0.1 HA 15 12 11 12 12 20 0.4 ARBY5 DESK RECEPTACLE 2.9 25 26 20 D.0 SPARE DRYER(PUBLICLAUNDRY)141 0.9 OF 15 12 25 26 12 15 OF 0.9 DRYER(PUBUC LAUNDRY)141 12 13 i4 12 75 0.5 HOOOUGHTINGICONTROLS LOAD SUMMARY-M.T.S(WITH INTEGRAL 800A,S.E.MAIM PANINI PRESS 150.8 GF 30 10 ICE MAKER COND.UNIT 9TA HA 15 12 W U 2S 2] 28 12 20 GF 0.9 DOUBLE BOWL BUBB.DISP.SL WASHER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 1.2 OF 15 12 27 2B 12 15 GF 0S DRYER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)142 1.2 15 16 12 20 0.] ARBY'S DESK RECEPTACLES = ZZ COUNTERTOP COLD WELL 10F O4 GF 20 12 29 30 12 20 OF 1l HEATED DISPLAY CASE SM DRYER(PUBLIC IAUNORV)141 p.9 GF 15 12 29 30 12.15 GF 0.9 ORYER(PUBLIC LAUNORV)142 1.2 1] 18 12 20 0.4 MY BOARD HVAC 28.5 KVA X100% 28.6 KVA 4 Q Ei ICE MAKER COND.UNIT 92A HA 15 12 MICROWAVE IO 1.8. GF 20 12 31 32 12 20 GF 03 UNDERCOUNTER REF.WE MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD 0,3 20 12 31 32 12 20 GF 0.] FREESTANDINGCOND.STANDS 12 19 20 20 0.0 SPARE INTERIOR LIGHTING 8.2 KVA %125% 7.B KVA �. SPARE 0.0 20 33 U 12 20 GF 0.2 CHILI-CHEESE DISP.12 3.8 33 39 12 15 OF 06 48'FOOD PREP TABLE ISO.4J SINKRECEPTACLES 0.5 20 12 21 22 12 20 0.5 ARBY'S SIGN 41 ICE MACHINE 20IC HA 50 8 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 18.3 KVA X/25% 20.4 KVA m (A SPARE 0.0 35 38 12 20 GF 1.0 PIZZA DISPLAY CASE iGa 3.8 35 36 2.8 MENUBOARD(DRIVE-THRU) 0.7 20 10 23 24 12 15 OF 0.8 COOK AND HOLD CABINET 16 SPACE ONLY 0.0 37 38 0.0 SPACE ONLY SLAT WALL 0.] 20 12 9] 38 10 30 GF 26 BAKERY OVEN CIO COD PEDESTAL(DRIVE-THRU) 0.5 20 10 25 26 20 OD SPARE RECEPTACLES 43.T KVA FIRST tOK*50%REMAINING 26.9 KVA 3 SPACEONLY 00 39 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY CHgNGEPOiNT 101 0.2 20 12 39 40 2.8 PREVIEW BOARD(DRIVE-THRU) 0.5 20 10 27 28 20 O.D. SPARE ZZ SPACE ONLY D.0 41 42 0.0 3PACEONLY SPARE 0.0 M 41 42 12 20 GF 1.5 COUNTER70PMICROWAVEIOM U.C.REFRIGERATOR 81 0.5 OF 15 12 29 30 20 0.0 SPARE APPLIANCE 142.3 KVA X65% 02.5 KVA PH SEA, 12.9 WA PHASE A: 17.3 WA SPARE 0.0 20 31 32 20 0.0 SPARE EQUIPMENT 298.0 WA X 100% 299.0 OVA Q O W Z> TOTAL CONN.LOAD 45.8 KVA, 127.1AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 52.3 KVA, 145.2AMPERES PHASE B: 16.5 KVA PHASE B: 18.6 KVA FREEZER DOOR FRAME 0 5 GF 20 12 33 30 20 0.0 $PARE PANEL DE-RATING 80% 158.9AMPERE$ PHASE C: 18.4 KVA PANEL DE-RATING80% 181.5AMPERE9 PHASE C: 18.4 KVA 1.5 35 36 20 p,p SP7.E MOTORS 35.6 KVA 125%LARGEST+Ion REMAINING 37.1 OVA DRIVE-THRU AIR CURTAIN 99 20 10 7.5 37 38 20 0.0 SPARE OTHER 0.0 KVA X 100% 0.0"A SPACE ONLY 0.0 39 40 2p 0.0 SPARE O 9PACE ONLY 0.0 01 42 0.0 SPACE ONLY TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD KVA: 571.8 KVA LOAD DIVERSIN KVA 512.2 OVA 4 ENOTES: O '` ��• TOTAL CONN.LOAD 20.0 KVA 565 AMPERES PHASEA 6.4"A TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD AMPERES: 6675 AMP LOAD DIVERSITYAMPS 676.1 AMP PHASE B: 64 KVA W NOTES: PANELDERATING 80% 89.4 AMPERES PHASEC: 8.8 KVA LC- CONTROL WITH LIGHTING CONTACTORS. 1. AIR CONDITIONING IS DX COOLING Q Q WITH GAS HEAT UNLESS OTHERWISE GF- PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER. NOTED. Q 2. LARGEST MOTOR IS 5HP. L- PROVIDE LOCK-ON DEVICE. ` •vo.a.w, S- PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER. NOTE REGARDING PANELS'AD'AND'TD': MAIN JUMPER FOR L1 AND L2 SHALL BE SWN- SWITCHED NEUTRAUCOMMON TRIP TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER.ALSO,PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER 2-BARREL(000BLE-LUGS).JUMPER L1 AND HANDLE PADLOCK ATTACHMENT. L2 WITH 4 3 WIRE FOR PANEL'AD'AND#110 FOR PANEL TD'. "5. 1 P- CIRCUIT BREAKER PADLOCK ATTACHMENT FOR LOCKING BREAKER IN THE"OFF"POSITION. MA HL- PROVIDE HANDLE CLAMP FOR LOCKING CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE"ON"POSITION. 9 HA- PROVIDE HACR TYPE BREAKER. • LL ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 P ilo .. FLY/Na4, 9. April 3, 2018 City of Arlington,WA Community and Economic Development Attn: Kevin Olander 18204 59th Ave. NE Arlington,WA 98223 Re: Building Review Detail Response Permit# BLD1808 Pilot Travel Center#1103 2430 State Route 530 NE Arlington,WA 98223 To Whom it may concern, This letter is in response to Building Review Detail comments received on March 3, 2018 for the above referenced project. Our responses to the review comments are listed as follows according to the order they were listed: MAIN STRUCTURE (9.621 SgFt) 1. Depth of all counters not clearly depicted. Ensure reach ranges comply with ICC A117.1-2009 Obstructed High Reach (308.2.2) and Obstructed High Side Reach (308.3.2). Response: Refer to Sheet A5.3 for compliance with required reach ranges for equipment and cabinetry at"Drinkbar". Refer to Revised Sheet A5 for locations and heights of cabinetry at Deli and Cashier Desk pay points. We are in compliance. 2. ADA compliant seating detail not provided per ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 9. (A1.4) Please provide. Response: Refer to Sheet A5 for Seating Area 34. All seating provided is moveable seating. Locations of compliant seating are shown. We are in compliance. 3. Side vestibule must be 60" wide to meet ICC A117.1-2009 Figure 404.2.3.2. Response: Refer to Revised Sheet Ala for dimension of clear space provided. We are in compliance. 4. Front vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. Response: Refer to Revised Sheet Ala for dimension of clear space provided. We are in compliance. S. Location of laundry facilities not detailed. Do they comply with height and clearance requirements of ICC A117.1-2009? Response: Refer to Sheets A5 for clear space and equipment tags 141 and 142. Refer to Sheet A5.1 for Equipment information, as well as attached cut sheets. 6. Showers do not meet"roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. Response: Refer to Sheets A9 and A9.1.We are in compliance. 7. Sheet A9: not all equipment is labeled. Please update. Response: Refer to updated Sheet A9. 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. Response: Refer to Sheet A1.2 for detail 1/A1.2 and Partition Note 18. U.L. Design No. U432 is specified and includes requirements for continuity of wall rating, including termination at roof deck. Note 18 indicates rated partition is to extend to the roof deck. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. Response: Refer to Sheet P7 for fire stopping details. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. Response: Refer to Sheet A1.2, Partition Note 18. Rated Partition Assembly is to extend to roof deck uninterrupted. Suspended ceiling attachment does not impact the integrity of the wall. 11. It appears mechanical ductwork will be crossing through the 1-Hour partitions in multiple locations, please provide details. RESPONSE: See Sheet M1 for fire dampers thru new fire rated partitions. Also see detail 13 on Sheet M2 (Fire Damper Detail). 12. Please provide updated door schedule with doors complying with 1-Hour partition requirements at necessary locations. Response: Please refer to revised sheet A1.2. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. Response: Please refer to Sheet AO. 14. Plumbing fixture count calculations were not provided, please provide. Response: A new Sheet P5.2 has been added to the drawing set for the new calculation tables. The formerly designated Sheet P5 has been renumbered to P5.1. 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20psf, with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25psf. RESPONSE: The following documents have been updated to include a 25psf minimum roof design snow load: Sheet SO - General Notes Sheet S5 - Drift Snow Diagram Structural Calculations 16. Clothes dryer exhaust systems exhausting more than 200 cfm shall be provided with makeup air per IMC 504.6 and the ductwork shall be a minimum of 26 gage metal. Please provide details. RESPONSE: See details 5 & 12 on Sheet M2 for dryer duct materials used (min 24 gauge aluminum). Make-up air is provided directly to each laundry space (Public and Janitor Laundry rooms) via supply diffusers ducted from RTU-4 (1,080 cfm outdoor air/4,000 cfm supply air mix); see Sheet M1 for layout and supply air amounts and Sheet MO.2 for RTU schedule and Air Balance Schedule. Air Balance Schedule indicates a total of 618 cfm exhaust utilizing 35% usage diversity (5x residential and 1x commercial dryer calculated from dryer cutsheets) with slightly positive pressure in the overall building indicating adequate makeup air in building; additional makeup air is permitted in the Public Laundry via the magnetic door holder by arch to keep door open,and additional makeup air is permitted in the Janitor Laundry via a door transfer grille (D/G) by arch. AUTO ISLAND (4.368 Sq Ft) 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. RESPONSE: See Auto Fueling Canopy Shop drawing 171 by Fashion 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. RESPONSE: See Auto Fueling Canopy Shop drawing E1 and SD1 by Fashion 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for members? RESPONSE: Structural Calculations have been provided AUTOS ONLY SIGN(Height= 9'5") 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design critera used? Response: This sign is a Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices compliant sign (DOT type sign) as stated in Sign Note 21 on SS3. Footing design is specified below the sign on SS3 and stated as follows, "Core Drill 4" diameter hole, set U-channel posts, plumb with non-shrink grout." 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Response: Valuation is $500 TRUCK CANOPY (3,125 SQFT) 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. RESPONSE: See Truck Fueling Canopy Shop drawing 171 by Fashion 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. RESPONSE: See Auto Fueling Canopy Shop drawing E1 and SD1 by Fashion 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for members? RESPONSE: Structural Calculations have been provided FUEL STORAGE TANKS: 1. The fuel tanks,vent piping and emergency stop for the fuel system shall be installed per 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) Chapter 23 and National Fire Protections Association (NFPA) Standard 30A. 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A. The emergence stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations are not approved. Response - Please see electrical sheet ES1.1 for the exterior E-Stop locations. Also, please note the hatch indicating the areas of coverage for each of the E- stops. Each E-stop has an inner circle without hatch indicating the 20' radius that the particular E-stop is not covering as well as a 100' radius that is hatched denoting the area that is covered. In some instances, an E-stop may not be covering the dispensers closest to the physical location of the E-stop if it is within the 20' non-coverage radius. Another E-stop (residing within the radii of 20'and 100' away from the actual dispenser) may be providing coverage for that particular dispenser. HIGH RISE SIGN (1001 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Response: We would like to request a deferred Submittal on the High Rise Sign 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Response: Valuation will be provided with deferred Submittal MONUMENT PRICER SIGN (15') 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Response: We would like to request a deferred Submittal on the Monument Sign 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Response: Valuation will be provided with deferred Submittal CAT SCALES SIGN (211- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Response: CAT Permits and constructs the scale and sign. CAT will submit as a deferred submittal. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Response: Valuation will be provided with deferred Submittal from CAT CLEARANCE WARNING ARM (11'L- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Response: Footing Design is shown on SS4 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Response: Valuation is $1,000 STORAGE CONTAINERS (320sgft x 2 = 640sga- 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? Response: Dry goods, retail goods and cleaning chemicals 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. Response: The 100 year floodplain elevation is 48.4 ft and the finished grade at the containers is 50.5 ft. Therefore,we are more than 2 ft above the 100 year flood elevation and anchorage should not be required. KITCHEN HOOD (2 Totall: 1. The kitchen hood suppression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood suppression system details including manufacturer's catalogue and installation requirements for the suppression system to be installed. RESPONSE: Added note to Sheet M12 regarding installing in compliance with Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and NFPA 96. See A5,A5.1,A5.1a, A8.2, M3, M4, M8, M11 and M12 for cooking equipment layout,hood sections/elevations and Captive Aire's hood fire suppression system details and notes (Ansul R102). Also see Key Note 15 on sheet M1 for reference to Sheets A5,A5.1 and A5.1a. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. RESPONSE: Captive Aire's hood fire suppression system is Ansul R102 (ANSULEX Liquid Fire Suppressant) and does not contain CO2 as a suppressant; also see Sheet M3 hood schedule. 3. Please provide listing and manufacturer's installation requirements for both Type I hoods in compliance with IMC 507.2. RESPONSE: See Sheet M3 &M4 for cfm/linear foot per hood; Captive Aire noted that they provide this cfm/linear foot information on the inside right of each hood on the hood's listing label. 4. Type I hoods shall be secured in place by noncombustible supports. Type I hood supports shall be adequate for the applied load of the hood,the unsupported ductwork,the effluent loading and the possible weight of personnel working on the hood per IMC 507.2.4. Please provide cross sections of wall framing at both hood locations complying with the IMC. RESPONSE: See Sheets A8.2, S2, M3, M4&M12 for elevations and sections. S. Type I hood shall be installed with a clearance to combustibles of not less than 18 inches per IMC 507.2.6. Please provide elevations of hoods at both locations. RESPONSE: See Sheets A8.2, S2, M3, M4&M12 for elevations and sections. 6. Grease duct systems and exhaust equipment serving a Type I hood shall have a clearance to combustible construction of not less than 18 inches, and shall have a clearance to noncombustible construction and gypsum wallboard attached to noncombustible structures of not less than 3 inches per IMC 506.3.6. Please provide detail of how grease duct is going to pass through dropped ceiling in both locations. RESPONSE: We meet exceptions 1 and 3 of 2015 IMC section 506.3.6 with zero inch clear fire wrap called out on Sheets M0.1 Kitchen Grease Duct Note, M1 Grease Hood/Duct Notes and Sheets M9 &M10 Captive Aire prefabricated grease duct drawings with fire wrap notes. Grease duct does not penetrate the dropped ceiling per Sheets A8.2, M3, M4&M12 as grease duct comes off top of hood and hood has stainless steel field wrapper around edge of hood with which ceiling makes contact. 7. Exhaust outlets that terminate above the roof shall have the discharge opening located not less than 40 inches above the roof surface per IMC 506.3.13.1. Please provide updated details. RESPONSE: See Sheets A8.2 &M5 for detail indicating 40" min requirement above finished roof system to edge of Captive Aire's upblast fan discharge. 8. Exhaust outlets shall be located not less than 10 feet horizontally from or not less than 3 feet above air intake openings into any building per IMC 506.3.13.3. RESPONSE: Noted. See Sheet M1 for HVAC Notes 1 and dashed circles around edge of exhaust fan outlets on roof which call out or indicate 10 ft clear to be maintained from all ventilation air intakes into the building space. 9. Makeup air shall be supplied during the operation of commercial kitchen exhaust systems that are provided for commercial cooking appliances. The amount of makeup air supplied to the building from all sources shall be approximately equal to the amount of exhaust air for all exhaust systems for the building. The makeup air shall not reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system. Makeup air shall be provided by gravity or mechanical means or both. Mechanical makeup air systems shall be automatically controlled to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust system. Makeup air intake opening locations shall comply with IMC 401.4. Please provide details. RESPONSE: See Sheets M5 thru M8 &M11 for hood makeup air systems, details and control notes for interlocked makeup air systems when hood exhaust fans operate. Sheet M0.2 Air Balance Schedule indicated slightly positive building pressurization with hoods operating to not interfere with required exhaust amounts. Sheet M1 indicates 2015 IMC section 401.4 clearances to ventilation air intakes of makeup air units (also see comment 8 response above). SITE PLAN: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure. They are not labeled,what are they? Response: The items located north of the dumpster enclosure are proposed propane tanks and are identified within the civil plans, see sheet C3.1 &C5.0. 2. ADA parking dimensions and construction requirements not clear on site plan, please provide more detail. Response: ADA striping and signage is labeled on Sheet C3.2 of the civil plans and See building plans, Sheet AS1 is referenced for details and general notes. Please find attached hereto revised drawings reflecting responses listed above. Should you require any further information, please let us know. Sincerely, 44t& E. Jam. Ross Shaver PiII3'rm,, FLYw , 90 Project Manager Pilot Flying J Pilot Travel Centers LLC 5508 Lonas Drive Knoxville,TN, 37909 1-800-562-6210 ■ MLE/MLG20PR • • EXPORT 11EL MLE/MLG20PN COMMERCIAL MAYTAG@ COMMERCIAL ENERGYADVANTAGE STACK WASHER/DRYER LEGENDARY MAYTAG DEPENDABILITY Maximizing your equipment investment for over a half century. MORE ENERGY-SAVING SOLUTIONS CEE TIER III RATED THAN ANY OTHER BRAND 8 Maytag built the first appliance ever to receive the ENERGY STAR° MER 2.48 label.Today we offer more high-efficiency laundry appliances than any other brand—from energy-efficient dryers to highly efficient ENERGY STAR"-qualified washers—to help you save money and build profits. r MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLS Maytag°Computer Trac°controls are easyto program and operate. / Plus,they give owners the flexibilityto set vend prices by day,time, water temperature and Super Cycle options. SAVE SPACE AND CUT UTILITY COSTS A Maytag°Commercial Energy Advantage'"stack washer/dryer gives you a full-size,high-efficiency washer and a super-capacity dryer in the space of a washer alone.Plus the ENERGY STAR' rating means you'll save on utility bills. �� - ■� FOR YOUR CUSTOMERS: Single •Large Capacity For Bulky Items-3.2 cu.ft.Capacity Washer/ i� 6.7 cu.ft.Capacity Dryer •High-Speed Extraction Cuts Drying Time(as high as 1,000 RPMs) •Front Control Panel 20'Angle For Easy Viewing •Easy-To-Use One-Touch Cycle Selection •Quick Cycle Reduces Total Wash Time •Washer is ADA-Compliant FOR YOUR OPERATION: •High-Efficiency Washer Meets CEE Tier 111 Rating •Super Cycle Option Increases Revenue •Accu Trac°Audit System With Two-Way Data Communication • -Automatic Load Balancing •Built-in Oversudsing Protection •TurboVent'"Dryer Technology _ •Reversible Door,Dryer Only BUILT-TO-LASTT'FEATURES: •Precision Endurance Drive •Best Warranty In The Business-5 Years All Parts LAUNDRY SOLUTIONS YOU CAN DEPEND ON. SAVE UP TO 1 ON ENERGY, WATER AND SEWER COSTS or call 800-662-3587 *Maytag6 Commerical front-load washer compared to commercial top-load washer. Individual savings may vary 00 ■ OURCOMMITMENT TO DEPENDABLE 0 . . Maytag,M At we believedurable goods should remain just that. MAYTAGOCOMMERCIAL .," r r, r .r r �� LAUNDRY1 precisionhighest-quality materials and with the utmost in craftsmanship.It's 1 ' r , behind our equipment with solid r support fromour professional .r DRYER laundry suppliers.Simplyput,when yourr r° MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL SPECIFICATIONSproducts,you ensure your peace of mind. WASHER THE BEST WARRANTY MODEL MLE/MLG20PR24 IN THE BUSINESS— EXPORT MODELS MLE/MLG20PNor MOTOR 5 YEARS ON ALL PARTS 120V,60 Hz,variable-speed,reversible,thermoprotected,high-efficiency, Yes q�L PARZ$ For a period from the date of original purchase controlled induction Export models-220-240V,50 Hz Yes through the time listed above,the designated Wash—HP(kw) .09(.07) parts that fail in normal commercial use will be Extract—HP(kw) 54(.40) repaired or replaced free of charge for the part itself,with the owner paying all other costs, Avera a washer energy consumption per cycle(kWh) .054 including labor,transportation and customs duty. CAPACITY Chemical damage is excluded from all warranty Cylinder volume—cu.ft.(liters) 3.2(91) coverage.See complete warranty for details. Cylinder diameter—in.(mm) 21.6(549) Cylinder depth—in.(mm) 13.4(340) WATER INLET/HOSE Inlet hose length/drain hose length—ft.(m) 4(1.22)/6(1.83) Water supply ressure—Psi(bar) 20-100(1-8) APPROXIMATE WATER USAGE—GALLONS(LITERS) 51"M ),sss mm) t6Yd Average hot water usage,hot water cycle 3.4(12.8) (+6 m"�) Average hot water usage,warm water cycle 1.6(6.1) Average total water usage per cycle 12.4(47) eo ,�° �,sam me)amm) (32mm) ne OVA"m) SPEED 6v<' O _mm)Wash speed—RPM 40 Extractspeed—max RPM/max -force 1,000/306 c+aeoMM) (105mm)(17s3mm) BREAKER/FUSE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS 44'h" 1„3o IRR4 MLE electric models—amps 30 (105,mm) 36" MLG as model/export as model—amps 15/10 '974m.) SOUND LEVEL(export model only,washer&dryer) Sound pressure level,Lpa(dbA)(Kpa:+/-3.6dbA) 58 DRYER SPECIFICATIONS MOTOR )zsmm) (25mm) Variable-speed,reversible,thermo rotected,hi h-efficient,controlled induction Yes Side View Back View HP(kw) .33(25) Tumblespeed—RPM 50+/-1 CAPACITY—CU.FT.(LITERS) 6.7(190) ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS—VOLTS/HZ MLE electric model—MLG Gas model 240/60-120/60 4"(120mm)DIAMETER EXHAUST HOODS Export models 220 240/50 MAXIMUM EXHAUST DUCT LENGTH HEATING ELEMENT RATING PER NUMBER OF TURNS MLE electric domestic models ort models—watts 5,6 MLE electric Canadian models-- 5,250watts 250 Number Of MLG gas domestic models—BTU/hr.(kcal/hr.) 24,000(6,048) 90'Turns MLG gas export models—BTU/hr.(kcal/hr.) 20,000(5,040) GAS INLET Rigid Metal Vent MDG model—in. 3/8 N.P.T. Box Hood and Angled Hood AIRFLOW Louvered Style Style I1 0 135ft.(41.2m) 129ft.(39.3m) MDG as models—cfm(cmm) 230(6.5) L 1 125 ft.(38.1 m) 119 ft.(36.3 m) MDE electric models—cfm(cmm) 215(6.1) 2 115 ft.(35.1 m) 109 ft.(33.2 m) ADJUSTABLE LEVELING LEGS Yes w 3 106 ft.(32.3 m) 100 ft.(30.5 m) COLOR White ° 4 98 ft.(29.9m) 92 ft.(28.0m) APPROXIMATE WEIGHT Crated—Ibs(k )electric/gas 369(167) O Uncrated—Ibs(k )electric/gas 358(162) DIMENSIONS REWYORRCITY Width—in.(mm) 27(686) M.E.R. Depth—in.(mm) 29.5(749) O Product height—in.(mm) 74(1880) Door o enin —Washer—s .in. 143 Door opening—Dryer—sq.in. 191 r E WARRANTY 5 Year *Average based on DOE J1 testing with factory preset cycles. BEAB Because of continuous product improvements,Maytag reserves the right to change specifications without notice. Approved 8/11 MLE/MLG24PD 44ii► ► 0 1 ► COMMERCIALi 1 ► 1SUPER-CAPACITY STACKDRYER LEGENDARY MAYTAG DEPENDABILITY Maximizing your equipment investment for over a half century. TWO POCKETS IN THE SPACE OF ONE You can potentially double your dryer income and help eliminate waiting with two dryer pockets in the same floor space as one single-load dryer. FOR YOUR CUSTOMERS: • Extra-Large 7.4 cu.ft.Capacity • Easy-To-Use One Touch Cycle Selection • High Airflow For Better Clothes Care • Time Remaining Display • Optional Top-Off • Large Window For Convenience FOR YOUR OPERATION: • TurboVent'°°Technology—Better Performance On Long Vents • Advanced Computer Trac°Controls Allow For Easy Programming I • Front Access For Easier Self Service � Accu Trac°Audit System With Two-Way ONO- Data Communication • i� Large-Capacity Metal Mesh Lint Filter • Debit Card Compatibility • Dual Coin-Drop Option BUILT-TO-LAST'"FEATURES: • Four Roller Suspension With Permanently Lubricated Bearings • Blower Guard Reduces Service Calls • Premium Security Vault • Best Warranty in the Business- 5 Years All Parts ShoWo With optional solid door kit, LA U N D RY S O L U T I O N S YOU CAN DEPEND ON. FASTERDRYING TURiOVENT Tm TECHNOLOGY or call 800-662-3587 10 OURCOMMITMENT TO DEPENDABLE 4 ' 1 Mthat.That's why every 1At Maytag,we believe d .r goods should ' L COMMERCIAL .g°product r •r of II I ' highest-qualityr . precision SUPER-CAPACITY craftsmanship. r r behind r equip - ment ■ r r rrr r r professional .r STACK DRYER laundryrr r r r rr r° r ■r r r r rmind. Maytag° Single-Load Super-Capacity Stack Dryer Back View Side View 26-1/2" MICROPROCESSOR COIN-DROP 1-1/2"(3.8 cm) (67.3 cm) DRYER SPECIFICATIONS MODEL MLE/MLG24PD MOTOR door 76-3/a• Single-phase,thermoprotected against overload, 4 (194.s cm) auto-reset • 46-7/8" 41" HP(kw) %(.25) (119.1 cm)3 (104.1 cm) 7-1/2 7 CAPACITY (94 cm) as(1121. 0 (19.1 cm) cm)c 5-3/8" 9), Cu.ft.(liters) 7.4(209.5) (13.7 cm) AIRFLOW-cfm(cmm) ,1I Gas/Electric models-per pocket 23016.51/215(6.1) 3-1/8° 23-3 a" 29" apprOx.1 Export,Gas/Electric models-per pocket 23016.51/215(6.1) 418• (7.9cm) (60.3cm) (73.7cm) (2,5cm) (35.9 cm) TUMBLE SPEED RPM 50±1.5 27" (68.6 cm) SOUND LEVEL(export model only) Sound Pressure Level,Lpa(dbA)(Kpa:'/-10dbA) 58 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS MAXIMUM EXHAUST DUCT LENGTH MLE model-voltage 240V/6OHz* PER NUMBER OF TURNS Export model-voltage 0-2 OW50 � CO IT Export models-voltage 220 240V/50 Hz Number Of 90°Turns BREAKER/FUSE REQUIREMENTS-amps Electric model-domestic(each drying chamber) 30 UL Rigid Metal Vent Electric model-export(one terminal block per stack) 40 Box Hood and Angled Hood Electric model-Canada(one terminal block per stack) 60 Sf�® Louvered Style Style Gas models,all versions-lone power cord per stack) 15 0 135 ft.(41.2 m) 129 ft.(39.3 m) 1 125 ft.(38.1 m) 119 ft.(36.3 m) HEATER ELEMENT RATING-watts ""EpACry 2 115 ft.(35.1 m) 109 ft.(33.2 m) Domestic model-per pocket 5,600 3 111 ft.(32.3 m) 100 ft.(31g.5 m) Export models-per pocket 4,600 4 98 ft.(29.9 m) 92 ft.(28.0 m) EXHAUST DUCT DIAMETER Flexible Metal Vent In.(mm) 4(101.6) Box Hood and Angled Hood ELECTRONIC BURNER IGNITION Louvered Style Style 0 76 ft.(23.2 m) 62 ft.(18.9 m) MLG models 1 71 ft.(21.6 m) 57 ft.(17.4 m) GAS RATING 2 67 ft.(20.4 m) 53 ft.(16.2 m) MLG models,all versions-BTU/hr.(kcal/hr.) 24,000(6,048) B_EA B 3 65 ft.(19.8 m) 51 ft.(15.6m) approved 4 63 ft.(19.2 m) 49 ft.(14.9 m) GAS INLET MLG models-in. 3%N.P.T. AUTOMATIC PRESSURE REGULATOR MLG models 5 YEARS ON ALL PARTS ' ` ADJUSTABLE LEVELING LEGS For a period from the date of original purchase through APPROXIMATE WEIGHT the time listed above,the designated parts that fail in normal commercial use will be repaired or replaced free Crated-lbs.(kg) 290(131.5) of charge for the part itself,with the owner paying all Uncrated-lbs.(kg) 265(120.2) �PWSother costs,including labor,transportation and customs DIMENSIONS duty.Chemical damage is excluded from all warranty Width-in.(mm) 27(685.8) coverage.See complete warranty for details. Depth-in.(mm) 29(736.6) Height-in.(mm) 76.75(1949) See specific instructions for proper installation.Because of continuous product improvement,Maytag reserves the right to change specifications without notice. *208-Volt electrical element kit available. 6/11 CITY OF ARLINGTON 004 )0*1 TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SEC. 111 NOTE: THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT CERTIFY ELECTRICAL WORK At 2430 State Route 530 Building Permit Number 1808 Name&Address of Owner Occupant Load Number of Stories PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 158 1 C 0 INTAX INC PO BOX 65650 Type of Construction/Sprinkler system required Use LEXINGTON, KY 40SSS II-B No Mercantile THE Structure HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED AS COMPLYING WITH THE 2015 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE FOR GROUP M OCCUPANCY ISSUED: January 5, 2019 BY COMBINATION INSPECTOR All outstanding construction items as indicated on the Punch List dated December 27, 2018 shall be completed no later than Monday, February 4, 2019. W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 CS12 Ver 2012.07.10 www.struware.com STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR Pilot Arlington, WA t C' 47325 7ZRALt"J01`G� ♦ SIONAL 4/13/2017 snowl oad.atcounci I.org/index.php/com ponenUvcpsnowload/item?pdf=1 LATC1 ®® Y 7 LOADS IBY L CAT1®1 J Applied Technology Council Search Result Kelowna Map Sa±e1ze Elevation Limitation: ASCE 7* Ground Snow Load Query Date: April 13, 2017 Vancouver Latitude: 48.18258889352496 Na`aim°° SwTev Longitude: -122.19376052072765 Elevation: 42.9 Feet \Yictonao Mr r-Snoqua(m-e onalForesr Spokan Elevation<400 feet: Ground Snow Load is 15 psf r Elevation>400<700 feet: Ground Snow Load is 20 psf W A S H I N G T 0 N IL Yakmw 0 All loading data is in pounds per square foot. Portland + For a site-specific case study area, a case study is required to establish ground snow loads. Salem *Based on Figure 7-1 Ground Snow Loads printed in ASCE 7-95 through ASCE 7-10. Users should consult with local building officials to determine if there are community-specific snow load requirements that govern. Red shaded area is the load specific boundaries. Any darker red area is the overlapping load specific boundary. GROUND SNOW LOAD WEBSITE DISCLAIMER While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct,ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the ground snow load report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the ground snow load report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the ground snow load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund•Applied Technology Council •201 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 240 - Redwood City, California 94065 •(650) 595-1542 http://snowIoad.atcounci I.org/i ndex.php/com ponent/vcpsnowload/item?pdf=1 1/1 4/13/2017 Design Maps Summary Report W,USGS Design Maps Summary Report User-Specified Input Building Code Reference Document 2012/2015 International Building Code (which utilizes USGS hazard data available in 2008) Site Coordinates 48.182590N, 122.19376°W Site Soil Classification Site Class D — "Stiff Soil" Risk Category I/II/III -tanwood, ESEY HILL ., NA,,A! V O k i' ?F5 ERVA TJON SUSAN', SVLL44KWKN BA'► a1pa�oN Arlin ton C - no 4 'Warm Beach +A R:i,Y:. N A _ pH Granite Fall USGS-Provided Output Ss = 1.079 g SH,s = 1.153 g Sps = 0.768 g S1 = 0.421 g SH11 = 0.665 g Spl = 0.443 g For information on how the SS and S1 values above have been calculated from probabilistic (risk-targeted) and deterministic ground motions in the direction of maximum horizontal response, please return to the application and select the"2009 NEHRP" building code reference document. MCA Response Spectrum Design Response Spectrum as1 1.� GAL, ar_ 09- 06� abi OY Q?_ Q1! V1 06l Vol QU 0� Q� 0.X, 024 d:t a 16 a 1= GEP am am 0 U.i ❑3] 150 aGa ^_a0 1m 1_L Ido 1.60 I.ao --m 0w 0za 1413 uau IO] 1_;u 140 1.60 I.Q 2.00 PerIo0.1(sec) Per1o0.1(sec) Although this information is a product of the U.S.Geological Survey,we provide no warranty,expressed or implied,as to the accuracy of the data contained therein.This tool is not a substitute for technical subject-matter knowledge. https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cn2/designm aps/us/sum m ary.php?tem pl ate=m i ni m all&I ati tude=48.18258889352496&1 ongitude=-122.19376052072765&sitecl ass=3&... 1/1 4/13/2017 Search Results for Map Applied .. i/ CA rION ASCE 7 Windspeed ASCE 7 Ground Snow Load Related Resources Sponsors About ATC Contact Search Results Canes ALBERTA Query Date:Thu Apr 13 2017 BRITISH COLUMB A SASKATCHEWAN Latitude:48.1826 Longitude: -122.1938 ASCE 7-10 Windspeeds (3-sec peak gust in mph*): Risk Category I: 100 NORT Risk Category II: 110 WASHINGTON MONTANA DAKOI Risk Category III-IV: 115 UT MRI** 10-Year: 72 DAK01 MRI**25-Year: 79 aREGDN DAHO WYOMING MRI**50-Year: 85 NEBR MRI** 100-Year: 91 NEVADA United Stagy ASCE 7-05 Windspeed: San Francisco UTAH COLORADO KE 85 (3-sec peak gust in mph) ASCE 7-93 ee Winds d: Go le cAL'FORNIA OLasV- p 9 Map data 92017 Google,INEGI 70 (fastest mile in mph) *Miles per hour **Mean Recurrence Interval Users should consult with local building officials to determine if there are community-specific wind speed requirements that govern. n 0 Print your results WINDSPEED WEBSITE DISCLAIMER While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct,ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the windspeed report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the windspeed report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the windspeed load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund•Applied Technology Council•201 Redwood Shores Parkway,Suite 240•Redwood City,California 94065•(650)595-1542 http://windspeed.atcouncil.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=10&dec=1&latitude=48.18258889352496&longitude=-122.19376052073&risk cat... 1/1 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 www.struware.com Code Search Code: 2015 International Building Code Occupancy: Occupancy Group= B Business Risk Category & Importance Factors: Risk Category= II Wind factor= 1.00 use 0.60 NOTE: Output will be nominal wind pressures Snow factor= 1.00 Seismic factor= 1.00 Type of Construction: Fire Rating: Roof= 0.0 hr Floor= 0.0 hr Building Geometry: Roof angle (0) 0.25/12 1.2 deg Building length(L) 119.3 ft Least width (B) 78.9 ft Mean Roof Ht (h) 16.1 ft Parapet ht above grd 23.7 ft Minimum parapet ht 2.8 ft Live Loads: Roof 0 to 200 sf: 20 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area, but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12 psf Floor: Typical Floor N/A Partitions N/A W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOBTITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Wind Loads : Ultimate Wind Speed 110 mph Directionality (Kd) 0.85 Exposure Category C Enclosure Classif. Enclosed Building Internal pressure +/-0.18 Kh case 1 0.861 Kh case 2 0.861 I Type of roof Monoslope Vli'4'downwind) Speed-up Topographic Factor (Kzt) V(z) x(u Topography Flat Hill Height (H) 0.0 ft H< 15ft;exp C N'` H)2 H Half Hill Length (Lh) 0.0 ft Kzt=1.0 : Lh HJ2 Actual H/Lh = 0.00 Use H/Lh = 0.00 Modified Lh = 0.0 ft ESCARPMENT From top of crest: x= 0.0 ft I Bldg up/down wind? downwind V(Z) Speed-up H/Lh= 0.00 K, = 0.000 V(Z) x/Lh = 0.00 KZ = 0.000 x(u x(downwind) i z/Lh = 0.00 K3 = 1.000 ' Ll, H/2 H At Mean Roof Ht: Kzt= (1+KjK2K3)^2 = 1.00 2D RIDGE or 3D AXISYMMETRICAL HILL Gust Effect Factor Flexible structure if natural frequency<1 Hz(T>1 second). h = 16.1 ft However,if building h/B<4 then probably rigid structure(rule of thumb). B = 78.9 ft h/B = 0.20 Rigid structure /z(0.6h) = 15.0 ft G = 0.85 Using rigid structure default Rigid Structure Flexible or Dynamically Sensitive Structure e = 0.20 Natural Frequency (n,) = 0.0 Hz f = 500 ft Damping ratio (p) = 0 Zmin = 15 ft /b = 0.65 c= 0.20 /a = 0.15 go, gV= 3.4 Vz= 92.9 LZ = 427.1 ft N j = 0.00 Q = 0.90 Rn = 0.000 IZ = 0.23 Rh = 28.282 n = 0.000 h = 16.1 ft G = 0.87 use G =0.85 RB = 28.282 n = 0.000 RL = 28.282 n = 0.000 9R = 0.000 R = 0.000 G = 0.000 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOBTITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Enclosure Classification Test for Enclosed Building: A building that does not qualify as open or partially enclosed. Test for Open Building: All walls are at least 80% open. Ao>_ 0.8Ag Test for Partially Enclosed Building: Input Test Ao 0.0 sf Ao >_ 1.1Aoi YES Ag 0.0 sf Ao >4'or 0.01Ag NO Aoi 0.0 sf Aoi/Agi <_ 0.20 NO Building is NOT Agi 0.0 sf Partially Enclosed Conditions to qualify as Partially Enclosed Building. Must satisfy all of the following: Ao>_ 1.1Aoi Ao > smaller of 4'or 0.01 Ag Aoi /Agi <_ 0.20 Where: Ao =the total area of openings in a wall that receives positive external pressure. Ag =the gross area of that wall in which Ao is identified. Aoi =the sum of the areas of openings in the building envelope(walls and roof) not including Ao. Agi =the sum of the gross surface areas of the building envelope(walls and roof) not including Ag. Reduction Factor for large volume partially enclosed buildings (Ri) : If the partially enclosed building contains a single room that is unpartitioned , the internal pressure coefficient may be multiplied by the reduction factor Ri. Total area of all wall &roof openings (Aog): 0 sf Unpartitioned internal volume (Vi) : 0 cf Ri = 1.00 Altitude adjustment to constant 0.00256 (caution -see code) Altitude= 0 feet Average Air Density= 0.0765 Ibm/ft3 Constant= 0.00256 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Wind Loads - MWFRS all h (Enclosed/partially enclosed only) Kh(case 2)= 0.86 h= 16.1 ft GCpi= +/-0.18 Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf ridge ht= 16.9 ft G= 0.85 Roof Angle(0)= 1.2 deg L= 119.3 ft qi=qh Roof tributary area-(h/2)*L: 958 sf B= 78.9 ft (h/2)*B: 634 sf Nominal Wind Surface Pressures(psf) Wind Normal to Ridge Wind Parallel to Ridge B/L= 0.66 h/L= 0.20 L/B= 1.51 h/L= 0.13 Surface Cp ghGCP w/+q;GCp; w/-ghGCpi Dist.* Cp ghGCP w/+q;GCp; w/-ghGCpi Windward Wall(WW) 0.80 9.3 see table below 0.80 9.3 see table below Leeward Wall(LW) -0.50 -5.8 -8.2 -3.3 -0.40 -4.6 -7.1 -2.2 Side Wall(SW) -0.70 -8.1 -10.5 -5.6 -0.70 -8.1 -10.5 -5.6 Leeward Roof(LR) ** Included in windward roof Windward Roof: 0 to h/2* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 0 to h/2* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h/2 to h* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h/2 to h* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h to 2h* -0.50 -5.78 -8.23 -3.33 h to 2h* -0.50 -5.8 -8.2 -3.3 >2h* -0.30 -3.47 -5.92 -1.02 >2h* -0.30 -3.5 -5.9 -1.0 **Roof angle< 10 degrees.Therefore,leeward roof *Horizontal distance from windward edge is included in windward roof pressure zones. For monoslope roofs,entire roof surface is NOTE:The code requires the MWFRS be designed for minimum ultimate force of 16 psf either windward or leeward surface. multiplied by the wall area plus an 8 psf force applied to the vertical projection of the roof. Windward Wall Pressures at'Y'(Psf) Combined WW+LW Windward Wall Normal Parallel LR z Kz Kzt q,GCP w/+q;GCp; w/-ghGCP; to Ridge to Ridge /WR 0 to 15' 0.85 1.00 9.1 6.7 11.6 14.9 13.7 SW h= 16.1 ft 0.86 1.00 9.3 6.8 11.7 15.0 13.9 LW ridge= 16.9 ft 0.87 1.00 9.4 6.9 11.8 15.1 14.0 �. WW SW L � wnan GtnmEMON VAND NOMAL TO RIDGE WR WR f �VR LW SW `S W WW wnan DIRECTION VMM PARALLEL TO RIDGE LW NOTE: sw v,See figure in ASCE7 for the application of full and partial loading M of the above wind pressures.There are 4 different loading cases. Parapet z Kz Kzt qp(psf) 23.7 ft 0.93 1.00 14.8 Ww i 1 Windward parapet: 22.1 psf (GCpn=+1.5) Leeward parapet: -14.8 psf (GCpn=-1.0) 'AMM r�rc:ttnr�7 Windward roof overhangs(add to windward roof pressure): 9.3 psf(upward) W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOBTITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Wind Loads - MWFRS h:!M' (Low-rise Buildings) Enclosed/partially enclosed only Kz= Kh (case 1) = 0.86 Edge Strip (a) = 6.4 ft Base pressure(qh) = 13.6 psf End Zone (2a) = 12.9 ft GCpi = +/-0.18 Zone 2 length = 39.5 ft Wind Pressure Coefficients CASE A CASE B 6=1.2 deg Surface GCpf w/-GCpi w/+GCpi GCpf w/-GCpi w/+GCpi 1 0.40 0.58 0.22 -0.45 -0.27 -0.63 2 -0.69 -0.51 -0.87 -0.69 -0.51 -0.87 3 -0.37 -0.19 -0.55 -0.37 -0.19 -0.55 4 -0.29 -0.11 -0.47 -0.45 -0.27 -0.63 5 0.40 0.58 0.22 6 -0.29 -0.11 -0.47 1 E 0.61 0.79 0.43 -0.48 -0.30 -0.66 2E -1.07 -0.89 -1.25 -1.07 -0.89 -1.25 3E -0.53 -0.35 -0.71 -0.53 -0.35 -0.71 4E -0.43 -0.25 -0.61 -0.48 -0.30 -0.66 5E 0.61 0.79 0.43 6E -0.43 -0.25 -0.61 Nominal Wind Surface Pressures (psf) 1 7.9 3.0 -3.7 -8.6 2 -6.9 -11.8 -6.9 -11.8 3 -2.6 -7.5 -2.6 -7.5 4 -1.5 -6.4 -3.7 -8.6 5 7.9 3.0 6 -1.5 -6.4 1 E 10.7 5.9 -4.1 -9.0 2E -12.1 -17.0 -12.1 -17.0 3E -4.8 -9.7 -4.8 -9.7 4E -3.4 -8.3 -4.1 -9.0 5E 10.7 5.9 6E 1 -3.4 -8.3 Parapet Windward parapet= 22.1 psf (GCpn = +1.5) Windward roof Leeward parapet= -14.8 psf (GCpn =-1.0) overhangs = 9.5 psf (upward)add to windward roof pressure Horizontal MWFRS Simple Diaphragm Pressures (psf) o ENDWARD t{ 1 WINDWARD ROOF Transverse direction (normal to L) WARD ROOF Interior Zone: Wall 9.4 psf i I i l i t LEE VERTICAL Roof -4.4 psf End Zone: Wall 14.2 psf 8 Roof -7.3 psf 3 x Longitudinal direction (parallel to L) Interior Zone: Wall 9.4 psf TRANSVERSE ELEVATION End Zone: Wall 14.2 psf WINDWARD ROOF LEEWARD ROOF NOTE: Total horiz force shall not be less than that determined i ! ! 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1 VERTICAL by neglecting roof forces (except for MWFRS moment frames). ZONE 2 The code requires the MWFRS be designed for a min ultimate force of 16 psf multiplied by the wall area plus an 8 psf force applied to the vertical projection of the roof. LONGITUDINAL ELEVATION W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOBTITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Location of MWFRS Wind Pressure Zones 4 3 ZONE 2: lessor of 4 3 6 0.5 B or 2.5 h •'• . ��'� If 2 is negative 4E 2 3E 3E 2 _ 6E i�� 4E 2E 2E _ 9 6 1 5 1 lE 5E / � lE CASE A «L-D DIRECTION CASE B RANGE R7\7)DIRECTION RANGE NOTE: Torsional loads are 25% of zones 1 -6. See code for loading diagram. ASCE 7 -99 and ASCE 7-10 (& later) 6 4 ZO\'E 2:lessor of 0.5Bor2.5h 4 3 �2 If 2 is negative 4E 3E 2 I' ,,- 4E E� ... • 2E 9 E� 1 5 9 I 5 1 ' WIND DIRECTION 1 E '�'LND DIRECTION Transverse Direction Loneitudinal Direction NOTE: Torsional loads are 25% of zones 1 -4. See code for loading diagram. ASCE 7 -02 and ASCE 7-05 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Wind Loads - Components & Cladding : h <= 60' Nominal Wind Pressures Kh(case 1)= 0.86 h= 16.1 ft Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf a= 6.4 ft Minimum parapet ht= 2.8 ft GCpi= +/-0.18 Roof Angle(0)= 1.2 deg Type of roof= Monoslope Roof GCp+/-GCpi Surface Pressure(psf) User input Area 10 sf 50 sf 100 sf 10 sf 50 sf 100 sf 200 sf 500 sf Negative Zone 1 -1.18 -1.11 -1.08 -16.1 -15.1 -14.7 -14.7 -14.7 Negative Zone 2 -1.98 -1.49 -1.28 -26.9 -20.3 -17.4 -17.4 -17.4 Negative Zone 3 -2.98 -1.79 -1.28 -40.5 -24.4 -17.4 -17.4 -17.4 Positive All Zones 0.48 0.41 0.38 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Overhang Zone 1&2 1.70 -1.63 -1.60 23.1 -22.2 21.8 18.8 Overhang Zone 3 -2.80 -1.40 -0.80 -38.1 -19.1 -10.9 -10.9 10.9 Overhang pressures in the table above assume an internal pressure coefficient(Gcpi)of 0.0 Overhang soffit pressure equals adjacent wall pressure reduced by internal pressure of 2.4 psf Parapet qp= 14.8 psf Surface Pressure(psf) User input Solid Parapet Pressure 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 10 sf CASE A=pressure towards building(pos) CASE A: Interior zone: 39.9 27.2 25.5 39.9 CASE B=pressure away from bldg(neg) Corner zone: 54.6 27.2 25.5 54.6 CASE B : Interior zone: -27.9 -23.2 -19.9 -27.9 Corner zone: -31.9 -24.8 -19.9 -31.9 Walls GCp+/-GCpi Surface Pressure(psf) User input Area 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 20 sf 150 sf Negative Zone 4 -1.17 -1.01 -0.90 -15.9 -13.8 -12.2 -15.3 -13.4 Negative Zone 5 -1.44 -1.12 -0.90 -19.6 -15.3 -12.2 -18.3 -14.5 Positive Zone 4&5 1.08 0.92 0.81 14.7 12.5 11.0 14.0 12.2 Note:GCp reduced by 10%due to roof angle- 10 deg. W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Location of C&C Wind Pressure Zones II y1 a 21 I )a 3 - 2 ' � I I 3) :A] O - J-r a I 1 I I I ^ I I I I 4 V I 5 2 1 0 o 12 Z 1 I 5 1 I 1 I a 4 a - 1 a I I 5 5 I I I L 1 1 WALL �- 3 -2- Roofs w/ 0<_ 10' Walls h<_60' Gable,Sawtooth and and all walls &alt design h<90' Multispan Gable 0<- 7 degrees& Monoslope roofs h>60' Monoslope<_3 degrees 3°< 0<_10' h<_60'&alt design h<90' h<_60'&alt design h<90' 1 11 I"1 r"1 r7 a 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 a 2 _ O i--- --i A B C P /ZI I I I I a l � 1 2 2 1 1 2 I I 2 2 l 1 2 a a \\ I �= 3 L---2 --- 3 I I I I I I ✓ 2 ^ �� "� 1 I rt Q3 I 1 I I I I //a 2 1 I 2 3 L I Monoslope roofs Multispan Gable& Hip 7° < 0 <_27° 2 1 1 2 10'<0<30' Gable 7° <0 s 45' I I h<_60'&alt design h<90' -4 1 31 -- - --I 2 3 Sawtooth 10°< 0 <- 45' 3 / 2 3 / 2 2 / 3 h<_60'&alt design h<90' 2 // 1D 2 //Q Q // 2 3 / 2 2 2 / 3 .• 3it2 — 2—i3- 1 / 2 ^" 1 2 2 / 3 2 2 ) b LI) W1 W2 W1 IV IV R° W Stepped roofs 0<_3° h<_60'&alt design h<90' W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Seismic Loads: Risk Category: II Importance Factor(1): 1.00 Site Class: D Ss(0.2 sec)= 107.90%g S1 (1.0 sec)= 42.10%g Fa= 1.068 Sms= 1.153 SDS= 0.769 Design Category= D Fv= 1.579 Sm1 = 0.665 SD1 = 0.443 Design Category= D Seismic Design Category= D Number of Stories: 1 Structure Type: Light Frame Horizontal Struct Irregularities: No plan Irregularity Vertical Structural Irregularities: No vertical Irregularity Flexible Diaphragms: Yes Building System: Bearing Wall Systems Seismic resisting system: Light frame(cold-formed steel)walls with wood panels or steel sheets System Structural Height Limit: 65 ft Actual Structural Height(hn)= 16.1 ft See ASCE7 Section 12.2.5 for exceptions and other system limitations DESIGN COEFFICIENTS AND FACTORS Response Modification Coefficient(R)= 6.5 Over-Strength Factor(Qo)= 2.5 Deflection Amplification Factor(Cd)= 4 5DS= 0.769 SD1 = 0.443 p=redundancy coefficient Seismic Load Effect(E)= p QE+/-0.2SDS D = p QE +/- 0.154D QE=horizontal seismic force Special Seismic Load Effect(Em)= 00 QE+/-0.2SDS D =2.5 QE +/- 0.154D D=dead load PERMITTED ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES Simplified Analysis -Use Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis Equivalent Lateral-Force Analysis Permitted Building period coef. (CT)= 0.020 Cu= 1.40 Approx fundamental period(Ta)= CThn = 0.161 sec x=0.75 Tmax=CuTa= 0.225 User calculated fundamental period(T)= 0 sec Use T= 0.161 Long Period Transition Period(TL)= ASCE7 map= 12 Seismic response coef.(Cs)= SDSI/R= 0.118 need not exceed Cs= Shc I/RT= 0.425 but not less than Cs= 0.044Sdsl= 0.034 USE Cs= 0.118 Design Base Shear V= 0.118W Model&Seismic Response Analysis - Permitted(see code for procedure) ALLOWABLE STORY DRIFT Structure Type: All other structures Allowable story drift= 0.020hsx where hsx is the story height below level x W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 Roof Design Loads Items IDescription Multiple psf(max) psf(min) Roofing Single ply 1.0 1.0 Decking Metal Roof deck, 1.5,22 ga. 1.7 1.2 Framing Steel roofjoists&girders 5.0 2.0 Insulation Rigid insulation, per 1" x 3.5 5.3 2.5 Ceiling Suspended acoustical tile 1.8 1.0 Mech&Elec Mech.&Elec. 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Actual Dead Load 19.8 U 7.7 Use this DL instead® 20.0 8.0 Live Load 20.0 0.0 Snow Load 20.0 0.0 Ultimate Wind (zone 2 100sf) 16.7 -29.0 ASD Loading D+Lr 40.0 - D+0.75(0.6*W +Lr) 42.5 - 0.6*D+0.6*W - -12.6 LRFD Loading 1.2D+ 1.6 Lr +0.5W 64.3 - 1.2D+ 1.OW +0.51-r 50.7 - 0.9D+ 1.OW -21.8 Roof Live Load Reduction Roof angle 0.25/ 12 1.2 deg 0 to 200 sf: 20.0 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area, but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12.0 psf 300 sf 18.0 psf 400 sf 16.0 psf 500 sf 14.0 psf User Input: 450 sf 15.0 psf W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 www.struware.com CODE SUMMARY Code: 2015 International Building Code Live Loads: Roof 0 to 200 sf: 20 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area,but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12 psf Typical Floor N/A Partitions N/A Dead Loads: Floor 0.0 psf Roof 20.0 psf Wind Design Data: Ultimate Design Wind Speed 110 mph Nominal Design Wind Speed 85.21 mph Risk Category II Mean Roof Ht (h) 16.1 ft Exposure Category C Enclosure Classif. Enclosed Building Internal pressure Coef. +/-0.18 Directionality (Kd) 0.85 Roof Snow Loads: Design Uniform Roof Snow load = 20.0 psf Flat Roof Snow Load Pf = 19.3 psf Balanced Snow Load Ps = 19.3 psf Ground Snow Load Pg = 25.0 psf Importance Factor I = 1.00 Snow Exposure Factor Ce = 1.00 Thermal Factor Ct = 1.10 Sloped-roof Factor Cs = 1.00 Earthquake Design Data: Risk Category = II Importance Factor I = 1.00 Mapped spectral response acceleration: Ss = 107.90 %g S1 = 42.10 %g Site Class = D Spectral Response Coef. Sds = 0.769 Sd1 = 0.443 Seismic Design Category = D Basic Structural System = Bearing Wall Systems Seismic Resisting System = Light frame(cold-formed steel)walls with wood panels or steel sheets Design Base Shear V = 0.118W Seismic Response Coef. Cs = 0.118 Response Modification Factor R = 6.5 Analysis Procedure = Equivalent Lateral-Force Analysis W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 2/1/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 2/1/18 www.struware.com CODE SUMMARY- continued Component and cladding nominal wind pressures Roof Surface Pressure(psf) Areal 10 sf 1 50 sf 1 100 sf Negative Zone 1 -16.1 -15.1 -14.7 Negative Zone 2 -26.9 -20.3 -17.4 Negative Zone 3 -40.5 -24.4 -17.4 Positive All Zones 10.0 10.0 10.0 Overhang Zone 1&2 -23.1 -22.2 -21.8 Overhang Zone 3 -38.1 -19.1 -10.9 Overhang soffit pressure equals adjacent wall pressure reduced by internal pressure of 2.4 psf Parapet Solid Parapet Pressure(psf) Area 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf CASE A: Interior zone 39.9 27.2 25.5 Corner zone 54.6 27.2 25.5 CASE B: Interior zone -27.9 23.2 -19.9 Corner zone -31.9 -24.8 -19.9 Wall Surface Pressure(psf) Areal 10 sf 1 100 sf 1 500 sf Negative Zone 4 -15.9 -13.8 -12.2 Negative Zone 5 -19.6 -15.3 -12.2 Positive Zone 4&5 14.7 12.5 11.0 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Load Combinations Reviewer: W N Deal VERTICAL LOADS LOAD COMBINATIONS Dead Pressure ASCE 7-10 Load Combinations Roof 22.0 psf Max Vertical Pressure 44.5 psf Roof(for uplift) 8.0 psf Min Vertical Pressure -9.9 psf @ Interior Snow Pressure (C&Q -12.6 psf @ Exterior Uniform Roof Design Snow Load 20.0 psf Max Vertical Pressure 60.6 psf Front wall parapet Balanced snow load,p, 19.3 psf w/drift 60.6 psf Back wall parapet Bal. w/9.0 ft drift(use @ Front wall parapet) 38.6 psf 44.5 psf Side wall parapet Bal. w/9.0 ft drift(use @ Back wall parapet) 38.6 psf 60.6 psf Tower Bal. w/5.5 ft drift(use @ Side wall parapet) 11.8 psf Bal. w/9.0 ft drift(use @ Tower) 38.6 psf 1) D Roof Live Pressure 2) D+L Roof(non-reducible) 20.0 psf 3) D+(Lr or S or R) Live Pressure 4) D+0.75L+0.75(Lr or S or R) 0.0 psf 5) D±(W or 0.7E) Wind (A eff= 200 sf) Pressure 6) D+0.75L±0.75(W or 0.7E)+0.75(Lr or S or R) Downward (Roof C&C)-All zones 10.0 psf 7) 0.61)±W Uplift(Roof C&C)-Zone 3 -17.4 psf 8) 0.61)+0.7E Downward (Roof C&C)-Zones 2&3 10.0 psf Uplift(Roof C&C)-Zone 1 -14.7 psf LATERAL LOADS Wind Pressure Seismic Windward (Wall MWFRS) 11.8 psf Base Shear V=0.118W Leeward (Wall MWFRS) -8.2 psf Sds 0.769 Windward (Parapet MWFRS) 22.1 psf Importance Factor 1.0 Leeward (Parapet MWFRS) -14.8 psf W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N. Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Columns Reviewer: W N Deal Rear Wall Rear Building Width 119.3 ft Building Length 78.9 ft Joist Bearing Height 13.0 ft (at front and rear) m Min.Joist Depth 2.25 ft (at rear) v s ) �_ Column Grids 1-4 40.0 ft lac G1 G2 G3 E 4-9 56.3 ft c 9-10 22.3 ft CO I Girder Location B-E 40.7 ft E-Rear 37.6 ft Front Wall A Bumpout 1 44.3 ft Building Length Bumpout 2 0.0 ft Wall Weights 1 4 9 10 WTyp.Wall 16.0 psf Wstone 35.0 psf WBr;ck 50.0 psf Joist Spacing 5.0 ft W. Nicholas Deal, P.E.,S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date: 2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Columns Reviewer: W N Deal Columns Max Vertical Load= 60.6 psf @ Exterior(Front Wall) Min Vertical Load= -9.9 psf @ Interior Max Vertical Load= 60.6 psf @ Exterior(Back Wall) Min Vertical Load= -12.6 psf @ Exterior Max Vertical Load= 44.5 psf @ Exterior(Side Wall) Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior Max Vertical Load= 60.6 psf @ Tower Joist Bearing height= 13.00 ft @ Tower Max Vertical Load= 44.5 psf @ Interior Joist Bearing height= 15.62 ft @ Girder Line COLUMN DESIGN Column Int.or Ext. Column Location Stress Column? Trib.Area Pdown Pup Column Ht** Column Size Pn/f2 P<Pn/f)? Ratio A2/A3 Exterior Front 167 sf 7.43 kips -2.11 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.09 B5/B7 Exterior Front 131 sf 5.85 kips -1.66 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.07 E1 Exterior Girder 789 sf 35.11 kips -9.95 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.36 E4 Interior Girder 1900 sf 84.53 kips -18.80 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.87 E9 Interior Girder 1551 sf 69.03 kips -15.35 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.71 E10 Exterior Girder 441 sf 19.61 kips -5.56 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.20 E6/E8 Exterior Back 109 sf 4.86 kips -1.38 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.06 C1/D1 Exterior Side 25 sf 1.09 kips -0.31 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.01 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Foundation w/Joist Layout Reviewer: W N Deal Foundations (Joists @ 5'o.c.) Allowable soil pressure= 2000 psf for Cont.Footings 0 to h/2= 8.08 ft -12.9 psf from 0 to h/2 60.6 psf @ Exterior(Front Wall) 2000 psf for Spread Footings h/2 to h= 16.16 ft MWFRS Roof -12.9 psf from h/2 to h 60.6 psf @ Exterior(Back Wall) Density of concrete= 145 pcf h to 2h= 32.32 ft = -8 2 psf from h to 2h C&C Max Vertical Load= 44.5 psf @ Exterior(Side Wall) Density of soil= 120 pcf >2h= 32.42 ft -5.9 psf>2h 60.6 psf @ Tower Min footing(frost)depth= 1.00 ft -8.1 psf from 0 to h/2 44.5 psf @ Interior Joist Bearing height= 13.00 ft MWFRS Min Vertical -8.1 psf from h/2 to h -9.9 psf @ Interior Wall weight= 16 psf Load= -3.4 psf from h to 2h C&C Min Vertical Load= -12.6 psf @ Exterior Mean roof height= 16.16 ft -1.1 psf>2h Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior SPREAD FOOTING DESIGN DESIGN PARAMETERS LOADING Trial Footing Size BEARING CHECK UPLIFT CHECK Column ID Height of Trial Bearing Int.or Ext. Column Wall above Width of Footing Width/ Pressure Footing Uplift Column? Location Trib.Area Opening Opening Pdown P p Size Length Thickness Qmax Ratio 0.6Wf(down) Ratio A2/A3 Exterior Front 167 sf 8.75 ft 15.08 ft 11.18 kips -2.11 kips F5.0 5.00 ft 1.00 ft 534 psf 0.27 2.18 kips 0.97 135/137 Exterior Front 131 sf 8.75 ft 12.92 ft 8.87 kips -1.66 kips F5.0 5.00 ft 1.00 ft 442 psf 0.22 2.18 kips 0.76 E1 Exterior Girder 789 sf 35.11 kips -6.36 kips F7.0 7.00 ft 1.50 ft 811 psf 0.41 6.39 kips 0.99 E4 Interior Girder 1900 sf 84.53 kips -6.52 kips F8.0 8.00 ft 1.67 ft 1418 psf 0.71 9.30 kips 0.70 E9 Interior Girder 1551 sf 69.03 kips -5.32 kips F8.0 8.00 ft 1.67 ft 1176 psf 0.59 9.30 kips 0.57 E10 Exterior Girder 441 sf 19.61 kips -5.56 kips F7.0 7.00 ft 1.50 ft 495 psf 0.25 6.39 kips 0.87 E6/E8 Exterior Back 109 sf 8.75 ft 11.61 ft 7.43 kips -1.38 kips F5.0 5.00 ft 1.00 ft 384 psf 0.19 2.18 kips 0.63 C1/D1 Exterior Side 25 sf 8.75 ft 9.83 ft 1.78 kips -0.31 kips F3.0 1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 285 psf 0.14 0.78 kips 0.40 CONTINUOUS FOOTING DESIGN DESIGN PARAMETERS LOADING Trial Footing Size BEARING CHECK UPLIFT CHECK Wall ID Trial Bearing Wall Height of Footing Pressure Footing Uplift Int.or Ext. Location Trib.Width Wall Pdown P p Size Width Thickness Qmax Ratio 0.6Wf(down) Ratio Front Exterior Front 20.4 ft 23.67 ft 1.61 klf 0.12 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 624 psf 0.31 0.26 klf no uplift West Exterior Side 2.5 ft 23.67 ft 0.49 klf 0.35 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 250 psf 0.13 0.26 klf no uplift East Exterior Side 2.5 ft 23.67 ft 0.49 klf 0.35 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 250 psf 0.13 0.26 klf no uplift Rear Exterior Back 18.8 ft 23.67 ft 1.52 klf 0.14 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 593 psf 0.30 0.26 klf no uplift Rear Exterior Back 18.8 ft 23.67 ft 1.52 klf 0.14 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 593 psf 0.30 0.26 klf no uplift Min.width of 3'0"for any spread footing Min.width of 2'0"for any continuous footing W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. Job Name:Pilot Job#:170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date:2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer:R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Beams&Lintels Reviewer:W N Deal Joist Spacing= 60.0 in max 60.6 psf @ Exterior(Front Wall) Min Vertical Load= -9.9 psf @ Interior Snow Drift Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior 60.6 psf @ Exterior(Back Wall) Min Vertical Load= -12.6 psf @ Exterior 38.6 psf 9.00 ft @ Exterior(Front Wall) Fascia Lateral Load= 34.1 psf @ Canopies(Open Bldg-WW Fascia) Max Vertical Load= 44.5 psf @ Exterior(Side Wall) Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior 38.6 psf 9.00 ft @ Exterior(Back Wall) Fascia height= 1.00 ft max 60.6 psf @ Tower Joist Bearing height= 13.00 ft 11.8 psf 5.50 ft @ Exterior(Side Wall) Canopy Wdnwn= 16.7 psf @ Canopies(Open Bldg-Roof C&CZone 3) 44.5 psf @ Interior Wall Lateral Load= -27.70 C&CZone 5 38.6 psf 9.00 ft @ Exterior(Tower) Canopy W p= -37.2 psf @ Canopies(Open Bldg-Roof C&C Zone 3) Canopy projection= 4.00 ft max Opening US Input Values Ixe Light Gauge Lintel Trib.Width Span P g Section max Height Mx Vy Mmaxloplift) Umax(uplift) Lb(pos) Lbineg) My Vx (in) L1 32.56 ft 4.67 ft 10.00 ft 64.46 k-in 4.60 k -13.42 k-in -0.96 k 5.00 ft 4.67 ft -2.71 k-in -0.194 k (2)600SI62-54 5.722 0.125 in I L/449 Steel Lintel Trib.Width Span Mmax Vmax Mmax(uplift) Vmax(upllft) Lb(pos) Lb(neg) Section Ix Mpx/II Lp Mr C1 Lr Vn/Di Adown (in°) 2-3 22.15 ft 15.08 ft 38.2 k-ft 10.12 k -7.9 k-ft -2.11 k 5.00 ft 15.08 ft W14x26 245 100.0 k-ft 3.8 ft 61.7 k-ft 11.1 ft 70.9 k 0.220 in L/823 5-7/6-8 20.35 ft 12.92 ft 25.7 k-ft 7.97 k -5.4 k-ft -1.66 k 5.00 ft 12.92 ft W1426 245 100.0 k-ft 3.8 ft 61.7 k-ft 11.1 ft 70.9 k 0.109 in L/1425 C-D 6.00 ft 9.83 ft 4.4 k-ft 1.79 k -0.9 k-ft -0.37 k 5.00 ft 9.83 ft W14x26 245 100.0 k-ft 3.8 ft 61.7 k-ft 11.1 ft 70.9 k 0.011 in L/10962 Wall Ht Vertical Loads Lateral Loads Section Properties Biaxial Deflections Canopy Beam Above Span DL Wdown Mxmax Vxmax Wlateral MYmax VYmax Ix Bending Opening (from wall (from canopy) (D+w) (D+w) (fascia) (w) (yy) Section ly (in Mnx/f) Mny/f) Vnx/Q Vny/f) Check* Ax AY above) (�n) 2-3 8.75 ft 15.08 ft 0.140 klf 0.033 klf 4.9 k-ft 1.31 k 0.034 klf 0.97 k-ft 0.257 k HSS8x6x0.1875 43.7 11.3 23.5 k-ft 11.8 k-ft 46.1 k 21.3 k OK 0.159 in L/1137 0.031 in L/5780 5-7/6-8 8.75 ft 12.92 ft 0.140 klf 0.033 klf 3.6 k-ft 1.12 k 0.034 klf 0.71 k-ft 0.220 k HSS8x6x0.1875 43.7 11.3 23.5 k-ft 11.8 k-ft 46.1 k 21.3 k OK 0.086 in L/1807 0.017 in L/9190 C-D 8.75 ft 9.83 ft 0.140 klf 0.033 klf 2.1 k-ft 0.85 k 0.034 klf 0.41 k-ft 0.168 k HSS8x6x0.1875 43.7 11.3 23.5 k-ft 11.8 k-ft 46.1 k 21.3 k OK 0.029 in L/4100 0.006 in L/20848 *Considers Lateral and Vertical loading W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Lateral Reviewer: W N Deal Building Layout Length Width Wall Ht Parapet Ht Length Wall Material Wmaterial 119.3 ft 78.9 ft Front Wall 23.67 ft 6.78 ft 119.25 ft Stone 35 psf (to CL of wall) Front High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf Front Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf WTyp.Wall 16.0 psf Rear Wall 21.75 ft 6.50 ft 119.25 ft Stone 35 psf WStone 35.0 psf Rear High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf WBrkk 50.0 psf Rear Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf East Wall 23.67 ft 7.60 ft 78.92 ft Typical 16 psf East Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf West Wall 21.75 ft 5.68 ft 78.92 ft Typical 16 psf West High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Stone 35 psf Wall Height(to roof deck) 15.3 ft 16.9 ft 16.1 ft Rear Wall Front Wall Side Walls Wall Sections Approx.Weight Approx.Weight Rear Wall Wall Section Height Width (Entire structure) (Trib.to Diaphragm) Front Wall 23.67 ft 119.3 ft 98.79 k 63.54 k Front High Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k = rr, Front Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k m t � Rear Wall 21.75 ft 119.3 ft 90.78 k 58.95 k v Rear High Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k _ Rear Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k East Wall 23.67 ft 78.9 ft 29.89 k 19.74 k Front Wall East Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k West Wall 21.75 ft 78.9 ft 27.46 k 17.32 k West High Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k Length Total Typical Wall Weightl 246.9 k 159.5 k Seismic 0.7E 0.7E *IF APPLICABLE,CHECK MIN&MAXAS Wroof W-B Wtotal V(B-Sh-) (TOTAL) (TRIG.TO DIAPHRAGM) DESCRIBED IN ASCE 7-10,SECTION 207.0 k 246.9 k 454.0 k 0.118W 37.5 k 30.3 k 12.10.1.1 Wind Pwalls MWFRS Pparapet Windward Wall Leeward Wall Windward Z Kt Ktt %GCp w/+giGCpi w/-ghGCpl w/+giGCpi w/-ghGCpl 22.1 psf 0'-15, 0 to 15' 0.85 1.00 9.1 6.7 11.6 -8.2 -3.3 Leeward h= 16.1 ft 0.86 1.00 9.3 6.8 11.7 -8.2 -3.3 -14.8 psf ridge= 16.9 ft 0.87 1.00 9.4 6.9 11.8 -8.2 -3.3 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Lateral Reviewer: W N Deal N-S Direction (MWFRSAII H) Condition Rear Wall(z=15',h=16.2') Front Wall(z=17.1',h=16.2') Total A %GCp-q;GCp;= 14.9 psf ghGCp+q;GCp;= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf B q,GCp+q;GCp;= 14.9 psf ghGCp-q;GCp;= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf C ghGCp+q;GCp;= 15.0 psf ghGCp-q;GCp;= 15.1 psf 15.1 psf D ghGCp-q;GCp;= 15.0 psf q,GCp+ghGCp;= 15.1 psf 15.1 psf Max Wind on MWFRS 15.1 psf E-W Direction (MWFRSAII H) Condition West Wall(h=16.2') East Wall(h=16.2') Total A ghGCp+q;GCp;= 15.0 psf ghGCp-q;GCp;= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf B ghGCp-q;GCp;= 15.0 psf q,GCp+ghGCp;= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf Max Wind on MWFRS 15.0 psf W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job a: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date:2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Diaphragm Reviewer:W N Deal Building Geometry Length=119.3 ft Width=78.9 ft WIND LOADING @ DIAPHRAGM wparapet R f R f 0 wparapet wl �w2 Rbase Rbase West to East Direction South to North Direction w1=15.0 psf Rrooflwaip= 120.8 plf w1=15.1 psf Rrooflwaip= 127.8 plf h=16.1 ft Rroof(pampet)= 209.5 plf h=16.9 ft Rroof(parapet)= 250.1 plf a=5.7 ft Rbase= 120.8 plf a=6.8 ft Rbase= 127.8 plf wparapet=36.9 psf RTOTAr @ diaphragm= 330.4 plf wparapet=36.9 psf RTOTAr @ diaphragm= 377.9 plf East to West Direction North to South Direction wZ=15.0 psf Rrooflwaip= 120.8 plf wZ=15.0 psf Rrooflwaip= 114.6 plf h=16.1 ft Rroof(parapet)= 280.4 plf h=15.3 ft Rrppf(parapet)= 239.9 plf a=7.6 ft Rbase= 120.8 plf a=6.5 ft Rbase= 114.6 plf wpa,apet=36.9 psf RTOTAL @ diaphragm= 401.2 plf wparapet=36.9 psf RTOTAL @ diaphragm= 354.5 plf Total Wind Shear E-W Direction RMAx@diaphragm=401.2 plf N-S Direction RMAx@ diaphragm=377.9 plf Diaphragm width=78.9 ft Diaphragm width=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=78.9 ft VWIND=Wwau=79.7 plf/wall VWIND=Wwau=171.3 plf/wall along front&back walls along side walls SEISMIC LOADING C&DIAPHRAGM R VSEISM¢=0.7E=30.3 k (trib.to roof) f *IFAPPLICABLE,CHECK MIN&MAX AS DESCRIBED IN ASCE 7,SECTION 12.10.1.1 VSEISM¢(MiN)=0.7E=39.5 k (trib.to roof) 0.7E VSEisMiclMAxl=0.7E=78.9 k (trib.to roof) Rbase Total Seismic Shear E-W Direction Diaphragm width=78.9 ft N-S Direction Diaphragm width=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=78.9 ft VSEISMic=0.7E=165.5 plf/wall VSEISMic=0.7E=250.0 plf/wall along front&back walls along side walls CONTROLLING SHEAR E-W Direction 165.5 plf/wall SEISMIC CONTROLS N-S Direction 250.0 plf/wall SEISMIC CONTROLS along front&back walls along side walls W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date:2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Diaphragm Reviewer:W N Deal DECKING ATTACHMENT Fastener Layout 36/5 Deflection Check Sidelap fasteners (3)#10 TEK Screws k2=870 WE_W=165.5 plf Support fasteners #12 TEK Screws DB=758 WN.S=250.0 plf S= 250.0 plf k1=0.304 G'=16.2 k/in Strength= 285.0 plf OK Span=5.00 A_=0.35 in Fastener Layout 36/5 Deflection Check Sidelap fasteners Hilti SLC Sidelap Fasteners @ 36 in o.c. WE_W=165.5 plf Support fasteners Hilti X-HSN 24 Fasteners WN.S=250.0 plf S= 250.0 plf G'=15.8 k/in Strength= 393.0 plf OK A_=0.36 in 1.5 Type B 22 ea Deckin¢ (3-Span Condition for L1240 Deflection) Vertical Loading= 60.6 psf Vertical Allowable= 167.0 psf OK W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. lob Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Shear Walls&HDs Reviewer: W N Deal Shear Wall Dimensions Length Height West Wall 52.0 ft 16.1 ft ()WIND - 2.0 East Wall 54.0 ft 16.1 ft East Wall(2) 0.0 ft 16.1 ft ()SEISMIC- 2•5 Front Wall 64.5 ft 13.0 ft *Only includes longest aligned wall section Rear Wall 60.0 ft 13.0 ft SEISMIC CONTROLS V= 15.1 k N-S Shear per east/west wall SEISMIC CONTROLS V= 15.1 k E-W Shear per front/back wall Maximum Values SHEAR WALL FASTENING Max Shear Fastener #10 TEK Screws HILTI X-GPN 37 MIX Fasteners Force Spacing VNOM VAuow Check VNOM VAuow Check Comments West Wall 142.8 plf 6.0 in 910 364 OK 850 340 OK East Wall 280.4 plf 6.0 in 910 318 OK 850 297 OK Capacity reduced by 2w/h for(2) approx 7ft East Wall(2) 6.0 in 910 364 850 340 sections Front Wall 234.7 plf 6.0 in 910 364 OK 850 340 OK Rear Wall 1 252.3 plf 6.0 in 1 910 1 364 1 OK 1850 1 340 1 OK HOLDOWN Max Uplift Holdown Allow. Check Uplift West Wall 2.3 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK East Wall 4.5 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK East Wall(2) S/HD8S 8.9 kip Front Wall 3.1 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK Rear Wall 3.3 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK *Assumed 2-54 mil(16ga)Stud Member Thickness SHEAR WALL ANCHORAGE Max Shear Anchor Bolt Max Shear HILTI Kwik HUS-EZ Force Spacing per Bolt mVx per bolt (DVx(3 bolts) Screw Anchor Diameter Embed West Wall 142.8 plf 24 in 286 Ibs 457 Ibs 1371 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in East Wall 280.4 plf 24 in 561 Ibs 897 Ibs 2692 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in East Wall(2) Front Wall 234.7 plf 24 in 469 Ibs 751 Ibs 2253 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in Rear Wall 252.3 plf 24 in 505 Ibs 807 Ibs 2422 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in Use Hilti PROFIS to check spacing&shear for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 2/1/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Metal Studs Reviewer: W N Deal Max Vertical Load= 60.6 psf @ Front Wall Joist spacing= 5.00 ft Wall pressure(C&C)= -15.3 psf Negative Zone 4 = 60.6 psf @ Back Wall Stud spacing= 16.0 in = -18.3 psf Negative Zone 5 = 44.5 psf @ Side Wall = 14.0 psf Positive Zone 4&5 Prfit I� �,r - 39.6 Hs# 9 98#t lei a= 6.43 ft 38.6 ps# 9.08 ft r,gGek �-Gh Corner Condition Typical Condition Wall Location Lx L =Lt *Pdown Mx(corner) Vy(corner) Stud Size Pdown Mx(typ) Vy(typ) Stud Size Front 13.0 ft 4.0 ft 6.17 kips -4.63 k-in -0.12 kips 60OS162-68 6.17 kips -3.87 k-in -0.10 kips 60OS162-68 Back 13.0 ft 4.0 ft 6.17 kips -4.63 k-in -0.12 kips 60OS162-68 6.17 kips -3.87 k-in -0.10 kips 60OS162-68 East 17.2 ft 4.0 ft 0.15 kips -8.10 k-in -0.16 kips 60OS162-54 0.15 kips -6.77 k-in -0.13 kips 600S162-54 West 17.2 ft 4.0 ft 0.15 kips -8.10 k-in -0.16 kips 60OS162-54 0.15 kips -6.77 k-in -0.13 kips 60OS162-54 CITY OF ARLINGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 PHONE; (360)403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:2430 State Route 530 Permit#:1808 Parcel#:31050800300300 Valuation:2000000.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC Name:Pilot Travel Centers,LLC Name:Pilot Travel Centers,LLC Address:5508 LONAS ROAD Address:5508 Lonas Road Address:5508 Lonas Road City,State Zip:KNOXVILLE,TN 37909 City,State Zip:Knoxville,TN 37909 City,State Zip:Knoxville,TN 37909 Phone: Phone: Phone: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name:Pilot Travel Centers,LLC Name:Pilot Travel Centers,LLC Address:5508 Lonas Road Address:5508 Lonas Road City,State,Zip:Knoxville,TN 37909 City,State,Zip:Knoxville,TN 37909 Phone: Phone: LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial New CODE YEAR: 2015 STORIES: CONST.TYPE: 1I13 DWELLING UNITS: OCC GROUP: M BUILDINGS: Main Structure OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY; NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBC110/IRC110. SALES TAX-NOTICE4 Sales tax relay g to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be rep d on y sales tax return form an codelfCil of 1' ton#31 1. 711 Signature Print Name —Date •c •d By Date CONDITIONS Adhere to approved plans. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 7/13/2018 Building Permit Fee $8,653.43 7/13/2018 Building Permit Fee $2,534.87 7/13/2018 Building Plan Review Fee $1,463.22 7/13/2018 Building Plan Review Fee $3,425.00 7/13/2018 Building Plan Review Fee $2,384.18 7/13/2018 Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 7/13/2018 State Building Code Surcharge Fee $4.50 7/13/2018 Traffic Mitigation $355,630.00 Total Due: $374,120.20 Total Payment: $14,492.11 Balance Due: $359,628.09 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 — When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: DRAWING INDEX SITE DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE 00.0 CIVIL COVER SHEET CI.O ALTA SURVEY COVER SHEET DE1 DUMP8TER ENCLOSURE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS cci:1 ALTA SURVEY 2 ALTA SURVEY ARCHITECTURAL C1.3 GENERAL NOTES CI.4 GENERAL NOTE SHEET AA OCCUPANCY+LIFE SAFETY PLAN C1.5 CONSTRUCTION PIPELINE NOTES Al OVERALL FRAMING PLAN C2.0 DEMOLITION PROJECT SITE Ale INTERIOR FRAMING PLAN C2.1 COMPENSATORY FLOOD STAGE AREA-DEMOLITION PLAN All DOOR OPENING AND FRAMING DETAILS C3.0 OVERALL SITE PLAN A1.2 DOORS,WINDOWS AND OPENINGS SCHEDULES AND LEGENDS C3.1 SITE PLAN PROJECT IMPROVEMENTS AIA FINISH SCHEDULES,NOTES,AND LEGENDS C3.2 SITE PLAN PROJECT IMPROVEMENTS A STOREFRONT DIMENSIONS 03.3 SITE PLAN FLOOD STAGE STORAGE AREA A2 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN C4.0 SITE GRADING PLAN A3.1 CEILING DETAILS 04.1 DRAINAGE INFRASTRUCTURE SCHEDULE AND NOTES A4 ROOF PLAN 04.2 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A4.1 ROOF DETAILS C4.3 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5 EOUIPMENT PLAN 04.4 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5.1 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE C4.5 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5.1a ARBY'S EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE R 04.6 TANK FARM ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5.2 ENLARGED CABINETRY PLAN-TRAINING ROOM C4.7 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 1 A5.3 ENLARGED CABINETRY PLAN-DRINKBAR C4.8 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 2 A5.4 DRINKBAR/CINNABON/ISLAND ELEVATIONS C4.9 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 3 AS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS _ 04.10 SITE GRADING PLAN COMPENSATORY FLOOD STAGE AREA A6.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS C5.0 SITE PAVING PLAN A6.2 EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS C5.1 SITE PAVING AND PAVEMENT AND CONCRETE CURB SECTIONS A7 WALL SECTIONS C5.2 SITE CONCRETE BEC11ONS AND DETAILS A7.1 WALL SECTIONS C52 SIDEWALK SECTIONS AND PARKING SIGN A72 WALL SECTIONS _-- --' C6.0 SITE UTILITY PLAN -- A7.3 WALL SECTIONS C6.1 SITE UTILITY PLAN A7.4 WALL SECTIONS C6.2 ENLARGED SITE UTILITY PLAN A7.5 WALL SECTIONS C6.3 SANITARY SEWER PLAN AND PROFILE AS MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS C6.4 WATER PLAN AND PROFILE A8,1 MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS C6.5 UTILITY AND CONSTRUCTION CROSSINGS OVER BP PIPELINE C71 CROSSINGS OVER N,PIPELINE CROSS SECTIONS Aga TACO BELL HOOD ELEVATIONS I TRAVEL CENTER C7.2 CLEARIEROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL COVER SHEEP A9 ENLARGED S VATION -RES'OM FRAMING PLANPLOT #1103 C7.1 CLEARING,EROSION,AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN Aga ENLARGED SHOWER/RESTROOM EQUIPMENT PLAN C72 CLEARING,EROSION,AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN-FLOOD STAGE AREA A9.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-RESTROOMS C7.3 EROSION CONTROL NOTES A9.1a INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-SHOWERS C7.4 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS A92 RESTROOM DETAILS C8.0 SITE CIVIL DETAILS A9.3 SHOWER DETAILS C8.1 SITE CIVIL DETAILS ASA RESTAOOM AND SHOWER REFERENCE ONLY INFORMATION C8.2 STORMWATER DETENTION/TREATMENT FACILITY DETAILS A10 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-RESTAURANT C8.3 STORM DETAILS All INTERK)A ELEVATIONS-SALES AREA 2430 SR530 N E C8.4 SANITARY SEWER DETAILS Al2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-SALES BLOCKING PLAN C8.5 WATER DETAILS C8.6 WATER DETAILS CONTINUED STRUCTURAL C9.0 SMOKEY POINT BLVD IMPROVEMENTS - ARLINGTON WA 98223 C9.1 STATE ROAD 530 ACCESS AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS so ��-NOTES C9.2 CHANNELRATION PLAN 31 FOUNDATION DIMENSION PLAN C9.3 ROAD DETAILS S1.1 FOUNDATION PLAN C9.4 ROAD DETAILS 81.2 SHEAR WALL AND SLAB LAYOUT PLAN 82 FOUNDATION NANDCPLAN DEVELOPED BY: LANDSCAPING 53 FOUNDATION AND COLD FORMED STEEL DETAILS S4 WALL ELEVATIONS L-1 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND NOTES S5 WALL DETAILS L-2 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND Be ROOF DETAILS BUILDING INFORMATIONL-3 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND 87 ROOF DETAILS PILOT FLYING J L-4 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND MECHANICAL RE�ISTEREp L-5 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND CODE DESIGN DEPARTMENT 9074 SITE ELECTRICAL MO.1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE,NOTES,AND LEGEND 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 5508 LONAS DRIVE Ir[CT ESI.1 SITE PLAN-ELECTRICAL MO.2 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE,NOTES,AND LEGEND ESL2 SITE PLAN-PHOTOMETRIC MI MECHANICAL PLAN HVAC LAYOUT p� KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE 37909 R ARTa', III 5 _ M2 MECHANICAL PLAN DETAILS CLASSIFICATION STATE Of WASNINli70N ESIA FUEL E-STOP LOCATION PLAN M3 CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES TYPE LIB(UNPROTECTED,UNSPRINKLED) (865) 588-7487 .1 A POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS M4 CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES 71051/8 E82.2 TRUCK CANOPY AND ISLAND PLANS POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS M5 CAPTTVEAIRE EXHAUST FAN DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES CANOPIES-TYPE LIB ES2.3 TANK FARM AND B99 POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS M6 CAPTIVEAIRE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES OCCUPANCY - ESal DEF HEAT TRACE INSTALLATION DETAILS M7 CAPTIVEAIRE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES PROJECT CONTACT ES32 DEF HEAT TRACE INSTALLATION DETAILS M8 CAPTVEAIRE HOOD CONTROL AND DRAWINGS PRINCIPLE INTENDED USE-MERCANTILE M9 CAPTVEAIRE GREASE DUCT DRAWINGS GROUP M-MERCANTILE,CONVENIENCE STORE SITE LIGHTS Mp CAPTIVEAIRE CREASE DUCT DRAWINGS ROSS SHAVER MII CAPTIVEAIRE CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND SCHEDULES GROUP U-CANOPIES,FUELING ISLANDS SL1 LIGHT POLE DETAILS AND FOUNDATIONS MI2 CAPTVEAIRE HOODS FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ME1 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 303.1,EXCEPTION 2 PROJECT MANAGER ext. 3469 PETROLEUM ME2 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS PERMITS THE RESTAURANT WHICH WOULD BE ME3 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS CONSIDERED A-2,TO BE CLASSIFIED AS PART PPO PRODUCT PIPING NOTES,SCHEDULES AND INFORMATION ME4 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS JOHN IRONS PPI AUTO AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT ME5 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS OF THE M OCCUPANCY BECAUSE IT HAS AN OCCUPANCY PPI.1 TANK FARM AND TRUCK AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT MIES NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS LOAD OF LESS THAN 50 PERSONS. THEREFORE THE PPl2 PRODUCT PIPING EMERGENCY SHUT OFF AND MONITORING PLAN PP2 UNDERGROUND TANK PLANS,NOTES AND LEGEND PLUMBING ENTIRE FACILITY IS CONSIDERED GROUP M. CONSTRUCTION SUPERINTENDENT ext. 5517 PP2.1 UNDERGROUND TANK PLANS,NOTES AND LEGEND PO PLUMBING PLAN LEGENDS AND SCHEDULES PP2.2 UNDERGROUND TANK SECTIONS AND DETAILS P1 PLUMBING PLAN WASTE AND VENT PIPING SECTION 506.2 WHEN APPLIED TO THIS FACILITY PP2.3 UNDERGROUND TANK SECTIONS AND DETAILS P2 PLUMBING PLAN SERVICES PIPING ALLOWS FOR A 75X INCREASE(OPEN ALL SIDES ENGINEERS AND CONSULTANTS PP3 UNDERGROUND TANK SUMP SECTK)NS AND DETAILS P3 PLUMBING PLAN CONDENSATE,GAS,AND STORM PIPING m m m m PP3.1 UNDERGROUND TANK SUMP SECTIONS AND DETAILS P4 PLUMBING PLAN WASTE AND VENT ISOMETRIC BY 30'OR GREATER).TABLE 503 ALLOWS 12,500 PP4 TANK FILL/VAPOR RECOVERY SECTIONS AND DETAILS P5.1 PLUMBING PLAN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE S.F.FOR TYPE LIB GROUP M WITH A 75%INCREASE ROY B. PARSONS III, AIA PP4.1 PRODUCT PIPING SECTIONS AND DETAILS P5.2 PLUMBING PLAN DESIGN CALCULATIONS 21,875 IS ALLOWED. PP4.2 VENT RISER SECTIONS AND DETAILS P6.1 PLUMBING PLAN DETAILS PP5 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID NOTES,SCHEDULES,SECTIONS AND DETAILS P6,2 PLUMBING PLAN DETAILS BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE 9526 S.F. ARCHITECT 3 PP5.1 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID DETAILS P7 PLUMBING PLAN FIRE STOPPING DETAILS PP5.2 B99 INJECTION SHED SECTIONS AND DETAILS NUMBER OF STORIES 1 PP5.3 TRUCK DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS 99 SLAB LAYOUT PP6 TRUCK ELECTRICAL BUILDING HEIGHT(TOP OF RIDGE) 23'-8' KENNY STANLEY, P.E. PP6.1 TRUCK ISLAND PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT EO ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND AND LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PP6.2 TRUCK DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS E1.1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIGHTING CIVIL ENGINEERING PP6.3 AUTO ISLAND PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT E1.2 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIG#TTING CONTROLS E PP6.4 AUTO DISPENSER SECTIONS AND DETAILS E2.1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-POWER PROJECT SUMMARY 13 PP6.5 AUTO DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS E2.2 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS-ELECTRICAL LOUTS J. CORTINA, P.E. PP7 OIL/WATER SEPARATOR DETAILS AND NOTES E2.3 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS-ELECTRICAL PP7.1 OIL/WATER SEPARATOR DETAILS AND NOTES E2.4 TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN-POWER w n a z � PP6 PRODUCT PIPING SCHEDULES E3 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW TRAVEL CENTER as--- 2 E4 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-FIRE ALARM WITH THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS: STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING ''''s AUTO CANOPY E5.1A TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD SCHEDULES w i i w E5.1B TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD SCHEDULES o o 8 m ACI AUTO CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E5.2 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE -CONVENIENCE STORE CARL A. R. PAGE, P.E. S 4 S 3 AC1.1 AUTO CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E5.3 TRAVEL CENTER,ARBY'S AND CINNABON EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE -PJ FRESH MARKET E5.4 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL RRISER DI CONDUIT SCHEDULE -ARBY'S RESTAURANT ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING �� TRUCK CANOPY EB ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM - E7.1 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING DIAGRAM-GASOLINE -5 SHOWERS !2�� TCI TRUCK CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E7.2 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING DIAGRAM-DIESEL -6 GAS ISLANDS AND 7 DIESEL LANES TCit TRUCK CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E7.3 TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM r; o n n E7.4 TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT INPUT/OUTPUT WIRING DIAGRAM 0 0.-0 0 SIGNAGE E8 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS ---g� 881 SITE SIGNACE PLAN E9.1 B99 PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS,LLC IS THE OWNER/ o n 0 0 0 982 ID SIGNS AND SIGN SCHEDULE E9.2 B99 CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAM OPERATOR OF THE ENTIRE FACILITY. o 0 0 0 883 FREESTANDING,DIRECTIONAL-AND CANOPY SONS 884 FREESTANDING SIGNS AND DRIVE THRU DETAILS SFO SIGN DRAWING SF1 SIGN DRAWING SITE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES �'' p w; NOT ALL FIXTURES SHOWN ON SCHEDULE MAY BE UTILZIED ON PLAN G ' o POLE FIXTURE 1. SITE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF EASEMENTS, �;" LAMP LENS TILT POLE BASE MOUNTING LUMINOUS UNDERGROUND UTILITIES&DRAINAGE BEFORE DRILLING POLE BASES. -�--�_I SYMBOL TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION LUMINAIRE MODEL q MANUF. TYPE TYPE VOLTAGE ANGLE HEIGHT HEIGHT HEIGHT EFFICACY (TYPICAL) 2. THE INSTALLATION OF THE SITE LIGHTING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLET EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL )N SHOWN ON PLAN IS ❑� SA 5 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA-5ME-U-57K-UL-BZ CREE LED N/A 277 0" 20'-0" 3'-8" 23'S" 99 LMIW OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES. MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM EENCY SHUT-OFF FOR THE 3. THE WIND-LOAD STRENGTH OF TOTAL POLEISUPPORT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CH SHOWS A MINIMUM OF SA1 1 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE 0SO-A-DA-5ME-U-57K-UL-BZ CREE LED N/A 277 0' 30'-0" X-6" 33'-6" 99 LMIW ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE COMPLETE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY AND LUMINAIRES ISER AND A MAXIMUM OF WITHOUT FAILURE,PERMANENT DEFLECTION,OR WHIPPING IN STEADY WINDS °ENSER PER NFPA SECTION OF 80 MPH WITH A GUST FACTOR OF 1.3. TENTS. Q-. SB 3 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA-4ME-U•67K-UL-BZ CREE LED WA 277 0' 20'-0" Y-8" 23'-8" 117 LM/W 4. LIGHT POLE BASES SHALL BE LOCATED V-O"BEHIND CURB IN AUTO PARKING AREAS,AND 15'-0"BEHIND CURB IN TRUCK PARKING AREAS.BASES SHALL BE 'r IN-LINE WITH STRIPES BETWEEN PARKING SPACES. AG-REFER TO TRAVEL CENTER Eg- S81 10 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA-4ME-U57K-UL-BZ CREE LED WA 277 0" 20'-0" 3'-0" 33'B" 117 LMNJ 5. REFER TO SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN FOR FIXTURE ORIENTATION.FLOOD LIGHTS Z E SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL W EQU REMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, MOUNTED ON HIGH MAST POLE SHOULD BE AIMED FOR BEST RESULTS. I QUIR iND FILL. LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE WITH BACK J d i SBS 7 L LIGHTHT SHIELD OSO-A-DA-4ME-U57K-UL-BZ WITH OSQ-BLSLF CREE LED NIA 277 0° 30'-0" 3'-8" 33'-8" 117 LMNV 6. SYMBOLS ON THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY THESE SYMBOLS ARE NOT TO SCALE. {L. 0 REMELTS FOR POLE BASE TO BACK OF CURB SA4 q (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA5ME-U57K-UL-BZ CREE LED N/A 277 0° 30'-0" V-6' 33'-5" KEYED NOTES O 2 4 TO POLE LOCATIONS DIRECTLY IN LINE WITH99 I PARKING SPOTS. LMIW J W O CONNECT TO TRASH COMPACTOR. L G PARKING SPACE O CONNECT TO VACUUM STATION. O3 CONNECT TO DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CIVIL AND I I SIGNAGE DRAWINGS. I CURB I I *,x x-X-x-x-x-x-x----x O4 CONNECT TO LED PRICER. •�/ O CONNECT THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTORS.LIGHTING CONTACTORS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE COMBINATION OF A PHOTOSENSOR AND ASTRONOMICAL 3 - } TIMECLOCK VIA THE HONEYWELL CONTROLLER. i BACK OF A, © DISCONNECT FOR STORAGE UNIT CONNECTION.COORDINATE EXACT MIN. CURB 15'-0"MIN. - - - - LOCATION IN FIELD. UTO ATTRUCK --- CING PARKING 1..-�--- _ O7 NOT USED. FACE OF POLE _ :ES BASE SPACES i __,,.„.,.;w.,,.;,,,�® NOT USED s9 SBS --- B PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT FROM CONTROL PANEL FOR MUFFIN MONSTER TO MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR REMOTE ALARM CONNECTIONS.COORDINATE CONDUCTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR ALARM STATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER 'p: $+: r � '�-_.7 •.�. S81 X AND PROVIDE.CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING ROUGH-IN. 1T POLE POLE BASE � E-11(PART) -1 + 22 x 10 NOT USED. 3HT POLE BASE DETAIL 3 5D.2V 1 N.T.S. -_,,. L-37(PART)�x�x-x-x- -' - 11 STUB CONDUITS INTO TRUCK SCALE PIT. - S / CONNECT TO HI-RISE SIGN. NOT USED. x W \ SBS B1 1 if' 14 CONNECT TO GOAL POST SIGN. L 27 O -RF- 15 CONNECT TO CAT SCALES SIGN. uj II I i 50.2V 16 3KVA,277V PRI,-1201240 SEC.,NEMA 3R DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER FOR LED z J U II_ I I 1 4 --- ---- + PRICER. - I X SA4 -" 12- 3R 17 NOT USED. a Lu 50.2V I' I J 18 PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR GOLF CART RECHARGER. W U II SBS 3 5 2 19 PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CARDBOARD BALER. ~ W L-29 5 /-�._.y_.. SB1 I 20 MOUNT FUELING ESTOP ON 6"STEEL PIPE BOLLARD(BOLLARD PROVIDED BY W -J / // 852V / '/ / / / \ I OTHERS).COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB UP LOCATION WITH SITE CONTRACTOR. x--•-X x-x-x '�- -x-x-x-X' ��x y / ' / /'/ /x / x ' 23 2 ,/ 1 \ 21 NOT USED. rQ q / / II WPO 3 / / / / /// I 1 22 PROVIDE POWER FOR TRUCK PARKING AREA WIFI.COORDINATE EXACT J II X I E-t 1(PART)22 ES2.2 E .2 '� , / / _lt,_ /// ( I MOUNTING LOCATION WITH PILOT/FJ PROJECT MANAGER FOR POLE MOUNTS, ❑-- =_ G1-23,27 ` SEE DETAIL 2-ES1.2. A ---.- _� G1-25 ` - ` I ~l..y'/ % I I 23 LOCATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER. RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED N TOP OF FUELING CANOPY.COORDINATE ii SA1 -DRIVE-THRU-ELECTRICAL Y. 4 ''/'//'/// y//�////'// 3 I I CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE 1"=20'-V' N / / / / / / / / i '\ ES1.1 \ y, I ES1.1SBt / I .. \ / / / / t t + I / FEEDER DESCRIPTION \ � L-25 5 /T - - ET4�- - -- 41" 35.2V 100.3 (303,(i)l8 G.,IN 1-1/4"C. 4 - 50.3 t i k2V + _./ L-23 ❑ 1 L-32,34,38 1 O ❑ I d25.2 (2#12,(1pN2 G.,IN 1"C. `cr3O 3R 0 F_ ', 1 L-19 5 \ , �`•2 (2pt10,(ipf10 G.,IN 1"C. F ii , / TI 35.2V (2gt10,(1)!NO.,INN-C. UW O 50.2V (2pf8,(ipt10 G.,IN 1'C. 8,40,4 I - ES7.3 I 60.3 (3)18,(1)#10 G.,IN 1"C. 6 a ..3 L-39 / 50.4V (08,(1)it10 G.,IN 3/4"C. U) 50.2V I 65.2V (2#6,(1N18 G.,IN 1"C. G G �u 3 1(" CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE NOTES: _ I -ISOLATED GROUND m G PG C-3 \ - / \ \ 34.2 V-SIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP Z H 18 25.2 \ \ \3 2 1 \ S-SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM 3 \ I /3 \ \ \ x 1 U-SERVICE FROM UTILITY DPL-26,28,30 SBi SB1 ES2.3 / 1 O -7 \\ \\\\ 2 \ .1 ES2.1 S2.1 ( G p A DPL-25,27,29 ro 8 1 10013 8 \ \ / 3 L-4'�5 //// / / / �' / I\ \ \ \ 3 1 3R-ITiT 3R N� ^� \ \ \ / / , .., , '� \ n \L-2'I\ _ \ 3 SENI ENCLOSURE-ELECTRICAL \ \\"\ omv/',/�,',' / /',' ,'��' \ \'2 1"=20'-0" \ k\ / //' '/ / \ ,2 //'// / is T 3R - 4 S / / 1 p o \ \ (... <_,-+ ! s3 14 CONTRACTOR NOTE 3 tll \ k\`h CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND FAMILIARIZE \ 50AV \\ •,- -"'�- HIS/HERSELF WITH THE EXISTING COMMONS. MUFFIN MONSTER 3 15___ 3012� _._ -- � p�Gg _Nr CM �W-�- --- ES' C-6.8,10 INTERWORKS, P.A. ALE PLAN-ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN-ELECTRICAL-ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS _ SCALE: 1"=50'-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 1"-20'-0" PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:33"67-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES ?`' 1. SITE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF EASEMENTS, 7 ` UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 6 DRAINAGE BEFORE DRILLING POLE BASES. tr (TYPICAL) 2. THE INSTALLATION OF THE SITE LIGHTING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE `7Z.a,1,-.••` NOTE'. EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL HATCHED AREA DESIGNATION SHOWN ON PLAN IS OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES. MEANT TO REPRESENT THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM 7/6118 DISTANCES FOR THE EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF FOR THE 3. THE WIND-LOAD STRENGTH OF TOTAL POLEISUPPORT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE FUEL DISPENSERS.THE HATCH SHOWS A MINIMUM OF ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE COMPLETE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY AND LUMINAIRES 20'TO THE CLOSEST DISPENSER AND A MAXIMUM OF WITHOUT FAILURE,PERMANENT DEFLECTION,OR WHIPPING IN STEADY WINDS IN TO THE FURTHEST DISPENSER PER NFPA SECTION OF 80 MPH WITH A GUST FACTOR OF 1.3. 30A CHAPTER 6.7 REQUIREMENTS. 5' CD CD 4. LIGHT POLE BASES SHALL BE LOCATED -0'BEHIND CURB IN AUTO PARKING AREAS,AND 16-V BEHIND CURB IN TRUCK PARKING AREAS.BASES SHALL BE ' M IN-LINE WITH STRIPES BETWEEN PARKING SPACES. S. REFER TO SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN FOR FIXTURE ORIENTATION.FLOOD LIGHTS O fW0 OD MOUNTED ON HIGH MAST POLE SHOULD BE AIMED FOR BEST RESULTS. Z ~ W r 6. SYMBOLS ON THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY THESE J W=Z SYMBOLS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LL W O O 4- Z J W to O0C.0-3✓ KEYED NOTES Ia ao" 0 D FUEL SYSTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF BUTTON.SEE DETAIL 41E8. Y 1 I O2 SEE DETAIL 21ESI A FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION. I I 3O AREA OF COVERAGE FOR FUELING ESTOP SHUTOFF BUTTON.SEE NOTE x—x—x—x—x—x—x—x FOR DESIGNATION OF HATCHED AREA THIS SHEET. I + ® l x XI A- I. ® A- Z x , g w o I 1 x a I- M o w 0° x =x-1 v a Wz I 1 2 (TYPICAL) a 0 Y 0 U) J Ky � Lu Q x--x x—x—x—x—x—x—x—x—x—x�''- LL N Y. / / n / �p a♦i�.n+ / / / f L / A _.�, z o EMERGENCY ` } FUEL PROVIDE APPROPRIATE SHUTOFF FUEL ESTOP ` + I % qqq,,, i ❑ q ' I a EPERARTICLE BUTTON 2303.2 \ pJj ❑ ® ' '- 2393.2 OF APPLICABLE F- VERSION OF IFC \ `JC1-uYp'/ry, 9 U Z Ou - ( Z N 6 BOLLARD vvvVVV \ ° i h vvvvvw vv v i 's F / / k� (/' / ' / //f,' //// ///' v\\ \\ \\\\ Q Ull 92 ((I CONTRACTOR NOTE v Ti Nik,�",w'1' 1 2 _ _ CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND FAMILIARIZE .w...v.o, I ,�/��//�/f \\ \ HIS/HERSELF WITH THE EXISTING CONDMONS. SHEET:R PA&GIC FINISHED GRADE _"�" "`— �- - _ � --- � '-" ES1 .4 - I [i1 SITE PLAN - ELECTRICAL 77 -�- 2 FUEL E-STOP MOUNTING DETAIL ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS S1 SCALE: 1..=50'-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 S1. SCALE: N.T.S. PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 NOTE: Q =Z Oz _ _ THIS DRAWING IS TO BE USED AS A SCHEMATIC DRAWING. yco — IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC AND PRODUCT PIPING SUB—CONTRACTORS INSTALLING PRODUCT PIPING a LL AND FUEL SYSTEM TO FOLLOW ALL LOCAL, FEDERAL, m0 AND FIRE MARSHALL'S MANDATES, LAWS, AND REQUIREMENT'S. 0cc /// > LEGEND •/ • 2"AND 3" J —FIBERGLASS VENT/ FUEL EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON STAGE II PIPE —N%- -2"FIBERGLASS e AUTO DIESEL LINE Z M 3"AND 2" W Q W FIBERGLASS LOW Z f Q N SULFUR TRUCK ~Q�1n y DIESEL LINE } Q N W e 3'AND 2" J W Q Z FIBERGLASS ULTRA LL Z 1U LOW SULFUR TRUCK DIESEL LINE ~ Z O LL m Oi�� B100BUNEU55 J W ui0i> e a_ 0 x o• d DEF DEF 2'FIBERGLASS DEF Z DEF SHUT OFF BALL VALVES IN (UREA)LINE y SS SHROUD ON SIDE OF ,' 2"FIBERGLASS DISPENSER.(TYP.O EACH DEF s o , ——~~——_ SIPHON LINE DISPENSER) :'a.. 0� 'GI' 2"FIBERGLASS SATELLITE LINE a DISPENSER SUMPS WITH UNDER REGULAR UNLEADED 2"FIBERGLASS e ' nEc uc—ten— SHUT OFF BALL VALVES UNDER DISPENSER IN SUMP.(TYP.O GASOLINE LINE EACH DISPENSER) 2"FIBERGLASS 0� • v-Y-Y-SUPER UNLEADED GASOLINE LINE d' 7. • FUEL EMERGENCY I Z 5 STOP BUTTON *�r -i J 0 Z Z N / VEEDER ROOT TLS • ,« T. •r�. Z m SUMP&TANK MONRORING PANEL , �, JniT C Q U Z 00 FUEL EMERGENCY Q STOP BUTTON ADSL Ell I W Z J a 1Lu F � .• I I I D_ 11.1 0 B100 INJECTION SUMP/ FUEL EMERGENCY '..II II' �! I Q Q Y SHED WITH(14)VALVES. STOP BUTTON I (f I I li a Z Q TANK AB PRODUCT#4, SEE DETAILS ON PP5.2 «jl It CC RL 30,000 GALLON 8100, FOR VALVE OPERATION Q G Z SHUT OFF BALL VALVES. OPTIONS SUBMERSIBLE PUMP li 6 U ILL J ELECTRICAL BREAKERS III Hme,p, PANEL FP,(LOCATED IN O CD Q ELECTRICAL ROOM) +�' I O TANK#5 PRODUCT�3, O J 30,000 GALLON DIESEL,STP d ^ N AND SHUT OFF BALL VALVE. TANK�4 PRODUCT#3, �^ r 30,000 GALLON DIESEL,STP "I 1 I 1 II. AND SHUT OFF BALL VALVE. 71 «! lJ U lJ lJ �J yI TANK U PRODUCT SO _ SUPER UNLEADED GASOLINE 0. B4O00 GALLON PORTION OFIf� o TANK M3 PRODUCT M6, 2'0 0 GALLON SPLIT TANK, 12,000 GALLON PORTION STP AND SHUT OFF BALL OF SPLIT TANK,DEF, VALVE. DISCHARGE AND SHUT ••�.p N' OFF BALL VALVE. .. c TANK t.PRODUCT#1, � 0 W Z REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINE, 20,000 GALLON TANK,STP AND a SHUT OFF BALL VALVE. J W E O ��GAS DISPENSER SUMPS WITH G N \ 1 PRODUCT SHUT OFF BALL VALVE UNDER DISPENSER IN SUMP. o. (TYP.O EACH DISPENSER) —K—� r0 r 40 •° P'" ! FUEL EMERGENCY j ° STOP BUTTON PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT SCALL: 1" = 20' °6 ' I SHEET: FUEL EMERGENCY NV Id STOP BUTTON p p 1 o I ■ _ W 0 ai O W 2 _ a3 m a R 0 mO W F D:N r----- --� CAMERAS TO BE MOUNTED ON S1DE OF ' ® ® ® BUMPOUT(TYPICAL) I o O� W a w 10 1 ACT1 1 i rn O f qx J D a Z 9_6 11-0" O LL p O r AGT2 O _ r1 0C7cJro Lo' o^ --- J rn m a WO "X ;jH 8-0 8_0^ 6ry0 H.P.® 5.1 Z _oEAD 3 " 0" O HEADER 9�e A 1 2 ACT1 Li AC_ ACT2 9 6 ER N LLHORN TOP CORNEBU R OF 11'-:1• OOLER -0 8. OO 7-4' INSTALL MIN 6'SECTION OF SOFFIT 2 UNISTRUT®12"ABOVE CEILING SOFFIT _SEE DETAIL 13/A3.1 9._6. CEILING SUPPORT LOCATED E ACT2 O --- 12"ABOVE CEILING(TYP.) ` 9•-6" ACT 8'- 11 °" 5 LIGHTING IN g 9'-8" A 1 .COOLER III ACT2 2 SOF IT . A. I � 10'-10" J • • • • • ,•. HEADER j z m N 1C[ e-° / 3 CT � 7•_4" ACTT 2°• "g" , ._p. /W� � 2 SOFFIT , / •/ COOLER IN W U Z a 90FFIT o / / COOLER BELOW-, V Z a • • • __ � � • • • • • I o w 0. w wz OFFIT / „'- i • • • t -- • • T4 • • • ' A 2 O 6._ I ABOVE W a 0 ~01-10, U' •� A 4 O HEADER SOFFIT _ ` 2 Z r • • • • • • • • • I LL ( J cD w • • • • • • • • • • C • \) • COOL G INR I00 O a ® ACT2 Q J • • • • • • • • • • • • -o -- j LJ � 16 {erg • • • • • • • • • • • • g Acz L._ I ® O - 1 • • • • • GT4 • • • • • • • • HEADER 8" OPEN 0 m w SOFFIT • • • • • • • • C • ) • • • = Z • • • • • • • • • / • • • ACT2 foR 14'-,�" ® O HEADER r 8 • • • • • • • • • • • • - - -- W 0 F ® I Bra + • • • • • a • • • • • • 11•- 7 AD a ACT1 6 HEADER _p. In W E J Lu • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 o. OPEN Y 0 I m _ ACT -6" _ ZL_ r to w= 0 L J zf SOFFIT 0 s. a w o � CEILING SYMBOLS PLAN LEGEND 1'-0'x 4'-0' 0 aoo 2'-0"z 4'-0" H.V.A.C. SHOWER CEILING �p EXTERIOR INSULATED \ RECESSED DIFFUSER PENDANT- TO BE 6"x6" FRAME WALL M r LED FIXTURE DIFNSER MOUNTED ppRCELAIN CERAMIC o 0 FLUORESCENT TILE WITH DIAGONAL INTERIOR PARTITION FIXTURE PATTERN-GROUT NON-INSULATED ` m� EXHAUST AND TILE TO MATCH Hera"�� ,'-0" 4'-0' FAN SURFACE MOUNTED WALL TILE LEDGESTONE VENEER SURFACE- DIFFUSER EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT ® SCONCE WALL PACK WALL TO DECK FIXTURE G005-N ECG( LIGHTING Q SEE NOTES ON A1.2 LIGHT F.XTURE �J EXIT LIGHT& FIXTURE �ry,�n� 8"x 2'-0' SIGNAGE m SHEET: •'_i WALL MOUNTED C= r-- ,'_p•x,•_ID p� /� p1 �� LIGHT FIXTURE WALK-IN WALL ER GD�/GI� rl..lylr CENTER OVER SINKS HANGING SIGN INTERCOM RECESSED LED ■ AT RECESSED ® SPEAKER- LIGHT FIXTURE 3/16" = 1"-OT DOWNUGHT L__j PROVIDED & O 18 GA STUDS 012"O.C. INSTALLED WALL MOUNTED AT ALL SHOWER STALLS. SUPPLY � BY OTHERS CAMERA � SEE DETAILS ON A9.2 DIFFUSER 6"CEILNG RECESSED ARBYS EXTERIOR DOWNLIGHT ® WALL SCONCE FO OUR FIRE WALL SEE NOTES ON A1.2 =_ w of C w O= mN. ¢Q N a3 'no w Oa n ¢H- 8°RWL DOWN SEE SITE ,` 4 8°RWL DOWN SEE SITE $ m ° PLAN FOR CONTINUATION °' q' b �} § PLAN FOR CONTINUATION O OVERFLOW SCUPPER R OVERFLOW SCUPPER 7 n SEE DETAIL 8/A4.1 LOPE T \ SLOPE SEE DETAIL 8/A4.1 Z.Q W 1 Ov �D —_ 7REHR:.ELOW RD-1RD-1 18'-0°TA.F' ZD_'Wa O ¢ o Q N Z fROOF DRAINS SEE LLLL W Z W n U DETAIL I/A4.1 U 0 O F- rFREZER BELOW ___ J w 79'�°T.OF. fI ....I O W R OF J LU N J_ COOLER 1 REFER OD DETAIL Q. N XO EBDETAL O SONDDEN FRS. Y 7/A4.1' EE 2/" - *PADS(TYP) 10 0" CLEAR fTYP.) MINE 1 COOL�R 6&PADS ) EF 4 BELO II I I I I I I 11 I I I� ! ! FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE I ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3 1/2" SEE D AIL ! 1 INSTAL CRICKETS CUT FROM RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL I I 15/�® DfTAPER DEDGERIP AT UPHILL !SDE FALLCURBS P. WA E-ltl,O E+F I I I SEE�OEwR I HOOD SATELLITE P D 2/A�.1 BELO SEE DETAIL AND SATELLI E I 5/A4.1 III 18'-O'T.O.F. Q 1 I I F T -"I W 0 HOODSI I BELOW I L___L�—__JJ J M INST L CRICKETS gl1T FROM WALK-IN COOLER Z m N } TAP RED EDGE STRI S AT UPHI BELOW r SIDE OF ALL CURB W 00 CT 1 01 1 1 ICE MAKER I J O Q / 1 FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE CONDENSER. LL Z / w ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3 i/2' i ! SEE OETAIL EE DETAIL O Q } E RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL 01 / / ) 5/A4.1 O J W 0 "I Ili L-- -J WALK PADS(TYP) OPEN AIR III EF 3 Z cdNOENSER. I I I 2 J I SEE DETAIL0 f �j SLOPE 1 9� 2/A4., El-5 O O C Q 11 ? S/AaEE ,�IL N sDETn - O d N z9'-w T.O.F. I 10-10" _JFOUNTAIN ICE MAKER BELOW \\\\ SEE DEliIL OUNTAJN ICE �\\\ \a� ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3B/2E CLEAR�Typ.) 5/A4.1 CSNEDEDNSAR. RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL Eh INSTAL CRICKETS C FROM SEE DETAIL 2/p4.1 TAPER D EDGE STRIP AT UPHILL 10-O" SIDE QF ALL CURBS TYP. INSTALL(CRICKETS CUT OOM ! CONDENSER.I I SEE DETAIL TAPE REp EDGE STRIPS ppT UPHILL CLEAR (TYP.) O 5�'A4.1 �� O SIDE REP ALL CURBS ttP, SEE DETAIL c ? 2/A4.7 M O FOUNTAIN ICE MAKER BELOW( I ° FOUNTAIN ICE a U Z ( MAKER BLOW 1 .aLUp w< o 0 a U v ^ L f SLOPE TA.F. J O E I � 2� 1 18'-0'TAX. m — —1 T SLOPE o Q3 N W N c > o � uJ � W Q F M � Q 0 ROOF L ND ®, AREA TO ROAN CLEAR OF ALL flw••L„�, ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT(MIN. 10'-0' F FROM PARAPETS AND ROOF EDGES). �j PLA /i� - THIS KNCES 6U EQUIPMENT OF SHEET: ANY NO LUD NO IXCEPTIONS!lr A4 so 5] w z z F'� a w 0- _ ————— ————————————————— Q LL 160 \ N FREEZER ® ] ®1fe,2 2 i/V OLE I ] ] ~ / ®/� g ul � ] � � \ / 4 14 id 4 1 ■ - n 2 N 24 48 24/48 ] ] / V. h 4H 4H EMPLOYE / \ E Ig ] EMPLBOS SEE BREAKR00 \ / / 1 FW / FREAmR EZER 1 nc 1 nc n]c ® G-�J I — Lg`J- —i — z❑W ® COOLER L_—— ❑❑ 56 /SHfiWERI 8 b p QWER I SHVEf J b IsHQWER 1 Z W 7 24/49' 24/8 28 INSTALL STNNLESB STEEL 1 RRI��1 I 66®ZZ I ii1033 I L11111 Q N Z r 4H 4H I I PANEL ON 1 WALL AND \ / \ / \ I / \ / --I a¢z w 1�sC EXTEND IT 18'PAST HOOD \ / \ / \ / \ U- W Z W N i T/c 1T/C i]]C 1]]C I I ON BOTH SIDS.PANEL 24 2 ❑O H- © I PROVIDE W/uoCC( P 4 Q Q © Q ~ 2- LLl b 5 e —"'I u9>E u`°i S $�$ S'i m 0 24 4B 24/48 �� Y ] ] ] 72 I Q SH R ...I N lon'J 4H 411 24/� '® N ® n ] ]REP I sa ]1 (�, GRILL(MECH 4H 2b O 8 11 I TO SPEC) a ❑ O OB1 R p 94 91 5g 2] 2] 2] O$ 5C 2OLE 4/M481 ] 24 9T 4H 2X AD O IDAAWI(N34ER5 ARE �I ^O . . .. �} ] ___ 92 g3 60 24/48 I 90 \ 32 =(g) c. ] 89 _ �L� ° IESK]s I --J O vs I. 91 b ® 5 ARGEAG r----� 9 qq II 91 24 © 4 e © ] J L----J 8 (1)54°x102°IXHAU 3 I 92 I ■3 ® ALK IN, v H0005.REFER TO HOOD 2 90 C RLpEGR ] 6 DRAWINGS FOR REQUIR ® I ]9 _ 19 SEE SHEE AB3 g /I Re Ps k� uu 1 21 ° I: Q 0 8 © I aB "u ©�T°Rr r74]B l 92 I. 1 24 Q 22 (52) Q 4 I 9t g 78 41, . II e o / ERVIC 1 ,a9B�.�a9a o�'°o / / 4 ® z2 0 6 4 m 1 Y n g,, I I _ �(71!r -�r-� 1_-',03. % /- \ I I T rsooM (J■� L �rJL J;J 1c �/ m(at�11 - -- I xmhw P W � � `y e1 ts3c 133c _— 1G I a 11 10 1 ® 11 ®■ 1 W J 0 j 'LEF_IZ IIILL 5a 133B 133B we Q I.IJ H 68 ) 33A 1 s 5 13 r CL—— J -- 16 133E f33B TING 10 0 12 10 — OI I �n' Q Y F. B 10 T 7 DRNEHRU b 133C 133C 42O �133G 33 TKIE __ ■ LU COC r �L Z BT L ® 48 1338 133E 1 16 ] 9A 5 I ~ � C 9 _ ]b _ � 13 1 13 1 C1 G5 I j � I -7 O � Q I ELECTRICAL 1338 133C 1338 1 _ b8 _ _ _ �-�- ■ O 0 �Y e SER ICE I - 1yTg 1338 1 II II / C1 Eo �_�.` LA'■� 133E 133C 133C 133C 1338 � yj, J I� _ / 80 / IrrI��II a 1 1 133B i 133B 1338 133B 133E � C9 I I � 1 1 ■ i 1 I� 133° 133C 133C ® 4A 4 90 I I ]5 / 1S1C y 92 \ 9A 2 DINT G 733B 133B 1338 133E 133E i3JB _—_— ♦♦' 4A 1B \ BL I 5]A C ♦ E S T.V. _ ♦ WOM N I 9 9 ■ TS ` ROOM w TOILET T- �1� BE'1 5K 5L BK 6N B 8K 9L 8K 9E 9F 16 22 l 28 Z 1338 133B 133E 133B 133B 133B //—`\ 3C 3C 3C O ip \\ / O O II 128A FRONNT7 \ ��NT I I M 91 \\ ] i OBULE i FACCESSN - � ■ o 95 \ Fa i R 33 L�J o 1 SIDE L) Z VESTIBULE W O 0 Q. a z m L_ -- ———————J ————————————————- = W E J ❑ E 5] ❑ U BO m � 9c q 3 uj a:'..a ❑ ziz_ o W EQUIPMENT PLAN A5 3/16^ _ -0 O Q o 0 0 0 ❑.000 SHEET: -o W 11 W zZ <3 Ed 0 r Q(A dl O CO 7 r � z UW W°aw Z �0ym TRAVEL CENTER EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1. ' } a y z MOO , COMRAm_TA SRPE/RUNIER 116y,.,Bdrt J n Q W ,G° I CASH MONIw LL w z W DO u.ra GI DESWIPRW MAN.-M.ACTUTEa MODEL NuueES TEwaKs ELLLTRc cN WA- WE 1G] 1 aA,MRwINE � 0 O r 1B 1 COW B¢ERADE B1R ME- OL410M WOOD CAN FIMY WR,FOUD STIR TOP IMS, , EMKOEFE DOS(COUNTER-W NEWD CURRICIA WOW CABINETRY WITH UMIN1TE TOP-WNGTN TO PIT z J W N 1m 1 CLASS U.dSPIAY VERCA-GAFO VO-CJSRoM- RETNC 1-UNIT 12M 10,12OW 1WA 1 ARBYS OFFICE COUNTER-30' NEWD CUSTOM WOOD OAKNETRY"WIIMA TOP-LENGTH TO FIT O EA N ED J_ 1P 1 -N-CASE SOUTHERN GSVRIS OBA-WX-GiTE-AdU RIBA,edit,a- 111 1 MONITOR/IRYPAD/CPU W/WNl-MWN1Ed MONITOR ERIC—THUS COUNTER 116V,I..WIN,. W N 5. 1YC 1 33•X48'HEPTA INDUCTON WARMER ASSEMBLY CONE CUSTOM (7)COOKIE%Beet-U2 2W/26W,11,SO^/°OHz Gow21. 11S 1 WNI(/11WNING/SUBWAY/EAIRdrtE qWK RLbT O EIECIRONO HOTOOG ROLLER GRILL RAR SOSCBDE 12DV,1RA ,'a 1 CHNR/IRNNING/PREYS/EMPLOYEE OCEK FlLOT z 1'. t TANK LeIEL MONT CR PANEL YSEIIER-ROOT PTIOXCFD BY OWNER-COWUR BY CIXRRCTdt 118V.10.300, Y WILL ENECE GUAAO CONCEPTS PFJ-BO FOR STAR HOT DOG ROLLER GRILL 117 1 TUNER/TARE W ER/AMPLIFIER P/bp PATO/L INSTALLED BY CO MINIGTIONS SUPRIER 11bV,11,Bdu 3 ICFO COFFEE CUP/UD MOWER PIASDC AND PRCOUCDI -tt414 BU( USED FOR ICED COFFEE eu N BaRD EEn RLR 4 2 POST MIX RICE DISPENSER CORN¢US XXGRLFUSION 82115 6 MBE ICE:PRWOE WIOH WATER EVER AND NON-CARBONATED HEW ON LEFT SIDE 12IY.1..30Nz.9A1 //22 i26 , 1B•BAR COUMRFR NEWD D-11 1W OF CWNIFR 42•AD1(W AF.I RK ADP) IA 2 ICE WNER °W ROOF TISMIN EHl225L-1A CUBE ICE REMOTE CONDENSER ON 11Kt 11,ed¢ FlLTERW aN 12BA 2 1'RSx RECEPTACLE P wG D FO102/W1010E WITH-RNM R mONll¢UO CORE U1R1AlE S , -STANDING CONDIMENT 5'TAN. N- CUSTOM WOOD CHINE RY WITH COW SURFACE TOP 12DV,t1.WM IN FLOOR 1. 4 METAL BAR STOOL PLYMOLD BB013ALGS USED IN Nz.B2A DRIIEAS LOUNGE(a-RNSH) SN 1 21'HOT TEARACY PROVOED BY OWNER I- 6 PAWS BARROOL PUXRLD ES2OW LLSED IN SEAnNO AREA(ONVN112Ep) EL 1 e wTMv1 HACK PROWOFO ar OWNER 133E 34 PARR CHAR PLYLb1D -1. USED IN EEKD.AKA,(°ALWNDED) ISM 1 MUTED SPLAY VENCO 116V. 133C 12 21-%24•BUTCHER BEOCK TAKE PLHMIID 26p ,/2162230 USED IN SENDING AREA(WHITE O K-NATURAL) DI CaISE FO W%4P AM BUTCHER BLOCK iIBLE PLMIOW 3DDd1BB01/I182130 USED IN SE/.TRO AREA(WHITE 6V(-NANR4) EN 1 COW BTEW DISPERSER DISPIAY SOUTIERN IMPERN. ASS' 13W I 3VA4'IN OC TONER BCI(COMMUNT W0B8 B4ro n•TABLE PLYMOLD G,/EP200'T/ USED IN BIDDING AREA 421,W/B DDWN OW POST n ON ;-N) 12M 80 10 .E., 1 FTOTEN BEIERICE DISPENSER ICEE P3 3B CFBBONATED-3 HEAD 23DV.10,WA.NELO 1-630-R FUL1ao 133I. BUTCHER BLOCK COUNTERTOP WH X 18T X VNOES Pv'MOLD CWRM USED IN SEAM.AREA(W.ON(-N)a B1dtSPUAI 12W.- BK 1 CARPUCCw DISPENSER EUNN WIN-eSi PRODUCT j3BIOOAOBO-e HOPPERS t2UY,11,°OIIz,18OOW,IRA 1/T FILTER 148 6-nES_OK Am STORAGE SOLUTIONS 121W.,S'D.SON W/t£K NID ALMOND FlNIS1 K , ERE�, SUIPLORY BUBSEN MINI-TWIN CRATHOO CS-2E-18-3 DUAL COWL FW HORGIATA AND LEMONADE 115V,11•° 3.M 141 STACKED WASHER/DaYER-COIN OPERATED mAl. MLE/MLDMPR FlOM tMOMG-COLOR WINE 12M,WM 100° 1/2.H R c N BM I AMP._a-SINGLE FOWL CRATHOO CE-tD-le ANGLE BM1L Fdt COW BREW 116V.IA..n a.M 1. 1 DOUBLE STbED CLONES ORDER-COIN OPERATED "I. MLE/MLDzd+D FONT LOAONO-COLW WHITE 120/2br,BOM1z TOO° BA 2 STATION CRFNA.-a. WHRMVE Tib 1-,2M - I LAUNDRY COUNTER N¢OO CUSTOM DUAL COFFEE BREWBi BONA 51WODID1 1M/2WV.11,BOHz TRA PI14, HONING CLOTHES ROD ®HOLEY Bei-0%20OO USED IN.-LMWIDRY:% LENS,,MOUNT S-e AF.F. '4AU 2 WASHER MOOSE V11NOR0 FIRM. PAW _NT_N. 120V,aoI,10.ISA - 3/L'H R c BE I DUN-PER GRNOER BUNN W.SUN 12CV,SINGLE PHASE,ffl z IIA YES __ IT RF - HE COFFEE BFNI HOPPER RAW BONN WUS E STACOD CLOTHES DRYER MOUSE LAUNDRY) MAY MLG48Poa FROM,WAKNC-CdAR WHTE 1TDV,60Hq 20.A 2HUDDR, BK 2 BEAR TO CUP COFFEE SEWER 9CWFRER COFFEE IRA PLUS 3 deNDER 2DBV if 6GH2.2OA.NEIA Le-WR iRA' AN W HEATED MOWING CABIHER HENNY PENNY HHC-1W W/f/51¢6 iT1YV,11,em;fY .. HIDING CABINET OWN, HCIOOO-H2 UNDER COUNTER.S-2W 12DV,10.BONA—22OOW Ile HlC L BVN ro CUP COFFEE BREWER 3-GPoNO]i SDI R -.1-OOO2IW3 OIE1L DISPENSERS WBV,10.6d,2To1.NRA LB-TOO FIi/ROC id CHEF COWL RA 0- N OH HH 2W-TddA 10.bM B 1 FlUE N g,x T NFBO CH E TCH OVETI TIEEO CHEF 96OO-1 °WBIE STKXEO 0 MICROWAVE OVEN IAWuW W10D2 110UM IN DRINK BAR COUNTER 12W,WNz,16.CA _ -On CONVFCTCN OVEN BWOOER DFG-IOD%d NLL SOE DUAL FLOW "UPI.1.•90M,1M 11a UNDERCOUNTER REFTUGERATOR a--MR BORTm ey 1.,30Nz.RENA a,eP EWLMON E1JE EEG t42 3/4'M4�1NRRION 1TW,f1,edv,122A BAN 14F COUN¢RIOP WLDME L APED w_ RTR-4 " 128V,1.•-1 1. �1 FRYER Lu I. COUNTERTOP MCRONAVE OWEN AM" W1uW MOUNT ON WINK OAR COUNTER I=BONz.I- 5 4C t b'FOOD PREP RILE BEVERAGE NR 9'EAe-1XMSR 115V.1'.EOM.S.M � J M 12 WIGNO CHP/CHEEWGHU DISPENSER GEHL5 Bud( I20Y.2WW,,.]A 50.4J F000 PRfP TAKE BOVEP16E-NR SPEN-IBM STWNESS STEEL Up 116V.1',OOM.S.W Z coi NAPNIN DISPENSER PROVIDED.OW ER 1161A 2 4B'%W'SONLESS STEEL TARLE NELW W MLM N 134 FORK DISPENSER CEOXGM-PAOFlC SSFDt. 1E1J 1 42•X 4Y x 3d'H STNNLESs STEEL W4I STAFO TRAIN STAINLESS 42F3-42-EEC-14-G-MOD co SPOON dSPFNSFR GFORC(6-PACIFIC SSSPD120 WDRIDDP FREE3FR MASTER-HILT MFOF-xB 11 N,&WA U Z KNIFE OSPENSER GEORdA-PAGFlC SI(P019] WORKICP FliEE2ER(38� BEVERM.E MR UCF3M 3'USEaS 11BV.10.e.°A Q iC CHENGL DISPERSING SYSTEM JOHNBON G= ^ 111 ONE c,MPASOJENT DROP IN HNOSNK Wm1 FAUCET -1 TAKCO p1-1-f0 STNNIEIS SIEEL-USW ONLY AT DEU I/2'y O MOP RACK °KIBSERMA•0 111496 11 EON.-COLOR 1NDW ❑ Ei ANI ^ > Z 18 ONE COMPARNLu ENT CLOP IN HWOEINK WITH FAUCET ADVANCE TABCO D1-1-28 STNNESS RE¢-USED AT CURNERE DESK AND G NNISON 1/2'N OR 1 2 HOES RACK I.L COL D WELL TOP CONDIMENT RAFJ( PROVIDED BY OWNER EYEWASH STATION SPEXNIM SEF-8000 W OO RANI TEA BREWER(DOUBLE) R¢OLNION IN SO-1OO1w DISPENSER CIUNDEER/. f035 R DRIP TRAY J60-104T.MOUNT fl,VI 4 CUT—VNVES UNDER COUNTER FOR Gtt i/2' COW WAItR Fl TER 3M DP2Bo' _N_HW �'��p/�N IN SYSTEM BJNN-O-MAnc Hex 63680.0003 N_EIEES,R AS NO H LOW'FAUCET OPOPTION24DV,38Hz.10.13.BA W V/ SEC 1 3k16'SYRUP RINK(TEA) PROVIDED BY OWNER LTORW 1I'D 1 AN CpIPRESOOR SPEEONRE 1Woea PROVIDED WY SLOT,MSTALLW BY C.C.C, 20SY,3m,5 HP MOTOR 0 WB , I¢OSFENSES(ICED COFFEE) CORR¢lUE IMD 9Xo-teNPB 11 DV,BOM,1W 182 a OIITDOOR 9FATM0 PAGO,GE PRpRpED ID OWNER E-TH ` V, 21. 1 RERMNOER SINGLE AT W,SRI— 2 .1. 2Tp Fl 1. a BACK EXTERKXt METH TRASH COWANER/UD SITEW SES,INC DV2-2000-PF (W -W- )UD PF BOTHO BY OWNER NO D OWNER r y� M° 18 COOLER DOOR*A'-BALLlSR ANIHOW EUMIMTW 2 Ilm FORA,11 O Q %N•%eB'4WDOu 8H¢Y1No UNITCD �1B'%3C x 68'WNDCu FND GP 15 2e'X 36•%IIIN COOLER SHELWNG UNIT PFl .1 Bl'TALL21 IDI J Q P FR,W, PROVIDED ID NG,INSCMLID BY 1. 4 RRRIGNIN TXU 55OR MASTER-ILT MHH U MF HP W/3 COLS CONTRKTCR 190 uWNN STRIP DOOR NEW dFOR-VNU IMPAd'IOR �y N DINECROIN a.- 9ON EUPFlJER CUSTOM IFEU SIOd(WSTER T!7 EH¢WW SYSTEM PR 341 4ROWER MONITOR BY OWNER PROAOED SY OWNER _ 4 SmCI(MIISIER(B1CN)SHELVMD SYSTEM PFl MT SCREEN TELENSON EY OWNER PRMDE➢BY OWNER 24•X 33'DRY STORAGE AELNN° RORIEC W/4 SHELVES(TW'PICA) da-OEWAY SCREEN ER'OWNER WALL AND CRUNG MOUNTED 11DV Liar L'%3B'COOLER SH¢WNC MErgo N0243ec MEmOMAt(G Sn YFS W/OIUo IMP u'DIWN a-SCREEN K GWNEH WAIL AND CENNO MOONED 12AN T 1e w X.1 DRY-E.-N. KORIEC W/4 EN¢VFS OYPICi1J Td'OpRN DISPUY SCREEN-FUEL E-SOP BY OWNER PRWDW BY OWNER 120V 24•X N'COOER SH NNG HERD M.- MEIROM.0 SI-W/ORD MAT IF l ME MAGHW W/RN AND CNFT DEVI_EG 4 TDE'ATM' •• AT11 MACHINE TRITON PLBOOO REWIRES TELEPHONE UNE 115V,1.,Fd 2M Z0DO W MBE ICE MACHINE 9 WAR C 45 R-3TA REOTE CONDENSERS ON ROOF _i 1•WWNER k le FIL N Z m .F.ACCFBBBLE ENTRY AON. OESAN TO MEET A➢A RESUunONS 1L'X 36'COAL-MINED WINE SHELF SIORM1O P¢Y-2-WE ADIUSTABIE CANDLEVER.IEWIOM TO FIT C 1 T/C I e 5 2a X e LICDIE RRTROON SON(HENS AND WOMENi DESION TO MEET ADA REDUIA ONS L-2... 14'X W WKL-M UNTED WIRE SHELF SIORIEC P0.Y-Z_ ADJUSTIBIE CANDLEVER,LEN-TO O .F.MCESABLE SHOWER SON DESCH TO MEET ADA REGULARONS WALL IROI SCOOPS smElA KR GROUP cI INTERMTIOM SNABOL OF AGCESS a. FRENCH TO MEET ADA REOUunONS 3 COLIPARTME.ANX WANDER POWER FON NOS:E EOTRW. W W N (1b10RJ ON L W R 2OO-2WY,IJM,2M,11 AND r E%IEflIW ICE MEBOHNIDISER POLAR EWOOOW 11 DV,1RA 232E 1 EP WAEH SINK(n'%W� AD WE iABCA KME-LIB-WBWRR ' O b1 co2 RORAE TAI OR/WHM(ION UGUIDATOR MsdLLFO Br AUTN TED VENDED HOT S COW O r 6. t SIATWNL"M""`(W//JONncEUD MAPLE SATWNL NE- CUSTOM 4'X 3'SHEETS 236 2 U. d BETWEEN) 246 b DRINK SYSIEN/MG-N-BO% BEVERAGE SUPRIER W/MRIKNNTdW ON SHELF IBgE 116V,soz u /2'FILTER ES I SAE£-RESTAURANT OFF,(£ WTALRNE BOLT SAFE TO FLOW-NOTCH WUNER AR RM IN FEW TES, I SE OCDNcuSHER I^, 71 1 TRUCK CASHERS-ES COUNTER WOOD NE= Cui CABINETS'WHIN SOUR SURFACE TOP 2F. a Fl LEND SNN KROWNE METAL NS-2 1/2'H = W E 1 COUNER NELOD CuROM WOOD CABINETRY WTH SOUO SURFACE TOP 281 2 MULn-DISPLAY TINES FRNCE CASTLE LLO lYr-HM13 MOUNT TO HWO 1OO_2bV,3dlz,1A p.1p Q o TS 1 INTERCOM MRRWHONE E.SS.TELEX MP)63 INERNLID BY OWNER ICE TL L LT Z U M 1 RECOPY PRINTER 116V,f1.e0M 2] R - T 0 d1ARGE CARD S%1PE/PRNTCR T¢EPHONE WNNECWN INsrNxED BY PILOT t1W.1.,OONz MEP 1 ]8 TO EL OISPE SE l m (() u R 28 L z C B2B 2'RIDE MOONED OTP CASE ASSEMBLY HARBOR INDLETRES T•FLEX FRAME II COUNTER TOP UNIT PROADED ID OWNER 115V,10,emz,1.eA _ �j W vp w EUDD 2 4'WIDE MOUNTED CIGAR=CASE ASSEMBLY HARBOR INOUSDIES 4'FEE%FRNIE II COUNTER TOW UNIT PROAOED RV OWNER 116V,11.eONz 1.M 3 3 4 I Y WIDE MOUNTED COPE CASE ASSENE.Y HARBOR INDUSTRIES 4'FEE%ERNE II NLL HEIGHT UNIT PROMUED W OWNER 11 DV,11.eORv.1. Q Po ° °�B M US EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE °, s 01 a DISH WRAP COUNTERTOP MERCHAM1sER Nh MUTE DISPLAY dsaur TOP sEruP t2(N O K ARK QW.ITS DESCRP110N UFAC URE MODEL NUMBER REMARKS ELECTRIC GAS 01A z Gv1 WIMP FLOOR MIOHWIDISm W.L.OISELAT dSRAY BOTTOM SETS, 12DV WATER 5 R t- C1 7 CI ON SALES C,F TER NELCO CUSTOM OD CABINETRY ITH SOUR SURFACE TOP 7 02 ° MWWR/KEY'PAO TIENCAR C1A 7 GLASS SNEEZE GUARD NELCO CUSTOM W ES T CA9H WRAP COW&1REL MERCwNOISRt MIBTNO FARRGnNG COWRAGTOTt TO DRILL 1-1/2•0 HOLE UNDER HORIEOWN FACE OF TGE OW FOR POWER CO- 12w Q2B 1 INTERIOR CINNABON SIGN 0-ILLU TEO MOUNTED TO CABINET C4 2 WIRE UNDERCOUNIER SHELVING 18 X 30 EAGLE GROUP 1B30V 14 1 SCALE CWCOIE/PRINTER PFOWIOED k INSTALLED BY SGVE COMPANY 11°V,11,3W¢ W W W Gp SEE I SCALE SURVEILLANCE MOITOR "Sy.'A FORA C5 1 OVEN.MICROWAVE AMANA tD10MP 10W WATTS) 20V,10, W .- C8 1 HOT PLATE HAT!D CARS-38-I 20V, /,5I8 WATTS r F- \ a 1 FAY/COREa C8 1 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR EEZER RANOELL FX-1UC 115V,3. Q r t`Ia r M O O O O CO 1 CONVECTION CABINET LANG LOCATED ON UNOOF'ER CABINET REFRRIGERWTOR EEZER Q \' BB 1 IbNEr OROES MAGIINE 113V.11.eGM C10 1 CONVECTION OVEN WIG LOCATED ON PROCESS CABINET 20RV,if,0].5A O O O O O 101 1 CHARGE FONT M_ C11 1 UNDEROOUNTER REFRIGERATOR SILVER KING SKR2] C2 116V BOhz 1PHARE NEIM 5-15P 1. SCANNER ttDV,10.eonz C12 1 24 "SHELF NELCO TO BE MOUNTED 42"A.F.F. co ®H 103 ORDER KIWI(/ISSEM¢T dTA OUTLET REOdREB 115V 111,eONz C75 NOT USED nwrnnxP+ t Oit 3 KPs ISM MOUNT ASSEMBLY NW CATA OUT l'REQUIRED 110V 11 a C1B 1 D S SHROUD yANDU54RR 8500-322 W GRPPHIC E D HOLDER Ci9 1 DISPLAY STAND SHEET: A5. 1 1"X2"TRIM - PAINT SHERWIN VINYL WALL GRAPHIC - NOTE: z WILLIAMS„#SW6884'SABLE' WOLF GORDON, G 9061643, THIS SHEET IS FOR GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE p -p FLAT E EL STRINGS PITCH BLACK USED FOR CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT. ALL DIMENSIONS, EQUIPMENT AND FINISHES z � ARE TO BE BUILT/INSTALLED AS IDENTIFIED IN THE FLOOR, CEILING, AND W $_ KOROSEAL DESERT SAND EQUIPMENT PLANS AND RELATED DETAILS. VERIFY ANY CONFLICTING INFORMATION WALLLC�IINN0�45fE0 PEPPER' 2 WITH PILOT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK. ¢ g; am O 1"W TRIM - PAINT SHERWIN �IINYL WALL GRAPHIC - 01 F , WILLIAMS JSW6864 'SABLE' WOLF GORDON, G 9061643, a W FLAT ENAMEL STRINGS PITCH BLACK I I - / ✓� m EQ EQ 7 H M SOUD WOOD WALL BOARDS ('W G W APA GRAPHICS 96"x8"PLANKS Z 2 0 N co W n QNZ Z a D LLL,Lu G O fu BLOCKING AT a1 N'S— / iv O C7 -i 00 AND MONITORS (TYP.) d o�X N O Z Y N TILE COVEBASE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- % TILE COVEBASE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- APA GRAPHICS 96"x8"PLANKS / CROSSVILLE- COLOR BY APA GRAPHICS 96'x8"PLANKS BERS WTo2 ALL INTERIOR FINISHES T1)M'(GLOSS 4"x'lEA FOR PILOT ARBY'S IN VESTIBLE TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- �F1 TYP.ARBY'S VESTIBULE ELEVATION ry,'r0 w' FINISHES FINISHES APA GRAPHICS 98'x8"PLANKS A10 / �� EL�ATM\ SCALE: 3 8" = 1'-0" � 1D SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 1� EQ, EQ. CROSSVILLE- COLOR BY WHITE CHANNEL LEI m >> 2 NUMBERS WT02 'TEA FOR A3. PAINT- SHERWIN WILLIAMS TM854 LrERRY OATTO' F T_� 2 o SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- A APA GRAPHICS 96"x6"PLANKS 7LLj d � Q � J M Z mN ----T- -ii---��----F------�i----- fir----ii--- - --� l � W H � I ii II jl jj II p l C� Z Q i-- i', ii II I; -- - - 00 J a ?� W z srAINLEss COUNTERTOP PANT - SCHERR WILLIAMS W ' } TOMATO' FLAT�ENAMEL o O W ' ,- J _O OO m F� I_ � Z CD _= j'r-- __, _==1111 J O (o a ;' I' III W lV il TILE COVEBASE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS --- SERVICE COUNTER SERVICE COUNTER 6"STAINLESS BASE CROSSVILLE-COLOR BY APA GRAPHICS 98"x8"PLANKS NUMBERS Wro2 'TEA FOR NOTE:THIS SECDON OF TILE TO BE TWO-(GLOSS 4"x87 INFlLLED WITHIN THE SERVICE e FRONT SERVW ELEVATION COUNTER.SEE DEraL E/AIO. A1G SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-O" 2 s 2 0 M 0 SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS TAPA GRAPHICS 96-X6-PLANKS 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD - PAINT CROSSVILLE- COLOR BY -6/8"GYPSUM WALL BOARD - PAINTW C NUMBERS WT02 'TEA FOR #sW7038 "TONY TAUPE`FLIT ENAMEL H #SW1123 NAVAJO WHITE' (TYP.) TWO"(GLOSS 4"x87 0 0. a a 0: U y rn = W Ei � O o r z Fn SOUD WOOD WALL BOARDS io APA GRAPHICS 9rW PLANKSCROSWULE r° o _I (ALL SIDES) NUMBERS - COLOR BY Wroz 'TEA FOR NUMBE ATTACH 13ACKERBOARD AS N >- b TWO"(GLOSS 4"x8') RCABBN�D TO SURFACE OF o o `D STAINLESS COUNTERTOP < Q\\ D o 0 I I 59-1 1 I I TILE COVEBASE SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 8'STAINLESS BASE 8"Srm E3S BASE SHEET: ARBY'S PILOT _FlNISHFs FINISHES �� O c SERVING ELEVATION N SERVING ELEVATION � ET TI INSET A 0 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" A1� SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" A1G SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" J Op WA.SI, PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING WITH PROPANE GAS HEAT ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE N PLAN AREA NOMINAL SUPPLY FAN COOLING(BO°EDB,67°EWB,95°AMBIENT) PROPANE OAS HEATING ELECTRICAL WEIGHT IDENTITY SERVED MANUFACTURER TONS MODEL r4.00O O.A.CFM E.S.P. H.P. R.P.M. SENSIBLE M.B.H. TOTAL M.B.H. E.E.R. STAGES INPUT M.B.H. OUTPUT M.B.H. STAGES AFUE% VOLTAGE MCA MOCP LBS. REMARKS 'I k 36338 RTU-1 LOWER SALES AND RESTROOM AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 7.6 YHC092F4RH 480 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE 88.8 92.0 12.80 2 20D0 160.0 2 80.0 480/9 20.7 25 1,400 1.2.3.4.6.8.7.8.9.10.11,12,13 O,�1,FC(y-lynV SSS/aJAI.L � RTU-2 SEATING AND SERVICE AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 7.5 YHCO92F4RH 810 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE 66.6 02.0 12.60 2 200A 160.0 2 80.0 40013 20.7 25 1,400 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13 RTU-3 ARSY'S AND PJ FRESH PREP AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 70.0 YHC120F4RM ��l1.1 3.75 VARIABLE 94.1 116.8 12.40 2 200.0 160.0 2 80.0 460/3 21S 30 1.700 1,2.3,4,6.8,7.8,9.10,11,12,13 7/2/18 RTU< UPPER SALES AND SHOWER AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 10.0 YHC120F4RH , 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE S4.1 116.8 12,41 2 250.0 200.0 2 80,0 480/3 21.9 30 1,100 1,2,3,4,5,8,7,8,9,10,11,12,11 REMARKS: 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 15771 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. 'h 49 3. PROVIDE ROOF CURB,EXTENDED TRAPPED CONDENSATE LINE PIPED TO INDIRECT WASTE CONNECTION. I IA W W 4. PROVIDE FACTORY UNIT MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH POWERED GFCI CONVENIENCE DUPLEX OUTLET AND SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. V W 5. PROVIDE HOT GAS REHEAT DEHUMIDIFICATION OPTION. Z y 6. PROVIDE LOW LEAK ENTHALPY TYPE ECONOMIZER WITH BAROMETRC RELIEF DAMPER. 7. PROVIDE UNITS WITH BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTORS WIRED TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. J ais Q Z ep 8. PROVIDE 1'PLEATED MERV 8 THROWAWAY FILTERS. Ief�l 8. PROVIDE THROUGH THE BASE ELECTRICAL.GAS AND CONDENSATE PIPE CONNECTIONS, W 0 F.. 10.PROVIDE HINGED ACCESS DOORS WITH CAM LOCKS. Z J W 0 11.PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED TXV REFRIGERATION VALVE. O a mp J Go12.PROVIDE LOW AMBIENT COOLING OPERATION DOWN TO 30 DEG.F. J H IN JJ 13.PROVIDE SVEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY ON ROOFTOP UNIT. d G N�! O DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE Y PLAN NOMINAL WALL MOUNTED AIR HANDLER OUTDOOR UNIT IDENTITY MANUFACTURER SIZE SERVICE MARK MODEL C.F.M. O.S.A T.C.M.B.M. T.H.M.B.H. AUX.KW H. VOLTSIPH M.CA. M.O.C.P. MARK MODEL MIN.SEER T.H.M.B.H. VOLTS/PH M.C.A. I M.O.C.P. I REMARKS AC-1/CU-1 MITSUBISHI ELECT. 3TON CTSROOM AC-1 PKA•A36KA7 920 0 34,200 WA NIA DC- - - CU-1 PUY.A3SNKA7 10.0 WA 208/1 25 30 1,2,3,4.E REMARKS: 1.NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED, Z.OUTDOOR UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTIONS.POWER FOR INDOOR UNIT SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE OUTDOOR UNIT. 3.PROVIDE WITH WALL MOUNT BRACKET,WIND BAFFLE AND PROGRAMMABLE WALL THERMOSTAT. 4.PROVIDE R410A REFRIGERR. 5.PROVIDE OPTIONAL FACTORY MOUNTED INTERNAL CONDENSATE PUMP AND SAFETY SWITCH ON EACH AIR HANDLING UNIT. AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE PLAN BASIS OF DESIGN MODEL SERVICE LOCATION TYPE PANEL CONSTRUCTION MOUNTING FINISH MAX.NOISE - IDENTITY MANUFACTURER NO. CRITERIA REMARKS 1 RELIABLE AMDT SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOUVERED FACE/FIXED 24'x24• ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1,2,3,5 2 TITUS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOWERED FACE/FIXED 24•x24" ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,3,5 3 TITUS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOUVERED FACE/ADJUSTABLE 24"x24" ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,3.5 4 RELIABLE PTCAMD40TSA SUPPLY SHOWERS 4 WAY GASKETED LOUVERED FACE W/PTCTRM-SA TRIM FRAME 12"xi Z" ALUMINUM SURFACE CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1,2,3.5 8 ACUTHERM TF-HC-DA2 SUPPLY TRAINING ROOM 4 WAY FIXED PATTERN-V.A,V, 24"x24- ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR OFF-WHITE 35 12,35 6 TITUS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 2 WAY-4 CONE LOUVERED FACE/FIXED 24"x24" ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2.3,5 7 RELIABLE AMDT SUPPLY GENERAL 2 WAY-2 CONE LOUVERED FACE/FIXED 24"x2e ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR CLEAR ANODIZE 36 1,2,3,5 F WW 8 TITUS 30OFS SUPPLY GENERAL DOUBLE DEFLECTION 3/4•SPACING VARIES ALUMINUM SURFACE OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,3,5 Z r MJ41I� M 9 RELIABLE PTCGA50SA EXHAUST SHOWERS 1/2"XV2NI/2'GASKETED EGG CRATE 12'a12' ALUMINUM SURFACE CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1,2,3,5 W Z W 'Cl ,w W 10 TIM$ WF EXHAUST GENERAL 1/2'xi/2-xV2"EGG CRATE 11,11. ALUMINUM CEILING/TS V! AR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,4,5 /% Z 01 11 TITUS 60F RETURN GENERAL 1/1'xi/P'xI12'EGG CRATE 24X24" ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,4,5 W -1 -/ O Q 12 RELIABLE GAG3TB415A RETURN GENERAL 1/2'xi/2'xi'EGG CRATE 24•X21• ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR CLEAR ANODIZE 36 1,2,4,5 W a 13 TITUS 5OF RETURN GENERAL 1/2'x1/Z'x7/2'EGG CRATE VARIES ALUMINUM SURFACE OFF-WHITE 35 1.5 a W W O zv 9 00 REMARKS: 1.NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURER$ACCEPTED. N Z 2.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SQUARE-TO-ROUND TRANSITIONS AS REWIRED FOR ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES ,^ 3.PROVIDE TITUS MODEL D-100 RADIAL SLIDING DAMPER FOR FACTORY ROUND COLLARS.MODEL AG-95 FOR SQUARE NECKS WITH DEEP ROUND TRANSITIONS. Z vI J 5.PROVIDE T TUB A&15-AA MANUAL VOLUME PROVIDE DEVICES AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. W O 0 4Q EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE ROOF CURB MATRIX SCHEDULE FF� IR BALANCE SCHEDULE 2 d N ELECTRICAL DATA RAYCURB042 BAYCURS043 SAYCURB044 BAYCURB026 RAYCURB027EXHAUST OUTSIDE AIR PLAN MODEL AIRFLOW E.S.P. FAN WEIGHT IDENTITY MANUFACTURER NO SERVICE TYPE C.F.M. IN W.C. R.P.M. $ONES DRIVE IN LBS. REMARKS TSC/VSC THCIYHC WSC TSGYSC THCIYHC WSC YHC WSC TSO Y8D T90/YSD THDA'HD WSC CFMH.P. VOLTS/PH.EF-1 CAFTNEAIRE FURNISHED BV CAPTIVEAIRE(SEE HOOD DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION) 036E 038E 036E 072F 047E 060E 720E 120E 150E 150E 18OF 15OF 15OF1,665 RTU-1 480 EF-2 GREENHECK FURNISHED BY CAPTIVEAIRE(SEE HOOD DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION) 048E 037E 048E 09OF ME 072E 15OF ISOF 21OF 180E 18OF 2,100 RTU-2 810 040 RTU3 700EF3 GREENHECK G-0BB-A HENS AND WOMEN'$TOILET$ 840 0.500 1,659 10.5 DIRECT 1/4 116/1 100 1,2,3,4,E 080E 092E OBOE 090E 240E 210E 200ECENTRIFUGAL 600 RTU4 1,080 EF4 GREENHECK G-098-A SHOWERS Ni THRU 4'S ROOF 600 0.600 1,668 9.6 DIRECT 114 11511 100 1,2,3,4,E 102F 067F 30OF 24OFCENTRIFUGAL N/A MUA-1 1,498 = ROOF 120F 072E 30OF EF4 GREENHECK G-085-D ELECTRICAL ROOM 500 0.500 1,539 9.7 DIRECT Im 115/1 100 1,2,3,4,8 CENTRIFUGAL 50 MUA-2 1,8817 MEFS GREENHECK SP-080 ABOVE MOP SINK ALUMINUM 50 0.375 900 1.4 DIRECT 17.4 WATTS 115/1 20 12.4,5,6 082ECEILING TYPE 50ALUMINUM EF-7 GREENHECK SP-B80 ABOVE MOP 6INK I50 0.375 900 iA DIRECT 17.4 WATTS 116N 20 1,2.4.5.E 2 300Lu EFS GREENHECK G-08" STAGINGAREA ALUMINUM 300 0.330 1,505 7.0 DIRECT 1Y10 115/1 SO 1,2,3,4,8EILING TYPE RS 613 OREMARKS; 1.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 15841 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS, L 6,218 TOTAL 6,458 S H2.NOALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. J?W3.PROVIDE ROOF CURB,GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER,DISCONNECT SWITCH AND BIRDSCREEN. LOW 240 CFM(POSITIVE)4.PROVIDE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLS.E PROVIDEFLAT ROOF FLASHING FLANGE CAP,ALUMINUM WHEEL AND GRILLE AND ISOLATION KIT. 5%DIVERSITY TAKEN FOR DRYERS m O S.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AS A PR OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. 9 Im 1 0 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE LOUVER SCHEDULE DUCT SIZE SCHEDULE o PLAN MODEL WEIGHT ELECTRICAL co IDENTITI' MANUFACTURER MODEL SIZE DEPTH SERVES REMARKS CFM NECK DUCT IDENTITY LOCATION MANUFACTURER NO. KW BTUH CFM CONTROL LBS. AMPS VOLTSIPH REMARKS WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH RANGE SIZE SIZE UH-1 ELECTRICAL ROOM REDD-7 FIF5103N 3.3 11267 400 HONEYWELL 25 76.8 208N 1,2,3 L-1 RUSKIN ELC4460 18" 18° 4- INTAKE 1,2 A 0,190 810 8'0 UH-2 WATER ENTRY ROOM REDD-7 FIF6103N 3.3 11267 400 NONEYWELL 25 159 206/1 1,2.3 W 191360 8"0 10.0 Q W n REMARKS: I.NOALTERNATIVEMANUFACTURERSACCEPTED, 2.PROVIDE WITH MOTORIZED CONTROL DAMPER INTERLOCKED WITH EXHAUST FAN. 351.62E 10"0 1210 G e o REMARKS: 1, NOALTERNATIVEMANUFACTURER$ACCEPTED. OPERATOR SHALL BE 115V/IPH/60HZ, g2&700 12"0 14.0 2. PROVIDE DUST SHIELD. 3.FINISH AND COLOR SELECTED BY THE OWNER/ARCHITECT. 3. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. 4.PROVIDE LOUVER AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. rxm PAGE SHEET: MO,2 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GREASE HOOD/DUCT NOTES HVAC NOTES vc�HE—L iyC. 1. FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL SHALL BE REQUIRED ON FIRE 5. ALL SEAMS,JOINTS,AND PENETRATIONS OF THE HOOD 9. HOOD EXHAUST FANS WITH DUCTWORK CONNECTED ON 1. ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT FRESH AIR INTAKES SHALL BE A "f PROTECTION SYSTEMS FOR GREASE HOODS AND DUCTS AS ENCLOSURE THAT DIRECT AND CAPTURE GREASE-LADEN BOTH ENDS SHALL HAVE ACCESS FOR CLEANING AND MINIMUM OF 100-W FROM ANY EXHAUST,FLUE OR REQUIRED BY THE MECHANICAL CODE AND AS REQUIRED BY VAPORS AND EXHAUST GASES SHALL HAVE A LIQUID TIGHT INSPECTION WITHIN THREE(3)FEET O EACH SIDE OF FAN. PLUMBING VENT. THE FIRE CODE. CONTINUOUS EXTERNAL WELD TO THE LOWER MOST 38 PERIMETER OF THE HOOD. 10. ALL CANOPY TYPE HOODS SHALL OVERHANG A MINIMUM O 2. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION,ALL DUCT AND 2. ALL FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS SHALL BE 6'BEYOND THE COOKING SURFACE ON ALL OPEN SIDES. OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT S7(hVpL,6;'� INTERCONNECTED TO THE FUEL OR CURRENT SUPPLY SO 6. HOOD EXHAUST FAN SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE AFTER EXCEPTION:LISTED EXHAUST HOODS IF NOTED AS PART OF OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT THAT THE FUEL OR CURRENT IS AUTOMATICALLY SHUT OFF THE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM HAS BEEN ACTIVATED,UNLESS THEIR LISTING. OF DUST OR DEBRIS WHICH MAY COLLECT IN THE SYSTEM. 7/2/18 TO ALL EQUIPMENT UNDER THE HOOD WHEN THE SYSTEM IS FAN SHUTDOWN IS REQUIRED BY A LISTED COMPONENT O ACTIVATED. THE VENTILATION SYSTEM. 11. HOOD FILTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ANGLE NOT LESS 3. PRIOR TO FABRICATING ANY DUCTWORK CONTRACTOR THAN 45 DEGREES FROM THE HORIZONTAL. SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE AVAILABLE DUCTSPACES 3. OWNER OF ESTABLISHMENT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 7. GREASE DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO GREASE HAVE NOT BEEN AFFECTED BY PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL OR CLEANLINESS,MAINTENANCE,AND INSPECTION O THE CANNOT BE POCKETED.THE SYSTEM SHALL SLOPE NOT 12. GREASE DUCT AIR VELOCITY SHALL BE SUFFICIENT FOR SPRINKLER CONTRACTORS WORK CONTRACTOR SHALL p KITCHEN EXHAUST SYSTEM,FIRE PROTECTION,AND LESS THAT 1/4 INCH PER FOOT TOWARD THE HOOD OR CAPTURE AND REMOVAL OF GREASE4.ADEN COOKING BE AWARE ADJUSTMENTS IN DUCT LAYOUT/LOCATION MAY n COOKING EQUIPMENT. - TOWARD THE GREASE RESERVOIR.(WHERE HORIZONTAL VAPORS.THE AIR VELOCITY THROUGH ANY DUCT SHALL BE BE REQUIRED DEPENDING ON ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. 7 F- C1 DUCTS EXCEED 75 FEET IN LENGTH,THE SLOPE SHALL BE A NOT LESS THAN SW FEET PER MINUTE,AND NOT MORE THAN CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO VERIFY THAT RTU'S HAVE BEEN (' W Q W 4. A DRAWING OF THE EXHAUST SYSTEMS)INSTALLATION MINIMUM OF 1 INCH PER FOOT). 2500 FEET PER MINUTE. INSTALLED ORIENTED WITH THE SUPPLYIRETURN DUCT C yap ALONG WITH A COPY OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN. Z F co SUBASSEMBLIES AND COMPONENTS USED IN THE EXHAUST 8. UTILITY SET EXHAUST FAN(IF PROVIDED)SHALL BE }Q W Z n SYSTEM(S),INCLUDING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS,SHALL BE MANUFACTURED WITH AN APPROVED DRAIN OUTLET AT THE J LL a Z amp AVAILABLE ON THE PREMISES - BOTTOM OF THE HOUSING TO PERMIT DRAINAGE OF GREASE _j W Z W u1 TOAREADILY ACCESSIBLE NON-COMUSTIBLE CONTAINER. KEYED NOTES G O f_- Z J W In O2co—+co 1O AG,-INDOOR UNIT MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ON J W N j (3)STACKED WALL ABOVE DOOR.ROUTE PUMPED CONDENSATE TO X -7 WAS STACKED FLOOR DRAIN LOCATED BEHIND THE WATER HEATERS a 0 z I INSIDE THE WATER ENTRY ROOM.COORDINATE WITH THE (1 VENT REQUIRED EA.) PLUMBING CONTRACTOR.CU-1-OUTDOOR UNIT MOUNTED Y t_I _ 4 4 D1RYERS(2 VENTS TO OUTDOOR UNIT LOCATED ON T14EFRIGERROOF.UBLE STACK AND SECURED TO ROOF.Fi6UTE LINES UP REQUIRED ___ 2 MOTORIZED WALL LOUVER LA SHALL BE INTERLOCKED iLIO VESTIBULE \ 2. ® WITH ASSOCIATED ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN.MOUNT - 11 200 3s 100 - SH vER SIT ER SH 3ER SH ER LOUVER AT 4"ABOVE DOOR FRAME. STOCK � � C CLOSET 10*0 DRYER VENT AND FOR STACKED DRYERS. _ FREEZER E K K EMPLOYEE m - ROOMm PUBLIC 36 OilO SEE SHEET M2 OR DETAIL AND CAPAND REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL LAUNDRY DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS OF DRYER VENT v 3 ® BREAKROOM 2 e ®� _14xi2 12x10 120 400 II 9 9 9 9 TERMINATION. -- a 120 120 120 120 „ rFD. - Bx8 6x6 4O 4"0 STACKED DRYER VENT AND WALL CAP FOR STACKED 1LW 6x6' ,I �� DRYER.SEE SHEET M2 FOR DETAIL AND REFER TO ARgy'g �, a -- "6x6 6x8 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS OF DRYER FREEZER 120 v �'- \ \ - VENT TERMINATION. N 71 AfB � ❑❑ z I 4 I I 4 4 4 O5 6'0 SCH•40 SOLID WALL PVC COMBUSTION AIR AND COOLER ze 2 100 2 / 100 100 100 EXHAUST UP TO ROOF TERMINATION CAPS. 355 / m \ O NOT USED. \ PDID 14xi2 t00 __ t O7 OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR MOUNTED ON THE IN A SHADED AREA OR ENCLOSURE120 m �` I - 1 1 12x12 UP 60 SHOWER RPROVIDE COMM-5 LINK WIRE TO CONTROL(PFIELD ANEL.LOCATE). 12x12 tzx12 ae SOLAR SHADE. 3 1 �00J HOOD-1 I i -, J I ® -- I EF-8 EF4 2 O D �y ' 625 / 391x14 DN ! ) ( p!G /G 6x6 100 8 DUCTWORK SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH ROOF JOIST IN O LI. ARBY'S 11 30�C18 UP I. ) tOx10 R CHASE. W Q COOLER 146 1 3 13 — ) 1 m - wE ® m ? 300 i I 0 ) i 17 J 5 O9 DUCTWORK SHALL BE ROUTED BETWEEN ROOF JOIST. ' J N x r L 1 8 )I �, 9 -J ,\ \\I STAGING / 100 120\ 10 RO RTOOF CAP.LOCATE A MINIE 4*0 EXHAUST DUCT MUM EO 1a-0ILING E FRAOM ANUST AN UP U W m O _ 1 * P.OF 3 - 825 I O 1 F-7 •40 40 UP N .( L._ .__�F m -__ �\ AREA/ FD \ OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OR ROOF EDGE. Q U Z I � 3 �_ 1 a > f 13 RTU-3 10 200 14x14 / 14z14 11 AIR CURTAIN TO BE FURNISHED WITH THE KITCHEN = J O a O m \ Auk _ 14017P \ EQUIPMENT PACKAGE AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL Z a i t (T - EF-6 FD L_ CONTRACTOR.REFER TO SHEETS A5 AND E2.1. W�1 JANIT �. ( ' I 140 i NT \i 146 I N 100 __,_ \ LAUND Q > Z 3Q7&(6 UP 40 UP�� 12 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OPPOSED J W O 32);1 I 1402 100 ( - -� BLADE DAMPER ABOVE ALL EXHAUST AIR REGISTERS IN d Q Y \ / I ~ CASHIER ® ) 10 �� o m SHOWER ROOMS AND IN AREAS WITH GYPSUM BOARD J LwL/ Q e2 CEILINGS.COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL AND AIR o OESK L - , PRE S I O - H L-1 355 - 355 300 BALANCE CONTRACTORS. F— N z m J 12z12 i3 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ROOFTOP r ,40 N 12x10 10 22xt0 DN� ( \ 260 J UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN PLENUM DROP LOCATIONS Q O O Q O N 11 - PRIOR TO DUCTWORK FABRICATION. _ 0 40 O] - SALES 400 WALK-IN 13 FD 100 3 AR6Y'S - 200 a� _ I �� _- m BEVERAGE 400 fD O SERviCt GOOIER 'i'� 3 14 PROVIDE FULL SIZE U.L.LISTED ACCESS PANELS FOR (� ^^ N 625 a.az 7]]4 \ ` ie CLEANING AND INSPECTION.ONE(1)WITHIN THREE(3) �JJ \/, !' iMUA-1 /� pp FEET OF EXHAUST FAN INLET,AND ONE(1)WITHIN THREE 400 (3)FEET OF EXHAUST HOOD OUTLET,AND ONE(1)ATEACH 121Q4 ON ! i ] 1 -- '� 120 - 400 CHANGE OF DIRECTION. e�t C�- $ 400 \ - 300 1 (TYP.OF 3) _1 ( £F-2 r--r�r�- / _ 1 5 15 REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS A5,ABA8 AS.ta FOR I �> '�� 100 100 315 PLAN AND SCHEDULE OF KITCHEN COOKING EQUIPMENT H OD•2 _ 160 100 14x12 12x12 UP LOCATED UNDER TYPE I HOODS. 9 275 U 275 ""`"` 400 \ WATER g' 74 ( L_.R....�._ - ® 0 gg EF-3 \ za 16 PROVIDE DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION AND CO2 .. I{ \ ) ENTRY ROOM II \ 100 m e 1 12xi2 \ I � SENSORS(MOUNTED AT 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR) m O m 300 300 180 IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2O15 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY Z m O1 m 8 O m / 2 CONSERVATION CODE,SECTION C403.2.6.1. Q g O� - 625 S / 12 - ] 726 - - } �'} A 17 ou EXHAUST DUCT FROM EXHAUST FAN EF-8 SHALL DROP r + 8 1412 109 N \ / 10 DOWN TO 12INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR.PROVIDE MENS' FLOOR ANGLE SUPPORTS FOR DUCTWORK WITH OPEN ~ 300 140 O 113 RTU-2 �- T 13 RTU-1 N O TOILET - BOTTOM FOR 002 SYSTEM VENTILATION PER 20151FC L!J O 315 3 ARB'S 24x14 �� ( I 30x16 DN 100 _` 10x10 r, I'll SECTION 5307.5. - m DRIVE HRU I I•�-1 28x16 UP �. - - — -- FD OL Aa3; -- _ qUPI ) L1 MUA-2 . ® 100 I (`- / 100I1® 8x18UP )\ s C ,-�' (1 Z W 3 8 .,-�. J 61® o ,00 14XIO ___ m G �..., I 300 300 9 245 (, ARSYS s^rlNe 8 it RVICEI i AREA 1 12 - __ - - / O y L1 m N aea 810 3a t , r\ III 276 275 100 9 109 I m 780126 _@ - - CU-t // tcCTORtCpI 100 I 14x12 - m 8x14 SERVICE o 6x6 6x6 - 100 14x12 ® 10 10 00 300 I 105 105 - m - eS1 100 .�@ S, K EE33 BY ❑' 1 DINIINNG 1 7 `ae�'0 i6 AC-1 W 300 300 300 11 \ �, WO ItE.L"TS mo 1Do 60 �:-�\ 2 © cTS O C] Q gg l 60Bz14 2 Leo ROOM p Ff o FOUNTAIN _ 300 O i ACCESS LwL I J] I-. YE.FRONT 91 ESIDE — _ VEST LE 2 a DO�I I_ _. G ` — — — _ — J SHEET:•o CBI ® ® mi n TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN—HVAC LAYOUT ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS M1 SCALE: 3116"=V-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 NOTES- ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND G a. R. 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,MOUNT 48"AFF TO CENTER. 5 0 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,MOUNT 18"AFF TO CENTER. w x ITYPICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES-LETTER INDICATES TYPE. TRAVEL CENTER LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 3. "GF"DESIGNATION INDICATES GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE. ® 4, 7 4. USE)DESIGNATION INDICATES A WEATHERPROOF COVER(WEATHERPROOF WHILE T ® It®j� 7 TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL# MOUNTING VOLTAGE LAMPS/FIXTURE BALLASTS/FIXTURE FIXTURE WATTS NOTES TYPICAL EXIT SIGN-FACES AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS INDICATED.LETTER USE).GFCI RECEPTACLE OR GFCI PROTECTED CIRCUIT SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION INDICATES TYPE. 7/6/18 SURFACE LED _ WITH THE WEATHERPROOF COVER. AL2 10 40"SURFACE/SUSPENDED LINEAR CREE CS1438L-0OK-CMA OR STEM 120V 4000°K 38 (1)(6)(18) TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS,HEADS AS INDICATED. 5. "S"DESIGNATION INDICATES SURGE SUPPRESSION TYPE RECEPTACLE. ��= C� AW 10 EXTERIOR UP/DOWN SCONCE LITHONIA OLLWU LED-PI-0OK-MVOLT-WH WALL 120V LED - 14 (1 X2X7) RECESSED FIXTURE-VERIFY TYPE,LAMPING,AND VOLTAGE WITH FIXTURE SURFACE 4000°K 6. PROVIDE DOUBLE-GANG BOX WITH PLASTER RING AND BLANK COVER PLATE,WITH 3/4"C. OO O° CL2 709 2'X 4'ARCHITECTURAL LED TROFFER CREE ZR24M-40L+{OK-CMA-FD CEILING 277V LED _ 30 SCHEDULE. (1)(18) WITH PROVIDE NYLON STUBBED FROM BOX S F ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN CEILING SPACE. o RECESSED 4000°K PROVIDE NYLON BUSHING ON BOTH ENDS OF CONDUIT. 0 RECESSED EMERGENCY FIXTURE-VERIFY TYPE,CAMPING,AND VOLTAGE WITH � FIXTURE SCHEDULE. �' M FL 6 EXTERIOR WALL PACK CREE XSPWA02FC-UZ WALL 27N LED 42 (1)(2)(7) Z G W SURFACE 4000°K 7. PROVIDE i"C.WITH ION IN CEILING STUBBED FROM TELECOM COMPARTMENT TO AN TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES-VERIFY TYPE,CAMPING AND VOLTAGE WITH W Q W GS 9 LED FIXTURE CREE CPY-250-A-DM-F-A-UL-BZ CEILING 120V (1)82 LED g2 (2X6) CONDUACCESSTBLE LOCATION IN CEILING SPACE.PROVIDE NYLON BUSHING ON BOTH ENDS OF C�Q ��FIXTURE SCHEDULE. Z wo y a RECESSED 4000°K CEILING LED TRACK LIGHTING. Q N Z HL 9 4'WET LOCATION LINEAR CREE WS4-47L 120V - 50 (1)(7) 8. ONE SWITCH SHALL CONTROL INBOARD LAMPS,AND THE OTHER SHALL CONTROL "J a Q Z SURFACE 4000°K OUTBOARD LAMPS. WALL WASH. LL C Z W 0 KL 12 2'LED WALL MOUNT LUMINAIRE CLF72-15WHP-0OOOK-120-277-OP-BRZ-GLR WALL 120V LED _ 75 O ^ SURFACE 4000°K (1) 9. SHARED NEUTRALS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. J S. GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,SINGLE-POLE,20A,120-277V AC(NOTE 1). Q(z�j W J PL 5 LED DOWNLIGHT CREE LRfi-7L-0OK-GU24LT6A-DR CEILING 120V LED _ 10.5 (1)(6)(12) J(p y J v RECESSED 4000°K S GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,THREE-WAY,20A,120-277V AC(NOTE 1). Lu xx' ML 198 LED DOWNLIGHT CREE KR6-9L-40K-120V-10R RECEILING CESSED 120V LED - 13 (1)(6)(12)(18) GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES S`4 GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,FOUR-WAY,20A,120-277V AC(NOTE 1). a O W)Z U1 6 EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED GOOSENECK TROY KB18984-SL48 WALL SURFACE 120V (17)LED - 17 (1)(2)(7) i. ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIAL USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE"UL"USTEO AND SD DIMMER SWITCH. Y K U2 2 EXTERIOR WALL SCONCE LIGHTWAY-MERW-920-LED-E-U-21W37fi-WSA-PSC 120V - 18 (1X2)(7) SURFACE LABELED. WALL L ED S KEYED SWITCH. 3500°K 2. ALL J-BOXES,AND OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN SHALL BE RECESSED LED MOUNTED INTO A WALL,FLOOR OR CEILING UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED SM 20A,120V,2-POLE MOTOR-RATED SNAP SWITCH. XA EXIT SIGN LITHONIA LQM S W 3 G 120/277 EL N SD UNIVERSAL 120/277V - - (1)(4)(13)(17) (2)0.7W OTHERWISE. ,{1 WALL LED (1)(4)(7) J X7OUTDOOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT UTHONIA AFN-DB-- 120/277V LE - - 4 ) SWITCHES CONNECTED TO FIXTURES WIRED FOR DUAL SWITCHING(NOTE 8). SURFACE 2 6W (14 17 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES ON ALL RECEPTACLES AND _ WALL LED (1)(4)(6) J-BOXES.ALL STANDARD SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE IVORY IN COLOR. RX2INDOOR LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT LITHONIA ELM2 LED SURFACE 120/27N (2)1 5W - - (9)(17) ADDITIONALLY,PROVIDE AND INSTALL ORANGE DEVICES FOR ALL ISOLATED J3 v3 NOTES: GROUNDIDEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLES. SOS WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 1. ALL LAMPS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. ALL RECEPTACLES IN DELI/RESTAURANT AND PREP AREAS THAT ARE 50A AND LESS ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR. SHALL HAVE PERSONNEL PROTECTION VIA GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE OR BREAKER. - 2. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN.COORDINATE ROUGH-IN WITH EXPANSION JOINTS-REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A6,AND A6.1 FOR EXACT 5. COORDINATE WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER,MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR 04 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20(NOTES 2,3,4,5). LOCATION-TYPICAL FOR EXTERIOR FIXTURES. AND GC FOR FINAL LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF ALL EQUIPMENT @4 GROUND FAULT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20(NOTES 2,3,4,5). 3. NOT USED. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CONDUIT AND/OR STUB-UP LOCATIONS. 04 TWO DUPLEX RECEPTACLES,NEMA 5-20,IN ONE DOUBLE-GANG BOX(NOTES 2,3,4). 4. CONNECT EMERGENCY BACK-UP AHEAD OF ALL LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. 6. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO RECEPTACLES USING ONLY C THE TERMINAL SCREWS.RECEPTACLE BACK WIREIQUICK CONNECTIONS SHALL NOT ®AC CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20. 5. NOT USED. BE USED. ABOVE CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20. 6. FIXTURE SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATION USE. 7. POWER AND CONTROL CORDS ARE FURNISHED WITH DELIIKITCHEN APPLIANCES. ® NEMA 5-20 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN ROUND FLOOR BOX. CONNECT CORD SETS TO APPLIANCES AS REQUIRED. 7. FIXTURE SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATION USE. Q{6-20 SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED(NOTES 2,4). R< u 8. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION WITH NAMEPLATE OF ALL OWNER 8. NOT USED. SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. Q{ SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE,NEMA CONFIGURATION INDICATED.IF NEMA CONFIGURATION IS NOT INDICATED,THEN SIZE PER NAMEPLATE ON EQUIPMENT cart 9. MOUNT 6"BELOW CEILING WHEN MOUNTED ON WALL. 9. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATED UNDER THE KITCHEN HOOD SHALL UTILIZE SHUNT TRIP SERVED.PROVIDE MATCHING PLUG AND CORD SET AND CONNECT TO EQUIPMENT c LW G TYPE BREAKER PER NFPA 96.10.1 AND IBC 904.11.2. SERVED. Z Q r J M 10. NOT USED. PB WALL MOUNTED PUSH BUTTON STATION MOUNT AT T-0"AFG FOR OUTDOOR W LLl ,� m ST L TI S N 4'-"A F D S TIONS. (3 '2 W ,,.NOT USED. Go SHEET INDEX ABBREVIATIONS E"= EMERGENCY FUEL SHUT-OFF("-SEE PLAN VIEW). J V U Z O 12.FIXTURE TRIM SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATION USE. f/� Q 13. MOUNT 6"BELOW CEILING. SHEETS DESCRIPTIONS ABB. DEFINITION B BELL. 3 O LLJ a ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND AND W EO m :5 >- z 14.MOUNT 6"ABOVE DOOR FRAME 70 BOTTOM OF FIXTURE,CENTERED ON DOOR. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE A AMPERES MOTOR SYMBOL. CC 15.NOT USED. E1.1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN AC ABOVE COUNTER 30/3 NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH,AMP RATING/POLES INDICATED.FOR OUTDOOR C ~ LLI O LIGHTING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NF 3R LOCATIONS,PROVIDE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE. y x O g 16.NOT USED. E1 2 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE LIGHTING CONTROLS 30/3 3R FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH,AMP RATING/POLES INDICATED.PROVIDE FUSES PER J Z ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER 25 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE.FOR OUTDOOR LOCATIONS,PROVIDE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE. 17.PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH BATTERY BACK-UP CAPABLE OF 90 MINUTE RUNTIME UPON LOSS OF NORMAL POWER. TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN Q LL m E2.1 POWER SWITCH AHU-1® ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION-EQUIPMENT TAG OR V Z 1�"' O it 18.FIXTURE IS EQUIPPED WITH"SMARTCAST"TECHNOLOGY.FIXTURE HAS AN INDEPENDENT ADDRESS ALONG WITH AN INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR. TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE DESCRIPTION INDICATED.COORDINATE LOCATION AND CONNECTION DETAILS WITH F O E2.2 PLANS ELECTRICAL C CONDUIT EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. F O O Q E2.3 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR CD CANDELLA OUTPUT OJ @1�JUNCTION BOX. W J ^ N PLANS-ELECTRICAL ii CKT CIRCUIT J E2.4 TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN POWER CU COPPER PANELBOARD WITH DESIGNATION.SEE PANELBOARD SCHEDULE FOR MOUNTING. LLJ TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN C/B CIRCUIT BREAKER HIGH VOLTAGE PANELSOARD WITH DESIGNATION.SEE PANELBOARD E3 COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN C/T CURRENT TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE FOR MOUNTING. E4 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN FIRE G GROUND ® SURFACE MOUNTED PLUGMOLD WIREWAY.REFER TO PLAN FOR LENGTH. ALARM E5.1A TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD GF GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT ®4'?y=_TELECOM OUTLET(NOTES 2,6). SCHEDULES IG ISOLATED GROUND TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD KVA KILOVOLT-AMPERES SPEAKER,CEILING FLUSH MOUNT UNLESS NOTED. E5.1B SCHEDULES KW KILOWATTS DESIGNATES ZONE. Q E5.2 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL p.- EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER O MICROPHONE INPUT. ti TRAVEL CENTER,ARBY'S&QUIPMENT MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MANUAL PULL STATION. U E5.3 CINNABON ELECTRICAL E Z SCHEDULES NC NORMALLY CLOSED W O Q SMOKE DETECTOR. TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL NL NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT W ~ EIL RED(LINE) 5A CONDUITSCHEDULE NO NORMALLY OPEN O HEAT DETECTOR IL NEUTRAL E6 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM NTS NOT TO SCALE HORNISTROBE-MOUNT 80"AFF TO CENTER-CD LISTED NEXT TO APPLIANCE. J F W 3 LIN -LIGHT CIRCUIT - ED(LOAD E71 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING O PHASE �� STROBE ONLY-MOUNT 80"AFF TO CENTER-CD LISTED NEXT TO APPLIANCE. G a Z BZ-100 DIAGRAM-GASOLINE POS POINT OF SALE y C �¢ AC FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. W to g E72 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING RIP ROUGH IN POINT DIAGRAM-DIESEL 2 UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ® FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR. ?� W g g a TLS350 VEEDER ROOT 4 E7.3 W. SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM V VOLTS [-�`\[ DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR(FURNISHED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ¢ z i TLS350 VEEDER ROOT TRUCK W WATTS l\mil l MOUNTED IN DUCT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.) o o > E7'4 INPUT/OUTPUT WIRING DIAGRAM WP WEATHERPROOF-PROVIDE WITH SPRINKLER VALVE TAMPER SWITCH. aD ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAMS IN-USE COVER BLUE CONTROL OUTPUT E8 AND DETAILS WPG WEATHERPROOF WITH GROUND 8 0 V SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH. W ' FAULT IN-USE COVER -PROVIDE BLACK COMMON E9.1 PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM C � WITH IN-USE COVER CONCEALED CONDUIT. RED+24VDC E9 2 WIRINGDIAGRAM CONTROLLER CONCEALED TRANSFORMER H Lu V m WIRING DIAGRAM ,_. ES1.1 SITE PLAN Y WYE � CONDUIT UNDER SLAB/GROUND. Q G ^Q ELECTRICAL -- EXPOSED CONDUIT. $ SITE PLAN RED LOAD A ES1.2 PHOTOMETRIC q-1�� ONE HOMERUN CIRCUIT-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED. RED LINE) ES1.3 SITE PLAN A-1,3'�1 TWO HOMERUN CIRCUITS-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED(NOTE 9). 5120E-P ELECTRICAL LINE-RECEPTACLE CIRCUI 3 ES1.4 FUEL ESTOP LOCATION PLAN A-1,3,5�-, THREE HOMERUN CIRCUITS-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED(NOTE 9). PAGE SHEET: NEUTRAL ES21 AUTO CANOPY AND ISLAND PLANS g POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS RECEPTACLE/OCC. SENSOR E52.2 TRUCK ANDCAN CO MUNICND A IO PLANS EO POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL-OFFICE AREA TANK FARM AND 99POWER EO ES2.3 AND COMMUNICATIONS ® • SCALE: N.T.S. DEF HEAT TRACE ES3.1 INSTALLATION DETAILS ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS ES3.2 I EF HEAT TRACE 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 NSTALLATION DETAILS PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 EGRESS LIGHTING POWER DENSITY GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES + NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: (�k SEE SHEET E1.2 FOR INTERIOR TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL# FDCR)RE WATTS A 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES a 2 LIGHTING CONTROLS. x 9 EXIT SIGN LITHONIA LOM S W 3 G 1201777 EL N SD 1A WITH FINAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PROVIDED BY ARCHITECT. RX2 47 INDOOR LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT LITHONIA ELM2 LED 3 - 2. PROVIDE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SEALING COMPOUND AT ' CONDUIT ENTRIES TO WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS. a Lgk�� TOTAL EGRESS WATTAGE 153.8 , 716/18 TOTAL BUILDNN AREA(SO-FT) 9,526 KEYED NOTES EGRESS LIGHTING POWER DENSITY(WISO-FT) 0.0161 1O CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTORS. CONTACTORS ARE CONTROLLED BY A PHOTOSENSOR AND O ASTRONOMICALTIMECLOCKVIA THE HONEYWELL ,' H CONTROLLER. Z. W O2 CONNECT TO BUILDING MOUNTED SIGN.COORDINATE Z 2 Qp 111 ao EXACT LOCATION WITH SIGN INSTALLER PRIOR TO ANY C(A ROUGH-IN. Q rn Z r JILQZ00 O3 NOT USED, ui O O 1- O4 NOT USED. F Z'1 W Oco��- ®NOT USED. _J W J ©NOT USED. a c Q Z O 1 Q At-22 7 CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE ALL EMERGENCY,EGRESS,AND L-15(PAR'1) Y O Al-20 GS�--- ---- - O---� Ai-11(PART)0EXIT FIXTURES AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. 1O - 8 ( PICAL) I Ul Ul O8 COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY Al-16(PART) FL x1 ❑ x a At-2(PART) FL FL ROUGH-IN. __ /.rr 2 _ --�! O9 NOT USED. ® 1 2 /CL2/ CL2 / N CL2 l 10 BAND.COORDINATE COT NECTION LOCATION WITH ACCENT • (TYPICAL) 8 11 HL - 2 / O - - O INSTALLER PROVIDE APPROPRIATELY RATED DISCONNECT }L r 1 SWITCH IF NOT PROVIDED FROM THE MANUFACTURER. A A I ' RX2 If 11 FIXTURE HAS SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY WITH AN INTEGRAL \ III ML ML M /ML - / ML M ML OCCUPANCY SENSOR.FIXTURE HAS INDEPENDENT L IL � R ffl O O O O O O O O ADDRESS AND IS CONTROLLED WIRELESSLY VIA C � As SMARTCAST SWITCH.SEE SHEET E1.2. MLO L2 -II CL2(fX 312 CL21 CL2 y CL2 CL2 ' THL HL - ML ML ISM M ML PIL- ML0 C`\ c C c RX2 a a U RX2 I! f RX2 RX2 RX2 f C 11 (TYP.) X2 Ix CL2 CL2 / CL2 C� X FL L OT c CL2 CL2 CL2 % CL2 CL2 C CL AW A W in L� II I I o fD o a a a a G IL b i (� �o o� x1 R)lJ Lu m oD RX2 '... I (�_ I�__�.( RX2 AI-16(PAOM a U ZML ML Rl! C c CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL HL I O L � A O a ? ® L 2 O >- z CL2 92— C =- I CL2 - LCI-2-___� LL Q� Y O RX2 CL c a a - a a a C.b nI O I � :T RX2 7 (NPICAL) RX2// IIILL x Z RX2 / C c 5 I Q F `� J A A I ___ U- O II. c CL2 CL2 b I i - W r 0' 8p Cu I CL2 O Q L --- - HL I _ J J O l ML , O 9 O a., o T c c_ a a a CL2 a a b I I �� ( W d N y •L _ ML ML C L ML �� O O 1 O O O O L-5(PART) Al-1 ML ML ML ML ML _ML i RX2 Al-16(PART) a�I I - �� Oe /��L� pe Oe b / RX2Y C I CL2 c ML ML ML ML I ML % O 09 g RX2 / L1,.d4.Y.-&.yp,N.T e e .. II I - ML /-ML L bLL��p aL � �vl �O ML ML ML ML ML a CL C b HL L RX2 'o R 1 CD) �.I MLI ML ML ML MLO ML ML ML ML i p 08 O o9 O oe Oe O -O = 0 .O CLb e e fl C �' ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML - °�- �- I I �\\,,JJy��'�� uj Z 2 yl--J YT CL2 08 09 09 O O9 Oa O Oe ,• O e Oe O- 0 0 ❑ O L_1 L I6*�''gl 0 0 Al-18 J 9 b La(ART) �' - �- �� (�X ML ML ML ML ML .� ML ML ML ML ML l-/ a a O O O O 09 O O O ' Oe O Oe O a 11 GS CL2 C CL2 9 e f e J W 3 ML Li Lu ML Mb ® ML ML ML L ML ML ML ML ML CL2 4/ RX2 CL2 CL2 I J (TYPJ 11 O O Z > 09 O O O oe O O O O Oe Oe i L4 9 9 e e m O LGS .- L ML ML ML L ML ML ML ML ML M ML ML RX2 RX2 Z to C O 0 9 O O O 9. O O O O O O e O o e O L`-- 2 FL �j �j x# M o II 9 9 11 (TYP.) 9 e e O /I O O I1_1 I,-� �� _'� o's T- L-13 M ML ML ML ML ML M M ML 0 'i' Oe O Oe �,',i o 0e :I m 2 _L_ I I091 9 g A I ( L ) aD Oi Ai-0 I ( ML ML ML ML ML RX2 ML ML ML ML / i' �I'I' AL2 _i 15(PART A i o O O O O 09 O Oe O O O O 0�C �\ O W ' WW 1 9 9 9 9 \ XIl` o L e - a '� o i ylk� ML ML M L L-S(PARn 7 P.) e L M \ML ML ML O O i O o 09 / 09Oa O oe HW„ W m m O � ML e oe RX2 1 Al-28 J 10 /ML ML ML ML ML qi_3 C C ® yy°. e0 L ML ML RX2 ML ML RX2 CL2 CL2 O ' 09 09 O o `N`*tia° Oe OB oe oe o x \ 9 RX2 ` M M AL2 - CL2 cL2\ 0RIO PAGE SHEET: x O � I At-12 O1 xt 2 Ut Ui Ui Ui U2 At-2(PART) (TYPICAL) 7 -1 -GS-----GS----65---.' (TYPICAL) 8 (TYPICAL) 8 - At-11 - X1 OAl-10 iO Al-80. At-60 A1.4 11 (TYPICAL)PIDAL) 7 ® ® ®Al-2°� 7 � TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIGHTING E1 . 1 l SCALE: 3/16°=V-o° ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTESry , EEi:,v<ROOM - 1 �,` F4` qao51 J �t 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES , CLOSE WITH FINAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PROVIDED BY ® 59 ARCHITECT. q 2. PROVIDE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SEALING COMPOUND AT -� TYPE QUANTITY FIXTURE WATTS ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROLS TOTAL WATTS - �� CONDUIT ENTRIES TO WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS. "Lfrgw-' (SMARTCAST) �i - 7/6/18 El 1-1AL2 9 38 YES 342 KEYED NOTES CL2 109 30 YES 3270 Sa`S'So`Sd HL 9 50 NO 450 1� 4 t0 PICAL) KL 12 1S NO 450 O FIXTURE HAS SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY AND IS EQUIPPED `Se`Sf`S9 �� SH WER SH WER WITH AN INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR.SET FIXTURE TO o ML 198 13 YES 2574 12Os BE CONTROLLED VIA SMARTCAST DIMMER SWITCH � M PL 5 11 NO 55 Og 09 DESIGNATED BY THE SWITCH-LETTER. Z TOTAL INSTALLED WATTAGE 6871 11 11 C7 W Q W _,I I ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROL WATTAGE(Smartrast Controls) glgg O2 FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SWITCH ril; t O N 3 O I \ ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROL PERCENT OF TOTAL WATTAGE 90.03% RESIDING IN THE LIGHTING ZONE. Q W Z O3 HATCHED AREA DESIGNATES A LIGHTING ZONE.FIXTURES J a a Z to ��-pp17 I 12 10 10 12 IN THIS AREA SHALL BE CONTROLLED TOGETHER FIXTURES LL W Z W in 4�1 I r-1 RESIDING IN CUSTOMER AREAS SHALL NOT UTILIZE THE G O 1-^ to OCCUPANCY FEATURE INTEGRAL TO THE FIXTURE. ~ Z-J LLI to 42 TRAVEL CENTER SWITCHBANK LOCATION 32 ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROL WATTAGE z TYPICAL SWITCHING FOR SHOWER ROOMS q SWITCH-LETTER BESIDE OFFDCTUREINDICATESWHICH a c oo-J m E SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" E SCALE: NITSEi•Z SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" O SWITCH CONTROLS THIS FIXTURE. O ,a NOT USED. Y OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE WATTSTOPPER MODEL #CB-100 SURFACE MOUNTED ON JUNCTION BOX.PROVIDE I' { -- -- _-- --`--—-- - WIODEL TH ALL NECESSARY POWER PACKS( TSTOPPER 2 (TYP.) MHARDW ),TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING O NOT USED. CL2 CL2 CL2 ®NOT USED. I HL ° 2 O O O O O NOT USED. RT'T e e o e o f a 10 SWITCHES CONTROLLING FIXTURE TYPES'AL2','CL2'&'ML' ° P�O`fEE B - d - -- SHALL BE CREE CWD-CWC WIRELESS DIMMER SWITCHES WITH SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY.THE SWITCH REQUIRES A I _ O O O O O O O O "HOT"LEG CONNECTION FOR POWER.THE SWITCH CONTROLS THE FIXTURES WIRELESSLY.SEE PLAN VIEW V\ I( F HL OLER H � L2 CL2. CL2 CL2 CL2-• CL2_• CL2. CL2 O O FOR LIG HTING G ZONES. L SWITCH TO CONTROL VANITY LIGHT(DESIGNATEDKL). O O g ze g ,, o o o a r° o o _ o o 12 SWITCH TO CONTROL SHOWER LIGHT(DESIGNATED PL'). I `�I c cS a as a a 13 SEE DETAIL 2-E12 FOR TYPICAL SHOWER ROOM LIGHTING �L-'l_='�t��_�`'r -ill `•' O C CL CONTROLS. ` n C o CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 __ 1-2 '" ' 14 SEE DETAIL 4.E1.2 FOR SWITCHBANK LOCATION. Z w _ *Y c of J Z N � o 8 -�'- CL2- � C. "I- a . 4 ( 0 13 O Z i ° (CL2 tLZ ..I OQ CL2 CL2 4 HL O O O W 0 0 02- :, z t L 2 W V W Z { CL2 CL2 .CL2 o - — N Y O W Z O 0 II Qa e o {j 0 CL2. CL2 • `.",.. C 's a ". o .; - 1 © U = Z . I , a2, C I CL2 CL ` J Q s r e HL a o — J N ii t' L. v{ O ML I MLO r o o r I C L r z o uj CL2 O O O O.•R � ,10 O O - O O O O O © O yz O. w F clz clz CL2 �f � * ., �� z �`�� IEI � Ix- — -- - <';; AL2 BI Z W B R� o Z to ,. O �O O - O ..,�., O O ,r,�`.'..x O O O. O. O' s. O O O O � O � O ..O .t--� E' W`u• (TY r I Lj 9 ° - P. 3 i M 2 (TYPICAL p o 0 Q Y ° x ---- ——— — o ---- I i SHEET: I a (TYPICAL) E1 .2 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN -LIGHTING CONTROLS EL2 SCALE: 3/16"=1'-01, ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-467-4225 FAX236-667-4332 A EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO ELECTRICAL GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES , 21 gg EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEETS E5.2 AND E5.3 42 28 I FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS I INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHT,NEMA PLUG 1. DURING UNDER SLAB ROUGH-IN,PLAN FOR OUTLETS THAT MUST BE FED WITH ! •i•5 CONFIGURATION AND BREAKER REQUIREMENTS- CONDUIT FROM UNDER SLAB(FOR EXAMPLE,OUTLETS IN FREESTANDING I L---•.I -= c (TYPICAL FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WITH TAGS).SEE CASES,OR OUTLETS BELOW WINDOWS THAT CANNOT BE FED WITH HORIZONTAL r" GENERAL NOTE#2 AND#8. CONDUIT IN WALL DUE TO STEEL COLUMNS ON BOTH SIDES OF WINDOW).F .1 A-38 C-7 2. FOR OUTLETS OR CONNECTIONS WITH EQUIPMENT TAGS,COORDINATE bJi SK MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. MPLOYEE 7/6118 14. FP-20,22 31 BREAKROOM 3. ALL RECEPTACLES IN DELURESTAURANT AND PREP AREAS THAT ARE BOA AND C 17 400A QUICK FP-24,26 a0 LESS SHALL HAVE PERSONNEL PROTECTION VIA GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE OR CONNECT 3 E17 BREAKER. C-18 - KEYED NOTES � - —_ - n M2 RP-1 M2 RP-2 A35 S !- - 12 M 10 18 O BI Q W C-1 800A QUICK _ O1 COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB-UPS WITH CASEWORK CONSTRUCTION. Z d'0 W`t CONNECT <O (TYPICAL) 5 ._� -- - O2 NOT USED. J d Q Z r ro E-5 W 2 m M2 23 A-42 1 1 O3 NOT USED. LL O O H ®NOT USED. O(9 ao_J 50 WATER ENTRY OOM 30 I E-q E \ 1 30 3 O5 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT SERVED(TYPICAL FOR RECEPTACLES WITH EOUIPMENT TAGS). �W 3 EMPLOYEE KIOSK/BREAKROOM- POWER I1 a o O E2.2 0 ©Nor USED. z SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" a �A' E 30 Y 3 J�J J 1 1 S O7 NOT USED. �- 0 ___�' NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: _ �-� I. ` g CONNECT TO 6'-0'LONG MULTI-OUTLET STRIP.MOUNT VERTICALLY NEAR EDGE OF PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. PAR _ CIRCUITS FOR EQUIPMENT 101, .1-� 91 43 E-10 O MULTI-OUTLET STRIP SHALL BE WIREMOLD V24DO WITH NEMA S20R RECEPTACLES ON 12"CENTERS. t" 41 - 141 AND 142 MUST RESIDE ON +81 H1-18 93 +46"AFF THE SAME ELECTRICAL PANEL. 82 O9 SPACE FOR FUEL DISPENSING CONTROLS.SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. C-5 C-1921 M2 UH-2 (TYPICAL OF Bj 1, 14 -- - 10 UNIT HEATER AND EXHAUST FAN TO BE CONTROLLED THROUGH EMS.ROUTE CIRCUITS THROUGH CONTROLS � JUNCTION BOX LOCATED NEXT TO PANEL'C'.SEE SHEET E3.1 FOR LOCATION AND CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR i i I I I I CONNECTION DIAGRAMS. L- ,14,18 ,,�i I 1200A CT CABINET �� I 33 II I 11 NOT USED. ! I i 1 I 12 PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING FROM INDOOR UNIT TO CONDENSING UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. _ 0 /3 13 RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 48"AFF TO CENTER OF BOX. 400A S.E.RATED 43 14 RECEPTACLES FOR THE CIGARETTE CASE MOUNT AT 81"AFF AND 6"FROM CABINET OUTER EDGE.COO MANUAL TRANSFER RDINATE -- --- H-23,25 H-27,29 H-24,26 H-28,30 I -i "�e�`E 2 WITH CASEWORK CONTRACTORANSTALLER �i t 91 1 SWITCH PUBLIC I H1-15 1 1 15 NOT USED. LAUNDRY ti 07 37 - ( - -J 1g CONNECT MOTORIZED LOUVER TO SAME CIRCUIT AS EXHAUST FAN.CONTROL WITH SAME THERMOSTAT. H-3 Cfi9,HIER 1 1 x�'\ D-00 D SK ---- - COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN. _..PD L a `,��7 800A S.E.RATED 1 24 I 91 43 E-14 MANUAL TRANSFER �, HL17 93 17 NOT USED. SWITCH (� 38 H_39 it 18 CONNECT TO 120V POWER SUPPLY FOR FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL. \ CONNECT TO 120V POWER SUPPLY FOR ENERGY MANAGEMENT PANEL. Lu Q W UH-1 40 2 PUBLIC LAUNDRY POWER I '� 20 NOT USED. O V I"' "' ELECTRICAL I _ 1 Z m N X \ 30 �.': - E2.2 II! I 1 i O RECEPTACLE FOR ZETA DRIVER COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER Q ♦f""�' W CO 11 € I I J V:.r{�C�ypci/i,. P23(PART) ®NOT USED. Z W Z i` 141 III I (i I I i 'O Q \� ._GF i j I I ® COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ANY ROUGHdN.MOUNT 62"AFF TO BOTTOM OF BOX �/ W J d 2PAL �P 4 y H1d8 i .._______i �S (TVPIC ) 34 EGF 32 1111 -` .RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED 6"BELOW CEILING.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MONITOR IN FIELD. > } O r e h I V��O I I H1-13 81 43 E_1g ®O THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS"LCP1"8"LCPY SHALL BE MOUNTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND Z Z Q W 3L ( 1 1 THE EMS CONTROL PANEL AND VERIS POWER MONITOR PANEL SHALL BE MOUNTED BY CONTROLS W N Y FI zL A L 4 `' 1® ( __ CONTRACTOR V LV OOc O ` 13 1 _ LL G ®CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT ESTOP(PILLA MODEL#FS120FN1 FUEL SHUTOFF PUSH BUTTON STATION)8"FROM J a r Z 2 H-34 g 81 I i I EDGE OF CABINET.MOUNT 48"AFF TO THE TOP OF BOX.SEE DETAIL 5-E22 FOR CABINET ELEVATION.CONNECT W W L J I TO CONTACTORS FOR POWER SHUTDOWN TO FUEL DISPENSING SYSTEMS. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET E8. > 0 O O PA L / A ': '%/ ��''� �✓ 7 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. O ;y tf D31 £3 ©PROVIDE 120V POWER FOR FLINT LOD PANEL.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO "i O Hi-25.27 j �.' ROUGH-IN. F.-ROUGH-IN. LL A PANEL PANEL 21123 g� `}a J,��ice/ ` I ®RECEPTACLE SERVING TELEVISION SHALL BE MOUNTED 12*BELOW CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Y• ----�-r� 32- -__ -- �i COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH MOUNTING BRACKET PROVIDED FOR FLAT SCREEN TV PRIOR TO ,�$� _ "� _ �i ROUGH-IN. CTS 8 ROOM LCP2O HI-14(PAR v �, Ht-8 32 I� O ~-� 138 D33 / ®NOT USED. ®MOUNT RECEPTACLES IN CABINET 18"AFF.SEE DETAIL 6•E2.3 FOR CABINET ELEVATION. E-7,9 S 12 19 \ i!l '""""` m'""•'""" ;; ;; ) O s! OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE HUBBELL MODEL#OMNIIRLRP.PROVIDE WITH ALL NECESSARY POWER PACKS LCP1 � 1q ( I^ } "-'-'j -----_ S (HUBBELL MODEL#UVPP),TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. 9 g o 7 C E_19 '3--�- -(�-�{({ �1 --} 5 IGAL)PI'7 O MOUNT BOX 9Y ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND 6"FROM CENTER OF DIGITAL DISPLAY. W � Ht-8 S �,, g Ui:. S o SS p I, ,.01 G LDIN M1 y ° A ®PROVIDE 1'SPARE CONDUIT WITH 2O0L8.PULL-STRING ROUTED UNDER PLATFORM TO NEAREST WALL CAVITY. � E-13 E-24 E-15 _-- -_-'_•-_;--= __ _ __,J .78 TRANSITION IN WALL CAVITY TO ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING AND CONTINUE TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN F ELECTRICAL ROOM. U 2 8 EMS NTROL 25 - --- - -- _ \`� - W O PANE} 47 �� ®PROVIDE NEMA CONFIGURATION RECEPTACLE AND MATCHING CORD.COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURERS Q H i-a O VEk1POWER O i INSTRUCTIONS.SEE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E5.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. ILI ORPANEL H1-16 ILNYB-10 I�i2 �� O PROVIDE CONNECTION TO CEILING SUSPENDED HEAT LAMP.COORDINATE CONNECTION TYPE WITH EQUIPMENT V INFIELD. to a LU w �r H1-11(PART) ` ®PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CREDIT CARD TERMINAL MOUNT 12"ABOVE WAINSCOT TO BOTTOM OF BOX. •• Z '1iq I I 37 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR PUBLIC LAUNDRY ROOM MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER,COORDINATE IN FIELD PRIOR 110 W qR� i_ ____._____� TO ROUGH-M. 3 j $ ENLARGED ELECTRICAL/WATERIS, RECEPTACLE SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA OCCUPANCY SENSOR.SEE DETAIL I-EO.CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES 4 ENTRY/CTS ROOM-POWER ENLARGED CASHIER DESK-POWER SHALL HAVE A PERMANENT MARKING TO DIFFERENTIATE FROM UNCONTROLLED RECEPTACLES. G y( E2.2 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0° E2.2 SCALE: 3/8"=1�-O" IS, SEE DETAIL 1-E2.3 FOR CONTINUATION OF CIRCUIT. CONTACTORS ® #3/0 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN 3/4'CONDUIT. ! n � IY LOW VOLTAGE •��, -- ------ - OUADRAPLEX -- 41 2V BUILDING FOOTING GROUND,MINIMUM#4 AWG BARE COPPER. o in: _ ' DISCONNECT SWITCHES2 PROVIDE PLUGMOLD INTEGRAL TO COUNTERTOP BACKSPLASH.COORDINATE PLUGMOLD INSTALLATION WITH UJ H m tO - _. I.G.G RECEPTACLE FURNITURE INSTALLER.PLUGMOLD RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE BUILT-IN USB CHARGING PORTS. Q^� � l _ 3 CRIND a DISTRIBUTION BOXES 43 RECEPTACLE FOR FLOOR MOUNTED MERCHANDISER SHALL BE MOUNTED INSIDE OF CABINET.CORD SHALL BE PANEL PANEL PANEL ANE ANE ANE OMNTEC PUMP PANEL ROUTED THROUGH OPENING IN TOE-KICK. _ -= AUTO ® PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR CONNECTION TO LOAD CENTER SERVING COOKTOP UNITS(ITEM IYC).USE CONDUCTORS o _.� - - I RATED FOR 90°C.SEE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E5.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. CONTACTORS(TYP.) Tali p` 1 4 h q 1 IESEI AND DEF STP 4' w wuvs" IL �\ I,I II II II II 11 ,a^ M II /� _ SHEET: MAGNETIC MOTOR _ _ _�- ----- 5 II li A Oi Ii ji It ,a• ,� pw I j. WIRING TROUGH IRING TIRO STARTERS REGULAR,SUPER AND AUTO-DIESEL DIESEL AND DEF STP —'-- -- I--- GASOLINE STP CONTACTORS AND i -- CONTROLLERSIHOOK E2.2 CABINETS-GAS(TYPICAL) CABINETS-CIGARETTE CD_IPICALI CABINETS-(TYPICAL) CABINETS-DIESEL(TYPICAL) CONTROLLERS/HOOK ISOLATION RELAYS I ISOLATION RELAYS ® ® s CASHIER DESK CABINET WALL- ELEVATION ® FUEL DISPENSING CONTROLS-ELEVATION ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 �'2 SCALE: N.T.S. E22 SCALE: N.T.S. PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667A332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES '"r`n a(.EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO ELECTRICAL 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION(3)WITH EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEETS E5.2 AND E5.3 ARCHITECTURAL ROOF PLANS AND DIVISION 15 FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN-TYPICAL. INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHT,NEMA PLUG CONFIGURATIONX CONFIGURATION AND BREAKER REQUIREMENTS- 2. VERIFY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS O (TYPICAL FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WITH TAGS).SEE WITH DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ';4.'(fi�,, q"t• ii GENERAL NOTE#2 AND#a. ROUGH-IN. / 7/6A8 FEEDER TAG-REFER TO RTU FEEDER SCHEDULE KEYED NOTES 'X FOR REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING CONDUCTOR X AND GROUND SIZE,CONDUIT SIZE AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. O 1 CONNECT TO REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT. r O2 CONNECT TO WALK-IN COOLER CONDENSER UNIT. 'Z p a1 W W O3 CONNECT TO WALK-IN FREEZER CONDENSER UNIT. Z f OR 0. ar ® CONNECT TO FACTORY-MOUNTED DISCONNECTQ to Z r SWITCH. LL W Z W u°Di O5 CONNECT THROUGH THERMOSTAT. ~ Z O W m © CONNECT TO INDOOR COMPRESSOR UNIT PER O LD o J MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. a Q j O7 PROVIDE WIRING FROM CONDENSING UNIT TO O INDOOR UNIT PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. Z Y ELERACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO CONDUITSSTUBBED RICAL NOR SATELLITE DISHES VERIFY SIZES AND EXACT LOCATION AND ROUTING WITH __ ____ ___ GENERAL CONTRACTOR. j I III - I - 1 O CONNECT TO FACTORY-MOUNTED RECEPTACLE I I 1 II I I 1 I 1 I I i { I I I I PROVIDED WITH RU. Lg! 10PANEL.SEE CAPTI CONNECT VE AIR DRAWINGS O KITCHEN HOOD RTROL ® CNNECTION DETAILS. CNNECT TO CONDENSING UNIT ON MAKE-UP AIR I / it I.j FAN SHALL BE SET UP TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY. 11 III II I I I 11 I I I j 3R I -NF-9R I I D 32 I I 1 I I \�` 212 -17 I 1 13 CONNECT TO EXHAUST FAN FOR HOOD. I i _ I 01.231,2,27 32 1 8 O3 1 .� \ 110,101 •. 14 CONNECT TO SUPPLY FAN FOR HOOD. L-_- ----- ---____ _ __ J _ _ 9 3R__J� D�-26,27,28 1 I .�\\\\l�U 1 I 12 Di-24 i6 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE(1)2" I I 7 I I \ 2 I I I CONDUIT STUBBED FOR DATA ACCESS FROM THE I II--" -G1�,A.33 32 1 6 2 — I CTS ROOM TO THE ROOF.URN CONDUIT DOWN �i \ I � O E4.4 -, ` I ABOVE ROOF TO PREVENT WEATHER INFILTRATION. W II I II I I I 'I I III I I I 4 I 0 j I 11 III I 1 9 I I EF-6 1 l I O „ RTU FEEDER SCHEDULE a W j 11 II 1 I I 181 Z Z m N 1 IL J---�-_�JI 1 I '^' 1 1 II I 1 �I BR I I I FEEDER DESCRIPTION N W F aD r____ h� II 35.3 DPH$ I j� 35.3 (3)1N0,(1�NO G.,IN 1@'C. 0. U Z 30/33RI 164 H-a,10,12 1 1 Q J a I I I ,.. 1 I I I 1 I P 1 I SR I I aou _ 10 13 D1-18,20,22 I �I 1� O W } Z ® W O O \ m Z a i o" a Z E— S .ii ii W CJ V _j O Q D7.1,33,36 DPHdi \ Q 11 M 11 �-----�i-----�� > J cm10 14 UA-1 101 1 1 O7 I �1-0,11,13 III I� 80123R I- j EF-2 I 1 I I a I I 11 I \EF-3 D1.7 12 .. Z_ 6013 3R I 1 1 L____JI � D1-2,4,6 10 ��, \- I 1 8 �D7-18 r p m I I 2� I�� I I I EF-6 I I U I I I I I 11 I I I W Z 10 D1.37,36,41 � -3R 14 11 11 /^�� I I � ll/ L I I I VV I B 1 1 1 9 1 1 1I B I I I 9 I I 1 1 1 I 2 DI.1,3,6 P1-E,10.12 Z \ \ d1-17,1 a2A i 8 \ 01 0 # DPH-4 1 1 LIR DPH-3 3R OL 01.13 1 62AI 1 8 I I I I I I 6 6 I I I I G 3 I I I 1I R I I I 16 I O I >>> I I I I I I I I I I DI-14,18 ZLI I T- 1T I I I PAGE SHEET: TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN- POWER INIT • . • . E2.4ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS E2.4 SCALE: 3/16"=V-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 2a659 PHONE:336-667.4225 FAX:336.667-4332 a CONDUIT TAG-REFER TO TRAVEL CENTER SPEAKER WIRING LEGEND KEYED NOTES A. CONDUIT SCHEDULE SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL C7 &O� y ® CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, c TONS, r- ZONE NO. DESCRIPTION _ QUANTITY AND FILL. O (1)1-1/2'CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING BELOW RAISED CASHIER DESK PLATFORM. � I i DIESEL CANOPY j 2 AUTO CANOPY O2 STUB UP CONDUIT INSIDE DESK.COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK.3 STORE " ELECTRICAL 4 R STAURANTSTUB OUT CONDUIT INSIDE CASEWORK. E;;] I-IS-I I;I n � ®® 5 POWERED SPEAKER 4O MOUNT INSIDE CASEWORK.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. `�' I OS CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER 716118 DRAWING SYMBOLS 5 MOUNT ABOVE INTERCOM SHELF ABOVE DOOR.PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN ® ® (6 -� (ZONE NO.INDICATED): � WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER O PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW. - '@ BULLHORN SPEAKER © SHOWER MONITOR.PROVIDE 4•BOX MOUNTED®12"BELOW CEILING TO COUNTER LINE OF BOX UNO.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX TO ABOVE CEILING. FOR EACH SPEAKER,PROVIDE(1)CAT.3 CABLE TO CTS ROOM. O7 (1)1-1/2"CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING.CONTINUE TO CTS FOR TRUCK SCALE CONSOLE&PRINTER.TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB AT WALL BEHIND W Q W CTS (TYPICAL) FOR DESK. Z O N E IY fA �g� R® (41 O8 PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX WITH(1)2"CONDUIT TO CTS ROOM FOR FUEL W r 40 AREA CAMERAS.PROVIDE 20OLS PULLSTRING. (L W=W O9 (1)2-CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING FROM TALK-A-PHONE WIREWAY G O L�l r Ie^� ❑1 (g) (y)(2)(2) IN OFFICE TO CASHIER DESK.TRANSITION TO UNDER CASHIER DESK PLATFORM AT WALL ~ Z J W BEHIND CASHIER DESK. O h J�. z TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN ,6 LOCATONDUITFORD BYTELEPHON UTILITY. ENTRANCE. STUB OUTSIDE BUILDING TO a o SSC LOCATION SPECIFIED BY TELEPHONE UTILITY. 0 E3 SCALE: 3116"=1'-O" 11 4'.9.314"PLYWOOD BACKBOARD PAINTED FIRE RETARDANT GRAY FOR MOUNTING Y TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT.PROVIDE GROUND BAR WITH NB IN CONDUIT TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. __ ��Xl'h'-Xi FX � 12 SPARE(2)2'CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING. ® __—� I I ® 13 (2)3"CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED UNDERGROUND.INCLUDE NYLON BUSHINGS. 75 11 IIIIIII P 15 14 (1)1-CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM DELI ISLAND TO CTS ROOM.STUB UP ON CTS WALL.TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB A7 CLOSEST WALL OR COLUMN TO DELI ISLAND. ® ig PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOX FOR CAMERA DATA MOUNTED AT IV-V ABOVE 1 19 _ I IIIIIII 19 FINISHED GRADE,PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT ROUTED FROM JUNCTION BOX TO AN REAR / ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE THE LAY-IN CEILING.PROVIDE NYLON BUSHINGS AND A VESTIBULE 20OLE PULLSTRING. FREEZER I II ae Ap� �L CLOS CLOSET rvlEM If 3 g Y ® FN 18 SPARE(1)3"CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED TO WALL CAVITY BEHIND CASHIER EMIP16WE BRg IIIrqL_ I O DESK.EXTEND CONDUIT TO AN ACCESSIBLE AREA 6"ASOVE WALL.INCLUDE NYLON o�O IC S / 31 BUSHINGS. ARBYS '-' +32 1 17 2"x4"BOX MOUNTED 46"AFF TO CENTER LINE OF BOX UNO.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX FR EZER 1 70 ABOVE CEILING.PROVIDE 12'CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING IN DOOR FRAME FROM ® +32 +18 +18 +1B ELECTRIC STRIKE TO ABOVE CEILING.COORDINATE WITH DOOR FRAME X T EL SHrQER SHpWER SHQWER SH,�ppW�ER MANUFACTURERRNSTALLER. COOLER I __. CONTINUE OVERHEAD gg (TYP,OF 5) 8, d`2 N L 4 2e 1 6 TO CTS ROOM © °B ® �� LJ 18 NOT USED. ® PROVIDE 4'BOX MOUNTED AT 12"BELOW CEILING TO CENTER LINE OF BOX UNLESS 4 mP.OF 3) ® 3 NOTED OTHERWISE FOR CATV/SATELLITE CONNECTION FOR TELEVISION.COORDINATE Try S EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH MOUNTING BRACKET PROVIDED FOR FLAT SCREEN TV W n II II SH3 PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX TO ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING. �' S AR pg 12 III `�/(J�^ H S a ~ co �• 7 I u 37 (TYP.OF 4) 17 ® NOT USED. z m N 8 COOLER - _-_ O - - - - ^ 21 PROVIDE(1)RJ-45 DATA CONNECTION FOR HONEYWELL. O O LU ® pi O 2 0 Z t) C - I O PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW IN A SINGLE FACEPLATE. J Q S 3 I 84"AFF 23 PROVIDE FLOOR BOX WITH POWER AND DATA.PROVIDE(t)N CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING pi Z J a _ 4 VyN-•I-11,_I-,I-�11 I tg � TO CTS ROOM FOR DATA RACEWAY.TRANSITION CONDUIT INSIDE CLOSEST COLUMN OR � O W WALL CAVITY AND ROUTE OVERHEAD TO CTS ROOM.SEE SHEET E2.1 FOR POWER w — _ O �CHIKR - -_- —-_-_- ___ I I STAGING z INFORMATION. Z I Y O _ I ® 02 32 - - - - - le O OWNER. RJ35 CONNECTION FOR FLINT LOC SYSTEM.COORDINATE LOCATION WITHui O3 _ WpL�� L__J LL S 33 BEVERAGE 126 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CTS ON MAIN FEED FOR PANEL"DPH"AND ROUTE LOW J = r J WP6 III COOLER 38 _- VOLTAGE CABLING BACK TO VERIS POWER MONITOR PANEL FOR TERMINATION. c r O I PR Se BY'S oil W III r C O COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL WITH CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. ' c co O 0 C J JANITOR i 1 3 LAUNDRY 28 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CTS ON ONE PHASE OF EACH FEED FOR EACH STP IN O J Q - 30 16 - - _ - I I O r� PANEL ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING BACK TOE POWER MONITOR PANEL (V FOR TERMINATION.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL WITH CONTROLS � a CONTRACTOR. g I I I 27 ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO BE CONTROLLED SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH SE ODE 39"'a&�' J�j 1 18 IIII I_ O LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS•LCP1"AND"LCP2'.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL WITH CONTROLS CONTRACTOR AND SEE CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR CONNECTION r _ DIAGRAMS. _ ,6 - __._ /� _ __ IIII �.�.� sr -� - - _ - I I I 26 JUNCTION BOXES TO BE UTILIZED FOR LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL OF INTERCONNECTED \> / I wq UNIT HEATERS AND EXHAUST FANS BY THE EMS.SEE CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR Ir \`1 / ___ 13 _________ IIII I ( �NTRY7R�M CONNECTION DIAGRAMS. r t t t I $ i II — I I I I ® O MOUNT IN FACE OF CASEWORK.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. M L�p 1 N .i i II 39 I I I I r 3 30 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR CAT-5 CONNECTION TO DIGITAL DISPLAY SCREEN AT .rL' 39 S 3 /�Y I I I O O CASHIER DESK AND DELI BAR. F- I \ I 39 S9 O O O IIII I I O 3t PROVIDE BOX 12"ABOVE WAINSCOT TO BOTTOM OF BOX. W O 1 w \ y 1 1 I 32 PROVIDE A ROOF-MOUNTED DATA OUTLET IN A WEATHERPROOF BOX FOR TRUCK +I III I PARKING AREA WIFI.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION ON ROOF WITH PILOTIFJ PROJECT OVERHEAD CONDUIT I I MANAGER.PROVIDE UNI-STRUT TYPE MOUNTING SUPPORT.MAKE SURE THAT ALL ROOF I�.�/'J V O _O III I PENETRATIONS ARE WEATHERTIGHT. G W ; )--� 4 �x' L L I ___ O CONTRACTOR SHALL AVOID THE WALL AREA BEHIND THE CIGARETTE DISPLAY CASES C S SEATING I I(I I I 2g 25 FOR CONDUITS ROUTED TO THE CASHIER DESK. y 0 zz ... ARBY'S I . . III I TOILET I mPICAL) m w g �-I DRIVE-ThHIRU 42 SEATS • I I I Q I O NOT USED. (1)V CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM KIOSK TO CTS ROOM.STUB UP ON CTS WALL. TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB AT CLOSET WALL OR COLUMN TO KIOSK O y C I IIII I ELECTRICAL $ • 1 i i ® 36 PROVIDE DATA IN THE 2-GANG FLOOR BOX FROM SHEET E2.1.PROVIDE(1)1-CONDUIT a S N2 RBY'E I I - - ' WITH PULLSTRING TO CTS ROOM FOR DATA RACEWAY.TRANSITION CONDUIT INSIDE 1 37 I I I CLOSEST COLUMN OR WALL CAVITY AND ROUTE OVERHEAD TO CTS ROOM.SEE SHEET LOA -- Eau I j ` I 1 l it J IIIIII I E2.1 FOR FLOOR BOX SPEC AND POWER INFORMATION. 1 I —� "-F' 1 J� I I I (I ® ® 37 FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING FOR GUEST WIFI WIRELESS HUB.COORDINATE EXACT O 1 I 14 / (I( I I I ✓ 17 I LOCATION WITH OWNER, LI I III m I I . ; 1 +10" _ S I I L L I u / 24 ® FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING FOR PILOT WIFI WIRELESS HUB.COORDINATE EXACT Fa Q •.Y`-^ I I LOCATION WITH OWNER.In O I DIN NING 30 I I _= PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR C CONNECTION TO ORDER DISPLAYS&ORDER I 'T �� OVERHEAD CONDUIT STATIONS.C CORRESPOND NG DISPLAYSEXA 8 CT MSTAOTIONS.UNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH I �N1 S Q t9 P"'f' �""17 �-'�' -( VESTIBULE FOUNTAIN Q 3 , 21 40 PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM FUELING D-BOXES TO APPROPRIATE ACCESS LOCATION IN CTS ROOM,PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW. _-- 3=7 ''w„ �.• % 111 TfS FINALCOORDINATE LOCATION PILOT PROJECT MANAGER. SHEET: VEST BULE 6 —————— __ 15 — - �� 15 15 E 3 1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS E3 SCALE: 3/16"=1'-U' 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 "Ai"120/208V.,30,4W_S.N..225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A 'A"120-208V.,30,4W.,SN.,225A.ML.0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A 'DPV 120/20SV.,30.4W,S.N.,1600A 3WBD-MCA. UPSTREAM DEVICE-NIA �y qq q pp "DPH"277/48OV.,30,4W.,S.N.,400 AMPERE SWBD-M.L.O. ' LOAD(KVA) t,5 $ LOAD DNA) LOAD(KVA) 3 t m t g Q LOAD(KVA) LOAD(KVA) Q '� $ m LOAD(KVA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) g LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE"BEL) gg � LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) g mm g i .ABC rc� '� � LOAD NPE BASEL) LOAD(KVA) g w e� ABC 8 8 12 e ABC a $ m m �3 A B C 3 A B C A B C E 3 A B C A B C = E A B C LOAD TYPE ILASEU ]3 t$ UPSTREAM DEVICE-400A SALES AREA LIGHTING 1.1 20 12 1 2 12 20 0.8 SHOWER UGHTINO COUNEWOP PLUGMOLD 1.1 20 72 7 2 72 20 0.] SHOWER IH 3#2 9.0 E 1 2 BA A B C D a -� N SALES AREA LIGHTING 12 20 12 3 4 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN EMPLOYEE KIOSK D.4 20 12 3 4 12 20 0] SHOWERS#3&#0 PANEL-A 8.9 3 4 m g 6.3 Q PANEL-E m z `* SPARE 0.0 W 12 5 6 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN FLATSCREEN TELEVISION MET D 1.0 20 12 5 S 12 20 OA SHOWER 95 9.1 5 6 4.8 0.0 > /J SPARE 0.0 W 12 7 8 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN FLY CONTROL SYSTEM 271 0.4 ZO 12 T S 12 20 1.1 COUNTERTOP PLUGMOLD 7 8 t7a SPARE 0.0 1 SPARE 0.0 20 i2 9 10 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN SHOWWINDOW 0.7 20 12 9 iD 12 20(5 OS SALES FLOOR FLOOR RECEFT3, PANEL-B 9 10 '� taB PANEL-H 00 EXTERIORUGHTING to LC 20 12 11 12 12 20 LC 12 BUILDING SIGN FLOOR SCRUBBER 0.2 W 12 It 12 12 15 0.3 HOOD UGHTS+CONTROLS 11 12 TRUCK CANOPY LED PRICER 0.3 20 10 13 14 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN ZETA DRIVER 0.2 20 12 13 14 12 20 1.6 SHOWER HALL RECEPTACLES 81 13 14 19'g 716118 LED UGHTSTRIP -4 ZO 12 IS 18 12 20 0.7 BEV.COOLER LIGHTING POWERSW232 1.0 12 15 76 12 20 0.5 SINK RECEPTACLES PANEL-C '� 15 16 3+A8 PANEL-FP PANEL-L 22.5 2 LED LIGHT STRIP 0.4 20 12 17 18 72 20 LC 12 BUILDING SIGN 1.0 iT 18 12 20 0.5 EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES et ea 17 78 1$7 SPARE 0.0 20 19 20 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDINGSIGN ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0.8 20 12 19 20 12 20 0,] EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES 19 20 5.3 SPARE 0A 20 21 ZZ 12 20 LC 12 BUILDING SIGN ICE MERCHANDISER 82 0.6 20 12 21 U 12 20 0.] RESTROOM RECEPTACLES PANEL-D 21 22 8.5 PANEL-P 4.6 SPARE 0.0 20 23 24 12 20 LC 7.0 ARBV'SILLUMINATEDCANOPV ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0A 20 12 23 20 12 20 1.5 HAND DRYER 1 21.t 23 � 62 RTU-1 4.6 HA � $ O O SPARE 0.0 20 25 26 12 20 LC 1.0 ARBY'S ILLUMINATED CANOPY ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0.8 20 12 25 26 12 20 t5 HAND DRYER 0.6 25 2B OS 4$ !T SPARE OLD 20 27 28 2O OA SPARE ANTHONY DOORS 165 0.5 20 12 2] 28 72 20 1.6 HAND DRYER STORAGE UNIT 0.6 $ m 27 28 m $ 0.8 STORAGE UNIT '��I� F tr+f SPARE 0.0 20 28 30 20 0.0 SPARE ANTHONY DOORS I85 0.5 20 12 29 30 12 20 0.9 TOWEL DISPENSERS 0.8 29 90 0.8 4.6 V W Q W SPACE ONLY 0.0 31 32 20 0.0 SPARE ANTHONY DOORS 185 0.5 20 12 31 32 12 20 02 MULTI-TIMER DISPLAY 261 31 92 1#A RN-2 4.6 HA 1i0v � 4 SPACE ONLY 0.0 33 3A ZO 1A SPARE TOILET HALL 0.4 20 12 33 34 72 20 00 0.8 GRAB-N-GDCASE/P PANEL-H7 33 34 151 Q PANEL-Di 46 Z_ N 1*0 SPACE ONLY 0.0 35 36 20 0.0 SPARE MY BOARD 0.4 20 12 35 36 F.12 20 1.1 COUNTERTOP PLUGMOLD 35 38 ta.e 49 '. W SPACE ONLY O.D 37 38 20 0.0 SPARE SPARE 0.0 20 37 98 72 20 0,5 TELEVISION SAE 37 30 6.6 J a 4 Z� SPACE ONLY 0.0 39 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPARE 0.0 20 39 40 20 0.0 SPARE PANEL-G § 39 dD 6.B PANEL Al RTUd 4.9 NA gj 5 u. W Z W O SPACE ONLY 0.0 41 42 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPARE 0.0 20 41 42 12 20 HL 0.5 FIREALARMPANEL 41 42 8.0 q•g `` 0 F PHASEA 0 KVA PH SEA 9.0 KVA 43 db 0.0 r TOTAL CONN.LOAD i9S KVA, 54.1 AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 27.0 KVA, T4.8 AMPERES 4.g Z J W O PHASE B: BA KVA PHASE B: 8.9 KVA SPACE ONLY 45 48 0.0 SPACE ONLY O (�O J 00 PANEL DE-RATING 8D% 67.6 AMPERES PHASE C: 80 KVA PANEL DE RATING80% 0.6 AMPERES PHASE C: 9.1 KVA 67 4B OD RTU> 49 HA G 6 0.0 49 W 0.0 W N "0"120I208V.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A MLO. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A "C"120120BV.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A.ML0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A SPACE ONLY 0.0 61 52 O SPACEONLY 49 O LOAD(KVA) �'� t 0.0 53 54 0.D 0.0 Z LOAD TYPE LABEL g3 LOAD 9NM LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE LOAD(KVA) 5 LOAD(KVA) EMS P.T.CONNECTK)N OA 7 Y (LABEL) A ABC '2 ul (LABEL) ABC a' '� $ LOAD TYPE(LABEL) TOTAL CONN.LOAD 571.6 KVA,1586.E AMPERES PHASEA 2OL6 WA S R A B C A B C 6 3 A B C PHASE e: 206.8 KVA Q O.O HOTDOG ROL ER2 1.6 OF 20 12 1 2 2.1 WH-1 1.9 20 12 1 2 90 20 0.1 VACUUM HTATbN REC. PANEL DIVERSITY 14692 AMPERES PHASEC: 179.7 KVA 10 20 GF BEAN-TDCUP BK 2.1 HOTDOG ROLLER 2 1S OF 20 12 3 4 2.1 EF-B 0.1 75 12 3 4 10 20 9.5 VACUUALE PIT ON SINGLE BOWL BUM.DISP.BY L4 GF 20 72 5 6 3.0 CIGARETTE CASE 82 OA 20 12 5 6 10 20 1.0 TRUCK SCALE PIT(SIGN) "B'120/206V..30,4W..S.N.,400A M.L.O. - UPSTREAM DEVICE-400A MUFFIN MONSTER 2.1 I'.t 6 10 2S OF DUAL COFFEE BREWER 902 CHILI DISP.12 02 OF 20 12 7 8 3A COUNTERTOP PLUGMOLO 1.1 20 /2 T 8 10 20 1.D TRACK SCALE PR(INTERCOM) q 2.1 LOAD(KVA) ii m o a M LOAD(KVA)REFRIGERATOR210 0.8 GF 20 12 9 10 3A 1.1 9 10 10 20 1.0 TRUCK SCALE PIT(CgMERA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) m ABC. p 32 LOAD TYPE(LABEL) OD 10 25 OF DUAL COFFEE BREWER 9D2 UH-1(ELECT.ROOM) 30 10 u 1+ 2.1 11 12 3.0 1.7 11 12 10 20 OA AUTO CANOPY RECEPTS. A B C 3 D. 3 A B C BEAN TO CUP 9L GF 20 10 SPARE 0.0 'a 9 2.1 13 14 12 20 GF OS CREAM DISP.BA SPARE 0.0 20 93 1/ 10 20 OA TRt1CKCgNOPY RECEIPTS. BAG-N-BOX 246 1.5 GF 20 12 1 2 3.8 8 50 HA ICEMACHINEMIC 0.0 21 15 18 12 20 GF 1.8 MICROWAVE IO EF-7 0.1 15 12 16 18 10 20 0.4 TRUCK CANOPY RECEIPTS. BAG4HBOX2d6 1.0 OF 20 12 3 4 3.6 BEAN TO CUP 91( 21 OF 20 10 iT 18 12 20 GF OA COUNTERTOP COLD WELL ISE RP-1 8 RP-2 0.5 20 12 1] 18 12 20 0.4 EMPLOYEE KIOSK RECEIPTS. FREEZER DOOR FRAME 0.5 GF 20 12 5 8 12 20 HA 0.5 BEV.COOLER EYAP.187 0.0 2.0 18 20 12 M OF 1.8 ICE DISPENSER 20B 1.] 1B 20 20 oo SPARE COOLER EVAP.299 0.4 HA M 12 7 e 12 20 HA 0.5 BEV.COOLER AP.IBT HOT WATER SYSTEM IAA OF 25 10 UH2(WATER ENTRY) 30 10 SPARE 0.0 10 2.0 21 22 12 20 OF 1.8 CAPPUCCINO DISP.SK 9.7 21 22 20 0.0 SPARE 0.9 9 70 12 20 OF 22 HEATED HOLDING CABINET 149B MICROWAVE IO 1.8 GF 20 12 23 ?A 20 00 SPARE ELEC. WTR.ENTRY RMS. OA 20 12 23 24 0.0 SPARE FREEZER EVAP.299 0.9 12 11 12 12 20 GF 2.2 HEATED HOLDING CABINET 1dBB O.0 DUAL COFFEE GRINDER BE 1.3 GF 20 12 25 28 12 20 GF 1.8 MICROWAVE IO SPARE D.0 ZO 25 26 0.0 SPARE 0.0 13 14 5.2 0.01 SPARE 20 8 60 GF DOUBLE BATCH OVEN 149A [um SINK RECEPTACLES OS 20 12 27 ?8 2.3 SPARE 0.0 20 27 28 20 0.0 SPARE 0.0 75 IB 5.2 8 30 GF COOKTOP IYC N33 0.0 P m 11 DIGITAL DISPLAY 34F 1.0 20 12 29 90 23 SPARE OA 20 28 30 20 0.0 SPARE 46'F000 PREP TABLE 150AG 0.6 OF 15 12 17 18 2.6 0.0 DIGITAL DISPLAY 34f 1.0 20 12 91 82 ZO 0.0 SPARE SPARE 0.0 20 39 32 20 0o SPARE 2.8 19 20 8 30 S 2.8 RETHERMAUZER218 DIGITAL DISPLAY 34F 1.0 20 12 3a 34 12 20 0.] DELI CONVENIENCE RECEPTS. SPARE 0.0 20 33 94 12 20 0.2 GOLF CART RETHERMALVFR2/B 2.8 S 30 8 21 Y2 2S 2.6 35 38 2.6 SPARE 0.0 20 35 38 20 O.D SPARE 2.6 23 2A OA SHUNTTRIP PHASE 41.0 KVA FR2N.BEY.DISP.BE.1 25 GF 30 10 37 f0 90 OF 25 fRZN.BEV.DISP.eE.t 20 37 98 20 OA SPARE SHUNTTRIP 0.0 25 28 12 15 S 7.2 CONVECTION OVEN 150A TOTAL CONN.LOAD 124.4 KVA 14g.$AMPERES PHASE 43.E KVA DIGITAL DISPLAY 34F 1.0 20 12 39 40 12 20 1.0 FLATSCREEN N 39E/9A0 AIR COMPRESSOR(SHIP) 2.0 70 39 40 20 0.0 SPARE GAS FRYER 15p.1 1.6 S 20 12 2] 28 0.0 SHUNT TRIP PHASE 39.$KVA (n SPARE 0.0 20 d1 42 20 Do SPARE 2A d7 42 20 0.0,-- SPARE SHUNTTRIP 0.0 29 30JI 0.0 W PHASEA: 22S KVA PHASE 82 KVA CONVECTION OVEN 150A 1.2 S 15 12 31 32 SPARE TOTAL CONN.LOAD 65.3 KVA 181.2AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 23.7 KVA, 65S AMPERES PHASES: 21.7 KVA PHASE B: B.7 KVA - SHUNTTRW 0.0 3S 340.0 i'277//BOY.,30.4W.,S.N.,225A MLO. UPSTREAM DEVICE-22SA PANEL DIVERSITY 143.SAMPERES PHASE C: 21.1 KVA PANEL DE-RATING 80% 82.3 AMPERES PHASE C: 6.8 KVA 0.0 35 380.0 SPACE ONLY Ly SPARE 3.0 SO 3T 38 12 WORKTOP FREEZER 157.1 LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD(KVA) u m X Y LOAD DNA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) In i20/208V.,90./W.,S.N.,400A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-400A "E'12N208V.,30,4W.,S.N..I.G.BAR,t00A-M1.0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-100A '� ABC N 21 0.0 39 M0.0 SPACE ONLY LL LOAD(KVA) t t EL, LOAD(KVAI LOAD(KVA) pp, P, y¢I tSm LOAD(KVA) SPACE ONLY 0.0 61 42 19 HOLDING CABINET 10 SALESAREAUGHTING OA B C So 2 mt 0 20 L 7S B C AUTO CANOPY LTG. W LOAD TYPE(LABEL) w uI LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE ILABEL) 5 € fi p LOAD TYPE(LABEL) PHASE A 18.9 KVA I 1 Lu C3 m p ABC %£ m 8 _ ABC p TOTAL CONN.LOAD 51.2 KVA, 142.IAMPERES SPARE O.o 20 3 4 to 20 Lc s AUTO CANOPY LTG. V 3z PHASE 8: 19A KVA A B C m 3 "= A B C A B C _ A B C p(WEL OE-RATING BO% i7].6AMPERE3 .PHASEC: 71S KVA SALESAREAUGHTING Ob 20 12 6 8 20 0.0 SPARE UI r M 70HEADDRINKDISP.2 1I GF 20 12 i 2 12 20 0.2 WIRELESS DRIVE-THRU ORDER 39 DRIVER'S SERVICES OA IG 20 72 1 2 12 20 IG 0.4 CASHIERS DESK RECEPE. SPARE 0.0 ZO 7 8 10 20 LC 7.0 AUTO PANAFLEX LTD. Z 4yJ� N HEAD DRINK DISP-DRIVE THRU8 1.2 OF 20 12 3 4 1.6 ATM 55 0.4 IG 20 12 3 4 12 20 IS 0.4 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. 0 W N 12 20 S FRYOUMP47 'DI.120/20VA.30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A SPARE 0.0 20 9 10 10 20 LC 13 AUTO CANOPY LTG. N 0.7 5 6 1.8 CASH COUNTER 106I10] 0.4 ICi 20 12 5 6 12 W IG 0.6 CASH DESK RECP(FUEL.MON,MH RESTROOWSTOCK#HALL LTG OS 20 12 11 12 2.1 LL F 00 SHAKE MACHINE I2 0.7 20 12 T 8 D.0 SHUNTTRIP CTS PWGMOLD 1.6 20 12 ] 8 12 20 IG 0.4 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. �w t PREP AREA LIGHTING 0.8 TO 12 73 U 0) LOAD TYPE LOAD(KVA) LOAD(KVA) 14 B 20 2.1 WATER BOOSTER PUMP Q Z 0.7 9 90 12 20 S 1.1 GAS FRYER 43/FILTER CIS PLUGMOLD 1.6 20 12 9 10 12 20 IG 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEIPTS. (LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) N .R ABC EXTERIOR LIGHTING 03 LC 20 12 15 18 2.1 O COOKAND HOLD CABINET 16 0.8 GF 15 12 17 12 0.0 SHUNTTRIP WIFI EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES IS 20 12 11 72 12 20 IG 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. A B C 5 ; z A 6 C $PARE 0.0 20 11 18 20 0.0 SPARE �4.y/�A ww COOKANDHOLDCASINETI6 OS OF 16 12 13 14 12 20 0.6 MENUBDARD 45 TTS PLUGMOLD 1.6 20 12 13 14 12 20 IS 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. 1.1 1 2 0.5 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.1 LC 20 t0 19 20 20 D.0 SPARE J 0. 1A i6 i6 12 15 GF i.] COFFEE MAKER 48 TTS PLOGMOLD 1.6 20 12 i6 i6 12 IG OA CSHR DSK RECEPTSANES7RN UN MU/2COND.#i 1.1 HA 20 12 3 4 12 1S HA 0.5 EF-2 SRE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 7.1 LC 20 70 21 22 8 20 LC I.0 TRUCK CANOPY LTD. ' W Z CONVECTION OVEN 17 3 20 12 L 1A 17 18 2D 0.0 SPARE FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL 0.4 20 12 17 to 12 10 IG O.T PJ FRESH PO.S. 1.1 s e 0.5 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.3 LC 20 8 23 24 8 20 LC 1.0 TRUCK CANOPY LTG. SHUNT TRIP Do 19 20 12 15 GF 0.] SLICER 52 ENERGY MANAGEMENT PANEL 0.4 20 12 19 20 12 20 IG OA CCV MONITOR EF41 0.7 HA 20 12 7 8 1.1 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.7 LC 20 8 25 26 8 20 LC 1.0 TRUCK CANOPY LTD. O U.C.REFRIGERATION 30A OA 36 OF 15 12 21 12 20 GF11.51t9 SLICER HEAT LAMP 52A CINNASON SPARE.OS 0.7100 IS 0 72 72 IS 02 03 CAT SCALE CE LING RECEPT.E COND.UNIT iP 3.3 33 HA 45 0 1 12 12 20 HA 1.1 11 MUA2 COND.02 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES)SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) IS 1.9 LC 20 8 29 80 B 20 LC 1.1 O.S LED PRICERS RISE d � O 12 20 GF HORIZONTALTOASTER 54 WALK-IN FREEZER 32 3A HA 30 10 25 26 v SPARE 0.0 20 25 28 12 20 IS 0.2 ATM 55 3.3 13 14 10 30 HA 2.1 AC-1/CU-I SPARE 0.0 20 31 32 3.9 N L Z 3.8 27 28 12 15 GF 0.8 CHEESE PUMP 56 SPARE 0.0 20 2T 28 20 0.0 SPARE EF-S 0.4 HA 20 12 16 16 2.1 GOALPOST SIGN 4.5 LC 20 8 ST 84 8 33 3A CARDBOARD BALER LL r ,A 1.8 28 30 1.0 SPARE 0.0 20 29 30 20 0.0 SPARE EF-4 0.7 HA 2D 12 17 i8 OS W v. 12 M GF MICROWAVE OVEN 81 LED PRICER GOALPOST OS 20 8 B5 3g 3.9 L ` J WALK-IN COOLER 33 1.8 HA 15 12 31 ffi 1.8 SPARE 0.0 20 31 32 12 20 0.1 FLINT LOC SYSTEM 1.4 19 20 12 15 HA OS EF-1 DIRECTONAL SIGNAGE 2.0 LC 20 8 37 39 3.9 r r Q 1.8 93 34 iS FUEL DISP.CONTROLS OA 20 12 33 34 12 20 IG 0.7 ARBY'S POS RECEPTACLES MUA-1 COND.#1 1.4 HA 20 10 21 22 0.5 DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE 2.6 LC 20 10 39 40 8 35 3.9 TRASH COMPACTOR Z O Q 12 20 OF MICROWAVE OVEN81 DIRECTIONAL 2.0 LC 20 8 41 q2 3A I,LI J O COLD WELL UNIT48A 0.6 GF 15 72 35 36 1.6 SPARE 0.0 20 35 96 ZO 0.0 SPARE to 23 4 24 12 iSHA 0.3 EF4T +A4 3T 3B T.0 ARBY'B POS RECEPTACLES 0.7 b 20 12 3] 38 0.0 1.9 25 26 20 0.0 SPARE PHASEA TINS KVA FRONT LINE SUCERCOUNTER46 i•1 40 1 PANEL-G1 ARM POS RECEPTACLES 0.7 IG 20 t2 39 40 8 60 OA NSS WALK-IN COOLER CCND.299 1.9 HA 20 10 27 M 20 OA SPARE TOTAL CONN.LOAD 61.1KV0. 73.5AMPERES U N PHASE B: 22S KVA L 00 te.0 41 62 A 0a ARBY'S P03 RECEPTACLES 0.7 K3 20 12 41 42 0.0 IS 28 30 1.8 PANEL DE-RATING 80% 01.9 AMPERES PHASE C: 1S7 KVA J PHASEA 34.7 WA PNA 6.9 WA OA 31 32 1D 25 HA 1.8 WALK-IN FREEZER COND,299 W TOTAL CONN.LOAD H0.5 KVA, 308.7AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD Z0.0 KVA, 55S AMPERES HAS 3S8 KVA PHASE B: 8.3 WA 4 MUA-1 OA HA 15 12 33 34 iS PANEL DIVERSITY 298.]AMPERES PHASEC: 37.0 KVA PANEL DE-TtATING 80% �A AMPERES PHASEC: 4.8 KVA 0.4 35 36 20 0.0 SPARE LOAD SUMMARY-M.T.S(WITH INTEGRAL 400A,S.E.MAIN) Q 0.8 37 38 0.0 SPACE ONLY aI -HI-1201206V.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVKx:-225A "H'12D1208V.30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M1.0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A M1M-2 0.8 Wl iS 12 39 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY HVAC 57.0 KVA X100% 57.0 KVA L '� tm 0.6 41 42 0.0 SPACE ONLY INTERIORUGHUNG 3.3 KVA X,. 4.1 WA f-' LOAD(KVA) tm LOAD(KVA) LOAD(KVA) '2 0 � � LOAD(KVA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) m LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) 'mm LOAD TYPE(LABEL) PHASEA 15.4 KVA p m ABC a �' rc z '� S 2 ABC TOTAL CONN.LOAD "A KVA, 122AAMPERES PHASE B: 15.1 KVA EXTERIOR UGHI'ING 28.1 KVA X 125% 35.1 KVA A S C m 3 = ; m A B C A B C m ; _ = A B C Q PANEL DE-RATING 80% 153.OAMPERES PH EC: 13.6 KVA DRYER(JANITOR LAUNDRY)148 1.6 GF 20 72 1 2 12 15 GF 1.8 WASHER(JANROR LAUNDRY) POST MIX 013P.4 1.2 GF 20 12 1 2 9.1 RECEPTACLES 0.0 KVA FIRST 1q(+50%REMAINING 0.0 KVA DRYER(JANITOR LAUNDRY)148 IA GF 20 12 9 4 72 Is GIF 7.8 WASHER(JANROR LAUNDRY)147B POST MIX B ICE DISP.4 1.2 Gf ZO 12 3 4 B 40 HA 3.1 BEV.COOLER CORD.164 ~~ ~ � tt 'Gl"120 MV.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE425A APPLANCE 0.0 KVA X85% 0.0 KVA Z O O O d MICROWAVE C5 to GF 8D 12 8 S 12 20 1.0 HEAT LAMP CUBE ICE MAKER4A 0.7 HA 15 12 5 8 3.1 p HOT PLATE CS 0.6 GF 15 12 7 8 12 20 1.1 HEAT LAMP CUBE ICE MAKER 4A 0.7 HA 15 12 7 8 3.1 LOAD(KVAI TWy t ,m„ % m LOAD(KVA) EQUIPMENT 3SO KVA X 100% 36.0 KVA t+J SPARE 0.0 20 9 10 72 75 GF 0.5 U.C.REFRIGERATED DRAWER CB 07 9 10 8 40 HA 3.1 BEV.COOLER COND.164 LOAD TYPE(LABEL) w _ ABC _g wm $ LOAD NPE BABEL) MOTORS OA KVA 125%LAROE3T+100 CUBE ICE MAKER COND.4A HA 30 10 $ %REMAINING 1S KVA ORDER STATION 10 1.0 20 12 71 12 12 20 GF D.3 U.C.REFRIGERATOR CII 0.7 11 12 0.0 A B C � m � 3 A B C MERCHANDISER 91191A 0A W 12 13 14 12 20 1.0 ORDER MONITOR 103.1 SHOWERMONITORMO 1.0 20 72 13 14 0.7 HEATED HOLDING 82 O.T GF 15 12 1 2 to OTHER 0.0 KVA X100% O.O KVA H c 10 3D HA CUBE ICE MAKER COND.dA 12 20 S CONVECTION OVEN 1T MERCHANDISER 91/91A 0.4 20 12 15 i6 12 20 1.0 ORDER STATION 103/103.1 SPARE 0.0 15 18 07 AUTO DRIVE-THRU WINDOW 75 1.D 20 12 3 4 1.4 () Z 30 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD WA: 121,KVA LOAD DIVERSNYKVA 133.1 KVA COLD BARREL MERCH.93191 1.121 20 /2 1] 18 12 20 GF 1.0 COLD BARREL MERCH.93191 0.0 17 18 0.0 SPACE ONLY WORKTOP FREEZER 80 1.0 3 15 12 5 6 0.0_ SHUNTTRIP LU Q DIGITAL DISPLAY 34G 0.5 M /2 19 20 12 W DS AIR CURTAIN 2M 0.7 19 20 12 15 S 0.7 WORKTOP FREEZER 151.5 SHUNTTRIP 00 7 8 _ 20 0.0 SPARE. TOTALCONNECTED LOAp AMPERES: 149.8 AMP LDADDIVER3T'AMPS 1808 AMP O d 2 BAKERY CABINET C9 OF 20 12 2.8 21 22 5.2 21 22 0.0 SHUNTTRIP ICE MAKER 92 aA HA 15 12 9 10 20 0.0 SPARE PgNINI PREPS iSOS GF 90 10 8 5D DOUBLE BATCH OVEN 149.4 2.9 29 24 S2 WASHER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 1.2 GF 15 12 23 24 12 15 GF 1.2 WASHER(PUBLIC LAUNDRV)147 ICE MAKER 92 0.1 HA 15 12 it 72 12 20 0.4 ARBV'S DESK RECEI>TACLE 2.9 25 26 20 0.0 SPARE DRVER(PUBLICLAUNDRY)141 0.9 GF 15 12 25 28 12 15 OF 0.9 DRVER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 1.2 13 14 12 15 OS MOOD LIGHTING+CONTROLS LOAD SUMMARY-M.T.S(WITH INTEGRAL 800A,S.E.MAIN) y PANINI PRESS 1605 GF 30 10 ICE MAKER COND.UNIT 92A HA 15 12 = 2.8 27 28 12 20 GF OA DOUBLE BOWL BUBB.DISP.BL WASHER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 1.2 GF 15 12 27 28 12 15 GF 0.9 DRYER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)IV 1.2 15 16 12 20 0.7 ARBY'S DESK RECEPTACLES COUNTERTOP COLD WELL IOF O.4 GF 20 12 29 30 12 20 OF 1.1 HEATED DISPLAY CASF 5M DRYER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 0.9 GF 15 12 29 30 12 15 GF 0.9 DRYER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)142 1.2 17 18 12 20 OA MY BOARD 28.5 KVA X 100% 235 ICE MAKER CONp.UNR 92A HA 15 12 ..Z S MICROWAVE 10 1.8. BE 20 12 31 32 12 20 OF 0.9 UNDERGOUNTERREFACE MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD 0.3 20 12 37 32 12 20 GF O.T FREE STANDING COND.STAND 12 7S 20 20 0.0 SPARE INTERIOR LIGHTING 8.2 KVA X125% TB"A } O SPARE 0.0 20 33 3d 12 20 GF 02 CHI HCHEESE DISP.12 ICE MACHINE 201C 36 HA 50 6 34 72 15 GF 0.6 48"FOOD PREP TABLE 4504J SINK RECEPTACLES 0S 20 12 21 22 12 20 0.5 ARBY'S SIGN 41 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 18.3 KVA X126% 20.d KVA Im y SPARE 0.0 35 38 12 20 GF 1.0 PIZZA DISPLAY CASE 1Ga 3.8 35 38 2.8 MENUBCARD(DRIVE-THRU) 0.7 20 10 23 24 12 15 OF 0.8 COOK AND HOLD CABINET I6 Z ' C SPACEONLY 0.0 37 38 0.0 SPACE ONLY SLAT WALL 83A O.T 20 12 ST 38 70 30 GF 2.6 BAKERY OVEN C70 GOD PEDESTAL(DRIVE-THRU) 0.5 20 10 26 26 20 0.0 SPARE RECEPTACLES 43.]KVA FIRST idC+gp%REMAINING 28.9 KVA W g g g p SPACE ONLY 0.0 38 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY CHANGEPOINT 101 0.2 20 12 % 40 2.8 PREVIEW BOARD(DRIVE-THRU) OS 20 10 27 28 20 0.0 SPARE >>> APKANCESPARE 142.3 WA X65% 02.6 KVA OZZ O SPACE ONLY 0.0 41 PHASE A: 12S KVA 0.01 SPACE ONLY SPARE 0.0 ZO 41 42 12PHASE A: 173 KVA UNTERTOP MICROWAVE tOM U.C.REFRIGERATOR 81 00 0.5 GF 20 12 29 20 0.0 O.0 SPARE EOUS'MENT 299.0 KVA X100% 280.0 KVA C W w w T$ TOTAL CONN.LOAD 45.8 KVA 127.1 AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 523 KVA, 145.2AMPERES S PHASEA, 18b KVA PHASEA 18.E KVA FREEZERSPARS FRAME 0.5 GF 20 72 33 34 20 0.0 SPARE PANEL DE-RATING so% 158.9AMPERES PHASE C: 16A WA PANEL DE-RATING 80% ISIXAMPERES PHASE C: 16.4 WA 1.5 35 38 20 0A SPARE MOTORS 35.6 KVA 125%LARGEST+IOD%REMAINING 3T.1 WA O DRIVE-THRU AIR CURTAIN 99 20 10 1.5 37 38 20 0.0 SPARE OTHER 0.0 KVA X f00% 0.0 KVA SPACE ONLY O.1) 39 40 20 0.0 SPARE O SPACE ONLY 0.0 41 42 00 SPACE ONLY TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD WA: STIA KVA LOAD DIVERSITY KVA 512.2 KVA Q CODE NOTES. TOTAL CONN.LOAD W.0 KVA, 55.5 AMPERES PHASEA: 7.0 KVA TOTALCONNECTEOLOADAMPERES: 887.5 AMP LGADDIVERSINAMPS 616.1 AMP O PHASE B: BA KVA W NOTES: PANEL DE-RATING 80% 69.4 AMPERES PHASE C. 6.6 KVA m' 1. AIR CONDITIONING IS DX COOLING p Q LC- CONTROL WITH LIGHTING CONTACTORS. WITH GAS HEAT UNLESS OTHERWISE G $ c GF- PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER. NOTED. 2. LARGEST MOTOR IS SHP. L- PROVIDE LOCK-ON DEVICE. � � NOTE REGARDING PANELS'AU AND'TD': S- PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER. MAIN JUMPER FOR Lt AND L2 SHALL BE SWIM. SWITCHED NEUTRAUCOMMON TRIP TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER.ALSO,PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER L2 NT EL(D IRE FOR PAN JUMPER D AND HANDLE PADLOCK ATTACHMENT. L2 WITH#3 WIRE FOR PANEL'AD'AND#i/0 SHEET: FOR PANEL'TD'. ��E P- CIRCUIT BREAKER PADLOCK ATTACHMENT FOR LOCKING BREAKER IN THE"OFF'POSITION. HL- PROVIDE HANDLE CLAMP FOR LOCKING CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE"ON"POSITION. HA- PROVIDE HACR TYPE BREAKER. E5. 1 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 SEE PP1.1 [RI, III FOR `UNC. STO 'TI Ch FOR FUEL II E tT p • GA.SO-NE CASH >TATION I I \ n m 0 ox Z w III Ur Lua O v, � z �>Yrn� y u,n. JILQz I.- a, NOTE: O °p°Ili THIS DRAV+'J. IS TO BF USED AS A c HEVATIC RA:V 3 z Li. 0 z m IT 19 TH SPONSiQli IT" 017 TE-F GC AND PROD I J w PIPING S< 3 (W L<A 0�6 P. aL INCDj -IPING w AND SIRE UA<S-I RA, d o z AND FUH V In° -A S `/AN _., -Ah 1N-, RE u'REMENT'S. I n � V � e� ramA va•,, 4 ° a c I �a Vr a A vA a I cL p v VAN v, ° W ❑ Z J cotV �F- W co Op r C L W a � FL \ \ EMFRGEN ORS OPLTHA'TPRCV'F' 1 W Y LLI O •_„__ CC i� U W Pa VF TO TO A-: Qz O �-- W HA A e_ R 2 R:AENT z \ HP n l 5 A, S t E'A N 2 AVI ID F aN JJJ V �F RODUCT{3+1) TYPE 40 BC FIRE RiD0.00' �J LINA O ..A h,N Ah NR N ,T�,Ii RE \ O DISPERSER W/AUTO DIESEL EXTINGUISHERS EVERY BE MARSHALS NS ,O. RIO=. C \/ HOSE {TYP{8) ISLANDS) INSTALLED AT EVERY �\ INSrA AT ON. �\ ISLAND PER FlRE CODES %^ J \ I vv TPIn — \ \ ? z RECL AR UN EADE � o v - .� / N 19 RGLASS N A _ • �.BERCIASS SECONDARY - v o�o CON:AINM VT FtT) m o; 2 ER LV FADED ".` v� A A ° n i> c ' 0 a R'Asp?Ire IN A \\\ ~\��\ �. _�- � -- � -� _._ 7 °� 3 B R3iAs5 SECONDARY __ --- - g' DN ANMEN'T PIPE -'_— V— — _ —_— fo� 62"A, A FEEL FIRERA SSs \ —_ }�'_ -- ---- — -- - --- ------qC� ECOV ARY CONTANVENT PIPE \ LB LB LJ . La L6 L{ 7� L3L] L1/ j� A6 /Q t( j O .TOr l0 O O O O O O:O O V O GO /FIB LAS-cTAGE II0 C AI\ _ 0T \ 7 ° SIDE 1 1SIDE 1 , �SIDE'S S@E l SIDE 1 SIDE1 / CDN VAPORNFNI NN RV NI RUNK ------- -------- --- —�-- ---�—OS TIONUNUMBER --_— v- ---_�—1 — ----/—�-- / a W cEIJNG ..A^E II 1 AUTO CANOPV EANE/ ISIANO NUMBER --- -- —__---.- -- V PN•, OUTLINE ABOVE _ (q i LANE/FUELING JJJ/// 3 -IHF tc A 5 AGE II 2'AUTO DIESEL CONTRACTOR S TO NSTAI 2 _ J W .Ili )i POSITION NUMBER AUTO CANOPY— VALOR ECJV TRUNH i FlBERGLAS IPE IN A 3" FIBERCIASS STAGE VAPOR RECOVERY.'� G s CONCRETE PAD LINE, SFCO\AR FIBERGLASS Sr:CONDARY SYSTEM RCV ALL VU TIPLE PRODUCT Z c L _ 1_-i 111 .. •� V `c RA" ) ,10'NSrA_2" CONTAINVEINI s NOS CoWA�.NM N 'I'E DISPENSE.S.EXTENC AND CONNFC' TO o m FIB CLiS o ACt.I VAPOR RECOVERY REOUIREP�N S.FGE II N 3"FIBFRGJSS TRUNK IINE m (n p SYST V O4 A MV C PRODUCT P:PING ', 2"SLPER LNL ADED DISPENSERS, X:_ND AND N'NECT TO w FIBERGLASS P P I'.A 3 FIBERGLASS SE-ON'DARY Q 3 ..E x,.A}S TRUrJK .t / R' e �0 3o FIBFRM ASs SECONDARY Reviewed for Code Com fiance - - e 0 / 2 REGJIAR LNLEADED FIBERGIAS PRE IN A P «2� CONTAINMEN' PIPEUJI - 75 Signature Dat c NV-,d AUTO AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT / Plan Review 3 SCALE: 1" - 'tJ' By SAFEBuilt00 O Q o T COM1 RA C( SHALL INS A L I 'TOP T AT R V"DE IV TO AL FUELING E J PIIENT E-STOTO '0 ATION ShA AD HER IG E-.E RLOLREMENT SHEET: 3 Ir I� THAI ALI DISPENSERS SHAI_BE - �O III III (� BETN LN 20 AND '00.OF AN IIIE STO C N.RAC TOR TO CONFIRM II FINAL OCA'.ION WITH ON SITE FIRE IN A NSFECTOR PRIOR TO C III Ij INS AL AL.rI Cppi Iy. iI I I 1 II do II I III III I I I I I I I I I i t o„ sz L- NOTE: w 0= THIS DRAWING IS TO BE USED AS A SCHEMATIC DRAWING. i— Ny -- IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC AND PRODUCT CO a3 PIPING SUB—CONTRACTORS INSTALLING PRODUCT PIPING ¢a mo AND FUEL SYSTEM TO FOLLOW ALL LOCAL, FEDERAL, LU AND FIRE MARSHALL'S MANDATES, LAWS, AND REQUIREMENT'S. © LEGEND 2"AND 3" —FIBERGLASS VENT/ FUEL EMERGENCYJ — STAGE II PIPE o0 STOP BUTTON ACR—AOR—2"FIBERGLASS m = ,� d AUTO DIESEL LINE 2 0 m w w — —_FIBERGLASS LOW z O U) SULFUR TRUCK F-2 U) DIESEL LINE 1. ix w a to n 3"AND 2" J o.<z FIBERGLASS ULTRA LL wp ZO La LOW SULFUR TRUCK o� DIESEL LINE H z Lj 2"FIBERGLASS 0J_ t0 v�i c 8100 LINE a WO X 2"FIBERGLASS DEF O DEF—DEF--(UREA) LINE z DEF SHUT OFF BALL VALVES IN y' SS SHROUD ON SIDE of FI DIS SIPHON PENSER.(TYP.0 EACH DEF --_ n��l—y�—y— BERGLASS DISPENSER) SIPHON LINE 2"FIBERGLASS �* SATEIlITE LINE 2"FIBERGLASS DISPENSER SUMPS WITH MASTS arc arc --nee— REGUTAR UNLEADED SHUT OFF BALL VALVES UNDER GASOLINE LINE DISPENSER IN SUMP.(TYP. EACH DISPENSER) Z"FIBERGLASS SUPER UEADED GASOLINNL E LINE 9_ 1 I _ FUEL EMERGENCY I I z STOP BUTTON I Q I i.Ss.'ns� I I I — — — -- U i z . C9 Z Z m N VEEDER ROOT TLS 360 --,I J1.r,1 Z W 14 SUMP @TANK 1 !I II —•�-- .— /' MONITORING PANEL W z C"n F— 'Q FUEL EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON — Z -- � I I a ,� r:..� O O tJ.i _- ADSL Ir O� - z z — ?'I h 3— I — O a 8100 INJECTION SUMP FUEL EMERGENCY I,� •.,I I a SHED WTH(14)VALVES STOP BUTTON d Z � O 11 30000 OFF BALL CT�4 O �OPTION9VE SOPERATION J III SUBMERSIBLE PUMP +,'° „ , T� J• (�� V� z TANK#'S PROD � .�'��4 GALLON 8100 VALVES. O !ICI' Hu \'R,,.J.:.L� PANELELECT FP (LOCATED IN ( LL O SHUT 0 L Ii —...,....._.__,-.- ELECTRICAL ROOM) ' 00 O Q TANK/B PRODUCT�3, 30,000 GALLON DIESEL.STP • A N !� AND SHUT OFF BALL VALVE. _ -- ------ Lim = — �_ ri r��ri ra ri �F°i I� �n - � d I :' I�� - — "Icl'dsl I�klall&'I lef'I TANK 0'4 PRODUCT�3, I 30,000 GALLON DIESEL,STP I� — __�-, •I I I ,I I 1..1 di'I 1 I AND SHUT OFF BALL VALVE �i Ul`Jl'JUIJ �/ i m 6 •/' r/DEF 6 - •J+ _ s " ..:,"v�i. TANK N2 PRODUCT�2, j ,I III SUPER UNLEADED L B00GLONPOTIONOF ' / TANKGALLONPRODUCT -, o » » ° `I �. �000 GALLON SPLIT TANK, _ OR N �� _:: o-% �.-� _I —'— STP AND SHUT OFF BALL OF SPLIT TANK,DEF, q VALVE. DISCHARGE AND SHU7 V I N O °., OFF BALL VALVE. vAe �.: IL TANK 1,PRODUCT 1, _ I I REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINE. �� d 20,000 GALLON TANK,STP AND �\ Reviewed for Ate/" O Z SHUT OFF BAIL VALVE. \� "$uFiWng Code ComplianceIx a � � pp....yyy�.,,,.. Da GAS 0 \\ PRODUCT DISPENSER SUMPS OFF BALL VALVE """•"^'6 311 Review m — UNDER DISPENSER IN SUMP, z ®EACH DISPENSER) ( Hy SAFEBuilt o .. \a \\ I f �,., ,• "�, FUEL EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON rc z di a PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT •!•I -I _ - •I. 'I'" __' _ y 1! aM� --- -- - -=----- -----= ------ a o r� oscai.E: 1' _ 20' ----- --=---— — -- o I !II SHEET: -- FUEL EMERGENCY ----J g \:V-Id _ STOP BUTTON _— ppi . aW �I f 4 -- 2' GALVANIZED WIRE YES, —.3/16'x 3/4'VINYL-COATED STRETCHER 5AR 37'-11" `ABRI^wJ VINYL INSERTS THREAD THROUGH FABRIC&SECURE W/ METAL GATE FRAME TENSION TABLE OC. tt DOMED GROG _CAP ADJUST LENGTH t y 16N.1 90 O D.PIPE TRUSS ROD 1 SEE DETAIL 3/DEt � p 2"CHA4IFER CORNERS _ k h BLOCK WITHSTUCCO FISH i �D v BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) TO MATCH THE BUILDING LIGHT COLOR STUCCO D - 'NOMADIC DESERT'-SW/6107 36tk 11' - I - I 1' - SUNSET STONE-"SAGEBRUSH 15*-0' 1,'-11 - 19'-0` _ - - _ _- - __ -_ _ -- L _ _ - - - _ LEDGE".DRY STACK I • -_DROP SIEEVES - - 31'-2 3/6" � q^ - 25'-0 7/4" Y I• D I •I 7 1•-0• DOOR�M.)E ! \ DU V�u�EW-0SU�_ELE A I IVN z a, r �^, W SCALE: 3/16° _. 1'-0"_ - DOMED GROUT WALL CAP Z�d Q LM 0 aC m cc 6"0 GATE POST - -.. -' Lo.CMU Y �.(d Q Z WO .. CJ SEE DETAILS '.-..'... (L 51 2 W Y1 ..- yD l `.f.,.', t.':r t-'�'-{' BLOCK WITH MATCH E BU�ILDNGISH 2 O~m STUCCO `I DETAILtu SEE 4/OEt NGE "NOMADIC DESERT'-SW 6707 0 a J _ -NOMLIGHTADIC COLOR U WN -_ .- .- .._ - - -_- _ _- _ - SUNSET STONE-LEDGE' OW STACI(SAG®Ruses G•Q 0 D DUB ENMO ELEVATION CARDBOARD BAILER OR DEt SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0' -- _% D RECYCLE DUMPSTER r---- r----O DOMED GROUT WALL C/iP� LOCATION OF DISCONNECTS - .- PROVIDED BY OWNER FOR CARDBOARD BAILER. . SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN I I - T.O.CMU FOR TYPE,CIRCUITING AND p I I I i (�%5�WCOW. _ ,`�'t-„ BLOCK WOFI STUCCO FINISH � CONDUCTOR SIZE(TYR _ >r I _ THREE PLACES) .' EIGHT COLOR TO MATCH THE iq P7 v cMu WALL -NOMADIC -SW16107 7 PER PLAN DESERT I I 151 FELT BOND BREAKER - - - _ - - _- ��ET STONE E--SAGEBRUSH D I I I AREA DESIGNATED STORAGE ' CCONC�SIAB .. _/.. _ ELEVATION - . _- _ - . OR GOLF CART I UNIT I ,I C DU11/FF-S i Ql per, F D - t7 - DE1 SCALE: 3/16" _. 1'.._0" DE7 I I I 5 D DE1 i LOCATION OF DISCONNECTS-- I I I r 1 FOR COMPACTOR.SEE % (T I I I _ RENF.CONC.FGOTING B'SCH40 PIPE(PAINTED) ELECTRICAL.SITE PLAN FOR DP' v I I -1 ( 4 PER PLAN "o RRR GATE FRAME-3'x3"x3/16" TYPE,CIRCUITING AND �(- I ( _ID I I I L ANGLE Fit! CONDUCTOR SIZE(TYR f' s oD THREE PLACES) I I I -i-PAMf!"NOMAtMC DESFRf"-SW$61o76 1 2'x3/16"FLAT SWAG BAR Dl l�'STER 11VALL DETAL Z 4'0 O.D.GARNER - v R rl DE1 sca E: N.T.S. DU .. A°�Q�" — 1- W 00 POST(TYPICAL) D� SCALE: 3/f 6' = 1'-0" a Q z Q 2"0 O.D.LINE J ! D I q q I I I I V' O �y POST(TYPICAL) I q q I CROWN TOP of I-i � a ?' 13'-4` FUTURp I II q 1' . STORAGE CONTAINER I STORAGE CONTAINER. I B BOLLAR0. W 6'CONCRETE SLAB W/— ( II q I I( ALLED BY DED BY OWNER,I PROVIDED BY OWNER,I DEi {WITH DOMED W 7nP A7 EACHBOUARo{OR W > ��/ Z IHST ARD COVERS INSTALLED ('. I EQUAL).SLEEVE IS TO BE SIZED i 6f4=VIA AT 12'O.C. .I II q I' COMPACTOR TRACT R. APPROPRIATELY FORA 6"STEEL PIPE EACH WAY "�'r i II q I' HYDRAULICS ICONITRACTOR.)40'x e'I CONTRACTOR.)40'x B'l W Z 0n _ 60LLARD.SUPPLIED AND INSTALim BY ll I) I D 1 I I I a I CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED, y' sgNa z 4'-6"I II 6'-0` (I I• 9'-0` -1 1 17>-3" I 6"SLED_PIPE FTLIED W/CONCRETE c Z 4l 111 III I I I 1 I ( LREFER TO OCATION SITE PLAN FOR 5ZE AND Y07� 1- i� GARBAGE COMPACTOR CL i PROVIDED BY OWNER I�11 III I. p' D I I I I as I REFER TO THE SITE DRAWINGS FOR _ o Q N I II SL�pE II I I I I CRACK COrRROL JOINT 6"FROM FACE THE LOCATION, ORIENTATION OF THE /�h " G AREA DESIGNATED----..., �, 0(OA T-----I I 1 CURB,'PROVIDE ANOTHER CONTROL ULMIPSTER ENCLOSURE Reviewed for p. .,,Co , FOR GREASE I III III I I I 4 <I JOINT PERPENWCULAR TO THE8 de Compliance HANDLING EQUIPMENT II I 'i- I I i A PREVIOUS AT EACH BOLLARD LOCATION FL CONCRETE FNISH Si azure PROVIDE PITCH,SMOOTH PIPECBOLLARD SEE DETAIL + i + L ..I { I 1 - B ar Plan Review 2/DEt �--�-- - !) I a By�AFEBuilt of D r- �.- ' - • FILL PIPE FULL HEIGHT % W/CONCRETE AS NEEDED (SEE PLAN) AS NEEDED (SEE PLAN) CROWN TOP FOR _ 4 DRAINAGE AS REQ'D LOCATION OF DISCONNECTS FOR STORAGE UNIT.SEE ELECTRICAL 'as HINGE F SITE PLAN FOR TYPE. 3"x�1P FIAT STEEL V 2 37'-3' _ CIRCU(TING AND CONDUCTOR !GUSSET PLA.fE o SIZE MP THREE PLACES} L .— 38-7" ` GUSSET PLATE *FLATEL 6r. C CORRUGATED METAL a V NOTE:FULLY WELD ALL PANEL PAINT I = W SW/6122 C O �F��pp�® ��y /�p��p�p� �� DE1 JOINTS AND CORNERS(M:}; 'WELDFlTOFRAME AS REV Z 1 Vuws F Gll EWL08LEE f LM GATE FRAME m DE1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" 2"x2'x)fe' _ TUBE STEEL iQ 3 w TM DOORS DEIA&DEIS TO BE HOLLOW METAL WTTH KNOCK DOWN FRAME. DOOR HARWARE 2 TO BE HARDWARE GROUP#10 (SEE SHEET A1.2) I L s DE1 SCALE: N.T.S. o Q 6"SCK40 PIPE I W (PAINTED) WRIT Tm WT.PANEL pw 6°sawn typo(pcsD CAMELBACK" d cnNUaV:x'-SWyB122 rANIEB'rsMEuwa'aW86/22 SW#6122 WEIR TO{BANE AS RF�'0 5f£WIG£plN!BOON C �° WELn W m r 1{I JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH PCA RECOMMENDATIONS. C' Q CdN FRAME-2-.3/16- Wax jI II Q M �m MNBE A e•alk NETAL.P65T FlLLm ' n. a .e e'CONCRETE T 12 PSI)PAD Wn1 rnNau-1E(salc oETUEs ns z/oe11 W//4 REFER AT 12"O.C.EACH WAY KYTB _ ] 3'x$B"FLAT STEEL GATE FRAME O O O O 00 4"AGGREGATE EASE COURSE GUSSET PLATE '2"x 3(s II uTE rxnAc .TUBE STEEL '! + O 0 MINIMUM.(SEE GEO-TECH REPORT) r OPQ .. 't I SHEET: SUB-BASE COMPACTED TO 85d STANDARD HINGE lI PROCTOR MU�,IWITH WATER CONTENT WITHIN 1.5% OF7Ni caAEA�FlmNc 1 3"x ET FLAT STEEL OROP SLEEVES c RNA-pEaA wEW POST SEE 2MOUNTING FOR GUSSET PLATE (7YP} TRAM ENCL08URE CONCF�Ei E PAD SECTION NAVY DUTY GATE i t�dC DETAL DE1 GATE FRAMINO(FEAR VEW De""? SCALE,: 1' = 1'-0" DEi SCALE: N.T_S. DE' SCALE N.T.S. vM SAFEbuilt . INSPECTION REPORT Jurisdiction : k� ( o � � — � g Date Type of Inspection : ']b L=QCA Inspector : Please make the following corrections: L��'�a� �aT-� ,�sTo.�s hill: Pull, ��i , '�.__1�.�i�.1 Sc�SI��►S �,a I�� ,1l�� ►-�v 6 EC7 S4'1 MZ[�� - \' G+� V eke LILEC-+- O(L,�-z !�IjAL ,1 u i!iU c, AAA cx:t 1\cfia_1 .L\N S k 4r E kl En t -1 b,. S Z of ("16T1 I �1 y (Lp(�•�t^ Ar�1' 1S5u��C�, CIF � � ,dui 41�u. t�1EE.4 F�---1a(� Ar�i�Q�.�l af `J 1� J r Instructions: l 2' GALVANIZED WIRE YES, —.3/16'x 3/4'VINYL-COATED STRETCHER 5AR 37'-11" `ABRI^wJ VINYL INSERTS THREAD THROUGH FABRIC&SECURE W/ METAL GATE FRAME TENSION TABLE OC. tt DOMED GROG _CAP ADJUST LENGTH t y 16N.1 90 O D.PIPE TRUSS ROD 1 SEE DETAIL 3/DEt � p 2"CHA4IFER CORNERS _ k h BLOCK WITHSTUCCO FISH i �D v BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) TO MATCH THE BUILDING LIGHT COLOR STUCCO D - 'NOMADIC DESERT'-SW/6107 36tk 11' - I - I 1' - SUNSET STONE-"SAGEBRUSH 15*-0' 1,'-11 - 19'-0` _ - - _ _- - __ -_ _ -- L _ _ - - - _ LEDGE".DRY STACK I • -_DROP SIEEVES - - 31'-2 3/6" � q^ - 25'-0 7/4" Y I• D I •I 7 1•-0• DOOR�M.)E ! \ DU V�u�EW-0SU�_ELE A I IVN z a, r �^, W SCALE: 3/16° _. 1'-0"_ - DOMED GROUT WALL CAP Z�d Q LM 0 aC m cc 6"0 GATE POST - -.. -' Lo.CMU Y �.(d Q Z WO .. CJ SEE DETAILS '.-..'... (L 51 2 W Y1 ..- yD l `.f.,.', t.':r t-'�'-{' BLOCK WITH MATCH E BU�ILDNGISH 2 O~m STUCCO `I DETAILtu SEE 4/OEt NGE "NOMADIC DESERT'-SW 6707 0 a J _ -NOMLIGHTADIC COLOR U WN -_ .- .- .._ - - -_- _ _- _ - SUNSET STONE-LEDGE' OW STACI(SAG®Ruses G•Q 0 D DUB ENMO ELEVATION CARDBOARD BAILER OR DEt SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0' -- _% D RECYCLE DUMPSTER r---- r----O DOMED GROUT WALL C/iP� LOCATION OF DISCONNECTS - .- PROVIDED BY OWNER FOR CARDBOARD BAILER. . SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN I I - T.O.CMU FOR TYPE,CIRCUITING AND p I I I i (�%5�WCOW. _ ,`�'t-„ BLOCK WOFI STUCCO FINISH � CONDUCTOR SIZE(TYR _ >r I _ THREE PLACES) .' EIGHT COLOR TO MATCH THE iq P7 v cMu WALL -NOMADIC -SW16107 7 PER PLAN DESERT I I 151 FELT BOND BREAKER - - - _ - - _- ��ET STONE E--SAGEBRUSH D I I I AREA DESIGNATED STORAGE ' CCONC�SIAB .. _/.. _ ELEVATION - . _- _ - . OR GOLF CART I UNIT I ,I C DU11/FF-S i Ql per, F D - t7 - DE1 SCALE: 3/16" _. 1'.._0" DE7 I I I 5 D DE1 i LOCATION OF DISCONNECTS-- I I I r 1 FOR COMPACTOR.SEE % (T I I I _ RENF.CONC.FGOTING B'SCH40 PIPE(PAINTED) ELECTRICAL.SITE PLAN FOR DP' v I I -1 ( 4 PER PLAN "o RRR GATE FRAME-3'x3"x3/16" TYPE,CIRCUITING AND �(- I ( _ID I I I L ANGLE Fit! CONDUCTOR SIZE(TYR f' s oD THREE PLACES) I I I -i-PAMf!"NOMAtMC DESFRf"-SW$61o76 1 2'x3/16"FLAT SWAG BAR Dl l�'STER 11VALL DETAL Z 4'0 O.D.GARNER - v R rl DE1 sca E: N.T.S. DU .. A°�Q�" — 1- W 00 POST(TYPICAL) D� SCALE: 3/f 6' = 1'-0" a Q z Q 2"0 O.D.LINE J ! D I q q I I I I V' O �y POST(TYPICAL) I q q I CROWN TOP of I-i � a ?' 13'-4` FUTURp I II q 1' . STORAGE CONTAINER I STORAGE CONTAINER. I B BOLLAR0. W 6'CONCRETE SLAB W/— ( II q I I( ALLED BY DED BY OWNER,I PROVIDED BY OWNER,I DEi {WITH DOMED W 7nP A7 EACHBOUARo{OR W > ��/ Z IHST ARD COVERS INSTALLED ('. I EQUAL).SLEEVE IS TO BE SIZED i 6f4=VIA AT 12'O.C. .I II q I' COMPACTOR TRACT R. APPROPRIATELY FORA 6"STEEL PIPE EACH WAY "�'r i II q I' HYDRAULICS ICONITRACTOR.)40'x e'I CONTRACTOR.)40'x B'l W Z 0n _ 60LLARD.SUPPLIED AND INSTALim BY ll I) I D 1 I I I a I CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED, y' sgNa z 4'-6"I II 6'-0` (I I• 9'-0` -1 1 17>-3" I 6"SLED_PIPE FTLIED W/CONCRETE c Z 4l 111 III I I I 1 I ( LREFER TO OCATION SITE PLAN FOR 5ZE AND Y07� 1- i� GARBAGE COMPACTOR CL i PROVIDED BY OWNER I�11 III I. p' D I I I I as I REFER TO THE SITE DRAWINGS FOR _ o Q N I II SL�pE II I I I I CRACK COrRROL JOINT 6"FROM FACE THE LOCATION, ORIENTATION OF THE /�h " G AREA DESIGNATED----..., �, 0(OA T-----I I 1 CURB,'PROVIDE ANOTHER CONTROL ULMIPSTER ENCLOSURE Reviewed for p. .,,Co , FOR GREASE I III III I I I 4 <I JOINT PERPENWCULAR TO THE8 de Compliance HANDLING EQUIPMENT II I 'i- I I i A PREVIOUS AT EACH BOLLARD LOCATION FL CONCRETE FNISH Si azure PROVIDE PITCH,SMOOTH PIPECBOLLARD SEE DETAIL + i + L ..I { I 1 - B ar Plan Review 2/DEt �--�-- - !) I a By�AFEBuilt of D r- �.- ' - • FILL PIPE FULL HEIGHT % W/CONCRETE AS NEEDED (SEE PLAN) AS NEEDED (SEE PLAN) CROWN TOP FOR _ 4 DRAINAGE AS REQ'D LOCATION OF DISCONNECTS FOR STORAGE UNIT.SEE ELECTRICAL 'as HINGE F SITE PLAN FOR TYPE. 3"x�1P FIAT STEEL V 2 37'-3' _ CIRCU(TING AND CONDUCTOR !GUSSET PLA.fE o SIZE MP THREE PLACES} L .— 38-7" ` GUSSET PLATE *FLATEL 6r. C CORRUGATED METAL a V NOTE:FULLY WELD ALL PANEL PAINT I = W SW/6122 C O �F��pp�® ��y /�p��p�p� �� DE1 JOINTS AND CORNERS(M:}; 'WELDFlTOFRAME AS REV Z 1 Vuws F Gll EWL08LEE f LM GATE FRAME m DE1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" 2"x2'x)fe' _ TUBE STEEL iQ 3 w TM DOORS DEIA&DEIS TO BE HOLLOW METAL WTTH KNOCK DOWN FRAME. DOOR HARWARE 2 TO BE HARDWARE GROUP#10 (SEE SHEET A1.2) I L s DE1 SCALE: N.T.S. o Q 6"SCK40 PIPE I W (PAINTED) WRIT Tm WT.PANEL pw 6°sawn typo(pcsD CAMELBACK" d cnNUaV:x'-SWyB122 rANIEB'rsMEuwa'aW86/22 SW#6122 WEIR TO{BANE AS RF�'0 5f£WIG£plN!BOON C �° WELn W m r 1{I JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH PCA RECOMMENDATIONS. C' Q CdN FRAME-2-.3/16- Wax jI II Q M �m MNBE A e•alk NETAL.P65T FlLLm ' n. a .e e'CONCRETE T 12 PSI)PAD Wn1 rnNau-1E(salc oETUEs ns z/oe11 W//4 REFER AT 12"O.C.EACH WAY KYTB _ ] 3'x$B"FLAT STEEL GATE FRAME O O O O 00 4"AGGREGATE EASE COURSE GUSSET PLATE '2"x 3(s II uTE rxnAc .TUBE STEEL '! + O 0 MINIMUM.(SEE GEO-TECH REPORT) r OPQ .. 't I SHEET: SUB-BASE COMPACTED TO 85d STANDARD HINGE lI PROCTOR MU�,IWITH WATER CONTENT WITHIN 1.5% OF7Ni caAEA�FlmNc 1 3"x ET FLAT STEEL OROP SLEEVES c RNA-pEaA wEW POST SEE 2MOUNTING FOR GUSSET PLATE (7YP} TRAM ENCL08URE CONCF�Ei E PAD SECTION NAVY DUTY GATE i t�dC DETAL DE1 GATE FRAMINO(FEAR VEW De""? SCALE,: 1' = 1'-0" DEi SCALE: N.T_S. DE' SCALE N.T.S. a SUPPORT STOCKROOM/ 162 SUPPORT Q� r-------� 205 OCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS I W SHOWERS -PER TABLE 1004.1.1 P " - e 725 -TRAVEL CENTER (M) -MERCANTII F:3118 SF/30=104 C9 W<w ®� 9 19 1 �� -SHOWERS 1408 SF/50-28 Z N 5. QM=oA� _ -STOCKROOMS/SUPPORT'1357 SF/300=5 IL o z F= ° Fr_ TOTAL SF-5883 I- J W1 z w to 1 I I TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD=137 OJ 2 a_j co ® -RESTAURANT: (A-2) d c W KTfCHEP1 ILL_ ) gUpppRT/ -DINING ROOM 1175 SF/15-78 z 1995 3ioCI ROOM -KITCHEN: SF/200-10 Y 535 TOTAL SF m M70 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD=88 -OVERALL BUILDING l v MERCANTLE TOTAL SF-9053 9 3118 ® TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD-225 1 433 F , - 1min L DIN 1 - IsTRool1r I }— 1175 ; 683 -----� ------ J W o J N Z m N SUPPORT Z W 1- 22 J a 3 KEYPLAN -OCCUPAWY CALCULATIONS z � W zz AO 3132" 1'-0" 0_ Y F ° U DI ACE TRAVEL DCE U H IOw.z 72" N J 31'-0" EXR MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE r 42• 39NCE O 0 WIDTH MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE Q 0 ❑ 0 ------ J N I I - - ° I I 86'-10" MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE ❑❑ Exrr WIDTH I .. 1 II Off 39'-2" _ MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE - I . i ® ;� p 49'-5" FI - Ir El (IMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE I C. a J W 2 �J Ii gl I UM TRAVEL DISTANCE Z ® Plan Review 3 W �! 14 `•' ®ak By SAFEBuilt o ��0 ? A%I UM TRAVEL DISTANCE p f j rII7 O [ m CII_J7 C�7 C�1 ui MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE E �- / Q Q o 71 / p — • r------ 1 0 o 0� PLAN LEGEND L _� L 38• 72" �m— SHEET: IT DTH EXIT WIDTHfU 1VEL DISTANCE EXIT EXIT SIGNAGE W/DIRECTION // A PATH OF TRAVEL L_� \ KEY PLAN - LIFE SAFETY \\` AO 3/32" = 1'-0" L � of� O+ N 7=pn ZW Q W CgAP.. a z2 LL W i W s1� 0 0 1- OVERALL 119- O p J J V BUMPOUTS 50'- " 12'- " 18'-0' 38'-8" .J W OPEN 29- " '-U" 1T-7 10'-8" 31'_2" ,-4" 12'-7" _ 8'-1 d p C Y i 5= wo N U� ' 48'-74"1 ® CfiJ _ CONOUI - 8 I I I •� I cal' I , , --, I 1 1 ' F �o z I 1�- J NC I O Z m z_ W m I 43'-3 1 •I C 0 Z CONDUITS CHECKOUT ROM SLAB LINE n i O Q �I U.z J a i Lu U.g > Z Q �c o oC O 33'-71" o❑ O D o I OC+ x CONDUITS® Q o `` S COMMUNITY TABLE 1 ® W r ` z (FROM SLAB LINE) o❑ ❑o I ® .I > y J to L_ FL - U W I flmlgplL O op � o �o � (, oam _ F I •ZY6- o�� + 1-8' I s I o I I t3 I HEIC 2' 1 1 '-" q- " 4-8" 7- 8A 12'-0 '-0" 33-1 ^ OPENINGS IL IV 16 W 13'-4" 3 32'-0" 18'-0" BUMPOUTS J 124'-84^ DVERALL p p m C 3 1 R 1 3 3 S Al p iv W Flan Review By SAFEBuilt < `^ pM i ONEiALL FAAMM PLAN Al SCALE: 1/8' = 1'-0' Al ,�,11 , f ,,33 1 5 3 " 35'-6° 4'-0° 3-'B" 7-14" — ---10—71 ---- --- 24'-8" 6,-31" 3'-"8" 6'-31. 5'-11g" — ig . o Bn A ri e ve I m ° --- -----------------REAR a FREEZER I n K VE�LE a M _ - - °j ° II PUBLIC I CLOSET - CLOSET MPLOYEE 'w 'ro �UNDRY I� . I a8 . . .. ® .. �, I W Ae.t B EAKROOM .w °7 I N EM4 ARBYS W FREEZER ® 35'-2j° - ° 3'-5" 7'-4�' 1- 10'-4�° 9'-11�° B'-8" 4' 4' SH WER SH ER SHag ER SHQ-IER _ W A COOLER iv 1 0" '' ® ®� ' .., I J W Z Z . FoolLI m cG� AREA�° I I 1 I I I P SHOWER r✓e ° I a G m^ 17'-5g" s'-�° ® e ,2'-�" 6" I� As II ee., HA®LL N Y COOLER — 1 s O4. to O vmo 2'-6j" I i E g 1 II A Att c u"i an IIOOR I 'I AREAG f'----1 SEE DErAIL 2'-58" II ) I YI Rnc t 7/A8�) II SALES ALIGN COOLER W/FACE 1 I - ARBY'S I of OF SUBSTRATE ABOVE MOP SINK-SEED PREP I APPLY 5j"CB TO FACE OF COOLER I ` S EaDETAIL� ,A II 'I UryORj' \1'-7' II 7/A8�') jS11 DETAIL I \\\ 5'-5j' I I OT• I 7/A8(TYP.) \\ I 1.ALL INTERIOR METAL STUDS ARE 3 5/8"UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. _ `"• ARBYS 6 9• N 2.ALL DIMENSIONS FOR INTERIOR SERV CE 6 I \�' ® ��; \\ /� WALLS ARE TO INSIDE FACE OF 5/8"CB - I AA / FRAMING. -------_ ,J� 3.SEE SHEET A1.2 FOR PARTITION NOTES AND LEGENDS. I 'I �I c A11 NTRYORO g�yypp wL Atc 9• ' I - I OM I r J CO) Z m N - - ( V Z o o 0 0 0 ❑ o100 j C I Z W a / o ❑ ❑ o I I c - - I w� >U. Wzo r— — SAREAG / a l`i O V :fie ARBYS AR®FA / I -- ' I W r y z 7 DRIVE—THRD ;.fl B Atc 42 SFAlS I z O Oa L— — A I L ELECTRICAL m J O ARDY'S o o I 4 4 4 ® 0 I a N SERVICE I 'y A11 e i 3 J 0 I o 1 J A i Afc 3-4k 6'-0° 3'-0" " I ... L FRAMED __—— c C B LOW WALL — ---- (SEE DET C/ABA)AIL LOW WALL(SEE I A 0q�7 I R00 I Q Z w ai DETAIL D/A8.1) �• J At1 \�' \ 5/8"CB o 'h -v VE OTLE I I 1%SISN I c u° m" EE o W O °j VESt1BULE •� -------- ® ------------ 35 a tE IL cc 9-'8" 10-11 15'-5j" 6" 12'-0" 6'-9Y" 25'-10" 10'-'Z" 7'-18° 5'-'B" a_8B^ 6" m N a c �s m 4< e � 2 ai OUTDOOR SEATING ELEVATIONS f W \ SEE SHEET A1.4/DETAILS 3&4 Q Q p p 1 0 0 A10 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-C" Plan Re�vievv L3 SAFEBuilt SHEET.' , 23'_4° Ala P 4• 4" EQUAL EQUAL -..- J-1- r xO IN \ PEEP ROLE 3'-0' \\\� AS NOT® E I, I, VISION PANEL N\ TEMPERED SAFETY \\ \\�� Goss � M OPEN W IL ZALUMINUMEDIUM M LE M1 HOLLOW METAL $) PEC4- FLUSH IALM SPECIALCATE B. LL W,ELEV.OF FRAME Z02OPEN J 'r \ UJI ONE-WAY CLASS EQUAL EQUAL xDOi r LOUVER AS NOTED L__J I I I OPEN ELEV.OF FLOOR O1 LID FLUSH O 1 3/4" FLUSH O 1 3/4" FLUSH Lo PLt SOLID CORE PL2 SOLID CORE PL3 SOLID CORE WOOD - W/ PLASTIC WOOD - W/ PLASTIC WOOD - W/ PLASTIC LAMINATE yppp LAMINATE LAMINATE �I./WI7 T11-W 5/e'GWB A1.1.t SALE: 3/8" = 1'-0' oonmY"r 1/D TUDC TYPICAL S'METAL AND STUCCO FINISH TYPICAL FRAMING w/ H41'f INSULATION 2'0-3/4"HOLLOW METAL 3/4"PLYWOOD SHIM FRAME(DRYWALL) J-MOLD(lYP) CAULK CAULK(TYP) 1--2"x ALUMINUM FRAME p -SHIMIM&CAULK FRAME- CLIP ANGLE AS REWIRED uj 1"THICK DOUBLE-PANE (� r 1:h INSULATED GLASS TYPICAL 6"METAL STUD J STUCCO FRAMING-REFER TO PLAN, FlNISH BELOW SOLID POLYMER CAP LEGEND&FINISH SCHEDULE J Z m N (BELOW) Qui O F2 JAMB/HEAD(STOREF�iONT� D�DD F3 J SCALE: + o�z< z 0 V - a Lu W JL i/4•INTERIOR GLASS CL O z \ W Z APPLIED STOP cc 2"x7-3/4"HOLLOW METAL 2'x5-7/8'HOLLOW METAL Q�6 Y 1-3/4'THICK DOOR-SEE FRAME(DRYWALL) 2"x5-7/8'HOLLOW METAL 1-3/4"THICK DOOR-SEE FRAME(DRYWALL) 4 COOR/OPENING SCHEDULE FRAME(DRYWALL) DOOR/OPENING SCHEDULE O O O Lr_ F- z pp N J 5/8°GWB 5/8'GWB Q O TYPICAL 6"METAL STUD TYPICAL 3-5/8•METAL TYPICAL 3-5/8"METH.STUD FRAMING-REFER TO PLAN- t , STUD FRAMING-SEE FRAMING-REFER TO PLAN, J O LEGEND&FINISH SCHEDULE PLAN,LEGEND& LEGEND&FINISH SCHEDULE A N FINISH SCHEDULE Li F4 JAMB/HEAD(SIMI F5 JAMB, HEAD+SIL.L(SW Fs JAMB/ HEAD(SW SCALE: 1-1/2" - 1'-0" oEmsa SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-O" DEm,5 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-O" DETGw OUTSIDE OF STALL INSIDE OF STALL FRAME OPENING®STALL I IN THICK DOUBLE-PANE 'I 1-3/4"THICK DOOR- SEE INSULATED GLASS DOOR DOOR FRAME BEYOND DOOR/OPENING SCHEDULE CAULK JOINT® FRAME 2"x5-7/8"HOLLOW METAL ALUMINUM THRESHOLD 1-• TILE AND THINSEf FRAME(DRYWALL) 1/2"EXP.JOINT 2"x5-7/8"HM FRAME 5/8"CEMENT BOARD MATERIAL-". ATERIAL SET IN MASTIC 4 Z 0 SHIM /2"ALUMINUM FRAME- SHIM A5 REO'D SHIM&CAULK FRAME CUP ANGLE AS REQUIRED < L TRIPLE"STACKED"STUDS®JAMB ---1L-a-1x--lt,° U z TYPICAL 3-fi/8'METAL STUD e W O TYPICAL 3-5/8"METAL STUD FRAMING-REFER TO PLAN, d b FRAMING- SEE PLAN ALUMINUM FRAME DOOR- O 1- FRAMING DOOR TYPES LEGEND&FlNISH SCHEDULE d a. a n JAMB i AMBULATORY STALL - �1 HEAD/JAMB(SW ) C) JAM 11"�ESHOLD ALA DOOF� aco V SCALE: 1 i/z" = 1'-0" RBP-,/,E ' SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0' XT— SCALE: 1-1/2' - 1'-0' cetooE SCALE 1-1/2" = 1'-0" MT103 O z 0 1/2"PLYWOOD CAULK Z TA 5/8"GWB 2'x 4-1/2"ALUMINUM IN THICK DOUBLE-PANE e'xe"COLUMN _ INSULATED GLASS FRAME SHIM&CAULK 1/2'PLYWOOD FRAME-CUP ANGLE AS CAULK REQUIRED 2"x 4-1/2'ALUMINUM 6'xe'COLUMN 5/8"GWB g"M' ' pPlan/�Review 5/8"GWB CAULK2• 2`x4-1/2'ALUMINUM FRAME FRAME-SHIM&CAULK LD S/y ISO 1/2"PLYWD METAL FLASHING,AT A( FRAME-CUP RN-LEEQUIRED D _ -, _, STUD FRAMING W/ i y F E B u i It -SHIM&CAULK FRAME-CUP BAT I SULARO IN THICK DOUBLE-PANE AND STUCCO FINISH----,,,,, SILL m.P) ANGLE AS REQUIRED INSULATED GLASS TYPICAL e'METAL 2x TREATED WOOD SILL g" K SLOPE STUCCO SILL AYAY O STUD FRAMING w/ FROM WINDOW STUD FRAMING w/ BAIT INSULATION CAULK 1'THICK DOUBLE-PANE BATT INSULATION 1/2"PLYWOOD- I' J-MOLD(fYP) „ 3/4•PLYWOOD SHIM T•Q�r• INSULTED GLASS FINISHED WALL BEYOND Q �,pnDD y-$-� i D POLYMER CAP(3-1/8"WIDE) DOOR a x 2 WOOD TRIM-FINISH TO DOOR FRAME BEYOND STUCCO FINISH MATCH WAIN I COORD.w/ CAULK CAULK(TYP) , CAULK OONT.FLASHING - 1/2"PLYWOOD STRUCTU "^' TYPICAL M METAL STUD FRAMING w/TWO-PLY 1/2'PLYWOOD 2"x 5-3/4'BOX HEADER 2X4 PRESSURE TREATED W/BAIT INSULATION e" JUMAL MINUM THRESHOLD BO METAL LATH APER BLOCKING WRAP WITH CLEAR 1/Y�•EXP.JOINT REFER TO DOOR HARDWARE FRAME-SHIM CAULK FRAME WOOD STUD SILL CAULK IAA SCHEDULE ANODIZED ALUMINUM TO WOOD.PANELING 1/2'PL STRUCTURAL CAULK PRECAST SYNTHESTONIE MATCH STORE FRONT STUCCO FINIS BEYOND -CUP ANGLE AS REQUIRED COORD.W/ 5/8'GWB BLOCKING COMPOSITE WATER PROOF IN'xRAN WALL TILE N. DNEET: 1 -3/4"TRICK METAL DOOR- MEMBRANE EXTEND 4" WRAP WITH CLEAR WRAP WITH CLEAR IN RANDOM PATTERN. < ' SEE DOOR TYPES HORIZ.&VERTICAL ANODIZED ALUMINUM TO ANODIZED ALUMINUM TO SET WITH 1A71CRLTE PRE-CASE SYNTHETIC MATCH STORE FRONT MATCH STORE FRONT 6.METAL 264 PLATINUM THIN SET - 'a a ° STONE a 1/Y PLYWOOD STUD FRAMING APPLY LATICRETE 3701 FORTIFIED d BLOCKING MORTAR BED OVER LATH AND d 1/2"PLYWD W/iW0-PLY COAT WITH 2 LAYERS OF JUMBO TEX PAPER LATICRETE HYDRO BAN Al ■ 1 &METAL LATH n JAMB/HEAD(HOLLOW METAL)_ o S1.L STONE BUS OUT STORE MONT � TILE BUM OUT�STORE FRM 12 TiESHOLD� EXT.META�DMOOM�M I Y SCALE: 1-1/2" 1'-0" DEIDDe I u SCALE: 1-1/2" 1'-0' '�'� SCALE: 1-1/2" - 1'-O" r I.o SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1-N/2" = 1'-0" w I � TTO NOTES DOOR/OPENING SCHEDULE NOTES GENERAL DOOR AND FRAME NOTES DOOR HARDWARE CROUPS DOOR HARDWARE GROUPS P GROUP gt --ALL ALUMINUM soREFRONT DOORS GROUP(/is- PHONE ROOM ALL DIMENSIONS ARF TO FACE OF STUD UNLESS (1) LOCK CYUNDER.(EXCEPT ON INTERIOR VESTIBULE DOORS WHICH DO NOT HAVE A LOCK.) (1 11 PAIR BUTTS-HAGER EC081100 4,5 X 4,5 US26D OTHERWISE INDICATED. ..."NOTE:ALL EXTERIOR STUDS - C� 1. PAIR OF DOORS, A. ALL INTERIOR H.M.FRAMES TO BE KNOCK-DOWN TYPE AND EXTERIOR H.M.FRAMES ALL REMAINING HARDWARE TO BE PROVIDED BY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. (1))CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM ARE TO BE INSET �/2"FROM THE OUTSIDE FACE OF cO \ 2. FRAME ONLY-NO DOOR. TO BE WELDED. (1) THRESHOLD-NATIONAL GUARD 325 HALF SADDLE-36"AT SIDE RESTAURANT (1) INDICATOR LOCK-SCHLAGE 8571 %US26D THE CONCRETE STEM WALL TO ALLOW THE OUTSIDE FACE p� h B. EXTERIOR DOORS TO HAVE INSULATED CORES, ENTRANCE AND REAR DIESEL ENTRANCE.72"AT FRONT GAS ENTRANCE. (1) STOP-HAGER 242F X US26D OF THE 1/2"SHEATHING TO ALIGN WITH THE FACE OF 0.� \ 3. UNDERCUT DOOR 3/4". (2)CLOSERS-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM(NOTE:ONLY 1 CLOSER REQUIRED AT SINGLE (i) KICKPLATES-HAGER 190S 10 X 34 US32D THE CONCRETE° m 4. C NTRACTOR TO INSTALL PEEP HOLES AT ALL EXTERIOR METAL DOORS WHERE .. C. THE OWNER IS TO PROVIDE INTERIOR GRAPHIC DOOR PLAQUES FOR CONTRACTOR'S DOOR.) 2. ALL METAL FRAMING USED FOR INTERIOR PARTITIONS IS r CFn INSTALLATION W/TAMPER-PROOF SCREWS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS w/OWNER'S (7 THUMB TURN-CORBIN RUSSWIN 1300-115 GROUP#16-CART STORAGE �h' S DELIVERIES ARE MADE.SEE M1 DOOR TYPE ON SHEET(1/A1,1). REPRESENTATIVE. (1; HINGE PEMKO DFM 83HD CONTINUOUS,ALUMINUM GEAR HINGE. NOTE: TO BE A MINIMUM OF 25 GAUGE,EXCEPT ANY INTERIOR FRAME IS TO BE PREPPED FOR A DOOR.INCLUDE HINGE BLOCKING AND STRIKES WITH FRAMING TO RECEIVE"DENS-SHIELD"BOARD OR CEMENT 5. NOT USED CROUP 2-RESTAURANT OFFICE REMOVABLE PLATES SO DOOR CAN BE ADDED IN FUTURE. BOARD IS TO BE A MINIMUM OF 20 GAUGE. SEE STEEL THRESHOLD ��,A, ^ �� M STUD NOTES IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR GAUGES OF .�' JJ (1 �) pglR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1100 4.5 X 4.5 US26D EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEM. ALL FRAMING IS TO BE SPACED 6. PAINT DOOR FRAME SHERWIN WILLIAMS#SW7039 MRTUAL TAUPE', (1 CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM GROUP#17-2 HOUR FIRE RATED DOORS 7, NOT USED (1 ENTRY LOCK-SCHLAGE ND63PD RHODES US26D (3)PAIR HINGES-HAGER 881279 4.5x4.5"US28D AT 18"O.C.TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, T1 EXTENDED ALUMINUM SADDLE (1 STOP-HAGER 242F X US26D (2)FIRE RATED CLOSER(1 LEFT AND 1 RIGHT)- 3. PARTITIONS TERMINATED ABOVE CEILING SHALL HAVE 8. PAINT DOOR FRAME TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH. (I KICKPLATES-HAGER 190S 10 X 34 US32D RI SON-SMOK-CHEK VI-MODEL 2600 FRAMING EXTENDED AS NECESSARY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE o T2 ACCESSIBLE PANIC ELEC.REQUIREMENTS-120VAC TO ENSURE ADEQUATE BRACING AND STABILITY.SEE DETAIL (1 ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE-TRINE PRODUCTS EN-400,SATIN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH (1)INSTITUTIONAL/UTILITY FUNCTION LOCKSET- 9 r 9. PROVIDE FULL-HEIGHT FRAME. PREFAB DOOR TO BE 28"SHORTER THAN US32D CORBIN RUSSWIN CL3332-NZDxASAz626 / '1' ' Z ♦E� M FRAME-BOTTOM OF DOOR TO BE 14"FROM BOTTOM OF FRAME. GROUP#3-INTERIOR SECURED STOCK&CTS (1)7'-4"X7'-O"2 HOUR FIRE RATED DOOR FRAME 4. ALL EXTERIOR WALLS ARE TO BE INSULATED FROM SLAB \/ W Q W SEE PL3 DOOR TYPE ON SHEET(1/A1.1). 2 V-8"x7'-O'2 HOUR FIRE RATED DOORS (1 111) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1100 4.5 X 4.5 US28D () TO DECK W/8"GATT INSULATION. Z 2 O N� 10.PAINT INNER DOOR FRAME-SHERWIN WILLIAMS NSW7038'VIRTUAL TAUPE'. (1 CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM W"N v PAINT OUTER FRAME TO MATCH LIGHT STUCCO COLOR 1 STOREROOM LOCKSET-SCHLAGE N080PD RHODES US26D 5. ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE TO EXTEND FROM FLOOR } Q V)Z r 1 STOP-HAGER 242E X U5280 TO 8"ABOVE CEILING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. J "L xG B. KEYING-VERIFY THE FOLLOWING WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: PARTITIONS SHOWN WITH A(�r. r.r.r. r,) W Q Z m 11.PROVIDE 18"z 18"VISION-PROOF LOUVER AS INDICATED. 1 KICKPLATES-HAGER 190S 10 X 34 US32D ARE TO EMEND TO DECK A� EL ❑Z W N SEE PL2 DOOR TYPE ON SHEET(1/A1.1). (1) ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE-TRINE PRODUCTS EN-400,SATIN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH 1.PROVIDE MASTER KEY CONTROLUNG ALL LOOKS-PROVIDE MR THE GENERAL MANAGER O F--- US32D-PROVIDED BY OWNER. 2,PROVIDE SUBMASTER 91-ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR UTILTTY/STOWAGE ROOM DOORS,SHOWER �' Z J LLl 12.WOOD CASED OPENING. ROOMS AND MOP CLOSETS(CIS ROOM AND SECURED STOCK PRE NOT TO BE INCLUDED PROVIDE i0R 6. PARTITIONS W/CEMENT BOARD&CERAMIC TILE FINISHES MVNTENANCE srgiF. ) EMENDING TO DECK ABOVE MAY BE TRANSITIONED TO J GROUP#4-SHOWER ROOM DOORS o J 13.DOOR w/12"x 12"VISION PANEL INSTALLED AT 62"A.F.F. PANEL MUST BE (1 %) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER EC111101 4.5 X 4,5 US281 3.PROVIDE SUBMASTER R2-RESTAURANT OFFICE AND RESTAURANT DE-TEX ONLY-PROVIDE MR GYPSUM WALL BOARD 6"ABOVE CEILING ELEVATION. J W b- WIRE-REINFORCED AND MEET OR EXCEED ALL APPLICABLE CODES. (1) STOREROOM LOCKSET-SCHLAGE ND80PD RHODES US26D R�OT�AU.LOCKS CAN BE KEYED INDIVIDUALLY EXCEPT ANY EXTERIOR ENTRY DOORS,WHICH SHOULD ALL 7. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL RECESSED SHELVING a ❑ x (1)INDICATOR LOCK-SCHLAGE 8671 X US28D BE KEYED THE SAME. FOR LOCATIONS WITH MCODNALo'S OR DENNYS THE RESTAURANT ENTRY DOORS ARE TO STANDARDS IN ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE SLATWALL. O 14.DOOR TYPE"S1"T0.BE MANUFACTURED BY CHASE DOORS MODEL SD2000 LAMINATE (1) WALL STOP-HAGER 256S x US26D BE KEYED SEPARATELY FROM THE TRAVEL CENTER-INCLUDE WITH SUBMASTER 62 STANDARDS SHALL EXTEND FROM TOP OF COVE BASE TO Z FINISH COLOR WILSONART'MONTECELLO MAPLE'#7925-60 AND 12"HIGH S/S (1 KICKPLATE ON HALL S1DE-HAGER 190S 10 X 34 US32D THE TOP OF SLATWALL. CONTRACTOR IS TO LAY OUT Y KICKPLATE.HARDWARE TO BE FURNISHED w/DOOR, (1 ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE-TRINE PRODUCTS EN-400,SATIN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH LOCATIONS OF STANDARDS AS SHOWN ON INTERIOR 15.EXTERIOR METAL DOORS AND FRAMES ARE TO BE PAINTED TO US32D-PROVIDED BY OWNER. ELEVATIONS,USING SHELVES TOP AND BOTTOM TO ASSURE MATCH THE ADJACENT STUCCO COLOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. (1) "LOUVER-STEEL LOUVER 16x18",FRONDED WITH DOOR. ER SPACING.AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. OBTAIN OWNER'S APPROVAL REFER TO BUILDING ELEVATIONS FOR COLORS. NOTES: NOTE:EXTEND/SCRIBE GYPSUM BOARD 1,DOOR FRAMES WILL NEED TO BE PRE-CUT TO ACCOMMODATE PROPER FITMENTS OF THE 8. SLATWALL IS TO EXTEND TO AN ELEVATION OF 9'-O" 18.EXTERIOR UTILITY ROOM DOORS TO HAVE NO DOOR LOUVER.18"X 18"MOTORIZED DOOR STRIKE. AS REQD TO FOLLOW PROFILE OF IN SALES AREA WITH PAINTED GYP.BOARD ABOVE. WALL LOUVER TO BE INSTALLED 4"ABOVE DOOR FRAME.PAINT TO MATCH ADACENT 2.PREP FRAME AND DOOR FOR INDICATOR LOCK. METAL DECK WITHIN 1/2" STUCCO COLOR. 3.INSTALL LOWER WITH SCREW HEADS ON HALLWAY SIDE. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ANY REMAINING SLAT4ALL FROM SALES AREA TO MGR OFFICE AND STORAGE AREAS, 17.PAINT SALES FLOOR SIDE OF FRAME SHERWIN WILLIAMS NSW7039'VIRTUAL TAUPE'. GROUP#4.1 -HANDICAP SHOWER ROOM DOORS 24"HIGH AT 66"A.F.F.TO 90"A.F.F.-VERIFY LOCATIONS REFER TO RESTAURANT FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COLOR Off''RESTAURANT SIDE OF 1 >�) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1101 4.5 X 4.5 US26D WITH PILOTS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. FRAME. 1) STOREROOM LOCKSET-SCHLAGE ND80PD RHODES US28D 10.TYPICAL SLATNALL STANDARD DETAIL IS LOCATED ON 1 INDICATOR LOCK-SCHLAGE B571 %US26D SHEET"AB°. 18.HINGES TO BE SELF-CLOSING AT ALL TOILET STALLS. 1 WALL STOP-HAGER 256S x US28D 19.DOORS TO HAVE CLOSERS-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM. (1) KICKPLATE ON HALL SIDE-HAGER 190S 10 X 34 US32D (1) ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE-TRINE PRODUCTS EN-400,SATIN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH 11.FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON LOCATIONS OF SHEATHING 20.PAINT COLOR TO BE VERIFIED BY RESTAURANT REPRESENTATIVE. US32D-PROVIDED BY OWNER. MATERIALS,REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE,SHEET"A1.3". (1)LOUVER-STEEL LOUVER 18"X18",PROVIDED WITH DOOR. 12.PARTITIONS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL APPLICABLE CODES 21.DOOR TYPE STEEL TO R MANUFACTURED BY CHASE DOORS MODEL DOOR. W/ NOTES FOR FIRE SAFETY. STAINLESS STEEL DOOR PANELS,HARDWARE TO BE FURNISHED W/DOOR. 1.DOOR FRAMES WILL NEED TO BE PRE-CUT TO ACCOMMODATE PROPER FITMENTS OF THE CAULK ALL GAPS 22.INTERIOR FRAME/DOOR PAINT/STAIN COLOR TO BE VERIFIED BY RESTAURANT DOOR STRIKE. AT PERIMETER 13.TYPICAL WALL BASE DETAILS ARE LOCATED ON SHEET"AB". REPRESENTATIVE. 2•PREP FRAME AND DOOR FOR INDICATOR LOCK. 3.INSTALL LOUVER WITH SCREW HEADS ON HALLWAY SIDE. 14.ALL INTERIOR METAL STUDS OTHERWISE NOTED ON SHEET"ARE T A1A'O OR"A9".BE 3 5/8°UNLESS 23.DOORS TO HAVE THUMBTURN LOCK-CORBIN RUSSWIN 1300-118 GROUP MI5-MOP CLOSET CEILING RUNNER-MIN.20 15, ALL WINDOW OPENING DIMENSIONS MEASURE TO EDGES 24.NOT USED. S(1 }¢) PAIR BUTTS S HAGER SCHLAGE 00 4.5 X RH4.ODES USU D GAUGE STEEL STUDS ATTACHED OF STOREFRONT METAL OR FRAME ONLY.CONTRACTOR 25.DOOR TO BE HELD OPEN WITH MAGNETIC HOLDOPENS. (1) STOREROOM LOCKSET-SCHLACE NDBOPD RHODES US26D TO CEILING ASSEMBLIES WITH (1 STOP-HAGER 242F X US26D STEEL FASTENERS SPACED NOT SHOULD REFER TO FRAME DETAILS ON SHEET"A1.1"TO (n PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE: (1) KICKPLATE ON HALL SIDE- 1908 10%34 US32D GREATER THAN 24"O.C. CALCULATE ROUGH OPENING DIMENSIONS,BUT FRAMES AND ((1 A) PAIR HINGES-HAGER B81279 4,5°X4.5"US26D DOORS NEED TO BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. (1) FIRE RATED CLOSER(1 LEFT)- GROUP#6-MENS&WOMENS TOILET(ENTRY FROM HALL) Z_ RI%SON-SMOK-CHE M-MODEL 2600 1 ib. ALL INTERIOR WALL BOARD(CVPSUM)TO BE 6/8"THICK.REFER Q TO SHOWER DETAILS AND RESTR001,{DETAILS FOR CEMENT BOARD L ( %) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBS1100 4.5 X 4.5 US26D V.IW ELEC.REQUIREMENTS- 120VAC (1) CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM Z 0 r , E'"M (1) INSTTTUTIONAL/UTIUTY FUNCTION LOCKSET- REQUIREMENTS. (1 PUSH-HAGER 308 B X 18 US32D w LU J CORBIN RUSSWIN CL3332-NZD%ASA%828 (1� PULL-HAGER H33E 8 X 18 US32D 17. THE FOLLOWING ROOMS SHALL HAVE ALL INTERIOR WALLS a W Z m N 26.45-MIN.RATED DOOR,FRAME,AND HARDWARE. (1 STOP-HAGER 242F X US26D INSULATED WITH BATT INSULATION TO PREVENT TEMPERATURE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE: (1)KICKPLATE- HAGER 190S 10 X 34 US32D. MOUNT WITH BOTTOM EDGE 1"ABOVE TRANSFERAL:ELECTRICAL ROOM,WATER ENTRY ROOM,YARD STORAGE O(9 Uj I}-- co (1 X) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1100 4.5 X 4.5 US26D DOOR BOTTOM,AND CENTERED ON DOOR. AND CTS. 0 LU I 1 Z (1) CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM 2 �•/ Q ((i)) PASSAGE LATCH-SCHLAGE ND10S RHODES US26D GROUP#7-MEN&WOMENS HANDICAP TOILET STALL 3-5/8"(MIN.)STEEL STUDS- 18. (� x� �)INDICATES 1-HOUR FIRE Z O (1) FLOOR STOP-HAGER 242F X US26D (2) PAIR BUTTS(SPRING HINGE)-HAGER EC1105 4.5 X 4.5 US26D MIN.20 GAUGE STEEL STUDS. PARTITION PER U.L DESIGN N0.U432.INTERIOR FIRE PARTITION Q Z J a (2) KICKPLATES-HAGER 1SOS 10 X 42 US32D (1/2)PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1100 4.5 X 4.5 US26D REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL EMEND TO DECK AND TO RECEIVE 5/8"TYPE"X'GYPSUM W _ (1)INDICATOR LOCK-SCHLAGE B571 X US26D FOR BRACING REQUIREMENTS. WALL BOARD TO DECK EACH SIDE IN LIEU OF GYPSUM WALL (n 27.EXTERIOR METAL DOORS TO HAVE 18"x18"LOUVER. (2)PULLS-HAGER CA09 X US32D CFC BOARD. EXTERIOR FIRE PARTITION SHALL EXTEND TO Q > Z PARAPET AND TO RECEIVE 5/8"TYPE"%"GYPSUM WALL W (1) WALL STOP-HAGER 236W X US32D.INSTALL BUMPER ON WALL SO IT IS ALIGNED BOARD ON INTERIOR SIDE. MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF N 0 WITH WHERE THE DOOR HARDWARE IMPACTS THE WALL. GYPSUM WALL BOARD-5/B" O Q Y (MIN.24"WIDE SECTIONS)GYP. THE FIRE PARTITION BY SEALING ALL PENETRATIONS AND W GROUP#8-MEN&WOMENS TOILET STALL BOARD ATTACHED WITH 1-1/4" CEMENT BOARD.DAMPERS AS REQUIRED Y CODE. APPLY J O (2) PAIR BUTTS(SPRING HINGE)-HAGER EC1105 4.5 X 4.5 US26D LONG,TYPE S-12 STEEL SCREWS Z Z (1/2)PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1100 4.5 X 4.5 US26D SPACED 8"D.C.ALONG THE EDGES °X"GYPSUM WALL BOARD WHERE REQUIRED. (1)INDICATOR LOCK-SCHLAGE B571 X US26D AND 12"O.C.IN THE FIELD. W (2)PULLS-HAGER CA09 X US320 CFC (1) WALL STOP-HAGER 236W X US32D.INSTALL BUMPER ON WALL SO IT IS ALIGNED NOTE:JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED C= O Q WITH WHERE THE DOOR HARDWARE IMPACTS THE WALL. IN TWO IQATS TO JOINTS AND a V J O GROUP#9-JANITOR/LAUNDRY SCREW HEADS W/MIN.2"WIDE O(n N EMBEDDED TAPE IN FIRST LAYER ^ i2) 1 %) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECSB1100 4.5 X 4.5 US26D OF COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS. O I.LPILOT DOOR / OPENING SCHEDULE i)CLOSER-HAGER 520D MLT,4 ALUMi) STOREROOM LOCKSET-SCHLACE NDBOPD RHODES US28D STOP-HAGER 242F X US26D FLOOR RUNNER-MIN.20 MARK ROOM NAMES DOOR SIZ� OPENING SIZE DOOR FRAME THRESHOLD HARDWARE REMARKS KEY# KEY# DESIGNATION KICKPLATES-HAGER 190S 10 X 34 US32D t, GAUGE STEEL SUDS ATTACHED _ TYPE TYPE TYPE GROUP TO FLOOR ASSEMBLIES WITH CIA ES - x -0 - z - 1 OVERALL MASTER GROUP 10-STOCKROOM STEEL FASTENERS SPACED NOTTUW PLAN, D ^A�EN, SALES - x -0 - z - 1 9 2 UTILITY S(1 PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECB lB,100 4.5 X 1,5 US28D GREATER THAN 24"O.C. E 0 TRAINING ROOM3-0 x 7-0 3- x 7-2- PL1 F6 - 0 3 6 9 3 S (1 CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM 06A SHOWER HA 3'-0"x 7'-0" 3-4 x 7-2 1 Fi T2 4 SHOWER 1 (((1III, STOREROOM LOCKSET-SCHLAGE ND80PD RHODES US26D EXTERIOR INSULATED FRAME WALL 07A PUBLIC LAUNDRY 3-8 x 7-0 -0 ■7-2 F - - 2 5 STOP-HAGER 242F X US26D = OBA 3 1 -0 x 3 7-0 -4 ■7'-2" PL2 - 6.11 6 (1 KICKPLATES-HAGER 190S 10 X 34 US32D CAULK ALL GAPS F m m 09 - - '-4"x P F4 - 1 7 SHOWER AT PERIMETER Z 1 - - - x 7-" P F4 - 1 8 8 -SHOWER 5 GROUP 11 -EXTERIOR UTILITY ROOM-(SINGLE DOOR INTERIOR PARTITION p M ) NON-INSULATED 1 - - - - - 9 SHO ER 8 (1 ) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1102 4.6 X 4.6 US28D NRP ro 1 - - 3- - P 4 - 1 10 SHO ER 7 (1)) CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM LEDGESTONE VENEER 17A J ITOR LAU DRY -8 x 7-0 -0 x 7-2 L2 F6 - 1' SHO ER 8 (1)PANIC BAR-VONDUPRIN 99L X 48"US26D 18A STAGING R00 - x - 3- x 7-2 PL2 F6 - 0 8 11 9 12 SHOWER 9 (i)STOREROOM LOCKSET-SCHLAGE ND80PO RHODES US26D 20A STOCK ROOM 3-0 x 7-0 3-4 x 7'-2- F6 - _75 8.11.19 1 WALL TO DECK F- 22A OMENS T F. 3-0 x -10 3-4 x 7-2 PL3 F6 - 7 8918 - (i) THRESHOLD-NATIONAL GUARD 896V X 44 ALUM SEE NOTES ON Al.2 O Z 22B 2-0 x 4-10 2-4 x 7-2 PL3 F6 - 8 8918 (1) SET WEATHERSTRIPPING-NATIONAL GUARD 160V 44%84 ALUM W O (1) SWEEP-NATIONAL GUARD 20ONA X 44 ALUM 0 22C 0 E S TOILEF 2-O x 4-10 2-4 x 7-2 PL3 6 - 8 6918 .a p F- " e e a 23 E S TOILET B.F. 3-0 x - 3- x 7-2 P - 89 8 (1) LOCK GUARD-DON-JO PLP-111 X US32D .. • •4 IN COOLER/ 0. 23B ENS TOILET 2-0 x -0 2- x 7'-2' PL FREEZER L 3 F6 - 8 8 9 8 . .., '• • d• ER OL of 23C ENS TOILET 3-0 z - - x 7-2 PL3 F8 - 6 9 - GROUP#12-EXTERIOR UTILITY ROOM-(DOUBLE DOOR) n '• L) 23D ENS TOILET - x - 2- x -2 PL3 F5 - _ (3) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECIIBI 112 4.5 X 4.5 US26D NRP • e: 1 18 CA STUDS 012"O.C. 00 t 25 3-0 x 7-0 3- x 7-2 S FIG - - 6 - (2) CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM ? ®-^'_^� AT ALL SHOWER STALLS, J W 25B SAL PREP AREA 3-8 X 7'-0" 4-0 x 7-2 1 F1 T2 0 5 18 (2)PANIC BAR-VONDUPRIN 99L X 48"US26D 4 SEE DETAILS ON A9.2 ❑ ❑ (1)STOREROOM LOCKSET-SCHLAGE ND8OPD RHODES US26D Z (() �-Ei 1-HOUR FIRE WALL } 28A CTS INTERIOR DOOR - - - x - L2 - 38 2 FLUSHBOLTS-HAGER 2B2D X US26D SEE NOTES ON A1.2 ED O 29 WATER ENTRY R00 3-8 x 7-0 -0 x 7-2 PL2 F4 - - 619 (1) THRESHOLD-NATIONAL GUARD B96V X 72 ALUM T 30A ELECTRICAL ROOM 3'-8-x 7'-0" -0 ■7-2 1 F14 1 T2 11 15 16 19 Z a 33 3-0 x 7-0 3- X 7-2 PL2 F6 - 18 (1) SET WEATHERSTRIPPING-NATIONAL GUARD ieOV 72 X 64 ALUM U.L. DESIGN N0. U432 LU- 3 FRONT VESTIBULE - x - - - F9 Fib F78 19 1 (2) SWEEP-NATIONAL GUARD 20ONA X 38 ALUM 3 W 36A R VESTIBULE 8-0 x 7-0 10-8 x 9-0 7 F9 F16 F 8 T 1923 (1) LOCK GUARD-DON-JO GUAPLPRD 111 X US32D o 0 39A SIDE ESTIBULE 3-0 x 7-0 10'-8'x 0-0 F2 F9 T g p3 (1) ASTRAGAL-NATIONAL GUARD 1395P X 84 y��p/� rx O 38B SIDE V TIBULE -0 x 7-0 - x 1 - GROUP#13-EXTERIOR RESTAURANT/STOCKROOM BACK DOOR SYMBOL MBOL LEGEND 37A FOU TAIN CLOSET 3-0 x 7-0 - x 7- - 6 11 19 (1 K) PAIR BURS-HAGER ECBB1102 4.5%4.5 US28D NRP (� 1-F'IOUi FIRE PART" DETAIL 3 3-0, 7- -4 z 7- 4 5 8 27 1 i) CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM ROOM 3-0 x 7- '-4 x 7- 1 1 7 1 jl� TOUCHBAR EXIT DEVICE-VON DUPRIN SERIES 98EOF 48"US26D �• SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" NAME ROOM NUMBER o THRESHOLD-NATIONAL GUARD 896V X 44 ALUM 32 W 1) SET WEATHERSTRIPPING-NATIONAL GUARD 160V 44 X 84 ALUM o 1 SWEEP-NATIONAL GUARD 20ONA%44 ALUM ARBY'DO DOOR OPENING SCHEDULE (1) EXIT ALARM-DETE%EAX50OKS(SURFACE MOUNTED) A DOOR NUMBER H LL1 I (i) CYUNDER-DETEX 102281-7%US26D#EE Q H MARK ROOM NAMES DOOR SIZE OPENING SIZE DOOR FRAME THRESHOLD HARDWARE REMARKS KEY�` o O ° TYPE TYPE TYPE GROUP (1) DOOR VIEWER-HAGER 1755-CENTER 0 60"AFF. /� ❑ Q I x - - - - - - - 1\ SECTION MARK ❑0 0 GROUP#13.1 -EXTERIOR RESTAURANT DOOR AT FREEZER �/p� A7 SHEET WHERE SHOWN •ALL LAMINATED DOORS ARE TO BE"MONTICELLO MAPLE"LAMINATE ON BOTH SIDES UNI ESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN DOOR/OPENING SCHEDULE (1 K) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1102 4.6 X 4.6 US28D NRP DOOR rn �E TYPES r CS (1) CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM FRAM •^_, (1) DEADBOLT-8660P X 626 (1)PULL HANDLE H3E X US28 H 0 ELEVATION MARK (1 THRESHOLD-NATIONAL GUARD 896V X 44 ALUM (,LE Al. IOR DOOR FRAME TYPES) SHEET WHERE SHOWN (1 SET WEATHERSTRIPPING-NATIONAL GUARD 160V 44 X 84 ALUM = "% 0 SWEEP-NATIONAL GUARD 20ONA X 44 ALUM ETA DOOR ip�-�/p (1) DOOR VIEWER-HAGER 1755-CENTER 0 60"AFF. DO 1 I rES 01 DES MARK SHEET: A9 SHEET WHERE SHOWN GROUP#14-EXTERIOR SHOWER HALL (1 >h) PAIR BUTTS-HAGER ECBB1102 4.5 X 4.5 US26D NRP (SEE A1.1 FOR DOOR TYPES) (1 CLOSER-HAGER 5200 MLT 14 ALUM 197 EQUIPMENT MARK (1 TOUCHBAR EXIT DEVICE-VON DUPRIN SERIES 98EOF 36'US26D d I 1 Review (1 THRESHOLD-NATIONAL GUARD 896V X 44 ALUM 1 1 SET WEATHERSTRIPPING-NATIONAL GUARD 160V 36 X 84 ALUM 1` y SAFEBUilt A1 .2 1 SWEEP-NATIONAL GUARD 20ONA X 36 ALUM EXIT ALARM DET XE102281-7SX(SURFE US26D#EEOUNTED) 1) CYLINDER (1) DOOR VIEWER-HAGER 1755-CENTER 0 60"AFF. L J TRAVEL CENTER KNISH SCHEDULE FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES FISH ABBREVIATIMa �s �o ROOM ROOME FLOOR COVE WALL CEILING NOTES 1.THE CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL OWNER-PROVIDED SIGNAGE MARK RASE MATERIAL" FINISH MATERIAL FINISH HEIGHT AND DECOR IN SALES&DINING AREAS. VERIFY LOCATIONS W/ AC71 ARMSTRONG?CORTEGA7789-WHITE,24W%48?X 5/B LAY-IN FISSURED MINABOARD--CLASS A' z 01 SALES FT1 FT2 4"x24 TO MATCH FT7 GWB CB PLYWD PNT1 P2 4 ACTI STANDARD 11'-0" 1.219.19 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ACT2 ARMSTRONG WLRH90W/870,24?X 481 VINYL COVERED HIGH HUMIDITY MINERAL FIBER BASE'WHITE'-'CUSS A" t' 02 CASHIER DESK RF1 RB GWB SW2 PNT1 ACTI/ACT2 ACT2 STND NYL 11'-0' 119 2.THE CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL OWNER-PROVIDED SOLID a :, 03 SECURED STOCK VCT RB GWB PNT3 ACTT STANDARD 9'-6" 19 POLYMER CAP AT WINDOW SILLS IN SALES. ACT3 ARMSTRONG?FINE FISSURED SECOND LOOK 11?#1761 -"CUSS A' Lp . 04 EMPLOYEE KID% 91 2101 TO MATCH FT1 GWB PNT1 2 ACT! STANDARD 9-6" 9 ACT4 USG/ECLIPSE CLIMAPLUS"TAUPE-107"24"x24'SHADOWUNE TAPERED W/GRID&MECHANICAL GRILLES TO MATCH"TAUPE" 107 �r 'a 05 TRAINING ROOM VCT RB B PNT3 ACT! STANDARD 10-0' 19 3.ALL EXPOSED SURFACES ARE 70 BE PAINTED. .. Q.,n 06 SHOWER HAD. FTi 24 x24 TO MATCH FT1 OWE) PNT1 P2 ACTI STANDARD 9-B" 99 19 4.SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION OF FRP. CB 5/8'CEMENT BOARD(DUROCK BY USG ONLY- NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED) 07 PUBLIC LAUNDRY FTi 24x24 TO MATCH FT1 GWB PNT1 P2 ACT1 STANDARD 9'-6" 59.19 OB B..F.SHOWER 1 FT3 FT4 TO TCH FT3 CS E CB OTT 8-0 6!01112,1318,19 5.SLOPE ROOM FLOOR TO AREA DRAIN.PROVIDE UNIFORM CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 09 SHOWER 2 FT3 FT4 TO MATCH FT3 CB WTI CB CT1 8-0 6 10 11,12,13,18,19 SLOPE OF 1/4'PER FOOT FROM PERIMETER OF ROOM TO DRAIN. CONIC CONCRETE-HARDENED/SEALED 10 SHOWER 3 FT3 FT4 TO TCH FT3 CB WT1 3 CB CT1 e'-0" 51011,12,13,1619 DRAIN TO BE SET 1'MAXIMUM BELOW FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. ii SHOWER 4 FT3 FT4 TO Wi&FT3 CB WTI 3 CB CTi 8-0 51011,12,13.16.19 S.PROVIDE CEMENT BOARD BEHIND ALL MOP SINKS,MINIMUM UP TO 4' CT1 CEILING TILE(SHOWER CEILINGS ONLY)CEILING TILE 8'4"CROSSVILLE A1101 'SAND BOX' 12 SHOWER#5 FT3 FT4 TO MATCH FT3 CB 3 CB CT1 e-0 1011.12,13.16,19 A.F.F.ON ALL SIDES. (DIAGONAL PATTERN)LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR/17 MARBLE BEIGE p 13 SHOWER 6 FT3 FT4 70 mmw FT3 CB CB CT1 8'-0" 5,1011 12131819 Oo 14 SHOWER 7 FT3 FT4 TO MATCH FT3 CB WT! CB CT1 8'-0" 500 11,12.113.16.19 7.TROWEL FINISH&SEAL. FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER FINISH SYSTEM(WHITE) 15 SHOWER 8 FT3 FT4 TO MATCH FT CB WT7 CB CTt 8-0' 5,1011,12131819 Z p W 16 SHOWER 9 FT3 4 TO MATCH FT3 CS WT7 CB CTi 8-0 610,i L1 131 19 8.CONTRACTOR TO PANT CONCRETE FLOOR W/SHERWIN-WILUAMS GWB 5/8'GYPSUM WALL BOARD W e(W 17 1 JANITOR LAUNDRY KT1B TO MATCH KTlB CB LYWD FRP ACT2 VINYL 9-6 5618181920 TILE-CLAD HIGH SOLIDS EPDXY PAINT.COLOR TO BE Z "gF'Q y Go 18 STAGING AREA KIN8 TO TCH KT7B CB LYWD FRP ACT2 VINYL 9'-6 718,1920 SWM'2191 'LIGONIER TAN'.ADD NON-SLIP SAND TO PANT PER PLYWO 5/6"PLYWOOD Q'd'W R MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS IN WALK-IN BEVERAGE n 19 WALK-IN BEVERAGE COOLER PAINTED CONIC SSB INTEGRAL W EQUIPMENT 7.8.14 Q H 20 STOCK ROOMVCT RB GWB PNT3 ACTT STANDARD 9-8 19 COOLER ONLY. P-1 HH PAIN-SHERWIN WILLIAMS�SW6127'IVORIE'(HUDDLE HOUSE ONLY) J IL<Z pmqp 22 WO EN'S TOILET FT3 12x12 TO MATCH FT3 CS WT2 ACT2 VINYL &-0' 5,11 1819 9.PROVIDE MARLITE PANELING WAINSCOT TO 53'A.F.F.OVER PNT1 PAINT-SHERWIN WILLIAMS#SW1123'NAVAJO WHITE',FLAT ENAMEL LL 0 F N 23 MEN'S TOILET FT3 12x12 TO ATCH FT3 CB WT2 ACT2 VINYL 8'-0 5,11 18,19 GYPSUM WALL BOARD W/MATCHING TRIM PIECES FROM MARLITE. Z J 24 GAME ROOM FT2 24 x24 TO MATCH FT2 GWB PNT2 2 ACT? STANDARD 9'-6" 9.19 PNT2 PAINT-SHERWIN WILLIAMS#SW6900'OPTIMISTIC YELLOW,FLAT ENAMEL 25 SALES PREP AREA KT1A TO MATCH KT1A CE PLWlD FRP ACT2 VINYL 9-6 6,7,18,18,19,20 10.5/8"CEMENT BOARD FOR CERAMIC TILE CEILINGS TO BE o � 26 WALK-IN COOLER NTiB INTEGRAL W EQUIPMENT 14 INSTALLED ON SUSPENDED FRAMEWORK OF 1 1/2"METAL PNT3 PAINT-SHERWIN WILLIAMS#SW1DO4'PURE WHITE',FLAT ENAMEL J W N 27 WALK-IN FREEZER CONC SSB INTEGRAL W EQUIPMENT 14 CHANNELS AND 3/4"METAL FURRING CHANNELS MIN. 12'O.C. PNT4 PANT-SHERWIN WILLIAMS#SW6142'MAcAD MIA',FLAT ENAMEL a 28 WATER ROOM SVCTEA RB PLYWD PNT3 ACTT STANDARD 10-0 3,19 11.PROVIDE LATICRETE 4-XLT THIN-SET MORTOR BEHIND ALL TILE WALLS. Z 29 WATER ENTRY SEALED CONIC - PLYWD PNT3 - - OPEN 3.7.19 RESTROOM WALLS:PER TCNA W247-07T SHOWER STALLS: KTIA not used Y 30 ELECTRICAL SEALED CONIC - PLYWD PNT3 - - OPEN 3719 PER TCNA B421-07.MORTOR BED ON FLOORS TO SLOPE 31 HARD STORAGE SEALED NC - PLYWO PNT3 - - OPEN- '3,7,19 TO SHOWER DRAIN AT 1/4'PER FOOT MINIMUM. 32 DRIVER LOUNGE FTi 24'x24 TO MATCH FT1 B PNT4 P2 ACTI STANDARD 9'-6' 1 9 19 Kf1B CROSSVILLE-CROSS-COLOR A790"BURGUNDY SMOKE"(CROSS-TREAD 8"x8") 33 SHOWER SUPPLY Fr 24 x24 TO MATCH FT1 GWB PNT1 P2 ACT! - 9-e - 12-APPLY 2 COATS ELASTOMIC WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR/45 RAVEN 34 SEATING AREA FT5 24'x24 TO TCH FT3 G B CB WT4 -MP1 ST ACT4 STANDARD 11'-6" 1 9 IN CEMENT BOARD AND MOTAR BED IN SHOWER STALLS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE.APPLY TO ALL SURFACES FT7 CROSSVILLE-BLUESTONE'ARIZONA BROWN/UPS" (24"x24 35 FRONT VESTIBULE FTi 24 x24 TO MATCH FTi GWB PNTi 2 ACT! STANDARD it-0 1,9 OF SHOWER STALL(FLOOR.WALLS AND CEILING).WATERPROOF 36 REAR VESTIBULE FT1 24 x24 TO MATCH FT1 GWB PIT1 2 ACTI STANDARD 11-0 1.9 MEMBRANE:LATICRETE"HYDRO BAN"WATERPROOFING AND ANTI-FRACTURE LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR ty45 RAVEN 37 FOUNTAIN CLOSET KT18 TO MATCH KTIB CB PLYWD FRP - - OPEN 7.18 18 MEMBRANE. Fit CROSSVILLE-BLUhSTIX4E"PLTNNSYLVANIA BLUE/UPS" (24"x24? NOTE:ALL COVEBASE TO BE 6"x12" +REFER TO DETAILS ON AS FOR BACKING BEHIND TILE BASE FOR EACH WALL TYPE. 13.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW SPECIFIC INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR/45 RAVEN SHOWER STALLS AND DRESSING ROOMS-1D0%CEMENT BOARD(DUROCK), INSIDE SHOWER STALLS.REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR FT3 CROSSVILLE- BLUESTONE?ENN5YLVANIA BLUE/UPS' (12k12'� RESTROOMS- 100%CEMENT BOARD(DUROCK). SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS ON A9.3. LAOSSVIL SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR 2-) RAVEN FRP-ANYWHERE IT IS USED-CEMENT BOARD UP TO 2'AFF,PLYWOOD ABOVE. MARLITE-CEMENT BOARD UP TO 2'AFF,PLYWOOD/GYP. ABOVE DEPENDING ON DETAIL 14.OWNER-SUPPLIED WALK-IN BEVERAGE COOLER w/WORS FT4 CROSSVILLE-BLUESTONE'PENNSYLVANIA BLUE/UPS' (8'xB') (LOW WALLS GET PLYWOOD,HALLWAYS,ETC.GET GYP.BD.) IS TO BE INSTALLED AND ASSEMBLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. SLAT WALL-PLYWOOD UP TO 9'AFF,INCLUDING BEHIND COVE BASE GYP.BOARD ABOVE. PRE-ASSEMBLED EXTERIOR WALK-IN COOLER AND FREEZER LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:DOLOR/45 RAVEN UTILITY ROOMS-PLYWOOD ONLY. BOXES ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR.SET - BOXES A MINIMUM OF 2"CLEAR OF BUILDING WALLS. FT5 ATLAS CONCORDE-DWELL"SMOKE"(24'x24')MATTE FINISH ISOLATE FLOOR SLAB OF WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER W/1/2' LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR/45 RAVEN EXPANSION JOINTS.INSTALLATION OF RELATED REFRIGERATION ARBY'S FINISH SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER,ROUTING AND START-UP RB RUBBER BASE-ARMSTRONG'BLACK" OF EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS. RF1 PVC FLOORING-ECO-GRIP 1/4'PVC SHEET FLOORING RM M ROOM NAME FLOOR COVE WALL CEILING NOTES I&USE TYPE'X"GYPSUM WALL BOARD IN ALL FIRE-RATED AREAS. COLOR CHARCOAL-SEE SHEET A2 PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY FLOORING SUBCONTRACTOR. MATERIAL I FINISH I MATERIAL I FINISH I HEIGHT 16.CEMENT BOARD IS TO BE USED IN ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE TILE,AT ALL MOP BASE IS TO BE INTEGRAL ROUTED COVE BASE WITH ECO-GRIP STAINLESS ART ARBYS DINING FT6(24"X247 TO MATCH FT3 GWB WC-AI -A2 ACT4 STANDARD 11-6" 1 SINKS AND ON WALLS AS NOTED.IN DETAILS THROUGHOUT THE DRAWINGS. STEEL BASE CAP AND SEALANT PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DEAL PNT-Ai FOR PRODUCT PROCUREMENT,CONTACT CAROLINE HOLT AT 704-522-0597 AR2 AR S SERVICE KT1A - MATCH KT1A GWB CB WT-Ai PNT-A2 ACT2 ACT4 VI. D 9-8 10-0 718 17.NOT USED. OR CGAILEYOECOGRIPEAST.COM. AR3 AR S DRIVE-THRU KI'1 TO MATCH KT1A CB PLYWD FRP ACT2 VINYL 9'-6" 7171819,20 18.PREP&WAREWASH AREA WALLS TO RECEIVE 5/8'CEMENT BOARD UP TO RF2 RUBBER FLOORING-ECORE ECDrx 15.2mm X 4'ROLL AR4 AR S PREP Ki1A TO MATCH KTI CB PLY. L__ FRP ACT2 VINYL 9-e 7,17 18 19,20 2'-0'A.F.F.AND PLYWOOD UP 70 10'-0'A.F.F,5/8"GYPSUM BOARD 6"ABOVE COLOR 806'BED ROCK'-SEE SHEET A2 AR5 COOLER KTIB INTEGRAL W EWIPMENT 14 CEILING. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY FLOORING SUBCONTRACTOR PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 0 AR8 FREEZER CONIC SSB INTEGRAL E UIPME 14 BASE IS TO BE RUBBER BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULEui 19.SEE A1.2 FOR PAINT FINISH OF DOORS AND FRAMES. FOR PRODUCE PROCUREMENT,CONTACT CLAY MOORE AT 330-612-4538 ` 20,WRAP-AROUND STAINLESS-STEEL CORNER GUARDS SHALL OR CLAY.MOOREOECOREINTLCOM. (n r j M EXTEND PROM FLOOR TO CEILING.NOT ON TOP OF TILE COVE BASE ( p Z m N so STAINLESS STEEL BASE INCLUDED WITH COOLER 21. PROVIDE AND INSTALL MECHANICALLY FASTENED,16 GAUGE,2'WIDE STAINLESS SfN DAI.TIlE_SCULPTED LEDGESTONE"TOURCH LIGHT MS85" J uj Z U Z Q2 UJ Go STEEL COLLAR SET IN FULL BED OF ECO-GRIP SEALANT WITH RGUTED EGO-GRIP �� FLOORING(FLOOR FINISH FLUSH WITH COLLAR)AT ALL FLOOR DRAINS. ♦♦y NS,FLOOR SINKS, SW SLATWALL-PREFINISHED'WILD CHERRY" D Q AND TRENCH DRAINS PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DETAIL 2 SW2 SLATWALL-PREFlNISHED"MONTECELLO MAPLE" W.I J a r 'gyp 22. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 16 GAUGE,'2-1/4"WIDE STAINLESS STEEL,CONTINUOUS TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR FINISH LEGEND TRANSITION STRIP SET IN PULL BED OF ECO-GRIP SEALANT WHERE ECO-ORIP VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE-ARMSTRONG#51804'EA2THSTONE GREIGE' �p , >- Z FLOORING TRANSITIONS TO ADJACENT FLOOR SURFACE. FT1 -"CROSSVW.E"BLUESTONE 23. WALL TILE BACKING ABOVE COOLER DOORS AND DELI CABINETS TO BE DENSHIELD WP WALL PANELING-MARLTTE PLKy�3,�1.8'WINOSOR ARIGRE'WITH �WG475 TOP TRIM M)Z 4 W�/ O ARIZON4 BROWN UPS 24'x24' TILE BACKER BOARD OR APPROVED,EQUAL (DRIVER'S LOUNGE TO INCLUDE IWG477 CHAR RAIL) _Q i LATICREIE SPECTRALIX7C PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT: FT1 2 WP2 WALL PANELING-MARLTTE#PLK 319-WHITTIER ANIGRE'WITH OWC475 TOP TRIM � @O v COLOR/45 RAVEN 24. USE RETAR7AN7 TREATED PLYWOOD IN ALL AREAS WHERE SHOWN ON PUNS. #WG477 CHAR RAIL) y Lu F 6 Z COVEBASE lti MATCH FLOOR TILE (DRNETR'S LOUNGE TO INCLUDE WC-1 DA.TILE/SEMIGLOSS-'0135 ALMOND' Z~ L y :1FT2-'CROSSVILLE'BLUESTONE a O r a/ PEN1Q!VAUA BLU UPS"24"X24" WC-2 STAINLESS STEEL-18 GAUGE(TYPE 304)WITH#3 FINISH O HOOD LOCATIONS ONLY Z O Q LATICREIyE SPE PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT: FT2 WC STAINLESS STEEL-20 GOUGE QUILTED COLOR E RAVEN COVEBASE TO MATCH FLOOR TILE N FT3-"CROSSVILLE"BLUESTONE WT1 ATLAS CONCORDE-MILESTONE"ALASKA7 WALL TILE 12"x24" PENNSriVANIA BLUE/UPS'72°%12' LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR 17'MARBLE BEIGE' LATICREIE SPE,,LLUE U PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT: FT3 1) CUCOVEBASE fO MATCH FLOOR TILE W T2 AMAS CONCORDE-MILESTONE"CANYON" WALL TILE 12'x24'(TIP) FT4-"CROSSVILLE"BLUESTONE LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR#58'DESERT KHAKI' 'PENNSYLVANIA BLUE/UPS"6'X6" LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT: FT4 WT3 GEM QUARTZ-AMBER TEA RANDOM LINEAR MOSAIC COLOR/45 RAVEN 12"X12"ACCENT WALL TILE COVEBASE TO MATCH FOOR TILE LATICRETE SPECTRAOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT:COLOR TO MATCH GROUT ON ADJACENT WALL TILE NOTE:INSTALL SCHLUTER CORNER TRIM AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS(ACCENT BAND ONLY):USE SCHLUTER"RONDEC" • FTS-'ATLAS CONCORDE"DWELL'SMOKE"MATTE FINISH ROIOQATGB(BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH).INSTALLSO PROFILE ALIGNS WITH BULLNOSE OF WALL TILE ABOVE AND BELOW. ~ FLOOR TILE 24"X 24' ® INSTALL SCHLUTER CORNER TRIM AT INSIDE CORNERS BEHIND RESTROOM VANITY ONLY:USE SCHLUTER'DILEX" QPH 2 s g LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUP. FT5 /AHKAIOOATGB(BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH) COLOR�45 RAVEN p COVEBASE TO BE"CROSSVILLE'BLUESTONE`PENNSYLVANIA BLUE/UPS'e°X12' Wf4 AMERICAN CLEAN-URBAN CANVAS#91 -BISCUIT- GLOSS WALL TILE 4"x12" CONC LATICRETE 1600 SERIES UNSANDED GROUT:COLOR#44 BRIGHT WHITE V Z CONCRETE-TROWELED AND SEALED WC-MP1 RJF INTERNATIONAL-KOROSEAL DESERT SAND 5921-64'ROASTED PEPPER' 0 CONTRACTOR TO PAINT CONCRETE FLOOR W/SHERWIN-WILLIAMS TILE-CLAD PNT-Ai PAINT-SHERWIN WILLIAMS#SW7038 TONY TAUPE',FLAT ENAMEL a O HIGH SOLIDS EPDXY PAINT.COLOR TO BE SWM2197 'LIGONI TAN'.ADD PAINTED C PNT-A2 PAINT-SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW6864'CHERRY TOMATO',FLAT ENAMEL V NON-SUP SAND TO PAINT PER NANUFAC7URER'S RECOMMENDD ATIONS IN CONIC co) BEVERAGE COOLERRWC-Ai SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS-APA GRAPHICS 98"xe'PUNKS „=j W G VCT VOM COMPOSITION TILE-ARMSTRONG#51804 WC-A2 APA GRAPHICS CUSTOM'CHALKBOARD VINTAGE ARBYS' 2 'FARTHSTONE GREIGE' VCT WT-Al AMERICAN OLEAN-URBAN CANVAS#25"ICE WHITE" m U) GLOSS WALL TILE 4"x12" Z LATICRETE 1600 SERIES UNSANDED GROUT:CCLOR#42 PLATINUM 'a a �o w w 40 RF1 -"PVC FLOORING-ECO-GRIP 1/4"PVC SHEET FLOORING-COLOR •• CHARCOAL-SEE SHEET A2.FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY FLOORING SUBCONTRACTOR.BASE IS TO BE INTEGRAL ROUTED COVE BASE WITH FIN Q ECO-GRIP STAINLESS STEEL BASE CAP AND SEALANT PER MANUFACTURER'S p STANDARD DETAIL FOR PRODUCT PROCUREMENT,CONTACT OARDUNE HOLT AT Wm OD 1 704-522-0597 OR CGAILEY®ECOGRIPEAST.COM. RF2-"RUBBER FLOORING-ECORE ECOrx 15.2—X 4'ROLL-COLOR 808 Q Q 'BED ROCK"-SEE SHEET A2.FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY FLOORING p I SUBCONTRACTOR PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.845E S TO BE R. mo- 0 RUBBER BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE FOR PRODUCE PROCUREMENT,CONTACT LAY MOORE AT 330-612-4538 OR CLAY.MOOREOECOREINTLCOM. O m ° NOTE:ALL CONTRACTORS ARE TO CONTACT LOUISVILLE TILE TO RECEIVE PILOYS PREFERRED TILE/MATERIAL PRICING AND DEDICATED INVENTORY: QUOTE CL'NTRAL•502- 2-2317 OR KNOXVILLE BRANCH 865-675-8453 SHEET: Plan Review A1 ,3 By SAFEBuilt 9,. 12'-0" 9• - , 2•-g" s'—o" 2'-8" CLASS LECaEND CLEAR ANODIZED NOTE: z z 1"TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS FIELD VERIFY ALL OPENING p ppC SO ARBAN 80"(#2}ON�°CLEAR GLASS m NOTE:ALL TRIM DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. IL:PPG}•CLEAR ?ASSOCIATED WITH » THIS ELEMENT IS TO 9» 10'-8" 9" SPACE:}"AIR Q can MATCH THE MATERIAL, PROFILE,AND FINISH " 2'-0' Z7 -0" " 2'-0" OF THE STOREFRONT CLEAR ANODIZED I'INSULATED GLASS N COLOR: o 0L:PPG"SOLARBAN 60"(#2)ON}"CLEAR GLASS IL:PPG}"CLEAR i� SPACE:}"AIR NOTE--ALL TM Y ASSOCIATED RI WITH THIS ELEMENT IS TO 1"SPANDREL GLASS MATCH THE MATERIAL, COLOR: ,^W C W PRO IL PPG#"CLEAR THE 5TOftEFRONT FILE,AND FINISH OL•PPG"SCLARBAN SO"(#2)ON}°CLEAR GLASS OF ,OLDCASTLE BLACK FRIT(#4) ,Z N - V" O H W 10 o o1O SPACE:k"AIR Q tll Z e01e�pp io in (L,W S W N �OF CLEAR ANODIZED CLEAR ANODIZED O z m W o ab 2-,, 2'-8" 2" W-0" 2" 2'-g» 2" J Ml J W N 2" 1'-0" 2" 6'-0" 2" 1'-0" 2" d O O `i :2 8, g' 0" \ 2,_8" w 10'-8» iv 2". �2: �.� \ 2" °° 2'-0_ 6._D^ �� 2.-0 Lj �� A�V��• �, "i �� `. • �2'�` 2 2"�V•2a \� V ` �� A ,• , P 777 V, 1x'�� b o o A .• �� A �•`• �V. A� o ��.A \\N', N CLEAR ANODIZED CLEAR ANODIZED - C EAR ANODIZED CLEAR ANODIZED C1 STOW FONT ELEVATION DETAILS 1.4 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 10'-8" 4'-8^ - 10'-11%" uj 2" 4'-4" 2 5'-1" - 2" 5'-1" 2 2" 4'-4" 2 5'- • ZL " 2'-1" 3,_0" J 11 W m � (} Z x� O U) z J NX, _J d. DARK BRONZE '�� /� DARK BRONZE iV N �' i%/ N �p�L��•�/�p� /�� 1 p DARK BRONZE ( \ FIWAVfIA 1 S 1 OM rflVi\1 I�ATM, DU/"11L.� DARK BRONZE DYt1C BRONZE FF 1.4 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" Z " 4 0 23'-7" 17'-9" W Z 3' 5C)', O -�2» 3,_4. 3•_4, 3,_4. 3,_4. 3,-4" 3'_w» 3'-7�" 3'_g• 3'_g• 3'_g• 3'-7}!" `v2 Ix a 3X3 POST 1-1/2"x3" ALL POSTS 3X3 POST 1-1/2"x3" a R TOP RAIL ARE TO BE TOP RAIL I I I ALL POSTS 9 IT r CAPPED (TYP.) ARE TO BE W 1-1/2"x3" CAPPED (TYP.) m CROSS SUPPORT SUPPORT 1-1/2"x3" CROSS a S � r31 OUTDOOR WAMW ELEVATION DETAH_S a F00 1.4 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" A O n 0 SHEET: 27"(2 SEATER) 33'(4 SEATER) Plan Review Al ATABLE/SEAT DETAIL By SAFEBuiIt 1.4 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" {{ r. FFr FFFFFFrrrr rr r FF F r FF{JJFFir rrrrrl r rrfrJfrJr:�lr - ....r-i't{ Fr rr..r d{r..F dd r riCFil' .I r 'rFFif{JFfr{�rF� rdF{f{��'F�F" lFJ,rF.rrFJJJJJJJJJJJJfFrrFFFFrr.FFFFFFFFFFJ�lF.d',►i[iCliErfN.006►I.OrrdiliR6ff��{f .f�i'rf .Fr rrFF{YFrfrdrrr.rFFFdn�iFFrrfFFFFFFFFrfr ...,.:::.: ':':: :':', .....!...• :.!: ,.,, .. .��,:' �eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeev .p 5.Vf3�.�i.'�.r...n�'4:' �.��. � :r:+ d :..�"•Xfa. G..h!ik':'!i�'3P-..16- �U• euvoVVoevisoivi a �• 4„ ; da,I ::::::: - .�� ;,� :: Ieoeevivooevo--a r�.. � ■■■■■II "ri3xt' .. FI:... v0000euvoeUv� � 3'r, \\ g � s _ • Wave evVVeo ". K. "'w ■ o ■I \F> . ux,'a <. �: .., :,+ Ieeeeeeeeeeeo avoevevooevevevevi :, f :�: . • J IeVVeveUVVaVeeeVO ! Sf: ,Ms?r. I. - .; :« "^'.t'1w eY - sr�a alMrAl•1 ._J•�F�4. - 4 P � JJ s..'.-.K aEci, �? ry._4 x ,wrE:q �-:;a'oeeooevAAUWv •�:.r ?t k'gl �x�y fa 4 u saz�e k w, d Y 4y4aL.:1r ■ I, �oev0000eveVevo ',. .,. z . r• . >• sx MIS vevvVVVv q ,. .1 seeeeeeeVo�Ic :, ■■■■■I , y n��r 3 . a , Ka., :. ;.. . �� I :'• �s: L .♦ veedoeeeeaeeeaeeea•�ee. ee:viveeevevevevevevaiv ? \ v^.As.,. T,,_,I +' e ?, evivevav v vi.Vowi�oVivivooi.Veov v v x -"9•'■•"s"�'- •� ° ;I; "` Lu e e e e eavoeve®aveovivi raII . ' I a voiviviviviviviovoavevivivivivivOesevooa':voeeevevevooevavi! mk�'—N'jji '�' ^v. .. y A�,.,, --------------- �r!1"tZ i ^' PJw l+" HM 1 k A+f'd'"Ek.i ''Lova e e weave eve.0eea.0001.1.a10epeeeOl..eePeeA A A A evae/ ^'' ,p.5 �u;n*l f,' ^qve:.r f �, p R.x ^ x i r �VVooaoa.Ogao . ..eav0000e.V.. eeee..oe.VVooav ~? "' v .,r s�sI.ik 1,. at � :':I r evivigvivVOaYs`Lvyr evoevenvoeauvi eeeipeoioeoevV y. Sr ♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/ y " i x, . aJ a : i ' `� s3a.�r 4A.� • V ViVaVViVVA we ievoaeevV V V V ev aoveveviea000eQ , u?, ♦♦♦♦♦ . ♦ ♦..♦♦ 5,2119 s. �� ,g. y ti I A A AVevaVVA A VVA AVA AVVeeAVVAVevj VeveVeOveVeVeeeVV��. .��', - ♦ ♦ e a .:oxx rr."�Y>3x" •7 z a �,�,^ nr� s ;':?�♦♦♦♦♦ • ♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦/ �. 'fir.tl i kWn.'' k Y J.,7� 5 J. d`�.>. �',f A./�41'•..t,......ra ly r 1 vegvevivev-WAVAeeeevevevOooevooisevevevrvOoivevivivoigva ♦ n E tr" r=S z+ , aeoevoaveeevevevavoaeoaveveveveeeeeoeevavi'ooevivee000evo "L ^PL S y r VVAVAVAVepVVAVVVAVVAVVVAVAVAVVAVVVO:IeVeVe vVVeVa ... ly■■r�l ICI ICI ly■I I ...� :. eeeeee r' �: ♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦,. S...R 1 4"r, ?':,Y� i S°.wryp-ry"' j r , VVa�VVeuvooVwe►vivi4�ieeeieoevevoa�f►Ove.ltl.evevee000000e , ' ° ., p� .�zr rt� .• :►ii0iiaie�aioo��-:►eeivevee�eiovevevep�peooeeuvowoeVevi�7ivOi?f7]o�weovoivOipvi[ t`'';: •<¢ s'',Lar d �.e,;z �k::4y" i. '�..iOapv�!}!�►vivivivi woevevoiv,V V V ivi►gvivieoavivepsoivi�peivavrr,�ipvivooe�00ivivi ••' ♦♦♦ •♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/ u`. .;� .. '^�b `�,"�, `f., �...eee4tYe a ee ae 1 \aaeuaau♦ ..f • fit+§ n. "'r.ti +, e r,I v v UeeVD-.fOev pV V veveeV V.UVVVVVeeeVVVVeq evOeV Imo.v v v V e v V v v v� '.♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦ .. F � a.`M s t4k Ss i s �:;. L ed.. .t,f✓� P a l J ::\VjveVe.1V,•7eVevavl:'�eeeevVOQevevavOVe►.ev1VVVV1eeVeeVeVO IeVeVVeVeeVeeVVevevVVV01 ♦♦♦♦ ♦s�., as J H 1• 1 x L _ �+ OV1veV�V�V,�+avVO':fee0eeeeeeeveveaee.►VVeveV-V=VeeOeVeVeVI VevVevVVOeVeVeVVVOeVa-e. ••lII♦.♦. ♦♦ ..Rues..,.. :,.;.y „a.,,,. I .:pOave'+�'_7ev001 evOeppeOipVaUVive►VeVOiVe♦eep000a\ IVOVVVV-VevO VVVe .• ♦♦♦♦ ♦♦/ _ _ +--■� . IevapvL§e'•:Ave.OeV':1ee000e AVAWAe0e.►OOOAWAVA A e001 weveveelvOOeeeeee0lveveV V, —►VeT1e00eVe7ee1v1 t :►VOOaVOevVVevi':�eee0evee��wryyeeleee0i►eeeeeeveeeeeeOpeeAVO 7ee1e0evO0ee0aVOeelvevaveVL ' n�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦.♦♦♦ '.►000000000 £'„r, r ,; teVevVVOVVVO'::IVeeVeVLi�apvivOe�►eviviv- VVVVVi evVVevVVevVepvOeeiVeVOO \vOVevivVOeVeve m' 3t.,r n :::•••• ►VVOVVVVivivi aveVVVViUOVVVOe\vVVe U4VVVe� IeveUpUVeVeUVVA V VVa i ♦♦♦♦ ♦♦ -►esJeVVeVOVegvt4s 5 e- ::;:::. rOVedviVavVVO':feeipvivVVe9vOVe.rOViUVViVeVVVVOi evevOVVVVeVeVeeVOSVOiUv .• }p,�Ipf'. peeie ppvevi a� �+x#, ' ,_•�•� �•�• •�•'.wOe`rO0ee000ee0e►vVVaVevVOevVwwg IeeVevVeeveeVOeUVVavlvlve N.♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦.♦♦♦' IOeeee�,L��a�YOe.1ee. sa ra ''. I _ oa o�u.�a oe owivoiveeevowvoepeev roevivoevooe� aovieepovivoeviveViviovise. I ►-Veee�Yjiooaq revOevoevevoivivoipeevivieieevoivooi OivieoiveveVevevi��i7i UvevivivevoivivOoieeeiOVivi .'.Y•.ZR'S•.'!�' ♦♦♦♦♦ ♦ ♦♦.♦/ .• ►ooee00000ev �'""'"'M'`4'' �.I��:•_•_::•_•_::: I►FVVeVeVeVVVeVVeVVeVVeeeVVVeteVeVAT►AAWA.VeVeVaVeCA\"A eeeeeeeVOOVVVeVevleeVeVeV1V •.j. ♦ ♦ ''ooV:?r:!o-VVVi �"; ,sa;..°�r�'�"�:.. -- -` I� ►oevoeewV000evevOeoeevoeVepvesoevi ooivaoV000iviVi d��epvieivo0evivOieOOiviviv� •,: LY :• .♦♦..♦♦♦♦♦.♦♦ saeoiCr?yVeeoevo .:Pr''/wvav umiga• ►VeVVeVVVVVeVeVVVVAVeOVVeVVeVVe.►VV000eeooVeea1 e.Veoa.Veeoe.aeeooeeoa 'iI 000i..l,;\.Veeeo 4 \vivoivOoaei '►000ivivevoieivivoevoivivoipeesOoe veviVivi! veveveeooegvOevipvivOiVoe ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/' ovooe e+oevevo •r:- /evavoevOavi r' wiveeiVooev000ivivweeVooev000evoiVovi�iVwevoivoiviVeve.evivoeVevevOevOivieooivivo :;,1 :'�eiVieeviVivoivoi►eooi .VVi:e\vivoiv000iVeppVi ►VOavi.V evOOeVivOiVOegv00000wVOiVOiVOOavevooOiviOVOeiUVagpVOOeVeVOi •:; d�.♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ -Pt- P r}Oes000000iv rOiee•I vp.:1ev INIsevavOeviVeVOeV�,� :; pivivivive _vivivoivieieoiviovoiveeoeveveviviviveveveeieeeoeveewvevviv�ev�ie\sgivipeiseuve! - I - . �►vooivooevevoi veee_ei'-Lvvs\[��ivoiveveVioovev� iiii�i i�i�n�i�ii��oii�ii�wiii�� iioi�woisi��i�iioiiii�ietlWy►Ovi�ii�iievooee :•N' ♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/ :,uvViieovo v evvvvvv v vvv v vvvw v�eoipvieeeiseppp Avavevepv0[�%�voivooeovevivigvOieivOevivOevevoaveveviviviVavoivOivowvevivisowVoevevi I � d • e e a e e e e e e e e e,a.voevi ev AM r' t' .• �.♦♦♦♦ .♦♦♦♦♦♦ rooivavoeeooeseeiveVoevevev i Ii eeevegv eve �OV1vQVVViY ,oeveVivoiviv�eiveoVoevoevevigeeveeoeveeiveve.eves=vevivooevivevevoweeoeY :. �ovoev000weeveveVoeveVAVAV9\vi71`:a.rC,'J.wivi r� n/epVOOeveVeVo.�pVOeV001VeveVAVO OeveV01vie00iVOeVlVlveeeVOOi ,7evevlVeVe100eVOevOese •H'I ►0evie000 AWAVA vaveveVe.{►Ar'g-S;`9UVeV000/'Y ►V1VOeVepeeVVVeVeOVVeeVOV-e' VAVA eeeve•VVeeVe,AA' JGeVVVVVOV AVAMAV ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/ " ►VAVeVVeVeVVeVeVeVVeVVeVIVwVe r MAW I�_VVAVeVVeVVi r; leviVVepvevVOVeVeviVevOVVi �iO.VeVO oevisevivie'Ve��JpeiVVOOVVVVVe •: .. IVVeVOJegv pVVVeOVV-revap�OOepVevOOa� j '��►-oevieoevwooeeivoeveoVe�i `�eooeveeevivOiei _4veveec\.ivooevevevwv000i! ;.h�.RFA♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ .: ►Vev000wo�a-7�.a�A.oevoevevie�►vi�oeeiVigeiviovevi 1►-eeoeiVeveovooive�aeoae Peeoeeoevoevevoevi-oeVosvio:000eeivevaveviVoi NI ►aVeoveveveeeVal..vivoieiVee�. rOAvevaoieieevoep'r� ►vieevooevesavivivi.voivi w♦ �eeevevepeiv000�pvioeooev�•v�•••.•+••• w ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦. rj►oiveviviveVoiVoi.J.��i' !gip, ��ivVVVe•gi'.r0000ivavevo..��.......... vowvi s��isoepvoioG ,,, -oeviveuueooioviveuVevoe•►�'vieeeooieeeoivoi UpeoevooVVeeoVOVVeeI•re�oieaeoappeooa�� fi\VOeeOeVeVeveveVLVVeV. :•:. Cf�A♦`veveVevevev .eVeVevVVeVVeeOeeVOVVeeeVOV 'Vevey veeivoOivivoC�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ •• :: �VavOVVeveVeveeeVeVV1VeVVVe \OV VVVOVVVVVi� IevAVevVOpeveVVOOeV;p F�ip'.U3Vev gveOdV ip�^AV001vVOeeOeeVVevVVeVOeVel VV1vI:Iw veVlvavaV� I�OVVlvavavVVOV�V�eVVVe. I--eV=Vw�V�V�VwV�• rl,aoeVevoevvirVVVA..•evev_ revoe�. ♦`��qi'.ioivewivavoiveeoweepvevevieooive��evev.o ooivivt .MAN ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/ • ••• •• +� ��feVeveVOViTMAMAWd VVVVVVVe. wavevevi�weevoVeeevooeeooiv00000se�7/:�evavVp ..�.. ui �Vis�VweVVAVA OOi IeV wvevivaVt.:evVwo,♦`,OeVVViVaNf:�OVVVeVOOVivOViOveeiVe��eVaVVVVVi' �♦♦♦♦♦♦.♦♦♦♦♦ V y � r� a �' �. i'.I, '� �'rVVeVVA VAVAWVAVVeVVes:crOViv vippeiveve7a:_•c:ea:.aV�:e:�e_•a:C.a:_._�iveviviopG.vp:goiv a? '1 �'►voevooiveevaieevi ievmv000i, `�g0000epvoli^v�o►�iovevoivie0000ivoevivivivi.waeo�G�i ♦♦ ♦♦♦ ♦♦♦.♦1 5. a fOViveveveviVevVVe eVeeeVevOav '�e� V �ll�f►evi0ar•VVevev000i�i�ii i��i��oi�U f..lepvA A A DAVevi IAVepeevi-I ♦`•�"�,aVevi a►VVevVVVeppuowwV•VV!V.�;\OVV ViU,♦♦♦♦♦♦ .•, �.♦♦♦ y z,� V ', 11 \Vis�VevOe - voee,vepviVeei sr�ycm ,+►eeVlvVVeeaVeVVeVO 1Veeeee,♦ . \vVLIe\'�VeveVOevevevevl'ddo6eid�bVOevV�j�.♦♦♦.♦ ♦♦♦♦1 t�'e ''k^'�f, �©;t• fl►eVVVaveVAMAWeVA wV� eV1q►eVeVeveva A A 'FeV/VAVevavOOeve\.�t� • ''& INS i wVeVeVeveeOeVVVV VVeM ♦./♦ ♦`\a►VeveVV_-1-evV0►v eLvTva av=ve�,G�♦ ♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦ x&�'kaa y +x,' I1VA A A,OeVVeeevev0\.1ve -• k 000eovooevOaomvev. •♦,,..�-_.=.. .=,�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/ w• a" i ' IL ►V AVA A AVA AAA AeAeee fit,♦,►�I ♦♦...�.♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ n ' LU IeVee V VVeovoi iuvevs e r r ►vevevoevevveveveeae•e\. NO ; k' ►V,V VVVVVVVVOVVVV_, \ ep u x3 . r' • ' �►oovoeveveveVeouoove.MAWAVAM ♦ PA" ►VAWAVA VVVVoevepv�' ^g t� fin+e w A� x; • • IivoeuvoivVVVVVauuvevowvivVVVVV oaVVai..� ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/ � � w5 ` .__ IVe iI MAMMA AMVVVOVenveA AeAeA AA AV, ♦ ♦♦♦.♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦.♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ x��. _ IevoiVevoa iviV Vooev000evooevevaV d IeweeeeeaeAVA eeie�7evee eveveeeveveeeeaeaeaeaeaea e.IV ♦ � ♦♦.♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/ EG+C k ', �y, D • 1 re WOVeveveVV1VVA�:rJV1Ve AWVAM01i• © PL'LJ _ �VVViVeVVVOee IvlveVavlvevevVVeveE Y w � k0. ! s9VVeVeeVVVevl�UvlavavlVavVavVlve��♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ `�'.^� a, IVV00000i V,\vivoaviv., uviviuuva I E:_� I rlvevivieieoeviveov we9,VAII iVVevi♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦/�r� _._y- ►► �'.f IeVVVLewUVVOVC •veVevOavavaVA...►gVepveF'♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ♦♦♦ I■■I\vaVlt�'fA►VeF I I frrrrlrYlrrrl I�eaaeaeaeee lrFaeeeeeel 1•eveee e•ee• ' OavVVevVaAVAVAV i WVevV01\ rV Vi ;IavlvaV.Uveveve V Iavevlvevl.♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ Q ....e eve..•V000wVeeeea ..V..oV. Iip_._oao_o_vi_ve_ea_V_VV_i_vi_._VV_V_i liviVipvi� .�w�w-w wwwww.wwwwww• ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ISLAS ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�.♦♦ IeeVVevV/1 Gavc I MAN ■■lim RA e��+ems VIA a w.��'Z `^ ti --VA ♦♦♦♦♦.♦♦♦♦♦ ✓:.:">^d7r�ZG. ra'&tr<,s: 2i?J7"s'::. \Y - �A„1",1 ., \��\ NEI �♦♦._�_ +♦��♦♦♦♦♦ r •�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ ref E ,�,.:X9 ' 2 r F:rfrrrl--- - IJJfFr.Jfr,.�.{{,r{{,rrr I I IrrrrrrFFFFrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrirrrrrrirrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr� rr�rr'rxrrrrrrrrrxrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr�' �rrrr+l-_-:_ ..'--1�'rf{�+r�l SPA■■ ICI :• ,,..,,,,.»,. .,,, ,:».,,,. ,,,.,,.,..., rl •I V■■I � � a �ySlj , © �•�' • A 111 _ W 0 ai O W 2 _ a3 m a R 0 mO W F D:N r----- --� CAMERAS TO BE MOUNTED ON S1DE OF ' ® ® ® BUMPOUT(TYPICAL) I o O� W a w 10 1 ACT1 1 i rn O f qx J D a Z 9_6 11-0" O LL p O r AGT2 O _ r1 0C7cJro Lo' o^ --- J rn m a WO "X ;jH 8-0 8_0^ 6ry0 H.P.® 5.1 Z _oEAD 3 " 0" O HEADER 9�e A 1 2 ACT1 Li AC_ ACT2 9 6 ER N LLHORN TOP CORNEBU R OF 11'-:1• OOLER -0 8. OO 7-4' INSTALL MIN 6'SECTION OF SOFFIT 2 UNISTRUT®12"ABOVE CEILING SOFFIT _SEE DETAIL 13/A3.1 9._6. CEILING SUPPORT LOCATED E ACT2 O --- 12"ABOVE CEILING(TYP.) ` 9•-6" ACT 8'- 11 °" 5 LIGHTING IN g 9'-8" A 1 .COOLER III ACT2 2 SOF IT . A. I � 10'-10" J • • • • • ,•. HEADER j z m N 1C[ e-° / 3 CT � 7•_4" ACTT 2°• "g" , ._p. /W� � 2 SOFFIT , / •/ COOLER IN W U Z a 90FFIT o / / COOLER BELOW-, V Z a • • • __ � � • • • • • I o w 0. w wz OFFIT / „'- i • • • t -- • • T4 • • • ' A 2 O 6._ I ABOVE W a 0 ~01-10, U' •� A 4 O HEADER SOFFIT _ ` 2 Z r • • • • • • • • • I LL ( J cD w • • • • • • • • • • C • \) • COOL G INR I00 O a ® ACT2 Q J • • • • • • • • • • • • -o -- j LJ � 16 {erg • • • • • • • • • • • • g Acz L._ I ® O - 1 • • • • • GT4 • • • • • • • • HEADER 8" OPEN 0 m w SOFFIT • • • • • • • • C • ) • • • = Z • • • • • • • • • / • • • ACT2 foR 14'-,�" ® O HEADER r 8 • • • • • • • • • • • • - - -- W 0 F ® I Bra + • • • • • a • • • • • • 11•- 7 AD a ACT1 6 HEADER _p. In W E J Lu • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 o. OPEN Y 0 I m _ ACT -6" _ ZL_ r to w= 0 L J zf SOFFIT 0 s. a w o � CEILING SYMBOLS PLAN LEGEND 1'-0'x 4'-0' 0 aoo 2'-0"z 4'-0" H.V.A.C. SHOWER CEILING �p EXTERIOR INSULATED \ RECESSED DIFFUSER PENDANT- TO BE 6"x6" FRAME WALL M r LED FIXTURE DIFNSER MOUNTED ppRCELAIN CERAMIC o 0 FLUORESCENT TILE WITH DIAGONAL INTERIOR PARTITION FIXTURE PATTERN-GROUT NON-INSULATED ` m� EXHAUST AND TILE TO MATCH Hera"�� ,'-0" 4'-0' FAN SURFACE MOUNTED WALL TILE LEDGESTONE VENEER SURFACE- DIFFUSER EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT ® SCONCE WALL PACK WALL TO DECK FIXTURE G005-N ECG( LIGHTING Q SEE NOTES ON A1.2 LIGHT F.XTURE �J EXIT LIGHT& FIXTURE �ry,�n� 8"x 2'-0' SIGNAGE m SHEET: •'_i WALL MOUNTED C= r-- ,'_p•x,•_ID p� /� p1 �� LIGHT FIXTURE WALK-IN WALL ER GD�/GI� rl..lylr CENTER OVER SINKS HANGING SIGN INTERCOM RECESSED LED ■ AT RECESSED ® SPEAKER- LIGHT FIXTURE 3/16" = 1"-OT DOWNUGHT L__j PROVIDED & O 18 GA STUDS 012"O.C. INSTALLED WALL MOUNTED AT ALL SHOWER STALLS. SUPPLY � BY OTHERS CAMERA � SEE DETAILS ON A9.2 DIFFUSER 6"CEILNG RECESSED ARBYS EXTERIOR DOWNLIGHT ® WALL SCONCE FO OUR FIRE WALL SEE NOTES ON A1.2 SEE 9/A3.1 FOR 15 _!� :ESEE 9//N.1 FOR SUPPORT DETAIL SEE 9/A3.1 FOR �?SUPPYRATDETAIL SUPPORT DETAIL 5/8'GYPSUM WALL PAINTSEE9/A3.1 FOR nSUPPORT DETAIL IdWALL TILE-ATLAS ClN•1CORDE- 5/8'GYPSUM WALLr_J SIGNAGE-PROVIDED MILESTONE'CANYON' WALL TILE BOARD-PAINT BY OWNER 12"X 24",SEE SHEET Ail SEATING HALL AREA PROVIDE BLOCKING AS TOILET SALES SHOWER SALES REOb FOR MOUNTING SALES EMPLOYEE 0) AREA AREA HALL MONITOR AREA KIOSK •�` SHE ATHING ENT BOARD W Q U.,Z :E O AND SALES '�LL W 1 } zT 5/8"GYPSUM WALL AREAT d J off.Q Z BOARD-PAINT SIG NAGE- PROVIDED ILL W z W Y! BY OWNER 0O r.� F zJ LITm O N g J W aW-0 O n CBLINO TRANSMON DETAIL n TYP.SALESMALL OPENING DETAIL n TYP.SALESMALL OPENING DETAIL �TYP.SALES/KIOSK OPENING DETAIL Y A3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0' DLTaDs A3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-O" De aDe A3,1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" De aoa A3.1 SCALE: 3/4' = 1'-0" nL aoe CHANNEL BRIDGING(TYP) COOLER IS NOT ENGINEERED TO `q ?�y Way TILE-AMERICAN OLEAN RECEIVE ANY ROOF LOADING. 5/a"GYpsuM WALL a -1 URBAN CANVAS#91 "BISCUIT' CONTRACTOR IS NOT TO USE TOP BOARD-PAINT GLOSS WALL TILE.SEE SHEET Al OF COOLER FOR STORAGE OF ANY KIND. m DIMENSIONAL LETTERS 3-5/8"METAL STUD 4 <- LIGHT WEIGHT FRAMING(11 5/8"CEMENT BOARD LAMINATED FOAM 3/4'PLYWOOD GLUED TO SHEATHING SOFFIT 6/8'CEMENT BOARD SHEATHING TOP OF COOLER FOR PROTECTION -EXTEND DOWN TO 9-0' WALL TILE-URBAN CANVAS#91'B'BISCUI�T" CASHIER 5/8"PLYWOOD SHEATHING-FROM GLOSS WALL TILE SEE SHEET A11 � 9'-0"EMEND DOWN TO B'-O" R`= DIMENSIONAL LETTERS 3/4'CONTINUOUS DIMENSIONAL LETTERS MOUNTING BRACKET PLYWOOD BLOCKING MOUNTING BRACKET �+ 9'-4"TO CENTER SALES 5" SEATING 1•-3" LIGHT WEIGHT 3/4'CONTINUOUS AREA AREA LAMINATED FOAM 7n SOFFIT PLYWOOD BLOCKING BEVERAGE '� 7'-0"TO CENTER W In LIGHT WEIGHT LAMINATED COOLER (AT CIGARETTE > M FOAM SOFFIT ASSEMBLY ONLY) J N 5/8'CEMENT BOARD Z m N SHEATHING-FROM 8'-0' _. Lu F co EXTEND Dow COOLERLER DooR �DETAIL -- _ - __- �] SOR9T DETAIL DPoNKBAR SOFRT DETAIL•CI'ICCIEOUT U p Q �3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-O" 3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" A3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" zd I I aW W Q> W Z ILL YY00 0 SEE 9/A3.1 FOR AMERICAN OLEAN- V 6 z URBAN CANVAS 91 SUPPORT DETAIL VBISCU GLOSS ALL TILE CEILING OPENING= O O CEILING MODULE+1/2 E13] O 5/8"CEMENT BOARD TL BLOCKING J O SHEATHING-EXTEND DOWN CEILING MODULE TO TOP OF CABINET DIMENSIONAL LETTERS MOUNTING CUPS WALL TILE-AMERICAN GLEAN 2'-11" P TRACK TO BE OPTIONµ N URBAN CANVAS/91 'BISCUIT' 5"x5"x8'-0'LAMINATED EXTENDED T0, OR a GLOSS WALL TILE.SEE SHEET A11 FRP SUPPORTED FROM �-CEILING 3/4'CONTINUOUS FOAM SOFFIT. MOUNT PLYWOOD STRUCTURE ABOVE PER MAN. REQUIREMENTS n 8L 4 PLYWOOD BLOCKING BLOCKING SCREW DIMENSIONAL LETTERS LIGHT WEIGHT - -- ATTACHMENT (ALTERNATE SIDES)O MIN. 3 B. PROVIDE ANGLED KICKER LAMINATED FOAM TOP SECTION - - / m >e 48"O.C.ANCHOR TO 1 1/4' - MOUNTING BRACKET iv SOFFIT OF CABINETRY STRUCTURE ABOVE AS TOP OF TRIM T CEILING(HGT. REQ'D TO BRACE WALL LAMINATED TRIM " LAMINATED TRIM _ VARIES) FOR MIN. 5 LB. LATERAL FORCE OVERALL=CEIUNG MODULE+1 3/4' PROVIDED BY CABINET PROVIDED BY CABINET SUPPLIER. INSTALLED I w TOP OF BI ET BY GC.RUN CONTINUOUSLY b,� 6" TOP OF DRINK - -�- SUPPLIER. INSTALLED BOTTOM OF SOFFIT "GWB CEILING (HOT.VARIES) _ TOP AND SIDE OF CABINET BAR CABINETS BY GC.RUN CONTINUOUSLY TOP 1" WALL MATERIAL NOTE: 4 TO COVER GAP BETWEEN WITH DETAILS) AND SIDE OF PROVIDE 121IN1)i OPENING n AWNING AND CABINETRY. CABINET TO COVER GAP IN CEILING FRAMING FOR Iff BETWEEN SOFFIT AND 3 6/8"METAL STUD REFER TO CEILING PLAN DIFFUSERS/EXHAUST FRMLE m CABINETRY FRAING O 16 O.C. AND RELATED DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY.REFER TO CEIUNG t- (TYPICAL-VERIFY WALL HEIGHT AND CONFIGURATION AND MECHANICAL PLANS THICKNESS WITH PLAN) OF SOFFIT FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, ' 0 O F' � a �e1 SOFFiT DETAIL• FOUNTAIN TOWER g SOFFIT BRACING DUAL 1 0 SHOWER CEILING DER DETAIL = y \V-11 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" A3,1 SCALE: N.T.S. A3.1 SCALE: N.T.S. a o z O SEE 9/A3.1 FOR M Z SUPPORT DETAIL HANG SUPPORTS WITH 'THREADED RODS 3 JJJ WM STRUT.DOUBLE K ^� NUf ROD ENDS y STRUT SECURED TO 'UNISTRUP CHANNEL SUPPORTED SUPPORT CLAMPS/FITTINGS Plan Review STRUCTURAL AS RED, FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILI G SUPPORT IRE By SA F E B u i it TO CTURE AB 0 Ill q 4 LL OGLING SUPPORT WIRE Q Q PAINT(SNERWIN WI 38) TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ;%'U'� ECTRICAL CONDUIT TONY TAUPE�SW7038)ON 6/8"GYP.BOARD m CEILING SUPPORT WIRE TCTION BOX SUPPORT ROD p STRUCTURE ABOVE DOUBLCTION BOX SEATING MENU BOARD-PROVIDED LOCATE UNISTRUT SO LOOP SAFETY CHAIN,MINI AREA ARBYS BY OWNER INSTALLED IT IS PARALLEL WITH OF 2 PER FIXTURE CONNEXIBLE CONDUIT SERVING BY CONTRACTOR WALL BEHIND CHECKOUT TO DKOONAL CORNERS. PANT(SHERWIN WIU14MS PAINT(SHERWIN WILLIAMS TONY TAUPE#SW7038)ON CHERRY TOMATO#SW'BB64) �-� 5/8"GYP.BOARD ON 5/8"GYP.BOARD(FRONT,BOTTOM,AND END) LAY-IN CEILIN FRP B BACK SIDE OF----- SHEET: MENU BOARD SOFFIT CEILING GRID WALL BEYOND LAY-IN LIGHT FIXTURE CEILING DE A3. 1 1 1 Mors S-ma FURR-DOWN TAIL --- A31SCALE: N.T.S.U D IE: ONLY USE WHEN NISTRUT MOUNTING DETAIL A31 FLUORESCENT LAY IN NT SUPPORT DETAIL A3.1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" DI-0 =_ w of C w O= mN. ¢Q N a3 'no w Oa n ¢H- 8°RWL DOWN SEE SITE ,` 4 8°RWL DOWN SEE SITE $ m ° PLAN FOR CONTINUATION °' q' b �} § PLAN FOR CONTINUATION O OVERFLOW SCUPPER R OVERFLOW SCUPPER 7 n SEE DETAIL 8/A4.1 LOPE T \ SLOPE SEE DETAIL 8/A4.1 Z.Q W 1 Ov �D —_ 7REHR:.ELOW RD-1RD-1 18'-0°TA.F' ZD_'Wa O ¢ o Q N Z fROOF DRAINS SEE LLLL W Z W n U DETAIL I/A4.1 U 0 O F- rFREZER BELOW ___ J w 79'�°T.OF. fI ....I O W R OF J LU N J_ COOLER 1 REFER OD DETAIL Q. N XO EBDETAL O SONDDEN FRS. Y 7/A4.1' EE 2/" - *PADS(TYP) 10 0" CLEAR fTYP.) MINE 1 COOL�R 6&PADS ) EF 4 BELO II I I I I I I 11 I I I� ! ! FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE I ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3 1/2" SEE D AIL ! 1 INSTAL CRICKETS CUT FROM RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL I I 15/�® DfTAPER DEDGERIP AT UPHILL !SDE FALLCURBS P. WA E-ltl,O E+F I I I SEE�OEwR I HOOD SATELLITE P D 2/A�.1 BELO SEE DETAIL AND SATELLI E I 5/A4.1 III 18'-O'T.O.F. Q 1 I I F T -"I W 0 HOODSI I BELOW I L___L�—__JJ J M INST L CRICKETS gl1T FROM WALK-IN COOLER Z m N } TAP RED EDGE STRI S AT UPHI BELOW r SIDE OF ALL CURB W 00 CT 1 01 1 1 ICE MAKER I J O Q / 1 FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE CONDENSER. LL Z / w ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3 i/2' i ! SEE OETAIL EE DETAIL O Q } E RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL 01 / / ) 5/A4.1 O J W 0 "I Ili L-- -J WALK PADS(TYP) OPEN AIR III EF 3 Z cdNOENSER. I I I 2 J I SEE DETAIL0 f �j SLOPE 1 9� 2/A4., El-5 O O C Q 11 ? S/AaEE ,�IL N sDETn - O d N z9'-w T.O.F. I 10-10" _JFOUNTAIN ICE MAKER BELOW \\\\ SEE DEliIL OUNTAJN ICE �\\\ \a� ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3B/2E CLEAR�Typ.) 5/A4.1 CSNEDEDNSAR. RIGID INSULATION-TYPICAL Eh INSTAL CRICKETS C FROM SEE DETAIL 2/p4.1 TAPER D EDGE STRIP AT UPHILL 10-O" SIDE QF ALL CURBS TYP. INSTALL(CRICKETS CUT OOM ! CONDENSER.I I SEE DETAIL TAPE REp EDGE STRIPS ppT UPHILL CLEAR (TYP.) O 5�'A4.1 �� O SIDE REP ALL CURBS ttP, SEE DETAIL c ? 2/A4.7 M O FOUNTAIN ICE MAKER BELOW( I ° FOUNTAIN ICE a U Z ( MAKER BLOW 1 .aLUp w< o 0 a U v ^ L f SLOPE TA.F. J O E I � 2� 1 18'-0'TAX. m — —1 T SLOPE o Q3 N W N c > o � uJ � W Q F M � Q 0 ROOF L ND ®, AREA TO ROAN CLEAR OF ALL flw••L„�, ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT(MIN. 10'-0' F FROM PARAPETS AND ROOF EDGES). �j PLA /i� - THIS KNCES 6U EQUIPMENT OF SHEET: ANY NO LUD NO IXCEPTIONS!lr A4 0 m� cn 2x PRESSURE-TREATED WOOD TOP OF CURB CONDENSER HOUSING-FASTEN BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN LEVEL TOP OF CURB SHALL BE TO SCREWS SUPPORT ALL LAG SCREWS 1 SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS-SHIM AS 1/2"SHEATHING REQUIRED TO SET UNIT LEVEL co ch METAL FLASHING 4x4 PRESSURE-TREATED WOOD 'I,- SUPPORT p 2x PRESSURE-TREATED PREFORMED TODECKING-ATTACH TO lCULAR 0 W.0c W WOOD BLOCKING AS ROOF CURB 4'MIN. WOOD BLOCKING W/EMBEDDED Z Q y aD REQUIRED RAILS AT 12'o.c. F INSET CHANNEL `a" W�. 16 GAUGE 2 1/2" r Q M Z CONTINUOUS SEALANT SPLICE ADHESIVE HD GALVANIZED G-90 0528 END CAP �y-� 3'-D" J a Q z W BEAD AT JOINT UNDER FORMFLASH ( 0628 END CAP LL G z H^ CONTINUOUS SEALANT 2-5. Z BEAD AT JOI to NT �D.557-1 — O La m J LL JFAx�'iJv $ Y g ^I p557-2 a STRUCTURAL FRAMING-REFER — 'v TO STEEL SUPPLIER'S DWGS. 2x10 PRESSURE-TREATED LADDER RUNGS ^i D557-i WOOD BLOCKING-4"MIN. 1.0 x.065 WALL WELDED SHEET METAL CLOSURE WIDER THAN 4x4 SUPPORT TUB R RUNG ELECTRO GA VANIZED TO ATTACH TO ROOF DECK 1 T MAL ROOF C" ! l TYP AL C ASTM 8633 FE/ZN12 18'-0'AF.F. 10 DIAMOND WALKWAY p55]-� A4.1 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0' pE 4oa A4.1 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" ❑r aoa T-0'A.F.F. 0 DIAMOND °N .I — 17'-0^AF.F. 10 MAMV NOTE: ROOF DRAIN SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED °1 ON SHEET'P2'-ORAN SHALL HAVE (i)-D543 p505 COMBINATION MEMBRANE FLASHING CLAMP/GRAVEL GUARD&LOW ROOF SILHOUETTE POLY-DOME. METAL STUD FRAMING (I.)-SEE WALL SECTIONS FOR CONFIGURATION WALL -- - -- STRAINER CLAMPING COLLAR SEE SPECS.FOR vrs 1/2"PLYWOOD CROSSOVER ROOFING SYSTEM TAPER RIGID INSULATION 1/2"PLYWOOD W/TWO-PLY ASSEMBLY TO ROOF DRAIN-TYP. JUMBO TEX PAPER AND D505 RUBBER MEMBRANE LLx METAL LATH(IYP.U.N.O.) ° ROOFING ui g PARAPET r J M BELOW Z N m N W ~ W 21 PRESSURE-TREATED STONE(TYPICAL) N O Q WOOD AS REQUIRED 0- W a3 O9 5 Wp DECK CLAMP MOUNTING BRACKETS DESIGNED /16 W �/ TO 10"SPACING FORM C/L OF �.y Q O RUNG TE MOUNTING SURFACE V 12 GA ELECTRO-GALV TO ASTM C B633 FE/ZN 12 CLASSIFICATION L Z 3 TYPICAL ROOF DRAIN 4 PARAPET�DETAL STONE 0 o � CAGE COMPONENTS ARE HOT \0`. ROLLED STEEL p O O Q A4.1 SCALE_ 1-1/2" = 1'-0• ❑a,oz A4,1 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" E ECTRO-GALVANIZED J co I 17 1/2. N a i/2• , 1/2' PROVIDE GOOSENECK CAP FOR ALL PENETRATIONS EXCEPT FOR PLUMBING 8'-10 A.F.F. w VENTS VENT PIPE-EXTEND - ---_ 10"MIN.ABOVE ROOFING VERIFY PIPE SIZE LADDER RUNGS ^I i 1"0 065 WALL WELDED F TUBULAR RUNG 0. SEALANT BEND �� \T ELECTRO-GALVANIZED TO Z AT JOINT 1 ASTM B633 FE/ZN12 rr j 1 4'% 16'WIDE OVERFLOW r t SCUPPER THROUGH PARAPET L_____J SEE SPECS.FOR WALL AT LOCATIONS SHOWN S/S CLAMPING RING i ON ROOF PLAN -INSTALL ROOFING SYSTEM f ALL METAL TO BE PAINTGRIP V Z PREFORMED PIPE SPLICE ADHESIVE GALVANIZED W/ALL EXPOSED W FLASHING SURFACES TO BE PANTED �! PAINTED TO MATCH LJOFT UNDER FORMFLASH d STUCCO COLORS- BOTTOM OF C H SCUPPER TO BE 2"ABOVE (((CCC///777JJJ CONTINUOUS SEALANT ° BEAD AT JOINT LOWEST ROOF LEVEL 2 W s ROOF DECK- REFER _j C CONDNUOUS SEALANT CONTINUOUS SEALANT TO STRUCTURAL DWGS Z BEAD AT JOINT BEAD AT JOINT r 0 RUNGS ARE SWAGE LOCKED •I N TO LADDER UPRIGHTS fl!!12'CNTR TO CNTR 16'DISTANCE BETWEEN UPRIGHTS - 0 do W O � W F 11! a a [CAGE COMPONENTS ARE HOT ROLLED STEEL ELECTRO-GALVANIZED 3'-5• SHEET: 5 TYPICAL PENETRATION DEl AL OVEF�AW SCUPPER DETAIL BLADDER CAC DETAILS Plan Review A4.1 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" Dcr�oa 4.1 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" ❑Ef4p7 A4.1 N.T.s. By SAFER A4, 1 UIl$ so 5] w z z F'� a w 0- _ ————— ————————————————— Q LL 160 \ N FREEZER ® ] ®1fe,2 2 i/V OLE I ] ] ~ / ®/� g ul � ] � � \ / 4 14 id 4 1 ■ - n 2 N 24 48 24/48 ] ] / V. h 4H 4H EMPLOYE / \ E Ig ] EMPLBOS SEE BREAKR00 \ / / 1 FW / FREAmR EZER 1 nc 1 nc n]c ® G-�J I — Lg`J- —i — z❑W ® COOLER L_—— ❑❑ 56 /SHfiWERI 8 b p QWER I SHVEf J b IsHQWER 1 Z W 7 24/49' 24/8 28 INSTALL STNNLESB STEEL 1 RRI��1 I 66®ZZ I ii1033 I L11111 Q N Z r 4H 4H I I PANEL ON 1 WALL AND \ / \ / \ I / \ / --I a¢z w 1�sC EXTEND IT 18'PAST HOOD \ / \ / \ / \ U- W Z W N i T/c 1T/C i]]C 1]]C I I ON BOTH SIDS.PANEL 24 2 ❑O H- © I PROVIDE W/uoCC( P 4 Q Q © Q ~ 2- LLl b 5 e —"'I u9>E u`°i S $�$ S'i m 0 24 4B 24/48 �� Y ] ] ] 72 I Q SH R ...I N lon'J 4H 411 24/� '® N ® n ] ]REP I sa ]1 (�, GRILL(MECH 4H 2b O 8 11 I TO SPEC) a ❑ O OB1 R p 94 91 5g 2] 2] 2] O$ 5C 2OLE 4/M481 ] 24 9T 4H 2X AD O IDAAWI(N34ER5 ARE �I ^O . . .. �} ] ___ 92 g3 60 24/48 I 90 \ 32 =(g) c. ] 89 _ �L� ° IESK]s I --J O vs I. 91 b ® 5 ARGEAG r----� 9 qq II 91 24 © 4 e © ] J L----J 8 (1)54°x102°IXHAU 3 I 92 I ■3 ® ALK IN, v H0005.REFER TO HOOD 2 90 C RLpEGR ] 6 DRAWINGS FOR REQUIR ® I ]9 _ 19 SEE SHEE AB3 g /I Re Ps k� uu 1 21 ° I: Q 0 8 © I aB "u ©�T°Rr r74]B l 92 I. 1 24 Q 22 (52) Q 4 I 9t g 78 41, . II e o / ERVIC 1 ,a9B�.�a9a o�'°o / / 4 ® z2 0 6 4 m 1 Y n g,, I I _ �(71!r -�r-� 1_-',03. % /- \ I I T rsooM (J■� L �rJL J;J 1c �/ m(at�11 - -- I xmhw P W � � `y e1 ts3c 133c _— 1G I a 11 10 1 ® 11 ®■ 1 W J 0 j 'LEF_IZ IIILL 5a 133B 133B we Q I.IJ H 68 ) 33A 1 s 5 13 r CL—— J -- 16 133E f33B TING 10 0 12 10 — OI I �n' Q Y F. B 10 T 7 DRNEHRU b 133C 133C 42O �133G 33 TKIE __ ■ LU COC r �L Z BT L ® 48 1338 133E 1 16 ] 9A 5 I ~ � C 9 _ ]b _ � 13 1 13 1 C1 G5 I j � I -7 O � Q I ELECTRICAL 1338 133C 1338 1 _ b8 _ _ _ �-�- ■ O 0 �Y e SER ICE I - 1yTg 1338 1 II II / C1 Eo �_�.` LA'■� 133E 133C 133C 133C 1338 � yj, J I� _ / 80 / IrrI��II a 1 1 133B i 133B 1338 133B 133E � C9 I I � 1 1 ■ i 1 I� 133° 133C 133C ® 4A 4 90 I I ]5 / 1S1C y 92 \ 9A 2 DINT G 733B 133B 1338 133E 133E i3JB _—_— ♦♦' 4A 1B \ BL I 5]A C ♦ E S T.V. _ ♦ WOM N I 9 9 ■ TS ` ROOM w TOILET T- �1� BE'1 5K 5L BK 6N B 8K 9L 8K 9E 9F 16 22 l 28 Z 1338 133B 133E 133B 133B 133B //—`\ 3C 3C 3C O ip \\ / O O II 128A FRONNT7 \ ��NT I I M 91 \\ ] i OBULE i FACCESSN - � ■ o 95 \ Fa i R 33 L�J o 1 SIDE L) Z VESTIBULE W O 0 Q. a z m L_ -- ———————J ————————————————- = W E J ❑ E 5] ❑ U BO m � 9c q 3 uj a:'..a ❑ ziz_ o W EQUIPMENT PLAN A5 3/16^ _ -0 O Q o 0 0 0 ❑.000 SHEET: -o W 11 W zZ <3 Ed 0 r Q(A dl O CO 7 r � z UW W°aw Z �0ym TRAVEL CENTER EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1. ' } a y z MOO , COMRAm_TA SRPE/RUNIER 116y,.,Bdrt J n Q W ,G° I CASH MONIw LL w z W DO u.ra GI DESWIPRW MAN.-M.ACTUTEa MODEL NuueES TEwaKs ELLLTRc cN WA- WE 1G] 1 aA,MRwINE � 0 O r 1B 1 COW B¢ERADE B1R ME- OL410M WOOD CAN FIMY WR,FOUD STIR TOP IMS, , EMKOEFE DOS(COUNTER-W NEWD CURRICIA WOW CABINETRY WITH UMIN1TE TOP-WNGTN TO PIT z J W N 1m 1 CLASS U.dSPIAY VERCA-GAFO VO-CJSRoM- RETNC 1-UNIT 12M 10,12OW 1WA 1 ARBYS OFFICE COUNTER-30' NEWD CUSTOM WOOD OAKNETRY"WIIMA TOP-LENGTH TO FIT O EA N ED J_ 1P 1 -N-CASE SOUTHERN GSVRIS OBA-WX-GiTE-AdU RIBA,edit,a- 111 1 MONITOR/IRYPAD/CPU W/WNl-MWN1Ed MONITOR ERIC—THUS COUNTER 116V,I..WIN,. W N 5. 1YC 1 33•X48'HEPTA INDUCTON WARMER ASSEMBLY CONE CUSTOM (7)COOKIE%Beet-U2 2W/26W,11,SO^/°OHz Gow21. 11S 1 WNI(/11WNING/SUBWAY/EAIRdrtE qWK RLbT O EIECIRONO HOTOOG ROLLER GRILL RAR SOSCBDE 12DV,1RA ,'a 1 CHNR/IRNNING/PREYS/EMPLOYEE OCEK FlLOT z 1'. t TANK LeIEL MONT CR PANEL YSEIIER-ROOT PTIOXCFD BY OWNER-COWUR BY CIXRRCTdt 118V.10.300, Y WILL ENECE GUAAO CONCEPTS PFJ-BO FOR STAR HOT DOG ROLLER GRILL 117 1 TUNER/TARE W ER/AMPLIFIER P/bp PATO/L INSTALLED BY CO MINIGTIONS SUPRIER 11bV,11,Bdu 3 ICFO COFFEE CUP/UD MOWER PIASDC AND PRCOUCDI -tt414 BU( USED FOR ICED COFFEE eu N BaRD EEn RLR 4 2 POST MIX RICE DISPENSER CORN¢US XXGRLFUSION 82115 6 MBE ICE:PRWOE WIOH WATER EVER AND NON-CARBONATED HEW ON LEFT SIDE 12IY.1..30Nz.9A1 //22 i26 , 1B•BAR COUMRFR NEWD D-11 1W OF CWNIFR 42•AD1(W AF.I RK ADP) IA 2 ICE WNER °W ROOF TISMIN EHl225L-1A CUBE ICE REMOTE CONDENSER ON 11Kt 11,ed¢ FlLTERW aN 12BA 2 1'RSx RECEPTACLE P wG D FO102/W1010E WITH-RNM R mONll¢UO CORE U1R1AlE S , -STANDING CONDIMENT 5'TAN. N- CUSTOM WOOD CHINE RY WITH COW SURFACE TOP 12DV,t1.WM IN FLOOR 1. 4 METAL BAR STOOL PLYMOLD BB013ALGS USED IN Nz.B2A DRIIEAS LOUNGE(a-RNSH) SN 1 21'HOT TEARACY PROVOED BY OWNER I- 6 PAWS BARROOL PUXRLD ES2OW LLSED IN SEAnNO AREA(ONVN112Ep) EL 1 e wTMv1 HACK PROWOFO ar OWNER 133E 34 PARR CHAR PLYLb1D -1. USED IN EEKD.AKA,(°ALWNDED) ISM 1 MUTED SPLAY VENCO 116V. 133C 12 21-%24•BUTCHER BEOCK TAKE PLHMIID 26p ,/2162230 USED IN SENDING AREA(WHITE O K-NATURAL) DI CaISE FO W%4P AM BUTCHER BLOCK iIBLE PLMIOW 3DDd1BB01/I182130 USED IN SE/.TRO AREA(WHITE 6V(-NANR4) EN 1 COW BTEW DISPERSER DISPIAY SOUTIERN IMPERN. ASS' 13W I 3VA4'IN OC TONER BCI(COMMUNT W0B8 B4ro n•TABLE PLYMOLD G,/EP200'T/ USED IN BIDDING AREA 421,W/B DDWN OW POST n ON ;-N) 12M 80 10 .E., 1 FTOTEN BEIERICE DISPENSER ICEE P3 3B CFBBONATED-3 HEAD 23DV.10,WA.NELO 1-630-R FUL1ao 133I. BUTCHER BLOCK COUNTERTOP WH X 18T X VNOES Pv'MOLD CWRM USED IN SEAM.AREA(W.ON(-N)a B1dtSPUAI 12W.- BK 1 CARPUCCw DISPENSER EUNN WIN-eSi PRODUCT j3BIOOAOBO-e HOPPERS t2UY,11,°OIIz,18OOW,IRA 1/T FILTER 148 6-nES_OK Am STORAGE SOLUTIONS 121W.,S'D.SON W/t£K NID ALMOND FlNIS1 K , ERE�, SUIPLORY BUBSEN MINI-TWIN CRATHOO CS-2E-18-3 DUAL COWL FW HORGIATA AND LEMONADE 115V,11•° 3.M 141 STACKED WASHER/DaYER-COIN OPERATED mAl. MLE/MLDMPR FlOM tMOMG-COLOR WINE 12M,WM 100° 1/2.H R c N BM I AMP._a-SINGLE FOWL CRATHOO CE-tD-le ANGLE BM1L Fdt COW BREW 116V.IA..n a.M 1. 1 DOUBLE STbED CLONES ORDER-COIN OPERATED "I. MLE/MLDzd+D FONT LOAONO-COLW WHITE 120/2br,BOM1z TOO° BA 2 STATION CRFNA.-a. WHRMVE Tib 1-,2M - I LAUNDRY COUNTER N¢OO CUSTOM DUAL COFFEE BREWBi BONA 51WODID1 1M/2WV.11,BOHz TRA PI14, HONING CLOTHES ROD ®HOLEY Bei-0%20OO USED IN.-LMWIDRY:% LENS,,MOUNT S-e AF.F. '4AU 2 WASHER MOOSE V11NOR0 FIRM. PAW _NT_N. 120V,aoI,10.ISA - 3/L'H R c BE I DUN-PER GRNOER BUNN W.SUN 12CV,SINGLE PHASE,ffl z IIA YES __ IT RF - HE COFFEE BFNI HOPPER RAW BONN WUS E STACOD CLOTHES DRYER MOUSE LAUNDRY) MAY MLG48Poa FROM,WAKNC-CdAR WHTE 1TDV,60Hq 20.A 2HUDDR, BK 2 BEAR TO CUP COFFEE SEWER 9CWFRER COFFEE IRA PLUS 3 deNDER 2DBV if 6GH2.2OA.NEIA Le-WR iRA' AN W HEATED MOWING CABIHER HENNY PENNY HHC-1W W/f/51¢6 iT1YV,11,em;fY .. HIDING CABINET OWN, HCIOOO-H2 UNDER COUNTER.S-2W 12DV,10.BONA—22OOW Ile HlC L BVN ro CUP COFFEE BREWER 3-GPoNO]i SDI R -.1-OOO2IW3 OIE1L DISPENSERS WBV,10.6d,2To1.NRA LB-TOO FIi/ROC id CHEF COWL RA 0- N OH HH 2W-TddA 10.bM B 1 FlUE N g,x T NFBO CH E TCH OVETI TIEEO CHEF 96OO-1 °WBIE STKXEO 0 MICROWAVE OVEN IAWuW W10D2 110UM IN DRINK BAR COUNTER 12W,WNz,16.CA _ -On CONVFCTCN OVEN BWOOER DFG-IOD%d NLL SOE DUAL FLOW "UPI.1.•90M,1M 11a UNDERCOUNTER REFTUGERATOR a--MR BORTm ey 1.,30Nz.RENA a,eP EWLMON E1JE EEG t42 3/4'M4�1NRRION 1TW,f1,edv,122A BAN 14F COUN¢RIOP WLDME L APED w_ RTR-4 " 128V,1.•-1 1. �1 FRYER Lu I. COUNTERTOP MCRONAVE OWEN AM" W1uW MOUNT ON WINK OAR COUNTER I=BONz.I- 5 4C t b'FOOD PREP RILE BEVERAGE NR 9'EAe-1XMSR 115V.1'.EOM.S.M � J M 12 WIGNO CHP/CHEEWGHU DISPENSER GEHL5 Bud( I20Y.2WW,,.]A 50.4J F000 PRfP TAKE BOVEP16E-NR SPEN-IBM STWNESS STEEL Up 116V.1',OOM.S.W Z coi NAPNIN DISPENSER PROVIDED.OW ER 1161A 2 4B'%W'SONLESS STEEL TARLE NELW W MLM N 134 FORK DISPENSER CEOXGM-PAOFlC SSFDt. 1E1J 1 42•X 4Y x 3d'H STNNLESs STEEL W4I STAFO TRAIN STAINLESS 42F3-42-EEC-14-G-MOD co SPOON dSPFNSFR GFORC(6-PACIFIC SSSPD120 WDRIDDP FREE3FR MASTER-HILT MFOF-xB 11 N,&WA U Z KNIFE OSPENSER GEORdA-PAGFlC SI(P019] WORKICP FliEE2ER(38� BEVERM.E MR UCF3M 3'USEaS 11BV.10.e.°A Q iC CHENGL DISPERSING SYSTEM JOHNBON G= ^ 111 ONE c,MPASOJENT DROP IN HNOSNK Wm1 FAUCET -1 TAKCO p1-1-f0 STNNIEIS SIEEL-USW ONLY AT DEU I/2'y O MOP RACK °KIBSERMA•0 111496 11 EON.-COLOR 1NDW ❑ Ei ANI ^ > Z 18 ONE COMPARNLu ENT CLOP IN HWOEINK WITH FAUCET ADVANCE TABCO D1-1-28 STNNESS RE¢-USED AT CURNERE DESK AND G NNISON 1/2'N OR 1 2 HOES RACK I.L COL D WELL TOP CONDIMENT RAFJ( PROVIDED BY OWNER EYEWASH STATION SPEXNIM SEF-8000 W OO RANI TEA BREWER(DOUBLE) R¢OLNION IN SO-1OO1w DISPENSER CIUNDEER/. f035 R DRIP TRAY J60-104T.MOUNT fl,VI 4 CUT—VNVES UNDER COUNTER FOR Gtt i/2' COW WAItR Fl TER 3M DP2Bo' _N_HW �'��p/�N IN SYSTEM BJNN-O-MAnc Hex 63680.0003 N_EIEES,R AS NO H LOW'FAUCET OPOPTION24DV,38Hz.10.13.BA W V/ SEC 1 3k16'SYRUP RINK(TEA) PROVIDED BY OWNER LTORW 1I'D 1 AN CpIPRESOOR SPEEONRE 1Woea PROVIDED WY SLOT,MSTALLW BY C.C.C, 20SY,3m,5 HP MOTOR 0 WB , I¢OSFENSES(ICED COFFEE) CORR¢lUE IMD 9Xo-teNPB 11 DV,BOM,1W 182 a OIITDOOR 9FATM0 PAGO,GE PRpRpED ID OWNER E-TH ` V, 21. 1 RERMNOER SINGLE AT W,SRI— 2 .1. 2Tp Fl 1. a BACK EXTERKXt METH TRASH COWANER/UD SITEW SES,INC DV2-2000-PF (W -W- )UD PF BOTHO BY OWNER NO D OWNER r y� M° 18 COOLER DOOR*A'-BALLlSR ANIHOW EUMIMTW 2 Ilm FORA,11 O Q %N•%eB'4WDOu 8H¢Y1No UNITCD �1B'%3C x 68'WNDCu FND GP 15 2e'X 36•%IIIN COOLER SHELWNG UNIT PFl .1 Bl'TALL21 IDI J Q P FR,W, PROVIDED ID NG,INSCMLID BY 1. 4 RRRIGNIN TXU 55OR MASTER-ILT MHH U MF HP W/3 COLS CONTRKTCR 190 uWNN STRIP DOOR NEW dFOR-VNU IMPAd'IOR �y N DINECROIN a.- 9ON EUPFlJER CUSTOM IFEU SIOd(WSTER T!7 EH¢WW SYSTEM PR 341 4ROWER MONITOR BY OWNER PROAOED SY OWNER _ 4 SmCI(MIISIER(B1CN)SHELVMD SYSTEM PFl MT SCREEN TELENSON EY OWNER PRMDE➢BY OWNER 24•X 33'DRY STORAGE AELNN° RORIEC W/4 SHELVES(TW'PICA) da-OEWAY SCREEN ER'OWNER WALL AND CRUNG MOUNTED 11DV Liar L'%3B'COOLER SH¢WNC MErgo N0243ec MEmOMAt(G Sn YFS W/OIUo IMP u'DIWN a-SCREEN K GWNEH WAIL AND CENNO MOONED 12AN T 1e w X.1 DRY-E.-N. KORIEC W/4 EN¢VFS OYPICi1J Td'OpRN DISPUY SCREEN-FUEL E-SOP BY OWNER PRWDW BY OWNER 120V 24•X N'COOER SH NNG HERD M.- MEIROM.0 SI-W/ORD MAT IF l ME MAGHW W/RN AND CNFT DEVI_EG 4 TDE'ATM' •• AT11 MACHINE TRITON PLBOOO REWIRES TELEPHONE UNE 115V,1.,Fd 2M Z0DO W MBE ICE MACHINE 9 WAR C 45 R-3TA REOTE CONDENSERS ON ROOF _i 1•WWNER k le FIL N Z m .F.ACCFBBBLE ENTRY AON. OESAN TO MEET A➢A RESUunONS 1L'X 36'COAL-MINED WINE SHELF SIORM1O P¢Y-2-WE ADIUSTABIE CANDLEVER.IEWIOM TO FIT C 1 T/C I e 5 2a X e LICDIE RRTROON SON(HENS AND WOMENi DESION TO MEET ADA REDUIA ONS L-2... 14'X W WKL-M UNTED WIRE SHELF SIORIEC P0.Y-Z_ ADJUSTIBIE CANDLEVER,LEN-TO O .F.MCESABLE SHOWER SON DESCH TO MEET ADA REGULARONS WALL IROI SCOOPS smElA KR GROUP cI INTERMTIOM SNABOL OF AGCESS a. FRENCH TO MEET ADA REOUunONS 3 COLIPARTME.ANX WANDER POWER FON NOS:E EOTRW. W W N (1b10RJ ON L W R 2OO-2WY,IJM,2M,11 AND r E%IEflIW ICE MEBOHNIDISER POLAR EWOOOW 11 DV,1RA 232E 1 EP WAEH SINK(n'%W� AD WE iABCA KME-LIB-WBWRR ' O b1 co2 RORAE TAI OR/WHM(ION UGUIDATOR MsdLLFO Br AUTN TED VENDED HOT S COW O r 6. t SIATWNL"M""`(W//JONncEUD MAPLE SATWNL NE- CUSTOM 4'X 3'SHEETS 236 2 U. d BETWEEN) 246 b DRINK SYSIEN/MG-N-BO% BEVERAGE SUPRIER W/MRIKNNTdW ON SHELF IBgE 116V,soz u /2'FILTER ES I SAE£-RESTAURANT OFF,(£ WTALRNE BOLT SAFE TO FLOW-NOTCH WUNER AR RM IN FEW TES, I SE OCDNcuSHER I^, 71 1 TRUCK CASHERS-ES COUNTER WOOD NE= Cui CABINETS'WHIN SOUR SURFACE TOP 2F. a Fl LEND SNN KROWNE METAL NS-2 1/2'H = W E 1 COUNER NELOD CuROM WOOD CABINETRY WTH SOUO SURFACE TOP 281 2 MULn-DISPLAY TINES FRNCE CASTLE LLO lYr-HM13 MOUNT TO HWO 1OO_2bV,3dlz,1A p.1p Q o TS 1 INTERCOM MRRWHONE E.SS.TELEX MP)63 INERNLID BY OWNER ICE TL L LT Z U M 1 RECOPY PRINTER 116V,f1.e0M 2] R - T 0 d1ARGE CARD S%1PE/PRNTCR T¢EPHONE WNNECWN INsrNxED BY PILOT t1W.1.,OONz MEP 1 ]8 TO EL OISPE SE l m (() u R 28 L z C B2B 2'RIDE MOONED OTP CASE ASSEMBLY HARBOR INDLETRES T•FLEX FRAME II COUNTER TOP UNIT PROADED ID OWNER 115V,10,emz,1.eA _ �j W vp w EUDD 2 4'WIDE MOUNTED CIGAR=CASE ASSEMBLY HARBOR INOUSDIES 4'FEE%FRNIE II COUNTER TOW UNIT PROAOED RV OWNER 116V,11.eONz 1.M 3 3 4 I Y WIDE MOUNTED COPE CASE ASSENE.Y HARBOR INDUSTRIES 4'FEE%ERNE II NLL HEIGHT UNIT PROMUED W OWNER 11 DV,11.eORv.1. Q Po ° °�B M US EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE °, s 01 a DISH WRAP COUNTERTOP MERCHAM1sER Nh MUTE DISPLAY dsaur TOP sEruP t2(N O K ARK QW.ITS DESCRP110N UFAC URE MODEL NUMBER REMARKS ELECTRIC GAS 01A z Gv1 WIMP FLOOR MIOHWIDISm W.L.OISELAT dSRAY BOTTOM SETS, 12DV WATER 5 R t- C1 7 CI ON SALES C,F TER NELCO CUSTOM OD CABINETRY ITH SOUR SURFACE TOP 7 02 ° MWWR/KEY'PAO TIENCAR C1A 7 GLASS SNEEZE GUARD NELCO CUSTOM W ES T CA9H WRAP COW&1REL MERCwNOISRt MIBTNO FARRGnNG COWRAGTOTt TO DRILL 1-1/2•0 HOLE UNDER HORIEOWN FACE OF TGE OW FOR POWER CO- 12w Q2B 1 INTERIOR CINNABON SIGN 0-ILLU TEO MOUNTED TO CABINET C4 2 WIRE UNDERCOUNIER SHELVING 18 X 30 EAGLE GROUP 1B30V 14 1 SCALE CWCOIE/PRINTER PFOWIOED k INSTALLED BY SGVE COMPANY 11°V,11,3W¢ W W W Gp SEE I SCALE SURVEILLANCE MOITOR "Sy.'A FORA C5 1 OVEN.MICROWAVE AMANA tD10MP 10W WATTS) 20V,10, W .- C8 1 HOT PLATE HAT!D CARS-38-I 20V, /,5I8 WATTS r F- \ a 1 FAY/COREa C8 1 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR EEZER RANOELL FX-1UC 115V,3. Q r t`Ia r M O O O O CO 1 CONVECTION CABINET LANG LOCATED ON UNOOF'ER CABINET REFRRIGERWTOR EEZER Q \' BB 1 IbNEr OROES MAGIINE 113V.11.eGM C10 1 CONVECTION OVEN WIG LOCATED ON PROCESS CABINET 20RV,if,0].5A O O O O O 101 1 CHARGE FONT M_ C11 1 UNDEROOUNTER REFRIGERATOR SILVER KING SKR2] C2 116V BOhz 1PHARE NEIM 5-15P 1. SCANNER ttDV,10.eonz C12 1 24 "SHELF NELCO TO BE MOUNTED 42"A.F.F. co ®H 103 ORDER KIWI(/ISSEM¢T dTA OUTLET REOdREB 115V 111,eONz C75 NOT USED nwrnnxP+ t Oit 3 KPs ISM MOUNT ASSEMBLY NW CATA OUT l'REQUIRED 110V 11 a C1B 1 D S SHROUD yANDU54RR 8500-322 W GRPPHIC E D HOLDER Ci9 1 DISPLAY STAND SHEET: A5. 1 r oti Tg o w r M z Z Lu a0� r�In� ARBY'S EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ARBY'S EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE a y zz LU NO QT MANUF. AND FW C H GA DRAI ELECTRICA NO QT MANUF. AND FW C H GA DRAT ELECTRICA U- o o Lu ODEL Z ST. ITEM REMARKS ST. ITEM REMARKS Y. M N0. W. W. MODEL NO. W. W. S N L II. z J w BY OWNER(DEDICATED d8 NEW 1 SANDWICH SLIDE-HEATED GEN III,CUSTOM FAB REM 0 0.J 1 NEW 4 CAM REGISTER ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT) 120V ISOLATED.DEDICATED ELEC.CIRCUIT REQUIRED p J BUNNOMATIC INFUSION TEA AND J BD N 10 HEAD DRINK DISPENSER W/ IMI CORNELIUS IDC 255-10 3/4"& (3/4'DRAIN FROM BIN&1/2'DRAIN FROM TOWER)(60Hz,1 49 NEW 1 COFFEE MAKER COFFEE BREWER#TTCB-DV 1/4' 120V.60/1 Ill X REPLACES STRICAL36700.0036 n• ❑ O 5. 2 OPR 1 ICE MAKER ABOVE(SEE/92) HEAD 1/2' 1/2. 715V.80/t,9.3A EVEFAGEE DISPENSER ABOVE WHEN CHOSEN BV HEEE 102WNER. 50 NEW 4 ICE TEA DISPENSER BUNN TDO-N-4.0 Z 3 NEW 1 SELF SERVE BEVERAGE COUNTER GEN III GLOBE G12A,MEDIUM DUTY Y 3A NEW 1 BAN MARIE 78710 i 1A5 Qf BAN IE INTEGRATED INTO 51 NEW - PREP-SUCER SUCER 116V,80/1,3A 20 1/B"W z 24 5/8 z 20 1/4"H 7871 t3 SELF-SERVE BEVERAGE CANNIER ORDER CONFIRMATION SYSTEM TECH NOW-DFP300- 52 NEW - SLK;ER GLOBE 4913N 115V,60/1.7A 23^W x 26.7'D x 25.1'H 4 OPR 1 (Nor SHOWN) 005300ARB 52 OPR 2 SLICER HOB4RT H59-iB 120/8A0/7;6.6 24 5/e'W z 30 5/16'D z 29 6/16'H. REPLACES THE SLICER 5 NEW 2 WALL MOUNTED HAND SINK KROWNE HS2 1/2'1/2' 1 1/2' G.0 TO RUN PLUMBING AND CONNECT mps ABOVE WHEN CHOSEN BY THE OWNER. 62A NEW 1 SLICER HEAT LAMP MARSHAL AIR THERMO GLO 120V.60/1 24.876 X 28 X 24.75 STAINLESS STEEL COWMUC 104 7 NEW 4 CUP DISPENSER SAN JAMAR C2410C INTEGRATED INTO#58 DRIVE-THRU BEVERAGE COUNTER BOB-1 8 HEAD DRIVE-THRU DRINK CORNED S IDC255 PRO FAST 53 NEW 1 PORTION SCALE(NOT SHOWN) TAYLOR,MODEL WTHD32D 8 NEW i DISPENSER W/OVERHEAD ICE GATE-8 HEAD,7 OFNFlL( 1/2' 3/4& 12OV.60/7 9,3A (6011,D71 PHASE ELRAIN FROM ECE MAKER&CTRICAL AT 44/A.FF DRAIN FROM TOWER) 63A NEW i PORTION SCALE(NOT SHOWN) TAYLOR,MODEL jIHDBO MAKER ABOVE(SEE#92) VALVES&1 VARIETY'VALVE 10 /2' OORNEUFLAVORS) MOD L AIR,HIGH SPEED 208-z40V.Ba//1, 64 NEW 2 HORIZONTAL TOASTER MOREL HAL HIGH SPEED 18-4.5 3.328 11.50'H z 27.00'W z 23.3/Ob 8 HEAD DRIVE-THRU DRINK CORNELLUS CB2323-8 HEAD, 3/4,& (3/4'DRAIN FRDM BIN&1/2'DRAIN FROM TOWER)(BOHz,1 HORIZONTAL CONTACT TOASTER -4.66kW 8 OFTL - DISPENSER W/DROP-IN ICE BIN 7 OPTIFIL VALVES&1 VARIETY 1/2' 1/2• 120V.60/1,9.3A PHASE ELECTRICAL AT""AFF.) REPLACES THE PRO FAST 56 NEW 7 CHEESE PUMP STAR MFGR. SPOE-7ARB 120V,OD 1 VALVE(10 FLAVORS) GATE BEVERAGE DISPENSER ABOVE WHEN CHOSEN BY THE OWNER. B / 9.6825'W X 19.50b X 32.251E 10 NEW 1 LID HOLDER INCLUDED WITH 06 IMOUNTED ON ITEM/8 56 OPTL - DUAL CHEESE PUMP STAR MFGR$SPDE-2ARB 12OV,60/1 10.76'W X 21A8'D X 32.28N SHAKE MACHINE-COUNTER 20B-230V,60 1 REQUIRES CO2 OR COMPRESSED AIR,REDUIRES A SERVER 3 56A NEW 1 WIRE SOUFFLE CUP HOLDER QUADRATEC,OSPWAR 0001 COLOR.BLACK 12 NEW 1 TOP MODEL TAYLOR 430,SINGLE FLAVOR 1/2' 95A / PUMP RAIL FOR SYRUPS. REPLACES THE COUNTER TOP SHAKE 68 NEW 7 DRIVE-THRU COURIER(FRONT) GEN III.CUSTOM FAB ITEM 59 1/2"TOP,48"BASE X 34 1/2". MACHINE ABOVE WHEN CHOSEN BY THE OWNER. 12A NEW 1 SHAKE MACHINE STAND GEN III,CUSTOM FAB ITEM 34 3/4"X 35"X 24'H,FOR USE WITH THE COUNTER TOP 60 NEW I WORK SMARTANRIVE-THRU METRO./ARB243ODT 24"D X 30"W X 36"H,REPLACES GEN ILL DT COUNTER MODELS. HOTREQUIRED W/MODELS 80&HBO. SMARTCASHIER 12B NEW 1 SYRUP PUMP RAIL SERVER•ARBY'S SYRUP PUMP BOA NEW 2 WORK STAGING CART DRIVE-THRU METRO,#ARB143OSC DT CASHIER3VXb'TAND CART ON GASRRS. USED WITH WORK SMART 14 NEW 1 AUTO GREETER NOT SHOWN) ERC PANISONIC- 61 NEW 2 MICROWAVE OVER MODEL VENUMAM C2 COMMERCIAL. 208/230V,80/1 USED WITH NEW GENERATION SLICER COUNTER ( UL 0.CARB MARSHAL 1 TIER,iX4 15 NEW - SAFE-4 TILLS /BSD 282020 ABA% 175V.80/1 �3/4"H X 201Y X 24'D,G.C.TO COORDINATE LOCATON OF 82 NEW 7 HEATED HOLDING HOLDING UNITNrr 72W,SBA &7W'H%38.375YI%14.5b SECURING BOLTS FOR SAFE 62 OPR - HEATED HOLDING MARSHAL AIR,2 TIER,2X2 120V,SETA 14.826'H%16.J76^W X 14.6b 15 OPR - SAFE-5 TILLS $BSD 322020 ABAX 115V,60/1 SECURING BOLTS 221/FOR SAFE G.C.TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF HOLDING UNIT ' LD CABINET ALTO-SHMM-300-TH II 120V,60/1,8.7A / / 85 NEW 1 FROM SERVICERCOUNTER TOP GEN III 16 NEW 4 OK&HO /I i8-13/18'W X 25-3 78'D X 78-15 1817 65A NEW 2 CASHIER/ODER TAKING TEMP COUNTER 17 NEW 2 DIGITAL CON OVEN CADCO,MODEL XAFT-115A 208,700W. W/1• 28 1/8-D x 23 518"W z 16 7/8"H, BOB NEW 1 HIGH EXPO DELIVERY COUNTER GEN III,CUSTOM FAB ITEM INCLUDES METRO CONDIMENT ORGANIZING BINS Q CONVECTKIN OVEN 2,700W,2 GEN III,CUSTOM FAB ITEM, 70 NEW 1 TRAINING SYSTEM VCR(NOT BY OWNER Lu INCLUDES(1)U31 FAUCET SHOWN) J �y 19 NEW 1 4 COMPARTMENT SINK W�12"SPOUT,(1)B133B 1/2'1/2• 1 1/2' 108 1/2"x 29 1/2',16"A.F.F.(CW&HW),8'AF.F.(W),G.C. 71 NEW 1 BULLETIN BOARD(NOT SHOWN) 24'x 48' Z N FAUCET W/POUT' SES MOUNT, F.S. TO RUN PLUMBING AND CONNECT m N (1)B-167 PRE-RINSE FAUCET 75 NEW 1 AUTOMATIC DRIVE THOU WINDOW QUIKSER/ (7)/SST-486DEB(L) 120V Z uj AND(4)LEVER WASTES BREAD RACK W/BOTTOM SHELF W I- Z � 20 NEW 1 LEVER GRANS AUG 76 NEW 2 FOR 2-/16 COO(&HOLD INTERMEIRO 24'z 36"x 78"H.9 SHELVESUNTO W V _ INTERMETRO MOBILE BREAD RACK,ON Q 76A NEW 2 INTERMETRO 21'X 24"X]8'M,11 SHELVES a 31 NEW, 1 SHELVING ABOVE 4 ARByS FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CASTERS a COMPATMENf SINK ARC NG UNIT NIT WALL 76B OPIL 2 UNDERCOUNTER BREAD STORAGE INTERMETRO 24'z 30'z 34"H Q W Z 77 NEW 1 AU JUS SERVER SERVER,1-1/2 GA.ARBYS lJ W > 23 NEW 1 KNIFE RACK STATIONMAR ,SIK1008T-KNIFE 15'X15'%4.25"•INCLUDED IN SMALLWARES PACKAGE 78 NEW 2 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BY OWNER SEE SHEET A-9 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS W Lu V O 24 NEW 1 CONDIMENT HOLDER CAMBRO EROS LOCATED ON ITEM#46 SUCER COUNTER 79 NEW 2 LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER BY OWNER SEE SHEET A-9 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS U i 26 NEW 1 BEEF PORTION SCALE TAYLOR,MODEL WTH032D 80 NEW 1 WORK TOP FREEZER BEVERAGE AIR,WTF67 115V,BOA 6.3A 15 AMP DEDICATED OUTLET }M(n COC v UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATION W L Z PREP TABLE W/BACKSPLASH& GEN III•GUSTO FAB ITEM, 108"X 30'X 38'H, 38'X 28 3/4",16'AF.F.(CAN&HW),e' 81 NEW / W/DRAWERS BEVERAGE AIR,UCR027A-2 116V,60/1,4A 30 NEW 1 INCLUDES(1)B231 FAUCET WITH 1/2'1/2' 1 1/2' HAND SINK A.F.F.(W),G.C.TO RUN PLUMBING AND CONNECT LL L J 12'SPOUT 84 NEW 1 WATER BOOST MODULAR FILTER W NTAIR SHURFLO 3/8' r UNDERCOUMER REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WBe-M3-22-003-55 Q 3CA NEW 1 BEVERAGE AIR,UCR0/8A-2 716V,60/1,3.3A O W/DRAWERS PEG BOARD FOR HANGING O Q SERVICE TIMER SYSTEM 30(NOT 88 NEW 2 UTENSILS DAY DOTS,61202-00-00 ( CAPE 24"WHITE PLASTIC PEG BOARD WITH MOUNTING 31 NEW i HME-C11178 REFER EIRO N SHOWN) 32 NEW 1 WALK-IN FREEZER IDS 3P 208/230V 30 89 NEW LOT BRIGHT ZINC FINISH��NG QUANTITY,&SIZE OF SHELVN MR G SEE PLAN FOR SHELF LOCATION AMPS UNITS 33 1 NEW I 1 WALK-IN COOLER JCS 3P ZOA0/P.S3W 16 90 NEW 1 CUP DISPENSER CABINET GEN III,CUSTOM FAB ITEM DISPENSERS METRO � fMA /2"%32 i/2'HIGH,INCLUDES SAN JAMAR CUP 91 NEW 1 SOUFFLE CUP DISPENSER TOMLINSON KSF10035L CAN USE 3/4 OR 1 OZ PAPER OR PLASM CUPS,INTEGRATED NEW LF DRY STORAGE SHELVING TOP REFER TO PUN FOR LOCATION. SEE PLAN FOR ROLLING SHELF LOCATION WITH REM/111 TRACK.BRIGHT ZINC FINISH QUANTITY,&SIZE OF SHELVING UNTS (1)UNIT MOUNTS ON REM/2 IMI CORNEUUS ED300 BEVERAGE Plan Review COOLER SHELVING-METRO ETRO DISPENSER IN DINING ROOM,(1)UNIT MOUNTS ON REM/8 IMI 5y� F '} 36 NEW - SUPER ERECTA PRO,EPDXY REFER TO PLAN FOR LOCATION, SEE PLAN FOR SHELF LOCATION 92 OPTL 2 ICE MAKER SCOTSMAN,EH2229L-1A 1/2' 118V/60/1 �XfE CONDENSER EVERAG 0,DISPENSER I E 9ET 3BRTE5 E-T CONTROL ` SA F E B u I i COOLS QUANTITY,&SIZE OF SHELVING UNITS WIRES FROM CONDENSING UNIT TO COL FIELD VITRIFY LENGTH METRO OF LINE SET REQUIRED. F w FREEZER SHELVING-METRO DEBT TO P�FOR LOCATION, ICE MAKER REMOTE CONDENSING 1 REMOTE CONDENSER UNIT PER ICE MAKER<92>,PART OF Z 37 NEW LOT SUPER ERECTA PRO,EPDXY QUANTITY.&SIZE OF SHELVING SEE PLAN FOR SHELF LOCATION 92A NEW 2 UNIT SCOTSMAN.FDC1410 208-230V/80/1 BEVERAGE PACKAGE,LOCATED ON ROOF.REFER TO A-3&MEP p COATED AND DUNNAGE UNITS DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION 39 NEW / WIRELESS DRIVE THRU ORDER HM ELECTRONICS,MODEL/HME 720V 93 NEW 1 STRAW&UD HOLDER GEN III,CUSTOM FAB ITEM o SYSTEM 8000 SYSTEM 94 NEW 1 2 INAPKIN DISPENSER PROVIDED BY GEN III INTEGRATED WITH W111 40 NEW 1 COUNTER TOP FRY BASKET RACK GEN III,CUSTOM FMB ITEM 20'W x 27"D x 19 3/4'H 95 NEW 1 1 D SERVER PRODUCTS SE-5D1 ISPENSER FOR SAUCES INTEGRATED WITH W111,6 PUMP DISPENSER U Z HALL AR THERMOCLO, (AREYS)07123 MODEL RR6-48.6TL 208V'S.75 Hz' 69M X 4ON TIMER YI X 32.76'D,20 AMP,NEMA 6-20,W/BUILT-IN INTERMETRO UU 41 NEW 1 FRY DUMP (RR5-48.6TR FOR REVERSE iPh, .1 A/ FRY STATION TIMER REFER TO PLAN FOR LOCATION, IAYp 3.1 kW HANGING SHELVING,BRIGHT ZINC Q F 97 NEW LF FINISH QUANTITY,&SIZE OF SHELVING SEE PUN FOR SHELF LOCATION a 744'X 64"X 24%,O 80'APF,STAINLESS STEEL W/UL UNITS-2 TIER HANGING d SEE ME-HIRE,ND-2 SERIES, SHELVING UNITS 42 NEW 1 IXHAUST HOOD SEE MECHANICAL PUNS USITNG,FILTERS,4"BACKSPACER,PROVIDE COMPLETE FIRE V SUPPRESSION SYSTEM,ANSUL SYSTEM 99 OPTL 1 AIR CURTAIN OFUATED MODEL CHF-26' 208%LA AM 30 y.W X 9'D X 14 3/8-H = V) (2)O 119.000 BTU/H(29.975 kcal/HR)(34.8kW/HR)INPUT PER J W FRYMASIER,21814 FRYPOI,FACTORY MANIFOLD TO(1)CONNECTION TOTAL 238,000 103 OPR 2 SINGLE TRASH UNIT SEE DECOR DRAWINGS ❑ ❑ 43 NEW 1 2 BANK,a BASKET'W/ OIL-CONSERVING GAS FRYER W/ 1' 120V-240V.60/1 BnJM.1'NATURAL 1(CONNECTION.14"A.F.F.G.0 TO HOOK 104 NEW - DOUBLE TRASH UNIT SEE DECOR DRAWINGS Z NATURAL GAS BUILT-IN FILTER UP OUICN DISCONNECT(SUPPLIED BY KES),BUILT-IN FILTER 0 ALSO INCLUDE DNERTER KIT TO ALLOW HOOK-UP TO DARUNC 106 NEW LOT QUEUE RAIL SYSTEM SEE DECOR DRAWINGS INCLUDES*PLEASE ENTER HERE'TOPPER Do 1fi00 H UNIT 108 NEW 1 PREP CART(NOT SHOWN) INTERMETRO,MW703 18'X 30" z00 43A NEW 1 GAS HOSE KR OORMOM�'iB1OOKR4B � W PROVIDE SHELF AND LINTING BRACKETS. LOCATE SHELF ON S/S OUTSIDE CORNER GUARD 2"z 2'z 708'18 GAUGE S.S. PROVIDE 2X2 FULL HEIGHT 44 NEW 2 COLD CARBORATOR CORNE11U5 109 NEW LOT GEN III,CUSTOM FAB ITFLI SfaNLE55 STEEL CORNER GUARDS ON AL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN j WALL BELOW COUNTERTOP BEHIND DRINK DISPENSER. (NOT SHOWN) KITCHEN. KITCHEN EWIPMEI4I SUPPLER(KES)TO SUPPLY AND ❑ 45 NEW 1 MENU BOARD HOWARD 12OV,BO/1 INSTALL ALL SS.GUARDS. 45 NEW, 1 10•-4"FROM LINE SLICER GEN III,CUSTOM FAB REM 120/208V.3PH. 111 NEW 1 CONDIMENT TOPPER GEN III,CUSTOM FAB ITEM HOLDS ITEMS#91,#94 AND/95 COUNTER 125A IMERMEIRL3 COORDINATE AND CONFIRM WITH OWNER TO DETERMINE IF THESE S 46A NEW 1 ROLL-IN COLD WELL UNIT BEVERAGE AIR SPE 48-18M 715/80/7,5a 124 - - OUTSIDE STORAGE SHELVING (1)24X42-5 TIER SHELVING ITEMS ARE TO BE SUPPLED TO THE PROJECT. NOT al 7 4KWH UNIT (1)DUNNAGE PROJECTS WILL HAVE OUTSIDE STORAGE AT THE DUMPSIER p 48B NEW 1 BRFM STORAGE GEN III,CUSTOM FAB ITEM INTEGRATED INTO/46 SUCER COUNTER RACK 18 X 42 X 8 HIGH ENCLOSURE L 46F NEW 1 HEATED BEEF DRAWER GEN III,CUSTOM FAB TEEM INTEGRATED INTO/46 SUCER COUNTER 46H NEW 1 BACKLINE TIMER A.J.ANIUNES SOUR TIMER INTEGRATED INTO#46 SUCER COUNTER F- MODEL#TTS-8 PT ~ F- ❑ Q� ❑�O o SHEET: A5. 1 a L �w — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I W C W z o M. M0 . �«Z Z . — — — — — — — — — — — IL Z — — — — — — — — — — — — — FL 0 \ Z r_ I \/ REAR As --jc�� I` VESTIBULE K A5.237 JG A81 EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM _ \ KIOSK H 40 / � VEEDE R00T (00 — — _ — — / I �— — — — eh IL 4 II II �o v z °' z� J IIII', W \ II II I I - Vz o O iQ EMPLOYEE /�C PLAN w 2 l z 2 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" z O 40 Na W 0, Z 4 - W 23 7/8' 24' I1 8 BRACKET PROVIDED BY 1 i/4"•12"SLOT = M CABINETRY SUPPLIER FOR ELECTRICAL J WQ BRACKET PROVIDED BY O = CABINETRY SUPPLIER m 0 1 1/2"HOLE FOR Z pa ELECTRICAL CHASE HOOK FOR CABLE COLLECTION AT 16"O.C. 1 1/2"HOLE FOR 0 ELECTRICAL CHASE FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR W O � W LIA t a O a Plan Review �C8ECTbIV n CA SECTION �ySAFEBuilt �a 5• SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" o[sbs 2 SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" o[eee BHEET: A5,2 F w� U ws o= ro au � II II II II II o II n w II Zfovi� A5.4 I � aNz� I LJL LLJ M ,-r I � z�ui� O c� _j ------x w u>> ----- I x 2 II z A5.4 L ° i - ® II i ' p - II J A5.4 I R II Y_ SERIES -----° 6-4 I I I I K II II A5.4 0 � w A5.4 G Z a Z m N N n n n n -__--- _-_- W L) Z Q Q J O W a --- -fir -1� I I Qz W EAUe 0, Q > I 11 00 HOG G E II II O CDI. Q \\\ A5.4 Q EANISER ISP J -MWN �_ N I ENSER \\ I Z /�� W a III II �\ i I III II u u u u --- ------- --- //�\ / A5 41 \\ II II �w B � Gj o F U z kk A5.4 A5.4 2D 1 IL a IL x A v 0 \./� o ROSTIBULE I III /N� n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n o> 37 ° FOUNTAIN 'ay z 5 z 35 a ACCESSjj� �� I NOSHI3AN ® ® 213M3218 2i3M3?Je I III 37 ® OMPENSE 33330G 33330� ..Ix w i TI --- ------- 0 �- w . r ui I I DRMBAR CABINETRY PLAN �m 3 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" Plan Review SHEET: BY SAFEBuilt A5.3 L J r SIGNAGE AND SOFFIT PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. s a3 2col n DRIN ao \ i ��--^yy�� d 9F 9E w=w'J BK OL °© © BK 6L 8] v-de ® TRIM AT 9'-0" 6plwecem CORIAN SOLID ® 3c ■ 3c SURFACE "GLACIER 15 o O e ® DOOR HINGE WILSONART 4" m WHITE" WILSONART "MONTICELLO °LINEN" LAMINATE o eo, Ea.. MAPLE" (WA #7925-60) (WA #D427-60) °f ®®®® ®®®® ^ I� ' F 1h 18 16 IB 18 18 16 18 16 i6 ®E i6 i6 i6 E ®° O® 4 / O uq S / O DIGITAL DISPLAY _� Z Q Iw o / ® ® 78 18 18 IB ®®®® U LJ (�J � O C�w Q w \ wuwm °wwew onMxn wK+wm °w1we6 vuwFw auwe" u61wm 4 O SCREEN O i'=�f=i f=i f"� O o } ¢v'w a z� \ j �n JaQZo \ O o M ' �uN N N LL Lu LuZIw-N O � O � z�w� "MOON HAZE" SOLID WILSONART "MONTICELLO 0(0 c J SURFACE COUNTERTOP MAPLE" (WA #7925-60) RECON"WILSONART EU(WA STAINLESS STEEL d o'�O b #7996-38) y A CABNETRY ELEVATION-D*KBAR n CINNABON ISLAND ELEVATION 5.4 SCALE: 1/2" - 1'-0" 5• SCALE: 1/2" - 1'-0" "MOON HAZE" SOLID WILSONART "MONTICELLO SURFACE COUNTERTOP MAPLE" (WA #7925-50) e CABINETRY ELEVATION-FOUNTAIN 5, SCALE: 1/2"- 1'-0" CORIAN SOLID SURFACE CORIAN SOLID SURFACE CORIAN SOLID SURFACE "GLACIER WHITE" WILSONART "NATURAL "GLACIER WHITE" WILSONART "NATURAL "GLACIER WHITE" WIL =7 RECON" LAMINATE (WA RECON" LAMINATE (WA _ WILSONART "MONTICELLO #7996-38) #7996-38) MAPLE" (WA #7925-60) ® ® MAPONA WA#792I5-6) "MOON HAZE" SOLIDXF SURFACE COUNTERTOP -w C RIAN SOLID WILSONART "CINNABON WILSONART "MONTICELLO SURFA E "GLACIER TEAL PATTERN" LAMINATE WILSONART "CINNABON oo "MOON HAZE" SOLID MAPLE" (WA"MONTICELLO WHITE" (WA #Z1864-60) TEAL PATTERN" LAMINATE 3'-0" BA SURFACE COUNTERTOP (WA #Z1864-60) 18 18 18 ++ + ++� \ 0 {� + - ++ 16 16 16 16 L� o O wale vum■ o O w0 Lw...,E Z ~ J M cV N j "wwrn O W m CO N N V m ~ Zz Z 2-. AMERICAN OLEAN - URBAN CANVAS WILSONART "CINNABON STAINLESS STEEL "MOON HAZE" SOLID AMERICAN OLEAN - URBAN CANVAS WILSONART "MONTICELLO V J d "ICE WHITE" GLOSS WALL TILE 2"x8" TEAL PATTERN" LAMINATE SURFACE COUNTERTOP WILSONART "MONTICELLO "ICE WHITE" GLOSS WALL TILE 2"x8" CORIAN SOLID WHITE CABINET LINER MAPLE" (WA #7925-60) } W } Z LATICRETE 1600 SERIES UNSANDED (WA #Z1864-60) MAPLE' (WA #7925-60) LATICRETE 1600 SERIES UNSANDED SURFACE "GLACIERE" O GROUT: COLOR #42 PLATINUM GROUT: COLOR #42 PLATINUM q Y F, D CINNABON ISLAND ELEVATION F CINNABON BLAND ELEVATION I NABON H AND ELEVATION m Lu L¢ O z 5• SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-0" 5.4 SCALE: 1/2" - 1'-O" 5. SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" z l!J ~ U) Z Z o � 0 CORIAN SOLID o Q SURFACE "GLACIER CORIAN SOLID WILSONART "NATURAL 2 a WHITE" SURFACE "GLACIER RECON" LAMINATE (WA 2 - 2 2 WHITE" #7996-38) Q 13 "MOON HAZE" SOLID e SURFACE COUNTERTOP "MOON HAZE" SOLID 4„ o 1z ® SURFACE COUNTERTOP / m / i jo o_ \ °=wFw \ •i, "ww�w ow,we. o N I °w.Nm °ruwul U Z N N N W WILSONART "MONTICELLO WILSONART "NATURAL MAPLE" (WA #7925-60) WILSONART "MONTICELLO 0 a MAPLE" (WA #7925-60) n 0: RECON" LAMINATE (WA WILSONART "NATURAL WHITE CABINET LINER w #7996-38) RECON" LAMINATE (WA 96-38) o 0 c CNNABON ISLAND ELEVATION n CIN#79NABON ISLAND ELEVATION n ISLAND ELEVATION r ISLAND ELEVAl10N m o N 5. SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 5• SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" 5.4 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 5.4 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-C" z W � bb 6p 3 2 2 c w- © 13B 0 \ 0 1 \\ YB \ 13 "MOON HAZE" SOLID w "MOON HAZE" SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP ¢ W I •oao •o■o SURFACE COUNTERTOP QQ 0 0 0 o I o 0 b o / Plan Review SHEET: WILSONART "MONTICELLO WILSONART "MONTICELLO By SAFEBUIIt MAPLE" (WA #7925-60) MAPLE" (WA #7925-60) A5.4 L ISLAND ELEVATION n ISLAND ELEVATION \62•4 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 5.4 SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" L J RESTAURANT SIGNAGE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER. FINAL U�` _2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BYRESTAURANT SIGNAGE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER. FINAL P2ELECTRICAL CONTR. (TYP.) MP1 Pt 3ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY 1z C GIF ELECTRICAL CONTR. (TYP.) 3 ALt 3 MP 7 7 7 7 3 — — — — —T.O.F. A5 .....20• p•TC,p, A6 A21' 9"T•s,., Al A2A619'-9'T.O.F. ..�'Al - .. .:. . IN STUCCO(TYP) '... ',.:u .� ,.:" q •a - - - - - - - NEW 8'X p`o 2'-0" PRE- rx .. ,¢... .. s++.•r'. •ro W Q u FABRICATED .r _' - - m METAL CANOPY'I I ,. I z K co:W ONTRACTOR -TALLED BY7I 7IL 71 r,r d�1r. r I ,M I J e =eo LLw�wu°Di 7777777/- 7-7— Mj to RL r Y A3 AlJI AL2 A3 3 AL2 ALi — — — 6 8 — — — — — •� — 6—6 — J 3 - L — — — —MP1 4"STUCCO Alt A3 A2 AL2 A2 A3 Al °ARBYS" "PILOT" + 1"ALUMINUM REVEAL(TYP) J ACCENT BAND COLOR COLOR 22 CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH 8� T 1 C SCHEME SCHEME RESTAURANT SIGNAGE PROVIDED rfl�/1�1 B-EVA" AND INSTALLED BY OWNER. FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY A6 3/16" = 1'-0" 7 7 3 P AL1 12 1/2°V-GROOVES ELECTRICAL CONTR. (TYP.) IN STUCCO(TYP) _ 21'-9"T.O.F. .--- JOINTS(TYP) A3 A6 P2 MP1 > _ EXPANSION JOINS(1VP) - �� - � - -� - - - � _ �.- _ .� _ � � -- - AB Al E%PAN ION zo °^' �� 0' 9'T.O.F. L A5 .: �.:.n,. ...-:. _ 19' B'T.O.F. . ....,_... .. , , v , =Tj •T d —� s - - O- i1 i'a 5 5 .3 .a N Y 6_ I W 5 1.� S .�. ^N iv r M ., f' N 1 7 lu 777777777 LU OD m N I - I� I ,^ 'a 0 / / 1 z Q O \ I / J O O 9 ui w F.\\ I r. w HW Y O =. w J O C9 4- STUCCO 2 z I AL2 Al ACCENT BAND N STUCCO OW) W ~ (n J ,••J 'FLYING J" 'ARBYS" REAR ELEVATION 3 COLOR COLOR I— O W A6.2 SCHEME SCHEME O c Q L N 3 7. sIM. 23_ B•T.O.F, A5 _ PILOT EXTEFIOR LEGEND CLAW LEGEND z_ 21� 21' � a NOT USED CERAMIC TILE,ATLAS CONCORDE, pQj -9" EIXTURED 9"X38ULIVO-FINISH GHTLY 1"TICREIE COLOR; SAFETY GLASS p 19' T.O.F. SD P2 �� w/u 10' 6„ 7,_1„ 02 NOT USED LJ COLOR#35 GROUP: L;P G"SOLARBAN 60"(#2)ON}°CLEAR GLASS \ ' 18'-0'T.O.F. COLOR#38 MOCHA IL PPG�"CLFAR I- O 1 6'-O" '•'_ L SUNSET STONE-"SAGEBRUSH PATTERN W/LE TO BE 1/8 I GROUTN A JOINTS) SPACE:Q"AIR \ Lu O _.. •"-". r- .• r BEYOND LEDGE'.DRY STACK GOOSENECK u RE O C WELCOME DRIVE 3 B COLORULATED CUSS /N a EIGHT FlXN - , \ 0 I " -'-RACEWAY � •'` ® Ir "BLACK'LIGHT FIXTURE �8 WALL SCONCE , -PPG'SOLARLTAM 80'(#2)ON>)•CLEAR GLASS = fq J ^ U ql___ O mwa f00TA Lem s RACEWAY BELOW J IL PPG#•CLEAR Lu Lo awl" .v®vellmr w wN,Eo' (MOUNT ON AWNING) -o SPACE: AIR % p MARI�TPLACE LIGHT COLOR STUCCO 3" _ I I ❑5 WALL PACK MP1"NOMADIC DESERT'-SW#6107 y� O 8'-6" MP1 _N ©MARKETPLACE DARK COLOR STUCCO COLOR:ANDREL GLASS = f!I /\� _ # OL:PPG"SOLARBAN 60• 2 ON CLEAR GLASS 3 rnTg1- taxc ` ' NEW 8" X PORTOBELLO"-SW 8102 IL:PPG r CLEAR,OLDCASTLE BLACK FRR(#4) WFLcomIMoawrr x�LUNn¢,slrmlc rzrt (d) �' Q MvaL sRll WTR¢ubc v¢Irur un 2'-0" PRE- K K " �¢L '"6A0 p2 FABRICATED pyf ��/°��p�/gyp 9_2„ 001OA" mAo „ O METAL CANOPY ARO 1 S E 1 FMR LEGEND SPACE:�'MR INSTALLED BY p °"• <D sauvs -eeo$ RACEWAY BELOW ? CONTRACTOR ARSY'S DARK COLOR STUCCO ARSYS DARK COLOR STUCCO ALi CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FlNISH rmmouu w"II[iemws BT¢tl(Ylr.uAY1w[¢, (MOUNT ON AWNING) Plan Review ava¢caac,woo®wIIEr""°arelvr 'ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN'- '44 'FUNCTIONAL GRAY-SW#Toza p I��1 n Tl T� 3 A2 Al SW#2808 W/HORIZONTAL By SA F E B u i i t 1/2"V-GROOVES AT 9.O.C.(TYP, AWS FASCIA PAINT COLOR AL2 DARK BRONZE ALUMINUM FINISH p LLLIII VVU11��'Ju u ® TO MATCH DRYVIT COLOR#310ARBY W F w CUSTOM BRICK-%'GROUT 28 S STUCCO TO MATCH DRIVIT CHINA WHITE" Q F l� J d ® TEMPLATE#612 MOONLIGHT NCB Q wrol°LC°OE aT.eo sE. C ImT¢s Ix�µo a mLK1�e") GROUT QUARTZ PUTZ#101 SUPER FASCIA PAINT COLOR p nRwa^a p .¢ F WHITE DPR FINISH ® TO MATCH'ROCKWOOD DARK T�YT1 C/�C►Y1 w°w avcw cwNEr»,o .er x BROWN'-SW#2808 WALL 1 E 1 W LECE / � � TO MA LIGHT COLOR STUCCO Q��y��L T/�� ^C IL �/•��/p��IL �p/L�� ® *C MATCH OR1MT COLOR 310 71 BY SUPPLIER RED ACCENT AWNING 8'-O•, $'-5 11.2" >Iq/1LL EL�A I IVI� 4 �7m wAL.L EL vAT oN�fIa MVI1/il�1/ "CHINA WHITE' # BY SUPPLIER(ILLUMINATED OR - I. 3 si)E 7N NONILLUMINATED) TROWELED TEXTURE 4:;a'•I •}° :• MEDIUM SAND sr'w,m,��..m.�• <h - ARSYS EXTERIOR FINISH , 3/16" - 1'-0" A6 3/16° = 1'-0' AB FLOAT FINISH Ih _�, _ WALL SCONCE MEET, o ryLL�\V1 ' V NOTE N 9auMa fOtlPGF.I&20 s. `--------�-'_�."- CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL ALL JOINTS/RWEALS IN STUCCO AND TILE ONLY IN DARK STUCCO �� ryg Oise THE LOCATIONS SHOWN AND DIMENSKINED ON THE PVJIS ANY DEVIATION MuSr MEDIUM SAND LEDGE STONE _ ' p¢�[PoOTppEE L.tO i BE PRE-APPROVED IN WRITING BY FLYING J'S CORPORATE ARCHITECT, FALURF FLOAT FINISHIMOIW1Lr IWMA1m TO FOLLOW THIS WILL REMOVED. RESULT IN THE JOINTS BEING REMOV ,REINSTALLED 001¢TM I®WV/Y"III;KIT PROPERLY AND THAT AREA REFINISHED AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE WR[T. I � o MP2 1 23'-8^T.O.F. 1 ic't a a 7.4 3 P2 MPi P2 MPi P2 OVERFLOW SCUPPER,SEE EXPANSION JOINTS(TYP) DETAIL 6/A4.1 18'-0'T.O.F. , 0 m Pi - .... ..,. .. MPt5. M - :"N W A r J dZiu t.:'.�:' ,f' 1L W z w 0 00I.- \ \\ Z U w / z i"ALUMINUM REVEAL OW) 3 MP. .3 - 4 P2 3 P2 CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH DRYER VENT (TYP.) 18"X 18'WALL LOUVER - -PRE-FINISHED TO INSTALLED 4"ABOVE MATCH ADJACENT EXTERIOR DOOR FRAME STUCCO. WE E-WAMN RESTAURANT SIGNAGE PROVIDED 6.1 3/1 6" = 1'-0" 2 AND EINSTALLED LECTRICAL Y OWNER. S BYFINAL ( 3 T ELECTRICAL'CONTR. (TYP.) 7 SIM. 1/2"V_GROOVESVERTICAL lff � OVER SCUPPER,SEE IN STUCCO EXPANSION 4-0' DETAIL 6/A4.1 �) JOIMT _ A8 EXPANSION JOINTS(TYP) qb A3 A8 A5 A$ �20-9'T.OF 19 8 TOF A6 19' A.F. - .. .. - + ... INSTALLED BY OWNER. FINAL ELECTRICAL CONTR � Al AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY _ CAL (TYP.) •5'-8 1/4":.., `•14'-0" •'14'-0"�.•' .:5'-H t/4 - A2 __ �I�/ EW-8'X 2'-0' H. .: ..,.. : .. ..•. .. .. - PRE-FABRICATED METAL W G 7NL - -A7NL A7NL BY A_ A7IL T CONTRACTOPY R INSTALLED F m M ".3'-8 7/6 .`7 7 1/B"' 3 t3 7/8 CD W N 'o ® W z V :..,. .. 0 00 J p Q -- <, o wQ wui .J , Lu p � Lu !— g z A4 A8 4"STUCCO A3 AB AS A4 A8 PRE-FINISHED DRIVE-THRU Al AL2 a STUCCO ACCENT BAND CANOPY AND TIE-BACKS ACCENT BAND o nw��1 L1� �7�� PROVIDED BY OWNER. 1/2"V-GROOVES O 2 fsa71 AVf1FY�1 E-E A I IVI� INSTALLED-BY CONTRACTOR IN STucco(TYv) ��u� 1 ,1n O CD Q 6.1 3/16" = 1'-0" PILOT EXTERIOR L'EQEND ARB S EXTE WR LE<00 a N CERAMIC TILE,ATLAS CONCORDE, ❑ NOT USED ARBY'S DARK COLOR STUCCO ARBY'S DARK COLOR STUCCO EEC,RED,UUVO-FINISH:SLIGHTLY A4 TEXTURED,9°X3B'W/IATICREIE Ai "ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN'- -FUNCTIONAL GRAY'-SW/7024 Q NOT USED © PERMACOLAR GROUT: - SW j!-V- O HORIZONTAL COLOR 135 MOCHA 1/2'V-GROOVES AT 9"O.C.(TYP.) ARBY'S FASCIA PLANT COLOR (TILE TO BE LAID IN A'T JOINT" TO MATCH ARBY'S STUCCO TO MATCH DRYVff *CHINA WHHE" T COLOR/310 ❑ SUNSET STONE-'SAGEBRUSH PATTERN W/1/8'LTROIff JOINTS) 3 U DGE",DRY STACK "CUSTOM BRICK'W GROUT 26 pt ❑7 GOOSENECK LIGHT FIXTURE ® TEMPLATE#612 MOONUGHT NO ARBYS FASCIA PAINT COLORGROUT .. WHITE DPR FINISH #101 SUPER ® 70 MATCH'ROCKWOOD DARK r - ® 'BLACK'LIGHT FIXTURE ❑ ® WALL SCONCE , BROWN"-SW/2808 Z ARSY'S LIGHT COLOR STUCCO Q — MARKETPLACE LIGHT COLOR STUCCO A3 TO MATCH DRWIT COLOR/310 71 ARBY'S RED ACCENT AWNING MP1 •CHINA YW10T:' BY SUPPLIER(ILLUMINATED OR WALL PACT( NOMADIC DESERT'-SW}6107 7N NONILLUMINATED) ®P MARKETPLACE DARK COLOR STUCCO ARBY'S EXTERIOR V Z 'PORTOBELLO"-SWf6102. AS WALL SCONCE ' C a CLASS LEGEND WALL TEXTUM LEGEM _ 03 �'v': W 1'TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS ,4�U:�CI.- JQ 0 COLOR: DARK STUCCO j r LIGHT STUCCO Z OL.WG'SOLARBAN 60'(#2)ON}"CLEAR GLASS TROWELED TEXTURE - MEDIUM SAND 0 IL•PPG}'CLEAR FINISH FLOAT FINISH Z H SPACE:]•'AIR a > Q: LLW 1'INSULATED GLASS COLOR: OL'PPG"SOLARBAN 00"(#2)ON}'CLEAR GLASS DARK STUCCO " k:PPG}"CLEAR MEDIUM SAND LmGE STONE - a9 SPARE:j'AIR FLOAT FINISH - a - � W 1"SPANDREL GLASS COLOR: F LLI OL•PPG'SOIARBAN SO'&2)ON}"CLEAR GLASS IL-PPG}"CLEAR,OLDCAST E BLACK FRT(#4) a SPACE:j-AIR O anluuu.:a�anl ALt CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH Fl40"` 17 Q DARK BRONZE ALUMINUM FINISH p Plan Review SHEET: NOTE By SAFEBuilt CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL ALL JOINTS/REVEALS IN STUCCO AND TILE ONLY IN THE LOCATIONS SHOWN AND DIMENSIONED ON THE PLANS. ANY DEVIATION MUST BE PRE-APPROVED IN WRITING BY FLYING XS CORPORATE ARCHITECT. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS WILL RESULT IN THE JOINTS BEING REMOVED,REINSTALLED A6, 1 PROPERLY AND THAT AREA REFINISHED AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE NOTE CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL ALL JOINTS/ReVEALS IN STUCCO AND TILE ONLY IN ^ >.~`�- THE LOCATIONS SHOWN AND DIMENSIONED ON THE PLANS. ANY DEVIATION MUST a " BE PRE-APPROVED IN WRITING BY PILOT'S CORPORATE ARCHITECT. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS WILL RESULT IN THE JOINTS BEING REMOVED, REINSTALLED PROPERLY AND THAT AREA REFINISHED AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE IA m 32'-2 7/6" 7 Z O of OVERALL W W 10-7 1/2" 00 5_0• 5_p• 5_0• 6-7 1/2' UGHTS Z K y COPING TO BE Q of 2 n PAINTED SAME-. J IL W Z w u°Di 9'-1 1/2" COLOR AS STUCCO LL o O 1- J w _—_ _ _ _—_ ,o Q uj J co .. N 2 W-J ao Jwlo •. .,.: ..: -.. ! ..rye c� m : -ul'oloyI �4, o : 1 :.':..:.'•':' 777777 LIGHTS - - _p 3/4" a. slcN 8'-1 1/2" 20'-0' 4'-1 1/2' TT EXPANSION JOINTS 8'-1 1/2' 4'-1 1/2' + 1"ALUMINUM REVEAL (TYP) EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE CONTINUOUS VERTICAL JOINTS MIN.3/16'WDE FLLED WTH LATASIL CAULK TO MATCH GROUT CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH W J M Z mN 1 FAONT REVEAL 2 FRONT EXPANSION JOINT DIMENSK 1� LE LU Z a 6.2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 6.2 SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" Q z� W a3 � is�W wo 0 b Y K ~ U) J w ~O Qw _J N ovERnu 18._3" Fo SIGN 9'-2" ucHTs 5,_6" 5._O• 7,_9. 10'yEM(ryp . PROVIDED 81.OWNMI . Q 4'VENTS(T(P.)TO BE PRE-FINISHED TO MATCH . PROVIDED BY OWNER, STUCCO.INSTALLED BY PRE-FINISHED TO MATCH CONTRACTOR W WOI;DUNTRAC'fOR INSTALLED BY Z in 4 dt Z :0 ORin t. W O •o '�' NOTE ADJUST STONE Oa, a 1 { r AND OR SILL AS REQUIRED 0I o `. c .y // �: i i - FOR A'FLUSH Flf AROUNO d ;D '� DRYER VENTS IF NEEbED 3 Ix fV 4 / '// SIGN 8-0" 10-3" EXPANSION JOBITS -K-EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE CONTINUOUS VERTICAL JOINTS MIN.3/16"WIDE,FILLED WITH LATASIL CAULK TO MATCH GROUT _ � Z7i 3 REAR EXPANSION JOWT DIMENSIONS PUBLIC DRYER VENT LAYOUT DETAL C1 JANITOR DRYER VENT LAYOUT DETAL - SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' _ 6.2 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 6. SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-O" SHEET: Plan Review A6.2 By SAFEBuilt �^O C� CQ Q . a� ca 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD W/1WO-PLY JUMB FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE 1 0 TE%PAPER&METAL LATH SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER 14 r 14 FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE A8 \ FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE EXPEND FLASHING MIN. ON VERTICAL AND :19 SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER �� -Z;]y SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER 12"UP WALL CAULK ALL SLOPE SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) \ FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD 1 ` FIRE RFTARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD SEAMS AND EDGES -� ON VERTICAL AND ON VERTICAL AND 1/2"EXT.GRADE SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD SYNTHETIC STONE-DRY ' 1/2°EXT.GRADE FIRE ET.GRADE ZUA 'I STACK(SEE ELEVATIONS) 3 5/8"STUD WALL BRACING ,( FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD t FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD W O N ® 16"O.C.(TYP.) Z METAL COPING AND FLASHING. 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TREAT 3 5/8"STUD WALL BRACING 3 5/8"STUD WALL BRACING ` It 19 W 3 5/e"20 GA. PLYWOOD WRE PLY ® IS-O.C.(TYP.) ` ®16.0.0.(TYP.) r a H Z EXTEND METAL OVER TOP OF J d QQ CONT. JUMBO TEX PAPER \ •\ W Z �ppp BUILDOUT.OVERLAP AND • �L. W Y1 CAULK ALL SEAMS. FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE & L T 3 5/8"20 GA 3 5/B"20 GA. G 0 F h SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER SYNTHETIC STONE-DRY CONT. 1 CONT. I.-Z FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD STACK(SEE ELEVATIONS) FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE C O W' ON VERTICAL AND SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TREATED SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER .J W 3 5/e°METAL 6"METAL STUD WALL W/ FION VERTICAL ANDRE RErARTANT PLYWOOD ONFIREVERTICAL AND RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD d C'�+0 FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE PLYWOOD W/TWO-PLY STUD FRAMING 6"BATT INSULATION JUMBO TEX PAPER 0 SYSTEM OVER RIGID 1p SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) &METAL LATH SLOPED SURFACES TYP INSULATION(TYP.)SEE ROOF TYPICAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS CENTER ANY SEAMS IN 12 FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE FASCIA ON CENTER OF PLAN FOR INSULATION THICKNESS WINDOWS SYSTEM OVER RIGID SYSTEM.OVER RIGID EXTEND FLASHING MIN. METAL DECK-SEE 12"UP WALL CAULK ALL INSULATION (TYP.)SEE ROOF INSULATION(IYP.)SEE ROOF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SEAMS AND EDGES PLAN FOR INSULATION THICKNESS PLAN FOR INBUIIAATION THICKNESS METAL COPING AND FLASHING PAINTED TO MATCH DARK p STUCCO(SEE ELEVATIONS). . 6"METAL STUD WALL w/ ° p EXTEND METAL OVER TOP OF p 6"BATT INSULATION BUILDOUT.OVERLAP AND • \ CAULK ALL SEAMS. TYPICAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS BLOCKING AS BLOCKING AS BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT REQUIRED TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM REQUIRED TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM TREATED PLYWOOD SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED DETAILS GOOSENECK LIGHT 1 DETAILS DETAILS ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM W/ FIXTURE 1"SPANDREL GLASS ABOVE AWNING PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER-SED INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3036 FSK OR INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3035 FSK OR INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3035 FSK OR EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE ATTACH TO VERTICAL STEEL INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR / INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR MEMBER BEYOND FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION (CONTRACTOR'S FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) 12 TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) SI 73'-0° 13'-0"A.F.F. 13'-0°A.F.F. BRG.HGT. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEETS BRG.HOT. BRG. T. 7$1 FOR AWNING ATTACHMENTDETAILS HHS-SEE STRUCTURAL HHS-SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DRAWINGS STEEL BEAM -SEE J M z STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS m N W 0 O 11'-0"A.F.F. Z N __'____'7ACO 10'-0 3/4" 1'-6" Q B.O.S. GRID-CAL TILE CEILING& ^' Z I O a2 o Q � GRID-SEE FINISH SCHEDUL _ E J O W d ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING& 10'-0'A.F.F. } Z GRID-SEE FINISH SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS 1/2"FIRE w 3'-9 1/2" PLYWOOD TREATED 3j W V, O 1 PLYWOOD SHEATHING- i ,^ WRAP UNTEL W/1/2"FIRE HEAVY UR TRACK-SEE SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS N V RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD STRUCTURAL DWGS. FOR SHEAR WALL DETAILS ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING Q AND SHEET ALUMINUM TO MATCH &GRID-SEE FINISH L Z STOREFRONT `' F2 3/4"FIRE RETARTANT ATLS CONCORDE- SCHEDULE N J METAL STUD BOX LINTEL-SEE AM1.1 TREATED PLYWOOD SHIM ETIC"UUVO"(SLIGHTLY STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS TEXTURED FINISH) CERAMIC TILE w/ O Q j LATICRETE PERMACOLOR CID ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM W/ ' GROUT:COLO35 N R#1"INSULATING GLASS MOCHA(1/8°JOINTS) A LATICREa TE 3701 FORTIFIED MORTAR MORTAR BED w/2 LAYERS OF LAO 254 WOpLENS' HYDRO BAN AND cElf PLATINUM THIN SETT F9 SYNTHETIC STONE- DRY •1 FRONT SARTI�A ( ) VESTIBULE VAPOR BARRIER STACK SEE ELEVATIONS ® Z m vo 6"METAL STUD tQq BRACING(TYP.) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR 6"METAL STUD W O O 1/2-FIRE RETARTANT d a TREATED PLYWOOD W/TWO-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPER = co &METAL LATH NOTE:STUD FRAMING IS TO W BE SET 1/2"BACK FROM G 0 FACE OF STEM WALL TO EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HALF 2'-0" ALLOW SHEATHING TO(T r 0 FLUSH W/CONCRETE(TYP.) m SADDLE THRESHOLD MIN.RIGID INSUL. Ti TILE FLOOR&BASE FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED 1/2"PREMOLDED EXPANSION SEE FINISH 2'-0" JOINT FILLER 11 SCHEDULE MAINTAIN 2"CLEAR(MIN.) MAINTAIN 2"CLEAR(MIN.) a FROM SIDEWALK SEE DETAIL MIN.RIGID INSUL FROM SIDEWALK SEE DETAIL Q w \ 10 AB " 10/AB 2'-0" TURN-DDWN SLAB-TYPICAL / 2"RIGID INSULATION S AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS W/VAP R BARRIER MIN.RIGID INSUL pp yQ 2"RIGID INSULATION � 2"RIGID INSULATION 78LOPE W/VAPOR BARRIER ITT W/VAPOR BARRIER 8"WIDE 72 GAUGE - .� PAINTGNIP GALVNANIZED W cp FLASHING-P NT TO F W MATCH ADJACENT STUCCO .° N a F a CRETE CONCRETE STEM WALL m CON STEM N'L -IL, 12"CONCRETE STEM WALL q n m iV CRUSHED STONE I. CRUSHED STONE CRUSHED STONE an ew BASE z , BASE z BASE z ..mn..., CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF. :°� S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF• _.� S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF. Plan Review SHEET: By SAFEBuilt 1 WALL SECTION z WALL SECTION 3 WALL SECTION A ■ V SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-O" A7 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" A7 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" I r7r y' L' �L Cis OWE ~ qg FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE o. SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER 22 GAUGE PAINTGRIP GALVANIZED STEEL 22 GAUGE PAINTGRIP GALVANIZED STEEL •` FIRE REFARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD FORMED METAL COPING w/CONTINUOUS FORMED METAL COPING W/CONTINUOUS / SLOP ON VERTICAL AN O CLEATS-PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT STUCCO CLEATS-PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT STUCCO SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) COPING PROFILE TO BE SMACNA FIGURE 3-9 COPING PROFILE TO BE SMACNA FIGURE 3-9 DO NOT PENETRATE TOP OF COPING pp N07 PENETRATE TOP OF COPING . 1/2•EXT.GRADE FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD 2x WOOD CAP BLOCKING 2x WOOD CAP BLOCKING pp 3 5 8"STUD WALL BRACING RIPPED TO SLOPE FOR RIPPED TO SLOPE FOR 'F RIPP T-SLOPE DRAINAGE-ANCHOR \ /• 99 O 16"O.C.(TYP.) W/WOOD SCREWS AT 48"O.C. 15 W/WOOD SCREWS AT 48"O.C. T2 p 3 5/8.20 G4. FASCIA IS TO BE BUILT EXTEND ROOFING a EXTEND ROOFING NT UP W/SOLID RIGID TO TOP OF TO TOP OF fY t7J ARBY'S STUCCO TO MATCH DRYVT GO FOAM(TYP.) 3 E PARAPET(TIP. / SL PE PARAPET a h Z n "CUSTOM BRICK*�6"GROUT 28 pt. FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE 1/2" 1/2' J d a 2 0 TEMPLATE#612 MOONLIGHT NCB SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD LL C O F GROUT QUARTZPUTZ/101 SUPER FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD WHITE DPR FINISH ON VERTICAL AND SLOPED SURFACES(IYP) I"1 FULLY ADHERED ' T..I FULLY ADHERED PI-2 W rd MEMBRANE SYSTEM(TYP.) MEMBRANE SYSTEM(TYP.) O 0Lu D RANE SYSTEM OVER RIGID METAL DECK-SEE J w J INSULATION ))SEE ROOF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS \ METAL DECK D SEE W h 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PIAP!FOR IN""TION 7HICKNESs STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS a p 2 PLYWOOD W/1WO-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPER&METAL LATH METAL DECK-SEE Y STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARBY'S DARK COLOR STUCCO ARB1"S DARK COLOR STUCCO ' "ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN'- -ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN"- SW#2808 W/HORIZONTAL SW#2808 W/HORIZONTAL 1/2'V-GROOVES AT 9.O.C.(IYP.) 1/2"V-GROOVES AT 9"O.C.(TYP.) "I • W W TW BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM ' TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS I SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS I SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED ^ IN, FOR REQUIRED DETAILS � � DETAILS oErMLs PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED i/2•FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSEDPROVIDE VAPOR INSULATION-ALL SURFACES ACES O FTH OR PLYWOOD W/TW'O-PLY JUMBO INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3035 FSK OR PLYWOOD W/iWOiPLY JTUMBOD INSULATION-LAMTEC RR-30355 F•SK OR ED EQUIVALENT ALL SURFACES OF THE TEX PAPER&METAL LATH EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE TEX PAPER A MEAL LATH EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR FLMAE SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING 1 OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) Al TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) .� 13 BR 13'-0' BRG.FIGT. BRG.HG7. G.H(Tf. STEEL BEAM-SEE STEEL BEAM-SEE HHS-SEE STRUCTURAL STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS DRAWINGS METAL COPING AND FLASHING. Y T__-� I I'-6"A.F.F. METAL COPING AND FLASHING. i Y --i 11'-6•AF.F. METAL COPING AND PLASHING, i IryI[ 19'-8"A.F. W EXTEND METAL OVER TOP OF `�I -i EXTEND METAL OVER TOP OF `�I-- EXTEND METAL OVER TOP OF `11-- I• M a BUILDOUT.OVERLAP AND �� BUILDOUT.OVERLAP AND �j BUILDOUT.OVERLAP AND pi Z J N rj \ CAULK ALL SEAMS. - I i CAULK ALL SEAMS. Y n q3/4' �_ Y� � 2x PRESSURE ? CAULK ALL SEAMS. e m 10' 0. Z IV i t Z_ TV Y I Tv B.O.S. Y� TREATED BLOCKING YI 2x PRESSURE 0) ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING& ___ TREATED BLOCKING 0 GRID-SEE FINISH SCHEDULE Y[-_. It a .I S .I-- J W • 2x PRESSURE TREATED BLOCKING g HEAVY GA TRACK SEE PRE-FABRICATED METAL CANOPY-/ ---- � PRE-FABRICATED METAL CANOPY�--- Q� Z - STRUCTURAL DWGS. . Q4 Y PRE-FABRICATED METAL CANOPY w'I Lu Lu li O ,^ F2 3/4"FIRE REI'N2TAM a+ LL V METAL STUD BOX LINTEL-SEE A1.1 TREATED PLYWOOD SHIM z STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM W/ i O C 1'INSULATING GLASS I - 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TREATEDPLYWOOD J 0 JUMBO TEX PAPER PLY A N A METAL LATH ii ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM W/ °I 1"INSULATING GLASS i� SIDE SEATING ARSYS LIGHT COLOR STUCCO DINING VESTIBULE AREA DINING ® ® TO MATCH DRWIT COLOR#310 AR1 0 "CHINA WHITE• a z� c SLOPE STUCCO AS REO'D I SLOPE STUCCO AS REQ'D — ARBY'S DARK COLOR STUCCO I�! ARBYS DARK DOLOR STUCCO C.1 Y a "ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN"- iv "ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN'- SW/2S08 W/HORIZONTAL SW/28OS W/HORIZONTAL � p ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM W/ 1/2"V-GROOVES AT B"O.C.(TYP.) 1/2'V-GROOVES AT 9'O.C.(TYP.) O d 1"INSULATING GLASS - IL K EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HALF SADDLE THRESHOLD , Z 2'-0' Vs N ? N p Q 1/2'PREMOLDED EXPANSION ! MIN.RIGID INSUL TILE FLOOR A:BASE FODU DATI�OT DRIP SCREED FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED _ m y SEE FINISH NTMN 2 CLEAR IMIN.� - NTMN2CLEARZIdIN.T j JOINT FILLER j •� SCHEDULE 1 O FROM SIDEWALK SEE DETAIL d �pM S yAgL,K SEE DETAIL 111 •` TURN-DOWN SLAB-TYPICAL `m ~ 1O/A8 - - 2-Q' a 10/AB - - 2•_p^ 0' i AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS a MIN.RIGID INSUL w MIN.RIGID INSUL 20... ! 2"RIGID INSULATION 2'RIGID INSULATION W 2'RIGID INSULATION pp _-JA y W m 12"CONCRETE STEM WALL 'I sa CONCRETE STEM WALL CONCRETE STEM WALL Q In Q f p CRUSHED STONE CRUSHED STONE a 8 CRUSHED STONE a O i0 BASE 3 BASE i BASE i � CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET SI FOR SIZE AND REINF. S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF. ' ..,,,",r w S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF. •• .�: ..ti .'.:' Plan Review BT#BT:MEET: By SAFEBuilt i WALL SECTION 2 WALL SECTION 3 WALL SECTION A7ml `II�j SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3/4' = 1-0" �•� SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" Gam' ro� 22 GAUGE PAINTGRIP GALVANIZED STEEL 22 GAUGE PAINTGRIP GALVANIZED STEEL FORMED METAL COPING w/CONTINUOUS FORMED METAL COPING w CONTINUOUS a' CLEATS-PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT STUCCO CLEATS-PAINT TO MA19 ADJACENT STUCCO COPING PROFILE TO BE SMACNA FIGURE 3-9 22 GAUGE PAINTGRIP GALVANIZED STEEL COPING PROFILE TO BE SMACNA FIGURE 3-9 DO NOT PENETRATE TOP OF COPING FORMED METAL COPING W/CONTINUOUS DO NOT PENETRATE TOP OF COPING 2z WOOD CAP BLOCKING CLEATS-PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT STUCCO RIPPED TO SLOPE FOR COPING PROFILE TO BE SMACNA FIGURE 3-9 2x WOOD CAP BLOCKING 15 r DRANAGE-ANCHOR DO NOT PENETRATE TOP OF COPING 15 �_ RDRAINAAIPPEDTO SANCN RR 6 w/WOOD SCREWS AT 48"O.C. RI WOOD CAP BLOCKING �� w/WOOD SCREWS AT 45`O.C. SL E DRAINAGE-PPED TO SANCHOR LOPE R S E ,,7^ H M W/WOOD SCREWS AT 45"O.C. V W<W FASCIA IS TO BE BUILT ' z a 1 UP W/SOLD RIGID KUJI FOAM(TYP.) S E / J a Q Y EXTEND ROOFING ` Z OJ F'� SIONAOE-PROVIDED BY \ TO TOP OF M� OWNER-INSTALLED BY PARAPET(TYP.) O a m J CONTRACTOR-CONTRACTOR EXTEND ROOFING J TO COORDINATE w/ T/2`IXT.GRADE TO TOP OF Q J ELECTRICAL FOR FINAL RE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD - PARAPET(TYPO a p CONNECTIONS-PROVIDE 1/2 BLOCKING AS REQUIRED BLOCKING FOR FIRE LOTTO GRADE 1/2•FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD 1W EXTEND ROOFING Tb TOP OF SICNAGE 0-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPER T BLOCKING AS BLOCKING AS PARAPET(TYP,) L,LFULLY R SLOPE REQUIRED FOR SLOPE 1/2'EXT,GRADE FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD ED ARBYS LIGHT COLOR STUCCO FULLY ADHERED ARBY'S DARK COLOR STUCCOYSTEM(TYPO) TO MATCH DRYNT COLR#310 MEMBRANE SYSTEM(TYP.) "ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN'- 3'-0' "CHINA WHITE" SW/2808 W/HRIZNTAL-SEE METAL DECK-EE 1/2"V-GROOVES AT 9"O.C.(1YPJ FUMAREDPoGMID BRANSDRAWINGS STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS INSULATION ))EE ROOF ARBYS DARK COLOR STUCCO PLAN FOR 5ULATION THICKNESS "ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN"- SW�280B W/HORIZONTAL ' 1/2"V-GROOVES AT 9"O.C.(TYP.) i / R D STUCCO-3/8"SCRATCH COAT a - TWb-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPER PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED 3/8"BROWN COAT\3/16"FINISH METAL DECK-REFER TO &.METAL LATH INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3035 FSK OR EQUIVALENT. COAT(TYPICAL) _ STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ALL SURFACES OF THE INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION ROOF DRAIN-REFER TO io (CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/ QUANTITY&TYPE(TYPO) n BACKING TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 26) PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR r h PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER _� 13'-0" LAMTEE R-3038 FSK OR ,L RR.O" EQUIVALENT.ALL INSULATION- OFOSED SURFACES G.HGT. RG.HG7. PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED HGT OF THE INSULATION ARE TO PRE-FABRICATED CANOPY EQUIVALENT.ALL URFACES OF THHE R METAL CANOPY PE-BACK BLOCKING FOR INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR HHS-SEE STRUCTURAL SPREAD (CONTRACTO 3 OPTION TO LL 11 II OPTION SPREADO SEpIN INSULATION ON W/BACKING TO MEET FLAME SPREAD IN 1 T OHS-S USE INSULATION PT BACKING W 1 [--71 TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) ) (V' i 4 EXPANSION JOINT J N ( ICAL) TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM Z m N Y1 �'• Q SEE SPECIFICS SUPPLIERS W co al II IN � INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED EXPANSION JOINT o DETAIL Z (TYPICAL) a J Z -� a O 12 J , Lu 9'-6"AF.F. Q j 3'-0 1/4" � 9'-e"A.F.F. � 9'-e"A.F.F. `U W O N .W 6"METAL STUD WALL w/ R 8'METAL STUD WALL W/ 5 uJ Y 10'-0"CLEARANCE FOR I 6"BATT INSULATION 8"BATT INSULATION () o Z DRIVE-THRU CANOPY ip TYPICAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS TYPICAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS 6 8"METAL STUD WALL W/ GRIDS-SEE ACOCALiLING FINISH ILE ISCHE SCHEDULE 8"BATT INSULATION TYPICAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TREATED O <O Q PLYWOOD W/7y/p-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPE J N 1/2"FIRE REGRTANT TREATED &METAL LAiX PLYWOOD W 0-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPER ^ &METAL L� 1.� ARSYS DARK COLOR STUCCO •ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN`- SWt2808 W/HORIZONTAL DR®T g S 1/2"V-GROOVES AT 9'D.C.".) PREP HRU ®p ARa DRIVE-THRU WINDOW I.- 6 G 0 t"z o_ 3 W BUILD-OUT ARBYS DARK COLOR STUCCO DARK STUCCO COLOR ROCKWOOD DARK BROWN"- iv SLOPE AS REQ'D W 2 SW�2B08 W/HORIZONTAL \ Q 1/2"V-GROOVES AT 9"O.C.(TYP.) a a 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD W/TWO-PLY J O FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED m JUMBO TEX PAP ARBYS DARK COLOR STUCCO MAINTAIN 2"CLEAR(MIND &METAL LATH FUNCTIONAL GRAY"-SW#7024 FROM SIDEWALK SEE DETAIL O c FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED \ FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED 1O/AS m MAINTAIN 2"CLEAR(MIN.) •� FROM SIDEWALK SEE DETAIL j d MAINTAIN 2"CLEAR(MIN.) NOTE:STUD FRAMING IS TO 1O/A8 FROM SIDEWALK SEE DETAIL BE ET 1/2"BACK FROM 4' 2-0' 10/AB 2'-0" FACE OF STEM WALL TO 2-0" MIN.RIGID INSUL MIN.RIGID INS ALLOW SHEATHING TO BE • MIN.RIGID INSUL FLUSH W/CONCRETE(TYP.) 2"RIGID INSULATION - 2"RIGID INSULATION - --2'RI,ID INSULATION 00 ?? _— — W" w o x" CONCRETE STEM WALL r§ CONCRETE STEM WALL 1 CONCRETE STEM WALL Q c Q o CRUSHED STONE CRUSHED STONE CRUSHED STONE o BASE a BASE i BASE ia——— i a �. CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET • •` CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET CON '• CORSETS FOOTING SEE SHEET S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF. •� •. •� �,:�.Y .. 51 FOR SIZE AND RENF. • .�: „ti•, •.•,, � St FOR SIZE AND RdNF. ; PlanSHEET: Review BY SAFEBuilt WAIN SECTION 2 WALL 3 WALL SECTION A7,2 C• SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 7.2 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" xti 14 14 14 Q, 2� \ FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE \ FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE -2-�� SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER a 111 IRECTLY OVER FlRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD _�� \ FIRE RETSYSTEM ARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD SLOPE _�. ON VERTICAL AND SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) ON VERTICAL AND SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) / - •' 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TRE9 ED 1 1/2"EXT.GRADE PLYWOOD*,1m-PLY 1/2"EXT.GRADE FIRE ' , FlRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD JUMBO TIX PAPER RETAR Z,TREATED PLYWOOD SYNTHETIC STONE-DRY G • &METAL LATH STACK(SEE ELEVATIONS) / m 3 8/8"STUD WALL BRACING sYNTHERC STONE-DRY 7 F q O 18b.C,(TYP.) STACK(SEE ELEVATIONS) 3 8/8'STUD WALL BRACING \ 0 W j3 MD Q W O 18"O.C.(1YP.) 1/2'FIRE RETARTANT \ Q 8"METAL STUD WALL W/ \ Q TREATED PLYWOOD W/ -"� Z g 0 GG m 20 GA. 6"BATT INSULATION TWO-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPER R' W CONE "i TYPICAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS 330%8"20 GA. N &METAL LATH J a N z ir °D EXTEND FLASHING MIN. NT I LM W FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANELL.1/2"FIRE RETARDANT TREATED SYSTIDA DIRECTLY OVER 12"UP WALL.CAULK ALL FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE v Im Q F PLYWOOD w/TWO-PLY FIR RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD SEAMS AND EDGES SYSTEM DIRECTLY OVER EMEND ROOFING TO TOP OF Z J LLI JUMBO TEX PAPER FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD EXTEND FLASHING MIN, PARAPET &METAL LATH ON VERTICAL AND SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) METAL COPING AND FLASHING. ON VERTICAL AND SLOPED SURFACES(TYP) 12"UP WALL.CAULK ALL P') 0 Q O J EXTEND METAL OVER TOP OF 12 PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER J to N c FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE BUILDOUT.OVERLAP AND SEAMS AND EDGES AS OVER EXPOSED INSULATION- W V)r FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE 1 2'EXT.GRADE ac SYSTEM OVER RIGID CAULK ALL SEAMS. SYSTEM OVER RIGID LAMTEC R-3038 FSK OR a I. INSULATION SEE ROOF / OF THE INSULATION ARE TO Z 1 INSULATION(TYP.)SEE ROOF g(7yypp)) METAL COPING AND FLASHING. FlRE RETARTANT EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES PLAN FOR INSUlLAA710N THICKNESS / PUN FOR INSULATION THICKNESS EXTEND METAL OVER TOP OF TREATED PLYWOOD Y CALK AL OVERLAP AND BE COVERED FOR FLAME CAULK ALL SEAMS.-- SPREAD PROTECTION I (CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING METAL STUD WALL W/ 6 3% -0'S"METAL--�. TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) " a+ STU 6" A INSULATION ° S FRAMING 3' M. \ ° FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE TYPICALL AT EXTERIOR WALLS BLOCKING AS SYSTEM OVER RIGID REQUIRED TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM BLOCKING AS I INSULATION(T1'P•1 SEE ROOF SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS SIGNAGE-PROVIDED REQUIRED TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM PUN FOR INSULATION THICKNESS INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED •j BY OWNER-INSTALLED SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS CENTER ANY SEAMS IN DETAILS Y BY CONTRACTOR- INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED FASCIA ON CENTER OF \ \ CONTRACTOR COORDINATE DETAILS WINDOWS TOP OF TRUSS •\ PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED ELECTRICAL FOR FINAL I VARITB INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3038 FSK OR CONNECTIONS-PROVIDE °� METAL DECK-REFER TO EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED o ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM w/ INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR PROVIDE A 2'-0"X 10'-0' I -- STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S ACCESS IN ANY SHEATHING/GYP. n i"SPANDREL GLASS ABOVE AWNING OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING BOARD IN THIS AREA FOR SIGN SEE STRUCTURAL SHEETS ROOF DRAIN-REFER TO 70 MEET FLAME SPREAD 28) CONNECTIONS ATTACH TO VERTICAL STEEL FORRAILS AAWNING ATTACHMENT PPLUMBING QUANTITY&Dt�NC�R MEMBER BEYOND 13'-0"A.F.F. 13'-0'A.F.F. BRG. HGT. BRG HOT DRAWINGS STRUCTURAL HHS-SEE STRUCTURAL 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM DRAWINGS TREATED PLYWOOD STEEL BEAM-SEE SEE NOR SPECIFIC FOR REQUIRED STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS INFOIlB PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED W G INSULATION-UMTEC R-3038 FSK OR �I L� > M Y EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE Tn r a INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR o Z J N .i "I 11'-0'A.F.F. FUME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S m N N 1'-6" _ -__= OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING g co �LU co 1 TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 28) o V Z O3 10'-0"A.F.F. 11.1 • 0 z Q AB ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING& 0 GRID-SEE FINISH SCHEDULE J Q LL" ACOUSTIGLL TILE CEILING TYP. o B.o.S, J ,o W Z _-_ &GRID-SEE FINISH W Y O SCHEDULE ,i - y �QJ 3'-B 1/2' HEAVY GA.TRACK-SEE L,fi 0 o i"ALUMINUM REVEAL. / WRAP LINTEL W/ 1/2"FIRE STRUCTURAL DWCS. Z RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD VI J AND SHEET ALUMINUM 70 MATCH 3/4"FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD SHIM o O STOREFRONT F2 VAPOR BARRIER ETAL STUD BOX LINTEL-SEE 0 0 STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 1 a• 8"METAL STUD ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM w/ N PU LIC � BRACING(rrPJ 1"INSULATING GLASS LAU�RY LOT SYNTHETIC STONE-DRY 8"METAL STUD FB STACK SEE ELEVATIONS) ELECTRICAL � � 1/2"FIRE RETARDANT ao TREATED PLYWOOD w/TWO-PL JUMBO TEX PAP &METAL LATH F� - Z� so - CONTINUOUS 1//2"FIRE o RETARDANT TRE4TED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR PLYWOOD SHEATHING- SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWING FOR SHEAR WALL DETAILS NOTE:STUD FRAMING IS TO BE SET 1/2"BACK FROM _ IL FACE OF STEM WALL TO ALLOW SHEATHING TO BE FLUSH W/CONCRETE(TYP.) - y EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HALF 2'-0• J W SADDLE THRESHOLD -J G MIN.RIGID INSUL FOUNDATION CROP SCREW - FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED Q MAINTAIN 2"CLEAR(MIN.) = MAINTAIN 2'CLEAR MIN- 2-O" 1/2"PREMOLDED EXPANSION T1 TILE FLOOR&BASE FROM SIDEWALK SEED NL - FRS FINISH OM SIDEWALK SEE(DE7AIL MIN. RIGID INSUL. JOINT FILLER SCHEDULE N 2'-0' 10/A8 -- r2"RIGID INSULATION TURN-DOWN SLAB-TYPICAL MIN. RIGID INSUL �+ W/V BARRIER AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS 0 b 2"RIGID INSULATION N y� 2•RIGID INSULATION WIDE 22 GAUGE W/VAPOR BARRIER \' iSLOpf W/VAPOR BARRIER 8' PANTGRIP GALVANIZED �' q' �T'-^�.•'A I -- - PUSHING-PAINT TO J .? • •' .6 �r 77 MATCH ADJACENT STUCCO '•° <•, J 8 0 •2:-2t ,� W CONCRETE STEM WALL 01 CONCRETE STEM WALL 0 G F• 1{I -CRUSHED STONE N Tv$ 12'CONCRETE STEM WALL o a F BASE i ±v' CRUSHED SANE CRUSHED STONE N a +y• BASE i CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET •. St FOR SIZE AND RDNF. • A. TING SEE SHEET S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF. i .ti • CONCRETESI FOR OSIZE AND R INF. °y, ,, "a"."'°".•"•"� .. ° Plan Review By SAFEBuilt SHEET: WALL SON o way 3 WALJ-sw„ON A7,3 Z3 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" /•3 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-C" 7.3 SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" V r o m u' 22 GAUGE PAINTGRIP GALVANIZED STEEL FORMED METAL COPING w/CONTINUOUS CLEATS-PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT STUCCO COPING PROFILE TO BE SW14A FIGURE 3-9 p1 DO NOT PENETRATE TOP2. OF COPING ' F R RIPPED TO SLOPED CAP FOR BLOCKING V 2 Q 0)m DRAINAGE-ANCHOR z F Q'0)oAfpI w/WOOD SCREWS AT 48'O.C. to W FASCIA IS TO BE BUILT 4 J IL Q y FOAM(TYP.)D RIGID E TO TOP ROOFING 7.4 �LU O Lu.m.S P PARAPET(TYP.) 1 2:12 TIP. F=J W Imo 1/2`D(T.TIRADE -___;:ET EXTENDNG 70 TOP OF Ai O O O-i FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD ) a 1f2"EXT.GRADE J W w X n BLOCKING AS T TREATED PLYWOOD T.O.PU7E FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD a p Y REQUIRED FOR SLOPE DARK COLOR STUCCO- FULLY ADHERED SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE SYSTEM(TYP.) COLOR REQUIREMENTS NEMBRANE SYSTEM(TYPJFULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE METAL DECK-SEE SYSTEM OVER RIGID METAL DECK-SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS t INSULATIONC17P.•)SEE ROOFSTRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PUN FOR iNSULuADON THICKNESSTOP OF TRUSSVAIESTOP OF TRUSSTOPFTRUSSV TES VARIES METAL DECK-SEE 1 _---- STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT ROOF DRAIN-REFER TO TREATED PLYWOOD w/TWO-PLY PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR JUMBO TIX PAPER QUANTITY d�ME(IM.) d<METAL LATH 13'-0` 13-0" HGT• SRG.HI BRG.NGT. PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED BRG. INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3035 FSK OR EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR HHS-SEE STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S — — — DRAWINGS DETAILS PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3035 FSK OR EXPANSION JOINT TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) EXPANSION JOINT BRACE:SEE EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE DRAWINGS INSULATION ARE TO BE COVERED FOR (TYPICAL) (TYPICAL) F'ORUSPECRIFICATIONS(TYP.) FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED TO MEET FUME SPREAD 2S) W 0 INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3035 FSK OR J M iv 2v EQUIVALENT.ALL SURFACES OF THE INSULA71ON ARE TO BE COVERED FOR Z m N FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S W �eV EXPANSION JOINT 3 EXPANSION JOINT OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING (TYPICAL) 9'-6"A.F.F. (TYPICAL) TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) ,+ Z M CEILING TILE S"z6"(DIAGONAL PATTERN) V O Q o O ON 5/8"CEMENT BD.MOUNTED ON 18 J Z J 3 o GAUGE STUDS®12"O.C.,SUSPENDED J >" Z 6"METAL SKID WALL W/ FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE(SEE FINISH O W IL 6"BATT INSULATION SCHEDULE ON SHEET A1.3) Q F' o TYPICAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS - - W Y O N 0d Z_ 1/2°FIRE RETARTANT TREATED LIGHT COLOR STUCCO- PLYWOOD w/iWO-PLY JUMBO SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LL N J TIX PAPER g METAL LATH COLOR REQUIREMENTS r O w O Q STUCCO-3/8"SCRATCH COAT 3/8'BROWN COAT\3/16'FINISH SECURITY GUARDS BOTH 0 N COAT(TYPICAL) FSIDES ROM OF LADDERLDED To DED STEEL GRATE STUCCO-3/B'SCRATCH COAT 3/8'BROWN COAT\3/16'FINISH _ COAT('TYPICAL) J ITOR BUILD-OUT AL STUD BAIT CLEAN,PRLMEER,A!D PAINT. U DRY .INSULATION TYPICAL AT o 17 EXTERIOR WALLS ONLYLS AT ! SH ER PROVIDE 46"CEMENT SH��q�Wq FJ2 < 'a WALLS TOBOARD RECEIVE .ALL � L'J F15 TILE-SEE DETAILS 3%"BUILD-OUT ON A9.3. O SLOPE STUCCO AS REQ'D DARK STUCCO COLOR Q .) SLOPE AS REq'D SECURITY DATE FABRICATED Z FROM DLPANED STEEL GRATE STEEL FRAME WALL TILE 12"X24"(TYP)(SEE WW%LTHREED ENINGES AND HASP o Q FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A1.3) r 1/2"FIRE RETARTANi 1/2'FIRE RETARTANT TREATED CLEAN,D RIIMER,AN GATE O LADDER PAI T TREATED PLYWOOD W/ \ / PLYWOOD w/TWO-PLY TWO-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPER JUMBO TEX PAPER W Z&METAL LATH ` &METAL LATH I O o ' a • " SYNTHETIC STONE-DRY WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AT LADDER�P.) O c SYNTHETIC STONE-DRY o STACK(SEE ELEVATIONS) MOUNTING SUPPORT a Q. - L2� STACK(SEE ELEVATIONS) V O _ o FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED --- �- __. = U) MAINTAIN 2"CLEAR(MIN.) /�^� --- - J W NOTE:STUD FRAMING IS TO FROM SIDEWALK SEE DETAIL r n I O p BE SET 1/2°BACK FROM 2'-O« 10/AB .3 LA9v3/�� N °L FACE OF STEM WALL TO iv MIN.RIGID INSUL 1v lYP m O ALLOW SHEATHING TO BE \ \ ryA FLUSH W/CONCRETE �) 2"RIGID INSULATION CONCRETE STEM WALL O CONCRETE STEM CC CRUSHED STONE CONCRETE STEM WALL C KKK SASE z FLOOR TILE (SEE FINISH 2°RIGID INSULATION W � SCHEDULE ONN SHEET ET A1.3) 2°RIGID OR BARRIER INSULATION « F W r CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET CONCRETE FOOTING VAPOR BARRIER W/VAPOR SEE SHEET CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET Q F 51 FOR SIZE AND REINF. S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF. CRUSHED STONE SHOWER DRAIN-SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS 51 FOR SIZE AND REINF. CRUSHED STONE >� BASE BASE p 0 Plan ReView SHEET: BY SAFEBuilt i WAIT SECTION 2 WALL SECTION 3 WALL SECTION A7A /•4 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-O" 7.4 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0' 7.4 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 2?1= '=Q EXTEND ROOFING TO TOP OF z O WW -- 4.0 a F 1/2-EXT.GRADE R Z E ETAWANT TREATED } Q y eAp DARK COLOR STUCCO- PLYWOOD J W Q Z pp SEE ELEVATIONS FOR ZLLI COLOR REQUIREMENTS LL 0 0 F L h FULLY ADHERED OVER RI RIGID O g O_j co INSULATION(TYP.)SEE ROOF J a h J PLAN FOR INSULATION THICKNESS a LU H OZ TOP OF TRUSS Y o VARIES 1 0� METAL DECK-SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 1/2'FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD w/1W0-PLY &MEAL LM BR&HI TRUSS JOIST SYSTEM NHS -SEE STRUCTURAL SEE SPECIFIC SUPPLIERS DRAWINGS INFORMATION FOR REQUIRED DETAILS EXPANSION JOINT (TYPICAL) BRACE'SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFlCATTONS(TYP.) PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXPOSED n INSULATION-LAMTEC R-3O35 FSK OR INSULATION ARE TD BE�COVERED ES OF THE EXPANSION JOINT FLAME SPREAD PROTECTION(CONTRACTOR'S OWIrA-) OPTION TO USE INSULATION W/BACKING TO MEET FLAME SPREAD 25) {�! C RUN CEILING FRAMING FOR W ; Q SHOWERS CONTINUOUS OVER J M 8•METAL STUD WALL w/ THIS AREA m N TYPI -C B•I A INSULATION W co "o TYPICAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS co LIGHT COLOR STUCCO- 3-5/8'METAL STUD WALL W/ J Z a SEE ELEVATIONS FOR COLOR REQUIREMENTS BAIT INSULATION J Uj > Z TYPICAL ALL SIDES Q iG}Y. PAINTED FIRE U Y O STUCCO-3/8"SCRATCH *FINISH RETARTANT TREATE D Q Z STUCCO BROWN COAT 3/18 FINISH PLYWOOD L�rLL/ COAT(TYPICAL) C® y W Q PROW ODE III*fi"CEMENT BOARD ON ALL N WALLS TO RECEIVE TILE-SEE DETAILS 3%'BUILD-OUT ON A9.3, FL DARK STUCCO COLOR ' SLOPE AS REQ'D WALL TILE 12"X24•(lYP)(SEE FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A1.3) 1/2"FIRE RETARTANT TREATED PLYWOOD W/TWO-PLY JUMBO TEX PAPER &METAL LATH SYNTHETIC STONE-DRY Z� c STACK(SEE ELEVATIONS) 4 - 77 C7 I O FOUNDATION DRIP SCREED ro ~ FROMMAINTA DEWALK CLEAR EE DETAIL F- 10/AB U Z ADDITIONAL CONCRETE ON TOP OF 0 SLAB RECESSS W O (PROVIDED IN CLOSET PROVIDE CURB-SEE SPACE ON L1�-SEE SHOWER DETAILS i( DETAIL A/A9.3(SIM.) a FOR ADJACENT SLAB REQUIREMENTS IRE Bx-- -- - --- -� + - --- - _ c c z e. m O CONCRETE STEM WALL z N 2'RIGID INSULATION aC�' W/VAPOR BARRIER O �Z CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET S1 FOR SIZE AND REINF. CRUSHED STONE S se BASE W O � m Q Fa C0 m 0 rl'\ WALL SECWN �•5 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" Plan Review SHEET: By SAFEBuilt A7,5 -7 0 G u-� Qa3 C� 1'-11 3/4" SOLID POLYMER SPLASH PAINTED FINISH TO -SEE SPECSCS FOR FOR COLOR 6/8'GYPSUM WALL BOARD SOLID POLYMER 53"A.F.F. SPLASH (BEYOND) w 3/4"SLAIYIALL PRE-FABRICATED 7 F- e9 MATCHING TOP TRIM 5/0"PLYWOOD - MOP SINK U� W Q W TO 6"ABOVE MARLITE PANELING CEILING PROVIDE CEMENT BOARD Z_ wp FRP BEHIND ALL MOP SINKS, W TILE MINIMUM UP 7O 4'AFF ON Q to 5/8'PLYWOOD 2'-0'A.F.F. ALL SIDES. J IL•(_1 TO 10'-0'A.F.F. W W Z W ul NOTE: 6/8"CB INLUN-SEE O I_�^ AREAS BELOW 2'-0"WHERE EQUIPMENT BEHIND TILE NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL PLUMBING DRAWINGS— F'Z W m 6/8'CB(UP TO AND/OR FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE 2-0. DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF O J W 2'-0•A.F.F.) NEED TO HAVE ADEQUATE BLOCKING AF•F' SLAB CONTROL JOINTS J W INSTALLED BEHIND THE CEMENT BOARD. .M� O 5/8"PLYWOOD Q. Lu MARLITE PMEUNG 5/8"CS UP TO 2'-O° Z F• A.F.F.IN ALL AREAS MATCHING'J'TRIM .,1• BOND COAT A8 SCALE: 3/4' = 1'-0" DETeD4 Y FRP W/J-MOLD AT BABE CAULK SEALANT AND BACKER-ROD SEE TILE SPECS FOR CAULK BELOW ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCRETE STAB TILE FLOOR AND I (TYPICAL), 3'x 3'x 3/16 STEEL TUBE TILE FLOOR AND COVE BASE TILE FLOOR AND C COLUMN COVE BASE MN COVE BASE TILE FLOOR � TO COLUMN EACH SIDE CAULK 'y 1. 20 GA.STEEL STUD ATTACHED r'. ....! °' • r y. .�' v, ' -°! PLANK FINISH ON 6/8' PLYWOOD X, ;�• • • •'a !e1, ' a.• •q e . b - . . CORNER TRIM TO MATCH PANEL A , ., .... _ate__j_ - 'r'- �-°- "a' - 71 -s" s.L_ r._7 _ SYSTEM Lu LINE OF HORIZONTAL OAK TRIM -- ' .. e. e. ABOVE CONTROLLED CRACK SAW-CUT LINE OF OAK CAP ABOVE OR CONTROL JOINT CONTROL JOINT �WAINEMT/S ATWALL BASE TFIM DETAIL rFRP/TILE BASE DETAIL [3� SLAB CONTROL JOINT DETAIL Q LOW WALL�1PPORT DETAIL rVE+xo+ 8 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" Dneoz A8 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" DETfia6 W Q A8 SCALE: 3" = 1'-O" A8 SCALE: 3" = 1'-O" oEraoa V ~ J ch N F W m coo = V zQ S/S END CAP ,J �� 0. 3i TO CEILING Y.1 6"METAL STUD WALL N W 0 STAINLESS STEEL GUARD- NOTE: ) 'Q 0 5/8"GYP.BOARD TO INSTALL FULL HEIGHT FROM WHEN INSTALLING SHELVING STANDARDS IN SLATWALL,USE SHELVES AT O V 6'ABOVE CEIUNG-PAINT FLOOR TO CEILING COVEBASE AGAINST TOP g BOTTOM AS$PACERS TO ASSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT OF STANDARDS. W c ENDCAP,GROUT LEAVE SHELVES IN PLACE UNTIL FULL LENGTH OF WALL IS COMPLETED. STUCCO OEDRIP z G z METAL STUDS AT CORNERS TO EDGE OF S/S CAP REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF WALL STANDARDS. VENEER U) .: INSTALL TRIM ENDCARS AND ENDWALLS TPROVIDED WITH SLATWALL) J bN ALL EXPOSED EDGES 5/8'PLYWOOD AND O FRP PANELS(W/EDGE FOUNDATIO J O Q TYPICAL 3 5 8'METAL SCREED- ' Wco TRIM) / ANCHOR STANDARDS W/ V NSTUD WALL CONSTRUCTION 3•LAG BOLTS AT CLEAR(MI A&METAL STUD BLOCKING S/S END CAP TILE FLOOR 70 TOP,BOTTO ✓C MIDDLE(TYP) SIDEZV '• 9'-0' FOR ANCHORING GUARD TO FLOOR CAULK EDGE OF S/S CAP I 'j A.F.F. AT FLOOR LAMINATED TRIM(PROVIDED BY 1" ^� V3014- INET SUPPLIER)ATTADNl:O '. TOP OF SLATWALL AS REQ'D r 8'WIDE 22 GAUGE <- 4a STAINLESS STEEL GUARD- A. PAINHGNIP GALVANIZED ____'a INSTALL FULL HEIGHT FROM °• FLAS G- PAINT e 'PLYWOOD FLOOR TO CEILING •... ,;na•� 'e Q. •. � �TCH�ADIACENf-0'A.F.F. rMETAL STUDS AT CORNERS • ' dAND ENDWALLS ? NOTE:STUD FRAMING Z 5/8'PLYWOOD IS lb BE SEf 1/2' ed4 5/8"PLYWOOD AND 3/4'SLAIWALL BACK FROM FACE OF SLATWALL FRR(�)PANLLs(W/EDGE RECESSED SHELF STANDARD SNFi1THINC TO BEM WALL TO E Plan Review SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FLUSH W/CONCRETE METAL STUD BLOCKING FOR SPACING •) By SA F E B u i It W FOR ANCHORING GUARD W O TYPICAL SLATWALL TYPICAL 'o a SLATWALL TFUM DETAL n ENDWALL/CORNER DETAL S/S END CAP DETAIL [1, STANDAFD DETAIL i o FOUNDATION DETAIL d a AS SCALE: 3" = 1'-C" DeTeDb A8 SCALE: 3' 1'-0- A8 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0' k Al SCALE: 3" = 1'-O" III,A8 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 7'-0" �10 7 EMEND FLASHING UP FACE OF PROVIDE CONT.SELF-ADHERED J p SHEATHING MIN.8'— MEMBRANE(ICE dT WATER SHIELD) O STONE OVER FLASHING-EXTEND MIN.6" Z UP/DOWN VERTICAL SURFACES 22 GAUGE PAINTGRIP 22 GAUGE PAINTGRIP m 0 PROVIDE COW.SELF-ADHERED GALVANIZED STEEL FORMED GALVANIZED STEEL FORMED 07 METAL COPING-PAINT METAL COPING-PAINT Z >>MEMBRANE(ICE A WATER SHIELD) CONTINUOUS METAL TO MATCH FASCIA COLOR TO MATCH FASCIA COLOR 3 W OVER FLASHING-EXTEND MIN.6' COPING OVER TOP SEE ELEVATIONS) UP/DOWN VERTICAL SURFACES OF COPING OVER EXTEND ( 767 IOpE (SEE ELEVATIONS) COPING PROFILE TO BE COPING PROFILE TO BE PROVIDE CONT.METAL 1' i MIN.6'UP WALL BEHIND SMACNA FIGURE 3-9 FASCIA IS TO BE BUILT 0 COPING.OVER TOP - SLOPE UP WITH SOLID RIGID _'� SMACNA FIGURE 3-9 OF BUILDOUT.EXTEND SLOPE FASCIA IS TO BE BUILT FOAM(TYP) 1/2'PLYWOOD 1/2'PLYWOOD MIN.e"UP WALL BEHIND UP WITH SOLID RIGID ao %m-PLY %mm-PLY 22 GAl10E GALVANIZED STEEL FOAM(IYP) ., JUMBO TEX PAPER JUMBO TIX PAPER FORMEDIZED STEEL EL O O O O FORMED METAL ' 6:METAL LATH Qc.MLTAL LATH o 0 0 0---, COPING OVERTOP C STUCCO I COPING OVERTOPOF MEMBRANE (fPCAL) STUCCO(TYPICAL)— OF MEMBRANE ♦` 2.P.T.WOOD CAP BLOCKING ^' 2z WOOD CAP BLOCKING EXPANSION JOINT O O O RIPPED TO SLOPE FOR STUCCO RIPPED TO SLOPE FOR W 1'ALUMINUM REVEAL METAL FASCIA AND a METAL FASCIA AND • �•' DRAINAGE-ANCHOR W/ DRAINAGE-ANCHOR w/ Q F (TYPICAL) (TYPICAL) STORNEGFROMPLIED BY O O O COPING SUPPLIED BY STUB WOOD SCREWS AT 48'0... WOOD SCREWS AT 4B'o.o. a0 _ STOREFRONT MANUFTRIM ACTURER.ALL 11j' MANUFACTURER. 771: PROVIDE 1°X 1/2- WITH THIS ELEMENT 4" TRIMASSOCMTED W TW-VENTED CHANNEL ISTOMATCH THE 1` WITH THIS ELEMENT / PAPER 1 2'PLYWOOD 6"METAL STUD WALL SCHREED-FRY RAALEf PROFILE AND FINISH IS 70 MATCH THE ♦` 1 2'PLYWOOD / OF THE STOREFRONT PROFILE AND FINISH 1 (TYPICAL) MODEL/DCS-50-100 O OF THE BEE 6" 6" 1/2'EXT.GRADE 1 2'IXf.GRADE 1/Y PLYWOOD W/TWO-PLY �M�➢A / R FULLY ADHERED STONE PLYWOOD PLYW000 JUMBO TIX PIPE MEMBRANE SYSTEM FULLY ADHERED & METAL LATH MEMBRANE SYSTEM SHEET: 3-5/8'METAL STUD 3-6/8'ME.STUD 2° 2 e° F EXTEND ROOFING TO EXTEND ROOFING TO FRAMING O 16"O.C. IN6 FRAMING O 16'O.C. TOP OF PARAPET C".) TOP OF PARAPET(TYP.) NOTE:CENTER ANY NOTE:CENTER ANY �� /py�/�� yp/L��p� Vp �L� i' SEAMS IN FASCIA ON (SIDE PROFILE) SEAMS IN FASCIA ON (FRONT PROFILE) TYPICAL f�ICAL E/V-/"Ura71ON TYPICAL r ICAL ALVMIN�M CENTER OF WINDOWS CENTER OF WINDOWS LA8 !S.AL�: NT DETAIL K� REVEAL DETAIL 12 ST�RONT FASCIA DETAIL )3- TYPICAL FASCIA DETAIL 4 FASCIA MAIL STONE 1-1/2" = 1'-C" DE e11 A8 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" oE7w+1 AS SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" A8 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" A8 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" -7 2-2z6'S CONT ABOVE LEADING �8 EDGE OF SHELF BOLT TOGETHER 6'EACH SIDE OF ROD ro•� rn �� NOTE: SEE PLAN STRUCTURE ADJUST FOR CEILING ABOVE HEIGHT AS REQUIRED. FRP FINISH PROVIDE Ye"LUAN TYP.UP TO PANELS AT FRAMING ATTACH 5/8" BOTTOM OF MEMBERS(TYP) THREADED CEILING. ROD TO STRUCTURE SOLID SURFACE WALL CAP - G ABOVE AT 48.... NUT AND WASHER 5/8"PLYWOOD 3/4'PLYWOOD 3/4°z 1'-10° AT EACH END FRP FINISH Z p PLYWO.SHELF CART 2'-0"A.F.F. W PAINT ALL SURFACES STORAGE TYP.Up TO TO 10'-0"A.F.F. 42"30"WHERE NOTED W Q W SW//1004"PURE WHITE" BOTTQM OF ( ), - Z='0 40■0 ('TYPICAL) 3/4'PLYWOOD COILING. AF.F. I ` 19 W a SHELF PAINT pr SW#1004 DUPLEX OUTLET,MOUNTED a Q Z W PURE WHITE 7'-B" HORIZONTALLY®43"TO BOTTOM. LL W y w to p 0 F " 2x4 CONT. F.F. PLACE® 12°O.C.(TYP.) F=-i C WOOD TRIM NOTE; 2%4 W000 AT CONT. AREAS BELOW MOUNTING BRACKET FOR I O 0 O J 16'O.C.(TYPICAL)- 2'-0"WHERE SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP ra J W US PROVIDE Y'LUAN EQUIPMENT PANELS AT FRAMING AND/OR FIXTURES 3 5/8"METAL STUD W/5/8" a p 0 MEMBERS(TYP) 2 0" ARE TO ENEED PLYWOOD EACH SIDE Y INST2x4 WOOD DRILL THRU 2x4 TO HAVE (TYPICAL) FRAMING AND 5/8"PLYWOOD 2'-0 A.F.F. BLOCKING # ADEQUATE MARLITE PLK 318"WINDSOR SHELF FOR ROD TO 10'-0'A.F.F. ANIGRE"WALL PANELING ADJUST So NO INSTALLED BEHIND ROD PROJECTS THE CEMENT BELOW NUT& BOARD. TACK WED NUT 5/8"PLYWOOD 3"x3"x3/16"TUBULAR STEEL y 6° 5/8 "1/2' TO ROD 2'-0"A.F.F. COLUMN AT FREE ENDS OF A8 WOOD BLOCKING TO 10'-0'A.F.F. INTO SLAB AND SET LOW-WALL-CORE DIN LLBD AS REQUIRED PREP NON-SHRINK GROUT AREA FRP FINISH 5/8'CB UP TYP.UP TO TO 2'-0" BOTTOM OF 5/8"CB UP TO A.F.F. I - CEILING. 2•-0• PAIM A11NmMPONTNTS A.F.F.IN ALL TILE FLOOR&BASE I FRP OF SHE1F SYSTEM AREAS 1/2"0 PIPE W/ WHRE,—EPT ROD- TILE II 1/2"INSULATION FLOORING&COVE (BEYOND) BASE FRP W/J-MOLD PROVIDE Ya'LUAN AT BASE PANELS AT/rvFRoAMING FURRING CHANNEL MEMBERS\111) I A CB r0 VINYL BASE 5/8"GYPSUM BOARD UJ I: F. >LOW WA, , SECTION•EXTERIOR � W i- a SHELVVINt3 DETAIL a INTERIOR WALL SECTION • FRP aB1 SCALE: 1/�l'-O* PLUMBING WALL V y V ae � a Aa•� SCALE: 1" = i'-O" OnSte .i SCALE: N.T.S. OM17 ae.) SCALE: 1 1/2° = 1'-0" of ess Q(_3 J d W ' W ,O^^ 5/8"GYPSUM WALL 5/8'GYPSUM WALL W C Oc V BOARD-PAINT PPG SW#1004 BOARD-PAINT#SW1004 Z 'PURE WHITE'OR EQUAL 'PURE WHRE'OR EQUAL z 0 FAN COIL UNIT W, W - 5/8"GYPSUM WALL N y A BOARD-PANT#SW1004 J BOX 5/e"GYPSUM WALL _ Li 'PURE WHITE'OR EQUAL BOARD- PAINT#SW1004 OPEN TO 'PURE WHITE'OR EQUAL—\ G BEYOND \\ �TTAAryry�� 34 O • • ® p 6TERE0 AKI�NI(SRNG O 0 70 NN I b o 0 0 • • • SAFE ® B ® r 1 1 �7 i0 WALK-IN ftl in M c BEVERAGECOOLER coNOENsarE To W O FLOOR DRAIN BELOW a COVE BASE COVE BASE COVE BASE COVE BASE d a - c EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM rH_'� EMPLOYEE BFEAKROOM EMPLOYEE BFEAJff ROM rL-N EMPLOYEE KIOSIUMEAKROOM = W A8•� SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" ae.( SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-O" ae.� SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-O" as.� SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 13 0 m 0 SIO&WE AND SIDFFIT Z y PR,DyIDE4 BY OVYNER - A4 MALLED BY G.C. SHELVING UNIT 29 1/2"z 23 1/2" p EQUIPMENT SNAP FRAMES-IN GROUP OF 3(TYP.) soviEls FACE OF COOLER/ SALES FLOOR 1-4" SIGN CENTER y° -- 6" 6" 12" 5/e'GYPSUM WALL // e^ so"AFF(ALL DOORS) BOARD-PAINTlu 27 27 27 #SW1123 NAVAJO / KEYPAD MOUNT 58"A.F.F.VERIFY PLACEMENT /// WHITE'(TYP.) / —�TO CENTER OF BOX Q f INTTH EQUIPMENT / MAXI PLAN MUM HEIGHT OF THE BOX Q PLAN / ® IS 50'A.F.F.0 TYPICAL SHOWERS p pj / ■ KEYPAD MOUNT 46"AF.F. MARLTTE WG475 TO CENTER OF BOX I� o TOP TRIfTO ^ 11 \\ p MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF THE BOX a0 o MATCH PANELING r Q �j N ACIS C SIBLLE SHOWEER ONLY FREE a I i I u 0 O R ALL PANELINGJU - SHEET. W ®� I MARLffE#PUK 38 INDSOR ANIGR'W E 4° 1777-1-7 2° 'N k I COPE BASE DOOR STRIK COVE BASE MARLITE WALL PANELING F COOL1NQi UNIT NAIL. N HALLWAY E-EVATON o A P ATE EP IA8m n DINER RVK�S EL�1/ TbW EWER DOOR EL.E�/ N D A� a8•� SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" a 1 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" a8.1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" a .i SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" qw g 0 A 7Zpe'i W W z2 yemp 1 W A0 LLWZ Wa LLpI12 1— a LU 0 2 -1 . FlFI n A P Im 6 ao"� 1.FIELD APPUEO OUCT WRAP SWILL BE INSTAUED PER THE LATEST Y MA TERMS OF IS LaN qN INSTRUCRONS AND IN COMPLIANCE WIDI TERMS OF ITS USDNG. 2 ALL ENO CUTS OR CUTS M THE JACKET OF FIELD A PLIED GREASE DUCT WRAP SHALL BE SEALED PER THE MMJUFACNRER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3.ALL INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE COMPLETELY ACCESSIBLE FOR VSUAL INSPECTON. 4.AT TIME OF INSPECTION,THE FIELD APPTIED.DR FACTOR/BUILT GREASE WCT ENCLOSURE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE AT THE JOB SITE DDCT RFGUIRFA1FN15 nm114W,tl aL.mORE 1.ALL SEAMS.JOINTS AND PENEIRATIONS OF 1HE HOOD RtlCLOSURE M.4cRlT Ia MNua ON THAT DNIECT AND DAPNRE DREISE-LADEN VAPORB AND TJDUUST Rms tm. EyyyyT Ful GASES SHML HAVE A UWW RGW CONTINUOUS E%t ML WELD TO NE LOWER O i MOST PERIMETER OF THE 1-1000. 2 OUCf SYSTEM SHWLD REINSTALLED SO GREASE CANNOT BE ePLIDtR1fr oAMPw PoCKETED.THE SYSTEM SHALL SLOPE NOT LESS THAT Y."PER roDr TOWARD THE GREAE R6ERVOIF.(WHFFE HORQONTAL OUCfS E WF� gMn 0 VB'IN LENOM THE BIOPE SWIL BE WNIMIIM 1"PER A41D81S�PNNIM9o� � _ POOFlNO § FIA f PAID mIMIFAFlA9H p00E OUBB STANLESS STEEL AN. ��NITRy�T1YGF XOOD PNO WCf STXUCTIA[.>ffiye FRDITTIRFOLm NODS INr m�0 ans�� - J RroOOF BW RED m HOOD 4-8b" 8'-8" B OUPPoRf Wcr AND HOOD � MM FLL1� �1 r W LUZ m N M—((��T 1'-1 WHO, II—II— LU co tllCf wFFGRr AAIaE UL USTED rtff CD 2_ RATm DUR WAW RRE'IN THE °C J J O ATM Q a uj a �� w z >281 281 _ u O oaDRTO--EmQ iO mp DRAwN�s P INMttD LW eDmRm Q NsrAUTa FGR CLEaxmR m nTwNs `Jj PAID SPEOFlC Doer urour ODMVST ITT OOWUT HOm Aau,£ B�TIIO WALL R LUz xANaNp MOLE - z J Q oQ =ADD -r J_ o ml%z�Au l irw s/e'e NE u sluff®,5.O.c.W� � °Q- ° a ® O' m U A cmmqufv x cw.ewxn ® cccn Irl` NR W�DETNIS ��/p�e'pNTpDroE Y 4YP.WA® 61. p p E1'IDm m 40b�MUM Fi�BflDNo G FKx SLOE ONO ABT9:TXE HOOD O S OWJN WITH 0 I&1d0YAOlE WP �j � STNNl85 SIETL WPL w PANG ROYipED Br NmeAm�[WuisRmWTM A� � aTwANODRS mnL*IN. rm z� 4 NEW mWYF B.&ATM OF FOOD M TIDDM' SCALE: 1/2'= 1•_0^. W O IL a U J p p r a m � Lo A SECWN HOOD a p m 4 Plan Review a F By SAFEBuilt Qo po 0 SHEET: A8.2 2 Wb�3 i I 3Wb2�3 Wd2i3 �LL „z s- - — I, — � AIR -- ----1 11111 ■II■II■II■II■II■II■II■II■II■I ILILILILII■II■II■II■II■II■II■II■II■II■II� LLJ Ld i rn I I g 7 z o" ZLEu o N 13 —yr Wzr rWzwn N13 o°LILr 46" WALL \ z O 0 l 7 = o� w —� ---- g1, —I w J Lu > WALL °o ❑ z Q ° Y i II ——I --------I t �I — I� NU i 3Wdb3 ubA 9-,9 LLJ III III ^ __ _______ �u■I�■u■luu■u.11.11.u�uu■n■a■II■u■I�■�I■I�■u■luu.luu■lun■u� � \\ O O II II I I I I I I I I 2 TYP.ENLARWD SHOWER DIM," A9 3/4' = 1'-0" O W Z m N O O Q �a J ---1---------------------------1____ NN N A -------' -- LU . OZ > LL O 2� Q `1 Q � 3-4j• �- O a. S� Z ILL fn BEVEE&0R ,3. rO � L�L B 1 3'-4" 3•-3• S-3• S-3- 3•-..i• g-�• 11'-2�" u1 - i LL s. I nEcO f cLO J� Z a N LU 3 fI N N sH 1"B' 5-3�• .'.6' 5' 6" 2� , __ 4'-111 1'_..a1. Y_J• 3-3^ 3-3^ 3-3' 1'_7" ST��6 �� e— S _E 1, �2 , - O -- 1'-e�• 3'_`8 3'_..g• 3'_..g a'-1• �' \ SJJER IT;-- I I O ft sH$ I t �--J I i K a a. ol ILI E0 ED 1FlN• -..� u CO 0 + 5'2'FlN.(MIN) m- ELEtIGL I t>TOR • - -LJ �I -/`-\ \__1�1 .� ..... _ m -.� 3'0 FlN 5'-e'AN MIN / ff.. y" Z Y_ DRYQQQry� w �. -'e• 6'_3�. �, i SHy�'ER z-s7 �ENIMR&M g FAo LU Plan Review a �� 2 BY SAFEBUiltoi <� M oO g 14'_2j. g'_�. 10'-0' 5'-1• g'-`Z -`E J'_3. .e" g• coy .i.c.r�nro� mi Za. SHEET: ENLARGED SHOWER/RESTROOM FRAMING PLAN A9 A9 1/4" - 1-0- I J p �S � F M z O ® 2 Z .K In In QQ ❑w ----------------'- `---'--------`---" _ -- 5: UZ' I ; _ J (_¢zm � OOOF— '- f' zJUi� SHgWER m® O U_` J ® J U) -I - — w0> WALK N X BEVERAGE COOLER 1 I ❑ ® = z II I _rr_rr_rr_rr_r,_rr_rr_rr� z CT Hoe `1 "L9x"OZ SERVICE CLOSET - ACCESS T1 ® --� XDN36 Lsx.oL I T1 I Ia II E L � T4 O f T2 J `J' III I I 2 21 y d 0 y I f SHq ER 2 BTcIRANc I I ORD a WpIMEN 1 n T4 TOILETS' S m O 21 T2 T5 TI01N f u sHA R 1 T7 ® �rr.rr.rurr.,r.rr.rurr -- 5 - - - =® 21- = F ; - ul ❑ 21 T11 21 T2 - - T2 21 ` AAt II 4 '_ n T7 T2 TI 2 19 L T1 SHgWER- SHQWER�0 ®_ ® Lgg R ll�r n T2 r.rr. HON39 CLO ELECTRICAL0 T5 HON39 O ® LOx.DL O W JANROR 0O AUNDRY _ r m Wp sH 2 Lu Z Z N R® I ENTRY ROOM 21 15 ©- Y_J W M ® 9 a J Q I fUB ER ® 1 W Z W d _rr_rr.rr.r.r.r.r J = rr_rr.rr.r.r..rr.r 3W > Wz �� 00 2 oa ~ co �W o � 0 Q c Q ENLARGED SHOWER/RESTROOM FRAMING PLAN w a N Aga 114" = 1'-0" TOILET/SHOWER ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE K I Qty I TEM DESCRIPTION I MANUFACTURER I MODEL NUMBER I MOUNTING HEIGHT REMARKS 197 5 BODY WASH DISPENSER PROVIDED BY OWNER 198 5 TOILETRY TRAY SWANSTONE CUSTOM PROVIDED WITH VANITIES 200 5 05CIUATING FAN GRANGER N0.4C630 PROVIDED BY OWNER T1 5 ELECTRIC PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 3'-10"A.F.F.TO BOTTOM OF UNIT PROVIDED BY OWNER Z g In T10 7 S/S GRAB BAR W/SNAP-ON FLANGE COVER MAINUNE PM318 33"A.F.F.TO CENTERUNE OF BAR 36"IN LENGTH WITH SAFETY GRIP FINISH p T11 9 S/S GRAB BAR W/SNAP-0N FLANGE COVER MAINUNE PM17 33"A.F.F.TO CENTERUNE OF BAR 42.IN LENGTH WITH SAFM GRIP FIN 511 A T12 3 RECESSED S/S NAPKIN DISPOSAL BRADLEY 4731-15 13"A.F.F.TO BOTTOM OF UNIT T13 1 SURFACE-MOUNTED S/5 CHANNEL-FRAME MIRROR(20x60) BRADLEY 781 18"A.F.F.TO BOTTOM OF MIRROR T14 5 S/S UTILITY HOOK STRIP BRADLEY 9943 66"A.F.F.TO TOP OF UNIF 48"A.F.F.TO TOP OF UNIT(AT BARRIER-FREE) f' T15 5 S/S GRAB BAR W/SNAP-ON FLANGE COVER BRADLEY 8122-00148 33"A.F.F.TO CENTERLINE OF BAR 48"IN LENGTH WITH SAFETY GRIP FINISH W Q T15 10 S/S GRAB BAR W/SNAP-ON FLANGE COVER BRADLEY 8122-00124 33"A.F.F.TO CENTERLINE OF EAR 24"IN LENGTH WITH SAFETY GRIP FINISH (. T18 1 DIAPER DECK BRADLEY 9611 25"AF.F.TO BOTTOM OF UNIT "SEE SHEET A9.2 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS OQ' _d TIM 1 I COUNTERTOP RECESSED BABY CHANGING STATION KOALA KB112-OIRE -SEE SHEET A91 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS d T19 2 CHILD PROTECTION SEAT KOALA KB-102 14"A.F.F.TO SEAT -SEE SHEET A91 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS F.F. 1..1 T1A 3 AIR HAND DRYER GRAINGER XLERATOR 4'-0"A TO BOTTOM OF UNIT PROVIDED BY OWNER J W T2 12 SURFACE-MOUNTED TOILET PAPER DISPENSER DAMES RIVER(OWNER-PROVIDFD) JR757 4T A.F.F.TO BOTTOM OF UNR/30"IN SHOWERS TOP OF UNIT 2"BELOW GRAB EARS AT BARRIER-FREE ❑ ❑ _ _ } Z 2 T22A 5 SHOWER SEAT(PHENOUC) WINGITS WSBU216OPW 17"A.F.F.TO TOP OF SEAT USE BLOCKING IN WALL-SEE DETAIL 13/A9.3 m N -0 -0 1 9 A.F. C U F 10 H G I T4 6 SURFACE-MOUNTED S/S ANGLE-FRAME MIRROR(24x36) MEEK M1210-2436 40"AF.F.TO BOTTOM OF MIRROR CENTER OVER SINK■RESTROOMS T4A 5 SURFACE-MOUNTED S/S ANGLE-FRAME MIRROR(3806) MEEK M1210-3636 40"AF.F.TO BOTTOM OP MIRROR CENTER OVER SINK 0 SHOWERS T5 9 WALL MOUNTm SOAP DISPENSER BRADLEY - MOUNT 12"ABOVE COUNTER PROVIDED BY OWNERS ❑ w-1 T7 7 RECESSED S/S TOUET SEAT COVER DISPENSER BRADLEY 5847 50"AF.F.TO TOP OF UNR IN S aW O W TOILET ACCESSORY SCHEDULE NOTES ¢ ass 1. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS&LOCATIONS OF TOILET ACCESSORItS FOR COMPLIANCE wl A1ICABIF BARRIER-FREE CODES. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ALL ACCESSORIES W/THE OWNER'S ❑00 REPRESENTATIVE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. WATER-SEAL ALL EDGES AROUND ACCESSORIES AT CERAMIC TILE JOINTS. 3. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE LEVER TYPE. 4. ALL ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE TO COMPLY W/APPLICABLE BARRIER-FREE CODES. 5. REFER TO SHEET"PLUMBING PLANS/WASTE&VENT PIPING"FOR ALL FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS. SHEET: 6. PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES/ACCESSORIES(SEE DETAIL 5/A9.2 AND Plan Review 12/A9.3).DO NOT USE MAN�ACTURER PROVIDED MOUNTING HARDWARE,BUT INSTEAD MOUNT ALL 6 C A C E I1 I} ACCESSORIES WITH MIN.2-1/2'STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS/LAG BOLTS SO THEY ARE FULLY U SAF D l - SECURED INTO THE BLOCKING. A9a L J i I � • \�\\\\\\`\O\a OPEN gall IL MENOMONIE SOMEONE \� MR w MENE `��..��.1�\\\ORION�nj \\n\\'II\�nj\ nj\ ��Iw �`t ��\tll �t, S111 10'OMEONE \\\\ Q i��■ iii/ii a�iiiiaiiiai iiiiiiiiiaiiMEN TYP) /Mv/aiia iiaiaiiiiii i�i� i r � Pm 9. , MEN OMEN@ r \ %,V �///�O//O/Oil/O.///�/0��._�/�i,✓/�i /O��O�O//�O/�i,��/�//, �O��a��O� r�//��/��/�i,�//Oil p II i 1 \ \ \ \ \ \i \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ��\\�\.�; i \ \\ I NO SOMEHOW! \\\\ \\ \\\\ �I m ® s \ \ . . \� ME ■tl ■�111��1��.?�1��%%% /Inoffilm %////.'%//. %//l/ //%i //i�I�! • • , • _ • 0 = ® _ • CD • to 04 _'�'� IN \ \`�\\\\ \ \\1\�• \ \\ \ S\\\\\\\\\\\\5\\\\�\\\♦ \\\\ \ ,� �� ---------------- MNI IN OPEN Will NO i ` � \ \ \ �� \; I \\ � s�i'. �� ♦� sue\� � �� , .�-.- . � - \.� \ \ \�\\\\`'.\\ \ 0 ' _ ' © • _ Ut e © • _ _ • wALL/CEILING TILE • •' SCHEDULE TRAVELONLY WALL TILE 12"X 24*OW)LAID IN A 1/3 OFFSET wri ----- --------------- 1MINE NN, LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT,. RUNNING BOND WITH W MAX.GROW JOINTS. MATCH BEIGE COVEMSE TO FLOOR TILE WALL TILE 12_X 24_M?)LAID IN A IIS OFFSET 1814 RUNNING BOND WITH X"MAX.GROUT JOINTS. LATICREFE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT. COLOR#5 -DESERT KHAKI' I SEEN Ell 111 410 IN, IT COVEEMSE TO MATCH FLOOR TILE WT3-GEM QUARTZ-AMBER TEA RANDOM UNBAR WOW \�. ., , CS FRAMED MIRROR FRAME MIRROR NOTE:FOR ANY REPLACEMENT FIXTURES THE CONTRACTOR IS TO FRAMED MIRROR FRAMED MIRROR t� B.F.WALL (24X36) (18X60) TOWEL/ROBE HOOK ADJUST EXISTING PLUMBING CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN a3 SIGN (38X38) (30%38) ,=-n PROPER HEIGHTS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW FIXTURES. \ PAPER TOWEL TOILET UTILITY HOOK ) -x DISPENSER PAPER T4 �R STR�P<E�, © ® TOILET SEAT �� YLy-YI B.F. DISPENSER COVER B.F.TOWEL SOAP DISPENSER WALL \ Tt B.F.TOILET � IS DAIPER DECK ROBE HOOK � a0 � SIGN PAPER � URINAL GRAB BAR 24"GRAB _0" I DISPENSER CHILD p BAR 2"BELOW c� ® 4'-0�� t 3�-00" 3'-6" x� GRAB BAR 7 DISPOSAL STRIPE(B.F.) t PROTECTION x.1 I B.F.URINAL 7 NAPKIN UTILITY HOOK SEAT MAX.M o T2 I` Te iv o in c " I B.F. ILET I TOILET a a / i+1 & & j a " < = G o� w I '� B.F.TOILET �? pl Z n Z N x] iV N N 3 N tV N M N h M N M V W Q W FINISH FLOOR Pr cl N I •" Z N a AOC RY'S MOUNIINq HEIGHTS J LL 1-6" FINISH FLOOR } OL<Z Z Z SCALE: N.T.S. LL 13 w w n H ZOJw J_ LL, WALL MOUNTED LIGHT a ❑ XO ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS(ACCENT BAND ONLY) CENTER OVER SINKS(TYPJ CT1 -CEILING Z ARE TO USE SCHLUTER CORNER TRIM TILE 8'z8"SHOWERS ONLY (SEE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS). �CT1 -.CEILING CT1 -CEILING WTI `1 MOUNT WITH (DIAGONAL PATTERN-TYP) 1AND WT1 TILE 8"z8"SHOWERS ONLY TILE 8'z8"SHOWERS ONLY SCREWS 2 WTI 12"z24" (DIAGONAL PATTERN-TYP) WTI (DIAGONAL PATTERN-TYP) 1_0 IN GROUT WT3 ACCENT S BEYOND CTt -CEILING 2-5" -_._...... 12'x24" 12"x24" JOINTS ONLY (TYP) TILE 8'ze'SHOWERS ONLY MIN WTI WTI (DIAGONAL PATTERN 72"z24" - 12"x24" MOUNT WITH SCREWS WT3 IN GROUT JOINTS ONLY t ACCENT WTI / WTI (TYP) 12"x24" - 1'-4"1'-0 / ® 12"44" WT3 zt OR WT3 �7 ACCENTC NTERED TB ®I ACCENT OVER VANITY B "a (TYP) (TYP.) n 1 4 0 o x'1 iD - 1 1 I� 1 No t0 "o B.F.TOI -- - ! I WT111J O WTI ON FACES -- OF JAMB v i 12"x24" N i'l iV N �? -Nil nl [V Ffa N M NOTE:FT3-12"X 12" 1'-6" •MOUNT DISPENSER WITH 7 FLOOR TILE SHOWER ROOMS z/-- TOP 2"BELOW GRAB BAR. 10 INSULATE ALL SUPPLY �'� NOTE:FIN -6"x6"IN - --1/4'/Ff,SLOPE MAX. .3 (TYP)SEE SHEET A2 AB• AND DRAIN LINES AD.S SHOWER STALL FLOOR ONLY n TYPICAL SHOWER n TYPICAL SHOWER n TYPICAL SHOWER rD"\ TYPICAL SHOWER n TYPICAL SHOWIER W o 9.1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 9.1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 9•) SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 9.1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1' 0" 9.1 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" U) ~ J M WALL MOUNTED LIGHT 'Z Z N CT1 -CEILING CENTER OVER SINKS(TYP.) O m N WTI TILE 6"z8'SHOWERS ONLY CT1 -CEILING CTi -CEILNO WTI WT3 U Z 12•x24• (DIAGONAL 0,0 PATTERN-1M) BEYOND 2 TILE 8"x6"SHOWERS ONLY TILE 8'x8'SHOWERS ONLY S 3 WT3 ACC ; (DAGONAL PATTERN-TYP) WTI (DIAGONAL PATTERN-TYP) 12"x24" ACCENT Q Q 12 24" WTI (TYP) WT1 WT1 12"x24" W W W a 12"x24" 12"z24' -__ J ACCENT 31 ACCENT3 I W O W O (TYP) lk (?> W= Q Y H MEN ® 0 �• 4•� . ACCENT 3-0" 2i6 B OVER (TYP) 1 k24" W N JVAN 3'-3" AB Z Z O tD Q WTI J O 12'x24" ^ N p i 0 O SEE DIET E/THIS SHEET 1.V 'MOUNT DISPENSER WITH '�'�'�'�' • 7 INSULATE ALL SUPPLY M 10 1'-6" NOTE: - 12'X AND DRAIN LINES TILE ROOMS 3 TOP 2' BELOW CRAB BAR. 7 FLOOR TILE SHOWER ROOMS .3 (TYP)SEE SHEET A2 SHOWER ELEVATION Q SHOWER ELEVATION �I�"IOWER ELEVATION SHOWER ELEVATION Z 9.1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 9•� SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" M 0 F U Z WALL CEILING TILE COLOR SCHEDULE TRAVEL CENTER ONLY a = to Wn O-ATLAS CONCORDE-MILESTONE'ALASKA" J W WALL TILE 12"X 24'(TYP)LAID IN A 1/3 OFFSET WTI O RUNNING BOND WITH$'MAX.GROUT JOINTS. P I Ca n R eV I e W Z LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT: GO COLOR 017 MARBLE BEIGE } N COVESASE TO MATCH FLOOR TILE B y S A F E B U I l W WT2-ATLAS CONCORDE-MILESTONE"CANYON' WALL TILE 12"X 24'(TYP)LAID IN A 1/3 OFFSET o RUNNING BOND WITH)L"MAX.GROUT JOINTS. WEI ® p LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT: COLOR#58"DESERT KHAKI' S COVEBASE TO MATCH FLOOR TILE ro WT3-GEM QUARTZ-AMBER TEA RANDOM LINEAR MOSAIC C ACCENT WALL TILE 12"%12"(TRIMMED AS REO'D) WI ® o Lu LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT: COLOR TO MATCH GROUT ON ADJACENT WALL TILE o NOTE:INSTALL SCHLUTER CORNER TRIM AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS(ACCENT ULj °^ BAND ONLY):USE SCHLUTER"RONDEC"R0100ATGB(BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH). F W INSTALL SO PROFILE ALIGNS WITH BULWOSE OF WALL TILE ABOVE AND BELOW. Q F n INSTALL SCHLUTER CORNER TRIM AT INSIDE CORNERS BEHIND RESTROOM O Q 0 VANITY ONLY:USE SCHLUTER"DILEX'#AHKA100ATGB(BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH) NOTE:THE HATCH PATTERN SHOWN IDENTIFIES Ip THE CORRECT TILE BY"DEGREE OF SHADING"(NOT DIRECTION). CT1 "CROSSVILLE'COLOR SLOX A1101"SAND BOX" VERIFY PATTERN WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BEFORE INSTALLATION. 6"%8"(TYP) CT1 I cv mi (DIAGONAL PATTERN)SHOWER ROOMS/STALLS ONLY `um""X0J 00 CRET SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM EPDXY GROUT: NOTE:ALL CONTRACTORS ARE TO CONTACT LOUISVILLE TILE TO RECEIVE COLOR�7 MARBLE BEIGE PILOT'S PREFERRED TILE/MATERIAL PRICING AND DEDICATED INVENTORY: NOTE:ALL CORNERS ARE TO BE FILLED W/SILICONE CAULK TO MATCH GROUT COLOR QUOTE CENTRAL:502-452-2317 OR KNOXVILLE BRANCH 865-675-8453 SHEET: A9. 1 a L_ CERAMIC TILE CAP JCOV -- '"-- SQUARE TILEBULLNOSE CERAMC TILEALLGROUf TO BE WALL FRAME PARTITION WALL WITH 3 5/8' SEAL FIELD CUT BULLNOSE METAL STUD AT 18"O.C.W 5/8" T EDGES PRIOR TO GROUTING coNnNuous TOP AND BOT�M BOARD r`r mRUNNERS TO FULL DEPTH OF FRONT OFFSET WALL JOINTS }, ACOUSTICAL TILEsn AND RACK WALLS.SETONDOUBLE WITHCOVE BASE EPDXYT AS ? BULLNOSE FULL PIECES OFCEILING (ACT2CRIPPLES AND INFlLL CRIPPLES TO GROUT JOINTS REQ'D ?+TOP PLATE TILEAT EACH EDGECOVEBASE IS TO BE TOP OEGASE TOALIGNEDWITHBE CUEQ'D TO �D WALL Fl.00RTILE GROUT ADJUSTSLOPE ANDL EPDXY GROUT PROVIDE BLOCKING AS NECESSARY JOINSALIGN RSTFOR ACCESSORIES . iCOURSTILE CERAMIC TILE ON 5/8' m TOP OF COVEBASE TO 6/8'C.B.CEMENT BOARD BECUT AS REQ'D TO 3 46"STUD WALLBULLNOSE TILE ADJUST FOR SLOPE 8'z 15/8'CEMENT BOARD W AND LEVEL,ALIGN COVE WALL TILE RECESSED LED CAN �W/FIRST COURSE WALLTILE(FULLSZELIGHT (SEE DETAILiOKTILE SHOE VEBASE PIECES WffH BULLNOSE, y A I6/8"CEMENT BOARD IS TO USH 1' /9.2 FOR SPACINGI IPAINTED SHOE OF COVEB45E WITH FTILE " NO PRE-CUTS) I _______I Z IS TO BE FLUSH s• SgUARE TILE J W WZ WITH FLOOR TILE _ �Q TILE FLOORING - - BULLNOSE TILE -_--- EPDXY GROUT TILE OVER 5/8' EQ. EQ. O F^ CEMENT BOARD ON 2'�W FLOOR TILE NOTE TILE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SULLNOSE SQUARE TILE BULLNOSE TILE 3 5/8" METAL STUD 0 O o TO HAVE CUTTING MACHINE SO BULWOSE TILE CAN BE CUT TO FIT NO BULLNOSE TILE WALL TILE(FULLSIZE ---- OVERHEAD SHELF J W x (O H E PRE-CUT PIECES ALLOWED. PIECES WITH BULLNOSE, - SEE DETAIL 7P C%O)r x. NO PRE-CUTS) _ --�_ B/A8.1 (SIM.) n.O JOINTS TVp ��p �p��p ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS mm -- Z wpm -p �pE/��-' T11 �T 11` 1 I F.EW WALL FACE 1 f r.CORWR USED NT BAND LUTER ONLY) ARE T 3 5/8" Y IM TOU7 P/'V7111 M1T MTM- 1 1 f IC AL 1 LF LAYC 1 3 TLE MTM-S SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. (SEE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS),, 11 2 3/8 9. SCALE: 1-1/2" = V—O" 9. N.T.S. 9. N.T.S. .- 19-3/4'(502 mm) +. Tfr art amdm.m war.ePlel=Im amm�.mW m".EsEr. 24'(010 mm) camoeen 11EeaMmeE 4'(102 mm) CAULK PERIMETER rmT•ro�4me.a1 m 01.h emi (0 Ito lo.•+ 18'(408 mm) 1 Iwe.m N.>••ba.eE. TILE (BEYOND) SOLID POLYMER COUNTERTOP � wlw wxl..F••�P"le�+tia rn w em.,r.... � '. W/INTEGRAL LAVS �+-w .+w N.a+•.•^•.w. 0..1—r w+I _ __ FArc•E..eu.E WrBM/a.WE•e) rear.> 3 1/2"Xi 1/2'xi/4'TUBE STEEL WOOD BLOCKING MN.2"8- F----r= PAPER m AT ALL VANITIES 1' 11 1/2' RE PAST FlXIIIPE MIN.B. 'f DUPLEX OUTLET, MOUNTED TOWEL REFER TO SCHEDULE WIFORMO DISPENSER Ns ATIO ,-. HORIZO TALLY® 48 TO CE ER. FOR LOCATION uOFFBLBLOCKING. E _ (IYP.) SEE DETAIL 9/A9.2 NT END OF TUBES TO BEAR ON E CRIPPLE STUD IN WALL AND m, FASTEN TO FULL-HEIGHT STUD W/1/2"P THROUGH BOLT R { A'APRON SWANSTONE SOLID .... I oI FLUSH W/BOTTOM R So IT Is ; ___--P ---- / Y EYES\ W�E REOUIFIL7 AS r o BRA ILEY 4M SURFACE COUNTER TOP OVER O of STEEL i i I 9. SCALE: N.T.S. AND BACK SPLASH 5/8" PLYWOOD BRACE TUBE STEEL BETWEEN BOWLS W 0 AT ALL LAVATORIES WfRN 2x4 SHOT 1 I I c FINISH FACE ` INTO TUBE STEEL I I 2x4 BLOCKING L - T « 1225'(311 mm) _�v INSULATE ALL SUPPLY AND DRAIN ��-- !F(203 mm) 126'(317 mm) I 1/4"APRON Z m N LINES IN PUBLIC RESTROOMS 11•_7^ °� CONTINUOUS NGM.PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND All WALL •, I W W 2'-3 1IZ"-' MOUNTED FlXRMES/ACCESSOftES.GO NOT UBE N MUNUFACTANER PROVIDED AIOLHGNG IINIOWARE•BUT ___ _�_______�. W c INSTEAD MOUNT AU.ACCESSORIES WRH MIN.2-1/2- NOTE CRAB BAPS MU,NAVE I O_ FRP OVER 5/8" PLYWOOD i �" STAAUN S SCREWS/LAG BOLTS SO THEY AAE SECIIRED BACKING TO suPPORT I 2'-O"A.F.F.TO B'-O" O Y/ O Q p��•p�� ♦p FULLY SECURED INTO THE BLOCKING. A MINIMUM 2G0 LB.POINT LOAD. I " 11G�111W1Y1 LAVATORY �1Y�. _ _ /'511 W�.L�,��q �� i i _ o O A.F.F. WHERE NOTED Q.J Lu `a 3 9.2 /2 SCALE: 1-1 " = 1'-0" SCALE-N.T.S. Z . i' r In TILE OVER 5/e° LLI w CEMENT BOARD ON N lit om o 3 5/8" METAL STUD ui 0 O N 5/8°CEMENT BEARD UP WASTE CAN 'o L �.' Z O TO 2'-0"A.F.F. IN WET -- - - --- - I +1 AREAS iv r O MO uN z M.(51mm)FROM BOTTOM r 5 °('�""") SIDES N BOTH 0 O a OF DOOR OR 14 IN.(368mm)FROM FLOOR J N FRP WITH /r'T\�]/\I p1T1►1/�pGVp KOpr w KAM#KBMAJNA J-MOLD AT BASE �VpVV1��YR7 I1GM� 1� ML/A IVY1G 71�QWL-W TILE FLOOR AND 9• SCALE: N.T.S. COVE BASE WASM FECEFrACLE STATION SECTION r� 9. SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" Z R CAULK TOP EDGE PERIMETER a SOLID POLYMER COUNTERTOP W/INTEGRAL BACK& SIDE SPLASHES W C SHIM AS REQUIRED. t l --ACOUSTIC TILE 1-10 1/2 BACK OF COUNTERr-1 r-1 r-1 CEILING LA" I I I I I I RECESSED LED V CAN LIG HT W 3 1/2-01/2"x1/4" BE STEEL J AT ALL VAN ES --- ---ACCENT TILE O Z 2 LAYERS OF 1/2'C.B. n ♦'O EQ_. 2'-O" t 2'-0" t EQ. m A°APRON a e^°\R1 PAPER TOWEL Lo END OF TUBES TO BEAR ON > 2'-5 1/4" A' t` DISPENSER CW CRIPPLE STUD IN WALL AND FASTEN TO FULL-HEIGHT STUD —OUTLET BEHIND C W/ 1/2"THRU-BOLTS I •- •- —ti o DISPENSER (TYP.) BRACE TUBE STEEL BETWEEN I ei 12"X24"TILE CHANGING STATION WITH 2x4 SHOT 'I SWANSTONE SOLID INTO TUBE STEEL AND 2x4 SUPPORT — TO REAR WALL I ii C _ C = SURFACE COUNTER 1'-10 v ROUGH OPENING �I I — I — — TOP W/ BACK O BABY CHANCING STATION-RECESS IN _ \ SPLASH &APRON NSTPER CL� UNDIRUCIONS AU AROUND ALL uj I I I I I WASTE CANS 6 Q EXPOSED EDGES,TERMINATE MIDSPAN I I I I I (BEHIND WALL) SUPPORT INTO CROSS BRACE AT 1-7 MIN. EACH END OF RECESS, 2 NOTE:MINIMUM FROM FACE OF TILE TO FRONT OF COUNTER TILE FLOOR FLACK OF BEAM ov..am.snFsw+.ie.� t 0'\ MAL i BABY OMNGM COMM TEMI-ATE /_9� WASTE W5087TAC:LE STATION B2VA" 9. SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 9. SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 9. SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" SHEET: Plan Review A9,2 By SAFEBUilt SUP JOINT NOTE:SEE SHEET A9.1 FOR TILE ELEVATIONS(TYP.) (TYPICAL) INSTALL METAL STUD FRAMING FLUSH WITH FACE OF CURB AT INSIDE F w .. EDGE OF SHOWER.IF THE FACE OF CURB DOES NOT ALIGN WITH THE SUP JOINT SEE DETAIL 9/A3.1 FACE OF THE STUD ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SHOWER,SHIM AND/OR (TYPICAL) FOR BRACING REQUIREMENTS $ ADD DUROCK CEMENT BOARD AS REQUIRED SO BOTH SIDES OF FRAMING a ARE FLUSH WITH THE FACE OF THE CURB." 6'WHERE NOTED O CT1 —CEILING TILE 6.6" d. ON DIAGONAL PATTERN ON 3 5/8'18GA 5/8'CEMENT BOARD MIL..STUDS O CTt —CEILING 12'O.C. TILE 6'x 6"ON 3 5/8"18M MTL STUDS O 12" DIAGONAL PATTERN O.C. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 8' ON 5/8"CEMENT BOARD METAL STUD BACKING ON CERAMIC TILE WITH LATEX PORTLAND TOP OF CURB FOR LINER CEMENT MORTAR AND EPDXY GROUT CERAMIC TILE SUPPORT/ATTACHMENT (USE FLEXIBLE MILDEW RESISTANCE STUDS TO BE ANCHORED SEALANT AT CORNERS) 5/8'CEMENT BOARD TO 7pp OF CURB W TpOp�l� 5/8"CEMENT BOARD(NO SUBSTITUTIONS) (NO ALL SURFACES) 0.I. LOW VELOCf1Y ' "+ N ALL SHOWER WALLS ON ALL SURFACES FASTENERS O 16"O.C. O Lu W OF SHOWER STALL Fs 0!99WWY77 CERAMIC TILE WITH LATEX PORTIAND 3-5/8"z 8"POURED 3 BULLNOSE TRIM AT SHOWER CEMENT MORTAR AND EPDXY GROUT CONCRETE CURB AS ;,.` W CSTUD OMPARTMENT OPENING(TYPICAL) (USE NTATFLEXIBLE MILDEW RESISTANCE TO ALIGNFOR J Lu Y SEALANT A7 CORNERS) W SLOPE 1/4'PER F00T (OPTION U USE LL TILE TO BE SET DIRECTLY 4 x8 CMU BLOCK/ ON TOP OF COVEBASE CUT TO FIT ~Z J W • • m -POURED SOLID) O J.. TOP OF COVEBASE TO 2 LAYERS OF ROLL B NE APPLIED X- - J �T I BE CUT AS REQ'D TO WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE APPLIED DO NOT ATTACH CEMENT BOARD TO STUDS yys(( DIRECTLY OVER CEMENT BOARD AND BELOW TOP OF LINER Po ADJUST FOR SLOPE AND MORTAR BED PER MANUFACTURES PROVIDE CONTINUOUS e'METAL STUD I d O ALIGN W/FIRST SPECIFICATIONS.•APPLY 70 ALL pRONDE/3 DOWELS Y COURSE OF TILE SURFACES OF SHOWER STALL(FLOOR, BACKING AI TOP OF CURB FOR LINER * O 24'0 C.W/ E PROVIDE TWO MORTAR BEDS MIN. SUPPORT/ATTACHMENT(TYPICAL ALL SIDES) FLOOR TILE 1'THICK-SLOPE TO SHOWER WALLS AND CEILING) 3. DRAIN Yi PER FT.MAX.INSTALL ONE EXTEND SHOWER PAN LINER MIN 1Y UP ® 3 EMBEDMENT INFlLL RECESSED BED DIRECTLY ON CONCRETE FLOORING WALL N FACE OF STUDS,FOLD ALL CORNERS A *6"WHERE NOTED SLAB W/MORTAR INSTALL SECOND BED ON TOP OF PAN INSTALL CONTINUOUS SHOWER FLAT WITH NO SEAMS IN UNER TYPICAL CUB BED.SLOPE ROO LINER AFTER IT HAS BEEN INSTALLED PAN UNER OVER ENTIRE FLOOR OF DRESSING ROOM OF SHOWER STUDS TO BE ANCHORED TO TOP CERAMIC TILE IXISING WAIL TO RAMNN INFlLL W NEW IEGA. FROM PERIMETER OF CURB W/0.145'LOW VELOCITY STUDS O 12"O.0 AS REO'D (ALL OUTSIDE WALLS/ 2 LAYERS OF ROLL ON EVSTOMERIC PROVIDE TWO MORTAR BEDS MIN. FASTENERS O 16'O.C. OOR TO BE O MAIN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE APPLIED 5/8"CEMENT BOARD 1"THICK-SLOPE TO SHOWER FLOOR LEYEL)TOWARD DIRECTLY OVER CEMENT BOARD AND 3 5/8"z 8'POURED CONCRETE CURB (NO SUBSf(RlIIONS) SHOWER OPENING MAX. MORTAR BED PER MANUFACTURES DRAIN Ya"PER Fi.MAX.INSTALL ONE ASS S REQ'D FOR STUD TO ALIGN PROPERLY ON ALL SURFACES 2 LAYERS OF BED DIRECTLY ON CONCRETE FLOORING 1/4.PER Ff. SPECIFICATIONS.*APPLY 70 ALL INSTALL SECOND BED ON TOP OF PAN OF SHOWER STALL IN'CEMENT BOARD SURFACES OF SHOWER STALL(FLOOR, LINER AFTER IT HAS BEEN INSTALLED PROVIDE/3 DOWELS O 24'O.C. INSTALL FIRST LAYER, EXTEND WATERPROOFING WALLS AND CEILING) W/3"EMBEDMENT ILA NOTED JOINTS OVER FLOOR OF DETAILS) ROOM AND UP WALLS ( L THEN INSTALL SECOND LAYER INFlLL AROUND DRAIN W17H MORTAR W/JOINTS STAGGERED. SLOPE AFTER WATERPROOFING HAS BEEN aI FILL/TAPE ALL JOINTS AND MAX.3+-PER APPUED UP TO AND OVER THE .I THEN INSTALL SHOWER SYSTEM FLANGE OF THE DRAIN.DO.^, AS NOTED IN TYPICAL DETAILS N _ _ _ NOT COVER WEEP HOLES %WATERPROOFING. :.�• SLOPE 1/- 4 PER FOOT 12'METAL STUD BLOCKING .. • „ INSTALL CRUSHED STONE - BETWEEN STUDS ., ." OR TILE OVER WEEP �/ .. CONCRETE SLAB TO BE ° INFlLL AROUND DRAIN HOLES FOR PROPER . ` I �.. RECESSED 2"BELOW WITH MORTAR AFTER DRAINAGE. :(.`e. ., �� --------- 1/;MIN.GAP O BOTTOM OF B.F.SHOWER AND WATERPROOFING HAS �..� CEMENT BOARD AND STAB- DRESSING ROOM BEEN VE UED UP TO a FILL W/SILICONE AND OVER THE FIANCE EXISTING SLAB INSTALL SHOWER PAN OF THE DRAIN.DO NOT A9.3 LINER BEYOND COVER WEEP HOLES OPENING W/WATERPROOFING. INSTALL CRUSHED STONE 6 • Lf OR TILE OVER WE EXTEND THE CEMENT BOARD CUM EXUMO WALL HOLES FOR PROPER OVER CURB AND UNER.STOP W 0 DRAINAGE. 1/4•FROM TOP OF LINER ANDVN,.IE-, HOWER TILE INSTALLATION IS 6'EXTERIOR WALL CAULK ENTIRE LENGTHOF JOINT ER TCA HANDBOOK#B421-07 MIL,STUDS r J In PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 8" Z W N METAL STUD BACKING ON �\ E�NIRII��/MTA■�L 3 STUDS O 12" O� / 2 � TLE MAL. 3-5/8'18GA.O.C. SUPPORT/ATTACHMENT /♦ Z MIL TOP OF CURB FOR LINER LLB � CIS9.3 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1-0" 9.3 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" STUDS TO BE ANCHORED CERAMIC TILE TO TOP OF CURB W/ �'N O -- DRAIN FLANGE.ADIUST HEIGHT AS 0.145"LOW VELOCITY W rI J a / ^ 5/8'CETAENT BOARD FASTENERS O 16'O.C. 3 a W ALL GROUT IS TO REQUIRW TO BE FLUSH WITH TILE BE 1 8'MAX. SQUARE TILE CONTINUOUS SILICON CAULK (NO ALL SUBSTITUTIONS) 3-5/8'z 8°POURED F > 0 OFFSET WALL JOINT'S FLOOR TILE ON ALL SURFACES CONCRETE CURB AS O Y44//! WITH COVE BASE WALL TILL tR. THIN BED MORTAR OF SHOWER STALL 3 5/8' 6 1/2" REQ'D FOR STUD 3:W Q Y O GROIlf JOINTS SEAL FIELD CUT BULLNOSE 2 LAYERS OF ROLL TO ALIGN PROPERLY N IwiJ Oc EDGES PRIOR TO GROUTING ON ELASTOMERIC i Z COV®ASE IS TO BE 5/8+CEMENT BOARD WATERPROOFING PROVIDE 03 DOWELS AUGNED WITH FLOOR TILE GROUP y O BED O.C.W/3' Q CRUSHED STONES EPDXY GROUT EMBEDMENT JOINTS EPDXY GROUT AS ` BULLNOSE FULL PIECES OF (LAGER TEw+ n BLOCKING AS REQ'D O REQ'D S? TILE AT EACH EDGE 7 WEEPHOLES) SLOPE 1/4'PER FOOT ° FOR CURB FORM O O Q SHOE OF COVEBASE TOP OF COVEBASE TO `- EXTEND = '_= - �— 40 IS TO BE FLUSH BE CUT AS REQ'D TO •! WATERPROOFING xawf O WITH FLOOR TI EPDXY GROUT ET LE ADJUST FOR SLOPE AND STUD WALL OVER FLANGE, - - CONCRETE STEM WALL A N ALIGN W/FIRST DO NOT COVER _ _ ------- -- 1.� TOP OF COVEBASE TO COURSE OF TILE FRONT VIEW WEEPHOLES. - - - , a 5/8'CEMENT BE CUT AS READ TO - - - • °' �zG ADJUST FOR SLOPE 3 46'STUD WALL BOARD AND LEVEL,ALIGN 6'x 12' 5 8 CEMENT BOARD OF FIRST COURSE COVE BASE /• WALL TILE Q ®cxm EXTE��, � WALL OF TILE SHOE OF COVEBASE '.:. 10 WALL TILE(FULLSIZE ° ° .e. e d° C • 1 PIECES WITH BULLNOSE, 3 IN O TILE WITH TO BE FLUSH IN SHOWER WITH FLOOR TILE A' NO PRE-CUTS) SHOWER PAN NE ° dJM✓1cA/y®p nGTA®p Plan ReV Ej ROOM' .H SQUARE TILE ml4 OFF UNER AT THIN SEf BED pA-R/RQI yM�{/G 6A9.1� 12z12 IN.TILE INSIDE OF FIANCE. MORTAR SLOPED MAX. IN DRESSING ----- BULLNOSE TILE EPDXY GROUT DO NOT BLOCK WEEPHOLES. 1/4'PER FOOT 9. SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" By SA F E B u I t O ROOM. FLOOR TILE TO NOTE:TILE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A BULWOSE SQUARE TILE BULLNOSE TILE SHOWER PAN LINER O HAVE+-)6° CUTTING MACHINE LL 9ULLNOSE TILE CAN BE OUT TO FIT.NO WALL TILE H BUILIZE CONCRETE FLOOR / PRE-CUT PIECES ALLOWED. BULLNOSE TILE PIECES WITH BULLNOSE, GROUT JOINTS. SHOWER CHAIN � OOVEH45E TO NO PRE-GUNS) AUGN WITH AND gyp �• E� w, ' /� gyp ADDITONA CLARIFICATIONSOTE:REFER TO DETAILS�AND FOR REQUIREMENTS.S.'3 FOR MATCH JOINT AS 1 ? 80 WA • FACE 1 1 f.CORNM l AnAq-g1 W SCMDULE � Z / \ T E, YC R REQ'D. 5 M C�-B Q SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. 6 SHOWER DRAIN(TYP) E I ,ILG L.M 1 W E 16.G MIw 1. TH..erex aelaolm.n[.drauN N gptud unlr eni.uw,robe w a.mmm. 0 Connwllw A.aaoeaxmt W 9.3 N.T.S. 9.3 N.T.S. 3 a lxml Wo (rb.roe av ) (�/10 wa or(z)p10 ball TOP Plat b" (1)/a—rd. oow..we. pa o 24•o.o.at". J C C.IIinO CAULK PERIMETER Iabb, PONRIam,fw.-1 (2)/10 Y 10'wa C VANITY TOP —� E.ft_p aem.r eluae fa O 24'....bo. Z SILICONE GROUT TO MATCH CERAMIC TILE SOLID POLYMER COUNTERTOP oNleq)c LO Pa w t— (2)Be a 1a'o.a m O GROUP COLOR AT WALL CERAMIC TILE SWANSTNE TOP WTIN APRON SIDENSPLASHES�•BACK 5/e'cIa.1ENT BOARD Phaaro aI.a1Nq(e.oNPq/eloaBaa) N o a'o.e. 5/8" (SWANSTONE RECOMMEND II WOOD BLOCKING MIN. MIN2x6— THICKNESS) — - —z. REFER TO SCHEDULE.ELEVATONS 1'-8'IN DRRSSI ROOM IF THE VANffY IS CUT SHORTER 5R10 FRAMING � � EXTEND PAST FIXTURE MIN.6". GGG 2"APRON ALL SIDES THAN 43'IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO 1'-10 1/2 INFlLL W/CEMENT AND MANUFACTURERS INFORMATION 1'-4"IN SHOW ALL SHIM THE REAR BEAM 9(e'N THE BOARD O BEAM FOR LOCATION OF BLOCKING. NOTE:CONTRACTOR OPTION TO TOP OF TUBE STEEL SLOPE EDGE OF APRON FORM/POUROUT OF CONCRETE 3 1/2'xi 1/2'x1/4'TUBE STEEL 10 TILE(AEON) TILE IS TO BE N VERTICAL (- ,y ...;.;Y: AT ALL VANITIES ----- SURFACE-ADJUST HEIGHT OF TILE WALL BELOW) e tt �.... TOP VIEW �a 70 MATCH ADJACENT WALJS � `XT1 2 LAYERS OF 1/2°C.B. ALIGN ALL JOINTS 1/4'GAP j m 4"CMU BLOCK LAID ON THEIR END �' ?'s;°o'.`v; i :[;+'`r Y4'APRON BACKSPLASH BEYOND O DRESSING ROOM BENCH ONLY END OF TUBES TO BEAR ON TOP WITH END CRIPPLE STUD IN WALL AND '�,�I _______ AT TWO SIDES p Bz8z16 CMU BLOCK—GROUT SOLID d>} ; e ,,q FASTEN TO FULL—HEIGHT STUD '� PROVIDE#3 DOWELS O 12"O.C. " �4"" `K.�4,^ W/1/2"THRU—BOLTS i I' ------- a 1/4'APRON wn .� W/3'EMBEDMENTtzz __� BRACE TUBE STEEL BETWEEN BOWLS I i1 I I END OF TUBE STEEL BEARS ON ALL L ;U'F L;"` ,�J+'�' AT AAVATORIES WITH 2x4 SHOT — CRIPPLE STUDS IN LOW WALL AND TILE FLOOR AND BASE �L>''!• " 31Ta- INTO TUBE STEEL AND 2x4 SUPPORT :\__ `� FASTENS TO ADJACENT STUD _ ROUGH—UP SLAB FOR BOND +".'4iJ.. ,{ TO REAR WALL WITH 1/2'THRU—BOLTS IN INSULATE ALL SUPPLY ADD -= 3 SHI"eET:P� N LY N RAIN 6 8'METAL STUD RECESSED SLAB—REFER ...e" UNES IN SHOWERS AND CER/NAIC TILE ON BOTH TO STRUCTURAL DWGS ` BARRIER—FREE SHOWER SIDES OVER 5/8"CEMENT BOARD NOTE:PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND ALL WALL 1'-7' MOUNTED FIXTURES/ACCESSORIES.DO NOT USE ° a END OF LOW WALL ON OPEN END MIN. MANUFACTURER PROVIDED MOUNTING HARDWARE,BUT • SEE 10/A9.3. 2 1/2' NOTE:MINIMUM FROM FACE OF TILE TO SECTM INSTEAD MOUNT ALL ACCESSORIES WITH MIN.2-1/2' NOTE:GRAB BARS MUST HAVE A9,3 BACK OF BEAM STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS/LAG BOLTS SO THEY ARE SECURED BACKING TO SUPPORT 7 Dwr� g LAVAT _�we 1 O "•L40y UR77.1�im FULLY SECURED INTO THE BLOCKING. A MINIMUM 250 LB.POINT LOAD. i • E DTI T ` •fYNi I ^„E-E 12 TIP.WALL O-OOKM DET/41L 9. SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 9.3 SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'—)" 9.3 SCALE: 1-1/2' = 1'-0" 9.3 SCALE; N.T.S. W"' „; :ram - -, ✓ ,� Wi3 �, ro Z 0 W W r -d'N"o J Q N Z f : WZLLI ( WT3 Z J Ed W Oc_�mJ°° � J N uNi'J V a p X O Wo- 6Z Ir ALL S O�YY .. .- c TYPICAL SHOWER HOOKS CZ TYPICAL MID SCALE:N.T.S. THE FOLLOWING NOTES ARE TO OUTLINE THE STEPS FOR A PROPER SHOWER STALL INSTALLATION, AND APPLY TO ALL SHOWER STALLS. REFER TO NOTES AND DETAILS IN THE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 1. POUR A 3 5/8-W X 87 CONCRETE CURB AROUND THE ENTIRE TALL IN THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE ZO PUNS.ANCHOR CURB INTO CONCRETE SLAB W/#3 DOWELS O 24"O.C.(3"EMBEDMENT), DO NOT WT2 low, M POUR THE CURB AT THE OPENING TO THE BARRIER FREE SHOWER. AN OPTION IS TO LAY 4"X8"CMU IN W LIEU OF THE POURED CURB n _ � ^' 1 E. �+"r'" '�� 2. BUILD WALL ON TOP OF THE CURB FOR THE SHOWER TALL USING MIN. 18 GA METAL STUDS AT+ � MIN 12"O.C. ATTACH TRACK TO CURB WITH MASONRY ANCHORS(0.148"LOW VELOCDY FASTENERS),MIN 18'O.C.AND AT ALL CORNERS PROVIDE'•YS"IN ALL CORNERS FOR PROPER L L m N ANCHORING OF CEMENT BOARD. NOTE:ALIGN FACE OF STUD FLUSH WITH THE FACE OF THE CURB ON WT3 INSIDE OF THE SHOWER STALL. IF FACE OF STUD DOES NOT ALIGN WITH THE CURB ON THE OUTSIDE W CO " : EDGE SHIM AND/OR ADD HE FLOOR AS REQUIRED SO BOTH FACES ARE FLUSH AND PLUMB. 00 U Z .411M � ,., . A4�.�,". `" 3. INSTALL..MORTAR BED ON THE f100R OF THE SHOWER STALL AND SLOPE AND RAIN AT MAX. 74S PERHF =Z — Q •+�.xa '" FI APPLY OVER BOND COAT OF THIN-SET OR PORT LAND CEMENT SLURRY N TOWEL FORA O NO '--"�' '"""-` �� ` ''"'"A Wines-•�,,,, � - FINISH. APPLY MORTAR BED UP TO EDGE OF THE DRAIN FLANGE, BUT TOP SHORT OF,AND DO NOT — J O COVER THE TOP OF THE FLANGE. a 4. INSTALL SHOWER PAN LINER OVER TOP OF MUD BED SO IT COVERS THE ENTIRE SHOWER FLOOR AREA 06 J W Z WT2---� "' - AND TURN UP THE WALLS MIMIMUM 12". INSTALL SO THERE ARE NO SEAMS AND/OR SPLICES IN THE LINER. FOLD CORNERS FLAT AND ATTACH FLAP AT THE TOP EDGE OF THE LINER,KEEPING THE EDGE AS z W O HIGH AS POSSIBLE. ATTACH TOP FLANGE OF DRAIN TIGHT OVER THE UNER AND TRIM LINER AT INSIDE O O Q R F. EDGE OF THE DRAIN. MAKE SURE THE LINER DOES NOT BLOCK THE WEEP HOLES IN THE DRAIN FLANGE. LALJ ,^ 5. INSTALL CEMENT BOARD(DUROCK BY USG NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED)ON THE METAL STUDS WITH W CO V MIN. 1 X"LONG NO.8 X 0,375"HD SELF-DRILLING CORROSION-RESISTANT RIBBED WAFERHEAD V C Z SCREWS(NO DRYWALL SCREWS). ATTACH AT MIN.8"O.C.VERTICALLY ALONG THE STUD,AND AT THE TOP I� INFI JOINTS WITH AND IL CORNERS TH OF IN-SET SET AND CORROSIONRESISTANT PROVIDE T�FIBERRGLASES TAPE�(NO PAPER TAPE OR DRYWALL �W AND FULLY COVER AND Z J JOINT COMPOUND IS ALLOWED). ALL JOINTS MUST BE FILLED AND TAPED PRIOR TO APPLYING Ia O co T Q WATERPROOFING. EXTEND THE CEMENT BOARD PA THE BOTTOM TRACK AND CURB OVER THE FACE OF O k THE SHOWER PAN LINER. PROVIDE X"GAP AT BOTTOM AND FILL WITH CAULK(PER LL N SPECIFICATIONS). ANCHOR TO THE STUDS ABOVE THE TOP EDGE OF THE SHOWER PAN LINER. DO NOT Y ? ATTACH CEMENT BOARD THROUGH THE LINER AT ANY POINT.A THE C Nf AR W 8. INSTALL A SECOND MORTAR BED ON TOP OF THE SHOWER PAN UNER AND SLOPE TO DRAIN AT MAX.U"PER FT. -APPLY OVER BOND COAT OF THIN-SET OR PORRAND CEMENT SLURRY AND TROWEL _ FOR A SMOOTH FINISH, APPLY MORTAR BED ONTO OUTSIDE FLANGE OF THE DRAIN,BUT TOP SHORT OF, AND DO NOT COVER THE WEEP-HOLES. 7. APPLY TWO COATS OF HYDRO BAN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE ON ALL SURFACES OF THE SHOWER STALL (FLOORS,WALLS AND CEILINGS). BRUSH APPLY V ALL CORNERS AND JOINTS AND THEN ROLL APPLY TO ENSURE 1COXWAL COVERAGE. IMPORTANT:INSTALL OVER DRAIN CORNERS A AND PROVIDE FIBERGLASS REINFORCING MESH(MIN. 12")AROUND DRAIN WITH THE FIRST COAT. ENSURE THE WATERPROOFING COVERS THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF THE FIANCE LIP, BUT STOP SHORT OF,AND DO NOT COVER THE WEEP-HOLES.NOTE-FILL THE VOID AROUND THE OUTSIDE OF THE DRAIN WITH CRUSHED TONE,OR .,y.•. - _, BROKEN TILE PIECES(LARGER THAN THE WEEP HOLES)TO ENSURE PROPER DRAINAGE, F r > 8. ALLOW MIN. i HOUR BETWEEN WATERPROOFING COATS FOR PROPER DRYING TIME,AND TEST TO DETERMINE Z THE MEMBRANE IS WATERTIGHT BEFORE INSTALLING TILE. 3 ,•;+'� 9. INSTALL TILE DIRECTLY OVER HYDRO BAN WATERPROOFING(AFTER PROPERLY DRIED)WITH 4-XLT THIN BED 'ALA MORTAR(NO SUBSTITUTIONS) IN SIZES AND PATTERNS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. ALL COVE BASE IS TO BE INSTALL FLUSH WITH THE WALLS AND FLOORS AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS-NO COVE BASE INSTALLED OVER THE FACE OF THE TILE WILL BE ALLOWED. 10. GROUT TILE WITH EPDXY GROUT(LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO PREMIUM)ON ALL SURFACES IN COLORS U 2 /_E_N TYPICAL F TYPK'.Al. P NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, ALL CORNERS ARE TO BE FILLED WITH LATASIL 100%SILICONE CAULK IN W O •4 sd,LE:N.TS. sMLE:N.T.S. 11 COLORS TO MATCH THE GROUT. '� a . ALLOW MIN.24 HOURS FOR GROUT TO CURE BEFORE CLEANING. NO ENZYME BASED CLEANERS OR K RINSES ARE TO BE USED ON ANY SURFACES WITH EPDXY GROUT AT ANY TIME. d U = W J 0 O p Z m N wrz Plan Review 3 W B SAFEBUiIt q WT1/WT2 i O W LU iw �^ MW 0 ,: .., _.. NOTE: SHEET: MOUNT W/ GRIP DOWN ON TH SIDES DOOR THUMETURNF ON INSIDE OF STALL, TYPICAL BAf�1�TOLET H TYPICAL 7RA811 ALL IYPICa1L DOOM AFIE AT TOLFU STALL "VACANT/OCCUPIED" A9.4 �1 ON OUTSIDE OF STAL.- SCALE:N.T.S. 1"X2"TRIM - PAINT SHERWIN VINYL WALL GRAPHIC - NOTE: z WILLIAMS„#SW6884'SABLE' WOLF GORDON, G 9061643, THIS SHEET IS FOR GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE p -p FLAT E EL STRINGS PITCH BLACK USED FOR CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT. ALL DIMENSIONS, EQUIPMENT AND FINISHES z � ARE TO BE BUILT/INSTALLED AS IDENTIFIED IN THE FLOOR, CEILING, AND W $_ KOROSEAL DESERT SAND EQUIPMENT PLANS AND RELATED DETAILS. VERIFY ANY CONFLICTING INFORMATION WALLLC�IINN0�45fE0 PEPPER' 2 WITH PILOT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK. ¢ g; am O 1"W TRIM - PAINT SHERWIN �IINYL WALL GRAPHIC - 01 F , WILLIAMS JSW6864 'SABLE' WOLF GORDON, G 9061643, a W FLAT ENAMEL STRINGS PITCH BLACK I I - / ✓� m EQ EQ 7 H M SOUD WOOD WALL BOARDS ('W G W APA GRAPHICS 96"x8"PLANKS Z 2 0 N co W n QNZ Z a D LLL,Lu G O fu BLOCKING AT a1 N'S— / iv O C7 -i 00 AND MONITORS (TYP.) d o�X N O Z Y N TILE COVEBASE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- % TILE COVEBASE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- APA GRAPHICS 96"x8"PLANKS / CROSSVILLE- COLOR BY APA GRAPHICS 96'x8"PLANKS BERS WTo2 ALL INTERIOR FINISHES T1)M'(GLOSS 4"x'lEA FOR PILOT ARBY'S IN VESTIBLE TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- �F1 TYP.ARBY'S VESTIBULE ELEVATION ry,'r0 w' FINISHES FINISHES APA GRAPHICS 98'x8"PLANKS A10 / �� EL�ATM\ SCALE: 3 8" = 1'-0" � 1D SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" 1� EQ, EQ. CROSSVILLE- COLOR BY WHITE CHANNEL LEI m >> 2 NUMBERS WT02 'TEA FOR A3. PAINT- SHERWIN WILLIAMS TM854 LrERRY OATTO' F T_� 2 o SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS- A APA GRAPHICS 96"x6"PLANKS 7LLj d � Q � J M Z mN ----T- -ii---��----F------�i----- fir----ii--- - --� l � W H � I ii II jl jj II p l C� Z Q i-- i', ii II I; -- - - 00 J a ?� W z srAINLEss COUNTERTOP PANT - SCHERR WILLIAMS W ' } TOMATO' FLAT�ENAMEL o O W ' ,- J _O OO m F� I_ � Z CD _= j'r-- __, _==1111 J O (o a ;' I' III W lV il TILE COVEBASE SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS --- SERVICE COUNTER SERVICE COUNTER 6"STAINLESS BASE CROSSVILLE-COLOR BY APA GRAPHICS 98"x8"PLANKS NUMBERS Wro2 'TEA FOR NOTE:THIS SECDON OF TILE TO BE TWO-(GLOSS 4"x87 INFlLLED WITHIN THE SERVICE e FRONT SERVW ELEVATION COUNTER.SEE DEraL E/AIO. A1G SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-O" 2 s 2 0 M 0 SOLID WOOD WALL BOARDS TAPA GRAPHICS 96-X6-PLANKS 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD - PAINT CROSSVILLE- COLOR BY -6/8"GYPSUM WALL BOARD - PAINTW C NUMBERS WT02 'TEA FOR #sW7038 "TONY TAUPE`FLIT ENAMEL H #SW1123 NAVAJO WHITE' (TYP.) TWO"(GLOSS 4"x87 0 0. a a 0: U y rn = W Ei � O o r z Fn SOUD WOOD WALL BOARDS io APA GRAPHICS 9rW PLANKSCROSWULE r° o _I (ALL SIDES) NUMBERS - COLOR BY Wroz 'TEA FOR NUMBE ATTACH 13ACKERBOARD AS N >- b TWO"(GLOSS 4"x8') RCABBN�D TO SURFACE OF o o `D STAINLESS COUNTERTOP < Q\\ D o 0 I I 59-1 1 I I TILE COVEBASE SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 8'STAINLESS BASE 8"Srm E3S BASE SHEET: ARBY'S PILOT _FlNISHFs FINISHES �� O c SERVING ELEVATION N SERVING ELEVATION � ET TI INSET A 0 SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" A1� SCALE: 3/8" = V-0" A1G SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" J \� • ► A -� 01A In SCREENS ARE TO BE INSTj THEY ARE NOT IN FRONT OF . ABOVE THE GIGARE17E CABINETS,AND 0 0 ARE EDGE OF THE SCREEN IS MAX. 48- LOCATED S• THE FARTHEST I I I • _ co FRRM THE EDGE OF THE w m MEN NINE Is mmmmm ME mm Lu jo C4 uj w IL lwXm .• �. ��ice•�� • • • • • • : • • • 111 HOME _w_____a�N_Nvvvvv�__nA_wA.�wi■_w__________��____N _I� \\\\\\\\`�\\I W\®\\\\\\\MOM,\, - ■_______—__�N_w_�Ir■■�_N____�_�-tY I � , rw _—_—_— N __ 7 ° �� 04\R■1■ �f _74—_� � CL • ■___w_ _ ■0 mmmm _wNMl\\\\O\\\ \\\\\\0\\\r\ . •• _NNN ww___N___________w __ __www__NNww_I` � � 'IS \ _ TILE AA� 1 \ \ IS \\\\\\\\\ • _�wwN w•■w_�Nww________�� _w__N_Nw_w_=1\\o\\\\\, ■wI I m- --- CORNER NONE mi�1 r0mlI I I I I I _ I N �G, I I c ,g• I ,�• I ¢, I ,¢, I ,c, I '� I I I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1C I A\\\\\\S `\\ \�\\\SR _ \1 I e - __N___�1__IATi�IAw_/,.______IAi_i'�N___—_■�____ __AAA■_�1_____I ■_____r'.Pr�-T_rJ_I.—_________w__wwG77�_■i_N■ T -..--------■■■■A.----------■■------.■-----Elswft -Wpm 1111111 MMMMMME W��WW Who 7 _77 wa�.�■lilii�—ww��l—Imo■__■ -?mum ■w_ u •I� O* o _`' 1 ■; ri••I• •I�•I• Afrl�-L`w ■I y +... ■ (_` T�VAo ■_IIIIIhll6111■ ■ IMF `3�I � � 1•I�i:■■I��i�L�IAI i I� a c! i _.n' .f.::_t■..::_: i • �.�■IME II III 1 , :F , 31` � ■lam ■ � �.I A •� • I*I.'... • ( I • w Iil Ill [,i If� �—+ 91 � Itl pvwNhl6 : ...�lil�l■■■IIfl�= _q-1—Y� ■ JI� I� ■ �1 GI 1 1 lJ' f 1 LJ: ■ 11�� ■ LI — fw� i 11—./ O, • - .,A.��II�III\,,�,,:. ►�� ,►�WI.I,I�WI■I�1nW , ,CI■I ��■I I■u Ilblj 7 oII • HIS SHEET IS FOR GENERAL - EFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE m)Cm)Cm)` USED e• LAYOUT. DIMENSIONS, , FINISHES m,i�W�TmmT ,` m / - ARE j BE BUILT/INSTALLED AS IDENTIFIED IN THE FLOOR, CEILING, AND K WOODPLYWOOD BLOCKING PLYWOOD BLOCKING WOOD - BLOCKING THIS SHEET IS FOR GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE D FINISHES ARE TO BE BUILT/INSTALLED AS IDENTIFIED IN THE FLOOR, CEILIK 33, AND 4 a -- 2 — — — — — — — EQUIPMENT PLANS AND RELATED DETAILS. VERIFY ANY CONFLICTIN INFORMATION mw 1 --- J WITH FLYING J'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK. _ __ ------ -- PLYWOOD BLOCKING 1 AT CIGARETTE ��\� ��AA cm, ASSEMBLY ONLY .�.. A�� •..` ��,�.A, 7 2 0It WN F T v�� . J LL Z Y! IL z 01- �' of OJa2-iN'J'I� I- �. � I a a O z a SALES BLOCK ELEVATIdV x 12 SCALE 3/8 V-0 F SAL M BLOaGW ELEVATION Al2 SCALE: 3/8" - '-0" 2'-0" 4'-1" 4'-1" 2'-0" 20"x38'MIN. PLYWOOD BLOCKING WOOD BLOCKING sm or MEMO % 20"x36" MIN. 20'x36 MIN. WOOD BLOCKING WOOD.BLOCKING OPEN TO BEYOND I Z T � � � M i J Z Z m NN I O ao _a W F T � aZ v za W4 J IL Ae�ASALE$BLOCIaNG ELEVATION_ c SALES BLOCIaNO ELEVAT�N W v0Lu W z Al2 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" QQ O PLYWOOD BLOCKING 2� � � g Z W J 11'� o J Ell � zy O as J N -- - - -- -- - - — — — — — — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - a �m Z� q - UA W- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - 'O F' I I I WL k4LLF_�W�L� I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q a v 2 W n SALES BLOCKING ELEVAIIa+) C Al2 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0- SCREEN MOUNTS O DDPlan Review PLYWOOD BLOCKING BLOCKING REQ'D Dy �AFE�U��t ON DOOR - NO PLYWOOD BLOCKING SEE ELEVATIONS FOR SEE'ELEVATIONS FOR 3 EXACT'PLACEMENT OF FXACT PLACEMENT OF CENTER OF BLOCKING CENTER OF BLOCKING 0 2 7'-9 3/8' 44'-9" 4•_g• 7'-9 1/4' r -- ■ T 20'x36;MIN. I - LLOCATEFOR m WOOD BLOCKING w BLOCKING CAN BE 2X POWER AND Q W000 OR 3/4"PLYWOOD T FOR CAT 5 DIRECRV (CONTRACTOR'S CHOICE) AgpVE BLOCKING Q o 1 -20"x36" `.. ® DID w I -- i — I — — "' ® ® CKI® ® ® 0 ® ® O EQ. EQ. 0 — —f-- I 0 4zU 1 Q o i m d ® 0 o i O � � N W O O �o � I 8HEET: 1®8 1®8 18 10®®18®1 e.®EE3 1B 9'. 1B Ge ® iB 18 'B ME ff1 uarm mmw aWm v.Nt¢ oIWID1 Mlim wl6x exuzv wqa exam owfu -°" Al Z o EL SALES BLOCKING E1/A110N rE SALES BLOC"ELEVATION CN1 BLOCIaNQ DETAL Al2 SCALE: 3/8" = V-O" Al2 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" Al2 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" NOTES- ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND G a. R. 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,MOUNT 48"AFF TO CENTER. 5 0 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,MOUNT 18"AFF TO CENTER. w x ITYPICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES-LETTER INDICATES TYPE. TRAVEL CENTER LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 3. "GF"DESIGNATION INDICATES GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE. ® 4, 7 4. USE)DESIGNATION INDICATES A WEATHERPROOF COVER(WEATHERPROOF WHILE T ® It®j� 7 TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL# MOUNTING VOLTAGE LAMPS/FIXTURE BALLASTS/FIXTURE FIXTURE WATTS NOTES TYPICAL EXIT SIGN-FACES AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS INDICATED.LETTER USE).GFCI RECEPTACLE OR GFCI PROTECTED CIRCUIT SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION INDICATES TYPE. 7/6/18 SURFACE LED _ WITH THE WEATHERPROOF COVER. AL2 10 40"SURFACE/SUSPENDED LINEAR CREE CS1438L-0OK-CMA OR STEM 120V 4000°K 38 (1)(6)(18) TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS,HEADS AS INDICATED. 5. "S"DESIGNATION INDICATES SURGE SUPPRESSION TYPE RECEPTACLE. ��= C� AW 10 EXTERIOR UP/DOWN SCONCE LITHONIA OLLWU LED-PI-0OK-MVOLT-WH WALL 120V LED - 14 (1 X2X7) RECESSED FIXTURE-VERIFY TYPE,LAMPING,AND VOLTAGE WITH FIXTURE SURFACE 4000°K 6. PROVIDE DOUBLE-GANG BOX WITH PLASTER RING AND BLANK COVER PLATE,WITH 3/4"C. OO O° CL2 709 2'X 4'ARCHITECTURAL LED TROFFER CREE ZR24M-40L+{OK-CMA-FD CEILING 277V LED _ 30 SCHEDULE. (1)(18) WITH PROVIDE NYLON STUBBED FROM BOX S F ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN CEILING SPACE. o RECESSED 4000°K PROVIDE NYLON BUSHING ON BOTH ENDS OF CONDUIT. 0 RECESSED EMERGENCY FIXTURE-VERIFY TYPE,CAMPING,AND VOLTAGE WITH � FIXTURE SCHEDULE. �' M FL 6 EXTERIOR WALL PACK CREE XSPWA02FC-UZ WALL 27N LED 42 (1)(2)(7) Z G W SURFACE 4000°K 7. PROVIDE i"C.WITH ION IN CEILING STUBBED FROM TELECOM COMPARTMENT TO AN TYPICAL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES-VERIFY TYPE,CAMPING AND VOLTAGE WITH W Q W GS 9 LED FIXTURE CREE CPY-250-A-DM-F-A-UL-BZ CEILING 120V (1)82 LED g2 (2X6) CONDUACCESSTBLE LOCATION IN CEILING SPACE.PROVIDE NYLON BUSHING ON BOTH ENDS OF C�Q ��FIXTURE SCHEDULE. Z wo y a RECESSED 4000°K CEILING LED TRACK LIGHTING. Q N Z HL 9 4'WET LOCATION LINEAR CREE WS4-47L 120V - 50 (1)(7) 8. ONE SWITCH SHALL CONTROL INBOARD LAMPS,AND THE OTHER SHALL CONTROL "J a Q Z SURFACE 4000°K OUTBOARD LAMPS. WALL WASH. LL C Z W 0 KL 12 2'LED WALL MOUNT LUMINAIRE CLF72-15WHP-0OOOK-120-277-OP-BRZ-GLR WALL 120V LED _ 75 O ^ SURFACE 4000°K (1) 9. SHARED NEUTRALS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. J S. GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,SINGLE-POLE,20A,120-277V AC(NOTE 1). Q(z�j W J PL 5 LED DOWNLIGHT CREE LRfi-7L-0OK-GU24LT6A-DR CEILING 120V LED _ 10.5 (1)(6)(12) J(p y J v RECESSED 4000°K S GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,THREE-WAY,20A,120-277V AC(NOTE 1). Lu xx' ML 198 LED DOWNLIGHT CREE KR6-9L-40K-120V-10R RECEILING CESSED 120V LED - 13 (1)(6)(12)(18) GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES S`4 GENERAL USE AC SWITCH,FOUR-WAY,20A,120-277V AC(NOTE 1). a O W)Z U1 6 EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED GOOSENECK TROY KB18984-SL48 WALL SURFACE 120V (17)LED - 17 (1)(2)(7) i. ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIAL USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE"UL"USTEO AND SD DIMMER SWITCH. Y K U2 2 EXTERIOR WALL SCONCE LIGHTWAY-MERW-920-LED-E-U-21W37fi-WSA-PSC 120V - 18 (1X2)(7) SURFACE LABELED. WALL L ED S KEYED SWITCH. 3500°K 2. ALL J-BOXES,AND OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN SHALL BE RECESSED LED MOUNTED INTO A WALL,FLOOR OR CEILING UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED SM 20A,120V,2-POLE MOTOR-RATED SNAP SWITCH. XA EXIT SIGN LITHONIA LQM S W 3 G 120/277 EL N SD UNIVERSAL 120/277V - - (1)(4)(13)(17) (2)0.7W OTHERWISE. ,{1 WALL LED (1)(4)(7) J X7OUTDOOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT UTHONIA AFN-DB-- 120/277V LE - - 4 ) SWITCHES CONNECTED TO FIXTURES WIRED FOR DUAL SWITCHING(NOTE 8). SURFACE 2 6W (14 17 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES ON ALL RECEPTACLES AND _ WALL LED (1)(4)(6) J-BOXES.ALL STANDARD SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE IVORY IN COLOR. RX2INDOOR LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT LITHONIA ELM2 LED SURFACE 120/27N (2)1 5W - - (9)(17) ADDITIONALLY,PROVIDE AND INSTALL ORANGE DEVICES FOR ALL ISOLATED J3 v3 NOTES: GROUNDIDEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLES. SOS WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 1. ALL LAMPS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. ALL RECEPTACLES IN DELI/RESTAURANT AND PREP AREAS THAT ARE 50A AND LESS ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR. SHALL HAVE PERSONNEL PROTECTION VIA GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE OR BREAKER. - 2. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN.COORDINATE ROUGH-IN WITH EXPANSION JOINTS-REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A6,AND A6.1 FOR EXACT 5. COORDINATE WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER,MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR 04 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20(NOTES 2,3,4,5). LOCATION-TYPICAL FOR EXTERIOR FIXTURES. AND GC FOR FINAL LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS OF ALL EQUIPMENT @4 GROUND FAULT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20(NOTES 2,3,4,5). 3. NOT USED. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CONDUIT AND/OR STUB-UP LOCATIONS. 04 TWO DUPLEX RECEPTACLES,NEMA 5-20,IN ONE DOUBLE-GANG BOX(NOTES 2,3,4). 4. CONNECT EMERGENCY BACK-UP AHEAD OF ALL LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. 6. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO RECEPTACLES USING ONLY C THE TERMINAL SCREWS.RECEPTACLE BACK WIREIQUICK CONNECTIONS SHALL NOT ®AC CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20. 5. NOT USED. BE USED. ABOVE CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20. 6. FIXTURE SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATION USE. 7. POWER AND CONTROL CORDS ARE FURNISHED WITH DELIIKITCHEN APPLIANCES. ® NEMA 5-20 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN ROUND FLOOR BOX. CONNECT CORD SETS TO APPLIANCES AS REQUIRED. 7. FIXTURE SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATION USE. Q{6-20 SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE,NEMA 5-20 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED(NOTES 2,4). R< u 8. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION WITH NAMEPLATE OF ALL OWNER 8. NOT USED. SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. Q{ SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE,NEMA CONFIGURATION INDICATED.IF NEMA CONFIGURATION IS NOT INDICATED,THEN SIZE PER NAMEPLATE ON EQUIPMENT cart 9. MOUNT 6"BELOW CEILING WHEN MOUNTED ON WALL. 9. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATED UNDER THE KITCHEN HOOD SHALL UTILIZE SHUNT TRIP SERVED.PROVIDE MATCHING PLUG AND CORD SET AND CONNECT TO EQUIPMENT c LW G TYPE BREAKER PER NFPA 96.10.1 AND IBC 904.11.2. SERVED. Z Q r J M 10. NOT USED. PB WALL MOUNTED PUSH BUTTON STATION MOUNT AT T-0"AFG FOR OUTDOOR W LLl ,� m ST L TI S N 4'-"A F D S TIONS. (3 '2 W ,,.NOT USED. Go SHEET INDEX ABBREVIATIONS E"= EMERGENCY FUEL SHUT-OFF("-SEE PLAN VIEW). J V U Z O 12.FIXTURE TRIM SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATION USE. f/� Q 13. MOUNT 6"BELOW CEILING. SHEETS DESCRIPTIONS ABB. DEFINITION B BELL. 3 O LLJ a ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND AND W EO m :5 >- z 14.MOUNT 6"ABOVE DOOR FRAME 70 BOTTOM OF FIXTURE,CENTERED ON DOOR. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE A AMPERES MOTOR SYMBOL. CC 15.NOT USED. E1.1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN AC ABOVE COUNTER 30/3 NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH,AMP RATING/POLES INDICATED.FOR OUTDOOR C ~ LLI O LIGHTING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NF 3R LOCATIONS,PROVIDE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE. y x O g 16.NOT USED. E1 2 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE LIGHTING CONTROLS 30/3 3R FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH,AMP RATING/POLES INDICATED.PROVIDE FUSES PER J Z ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER 25 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE.FOR OUTDOOR LOCATIONS,PROVIDE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE. 17.PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH BATTERY BACK-UP CAPABLE OF 90 MINUTE RUNTIME UPON LOSS OF NORMAL POWER. TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN Q LL m E2.1 POWER SWITCH AHU-1® ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION-EQUIPMENT TAG OR V Z 1�"' O it 18.FIXTURE IS EQUIPPED WITH"SMARTCAST"TECHNOLOGY.FIXTURE HAS AN INDEPENDENT ADDRESS ALONG WITH AN INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR. TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE DESCRIPTION INDICATED.COORDINATE LOCATION AND CONNECTION DETAILS WITH F O E2.2 PLANS ELECTRICAL C CONDUIT EQUIPMENT INSTALLER. F O O Q E2.3 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR CD CANDELLA OUTPUT OJ @1�JUNCTION BOX. W J ^ N PLANS-ELECTRICAL ii CKT CIRCUIT J E2.4 TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN POWER CU COPPER PANELBOARD WITH DESIGNATION.SEE PANELBOARD SCHEDULE FOR MOUNTING. LLJ TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN C/B CIRCUIT BREAKER HIGH VOLTAGE PANELSOARD WITH DESIGNATION.SEE PANELBOARD E3 COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN C/T CURRENT TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE FOR MOUNTING. E4 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN FIRE G GROUND ® SURFACE MOUNTED PLUGMOLD WIREWAY.REFER TO PLAN FOR LENGTH. ALARM E5.1A TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD GF GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT ®4'?y=_TELECOM OUTLET(NOTES 2,6). SCHEDULES IG ISOLATED GROUND TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD KVA KILOVOLT-AMPERES SPEAKER,CEILING FLUSH MOUNT UNLESS NOTED. E5.1B SCHEDULES KW KILOWATTS DESIGNATES ZONE. Q E5.2 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL p.- EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER O MICROPHONE INPUT. ti TRAVEL CENTER,ARBY'S&QUIPMENT MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MANUAL PULL STATION. U E5.3 CINNABON ELECTRICAL E Z SCHEDULES NC NORMALLY CLOSED W O Q SMOKE DETECTOR. TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL NL NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT W ~ EIL RED(LINE) 5A CONDUITSCHEDULE NO NORMALLY OPEN O HEAT DETECTOR IL NEUTRAL E6 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM NTS NOT TO SCALE HORNISTROBE-MOUNT 80"AFF TO CENTER-CD LISTED NEXT TO APPLIANCE. J F W 3 LIN -LIGHT CIRCUIT - ED(LOAD E71 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING O PHASE �� STROBE ONLY-MOUNT 80"AFF TO CENTER-CD LISTED NEXT TO APPLIANCE. G a Z BZ-100 DIAGRAM-GASOLINE POS POINT OF SALE y C �¢ AC FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. W to g E72 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING RIP ROUGH IN POINT DIAGRAM-DIESEL 2 UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ® FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR. ?� W g g a TLS350 VEEDER ROOT 4 E7.3 W. SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM V VOLTS [-�`\[ DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR(FURNISHED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ¢ z i TLS350 VEEDER ROOT TRUCK W WATTS l\mil l MOUNTED IN DUCT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.) o o > E7'4 INPUT/OUTPUT WIRING DIAGRAM WP WEATHERPROOF-PROVIDE WITH SPRINKLER VALVE TAMPER SWITCH. aD ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAMS IN-USE COVER BLUE CONTROL OUTPUT E8 AND DETAILS WPG WEATHERPROOF WITH GROUND 8 0 V SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH. W ' FAULT IN-USE COVER -PROVIDE BLACK COMMON E9.1 PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM C � WITH IN-USE COVER CONCEALED CONDUIT. RED+24VDC E9 2 WIRINGDIAGRAM CONTROLLER CONCEALED TRANSFORMER H Lu V m WIRING DIAGRAM ,_. ES1.1 SITE PLAN Y WYE � CONDUIT UNDER SLAB/GROUND. Q G ^Q ELECTRICAL -- EXPOSED CONDUIT. $ SITE PLAN RED LOAD A ES1.2 PHOTOMETRIC q-1�� ONE HOMERUN CIRCUIT-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATED. RED LINE) ES1.3 SITE PLAN A-1,3'�1 TWO HOMERUN CIRCUITS-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED(NOTE 9). 5120E-P ELECTRICAL LINE-RECEPTACLE CIRCUI 3 ES1.4 FUEL ESTOP LOCATION PLAN A-1,3,5�-, THREE HOMERUN CIRCUITS-PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED(NOTE 9). PAGE SHEET: NEUTRAL ES21 AUTO CANOPY AND ISLAND PLANS g POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS RECEPTACLE/OCC. SENSOR E52.2 TRUCK ANDCAN CO MUNICND A IO PLANS EO POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL-OFFICE AREA TANK FARM AND 99POWER EO ES2.3 AND COMMUNICATIONS ® • SCALE: N.T.S. DEF HEAT TRACE ES3.1 INSTALLATION DETAILS ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS ES3.2 I EF HEAT TRACE 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 NSTALLATION DETAILS PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 EGRESS LIGHTING POWER DENSITY GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES + NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: (�k SEE SHEET E1.2 FOR INTERIOR TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL# FDCR)RE WATTS A 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES a 2 LIGHTING CONTROLS. x 9 EXIT SIGN LITHONIA LOM S W 3 G 1201777 EL N SD 1A WITH FINAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PROVIDED BY ARCHITECT. RX2 47 INDOOR LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT LITHONIA ELM2 LED 3 - 2. PROVIDE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SEALING COMPOUND AT ' CONDUIT ENTRIES TO WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS. a Lgk�� TOTAL EGRESS WATTAGE 153.8 , 716/18 TOTAL BUILDNN AREA(SO-FT) 9,526 KEYED NOTES EGRESS LIGHTING POWER DENSITY(WISO-FT) 0.0161 1O CONNECT CIRCUITS THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTORS. CONTACTORS ARE CONTROLLED BY A PHOTOSENSOR AND O ASTRONOMICALTIMECLOCKVIA THE HONEYWELL ,' H CONTROLLER. Z. W O2 CONNECT TO BUILDING MOUNTED SIGN.COORDINATE Z 2 Qp 111 ao EXACT LOCATION WITH SIGN INSTALLER PRIOR TO ANY C(A ROUGH-IN. Q rn Z r JILQZ00 O3 NOT USED, ui O O 1- O4 NOT USED. F Z'1 W Oco��- ®NOT USED. _J W J ©NOT USED. a c Q Z O 1 Q At-22 7 CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE ALL EMERGENCY,EGRESS,AND L-15(PAR'1) Y O Al-20 GS�--- ---- - O---� Ai-11(PART)0EXIT FIXTURES AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. 1O - 8 ( PICAL) I Ul Ul O8 COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ANY Al-16(PART) FL x1 ❑ x a At-2(PART) FL FL ROUGH-IN. __ /.rr 2 _ --�! O9 NOT USED. ® 1 2 /CL2/ CL2 / N CL2 l 10 BAND.COORDINATE COT NECTION LOCATION WITH ACCENT • (TYPICAL) 8 11 HL - 2 / O - - O INSTALLER PROVIDE APPROPRIATELY RATED DISCONNECT }L r 1 SWITCH IF NOT PROVIDED FROM THE MANUFACTURER. A A I ' RX2 If 11 FIXTURE HAS SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY WITH AN INTEGRAL \ III ML ML M /ML - / ML M ML OCCUPANCY SENSOR.FIXTURE HAS INDEPENDENT L IL � R ffl O O O O O O O O ADDRESS AND IS CONTROLLED WIRELESSLY VIA C � As SMARTCAST SWITCH.SEE SHEET E1.2. MLO L2 -II CL2(fX 312 CL21 CL2 y CL2 CL2 ' THL HL - ML ML ISM M ML PIL- ML0 C`\ c C c RX2 a a U RX2 I! f RX2 RX2 RX2 f C 11 (TYP.) X2 Ix CL2 CL2 / CL2 C� X FL L OT c CL2 CL2 CL2 % CL2 CL2 C CL AW A W in L� II I I o fD o a a a a G IL b i (� �o o� x1 R)lJ Lu m oD RX2 '... I (�_ I�__�.( RX2 AI-16(PAOM a U ZML ML Rl! C c CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 CL HL I O L � A O a ? ® L 2 O >- z CL2 92— C =- I CL2 - LCI-2-___� LL Q� Y O RX2 CL c a a - a a a C.b nI O I � :T RX2 7 (NPICAL) RX2// IIILL x Z RX2 / C c 5 I Q F `� J A A I ___ U- O II. c CL2 CL2 b I i - W r 0' 8p Cu I CL2 O Q L --- - HL I _ J J O l ML , O 9 O a., o T c c_ a a a CL2 a a b I I �� ( W d N y •L _ ML ML C L ML �� O O 1 O O O O L-5(PART) Al-1 ML ML ML ML ML _ML i RX2 Al-16(PART) a�I I - �� Oe /��L� pe Oe b / RX2Y C I CL2 c ML ML ML ML I ML % O 09 g RX2 / L1,.d4.Y.-&.yp,N.T e e .. II I - ML /-ML L bLL��p aL � �vl �O ML ML ML ML ML a CL C b HL L RX2 'o R 1 CD) �.I MLI ML ML ML MLO ML ML ML ML i p 08 O o9 O oe Oe O -O = 0 .O CLb e e fl C �' ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML - °�- �- I I �\\,,JJy��'�� uj Z 2 yl--J YT CL2 08 09 09 O O9 Oa O Oe ,• O e Oe O- 0 0 ❑ O L_1 L I6*�''gl 0 0 Al-18 J 9 b La(ART) �' - �- �� (�X ML ML ML ML ML .� ML ML ML ML ML l-/ a a O O O O 09 O O O ' Oe O Oe O a 11 GS CL2 C CL2 9 e f e J W 3 ML Li Lu ML Mb ® ML ML ML L ML ML ML ML ML CL2 4/ RX2 CL2 CL2 I J (TYPJ 11 O O Z > 09 O O O oe O O O O Oe Oe i L4 9 9 e e m O LGS .- L ML ML ML L ML ML ML ML ML M ML ML RX2 RX2 Z to C O 0 9 O O O 9. O O O O O O e O o e O L`-- 2 FL �j �j x# M o II 9 9 11 (TYP.) 9 e e O /I O O I1_1 I,-� �� _'� o's T- L-13 M ML ML ML ML ML M M ML 0 'i' Oe O Oe �,',i o 0e :I m 2 _L_ I I091 9 g A I ( L ) aD Oi Ai-0 I ( ML ML ML ML ML RX2 ML ML ML ML / i' �I'I' AL2 _i 15(PART A i o O O O O 09 O Oe O O O O 0�C �\ O W ' WW 1 9 9 9 9 \ XIl` o L e - a '� o i ylk� ML ML M L L-S(PARn 7 P.) e L M \ML ML ML O O i O o 09 / 09Oa O oe HW„ W m m O � ML e oe RX2 1 Al-28 J 10 /ML ML ML ML ML qi_3 C C ® yy°. e0 L ML ML RX2 ML ML RX2 CL2 CL2 O ' 09 09 O o `N`*tia° Oe OB oe oe o x \ 9 RX2 ` M M AL2 - CL2 cL2\ 0RIO PAGE SHEET: x O � I At-12 O1 xt 2 Ut Ui Ui Ui U2 At-2(PART) (TYPICAL) 7 -1 -GS-----GS----65---.' (TYPICAL) 8 (TYPICAL) 8 - At-11 - X1 OAl-10 iO Al-80. At-60 A1.4 11 (TYPICAL)PIDAL) 7 ® ® ®Al-2°� 7 � TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIGHTING E1 . 1 l SCALE: 3/16°=V-o° ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTESry , EEi:,v<ROOM - 1 �,` F4` qao51 J �t 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES , CLOSE WITH FINAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PROVIDED BY ® 59 ARCHITECT. q 2. PROVIDE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SEALING COMPOUND AT -� TYPE QUANTITY FIXTURE WATTS ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROLS TOTAL WATTS - �� CONDUIT ENTRIES TO WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS. "Lfrgw-' (SMARTCAST) �i - 7/6/18 El 1-1AL2 9 38 YES 342 KEYED NOTES CL2 109 30 YES 3270 Sa`S'So`Sd HL 9 50 NO 450 1� 4 t0 PICAL) KL 12 1S NO 450 O FIXTURE HAS SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY AND IS EQUIPPED `Se`Sf`S9 �� SH WER SH WER WITH AN INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR.SET FIXTURE TO o ML 198 13 YES 2574 12Os BE CONTROLLED VIA SMARTCAST DIMMER SWITCH � M PL 5 11 NO 55 Og 09 DESIGNATED BY THE SWITCH-LETTER. Z TOTAL INSTALLED WATTAGE 6871 11 11 C7 W Q W _,I I ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROL WATTAGE(Smartrast Controls) glgg O2 FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SWITCH ril; t O N 3 O I \ ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROL PERCENT OF TOTAL WATTAGE 90.03% RESIDING IN THE LIGHTING ZONE. Q W Z O3 HATCHED AREA DESIGNATES A LIGHTING ZONE.FIXTURES J a a Z to ��-pp17 I 12 10 10 12 IN THIS AREA SHALL BE CONTROLLED TOGETHER FIXTURES LL W Z W in 4�1 I r-1 RESIDING IN CUSTOMER AREAS SHALL NOT UTILIZE THE G O 1-^ to OCCUPANCY FEATURE INTEGRAL TO THE FIXTURE. ~ Z-J LLI to 42 TRAVEL CENTER SWITCHBANK LOCATION 32 ENHANCED LIGHTING CONTROL WATTAGE z TYPICAL SWITCHING FOR SHOWER ROOMS q SWITCH-LETTER BESIDE OFFDCTUREINDICATESWHICH a c oo-J m E SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" E SCALE: NITSEi•Z SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" O SWITCH CONTROLS THIS FIXTURE. O ,a NOT USED. Y OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE WATTSTOPPER MODEL #CB-100 SURFACE MOUNTED ON JUNCTION BOX.PROVIDE I' { -- -- _-- --`--—-- - WIODEL TH ALL NECESSARY POWER PACKS( TSTOPPER 2 (TYP.) MHARDW ),TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING O NOT USED. CL2 CL2 CL2 ®NOT USED. I HL ° 2 O O O O O NOT USED. RT'T e e o e o f a 10 SWITCHES CONTROLLING FIXTURE TYPES'AL2','CL2'&'ML' ° P�O`fEE B - d - -- SHALL BE CREE CWD-CWC WIRELESS DIMMER SWITCHES WITH SMARTCAST TECHNOLOGY.THE SWITCH REQUIRES A I _ O O O O O O O O "HOT"LEG CONNECTION FOR POWER.THE SWITCH CONTROLS THE FIXTURES WIRELESSLY.SEE PLAN VIEW V\ I( F HL OLER H � L2 CL2. CL2 CL2 CL2-• CL2_• CL2. CL2 O O FOR LIG HTING G ZONES. L SWITCH TO CONTROL VANITY LIGHT(DESIGNATEDKL). O O g ze g ,, o o o a r° o o _ o o 12 SWITCH TO CONTROL SHOWER LIGHT(DESIGNATED PL'). I `�I c cS a as a a 13 SEE DETAIL 2-E12 FOR TYPICAL SHOWER ROOM LIGHTING �L-'l_='�t��_�`'r -ill `•' O C CL CONTROLS. ` n C o CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 __ 1-2 '" ' 14 SEE DETAIL 4.E1.2 FOR SWITCHBANK LOCATION. Z w _ *Y c of J Z N � o 8 -�'- CL2- � C. "I- a . 4 ( 0 13 O Z i ° (CL2 tLZ ..I OQ CL2 CL2 4 HL O O O W 0 0 02- :, z t L 2 W V W Z { CL2 CL2 .CL2 o - — N Y O W Z O 0 II Qa e o {j 0 CL2. CL2 • `.",.. C 's a ". o .; - 1 © U = Z . I , a2, C I CL2 CL ` J Q s r e HL a o — J N ii t' L. v{ O ML I MLO r o o r I C L r z o uj CL2 O O O O.•R � ,10 O O - O O O O O © O yz O. w F clz clz CL2 �f � * ., �� z �`�� IEI � Ix- — -- - <';; AL2 BI Z W B R� o Z to ,. O �O O - O ..,�., O O ,r,�`.'..x O O O. O. O' s. O O O O � O � O ..O .t--� E' W`u• (TY r I Lj 9 ° - P. 3 i M 2 (TYPICAL p o 0 Q Y ° x ---- ——— — o ---- I i SHEET: I a (TYPICAL) E1 .2 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN -LIGHTING CONTROLS EL2 SCALE: 3/16"=1'-01, ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-467-4225 FAX236-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES KE E N TE EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO ELECTRICAL . , 4��•�01 WA57 r EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEETS E5.2 AND E5.3 1 DURING UNDER SLAB ROUGH4N PLAN FOR OUTLETS O INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED WALL MOUNTED OSCILLATING OX FORALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS THAT MUST BE FED WITH CONDUIT FROM UNDER FAN,GRAINGER CATALOG NO.40630.MOUNT 6-9"TO ti y INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHT,NEMA PLUG SLAB(FOR EXAMPLE,OUTLETS IN FREESTANDING BOTTOM OF FAN.MOUNT RECEPTACLE ADJACENT TO FAN, y O CONFIGURATION AND BREAKER REQUIREMENTS- CASES,OR OUTLETS BELOW WINDOWS THAT CANNOT BE FED WITH HORIZONTAL CONDUIT IN 2 MOUNT HORIZONTALLY IN SLATWALL SYSTEM.SEE GENERAL FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WITH TAGS).SEE WALL DUE TO STEEL COLUMNS ON BOTH SIDES OF O GENERAL NOTE#2 AND AB ON SHEET E0. WINDOW). EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E5,2 FOR RECEPTACLE �4•' ' HEIGHTS.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION ALONG WALL WITH OWNER. 2. PROVIDE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SEALING COMPOUND 6l7/18 AT CONDUIT ENTRIES TO WALK-IN COOLERS AND (�NOT USED. FREEZERS. ®MOUNT ABOVE WINDOW/DOOR,CENTERED IN WALL 3. FOR OUTLETS OR CONNECTIONS WITH EQUIPMENT BETWEEN WINDOW AND CEILING. TAGS,COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND rn LOCATIONS WITH INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. ©NOT USED. 4. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATED UNDER THE KITCHEN © PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION FOR HOOD LIGHTING AND Z O D1 HOOD SHALL UTILIZE SHUNT TRIP TYPE BREAKER CONTROLS. C7 W Q W PER NFPA 96.10.1 AND IBC 904.11.2. Z O 0)°D 1 O CONNECT TO COOLER DOORS(LIGHTING AND DOOR HEAT � W n 5. ALL RECEPTACLES IN DELIIRESTAURANT AND PREP TRACE). Q W.Z AREAS THAT ARE 50A AND LESS SHALL HAVE J a.a z PERSONNEL PROTECTION VIA GFCI TYPE � W Z W va OR BREAKER. ®FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING FOR CCV MONITORS. _j 1,- RECEPTACLE � COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER. Z J W O CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT EXHAUST FAN ON ROOF 04'J y w J"� A- A-23 2 WITH ANSUL SYSTEM CONTROL LOCATED AT INTERIOR W m> A-20(PART) HOOD.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO a. 0 A-7(PART) )- -----------"1 ROUGH-IN. 2 10 CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT SUPPLY FAN ON ROOF WITH �ij WPO G WPG ANSUL SYSTEM CONTROL LOCATED AT INTERIOR HOOD. E22 4 q E2.2 COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. CLOSET 11 PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING FROM INDOOR COMPRESSOR 911 -37,39,41 Sao] TO ROOFMOUNTED CONDENSING UNIT. I 21 GF 71 +96" A-7(PART) STOCK gI�C 158 12 RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 44"TO CENTER AND 3" AI28Y'S M2 FREEZER REgR A•9(PART) ROOM LAUNOIRY CLOSET FROM WALL MIRROR.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH TOWEL FREEZER 19 EMPLOYEE VESTIBULE ® _ - n DISPENSER IF APPLICABLE. " _ H7- EMPLOYEE BREALKROOM r KIOSK 74 -"— �� 33 G 33 93 � CONNECT TO EVAPORATOR UNIT.INTERCONNECT WITH ® A-2 A-4 ROOF-TOP CONDENSING UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S GF I fM2 1 1 1 INSTRUCTIONS. � ..-1 55 65 S 2 2 O '., 14 CONNECT TO DOOR FRAME CONDENSATE HEAT TRACE. L_.__.J SHOWER SHOWER SHOWER SH WER \ I 13 COOLER ----- -- 1 2 3 WPG A-18 15 CONNECT TO CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE HEATER. E3 ® ® +o IJ� M2 xe A-16(PART) 1 18 PROVIDE PLUGMOLD INTEGRAL TO COUNTERTOP 1.33 E-1 13 PREP E2.2 - BACKSPLASH.COORDINATE PLUGMOLD INSTALLATION WITH AREA A-10 FURNITURE INSTALLER.PLUGMOLD RECEPTACLES SHALL 01 L1W I 9 - Y HAVE BUILT-IN USB CHARGING PORTS. GF , II S HAL/L h14 10 17 RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 48" uj -4 A-12 F�13(PART)B-38 I oe AFF TO CENTER OF BOX. 6„ O M2 I CASHIER 18 PROVIDE HARD WIRED CONNECTION AT 48"AFF FOR HAND O 3 3R A , I DESK ^) I A31 1 -- (- DRYERS. a. W` ; 13 OGLER A-1,17 26 Bd7 E-20 7 I HER 19 NOT USED. Z r J N 25 B-19,21 I 5 ® PROVIDE NEMA CONFIGURATION RECEPTACLE AND J W m i6 15 15 25 B-18,20 �� MATCHING CORD,COORDINATE CORD LENGTH IN FIELD. a. ~' ♦� COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.SEE V Z GF A-18(P 26 1 1 2 I C -_.__- m STAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E5.2 AND 446' AREA E5.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. O O 31 __ 25 15. H.20 0 le 1 33 L O W a. ( Gi-21(PART) 17 F 8 =25 1 B_g I_ I I A-16(PAR) -0 - 6"AFF 21 NOT USED. J Z A 11 17 I G1-18 B32 14 I SALES 13 13 31 JANROR CAL OF 2) ®RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED 6"BELOW CEILING. Y O p g G1-12 I I I of M2 f' �uUNODRY 147 Hi-2 COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MONITOR IN FIELD. w O G-21 30 __ II\ G1-18 C I I H-13(P -_ Iy ®NOT USED. ` Z 0.18 110 G7 ) 1� aA \ I IS I _.\ I BS H-33,35 B•2, i47 Ni-4 ® NOT USED. w 49 I O '." I f wa p0I I WALK-IN _____ "AFF CHEN EXHAUST V r OgygRAGE (TYPICAL OF 2) ® CONNECTSHUNT TRIP UNIT TO NEW KIT O Q COOLER - -_--- - -_ +48 HOOD ANSUL SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. J J O ARBY' 0.13 16 I� O � G-14 SE® .� J� G-11 1g I / 17 A6 rr .,ie "TM ( A49 18 7 Io _ 11 20 ____ 11�20 148 H1-1,3 28 NOT USED. ; a N ___ _ % 27 CONNECT MICROSWITCH AND BLOWER MOTOR TO �- CONTROL PANEL PROVIDED WITH AIR CURTAIN PER E-41\ r`� r_. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. F'I q _.� 1 V 1 � / WPG \ `1S pie r-x-x-x--1 u -19 -I / ��ppTE ® RECEPTACLE SERVING TELEVISION SHALL BE MOUNTED 12" 1-2,4 17 26 \ I ESg = 1 Op 1 1 I GNP.OF 5) 29 I I NTRY ROOM I __ BELOW CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.COORDINATE 15,17 17 25 \ C{7-14 8 CFLLi"�`T�'T� I 11 - / 13 13 G ,28 \ 1 Q 1 1 I I,�$°�11 — — — I I rm W EXACT LOCATION A FIELD WITH MOUNTING BRACKET 0.32( — — "� M2 PROVIDEp FOR FLAT SCREEN N PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 62 Gt ..B.,,p I ®PROVIDE 2-GANG FLOOR BOX FOR POWER AND DATA25 91-5 — � J A 34 p B-8 O SIMILAR TO HUBBELL PFBRG2 WITH ALUMINUM COVER.61 G- r717 _ ❑ i I COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS.SEE M E34 25 10 I 4. G46 �� II ❑ u _,� I n/ I I SHEET E3 FOR DATA INFORMATION.PROVIDE SEPARATE m 25 ,6 RACEWAYS FOR POWER AND DATA. .r- 41 G7.22 A-38 46 U'W, it 1 / O -:— ❑ I L I I ® PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING FROM INDOOR UNIT TO U!= �-' '- .G'-�T. CONDENSING UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. UJ Q_ GI-35,3 AR Y'S 56 G-28Y F 99 ... DRI%WRU 16 01.24 SEATING A-27 185 18 18 0 AREA / ) I I 31 PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CEILING MOUNTED FAN. 0. 12 M2 GI-21(PAARRT) 52A G-22 42$EAM® _ A-30 MIENS' 0. j- O NOT USED. 0. G13 76 E-37 52 G-ZO / (TYP.OF III) 17 J r W ® RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 44"TO CENTER AND 3" so uuuu -l- 1 / A33 L- FROM WALL MIRROR.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH TOWEL ^Z -- A•2g A•28 ELECTRICAL DISPENSER.PROVIDE RECEPTACLE WITH BUILT-IN USB m 0 F - ARBY'S I / I L�I I CHARGING PORT, Z SERVICE .tea F"•„ 0 LIDA1 II-�i-'f E-26 / p _j a __L_��___ 1 J 81 O-2 b•--N_4L-^'6 / A R EI5S 12 CQ' -- III E ti 0 9 1 1� a 11,7I 92 J Q E 2.3 I R® IWPG G74i u{� ^ ff-fl W I 2 0.1ANBY TOILET oG A-1 22 ESTIRU A-22 Plan ReviewA o CQ m ma o `9" 'Al (, A24 I I BY SAFEBuilt 18 18 A-7(PART___ I aT ® ISJ.I i0X"" u�O 12 12 I VESTIBULE - _- - _ IJ - ae 4 4 L---------_ 271 22 26 ---•----- _-_---I A-7(PART) r i 9(P ) E2.2 SHEET: A-20(PART) PA&CME A-9 A 21 E2. 1 �11 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN - POWER ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS E21 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 SCALE: 3/16"=V-0" PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 A EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO ELECTRICAL GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES , 21 gg EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEETS E5.2 AND E5.3 42 28 I FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS I INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHT,NEMA PLUG 1. DURING UNDER SLAB ROUGH-IN,PLAN FOR OUTLETS THAT MUST BE FED WITH ! •i•5 CONFIGURATION AND BREAKER REQUIREMENTS- CONDUIT FROM UNDER SLAB(FOR EXAMPLE,OUTLETS IN FREESTANDING I L---•.I -= c (TYPICAL FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WITH TAGS).SEE CASES,OR OUTLETS BELOW WINDOWS THAT CANNOT BE FED WITH HORIZONTAL r" GENERAL NOTE#2 AND#8. CONDUIT IN WALL DUE TO STEEL COLUMNS ON BOTH SIDES OF WINDOW).F .1 A-38 C-7 2. FOR OUTLETS OR CONNECTIONS WITH EQUIPMENT TAGS,COORDINATE bJi SK MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. MPLOYEE 7/6118 14. FP-20,22 31 BREAKROOM 3. ALL RECEPTACLES IN DELURESTAURANT AND PREP AREAS THAT ARE BOA AND C 17 400A QUICK FP-24,26 a0 LESS SHALL HAVE PERSONNEL PROTECTION VIA GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE OR CONNECT 3 E17 BREAKER. C-18 - KEYED NOTES � - —_ - n M2 RP-1 M2 RP-2 A35 S !- - 12 M 10 18 O BI Q W C-1 800A QUICK _ O1 COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB-UPS WITH CASEWORK CONSTRUCTION. Z d'0 W`t CONNECT <O (TYPICAL) 5 ._� -- - O2 NOT USED. J d Q Z r ro E-5 W 2 m M2 23 A-42 1 1 O3 NOT USED. LL O O H ®NOT USED. O(9 ao_J 50 WATER ENTRY OOM 30 I E-q E \ 1 30 3 O5 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT SERVED(TYPICAL FOR RECEPTACLES WITH EOUIPMENT TAGS). �W 3 EMPLOYEE KIOSK/BREAKROOM- POWER I1 a o O E2.2 0 ©Nor USED. z SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" a �A' E 30 Y 3 J�J J 1 1 S O7 NOT USED. �- 0 ___�' NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: _ �-� I. ` g CONNECT TO 6'-0'LONG MULTI-OUTLET STRIP.MOUNT VERTICALLY NEAR EDGE OF PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. PAR _ CIRCUITS FOR EQUIPMENT 101, .1-� 91 43 E-10 O MULTI-OUTLET STRIP SHALL BE WIREMOLD V24DO WITH NEMA S20R RECEPTACLES ON 12"CENTERS. t" 41 - 141 AND 142 MUST RESIDE ON +81 H1-18 93 +46"AFF THE SAME ELECTRICAL PANEL. 82 O9 SPACE FOR FUEL DISPENSING CONTROLS.SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. C-5 C-1921 M2 UH-2 (TYPICAL OF Bj 1, 14 -- - 10 UNIT HEATER AND EXHAUST FAN TO BE CONTROLLED THROUGH EMS.ROUTE CIRCUITS THROUGH CONTROLS � JUNCTION BOX LOCATED NEXT TO PANEL'C'.SEE SHEET E3.1 FOR LOCATION AND CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR i i I I I I CONNECTION DIAGRAMS. L- ,14,18 ,,�i I 1200A CT CABINET �� I 33 II I 11 NOT USED. ! I i 1 I 12 PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING FROM INDOOR UNIT TO CONDENSING UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. _ 0 /3 13 RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 48"AFF TO CENTER OF BOX. 400A S.E.RATED 43 14 RECEPTACLES FOR THE CIGARETTE CASE MOUNT AT 81"AFF AND 6"FROM CABINET OUTER EDGE.COO MANUAL TRANSFER RDINATE -- --- H-23,25 H-27,29 H-24,26 H-28,30 I -i "�e�`E 2 WITH CASEWORK CONTRACTORANSTALLER �i t 91 1 SWITCH PUBLIC I H1-15 1 1 15 NOT USED. LAUNDRY ti 07 37 - ( - -J 1g CONNECT MOTORIZED LOUVER TO SAME CIRCUIT AS EXHAUST FAN.CONTROL WITH SAME THERMOSTAT. H-3 Cfi9,HIER 1 1 x�'\ D-00 D SK ---- - COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN. _..PD L a `,��7 800A S.E.RATED 1 24 I 91 43 E-14 MANUAL TRANSFER �, HL17 93 17 NOT USED. SWITCH (� 38 H_39 it 18 CONNECT TO 120V POWER SUPPLY FOR FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL. \ CONNECT TO 120V POWER SUPPLY FOR ENERGY MANAGEMENT PANEL. Lu Q W UH-1 40 2 PUBLIC LAUNDRY POWER I '� 20 NOT USED. O V I"' "' ELECTRICAL I _ 1 Z m N X \ 30 �.': - E2.2 II! I 1 i O RECEPTACLE FOR ZETA DRIVER COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER Q ♦f""�' W CO 11 € I I J V:.r{�C�ypci/i,. P23(PART) ®NOT USED. Z W Z i` 141 III I (i I I i 'O Q \� ._GF i j I I ® COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ANY ROUGHdN.MOUNT 62"AFF TO BOTTOM OF BOX �/ W J d 2PAL �P 4 y H1d8 i .._______i �S (TVPIC ) 34 EGF 32 1111 -` .RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED 6"BELOW CEILING.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MONITOR IN FIELD. > } O r e h I V��O I I H1-13 81 43 E_1g ®O THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS"LCP1"8"LCPY SHALL BE MOUNTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND Z Z Q W 3L ( 1 1 THE EMS CONTROL PANEL AND VERIS POWER MONITOR PANEL SHALL BE MOUNTED BY CONTROLS W N Y FI zL A L 4 `' 1® ( __ CONTRACTOR V LV OOc O ` 13 1 _ LL G ®CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT ESTOP(PILLA MODEL#FS120FN1 FUEL SHUTOFF PUSH BUTTON STATION)8"FROM J a r Z 2 H-34 g 81 I i I EDGE OF CABINET.MOUNT 48"AFF TO THE TOP OF BOX.SEE DETAIL 5-E22 FOR CABINET ELEVATION.CONNECT W W L J I TO CONTACTORS FOR POWER SHUTDOWN TO FUEL DISPENSING SYSTEMS. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET E8. > 0 O O PA L / A ': '%/ ��''� �✓ 7 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. O ;y tf D31 £3 ©PROVIDE 120V POWER FOR FLINT LOD PANEL.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO "i O Hi-25.27 j �.' ROUGH-IN. F.-ROUGH-IN. LL A PANEL PANEL 21123 g� `}a J,��ice/ ` I ®RECEPTACLE SERVING TELEVISION SHALL BE MOUNTED 12*BELOW CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Y• ----�-r� 32- -__ -- �i COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH MOUNTING BRACKET PROVIDED FOR FLAT SCREEN TV PRIOR TO ,�$� _ "� _ �i ROUGH-IN. CTS 8 ROOM LCP2O HI-14(PAR v �, Ht-8 32 I� O ~-� 138 D33 / ®NOT USED. ®MOUNT RECEPTACLES IN CABINET 18"AFF.SEE DETAIL 6•E2.3 FOR CABINET ELEVATION. E-7,9 S 12 19 \ i!l '""""` m'""•'""" ;; ;; ) O s! OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE HUBBELL MODEL#OMNIIRLRP.PROVIDE WITH ALL NECESSARY POWER PACKS LCP1 � 1q ( I^ } "-'-'j -----_ S (HUBBELL MODEL#UVPP),TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. 9 g o 7 C E_19 '3--�- -(�-�{({ �1 --} 5 IGAL)PI'7 O MOUNT BOX 9Y ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND 6"FROM CENTER OF DIGITAL DISPLAY. W � Ht-8 S �,, g Ui:. S o SS p I, ,.01 G LDIN M1 y ° A ®PROVIDE 1'SPARE CONDUIT WITH 2O0L8.PULL-STRING ROUTED UNDER PLATFORM TO NEAREST WALL CAVITY. � E-13 E-24 E-15 _-- -_-'_•-_;--= __ _ __,J .78 TRANSITION IN WALL CAVITY TO ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING AND CONTINUE TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION IN F ELECTRICAL ROOM. U 2 8 EMS NTROL 25 - --- - -- _ \`� - W O PANE} 47 �� ®PROVIDE NEMA CONFIGURATION RECEPTACLE AND MATCHING CORD.COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURERS Q H i-a O VEk1POWER O i INSTRUCTIONS.SEE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E5.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. ILI ORPANEL H1-16 ILNYB-10 I�i2 �� O PROVIDE CONNECTION TO CEILING SUSPENDED HEAT LAMP.COORDINATE CONNECTION TYPE WITH EQUIPMENT V INFIELD. to a LU w �r H1-11(PART) ` ®PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CREDIT CARD TERMINAL MOUNT 12"ABOVE WAINSCOT TO BOTTOM OF BOX. •• Z '1iq I I 37 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR PUBLIC LAUNDRY ROOM MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER,COORDINATE IN FIELD PRIOR 110 W qR� i_ ____._____� TO ROUGH-M. 3 j $ ENLARGED ELECTRICAL/WATERIS, RECEPTACLE SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA OCCUPANCY SENSOR.SEE DETAIL I-EO.CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES 4 ENTRY/CTS ROOM-POWER ENLARGED CASHIER DESK-POWER SHALL HAVE A PERMANENT MARKING TO DIFFERENTIATE FROM UNCONTROLLED RECEPTACLES. G y( E2.2 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0° E2.2 SCALE: 3/8"=1�-O" IS, SEE DETAIL 1-E2.3 FOR CONTINUATION OF CIRCUIT. CONTACTORS ® #3/0 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN 3/4'CONDUIT. ! n � IY LOW VOLTAGE •��, -- ------ - OUADRAPLEX -- 41 2V BUILDING FOOTING GROUND,MINIMUM#4 AWG BARE COPPER. o in: _ ' DISCONNECT SWITCHES2 PROVIDE PLUGMOLD INTEGRAL TO COUNTERTOP BACKSPLASH.COORDINATE PLUGMOLD INSTALLATION WITH UJ H m tO - _. I.G.G RECEPTACLE FURNITURE INSTALLER.PLUGMOLD RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE BUILT-IN USB CHARGING PORTS. Q^� � l _ 3 CRIND a DISTRIBUTION BOXES 43 RECEPTACLE FOR FLOOR MOUNTED MERCHANDISER SHALL BE MOUNTED INSIDE OF CABINET.CORD SHALL BE PANEL PANEL PANEL ANE ANE ANE OMNTEC PUMP PANEL ROUTED THROUGH OPENING IN TOE-KICK. _ -= AUTO ® PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR CONNECTION TO LOAD CENTER SERVING COOKTOP UNITS(ITEM IYC).USE CONDUCTORS o _.� - - I RATED FOR 90°C.SEE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E5.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. CONTACTORS(TYP.) Tali p` 1 4 h q 1 IESEI AND DEF STP 4' w wuvs" IL �\ I,I II II II II 11 ,a^ M II /� _ SHEET: MAGNETIC MOTOR _ _ _�- ----- 5 II li A Oi Ii ji It ,a• ,� pw I j. WIRING TROUGH IRING TIRO STARTERS REGULAR,SUPER AND AUTO-DIESEL DIESEL AND DEF STP —'-- -- I--- GASOLINE STP CONTACTORS AND i -- CONTROLLERSIHOOK E2.2 CABINETS-GAS(TYPICAL) CABINETS-CIGARETTE CD_IPICALI CABINETS-(TYPICAL) CABINETS-DIESEL(TYPICAL) CONTROLLERS/HOOK ISOLATION RELAYS I ISOLATION RELAYS ® ® s CASHIER DESK CABINET WALL- ELEVATION ® FUEL DISPENSING CONTROLS-ELEVATION ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 �'2 SCALE: N.T.S. E22 SCALE: N.T.S. PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667A332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. DURING UNDER SLAB ROUGH-IN,PLAN FOR OUTLETS THAT (/ t MUST BE FED WITH CONDUIT FROM UNDER SLAB(FOR I „r EXAMPLE,OUTLETS IN FREE-STANDING CASES,OR OUTLETS ` V BELOW WINDOWS THAT CANNOT BE FED WITH HORIZONTAL 9 tF CONDUIT IN WALL DUE TO STEEL COLUMNS ON BOTH SIDES OF WINDOW). ') S tv l, a14S ` 2. FOR OUTLETS OR CONNECTIONS WITH EQUIPMENT TAGS, 6f7/1d COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. Z 3. ALL RECEPTACLES IN DELURESTAURANT AND PREP AREAS rn THAT ARE 60A AND LESS SHALL HAVE PERSONNEL p PROTECTION VIA GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE OR BREAKER. rn ZWM W C] Z K Q V)Z KEYED NOTES LL W Z W ool-_ J N 1O COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB-UPS WITH CASEWORK O O°D J 00 CONSTRUCTION. is: 0 O2 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT SERVED(TYPICAL FOR Kp RECEPTACLES WITH EQUIPMENT TAGS). Z Y O3 PROVIDE NEMA CONFIGURATION RECEPTACLE AND MATCHING CORD.COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.SEE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEETS E5.2 8 E5.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. O4 PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING FROM INDOOR UNIT TO CONDENSING UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. O NOT USED. OB MOUNT AT 8'-2"AFF TO BOTTOM OF RECEPTACLE. v' O7 RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 48"AFF TO CENTER OF BOX. O RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 112'AFF TO CENTER OF BOX.RECEPTACLE FOR LED LIGHT STRIP. '0, O9 NOT USED. ;j 10 SEE DETAILi-E2.2 FOR CONTINUATION OF CIRCUIT. 11 RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED IN CASEWORK FOR LED STRIP LIGHTING.COORDINATE LOCATION AS TO NOT INTERFERE WITH D-3 D-1 H1.32 DISPLAY SHELVING. 12 RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 42"AFF TO N N CENTER OF BOX. ..J (' U ~ JN —_ Z m N D.23 ;.10 _ f1 II I 12 a7 W y Z_ Q �D-16 M W HF RI W d D ES --- - W } Z /^® 0 Z Z W O �✓ A Z Z Y W J � � z W W o \ \ \ \ \ \ � OO o cooa u- L N UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, i 1 MOUNT RECEPTACLES INSIDE CASEWORK.COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH EQUIPMENT SERVED. (TYPICAL) 2 1 Z- - -27( 12 I 4 - ILLJJ Z IJJ H-32 O d 38,38,40 i 1 W a G. W 1 1_p Al-n 11 1.,21 C9 - _-- fVp O' Y' H1-10 C8 II t; s)QE-27 I I I I O Z ' 1\ 1 �I m O N T GF a ell PlanReview W o a 11 By SAFEBuilt z 4 B s' 2 10 m rye a°'�yry eery oy 'f ° tia ', e " se ry � o �' a o' cr o' a ob a o• o• a r a C � a cr o• a o � 4 Oy'' w w 6 Q F M/ Am 7 g \11 B•1 G � rl EQUIPMENT TAO-REFER TO ELECTRICAL ® EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEETS E5.2 AND E5.3 FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS a ae ®, i - �. ® ® a dd ei 0 I ® I Q INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHT,NEMA PLUG FOUNTAIN - � � � CONFIGURATION AND BREAKER REQUIREMENTS- ACCESS I (TYPICAL FOR ALL 37 __ G GENERAL NOTE#2 AND 7IB.ENT WITH TAGS).SEE 7 7 --- 3 (TYPICAL) SHEET: ftA ENLARGED TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-POWER • E2.3 E2.3 SCALE: 3/8"=V-0" ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES '"r`n a(.EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO ELECTRICAL 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION(3)WITH EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEETS E5.2 AND E5.3 ARCHITECTURAL ROOF PLANS AND DIVISION 15 FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN-TYPICAL. INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHT,NEMA PLUG CONFIGURATIONX CONFIGURATION AND BREAKER REQUIREMENTS- 2. VERIFY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS O (TYPICAL FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WITH TAGS).SEE WITH DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ';4.'(fi�,, q"t• ii GENERAL NOTE#2 AND#a. ROUGH-IN. / 7/6A8 FEEDER TAG-REFER TO RTU FEEDER SCHEDULE KEYED NOTES 'X FOR REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING CONDUCTOR X AND GROUND SIZE,CONDUIT SIZE AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. O 1 CONNECT TO REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT. r O2 CONNECT TO WALK-IN COOLER CONDENSER UNIT. 'Z p a1 W W O3 CONNECT TO WALK-IN FREEZER CONDENSER UNIT. Z f OR 0. ar ® CONNECT TO FACTORY-MOUNTED DISCONNECTQ to Z r SWITCH. LL W Z W u°Di O5 CONNECT THROUGH THERMOSTAT. ~ Z O W m © CONNECT TO INDOOR COMPRESSOR UNIT PER O LD o J MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. a Q j O7 PROVIDE WIRING FROM CONDENSING UNIT TO O INDOOR UNIT PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. Z Y ELERACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO CONDUITSSTUBBED RICAL NOR SATELLITE DISHES VERIFY SIZES AND EXACT LOCATION AND ROUTING WITH __ ____ ___ GENERAL CONTRACTOR. j I III - I - 1 O CONNECT TO FACTORY-MOUNTED RECEPTACLE I I 1 II I I 1 I 1 I I i { I I I I PROVIDED WITH RU. Lg! 10PANEL.SEE CAPTI CONNECT VE AIR DRAWINGS O KITCHEN HOOD RTROL ® CNNECTION DETAILS. CNNECT TO CONDENSING UNIT ON MAKE-UP AIR I / it I.j FAN SHALL BE SET UP TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY. 11 III II I I I 11 I I I j 3R I -NF-9R I I D 32 I I 1 I I \�` 212 -17 I 1 13 CONNECT TO EXHAUST FAN FOR HOOD. I i _ I 01.231,2,27 32 1 8 O3 1 .� \ 110,101 •. 14 CONNECT TO SUPPLY FAN FOR HOOD. L-_- ----- ---____ _ __ J _ _ 9 3R__J� D�-26,27,28 1 I .�\\\\l�U 1 I 12 Di-24 i6 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE(1)2" I I 7 I I \ 2 I I I CONDUIT STUBBED FOR DATA ACCESS FROM THE I II--" -G1�,A.33 32 1 6 2 — I CTS ROOM TO THE ROOF.URN CONDUIT DOWN �i \ I � O E4.4 -, ` I ABOVE ROOF TO PREVENT WEATHER INFILTRATION. W II I II I I I 'I I III I I I 4 I 0 j I 11 III I 1 9 I I EF-6 1 l I O „ RTU FEEDER SCHEDULE a W j 11 II 1 I I 181 Z Z m N 1 IL J---�-_�JI 1 I '^' 1 1 II I 1 �I BR I I I FEEDER DESCRIPTION N W F aD r____ h� II 35.3 DPH$ I j� 35.3 (3)1N0,(1�NO G.,IN 1@'C. 0. U Z 30/33RI 164 H-a,10,12 1 1 Q J a I I I ,.. 1 I I I 1 I P 1 I SR I I aou _ 10 13 D1-18,20,22 I �I 1� O W } Z ® W O O \ m Z a i o" a Z E— S .ii ii W CJ V _j O Q D7.1,33,36 DPHdi \ Q 11 M 11 �-----�i-----�� > J cm10 14 UA-1 101 1 1 O7 I �1-0,11,13 III I� 80123R I- j EF-2 I 1 I I a I I 11 I \EF-3 D1.7 12 .. Z_ 6013 3R I 1 1 L____JI � D1-2,4,6 10 ��, \- I 1 8 �D7-18 r p m I I 2� I�� I I I EF-6 I I U I I I I I 11 I I I W Z 10 D1.37,36,41 � -3R 14 11 11 /^�� I I � ll/ L I I I VV I B 1 1 1 9 1 1 1I B I I I 9 I I 1 1 1 I 2 DI.1,3,6 P1-E,10.12 Z \ \ d1-17,1 a2A i 8 \ 01 0 # DPH-4 1 1 LIR DPH-3 3R OL 01.13 1 62AI 1 8 I I I I I I 6 6 I I I I G 3 I I I 1I R I I I 16 I O I >>> I I I I I I I I I I DI-14,18 ZLI I T- 1T I I I PAGE SHEET: TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN- POWER INIT • . • . E2.4ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS E2.4 SCALE: 3/16"=V-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 2a659 PHONE:336-667.4225 FAX:336.667-4332 a CONDUIT TAG-REFER TO TRAVEL CENTER SPEAKER WIRING LEGEND KEYED NOTES A. CONDUIT SCHEDULE SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL C7 &O� y ® CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, c TONS, r- ZONE NO. DESCRIPTION _ QUANTITY AND FILL. O (1)1-1/2'CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING BELOW RAISED CASHIER DESK PLATFORM. � I i DIESEL CANOPY j 2 AUTO CANOPY O2 STUB UP CONDUIT INSIDE DESK.COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK.3 STORE " ELECTRICAL 4 R STAURANTSTUB OUT CONDUIT INSIDE CASEWORK. E;;] I-IS-I I;I n � ®® 5 POWERED SPEAKER 4O MOUNT INSIDE CASEWORK.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. `�' I OS CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER 716118 DRAWING SYMBOLS 5 MOUNT ABOVE INTERCOM SHELF ABOVE DOOR.PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN ® ® (6 -� (ZONE NO.INDICATED): � WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER O PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW. - '@ BULLHORN SPEAKER © SHOWER MONITOR.PROVIDE 4•BOX MOUNTED®12"BELOW CEILING TO COUNTER LINE OF BOX UNO.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX TO ABOVE CEILING. FOR EACH SPEAKER,PROVIDE(1)CAT.3 CABLE TO CTS ROOM. O7 (1)1-1/2"CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING.CONTINUE TO CTS FOR TRUCK SCALE CONSOLE&PRINTER.TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB AT WALL BEHIND W Q W CTS (TYPICAL) FOR DESK. Z O N E IY fA �g� R® (41 O8 PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX WITH(1)2"CONDUIT TO CTS ROOM FOR FUEL W r 40 AREA CAMERAS.PROVIDE 20OLS PULLSTRING. (L W=W O9 (1)2-CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING FROM TALK-A-PHONE WIREWAY G O L�l r Ie^� ❑1 (g) (y)(2)(2) IN OFFICE TO CASHIER DESK.TRANSITION TO UNDER CASHIER DESK PLATFORM AT WALL ~ Z J W BEHIND CASHIER DESK. O h J�. z TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN ,6 LOCATONDUITFORD BYTELEPHON UTILITY. ENTRANCE. STUB OUTSIDE BUILDING TO a o SSC LOCATION SPECIFIED BY TELEPHONE UTILITY. 0 E3 SCALE: 3116"=1'-O" 11 4'.9.314"PLYWOOD BACKBOARD PAINTED FIRE RETARDANT GRAY FOR MOUNTING Y TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT.PROVIDE GROUND BAR WITH NB IN CONDUIT TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. __ ��Xl'h'-Xi FX � 12 SPARE(2)2'CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING. ® __—� I I ® 13 (2)3"CONDUITS WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED UNDERGROUND.INCLUDE NYLON BUSHINGS. 75 11 IIIIIII P 15 14 (1)1-CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM DELI ISLAND TO CTS ROOM.STUB UP ON CTS WALL.TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB A7 CLOSEST WALL OR COLUMN TO DELI ISLAND. ® ig PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOX FOR CAMERA DATA MOUNTED AT IV-V ABOVE 1 19 _ I IIIIIII 19 FINISHED GRADE,PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT ROUTED FROM JUNCTION BOX TO AN REAR / ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE THE LAY-IN CEILING.PROVIDE NYLON BUSHINGS AND A VESTIBULE 20OLE PULLSTRING. FREEZER I II ae Ap� �L CLOS CLOSET rvlEM If 3 g Y ® FN 18 SPARE(1)3"CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING ROUTED TO WALL CAVITY BEHIND CASHIER EMIP16WE BRg IIIrqL_ I O DESK.EXTEND CONDUIT TO AN ACCESSIBLE AREA 6"ASOVE WALL.INCLUDE NYLON o�O IC S / 31 BUSHINGS. ARBYS '-' +32 1 17 2"x4"BOX MOUNTED 46"AFF TO CENTER LINE OF BOX UNO.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX FR EZER 1 70 ABOVE CEILING.PROVIDE 12'CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING IN DOOR FRAME FROM ® +32 +18 +18 +1B ELECTRIC STRIKE TO ABOVE CEILING.COORDINATE WITH DOOR FRAME X T EL SHrQER SHpWER SHQWER SH,�ppW�ER MANUFACTURERRNSTALLER. COOLER I __. CONTINUE OVERHEAD gg (TYP,OF 5) 8, d`2 N L 4 2e 1 6 TO CTS ROOM © °B ® �� LJ 18 NOT USED. ® PROVIDE 4'BOX MOUNTED AT 12"BELOW CEILING TO CENTER LINE OF BOX UNLESS 4 mP.OF 3) ® 3 NOTED OTHERWISE FOR CATV/SATELLITE CONNECTION FOR TELEVISION.COORDINATE Try S EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH MOUNTING BRACKET PROVIDED FOR FLAT SCREEN TV W n II II SH3 PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM BOX TO ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING. �' S AR pg 12 III `�/(J�^ H S a ~ co �• 7 I u 37 (TYP.OF 4) 17 ® NOT USED. z m N 8 COOLER - _-_ O - - - - ^ 21 PROVIDE(1)RJ-45 DATA CONNECTION FOR HONEYWELL. O O LU ® pi O 2 0 Z t) C - I O PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW IN A SINGLE FACEPLATE. J Q S 3 I 84"AFF 23 PROVIDE FLOOR BOX WITH POWER AND DATA.PROVIDE(t)N CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING pi Z J a _ 4 VyN-•I-11,_I-,I-�11 I tg � TO CTS ROOM FOR DATA RACEWAY.TRANSITION CONDUIT INSIDE CLOSEST COLUMN OR � O W WALL CAVITY AND ROUTE OVERHEAD TO CTS ROOM.SEE SHEET E2.1 FOR POWER w — _ O �CHIKR - -_- —-_-_- ___ I I STAGING z INFORMATION. Z I Y O _ I ® 02 32 - - - - - le O OWNER. RJ35 CONNECTION FOR FLINT LOC SYSTEM.COORDINATE LOCATION WITHui O3 _ WpL�� L__J LL S 33 BEVERAGE 126 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CTS ON MAIN FEED FOR PANEL"DPH"AND ROUTE LOW J = r J WP6 III COOLER 38 _- VOLTAGE CABLING BACK TO VERIS POWER MONITOR PANEL FOR TERMINATION. c r O I PR Se BY'S oil W III r C O COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL WITH CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. ' c co O 0 C J JANITOR i 1 3 LAUNDRY 28 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CTS ON ONE PHASE OF EACH FEED FOR EACH STP IN O J Q - 30 16 - - _ - I I O r� PANEL ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING BACK TOE POWER MONITOR PANEL (V FOR TERMINATION.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL WITH CONTROLS � a CONTRACTOR. g I I I 27 ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO BE CONTROLLED SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH SE ODE 39"'a&�' J�j 1 18 IIII I_ O LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS•LCP1"AND"LCP2'.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANEL WITH CONTROLS CONTRACTOR AND SEE CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR CONNECTION r _ DIAGRAMS. _ ,6 - __._ /� _ __ IIII �.�.� sr -� - - _ - I I I 26 JUNCTION BOXES TO BE UTILIZED FOR LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL OF INTERCONNECTED \> / I wq UNIT HEATERS AND EXHAUST FANS BY THE EMS.SEE CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR Ir \`1 / ___ 13 _________ IIII I ( �NTRY7R�M CONNECTION DIAGRAMS. r t t t I $ i II — I I I I ® O MOUNT IN FACE OF CASEWORK.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. M L�p 1 N .i i II 39 I I I I r 3 30 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR CAT-5 CONNECTION TO DIGITAL DISPLAY SCREEN AT .rL' 39 S 3 /�Y I I I O O CASHIER DESK AND DELI BAR. F- I \ I 39 S9 O O O IIII I I O 3t PROVIDE BOX 12"ABOVE WAINSCOT TO BOTTOM OF BOX. W O 1 w \ y 1 1 I 32 PROVIDE A ROOF-MOUNTED DATA OUTLET IN A WEATHERPROOF BOX FOR TRUCK +I III I PARKING AREA WIFI.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION ON ROOF WITH PILOTIFJ PROJECT OVERHEAD CONDUIT I I MANAGER.PROVIDE UNI-STRUT TYPE MOUNTING SUPPORT.MAKE SURE THAT ALL ROOF I�.�/'J V O _O III I PENETRATIONS ARE WEATHERTIGHT. G W ; )--� 4 �x' L L I ___ O CONTRACTOR SHALL AVOID THE WALL AREA BEHIND THE CIGARETTE DISPLAY CASES C S SEATING I I(I I I 2g 25 FOR CONDUITS ROUTED TO THE CASHIER DESK. y 0 zz ... ARBY'S I . . III I TOILET I mPICAL) m w g �-I DRIVE-ThHIRU 42 SEATS • I I I Q I O NOT USED. (1)V CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM KIOSK TO CTS ROOM.STUB UP ON CTS WALL. TRANSITION TO UNDER SLAB AT CLOSET WALL OR COLUMN TO KIOSK O y C I IIII I ELECTRICAL $ • 1 i i ® 36 PROVIDE DATA IN THE 2-GANG FLOOR BOX FROM SHEET E2.1.PROVIDE(1)1-CONDUIT a S N2 RBY'E I I - - ' WITH PULLSTRING TO CTS ROOM FOR DATA RACEWAY.TRANSITION CONDUIT INSIDE 1 37 I I I CLOSEST COLUMN OR WALL CAVITY AND ROUTE OVERHEAD TO CTS ROOM.SEE SHEET LOA -- Eau I j ` I 1 l it J IIIIII I E2.1 FOR FLOOR BOX SPEC AND POWER INFORMATION. 1 I —� "-F' 1 J� I I I (I ® ® 37 FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING FOR GUEST WIFI WIRELESS HUB.COORDINATE EXACT O 1 I 14 / (I( I I I ✓ 17 I LOCATION WITH OWNER, LI I III m I I . ; 1 +10" _ S I I L L I u / 24 ® FLUSH MOUNT IN CEILING FOR PILOT WIFI WIRELESS HUB.COORDINATE EXACT Fa Q •.Y`-^ I I LOCATION WITH OWNER.In O I DIN NING 30 I I _= PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR C CONNECTION TO ORDER DISPLAYS&ORDER I 'T �� OVERHEAD CONDUIT STATIONS.C CORRESPOND NG DISPLAYSEXA 8 CT MSTAOTIONS.UNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH I �N1 S Q t9 P"'f' �""17 �-'�' -( VESTIBULE FOUNTAIN Q 3 , 21 40 PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM FUELING D-BOXES TO APPROPRIATE ACCESS LOCATION IN CTS ROOM,PROVIDE QUANTITY SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS IN PLAN VIEW. _-- 3=7 ''w„ �.• % 111 TfS FINALCOORDINATE LOCATION PILOT PROJECT MANAGER. SHEET: VEST BULE 6 —————— __ 15 — - �� 15 15 E 3 1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS E3 SCALE: 3/16"=1'-U' 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 '' v /�✓,_.. CONTRACTOR NOTE: KEYED NOTES FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS FROM PROVIDERS THAT UTILIZE PROPRIETARY EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. 1O FACP MOUNTED AT 62"AFF TO BOTTOM OF BOX. - a PREFERRED SYSTEM VENDORS ARE FIRE LITE AND NOTIFIER. FORE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT ANNE MARIE O MOUNT ANNUNCIATOR 60"AFF TO THE CENTER OF THE '�� _ DEMOES(865474-2016)OR WENDY COLE(865-4743780), BOX.PROPOSED LOCATION-COORDINATE FINAL PILOT FLYING J TO ESTABLISH MONITORING SERVICES PRIOR LOCATION WITH FIRE OFFICIAL AND PILOT TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. t O3 MOUNT MANUAL PULL STATIONS AT 48"AFF TO CENTER 8f7/18 OF BOX AND WITHIN 5'-0"OF EXIT DOOR. ®SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED WITHIN T-W OF A SUPPLY OR RETURN AIR DIFFUSER. O O5 WALL-MOUNTED APPLIANCES SHALL BE MOUNTED SUCH p� THAT THE ENTIRE LENS IS NOT LESS THAN 80"AND NOT M GREATER THAN 96'AFF. 0UziQ W 6D PROVIDE ALL WIRING,MODULES,8 RELAYS TO ENSURE Z O to THAT THE SMOKE DETECTORS PROVIDED WITH THE ', Q y z n HVAC UNITS WORK PROPERLY WITH THE FIRE ALARM J !L Q 2 OD SYSTEM. LL. LU O F 0NOT USED. ~ z J IL' Oc��J� O INTERCONNECT HOOD ANSUL SYSTEM WITH FIRE ALARM J N N J SYSTEM. Q. 0 b X -———————————---i O SMOKE DETECTOR FOR DOOR RELEASE SERVICE. z j 10 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICES TO RELEASE ON Y (^� O ASSOCIATED SMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATION. I I ❑ Imo/ I --_ 5 I / T P / VESEARTIBULE — FREEZER ail USLIC 10 ClOS CLOSE 27 I EMPLOYE£ NDRY ss - i EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM SK a 0 75od T" -' Tyq �- I ARBY'S 0 _r � _ FRELZLR !? II I Aes a i~ • 15ed 15ed ... � 15cd 15ed 1 I J - SHQd�WERWP�• •,WI$Hr SHQN3WERNP�• •;WPSM ER ` l �- COOLEREi LJ #Z 4 2e 110vd ® ® +v n I s I PREP �- SHOWER AREA HALL 110W Al COOLER 8 �-i _—�. • _ IWP aRs _ Q r I - � LIJ CI Ll 7 1 O � Z mN u. V Z Q -- -. ES - r-———I ICASHILR Ali 15Cd • 1 _i_ ( I DESK I STAGING _ I Lu O _ I WALK-IN , w T ® IIIEEE BEVERAGE II J z W >- z j J II SALES cooOER 5cd U LL Y O y5 '^ ! f PREPS ) (I O r I 'AMTOR J Z ¢O V - 'Ii�> ARh 0 ( I LAUNDRY (�� w L Z I I ----Y-11 1 E (L O 1 � CIO } I*y SE eE jIE] J� L ~ J N G t WATER NTRY ROOM � I \ I --- zoao .yT77 __ �! ® o W a ,T II I I UJ o $ sEANc T 51X l S1 a'ICJ AR®T ® ITYPICAL)o-\ DRIVE-HRU 42 sFATS • `�L( S M • N 75W j 4 ICAL p a G a 7- — I' i _ - L ELECTRi m 0 SRv I I r� I 110cd . � —� � � � ' z w $� z w 15Cd G w o �S J ARBYS 5 (FYP AL)i J W � DINING 3 (TYPICAL) N W ( Aai 110ed 0-.x,� - CIS 'EM - ROOM G amen I • ppRRppryryO o 0 2 Vf3TIBUTLE FOUNTAIN - — _ 15CdPlan Review s5 � AC f f1 MOM q� —b By SAFEBuilt SIDE L - VESTIBULE . -' -_- •-. — mwow:w°MiranmX9xr xn,� 0 Ym�aa,x I ( I SHEET: /7'\ TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM E4 e4 SCALE: 3/16"=T-10" ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 _- PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 KEYED NOTES ' CONTRACTOR NOTE: FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS FROM PROVIDERS THAT UTILIZE PROPRIETARY EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. O FACP MOUNTED AT 62"AFF TO BOTTOM OF BOX. ap PREFERRED SYSTEM VENDORS ARE FIRE LITE AND NOTIFIER. FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT ANNE MARIE O MOUNT ANNUNCIATOR OW AFF TO THE CENTER OF THE ; DEMOES(865.474-2015)OR WENDY COLE(865-474-3780), BOX.PROPOSED LOCATION-COORDINATE FINAL 3'2 6 PILOT FLYING J TO ESTABLISH MONITORING SERVICES PRIOR LOCATION WITH FIRE OFFICIAL AND PILOT r >y TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. "`of Lv; O3 MOUNT MANUAL PULL STATIONS AT 48"AFF TO CENTER 4/27/18 OF BOX AND WITHIN 5'4)"OF EXIT DOOR. O4 SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED WITHIN 3'-0'OF A SUPPLY OR RETURN AIR DIFFUSER. rn OS WALL-MOUNTED APPLIANCES SHALL BE MOUNTED SUCH THAT THE ENTIRE LENS IS NOT LESS THAN 80'AND NOT E- GREATER THAN 88'AFF. W Q W ©PROVIDE ALL WIRING,MODULES,8 RELAYS TO ENSURE Z THAT THE SMOKE DETECTORS PROVIDED WITH THE d'to HVAC UNITS WORK PROPERLY WITH THE FIRE ALARM J a¢i SYSTEM. IL W Z W v°0i O7 NOT USED. E- Z O W Ogym S INTERCONNECT HOOD ANSUL SYSTEM WITH FIRE ALARM Oc)- J y 2 SYSTEM. iL W X �----- --------) O SMOKE DETECTOR FOR DOOR RELEASE SERVICE. O Z OD❑ O O _ x I 10 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICES TO RELEASE ON ASSOCIATED SMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATION. qq I FREEZER � VESTIBULE ® 10 ® � 29 UNU CL-O�SE CLOSET A.I LMPL� BRMPLOVF EE E4(SRO M � w p 1P, •75W l 1 1 ARBY'S `• � FREEZER ff��-11 I ® ❑ 2 16ed 15cd 16ctl 15cd SHQWERWP WFSHQWER SH$WERNP f WPSH WER 2 a COOLER 4 24 1100dEHE� I Pa-m� qy oeO ® to n I j SHOWER ARE,®EA �� I J II HALL COOLER R 8 __ `+c I I u -,.-a. WP •• LL W p I j i I I— J r> 11 7 02 Z m04 N p I � III i JU. W tW' � rn I I DASHIER �+ O Q j 15W 1 IID® L SAREA TAGING I--- LuQ J a yEgVUERq N --J 2 w W 1 7 ARBy' �Jyy I I SALES BCO®RE I 1 U u- > Y OZ �-! I O r JANITOR ❑ J Z O > I I LAUNDRY e�> A O Z 750d I LI _ I -1i I SO ' f O I fII I p LLF- Q Q IV \ J ♦ i� �•�- i Q q q A i t _1 I _1 // i NTWA ROOM 1 �Tatuyut. III / I :o jv. L Li I I \\ I —9-0 i0 100 — I r 17 o AIL.. J i 8 I O L U' _— k4 ;Ik yyrr1��7 yyrr LU S RTEAG F� F� O d . . S - K pR g d (TYPICAL) 8 _ a 0' LJ DR93-RU 42 sekm • TTS [ I L) Ui -- - -� �1 I I z • 7 L- ( I ❑O n 7� qq-RR I I r-. SE®RVYIC E II II _ 1 yEECRIC $ 1;1 3 mz W,e 5M I 2 w VEO m u i ❑� '' DFm7 1 110W 3 TPICAL) Ro oM1 P ian Re view Wom Q pry 15W u)It '• By SAFES I @ @ C7 z v oeULE FAOCUCESS 0 0 7 SIDE T �a,..,. L_- YES IBULE •---_� tom,_ ,, aTMa SHEET: ------J IL------------ L------------ Pt►GB TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM m • • • . E4 ea SCALE: 3/16"=r-O" ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28859 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 "Ai"120/208V.,30,4W_S.N..225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A 'A"120-208V.,30,4W.,SN.,225A.ML.0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A 'DPV 120/20SV.,30.4W,S.N.,1600A 3WBD-MCA. UPSTREAM DEVICE-NIA �y qq q pp "DPH"277/48OV.,30,4W.,S.N.,400 AMPERE SWBD-M.L.O. ' LOAD(KVA) t,5 $ LOAD DNA) LOAD(KVA) 3 t m t g Q LOAD(KVA) LOAD(KVA) Q '� $ m LOAD(KVA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) g LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE"BEL) gg � LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) g mm g i .ABC rc� '� � LOAD NPE BASEL) LOAD(KVA) g w e� ABC 8 8 12 e ABC a $ m m �3 A B C 3 A B C A B C E 3 A B C A B C = E A B C LOAD TYPE ILASEU ]3 t$ UPSTREAM DEVICE-400A SALES AREA LIGHTING 1.1 20 12 1 2 12 20 0.8 SHOWER UGHTINO COUNEWOP PLUGMOLD 1.1 20 72 7 2 72 20 0.] SHOWER IH 3#2 9.0 E 1 2 BA A B C D a -� N SALES AREA LIGHTING 12 20 12 3 4 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN EMPLOYEE KIOSK D.4 20 12 3 4 12 20 0] SHOWERS#3&#0 PANEL-A 8.9 3 4 m g 6.3 Q PANEL-E m z `* SPARE 0.0 W 12 5 6 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN FLATSCREEN TELEVISION MET D 1.0 20 12 5 S 12 20 OA SHOWER 95 9.1 5 6 4.8 0.0 > /J SPARE 0.0 W 12 7 8 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN FLY CONTROL SYSTEM 271 0.4 ZO 12 T S 12 20 1.1 COUNTERTOP PLUGMOLD 7 8 t7a SPARE 0.0 1 SPARE 0.0 20 i2 9 10 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN SHOWWINDOW 0.7 20 12 9 iD 12 20(5 OS SALES FLOOR FLOOR RECEFT3, PANEL-B 9 10 '� taB PANEL-H 00 EXTERIORUGHTING to LC 20 12 11 12 12 20 LC 12 BUILDING SIGN FLOOR SCRUBBER 0.2 W 12 It 12 12 15 0.3 HOOD UGHTS+CONTROLS 11 12 TRUCK CANOPY LED PRICER 0.3 20 10 13 14 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDING SIGN ZETA DRIVER 0.2 20 12 13 14 12 20 1.6 SHOWER HALL RECEPTACLES 81 13 14 19'g 716118 LED UGHTSTRIP -4 ZO 12 IS 18 12 20 0.7 BEV.COOLER LIGHTING POWERSW232 1.0 12 15 76 12 20 0.5 SINK RECEPTACLES PANEL-C '� 15 16 3+A8 PANEL-FP PANEL-L 22.5 2 LED LIGHT STRIP 0.4 20 12 17 18 72 20 LC 12 BUILDING SIGN 1.0 iT 18 12 20 0.5 EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES et ea 17 78 1$7 SPARE 0.0 20 19 20 12 20 LC 1.2 BUILDINGSIGN ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0.8 20 12 19 20 12 20 0,] EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES 19 20 5.3 SPARE 0A 20 21 ZZ 12 20 LC 12 BUILDING SIGN ICE MERCHANDISER 82 0.6 20 12 21 U 12 20 0.] RESTROOM RECEPTACLES PANEL-D 21 22 8.5 PANEL-P 4.6 SPARE 0.0 20 23 24 12 20 LC 7.0 ARBV'SILLUMINATEDCANOPV ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0A 20 12 23 20 12 20 1.5 HAND DRYER 1 21.t 23 � 62 RTU-1 4.6 HA � $ O O SPARE 0.0 20 25 26 12 20 LC 1.0 ARBY'S ILLUMINATED CANOPY ICE MERCHANDISER 62 0.8 20 12 25 26 12 20 t5 HAND DRYER 0.6 25 2B OS 4$ !T SPARE OLD 20 27 28 2O OA SPARE ANTHONY DOORS 165 0.5 20 12 2] 28 72 20 1.6 HAND DRYER STORAGE UNIT 0.6 $ m 27 28 m $ 0.8 STORAGE UNIT '��I� F tr+f SPARE 0.0 20 28 30 20 0.0 SPARE ANTHONY DOORS I85 0.5 20 12 29 30 12 20 0.9 TOWEL DISPENSERS 0.8 29 90 0.8 4.6 V W Q W SPACE ONLY 0.0 31 32 20 0.0 SPARE ANTHONY DOORS 185 0.5 20 12 31 32 12 20 02 MULTI-TIMER DISPLAY 261 31 92 1#A RN-2 4.6 HA 1i0v � 4 SPACE ONLY 0.0 33 3A ZO 1A SPARE TOILET HALL 0.4 20 12 33 34 72 20 00 0.8 GRAB-N-GDCASE/P PANEL-H7 33 34 151 Q PANEL-Di 46 Z_ N 1*0 SPACE ONLY 0.0 35 36 20 0.0 SPARE MY BOARD 0.4 20 12 35 36 F.12 20 1.1 COUNTERTOP PLUGMOLD 35 38 ta.e 49 '. W SPACE ONLY O.D 37 38 20 0.0 SPARE SPARE 0.0 20 37 98 72 20 0,5 TELEVISION SAE 37 30 6.6 J a 4 Z� SPACE ONLY 0.0 39 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPARE 0.0 20 39 40 20 0.0 SPARE PANEL-G § 39 dD 6.B PANEL Al RTUd 4.9 NA gj 5 u. W Z W O SPACE ONLY 0.0 41 42 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPARE 0.0 20 41 42 12 20 HL 0.5 FIREALARMPANEL 41 42 8.0 q•g `` 0 F PHASEA 0 KVA PH SEA 9.0 KVA 43 db 0.0 r TOTAL CONN.LOAD i9S KVA, 54.1 AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 27.0 KVA, T4.8 AMPERES 4.g Z J W O PHASE B: BA KVA PHASE B: 8.9 KVA SPACE ONLY 45 48 0.0 SPACE ONLY O (�O J 00 PANEL DE-RATING 8D% 67.6 AMPERES PHASE C: 80 KVA PANEL DE RATING80% 0.6 AMPERES PHASE C: 9.1 KVA 67 4B OD RTU> 49 HA G 6 0.0 49 W 0.0 W N "0"120I208V.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A MLO. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A "C"120120BV.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A.ML0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A SPACE ONLY 0.0 61 52 O SPACEONLY 49 O LOAD(KVA) �'� t 0.0 53 54 0.D 0.0 Z LOAD TYPE LABEL g3 LOAD 9NM LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE LOAD(KVA) 5 LOAD(KVA) EMS P.T.CONNECTK)N OA 7 Y (LABEL) A ABC '2 ul (LABEL) ABC a' '� $ LOAD TYPE(LABEL) TOTAL CONN.LOAD 571.6 KVA,1586.E AMPERES PHASEA 2OL6 WA S R A B C A B C 6 3 A B C PHASE e: 206.8 KVA Q O.O HOTDOG ROL ER2 1.6 OF 20 12 1 2 2.1 WH-1 1.9 20 12 1 2 90 20 0.1 VACUUM HTATbN REC. PANEL DIVERSITY 14692 AMPERES PHASEC: 179.7 KVA 10 20 GF BEAN-TDCUP BK 2.1 HOTDOG ROLLER 2 1S OF 20 12 3 4 2.1 EF-B 0.1 75 12 3 4 10 20 9.5 VACUUALE PIT ON SINGLE BOWL BUM.DISP.BY L4 GF 20 72 5 6 3.0 CIGARETTE CASE 82 OA 20 12 5 6 10 20 1.0 TRUCK SCALE PIT(SIGN) "B'120/206V..30,4W..S.N.,400A M.L.O. - UPSTREAM DEVICE-400A MUFFIN MONSTER 2.1 I'.t 6 10 2S OF DUAL COFFEE BREWER 902 CHILI DISP.12 02 OF 20 12 7 8 3A COUNTERTOP PLUGMOLO 1.1 20 /2 T 8 10 20 1.D TRACK SCALE PR(INTERCOM) q 2.1 LOAD(KVA) ii m o a M LOAD(KVA)REFRIGERATOR210 0.8 GF 20 12 9 10 3A 1.1 9 10 10 20 1.0 TRUCK SCALE PIT(CgMERA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) m ABC. p 32 LOAD TYPE(LABEL) OD 10 25 OF DUAL COFFEE BREWER 9D2 UH-1(ELECT.ROOM) 30 10 u 1+ 2.1 11 12 3.0 1.7 11 12 10 20 OA AUTO CANOPY RECEPTS. A B C 3 D. 3 A B C BEAN TO CUP 9L GF 20 10 SPARE 0.0 'a 9 2.1 13 14 12 20 GF OS CREAM DISP.BA SPARE 0.0 20 93 1/ 10 20 OA TRt1CKCgNOPY RECEIPTS. BAG-N-BOX 246 1.5 GF 20 12 1 2 3.8 8 50 HA ICEMACHINEMIC 0.0 21 15 18 12 20 GF 1.8 MICROWAVE IO EF-7 0.1 15 12 16 18 10 20 0.4 TRUCK CANOPY RECEIPTS. BAG4HBOX2d6 1.0 OF 20 12 3 4 3.6 BEAN TO CUP 91( 21 OF 20 10 iT 18 12 20 GF OA COUNTERTOP COLD WELL ISE RP-1 8 RP-2 0.5 20 12 1] 18 12 20 0.4 EMPLOYEE KIOSK RECEIPTS. FREEZER DOOR FRAME 0.5 GF 20 12 5 8 12 20 HA 0.5 BEV.COOLER EYAP.187 0.0 2.0 18 20 12 M OF 1.8 ICE DISPENSER 20B 1.] 1B 20 20 oo SPARE COOLER EVAP.299 0.4 HA M 12 7 e 12 20 HA 0.5 BEV.COOLER AP.IBT HOT WATER SYSTEM IAA OF 25 10 UH2(WATER ENTRY) 30 10 SPARE 0.0 10 2.0 21 22 12 20 OF 1.8 CAPPUCCINO DISP.SK 9.7 21 22 20 0.0 SPARE 0.9 9 70 12 20 OF 22 HEATED HOLDING CABINET 149B MICROWAVE IO 1.8 GF 20 12 23 ?A 20 00 SPARE ELEC. WTR.ENTRY RMS. OA 20 12 23 24 0.0 SPARE FREEZER EVAP.299 0.9 12 11 12 12 20 GF 2.2 HEATED HOLDING CABINET 1dBB O.0 DUAL COFFEE GRINDER BE 1.3 GF 20 12 25 28 12 20 GF 1.8 MICROWAVE IO SPARE D.0 ZO 25 26 0.0 SPARE 0.0 13 14 5.2 0.01 SPARE 20 8 60 GF DOUBLE BATCH OVEN 149A [um SINK RECEPTACLES OS 20 12 27 ?8 2.3 SPARE 0.0 20 27 28 20 0.0 SPARE 0.0 75 IB 5.2 8 30 GF COOKTOP IYC N33 0.0 P m 11 DIGITAL DISPLAY 34F 1.0 20 12 29 90 23 SPARE OA 20 28 30 20 0.0 SPARE 46'F000 PREP TABLE 150AG 0.6 OF 15 12 17 18 2.6 0.0 DIGITAL DISPLAY 34f 1.0 20 12 91 82 ZO 0.0 SPARE SPARE 0.0 20 39 32 20 0o SPARE 2.8 19 20 8 30 S 2.8 RETHERMAUZER218 DIGITAL DISPLAY 34F 1.0 20 12 3a 34 12 20 0.] DELI CONVENIENCE RECEPTS. SPARE 0.0 20 33 94 12 20 0.2 GOLF CART RETHERMALVFR2/B 2.8 S 30 8 21 Y2 2S 2.6 35 38 2.6 SPARE 0.0 20 35 38 20 O.D SPARE 2.6 23 2A OA SHUNTTRIP PHASE 41.0 KVA FR2N.BEY.DISP.BE.1 25 GF 30 10 37 f0 90 OF 25 fRZN.BEV.DISP.eE.t 20 37 98 20 OA SPARE SHUNTTRIP 0.0 25 28 12 15 S 7.2 CONVECTION OVEN 150A TOTAL CONN.LOAD 124.4 KVA 14g.$AMPERES PHASE 43.E KVA DIGITAL DISPLAY 34F 1.0 20 12 39 40 12 20 1.0 FLATSCREEN N 39E/9A0 AIR COMPRESSOR(SHIP) 2.0 70 39 40 20 0.0 SPARE GAS FRYER 15p.1 1.6 S 20 12 2] 28 0.0 SHUNT TRIP PHASE 39.$KVA (n SPARE 0.0 20 d1 42 20 Do SPARE 2A d7 42 20 0.0,-- SPARE SHUNTTRIP 0.0 29 30JI 0.0 W PHASEA: 22S KVA PHASE 82 KVA CONVECTION OVEN 150A 1.2 S 15 12 31 32 SPARE TOTAL CONN.LOAD 65.3 KVA 181.2AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 23.7 KVA, 65S AMPERES PHASES: 21.7 KVA PHASE B: B.7 KVA - SHUNTTRW 0.0 3S 340.0 i'277//BOY.,30.4W.,S.N.,225A MLO. UPSTREAM DEVICE-22SA PANEL DIVERSITY 143.SAMPERES PHASE C: 21.1 KVA PANEL DE-RATING 80% 82.3 AMPERES PHASE C: 6.8 KVA 0.0 35 380.0 SPACE ONLY Ly SPARE 3.0 SO 3T 38 12 WORKTOP FREEZER 157.1 LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD(KVA) u m X Y LOAD DNA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) In i20/208V.,90./W.,S.N.,400A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-400A "E'12N208V.,30,4W.,S.N..I.G.BAR,t00A-M1.0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-100A '� ABC N 21 0.0 39 M0.0 SPACE ONLY LL LOAD(KVA) t t EL, LOAD(KVAI LOAD(KVA) pp, P, y¢I tSm LOAD(KVA) SPACE ONLY 0.0 61 42 19 HOLDING CABINET 10 SALESAREAUGHTING OA B C So 2 mt 0 20 L 7S B C AUTO CANOPY LTG. W LOAD TYPE(LABEL) w uI LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE ILABEL) 5 € fi p LOAD TYPE(LABEL) PHASE A 18.9 KVA I 1 Lu C3 m p ABC %£ m 8 _ ABC p TOTAL CONN.LOAD 51.2 KVA, 142.IAMPERES SPARE O.o 20 3 4 to 20 Lc s AUTO CANOPY LTG. V 3z PHASE 8: 19A KVA A B C m 3 "= A B C A B C _ A B C p(WEL OE-RATING BO% i7].6AMPERE3 .PHASEC: 71S KVA SALESAREAUGHTING Ob 20 12 6 8 20 0.0 SPARE UI r M 70HEADDRINKDISP.2 1I GF 20 12 i 2 12 20 0.2 WIRELESS DRIVE-THRU ORDER 39 DRIVER'S SERVICES OA IG 20 72 1 2 12 20 IG 0.4 CASHIERS DESK RECEPE. SPARE 0.0 ZO 7 8 10 20 LC 7.0 AUTO PANAFLEX LTD. Z 4yJ� N HEAD DRINK DISP-DRIVE THRU8 1.2 OF 20 12 3 4 1.6 ATM 55 0.4 IG 20 12 3 4 12 20 IS 0.4 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. 0 W N 12 20 S FRYOUMP47 'DI.120/20VA.30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A SPARE 0.0 20 9 10 10 20 LC 13 AUTO CANOPY LTG. N 0.7 5 6 1.8 CASH COUNTER 106I10] 0.4 ICi 20 12 5 6 12 W IG 0.6 CASH DESK RECP(FUEL.MON,MH RESTROOWSTOCK#HALL LTG OS 20 12 11 12 2.1 LL F 00 SHAKE MACHINE I2 0.7 20 12 T 8 D.0 SHUNTTRIP CTS PWGMOLD 1.6 20 12 ] 8 12 20 IG 0.4 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. �w t PREP AREA LIGHTING 0.8 TO 12 73 U 0) LOAD TYPE LOAD(KVA) LOAD(KVA) 14 B 20 2.1 WATER BOOSTER PUMP Q Z 0.7 9 90 12 20 S 1.1 GAS FRYER 43/FILTER CIS PLUGMOLD 1.6 20 12 9 10 12 20 IG 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEIPTS. (LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) N .R ABC EXTERIOR LIGHTING 03 LC 20 12 15 18 2.1 O COOKAND HOLD CABINET 16 0.8 GF 15 12 17 12 0.0 SHUNTTRIP WIFI EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES IS 20 12 11 72 12 20 IG 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. A B C 5 ; z A 6 C $PARE 0.0 20 11 18 20 0.0 SPARE �4.y/�A ww COOKANDHOLDCASINETI6 OS OF 16 12 13 14 12 20 0.6 MENUBDARD 45 TTS PLUGMOLD 1.6 20 12 13 14 12 20 IS 0.7 CASHIERS DESK RECEPTS. 1.1 1 2 0.5 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.1 LC 20 t0 19 20 20 D.0 SPARE J 0. 1A i6 i6 12 15 GF i.] COFFEE MAKER 48 TTS PLOGMOLD 1.6 20 12 i6 i6 12 IG OA CSHR DSK RECEPTSANES7RN UN MU/2COND.#i 1.1 HA 20 12 3 4 12 1S HA 0.5 EF-2 SRE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 7.1 LC 20 70 21 22 8 20 LC I.0 TRUCK CANOPY LTD. ' W Z CONVECTION OVEN 17 3 20 12 L 1A 17 18 2D 0.0 SPARE FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL 0.4 20 12 17 to 12 10 IG O.T PJ FRESH PO.S. 1.1 s e 0.5 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.3 LC 20 8 23 24 8 20 LC 1.0 TRUCK CANOPY LTG. SHUNT TRIP Do 19 20 12 15 GF 0.] SLICER 52 ENERGY MANAGEMENT PANEL 0.4 20 12 19 20 12 20 IG OA CCV MONITOR EF41 0.7 HA 20 12 7 8 1.1 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) 1.7 LC 20 8 25 26 8 20 LC 1.0 TRUCK CANOPY LTD. O U.C.REFRIGERATION 30A OA 36 OF 15 12 21 12 20 GF11.51t9 SLICER HEAT LAMP 52A CINNASON SPARE.OS 0.7100 IS 0 72 72 IS 02 03 CAT SCALE CE LING RECEPT.E COND.UNIT iP 3.3 33 HA 45 0 1 12 12 20 HA 1.1 11 MUA2 COND.02 SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES)SITE LTG.(SHOE BOXES) IS 1.9 LC 20 8 29 80 B 20 LC 1.1 O.S LED PRICERS RISE d � O 12 20 GF HORIZONTALTOASTER 54 WALK-IN FREEZER 32 3A HA 30 10 25 26 v SPARE 0.0 20 25 28 12 20 IS 0.2 ATM 55 3.3 13 14 10 30 HA 2.1 AC-1/CU-I SPARE 0.0 20 31 32 3.9 N L Z 3.8 27 28 12 15 GF 0.8 CHEESE PUMP 56 SPARE 0.0 20 2T 28 20 0.0 SPARE EF-S 0.4 HA 20 12 16 16 2.1 GOALPOST SIGN 4.5 LC 20 8 ST 84 8 33 3A CARDBOARD BALER LL r ,A 1.8 28 30 1.0 SPARE 0.0 20 29 30 20 0.0 SPARE EF-4 0.7 HA 2D 12 17 i8 OS W v. 12 M GF MICROWAVE OVEN 81 LED PRICER GOALPOST OS 20 8 B5 3g 3.9 L ` J WALK-IN COOLER 33 1.8 HA 15 12 31 ffi 1.8 SPARE 0.0 20 31 32 12 20 0.1 FLINT LOC SYSTEM 1.4 19 20 12 15 HA OS EF-1 DIRECTONAL SIGNAGE 2.0 LC 20 8 37 39 3.9 r r Q 1.8 93 34 iS FUEL DISP.CONTROLS OA 20 12 33 34 12 20 IG 0.7 ARBY'S POS RECEPTACLES MUA-1 COND.#1 1.4 HA 20 10 21 22 0.5 DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE 2.6 LC 20 10 39 40 8 35 3.9 TRASH COMPACTOR Z O Q 12 20 OF MICROWAVE OVEN81 DIRECTIONAL 2.0 LC 20 8 41 q2 3A I,LI J O COLD WELL UNIT48A 0.6 GF 15 72 35 36 1.6 SPARE 0.0 20 35 96 ZO 0.0 SPARE to 23 4 24 12 iSHA 0.3 EF4T +A4 3T 3B T.0 ARBY'B POS RECEPTACLES 0.7 b 20 12 3] 38 0.0 1.9 25 26 20 0.0 SPARE PHASEA TINS KVA FRONT LINE SUCERCOUNTER46 i•1 40 1 PANEL-G1 ARM POS RECEPTACLES 0.7 IG 20 t2 39 40 8 60 OA NSS WALK-IN COOLER CCND.299 1.9 HA 20 10 27 M 20 OA SPARE TOTAL CONN.LOAD 61.1KV0. 73.5AMPERES U N PHASE B: 22S KVA L 00 te.0 41 62 A 0a ARBY'S P03 RECEPTACLES 0.7 K3 20 12 41 42 0.0 IS 28 30 1.8 PANEL DE-RATING 80% 01.9 AMPERES PHASE C: 1S7 KVA J PHASEA 34.7 WA PNA 6.9 WA OA 31 32 1D 25 HA 1.8 WALK-IN FREEZER COND,299 W TOTAL CONN.LOAD H0.5 KVA, 308.7AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD Z0.0 KVA, 55S AMPERES HAS 3S8 KVA PHASE B: 8.3 WA 4 MUA-1 OA HA 15 12 33 34 iS PANEL DIVERSITY 298.]AMPERES PHASEC: 37.0 KVA PANEL DE-TtATING 80% �A AMPERES PHASEC: 4.8 KVA 0.4 35 36 20 0.0 SPARE LOAD SUMMARY-M.T.S(WITH INTEGRAL 400A,S.E.MAIN) Q 0.8 37 38 0.0 SPACE ONLY aI -HI-1201206V.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVKx:-225A "H'12D1208V.30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M1.0. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A M1M-2 0.8 Wl iS 12 39 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY HVAC 57.0 KVA X100% 57.0 KVA L '� tm 0.6 41 42 0.0 SPACE ONLY INTERIORUGHUNG 3.3 KVA X,. 4.1 WA f-' LOAD(KVA) tm LOAD(KVA) LOAD(KVA) '2 0 � � LOAD(KVA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) m LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) 'mm LOAD TYPE(LABEL) PHASEA 15.4 KVA p m ABC a �' rc z '� S 2 ABC TOTAL CONN.LOAD "A KVA, 122AAMPERES PHASE B: 15.1 KVA EXTERIOR UGHI'ING 28.1 KVA X 125% 35.1 KVA A S C m 3 = ; m A B C A B C m ; _ = A B C Q PANEL DE-RATING 80% 153.OAMPERES PH EC: 13.6 KVA DRYER(JANITOR LAUNDRY)148 1.6 GF 20 72 1 2 12 15 GF 1.8 WASHER(JANROR LAUNDRY) POST MIX 013P.4 1.2 GF 20 12 1 2 9.1 RECEPTACLES 0.0 KVA FIRST 1q(+50%REMAINING 0.0 KVA DRYER(JANITOR LAUNDRY)148 IA GF 20 12 9 4 72 Is GIF 7.8 WASHER(JANROR LAUNDRY)147B POST MIX B ICE DISP.4 1.2 Gf ZO 12 3 4 B 40 HA 3.1 BEV.COOLER CORD.164 ~~ ~ � tt 'Gl"120 MV.,30,4W.,S.N.,225A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE425A APPLANCE 0.0 KVA X85% 0.0 KVA Z O O O d MICROWAVE C5 to GF 8D 12 8 S 12 20 1.0 HEAT LAMP CUBE ICE MAKER4A 0.7 HA 15 12 5 8 3.1 p HOT PLATE CS 0.6 GF 15 12 7 8 12 20 1.1 HEAT LAMP CUBE ICE MAKER 4A 0.7 HA 15 12 7 8 3.1 LOAD(KVAI TWy t ,m„ % m LOAD(KVA) EQUIPMENT 3SO KVA X 100% 36.0 KVA t+J SPARE 0.0 20 9 10 72 75 GF 0.5 U.C.REFRIGERATED DRAWER CB 07 9 10 8 40 HA 3.1 BEV.COOLER COND.164 LOAD TYPE(LABEL) w _ ABC _g wm $ LOAD NPE BABEL) MOTORS OA KVA 125%LAROE3T+100 CUBE ICE MAKER COND.4A HA 30 10 $ %REMAINING 1S KVA ORDER STATION 10 1.0 20 12 71 12 12 20 GF D.3 U.C.REFRIGERATOR CII 0.7 11 12 0.0 A B C � m � 3 A B C MERCHANDISER 91191A 0A W 12 13 14 12 20 1.0 ORDER MONITOR 103.1 SHOWERMONITORMO 1.0 20 72 13 14 0.7 HEATED HOLDING 82 O.T GF 15 12 1 2 to OTHER 0.0 KVA X100% O.O KVA H c 10 3D HA CUBE ICE MAKER COND.dA 12 20 S CONVECTION OVEN 1T MERCHANDISER 91/91A 0.4 20 12 15 i6 12 20 1.0 ORDER STATION 103/103.1 SPARE 0.0 15 18 07 AUTO DRIVE-THRU WINDOW 75 1.D 20 12 3 4 1.4 () Z 30 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD WA: 121,KVA LOAD DIVERSNYKVA 133.1 KVA COLD BARREL MERCH.93191 1.121 20 /2 1] 18 12 20 GF 1.0 COLD BARREL MERCH.93191 0.0 17 18 0.0 SPACE ONLY WORKTOP FREEZER 80 1.0 3 15 12 5 6 0.0_ SHUNTTRIP LU Q DIGITAL DISPLAY 34G 0.5 M /2 19 20 12 W DS AIR CURTAIN 2M 0.7 19 20 12 15 S 0.7 WORKTOP FREEZER 151.5 SHUNTTRIP 00 7 8 _ 20 0.0 SPARE. TOTALCONNECTED LOAp AMPERES: 149.8 AMP LDADDIVER3T'AMPS 1808 AMP O d 2 BAKERY CABINET C9 OF 20 12 2.8 21 22 5.2 21 22 0.0 SHUNTTRIP ICE MAKER 92 aA HA 15 12 9 10 20 0.0 SPARE PgNINI PREPS iSOS GF 90 10 8 5D DOUBLE BATCH OVEN 149.4 2.9 29 24 S2 WASHER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 1.2 GF 15 12 23 24 12 15 GF 1.2 WASHER(PUBLIC LAUNDRV)147 ICE MAKER 92 0.1 HA 15 12 it 72 12 20 0.4 ARBV'S DESK RECEI>TACLE 2.9 25 26 20 0.0 SPARE DRVER(PUBLICLAUNDRY)141 0.9 GF 15 12 25 28 12 15 OF 0.9 DRVER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 1.2 13 14 12 15 OS MOOD LIGHTING+CONTROLS LOAD SUMMARY-M.T.S(WITH INTEGRAL 800A,S.E.MAIN) y PANINI PRESS 1605 GF 30 10 ICE MAKER COND.UNIT 92A HA 15 12 = 2.8 27 28 12 20 GF OA DOUBLE BOWL BUBB.DISP.BL WASHER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 1.2 GF 15 12 27 28 12 15 GF 0.9 DRYER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)IV 1.2 15 16 12 20 0.7 ARBY'S DESK RECEPTACLES COUNTERTOP COLD WELL IOF O.4 GF 20 12 29 30 12 20 OF 1.1 HEATED DISPLAY CASF 5M DRYER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)141 0.9 GF 15 12 29 30 12 15 GF 0.9 DRYER(PUBLIC LAUNDRY)142 1.2 17 18 12 20 OA MY BOARD 28.5 KVA X 100% 235 ICE MAKER CONp.UNR 92A HA 15 12 ..Z S MICROWAVE 10 1.8. BE 20 12 31 32 12 20 OF 0.9 UNDERGOUNTERREFACE MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD 0.3 20 12 37 32 12 20 GF O.T FREE STANDING COND.STAND 12 7S 20 20 0.0 SPARE INTERIOR LIGHTING 8.2 KVA X125% TB"A } O SPARE 0.0 20 33 3d 12 20 GF 02 CHI HCHEESE DISP.12 ICE MACHINE 201C 36 HA 50 6 34 72 15 GF 0.6 48"FOOD PREP TABLE 4504J SINK RECEPTACLES 0S 20 12 21 22 12 20 0.5 ARBY'S SIGN 41 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 18.3 KVA X126% 20.d KVA Im y SPARE 0.0 35 38 12 20 GF 1.0 PIZZA DISPLAY CASE 1Ga 3.8 35 38 2.8 MENUBCARD(DRIVE-THRU) 0.7 20 10 23 24 12 15 OF 0.8 COOK AND HOLD CABINET I6 Z ' C SPACEONLY 0.0 37 38 0.0 SPACE ONLY SLAT WALL 83A O.T 20 12 ST 38 70 30 GF 2.6 BAKERY OVEN C70 GOD PEDESTAL(DRIVE-THRU) 0.5 20 10 26 26 20 0.0 SPARE RECEPTACLES 43.]KVA FIRST idC+gp%REMAINING 28.9 KVA W g g g p SPACE ONLY 0.0 38 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY CHANGEPOINT 101 0.2 20 12 % 40 2.8 PREVIEW BOARD(DRIVE-THRU) OS 20 10 27 28 20 0.0 SPARE >>> APKANCESPARE 142.3 WA X65% 02.6 KVA OZZ O SPACE ONLY 0.0 41 PHASE A: 12S KVA 0.01 SPACE ONLY SPARE 0.0 ZO 41 42 12PHASE A: 173 KVA UNTERTOP MICROWAVE tOM U.C.REFRIGERATOR 81 00 0.5 GF 20 12 29 20 0.0 O.0 SPARE EOUS'MENT 299.0 KVA X100% 280.0 KVA C W w w T$ TOTAL CONN.LOAD 45.8 KVA 127.1 AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 523 KVA, 145.2AMPERES S PHASEA, 18b KVA PHASEA 18.E KVA FREEZERSPARS FRAME 0.5 GF 20 72 33 34 20 0.0 SPARE PANEL DE-RATING so% 158.9AMPERES PHASE C: 16A WA PANEL DE-RATING 80% ISIXAMPERES PHASE C: 16.4 WA 1.5 35 38 20 0A SPARE MOTORS 35.6 KVA 125%LARGEST+IOD%REMAINING 3T.1 WA O DRIVE-THRU AIR CURTAIN 99 20 10 1.5 37 38 20 0.0 SPARE OTHER 0.0 KVA X f00% 0.0 KVA SPACE ONLY O.1) 39 40 20 0.0 SPARE O SPACE ONLY 0.0 41 42 00 SPACE ONLY TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD WA: STIA KVA LOAD DIVERSITY KVA 512.2 KVA Q CODE NOTES. TOTAL CONN.LOAD W.0 KVA, 55.5 AMPERES PHASEA: 7.0 KVA TOTALCONNECTEOLOADAMPERES: 887.5 AMP LGADDIVERSINAMPS 616.1 AMP O PHASE B: BA KVA W NOTES: PANEL DE-RATING 80% 69.4 AMPERES PHASE C. 6.6 KVA m' 1. AIR CONDITIONING IS DX COOLING p Q LC- CONTROL WITH LIGHTING CONTACTORS. WITH GAS HEAT UNLESS OTHERWISE G $ c GF- PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER. NOTED. 2. LARGEST MOTOR IS SHP. L- PROVIDE LOCK-ON DEVICE. � � NOTE REGARDING PANELS'AU AND'TD': S- PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER. MAIN JUMPER FOR Lt AND L2 SHALL BE SWIM. SWITCHED NEUTRAUCOMMON TRIP TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER.ALSO,PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER L2 NT EL(D IRE FOR PAN JUMPER D AND HANDLE PADLOCK ATTACHMENT. L2 WITH#3 WIRE FOR PANEL'AD'AND#i/0 SHEET: FOR PANEL'TD'. ��E P- CIRCUIT BREAKER PADLOCK ATTACHMENT FOR LOCKING BREAKER IN THE"OFF'POSITION. HL- PROVIDE HANDLE CLAMP FOR LOCKING CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE"ON"POSITION. HA- PROVIDE HACR TYPE BREAKER. E5. 1 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 'FP 120I208V.,30AW.,S.N.,226A.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-225A 'AD"INV.,10,2W.,S.N.,tOOA.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-10M TD'120V.,10,2W.,S.N.,15DA.M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-1SDA 'P 12012OW.30,4W.,S.N..125A,M.L.O. UPSTREAM DEVICE-125A LOAD(KVA) W% E M Y� LOAD(KVA) Joao LOAo Lo4D X (.A) �y q8, E LOAD(KVA) t`NA S, LOAD TYPE(LABEL) b g 3 ABC`. Ill� x LOAD TYPE OABEL) LOAD WFE(LABEL) (�N � � �= L'I L2 � IAA) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD TYPE(LABEL) OWA) � � L1 �• (IaiA) LOAD TYPE(LPBEII LOAD TYPE(LABEL) LOAD(KVA) � I �� ABC �� LOAD TYPE(LABEL) ZJ �O A B C °�,,,3m3m3m 0 A B C Lt L2 ffi L1 L2 Lt L2 3 G L1 L2 A B C A B C AC '�' '1 , IA 1 2 2.0 AUTO DISPENSER Al 1.1 1 2 ;; 1.1 AUTO DISPENSERA2 TRUCK DISPENSER Ti 1.5 1 2 ZZ 1.5 TRUCK DISPENSER T2 PUMP ROOM LIGHTING 0.1 20 12 1 2 12 20 02 PUMP ROOM RECEPTACLE 5;. STP-R1(REGULAR) 20 8 20 12 12 20 N 20 12 12 20 30 1A 3 4 8 40 2.0 STP-Di(DIESEL) 'SWITCHED NEUTRAL 0.0 3 4 _ 0.0 'SWITCHED NEUTRAL 'SWITCHED NEUTRAL 0.0 3 4 0.0 -SWITCHED NEUTRAL 2.0 3 q 12 p Hp 1.5 PUMP ROOM HEATER ' BID-DIESEL TANK HEATER HA 40 8 1.I 5 e 2.0 AUTO DISPENSER A3 1.1 5 e 1.1 AUTO DISPENSERM TRUCK DISPENSERT3 1.5 5 6 7.5 TRUCK DISPENSER Tq 2.0 S 6 A 0.0 SPARE 6TP-91(SUPER) za a za 12 72 20 zo +z 12 zo Aa�i7 1.0 ] 8 20 'SWITCHED NEUTRAL 0.0 T 8 0.0 'SWITCHED NEUTRAL -SWITCHED NEUTRAL 0.0 7 8 0.0 -SWITCHED NEUTRAL 2.0 ] 8 12 20 1.0 BID-DIESEL CONTROL PANEL SPACE ONLY 0.0 9 10 8 40 2.0 STP-D2(DIESEL) AUTO DISPENSER A5 1.1 9 10 LI AUTO DISPENSER AS TRUCK DISPENSER TS 1.5 B 10 1.3 TRUCK DISPENSER TB SIO-DIESEL ADDITIVE MOTOR 01 2.0 40 8 9 10 12 20 1.0 BIO-DIESEL CONTROL PANEL SPACE ONLY 0.0 11 12 2.0 'SWITCHED NEUTRAL 0.0 20 12 11 12 12 20 0.0 -SWITCHED NEUTRAL •SWITCHED NEUTRAL 0.0 20 72 71 12 12 I 0.0 'SWITCHED NEUTRAL 2.0 71 12 12 20 HA 0.2 E)WAUST FAN O �Gys SPACE ONLY 0.0 13 14 2.0 SPACE ONLY 0.0 13 14 0.0 SPACE ONLY TRUCK DISPENSER T7 1.5 20 12 13 ib 0.0 SPACE ONLY 2.0 13 14 20 0.0 SPARE 1/15/18 SPACEONLY 0.0 15 /8 a 40 2.0 STP-DEF SPACE ONLY 0.0 iS 18 0,0 SPACE ONLY -SWITCH NEUTRAL 0.0 15 18 0.0 SPACE ONLY BID-DIESEL ADDITIVE MOTOR 42 2.0 40 0 15 18 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACEONLY 0.0 1] 18 2.0 SPACE ONLY 0.0 17 16 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 1] 78 0.0 SPACE ONLY 2.0 77 18 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 19 10 1.3 SPACE ONLY 0.0 18 20 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 19 20 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACEONLY 0.0 18 20 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 21 21 8 30 13 DEF HEAT TRACE SPACE ONLY 0.0 21 22 0.0 SPACEONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 21 ?2 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 21 22 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY D.0 23 2d 0.9 SPACE ONLY 0.0 23 24 0.0 SPACED SPACE ONLY 0.0 23 24 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 23 I4 0.0 SPACE ONLY 6 20 DEF HEAT TRACE Ol SPACE ONLY 0.0 25 28 0.9 SPACE ONLY 0.0 25 28 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 25 26 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 25 28 OB SPACE ONLY 27 28 10 20 0.3 FUELING EMERGENCY STOP CKT SPACE ONLY 0.0 27 28 0.0 SPACEONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 27 % 28 D.0 SPACE ONLY SPACEONLY 0.0 27 28 0.0 SPACE ONLY O PANEL-TD• 10.6 0.0 2 29 30 20 0.0 SPARE SPACE ONLY 0.0 29 30 0.0 SPACEONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 29 30 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACEONLY 0.0 29 30 0.0 SPACE ONLY /1�ZW 9 W 0.0 31 32 10 20 0.3 DIESELISOTROLCONTROLLERS SPACE ONLY 0.0 31 32 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 37 32 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 3t 32 0.0 SPACE ONLY V V W m 80 33 34 10 20 0.3 DEFOVERFILLALARM SPACE ONLY 0.0 33 34 0.0 SPACEONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 33 31 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACEONLY 0.0 M. 34 0.0 SPACE ONLY z g K y m 2O PANEL'AD" 8 35 36 10 20 0.3 DEF ISOTROL CONTROLLERS SPACE ONLY 00 M 36 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 35 36 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 36 38 0.0 SPACE ONLY } H Z n 0.0 3T 36 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 37 30 0.0 SPACE ONLY 9PACE ONLY 0.0 37 38 0.0 SPACE ONIV SPACE ONIV 0.0 37 38 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY D.D 39 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 39 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 39 40 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 0.0 39 /O 0.0 SPACE ONLY W Z W SPACE ONLY 0.0 61 42 0.0 SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY o.0 41 42 6 60 0.0 WSS SPACE ONLY 0.0 qt 42 6 60 0.0 TVSS SPACE ONLY 0.0 41 42 0.0 SPACE ONLY L` O F PHASE A: 11.5 KVA PHASE A: 8.3 KVA r Z J W b TOTAL CONN.LOAD d8.3 KVA, 128.5AMPERES TOTAL CONK LOAD 6.6 KVA,55.0 AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 10.5 KVA87.5 AMPERES TOTAL CONN.LOAD 20.0 KVA, 55.5 AMPERES PHASE B: 18.8 KVA PHASE Li: 6.6 KVA PHASE Li: 10.6 KVA PHASE B: 8.5 KVA O(7 00 J S PANEL DE-RATING 80% iWAAMPERES PHASED: 15.2 KVA PANEL DE-RATING 8D% 68SAMPERES PHASE L2: 0.0 KVA PANEL DE-RATING 80% 81.E AMPERES PHASE L2: 0.0 KVA PANEL DE-RATING 80% 69.4 AMPERES PHASE C: 6.2 KVA a U) in 2 Lu W J n G W = W G U1 J M W m00 O V ZQ m J a3 W ; >- z O a YOB W 2z � H o � W oQ U .J a W Z 4 - a W Z a ° a a oZ N JF,W OM Y Z m C 1A O 40 KEYED NOTES CODE NOTES: ppPlan/�Rl-evgiew F W NOTE AIR CONDITIONING IS DX COOLING L7 V SA i'E.i�:,}1 1 f 1+ a ~ LC- CONTROL WITH LIGHTING CONTACTORS SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET EB. Q O BREAKER IS A 2-POLE,150 AMP BREAKER THAT PHYSICALLY TAKES WITH GAS NEAT UNLESS OTHERWISE G UP FOUR(4)BREAKER SLOTS.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE GF- PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER NOTED. . CONNECTION TO ONE POLE ONLY TO FEED THE APPROPRIATE 12OV, 2. LARGEST MOTOR IS 5HP. m.mnwrwuwml 10 FUELING PANEL. L- PROVIDE LOCK-ON DEVICE. m n O BREAKER IS A 2-POLE,100 AMP BREAKER.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE REGARDING PANEL 'AU AND'TD': S- PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER. MAKE CONNECTION TO ONE POLE ONLY TO FEED THE MAIN JUMPER FOR Li AND L2 SHALL BE APPROPRIATE 12OV,10 FUELING PANEL SWN- SWITCHED NEUTRAUCOMMON TRIP TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER.ALSO,PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER 2-BARREL(DOUBLE-LUGS).JUMPER L1 AND HANDLE PADLOCK ATTACHMENT. L2 WITH#3 WIRE FOR PANEL'AD'AND#110 SHEET: FOR PANEL'TD'. PA&GE P- CIRCUIT BREAKER PADLOCK ATTACHMENT FOR LOCKING BREAKER IN THE"OFF"POSITION. HL- PROVIDE HANDLE CLAMP FOR LOCKING CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE"ON"POSITION.HA- PROVIDE HACR TYPE BREAKER. mS, P.A. E5, 1 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-6674225 FAX:336-667-4332 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULEI EQUIP.TAG DESCRIPTION MOUNTING HEIGHT AND/OR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS VOLTAGE KVA/KW BREAKER SIZE/TYPE CONN.TYPE(NEMA CONFIG.) WIRE SCHEDULE NOTES 1D SOUP COUNTER COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 208110 3.8 30I2P GFCI TYPE COORDINATE IN FIELD 310 CONNECT TO RECEPTACLE IN PANEL SUPPLIED WITH SOUP COUNTER. s� ' 2 1® PIZZA DISPLAY CASE COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 120/10 1.0 2011PGFCITYPE HARDWIRED 212 iP GRAB-N•GO CASE COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 120/10 0.8 20/1P COORDINATE IN FIELD 212 - 6/7116 1P GRAB-N-GO CASE ROOF-TOP CONDENSER ROOF MOUNTED 208/3P1. 9.9 4513P HACR TYPE HARD WIRED 38 COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 1Y COOKTOP COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 208/10 4.6 3012P GFCI TYPE 1.630 28 - HOTDOG ROLLER GRILL COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 12D/10 1.6 2011P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - n f M ® POST MIX&ICE DISPENSER 64•ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120/10 1.2 2011P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 Z 2Of/lm ® CUBE ICE MAKER 98"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120110 0.7 IWIPHACRTYPE HARDWIRED 212 - O �• avlWz 4A CUBE ICE MAKE ROOF-TOP CONDENSER ROOF MOUNTED - 208/10 3A 3012P HACR TYPE HARD WIRED 310 COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH J W Z W u°Q MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. LL G O UI^ Q5 FREESTANDING CONDIMENT STAND FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR 120f10 0.7 20/1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - Z J Ul i Oc��H> �°° to 5M HEATED DISPLAY CASE 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115110 1.1 20f1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - a LU LU V E®. FROZEN BEVERAGE DISPENSER 8"BELOW COUNTERTOP 230/10 5.0 30/2P GFCI TYPE L83 O0 210 - Z Y 8K CAPPUCCINO DISPENSER 6'BELOW COUNTERTOP 120/10 1.8 2011P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - BL DOUBLE BOWL BUBBLER DISPENSER 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 115/10 OA 20/1P GFCI TYPE 5.20 212 8M SINGLE BOWL BUBBLER DISPENSER B"BELOW COUNTERTOP 115110 0.4 20NP GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 9A CREAM DISPENSER 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 120/10 0.3 2011P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - - ®D DUAL COFFEE BREWER 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 120/208MO 6.0 2512P GFCI TYPE VERIFY WITH EQUIPMENT 310 ® DUAL HOPPER COFFEE GRINDER 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 120/10 1.3 20f1P GFCI TYPE 6-20 212 9K BEAN TO CUP COFFEE BREWER 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 208/10 42 20/21P GFCI TYPE 1-6-20 210 9L BEAN TO CUP COFFEE BREWER 8"BELOW COUNTERTOP 208/10 42 2012P GFCI TYPE L6-20 210 - 10 MICROWAVE 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 120/10 118 20/IP GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 10 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 115/10 0.3 2D/1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - 7® COUNTERTOP COLD-WELL UNIT COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 120/10 0.4 20f1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 2 0® COUNTERTOP MICROWAVE 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 120/10 1.5 20/1PGFCI TYPE 5-20 12 CHILIICHEESE DISPENSER 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 120/10 0:2 2011P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 J �+•• Qui 2 ® ICE DISPENSER 6"BELOW COUNTERTOP 115/10 1.8 20/1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 V ui I.- > M J Z 18 RETHERMALIZER COORDINATE 84 FIELD 208/30 7.0 3013P 15-60 38 PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AND D m N CONNECT TO ANSUL SYSTEM. U Q LJJ F O ® SHOWER MONITOR 8'BELOW CEILING 115/10 0.5 2011P 5-20 212 J = U Z ® FLAT SCREEN TELEVISION COORDINATE IN FIELD 115/10 0.5 20/1 P 5-20 212 SEE SHEETS E2.1 AND E2.2 FOR L jJ U J 0 RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHT. W y W (L ` ®®� DIGITAL DISPLAY COORDINATE IN FIELD 116/10 0.5 20/1P y SEE SHEETS E2.1 AND E22 FOR 20 212 RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHT. Z / W 0 41 RESTAURANTAIENDOR SIGNAGE COORDINATE IN FIELD 120f10 0.5 20/1P 5-20 212 - W Lll Q O H ATM MACHINE 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 116/10 0.2 2011P 5.20 212 REQUIRES TELEPHONE CONNECTION. V (L Z L ® OUTDOOR ICE MERCHANDISER 18'ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120/10 0.8 2011P 5-20 212 LL Ir O 5LATWALL RECEPTACLES (1)0 18"AFF,(1)@ 96•AFF.RECEPTACLES > O O a® (TYP.OF 2j 120/10 OA 2011P 5-20 212 - LL J to O SHALL BE STACKED VERTICALLY. ® CIGARETTE DISPLAY CASE COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 115110 OA 20/1P 5-20 212 CONCEAL CONDUIT INSIDE CASEWORK �1 N 91 1� COUNTERTOP/FLOOR COORDINATE IN FIELD 120/10 02 2011P 5-20 212 Ii MERCHANDISER LED STRIP ® COLD BARREL MERCHANDISER 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120110 0.8. 20f1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - 101 CHANGEPOINT MACHINE COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED 120/10 0.2 20/1P COORDINATE IN FIELD 212 103 ORDER STATION COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 120110 0.5 20MP 5-20 212 ..F 103. ORDER MONITOR COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 120/10 OS 20/1P 5-20 - 212 Z o 3 o - 1®�10 CASH MACHINE 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120/10 02 20f1P 5-20 212 o 111 MONITORIKEYPAD/CPU 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120/10 1.0 20I11P COORDINATE IN FIELD 212 U Z 141 STACKED WASHER/DRYER COIN OPERATED 46"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115/10 12I0.9 1511P GFCI TYPE 6-20 212 ' O Plan Review o 147 DOUBLE STACKED CLOTHES DRYER C/O 46"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115110 0.M.9 95/1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 By SA F E B U i I t a U 14 WASHER(HOUSE) 46"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120/10 1.6 15/1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 J'W GoIn 148 STACKED DRYER(HOUSE) 46"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120M0 1Af1 A 2D/1 P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 REQUIRES TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS. Z 0] 0 149 HOLDING CABINET 48"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120110 1.9 20AP. yzo 212 - CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE Z > 3 w2m 1® HOLDING CABINET 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120110 2.2 20/IP GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - o CODE WIRE AND CONDUIT G w DOUBLE BATCH OVEN 48"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 208/10 10.4 5012P GFCI TYPE 6-50 28 - 212 (2)#12,1#12GND.314"C, a a ® CONVECTION OVEN 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 175110 12 1511P y PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AND15 212 210 (2)IN0,1#10GND.3l4"C. CONNECT TO ANSUL SYSTEM. c PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AND W ® OPEN FRYER(GAS) 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120110 1A 20I1P 6-20 212 CONNECT TO ANSUL SYSTEM. 28 (2)#8,1#10GND.3/4"C. o - ® 48"FOOD PREP TABLE 18'ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115/10 0.8 15/1P GFCI TYPE 5.16 212 312 (3)#12,1#12GND.3/41C. F- W m V a I-n n 48"FOOD PREP TABLE 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 116110 0.6 16/IP GFCI TYPE 5-15 212 - 310 (3)#0,1#10GND.3/4"C p o 0 150. PANINI PRESS 48"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 208/10 5.8 3012P GFCI TYPE B30 210 38 (3)#8,1#10GND.314"C. 51. WORKTOP FREEZER 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115110 1.1 1511P 5-20 212 - 26 (2)#S.1#8GND.3/4"C. 51. WORKTOP FREEZER 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115110 0.7 15NP. 5.15 212 PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AND 2 CONNECT TO ANSUL SYSTEM. 157 HOT WATER SYSTEM COORDINATE IN FIELD 206/10 4.1 25I2P GFCI TYPE HARD WIRED 210 - PAGE SHEET: 15 AIR COMPRESSOR COORDINATE IN FIELD 208/30 6.0 3OaP HARD WIRED 310 1® BEVERAGE COOLER COORDINATE IN FIELD 208/30 9.3 40/3P HACR TYPE HARD WIRED 38 INTERCONNECT WITH EVAPORATOR UNIT 167. mmz® " ® ® " ® E5.2 185 BEVERAGE COOLER DOOR WITH LIGHT COORDINATE IN FIELD 115110 0.5 20/1P COORDINATE IN FIELD 212 - ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS HARD WIRED EVAP.UNIT POWERED THRU ROOF-TOP CONDEN.UNIT#164. 16 BEVERAGE COOLER EVAPORATOR UNIT COORDINATE IN FIELD 115110 0.5 20/1P COORDINATE IN FIELD 212 COORDINATE ROUTING FOR INTERCONNECTION IN FIELD. 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE �1 4 �. -- y EQUIP.TAG DESCRIPTION __ MOUNTING HEIGHT AND/OR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS VOLTAGE KVAIICW BREAKER SRE(fYPE CONN TVPE(NEMA CONFIG.) WIRE SCHEDULE NOTES H. ® OSCILLATING FAN 69"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115110 0.2 20/1P 5-20 212 - ®1 ICE MAKER 48"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 208110 7.1 60I2P HACR TYPE 85 ROOFTOP CONDENSING UNIT POWERED THRU INTERIOR UNIT. 0 26 w COORDINATE ROUTING FOR INTERCONNECTION IN FIELD. _ DISHWASHER COORDINATE IN FIELD 208/10 2.0 20I2P GFCI TYPE HARDWIRED 212 Ab 35 AIR CURTAIN COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT IN FIELD 120/10 0.9 20/11P 5-20 212 - ® BAG-N-BOX 72"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115110 0.5 2011 P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 rn 81 MULTI-DISPLAY TIMER COORDINATE WITH TIMER IN FIELD 120110 0.1 20/1P 5-20 212 �i � F M 70 REFRIGERATOR 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120/10 0.8 20MPGFCITYPE 6-20 212 - Z.Q W Z O to m 71 FLY CONTROL SYSTEM W-Y'ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR(U.N.O.IN PLAN VIEW) 115110 0.1 20/1P 6-20 212 - N co ® WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER EVAPORATOR COORDINATE IN FIELD 120/208/10 OA/1.8 20/1P I20/2P HACK INTERCONNECTION 212/212 SEE SHEET E2.1 KEYED NOTE($)#7,#9 AND#11 FOR J r>- all Q z 00 WALK-IN COOLERIFREEZER CONDENSER COORDINATE IN FIELD 20813012DW30 6.8/6.6 2013P I26I3P TYPE FACTORY DISCONNECT 310/310 ADDITIONAL ASSOCIATED CIRCUITS AND CONNECTIONS. LL W Z W 2 0 0 1 w z Lu to O pk ARBY'S ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE a o I O EQUIP.TAG DESCRIPTION MOUNTING HEIGHT AND/OR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS VOLTAGE KVAIKW BREAKER SIM-TYPE CONN.TYPE(NEMA CONFIG.) WIRE SCHEDULE NOTES z Y O 10 HEAD DRINK DISPENSER 44"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115/10 1.1 20/1P GFCI TYPE 6-20 212 - © 8 HEAD DRIVE-THRU DRINK DISPENSER 44"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120110 1.2 20/1P GFCI TYPE 5-20 212 - 12 SHAKE MACHINE COORDINATE IN FIELD 2OBW 2.0 20/3P COORDINATE IN FIELD 412 - 18 COOK 8 HOLD CABINET COORDINATE IN FIELD 120110 0.8 15/1P GFCI TYPE 5-16 212 - 17 COUNTERTOP ELECTRIC CONVECTION OVEN COORDINATE IN FIELD 208110 2.7 2012P 6-20 212 PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AND CONNECT TO ANSUL SYSTEM. ® UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATION 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 115/10 0.4 15/1P GFCI TYPE 6-15 212 - O WALK-IN FREEZER COORDINATE IN FIELD 208/30 10.8 3013P HACR HARDWIRED 310 - O WALK-IN COOLER COORDINATE IN FIELD 208W 6.4 1513P HACR HARDWIRED 312 - ® WIRELESS DRIVE-THRU ORDER COORDINATE IN FIELD 120/10 0.2 2011P 5-20 212 - 41 FRY DUMP COORDINATE IN FIELD 208/10 3.1 20/2P 6-20 212 PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AND CONNECT TO ANSUL SYSTEM. ® 2 BANK,6 BASKET NATURAL GAS FRYER 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 120/10 0.111.0 20/1P (2)5-20 212(212 PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AND Z CONNECT TO ANSUL SYSTEM. O Lu® MENU BOARD COORDINATE IN FIELD 120I10 0.5 2011P HARDWIRED 212 - N ® 1P-4'FRONT LINE SLICER COUNTER COORDINATE IN FIELD 1201208/30 45.0 125MP HARDWIRED 41 - Z Q w LW ® COLD WELL UNIT COORDINATE IN FIELD 120/10 0.6 16I1P GFCI TYPE 5-15 212 - Z = I` J M ® COFFEE MAKER COORDINATE IN FIELD 12DM Z 0 1.7 1611P GFCI TYPE 5-15 212 - 06 y W m ��" O SLICER COORDINATE IN FIELD 115110 0.7 15/1P GFCI TYPE 5.15 212 - U) Z U Z 62A SLICER HEAT LAMP COORDINATE IN FIELD 120110 1.6 1 20/1P GFCI TYPE 5-15 212 - C T� a ® HORIZONTAL TOASTER COORDINATE IN FIELD 208/10 3.3 2012P GFCI TYPE 6-20 212 - Q d •>• LuZ O ® CHEESE PUMP COORDINATE IN FIELD 120/10 0.8 15/IP GFCI TYPE 5-15 212 - 0: d Y Lu tL ` 00 81 MICROWAVE OVEN COORDINATE IN FIELD 20W10 3.1 2O/2P GFCI TYPE 6-20 212 � 1"� 2 Z J J ® HEATED HOLDING COORDINATE IN FIELD 120/10 0.7 1511P GFCI TYPE 5-15 212 - Lu Q O UV O Q 76 AUTOMATIC DRIVE-THRU WINDOW COORDINATE IN FIELD 120110 1.0 20/1P HARDWIRED 212 - J m O ® WORK TOP FREEZER COORDINATE IN FIELD 116110 1.0 15/1P 5-15 212 PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AND ; U ^ N CONNECT TO ANSUL SYSTEM. W Y. 81 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATION IW ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 116/10 0.5 15/IP GFCI TYPE 5.16 212 - J 92 ICE MAKER COORDINATE IN FIELD 115/10 0.1 1511P HACR TYPE 5.15 2/2 - Plan R ev i e w 92A ICE MAKER REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT ROOF MOUNTED 208110 3.0 3012P HACR TYPE HARDWIRED 210 - By S A F E B U i it 9B HEATED DRIVE-THRU AIR CURTAIN COORDINATE IN FIELD 208/10 3.0 20/2P COORDINATE 210 - kk 2d 4 ah CINNABON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE EQUIP.TAG DESCRIPTION MOUNTING HEIGHT AND/OR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS VOLTAGE KVA/KW BREAKER SIZEITYPE CONN.TYPE(NEMA CONFIG.) WIRE SCHEDULE NOTES CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE w f z O C6 MICROWAVE COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 115110 1.0 20/1P GFCI TYPE 6-20 212 - CODE WIRE AND CONDUIT a ® HOTPLATE COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 116/10 0.6 1511PGFCITYPE 5-15 212 - 212 (2)#12,1#12GND.314"C. 0- U _ to ® U.C.REFRIGERATOR DRAWER 18"ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 116/10 0.5 1511P GFCI TYPE 5.15 212 - 28 (2#6,1#8GND.314C. G a pW Z ® SPACE SAVER BAKERY CABINET COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 208/10 1.4 20/2P GFCI TYPE COORDINATE IN FIELD 212 - 312 (3)#12,1#12GND.3/4"C. m 0 z to ®1 SPACE SAVER BAKERY OVEN COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 208/30 7.8 30/3P GFCI TYPE COORDINATE IN FIELD 410 - 310 (3#10,1#10GND.314"C. Q ®1 U.C.REFRIGERATOR COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK 116/10 0.3 20/1P GFCI TYPE 5.15 212 - 410 (4)#0,1#10GND.314"C. IY O o ao v o W o � w � po SHEET: ANTERWORKS, E5.3 ENGINEERS do CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 CONDUITIAG TOTAL-1 SIZE I DESCRIPTION FILL PER CONDUIT INITIATION POINT TERMINATION POINT I NOTES AUTO ISLAND " TERMINATE IN DISPENSER COMMUNICATIONS BOX AT BASE OF DISPENSER. SEE SHEET E7.1 FOR ADDITIONAL WIRING IN SAME CONDUIT. Y 41 ' r � x AUTO DISPENSER POWER I COMM. (9)#12 W120OLS PULLSTRING (2)#12,(1)#10-DISPENSER POWER I GROUND i' x ® 6 1" (1 PER DISPENSER) (1)#10 GND ELECTRICAL ROOM AUTO DISPENSER (3)912-DISPENSER HOOK SIGNALS(REGULAR,SUPER,DIESEL) (2)#12-"TWINNED"(10 TO 12 TWISTS PER FOOT)-GRIND (2)#12-"TWIN NEW(10 TO 12 TWISTS PER FOOT)-TWO WIRE IN/OUT DISP. "'v^$, 677 AUTO DISPENSER COMMUNICATIONS (2)CAT5e CABLES(GEL FILLED) EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM-CONTINUE CABLES AND WIRING SHALL HAVE PETROLEUM RESISTANT INSULATION.CONDUIT SHALL STUB UP INSIDE THE DISPENSER FRAME INTO AN EXPLOSION PROOF ® 6 1" &INTERCOM(1 PER DISPENSER) W200L8 PULLSTRING OVERHEAD TO CTS ROOM. AUTO DISPENSER JUNCTION BOX.ROUTE TO THE DISPENSER PROVIDED INTERCOM CONDUIT AND THE DISPENSER COMMUNICATIONS BOX FROM THE EXPLOSION PROOF `9''1 t71vALY JUNCTION BOX. LEAVE A 20'SERVICE LOOP FOR THE CAT5e CABLES. cm2 1" AUTO CANOPY SUMPS (3)BELDEN 8760 CABLE ND EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM 2 AUTO DISPENSER 817118 200LB PULLSTRING ® 1 1' AUTO CANOPY SPEAKERS 200LB PULLSTRING CTS ROOM AUTO CANOPY COLUMN AT DISPENSER Al m ® 1 1" AUTO CANOPY CAMERAS 200LB PULLSTRING CTS ROOM AUTO CANOPY COLUMN COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED IN FIELD WITH OWNER. S� � ♦- M ® 2 1" AUTO ISLAND SPARE 20OLS PULLSTRING ELECTRICAL ROOM AUTO CANOPY COLUMN COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED IN FIELD WITH OWNER. C9 Z Q W ® 1 1" AUTO ISLAND SPARE 200LB PULLSTRING CTS ROOM AUTO CANOPY COLUMN COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED IN FIELD WITH OWNER. Z W r (8)#12 W200L8 PULLSTRING .}.1 d Q Z ao ® 1 1' AUTO CANOPY LIGHTING (1)#10 GND ELECTRICAL ROOM AUTO CANOPY COLUMN COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED IN FIELD WITH OWNER. LL W Z W u°Di (2)#12 W200LB PULLSTRING OUTSIDE OF AUTO 23 O~'� cm1 1' AUTO CANOPY RECEPTACLES (2)#12 GND ELECTRICAL ROOM CANOPY COLUMN COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED IN FIELD WITH OWNER.(STUB CONDUIT UP ON OUTSIDE OF CANOPY COLUMN). F- Z ui O W TRUCK ISLAND J W 2 CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CONNECTION TO DISPENSER AS WELL AS THE HEATER UNIT LOCATED IN DISPENSER FOR DEF SOLUTION. SEE SHEET E7.2(MASTER FLC) O DISPENSER JUNCTION BOX AT ISLAND T1).FOR ADDITIONAL WIRING IN SAME CONDUIT. Z ® 7 1„ DIESEL DISPENSER POWER/COMM. (8)#12 WI2001.13 PULLSTRING ELECTRICAL ROOM DIESEL DISPENSER (2)#12,(1)#10-DISPENSER POWER/GROUND (1 PER MASTER DISPENSER) (1)#10 GND (2)#12-DISPENSER HOOK SIGNALS(DIESEL,DEF) (2)012-"TWINNED"(10 TO 12 TWISTS PER FOOT)•CRIND (2)#12-"TWINNED"(10 TO 12 TWISTS PER FOOT) TWO WIRE IN/OUT DISP. DIESEL DISPENSER COMMUNICATIONS (2)CAT5e CABLES(GEL FILLED) EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM-CONTINUE IESEL DISPENSER CABLES AND WIRING SHALL HAVE PETROLEUM RESISTANT INSULATION.CONDUIT SHALL STUB UP INSIDE THE DISPENSER FRAME INTO AN EXPLOSION PROOF ® 7 1„ (1 PER MASTER DISPENSER) W200L8 PULLSTRING OVERHEAD BR CTS ROOM. JUNCTION BOX.ROUTE TO THE DISPENSER PROVIDED INTERCOM CONDUIT AND THE DISPENSER COMMUNICATIONS BOX FROM THE EXPLOSION PROOF JUNCTION BOX. LEAVE A 20'SERVICE LOOP FOR THE CAT5e CABLES. (4)BELDEN 8760 CABLE AND cm:) 3 1" DIESEL DISPENSER SUMPS PULLSTRING EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM-200LB 2 DIESEL DISPENSER ® 1 1" DIESEL CANOPY SPEAKERS 200LB PULLSTRING CTS ROOM DIESEL CANOPY COLUMN AT DISPENSER Al ® 2 1" DIESEL CANOPY CAMERAS 200LB PULLSTRING CTS ROOM DIESEL CANOPY COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED IN FIELD WITH OWNER. COLUMN cm 7 1" DIESEL ISLAND INTERCOM 200L8 PULLSTRING CTS ROOM DIESEL GNOPY (1 PER MASTER DISPENSER) COLUMN ® 2 1" DIESEL ISLAND SPARE 200LB PULLSTRING ELECTRICAL ROOM DIESEL CANOPY COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED IN FIELD WITH OWNER. COLUMN ® 2 1" DIESEL ISLAND SPARE 200LB PULLSTRING CTS ROOM DIESEL CANOPY C COLUMN OORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED INFIELD WITH OWNER. DIESEL MASTER TO SATELLITE ® 7 1" DISPENSER CONNECTION(1 PER (4)012,(1)#10G. MASTER DISPENSER SATELLITE DISPENSER MASTER DISPENSER) (6)010 W200LB PULLSTRING DIESEL CANOPY ® 1 1" TRUCK CANOPY LIGHTING (1)#10 GND ELECTRICAL ROOM COLUMN COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED INFIELD WITH OWNER. (4)#10 WI200LB PULLSTRING J ® 1 1" TRUCK CANOPY RECEPTACLES OUTSIDE OF DIESEL ELECTRICAL ROOM COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED INFIELD WITH OWNER.(STUB CONDUIT UP ON OUTSIDE OF CANOPY COLUMN). Q Q (1)#10 GND CANOPY COLUMN U LW (2)#10 W/200L8 PULLSTRING DIESEL CANOPY r > M ® 1 1' TRUCK CANOPY DEF LED PRICER (1)#10 GND ELECTRICAL ROOM COLUMN COORDINATE EXACT COLUMN TO BE UTILIZED IN FIELD WITH OWNER. W Lu Z m N TANK FARM L~) > UJ �— 00 (3)BELDEN 8780 CABLE AND W 0 U Z rn ® 1 1' TANK#1 SENSORS 200L0 PULLSTRING EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM TANK#1-REGULAR STUB UP AT FUEL MONITORING WIREWAY Lu = O (3)BELDEN 8760 CABLE AND a, cm I. TANK#43ENSOR3 200LB PULLSTRING EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM TANK#4-DIESEL STUB UP AT FUEL MONITORING WIREWAY Lu W >- Z (3)BELDEN 8760 CABLE AND cm 1" TANK SENSORS 200LB PULLSTRING EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM TANK#5-DIESEL STUB UP AT FUEL MONITORING WIREWAY Y O (3)BELDEN 8760 CABLE AND ® 1 1' TANK#6 SENSORS 200LB PULLSTRING EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM TANK#6-B99 STUB UP AT FUEL MONITORING WIREWAY Lu Q O o (6)BELDEN 8760 CABLE AND TANK#2&#3-SUPER& ®" 1 1" TANKS#2&#3 SENSORS 200LB PULLSTRING EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM DEF STUB UP AT FUEL MONITORING WIREWAY J Z 0 ? J ® 1 1" OWS LEVEL SENSOR (1)BELDEN 8770 CABLE AND EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM OILNNATER SEPARATOR STUB UP AT FUEL MONITORING WIREWAY > () O O 200LB PULLSTRING O ELECTRICAL ROOM& DEF OVERFILL ALARM (2)#12,(1)#12G.FOR SWITCH POWER AND(2)#12 TO BE LANDED ON N.O.AND C.OF TLS-350 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE. DEF OVERFILL ALARM (4)#12,(1)#12G. EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM ATTANK SEE SHEET ETA FOR MORE INFORMATION, JA N ® 2 1" DEF HEAT TRACE CONNECTION (3)#10 EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM DEF STP SUMP/ HEAT TRACE CIRCUIT FROM NCO DIGITRACE 910 CONTROLLERS INSECURITY OFFICE. SEE SHEET E2.2 DETAIL 21E2.2.PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX WITH RAYCHEM DISPENSERS T7 FTC-P CONNECTION KIT AND ALL NECESSARY SEALOFFS AND FITTINGS FOR EACH DEF HEAT TRACE CONNECTION. SEE SHEET DETAILS 3/ES3.1&4IES3.1. SHIELDED INSTRUMENT CABLE DEF STP SUMP/ PROVIDE(1)3/4"CONDUIT FOR HEAT TRACE RTD BACK TO NCO DIGITRACE 910 CONTROLLERS AT SECURITY OFFICE. SEE SHEET E2.2 DETAIL 2/E2.2. ® 2 1" DEF HEAT TRACE RTD CONNECTION SIMILAR TO DIGITRACE EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM DISPENSERS T7 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SEALOFFS AND FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION TO RAYCHEM RTD-7AL. SEE SHEET DETAILS 3IES3.1&4/ES3.1. MONI-RTD-WIRE TRUCK SCALE ® 1 1-12' TRUCK SCALE LOAD CELL CABLE 200LB PULLSTRING CASHIER DESK TRUCK SCALE PIT STUB UP AT ITS IN CTS ROOM CONDUIT SHALL CONTAIN#10 STRANDED CONDUCTORS IN THE FOLLOWING COLORS:(2)GREEN,(3)WHITE,(1)BLUE,(1)BLACK,AND(1)RED.CONDUIT SHALL F tt tt cm1 1.12' TRUCK SCALE POWER (8)#10 ELECTRICAL ROOM TRUCK SCALE PIT BE STUBBED UP IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM NEAR PANEL A FOR CONNECTION TO BREAKER FOR SCALE CONNECTION.FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION Z d 6 PRIOR TO ROUG144N. 4 ® 1 1-12" TRUCK SCALE COAX AND INTERCOM 200LB PULLSTRING CASHIER DESK TRUCK SCALE PIT STUB UP AT TTS IN CTS ROOM S ® 7 1-12" SPARE 200LB PULLSTRING ELECTRICAL ROOM TRUCK SCALE PIT _ F ULU 2 B99 INJECTION SHED o°c ® 1 1" B99 INJECTION SHED SUMP SENSOR (1)BELDEN 8760 CABLE AND EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM B99 INJECTION SHED STUB UP AT FUEL MONITORING WIREWAY I3. 200LB PULLSTRING SUMP ® 2 1' B99 PUMP FEEDER (4)#6,(1)#13G. BBB INJECTION SHED B99 PUMP MOTOR J STARTER ® 1 '" PANEL'P'FEEDER ELECTRICAL ROOM PNEL'P' m N CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TLS-350 FUELING CONSOLE FOR LOW LEVEL ALARM SHUT-0FF.SEE SHEET E9.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. Z ® LOW LEVEL ALARM SHUT OFF AND B99 PUMP MOTOR "a 2 1 200LB PULLSTRING EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER COORDINATE CABLE TYPE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.ALSO PROVIDE COMMUNICATIONS CABLING FOR PROCESS MONITORING.COORDINATE WITH OWNER TIVE FOR AND FINAL POINTS ® 1 1" SPARE 200LB PULLSTRING ELECTRICAL ROOM B99 INJECTION SHED CONDUIT SHALL B SATUBBED UP CABLING LAFG ANDECAPPED WITH WEATHER TIGHT SEAL. Plan THE COMMUNICATIONS PORTION. Plan Review ARBY'S DRIVE—THRU By SAFEBuiit 00 ® 1 1" MENU BOARD AND PREVIEW BOARD (8)010,(1#10G. PANEL'Gl' DRIVE-THRU MENU COORDINATE STUB UP LOCATION WITH PILOT PROJECT MANAGER. POWER BOARD ® 1 3/4" PREVIEW BOARD POWER (2)#10,(1N10G. MENU BOARD PREVIEW BOARD COORDINATE STUB UP LOCATION WITH PILOT PROJECT MANAGER. Q �11 gym °p COD PEDESTAL I.G.POWER (4)#10,(2N10 I.G.(10100. PANEL'Gl' COD PEDESTAL COORDINATE STUB UP LOCATION WITH PILOT PROJECT MANAGER, v REMOTE DETECTOR,COD AUDIO ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING AT ARBY'S ® 1 2" AND DATA 200LB PULLSTRING DRNE-THRU COD PEDESTAL COORDINATE STUB UP LOCATION WITH PILOT PROJECT MANAGER.SEE SHEET E10.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. MENU BOARD AND PREVIEW BOARD ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING AT ARBY'S ® 1 2" DATA 200LB PULLSTRING DRIVE-THRU MENU BOARD COORDINATE STUB UP LOCATION WITH PILOT PROJECT MANAGER.SEE SHEET E10.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. ® 2 1' ARBY'S DRIVE-THRU SPARES 200LB PULLSTRING ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING AT ARBY'SDRIVE-THRU MENU BOARD COORDINATE STUB UP LOCATION WITH PILOT PROJECT MANAGER.SEE SHEET E10.3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. NOTE: PAGE- INTERWORKS, SHEET: CONTRACTOR INSTALLING FUELING CONDUIT LISTED IN THE TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SCHEDULE'SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING THE APPROPRIATE WIREJCABLING. `-TOTAL INDICATES QUANTITY OF CONDUITS FOR THE SITE.NUMBER OF CONDUITS SHOULD MATCH NUMBER OF TIMES THAT THE"CONDUIT TAG"APPEARS IN THE PLAN VIEWS "-SEE SHEET E6 RISER DIAGRAM FOR CONDUIT/CONDUCTOR QUANTITY AND SIZING. E5.4 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667.4225 FAX:336-667-4332 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - KEYED NOTES , 8100 SHED ARBY S PREP AREA ELECTRICAL ROOM AND JANITOR LAUNDRY ' L_% E DISCONNECT INTEGRAL TO UNIT,SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.#3I0 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT.#6 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR.WIRING ABOVE GRADESHALL BE N CONDUIT. PANEL P" PANEL'Gi' PANEL"G' PANEL"D" PANEL"D7" PANEL"H" PANEL"E' PANEL"TD" PANELAD' 4/Z/18 1201208V 30 4 NOT USED.125 A.M.30 125A.M.L.O. 400lA.M.L30 120/208V,30 1201208V,30 120I20BV.,30 `- 120V.,10 120V.,10725 A.M L O 225 A.M L.O. 400 A M.LO 225 A M L.O. 225 A M L O. 225 A.M.L.O 100 A M.L.O. 150 A.M.L.O. 100 A.M.L.O.42SPACE 42SPACE 42 SPACE I I 42 SPACE 42 SPACE 42 SPACE - ISO.GROUND 42 SPACE 42 SPACEISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE ROUTED WITHOUT ANY 2304 42SPACE SPLICES TO EQUIPMENT GROUND AT TRANSFORMER OT-1.ROUTE T(1)OFTHE UTH CONDUITFEEDERSFROM TRANSFORMER DT-1 TO PANEL'DPL'THEN TRANSFER TO FEEDER FOR PANEL'E'. AIC 42KAIc 42K NC 42K AIC 42K AIC 42K AIC 421(AIC < 4m AIC 42K AIC 8 NOT USED. 1 ' 2FULLY RED FULLY RATED FULLY RATED FULLY RATED FULLY PATE. FULLY RATED FULLY RATED ` FULLY RATED FULLY RATED I 0 W Q W O HAVING ANCONDUCT SIZING BASED ON USE OF INSULATION RATING OF 75°C��CONDUCTORS Z g y Q.W.I O r 8 ASCO 480V,30,NEMA3R,S.E.RATED,400A MANUAL TRANSFER J IL a Z GO I SWITCH WITH SWITCHED NEUTRAL. LL w Z W of oo ,„ : 150.2 100.2 I OS ASCO 480V,30,NEMA3R,400A QUICK CONNECT POWER PANEL FOR ~ Z J W 40 m CONNECTION TO TEMPORARY STAND43Y GENERATOR. d N J°=130.4 C7.q 420 4 I 230.4 230.4 230.4 230.4 I 10 ASCO 480V,30,NEMA3R,S.E.RATED,800A MANUAL TRANSFER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ CA-1 I SWITCH WITH SWITCHED NEUTRAL. O ADDITIVE I Z Z 11 ASGO 480V,30,NEMA3R,800A QUICK CONNECT POWER PANEL FOR Y 100AI3P 10OA13P I CONNECTION TO TEMPORARY STAND-BY GENERATOR. MOTOR ELECTRICALLY-HELD ELECTRICALLY-HELD 30A/3P ELECTRICALLY-HELD CONTACTOR WITH 250V CONTACTS, I CONTACTOR WITH CONTACTOR WITH 250V 120V COIL,AND NEMA TYPE 1 ENCLOSURE. 250V CONTACTS,120V CONTACTS,120V COIL, COIL,AND NEMA TYPE 1 AND NEMA TYPE 1 - � ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE. ROOF - - - - CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE 100.41 100.2 RTU#1 RTU#2 RTL#p;(I PANEL"G" i � r�� PANEL"D" (TYPICAL) 7 L J PANEL"D1" 150.2FEEDER DESCRIPTION 36.3 35.3 35.3 100.2 (2)#3.(1#8 G.,IN 1"C. - PANEL"H1"- - - - - - - - J PANEL"H„ 100.4I (4SE S-(4 G.,0 KC IL,IN 1H S C. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I 1240.4U 4 SETS-(4Vf350 KCMIL EACH SET IN 3'C. PANEL"E" I 130A 14g11,(1#6 G.,IN 2"C. 1502 (2)#1/0,(1)#6 G.,IN 1-1/4"C. 1675.4E 5 SETS-(4)6400 KCMIL,(1)#3/0 G.,EACH SET IN 3-1/2"C. 230A (4)#410,(1#4 G.,IN 2-112"C. "DPP ;a I 35.3 (3)1#10,(1)#10 G.,IN 112"C. 'DPW 120%208V.,30 C 277I480V.,30 1 0 C. . I 420A (4)#600 KCMIL,(1)#3 G.,IN 4"C. G 400 A.M.L.O. PANEL'A" PANEL"L" PANEL"A" PANEL"Alm PANEL B' PANEL"C' PANEL FP I 460AU 2 SETS-(4)#4/0,EACH SET IN 2"C. PANEL'B" _ N I � DT-1 �e 277/480V.,30. +� PANEL"C" 120/208V.,30 120/208V.,30 � 120/208V.,30 120/208V.30 120/208V 30 840.3 2 SETS-(3)I600 KCMIL,(ipf'I/0 G.,EACH SET IN PANEL'L' 231)A - 225 A.M.LO. 1y PANEL'D' 225 A.M.L.O. 225 A.M.L.O. 400 A-M.L.O. 225 A.M.L.O. � 225 A.M.L.O. G :4 I 840.4U 2 SETS-(4pt600 KCMIL,EACH SET IN 3-t/2"C. 42 SPACE 42 SPACE � 42 SPACE 42 SPACE 42 SPACE 42 SPACE Q A RTU-1 � ��` PANEL'E" � � M RTU-2 PANEL"H' 4S I CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE NOTES: G J N RTU-3 IrIF--� PANEL"FP" 1 V-SIZED OR VOLTAGE DROP ISOLATED GROUND Z m N ' RTU4 `-'I PANEL'P" '*` 65K AIC 42KAIc am ac azKAlc ,ti' bm AIC a2K qlc I S-SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM ILA Z 1 SPARE � FULLY RATED '999 PANEL"Dt" � FULLY RATED FULLY RATED � FULLY RATED FULLY RATE. FULLY RATED U-UTILITY FEEDER y+ fj SPAREj 3 O SPARE PANEL"G" a TV33 �' NSS-1 PANEL"H1" - I TVSS SCHED W ULE �- z #�CAIC 4m AIC „1 O FULLY RATED FULLY R > W ATED ' DPN DISTRIBUTION PANELI- <r...:... TAG MANUFACTURER AND MODEL III QUANTITY a I � z 230-4 230 A 230.4 J U) I rvSSi ASCO#520277YP20ACAL10 1 Q L O N Ii I NSS-2 ASCO#510120YP13ACN10 2 O 230.4 420.4 Q co i, PANEL, NSS$ ASCO#42012ONP06AWAJ10 2 ^� N 2 PANEL"A1" I Lu CA-2 CA-3 CT-2 CT-3 I Lu I BUILDING STEEL 30AI3P ELECTRICALLY-HELD CONTACTOR WITH 250V CONTACTS, - I - 720V COIL,AND NEMA TYPE i ENCLOSURE(TYPICAL FOR 4). - J /- - - -I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - EXTERIOR/SITE 4204 PROVIDE TRANSFORMER PAD,CT I REGULAR DIESEL 4 i CABINET,AND METER SOCKET AND STP STP CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH T m ELECTRIC UTILITY SPECIFICATIONS. SUPER DEF I n+ COORDINATE CT CABINET AND METER _ _ _ _ STP LOCATIONS WITH OWNER AND - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ELECTRIC UTILfI'/. I W UTILITY PROVIDED 500 KVA DRY-TYPE PADMOUNT I I d a PADMOUNT TRANSFORMER. Iba. TRANSFORMER 1) TRANSFUj ORMER 208YI120V ASCO ASCO ASCO ASCO 400A MANUAL QUICKCONNECT QUICK-CONNECT 800A MANUAL II O 1o.1 \ I O I TRANSFER SWITCH POWER PANEL , POWER PANEL S a TRANSFER SWITCH 1 m 3-POLE WI SWITCHED a 3-POLE WI SWITCHED I ffg NEUTRAL CT NEU 7. TRAL ` I a 9 a aI S.E_RATED S.E.RATED p PT ' 420 4 ? " 840.4 `7 UTILITY [TRANSFORMER. ERVICE CONDUITSMETER CABINET HALL BE ROUTED ❑ ❑ ❑❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ TO SECONDARY ❑ wIDE OF PADMOUNT 'e ? E1 - C' By SAFEBuilt a ai 8 I 9 I I 1210.4U 11 I 10 I I I rz iLL CONCRETE PAD BY GENERAL I` )I CONTRACTOR COORDINATE J �_ �J _ - `_ - - - - J- - - -PAD SIZE WITH UTILITY.- DPL" _ ---= - - - - - -4- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 840.3- - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 PAGE SHEET 1 3 2 E 6 GROUND ROD (NPICAL OF 3) '_' �� 2 BUILDING STEEL AND NEW LIFER GROUND SYSTEM IN BUILDING FOOTING ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS METAL WATER MAIN - AT ELECTRICAL ROOM.SEE DETAIL 4/E2.2.INSTALL 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE 250.52. PHONE;336-667-4225 FAX:336-6674332 120V ----1"CONDUIT-(TYPICAL OF 6) WIRING TROUGH aSWNIICONTINUE TO CTS __ / �-�Ct µ,tire 1 12 V ROOM FOR FUTURE USE SEE DETAIL 4/E8 FOR I T EMERGENCY FUEL STOP CONTINUE TO MANAGER'S SEE SHEET ES2.1 FOR WIRING CONTROL DIAGRAM. OFFICE FOR CONNECTION CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS SEE WES FOR TO"TALK-A-PHONE'SYSTEM. FOR EQUIPMENT NOTED. 38F 120 CONNECTION TO _______SPEAKER A R gp a TOAUTO LOWVOLTAGE If- _____ TPURER ------..�___ , 1 0 DISPENSER DISCONNECT t -915WnAA------W___ Lam' 0 0° (TYPICAL OF 4) SWITCH RED JACKET z ________ ___ ��EnKEFFB------g--- ----- y w 120V (MINIMUM OF -_------ CALL A----___-W__- -__-- - 1/15/18 ___-_____ ___ -_--___, ______-__ z ISOTROL I-BR CONTROL BOX _-____--- o LVDD-V-t01S 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE AD-1,AD-2,AD-5 AD-6, �-L A w � I LAO g--------gp-- ----1 a c REQUIRED) 9 dAZ�--------BTI-- � LOCATED IN TL3 CABINET AD-9,AND AD-10 NEUTRALS xc xo o I«c xo c xc xo o xc xo c REGULAR I.. ._._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._,._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.. .._.._..� I i I 0 0 00000 PROVIDE 1U SERVICE W Q W r -----� LOOP-(TYPICAL) ! l i l Z O N m I 1 1 I I I I 'N Q Cn z A H NGND. CL 4 z I I I I I I lL W Z W 1A OJ E-STOP CONTACTOR(TVP. ! N ! ! CATS GEL FILLED - CABLE,EXTEND TO WIRING TROUGH Ts.JCA-2 0 208V/10 BRANCH CIRCUITFROMISOTROL ! I MAIN JUNCTION BOX ELECTRONICS CABINET(CD J W > TO a REGULAR SUBMERSIBLE ! I ---••1 PROVIDE 10'SERVICE MODULE) d 0 X u 120V TURBINE PUMP. L.. ___j LOOP-(TYPICAL) J2 P2 Z `Q 12 V I HOT CD MODULE A-2 g TO POWER Y a LL 120V _—_— _ _ CONTROL HOOK a NEUTRAL CD MODULE A-13 W 3 MODULE SIGNAL. ASSEMBLY Fri: T III EARTH GROUND A-10 GN/Y A B C NGND. I I I I IIII J130 13(2 IIII t TO POWER II I I I I I STP-REGULAR R 4 CONTROL i t I I I I STP-DIESEL R MODULE D STPSUPER t AS I I I I I I I I u DISP.TWO-WIRE OUTE- A- J100 P100 DISP.TWO-WIRE INC+ 19_WB Z OR NOTE.TO D-Box PUMP ONLY —BNOTE:TODBOX `—,---- —,--,--, CRIND7&V0-WIRE,IN19 Y—'--'— — - - -- FOR GENERIC i I I CRIND DISPENSER I I NOTE: I I CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE#12 AWG i I STRANDED THHN/THWN-2,600V WIRE #72(SIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP) FOR TWO-WIRE(CRIND AND DISPENSER) #10 GND. 1 I COMMUNICATION WIRING.WIRING SHALL BE 1"CONDUITS TO AUTO DISPENSER Al I i I I I I HAVE 10 TO 12 TWISTS PER FOOT. Q or W > sREoD JACKo ox i I I NOTE: R _Z Z m N I I ALLDISPENSER WIRING,CABLING AND WIRE COLOR CHART J uJ L_ DD •I I CONDUIT SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE 0 Z 0 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.ALL FIELD BLACK B z SUPER CONNECTIONS ARE TO 8E MADE BY BLUE BU Z Q d ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. q�y TO DISPENSER A2(TYPICAL) GREEN GN (n 0 W _ I I - 17: RED R Z ' > >' Z I -'�I --•--.---- FIELD CONDUIT WHITE W LLI Y O I . -- -- --'-- LL O F— •• L _ _ I I•�I;I F,,, _ ._ WHITEBLACK W/B � (' I I I I�I !-•' - WHITE/RED W/R Q CD 2 Z_ V i1 i 1 YELLOW Y J Q ` J I IIII f O 1"CONDUITS TO ADDITIONAL DISPENSERS ? O Q I!I! AS REQUIRED,REFER TO CANOPY/ISLAND N 208V/10 BRANCH CIRCUIT ! I I I DRAWINGS AND SITE PLAN FOR QUANTITIESLL FROM ISOTROL TO SUPER IIII I I I I OF DISPENSERS. WIRING LEGEND ^ SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE I'I' Y• PUMP. 120V IIII IIII -- POWER WIRING HOOK IIII III RELAY BOX WIRING SIGNAL. 1•I IIII -- DISTRIBUTION BOX WIRING Ii1i II IIII III' �•--•-'� WIRING FOR CRIND SYSTEM I -"-^-"-"-•'-'•-••- WIRING FOR FUTURE USE --�--- WIRING CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR Q ------------- WIRING SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSERS oM TO DISPENSERS A3,A4,A5 AND AB W 2 FUEL DISPENSER WIRING NOTES: u Ona 1.ALL CONDUCTORS TO BE STRANDED.CONTRACTOR TO W a FURNISH AND I INSTALL CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED.•I 2.CO j a IIII CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL REQUIRED I I IIII CONDUITS AND PROVIDE SEAL-OFFS AS REQUIRED BY NEC. SEE SHEET E7.2 FOR IIII III Q m CONTINUATION OF IIII IIII 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH N NEUTRALS. i I i I III EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. Zj IIII I 4.ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR OL SEE SHEET E7.2 FOR I I IIII NOTE: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTINUATION OF HOOK IIII III WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ISOLATION CIRCUITS. IIII III CONTRACTOR.WIRING SHALL BE S.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO TAG ALL CONDUCTORS THAT COLOR CODED TO MATCH WIRING WILL REMAIN UNCONNECTED.TAG TO INCLUDE DISPENSER 120V IIII I I I SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSERS AND NUMBER.CONDUCTOR INSULATION COLOR TO BE ONE OTHER `Q HOOK IIII I SMALL BE NEC CLASS I. THAN THOSE USED BY GILBARCO DISPENSER AUTO COMMUNICATION DISTRIBUTION BOX AUTO CRIND DISTRIBUTION BOX SIGNAL I I' III o I I IIII S.CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE FACTORY INSTALLED JUMPER #:#:t:t: t:t:t:t: :: 'I!I S:t:#:#a Este#s#a t•t-+T - T - ilil I BETWEEN'PO"AND"P1". Q F 4 I I IIII 7.EXTEND%"CONDUIT FROM STP BOX TO FUEL MANAGEMENT a IIII III IIII III IIII III PANEL LOCATED IN MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR CONNECTION OF IIII I I IIII I 1 I( IIII I i I i IIII TERMINAL"Pi"TO THE FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL,AND BACK J J� III J' III(I I I I TO TERMINAL"PO"FOR LINE LEAK DETECTION WITH POSITIVE '�'�) 'J' I i I I IIII FUEL DISPENSING STIR SHUT-OFF.VERIFY EXACT WIRING REQUIREMENTS. ��;� ) IIII III (� WIRING DIAGRAM-GASOLINE I(I( (�( 1"CONDUIT I E7.1 SCALE: N.T.S. WIRING BY PILOT TO CTS III �( ' III TYPICAL OF S. Iw ROOM,ROUTE IN 1-1/2' I I IIII I I I'I I I SHEET: CONDUIT INSTALLED BY I .. Iiii ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. I _ ----------- - ----' -----�}} , _ Plan Review ---------------------- t-I-I-f-T---------� E vEa FOR - i _ i J I E =_;=_; — --' TO DISPENSER p`/ �i/�T- D i ALLIED ELECTRONICS, ;SE NNECT = PAG � (TYPICnLOFa) I-'/T `"ryrEl}��i14ANDI BOX STATION I I I _ __ _ _ LOW VOLTAGE _ —_ --i ___—_— JJJ • E7. 1 SITE CONTROLLER I L __ ___ _ ____ DISCONNECT _______—'_____________ _ TO DISPENSER I INSTALLED BY PILOT. I L�L_�- �=--=z _ —' SWITCH ____}(TYPITO ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 1 �--------------- 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 _j 20V 1"CONDUIT-(TYPICAL OF 7) WIRING TROUGH SATELLITE DISPENSER 1 AT ISLAND T2 THRU--- _________ ___ or _-__________i SEE DETAIL 41E8 FOR ^F tiry G;�a --- --- ---� ; EMERGENCY FUEL STOP11.0 r;•' s ��,q r WIRING CONTROL DIAGRAM. ur. 120V i AA_13- _ _______-_+i FLOW + N.O. SEE 2/E8 FOR i 2! ; :q 120 CONNECTION i IT �-A-�Z_ _ ____-0 i �-� I i �'� � s . TO LOW RED JACKET CONTINUE TO MANAGERS + I;N.Q. + ; I !O Lf Q 120V VOLTAGE ISOTROL 1-8 CONTROL BOX OFFICE FOR CONNECTION i; L ---- --- ---i I ; SEE SHEET E32.1 FOR 4; v O S TO MASTER CTA DISCONNECT TO"TALK-A-PHIONE"SYSTEM. j I ----- - FAST`� I ; I CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS 1115/18 0 12pV DISPENSER SWITCH I iiNOA_75_ _ _________; V ; i i i Fd2 EQU1PbtENT NOTED. d WN (TYPICAL OF 5) (MINIMUM OF CONTINUE TO CTS i 41 + ` T -3/4"CONDUIT o v LVOD-V-1015 ESELPUMP#1,TANK#3(TRUC , „A&14- - -----0 i ,�-�� I I I WITH 3#12. L- 120V ROOM FOR FUTURE USE , N.C. , I I + w d REQUIRED) I I I SPEAKERA R AD-1,AD-2,A05,ADB,AD3,AND I ��.�K�Ry c I -------SPEAKERA------(---- ----- 7 H M AD NEUTRALS --__ 3-POLE r D. I ___�_PEAI(ER�____ g___ _____ MOTOR i ANDTD-13NEUTRALS TD-9,TD-10, i + i ________-CALLA___ __ _„'___ ______ W Q W 1 CONTACTOR L ___� - O N°o HOOK I + --------------------- J IL¢z 0.0 SIGNAL. F. .._.._ _.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.,_1_I._..l o i i i i LL W Z W in .._.._.............................................................r!_x : 2 CATS GEL FILLED I I I C O F I ; ;l ! L) CABLE,EXTEND TO ; I I J 2 LLI tO I I i, 9 WIRING TROUGH i � i i O C9 0 208V130 BRANCH PROVIDE 10'SERVICE LOOP-(TYPICAL) I I: w I I I J y a— CIRCUIT FROM STP I ! LL I I i Z CONTROLLER TO DEF 1 1 ;. + I I d O y 0 H N GND. SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE 2 PUMP. RED JACKET i i MAIN JUNCTION BOX ELECTRONICS CABINET Y PROVIDE 10'SERVICE (CD MODULE) a ISOTROL 1-8 CONTROL BOX L.._.. _ _.._..�LOOP-(TYPICAL) J2 P2 IESEL PUMP#2,TANK#4(AUT - —-—- I I HOT CD MODULE A-2 8 CONTROL TO POWER II�f NEUTRAL CD MODULE A-13 W 3 MODULE (� —•rF--•— —•— —-- —I I� ; ASSEMBLY LL I r.—*+--•— --- •----—• -� I I I I + I EARTH GROUND A-10 GNIY d m i- -----i I I I ( I I I + ____ _ __ _ S_AT_ELLITE CONNECTION A-12 R J1302 P1302 ___ OWER a LL a x SATELLITE CONNECTION A-8 Y _____ w ♦• _ _____� I I I I I I I i SATEWTE CONNECTION A-14 BU CO TROL d o :a. •• I I I I I I I ISTP4)1 R _____ q MODULE LL 120V HOOK I I I I I I= ASSEMBLY SIGNAL i I I I I I I I U STP-DEF R A B C NGND.N I 1 1 I I + W LLL HEATER-N W O �I I I I I I LL HEATER-H B O HEATER Z OPTION I I III , I TWO-WIRE 91ELL A-9 W/R J100 P10D L - - NOTE:TO D-BOX I' +I I --- - - - WB = FOR PUMPS ONLY RED JACKET II L—.--.--.--.--.— —,f}CRINDTINOIMREOUT_BA— B 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE ISOTROL I-8 CONTROL BOX I I I L—.--.--.--.--.— —•GRIND TWO-WIRE IN__849—, Y FOR GENERITO C LOCATED LOCATED IN TLS CABINET I i FOR GENERIC I GRIND w/ Lo NOTE: LL ESEL PUMP#2,TANK#5(TRUC) I I I CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE#12 AWG STRANDED W Q DIESEL I THHNTTHWN-2,600V WIRE FOR TWO-WIRE(CRIND DISPENSER M STP-1 0 0 0 00 I I I AND DISPENSER)COMMUNICATION WIRING. z H J M WIRING SHALL BE'TWINNED'AS A TWISTED PAIR N I( I AND HAVE 10 TO 12 TWISTS PER FOOT. #12(SIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP) O: J Z m N 208Vl30 BRANCH CT 2 r -----i I 410 GND. N W H co CIRCUIT FROM STP I om CONTROLLER TO L � I I I I 1"CONDUITS TO TRUCK DEISEL DISPENSER TI Ill y Z DIESEL SUBMERSIBLE I Z O •��• d. TURBINE PUMP#1. I' ( r- I I o TO MASTER DISPENSER T2 (n W 0 (TYPICAL) NOTE: Z 2 > I U ALL DISPENSER WIRING,CABLING AND WIRE COLOR CHART tIJ W O I I _ 9 CONDUIT SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE a 4 �1 F. i— --_ a/ o _ w ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.ALL FIELD BLACK B O HOOT( I I a FIELD CONDUIT CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE MADE BY BLUE BU N olesEx O SIGNAL. I 1;�.1 t —————— _ _ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. Q `r 2 Z O REDGRE RN W G r 0 J ® O RED JACKET I I Q I-' 1"CONDUITS TO ADDITIONAL DISPENSERS WHITE W O ISOTROL 1 CONTROL BOX I I i I I I DRAWINGS AND SITE PLAN FOR QUANTITIES W HITEIBLACK W/B LL N OF DISPENSERS. a WHITElRED W/R DEF IIII IIII YELLOW Y FP32 I I j I I N G - i- -----; I TO MASTER WIRING LEGEND DISPENSERS T3 AND T4 POWER WIRING RELAY BOX WIRING Z DIESEL STP-2 - DISTRIBUTION BOX WIRING ry1 I TO MASTER DISPENSERS T5,T6, —•——•—— WIRING FOR GRIND SYSTEM r n 208V/30 BRANCH CT-3 AND T7 _.._.._.._.._.._.._.._ WIRING FOR FUTURE USE I" CIRCUIT FROM STP I I + 0 Z CONTROLLER TO E-STOP CONTACTOR(fYP.) I I IIII WIRING CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR O DIESEL SUBMERSIBLE I I `� — TURBINE PUMP#3. III I+ I -_ OOC a I I I I I I WIRING SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSERS d U I IIi I+ Saw I i i i I I I FUEL DISPENSER WIRING NOTES: ;�<o MASTER O 120V I I I I 1 1 m Tf7 DIESEL HOOK 1.ALL CONDUCTORS TO BE STRANDED.CONTRACTOR TO Z > O SIGNAL. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED. W o ® I ' TO AUTO DISPENSERS 2.CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL REQUIRED p At,A2,A3,A4,A5,AND CONDUITS AND PROVIDE SEAL-OFFS AS REQUIRED BY NEC. AB O O I 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH IIII IIII EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH4N. o I N i I I i IIII 4.ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 0! G III + I UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. W I I I I 5.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO TAG ALL CONDUCTORS Q F I I I I I THAT WILL REMAIN UNCONNECTED.TAG TO INCLUDE ( I I I DISPENSER NUMBER.CONDUCTOR INSULATION COLOR TO DIESEL COMMUNICATION DISTRIBUTION BOX TRUCK CRIND DISTRIBUTION BOX I i I IIII BE ONE OTHER THAN THOSE USED BY GILBARCO DISPENSER. FUEL DISPENSING I III I I I I IIII ao III ! I I I nWIRING DIAGRAM-DIESEL By SAFEBuift ' E7.2 SCALE: N.T.S. WIRING BY PILOT TO Q/p/g�J) CTS ROOM,ROUTE 1�1 / ��• /j I I IIII SHEET: IN 1-1/2"CONDUIT ' I/ INSTALLED BY 1-11/4=CONDUIT(TYPICAL OF _ ELECTRICAL — TO MASTER NOTE: CONTRACTOR. I L-,r-• mr =_=____>_ -__ _ _ __ __ ___ __ __ -a) _ =-i=__i DISPENSER WHEN THE ATG SIGNALS OF TWO ISOTROL CONTROLLERS ARE PA&GE ____________ III __-_-_____� ��L—.-=1,3,•�_�-•..r=_.._=:,.a =. _ r.- SEE 2/E8 FOR -iB= ':== cc .-_ € sla= + r ___________ _ ___ .- -- -- - - CONNECTION TO (TYPICAL O 1 F 5) CONNECTED IN PARALLEL TO CONTROL A SINGLE STP,BOTH W ALLIED ELECTRONICS; III+ ' I I'I II I LOW VOLTAGE _—_— __ CONTROLLERS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE SAME PHASE ® ® O E7,2 I AND[BOX STATION + I ��Lr_ __ -_= DISCONNECT _ —______ ____—_ _= TO MASTER CONDUCTOR FROM THE FEEDING PANEL. i SITE CONTROLLER i I I I L__= __ = SWITCH = DISPENSER ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS I INSTALLED BY PILOT. ; __— _- - __ = ========= ==== = ==}(TYPICAL OF 5) 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKES80RQ NC 28659 i i PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 CONNECT DRAIN WIRE TO TLS 350 CONSOLE GROUND SCREW------ �N L1 NOTE:(2)GROUNDS REQ'D. .-' GRUND �--' C�� GRC.OUND p p GROUND ! f _ _ - fl- - - - � I SCREW `-- SCREW SCREW — INPUT _RELAY nnMnn I Q Q I II TANK#1 I REGULAR 0) UNLEADED q 1 TANK#5 TANKS#2 TANK#2 20,000 p O 110 COMBINATION MODULE O I I O PROBE7THERMISTOR INTERFACE MODULE O 30,00E GALLON INTERSTITIAL SUPER GALLON Z O W EW DIESEL TANK INTERSTITIAL UNLEADED /I^^ Z. I TANK LEVEL V Q W INTERSTITIAL SENSOR 8,000 PROBE Z_ 7,0 N RELAY I �Paoe rreNMlston—, I SENSOR TANK#3 ar y.t No c 1 nczuo c Ncsrva c 1 xc"rvo c I TANK#6 TANK#4 DEF 12,00E GALLON '. Q N Z tr r T T T 1r T'T T i 1—T 2 30,00E GALLON 30,00E GALLON TANKS#1 GALLON PORTION OF J IL Q 2 co Q Q I I I * - - � 699 TANK DIESEL TANK 20,00E GALLON TANK#4 PORTION GALLON � uj O I- 00e0000e0��0 I I ��0��0 e�� I i ❑❑❑❑ INTERSTITIAL INTERSTITIAL REGULAR TANK SENSOR SENSOR INTERSTITIAL 30,00E OF A GALLON Lu TANK#5 D ESEL GALLON G TANK N TAPRO EEL O O-1� I11 00K OHM 30,000 TANK LEVEL LEVEL a F. X I 11 l RESISTOR DIESGALLOEL PROBE PROBE TANK#6 TANK LEVEL Y JUMPER 30,00E PROBE 1 O 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE O I 1 O PROBE/THERMISTOR IN CE MODULE O I p a = TANK LEVEL j mm �i 100K OHM RESISTOR PROBE IRE AV I( SENSOR I ��T�Na I 0 c Nc Q OIL WATER SEPARATOR WIRING SOlLfWATER EPARATOR L 10 L 0110,10, 1 1 INPUT 1=CAUTION OIL ALARM 4,000 GALLON I I I INPUT 2=OIL PUMP OUT ALARM TANK LEVEL RE:VEEDER ROOT MANUAL 95 7 701 3-9 4 0 PROBE REV B TLS-4XX SETUP&OPERATION - "SCREENS MANUAL"PAGE 65. i O 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE O I I O SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O I SENSOR RE AY Na �No °No =I°�"No Cl I I F IT'.T._T. i I o eme0m0mmmmmm II Q em m mm Emma l I II W 0 O 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE O ( O SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O 1 O Z m N INPUT RELAY 11 SENSOR I TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK AUTO AUTO AUTO O 0 o I I I I DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER Q F T �3No clNc"No c1 �'T�T 3T°TST°T'T°1 T8 SUMP T6SUMP T4 SUMP T2 SUMP A6 SUMP A4 SUMP A2SUMP U Z III Q I SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR W m J O I ippp�� TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK AUTO AUTO AUTO 0 m d DISPENSER SUMP DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER W Z W } Z T5SUMP T3SUMP T1 SUMP A6SUMP A3SUMP Al SUMP W w W I11 SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR > Y 0 I II Mo U � O 1/0 COMBINATION MODULE O 11 O SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE— O I m y L_O 1 SENSOR I f HW O � a J o 0 II m0mmmme II TANK#3 TANK#6 TANK#5 TANK#2 mama 12,000 GALLON 30'000 GALLON 30,000 GALLON SUPER DEF 5 H.P. B99 TANK DIESEL SUMP UNLEADED NOTE: E7 4 I SUMP SENSOR HEATER SUMP SENSOR TANK MOTOR SEE ELECTRICAL SHEET SENSOR SUMP SENSOR FOR FUELING CONTROL CONNECTIONS TO TLS-350110 B99 SHED TANK 30,000 TANK#4 TANK#1 MODULES. I( O SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O I ACCESS SUMP 30,000 30,000 GALLON REGULAR SENSOR GALLON DIESEL 5 H.P. UNLEADED IISENSOR B99 SUMP SUMP TANK MOTOR ~ I SENSOR SENSOR SUMPSENSOR Q Z I mmmm0mmm0mm I PILOT SUPPLIED FUELING SENSOR SCHEDULE Z r W 11 QTY. REFERENCE MANUFACTURER I MODEL# DESCRIPTION O d a I I I I IL w 1 SMART SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE VEEDER-ROOT 329356-0D4 EIGHT-INPUT SMART SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE U y LOU 1110 SMART SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O 1 MAG SUMP SENSOR VEEDER-ROOT 867080-111 MAG SUMP SENSOR TO BE USED AT ALL DEF SUMPS <O m y I MAG(1)PROBE FOR ALTERNATIVE FUEL(DEF),8'LENGTH WITHOUT WATER 1 DEF TANK LEVEL PROBE VEEDER-ROOT VR-946391407 DETECTION,STAINLESS STEEL.VR-B46400-014,MAG(1)PROBE FOR ALTERNATIVE W FLUID INSTALLATION KIT. K II 1 TLS-350 VEEDER-ROOT TLS-350 PLUS CONSOLE FUELING EQUIPMENT MONITORING PANEL I1 OILNJATER SEPARATOR LEVEL SENSOR OMNTEC OWI-2-(3)CONDUCTOR SENSOR DESCRIPTION I I FOUR-INPUT PROBE INTERFACE MODULE FOR USE WITH THE MAG 1 ATG PROBES,UP W 2 PROBERHERMISTOR INTERFACE MODULE VEEDER-ROOT 329356-002 Q.' TO(4)PROBES PER MODULE G 4 SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE VEEDER-ROOT 329358-001 EIGHT-INPUT INTERSTITIAUDRY SENSOR/SUMP SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE Q Lu 0 G CONSOLE CONSOLE I I CONSOLE CONSOLE 5 TANK INTERSTITIAL SENSOR VEEDER-ROOT 79439E-009PT DRY INTERSTITIAL SENSOR FOR DOUBLE-WALL FIBERGLASS TANKS. GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND — — O O rnn.n.mn� SCREW 11 SCREW SCREW _SCREW_ J 5 DIESEL&GASOLINE TANK LEVEL PROBE VEEDER-ROOT VR-846390-109PT MAG(1)PROBE-IV LENGTH(DIESEL AND GASOLINE) �r TLS-350 CONSOLE _ _ 21 SUMP SENSOR VEEDER-ROOT 794380-208 SUMP SENSOR TO BE USED AT ALL FUEL SUMPS SUMP SENSOR NOTES NOTE: SOME SENSORS ARE POLARITY 1. VEEDER ROOT SUMP SENSORS SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO ACTIVATE POSITIVE SENSITIVE,SEE MANUFACTURERS SHEET: NOTE:TANK NUMBER AND PRODUCT AREAS FOLLOWS- SHUT DOWN THE RELATED PRODUCT SUBMERSIBLE PUMP. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PA&GE 1.TANK#1-PRODUCT 41,REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINE,(20,000 GALLON TANK.) • GASOLINE LIQUID SENSOR ALARM=POSITIVE SHUTDOWN OF PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS 2.TANK#2-PRODUCT#2,SUPER UNLEADED GASOLINE,(8,000 GALLON PORTION OF 20,000 GALLON TANK.) REGULAR AND SUPER GASOLINE PRODUCT SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS. 3.TANK#3-PRODUCT#5,DEF(12,000 GALLON PORTION OF 20,000 GALLON TANK.) • DIESEL LIQUID SENSOR ALARM=POSITIVE SHUTDOWN OF DIESEL . 4.TANK#4-PRODUCT#3,DIESEL(30,000 GALLON TANK.) PRODUCT SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS. E73 S.TANK#6-PRODUCT#3,DIESEL(30,000 GALLON TANK.) • DEFLIQUID SENSOR ALARM=POSITIVE SHUTDOWN OF TLS-350 VEEDER- 6.TANK#6-PRODUCT#4,899(30,000 GALLON TANK.) DEF PRODUCT SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS. 1 ROOT WIRING DIAGRAM 2. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO DEMONSTRATE POSITIVE SHUT DOWN FEATURES TO E7,3 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY. SCALE: N.T.S. 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 NOTE:(2)GROUNDS REq'D. 3-0 FEEDER3-0 FEEDER RED JACKET RED JACKET FROM PANEL FROM PANEL N L1 "FP"FOR DIESEL "FP"FOR DIESEL ISOTROL 1-8 CONTROL BOX ISOTROL 1-8 CONTROL BOX 120V CONSOLE CONSOLE— CONSOLE ' PUMP#1 PUMPit3 FEEDER GROUND p [gg� �I GROUND p p GROUND FROM SCREW _�_ SCREW SCREW 1 {n DIESEL DIESEL PANEL IESEL PUMP#2,TANK#4(AUT SEL PUMP#1,TANK#3(TRUC M STP-1 M STP-2 "FP" I —INPUT T RELAY i i— � "N. CT-2 "N" CT-3 NEUTRAL T inc27 3no c nano c r-1-,T3T-Ir 'T'T—I __ FROM NEUTRAL NEUTRAL r- ----, r- -- , F�MMMnFROM FROM I , PANEL O @@@@@@@@@@@@ I I O @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ I 1I15I18 PANEL"FP" PANELM i i FP i II I I II I Z. ch 411 MASTER MASTER W W Diesel 0 To O 1I0 COMBINATION MODULE O O PROBElTHERMIS70R INTERFACE MODULE O 71 wo ow 00 0 0 120V FEEDER INPUT RELAY WFROMPANEL � eaa��TneRNiSTaR� J a¢zREDJACKET REDJACKET co FP 1-T-1 I.'.o�� Ir, T -� �r. T'TTtr o o FO ISOTROL 1-8 CONTROL BOX ISOTROL"CONTROL BOX NEUTRAL O O 0 FROM PANEL I Z J ul 10 I FP 1 @@@@@@@@@@@@ II @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ I 021J.� SEL PUMP#2,TANK#5(TRD ) DEF I I I a O 2 IQ 1/0 COMBINATION MODULE O 11 O PROBE/THERMISTOR INTERFACE MODULE O —1-0 FEEDER FROM ........ L -----J NEa..u..... L _ -__--J RED JACKET PANEL"FP"FOR •••••••• a*•••••••• I I SENSOR REGULAR ,z...a. RELAY r -,-- �-r- -I ISOTROL I-8R CONTROL BOX DISPENSER HOOK I �� olu<x no 3no c uCano cI 1 r'TzT,T`T S--r—. a-1 ISOLATION "N" 3-0 FEEDER O O NEUTRAL FROM PANEL REGULAR w CA-2 FROM "FP"FOR DEF I @ @ @ I I @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ I PANEL"FP" PUMP I I I NEUTRALFROM PANEL°FP"FOR CT-4II I r- - -----, REGULAR DISPENSER HOOK -........• L _ _ _ ISOLATION 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE O I I O SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O a I RELAY-\ 4-4 T I SENSOR 3-POLE N I NO c i N.NO NO NO No C 1-'T'T'T`T'T`T'Ta-1 MOTOR O O CONTACTOR I @@000000I @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ I M M I I I I = w o F- > M 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE O I( O SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O I m N z�INPUT RELAY I I SENSOR I O W F T 1 f NC'NO "NO I I r.'T'-T 3-T raTa-) T a� O Z_ V Q I I Q I W � W IL @00@@@@0 @@@@@@@0000@@@@@ UJ — RED JACKET I I w Y p ISOTROL I-0 1-0 FEEDER FROM R CONTROL BOX VEEDER ROOT W PANEL"FP"FOR OVERF UA oiaLENisuu AURM II^^ SUPER DISPENSER r--I-u------ I W CL O V SUPER �_ CAS OK ISOLATION II I > N Z NEUTRAL FROM 8 O Q I /O COMBINATION MODULE O L I O SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O I ILA Q O - - SUPERDISPENSER IS FOR LZ I I SENSOR I M F r- ----, SUPER DISPENSE DIGITRACE 910 DIGITRACE 910 Q to J o HOOK ISOLATION VEEDER ROOT J N N�"......... ACKNOWiE GW NT Z ^ sWrccN I I Q I I.I. e......... ••— —= Ile == — • SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS E7.5A 8 O r 0 E7.5B FOR FUELING SENSOR �--� L J • ACAumn F CONNECTIONS TO TLS-350 e A INTRINSICALLY SAFE MODULESLA . NEUTRAL FROM o I O SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O I z PANEL"FP"FOR 4 _ OVERFILLALARM O O I I Of SENSOR 120V FEEDER FROM 0 O 0 0 PANEL"FP"FOR O 6 I I I r-r� 3T4T5Ta Tz 7a 1 n OVERFILL ALARM O 0 Jo I I @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ w o IL PILOT SUPPLIED FUELING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE I I I a Ir U QTY. REFERENCE MANUFACTURER MODEL# DESCRIPTION I I Q aw 0 RED MUSHROOM-TYPE PUSH-PULL/TWIST RELEASE EMERGENCY STOP I C SMART SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE O I O_ FS120FN1(FUEL SWITCH WITH NORMALLY-CLOSED CONTACTS RATED 120VAC.PROVIDE m 6 ESTOP BUTTON PILLA SHUTOFF) CLEAR POLYCARSONATE COVER(LIFT TO OPEN).CONTACTS SHALL BE I I Z <n OF THE MAINTAINED TYPE AND NOT MOMENTARY. IIll 2 ISOTROL 1-BR RED JACKET 880-047-1 HOOK ISOLATION SIGNAL CONTROLLER WITH RELAY TO BIO-DIESEL ADDITIVE I I G MOTOR CONTROLLER#1 5 ISOTROL 1-8 RED JACKET 880-049-1 HOOK ISOLATION SIGNAL CONTROLLER TO BIO-DIESEL ADDITIVE I( ( `V MOTOR CONTROLLER#2 o W 1 TLS-350 VEEDER-ROOT TLS-350 PLUS CONSOLE FUELING EQUPMENT MONITORING PANELLu I (( I O 2 4-RELAY OUTPUT MODULE VEEDER-ROOT 329359-001 FOUR OUTPUT REALV INTERFACE MODULE FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN I I I F W OF STP'S IN THE EVENT OF AN ALARM FROM SUMP SENSORS Q Q 3 I/O COMBINATION MODULE VEEDER-ROOT 329360-001 TWO INPUT,TWO RELAY OUTPUT INTERFACE MODULE,FOR POSITVE I I O SHUTDOWN CONSOLE ��F------�� CONSOLE CONSOLE CONSOLE L — GROUND — - GROUND GROUND — _�GROUND w SMART SENSOR INTERFACE SCREW d•J SCREW I— SCREW �•1 SCREW 1 MODULE VEEDER-ROOT 329356-004 EIGHT-INPUT SMART SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE -L-rq��' OVERFILL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT By SA11FCEBu(I* 1 SWITCH VEEDER-ROOT 790095-001 ALARM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SWITCH L 1 OVERFILL ALARM VEEDER-ROOT 790091-001 OVERFILL AUDIBLEIVISUAL ALARM TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT TLS-350 CONSOLE l%A SHEET: 2 PROBETTHERMISTORINTERFACE VEEDER-ROOT 329356-002 FOUR-INPUT PROBE INTERFACE MODULE FOR USE WITH THE MAG1 WIRING DIAGRAM MODULE ATG PROBES,UP TO(4)PROBES PER MODULE E7�4 SCALE: N.T.S. E7.4 4 SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE VEEDER-ROOT 329358-001 EIGHT-INPUT INTERSTITIALIDRY SENSOR/SUMP SENSOR INTERFACE VV MODULE • I, • ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES �. 1. AUTO AND TRUCK CANOPIES WILL BE PROVIDED WITH CONDUITS BY THE MANAGERS OFFICE EMPLOYEE KIOSK CANOPY MANUFACTURER,FROM A W X 5"HANDHOLE AT 5'-W AFF TO UP INSIDE COLUMN. RUN CONDUITS FROM BUILDING UP INSIDE COLUMN TO THE ,y, HANDHOLE AND CONNECT TO CANOPY CONDUITS. 8/ q, I I I I IIII 11 IIII II II 2. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE SURFACE MOUNTED ON CANOPY COLUMNS WITH THE LO G _ __ EXCEPTION OF RECEPTACLES. -----_-_----- _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_--11=11_==_� 1�== 1�=_=== =====11�� 1115ne ACI CULT)(120V f---- I1 I1 ,I�Ir�771, 3. ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC ARTICLE 514. BRANCH , IIII IIII IIII IIII Ilr - I I I I I 1 it IIII CIRCUIT) II I I I II II 13 III IIII 13 IIII II IIII 4. COORDINATE WITH PROCESS PIPING DRAWINGS AND VEEDER-ROOT SHOP MANUFACTURERREFERENCE 14 111 14 DRAWINGS. MODEL# IIII I I 10 IIII IIII IIII IIII IIII II IIII FIRE ALARM DESCRIPTION IIII IIII1 1sIIII1 15 IIII II IIII 5. SENSOR CABLING SHALL COMPLY WITH VEEDER-ROOT SPECIFICATIONS. PANEL WITH DACT IIII 9 IIII III IIII III I z p OIII II IIII 8. EC SHALL CLEARLY LABEL ALL CONDUIT FROM THE CTS AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS Z. W 19 EIIII 25 25 IIII II IIII TO INCLUDE THE CONDUITS TERMINATION POINT IN THE FIELD.CONDUIT SHALL 0 Q W �iii 12 12 K1111 ALSO BE LABELED AT FINAL DESTINATION AS TO WHERE IT ORIGINATES. } W�y ao FIRE ALARM SYSTEM RISER IIII 1 o Z FE8 SCALE: N.T.S. Il KEYED NOTES LL 0 ,�PRESENT AND FED FROM TRUCK DIESEL STP• I 0 a 4o Jar 2 IIII Oi FUEL MONITORING PANEL.SEE ARCHITECTURAL SHEET All FOR EKACT LOCATION. J W 120V BRANCH CIRCUIT FP-28 O2 (2)1-1/4"C.FOR FUEL MONITORING WIRING. a p 0 0 3 8 o Y CASHIER'S TRUCK ISLAND AUTO ISLAND 5..0 O3 6"x 6"x 36"FUEL MONITORING WIREWAY. ESTOP E-STOPS ESTOPS CT-1 O4 1"RIGID MEFAL CONDUITS WITH SEAL Ell-RNGS FROM TRUCK ISLAND AND TANK FARM ES1 ETI ET2 EA1 EA2 PANEL 7D 21 2 FOR MONITORING WIRING.SEE PLANS FOR EXACT QUANTITIES. (TYPICAL) 4 7 (TVPI OS JUNCTION BOX WITH 1-1/2"C.FOR CONNECTION TO FUEL CONTROLLER IN ELECTRICAL ROOM.TERMINATE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM IN JUNCTION BOX ABOVE FUEL DISPENSER 20 20 20 O 20 CT 2 22 8 WIREWAY. . DIESEL STP#1 ©6"X 6"X 12"TALK-A-PHONE WIREWAY. O7 1"RIGID METAL CONDUITS WITH SEAL FITTINGS FROM AUTO DISPENSERS(FOR OFFICE WALL ELEVATION TALK-A-PHONE WIRING).SEE SHEET E3 AND ES2.2 FOR EXACT QUANTITIES, CT-3 22 DIESEL STP#2 E8 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" O8 2"CONDUIT TO CASHIER DESK FOR TALK-A-PHONE WIRING. O9 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN FIELD. CT-4 DEF STP 22 10 JUNCTION BOX WITH 3/4"C.FOR FIRE ALARM DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER STUBBED ABOVE CEILING. 11 JUNCTION BOX WITH 3/4"C.FOR 120V BRANCH CIRCUIT TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL CT-5 22 PANEL. B100 ADDITIVE CABLES FROM CABLES FROM CONTROLLERS FOR CONTROLLERS FOR 12 TYCO DIGITRACE DEF HEAT TRACE CONTROL PANEL.SEE ARCHITECTURAL N DISPENSER 1 DISP J\ER 2 SHEET A11 FOR EXACT LOCATION. c CT-6 22 . 1 13 (1)V C.FOR TYCO DEF DIGITRACE HEAT TRACE CIRCUIT POWER FEED. G Q NOTE: B100 ADDITIVE a s a s t DETAIL IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY SHOWING <a 4 ¢ 14 (1)1'C.OUT TO TRUCK ISLANDS FOR NCO DEF DIGITRACE HEAT TRACE OF II— > M TYPICAL CONNECTIONS FOR TWO DISPENSERS. O w w w w O CIRCUIT. Z J N LVDD MODEL TYPE WILL BE DEPENDANT UPON I< s + + g s * m ACTUAL NUMBER OF DISPENSERS. �wp > i ¢ O - Ig z ¢rcw�p 5 N FO µCOI w 15 (1)1"C.OUT TO TRUCK ISLANDS FOR NCO DEF DIGITRACE RTD CONNECTION. Q W co tt CA-1 Iu a ~ W N ¢Q Q< ? a o o U U a s U a a ? 5��g555 O J ,1 PANEL AD 21 1 U caJ o a > > a >> N 18 PROVIDE TWO TELEPHONE LINES FROM DACT TO TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD J V Z w FOR TERMINATION BY TELEPHONE SYSTEM INSTALLER.THE DACT SHALL BE 0 — Q NOTE: L9 L9 ' " ' t 1 f PROGRAMMED TO CALL THE APPROVED CENTRAL STATION DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER. ,J a 3 ALL DISPENSER LOW VOLTAGE CABLES SHALL z W BE CONNECTED THROUGH THE LOW VOLTAGE 5 O 1 1 1 I I 1 I I I 17 SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT. Lu CA-2 22 DISPENSER DISCONNECT SWITCH TO DROP OUT j > 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I O z Q , � Z REGULAR STPO ON ASSOCIATED DISPENSER POWER LOSS. N p 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I 18 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT. 0 Y 0 (— DISPENSER POWER r _ TO OTHER CONTROLS .-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 19 COORDINATE PANEL LOCATION WITH OWNER AND WITH FIRE CODE OFFICIAL J z 0 0 CA-3 FROM PANEL'AU OR TD' I i r--- FOR DISPENSER 1 ® INPUT "'"'1",° s'1,�I I I I I I 1 I AT Al III .I.1. I I I I I I Q Z_ 22 1 I z I I I I O RED MUSHROOM-TYPE PUSH-PULL/TWIST RELEASE EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH WITH Q N SUPER STP O I ® I I I I ® I I I NORMALLY-CLOSED CONTACTS RATED 120VAC.PROVIDE CLEAR POLYCARBONATE �I1-------DISPENSER I HOT►---- Aw I I 1 I COVER(LIFT TO OPEN).CONTACTS SHALL BE OF THE MAINTAINED TYPE AND NOT- -- 1-DISPENSER 1 NEUTRAL►---- 0 .7. $ '1-) MOMENTARY. O to z--111DISPENSER 1 GROUND►---T o o l� 21 SEE RISER DIAGRAM 1/E6 FOR CONTACTOR SPECIFICATIONS.CONTACTORS SHALL C� A 04 T 1 0 o SWITCH THE 3 PHASE CONDUCTORS AND THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR EACH W I.V N 1 I I L-- --DISPENSER 2 HOT�►--- o0 I I APPLICABLE FEEDER.ENCLOSED CONTRACTOR MOUNTED ABOVE AFFECTED PANEL. J I I I I L DISPENSER 2 NEUTRAL`--- • � op NJ 0 0 9SEE RISER DIAGRAM 1/E6 FOR CONTACTOR SPECIFICATIONS.CONTACTORS SHALL I I I L--^DISPENSER 2 GROUND 0—- I o° O SWITCH THE FEEDER CONDUCTORS FOR EACH APPLICABLE CIRCUIT.CONTRACTOR I SHALL MOUNT THE E-STOP CONTACTORS IN AN APPROPRIATELY SIZED,NEMA I RATED I 1 L L TO OTHER CONTROLS FOR DISPENSER 2 ENCLOSURE". ENCLOSURE IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM.LABEL THE ENCLOSURE AS"FUELING E-STOP -_- I I ICI ill H31 L---- a E-STOP CONTROL DIAGRAM i i �a 9 NOT USED. E8 SCALE: N.T.S. I m mma swa 24 NOT USED. L ® o O 25 (1)3/4"C.FROM NCO DEF DIGITRACE CONTROLLER TO TLSJ50 FOR"AC aRl L- 4 ALARM"CONNECTION.SEE SHEET E7.4 FOR CONNECTION INFORMATION. `Z LU VEEDER ROOT OVERFILL ® 0 K .- \ ALARM ENCLOSURE d V SECURELY MOUNTED TO 2" Q VENT PIPE USING UNISTRUT ® 0 FT O ° S a W AND UNISTRUT PIPE CUPS 43-I oho °�-0 OZ VEEDER ROOT ALARM '�'I Z U) ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Ji ? I �j SWITCH ENCLOSURE SQUARE D LOW VOLTAGE "'666"`��"' - -71 I _4A. s- 1 q E SECURELY MOUNTED TO DISPENSER DISCONNECT 2"VENT PIPE USINGUNISTRUT AND UNISTRUTOUTPUT 9' 5' `�1' 1' I I I ' ' ' i I I I I PIPE O ns ns n u sI sz I I I g 3 a5 i1 s-as I I I ao O iw NDUITTEE Plan Review p Z ; Al By SAFEBuilt aaaa Wwo. a o: w as Ri O a W N F Z N N W W x CONDUI CONTINUATION TO U i Z p� z _ i Z O z_ FEEDIN PANEL w V O y a O O SHEET: CABLES TO DISPENSER 1 CABLES TO DISPENSER 2 PAGE s DEF OVERFILL ALARM MOUNTING DETAIL LOW VOLTAGE DISCONNECT E8 SCALE: 3/4"=1'-01, SWITCH r2 WIRING DIAGRAM INTERWORKS, P. E8 E8 SCALE: N.T.S. ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 € Nhyi 1/15/18 O 7 Z p M W< W z �OW.0 r JoL.a LIJ z0O00 ILL LL p O E' z_A i In ao" O z Y INJECTION BUILDING LIGHT O O O O O O O O INJECTION JUNCTION BUILDING LIGHT BOX SWITCH FROM PANEL 'DPL' INJECTION BUILDING HEATER AUTO LIMIT INJECTOR BUILDING JUNCTION W in°1 2 HEATER RSTAT BOX > iD a a rIo . . J M PILOT LT. Z m N 7 8uj coo, SEE 2/E9.2&6/E9.2 FOR Q U z CONTINUATION OF B99 Q O a TANK HEATER CIRCUIT TO 6 J a TJ 699 MOTOR STARTER 6 SEE i1E92 FOR Lu ENCLOSURE 1 0 CONTINUATION TO B99 O1 Z Z 2 4 CONTROLPANEL m W O 2 6 SEE i1E9.2 FOR 33 Y 2 0 CONTINUATION TO B99 9 00C C7 3 2 CONTROLPANEL INJECTION J G z BUILDING J 6 EXHAUST FAN W 3 z C 3 B INJECTION BUILDING Q O G a 4 2 EXHAUST FAN TSTAT (L MOTOR N Neutral FL 000000000 0 Grouts PANEL'P'IN 1399 INJECTION BUILDING F- B99 INJECTION SHED 4 PANEL R WIRING DIAGRAM �9 SCALE: N.T.S. W�z n O a a N J 2 W Dap >-z m O z m mo c w I UJI Plan Review By SAFEBuilt PAGE SHEET: MM33 ® ® E9. 1 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 S a Gp op wn(� �a. P-7,9,11 FOR ADDITIVE MOTOR#1& +" P-13,15,17 FOR ADDITIVE MOTOR#2 ,g CT-5 FOR ADDITIVE MOTOR#1& "` r CT-6 FOR ADDITIVE MOTOR#2 1A 5A8 P-3,5 01 F q z W W p Z ��wW JaN=`^5 w W LLo O I- F z �Wco JWu � ALL CONNECTIONS IN THIS Q - -- — O 0 2 PORTION OF THE ENCLOSURE ARE PRE-WIRED FROM THE FACTORY. SHIELD L O C z ON — — 0 GND DC_ Y OFF � CHA P1 O O V N 12VDC m m 7ftvz EAR 6-30vQ O T. �avnt aao-ida SV DIESEL PULSER 1`3� METER WIRING DIAGRAM Lo t.2 SCALE: N.T.S. DRIVECONTROLTERMINALS CI 11 O O tt 5 8 11 1] t 1<i9A iJ613C 16 39't 30 31 TN L1 L2 L3 REED o ❑ SWITCH L —2 P2 p LL 3 AO o DO HE 4 W O O- O 0 00 0 0 -- 000 0 0 0 5 ~ J M OPTION#1 � � Z m N © G ❑ooti0 O 00 O O 3 "x o (PREFERRED) O c�Uzz o"�r�ov>wnmrnptic5tic)c�cSc�c�Tn �aa ��"�aoip - W W Q ~ O� �a¢c�0 zzzizzzzz_zp ao�000�Nti�, p J LdG Z Q O SWITCH 2 Q J 0REED 0 3 T1T2T3 Lu 3 GND f' 0 \ �" Z EOUPMENTGN_U HE 4 P2 Z 0 / W 0 000000 5 DC- V Z 0 z OPTION#2 � � � y z ADDITIVE PULSER m 3 c �a1 METER WIRING DIAGRAM 0 ego Q CONDUIT TO B99 ADDITIVE CONDUIT TO B99 ADDITIVE MOTOR E92 PULSER METER SCALE: N.T.S. d N CONDUIT TO DIESEL UNDERGROUND CONDUIT TO DEF STP SUMP PULSER METER B99 ADDITIVE P-8FORADDITIVE CONDUIT TO TLS-350 MOTOR STARTER ENCLOSURE FUELING CONSOLE B9g ADDITIVE FOR ADDITIVVEE MOTOR#1& E9.2 SCALE: N.T.S. PUMP MOTOR MOTOR#2 B99 CONTROL ENCLOSURE E9.2 SCALE: N.T.S. 4 M O W'z &! a a N = W 4-RELAY OUTPUT O G MODULE IN TLS350 �; z ,�xc c xcxxo c xc c xc B99TANK IMMERSION 0000000 00 HEATER T-STAT Q G O _ 899TANK NOTE: ac IMMERSION O O THE CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON THIS a HEATER SHEET ARE TYPICAL FOR BOTH B99 G3 ADDITIVE MOTORS. TLS-350 LOW LEVEL ° Plan Review a s RELAY CONTACT CLOSURE L2 �o EL SCALE: N.T.S. GND D By SAFEBuilt a 0 O PAGE SHEET: B99 TANK IMMERSION E9,2 � HEATER WIRING DIAGRAM .2 SCALE: N.T.S. • ' ` ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-6674332 GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES MECHANICAL SYMBOL LEGEND O WA L MINIMUM SPACE VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS(2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE-TABLE 403.3.1.1 AND 403.3.1.1A.2) 4 0 1. THE DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE ROUTING p UNIT VENTILATION TABLE AREA PERSONS/ ACTUAL OA CFM/ OA CFM/ EXHST CFM/ NUMBER EXHAUST TRANSFER VENT OA SUPPLY OA% OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK.THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK ® # _ WITH ALL OTHER TRADES.MINOR OFFSETS AND ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE SUPPLY DIFFUSER MARK ROOM TYPE OCCUPANCY CLASS SQ.FT. 1000 SQ.FT. #PERSONS PERSON SO.FT. SQ.FT. WOUR CFM AIR CFM EFFECT CFM CFM OF S.A. REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 4, 30338 SALES SALES 1,297 15 19 7.5 0.12 0.8 373 2,400 16% 2. COORDINATE CEILING DIFFUSER AND REGISTER LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTS REFLECTED / O 701VA TOILET HALL CORRIDORS 57 0.06 0.8 4 100 4% CEILING PLAN, RETURN DIFFUSER L_ 3. DUCT SIZES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 4W18 RTUA MEN'S TOILET TOILET ROOMS-PUBLIC 329 9 630 290 -- 340 - 4. DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA EXHAUST DIFFUSER WOMEN'S TOILET TOILET ROOMS-PUBLIC 219 3 210 50 -- 160 - STANDARDS.MITERED ELBOWS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES. # 5. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS AND DIFFUSER TAG e 'F ti MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. Z 0 P! 1� W yW 6. SUPPLY,RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH INSULATION I 7 RECTANGULAR TRANSITION } C W FRONT VESTIBULE CORRIDORS 96 0.06 0.8 7 100 7% AS NOTED.REFER TO MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS. �J r SIDE VESTIBULE CORRIDORS 56 0.06 0.8 4 100 4% 7. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MAY INSTALL DIFFUSERS WITH A MAXIMUM RUN OF 6-V J n Q z ro INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT.FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE J.P.LAMBORN#FHP-25R8.SINGLE ® U. W Z W Y! RTU-2 SALES AND SERVICE AREAS SALES 1,002 15 8 7.5 0.12 0.8 207 B00 26% ^1 WIRE HANGERS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED.DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN A MANNER J u O J W THAT PREVENTS CONSTRICTION OR KINKS. TRANSITION RECTANGULAR-TO-ROUND z O pct SEATING AREA DINING ROOMS 641 70 42 7.5 0.18 0.8 538 2,000 27% 8. SEAL ALL SUPPLY,RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCT JOINTS AND SEAMS. a 0 1 S �+ An MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER S( 9. INTERNALLY LINE FIRST 10'-0"OF BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT WITH ACOUSTICAL 0 DUCT LINER AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 15841 OF THE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS. Y 11. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AT ALL TAKEOFFS.NOT ALL DAMPERS ARE SHOWN ON FD 10 FIRE DAMPER ARSY'S SERVICE KITCHENS 89 0.70 •62 - 200 - THE DRAWINGS FOR CLARITY. 12. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE AND ARBY'S PREP KITCHENS 488 0.70 '342 .- 2,500 - THE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR FOR THE WIRING AND PROGRAMMING OF THE CONTROLS OT THERMOSTAT SYSTEM, ARBY'S DRIVE-THRU SALES 74 15 1 7.5 0.12 0.8 20 300 7% RTU-3 13. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE AND PREP AREA KITCHENS 492 0.70 '344 - 800 - THE AIR BALANCING CONTRACTOR FOR THE AIR BALANCE.THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR DIG DOOR GRILLE(BY GEN.CONTR.) MUST PROVIDE ONE(1)TECHNICIAN DURING THE AIR BALANCE TO CORRECT AND STAGING AREA STORAGE ROOMS 130 0.12 0.8 20 200 10% MECHANICAL PROBLEMS. 14. VENT PIPING FOR THE DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 SOLID CORE PVC DIU UNDERCUT DOOR(BY GEN.CONTR.) PIPE.PIPE TO BE USED FOR BOTH INLET AIR AND EXHAUST AIR PIPING. 'REQUIRED EXHAUST PROVIDED BY KITCHEN TYPE I HOODS'EXHAUST FANS EF-1 AND EF-2. 15. ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL BE SECURED TO ROOF STRUCTURE WITH HURRICANE STRAPS. 16. COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPE ROUTING AWAY FROM ELECTRICAL PANELS.DO NOT INSTALL DUCTS OR PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. REAR VESTIBULE CORRIDORS 94 0.06 0.8 7 200 4% 17. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER ABBREVIATIONS TRADES.MAINTAIN 10'MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM ALL AIR INTAKES AND ROOF EDGE. SALES SALES 1,324 15 20 7.5 0.12 0.8 386 1,420 27% MAINTAIN RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES FROM ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT. ABB. DEFINITION ABB. DEFINITION EMPLOYEE KIOSK OFFICE SPACES 85 5 1 5.0 0.06 0.8 13 120 11% AC AIR CONDITIONING MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT G EMPLOYEE BREAKROOM OFFICE SPACES 58 5 1 5.0 0.06 0.8 11 180 6% AMPS Z A/ AFF ABOVE FINISHED U.1li FLOOR MSH 1000 BTH PER HOUR W ; STOCKROOM STORAGE ROOMS 91 0.12 6.8 14 199 14% DRYER VENT INFORMATION w � ~ N SHOWER HALL CORRIDORS 160 0.06 0.8 12 100 12% DRYER VENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER PILOT/FLYING J AND CFM CUBIC FEET PER MC MECHANICAL ,J ( ) MINUTE CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.SEE DETAIL ON SHEET M2.NO 2i m N ZUJPUBLIC LAUNDRY COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY 110 10 1 25.0 0.8 31 400 8% OTHER MANUFACTURERS WILL BE ALLOWED OR ACCEPTED. CU CONDENSING UNIT MIN MINIMUM ILZ STAGING AREA STORAGE ROOMS 218 0.12 O.6 33 300 11% 0 DIAMETER MOCP MAX OVERCURRENT �:y Q y RTU4 PROTECTION N J 0 ? JANITOR LAUNDRY COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY 102 10 1 1 25.0 1 0.8 1 31 280 11% DEG DEGREE Ill W 1 # a N/A NOT APPLICABLE W EXIST I NG TO SHOWER#1 TOILET ROOMS-PUBLIC 93 1 120 za - 199 -_ H.V.A.C./MATERIAL PACKAGE ETR REMAIN NTS NOT TO SCALE V Z Y 0 SHOWER#2 TOILET ROOMS-PUBLIC 94 1 120 20 - 100 -_ OWNER(PILOT/FLYING J)PARTICIPATES IN A NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM EX EXISTING OA OUTSIDE AIR II�n WITH AMERICAN STANDARD AND TEAM AIR DISTRIBUTING,INC.OF KNOXVILLE, Z y ` 00c V SHOWER W TOILET ROOMS-PUBLIC 94 1 120 20 -_ 100 __ TENNESSEE,TO FURNISH ALL ROOFTOP UNITS AND DUCTLESS MINI-SPLIT EF EXHAUST FAN RTU ROOFTOP UNIT Q co r G z_ SYSTEM UNITS.MATERIAL PACKAGE TO BE FUNISHED BY THE OWNER. = J CONTACT PILOT I FLYING J FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR ADDITIONAL ESP EXTERNAL STATIC SA SUPPLY AIR SHOWER#4 TOILET ROOMS-PUBLIC 94 1 120 20 -- 100 - INFORMATION.NO OTHER MANUFACTURERS WILL BE ALLOWED OR ACCEPTED. 0 PRESSURE = O 10 Q SHOWER#5 TOILET ROOMS-PUBLIC 93 1 120 ZO SQ FT SQUARE FOOT W 0 O -- 100 -- EXHST EXHAUST Ill _ CD TYP TYPICAL Z /� N WATER ENTRY ROOM STORAGE ROOMS 118 0.12 0.8 18 400 5% HP HORSEPOWER 0 FL VAV VARIABLE AIR U) MATERIAL PKG. - NATIONAL ACCOUNT HVAC HEATING,VENTING VOLUME AND AIR COND. OWNER(PILOT I FLYING J)PARTICIPATES IN A NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM W/ WITH TO FURNISH ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES,LOWERS,FANS,UNIT HEATERS LBS POUNDS AND ROOF CURBS(EXCEPT AMERICAN STANDARD RTU CURBS).MATERIAL W/O WITHOUT PACKAGE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER.CONTACT PILOT/ MAX MAXIMUM FLYING J FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR ADDITIONAL MATERIAL PACKAGE INFORMATION.NO OTHER MANUFACTURERS WILL BE ALLOWED OR ACCEPTED. " SHEETINDEX 4 31 SHEETS DESCRIPTIONS KITCHEN GREASE DUCT NOTE MO' MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, f NOTES AND LEGEND W Z G KITCHEN GREASE DUCTS SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH 3m FIRE BARRIER DUCT MO.2 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES C WRAP 615.FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM UTILIZING A DOUBLE WRAP.INSTALL OL PER MANUFACTUERERS INSTRUCTIONS FOR ZERO CLEARANCE INSTALLATION. ILGREASE HOODS AND DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 16 GA.BLACK STEEL M1 MECHANICAL PLAN HVAC LAYOUT V OR GALVANIZED STEEL WITH WELDED SEAMS AND JOINTS OR FACTORY S N Mui ANUFACTURED. M2 MECHANICAL DETAILS G 0 Z M3 CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD DRAWINGS AND m Q SCHEDULES m CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD DRAWINGS AND DUCT CONSTRUCTION NOTE SCHEDULES Qq M5 CAPTIVEAIRE EXHAUST FAN DRAWINGS AND 0 SCHEDULES THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE AND COVER ALL CAPTIVEAIRE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DRAWINGS co RETURN AIR DUCT OPENINGS WITH 1"POLLY TYPE MEDIA DURING M6 AND SCHEDULES CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO ROOFTOP UNITS BEING ACTIVATED FOR THE FIRST TIME TO PREVENT DIRT AND DUST FROM BEING DRAWN INTO THE CAPTIVEAIRE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DRAWINGS DUCTWORK AND UNITS.FALURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN THE MECHANICAL M7 AND SCHEDULES G ' CONTRACTOR HAVING THE SYSTEM AND DUCTWORK CLEANED AT THEIR EXPENSE.PRIOR TO TURNOVER TO THE OWNER,THE MECHANICAL M8 CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD CONTROL DRAWINGS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL FILTERS IN THE SYSTEM WITH NEW CLEAN Q FILTERS."NO FIBERGLASS MEDIA ALLOWED." M9 CAPTIVEAIRE GREASE DUCT DRAWINGS M10 CAPTIVEAIRE GREASE DUCT DRAWINGS Mil OPERATION CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND SCHEDULES M12 CAPTIVEAIRE HOODS'FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHEET: Plan Review PAGE BY SAFEBuilt 0 -Inssom MOA ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336,667-4225 FAX:336-667.4332 Op WA.SI, PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING WITH PROPANE GAS HEAT ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE N PLAN AREA NOMINAL SUPPLY FAN COOLING(BO°EDB,67°EWB,95°AMBIENT) PROPANE OAS HEATING ELECTRICAL WEIGHT IDENTITY SERVED MANUFACTURER TONS MODEL r4.00O O.A.CFM E.S.P. H.P. R.P.M. SENSIBLE M.B.H. TOTAL M.B.H. E.E.R. STAGES INPUT M.B.H. OUTPUT M.B.H. STAGES AFUE% VOLTAGE MCA MOCP LBS. REMARKS 'I k 36338 RTU-1 LOWER SALES AND RESTROOM AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 7.6 YHC092F4RH 480 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE 88.8 92.0 12.80 2 20D0 160.0 2 80.0 480/9 20.7 25 1,400 1.2.3.4.6.8.7.8.9.10.11,12,13 O,�1,FC(y-lynV SSS/aJAI.L � RTU-2 SEATING AND SERVICE AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 7.5 YHCO92F4RH 810 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE 66.6 02.0 12.60 2 200A 160.0 2 80.0 40013 20.7 25 1,400 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13 RTU-3 ARSY'S AND PJ FRESH PREP AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 70.0 YHC120F4RM ��l1.1 3.75 VARIABLE 94.1 116.8 12.40 2 200.0 160.0 2 80.0 460/3 21S 30 1.700 1,2.3,4,6.8,7.8,9.10,11,12,13 7/2/18 RTU< UPPER SALES AND SHOWER AREAS AMERICAN STANDARD 10.0 YHC120F4RH , 1.0 3.75 VARIABLE S4.1 116.8 12,41 2 250.0 200.0 2 80,0 480/3 21.9 30 1,100 1,2,3,4,5,8,7,8,9,10,11,12,11 REMARKS: 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 15771 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. 'h 49 3. PROVIDE ROOF CURB,EXTENDED TRAPPED CONDENSATE LINE PIPED TO INDIRECT WASTE CONNECTION. I IA W W 4. PROVIDE FACTORY UNIT MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH POWERED GFCI CONVENIENCE DUPLEX OUTLET AND SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION. V W 5. PROVIDE HOT GAS REHEAT DEHUMIDIFICATION OPTION. Z y 6. PROVIDE LOW LEAK ENTHALPY TYPE ECONOMIZER WITH BAROMETRC RELIEF DAMPER. 7. PROVIDE UNITS WITH BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTORS WIRED TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. J ais Q Z ep 8. PROVIDE 1'PLEATED MERV 8 THROWAWAY FILTERS. Ief�l 8. PROVIDE THROUGH THE BASE ELECTRICAL.GAS AND CONDENSATE PIPE CONNECTIONS, W 0 F.. 10.PROVIDE HINGED ACCESS DOORS WITH CAM LOCKS. Z J W 0 11.PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED TXV REFRIGERATION VALVE. O a mp J Go12.PROVIDE LOW AMBIENT COOLING OPERATION DOWN TO 30 DEG.F. J H IN JJ 13.PROVIDE SVEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY ON ROOFTOP UNIT. d G N�! O DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE Y PLAN NOMINAL WALL MOUNTED AIR HANDLER OUTDOOR UNIT IDENTITY MANUFACTURER SIZE SERVICE MARK MODEL C.F.M. O.S.A T.C.M.B.M. T.H.M.B.H. AUX.KW H. VOLTSIPH M.CA. M.O.C.P. MARK MODEL MIN.SEER T.H.M.B.H. VOLTS/PH M.C.A. I M.O.C.P. I REMARKS AC-1/CU-1 MITSUBISHI ELECT. 3TON CTSROOM AC-1 PKA•A36KA7 920 0 34,200 WA NIA DC- - - CU-1 PUY.A3SNKA7 10.0 WA 208/1 25 30 1,2,3,4.E REMARKS: 1.NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED, Z.OUTDOOR UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTIONS.POWER FOR INDOOR UNIT SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE OUTDOOR UNIT. 3.PROVIDE WITH WALL MOUNT BRACKET,WIND BAFFLE AND PROGRAMMABLE WALL THERMOSTAT. 4.PROVIDE R410A REFRIGERR. 5.PROVIDE OPTIONAL FACTORY MOUNTED INTERNAL CONDENSATE PUMP AND SAFETY SWITCH ON EACH AIR HANDLING UNIT. AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE PLAN BASIS OF DESIGN MODEL SERVICE LOCATION TYPE PANEL CONSTRUCTION MOUNTING FINISH MAX.NOISE - IDENTITY MANUFACTURER NO. CRITERIA REMARKS 1 RELIABLE AMDT SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOUVERED FACE/FIXED 24'x24• ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1,2,3,5 2 TITUS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOWERED FACE/FIXED 24•x24" ALUMINUM CEILING/TSAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,3,5 3 TITUS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 4 WAY-4 CONE LOUVERED FACE/ADJUSTABLE 24"x24" ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,3.5 4 RELIABLE PTCAMD40TSA SUPPLY SHOWERS 4 WAY GASKETED LOUVERED FACE W/PTCTRM-SA TRIM FRAME 12"xi Z" ALUMINUM SURFACE CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1,2,3.5 8 ACUTHERM TF-HC-DA2 SUPPLY TRAINING ROOM 4 WAY FIXED PATTERN-V.A,V, 24"x24- ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR OFF-WHITE 35 12,35 6 TITUS TDC-AA SUPPLY GENERAL 2 WAY-4 CONE LOUVERED FACE/FIXED 24"x24" ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2.3,5 7 RELIABLE AMDT SUPPLY GENERAL 2 WAY-2 CONE LOUVERED FACE/FIXED 24"x2e ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR CLEAR ANODIZE 36 1,2,3,5 F WW 8 TITUS 30OFS SUPPLY GENERAL DOUBLE DEFLECTION 3/4•SPACING VARIES ALUMINUM SURFACE OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,3,5 Z r MJ41I� M 9 RELIABLE PTCGA50SA EXHAUST SHOWERS 1/2"XV2NI/2'GASKETED EGG CRATE 12'a12' ALUMINUM SURFACE CLEAR ANODIZE 35 1,2,3,5 W Z W 'Cl ,w W 10 TIM$ WF EXHAUST GENERAL 1/2'xi/2-xV2"EGG CRATE 11,11. ALUMINUM CEILING/TS V! AR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,4,5 /% Z 01 11 TITUS 60F RETURN GENERAL 1/1'xi/P'xI12'EGG CRATE 24X24" ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR OFF-WHITE 35 1,2,4,5 W -1 -/ O Q 12 RELIABLE GAG3TB415A RETURN GENERAL 1/2'xi/2'xi'EGG CRATE 24•X21• ALUMINUM CEILING/T-BAR CLEAR ANODIZE 36 1,2,4,5 W a 13 TITUS 5OF RETURN GENERAL 1/2'x1/Z'x7/2'EGG CRATE VARIES ALUMINUM SURFACE OFF-WHITE 35 1.5 a W W O zv 9 00 REMARKS: 1.NO ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURER$ACCEPTED. N Z 2.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SQUARE-TO-ROUND TRANSITIONS AS REWIRED FOR ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES ,^ 3.PROVIDE TITUS MODEL D-100 RADIAL SLIDING DAMPER FOR FACTORY ROUND COLLARS.MODEL AG-95 FOR SQUARE NECKS WITH DEEP ROUND TRANSITIONS. Z vI J 5.PROVIDE T TUB A&15-AA MANUAL VOLUME PROVIDE DEVICES AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. W O 0 4Q EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE ROOF CURB MATRIX SCHEDULE FF� IR BALANCE SCHEDULE 2 d N ELECTRICAL DATA RAYCURB042 BAYCURS043 SAYCURB044 BAYCURB026 RAYCURB027EXHAUST OUTSIDE AIR PLAN MODEL AIRFLOW E.S.P. FAN WEIGHT IDENTITY MANUFACTURER NO SERVICE TYPE C.F.M. IN W.C. R.P.M. $ONES DRIVE IN LBS. REMARKS TSC/VSC THCIYHC WSC TSGYSC THCIYHC WSC YHC WSC TSO Y8D T90/YSD THDA'HD WSC CFMH.P. VOLTS/PH.EF-1 CAFTNEAIRE FURNISHED BV CAPTIVEAIRE(SEE HOOD DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION) 036E 038E 036E 072F 047E 060E 720E 120E 150E 150E 18OF 15OF 15OF1,665 RTU-1 480 EF-2 GREENHECK FURNISHED BY CAPTIVEAIRE(SEE HOOD DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION) 048E 037E 048E 09OF ME 072E 15OF ISOF 21OF 180E 18OF 2,100 RTU-2 810 040 RTU3 700EF3 GREENHECK G-0BB-A HENS AND WOMEN'$TOILET$ 840 0.500 1,659 10.5 DIRECT 1/4 116/1 100 1,2,3,4,E 080E 092E OBOE 090E 240E 210E 200ECENTRIFUGAL 600 RTU4 1,080 EF4 GREENHECK G-098-A SHOWERS Ni THRU 4'S ROOF 600 0.600 1,668 9.6 DIRECT 114 11511 100 1,2,3,4,E 102F 067F 30OF 24OFCENTRIFUGAL N/A MUA-1 1,498 = ROOF 120F 072E 30OF EF4 GREENHECK G-085-D ELECTRICAL ROOM 500 0.500 1,539 9.7 DIRECT Im 115/1 100 1,2,3,4,8 CENTRIFUGAL 50 MUA-2 1,8817 MEFS GREENHECK SP-080 ABOVE MOP SINK ALUMINUM 50 0.375 900 1.4 DIRECT 17.4 WATTS 115/1 20 12.4,5,6 082ECEILING TYPE 50ALUMINUM EF-7 GREENHECK SP-B80 ABOVE MOP 6INK I50 0.375 900 iA DIRECT 17.4 WATTS 116N 20 1,2.4.5.E 2 300Lu EFS GREENHECK G-08" STAGINGAREA ALUMINUM 300 0.330 1,505 7.0 DIRECT 1Y10 115/1 SO 1,2,3,4,8EILING TYPE RS 613 OREMARKS; 1.REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 15841 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS, L 6,218 TOTAL 6,458 S H2.NOALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTED. J?W3.PROVIDE ROOF CURB,GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER,DISCONNECT SWITCH AND BIRDSCREEN. LOW 240 CFM(POSITIVE)4.PROVIDE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLS.E PROVIDEFLAT ROOF FLASHING FLANGE CAP,ALUMINUM WHEEL AND GRILLE AND ISOLATION KIT. 5%DIVERSITY TAKEN FOR DRYERS m O S.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AS A PR OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. 9 Im 1 0 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE LOUVER SCHEDULE DUCT SIZE SCHEDULE o PLAN MODEL WEIGHT ELECTRICAL co IDENTITI' MANUFACTURER MODEL SIZE DEPTH SERVES REMARKS CFM NECK DUCT IDENTITY LOCATION MANUFACTURER NO. KW BTUH CFM CONTROL LBS. AMPS VOLTSIPH REMARKS WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH RANGE SIZE SIZE UH-1 ELECTRICAL ROOM REDD-7 FIF5103N 3.3 11267 400 HONEYWELL 25 76.8 208N 1,2,3 L-1 RUSKIN ELC4460 18" 18° 4- INTAKE 1,2 A 0,190 810 8'0 UH-2 WATER ENTRY ROOM REDD-7 FIF6103N 3.3 11267 400 NONEYWELL 25 159 206/1 1,2.3 W 191360 8"0 10.0 Q W n REMARKS: I.NOALTERNATIVEMANUFACTURERSACCEPTED, 2.PROVIDE WITH MOTORIZED CONTROL DAMPER INTERLOCKED WITH EXHAUST FAN. 351.62E 10"0 1210 G e o REMARKS: 1, NOALTERNATIVEMANUFACTURER$ACCEPTED. OPERATOR SHALL BE 115V/IPH/60HZ, g2&700 12"0 14.0 2. PROVIDE DUST SHIELD. 3.FINISH AND COLOR SELECTED BY THE OWNER/ARCHITECT. 3. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. 4.PROVIDE LOUVER AS A PART OF THE OWNERS NATIONAL ACCOUNT MATERIAL PACKAGE. rxm PAGE SHEET: MO,2 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GREASE HOOD/DUCT NOTES HVAC NOTES vc�HE—L iyC. 1. FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL SHALL BE REQUIRED ON FIRE 5. ALL SEAMS,JOINTS,AND PENETRATIONS OF THE HOOD 9. HOOD EXHAUST FANS WITH DUCTWORK CONNECTED ON 1. ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT FRESH AIR INTAKES SHALL BE A "f PROTECTION SYSTEMS FOR GREASE HOODS AND DUCTS AS ENCLOSURE THAT DIRECT AND CAPTURE GREASE-LADEN BOTH ENDS SHALL HAVE ACCESS FOR CLEANING AND MINIMUM OF 100-W FROM ANY EXHAUST,FLUE OR REQUIRED BY THE MECHANICAL CODE AND AS REQUIRED BY VAPORS AND EXHAUST GASES SHALL HAVE A LIQUID TIGHT INSPECTION WITHIN THREE(3)FEET O EACH SIDE OF FAN. PLUMBING VENT. THE FIRE CODE. CONTINUOUS EXTERNAL WELD TO THE LOWER MOST 38 PERIMETER OF THE HOOD. 10. ALL CANOPY TYPE HOODS SHALL OVERHANG A MINIMUM O 2. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION,ALL DUCT AND 2. ALL FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS SHALL BE 6'BEYOND THE COOKING SURFACE ON ALL OPEN SIDES. OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT S7(hVpL,6;'� INTERCONNECTED TO THE FUEL OR CURRENT SUPPLY SO 6. HOOD EXHAUST FAN SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE AFTER EXCEPTION:LISTED EXHAUST HOODS IF NOTED AS PART OF OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT THAT THE FUEL OR CURRENT IS AUTOMATICALLY SHUT OFF THE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM HAS BEEN ACTIVATED,UNLESS THEIR LISTING. OF DUST OR DEBRIS WHICH MAY COLLECT IN THE SYSTEM. 7/2/18 TO ALL EQUIPMENT UNDER THE HOOD WHEN THE SYSTEM IS FAN SHUTDOWN IS REQUIRED BY A LISTED COMPONENT O ACTIVATED. THE VENTILATION SYSTEM. 11. HOOD FILTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ANGLE NOT LESS 3. PRIOR TO FABRICATING ANY DUCTWORK CONTRACTOR THAN 45 DEGREES FROM THE HORIZONTAL. SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE AVAILABLE DUCTSPACES 3. OWNER OF ESTABLISHMENT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 7. GREASE DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO GREASE HAVE NOT BEEN AFFECTED BY PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL OR CLEANLINESS,MAINTENANCE,AND INSPECTION O THE CANNOT BE POCKETED.THE SYSTEM SHALL SLOPE NOT 12. GREASE DUCT AIR VELOCITY SHALL BE SUFFICIENT FOR SPRINKLER CONTRACTORS WORK CONTRACTOR SHALL p KITCHEN EXHAUST SYSTEM,FIRE PROTECTION,AND LESS THAT 1/4 INCH PER FOOT TOWARD THE HOOD OR CAPTURE AND REMOVAL OF GREASE4.ADEN COOKING BE AWARE ADJUSTMENTS IN DUCT LAYOUT/LOCATION MAY n COOKING EQUIPMENT. - TOWARD THE GREASE RESERVOIR.(WHERE HORIZONTAL VAPORS.THE AIR VELOCITY THROUGH ANY DUCT SHALL BE BE REQUIRED DEPENDING ON ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. 7 F- C1 DUCTS EXCEED 75 FEET IN LENGTH,THE SLOPE SHALL BE A NOT LESS THAN SW FEET PER MINUTE,AND NOT MORE THAN CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO VERIFY THAT RTU'S HAVE BEEN (' W Q W 4. A DRAWING OF THE EXHAUST SYSTEMS)INSTALLATION MINIMUM OF 1 INCH PER FOOT). 2500 FEET PER MINUTE. INSTALLED ORIENTED WITH THE SUPPLYIRETURN DUCT C yap ALONG WITH A COPY OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN. Z F co SUBASSEMBLIES AND COMPONENTS USED IN THE EXHAUST 8. UTILITY SET EXHAUST FAN(IF PROVIDED)SHALL BE }Q W Z n SYSTEM(S),INCLUDING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS,SHALL BE MANUFACTURED WITH AN APPROVED DRAIN OUTLET AT THE J LL a Z amp AVAILABLE ON THE PREMISES - BOTTOM OF THE HOUSING TO PERMIT DRAINAGE OF GREASE _j W Z W u1 TOAREADILY ACCESSIBLE NON-COMUSTIBLE CONTAINER. KEYED NOTES G O f_- Z J W In O2co—+co 1O AG,-INDOOR UNIT MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ON J W N j (3)STACKED WALL ABOVE DOOR.ROUTE PUMPED CONDENSATE TO X -7 WAS STACKED FLOOR DRAIN LOCATED BEHIND THE WATER HEATERS a 0 z I INSIDE THE WATER ENTRY ROOM.COORDINATE WITH THE (1 VENT REQUIRED EA.) PLUMBING CONTRACTOR.CU-1-OUTDOOR UNIT MOUNTED Y t_I _ 4 4 D1RYERS(2 VENTS TO OUTDOOR UNIT LOCATED ON T14EFRIGERROOF.UBLE STACK AND SECURED TO ROOF.Fi6UTE LINES UP REQUIRED ___ 2 MOTORIZED WALL LOUVER LA SHALL BE INTERLOCKED iLIO VESTIBULE \ 2. ® WITH ASSOCIATED ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN.MOUNT - 11 200 3s 100 - SH vER SIT ER SH 3ER SH ER LOUVER AT 4"ABOVE DOOR FRAME. STOCK � � C CLOSET 10*0 DRYER VENT AND FOR STACKED DRYERS. _ FREEZER E K K EMPLOYEE m - ROOMm PUBLIC 36 OilO SEE SHEET M2 OR DETAIL AND CAPAND REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL LAUNDRY DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS OF DRYER VENT v 3 ® BREAKROOM 2 e ®� _14xi2 12x10 120 400 II 9 9 9 9 TERMINATION. -- a 120 120 120 120 „ rFD. - Bx8 6x6 4O 4"0 STACKED DRYER VENT AND WALL CAP FOR STACKED 1LW 6x6' ,I �� DRYER.SEE SHEET M2 FOR DETAIL AND REFER TO ARgy'g �, a -- "6x6 6x8 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATIONS OF DRYER FREEZER 120 v �'- \ \ - VENT TERMINATION. N 71 AfB � ❑❑ z I 4 I I 4 4 4 O5 6'0 SCH•40 SOLID WALL PVC COMBUSTION AIR AND COOLER ze 2 100 2 / 100 100 100 EXHAUST UP TO ROOF TERMINATION CAPS. 355 / m \ O NOT USED. \ PDID 14xi2 t00 __ t O7 OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR MOUNTED ON THE IN A SHADED AREA OR ENCLOSURE120 m �` I - 1 1 12x12 UP 60 SHOWER RPROVIDE COMM-5 LINK WIRE TO CONTROL(PFIELD ANEL.LOCATE). 12x12 tzx12 ae SOLAR SHADE. 3 1 �00J HOOD-1 I i -, J I ® -- I EF-8 EF4 2 O D �y ' 625 / 391x14 DN ! ) ( p!G /G 6x6 100 8 DUCTWORK SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH ROOF JOIST IN O LI. ARBY'S 11 30�C18 UP I. ) tOx10 R CHASE. W Q COOLER 146 1 3 13 — ) 1 m - wE ® m ? 300 i I 0 ) i 17 J 5 O9 DUCTWORK SHALL BE ROUTED BETWEEN ROOF JOIST. ' J N x r L 1 8 )I �, 9 -J ,\ \\I STAGING / 100 120\ 10 RO RTOOF CAP.LOCATE A MINIE 4*0 EXHAUST DUCT MUM EO 1a-0ILING E FRAOM ANUST AN UP U W m O _ 1 * P.OF 3 - 825 I O 1 F-7 •40 40 UP N .( L._ .__�F m -__ �\ AREA/ FD \ OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OR ROOF EDGE. Q U Z I � 3 �_ 1 a > f 13 RTU-3 10 200 14x14 / 14z14 11 AIR CURTAIN TO BE FURNISHED WITH THE KITCHEN = J O a O m \ Auk _ 14017P \ EQUIPMENT PACKAGE AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL Z a i t (T - EF-6 FD L_ CONTRACTOR.REFER TO SHEETS A5 AND E2.1. W�1 JANIT �. ( ' I 140 i NT \i 146 I N 100 __,_ \ LAUND Q > Z 3Q7&(6 UP 40 UP�� 12 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OPPOSED J W O 32);1 I 1402 100 ( - -� BLADE DAMPER ABOVE ALL EXHAUST AIR REGISTERS IN d Q Y \ / I ~ CASHIER ® ) 10 �� o m SHOWER ROOMS AND IN AREAS WITH GYPSUM BOARD J LwL/ Q e2 CEILINGS.COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL AND AIR o OESK L - , PRE S I O - H L-1 355 - 355 300 BALANCE CONTRACTORS. F— N z m J 12z12 i3 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ROOFTOP r ,40 N 12x10 10 22xt0 DN� ( \ 260 J UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN PLENUM DROP LOCATIONS Q O O Q O N 11 - PRIOR TO DUCTWORK FABRICATION. _ 0 40 O] - SALES 400 WALK-IN 13 FD 100 3 AR6Y'S - 200 a� _ I �� _- m BEVERAGE 400 fD O SERviCt GOOIER 'i'� 3 14 PROVIDE FULL SIZE U.L.LISTED ACCESS PANELS FOR (� ^^ N 625 a.az 7]]4 \ ` ie CLEANING AND INSPECTION.ONE(1)WITHIN THREE(3) �JJ \/, !' iMUA-1 /� pp FEET OF EXHAUST FAN INLET,AND ONE(1)WITHIN THREE 400 (3)FEET OF EXHAUST HOOD OUTLET,AND ONE(1)ATEACH 121Q4 ON ! i ] 1 -- '� 120 - 400 CHANGE OF DIRECTION. e�t C�- $ 400 \ - 300 1 (TYP.OF 3) _1 ( £F-2 r--r�r�- / _ 1 5 15 REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS A5,ABA8 AS.ta FOR I �> '�� 100 100 315 PLAN AND SCHEDULE OF KITCHEN COOKING EQUIPMENT H OD•2 _ 160 100 14x12 12x12 UP LOCATED UNDER TYPE I HOODS. 9 275 U 275 ""`"` 400 \ WATER g' 74 ( L_.R....�._ - ® 0 gg EF-3 \ za 16 PROVIDE DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION AND CO2 .. I{ \ ) ENTRY ROOM II \ 100 m e 1 12xi2 \ I � SENSORS(MOUNTED AT 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR) m O m 300 300 180 IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2O15 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY Z m O1 m 8 O m / 2 CONSERVATION CODE,SECTION C403.2.6.1. Q g O� - 625 S / 12 - ] 726 - - } �'} A 17 ou EXHAUST DUCT FROM EXHAUST FAN EF-8 SHALL DROP r + 8 1412 109 N \ / 10 DOWN TO 12INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR.PROVIDE MENS' FLOOR ANGLE SUPPORTS FOR DUCTWORK WITH OPEN ~ 300 140 O 113 RTU-2 �- T 13 RTU-1 N O TOILET - BOTTOM FOR 002 SYSTEM VENTILATION PER 20151FC L!J O 315 3 ARB'S 24x14 �� ( I 30x16 DN 100 _` 10x10 r, I'll SECTION 5307.5. - m DRIVE HRU I I•�-1 28x16 UP �. - - — -- FD OL Aa3; -- _ qUPI ) L1 MUA-2 . ® 100 I (`- / 100I1® 8x18UP )\ s C ,-�' (1 Z W 3 8 .,-�. J 61® o ,00 14XIO ___ m G �..., I 300 300 9 245 (, ARSYS s^rlNe 8 it RVICEI i AREA 1 12 - __ - - / O y L1 m N aea 810 3a t , r\ III 276 275 100 9 109 I m 780126 _@ - - CU-t // tcCTORtCpI 100 I 14x12 - m 8x14 SERVICE o 6x6 6x6 - 100 14x12 ® 10 10 00 300 I 105 105 - m - eS1 100 .�@ S, K EE33 BY ❑' 1 DINIINNG 1 7 `ae�'0 i6 AC-1 W 300 300 300 11 \ �, WO ItE.L"TS mo 1Do 60 �:-�\ 2 © cTS O C] Q gg l 60Bz14 2 Leo ROOM p Ff o FOUNTAIN _ 300 O i ACCESS LwL I J] I-. YE.FRONT 91 ESIDE — _ VEST LE 2 a DO�I I_ _. G ` — — — _ — J SHEET:•o CBI ® ® mi n TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN—HVAC LAYOUT ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS M1 SCALE: 3116"=V-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 NOTE: RODS MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE REQUIRED EXTERIOR DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE 3a WRAP INSULATION AND EXTEND TO "CLEAR INSIDE"DIMENSIONS MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER tia ° COVER TOP OF DIFFUSER IN ITS ENTIRETY. (ALL RECETANGULAR HANGER STRAP ti t MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER DUCT SIZES) STRAP OR ANGLE HANGER STRAP AIR FLOW I LOAD RATER �I •� 6338 MOUNT LOUVER FLUSH WALL RIGID ROUND BRANCH DUCT SQUARE TO ROUND I ROD FASTENERS ALTERNATE LOCATION WITH FACE OF BUILDING TRANSITION I NUTS IS70iVAl. ATTACH WITH DRAWBAND I II AND SEAL AIRTIGHT �� /� I 171 4/2/18 OPERABLE BLADE (TYPICAL) \ v I I BAND SAME SIZE DAMPER WITH (�i' \ SIZE BOLTS) ANGLES VINYL GASKETS AT I I AS HANGER SCREWS FOR LOAD STATIONARY LOUVER BY STRAP GENERAL CONTRACTOR BOTH ENDS CONICAL SPIN-IN WITH HANGERS FOR�7 DAMPER FOR pl BRANCH DUCT OUND TRAPEZE HANGERS STACKED DUCTS r DAMPER MOTOR REINFORCEMENTS MAY BE USED FOR ATTACHMENT F(Z3 zBRANCH TAKE-0FF IF IT QUALIFIES FOR BOTH DUTIES.DO NOT EXCEEDW WFLEXIBLE DUCT LOAD RATINGS FOR METHODS USED. p tyA m (MAXIMUM OF V-0') MAIN DUCT 0: 2 9 Q y Z r ROUND NECK ADAPTER _ � TYPICAL DUCT HANGER DETAILS o c M2 SCALE: NTS ~ Z J ui m O c cc,-j + 0)2 i6 GA WALL SLEEVE TURN PROVIDE POSITIVE ATTACHMENT CLIPS FROM d G ^ 1"LIP AROUND OPENING, THE CEILING DIFFUSER TO THE CEILING GRID. Z TYPICAL INTERIOR AND (NOTE:A 12 GA.GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE MAY BEAUTY RING Y EXTERIOR BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED FROM THE DIFFUSER TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE IN LIEU OF CLIPS. STUDS 4 PLACES a _ MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER DETAIL s SUSPENDED CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL z DUCT BRANCH TAKE-OFF DETAIL COVER REMOVAND BACKLE M2 SCALE: NTS M2 SCALE: NTS M2 SCALE: NTS 4"0 DRYER EXHAUST VENT DRAFT DAMPER DUCT CUT TO EXTEND BEYOND FACE OF INTERIOR WALL r CAPTIVE NUTS MOUNTING HOLES,TYPICAL. 4 PLACES PROVIDE"GOOSENECK" LOCKING HAND K40BY NT:NG SCNG REWS SUPPLIED \ STACK TERMINATION CAP STYLE TURNDOWN IN QUADRANT _ STRAP MESH VENT PIPE. SCREENING ON DOUBLE NUT ON PIPE END ROOF 114•STEEL PLATE 3'BUILDING STANDOFF INSULATION-PROVIDE SEAL CONNECTION n ALUMINUM JACKET WEATHERTIGHT + NOTE: ❑ 10"0 DRYER VENT IS SIMILAR. WALL GAS VENT EQUAL DUAL OVER INSULATION STAINLESS ADJUST FOR SIZE ACCORDINGLY. WALL GAS VENT PIPE,MODEL EXPOSED TO WEATHER IVSI-1,ROUND(TYPE 304 STEEL CLAMP INNER AND OUTER) COLLAR STEEL BAR JOIST COUNTER FLASHING SECURE PREFABRICATED I 26 GAUGE s DRYER VENT INSTALLATION DETAIL GALVANIZED STEEL 2x2 STEEL ANGLE �S WATERTIGHT TO STACK AND INSULATED CURB WITH I CURB COVER OR AS SPAN ACROSS JOIST OVERLAP ROOFING TREATED WOOD NAILER 2"HAND OU BRACKET M2 SCALE: NTS APPROVED BY CURB SUPPORT UNIT FROM STAND-OF BRACKET MANUFACTURER ROOF STRUCTURE -- ADJUSTABLE FLASHING I CEILING PENETRATION THRU FIRE I', ROOF TWO PIECE 26 GA. LOCKING HAND RATED WALL(SEE NOTE 1) W ' ^ '- INSULATION GALVANIZED COUNTER FLASHING AND SEAL(SEE T°ABLE)SLEEVE Z J N NlZED ALL THREADED ROD QUADRANT FIELD FABRICATED SECURE IS GAUGE PER AND CURB MANUFACTURER m N FLUE PIPE FROM ROOF PENETRATION ASSEMBLY Q �4 1 APPLIANCE(FULL SIZE) ( INSULATE EXTERNALLY FIELD FABRICATED V TRUSS AREA ,i AS REQUIRED SLEEVE(SEE TABLE) Z // �,� �+ O Lu ADJUSTABLE d NOTE: ROOF DECK LOWERS --• Q W Z ` ALL GAS VENTS TO BE INSTALLED PROVIDE 1"CLEAR OPENING PROVIDE MSS TYPE V / W O IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA GAS AROUND PIPE TO ALLOW 6 RISER CLAMP FOR a CURTAIN TYPE FIRE TO GAS FIRED APPLIANCE CODE,STATE AND LOCAL FOR PIPE MOVEMENT PIPES WAND ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER 2"HAND QUADRANT m Li00 DAMPER,TYPE B Z O AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. LARGER MOUNTED AT 10'-0"A.F.F. STAND-OFF BRACKET N � Q11 V D 2 Z SECURE DAMPER TO (� (/� J SLEEVE IN W s GAS FLUE TERMINATION DETAIL a ROOFTOP PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL UNIT HEATER MOUNTING DETAIL s MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER DETAIL ACCORDANCE CCOR ACTURER'S 0 Q M2 SCALE: NTS M2 SCALE: NTS M2 SCALE: NTS M2 SCALE: NTS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS J N DUCT WITH SLIP JOINT(TYP) MOUNTING ANGLE(SIZE a AS INDICATED IN TABLE FOR SIZE W/MIN 1'LAP DRYER VENT EXHAUST DUCT PENETRATION THROUGH WALL OF STRUCTURE(TYP)) NOTES: DUCT TO EXTERIOR UNISTRUT TER. R MOUNTED SLEEVE TABLE 1 MAKE OPENING 1/8"PER FOOT LARGER THAN DAMPER DIMENSIONS WITH 1/4' DRYER VENT.SEE 36"ST CENTER.PROVIDED WITH ANGLE TABLE LARGEST SLEEVE MIN REQUIRED. DETAIL THIS SHEET. UNISTRUT PIPE CLAMP(TYPICAL) *48!'�-i72" ANGLE ATTACHMENT METHOD DUCT DIM GAUGE 2. SLEEVE GAUGE>GAUGE OF DUCT WHERE DUCT CONSTRUCTION&JOINTS SIZES 1/2"WELDS tl4"BOLTS #10 SHEET METAL SCREWS 0•_30" 24 PER NFPA 90. NOTE:PROVIDE CLEANOUTS ON 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 12 GA 8"OC 8`OC 6"OC 31"-W 22 3. DAMPER CONSTRUCTED AND TESTED PER UL 555,UL LABELED,1-112-HOUR EACH VERTICAL SECTION OF 2 x 2 x 12 GA 6"OC 6"OC NA 55`-84" 20 FIRE RATING W/165"F FUSIBLE LINK. I.:DRYER EXHAUST DUCT PER IMC 2 x 2 x 1/8 6`OC 6'OC NA 85"&OVER 18 4. SEAL BETWEEN WALL AND SLEEVE W/APPROVED FIRE STOP MATERIAL. 2 SECTION 504.3.(TYP.) 5. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. Q 8. FIRE DAMPERS TO BE TYPE B UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. p 4"0 ALUMINUM(MIN.24 7. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR(S). GAUGE)USED FOR DRYER VENTING(TYPICAL) 13 FIRE DAMPER DETAIL WASHER BOX(TYPICAL) M2 SCALE: NTS a O NOTE:MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL C rx CONDENSATE PIPING IS SUCH A WAY NOT TO INTERFERE Y1 WITH THE ROOFTOP UNIT DOOR ACCESS OPENING = V) UNFUSED DISCONNECT OPERATION AND VERIFY PROPER CONDENSATE DRAINAGE. J W SWITCH BY MECHANICAL p m G CONTRACTOR DIRECT DRIVE MOTOR Z OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD ROOFTOP UNIT p BIRDSCREEN ALL �� _ _ Zm U) p \�- ' ® AROUND FAN OUT LETPROV F l CONTOF CU IRAC ORDE TTOO FIELRY OD VERIFY \\\\\ r STATIC PRESSURE PROBE \\\ D ' ® ORDERING TO MATCH ROOEXACT DIMENSION PRIOR FTOP 1\ FOAM RUBBER GASKET1\\ MANUFACTURERS DRAIN APPLIED TO UNDER PER NUFACTUR SIDE UNIT DIMENSIONS. �,.� OF FAN CURB CAP RECOMMENDATIONS. ' p �.)^ CLEANOUTjut TERMINATE AT W (TYPICAL) V ACOINSIDE S RETURN AIR DUCT R INDIRECT WASTE. C 0' F J 3/8'x 2"LAG BOLTS 12"O.C. F 111 m D J-� ------ CURB CAP Plan Review Lu h n W ROOF CURB BY SAME " Lu By SAFEBuilt G G MANUFACTURER AS EXHAUST FAN, STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL STACKED HER/ FURNISED BY THE MECHANICAL I TO FRAME ROOF DRYER(TYPICAL) W CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY ----- -- ---- 'OPENING SUPPLY AIR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR RETURN AIR ZZ ❑ DUCT - DUCT MOUNTED .eor D SMOKE DETECTOR 1"ACOUSTICAL DUCT THROUGH-BOLT CURB BOLTS, DECK ROOF STRUCTURE,SEE (TYPICAL) LINER INSIDE SUPPLY SHEET: TO NOTE: W/3I6"CARRIAGE BOLTS,FENDER ARCHITECTURAL AND AIR DUCT DE WHERE WASHERS,AND NUTS 12"O.C. STRUCTURAL PLANS REFER TO DRAWINGS TURNING VANES INDICATED ON PLANS. FOR DETAILS. FOR EXACT QUANTITY OF NOTE:MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BOLTED WAS AND DRYERS RUN POWER SUPPLY LEADS BACK DRAFT DAMPER CONNECTIONS OF ROOFTOP UNIT TO ROOF CURB,AND FROM ROOF IN CORNER INSIDE CURB CURB TO STRUCTURE.FOR CONNECTION DETAILS OF ROOFTOP UNIT TO • CURB AND CURB TO ROOF STRUCTURE SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. M2 1z DRYER VENT INSTALLATION DETAIL 11 ROOF EXHAUST FAN DETAIL 10 ROOFTOP UNIT DETAIL ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 M2 SCALE: NTS M2 SCALE: NTS SM22 SCALE: NTS PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 O D INFORMATION — J b 33 0 REVISIONS PATENT NUMBERS 0 O��`G EXHAUST PLENUM HOOD CONFIG. HOOD MAX' RISER(S) TOTAL HOOD AC-PSP(United States)-US Patent 796383082 Ir NO. TAG MODEL LENGTH COOKING TOTAL SUPPLY CONSTRUCTION END TO ROW AC-PSP Wall(Canada)-GA Patent 2820509 I it** NOTE TEMP. EXH.CFM WIDTH LENG.HEIGHT DIA. CFM EL. S.P. CFM END AC-PSP Island(Canada)-CA Patent 2520330 5424 450 430 SS 0 ,� O 1 HD-1,PJ Fresh 9'0" 1665 4" 14�1.11�14. -0.380" 1498 ALONE ALONE VvNO-2-PSP-F Deg. Where Exposed 5424 450 430SS 4/2118 2 HD-2,Arby's 9'6" 2,00 4" ,6 -0,428" 1890 ALONE ALONE ALL SURFACES THAT COME ND-2-PSP-F Deg. Where Exposed H OD INFORMATION WITHIN 18"OF HOOD MUST E FIL () LIGHT(S) UTI I CABINET() HOOD FIRE SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SWITCHES FIRE HOOD ( r4 NO. TAG TYPE OTY. IG HEHT LENGTH EFFICIENCY @ 7 MICRONS QTY. TYPE WIRE GUARD LOCATION SIZE SYSTEM I TYPE SIZE MODEL# QUANTITY PIPING WGHT WGH7 I BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE OR 1 Light LIMITED COMBUSTIIBLE. �' > /I^^ Z w 1 HDA,PJ Fresh SS Baffle with Handles 6 16" 76" -1 3 L55 Series E26 NO Left 12"x54"x24" Ansul R102 3.0/1.5 DCV-1111 1 Fan YES LEIS I ( I ' " m E V Z.Q W �_________ _______ __ J 3 Zzo�� 679 2 HD-2,Arby's SS Baffle With Handles 7 ,6" 16" 30% 4 L55 Series E26 NO Lett 12"x54"x24" Ansul R102 3.0 DCV-1111 11 Fan_ YES LBS -- I pr J Q Q 2 HOOD OPTIONS 'I 3 �y 0 0 w w "NoD TAG OPTION IIIf' ~ Z O LU CO toFIELD WRAPPER 17.00'High Front,Lett,Right I'I 0 U' J BACKSPLASH 122.00"High X 157.00"Long 430 SS Verscal J W g RIGHT END STANDOFF(FINISHED) 1"Wide 54"Long Insulated NHOOD CRNER I d 0 1 HDA,PJ Fresh GFCI DUPLEX OUTLET,20A 126V-Hood Front Left-Vertical-Dist from End:3.50 Dist from DUCT TEMPERATURE swflrvFx�rs (RARDWARE 6Y INSTALLER) 'I Z Bottom:4.75 SENSOR m Y GFCI DUPLEX OUTLET,20A 125V-Hood Front Right-Vertical-Dist from End:3.50 Dist from HATw" Bottom:4.75 FIELD WRAPPER 17.00"High Front,Left,Right 2 HD-2,Arby's seLL-," O1 BACKSPLASH 120.00'High X 162.00"Long 430 SS Vertical Provides exhaust—t—pahour.for proper hood contra 41 operation.For all trues efions excluding a single hood wRh areM wn 0 TED UPPL LENUM S a Cory users end a hood moun ed panel,duo mo n ed HOOD RISER(S) tweamturs sensors win need to be field wired.2-were 18 AW NO. TAG POS. LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT TYPE WIDTH LEND. DIA. CFM S.P. plenummtedt,ohnietorcablemi...used. Y F0PNO0°' d 1 HD-1,PJ Fresh Front 121" 74" 6., MUA 12" 28" 749 0.161" FIELD WIRED CONNECTIONS a.w,aaa N MUA 12" 28" 749 O.1B," TEMPERATURE SENSOR MUA 12" 24" 63B 0.177" ZL 2 HD-2,Arby's Front 126^ 1s" s^ MUA 12" 24" 630 o.n7^ ROOM TEMPERATURE . o MUA 12" 24" 630 0,177" SENSOR \ ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS ,, a HANGINGANGLE MUST BE SUPPORTED WITH 1/2"-13 TPI GRADE 5 (MINIMUM)ALL-THREAD.SANDWICH HANGING ANGLES AND CEILING ANCHOR POINTS WITH V2"GRADE 5(MINIMUM)STEEL FLAT WASHERS U ROOM TEMPERATURE AND 1/2"-13 TPI GRADE 5(MINIMUM)HEX NUTS AS SHOWN.MUST USE z Provides room override Eased on temp—he dlif«ential SENSOR DOUBLED HEX NUT CONFIGURATION BENEATH HOOD HANGING bahveen,he room and duct.Installed by seadoian on a wall, ANGLES AND ABOVE CEILING ANCHDRS.MAINTAIN 1/4"OF EXPOSED O 5'-6'off the finished flour,in the space but not directly order THREADS BENEATH BOTTOM HEX NUT.TORQUE ALL HEX NUTS TO 57 F-LBS, S the W b or x)cb the to an ap ht Aeo(inducting the electrical 0 cpnba box)so Ina raading is acC.role for pow, HaoD UGHTs ' 3 z Z a PJ Fresh Details HOOD CONTROL to Z F' J N INTERFACE ®®® p CONTROLPANEL W m N LU L65SERIESEMCANOWLIGHTFIXTURE- The LCD Interface provitles user wMrcl and hood status. HIGH TEMP ASSEMBLY,INCLUDES CLEAR THERMAL The receplate ie nonnected to the hood control Penal through INTERFCASHMACE O AND SHOCK RESIsiANT GLOBE(L55 FIXTURE) CAT-5 cable.A faceplate has 2 RJ45 conneaors.One INTERFACE OL nnecN to part J4 or J5 in the bond wnkol panel and the other well typically be occupied by a RJ-45 eldest-line r '«mime«. TYPICAL SC—ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 00 2 V O /'1111-1111111TABILE, WITH HOOD MOUNTED PANEL ` N r u- 1•LAVER INSTAL INSULATION IN Z FACTORY INSTALLED IN r O EXHAusT aISEa 1.00"END STANDOFF MEETS N J ACHING PLATES SUPPLY RISER WrtH D"COMBUSTIBLE CLEARANCE 1,, HANGwG ANGLE TO COMBUSTIBLE SURFACES. M W O Q VDLIIME DAMPER Z.F. 3.61OPENSTAINUESS > > FL N 16'BS BAFFLE WITH STEEL PERFORATED PANEL 3. HANDLES AND HOOK 6. —� a. 1`\ LF 3 INTER—STANDOFF t4 , �11 e1a• N V _I�za°NOM. J o CO T IS THE RESPONSIBILITY .� OFTHE ARCHITECT) 111TO �11 NSU EREHAT T THE HOD. LEARAN CCE I Q FROM LIMITEDLOMBUBTIBIE `,J 54' L AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS " LOCALS \ U.L.Listed LSSSeries E26 Canopy III Fldure .EREO111REMENTS. - Z m C a x � High Temp Asam sblY Z E� Q /0^^ 0 EASE DRAIN \ V wrtH aBMovABLE cuP F ueliry 0) Z U Z cabinet ze• za• UJI 0 ', F- aACKBPUSH 12a.a0'NIGR � � � X210p0'LONG —{— LL Of a 80 1 Q 12"— Smut ® 7• ® � DATE: 3/16/2018 0.0 Z eoDIPMENT DWG.#: pp O 3311016 L'i OTHERS it DRAWNBI MHB-16 301/4' i 601/2' —I 12• SCALE: 9'O'NoinAr(.g0"OD 3/4n = 1r—On 10'-1.00^oYemo Lengm MASTER DRAWINGSECTION WIFE=_II 4 — — —HOOD Pair Fresh) PLAN VIEW — Hood #1 (HD-1. PJ Fresh) Hood 1: 185 cfm/linear foot9' 0.00'r LONG 5424ND-2—PSP—F(2)DUPLEX OUTLETS SHEET NO. e"°' roI 1 SHEET: NOTE: ENTIRE SHEET HAS PAGE I[M3] BEEN RE-ISSUED TO /\ ADDRESS ADDENDUM#1 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS `-' 923 MAIN STREEF,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 REVISIONS G PLENUM PROTECTION ROOM TEMPERATURE 0 010��`� NOZZLE SENSOR f ��k `V DUCT PROTECTION y 1, 013' Q NOZZLE `J I•ID; DETECTORS ProWdee room overage leaded an tempaewre adrerembl l 4Y1I18 between Me—M and aud.treated by eleWiden on a Well. 11 the oB thedon Roared floor,le Me epaca but not dinriNly E tmhood a dotefoan appliance gIssuo nst,f for ae electrical r I crnbd box)eo Me reading bacaaele hx apace. 1 `-� 810 ,J TampAsSabaE2BCapyLphiFixtire- Hig m High Temp Assembly > 'f M DUCT TEMPERATURE N I I I !4 Z y°s� APPLIANCE PROTECTION SENSOR IIIII g ). y Z r; REMOTE MANUAL NOZZLE Utility J a a U I PULL STATION GNmt 24• z4' 2+ l l I I I I I LL D O tv.. �� oN J 40 Prowaes mutual elr temperature for proper hood cooed ogerefion.For all htMeuaaom excluding a single hood with ,r --- --- ,2' --- --- 1Y' --- --- s• .. 1111 s REMOVABLE STAINLESS bofory men end a hood mounted Panel,aud mound k STEEL SERVICE DOOR `` OPTIONAL PRE-WIRED ELECTRICAL temperature sewers will need to m field rered.2-wire is AW / RII B^ L 8^ L 3• II a O O AGENT TANK TERMINAL BOX WITH TERMINAL STRIPS, plenum rated tha nietor cable must be used. Ll` 3-PHASE CONTACTORS AND OVERLOADS Y FAN AND LIGHT (IF APPLICABLE) OEM RELEASE/ CONTROL PANEL y BRACKET ASSEMBLY HOOD CONTROL TYPICAL ANSUL R-102 SYSTEM LAYOUT INTERFACE ®®® —r z+' —I 4r 42 B'a.00"Nom.lB'8.00'OD '�— _® itlE.00^OYerell Length The LCD inlelece provid9e ties mnlyd arw hood stews, m The(eceplab le mnmcbd to Me hood mnhol Panel through CAT-5 mine.A feneplefe has 2 RJ45 conmdore.One , Z - henmdelePoaJ9aJ5hiMe hood control what and Me rmin , LAN VIEW — Hood �1�2 rby,$) n wei�NPlcauybeoccupleabyaRJ45eneol-Ilm 9 6.00 LONG 5424N 2—P P—F I FIELD WIRED CONNECTIONS /�-✓/ TEMPERATURE SENSOR N 2 \ Hood 2: 221 Om/linear foot z 0 ROOM TEMPERATURE Z SENSOR �Q�a Arby's Details 56SERIES E20 CANOPY LIGHT FIXTURE- rn W HIGH TEMP ASSEMBLY,INCLUDES CLEAR THERMAL AND SHOCK RESISTANT GLOBE(L55 FIXTURE) I— J N N HOOD LIGHTS UJ t' rcono FIELD WRAPPER 17.00'HIGH w/ wss� Z �• (SEE HOOD OPTIONS TABLE) to J J O LU Q CONTROL PANEL EXHAUST RISK a ATTACH[OPIATES O W > W Z RACKSPLASH HANDING ANGLE SUPPVOLUME RISER RITH O T 4 V O Tvvieal field wiring pD = V O 23.6%OPEN STAINLESS �/� 13'SS BAFFLE WITH 23n• STEEL PERFORATED PANEL 0) LU 0) H 2 z CASHMI HANDLES AND HOOK S' r aw y J INTERFACE W O � NN � I f. \ 3'INTERNALSTANDOFF IS'� O G Q 24'NOM. > f• N r Q a a \ S THE RESPONSI Ii OF THEIT IMCHITECT/OWNER TO /1 ENSURE THAT THE HOOD CLEARANCE 0 V FROM LIMITED-COMBUSTIBLE O N AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS — 00 IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH 0) 0) LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. �uioLelom�L'maemHra omoea asa Q 2A ..po ME' 48.0"MAX aunier a ov ia�"cn.s. a GREASE DRAIN �'•, Z AT WITH REMOVABLE CUP q sO M_ n BACKSPLO 120.00"HIGH LONG CY) Z V g BD"AFF REFERENCE W U 2 N LU EQUIPMENT DATE: 3/16/2018 p Wall w/ PSP MUA Plenums ETL Ratin s - File 3054804-001 BY OTHERS Dwo.*: M y Min. Max. Length Max. Len. Width Side Front Vertical Vertical 3311016 Max.Temp Exh. MUA Range for 1 Riser Width Rang Incr. Overhang Overhang Clearance Clearance DRAWN MHB-16 (CFM/ft) (CFM/ft) (with lights) (w/o lights) ND-2-PSP-F 450OF 150 - T-16' 16' 36"-78" 1" 6" 6" 33"-48" 11.5"-48" 3/¢GALE: a —Orr 600OF 200 - 31-16' 16' 36"-78" 1" 6" 6" 33"-48" 11.5"-48" o 700°F 250 - T-16' 16' 36"-78" 1" 6" 6" 33"-4811 11.5"-48" MASTER DRAWING c rc SECTION VIEW — — — Approved Filter PiaXSE. view a ype(sj: Alum. Baffle w/Handles and Hook,Captrate Combination Filter w/hook,High Velocity Cartridge w/hook, a SS Baffle with Handles and Hook,Stainless Steel(High Efficiency) By Built o SHEET NO. ^" 2 1 NOTE: ENTIRE SHEET HAS PA►6B SHEET: BEEN RE-ISSUED TO .E M 4 ADDRESS ADDENDUM#1 ENGINEERS de CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 EXHAUSTFORMATIO - Job#3311016 REVISIONS FAN DISCHARGE WEIGHT DATE Pno UNIT TAG FAN UNIT MODEL# CFM ESP. RPM H.P. B.H.P. 0 VOLT FLA VELOCITY (LBS.) SONES NI V 1 EF-1 DU180HFA 1665 1,000 970 1.000 0.4340 3 208 3.8 385 FPM 148 11.5 3 EF-2 DU180HFA 2100 1.125 1 1067 IS00 0.6080 3 1 208 4.4 1 485 FPM 158 12.3 'ONDENSER DETAILS FAN 412118 CONDENSER MAX.FUSE MIN.WIRE ®i! UNIT TAG FAN UNIT MODEL# TONNAGE VOLTAGE PHASE FREQUENCY MCA RLA SEER ®U NO NO. SIZE SIZE 2 MUA-1 Ai-D.250-75D-MPU 1 3 1 208-230 3 PHASE 60 Hz 14.5 Amps 11.9 Amps 20 Amps 14 AWG 14 E 0 i 2.5 208-230 3 PHASE 60 Hz 11.2 Amps 9.07 Amps 20 Amps 14 AWG 14 Q 4 MUA-2/ARBYS At-D.250-G10-MPU d G 2 2.5 200-230 3 PHASE 60 Hz 11.2 Amps 9.07 Amps 20 Amps 14 AWG 14 ' T i 7 Z Q M MUA FAN INFORMATION - Job 3311016 C7 w Q w FAN COOLING COIL COOLING COIL COOLING COIL COOLING COIL COOLING COIL COOLING COIL a E MIN DESIGN COOLING COIL WEIGHT BURNER I" $ Z O to UNIT TAG FAN UNIT MODEL# BLOWER HOUSING ESP. RPM H.P. B.H.P. 0 VOLT FLA ENTERING UB ENTERING WIT LEAVING DB LEAVING WB SENSIBLE LATENT SONES v F CFM CFM OTAL CAPACITY (LBS.) EFFICIENCY(%) II Q" Vn NO. TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. CAPACITY CAPACITY 'I W.fpppp 2 MUA-1 Al-D.250-15D-MPU 15MF-1-MOD Al-0.250 1000 1498 0.450 1779 1.000 0.8190 3 208 3.1 79.0°F 64.0°F 69.1°F 59.5°F 20.4 MBH 15.1 MBH 5.3 MBH 1179 16.7 92 I W Z W rn 26 1!2" 11.I Z o H y 4 MUA-2/ARBYS Al-D.250.G -M 10PU G10 At-D.250 1000 1890 0.550 1233 1.500 0.9960 3 208 4.6 79.0°F 64.0°F 67.0°F 58.4°F 33.7 MBH 24.5 MBH 9.2 MBH 1298 22 92 261/2" 'I! Z LLI r0 f O_98 `2.J� G MAKE-UP AIR UNIT(S) J UIn> FANS#1fEF-11#3(EF-2)-DUIBOHFA EXHAUST FAN �// W N X FAN I VENTED I a O. O K INPUT OUTPUT FEATURES: ,G3 CURB II w G UNIT TAG BTUs BTUs TEMP.RISE REQUIRED INPUT GAS PRESSURE GAS TYPE XX�� Z NO. Y -DIRECT DRIVE CONSTRUCTION(NO BELTSIPULLEVS) 2 MUA-1 82061 75496 50 deg F 7 in.w.c-14 in.w.c. Natural 39 318 .ROOF MOUNTED FANS 24" -RESTAURANT MODEL 4 MUA-2/ARBYS 119316 109771 55 deg F 7 in.w.c.-14 in.w.c. Natural -111.705 AND UL762 N m OPTIONS -VARIABLESPEEDCONTROL 20 GAUGE RAN STEEL PAN INTERNAL WIRING WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECT CONSTRUCTION UNIT TAG OPTION(Qty.-Descr.) - 9 NO. -THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION(SINGLE PHASE) ^ 1 1 EF-1 1-Grease Box -HIGH HEAT OPERATION 300°F(149°G) / -` 3"FLANGE • 1-AC Interlock Relay-24VAC Coil -GREASE CLASSIFICATION TESTING d 1-Motorized Backdraft Damper for AI-D Housing 33 W4 NORMAL TEMPERATURE TEST m EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY 1-Low Fire Start 22 5/e \ ROOF OPENING WHILE ILALLFUSTINGAIR V 3REACHED I, Ill 1-Inlet Pleasure Gauge,0-35" UNTILALL FAN PARTS HAVE REACHED �� 26 DIMENSIONS Z � 1-Manifold Pressure Gauge,-5 to 15"we THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM,AND WITHOUT ANY 26 , R DETERIORATING EFFECTS TO THE FAN WHICH , 2 MUA-1 1-Cooling Thermostat and Relay(Not req for evap) WOULD CAUSE UNSAFE OPERATION. GREASE DRAIN 1-3 Ton Single Circuit Modular Packaged Cooling Option for Sae 1 MUA(1,100 n to 1,800 dro),208V/23OV,3 phase.Cooling Thermostat or Programmable Stat I ABNORMAL FLARE-UP TEST PITCHED CURBS ARE AVAILABLE - Required for Proper Operation. 2 EX-UST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY FOR PITCHED ROOFS. z 1-Downturn Plenum for Size 1 DX Coil Module 16112 WHILE EXHAUSTING BURNING GREASE VAPORS 0° G AT 60WF(316°C)FOR A PERIOD OF SPECIFY PITCH: 12" -� i-Separate 120V Wiring Package(Required and used only for DCV or Prewire 15 MINUTES WITHOUT THE FAN BECOMING with VFD)-Three Phase Only DAMAGED-ANV EXTENT T.-000LO CAUSE EXAMPLE:112 PITCH=30"SLOPE 3 EF-2 1-Grease BOX AN UNSAFE CONDITION. Z 1-Low Fire Start 2B 1 M1 OPTIONS i-Inlet Pressure Gauge,0-35" � (/� GREASE BOX Z Q 1-Manifold Pressure Gauge,-5 to 15"we 2 � Q L 1-Cooling Thermostat and Relay(Not req for evap) LL = r M 1-5 Ton 2 Circuit(2.512-5)Modular Packaged Cooling Option for Size 1 MUA ~ j3 Z m N (1,800 to 3,000 cfm),208V/230V,3 phase.Cooling Thermostat or Programmable Stet Required for Proper Operation. W W ~ � 4 MUA-2,ARBYS 1-Downturn Plenum for Size 1 DX Coll Module Pi F re s h Details �`26 1/2„ V Z Q 1-Control panel enclosure heater.Recommended for winter design temperature ! less than WE, e X N 11 CL Jr i-Convenience Outlet(GFCI),15 amp-Requires Separate 120V Connection. WC3r Z Includes receptacle and J box. FAN#3 DUI80HFA-EXHAUST FAN(EF-2) W ZW O 1-Motorized Backdraft Damper for Al-D Housing FEATURES: /� VCURBENTE 00 Y1-Extra Set of Bens '^ ODIRECT DRIVE CONSTRUCTION(NO BELTS/PULLEYS) /} r Q V 1-Separate 120V Wiring Package(Required and used only for DCV or Prewire 39 we -ROOF MOUNTEDFANS 2 /��f 6� 0) W V �2 Z with VFD)-Three Phase Only .RESTAURANT MODEL q/ I>� �_-UL705 AND UL762 O6�/ 29 GAUGE Q r � Y. -VARIABLE SPEED CONTROL O -INTERNAL WIRING STEEL Q CONSTRUCTION Ch Q -WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECT > _J O -THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION(SINGLE PHASE) ^ Q U Q N -HIGH HEAT OPERATION 300-F(149°C) / \ 3"FLANGE -GREASE CLASSIFICATION TESTING > M 333/4 NORMAL TEMPERATURE TEST C N 2281a EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY ROOF OPENING O CO WHILE EXHAUSTING AIR AT"'F(149°C) UNTIL ALL FAN PARTS HAVE REACHED `- / 24 DIMENSIONS C Q� �,._Li EXHAUST FAN. THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM,AND WITHOUT ANY 24 1/ ' L Q DETERIORATING UNSAFEEFFECTS TO THE OPERATION. WHICH Q I GREASE DRAIN WOULD CAUSE UNSAFE OPERATION. y� ABNORMAL FLARE-UP TEST PITCHED CURBS ARE AVAILABLE 0. Z m HIGH TEMP GASKET IS USED TO 2 EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY FOR PITCHED ROOFS. 4 SEAL THE FAN TO THE U` O C TRANSITION PLATE. 16112 WHILE EXHAUSTING BURNING GREASE VAPORS LL AT 60WF(316°C)FOR A PERIOD OF SPECIFY PITCH: 12" Q 1� 15 MINUTES WITHOUT THE FAN BECOMING (� DAMAGED TO ANY EXTENT THAT COULD CAUSE EXAMPLE:7/12 PITCH=30'SLOPE v F AN UNSAFE CONDITION. _Z V ZO THE INNER DUCT IS FULLY WELDED TO W THE TRANSITION PLATE,ALL WELDS ARE �_Nj DYE TESTED. 24 OPTIONS LL O a FAN DISCHARGE HEIGHT 04 SHALL BE MIN 4V ABOVE THE 26 GREASE BOX Q d V • FINISHED ROOF SURFACE =f°W DATE: 3/16/2018 O m LU �}I a r F z FINISHED ROOF SYSTEM r Q,(-,, DWG.#: pp \ [Y�v 1 e i Yn } O VENTED CURB ROOF N 3311016 Z TERMINATION.. Arby's Details By sEBuilr LU :4�� / t'+ DRAW B1N MHB-16 °z SECURED TO THE CURB ASSEMBLIES SCALE: CURB BY OTHER. NO. ON TAG WEIGHT ITEM SIZE 3/4n - 1 -O, `! 1 #1 EF-1 34 LBS Curb 26.500'W x 26.500"L x 24.000"H Vented Hinged WASTER DRAWING C 2 #2 MUA-1 63 LBS Curb 21.000'W x 71.000"L x 18.000"H Insulated W _ F 111 m #2 Rail 6.000"W x 21.000"L x 18.000"H Q F LISTED GREASE DUCT. 3 #3 EF-2 34 LBS Curb 26.500"W x 26.500"L x 24.000"H Vented Hinged O o 4 #4 MUA-&ARBYS 63 LBS Curb 21.000"W x 71.000"L x 20.00WH Insulated #a Rail 6.000RN z 21.000'L x 20.000"H SHEET NO. 3 1 SHEET: NOTE: ENTIRE SHEET HAS PA&GE BEEN RE-ISSUED TO ® M 5 ADDRESS ADDENDUM#1 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 REVISIONS \G�j DInoL P1red HseW 1161n1 »e av,+o+e.vr2r.wnawwy,w.woi,ne �/,`V` m,es SH—E v+vro,o -alo-lpiw 0 O\V arswaEse FAN82 A74 GAS H U-HEATER)MPMR 4/2/18 1.DIRECT GAS FIRED HEATED MAKEUP AIR UNIT WITH 16'DIRECT DRIVE FAN u�rowwm,xeaxov w1°''r°'exw 2.INTAKE OMDIHOOD HARGE FAI FILTERS PJ Fresh Details S.COWN DISCHARGE FLOW RIGHT->LEFT 4.COOLING INTERLOCK RELAY.PER I COIL.FOR CONTACTS.LOCKS OUT BURNER CIRCUIT WHEN X IS ENERGIZED. E 6.MOTORIZED BACK GRAFT DAMPER 18'X 08'FOR 812E 1 STANDARD 8 MODULAR HEATER UNITS W/EXTENDED SHAFT,STANDARD GALVANIZED ,,,,,,ggB�� CONSTRUCTION,3H"REAR FLANGE,TFB1206 ACTUATOR INCLUDED Rra, °L'"" I U B.LOW FIRE START.ALLOWS THE BURNER CIRCUIT TO ENERGIZE WHEN THE MODULATION CONTROL IS IN A LOW FIRE POSITION. I CD 7.GAS PRESSURE GAUGE,0.35",2.5"DIAMETER,1/4'THREAD SIZE _ 01 B.GAS PRESSURE GAUGE-5TO#l5INCHES WC.,2.V DIAMETER,IM"THREAD SIZE I"'"0 M 0.OX COOLING INTAKE AIR THERMOSTAT AND RELAYS MOUNTED IN UNIT-SET POINT FOR THERMOSTAT SHOULD BE 85°F. ? Z W 10.3 TON,SINGLE CIRCUIT MODULAR PACKAGED COOLING OPTION FOR SIZE i MODULAR PACKAGED UNIT.INCLUDES CONDENSER,DX COIL, ,�,,,,,,.x p,,,� I " d E W Q FILTER/DRYER KIT,THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,R410A REFRIGERANT,AND REFRIGERANT PIPING.0.100 TO 1,800 CFM)NOT BUILT WITH OPPOSITE SIDE I 8 Z $.O p CONTROLS OR OPPOSrTE AIRFLOW DIRECTION.CONDENSERS REWIRE SEPARATE 208V.3 PHASE POWER SUPPLY.COIL=2EZ1001N SUPPLY SIDE HEATER INFORMATION: N 11.DOWNTURN PLENUM FOR SIZE 1 COOLING COIL MODULE-REWIRED FOR DOWN DISCHARGE COOLING COIL APPLICATIONS ra '°" w I d' W A 12.SEPARATE 12DVAC WIRING PACKAGE FOR MAKE-UP AIR UNITS.OPTION MUST BE 8ELECTED WHEN MOUNTING VFD IN PREWIRE PANEL OR WITH DCV WINTER TEMPERATURE-26-F.TEMP.RISE•60-F. -... . I I I I OL Yn Z PACKAGE.PROVIDES SEPARATE 12DVAC INPUT TO SUPPLY FAN.THIS 120V SIGNAL MUST BE RUN BY ELECTRICIAN FROM DCV TO MUA SWITCH. BTU.CALCULATED OFF AC UAL AIR DENSITY J 1 Q OUTPUT BTU.AT ALTITUDE OF 0.01 18001E PA �w'[t= A III' W 2 W w NOTE:SUPPLY DUCT MUST BE INSTALLED TO MEET SMACNA STANDARDS.A MINIMUM STRAIGHT DUCT LENGTH EQUAL TO THREE TIMES THE SUPPLY DUCT INPUT BTUSAT ALTITUDE OF 0.0 8.=58977 I O O I- EOUNALENT DIAMETER MUST BE MAINTAINED DOWNSTREAM OF UNIT DISCHARGE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.DO NOT RELY ON UNIT TO SUPPORT OUTPUT BTUs ATALTITUDE OF16016.=75498 _« II ~ Z-U Mj fp0 DUCT IN ANY WAY, INPUT BTUs AT ALTITUDE OF 18018.=UN1 113 S' 11„2 CURB OUTER WALL .tlP�A6-9.�1P9A. I O N X DISCHARGE OPENING I' a O N O W Z AIRFLOWvmm�o AIRFLOWT 13 Ile" _ -' ,w u�r.�W a a _ ' COOLING .- B 0 II_JI COIL ..w9;C.7. P4 [IBTE 9 m MODULE vwa v nIR1W3S.IrP '� m N FLEX CONDUIT a FOR FIELD , O 1"MPT CONNECTION FOR WIRING SS PITCHED DRAIN PANLiz 4Lro.xie U 2 `°VPor18'" o[wnsnuwxvuq Z 179" 391/2• 1811C 12 VI' 32118" 42 118• mos ..cow 1 2 CONDENSER, ^ Iryi Lu Q iosLWeuon l/lring rur..u4nwxeoxnwAwmron Z J J M mrlo..ER a1POAre ero06L r-oaw-w-r9 w_ Q rye N 12aVIPH. 240V1 PH. a 201INSk0UV11PH. Q Q W N a W LU rn O O un vi,jvnl O An uiel Nursj O , U ` LIFTING LUG r+s1r Ve1�'4 Y JUJI a Ui o O (r Z LU O CONDENSER AIRFLOW DIRECT FIRED MODULE •� n'e'w` W N O In az ya' COIL �r— CONDENSER 11 ACCESS SERVICE DISCONNECT AIRFLOW zoMzeoV 3PH � V Z DOOR DISCONNECT ® 399I16' n� ,womrwtmsnnwas _ 29 We SWITCH 314"NPT ♦� wMex N W Z U J AIRFLOW BLOWERIMOTOR a.,.m ® > O j ACCESS DOOR o 713116" o O Q O O Q 1 L�- C��ARAVICE .. .• �.m.+ � a � � O 31� �' Q V Q d. N I;h ,4 va" 7B• 141/4• �'I C N CO 1 e'EQUIPMENT CURB mxo*axxrnowuxinrowan sa nviauminoe 1316/e" See esova dataAs. cm, F 3 z Zm O M L H p m Typical Main Trap Install Recommended Cooling Coll Drain — ZLIU Trap Configuration J d No Unions r Q a GBBn ON U --r 2 m&O r DATE: 3/16/2018 Jp 3:O �-- 12"Mln Y O DWG.#: DD Hereon 3311016 = Q Lu Noma: D�By MHB-16 Q i 1)1"dmmemr WC Pipe only 2)Use only low proBIS couplings SCALE: 3)Add clean out as eNown 3/4" = V-0" o 0 MASTER DRAWING c Lu 111 a a� O SHEET NO. ^T°` 5 P&GB SHEET: 1 �rNOTE: ENTIRE SHEET HAS ; M 6 BEEN RE-ISSUED TO ADDRESS ADDENDUM#1 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREEL NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 REVISIONS & M—t M d H-t-WtA g -1FJ 10''tr6rs4"6Na"'w" GO �� FAN#4 A1-D.250-G10-MPU-HEATER(MUA-VARBYS) T OIRECT GAS FIRED HEATED MAKEUP AIR UNIT WITH Tor BLOWER 2.INTAKE HOOD WITH EZ FILTERS xacnav Q .01 3.DOWN DISCHARGE-AIR FLOW RIGHT->LEFT rowsn.o.xa°ao, wmam V` 4.LOW FIRE START.ALLOWS THE BURNER CIRCUIT TO ENERGIZE WHEN THE MODULATION CONTROL IS IN A LOW FIRE POSITION. � 5,GAS PRESSURE GAUGE,0-35',2.F DIAMETER,114•THREAD SIZE m�accT o.u.P•re 6.GAS PRESSURE GAUGE,ry TO-15 INCHES WC.,2.5-DIAMETER,1W THREAD SIZE 1•�iti ].DX COOINGINTAK AIR MERCIAL THERMOSTAT AND FOR RELAYS MOUNTED Arby's Details 4218 8.DX COOLING INTAKE AIR THERMOSTAT AND RELAYS MOUNTED IN UNIT-BET POINT FOR THERMOSTAT SHOULD BE 85°F. 9.5 TON,DUAL CIRCUIT(2.5/2.5)MODULAR PACKAGED COOLING OPTION FOR SIZE 1 MODULAR PACKAGED UNIT.INCLUDES CONDENSER,DX COIL, u FILTERIDRYER KIT,THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,R410A REFRIGERANT,AND REFRIGERANT PIPING.(1,800 TO 3,000 GEM)NOT BUILT WITH OPPOSITE SIDE CONTROLS OR OPPOSITE AIRFLOW DIRECTION.CONDENSERS REQUIRE SEPARATE 208V,3 PHASE POWER SUPPLY.COIL=MZ0902ME E _ 10.DOWNTURN PLENUM FOR SIZE I COOLING COIL MODULE-REQUIRED FOR DOWN DISCHARGE COOLING COIL APPLICATIONS 11.CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE HEATER.INCLUDES 200W,120V HEATER AND THERMOSTAT(10 DEGREE SETTING).REQUIRES CONVENIENCE OUTLET SUPPLY SIDE HEATER INFORMATION: ��.vm II G OPTION(POWER BY OTHERS).RECOMMENDED FOR WINTER DESIGN TEMPERATURE LESS THAN 0-F. 12.GFCl 15 AMP CONVENIENCE OUTLET FOR HEATER ENCLOSURE,POWER SUPPLY BY OTHERS-INCLUDES RECEPTACLE AND J BOX. WINTER TEMPERATURE=TF.TEMP.RISE=75°F. Im1e -i6 CA 13.MOTORIZEDBACK DRAFT DAMPER I6"X IW FOR SIMI STANDARD&MODULAR DIRECT FIRED HEATERS W/EXTENDED SHAFT,STANDARD GALVANIZED BTUs CALCULATEDOFFACTUALAIRDENSITY Z 0 M CONSTRUCTION.314-REAR FLANGE,LF120S ACTUATOR INCLUDED OUTPUT BTUs AT ALTITUDE OF 0.0 ft.-14900ELU 14.EXTRA SET OF V-BELTS.ONLY TO BE ORDERED AS FAN OPTION AT TIME FAN IS ORDERED. INPUT BTU.AT ALTITUDE OF O.O ft.=181985 O WW 1 13116' 11 1/2" C1 CURB OUTER WALL m 9f, Now _ � r DISCHARGE OPENING x ' ? J a Z Z W" II ~ z0,a AIRFLOW 0 y J 13]/8' ao � COOLING Z Q _ I a COIL �a IIII W" Y crsrE �J MODULE •«.�. m'°—.dam"f �x ..... •'ar.wa., m Fne r.s�r Q LE N X CODUIT FOR FIELD ^ 1"MET CONNECTION FOR WIRING SS PITCHED DRAIN PAN C m Z 119" n . 9fs:11 3tl :�;, O o_ 39 VT 181)4' 42118' 321/8' 421/8- U CONDENSERI CONDENSER2------------- xc o O O Iaet..H.Uma RL11ng ta.ah+nnvq�wA ' rA LIFTING LUG n 120 V 1 PH, 240 V 1 PH.1E r]208r46a/600 V 3 PH. 4y J_ / M Z m N 0 � a w 'W1 coo AIRFLOW DIRECT FIRED MODULE �^� = U Z 423ro" COIL �.� CONDENSER `..n `..m (� O Q ACCESS SERVICE DISCONNECT AIRFLOW W III DOOR DISCONNECT 399/16' ♦� i W a 29314• SWITCH 3/4"NPT Z /AIRFLOW SLOWERIMOTOR O ACCESS DOOR o ]13116" o •� •� a Q W 24"SERVICE 2089XV 3PH � I81 U) i F 0 Ira J_ 1. o CL RANCE RE _ W ,V,nn/ 1U ,0 3314- 97 . Q Z IU)161W 161W > O 20'EQUIPMENT CURB yin Q Q in a N A. �—21" ]i" I 1 I 6• ooxmxrcrcav°usax rowm w�wsronr�c�wx mxrroian«we srrmmsoxvroei�oi�` M /V1 31 5/B' O N 0) oven Rnd(DF)F—Pmm Assemdy See above 4elalls. can •� Q e1 Typical Drain Trap Install Recommended Cooling Coil Drain w��« I.(UUs 1.1- ,,usaaaa..),,edmmeaaa w.aw in 5 TrapConfiguration .w..d..wamm.�� Irel n«a.reeeU,.amax�ap wm«.a,°nw Z Z m g �e..n.i�m., "na°mmw,.u°.mnadd.a'Y9"°a..m."rio"zm. O No Unions ]° s i�w.m+ eaa m.amwen®arum ry� °m�nTw � m clean Dui vmm mtiree.ve,wi ov �emo�r«mm«..va ve°aMwvmM�w°I�v�°m. u asumdiee.renminaudm in me of unm.alliieana«a wmgy,.iu,mmeliwd Z U r samnwmeme MSIM,4.m CSA3.](°do.«dmm.a°a DFS..ma1«du IMI.te W Z I— 11Mm Gne�am�aDF m«I. J LL y a Q m '.i�°awm'a`,w are�e=a«„a�...m.d�.a.�a.mdwn�.,. rn .x mm�,.mP°a.drmw°.d.p«,..a..ar�."md aadw nma... U re oma..eaw�a .ram.re.md.me. 2 DATE: 3/16/2018 p C Not a: aa€scLsa Z 1)1"dlameter PVC Pipe only DWG.N: pip Q 2)Use only low profile couplings 3311016 N 3)Add clean out as shown '*'Z 3 q DRAWN BY:MH13-16 Q z SCALE: 3/4" = 1�-0" o LU LU MASTER DRAWING o ni F tll m Q po SHEET NO. 6 =RE-ISSUED P�►GE SHEET: M 7 IBM ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 REVISIONS TRICALQ- G SWITCHES FANS CONTROLLED NO. TAG PACI(AGE4 LOCATION OPTION G LOCATION QUANTITY FAN TAG TYPE 0 H.P.I VOLT FLA 03-Way CebinN Left 1Ughl EF-1 E-- 3 1.000 20B 3.6 Q 1 PJ FRESH OCV-1111 UOury CeDinel Leff Smart Cantrole DCV Hoof B 1 IF. MUA-1 Supply 3 1.000 203 3.1 03-Wity Cabinet Leff 1LIgM EF-2 E#IeuM J 1.500 208 4.4 2 ARBYS OCV-1111 uuxry Cabinet Left 8—Dp11101P OCV HootlM2 1Fen MUM2/ARBYB SupDIY 3 1.500 1 206 4.0 4018 OF OPERATION: p l 19ft ® OCV-1111 wo w.,.w��w+rrwxrwwwm-.r.woww.uu.� FACTOAVW"6N0 Cr 3311016 UHLE898PEGFIFD DMDN48E,ALL FACTDRY AC NsrOtapwG NLFOCIORYDCWIRNe IBAWO, MOTOR POWER CIRCUIT 6CH C ",uM-I 1.11 nr v ORCURBOARDB 1 JB 120V 1Px Ixlxrt.0 ECPMM I ""�`'•"� PeJ _eoxr3alNwr �� Dcv 1BNH1•LINE HMI R.v.2m.00 '^ ®®e ____ N1MlEUTRw.,1. +" Gr .a A V W O N BREAKER PANEL TO PRIMARY CONTROL PANEL ' �� ow 24V .37� ml.:ENtlMm ———— I"AuoWFPax Mem BRFANER.DONOT MEANER BeE 8HOKN 19 THE MAdMUMALLOWED ronL 'Mwv-.nm CGNNECTT. 4 g� BE ENT_P Y oLL«w IRUOROMJ50 2 —were A SE E I Z n ————— -BBgREL — eCHFNATIC FOR O.emepi"K I I I I I J Q z eOpD LLI ADDmoNu REo. fi I Ny {L W=z N I.ACONTROL POWM.OOIMTIWRE� Iwru"wRecxeeena "'"L 1ON PANFLLIDx�--- - $:Y.C EWMa J im IIIII (� O O r BACNET lnterfaDe for DCV and SC Pwk—es TO SIwNr TRIP Iu1PAJ(ER. rE --- — a wm I _SS—� maeen 3 mr. O('co JmCONTROL PANEL TO ACCESSORY ITEMS to gj - IRCPlaaeeur H9PRI mmminloll"m P ^^= rwanrx= R«PaeMEMn:Heetlldm _wW.a'nigl"II � � H"iwaw I I' W LE3 m.t.mmiBIIIMM MEIMDmMnlsnM Il.oren.en lwr D.rAey —————-Mr 1OM6IaM'"""im dwx d O 1a.cWErIP®,e Martel. —————AOV wlbMOewn R-�� wta:I O -TM IbaO CoPawmmxNUMe IMtlxM Mm ummen4 4 P.M EEro mwMTµa xPwRmcxt �®-• e"1"iw 'I PeM Mweww"M"BUU1n0 MOneIIwPn„8ye0embmllbtlhn",Yplle YFoau'a —— .SPMI�Y— m"vao W 7. _ — vim— 4 x I " Y PNNxrema mmMare polnb lVLbP4 BmutConddeaMl Demer ———— C�ntrolVwder 6Yeraan llMeadPl"w: ————— A"irorOpwl�OaenIL1 ——_gExyyr� J] 720V N to S oa 2 xS%2 ————— wt Nmvrrcx Rax, "PI��'Gm MON]WRLN0 AND CONTROL JWNTS MST N Maca yoe s x NI m 5 aw tt'FIWyW RFM... Jbllw O x ww6mu-- utooVrarwi a _= """ 1 W X •'"'Rlewrn. Aew Rar.rr.y JAIMIG BREAKER PANEL TO FANS 10 QM eW T"nIIWMre(Al YP1910R Ar EwTwM.Ad IeMMG PPepwniMlly:ElecpMan of Om•ui ————— """ nwywr- MMNw laMW. YAMLM JIHI IeeeNrN PMIEI�rtn .MIOLM rtewe ro '. JIPWIree Rw�R.An mYnw rr.Rm prrE.ELRIArnAEE Mmre ———— "- 1=1 S �yprE u UP-2 CDND1 � roHwox nor—ems S nxcNm rua uo �� •eRt NI , m � L aylMyr..rly IMION Flry/pl.•Lal1 FMreerw RReLv CONTROL PANEL TO FAN. Wma ] weAxlx�l� 1�IatlN YDMTYNI ten PIYIIIrA IIENIM NeepomMlln:ENdMAIn � �-� ORYCONTACBfByHOyW�N OEExeR0liE0) �� 1, lap is RYPw Y01OI0A LORE IYn�I4rlwr IAIDRYI wP ary Putcrc. ® LO FYrt/AIY lgMFeR EyAy 1Ie191M u.awM �ti�%4 I�yv��x" � LV FEo A•aMH aW+W.rALrp" YOxDDR Nv uKM+(4 IM181aR OMfKL 41. I'YA QI141YeR lNMroll M'PMI IlMalll(Af IeKIM•roELRLE — JJ �x I:I:I 'nF'514. $ lALII FM.eI.Me. 4RmPM nr.Rr.. •nLxwx co— wwT==wlac xMradwa",Me WwW exw EFazmrmmrrNn xnP RA33 .�? woPMI�.�.� 11aeDIDR INr fY.81NYw _AoeaLre•areM[ u I.ewem �^°+— ° .°a m"•^°�^ coxlswwwe Fr srr FMesLa•RMmror. 'Zo ` ° awoR Mxecallouxlmlx N"wlmnxcr rPt 9 a'""wio..' w°"r. z AILMe err OMROIIaOEIR04 u vroarcrc �L_ �. _ero �•. �� `a�u'-..`v.w�, a Nr IeNJF011•ODYKNL eowPmaR '4''Pm"`— coxlxoLview -�G� R .pro_ .P.ww... .i, ro a18i'DxAHbn�——11tlRTl ��•n�ar�`.."",.-ter, .w IrWDHDM..aN Ma rN„�Inaw�axnxr � rrd,xldxN�xroR,rrMN," rW,MP s J mawMP�Naw — r O W G K Mro g Z Z to N O W aND PJ Fresh Details o z J a SC-311110FP DLS RBI IOOµOPERA -rt.w.d.r,...Pl�.....w.W=.++..+.•.wow..-wn B F FACTORY wIRwG Q W O 2991944 t.�+aYrwxgNnwA ew..w. IWUseaPscFIED FAcroxv OcwlRWDnAwn, MOTOR POWER CIRCUIT cw�cwlMIWARDs OT£RWeE NL FRCTORYACMRINOIBAW0.Au jR 1 JS 120V �' ENPM03 Ray.sm O] Q Z I-LINE, MI Wv.20a ! -12DVHI• .. N BREAKER PANEL TO CONTROL PANEL IewvAl —_�xB�T -BREAKER DON 1. A Z/V B n N > � r.I BT-1 re _ p� 'H- PPlSSSnmm� MEANER MZE BHOWNI"IIS•TIIF MAXMUMILLLOWED r .sm 2 BRUNCON"EVIERpISEECT,E P GIc J 1 3 B O P O O _ ProvmFncoxemrdBDP "LwleilrxR -WBTALLATION F > a PPP+ t) co c ————— wlPeronAmoRr Lourm BCIEMATIC FOR vro,MnnWrnnl°a .wrdwll �W, -Apg11pNAL REO, wn tt Q D TONeTROwL POWERnpnROTWWE�" ----- J PI.NELLID•i��- p�F ✓' 5'�, wwmm Q CONTROL PANEL TO ACCESSORY ITEMS 8 16 arr T""'tw4°0 — wrmxn Pexwoacaxna Rxp"mlrWc El .Im �� n rouxrt rugaxo 3 O N 00 r.Ie EF.2 ——SMrr'A— ———_ eW1L �" e'"° CD 0) Li I17i0 m J 4 ul .wrov = wm to wv----- ----- rcs� Jr 120V t Q .. 1° MUA-2/ARB wa ——— w- � > Z >A Z 1L BREAKER PANEL TO FANS Jd aw-xNcr L O RNKE PAN LTOFI MMo W. -----� 6 Z c~i �leca Dar�B— p7l �°<awt {I! Z -----J°P 1e ---- eo A•m MUA-VARB CON ^ J M roxm ox rorwxaoo LL III.NLLL Q. » rxlrPe MUM2/ARB COND2 —— ] �V IT xM,aoMNAa.aMMwW. I) OONTACTe IM1Gvm DE.EHERGIzsDI DATE: 3/16/2018 p m G M CONTROL PANEL TO FANS mavaan eawlrowawweoum wRm ,IyWe O0R Z R"ep hIfty:e . I�I7 �t DW�.S: m O_ • rpcoxxemloxs B Lpl:llpl�il P^r 3311016 y D�BY MHB-16 �"ro B s m.wa mxo m RNox. •• SCALE: M 3/4» = 1 r_Om N D MASTER DRAWING o ECP WI Q G m Arby's Details 11113 1n . SHEET NO. =RE—ISSUED PAGESHEET: .� M8 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 REVISIONS DuctWork#1 Front View DuctWork#1 Top View DuctWork#1 Side View o °�°P°°" °" DuctWork 1 Parts - Job 3311 -1 J Fresh Q- Tag Part# CFM S.P. Weight Velocity QTY Description O HD-1 PJ Fresh HD-1 PJ Fresh HD-1 PJ Fresh Al I Pi DW 14245LT 1685 -0.0087 11.45 1557.51 1 Single Wall Duct 14"diameter,24.5"long,flange at both ends.Stainless Steel. P2 DW1448AJDKIT 1655 -0.0083 25.58 1657.51 1 Single Wall Duct Adjustable,14"diameter,47.5"long,flange at one end With a 14"Adjustable Collar-Stainless Steel, V V +t41 P3 DW14VESU78 30.54 1 Duct Vertical Support Assembly,14"Duct,18"Clearance To Combustibles.Parts are Zinc Coated, 4/2/18 P4 DW1490ASY 1665 -0,07 110.70 1557.51 1 Single Wall Duct 90 Degree Elbow,14"Duct,Assembly. P5 DW14185OLT 1665 40069 10.85 1557.51 1 Single Wall Duct 14"diameter,18.50"long,flange at both ends.Stainless Steel, SYSTEM E SYSTEM I I .6e�a.. P6 DW1430AJDKIT 1665 -0.0061 17.08 1557.51 1 Single Wall Duct Adjustable,14"diameter,29 5"long,flange at one end With a 14"Adjustable Collar-Stainless Steel. 1665c/m ififi5ctm I' � Obi m -3 F prj P7 DW1490ASY 16fi5 -0.112 10.70 1567.51 1 Single Wall Duct 90 Degree Elbow,14"Duct,Assembly. P14 P14 I 'I > Z 0 W ' SYSTEM ''1nf P8 DW14TEASY 1665 -0.009 12.72 1557.51 1 Single Wall Duct Tee,14"Duct,Assembly. i66 .9991e.. ,s6 cim V O y 10 Assembled WP9 1665crm Z F m P9 DW7415ADIASY 15.49 1 Duct Access Door-Insulated-Used With 14"Duct-Grease Dam Included-Assembly. II 3 J LL W Z Z Assembled w/P8 .III - aD P10 DW741625LT 1665 -0.0057 10.85 1557.51 1 Single Wall Duct 14"diameter,16.25"long,Range at both ends.Stainless Steel. ' F C Q F n O 2 W to Pit DW1424AJOKIT 1665 -0.0053 14.25 1557.51 1 Single Wall Duct Adjustable,14'diameter,23.5"long,flange at one end With a 14"Adjustable Collar-Stainless Steel, P 4 I I m O J III a O rn> X P12 DW74VESU18 30.54 1 Duct Vertical Support Assembly,14"Duct,18"Clearance To Combustibles.Parts are Zinc Coated. 57,5" 166 m 575^ � � P13 47"MIN 47"MIN 'I W Z DW1416ADP 1665 -0.007 7.50 1557.51 1 Single Wall Duct Adapter,14"Duct Die to 16"Duct Dia,Assembly. PO ' `1 Assembled w/Pi4 -0� .sp -0ccP 0 s.p. Ped OW2616TP 1665 0 11.62 1192.47 1 Duct to Curb Transition,26-1/2"Curb to 16"Duct,16 GA Aluminized.Used on BDU 18. 186 t66 Assembled wlP13 cv System at P14 1665 -0.619 5 0' -0.0009, 3M-2000PLUS 0.80 3 Duct-3M Fire Barrier 2000 Plus Silicone-Used as sealant to Seal Duct Joints. 166 cfm P d 66"MAX 834680600587XL 52.00 6 Duct-Duct insulation for zero clearance to combustibles-300'x 24"x 1-112"Roll.Pyroscat Wrap. 61^ g L 49.5"MIN BANDING.5 5.00 2 Duct-Fire Barrier Wrap Stainless Steel Banding.5"Width-200 FT Per Roll. 16 t88 m DWI4CLASV 1.31 11 Duct"V°Clamp With new design 14 Ga Brackets,14"Duct,Assembly. 66 , m SEAL50-50 0.50 2 Duct-Fire barrier Wrap Stainless Steel Banding Seal.5"Width.4uantity of 50. n 68'MAx v TAPEALUM 0.25 2 Duct-Fire Barrier Wrap Aluminum Foil Tape-3"x 150'Roll. g 61° W 49.5"MIN O Total Weight 560.84 ,, za SINGLE WALL FACTORY BUILT DUCTWORK P5 P6 "sP 112"s.p. ALL DUCTWORK IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITH THE MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACING LISTED BELOW. 1 i665c8n 1665c/m 1665cfm U 88 Z -FORA COMPLETE LIST OF APPROVED SUPPORT METHODS,SEETHE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL. Z 0 N -DUCTWORK SHALL SLOPE NOT LESS THAN 1/16"PER LINEAR FOOT TOWARDS THE HOOD OR AN APPROVED GREASE COLLECTION RESERVOIR. _ ''^^ -WHERE HORIZONTAL DUCTS EXCEED 75 FEET IN LENGTH,THE SLOPE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/16"PER LINEAR FOOT. ' Z. V y IsL HORIZONTAL VERTICAL VERTICAL 166 79 MnX Ism 115 W 0 DUCT DIAMETER 7s"M ,66 WALL SUPPORT(ft) WALL SUPPORT(ft) CURB SUPPORT(fl) sr sr 8" 10. 10, 24' 2.5'MIN .-MIN Q J N 10" 10, 10, 24' F W co 12" 10, 10, 24' 1 _ ~ Q 14" 10, 10, 24' 1 O -0.00 .s.p. -0.00 16" 10, 10, 24' 166 d. '.s.p. IJ,I J a 6 LU 18" 10. 10, 24' U) > >- Z 20" 10' 10' 24' H E1 H E1 W Y O 22" IV 10, 24' SYSTEM 1665c(m 1665cfm 00 24" 10, 10, 1. Z 1665c8n N LLJ y J p O 14 > ; O N Q 6.. 73 ¢ .00Tch, > a Li C N Q DuctWork#1 SE View 657. 12 o allo V HD-1 PJ Fresh 47"MIN C L Q P1 ¢ - -0.0057"s.p @ 5cfrn (n z m �1 Z R p �m PB ��--------------------�� ¢ F r sssm° I I I zn Z Single T�Yall Grease Duct U_ W o n ¢ a a P6 P5 P7 with fire wrap V .7s.. -0. 1'.p. -0 069^.P. 112'. I I S M ]Fi a 6 ss ss5o I I DATE: 3/16/2018 p m o DWG.#: m O 68"MAX Verify duct run before ordering 3311016 z > 6," 3 49.5"MIN 796"� P2 11 DRAWN MHB-i6 Q 42,5°MIN -0.0083'.s.p �L-_ J� ❑ 1665 _ SCALE: Q� P3 3/4, - 1'-0" o > MASTER DRAWING o P1 -0.0087'.s.p W 1665chn 1E pE o -0.8's.p. Scan SHEET NO. •° 9 =RE-ISSUED �� SHEET: ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 DuctWork r - Job#3311016 HD-2 Arb s REVISIONS b6CA0PIlON DATE Tag Part# CFM S.P. Weight Velocity QTV Description ° Pi DW161425LT 2100 -0.0044 9.46 1504.01 1 Single Wall Duct 16"diameter,14.250"long,flange at both ends.Stainless Steel DuctWork#2 Front View DuctWork#2 Top View ° P2 DW1624AJDKIT 2100 -0.0046 16.29 1504.01 1 Single Wall Duct Adjustable,16"diameter,23.5"long,flange at one end With a 16"Adjustable Collar-Stainless Steel. H D-Z Arbys HD-2 Arbys ° �lG� 0� 4 2118 P3 DW1690ASY 2100 -0.0884 13.60 1504.01 1 Single Wall Duct 90 Degree Elbow,16"Duct,Assembly. ' P4 DW1604C2D 2100 -0.001 2.73 1504.01 1 Single Wail Duct OK Set Collar-16"diameter duct-1/2"Pitch. SYSTEM ®11 P5 DW1659LT 2100 -0.0172 42.44 1504.01 1 Single Wall Duct 16"diameter,59"long,flange at both ends.Stainless Steel. 2,100d. ®II P6 DW1630LT 2100 -0.0088 21.93 1504.01 1 Single Wall Duct 16"diameter,30"long,flange at both ends.Stainless Steel MD71 E P13 P7 DW1648AJDKIT 2100 -0.009 19.26 1504.01 1 Single Wall Duct Adjustable,16"diameter,47.5"long,flange at one end With a 16"Adjustable Collar-Stainless Steel 210 1 I I 71- IDuct Su ort Bracket Assembl,16 Duct,Used for Han in Duct.12 GA Steel,Clear Zinc Coatin.-2 Rin s,4 Brackets PlusP8 DW16SUBRASY 14.82HartlwareP Y 9 9 9 9 n E Assembld w/P10 DW16TEASY 2100 -0.0816 15.55 1504.07 Single Wall Duct Tee,16"Duct,Assembly.Assembled wlP9 DW1611ADIASY 19.33 1 Duct Access Door-Insulated-Used With 16"Duct-Grease Dam Includd-Assembly. P 2 a¢Z 00 -0.01 .s.P. 1' I"6 W Z W w P11 DW1644LT 2100 -0.0131 24.72 1504.01 1 Single Wall Duct 16"diameter,44"long,flange at bath ends.Stainless Steel. 210 cfm I'11' 0 F P12 07 1 4"Single Wall Duct Adjustable,16"diameter,59.5"long,flange at one end With a 16"Diameter- Tall-Adjustable Collar- DWi660AJDKIT 2100 -0A129 34.10 1504. Z W 1D Assembled w/P13 Stainless Steel. I I I' $' O 2 J m Pia J N U, DW2316TP 2100 0 8.03 1504.01 1 Duct to Curb Transition,23"Curb to 16"Duct,16 GA Aluminized.Used on BDU15,DU75&85. LU Assembled w/P12 I IL G O System at P13 2100 -0.669 w Z M Duct Support Bracket Assembly,16"Duct,Used for Hanging Duct.12 GA Steel,Clear Zinc Coating.-2 Rings,4 Brackets Plus -02110cfin°.s.p. Y P74 DWi6SUBRASY 14.82 1 Hardware. 27 P75 DWI6SUBRASY 14.82 1 Duct Support Bracket Assembly,16"Duct,Used for Hanging Duct.12 GA Steel,Clear Zinc Coating.-2 Rings,4 Brackets Plus 1i15-Hardware. 101.5' 63'MIN a P16 DW16VESU18 33.46 1 Duct Vertical Support Assembly,16"Duct,18"Clearance To Combustibles.Parts are Zinc Coated. 3M-2000PLUS 0.80 4 Duct-3M Fire Barrier 2000 Plus Silicone-Used as sealant to Seal Duct Joints. -0.Ot 834680600567XL 52.00 8 Duct-Duct insulation for zero clearance to combustibles-300"x 24"x 1-1/2°Roll.Pyroscat Wrap. 210 cfm 7sYMAX d N 151.5" � c1 BANDING.S 5.00 2 Duct-Fire Banner Wrap Stainless Steel Banding.5"Width-200 FT Per Roll. ,25,FMIN DW16CL-ASY 1.50 11 Duct If Clamp With new design 14 G.Brackets,16"Duct,Assembly. SEAL.50-50 0.50 3 Duct-Fire Barrier Wrap Stainless Steel Banding Seat.5"Width.Quantity of 50. z0 TAPEALUMFS 0.25 2 Duct-Fire Barrier Wrap Aluminum Foil Tape-3"x 150'Roll. -0.00 ".s.p. , 210 cLn Additional Parts , d DWI.TEIAD 30.75 i Single Wall Ducl Access Door Wifh Tee-Insulated-Grease Dam Included-Used With 16"Duct-Assembly. U Z Total Weight 1783.71 1 1 1 P9 Ocfm � Lo SINGLE WALL FACTORY BUILT DUCTWORK 1 Z Z -ALL DUCTWORK IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITH THE MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACING LISTED BELOW. P7 t /�/ -0.00',ap. rr FOR A COMPLETE LIST OF APPROVED SUPPORT METHODS,SEE THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL. S31 p Q W 0 -0.6 s.p, a/ -DUCTWORK SHALL SLOPE NOT LESS THAN 1/16"PER LINEAR FOOT TOWARDS THE HOOD OR AN APPROVED GREASE COLLECTION RESERVOIR. _ 4643' 210 Q .1111 m N -WHERE HORIZONTAL DUCTS EXCEED 75 FEET IN LENGTH,THE SLOPE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/16"PER LINEAR FOOT. 21a my 3a MIN SYSTEM ~ W N ~� ad 21100p M U Z HORIZONTAL VERTICAL VERTICAL H2E1 Q -0.aze•s.v. g210 3 0 Q DUCT DIAMETER WALL SUPPORT(ft) WALL SUPPORT(ft) CURB SUPPORT(ft) 2100cf n 1 Pia W J O. -0. •.s.p. 11 8" 10' 10' 24' 21 cfm 210 cfm Co 10" 19 10, 24' Q (J O 12" 19 10• 24' 00 O UJ 14" 10, 10, 24' ♦^ (� C� C ZV 16° 10• 10' 24' .0.01P?s.p. r V J e" 0 10' za z, p F 20" to* 10. 24' ; W O O Q 22" 10• 10, 24' Q > ic N 24" 10, 10, 24' Ductwork#2 Side View co a Li HD-2 Arbys o IN v „1.5"MPX 00 CD p,.5 C rn W'MIN _ L Q P t DillZ m -0.01 1'.p. 21 cfm Z Q 0 cm 162' Ur MAX 151.5' J LU 125.5"MIN N QLL Of F Q a V Sin T/Yall Grease Duct ► I II with fire wrap I =mW P7 DATE: 3/16/2018 p.1 3 P4 PS P6... 21o0dm zloocrm DWG.#: m O .08 2100orm 3311016 to 210oc(m 2 0 2100cim Q� W Verify duct run before ordering I I DRAB,"MHB-16 II II s L�-= - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J� SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" -0.00 .s.p. 43" O UJ 3XMIN W 210 MASTER DRAWING c IY tin 1 O Q 21 14].30 H2E1 SHEET NO. °��^^"°• -0.428'ap. 2100chn 10 1 NOTE: ENTIRE SHEET HAS PAGESHEET: BEEN RE-ISSUED TO tram 94. VV ® • M10 ADDRESS ADDENDUM#1 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 REVISIONS o "ZG Demand Control Ventilation Hood Control Panel Specifications V0 - Controls shall be listed by ETL(UL 508A)and shall comply with demand ventilation system Q tumdown requirements outlined in IECC 403.2.8(2015). Q DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - The control enclosure shall be NEMA 1 rated and listed for installation inside of the exhaust hood utility Cabinet.The control enclosure may be constructed of stainless steel i+stt or painted steel. 4 8 Temperature probe(s)located in the exhaust duct riser(s)shall be constructed of stainless steel. / �� E 43) A digital controller shall be provided to activate the hood exhaust fans dynamically based I I I per on a fixed differential between the ambient and duct temperatures sensors.This function I.- tn+i shall meet the requirements of IMC 5.7.1.1. E W Q W.Z A digital controller shall provide adjustable hysteresis settings to prevent cycling of the I U I. K y ao fans after the Cooking appliances have been turned off and/or the heat in the exhaust I I I I '� �. W system is reduced. CONTROL PANEL ILQ Z capo LL W Z UJ A digital controller shall provide an adjustable minimum fan run-time setting to prevent fan LCD t]O. cycling. INTERFACE Z LL ROOM TEMPERATURE 0(J co J SENSOR " I I J y iQ J v - Variable Frequency Drives(VFDs)shall be provided for fans as required.The digital W H S controller shall modulate the VFDs between a minimum setpoint and a maximum setpoint on < d p SC demand.The duct temperature sensor input(s)to the digital controller shall be used to T}PICAL HOOD CONTROL PANEL INSTALLATION I w O calculate the speed reference signal. Y - The VFD speed range of operation shall be from 0%to 100%for the system,with the actual minimum speed set as required to meet minimum ventilation requirements. $BQUenOe Of Operations: The hood Control panel is Capable of operating in one or more of the following states at any m An internal algorithm to the digital controller shall modulate supply fan VFD speed given time: proportional to all exhaust fans that are located in the same fan group as the supply fan. - Automatic: The system operates based on the differential between room temperature and d the temperature at the hood Cavity or exhaust duct collar.Fans activate at a 1 "O The system shall operate in PREP MODE during light Cooking load or COOL DOWN MODE when configurable temperature differential threshold.Depending on the job configuration each fan q sufficient heat remains underneath the hood system after cooking operations have zone Can be configured as static or dynamic.These terms refer to whether a variable d N Completed.Operation during either of these periods will disable the supply fans and provide motor(such as EC Motors or VFD driven motors)modulate with temperature.If the panel is , 7 an exhaust fan speed that is equal to the minimum ventilation requirement. equipped with variable speed fans and the zone is defined as"dynamic",these will modulate m N within a user-defined range based on the temperature differential.Panels equipped with m - A digital controller shall disable the supply fan(s),activate the exhaust fan(s),activate variable speed fans and a fan zone defined as"static",fans will run at a set speed 1, _ the appliance shunt trip,and disable an electric gas valve automatically when fire condition Calculated for the drive.Demand control ventilation systems are capable of modulating p is detected on a Covered hood. exhaust and make up air fan speeds per the requirements outlined in IECC 403.2.8. I, a - A digital controller shall allow for external BMS fan control Via Dry Contact(external - Manual: The system operates based on human input from an HMI. control shall not override fan operation logic as required by code). Schedule: A weekly schedule Can be set to run fans for a specified period throughout the O - An LCD interface shall be provided with the following features: day.There are three occupied times per day to allow for the user to set up a time that is Z a.ONOff push button fan&light switch activation suitable to their needs.Any time that is within the defined occupied time,the system will run o b.Integrated gas valve reset for electronic gas valves(no reset relay required) at modulation mode and follow the fan procedure algorithm based on temperature during this 3. c.VFD Fault display with audible&visual alarm notification time.During unoccupied time,the system will have an extra offset to prevent unintended 3 LL d.Duct temperature sensor failure defection with audible&visual alarm notification activation of the system during a time where the system is not being Occupied. Z 0 e.Mis-wired duct temperature sensor detection with audible&visual alarm notification f.A single low volts a Cat-5 RJ45 wring connection _ t LLt 9 9 n9 Other: The system Operates based on the input from an external source(DDC,BMS or N g.An energy savings indicator that utilizes measured kWh from the VFDs hard-wired interlock) V y W 3 J W In UJ H J M Z mN ad = V Z a> E h.—t F—,r,rt� a �„°,a.�q.� w.��,a,e E h.,.t r—Wrn, 0 J a 4( � G W ZQ YO 00 VO 0 � -z o Q � 0 C) > j d J O m Q a 0 EL N System Design Verification(SDV) M Q If ordered,CAS Service will perform a System Design Verification(SDV)once all equipment has had a complete start up per the Operation 0 N U and Installation Manual.Typically,the SDV will be performed after all inspections are complete. 0) 00 C Any field related discrepancies that are discovered during the SDV will be brought to the Q -J attention of the general contractor and corresponding trades on site. These issues Q will be documented and forwarded to the appropriate sales office. If CAS Service has to z resolve a discrepancy that is a field issue,the general contractor will be notified and >+ Z o - billed for the work.Should a return trip be required due to any field related discrepancy that cannot be resolved during the SDV,there will Q M be additional trip charges. I- Z W`z During the SDV,CAS Service will address any discrepancy that is the fault of the manufacturer.Should a return trip be required,the � J -, g general contractor and appropriate sales office will be notified.There will be no additional charges for manufacturer discrepancies. LL tY 0 a Q a a .——MV"— X Lu DATE: 3/16/2018 p m O z DWG.#: m O_ 3311016 Z >W Q K� DRAWN MHB-16 Q w g 21 SCALE: � 3/4° = V-0" KK - KK MASTER DRAWING {11 iz Q Q p o SHEET NO. 8 AL SHEET: PAMWE NOTE: ENTIRE SHEET HAS M 11 BEEN ADDED TO ADDRESS II ADDENDUM#1 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 ® ® REVISIONS0 0 F.0 El NOTES 0 O -FIELD PIPEEVING,DROPS AS ES,AN _ I -FIELD PIPE DROPS AS SHOWN q VV TES O � RELOCATE ELBOWS,TEES,AND NOZZLES SUPPLIED BY CAS L� SLEEVING,ELBOWS,TEES,AND NOZZLES SUPPLIED BY CAS RELOCATE NOZZLES IF FLOW PATTERN IS BLOCKED BY BHEIVING, L. �J—'—V -RELOCATE NOZZLES IF FLOW PATTERN IS BLOCKED BY SHELVING, 4/2/18 SALAMANDERS,ETC. - •MAXIMUM 9 ELBOWS IN SUPPLY LINE. SALAMANDERS,ETC.-MAXIMUM 9 ELBOWS IN SUPPLY LINE. -MINIMUM 72 INCHES OF AGENT LINE FROM TANK TO FIRST NOZZLE. Any 71,ue a s3l,o,s -Ml IMUM 72 INCHES OF AGENT LINE FROM TANK TO FIRST NOZZLE. x,p eoPsrF I ,ms -IF APPLICABLE,PRE-PIPED CHARBROILER DROPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE. -IF APPLICABLE,PRE-PIPED CHARBROILER DROPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE. E FACTORY PIPING EXTENDS A MAXIMUM OF 6"ABOVE THE TOP OF THE HOOD. ® me.noz.psp Fs e.Ba¢a Ps ® .FACTORY PIPING EXTENDS A MAXIMUM OF B'ABOVE THE TOP OF THE HOOD. I -APPLIANCE DIMENSIONS LISTED REPRESENT THE COOKING SURFACE I I N 9 -APPLIANCE DIMENSIONS LISTED REPRESENT THE COOKING SURFACE SIZE,NOT THE OVERALL APPLIANCE SIZE. 'I n SIZE.NOT THE OVERALL APPLIANCE SIZE -THIS FIRE SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH U.L.300 REQUIREMENTS -THIS FIRE SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH U.l.300 REQUIREMENTS I 110 �Job#:3311016 rc:� Job Name:PFJ 9,AIDys Adingum WA v3 021918 Drawn By: Job#:331101EAby' Ygton WA v3021818 System S¢e:ANSULJ.O/i.5 Total FP requiretl:8 B D Ne�PFJ 9, E All a•W a S Hood#190.00"Long X 54"Wide A24"High equire: %- Q y Z 1 {l s T �, Hod#29'6.00'�L3.0 Total FP tl 11 Riser#731ze:14'Dle. Riser#7 SRe:16"D.x 54"Wide x 24'Hlgh J y Q Z Hood#1 Metal Blowdlf Caps inUuded. ® 10 11 Hootl#2 ZM tat Blow-0H Ceps inducted. 'I i4 G 2 W N LPGRND—P7RR .I R/MRT dM.C///..RYSTPY Z W tp "0T LEGEND—P!P 4R Ngy' RCm syspEu ,.Ao ,can ,R.m. 'I O Q_J M 1A 15 GW-LDN TANK 1A 1.5 GALLON TANK o iB 3GALLON TANK - - J W Y7 v 18 3GALLON TANK II Q d C X 2 OEM REGU N RELEASE 2 OEM AUTOMAN RELEASE 3 OEM REGULATED RELEASE I W Q 3 OEM REGULATED RELEASE 4 OEM REGULATED ACTUATOR Z 4 OEM REGULATED ACTUATOR(.5 O O O 5 ANSULEX LIQUID AGENT(3 GAL.) O O 5 ANSULFJC I.ICIUID AGENT(3 GAL.) 8 ANSULEX LIQUID AGENT(1.5 GAL.) 6 CARTRIDGE X (101 AGENT(7.5 GAL.) 7 CARTRIDGE(107•ZO) 7 D (101-20) 8 CARTRIDGE(101.70) n 8 CARTRIDGE(101-10) N 9 CARTRIDGE(101-30) 9 CARTRIDGE 707-30 _W 9A CARTRIDGE(LT-A-%1.30) 9A CARTRIDGE LT-A-t0130 98 DOUBLE TANK CARTRIDGE 98 DOUBLE TANK CARTRIDGE rn 10 TESTUNK to �( d ii DOUBLE MICROSWITCH 10 TEST LINK 11 12 HOSE ASSEMBLY DOUBLE MICROSWTTCH lai. 2W DUCT NOZZLE(430913) 110012 DOSE ASSEMBLY DUCT NOZZLE(430913) 1W NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 2W DUCT NOZZLE 2W DUCT NOZZLE(419337) Y ASSEMBLY (419338) iW NOZZLE ASSEMBLY �, 7 1F NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419333 g m o o )) $ o o 1F NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 419333 p 1N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419336) (( ) 112N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419334) $ E$ °e 6 E 8 1Y2N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(479334) 4 3N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(41:338) " 7�,=8 Q 8 ?A5 NOISE ASSEMBLY(419340) Z £q$ z�8 $ p3 245 NOZZLE A33EMBLY(419340) gig' a g5 ( ) 1, w BY Y9 230 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419339) � �iR 230 NOZAEASSEMffiLY(479M) 2120 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419343) a 2120 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419343) I SO 260 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419342) 290 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419342) 280 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(479341) 2SO NOZZLE ASSEMBLY(419341) 28 DETECTOR BRACKET 28 DETECTOR BRACKET 29 LOW TEMP FUSIBLE LINK N 29 LOW TEMP FUSIBLE LINK 30 HIGH TEMP FUSIBLE LINK 30 HIGH TEMP FUSIBLE LINK U Mr MECHANICAL GAS VALVE MGV MECHANICAL GAS VALVE EGV ELECTRICAL GAS VALVE EGV ELECTRICAL GAS VALVE 34 REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION 34 REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION IS 8WIVELADAPTOR 8 SWIVEL ADAPTOR x ' Z N w o > M LL ia JN uUawacRmsTNR m`ae�4sso`R�`x,NFEnanMN. A«o=,Ho«.�IBTANT .�„w. %/� EW� Z m e�SO✓SR`�`inRTMEI V+ F' W g FLOW INBTNIATXIN U Z "vAu �S,T.ovaISH SY M T. TYPE 8RE POINTS SYSTEM OCATmNONI—D viawPw,T. " PDT O L y J a Fln 3 "excwa"ANSLE u voLOMEwMVOI 1 X6, gIw1M04 e.b1.e S CednetlM LM SOFNnT ofx,LE E W O � Z ND@ Aw4 Ri63 it IrepbiretLeR LPR " 5 uJ OY .""p DM wxD 0 PPP co O ~ ,M ERaFl F.DN aPaRDP.PP�L .M�Dw�P NR rn > � �.. z T-1 N O N i o as ~ oM X E,Dw ER M O m Q a Dw a�D Rx RN >U. V _.1 0 �G PENaMMaRF. Q d lV M ay.DNRH,. W H�D MEaP wRH�MD ME G N A,R4YLD,0 Nea A,ReeIRR C _j Q INOLUDEB;FB:LD INSTAWRONTHEU NNCm NORMALBUBmE66 XOIaffi BY' VRRITWMEMI STATION48Y81EMHOmNPA181WE�NVBIET POR014i TEST;AON,IYONAL m VIffir3 WILL RESLYT NAW1TpMLLCH1A(iE8),ONE MECHRI1COL aA4 VKYE PNt SYBTEM Z ATAMA%eaM SIZEOFY.PERMIT,PND SYS1EM11:8T. � ZO OTI6RS PYDTxms EXd.UDES;UNKm VAVElNPR h0N WAGE(IA90Rfi WADESWILLBEAODED IF P7 FLM;BLE).QABVALVENSTAWTION,ELECTRICAL MOONW ANDGDNI♦ECDDNB.HANGING L_ � OFFNEGBIIffT,9HUM11UP.HANDHELD FXTINOUISHER(N,ON 9RE gEFRN000ET0 EDUPMEMUYOUTCNANGES. � z W'Z O NOTES LL N FiBrV a P�EEATIDry LL FIELD PIPE DROPS AS SHOWN a Q d a SECTION VIEF SLEEVING,ELBOWS,TEES,AND NOZZLES SUPPLIED BY CAS U _ —— — SECTION VIEM—YODEL 64Z4ND-2—PCP_r -RELOCATE NOZZLES IF FLOW PATTERN I8 BLOCKED BY SHELVING. ory ROOD—C2 SALAMANDERS, ETC. H "omE -MAXIMUM 9 ELBOWS IN SUPPLY LINE. J m W N. -MINIMUM 72 INCHES OF AGENT LINE FROM TANK TO FIRST NOZZLE. DATE:3/16/2018 j DUCT NOZZLd AND DUCT MOZZLK AAFD -IF APPLICABLE,PRE-PIPED CHARBROILER DROPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE. p.e Ty cp ey AR .O CATION o p le N ep ey •R eTION -FACTORY PIPING EXTENDS A MAXIMUM OF 6-ABOVE THE TOP OF THE HOOD. DwG Y Q -APPLIANCE DIMENSIONS LISTED REPRESENT THE COOKING SURFACE 3311016 = H SIZE,NOT THE OVERALL APPLIANCE SIZE. z W -THIS FIRE SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH U.L.300 REQUIREMENTS Q Z NOTE: KITCHEN HOOD DRAW MHB-16 c P LLETATIEN �"AN-E DN SUPPRESSION SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS THEREBTAUPAMFlRESUPPRf9WCNSYSTEMSHALLaETNEEm—NI—D SCALE: 6 SHALL BE INSTALLED PER PEWRHAFI%EDNOII EPGR TDIS RBU XNNETWgN IT BNALLBE SE0co WRH UN APXEERSLASORA DI mO.M-I 'I/2" _ l'—O" WASHINGTON AMENDED „Ea6E" A`aEG�NEDT"�"�D°EEGRN"�"""T'DN o - ABLE ST,vNLEss wnxLocALOR REMOTE MANuuncruawN.AccEasoNEG snuLeEAVAILoaIE MASTER DRAWING sTEELSER GE DOOR ,� OPTIONPL PRE-WIHEp ELE_LAL FOR E6:CXANICALgt ELECTPIONGAB LIPIE BHUTdFFGPPLICATIPYS. TERMmALBOAWITHTERLIINALG,RIp6. IFC SECTIONS 904.2.2 AND TNEEA NGU14MNGADENTSHRLBEAPoA888NGRBONATE.POTASSIUN iLi AGENTTArvx }pagSE'IFAPET LAND OVERLOApB ACETATEdABEDFWWMATION DEeR1EDFORFLAME RIOCImOWN PNDBECUPFdFNi CONTROL PANEL (IF AHPUCASLEI OF GIffASE RELATED FR h0NXALL BE AVAl1AELENIaQEI CONTMIgtB H PANANDLIGHT BRACKETASSEMSLv 904,12.5 AND NFPA 96. —Nei RVO SPGRMDUIDADENTH,„D-GANDUEAGE. O Q IIEREGIMTEDRELEASEMECIMN 8HP1LaECO AE8LE WITHANSMLE Q o NTAJ_Ua TpN 9YNeT TiR FUNRELIMLSXALL9WMINTHE 7]4/ANc r N-10 cysT6L LAYOUT ��o�M.CPoOSI�I�NG�TOR IFS P�TE®ERUADE ISM IE /No iwuGEAaseneLY. SHEET NO. "WTN 4 1 SHEET: NOTE: ENTIRE SHEET HAS PA&GIC BEEN ADDED TO ADDRESS SS M 12 ADDENDUM#1 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 __ PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 T Z 0 M ..., — -_ is W y W V �0 „w a H W Ix _j z�w LL WZww rope ~ w Op~.rn Z to W*D W O to J_.w I�t1> X p Y LAj h � ZONE TEMPERATURE SENSORS TO BE MOUNTED##'#"AFF. ZWIRING IS FOR REFERENCE.ROUTE AROUND BUILDING OBSTACLES AS NECESSARY. ZONE SENSORS LOCATION PER PLANS.COORDINATE WITH OWNER OR ARCHITECT ON FINAL LOCATIONS. Z W W e > " T r n ergp -p'D4 n harp A m N ro �Ca roller i T ;" tna r # {jLof "" 1— N Z W a NEXREV CONTROLS -TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN ME1 SCALE: NTS Z LU O Setup Guide LU 0 0 z Use this section to enter: Ll L2 L3 C)-BACnet communication parameters > J -CT(Current Transducer)output voltage and input current ranges LU O 0 Q h -The service type to be monitored W � N These instructions assume the meter is set to factory defaults.if R has been previously configured,check all optional values. Z A.To Navigate To The Setup Screens: 0O1�r�101 1. Press 0 or 9 repeatedly until'SETUP"screen appears. a 2.From®to get to the'PASWD"screen 3.Press©to move through the digits.Use the e your password(the default is 00000). g g ®or buttons to enter 7 4.Press©to move to the first Setup screen"S BAC". Z n n p 5.Use®ore to select the parameter screen you want to set. *"I o� E.After you set the parameters you want,use®or eto select the next Setup screen or qo exit the Setup screen(return to"SETUP") ' E B.To Enter BACnet communication parameters W`Q 1.Navigate W the"S BAC"(se[BACnet)Setup screen(see section A above). p Nf,tkxz zx >nxz ' . s.' Plan RevieW d a Ll L2 L3 i 'A 8 C' RS425 2.Pless®to go to the"MAC"screen and through the address digits.Use®or(;)to select the BACnet MAC address(default is 001). By SA Fu I Z 1 3.Pmw&to accept the value and go to the"kBAUD"screen.Use®or®to select the baud rate(default is 76.8k). ,j W f7 g 0 4.Press®to go to the 0I131"screen and through the upper four digits of the Device Instance.Use®or eto select the 10 digits.The setup O screen splits the Device ID into two parts,the most significant four digits("ID1")and the least significant three digits(1132").The E50Hx m 0 supports BACnet Device ID values from 1 to 4,193,999.Units are shipped with a factory default setting that is pseudo-randomly generated Z a in the range from 1,000,000 W 3,097,161. 3 W K 5.Press Oto accept the value and go to the"ID2"screen and through the lower three digits of the Device Instance.Use®or go select the SHEET INDEX ID digits. -�-� _- - ��_--- 'VOLTAGE INPUTS 1'.ONTROLPDWER.''.. CONTROLLER END OF LINE A:' B C N 1 1 2 6.PressG to accept the value and go back to the"S BAC"screen. op TERMINATION DETAILS SHEETS DESCRIPTIONS SPAN:aePALER IN MNN POWER PANEL _ C.To Enter The CT(Current Transducer)output voltage and input current ranges: s i ME1 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS w { $ „„i 1.Navigate to the"S CT"(Set Current Transducer)Setup screen(see section A above). ME2 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS W 1 ° 1 2.PressOto go to the"CT V"screen.Use®or eto select the voltage mode Current Transducer output voltage(default is 1.00). Q 1 3� xx I ME3 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS C Q .ehw•Po 1 t 3.PressOto go to the"CT 82"screen and through the digits.Use®or eto select the CT size in amps(default is 100).Accept the value p oosoraooxo I and: ME4 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS 4.PressOto accept the value and go bad*to the"S CT'screen. " I MES NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS t I D.To Enter the service type to he monitored.• i. Navigate to the"S SYS"(Set System)Setup screen(see section A above). ME6 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS ' I w�ixrowen>a,e I ------_ 2.Press+to o to the"SYSTM"sOaen.Use g ( g g ) SHEET: n.. ---------- O 9 ®or eto select the configuration see wiring diagrams is"3LN-1N". 3.Press Qto go back to the"S SYS"screen. PA&COE For full setup instructions,see the configuration instructions on the following pages. n NEXREV CONTROLS-ELECTRIC METER mmmmum ME1 MEt SCALE: NTS ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE;336-667-4225 FAX:336-6674332 ir�n,m 7l15/18 Eve. °W Z F .......... to s�epru w _ a z r P s s s __raac i J IL a z o0 A a a LL Ozwv°0i z LIT I'D 0 co J_ wIn n W 1D TWTm 0OIL a CONf110LLEN END OF LINE '-`° `"r TERMINATION DETAILS vons "sA .r,$.neT. W 'IT, jears w rr' z a W N • • Q W m ONO zN V z °' • NEXREV CONTROLS- MUA EXHAUST FAN&UNIT HEATER CONTROLS W a ME2 SCALE: NTS Z > Y 0 ZU Oz z >Lu I— o � X 0 oQ W a N z Z TTTFFM s - a 8 33 3H 36 38 3 c� 9 uI`O IL a Lu Gam° Plan Review m N 9 e By SAFEBuilt W ° CONTROLLER END OF LINE C W TERMINATION DETAILS G O: I eoN F w o a I ° SHEEEM T: �rtm PA&crc ®I . . ME2 NEXREV CONTROLS-GAS PUMP MONITOR CONTROLS ® ® ME2 SCALE: NTS ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAiN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 .ca" 2°W } z Q • V Z ~�N QyZI; JWZzm s s # o �.,aws Rrcw.uxanory u- °O FW- Z J D Oy OD JLO O.F., Distech o K ` z m3 L. a CONTROLLER END OF LIN E TERMNATION DETAILS AN in fox \ / Z Mn W LV o ROOF LINE ~ J N Z C9 SUPPLY RETUR Z W Z Ooof DUCT J O Q NEXREV CONTROLS-ROOFTOP UNITS 20 W a >' MW ME3 �- z SCALE: NTS Z / O Wp LQJG I— V �- 22Z Lu y J Y� x J o N W n -'S ��3�3�� ( Z K Vry az Yal Li�WMMPxInX�x ; 3 Q 2 M p • E O O—° K D v y W C�° dm s } 2 m O aTI w Plan Review ° 8 - By SAFEBui(t OD CONTROLLER END OF LINE TERMINATION DETAILS p W O C OOF LINE —` p*G11 SHEET: SUPPLYDUCT DUCT M E 3 NEXREV CONTROLS- ROOFTOP UNITS W/HUMIDITY ME3 SCALE: NTS ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-6674332 Q- G w.s MOUNT COOLER/FREEZER TEMPERATURES Euv CI xvfnnuR,c� r.rcc �� O 1/15I78 ya wm a, BY INTAKE OF EVAPORATOR COIL P �>Emv ixzmw Mxaxrx F {' I,.—GRWPi NM��wa'.m e'aa ' zz3 .nunlnz5xw cF, z " H NeN nr a'•ar ,o, a c,m,a .3 D 'O'" GNn urvG GRWPz [LLOW UGMING GRWP3 q LK.HIING GRWPI - kLKWRNG GRWPS F. :5 O w•+ s... INNER amme 2 nz �,..�.A. m, W ve°i —TE Nw+.F,n,. .. G O F aw« ' -_ -' 2 J W to ` ; Notes RGUPT O LU[O P.N u: ..o E. a G dNn NE NG J•.• ,x. oo:: J��..__ NrINa GRGGPe , e�, ,.p` LGHFMGGRWPm O Y ' tIDVACHDf zo.Nxn.aWu. -.EEx —E w«5n«x 5enw RLw_._YZIWW(sG ¢ e]GVACMRnRPL Dim- ��bRs a;' raD NOTE:SEE RUIIDWG PRESSURE LET..PAGE EONTLIHNG CONNECTIONS 3as i TI a ■ 0 G 9w ERenoWswna oEfwt N •.. J A W it W G • LU m ~ -i N "E W m cozN V z °' Oa NEXREV CONTROLS-FREEDOM INPUTS 2 NEXREV CONTROLS- FREEDOM OUTPUTS W a �' ME4 SCALE: NTS ME4 SCALE: NTS Z O 0 zV 2z LV N J Bme > O THIS NETWORK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN AS A W O Q / v evcR ROOROp Distech TYPICAL FOR TERMINATION OF THE EF&UHDIteh Gas Pump Monitor P PF�w COnt"IeT5 IBACnet) NEFWORK.FOR DETAILED COMMUNICATIONS COMrotleP(BACnet) Controller(BACneL) Q -xiLLo xa2 ROUTING.REFER TO THE ROOFTOP AND/OR xLU wxie FLOORPLAN DRAWINGS PAGE N VCI sPFWcl d NO MORE THAN 320EWCE ON A SINGLE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK rp F O O� W O D' _ o. � U 2 W W RR,G G *—.P—I..w. m O 2 y 0 FREE PANELTERMIBWTION DErARS ?IstG ;tv} �lK c w COMM WIRE TERMINATION DETAIL4 ENoauNE� ,,,9, I C Plan R (.3 DT11 "a R`lC�n RE_'VIEw F W YY.SAFEBuilt Q a I—d o mrorted In m.me e, a.rx ,.�n.w mn,w...•, :�.6s' ,'*" `9° rei.l.wa, wIw„ r e.aebama, .,,Y xo...aRow .E°ff w`s wo .van .are Out :nx SHEET: n PAGE s NEXREV CONTROLS- FREEDOM NETWORKING mommomom ME4 ME4 SCALE: NTS ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-6674225 FAX:336-6674332 1I75/18 i -1e4 9 t m i w"fY f l arr r N,1 �7 W°a W ry yy y wI r Hey irk `t 4 J dQZ MOUNT AT 10 OR 2 °-j z WW 1, ;'° 1„I 0;A- k 1 z r, r� OUTDOOR SENSOR ASSEMBLY.SENSORS �� '�';. TO BE ROTATED TO FACE NORTH HEAT COMBUSTION BLOWERS *" 1"SERVICE ENTRANCE CAP CONDENSER FANS OUTDOOR SENSOR ASSEMBLY.SENSORS TO BE 1"RIGID CONDUIT ROTATED TO FACE NORTH � RUN SENSOR WIRES TO RTU WIRING 14#1 CHASE TWO TIP SENSORS SHALL BE 1"RIGID SERVICE ELL PERPENDICULAR TO FLOW INSERT 1/8 PIPE ID ROOF LINE ROOF LINE MINIMUM SU LY RETUR ♦- �/ DUCT DUCT z Y. NOTE:MOUNT THE OUTDOOR SENSOR ASSEMBLY ON THE RTU CLOSEST TO THE FREEDOM PANEL IN A LOCATION WHERE IT W ILL NOT cc `W` BE AFFECTED BY THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE CONDENSER FANS ORTHE HEAT OF THE COMBUSTION BLOWERS c r > M (� Z m N Q W Fco Q � V zQ O NEXREV CONTROLS-OUTSIDE AIR ASSEMBLY 2 NEXREV CONTROLS- FLOW SWITCH 20 W ktE_5J SCALE: NTS ME5 SCALE: NTS Z Lu 0 W0 z ~ V �- N z W J > H o1% m 0Q J o OA STATIC PRESSURE PICKUP W a N CONDENSER FANS z 1/2"EMT CONDUIT RUN TUBING THRU RTU WIRING CHASE 1/2"EMT SERVICE ELL Z R ROOF LINE ROOF LINE c SU PLY RETURNDUCT D PLENUM RATED NOTE:MOUNT THE OUTDOOR PRESSURE SEN OR PICKUP ON THE RTU CLOSESTTO THE G PRESSURE SENSOR IN A LOCATION WHERE IT WILL NOT BE AFFECTED BY THE AIR VELOCITY POLY TUBING IL IX GENERATED BY THE CONDENSER FANS / U 1 = W p�0 z m C H INDOOR STATIC PRESSURE PICKUP Go Plan Review s B a F CEILING TILE y SAFEBuilt Q G P�!►GB SHEET: a NEXREV CONTROLS-BUILDING PRESSURE • ME5 ME5 SCALE: NTS ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-6674225 FAX:336-667-4332 Q- G ...._ Input/Output Wiring } O �, 1/15/18 FROM.. T0. AWG QTY•CONDUCTORS WIRE SYMBOL NOTES -P it m6e7 .. Pert DC F N, _.___ _ +. aa.. 1 FREEDOM PANEL 8 BUTT VERRIDE I A/AhFFR72 30 30'Freezer Jack ted Bullet EP obe Sens V�dOr 'PBR MdIIUfBdE!/B/ QU80 RQCeNed _� Bin Duct Sensor(10K Ohm Typelll)w GaKenized Box _ ACI ACI 14 -- y or VOK Ohm Type III) ACI ACI 5 _—� 18 1-10 II.. - O A/AN-S PB St pro P p S nsor NEMA 4x 13ox(10K Ohm Type III) ACI ACI 2 _ �- o IF _ A/RH310K—AN R2�Indo T p/Humidlty Combo Sensor(RH Selectable 1qK ThelmlStor) FREEDOM PANEL INDOOR PHOTOCELL 18 1-4 ......... Cp8 203E-00 i BACnet controller,Conformal Coating,No Clsplay(6UI 5DO K ) Qstech Distech 7_ F,.eeero ® CDIB 300X-00 BACnet Controller,No Display 10UI BUO) Qstech Q tech 2 W p FREEDOM PANEL LIGHTING PANEL „-_____ AA20 A Static Pre sure p ck p CA_ - Dwyer T Ow r 1 _ a or 0 n 22 1 2 866 Handy Box Home Depot Raco Z F. w 00 LJ 46627 1/2 EMT Conduit Home Depot Allied Tube 1 - - - r>. Q Z ,w -_.__ _ FREEDOM PANEL OpA MAST 2-2 _,_,_,_,_ 56510 _ 1"Sennce Entrance Cap __Home Repo[ Ftallex 1 - — ao O L.45d.J 18 1.4 5670 ..-. - --�1/BEM LB _Home Depot 1-lallex 1 - -- -'-- LL W 2 W 59510 —__ -- 1 Rigid SeMce EII Home Depot - HEillex 1 - O O F- FREEDOM PANEL POWER METER _._._._._ _ 103077 1"Rid®tl Conduit Home Depot Allied Tube —1 - _ 2 J ro O0 22 1 2 -- 58C1-25R - 4 "' Handy Box Coer Home Depot_ Steel Clty 1 O o J_ c,,.eom -1 5 W 1 5A Convertor to 24 DC Kele K le _ 1 -- -�` J W un PHASELDESCONTACTSMAYeEONPOWERMETER '— "" — "— ---------- W N FREEDOM PANEL PHASE LOSS 22 1 2 _,-.-.-.- 101305 1030VDC/Ai6mic Swtchosed Water- SPOT Kele Fu ctional DeHces 6 a p F,•.aoro FT10-1305 _ _ Ul2sonic Flow Svatch Water-Short KeleBAssociates FloWline _ 1_ _ _ _ RH78 UDC12V -- 24VOC Relay Cute;SPOT Kole&Associates_ ____ __Idec 2 --'- ""- ._.. - -_..._ FREEDOM PANEL ZONE TEMPERATURE _._._._._ SH18-05 � _ _��"_� _ �_Relay Subase;SPOT Kele.$Assocla'tes - T�Idec _ _2_ O OT 21 1 2 T. locbar Temp Sensor(10K Ohm:Type III) NeKRe ACI B ......- FREE PANEL ZONE HUMIDITY FPeed0m as __ Freedom Panel a NexRe -NexRe 1 - -"--- - o UF{ 18 2.2 ......... Freedom Base _ — -_ Freedom Base NeKRe — NexRe 1 ' OSA .Outdoor Air Assembly �. NexR ^_"—NexRe 1 Power Supply in Enclosure NexRe NexRe 1 - FREEDOM PANEL ZONE CO2 -- -_ - ---- — ._ O � 22 1-4 _ _._._ pOP31-0q2 A Building Static Pressure Transducer(Duct) Sena Senva ''- 1 AA05 Static Pressure Pick-up-Indoor Vens Industries Vens Industries 1 � FREED ANEL FANS O HEATER 1B 1 2 -._._._._ _ __ E50H2A _. .BACnet MS/TP Meter with Alarm Output Supplied by Eaton. -Vens Industries _Ve,s Industries 1 Ero,mro �H600 Current Switch-Fixed Tdp-Split Core---Yens Industries Vens Industries _ 6 -^- s — _---._._ t H922 _ Cunoot Transducer 0 SVDC _ Vens Industries Vens Ind stn 10 -- I/O CONTROLLER ZONETEM ERATURE 22 1 2 -.-.-,-,- U018-007 - Current Transducer 24m Rope,500bA-1V 72 LeadVens industries Velis industries LL 3 1/0 CONTROLLER ZONE HWMIDITY 22 1 4 ......... - Q I(J 1/0 CONTROLLER ZONE 02 22 1-4 -'-'-'-'- I NEXREV CONTROLS- BILL OF MATERIALS ME6 SCALE: NTS Z z NOTE:THIS IS TO BE USED FORA GUIDE ON WIRE ROUGH IN.REFER TO DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC WIRING INFORMATION w W o 2 F- J M (� Z m N Q W I_ o aU V zQ' � O -� a � NEXREV CONTROLS- INPUT/OUTPUT WIRING CHART y W z ME6 SCALE: NTS Z > LU O Z OU LLLQL7L7L7 0 0 W N Z > F" J Communications Wiring 0� tD o Q J o ------ _. XFROM TO AWG QTY•CONDUCIORS WIRE SYMBOL NOTES NI a FREEDOM PANFL 1/0 CONTROLLFR _ --------- FREEDOMPANELMAYaEW MIDOLEOF COM [ATi0N5 NETWORK Z EDO 12 1-2W/SHIELD -' DAISY CHAIN CONFIGURATION TO ALL CONTROLLERS FREEDOM PANEL POWER METER ------------- • MWER METERISONA DEDICATED COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK Q Q 22 1-2W/SHIELD I/OCONTROLLER I/O CONTROLLER ............. OMSYCHAINCONFIGURATIONTOAllCONTROOLRS O ® 22 1-2 W/SHIELD _.---_—_._.. .._-..._-- H NOTE:THIS IS TO BE USED FOR A GUIDE ON WIRE ROUGH IN.REFER TO DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC WIRING INFORMATION M o� F- U Z w 0 0 _ Oda �31 NEXREV CONTROLS-COMMUNICATIONS WIRING CHART a N = ME6 SCALE: NTS G W p Z ro O Z H 3 W `y Q' ¢Q aD Plan Review 0 4 SYSAFEBuilt a U1 0 PAGE SHEET: • . • ME6 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-6674225 FAX:336-667-4332 GREASE INTERCEPTER CALCULATIONS PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND MARK BASIN SIZE # QUANTITY VOLUME 1 MIN. TOTAL RETENTION TOTAL CONNECTIONS L W D BOWLS (gallons) FLOW FLOW TIME(MIN.) VOLUME MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL REMARKS 1. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WASTE VENT CW HW WORK.PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID,VISIT THE JOB SITE TO OBSERVE THE EXISTING COLD WATER CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT.REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES,SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS PILOT 3CS(#232) 18 20 14 1 1 14.5 - 14.5 29.1 SEE --------- UNDERSLAB COLD WATER '� 3183388 AG AIR GAP FITTING ZURN AG-5 PLANS/ - - - AIR GAP ADAPTER FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS R PILOT PREP WASH SINK 16 1SI 9 14 1 1 13.8 - 13.8 27.6 DETAILS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR _ _ 140°MOT WATER (#232F) DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OAA LEAD-FREE REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW BFP-1 975XL2SEU - - 2" - i - - 110'HOT WATER I, ARBY'S 40S(#18) 24 18 14 4 1 78.5 - 78.5 2 157.1 PREVENTOR.SEE DETAIL 1IP8.1 2. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LEGALLY CONSTITUTED CODES AND THE 617118 REQUIREMENTS OF AHJ AND ALSO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD.OBTAIN A LEAD-FREE STAINLESS STEEL REDUCED PRESSURE --------- UNDERSLAB 110°HOT WATER ARBY'S PREP TABLE 21 18 14 1 1 15.3 - 15.3 30.6 BFP 2 BACKFLOW 375ST - - 1" - BACKFLOW PREVENTOR.SEE DETAIL 1/P8.2 COPY OF THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND REVIEW PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 030) BFP-3 PREVENTOR ZURN 375-XL _ _ LINE _ LEAD-FREE REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW 3. PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION RECORD SET OF"AS-BUILT"DOCUMENTS TO THE ARCHITECT - HOT WATER RECIRCULATION FLOOR DRAIN - - - - 3 - 3.0 9.0 18.0 SIZED PREVENTOR.SEE DETAIL 6/P6.1 REFLECTING ANY VARIANCES OF INSTALLED PIPING LOCATIONS OR EQUIPMENT FILTERED WATER CARBONATED BEVERAGE SACKFLOW PREVENTOR WITH CONTRARY TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. BFPO 740 - - 3I8" - I. REQUIRED VOLUME GALLONS VENT.SEE DETAIL 8/P6.1 GREASE INTERCEPTOR MINIMUM REQ (GALLONS) 262.4 W SANITARY WASTE LIN GREASE INTERCEPTOR SHALL BE 1,600 GALLONS PER PILOT I FLYING J'S DIRE SIZEDE ADJUSTABLE LEVELING,CAST-IRON BODY,HEAVY-DUTY 4. PROVIDE TO THE ARCHITECT A COPY OF INSPECTION REPORTS AND APPROVAL Z q W CO-1 FLOOR CLEANOUT ZURN ZB-1400-T-VP - - - SQUARE TOP,VANDAL-PROOF SCREWS. GW GREASE WASTE CERTIFICATES FROM LOCAL AND STATE INSPECTIONS,REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. Z G U) CTIVE CO-2 WALL CLEANOUT ZURN ZA13-1468-VP LINE - - - BRONZE PLUG WITH ROUND POLISHED BRONZE COVER, 5. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GOVERN WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. _ _ VENT W SIZED VANDAL-PROOF SCREWS. Q In Z MATERIAL SCHEDULE _ _ - 6. COMPLY WITH HEALTH DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS.PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR CLEANING J IL a Z LINE ADJUSTABLE LEVELING,CAST-IRON BODY, G NATURAL GAS PIPING LL, W 2 W CO3 EXTERIOR CLEANOUT ZURN Z-1400.VP BEHIND AND UNDER EXPOSED PIPING AS REQUIRED BY HEALTH DEPARTMENT.CONFORM SIZED VANDAL-PROOF SCREWS. C C F TO HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCATIONS OF FLOOR SINKS. CONDENSATE PIPING Z J Nt0 ET-1 EXPANSION TANK AMTROL ST-12 - - 3/4" - 4.4 GALLONS.SEE DETAIL 2/P6.1,NON-ASME. 0 0 O J Uj SYSTEM MATERIAL 7. PROVIDE ITEMS AND WORK AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKING PLUMBING O J INSTALLATION FOR EACH PIECE OF KITCHEN EQUIPMENT.PROVIDE ROUGH-INS AND S STORM LEADER J fA 9 f- HUBLESS CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS CAST-IRON BODY POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE SQUARE W u1 SANITARY WASTE&VENT(ABOVE GRADE) LIGHT-DUTY ADJUSTABLE ABLE LEVELING STRAINER, CONNECT TO THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT WITH TRAPS,SUPPLIES,SHUTOFF VALVES,PIPES 0- ELBOW DOWN �' C (PVC DWV AND FITTINGS ALLOWED IF AHJ PERMITS) FD1 2B-41S553NL VANDAL-PROOF SCREWS,PROVIDE W/TRAP PRIMER AS TO THE WALL,ESCUTCHEONS,ETC AS SHOWN,SPECIFIED AND REQUIRED. SANITARY WASTE&VENT(BELOW GRADE) SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS LINE INDICATED ON WATER PLAN. 0 ELBOW UP Y (PVC DWV AND FITTINGS ALLOWED IF AHJ PERMITS) SIZED0-8. VERIFY LOCATION AND DEPTH OF UTILITIES AT POINTS OF CONNECTION BEFORE START OF FLOOR DRAIN ZURN 1-1/21, - - ADJUSTABLE LEVELING CAST-IRON BODY Wl POLISHED PIPING INSTALLATION. -_q.-- TEE DOWN POTABLE WATER(ABOVE GRADE) TYPE L HARD-DRAWN COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS FD-2 ZN.415-7E-3NL NICKEL BRONZE ROUND STRAINER W/4"0 FUNNEL, VANDAL-PROOF SCREWS. 9. DO NOT SCALE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT HORIZONTAL LOCATION OF PIPE ROUTING. TEE UP POTABLE WATER 5 2-i12"(BELOW GRADE) TYPE LHARD-DRAWN COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS(BRAZED JOINTS) FD-3 FD-2340"PV3-Y 3' ADJUSTABLE,PVC BODY,CAST IRON GRATE. 10. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF S BALL VALVE PLUMBING FIXTURES. POTABLE WATER 2 3"(BELOW GRADE) DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 14"x14"z5"PVC BODY,PROVIDE W/RALF-GRATE,PROVIDE FS-1 FD-2370-PV3 3" 1-1/2" _ _ TRAP PRIMER(TP-1)AND CONNECTION IF REQUIRED BY 11. COORDINATE ALL WASTE,VENT,WATER,GAS,CONDENSATE,AND STORM PIPING TO AVOID - -3 GATE VALVE NATURAL GAS(ABOVE GRADE/ON ROOF) SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS, FLOOR SINK ZURN LOCAL CODE.PLUG TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION IF NOT CONFLICT WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONTRACTORS.DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OVER L, CHECK VALVE PAINTED OSHA YELLOW USED. ELECTRICAL PANELS.COORDINATE PIPING INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL GRADE 12"z12"z8"CAST IRON BODY,ACID-RESISTING PORCELAIN BEAMS,FOOTINGS,COLUMN PIERS,ETC.SLEEVE PIPING THROUGH GRADE BEAMS, 3L NATURAL GAS(BELOW GRADE) APPROVED'PE"PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR GAS FS-2 FD-2376-NH4-H 4" 2" - - MIXING VALVE ENAMEL INTERIOR COATING,PROVIDE W/HALF-GRATE. FOOTING,ETC.WHERE REQUIRED AND AS NOTED ON PLANS.COORDINATE SLEEVE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS, BARGER AND BARGER AND SHALL BE EQUAL TO BARGER AND SONS PRE-CAST. INSTALLATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT,STRUCTURAL ENGINEER,STRUCTURAL /I� BALANCING VALVE COMPRESSED AIR(ABOVE 8 BELOW GRADE) ASTM A120 GI-1 GREASE INTERCEPTOR SONS PRE-CAST SONS PRECAST 6" 3" - - INTERCEPTOR SHALL BE 1,500 GALLONS.SEE DETAIL CONTRACTOR AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE CONCRETE IS INSTALLED. -{�- CONDENSATE TYPE LHARD-DRAWN COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS OR EQUAL OR EQUAL 12/P6.1. 12. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES.MAINTAIN 10"-0'MINIMUM HOSE BIBB (PVC OWV AND FITTINGS ALLOWED IF AHJ PERMITS) LOOSE-KEY NON-FREEZE FOR 4"WALL THICKNESS. CLEARANCE FROM ALL AIR INTAKES.MAINTAIN 2'-O"OF CLEARANCE FROM ALL OTHER HB-1 HOSE BIBB ZURN Z-1321-C - - 3/4" - -�- PRESSURE GAUGE PIPE INSULATION(DOMESTIC WATERS, ALL-SERVICE JACKET FIBERGLASS W/SELFSEALING LAP PROVIDED WITH APPROVED VACUUM BREAKER. EQUIPMENT. STORM,AND INTERIOR CONDENSATE) (FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC ALLOWED IF AHJ PERMITS) BOWL: PROVIDED BY COUNTERTOP SUPPLIER AS PART 13. COORDINATE FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS,INSTALL RIM OF UNION COUNTERTOP.FA FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS BELOW FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL. FAUCET: MOEN#84146N.SINGLE HANDLE FAUCET,0.6 �- STRAINER TESTING PROCEDURES L=1 LAVATORY MOEN 84148N 1-112" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" GPM BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH,OPEN GRID STRAINER W/ 14. INSTALL CONCEALED PIPING TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. TAILPIECE,WHEEL HANDLE STOPS,12"BRAIDED INSTALL EXPOSED PIPING TIGHT TO THE STRUC. TURE,WALL OR CEILING AND AS HIGH AS - BACKFLOW PREVENTOR STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLY RISERS,CAST BRASS P-TRAP POSSIBLE COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AVOID CONFLICTS. TEST INSTALLED WATER PIPING AT 100 PSI FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS,OBSERVING FOR ANY WITH C/O PLUG,ADA COMBINATION TRAP 8 SUPPLY -�--0- RECIRCULATION PUMP 1 VISIBLE LEAKS,TEST PIPING AGAIN WITH FIXTURES INSTALLED. WRAP KIT. 15. PAINT ALL EXPOSED GAS AND WATER PIPING USING RUST INHIBITOR PAINT.PAINT AND m0 P-TRAP M3-1 MOP SINK FIAT MSB3624 3" 1-1/2" 112" 112^ 36"z24"x10"W!SHELF,APPROVED VACUUM BREAKER, COLOR SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNER. li CHLORINATE ALL WATER PIPING FORA PERIOD OF 24 HOURS,BY CHARGING WITH A LOOSE-KEY STOPS,PAIL HOOK,RUBBER HOSE. FLOOR DRAIN N W o HYPOCHLORINATE SOLUTION TO ACHIEVE A 6 PPM STRENGTH AT THE FIXTURE FURTHEST FROM 16. INSULATE ALL DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING UP TO 1-1/2"WITH 112'FIBERGLASS.COLD 2 THE POINT OF APPLICATION.UPON COMPLETION OF THE CHLORINATION,FLUSH ALL PIPING LEAD-FREE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE,DIAL W _ M MV-1 MIXING VALVE BRADLEY 559-2080.T-BP - - 1^ 1" THERMOMETER.WALL MOUNTING BRACKET,PIPED PIPING 1-1/2"AND LARGER SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1"FIBERGLASS.DOMESTIC HOT AND p�L,� FLOOR SINK J J UNTIL NO CHLORINE CAN BE DETECTED BY TASTE.CLEAN ALL STRAINERS AND SET WATER RECIRC PIPING UP TO 1-1/2"SHALL HAVE 1"FIBERGLASS.HOT PIPING 1-1/2"AND LARGER �" N FLOWS FROM FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. ASSEMBLY WITH INLET AND OUTLET SHUTOFF. a Z m 00 SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1-1/2"FIBERGLASS.ALL SIZES OF STORM LEADERS AND ICE MAKER OUTLET BOX W/FRAME,INTEGRAL HAMMER �- TRENCH DRAIN Z 0 W00 OB-1 ICE MAKER BOX SIOUX CHIEF 898-1010MF - - 1/2' - INTERIOR CONDENSATE SHALL CLOSED-CELL INSULATED WITH 1"FIBERGLASS.INSULATE HANOSI.I z 3 TEST INS7ALLE0 GAS PIPING AT 60 PSI FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS,USING A SOAP AND WATER ARRESTOR.tl2"SWEAT CONNECTION. Q �jJ /1 � SOLUTION ON ALL JOINTS TO OBSERVE LEAKS. THAPS WITH MOLDED EELASOVINYL INSULATION KITS BY THE NOLA ALL COMPANY.IF � WASHING MACHINE BOX JJ V Z 480V,30,60Hz,3HP.DISCARD TANK PROVIDED WITH AHJ PERMITS,1"FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC MAY BE USED ON ALL SIZES Of ALL PIPING TO BE d O Q TEST INSTALLED WASTE AND VENT PIPING FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS.FILL THE SYSTEM WITH P=1 BOOSTER PUMP HYFAS sMVPjr-3H43 - - 2" - PUMP AND INSTALL GOULD$HYDROPRO V250 INSULATED.INSULATION THICKNESS BASED ON TABLE C403.2.1`OF THE 20161ECC. CO-10 FLOOR CLEANOUT V J 4 WATER TO A LEVEL OF 10'-0"ABOVE THE HIGHEST SANITARY FIXTURE AND OBSERVE FOR ANY DIAPHRAGM TANK 0 u) W I� 17. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS,WALLS,CEILINGS AND ROOFS.REPAIR Z 'p W Z LEAKS. PRV 1 PRESSURE-REDUCING ZURN 500XLYSBR - _ 2^ _ PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE WI INTEGRAL BY-PASS SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS. CO-2 K>-- WALL CLEANOUT VALVE CHECK VALVE AND STRAINER GI AIR GAP FITTING m c Y 0 RD-1 ROOF DRAIN ZURN ZA-100-EA-DP 4" - - - 15"0 CAST IRON BODY W/ALUMINUM DOME,DECK PLATE 18. INSTALL NO PLUMBING ROOF PENETRATIONS THROUGH GREASE FILTER PANS ON THE C I.- ROOF.REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO START OF INSTALLATION. ; ` ROOF DRAIN '� U) 0 V WATER HEATER SCHEDULE ALPHA2-15-55SF! 120V 10,60Hz,1/25 HP,4GPM,14FT OF HEAD.OPERATING Z RP-1 RECIRCULATION PUMP GRUNDFOB - - - 3/4" 19. PROVIDE WALL BACKING OR SPECIFIED CARRIERS FOR THE PROPER SUPPORT OF J r LC IN AUTO-ADAPT MODE. GAS ELBOW MARK WH-1 WH-2 CAST-IRON BODY W/POLISHED BRONZE SQUARE INSTALLED WALL HUNG FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. + d W ` J SD-1 SHOWER DRAIN ZURN INDUSTRIES ZB4155S-2NL 2" 1-V2" - - LIGHT-DUTY ADJUSTABLE LEVELING STRAINER, r -1T- 20. CLEAN INSTALLED PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT GAS TEE AT COMPLETION OF WORK. 0 O Q MANUFACTURER INTELLIHOT EEMAX,OR EQUAL VANDAL-PROOF SCREWS. � GAS CROSS W J 0 HYDRAPIPE AND ARM,DIVERTER VALVE AND HAND-HELD 21. SEAL AROUND INSTALLED FIXTURES AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT WITH CAULK. J N MODEL i01001 EX4208,OR EQUAL SHOWER FOR ADA ACCESS. �i PRESSURE REGULATOR /� SH-1 SHOWER ASSEMBLY SYMMONS 1S01S468-FSB 2" 1-112" 1/2" 10 SHOWER HEAD:SPEAKMAN 5-3010-BN-E2(2.OGPM),5-JET 22. WHERE"FLEX"TUBING IS CALLED FOR,PROVIDE A 4'-0"COILED LENGTH OF TYPE"K"SOFT S li 2"COLD,2"HOT, HEAD W/SWIVEL BALL CONNECTOR.QUICK DISCONNECT COPPER TUBING FROM WATER SHUT-OFF VALVE TO THE EQUIPMENT CONNECTION OF SOLENOID VALVE 1'/."GA, CONNECTIONS ''/x"COLD,''/s"HOT SAME SIZE AS CONNECTION TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT WITH 1/4"BEING MINIMUM SIZE. S'/CONDENSATE TO BE MOUNTED AT HOSE TO BASE CONNECTION POINT. PROVIDE CONNECTORS AND ADAPTERS AS REQUIRED. m GAS TEST TEE RECOVERY®70°F RISE 26.7 GPM - SV-1 AIR ADMITTANCE STUDOR 20301 2" _ _ -- 2'PVC AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE.LOCATE 4"MIN.ABOVE VALVE THE WEIR OF TRAP BEING SERVED. 23. ALL INDIRECT WASTE SHALL BE ROUTED TO INDICATED WASTE RECEPTOR AND O EQUIPMENT TAG(PILOT) TRENCH DRAIN W/4"NO•HUB END OUTLET,REINFORCED TERMINATED WITH AN AIR GAP OF 2 TIMES THE PIPE DIAMETER,MINIMUM. I i MINIMUM INPUT 30,000 BTUIh - TD-1 TRENCH DRAIN ZURN 28805-RPG 4" 2" - - GALVANIZED PERFORATED GRATE CLASS B OX EQUIPMENT TAG(RESTAURANT) AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER VALVE.INSTALL AT A MINIMUM 24. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. MAXIMUM INPUT 1,001,000 BTU/h - TP-1 TRAP PRIMER SIOUX CHIEF 695-01 - - 112" - OF 6"ABOVE THE GRID/FLOOD RIM OF THE FIXTURES ( ) KEYED NOTE 25. VALVES SHALL BE LINE SIZED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. BEING SERVED. Z MAXIMUM OUTPUT 940,940 BTU#i - CONNECT TO EXISTING q UR-i WALL MOUNTED URINAL WITH TOTO TEU1LN12#CP 0.5 26. PROVIDE VERTICAL LIFT SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES IN HOT AND COLD WATER bJ GAS PRESSURE 2.5"WC(0.1 PSI)MIN GPF FLUSH VALVE AND VACUUM BREAKER. SUPPLIES FOR 3-COMPARTMENT SINKS,PRE-RINSE UNITS,JANITOR SINKS,AND EXTERIOR O ( - WALL MOUNTED URINAL WITH TOTO TEU1LN12#CP 05 WALL HOSE BIBBS DOWNSTREAM OF SHUTOFF VALVES. 14.0"WC 0.5 PSI)MAX URINAL ZURN Z5755-U 2" 1-1/2" 3!4^ . UR-2 GPF FLUSH VALVE AND VACUUM BREAKER.MOUNTED AT j: EFFICIENCY 94%,33:1 TOR 99% ADA HEIGHT. 27. SEE DETAIL 10IP6.2 FOR MODEL&SIZING Of WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. Plan 1/4 TURN VALVES WITH 1/2"MIP/SWEAT CONNECTION.2" 28. SEE WASTE AND VENT ISOMETRIC ON SHEET P4 FOR VENT ROUTING AND SIZING. 1-P Review W 0 Lu ELECTRICAL 120V 110lBOHz I2.4kVA/20.0 FLA 208V/ffiI60Hz 14.1 kVAI19.7 FLA WB-1 WASHER BOX GUY-GRAY WB-200 2^ 1-10 1!2' 1/2" THREADED DRAIN. - BOWL: ELONGATED,FLOOR MOUNTED,VITREOUS SERVICE CLEARANCES 24"SIDES,32"FRONT d a CHINA,PROVIDE WITH APPROVED BACKFLOW SHEET INDEX v PREVENTION DEVICE OR METHOD.PROVIDE JONES = W WEIGHT(DRY) 5901bs. 41bs. G13-002,CO2-993 CLOSET BOLTANAX RING KIT. ABBREVIATIONS SHEETS DESCRIPTIONS G LU VALVE: IN RESTROOMS SHALL BE TOTO ECOPOWER® Z DIRECT 2 PIPE,6"SCH 40 PVC,65' WC-1 CT705EN TETIGNC-32 1.6 GPF ADA COMPLIANT FLUSHOMETER.IN PLUMBING PLAN ABB. DEFINITION ABB. DEFINITION PO m VENTING MAX LENGTH-DEDUCT 5'PER 90° - SHOWERS SHALL BE TOTO TMTiNNC32 MANUAL 1.8 GPF LEGENDS and SCHEDULES fn ELBOW AND X PER 45°ELBOW ADA COMPLIANT FLUSHOMETER KIT. 1CS ONE COMPARTMENT SINK MBH 1000 BTH PER HOUR PLUMBING PLAN SEAT: CHURCH 3155SSC7 OPEN FRONT SEAT W/SELF Pi WASTE and VENT PIPING SUSTAINING CHECK HINGES,STA-TITE FASTENING 3CS THREE COMPARTMENT SINK MIN MINIMUM SYSTEM P2 PLUMBING PLAN � SUPPLIER'S MATERIAL PACKAGE WATER CLOSET TOTO 4- 2" 1" - SERVICES PIPING BOWL: ELONGATED,FLOOR MOUNTED,VITREOUS 4CS FOUR COMPARTMENT SINK MS MOP SINK CHINA,PROVIDE WITH APPROVED BACKFLOW P3 PLUMBING PLAN Go PILOT/FLYING J PARTICIPATES IN A NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM WITH PREVENTION DEVICE OR METHOD.PROVIDE JONES AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NTS NOT TO SCALE CONDENSATE,GAS,and STORM PIPING HANES,JONES,AND CADBURY OF BENTONVILLE,ARKANSAS.CONTACT THE G13-002,CO2-893 CLOSET BOLTlWAX RING KIT. P4 PLUMBING PLAN W ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE TO VERIFY CONTENT AND COORDINATE DELIVERY VALVE: IN RESTROOMS SHALL BE TOTO ECOPOWER0 BC BEVERAGE CONDUIT PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR WASTE and VENT ISOMETRIC a OF OWNER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT. WC-2 CT706ELN TETIGNC-32 1.6 GPF ADA COMPLIANT FLUSHOMETER.IN SHOWERS SHALL BE TOTO TMTI NNC32 MANUAL 1.6 GPF BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTOR TMV THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE P51 PLUMBING PLAN ADA COMPLIANT FLUSHOMETER KIT. PHONE NUMBER:(800)459-7098 CD CONDENSATE DRAIN TP TRAP PRIMER )EWP H E Q Q EMAIL:PILOTCSR@JHJCINC.COM SEAT: CHURCH 55SSCT OPEN FRONT SEAT SELF PLUMBING PLAN SUSTAINING CHECK HINGES,STA-TITE FASTENING P52 LNG DESIGN CALCULATIONS O� NO OTHER MANUFACTURERS OR SUPPLIERS WILL BE ACCEPTED. SYSTEM EX EXISTING TYP TYPICAL P6.1 P I METER FOR COLD WATER APPLICATION.INSTALL PER FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT UR URINAL DETAILS = a , EQUIPMENT PACKAGE: WMA WATER METER BADGER METER 380CS - - 2" - MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND CLEARANCES. P82 PLUMBING PLAN ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES,CHINA,FAUCETS,SUPPLIES,AND PUMPS ON THE SEE DETAIL 51P8.2 FD FLOOR DRAIN V VENT DETAILS PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IN FLOOR PACKAGE: PLUMBING PLAN ALL FLOOR DRAINS,FLOOR SINKS,AND CLEANOUT AS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS FS FLOOR SINK W WASTE P7 FIRE STOPPING DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FW FILTERED WATER W/ WITH PA&CFE SHEET: G GAS WIO WITHOUT GW GREASE WASTE WC WATER CLOSET P 0 KEC KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR WCO WALL CLEANOUT Aylol LAV LAVATORY WH WATER HEATER ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS MAX I MAXIMUM 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 TRAVEL CENTER EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER KEYED NOTES ,;., TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON �1 w-nsT��N y 0 SHEET PS FOR ALL PLUMBING <f k z P ., ca 4 REQUIREMENTS. 1O S•SANITARY MAIN 5'-0.OUT OF BUILDING.SEE CIVIL FOR 51 f "z CONTINUATION. k+� O S•LINE FROM GREASE INTERCEPTOR.SEE CIVIL FOR CONTINUATION. ,,,_Y -5P36338 11 „1 RESTAURANT EQUIPMENTTAG-REFER TO � L O PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON O3 EXTERIOR 1,500 GALLON GREASE INTERCEPTOR SHEET PS FOR ALL PLUMBING COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CIVIL.SEE DETAIL 121P6.1 1I16/18 REQUIREMENTS. O DUAL-WAY CLEANOUT.SEE DETAIL 11IP6.2 OS VENT THROUGH ROOF APPROXIMATELY AT LOCATION IN -0DICATED TO MAINTAIN 10' "OF CLEARANCE FROM AIR o NOTE: INTAKES.SEE i1P4 FOR ROUTING-VERIFY W FIELD. n GREASE INTERCEPTOR SHALL BE 1,500 GALLONS PER 'I- PILOTI FLYING J'SDIRECTIVE O Z 0 W 6 2•UNDERSLAB VENT MUST RISE 0'-S"VERTICALLY BEFORE (°�W Q W _ TURNING TO GO TOWARD WALL. Z � N-. O7 2'DRAIN CHASE SHALL DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK.SEE DETAILS 1' Q(O 2 r - - 7IP8.1 AND BIP8.1 - J a 4 Z 00 LL a01--n ®THIS LINE IS VENTED BY CIRCUIT VENT. J N co O9 7 CIRCUMVENT UP IN WALL 0 2,0 -1 CO J LU - 10 PROVIDE AIR-GAP FITTING C�%W VENT RISER. d O 11 PROVIDE AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE FOR FIXTURE VENT. Z W CO-3 8' CO-3 12 SEE DETAIL 91P6.2 FOR TRENCH DRAIN FABRICATION. _ 13 DIMENSIONS ARE TO EDGE OF SLAB,UNLESS DESIGNATED 8" 1� O O I lTO CENTER WB-1 WB-1 WB•1 f _ 3. Lu �.� �EA \S0.1 S0.1 SD-1 \SD-1 ! 3" VE511BOLE 3• _2' 2' 2"— —2" FREEZER FD-i �8 STOCK r CLOS CLOSET 27 -M?LOYEE ROOM IAUNL as" ae }l EMPLOYEE 6REA�K,�ROOM 20 L01-7 3". m-3 2" 21 SHpWER SHQWER �� SHQwER SHIER I 'FD-7 ( 2^ L_7 #� °a AREY'S 8" L 1 I L i +a — J - FREEZER � ❑a E - _ T - FD-1 F0.1 2 F0.1 COOLER 3"g ':WG2 WG2 'WC-2 WC-2! 28 i N 6 -- 6, - `F0.2, 4" HALL 4 51+owER nI FD-2 3" " 4" 4" li 1 -- 6• 8" g"-"O CO-3 71 w o PREP AREA FS-2 R —_ (III CO-1 -- 51z " J 0. Z 2FS-1 ® (L P WU 'mZ� NN0Q01 019 FD-1 S0.1 Z.3 _ II I 1 i �rr FS-2 UJ l W2 Z > }C Z 3" "3• Lu 2• CASHIER C 0 0 q§Er'S O-2 DK F3-1 y AFD11 4" (I W c Z_ /�4 G11. + MS-1 I I CSALES STAGING —MS1 (� �`/� 3 8" 8" 8" CO-1 _ I 6" AREA /1-/VTR-- ROR -FS-2 a N H J 4 I 11 ° is iP{ FD-1 NDRY 147 O 121QQ3 2 gg — Q O 4" 4' O1 e"VTR 3„ , I - CO-' TD-1 TD-1 N q• 3�I 3' AG 12 10 3' a Y. CP1 2" OO.p 4"IFS-1 4,•8" y C _2 AERVY'S ►� — r "� T- FD-2 — n 7 ROUTE ALONG 7 {• - C h BACK OF CABINENT _ I--(FS-1 CO-2 3 Cat -� o i s I _UR-1 WC-2 8' FD-2 F0.1 _ _ ��ROUTEALONG FD"1 ' BACK OF CABINENT - _ ! �' 3"= 4- 3" I- _J FS-1 UR-1�! " -- 2 ER WC-1 ENTRYTROOM 4 - — UR 1 8 r t•=h, 106 = �0 \ Gi 8" W O U 2 ROUTE ALONG T FS 1 y 3• I UR-1 \ 4" W O t{, 3• BACKOFCABINEN iC� 11 S_-1 3" 1 _-- R ' 0 a n a z 4 SEATING - - — -_ AREA g" UR-2 MENS' WC-1 e.., I ;.. TOILET J-,W I F�', ORIVES7'HSRU 3° Plan Review o�z 1 ARJ O _ r Cal r By SAFEBuilt °}I N / �..w CO1 Cis 3„ CO-2 > S _2"—- 3" 3 111 3. 16 L 1 L_1 L_i L•1 � R'_ _ 1+ fS-1 11 SV-1 � — � ELECTRICAL_ 1, .._ „,.j FS-1 ARBY'S I _ Y 7-AG'10 6" SERVICE - - -- FAR21 6" Cat-� m CO-1 FD-1 CE3" 4"CNP.) o K t WC-1 WC-1 WC-2 0 H W 3 ! 3" Q F 2 / S I� F0.1 FD-2 DINING O FS-1 `t GP TOILETS CTS _ ROOM zz O 3, 3" 2° i VE5TO€€ROUTE ALONG L fir_ - L-1 L-1 _ SACK OF CABINENT ACCESS W W °Y' m °Y' O �...'"', — — \ - FOUNTAIN 7�1.7 LE __ .---FSd- 7 ____ __"__- __—_-__ 7 - . Cat—CO.2 p*G11 SHEET: ® _ -. _-- Om O - _- ROUTE ALONG O- BACK OF CABINENT CO-2 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-WASTE&VENT ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS P1 SCALE: 3116"=T-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 pp (3)TP-1 2 22 14 KEYED NOTES '` 7 ---- Pf _ i6 TRAVEL CENTER EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER \p`�° V WM 11 TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON ��, O SHEET PIS FOR ALL PLUMBING I I M X REQUIREMENTS. O 1"COLD WATER DOWN TO CONNECT TO WATER FILTER 1/2"CW \ - SYSTEM.WATER FILTER SYSTEM SUPPLIED BY OWNER. (2) INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION BY PC.SEE MV-1 24 ( 1 8FP•115 (2)PRV-1 DETAIL 1IP8.2 ,�0,A Stj ��rrt A - ( RESTAURANT EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO WH-1 O2 SCALE INHIBITED FILTERED WATER LINE DOWN IN WALL X PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON AND STUBOUT @ 60"AFF TO ICE MAKER.LABEL LINE. J I O SHEET P5 FOR ALL PLUMBING PROVIDE BFP-3 ON WALL ABOVE ICE MAKER 6 7/18 \ I REQUIREMENTS. �_ i (•8V1 \ I ENTRY RWM I O NONSCALE INHIBITED FILTERED WATER LINE DOWN IN 7,0.. WALL TO BEVERAGE DISPENSERS.EACH STUBOUT TO BE �(2)RP 1 1 \ u LABELED AT T-V INTERVALS.PROVIDE BFP3 ON WALL BV2 I ) \ - NOTE:SOME DRINK BAR EQUIPMENT HAS BUILT-IN ABOVE DISPENSERS. e BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES.VERIFY SCALE-INHIBITED FILTERED WATER LINE DOWN IN WALLEQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND PILOTS FIELD INTERNAL BACKFLOW TO COFFEE/TEA FIXTURES PREVENTION DREPRESENTATIEVICEVE ESSTARE PROVIDED ON DEVICES ( .EACH STUBP-3. BELABELED AT 3'-0'INTERVALS.PROVIDE BFP3.CONNECTED TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.PROVDE BFP-4 ON D IONCES NOT CONTAINING BUILT-IN ROUTE FILTERED WATER LINE UNDERNEATH 3l4"CW \ - HB-1 COUNTERTOP-MOUNT FOR EASY ACCESS TO SHUT-OFF J IL Q co VALVES.PROVIDE 1n'BALL VALVE AT EACH STUBOUT LL G O Lu^ POINT.SEE DETAILS 71P6.9 AND S/P8.1 23 hZJWto DD - ©1n'COLD WATER&1/Y'HOT WATER IN WALL TO SINK. 0 co °D NOTE:ALL FILTERED WATER LINES TO BE STUBBED J to OUT AND VALVE IN THE DRINK BAR AREA SHALL BE O7 1"COLD WATER DOWN IN WALL TO WATER CLOSET. d O 21 TAGGED USING BRIMAR COMPANY ENGRAVED VALVE Z pOYV - TAGS AND LABELED AS SCALE INHIBITED FILTERED ®1n'COLD WATER&3W HOT WATER DOWN IN WALL TO r WATER. SHOWER ASSEMBLY(SH-11.SEE DETAIL 9/P6.1 Y O9 3/4°COLD WATER LINE DOWN IN WALL TO URINAL. I ))) 10 1n'COLD WATER AND 1/2"HOT WATER DOWN IN WALL TO 2 ENLARGED WATER ENTRY ROOM PLAN �� O I I I BOTH FAUCET(#155).PROVIDE CHECK NAIVES IN P2 HB'1 BOTH LINES. SCALE: 3/S"=1'-O" 26 (fYP.OF 3)11 ii 1n"COLD WATER AND 1/2"HOT WATER DOWN IN WALL TO �� 6 WASHER BOX(WB-i)OR WASHING MACHINE. C. .-.� 270 CLOSET OF 4_8 CLOSET 4 12 1n"COLD WATER AND 9n"HOT WATER DOWN IN WALL TO --\ RE�R SH-1 SH-1 ® KITCHEN PREP SINK.PROVIDE CHECK VALVES IN BOTH VEST%uLE LINES. FREEZER Q STOCK _ TP 1 SH-1 z 27 TP•1 ROOM EMPLOYEE PUBLIC ✓_ 27 _ 13 tn"HOT AND COLD WATER LINES DOWN IN WALL AND EMPLOYEE BREA ORCOM LAUNDRY P SH-1 - - ROUTED AROUND IN AREA ENCLOSURE KNEEWALL TO KIOSK O °7 ® 3 I 1 I �H'Heft ! HOLDING CABINETS#7496. Yl Aft6Y"S -' SHqyWERSHQYER SH WER II� L-1 FREEZER S� I ----- I L"1 1 oe it .,'- L"1 ,'•" +moo �I -L-1 - 6 (TYP•OF 4) 14 WILDING WATER MAIN UP THROUGH SLAB.SEE DETAIL ® r TP-,27 1 I` 'r TPA a33 rc TP-1 3 LL-i TP-7 15 WATER LINES DOWN TO WATER HEATER.SEE DETAIL \,I COOLER ❑ I - Sox �33i WC-2 TP-1U 1 27 P.OF 21P6.1 FOR PIPING DIAGRAM. x. Il( xUx x. o lr' ) VX�<' "�'t °Z,' 1+CW WC-2`�,' i"� 7 (TYP,OF 4) 1g SEE CIVIL I SITE UTILITY PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. 17 2"COLD WATER DOWN TO BOOSTER PUMP(�. - 56 Eli 1-tn"CW _-__ - -------- - - 1-1/7CW - SVl1 7CW 107CW— 2"CW- -1-VY2"CW 1,: COLD WATER UP FROM BOOSTER PUMP BV7 CW WG2 1'HW— 140°F� 1 1/4"HW - - -—140°F-- -- 1 1!4"IiW—- —• - 140°F—- SHHOAWLR 18 2' MP(P-1. W Q - 110°F—- -\��' _ 1 1/4 HW __ - 110°F- - - - _ 1-1/4"HW— - - 110°F - 1"HW- ` 140°F— -3/4 HWR+ -140°F—--- -314'HWR- --- - •140°F BV9 06 19 7 COLD WATER DOWN TO WATER SOFTENER.PROVIDE 110°F— 12 19 TP-127 8V73 -3/4 HWR'__ { - BV12 110°F• - - - - 3/4'HWR- - - - - 190°F TP-1 27 BALL VALVE. Z m N 1-114"HW - - III - 33, / VB-^ - O 7 COLD WATER UP FROM WATER SOFTENER.PROVIDE Z Z W L_ O AR Y'S�°` 27 TIP-1 12 3/4"HWR I� „, _ KK SHQWER -`E:Jxx3 .3L. % h BALL VALVE. a Z O CO LER v$3. O' 14ig`� LJ i�l W 9 J a Q s a' 12 19 PREP 1B 26 i '"' b 21 2'WATER SOFTENER BYPASS LINE.PROVIDE LOCKING a a J p P®S 12 AREA� I ( ( 1 7 W62 8 SH-7 BALL VALVE AND LOG(SHUT IN THE CLOSED POSITION. 0 a T T I I 1-1/4"HW OFm cr I I 3 4 to 1 I I I 1"CW x O 2•WATER LINE DOWN ON WALL PROVIDE WATER METER. Z W > � Z �TP-1 27 I I �` - Lu S I�NG m SEE DETAIL W6.2 FOR PIPING MANIFOLD TO TRUCK m V Y 0 ® 12 1l2"CW '.1"HW �140°F -�> ® 6_ ISLANDS AND AIR/WATER DISPENSER veb I I CASHIER 6 L=1 J 0 0 BV14 6 ® -_ - "}"�� D - - 10 o ®3W COLD WATER DOWN IN WALL TO HOSE BIBB(HB-1). _ Z 0 L 1/2"HW_ jl I I I 11 (TYP.OF 2) 24 WATER PIPING DOWN TO MDUNG VALVE(MV-1).SEE d 3vISV3 WIR 21' DETAIL 3/P6.1 W r O DR, 4 OI -0 J ( 2b PROVIDE INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER(WH-2)UNDER (fl GDCABINETRY FOR ISLAND HANDSINK.SET OUTPUT WATER J O 49 4 (112"F v I \ ,�,g" 18 6 )i 48 c I __-1•HW-Z-_ 147 TEMPERATURE FOR 110°F. 04 ._a 6 5 �✓ 1 84 I = '-- -- ' 46 2"CW 1° 27 TP-i ®1n"COLD WATER DOWN IN WALL TO RE-THERMALIZER (#21B). 23 y E M16 �: -3/4•HWR• - 2 (TYP•OF 2) 27 12"COLD WATER LINE GOWN IN WALL TO TRAP PRIMER BA d3/4 CW j / of 1U WC-2 TLC.INSTALL PRIMER 6'AFF. I - _ R 1 a x� ;� PROVIDE NEW ICEMAKER BOX OB-1.COORDINATE \ \�j /♦ _ 1-1f4'CW == Iry —2"CW MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH REFRIGERATOR. in"CW '� ) B / s- A / ��" �., ;... 29 314"COLD WATER&3/4"HOT WATER DOWN IN WALL TO F- TP-1 27 I '-_ I b �_ in'HW 110°F _ ('�'-')("B") ° _ i UR ..9 I 1-1/2"CW 1' #149C COOK AND HOLD OVEN AND#150.10 VARIETY to cw LO _J� ' L t _ ��LLL / a __ 1 1498 149 G`, 1CW .� STEAMER. C 31 3/4 COLD WATER DOWN IN WALL TO PENETRATE SLAB 11/4"CW N ,.. > AND ROUTED IN 2"PVC SLEEVE OVER TO ISLAND. r _ -_ URA - o .. O 3/4"COLD WATER UP THROUGH SLAB. W 2 El WC-1 O - y SEATING O _ 3/4'CW - 1 I `1x �1'CW a 1Y AREA ) WC 7 !�A 0 UR2 �_ I I x hRBY'S a �_ I! (fYP.OF 5) g P 3 (n'P.OF 4) 7 i 2 1 LLI DRIVE THRU m - 2 MEN S' I I 1"CW - m Of T(BV4 fl z W BV15 'FW { E CCTRICAL W �- g SA CE Review ._2 _ I WH225 I - � —/ - - Plan/� p + SERVICE 4 1-1/2"CW 7 ( �.6 (TY;.OF 4) By SA F E B u(I l o CES 3 ACAS WG1 WC-1 WC-2 TYP.OF3 W O a Qo 2 A e\, 3/4"CW- 92 DINING p o NQ P \I �@\�q ROUTE ALONG - __� y \ 3 4 WOMENS' o U 1 CT9 O R BACK OF CABINET TOILET ROOM a ROUTE ALONG \ pP 1"FW(NS) BACK OF CABINET -- VESTIBULE ACCESSI 5-._ ---_. _A-' BV5 cwmw"r mri"" EKI o- d ` 23 ROUTE ALONG g®� _ _ _+ O BFYI 1 m W _®�f m • Y":Y ❑ ❑ �l4"HW- 27 TP-1 "HEFT: r / -VESTIBULE ---t.....•�•-�r--- BACK OF CABINET ,"90 5_ _1"FW(S)-° -1"FOULS) 5 31 �4" SHEET: _ _ — ,� ® -.. — -.._ I O � g (TYR OF 2) P4011 HB-1 6 15 0 a P2 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-SERVICES ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS P2 SCALE: 3/16"=T-0" 923 MAIN STREEL NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE 336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 PROPANE GAS PIPING NOTES GAS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE TRAVEL CENTER EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER v WAS N O TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON _7 Gf /,y y SHEET PS FOR ALL PLUMBING INLET INLET PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS. 1• PROPANE GAS PIPING MUST COMPLY WITH THE LATEST x MARK DESCRIPTION SIZE MIN MAX BTUflI QUANTITY TOTAL EDITION THE MECHANICAL,PLUMBING,AND GAS CODES INCLUDING ALL LOCAL AND FEDERAL ORDINANCE AND 43 ARBY'S 2 BANK FRYMASTER 1' 6.0'WC 14.0"WC 238,0DO 1 238,000 CODES. "'�' 53 ° 38 STACKED WASHER/DRYER-COIN RESTAURANT EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER TO 2. PROPANE GAS PIPING IS SIZED FOR 2 PSI WITH LESS THAN 141 3/8' 7-0'WC 13.0"WC 2A,000 3 72,000 OPERATED O PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON 70%PRESSURE DROP AND A TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH •.:'�zT'�" DOUBLE STACKED SHEET P5 FOR ALL PLUMBING OF 2W-W.PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT 1/16,18 1 WASHERIDRYER-COIN OPERATED 318" 7.0"WC 13.0'WC 24,000 1 24,000 REQUIREMENTS. THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AVAILABLE FROM THE SERVING UTILITY S 2 PSI ON THE LOAD SIDE OF THE METER AND 148 DOUBLE STACKED 314" 7.0'WC 13.0"WC 224400 1 224,000 REGULATOR. WASHER/DRYER 3. VERIFY PROPANE GAS LOADS AND GAS ROUGH-IN OF rn 150A CONVECTION OVEN 314° 7.0"WC 70.5"WC 80,000 2 180,000 NOTE:INSULATE ALL ROOF DRAIN LINES AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT WITH THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SHOP � CONDENSATE LINES WITH 1"FIBERGLASS INSULATION. DRAWINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLING GAS PIPING.PROVIDE 7 H ih 150.1 2 VAT OPEN FRYER 3/4" 7.5"WC 10.0"WC 160,000 1 150,000 GAS COCKS,UNIONS,ETC.AS SPECIFIED AND REQUIRED. 0 W Q W Z y INSTALL GAS QUICK DISCONNECTS WHERE FURNISHED f O ap F MUA-i MAKE-UP AIR UNIT 1" 7.0'WC 14.0°WC 152,397 1 152,397 WITH THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. y" co ao 3. PROVIDE A SHUT-OFF VALVE,PRESSURE REGULATOR,AND J a Q Z CO MUA-2 MAKE-UP AIR UNIT i" 7.0"WC 14.0"WC 119,316 1 118,318 6'LONG FULL SIZE DIRT LEG AT EACH ROOFTOP UNIT.SEE LL W Z IIIu°Q DETAIL I I/P6.1.PRESSURE REGULATORS MUST COMPLY c O WITH GAS CODES. Z H- ~ J W w RTUA ROOFTOP UNIT 3/4" 4S"WC 14.0"WC 200,000 1 2DO,000 Q C9 mp J 4p 4. ALL PROPANE GAS PIPING SHALL BE RUN INSIDE OF J y yj J v RTU-2 ROOFTOP UNIT 3/4' 4.5"WC 14.0"WC 200,000 1 200,000 8UILDING,UP IN BETWEEN ROOF JOISTS.CONDENSATE a Ui O PIPING SHALL BE RUN ON ROOF,PENETRATING ROOF TO O RTU-3 ROOFTOP UNIT 314' 4.5"WC 14.0"WC 200,ODO 1 200,000 DRAIN ONLY AT LOCATIONS INDICATED.SEE DETAIL I IIP6.1. Z - STORM PIPING SHALL BE RUN AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE Y RTU4 ROOFTOP UNIT 3/4" 4.5"WC 14.0"WC 250,000 1 250,000 UNDER ROOF. - 3l4"GAS@B"WC (96,DDO BTU) 5. EXTEND PROPANE GAS PIPE UP FROM METER OUTSIDE OF WH-1 WATER HEATER 1-1/4" 2.5"WC 14.0'WC 751,000 1 751,000 _ _ _ _ _ _ 31C GAS 0 0'WC WALL.PROVIDE A STAINLESS STEEL SLEEVE THOUGH (72,000 BTU) WALL AT 18"BELOW TOP OF BAR JOISTS.PACK ALL VOIDS SYSTEM SIZED BY 2015 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE,TABLE 402.4(27)FOR IN AND AROUND SLEEVE WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION UNDILUTED PROPANE 2 PSI AND 250'-0"TOTAL EQUIVALENT LENGTH TOTAL BTUm: 2,740,773 �❑ O a 3/4"GAS @ 8"WC �� AND FURNISH A CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEON LA EACH 4"STORM (48.000 BTU) 3"STORM SIDE OF WALL PROVIDE VERTICAL SUPPORTS AS 3"STORM 3/4"GAS @ 8"WC- --_._ 3'STORM 1 REQUIRED. - C/O (24,000 BTU) _ C/O C/O 3 STORM - _ 35TORM C/O CIO - 3"STORM 6. PAINT AND LABEL ALL PROPANE GAS PIPING ACCORDING 3"STORM �' 3"STORM 3 STORM LA CODE REQUIREMENTS.ALL GAS PIPING SHALL IN 141 141 14 8 LABELED'GAS"EVERY 10'-0°AND AT LEAST ONCE IN EVERY (-8 REAR 3 STORM' Ii VESTIBULE ROOM WITH YELLOW LABELS HAVING BLACK LETTERS. FREEZER ® STOCK PUBLIC =� CL, II' CLOSET ( LABELS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON BOTTOM OF PIPE,OR RD-1 27 --RD-i RO-t ROOM LAUNDRY ,RD-1 l 3 'I RD-1 I WHATEVER DIRECTION PROVIDES GREATEST VISIBILITY. p \ EMPLOYEE 20 ® _ �--9 EMPLOYEE 7 KIOSK 0 � - - 1 7. ROOFTOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS-GAS, C/O _ CONDENSATE,AND STORM PIPING BY PLUMBING A 32 C/O - - I ,G_-,r� 'pyl / 77 CONTRACTOR. FREEZER 3/4"GAS @ 2 PSI U COOLF_R LIF (96,0008TU) I SHQ,WER SHOWER i, SHQ3ER SH WWER ROOF DRAIN NOTES zs; 3 *® iil 10 n Z 7 �O O� ( ROOF AREA=9.W SQ.FT. a C!0 �3/4"CDC CIO USING 2012 IPC TABLE 1106.2(1)AT 2"RAINFALL: (L 0 5 ROOF DRAINS ARE SERVING 1,929 SO.FT.EACH- 3/4'CD I SHO W R MAX AREA OF 3'HORIZONTAL PIPING @ 1/8"SLOPE=4,400 SQ.FT. > M RTU4 I ® MAX AREA OF 4'HORIZONTAL PIPING @ 1/8"SLOPE=9,200 SE FT. J N I( I J MAX AREA OF 6"HORIZONTAL PIPING @ 1/8"SLOPE=17,300 SQ.FT.ARBY'S PR Z Q Z m CV GO 33 AREA I 00 - -5 5 I) � � KEYED NOTES � � J - �j< CIO LLJ SHOWER U1 IL ? i 1"GAS @ 8"WC V 18 z I. 7O 1-1/4"MEDIUM PRESSURE(2 PSI)GAS MAIN 5'-0'OUT FROM Z (n Lu Z - (310,000 BTU) U BUILDING.SEE CIVIL FOR CONTINUATION,VERIFY AND m Q O CASHIER STAGING COORDINATE METER LOCATION WITH GAS PROVIDER ANDE- DESK ARE VERIFY THAT DELIVERY PRESSURE IS 2 PSI. ` Q 1"GAS @ 8"WC ( I _ O 2O 1-iM"GAS UP TO CEILING JOIST SPACE,PROVIDE LOCKING J W r i (230,000 BTU) T v SHUT-OFF VALVE(LOCKED IN THE OPEN POSITION), a Cc M ` RTU"3 i PIPING BELOW ROOF DECK.SEE DETAIL 2/P3 2EARTHQUAKE VALVE,THEN TEST TEE IN LINE.R0 U) H O I I ® 3/4"GAS @ 6"WC SALES _ MEYP (150.06o BTu) ( o, � Q Q ® 150. g O LAUNDRY 15 GAS PENETRATION UP THROUGH ROOF TO MECHANICAL Lu ...I O I I 11 Ip I n UNIT.SEE DETAILS 4/P6.1 AND 11/P6.1 AA N n.._ 1 1 1 7 I -T� 3!4"CD ig 01-1/4"GAS LINE DOWN TO WATER HEATER.SEE DETAIL Z 3 O _`, ( 3/4-GAS @ 2 PSI 7 21P6.1 V y C/O I MUA-1 I (96,000 BTU) 148 3/4'GAS @ 8^WC O AUTOMATIC GAS SHUTOFF VALVE TO BE INTERLOCKED / SERB cc I I (_-� (224,000 BTU) WITH FIRE SUPRESSKIN SYSTEM.INSTALL WITHIN CLOSELi aez O, _ s 0' •"o o� PROXIMITY TO HOOD. Q I ^ 4 3!4"GAS @ 2PSI 3l4"GAS @ 2 P31 - - I (m 1-i14"GAS @ 8'WC 6 NOT USED. -,; �3/4"GAS>@ 2PSI p- p-, 3/4"GAS @ 2PSI --�--- (75L000 BTU) (224,000 BTU) O .(200,000 BTU) `+q. (310,000 BTU) ) ' \ (t�g7}1¢ t� •. 3 (250,000 BTU) DRAILN/SNK N TH S LOCATION.O EO/PI FOR DRAIN Z \ 3/4"GAS @ 2 PSI 4 O� i(162,397 STU) 09 - LU 3 I' 3l4"GAS @ 2PSI - LOCATION.PROVIDE GAP PER CODE. a S _ e�9 ENTRY ROOM ®STORM LEADER DOWN THROUGH SLAB AND 5'A"OUT OF � ` (751,000 BTU) WATER 1"GAS @ 8"WC �1114' BUILDING.SEE CIVIL FOR CONTINUATION. (238,000 BTU) I _ @ _ n� 1-114"GAS @ 2PSI 9NOT USED. W O /EI '+ 3/4"GAS @ 2 PSI '3/4"GAS @ 2 PSI GAS 2PSI O - Ii"GAS @ 2PSI 1 (975,000 BTU)SBTU) (557,316 BTU) 219,713 BTU) os I(1,669,713 B7U) C70 'C-_.✓ j- 10 NOT USED. a G GfF G G -- G �. 1 R" .11 3A'GAS @ 2PSI 3/4'GAS @ 2PSI 1'GAS @ 2PSI 1"GAS @ 2PSI 3/4"GAS @ 2 PSQ 1'GAS @ 2PSI ------ �/ 11 CONDENSATE LINE DOWN THROUGH ROOF TO AIR GAP U 7I(VldlIT1, (238,000 BTU) (867,316 BTU) (1.019.713 BTU) (1,469,713 BTU) (200,000 BTU) (1,765,713 BTU) L,_ FITTING IN HANDSINK VENT LINE. j'W r _ -w `-- / MUA-2 5 rric - ! 13 ) -_� __ 2 12 NOT USED. O�O "•" 314'GAS @ 2PSI AREA 1 P - �- y ARB1^5 (119,316 BTU) = I RTU-2 I I @ ,TOILET 13 ROUTE PUMPED CONDENSATE FROM DRINK CASE#1P)TO DRIVE-'HRU - RTU-1 jt-1/4"GAS 2PSI ( ® Z y `� BEVERAGE COUNTER FLOOR SINK.PROVIDE AIR GAP PER(� - O T� I (2,740,713 BTU) 1 CODE. �S W _ ' d' Lj 'I ELECTRICAL ARBY'R - 3 3/4"OAS @ 2PSI, \\ SERVICE z 1 �`- (200.000 BTU) 3 �L . - . -3/4-CD ti. ` ` �, - i __ w A - o Plan Review a By SAFEBuilt ° o ❑' DINBNG WO LET TOILET CTS cm ROOM _ FROM '@ VESTIBULE F ACOUNTAIN CESS f m L_O - 3T _-_ I�a > .° ." .. wmzra III(��, __ -_ _ \ _ _� SHEET. kg. " q PAGE _ SIDE -_ .-- - ...._____-. -�___._-._. - VESTI�6ULE � _ I O O 13 -._._ _ �� I_________- ® ® ® P3 L - - -_ - - - - (� TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-CONDENSATE,GAS,AND STORM P3 ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-6674225 FAX:336-667-4332 NsCLr x `2^ /oe WAS/!��,�✓ L=1 2" I /1 O 15 38 �SatWVALF 'rJ 00-3 t 617118 2•• I2"2^ I L-1`r�, FD-1 �'VTR SD-1 2" 1 2'� _T I r L 1 /`�/NV�C I J' 6„ Lu Y9" WC-2 I I .3 L-1 I I FS-2®I `T F w y tr CO-3 . 3',.—�+' 3", I 3„ II,� P I ' \"2"� J C Q Z apop / \ FD-1 / WC-2� 4- ��I y' 1 \ FD-1 4" I U.Col.- 4- Z Z.�q 3' �y.3' / CO2 3"` �4 147 FS2�' r/mil I i `2n`r` SD-1 // 4" 2 IITT 3 �// i W WC-2 _ Y1 a G WB-11 I I FD-1-1 2.•'' 1 \ I FD-1 41 I W9-1 I y�J L+� `\ I I I M&1 TD-1 //' Y WB 11 � 1 � v�/ FD-2 / 2" I 3- WC-2 3" 3" 5s 4" D11 /2" FD-1 6" 6" 46 CO-1 / 10 /2" WC-2 I 2",T CO-1 3" � FS-1 WC-1 I T FD-1 FD-2 " I C 4 WC-1 I `'2% CO-3 //' 1 I 2", `T // I CO-2 UR+ T`\ WC `> / 1 I YS' // / UR-1 1•\ FD-1 'CO-2 g^ 1 2„\ UR-1 T .2"� UR1 I 1 3- I 3" I �� 1i13"VTR 1 uR-zz 2", ' J I V '1 Iui I FD2 6' \�\`3" I/6„ 2" IL1 > M I a" co-1 I /q W J N ``t /2„ I Lt r�coz Z m N UJ co FD-2I 4"\W IC-2 5 yCL 11 z 41 a � 6" < WC-1 Z z W >- z 4„ /W W 3" FS-1 01� '2'\\ WC-1 Fp.z 0 V FS-1 CO-2 r�2". FD-1 ® I \ `� 10B EV1 6" 1 3• FD-\ \\ ♦Z W L J 6. FD-2 2^` 3. \ / 3^\// //N` FD-1 N O / /2" FS-1 1 3" // FS-+ FS-1 3" 23 4„ 2 3', 2"2" CO-1 3 3 6 ON 4' �,/ CO-1 /2' FS•1 � FS-1 /•�, �� L-1 19 ♦ J L-1 FS-2 � FS-2 3 `1 FAD-1y3^ �J , 2•<. " ® 46 ®//' I / D 3"�I 2"� CO-2 4\ / 1 2-/ 9K / FS-1 1 3" // 9K 3"\ W'`' 75 2 30 / �\\ BK 8K ��VVVII �� T/ // 157 V'Z / BE W _O / / 8E � 1 FS-1 I I\ //' 11j3"VTR r/ 4A 4B I 6' I 2" ,\ // IV I JI 3 1 d a 2" I 1 6. I 1� I I = N JW I �z^. I CO i g^ I C W CO-3 CO-3 CO-2 FS-1 Z y 8 ® 1 FD-1 I 3" CO-3 GI-1 �\3.� CO-3 6. 1 i'.2"`hC0.1 W LL� \3" i O 14\' a Q \� c0-1+ coz�z j `\�`2 Plan Review o F�� ® 2":3" �1 By SAFEBuilt FS•1 I O2 I I ftA �� SHEET: 3^ I FS-1 • � � .PLUMBING ISOMETRIC-WASTE AND VENT P4 ENGINEERS ee CONSULTANTS P4 SCALE: NTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 TRAVEL CENTER PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE D MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODELNUMBER CONNECTIONS REMARKS ;t' ca W V CW 140°HW 110°HW FWS FW-NS GAS y o 1 P GRAB-N-GO CASE SOUTHERN CASEARTS 08.0-MDI-04TE-AOAA 3/4' - - - - - - - ROUTE PUMPED CONDENSATE TO FLOOR SINK AS INDICATED ON WASTE PLAN. FOOD-GRADE TUBING AFTER SFP-4 TO UNIT CARBONATOR PUMP.SEE DETAIL SIP6.1.WATER 36338 q- 4 POST MIX 8 ICE DISPENSER CORNELIUS FLAVOR FUSION 62157844 1" - - - _ _ 3/8' _ SUPPLY PRESSURE MUST BE BETWEEN 50-60 PSI AT THE PUMP AND MUST BE MINIMUM OF 10 �P PSI BELOW CARBONATED CO-LINE.ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP-SEE IQNALE DETAIL 7/P6.1. 4/2M8 4A ICE MAKER SCOTSMAN EH222SL-IA 314" - W8" - _ FLARE CONNECTION TO SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE`.ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP.SEE DETAIL 7/P6.1. 4B ICE MAKER SCOTSMAN NME1254RLS-M 314" - - 3/8' - _ FLARE CONNECTION TO SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE".ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP-SEE DETAIL 7/16.1. 8E FROZEN BEVERAGE DISPENSER ICEE 5631D - - - - 3/8" _ FLARE CONNECTION TO NON-SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE".ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP-SEE DETAIL 7/P6.1. W 8K CAPPUCCINO DISPENSER BUNN IMIX-53+ - - 1/4" - - FLARE CONNECTION TO SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE. Z O U) m W< 9D2 DUAL COFFEE BREWER BUNN INFUSION 3.0 - - - - - 3/8" - - FLARE CONNECTION TO SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE.` Q to Z LL 0zuj Q co 9K BEAN TO CUP COFFEE BREWER SCHAERER COFFEE ART PLUS - - - - - 31W - - FLARE CONNECTION TO SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE.` G O F ~ Z J Wco 9L BEAN TO CUP COFFEE BREWER SCHAERER COFFEE ART PLUS - - - - - 3/8' - - FLARE CONNECTION TO SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE." 0 2 c'j p =!to IOB DROP-IN REFRIGERATED WELL DELFIELD 8118-EF 1/2" - - - - - - - ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP-SEE DETAIL 7IP6.1. Q.C O Z 15 ONE COMPARTMENT DROP IN HANDSINK W/FAUCET ADVANCE TABCO DI.140 1-1/4" 1-112" 3/8" - 3/8" 16 ONE COMPARTMENT DROP IN HANDSINK W/FAUCET ADVANCE TABOO DI-1-25 1.114" 1-112" 3/8" - 3/8' - - - - 19B MINI TEA BREWER(DOUBLE) REVOLUTION IN 50.1001 MD - - - - - 3/8' - - FOOD-GRADE TUBING TO UNIT. 20A ICE DISPENSER(ICED COFFEE) CORNELIUS D45 3/4" - - - - 112' FPT CONNECTION TO SCALED FILTERED WATER.ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP-SEE DETAIL 7/P6.1. 21B RE-THERMALIZER SINGLE VAT PITCO SRTE14 1" - - 1/2" - - NPT CONNECTION TO DOMESTIC COLD WATER.ROUTE DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK. 141 STACKED WASHER/DRYER-COIN OPERATED MAYTAG MLEIMLG20PR - - 11.1 3/4" - - - 8. 3/4"HOT AND COLD WATER,CHECK VALVES ON SUPPLY LINES,DRAINS TO WASHER BOX(WB-1). 24,000 BTUIh.3/6'GAS CONNECTION. 142 DOUBLE STACKED CLOTHES DRYER-COIN OPERATED MAYTAG MLEJMLG20PD - - - - - - 318" NPT CONNECTION TO GAS LINE.24,000 BTU/h 1478 WASHER(HOUSE LAUNDRY) PRIMUS PA30 - 314" 3/4' - - _ - 3/4"HOT AND COLD WATER.CHECK VALVES ON SUPPLY LINES.ROUTE DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK (FS-2). 148 DOUBLE STACKED CLOTHES DRYER(HOUSE LAUNDRY) MAYTAG MLG45PDB - - - _ - - 3/4" 224,000 BTU/h Lo 149E HOLDING CABINET CVAP HC4009-H2 - 1/2" - - _ - _ TUBING KIT(INCLUDED)CONNECTION TO DOMESTIC COLD WATER,ROUTE DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK. 149C COOK AND HOLD OVEN CVAP HC4009-H2 _ - 1/2" _ _ _ _ TUBING KIT(INCLUDED)CONNECTION TO DOMESTIC COLD WATER,ROUTE DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK. 160A CONVECTION OVEN BLODGETT DFGAOO Xcal - - - - - - 3/4" NPT CONNECTION TO GAS LINE.80,000 BTU/h 150.1 FRYER EVOLUTION ELITE EEG 142 - - - - - - - 3/4" 150,000 BTU/h L;, Q ROUTE 112"COLD WATER TO UNIT AND CONNECT PROVIDED INLET HOSE AND STRAINER Y.1 160.10 VARIETY STEAMER ANTUNES VS-350 - - 114" - - - - - ASSEMBLY-ROUTE DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK.PROVIDE WATER PRESSURE REGULATOR AND SET J J N FOR 25 PSI. Z m N 155 COMBINATION EYEWASH STATION 8 MOP SINK FAUCET SPEAKMAN SEF-9000 - - 1/2" 12" - - - 1/2"HOT AND COLD WATER.PROVIDE CHECK VALVE IN EACH SUPPLY LINE. g ID Z 156 HOT 8 COLD WATER FILTER 3M DP290 1" - - - - - - RECEIVES 1"COLD WATER.SEE DETAIL 11P6.1. d U J 0 a 157A HOT WATER SYSTEM BUNN-04MATIC H5X 43800.0003 - - - - - 1l4' - RECEIVES 114"SCALED FILTERED WATERLINE. Z F � W ,l_^ 167 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM MASTER-BILT MHHZ0331C 518" - - - - - - 518"OA.CONDENSATE DRAINAGE.ROUTE TO FLOOR RECEPTOR AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN. m W ooY O 201C 2000 LB CUBE ICE MACHINE SCOTSMAN C2148MR-32a - - - - - 1/2" - - RECEIVES 1/2"SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE.SEE DETAIL 6/P6.1. J d i Z 232 3 COMPARTMENT SINK INSINGER POWER SOAK 1-112" 112" 1/2" - - - PROVIDE CHECK VALVE IN EACH WATER SUPPLY LINE. CL = L� O J cy 232F PREP WASH SINK(72"X 30') ADVANCE TABCO KMS-11B-30BLORR 1.12" - IQ" 112" - - - - PROVIDE CHECK VALVE IN EACH WATER SUPPLY LINE. W O Q 246 DRINK SYSTEM!BAG-IN-BOX "BEVERAGE SUPPLIER" "BY SUPPLIER' - - _ _ _ - - RECEIVES 1/2"NON-SCALED FILTERED WATER LINE,ROUTE DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK. N 256 HAND SINK KROWNE METAL HS-2 1AW 1-12" 270 REFRIGERATOR LG LTNC11121V - - - - - - - - PROVIDE ICEMAKER BOX 08-1. 299 WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER MASTER-SILT CUSTOM PRE-ASSEMBLED - _ _ _ ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAINAGE TO NEAREST FLOOR RECEPTOR AS INDICATED ON WASTE PLAN. SEE DETAIL 8IP6.1 FOR BACKFLOW PREVENTION.PROVIDE SHOCK ARRESTOR BETWEEN BACKFLOW PREVENTION AND EQUIPMENT. F � ZX q ah ARBY'S PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE V'Z MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER CONNECTIONS REMARKS W V CW 140°HW 110°HW FINFWNS GAS W 10 HEAD DRINK DISPENSER W/ICE MAKER ABOVE(SEE RECEIVES 112"FILTERED WATERLINE,ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP- d 2 #92) IMI CORNELIUS IOC 265 3/4" 112"- - - 112" - - SEE DETAIL 71P8.1. a a 5 WALL MOUNTED HAND SINK KROWNE HS2 - - 318" - 3/8" - - - 12"HOT 8 COLD WATER,1-114"WASTE. y 2 8 HEAD DRIVE-THRU DRINK DISPENSER W/OVERHEAD ICE RECEIVES 1l2'FILTERED WATER LINE,ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP- O 8 MAKER ABOVE(SEE#92) CORNELIUS IDC256 3/4" - - - 112" - - SEE DETAIL 71P6.1. Y Z 12 SHAKE MACHINE-COUNTER TOP MODEL TAYLOR 430 - - - - - 11/2" - - RECEIVES 12 O'FILTERED WATER LINE.REQUIRES CO°OR COMPRESSED AIR. m 0 PROVIDE CHECK VALVE IN EACH WATER SUPPLY LINE.INCLUDES(1)B231 FAUCET W/12"SPOUT, Q 19 4 COMPARTMENT SINK GEN III CUSTOM FAB ITEM 1-12" - 1/2' 1/2' - - - (1)8133B FAUCET W/BACKSPLASH MOUNT,(1)B-157 PRE-RINSE FAUCET AND(4)LEVER K WASTES. O 30 PREP TABLE W/BACKSPLASH 8 HAND SINK GEN III CUSTOM FAB ITEM - - 3l8" - 318" - - - PROVIDE CHECK VALVE IN EACH WATER SUPPLY LINE co 32 WALK-IN FREEZER ICS "PER OWNER" 3/4' _ - _ - _ - _ ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAINAGE TO NEAREST FLOOR RECEPTOR AS INDICATED ON WASTE ; PLAN. S 33 WALK-IN COOLER ICS "PER OWNER" 3/4" - - - _ - - ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAINAGE TO NEAREST FLOOR RECEPTOR AS INDICATED ON WASTE PLAN. 11! (3)80,000 BTU/h FACTORY MANIFOLD TO(1)CONNECTION-TOTAL 240,000 BTU/h V CONNECTION, Plan R e V I e w Q QEj 43 3 BANK FRYER W/NATURAL GAS FRYMASTER FPH366CSD•ARB - - - - _ i" 14"A.F.F.GC TO HOOK UP QUICK DISCONNECT(SUPPLIED BY KES)ALSO INCLUDE WATER DIVERTER KIT TO ALLOW HOOK-UP TO DARLING 1600 H UNIT. BY SA F L[ g u i+'t O 49 COFFEE MAKER BUNN-O-MATIC INFUSION TEA AND COFFEE BREWER - _ _ _ - 1/4" - - RECEIVES 1/4"FILTERED WATER LINE. #ITCB-DV 35700.0035 84 WATER BOOST MODULAR FILTER SYSTEM PENTAIR SHURFLO WB6-M3.22-003SS - - 318. - - - - - RECEIVES COLD WATER. (1)UNIT MOUNTS ON 8-57010E BIN,(1)UNIT MOUNTS ON ITEM 02 IMI CORNELIUS ED300 92 ICE MAKER MANITOWOC IYO684C - - 1/2" - - 112" - - BEVERAGE DISPENSER.REMOTE CONDENSER ICVD-0696,LINE SET RC21 CONTROL WIRES FROM SHEET: CONDENSING UNIT TO COIL. 1 CINNABON PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE PA&GE . � . MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODELNUMBER CONNECTIONS P5m W I V I CW 140°Hw 110°HW Fw-S FW-NS REMARKS_GAS ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS C16 RAPID RINSE STATION BLENDTEC JRE-510 _ _ _ - _ _ RECEIVES 3/8"COLD WATER.ROUTE DRAIN TO PVC STUB-UP UNDER COUNTERTOP-SEE DETAIL 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 71P6.1. PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 WATER AND WASTE SERVICE CALCULATIONS WORKSHEET(WS-1)BASELINE WATER USE PLUMBING FIXTURE COUNTQ° oy JOB NAME: PROJECT NAME:Flying J Tmel Center DATE: 04102118 2018 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE PER TABLE 422.1,ROW M OF THE 2018 UNIFORM PLUMBING TABLE L 701.2(1)-WATER USE BASELINE CODE WASTE I COLD WATER HOT WATER TOTAL FLOW RATE DURATION DAILY GALLONS FIXTURE TYPE NO. FIXTURE TYPE OCCUPANTS 3,4 OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR FU TOTAL FU TOTAL FU TOTAL FU (GPM)2 MIN/FLUSH USES PER DAY S70NAL DRINKING FOUNTAIN 28 0.5 14 0.5 14 0 0 14 LAVATORY FAUCETS 0.5 X 0.25 X 3 X 48 = 18 RETAIL OR WHOLESALE 200 SQFT/OCCUPANT 4/2 1B TOTAL SOFT 9,845 SOFT HOSE BIBB 4 0 0 2.5 10 0 0 10 KITCHEN FAUCETS 2.2 X 4 X 1 X 48 = 424 TOTAL MALE FEMALE KITCHEN SINK 6 3 15 3 16 3 15 20 FLUSH VALVE TYPE WATER CLOSETS(MALE)1 1.6 X 1 X 1 X 24 = 39 OCCUPANTS 48 24 24 0 LAVATORY(SINGLE) 18 1 18 0.78 13.5 0.75 13.5 18 FLUSH VALVE TYPE WATER CLOSETS(FEMALE) 1.6 X 1 X 3 X 24 = 116 FIXTURE TYPE ' M WATER CLOSET 1 1 (' W Q W SERVICE SINK 2 3 6 226 4.6 2.25 4.5 6 URINALS(MALE) 1.0 X 1 X 2 X 24 = 48 Z O to Oe URINAL 0 NIA t-0:W FLOOR DRAIN 25 2 60 0. 0 0 0 0 TOTAL DAILY BASELINE WATER USE(BWU) = 84b LAVATORY 1 i Q rn z ro J a a z FLOOR SINK RECEPTOR 8 3 24 0 0 1 0 0 0 BASELINE WATER USE(BWU) 046 X 0.8 = 516.01 ALLOWABLE WATER USE DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 L III III p LU F z-I Ul to SHOWER 5 2 10 1.5 7.5 1.5 7.5 10 1.THE DAILY USE NUMBER SHALL BE INCREASED TO THREE IF URINALS ARE NOT INSTALLED IN THE SAME ROOM. O C7 a0 J m 2.THE FLOW RATE IS FROM THE CEC APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY STANDARDS,TITLE 20 CALIFORNIA CODE OF J to URINAL 5 4 20 BASED ON TABLE 610.10 58 REGULATIONS;WHERE A CONFLICT OCCURS,TH Lu d O 3.FOR LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES,THE NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS SHALL BE BASED ON TWO PERSONS FOR O THE FIRST BEDROOM PLUS ONE ADDITIONAL PERSON FOR EACH ADDITIONAL BEDROOM.E CEC STANDARDS SHALL z WATER CLOSET,1.28 FV 12 4 48 BASED ON TABLE 810.10 186 APPLY Y 4.FOR NONRESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES,REFER TO TABLE A.CHAPTER 3,2016 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE,FOR WASHING MACHINE 5 4 20 2 10 2 10 13.33 OCCUPANT LOAD FACTORS.. TRENCH DRAIN 2 6 12 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL FU 237.0 317.6 236.6 334.3 WORKSHEET(WS-2)20 PERCENT REDUCTION WATER USE EQUIVALENT COLD WATER FLOW RATE(GPM): 111.3 ADDITIONAL DEMAND LOAD(GPM) 0 20 PERCENT REDUCTION WATER USE CALCULATION TABLE PRESSURE AVAILABLE AT MAIN(PSI): 45 PRESSURE BOOSTER PUMP 15 FIXTURE TYPE FLOW RATE I DURATION DAILY OCCUPANTS 3,4 GALLONS PER DAY MINIMUM REQUIRED FURORE PRESSURE(PSIr 16 (GPM MINIFLUSH USES ELEVATION RISE(FT): 0 LAVATORY FAUCETS 020 X 0.25 X 3 X 48 = 7 METER LOSS(PSI): 3 BACKFLOW PREVENTER LOSS(PSI): 10 KITCHEN FAUCETS 1.8 X 4 X 1 X 48 = 347 ADDITIONAL LOSSES(PSI); 0 Lo EQUIV.PIPE LENGTH FROM METER TO MOST REMOTE FIXTURE(FT) 700 FLUSH VALVE TYPE WATER CLOSETS(MALE)1 1.28 X 1 X 1 X 24 = 31 FRICTION LOSS PRESSURE AVAILABLE(PSI): 32.00 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FRICTION LOSS(PSI100 FT): 4.57 FLUSH VALVE TYPE WATER CLOSETS(FEMALE) 1.28 X 1 X 3 X 24 = 93 WATER FLOW VELOCITY(FPS): 7.48 CALCULATED FRICTION HEAD LOSS(PSI100 FTJ 4.21 URINALS(MALE) 0.125 X 1 X 2 X 24 = 6 MINIMUM REQUIRED'WASTE'PIPE SIZE(INCHES): 6 (CALCULATIONS PER THE UPCICPC) TOTAL DAILY BASELINE WATER USE(BWU) = 484 N BASELINE WATER USE(BWU FROM WS-1) 645 X 0.8 - 516.01 ALLOWABLE WATER USE W 0 1.THE DAILY USE NUMBER SHALL BE INCREASED TO THREE IF URINALS ARE NOT INSTALLED IN THE ROOM. Z Z J N 2.FOR NONRESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES,REFER TO TABLE L 701.2(2)2018 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE FOR O m N OCCUPANT LOAD FACTORS.INCLUDES SINGLE AND DUAL FLUSH WATER CLOSETS WITH AN EFFECTIVE FLUSH OF Z W 00 1.28 GALLONS OR LESS.H ADDITIONAL BEDROOM.ANDARDS SHALL APPLY. ~ U Z -SINGLE FLUSH TOILETS-THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.28 GALLONS OR LESS.THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME IS THE AVERAGE FLUSH VOLUME WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME f� J Q A112.19.233. D a. a -DUAL FLUSH TOILETS-THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.28 GALLONS(4.8 LITERS).THE 0 W EFFEECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME IS DEFINED A3 THE COMPOSITE,AVERAGE FLUSH VOLUME OF TWO REDUCED FLUSHES Z .J > >- Z AND ONE FULL FLUSH.FLUSH VOLUMES WILL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME At 12.19.14. V W O Y Oo � 0 2z aQ O $ Q J o a N Li Z 4 - M O M �N W Z 7 Q a IL K U rn W Y 0 0] N z wi Plan Review BY SAFFBuilt W a a� � O SHEET HA9�REQUZTED SET SHE: RA7N& PACTE SHEET: ANTERWORKs P. . P5.2 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 \ pk.L G.<y WAsill.y2 y 36 a633a ��SS avn(. 617/18 C9 Z. WW4� G� } U)W BALL VALVE W=W BALANCING VALVE(SV1) Z"1b0"N AO,�VVR O W 1 0 2 -Jro 4"11Q, �y9R .I 11 O' NOTE:SUPPORT BFPS AND PIPING T J N U, ..." BY CLAMPING TO UNISTRUT AND 2• 0. p PROVIDE"GOOSENECK" EXPANSION TANK(ET-1) I I ANCHORING INTO WALL STUDS. WATER METER(WM-1) Z STYLE TURNDOWN IN _ �O VENT PIPE.GAS PIPING VACUUM BREAKERC/" I BALL VALVE(TYP.) M Y SHALL CONTINUE TO STRAP MESH b / *1y1�UNIO (TEMP GAUGE(TYP.) ROOFTOP UNIT AY' WATER SCREENING ON = 3 o PRESSURE REGULATOR UNION(TYP.) SOFTENER PIPE END 3 INSULATION-PROVIDE < V a 3 I SEAL CONNECTION RECIRCULATION PUMP(RP-1)ALUM1 1 OVER INSULATION WEATHERTIGHT S� I 3 UNION(TYP.) 2^ OVER INSULATION BALANCING VALVE(BV2) EXPOSED TO WEATHER STAINLESS � = 0IF-200#GAUGE(TYP.) STEEL CLAMP = Q AQUASTAT,SET ACTIVATION COLLAR I o b TEMPERATURE FOR 104°F. `WATER METER 3 SHALL BE LINE VOLTAGE W/ (WM-11-SEE DETAIL GALVANIZED STEEL PREFABRICATED I 26 GAUGE I x a 100°F-180°F RANGE. BOOSTER 81P8.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTOR(BFP-1 MANUFACTURER 1 PUMP(P_1) INSULATED CURB WITH CURB COVER OR AS CHECK VALVE(TYP.) FULL PORT BALL VALVE(TVP.) .- TREATED WOOD NAILER I APPROVED BY CURB I BALL VALVE(TYP.) } I BALL VALVE(TYP.) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE(PRV-11 2" TWO PIECE 26 GA. 0°-200°F TEMP GAUGE(TYP.) ) I STRAINER(TYP.) GALVANIZED I CHECK VALVE(TYP.) .� COUNTER FLASHING - \ / �„il 0#-200R GAUGE(TYP.)—� T INSULATION AND CURB UNION(TYP.) �i � 2"_ 18" Ij MIXING VALVE M( VLjl rt y W1 i I SEE DETAIL 3/P6.1 I a 24"AFF I�ROUTE DISCHARGE TO NEAREST FLOOR 2• RECEPTOR,SEE WASTE FLOOR PLAN PROVDE 1"CLEAR ROOF DECK OPENING AROUND PROVIDE MSS TYPEMIN. �q�� PIPE TO ALLOW FOR 8 RISER CLAMP FOR HEAT TRAP LEG T_. 3/4"CONDENSATE TO NEAREST WASTE PIPE MOVEMENT PIPES 6"AND �Y RECEPTOR.SEE FLOOR PLAN 1IP1 LARGER > M Z m N a�ROOFTOP PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL MIXING VALVE PIPING DETAIL z WATER HEATER PIPING DETAIL � WATER SERVICE ENTRANCE DETAIL Z W w SCALE: NTS P6.1 SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS P6.1 SCALE: NTS V Z Q I'�IYYV�r BFP-4-SLOPE I/8" FILTERED WATER SUPPLY. a J LV n. DISCHARGE TO REFER TO PLAN(S)FOR SIZE PIPE PENETRATIONS IN Z Q W Z INSTALL WATER SUPPLY AND PROPOSED ROUTING CABINETY TO BE SEALED3l4"110°HOT WATER NEAREST UNE(S)WITH FULL PORT BALL UNDER-CO WITH FLEXIBLE SEALER OUNTER VALVES IN ACCESSIBLE PROVIDE BACKFLOW Q O O 1/2"COLD WATER DRAIN STUB-UP \ LOCATIONS FOR SHUT-OFFpREVENTOR IN LINE TO ICE 3/4"110°RECIRC "-NO COPPER TUBING MACHINE B(FP-3 DRAIN LINE TO L Z MOUNT INDIVIDUAL DOWNSTREAM OF ICE MACHINE HEAD DISCHARGE INDIRECTLY J t""' SHUT-OFF VALVES SFP-4-PROVIDE CUBER(FURNISHED BY FLOOR GRATE d U J SHOWER UNDER COUNTER 1 FOOD-GRADE TUBING. aa<o\\;,0 OTHERS) INSTALL ADAPTERS AND SOFT O FOR EASY ACCESS TA COPPER TUBES FULL SIZE OF O Fj ASSEMBLY S(H-� C \Iaaa TYPICAL DRINK BAR CONNECTION TO WATER INLET MOUNT FIXTURE FLUSH J O Q GAP SHALL BE 2X '`il2'FILTERED WATER A p ICE STORAGE BIN AT CUBER.(TYP) W/FINISHED FLOOR (FURNISHED BY THE DIAMETER OF N TEE RECIRC OFF TYPICAL DRINK BARS OTHERS) PIPE IN LENGTH 1--FINISHED FLOOR a BOTTOM OF HOT �1'FILTERED WATER I�` I�Bi qI DRAIN LINE SHALL BE y= I WATER LINE L "aIG� FILTERED WATER INSTALLED OPEN TO O NI` as■` STUB-UPS,SEE DETAIL ATMOSPHERE AT UPPER END �'� y� S/P6.1 (n UNISTRUT SUPPORT, M 3/4"DRAIN(MIN) w 4" TYPICAL FOR FILTERED `' 4'1" h µO1 WATER AND DRAINAGE TRENCH DRAIN I TERMINATE DRAIN(S)WITH AN ,m1 C c PIPING SEE DETAIL 9/P6.2 IN CONNECTION AT AN FLOOR SLAB c=i O `� COLLECTOR STUB-UP, I APPROVED RECEPTOR.REFER REFER TO FIXTURE LL SEE DETAIL 8/P6.1 CO TO PLANS)FOR PROPOSED SPECIFICATION FOR w a 2"PVC COMBINATION FIN.FLOOR I""' DRAIN ROUTING AND OPTIONS ON INTEGRAL /- RECEPTOR LOCATION WATER AND DRAINAGE y DOME STRAINER OR Z PIPING RUN IN SPACE FLOW BEHIND CABINETRY, NOTE: WASTE LINE BASKET tq9 MOUNTED ON FACE OF WALL PROVIDE COLD WATER ROUGH-IN AT TOP OF ICE MACHINE. 4 ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC.ADJUST AS REQUIRED TO SUIT CONDITIONS.VERIFY CONNECTIONS WITH MANUFACTURER s TYPICAL SHOWER DETAIL a DRINK BAR STUBUPS DETAIL � DRINK BAR PIPING ISOMETRIC f-61 ICE MACHINE CONNECTION DETAIL �1 FLOOR SINK DETAIL_ w'o SCALE: NTS P61 SCALE: NTS P6.1 SCALE: NTS P8.1 SCALE: NTS PB•1 SCALE: NTS Plan Review d 12"MIN.ALL AROUND(TYP.) BY SAFEBuilt WG 8"THICK CONCRETE PAD W/ G GRADE OR PAVING 2-p5 BARS 3'-8"LONG ALL FOUR COMBINATION �• 0 SLOPE AWAY SIDES.(TYPICAL) U.S.FOUNDRY CASTING 240-B FILTER,REGULATOR, COMPRESSOR,MOUNTED m H 24"DIA.PRECAST INSTALL PIPE REDUCER FROM BRANCH PIPE FROM MANHOLE (OR APPROVED EQUAL GAS TIGHT SIZE TO UNIT CONNECTION SIZE AT UNIT ANHOLE EXTENSIONS MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER) LUBRICATOR ON VERTICAL TANK L$ AS REQ'D 2 TO 12 PRECAST "GREASE"TO BE PRINTED ON LID. BC CONE ADJUSTING RINGS. GAS FIRED CONNECTION STUB ONLY G • MANHOLES TO BE -- --_- ROOFTOP UNIT -1f1 III i I � J I III III III III III I J III I I P TRAFFIC RATED. GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR. PRESSURE GAUGE III.- .II INSTALL AS CLOSE TO REDUCER AS POSSIBLE co 1=11 J� III II I III TIC III—III I` III III JII III -Ill 111 W III—III II II _ __ _ n LI iiJ nl In—LI =,L lll Ll II ----- lu I�I::III III—III- a� .. JII I1 I� III llif il. �� -� GROUND JOINT PIPE UNION ONUIRTFEG VALVE SHUT-0FFVALVE ? �j _j III III 6"MIN. IJI III / ON DRAIN LINE - 2"VE('IT—'® OUT SHUTOFF VALVE SHUT-OFF VALVE INLET - - AIR SPACE UNION UJ GROUT_ ------ --- 6" - - OUTLET INLET - OUTLET ROUTE COMPRESSOR DRAIN Q III.-III. WATER LEVEL-7 t- I BRANCH UP FROM GAS MAIN BELOW ROOF Q III TEE �I III-- LINE TO FLOOR DRAIN IN SAME �J 6" MASONRY III II \\ \\ �� ROOM-SEE FLOOR PLAN. III=-=I L.I; CONCRETE �--J_ CONDENSATE TEE WALL SLOPE=114":T-O" PROVIDE 6"LONG DRIP LEG FULL SIZE OF BRANCH 10 AIR COMPRESSOR PIPING DETAIL CONCRETE 2/3 OF -� 1I3 OF -r CONCRETE PAD MIRO INDUSTRIES PIPE SUPPORT MINIMUM S"ABOVE ROOF P6'1 SCALE: NTS GRPRECAST EASE LIQUID 12" •LIQUID 12" INTERCEPTOR `. CAPACITY CAPACITY ITOP VIEW SHEET: PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC.ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS.VERIFY CONNECTION LOCATIONS BEFORE INSTALLING PIPE RUNS.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION.PROVIDE BRANCH SIZE ftA A� `\ SHUTOFF VALVE AND GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR.REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZING.INSTALL GAS PRESSURE `MIN.6"OF 3/4"STONE BEDDING BELOW REGULATOR WITH RELIEF VALVE OUTLET FACING DOWN. SECTION GREASE INTERCEPTOR. P6ol 1z GREASE INTERCEPTOR DETAIL 11 ROOFTOP GAS CONNECTION ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS p8-1 SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS 923 MAIN STREET.NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 Wr.a,.,. .,. C�POL OY WAS/IoL"I..i 4 36 .� 36338 RVA I"SCALE-INHIBITED 1/15118 FILTERED WATER LINE. SUSPEND PIPE FROM ESCUTCHEON AT CEILING SERVES ALL ICE MAKERS. STRUCTURE ABOVE. PENETRATION NOT FROM HOOD OR CAPPUCCINO CEILING GAS COCK DISPENSERS, COFFEE AND ICED TEA DO NOT INSTALL ANY INSTALL AUTOMATIC GAS BREWERS.SEE DETAIL GAS VALVES IN SHUT-OFF VALVE CEILING SPACE FURNISHED WITH 2/P6.2 W EXHAUST HOOD FIRE 1"COLD WATER IN- N UNION V W Q W EXHAUST HOOD SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (TYPICAL) 1'NON-SCALE FILTERED Z O flj m 0#-200R GAUGE WATER LINE.SERVES ALL W GAS PIPE-CLEAN,PRIME, _ PROVIDE QUANTITY AND PIPE DROP OF SIZE AND AT (TYPICAL) I FROZEN BEVERAGE Q y Z AND PAINT WITH TWO COATS SIZE OF BRANCH LOCATION SHOWN ON TRAVEL CENTER EQUIPMENT TAG-REFER DISPENSERS,SODA J o.Q Z 4p0p OF RUST RESISTANT PAINT _ CONNECTION$AS PLAN O TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON FOUNTAINS,AND �W Z W Mf REQUIRED BY X SHEET P5 FOR ALL PLUMBING BAG-IN-BOX SYSTEMS. O EQUIPMENT SERVED. GAS PIPE HEADER ALONG REQUIREMENTS. SEE DETAIL 2IP8.2 ~Z J W PROVIDE GAS COCK WALL BEHIND COOKING Q 40 J co co LOCATED WHERE EQUIPMENT(OR INSIDE WALL MICRO INDUSTRIES MODEL _ ACCESSIBLE BESIDE OR IF INDICATED ON PLAN). BALL VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTOR � W N Z _ 4-RAH OR EQUAL PIPESTAND ABOVE EQUIPMENT SIZES AS SHOWN ON PLANS (TYPICAL) BU a G ^ ADJUST PIPESTAND TO -————————- (MAX.10'-0"O.C.)MODEL HEIGHT TO EVEN LOAD -— INSTALL FLEXIBLE " I� AIR GAP(AG) Y ________ 5-RAH OR EQUAL FOR 5"PIPE CHECK VALVE WITH OTHER = _ APPLIANCE W DIRT LEG AT BOTTOM OF TO ALL ICE MAKERS,CAPPUCCINO DISPENSERS, CONNECTOR HOSE (TYPICAL) BACKFLOW PREVENTOR PIPESTANDS.MAKE _ = FURNISHED WITH RISER SCALE INHIBITED WATER COFFEE AND ICED TEA BREWERS Bf FP 2) SURE ROLLER IS LEVEL = - KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONNECT HOSE TO O O O O O O O O O®O IF REQUIRED.INSTALL = KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 4A 4B 8E 8K 8K 9D 9D 9D 190 15T 1 1 TRAFFIC PADS BELOW = - KITCHEN FLOOR (TYPICAL) UNION(TYPICAL) PIPESTANDS TO AIR GAP(� ADJUST HEIGHT. = REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT PIPE,FITTINGS.AND ROUTE DRAIN _ CONNECTIONS.PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC;ADJUSTTOSUIT PIPING TO - FIELD CONDITIONS.IF EXPOSED,ATTACH RISER AND HEADER TO WALL WITH 1" TO ALL FROZEN BEVERAGE DISPENERS,SODA FOUNTAINS, FLOOR SINK/ SCALE INHIBITION CLEARANCE BEHIND PIPE(UNLESS INSTALLED INSIDE WALL AS SHOWN ON PLANS). AND BAG-IN-BOX SYSTEMS.FIXTURES RECEIVING DRAIN. TREATMENT SYSTEM MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. ROOF LINE INSTALL ANY GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS FURNISHED BY FOOD SERVICE NON-SCALE INHIBITED WATER CARBONATION DO NOT REQUIRE SCALE-INHIBITED WATER EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR. �� FILTERED WATER SYSTEM SET ONTO ROOF PER PROVIDE CLEVIS HANGERS Q BE 48 46 46 SUPPLIED IO OWNER, MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 5'-0"INTERVALS UNDER ROOF INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION BY MICRO INDUSTRIES MODEL DP-12 PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. OR EQUAL DECK PLATE---------/ a GAS PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL r3 KITCHEN GAS CONNECTION DETAIL s SCALE INHIBITION SYSTEM DETAIL ri1 WATER FILTER SYSTEM PIPING DETAIL P6.2 SCALE: NTS \ZL2J SCALE: NTS Pa•2 SCALE: NTS Z SCALE: NTS PROVIDE METAL 360° SIZE AND QUANTITY SECURE PIPE HANGER w INSULATION SHIELD AND HIGH OF HANGER RODS TO STRUCTURE(TYP) W G DENSITY INSULATION OR PER THREADED STEEL ROD J N PRE-ENGINEERED THERMAL MANUFACTURER'S HANGER-SHIELD INSERT OF RECOMMENDATIONS WITH NUT AND Z m N CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION. WAS BOTH SIDES _ Z W O S Z O FOR PIPES 4"AND SMALLER, - PROVIDE TWO-PIECE (TYP) PRE-ENGINEERED THERMAL _ PIPE CLAMP(TYP) CLEVIS HANGER, WM-1.SEE DETAIL 5/P6.2 HANGER-SHIELDUNICELLULAR INSERT OF € 2" a (n Q FLEXIBLE UNICELLULAR = SHOWN FOR CLARITY. _ J J INSULATION MAY BE PROVIDED - SUPPORT SIZE HANGER FOR = = M y L L 1 d = NUT(TYP) COLD PIPE OUTSIDE _ _ 1 BFP3 Z Q > W Z DIAMETER PLUS _ _- CLEVIS HANGER, ` m W O INSULATION CUT INSULATION TO FIT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. THICKNESS.DO NOT ULL-PORT BALL VALVE(TYP.) cc Y AROUND TRAPEZE OR PLASTIC PIPE 512E HANGER FOR G G HANGER.SEAL BOTH _ OR PLASTIC PIPE PENETRATE - - HOT PIPE OUTSIDE ` Q ENDS OF EXPOSED = INSULATION WITH DIAMETER. -1/4" -1/4' 1" 3/4" 2 Z _ PROVIDE PLASTIC INSULATION WITH JOINT HANGER J r GALVANIC ISOLATOR n N J d SEALANT - FOR COPPER PIPE (TYP) PROVIDE A SECTION PEX TO COPPER 10 PIPE DIAMETERS MIN. O O Q UNINSULATED OF HIGH DENSITY TRANSITION �3.'COPPER UPSTREAM OF co COPPER PIPE INSULATION OR �1 1 1 1 _ LLQ NEAREST FITTING J O COLDINSULATED STYROFOAM BILLETS PIPE AT EACH HANGER OF T T T T 3/4"PEX CL 1 1/4"CW N PIPE INSULATION COLD INSULATED PIPE (T1 PI PROVIDE SHORT CUT INSULATION TO 6"AFF I I I I ) 30 A-INSTALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDE 15/8'ki-5/8"14 HOT INSULATED INSULATION SHIELD FOR FIT AROUND HANGER. 50 AS TO METER RISING FLOW BFP3 GA.CHANNEL SUPPORT PIPE LAPPING INSULATION SEALEXPOSED JACKET OVER HIGH INSULATION ENDS ` PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC.ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITONS.REFER TO DENSITY INSULATION OR WITH JOINT SEALANT / - -/ - 5 PIPE DIAMETERS MIN. SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION.PIPE AND CONDUIT OF ALL TRADES MAY BE STYROFOAM BILLETS. COLD PIPE HOT PIPE DOWNSTREAM OF COMBINED ON THE SAME SUPPORT CHANNEL.COORDINATE SUPPORT CHANNEL LENGTH MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER I l 1 NEAREST FITTING Plan Review WITH PIPING AND CONDUIT TO BE SUPPORTED.SUPPORT CHANNEL SPACING SHALL BE `�- "—- �-- �- " By SA E E B to i I t DETERMINED BY SMALLEST PIPE TO BE SUPPORTED,CHANNEL SUPPORT MAY BE USED AS A P'CW 2 WALL BRACKET,ATTACH TO WALL WITH ANCHOR BOLTS PER SPECIFICATIONS.FOR REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION TYPES, (5)3/4"PEX LINES IN 2"PVC SLEEVES TO TRUCK Q - HORIZONTAL INSULATED PIPING,ATTACH CLAMPS AS INDICATED ABOVE,FOR VERTICAL INSULATION THICKNESSES,HANGER TYPES,HANGER ISLANDS AND AUTO WATER DISPENSERS 1+1 INSULATED PIPING,ATTACH CLAMPS TO THE PIPE AND SEAL INSULATION AT BOTH CLAMP ROD CONNECTIONS TO SRUCTURE AND HANGER oS ENDS. SPACING. a TRAPEZE PIPE HANGER DETAIL ��1 INSULATED PIPE HANGER DETAIL s ISLAND WATER PIPING MANIFOLD DETAIL s WATER METER PIPING DETAIL w�o Pat SCALE: NTS \ZL2V SCALE: NTS \tL2J SCALE: NTS PaZ SCALE: NTS CL d 0: y �.p = W 1 -1 MAY EXTEND AS a g O WASTE OR VENT INSTALL PER PDI STANDARDS& Z INTERIOR CLEANOUT CO-1 WALL CLEANOUT CO-2 i i EXTERIOR CLEANOUT CO-3 MANUFACTURER'S r O CLEANOUT PLUG WHA AT END O INSTRUCTIONS.PROVIDE WHA IF HORIZONTAL BRANCH IS g0" q0" m (Al 4"CONCRETE PAD, AT ALL QUICK CLOSING VALVES. LESS THAN O Iz F LINE PROVIDE ONE Z TEE STAINLESS STEEL 1'ABV.FIN.GRADE ACCESS COVER WITH COVER VANDAL PROOF WATER SUPPLY IF BRANCH IS GREATER THAN O SECTION 8805 SECTION 8606 0 20',PROVIDE ANOTHER WHA 4"WASTE COUNTERSUNK SCREW FINISHED GRADE ADJUSTABLE TYPE IN MIDDLE,EACH SIZED FOR CD HALF THE FIXTURE UNITS °D FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS NO-HUB END OUTLET =1 1= SHALL BE SIOUX CHIEF n II III ILL III�fJJ'a " iil CONNECTIONS INSTALL TRENCHNCH DRAIN SYSTEM DRAIN IN LOCATION DESIGNATED PER DIMENSIONS.FIRST HYDRARESTERTM W/MIP en c a III- SECTION OF TRE O 7EM SHALL BE INSTALLED FULL-LENGTH, SECOND SECTION OF TRENCH DRAIN SYSTEM SHALL BE CUT TO LENGTH w SHOWN,FABRICATE IN FIELD.JOIN TOGETHER PER MANUFACTURER'S F LLI PDI PIPE FIXTURE FIXTURE UNIT TABULATION INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONSNECTION END. .PROVIDE CAP ON SHALLOW END,PROVIDE V Q F ADJUSTING COLLAR RISER(LENGTH VARIES 4"MINIMUM SIZE SIZE UNIT LOAD FIXTURE COLD HOT NO-HUB END OUTLET ON CON C CLEANOUT PLUG AS REQUIRED) SEWER A 1/2" 1-11 w VALVE WATER CLOSET 10 - AND BODY LATERAL SIZE TRENCH DRAIN FABRICATION DETAIL LINE-SIZED LINE-SIZED COMBINATION COMBINATION � B 3/4' 12-32 � TANK WATER CLOSET 5 - FITTING,FULL SIZE FITTING,FULL SIZE C 1' 33E0 URINAL OF LINE OF LINE 3 - �'2 SCALE: NTS D i-1/4" 81-113 LAVATORY/SINK 1.5 1.5 FLOW FLOW FL— 3 LINE LINE �� SHEET: y E 1-12" 114-154 JANITOR'S SINK 3 3 USE LONG SWEEP ELBOW FITTING USE LONG SWEEP ELBOW FITTING USE(2)LONG-SWEEP F 2' 154330 SHOWER/BATHTUB 2 2 IN LIEU COMBINATION IF AT THE IN LIEU COMBINATION IF AT THE COMBINATION P6m2 END OF LINE END OF LINE CA-O FITTINGS U OR DUAL ' • ■ . AN 11 CLEANOUT DETAILS 10_ HAMMER ARRESTOR DETAIL ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 2 SCALE: NTS Z SCALE: NTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 . .�T1r 3rr 1 6338 �q- S3CYJALF:'NC',ry- 6/7M8 cs®ua System No.W-L-1206 System No.W-L-1206 � System No.W-L-2406 � � System No.W-L-2406 22 F Ratings-1 and 2 Hr(See Item 1) in, ANSWLtg79(ASTM E814) CANJULCS115 3 ; anwlreew T Ratings-0,112 and 314 Hr(See hem 2) cs avv h FRetrg-t and 2 Hr(See Items l and 4) FR 1 an ms d 2 Hr Sa 1 end 4) uh,wrwntanrww,ua uroawssatamraxwr,xa m uu lnew4nNalcale aft- 3-ThreugirPmmanta-Omm.taun pipe,mnduftatubing to be installed emer mncentipmy a eccentrically within to flraabp system An mhxum LReting At Ambient-1.2 CFMlegft(See Item 38) moun 7 H- xvx T Rating-0 Hr FT Rating-0 Hr annular space of ran 0 in.(0ran,point comtl)to max 1-7/8 in.(48 mm)is required within 6=4 system.Pipe,cmdu8atubing to be,igidy LRating At 400 F-Low Than 1 CFMIeq it(See Rem 3B) ♦er W 13 w supported m both aldesofwall assembly.The following types and view,of mangle plpse,mndults a tubing may be used: V w FH Rating-tentl2Hr(Sea lnrmtand 4) rd O y A.Steel Pipe-Nan 6 in.(203 ram)diem(urernaller)Schedule 10("heavier)sb+al pipe. Z F FTH Rating-0 Hr B.Irm Pips-NanBin.(203mm)dlam(aamaler)naetaducile Iron pipe. A 3.FirmkO System-Thefiresnp system shag mnemdne ntiaxinp: K Of W n C.Condos(-Nan4ln.(102mm)dfan(aremeller)meal@6e-Mcdmetellictubliga4ln.(102mm)dlamsleelmMult 1l3 1 A.Fill Voider Cavity Mertenel'-Wrap Sbip-See Table under Item 38 br min airs of imummcent wrap amp.The wrap strip k continuousy } Q�Z m D.Copps Tubing-Nora A n.(102 ram)diem(a smaller)Type L(or heavier)cappekibirg. wrapped-ad theaufer dreumfecarim ore Pipe once and mid into Bea annular apace each that approc ire in.(3 man)omen wisp strip _J W Z W v°Di E Copper PI Nom 41n,(f0'2 ram dam or met Reader or heavi I protrudes from Ore wall audece.Wrap all is hold n place with Ndegnel femerhing lope.Wrap sbip installed m each eunae d well �A Ppe Pe- ) ( r) ( MmPParP Pe. O O!- 2 F.Ratlhle Steel CatluBe-Nan 21n,(51 ram)dlem(a emllm)fil steel conduh. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS,DIV OF HILTI INC-CP 6185-1.5'U5.CP 848S-7US,CP 648S-3'US,CP 84BS-4'US and CP _J un 3 4 Sea Flmdge Metal Conduit(DXIR)category in the Eleal l Construction Equipment Dim"for names of menufamrmis. 6465-8'US O��J w 2 4B 4,Flnedi System-Thefimatop sysee shall consM of the following B.Fill,Void or Cavity MatenC-caulk-ton 19 in.(6mm)thkknam of fill material applied within ere mnWus,flush with both surfaces of p J A.Pinall Manrim-MI,l-5/8 or2-iMn.(41 a57 men)thickness of min 4 pof(64 k9/m')Miami wool bad lrsutatlon finny paled Into .4.For 2 mfire+eed wells,1/4n.(Smm)heed fig materiel ales applied at wrap anpJgypsum was interface.In l Wfire-rated went,fig J_ W� sleeveonaresaletithewall ea pennmem farm for 1 and 2 Hr wells,metatarsal Packing materiai to be mmssad from the roan We of material Is optional farmm 1-12,2,3antl 4n.(38,51,76 and 102 mm)dim pmetrema.In 2 hr flraratad wails,fill maelal Is optional for wag m accommodate fin requirsdthiWmasoffill mafeie.In alternate wall assemby,paling material to be flush withathadde,of the well meat-12,2and 3 In.(A 51 and 76 ran)diem panetrenn.Fill material is required to be used n atlain L Ratings. a O O endr eased ban the offlar"of me wall toemcrm odels the required IMtlmasa off1l materiel, HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS,DIV OF HILTI INC-FS-0.Bement orFSCNE MAX Inca-t Smart Y B.FM. Vald"Cavity"I"'hal-Seal-ton 1-12 ac(38 ran)thidmees applied within weave,flush with I n surface o/wall.At the point canted level between pipe and wall,a min 12 in.(13 ram)clam hared of fill materd Mal be applied al fire pipaMall interface. Nora Pipe Diam, Wrap Ship Size,thick.X Max Dien of Opening, Annular Space,in.(ram) HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS,DIV OF HILTI INC-FS-ONE Seiler"FS-ONE MAX Inkimmmnt Sealant 0 n.(nun) Wrap Stop wdtlr,n.(ram) n.(ram)4H 'Indicates such Products shall beanie UL orcUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions mmpattnng the UL a cUL Carded.(such as Denied.), Min Mass 3 manalvelY 1-12(38) CP648S-1.FU8 316x1(5 x 25) 23e(80) 3116(6) 5k16(8) Basting the UL listing Mark p 1 46 2 2(51) CP84BS-7US 3116x1(5x26) 3(76) 3n6(5) sn6(8) 93(76) CP84B3-3'US T16 x 144 IS x 44) 4(102) 3I16(5) 5/16(8) $ECTIONA-A 4(102) CP648S-4-US NO x 1-39(10 x44) 6-3R(137) 318(10) 1/2(13)SECTION AAA 6(152) CP648S-6'US 12x I-N(13 x44) 8(203) 9116(14) 13fi6(21) rew t.Wadi Assembly-The fiated gypsum beaWMd wall Invariably shml be mnstrum atre m ed alenals and In fin manner des bed alw cri In the 'lmbo such product.shall bear the UL a WL Ce ryna rfificatlen Mark far tea io employing UL orcULCert imgm ca),(each r Cau individual U4W,V400 or W414)Series Wag and Position,Do*in tire UL Fire Panama Directory and shall induct m s the following mWdion roP Y' fmtulea A Studs-'C-T'sheped i m.1518 In.(41 ram)said.by2-12In.(64 ram)deep,fabricated ban 25 MSG Pali anal,spiel mu 24 In.(610 ram)OC. 1.Weal Aeaembiy-The 1 or 2 hnflrsreted gypsum assembly m ea atud wall assembly he constructed the ed of mmetala naaahe end in the man sptl in B.Gypsum Bead'-One laya a non 1 In.(26 mm)thick 24 in.(610 mm)wide gypsum liner and we a In nyem of ram 5181n(16 mm) the individual U300,Ul V400 or W400 Seim Wag and Periim Designs in the UL Flee Resistance Directory and shell Include the following thtk,4IL(1.27 m)wide gypsum board with square at taPmac edges.The gypsum board types,member of layer,fsenmrtype suck ahem con etructlan features: orienlatimehfibam spsoifed in fin tall Wall and Padden Maxdismm A.Shads-Wall framing maymnestoeitlnrweod etude asleelchanoolstuds.Wood studen comimof noes 2 by4 in.(51 by102mm) Design opening ls 1312 in.Cte7 ram). lumen 1A Weg Amemby-As an atamela n Me abovowml meambly,nor 1 a 2 W rim rated gypsum beard/mud wag-bly mtWl be mnesucled o epemtl 16 n.(406 ram)OC.Slam skids n nd min 3121n.(89 ram)wide and spaced maL 241n.(810 ram)OC. the mmedW and In In manner spedlled InUse Individual Ul U400 a V4W Series Wall and!Patton Design In the UL Fire Resistance B.Gypsum Board'-One ortwo taere of noes 518 in.(16 men)thick gypsum boand,ea specified inthe Individual Well1 Paritm Design. Display and shag nMde the following mmbucton features: Sao Table under Inca 38 for max else of opening A.Studs-Wall framing may cons of altlwrsend skids oreeel dnneal which.Seel suds be be min 2-1/2 In.(64 mm)vide and spaced mez 2.Through-Pmelmnts-0.mnmmml'c pipe installed within gc firemop system Sao Table under Item 33 for annular space required In the 241n.(510 mm)OC.Wood emtle to mnsat o non 2 by 4 n.(51 by 102 mm)lumber spaced 18 in.(406 ram)OC. flrmtop singer.Pipe to be ngldlyauppoted on both sides of wall esmmby The following time and sbea ofnmmecalllc pipes may be reed: B. sum Board'-Thickness,ly1.a,number of leyera and faeeanare asrequiretl an the Individual Well end Pasoan Design.Max diem or (process Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe-Nan 6In.(152 mm)diem(or smaier)Schedule 40 celularoradid care PVC pipe for nee in dosed Gypm opem la lard' hick ram} 3. or vented(drain,waste avent)piping system. B.Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride(CPVC)Pipe-Nam B In.If 62 men)trim(a smaller)SOP 13.5 CPVC pipe for use in closed(proms or The hourly F,FH Ratings tithe fir system am equal to the hourly him aging of the wail emarably In which ft la headed. supply)piping system. 2,Metallic Staew-Max 10.12 in.(267 mm)diem cylav nml weave fathomed train min 0.016 in.(0.41 mm)hick(28 gauge)gall memsteal and C.Ac rybnilrlle Butednne Styren(ABS)Pipe-Nom 4 In.(102 mm)den(orsmaller)Schedule 40 mllufarm sditl mreABS pipe for use inhaving a ma 1 in.(25 him) fi m)lap an n Length airmail seem.Lenairmailto el sleeve to be equal thickness alluvial.Sieve installed by mill g ft dosed(process or supply)or verb(draln,ware awnll plping system. W a ahem meal to a dam muallertren ft through operand,inserah ft mil through tln opening and mnmiig the mil to let 4 uncoil egenattw The T Rang for 2 hr firarend wells Is 0 he The T Rating for l hrtwaded walla Is 3/4 hrfor nom l-W,2 and 3 in.(38.51 and 76 mm)diem ��rmWloubmlhe gypsum board layers.Skew may also be formed o No.8 meal wire mash having a min l in.(25 mm)rip along the through permeate.The T Rating for l hr fimmted wage Is l2 hrfor note 4 and 6 In. and 152 men)dam through Penetrants. J r J N Q Z m � Repoducd by HILTI,Inc.Courtesy of Reproduced by HILTI,Inc.Courtesy o Reproduced by HILTI,Inc.Coarsely o Reproduced by HILTI,Inc.Cmrtery m Q t j rW' Z 47) Underimme Laboramme,Inn assasUnderwaers Laborall Inc. Unit emalnm Laboratories,Inc. Undarcrtters Laboratories,Inc. ,J 0 - Q Hlltl FIrB8t0 Systems Jenuery 22,2015 Hlltl Flresto S stems January 22,2015 January 26,2a16 Jmuary2c,2016 a O P Y Page:?oft P Y Page:2 of 2 Hlltl Flrestop Systems p e.1 2 Hlltl Flrestop Systems Page:2 of 2 0 J a 0 Z W z ffffmIL WO System No.W-L-2474 System No.W-L-5274 A System No.W-L-5274 O O ~ FRatlnga-1and2Hr(Seellem1) ; c us ANSWL1479MIME814) CANNLC5115 9 2.Through Peretrenta-Onemengkplpeor tubing tobe Installed mncoMmllyoramerminaly within gas fimempsymem.PIPemaym '"hf, D H L Z um.wr.nrrtt'mr.,hm T Rating-0 Hr unawwr,. ,m FRatings-1 and W(Sea ten l) FRatings-1 acl2 W(Sea ltam l) kmelled m an angle not greater than 45 degrees train parpendimla..Pipe or tubing n be rigidyeappandd an both sides at wall a 1,11,. -t (n r m utum L Rating AtAmblerd-Lees Than l CFWSq Ft mm+..e.maxuwns Tm fdlowirg Win ad came of mraft pipes or tubing may be mad: a to J L Rating at 400 F-4 CFWSq Ft T Ratings-0,1-12 and 1314 Hr(See tame 1 and 3) FT Reatil0,1-12 end 1314 Hr(Sea Irma 1 and 3) A Steel Pipe-Nom 21n,(51 ram)darn(a smaler)Schedule 10(or hmv er)steal pp.. W r O SECTIONA-A LRallmAtAnda m-4CFMIegB FHRetlnge-I and 2W(Seellen1) B.hm Pipe-Nan2 In.(51 mm)dlem(a smaller)mat a ductile Iran pipe. O 4 Q C.Copper iaung-Nom 2 in.(51 men)dim(err smaller)Type L(or butual copper tube. 1 LRafirg At 400 F-Lees Than ICFNVsgft FTH Ratings-0,1-12 and I-W Hr(See lame l ad 3) D.Copper Pipe-Nan 2in.(51 mm)dim(or smaller)Regular(o leader)copper pipe. Q LRagrg AlAmbstnt-4CFMIegft 3.Pipe Cmrina'-Mn1 in.(25mm)n max MRin.(38 men}tick tcllowaylindricel heavy density pea 5B kWm3)glass fiber units a N je trend an the outside with an all mvimjacket Lonpibdimljdnn eased with metal fmtanemo fadayapplkd set-sealing lop tape. LRaing At4WF-km;hm1CFMegft Transverse joints securetl with maul nsnnem a with but tape supplied with the produo The annular space between Insulated psnmmsng A� tam am tea edge of Pie through opening Meal be 01n.to max.7/8 in.(22 men).When pipe is mend perpendicular to well,Imuleten may 3 haw mminuoua point of contact.When thdmem of pipe mwmhp material k tam than 1.12 in.(38 ram),the T,FT and FTH Ratings am 0 W 4 2 for both 1 Is and 2 hr fire retail walls. material�A Sea Pipe and EWlpmmt Covering-Materias'-(BRGU)category in gw Building Materials Dreamy for man ofmanufaWuas.Any pipe 4 1 co wnng el minting above spedfmtlpnsand beating m n e UL Centro Mating wtm a Fame Spnmd later of 25 or lase and a Smoke Developed Indiaof50 or Ire may be reed. 3 3A Pipe Covering'-(Nos Shown)-As m alnmels to Item 3,Nom 1 in.(25 mm)a 1.12 In.(38 mm)thick gbnd cad cakdum sYican(min 14 prJJ(224 kglm3)untie wrack ta autakk diem one pipe may be used.Pipe iosulafoo aewred with atanleea steel bends a ran 8 AWG - stainless eleel ease sced pa max 12 In.(305 ram)OC.When Ihkgmem a ripe mvMnp material Is lase tlun 1.121n.(38 ram),tln T,FT end F . FTH ratings an 0 hr for bath the 1 end 2Is rated wells. Z . . . . . . . . . . 4,Fill,Vold or Cavity material.-Studies-Min 618 in.(16 mm)ttdmeesoseelant appied between pipe us ukton and gypsum board an p II both sides of wall assembly,hush with both written dwell.At the point a cmtinhxxn contact location between gypsum board and Piper aj yt�J covering,a min 121n.(13 mm)dam limit of III ma edel Mall be applied at the pipe mwmglgypeum beard Interface an both surf vas atwall. o r, HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS,ON OF HILTI INC-FS-0m Smnaa FSONE MAX Intumescent Seance 2 pig 'Indicates such products shall bur ft UL or aUL Caehm0on 8knc lot junadktms employing the UL or rill Cart!tion(such m Canada), U Z 1.Well Assembly-The fire oa-med gypsum bd/smd wall a cemby Mali be constructed of the materials ad in the mannerspmified n the L-A reapectbey. U.1 O individual U300,U400 V40D or W400 Series Wad and Par56m Designs In are UL fire Resistance Directory and Meg Ireleds the rearmichon O d a m n features pond below SECTION AA A.Studs-Wall fishing may conslether w ood ski a stud, etael channa at&.Wood skids told a nom 2 by 41n(51 by 102 ram) SECTION) d lumber spe bed max 16 in.(408 ram)OC.Seel able to be min 312 In.(89 ram)Wide end spaced max 24 in.(610 mm)OC. U a.Gypsum Board'-Nam S/B In.(16 mm)thick gypsum board,aspeaftn the Individual Wall and Political Design.Gain m opening ahatl J W bet n.(25 mm)targsr than the harm pipe diem. p zO The hourly F Real of#**a p system Is equal tithe hourly We retrg ore wall aeemhdyla wNch a Is Installed. }yZ 2.Through Pmetmme-One nonmetallic pipe to be inenged either mncentrkmlyaehxanncagy will the fiesnp system.The annular spam m O between pipe and the pedpheryathe opming shell be min 0In.(point contact)to a mar 12 In.(13 mm).Tin nlhwvag"and etas of m rn nonmma6kpipmmaybeised: Z j A.Poyvnyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe-Nom 2 in.(51 mm)dlm(osmaWoekWararadWm SdWun40(aheavla)poeformindomd W (pmcros or eappiq erwntad(drain,wean awes)piping epenma. B.Channel Poll l ChkrMa(CPVC)Pipe-Nom 2In.(51 mm)clam(oramader)SDR 13.6 CPVC plPa fur um n closed(pmmm a Plan p thil piping syaram. 1.Wed Assembly-The 1 or hrflm rand gypsum board/saq well msembly Mall be mnstrumad tithe manias and in tln manner described �j C.Oossinkad Pdyemylme(PEX)Tubing-Nom 2 In.(51 mar)am(uremagar)SDR 9 PE(tubing for nee In closed(praaneerr supply) ntln Individual U3W,UAW,V4W or W400 Series Wag and Partisan Design in to UL Fire Resistance Directory and Mell include the ffollowingRV -, opna system. construction natures: D.Rigid No metallic Condut(Rfiga-Nom 2 in.dean(or smeller)Schedule 40 PVC condut insisted inacmrdatce with the National A Shift-Wall training may conslet of smer wend state a mew channel emus Wood Ands to mina l onion 2 by 41n.(51 by 102 mm) Elmolml Code(NFPA No.70). lumber spend 16 in.(408 mm)OC.Smel Male to be ran 2-12 in.(64 mm)or 312In.(69 mm)wide and almost maz24 in.(810 mm)OC. 3�Fill,Void"Cavity Manna'-Seelmt-Min Sg in.(16 mm)thkkrrsss oMl malarial spiched within annulus,flush with both surncm of weal.At B.Gypsum Boad-518in.(16 mm)thick 4ft(122 a)wide with square or tapered edges.The gypsum board type,Mideast,mauero W point mmam kcar on,a min 518In.(16 ram)all bead ofid mmedal shell be appeal to the waitppnetmt interface on both surfaces mgn wall. layers,fmnn"lyps and sheet ornnntlm shall be as spedded In the lndial l U3W,U400,V40D ce W400 Series Deep In the UL Fire HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS,DIV OF HILTI INC-FS-ONE Sealam"FS-ONE MAX Imuhrnsmrd Semant Rmbtence Directory.Mac diem departing is 8 in.(152 mm). W IndleaOee such producer Mall bearteULadlL Wcallon Mark firjursdkkon employing tlu ULacUL Certification(such as Canada), The houry F and FH Range of ft failing,system am equal to Me hourly fire rating tithe wag assembly in which it Is nemlee.The T,FT Q h mapspgvely end FTH Ratings am 0 hr for l Is mtad wells and lal4 hr for 2 a rated walls.For pipes panabeting the was at a 45 dDgree angle,the T,FT O Q +Bearing the UL Llmng Mark end FTH Ratings am 1-112 hr for 2 hr mad walls. O Reproduced by HILTI,Inc.Crane at Reproduced by HILTI,Inc.Cmrtmy of Reproduced by HILTI,Inc.Courtesy of Undarmtem Lsboretodm,Ire Underwriters Labonanrlm,Ire. Untlewsbem Lab tortes,Inc, - Hlitl Flresto Systems Jmuery%,2015 Hlltl Flrestop S stems Janmry28,2015 Hlltl Flresto S Stems Janes 26,2015 P Y Y Page:1012 P Y January Pege:2 of 2 PA&GE SHEET: KS:7, PA. P7 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 STRUCTURAL NOTES-GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES-FOUNDATION STRUCTURAL NOTES-STRUCTURAL STEEL STRUCTURAL NOTES-COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL NOTES•STEEL JOISTS AND JOIST GIRDERS 4� 1. Structural drawings are intended to be used in close coordination with the civil, 1. Foundation design parameters have been recommended in a geotechnical report 1. Structural steel shall be designed,,fabrcated,erected,etc.as per the AISC Manual of 1. Cold-formed steel framing shall be designed,detailed and installed per the latest editions 1. Steel joists,joist girders and associated bridging shall be designed,fabricated,erected, "t-y ��1fvj architectural,mechanical,plumbing and electrical tlrawings.Any discrepancies or provided by: Steel Construction,ASD,131h Edition. of the NASPEC and SSMA Product Technical Information. etc.as;per the latest edition of the SJI Stantlartl Specifications end the applicable OSHA y omissions shall be brought to the attention of the Architect and resolved prior to the Geotew 2. Submit shop drawings of structural steel prior to fabrication. 2. Cold-formed steel framing not designed and detailed in the structural drawings shall be standards. beginning of construction. 20611 67th Avenue NE 3. Connections not detailed on the structural drawings should be designed and detailed by designed by aspecialty engineer employed by the framing sub-contractor.The design 2. Steel joists shall be designed for the uniform Allowable Stress Design(ASD)loads a 2. Submit written request to the Architect for approval of an proposed change to the Arlington,WA 99223 e9 PP Y P p 9 the steel tletailer under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in shall include exterior and interior wall assemblies,ceiling assemblies and other specified in the SJI Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists antl Joist Girders end .�•N `' i> Phone;360 733-7318 P 9 requirements of the contract documents.Splicing,cutting,notching or other alterations ( ) design of this work and licensed in the state where the project is located. miscellaneous training. the concentrated loads indicated on the drawings and/or joist diagrams. to structural members are not permitted without written authorization of the Structural DatedProject September 15,2016 Engineer.An unauthorized deviation from the contract documents,antl correction Project No.18-0434 4. Member reactions shown on the structural drawings are given as maximum loads derived 3. Submit shop drawings which include he following items: 3. Jots[manufacturer to supply material and t HVAoatien for installation of field located 9 Y from the Allowable Stress Design load combinations prescribed by ASCE 7, in Plan layout showing location of of members steel framing members and assemblies, elements such as diagonals to be placed at HVAC supports,bottom chord extensions thereof,is the responsibility ofthe Contractor. 2. a)Mini Foundation design parameters: including type,spacing and gauge of members not sized on the drawings,etc. 4Q-' a Minimum Frost a in=Pressure S. Allowable Strength Deign(ASD)value are to be utilized in the selection or completion 3. The Contractor is responsible for the means and methods of construction in regards to ) P b)Akxxisone and details required for proper installation 4. Submit shop cravings of steel joists end joist girders riot to fabrication. � b Allowable Soil Bearing Pressure=2500 psi of the connection details. P 9 1 1 9 P job site safety. ) 9 P c)Permanent and/or supplemental bracing,strapping,bridging,eta 5. All joists and Subgratle Modulus=150 pci 8. Unless specific member reactions we shown on the structural drawings,connections d 1 lots[girders framing into columns shall have erection bolts and be field 4. The Contractor shell verify all dimensions end conditions.The Architect shall be notified shall develop the following loads found in the AISC Steel Construction Manual: )Structural calculations,signed and sealetl by a Professional Engineer registered in welded into final position.Bottom chords are to be extended to columns and stabilized of an discrepancies. 3. All footing shall bear on firm undisturbed residual soil antl/or engineered earth fill the same state as the project location,to verify the framing assembly's ability to meet or y P a)Simple span beam shear connections:shape and of the maximum total uniform load by ri vertical stabilizer plate to prevent rotation during erection.Bottom chord should not compacted to 95%of its maximum dry density a per ASTM D688(Standard Proctor), exceed the loads set forth by the governing building code 5. The Contractor is responsible for bracing the structure prior to the completion of all roof, capacity tabulated in Part 3 for the given shape end span bete shy l be a minimum to vertical stabilizer plate unless noted otherwise.Vertical stabilizer floor,and wad diaphragms. unless noted otherwise.THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY IS TO BE VERIFIED BY A b)Simple span beam moment connections:Allowable plastic moment(Mp)strength 4. For proprietary cold-formed steel naming materials to be considered as an equal .plate shall be a minimum of 8"x 8"and shell extend a minimum of 3"below the bottom GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. product,the Contractor shall submit product data,installation details and an 6. The Contractor shall coordinate the structural foundation and framing layouts with other tabulated in Pan 3 for the given shape P p y other chord in c joist with a 13/18"hole to provide an attachment point for guying or trades. 4. Provide the minimum frost depth protection depth from finished grade to the bottom of c)Brace connections(compression):Allowable axial compressive strength tabulated in supplemental information required by the Structural Engineer with the shop drawing plumbing cables. any exterior footing or turn down building slab.Also provide a minimum of V-0"cover Part 4 for the submittal. 7. Where live loads forwbich each floor or portion thereof a commercial or industrial given shape and unbraced length 6. Any hangers except ceiling support wires supportetl from joists shall be placed at panel from finished grade to the top of any anterior footing.Contractor to coordinate the d 5. Cold-formed steel material and minimum yield strength shall be as follows based on building is or has been designed to exceed 50 psf,such design live loads shall he )Brace connections(tension):Allowable axial tension strength tabulated in Part 5 for Yi 9 points and connected without drilling holes injoists or welding location and depths of footing steps a required by finished grade conditions. the given shape material thickness: ? conspicuously posted by the owner in that part of each story in which they apply using g aP 7. K-series joists supported by masonry wells to bear on 4x6x3/8"minimum bearing plates z, durable signs. 5. Contractor to coordinate the location and depths of footing steps as required to allow for 7, Structural calculations signed and sealed b a Professional Engineer shall be submitted a)33 and 43 mil:ASTM A853 Grade A,Fy=33 Ike! T g g y g' with(1)1/2"diameter z 4'long headed studs unless noted otherwise. J the passage of underground plumbing and utilites. with shopdrawings for the following connections if not specifically detailed on the b)54,68 and 97 mil:ASTM A553 Grade D,Fy=50 ksi LL 9 9 P Y S. with(3)1 joists supported by masonry walls to bear on noted other minimum bearing plates _ B. Provide continuous weters[ops between footings and concrete/masonry walls at structural tlrawin s: 6. Deflection criteria for walls shall be as follows: STRUCTURAL NOTES-SUBMITTALS 9 with(3)1/2"diameter x 6"long headed studs unless noted otherwise. 0 r r4,t locations where finished grade is located above the adjacent finished floor or at floor pits a)Sher connections with reaction greater then 100 kips a)Interior:Height(inches)/240 1. The Structural Engineer's review is only for general conformance with the design (i.e.elevator shaft). b)Field bolted moment connections b)Exterior;Height(inches)/360 9. Coordinate elevations of wall ledgers and beams when parallel to steel joists with spans J '��? e x concept,the construction documents and specifications.Corrections or comments 7. Contractor shall treat soil under slabs,footings and crawl spaces with EPA approved c)Braced name connections c)Support masonry veneer:Height(inches) equal to or greater than 60'-0"to accommodate standard joist camber. y. )/600 a ®� made on this review do not relieve the contractor from compliance with the plans and chemical vermin control or as required per the building code. d)Collector boom connections 7. All structural cold-formed steel framing shall be factory color coded to provide a suitable specifications.Comments on this review do not authorize an increase in the construction 8. Refer to the mechanical,plumbing or electrical drawings for concrete pads and e)Truss connections visible means of field checking for proper location of gauge material.Submit color ae budget. foundations not shown on the structural drawings. 8. Structural steel to material to be as follows: coding schedule with shop drawing submittal prior to installation. 2. Approval of shop drawings does not indicate acceptance of deviations from the contract a)Channels,angles and plates:ASTM A36 8. Interior non-load bearing walls shall be sized as follows unless noted otherwise in the documents,unless accepted by the Engineer in writing prior to submission of shop CONCRETE NOTES b)W-antl WT-shapes:ASTM A992 structural drawings or as directed by the specialty engineer(stud size @ spacing/ drawings.Conflicts resulting from such deviations,conflicts between this work and the 1. All concrete elements shall be installed and detailed in accordance with the appropriate c)Pipes:ASTM A53 Grade B maximum unbraced height).Wells assumed to be supported at top and bottom of wall at work of other trades due to such deviations,and dimensional conflicts as a result of such ACI documents.Contractor to have copies of the ACI documents at the job site during - d)HSS:ASTM A500 Grade B 4'-0"on center max. deviations shall be deemed the Contractor's responsibility. construction. 9. Bolted connections shall be hearing type,snug-tightened joints unless noted otherwise a)382S125-18 @ 16"ac./10'-10" 3. Any changes to the details shown in these contract documents shall be submitted in 2. Concrete compressive strength,fc,at 28,4ays shall be as follows at minimum unless and should utilize 3/4"diameter(minimum)high strength steel hofts conforming to ASTM b)362S125-27 @ 1 T ac./12'-8" writing by AIR and approved by the Architect and Engineer prior to submitting shop noted otherwise: A325. c)362S125-33(P 16"o.c./164' drawings.All such changes shall be'-bubbled"on the shop drawings and referenced to a)Footings:3000 psi(2500 psi used in design) 10.Welded connections should utilize E70 electrodes. d)362S125-43 @ 16"as/16'S" I&] the proper RFI. b)Gratle Beams antl Pile Caps:4000 psi e)600S125-27 @ 16"ac./19'-6" 11.Structural steel shall receive ir shop coat of uire entsiaf primer unless noted rcheectur4. Submittals shell conform to the requirements of the contract documents. c)Interior Slabs on Gratle Less Then e"Thick:3000 psi(non air entrained) f)BOOS12533 @ 16"o.c./22'-e" Contractor shell coincoordinatewhether proofing requirements of structural steel with architecturalNonconforming or non-reviewetl submittals will he returned wihou[review. d)Interior Slabs on Gratle Greater Than or Equal to 6"Thick:4000 psi(non air g)600.5125-q3@18"o.c./24'S" entrained drawings to tle[expine whether the chosen fire proofing material can tolerate the primer,5. Submittals shall be checked and marketl"Reviewed-No Exceptions Taken"by the ) 9. Exterior non-load bearing walls shell be sizetl a follows unless noted otherwise in the Contractor prior to submittal to the Architect.Submittals that have not been reviewed by e)Formed Wells,Beams,Structural Slabs and Stairs:4000 psi 12.Structural steel exposed to weather shall he hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM Al 23 unless directed otherwise by the Architect. structural drawings or as directed by the specialty engineer(stud sized spacing/ the Contractor prior to submittal will be returned without review. f)Elevated Slabs:4000 psi maximum unbrecetl height).Walls assumed to be supported at top and bottom of wall at 6. Submittals shall not contain reproductions of the contract documents.Submittals g)CMU Core Fill:3000 psi 13.Protect structural steel from earth,gravel and/or concrete with 1/8"thick hydroctle 4'-0"on center max. containing such reproductions will be returned without review. h)Concrete Exposed to Weather:4000 psi(w/4%-6%air entrainment) mastic. a)600S162-33 @ 16"ac./1 V-3" 7. Submit the following items for the Engineer's review: 3. The maximum water-tocement ratios shall be as follows: 14.Columns shall be anchored at minimum with(4)3/4"diameter x 9-1/2"embed(measured b)600S162-03 @ 16"o.a/15'-7" a)Structural steel a)Concrete exposed to freezing and thawing:0.50 from top of footing to center of embedded washer)ASTM F1554 Grade 36 anchor rods c)600S162-54 @ 16"as/18'S" b)Concrete subject to deicers and/or required to be watertight:0.45 unless noted otherwise.Anchor rods shall be straight and fitted with a double nut and d 800SI62-43 @ 16"ac./19'-7" b)Steel joists and joist girders c)All other concrete types:0.58 9 washer at embedded end.Threads shall project a minimum of V above the top of base a)800SI62-54 @ 16"o.c./2P-1" c)Metal deck plate and shall receive double nuts and washers for leveling.Provide 1-1/2"minimum 4. Concrete mix designs shall be submitted a follows: - 10.Continuous lateral bracing(strap bracing)shall be provided at 4'-Won center in all load STRUCTURAL NOTES-DESIGN CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS a)Each mix design shall be labeled to indicate the area in which the concrete is to be between top of footing and bottom of base plate for placement of non-shrink grout. bearing walls,all exterior wells and interior non-load bearing partition walls without Building Code 2015 International Building Code placed(i.e.foundations,slab on grade,columns,etc.).Failure to do so will cause delay 15.Post-installed column anchor rods using an epoxy atlhesive,such a Hilts HIT RE 500, gypsum board applied to each side unless noted otherwise. and/or rejection of submittals. may be considered e a substitute for 3/4"diameter poured in place anchor rods 11.Wall studs shall be positioned vertically between top and bottom tracks and spaced no Design Loads ASCE 7-11:Minimum Design Loads for Buildings end Other Structures b Proposed mix design shall be in accortlance with Method 1 or Method 2 of ACI 301. provided the anchor rods are field tested to resist forces specified by the Structural Concrete ACI 31&11:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete ) p 9 greater than 16" it center unless noted otherwise.Securely anchor each stud to the top 9 q Provide supporting data in tabular form for each separate proposed mix. Engineer.Submit request to Structural Engineer prior to installation for approval. or bottom track with(2)#12-14 x 5/e"hex or pan head screws with one screw In each ACI 315-99:Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Concrete Structures c)Submit concrete mix designs for each proposed class of concrete. 16.Post-installed adhesive anchors for connecting steel members to concrete or masonry flange. ACI 301-05:Specifications for Structural Concrete 5. Fly ash,meeting ASTM C618 Class C or Class F may be used to replace up to 25%of walls shall use Hilt!HIT RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive or approved equal.Threaded rods shall 1 Z Wall studs shall be cut to proper length to provide a tight fit between the stud and the ACI 305.1-06:Specification for Hot Weather Concreting Portland cement.Contractor and supplier shall coordinate to ensure that required set be ASTM A36 material.Submit request to Structural Engineer to use alternate adhesive web of the track so as not to have the screws carrying the structural loads. cc ACI 306.1-90:Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting times for concrete are not adversely affected by use of fly ash.Contractor and all for approval prior to installation. 13.Top and bottom tracks shall be the same gauge as the studs unless noted otherwise. 1'1 ACI 302.1 FI-04:Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction concrete subcontractors shall have experience with handling,placing and finishing 17.Post-installed expansion/screw anchors for connecting steel members to concrete or ''" 14.At track butt joints,abutting pieces of track Shell be securely anchored to a common ` ACI 304.R-00:Guide for Measuring,Mixing,Transporting and Placing concrete with fly ash. masonry walls shall be Hilt!HUS-H Universal Slew Anchor re approved equal.Submit structural element or be butt welded and/or mechanically spliced together. J P") Concrete 6. Grout usetl in grout betls untler column base plates shall be cement based,nonehrink request to Structural Engineer to use alternate expansion/screw anchor for approval prior N to installation. 15.Top and bottom tracks shall be securely anchored to the supporting structure as detailed Z m grout.The grout shall exhibit no shrinkage in accordance with ASTM C827,'Tet Method Cn N CRSI 8th Edition:Placing Reinforcing Bars in the structural drawings. for Early Voe strength Change of O psi when to Mixture"and shell have a minimum 28est 18,HSS4x4 4"4"pipe and smeller columns shall have 3/4"top plates sizes as required and W Z M AWS D1.4/D1.4M-2005:Structural Welding Cotle-Reinforcing Steel compressive strength of 5000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C109,'Tet 12x12z3/4"base plates unless noted otherwise 16.Post-installed adhesive anchors for connecting cold-formed steel members to concrete O /+ z M Steel AISC 360-10:Specification for Structural Steel Buildings Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars." 19.HSS5x5,HSS6x6,5" or masonry shall use Hilt HIT RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive or approved equal.Threaded V P 9 Y pipes n else columns shall have 3/4"top plates sized as required rods shall be ASTM A36 material.Submit request to Structural Engineer to use alternate Q AWS D7.1/D1.1 M-2010:Structural Welding Code-Steel,14th Edition 7, The following minimum concrete cover shell be provided for reinforcing bars: and 14x14x3/4"base plate unless noted otherwise. z J Masonry ACI 5.-11:Builtling Cotle Requirements for Masonry Structures a)Cast against and permanently exposed earth:3" 20.Welding shall be performed by operators qualified in accordance with AWS to adhesive for approval prior to installation.ts for the J a Light Gauge 2007 NASPEC w/2010 Supplement:North American Specification for b)Formed and exposed to earth or weather(#6 thru#18 bars):0 types of welding required for this project.All welders must be certified for the type of 17.Post-installed expansion/screw,anchors for connecting cold-tormed steel members to Q W concrete or masonry shall be Hilt!HUS-H Universal Screw Anchor or approved equal. \ W O Steel Design C Cold-formed Steel Structural Members c)Formed and exposed to earth d weather(#5 bars,the wire and smaller):1-1 ground welding specified and shell be in accordance with with h AWSapprovedDl WPS.All quality Submit request to Structural Engineer to use alternate expansion/screw anchor for SSMA ICBO ER-4943 :Steel Stud Manufacturers Association Product ( Slabs,wells&joists formed end not exposed to weather or in contact with the ground procedures and personnel shell be in accordance with AWS D1,1. ( � approval prior to installation. � Y Technical Information (#11 bar and smeller):3/4" 21.Minimum welds unless noted otherwise: M e)Beams,girders&columns formed and not exposed to weather or in contact with the 18.Screws for steel-to-steel and rigid material-to-steel(i.e.wood structural sheathing, �--� LL Oq b Wood 2012 NOS:National Design Specification for Wood Construction a)Joist girders to supports:1/8"x 2"fillet weld each side G 9 P ground:1-1/2" gypsum board,eta)shell be corrosion-resistant cooled,self-drilling tapping screws � Aluminum 2010 ADM:Aluminum Deign Manual b)Joist girtl no to supports:8"x x 2"long f weld each side conforming to ASTM C1513. f Z_ S. Unless notetl polyethylene otherwise,slabs bander grade shell ru 4"thick with 6z6-W1.4xW1.4 W.W.F.on c)All others not specified:1/8"x 2"long fillet weld except where noted as"all around" (n 10 mil of th lane vapor barrier on 4'"thick crushed stone base. 18.Attach exterior gypsum sheathing to exterior of each stud with#12-14 x 1'wafer or bugle J P ra Y ap 22.Roof reme shell be 1-1eel a gauge,Type B painted steel decking meeting the C4 0 STRUCTURAL NOTFS•DESIGN LOADS AND CRITERIA 9. Slab on grade contraction joints may be saw cuts 1(8"wide x 1/4 slab thickness a requirements of the Steel Deck Institute unless noted otherwise.Deck shall be welded to head screws located 3/8"from ends and edges and spaced at Or on center max. O C[ 1. Dead Load detailed or other submitted and approved method.Joints shall be laced at 24'-O'o.c. the supporting steel with 5/8"puddle weltls on a 36/4 pattern with 2#10 screw sidele 20,Stud splice shall not occur in load bearing walls or between brace points in non-load Q PP P er 9 P P l I P CO Roof 20 psi maximum spacing.Areas created by joints shall have a maximum aspect ratio of 1.5:1. fasteners per span unless noted otherwise. bearing wells. J O 2. Uve Load 10.Slab on grade construction joints shall be as detailed or other submitted antl approved 23.Metal deck shall be erected with a minimum three(3)span condition and shall lap at the 21.Jack or cripple studs same size,gauge and spacing as primary wall studs shall be A CV Roof(non-reducible) 20 psi method. centerline of supports a minimum of 0.Provide a minimum and bearing of 2"on installed below window sills,above window and floor heads,at freestanding stair rails 3. Snow Load 11.Vapor barrier shall be placed over prepared base material where indicated below slabs supports.Metal deck shall be erected and fastened in accordance with the and elsewhere to furnish support and shall be securely attached to supporting members. Ground Snow Load,Pg 33 psi on grade.Vapor barrier shall be no less then 10 mil thick in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. manufacturer's specifications and erection pay-outs. 22.Provide.at minimum one jamb and one king stud same size and gauge as primary walls Risk Category II 12.Vapor barrier shall conform to ASTM El 745,Class B or higher unless noted otherwise. 24,Provide at minimum a L4x4xi/4 edge angle at the perimeter of all roof decks and at all studs at each side of window or floor headers unless noted otherwise. The membrane shall have a water-vapor permeence rate no greater than 0.3 perms when openings in roof decks unless noted otherwise. 23.All welds shall be touched up with a zinc-rich paint. Importance Factor,1 1.0 tested in accordance with ASTM El 54,Section 11,a minimum tensile strength of 301b/in 25.Refer to civil,architectural,mechanical,plumbing,fire protection and electrical drawings 24.Provisions for vertical structural displacement shall be provided at stud brace points for Exposure Factor,Ce 1.0 when tested in accordance with ASTM El 54,Section 9 and a resistance to puncture of for structural steel items not shown on the structural drawings. all non-load bearing walls and partitions. Thermal Factor,Ct 1.1 1700 grams in accordance with ASTM El 54,Section 10. 26.Refer to Specialty Engineer Requirements for additional criteria for steel stairs and Flat Roof Snow Load,Pf 25 psi min. 13.Vapor barrier shall he arranged in a layout to minimize seams and penetrations.Overlap handrails. 4. Wind Load 1 all Seams a minimum of 6"and seal with tape.All penetrations must be sealed using a STRUCTURAL NOTES-WOOD Ultimate Wind Speed 3 Second Gust 110 mph combination of seam tape and mastic in accordance with manufacturer's latest printed P ( ) P 1. All wood in contact with concrete or masonry shall be pressure treated.Pressure treated Z instructions.architectural, Nominal Wind Speed 86 mph wood shell not be in direct contact with steel and should be separated by 15 mil poly.All 14.Sae architectural,mechanical,plumbing,fire protection and electrical drawings for drips, Risk Category II fasteners in contact with pressure[reefed wood should be stainless steel or have chamfers,regle[s,slots,sleeves,rusticetions,inserts and anchors not noted on structural approved coating by manufacturer. Exposure Category C drawings.Unless shown on structural drawings,no openings larger than 1Z x 12"shall p, All,framing lumber shall be#2 SVP except p y Enclosure Classification Encloed be placed in slabs or walls without prior approval from the Architect or Engineer. 9 pt studs and plates may be stud grade S.P.F. c~i. Internal Pressure Coefficient ±0.18 Approvals must be obtained prior to fabrication of steel and placement of concrete. unless noted otherwise.Blocking may be S.P.F. ty Mean Roof Height,h 16.1 it 3. Provide 3/4"CDX T&G plywood subfloor glued and nailed on all of the joists,u.n.o. 'o Velocity Pressure,qh 13.6 psi STRUCTURAL NOTES-REINFORCING STEEL 4. Root sheathing on a flat roof to be 3/4"CDX plywood,u.n.o. Ir 5 5. Roof sheathing on a sloped roof to be 5/8"CDX plywood with plyclips between rafters, O 6 Wall Components and Cladding Pressure 1. Reinforcing steel and accessories shall be detailed,fabricated and placed in accordance -Tributary Area<50 of +14.7 psi -19.6 psf with the latest edition of the ACI Detailing Manual.Provide shop tlrawings for reinforcing u.n.o. N 6. Attach wood top plate to meted track with(1)#10 x 1 1/4"course thread hex washer head a 1C So -50 sf<y Are Area f 100 sf +12.5 psi -12.3 f steel prior to fabrication. 7i � P � screw.Fasten from below through steel track into wood at 8"o.c.staggered. Ci N � -Tributary Area>100 s/ +11.0 Psi -12.2 psi 2. Bar reinforcing shall conform to ASTM A815,Grade 80. W o 3. Welded bar reinforcing shall conform to ASTM A706,Grade 60. 7. Provide all temporary and permanent truss bracing per truss manufactureYs 0 e Roof Components and Cladding Net Uplift Pressure -12.6 psi 9 requirements,but as a minimum provitle(1)run of 2x4'50 bracing continuous at or new > Z 5. Seismic Load 4. Bar reinforcing lap splices shall be Class"B"but not less than 24",unless noted mid span of all trusses. m O Importance Factor,I 1.0 with ACI m Risk Category II otherwise. 3 y 4 5. Reinforcing sho l be he tl securely in position with s entlartl eccessorie in accortlance < W 315 and CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. p S 3 Site Class D 6. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM At 85. Mapped Acceleration Parameters Ss 107.9% 7, Welded wire fabric lap splice shall be the cross wire spacing plus 6"but not less then o Si 42.1% 10" Design Spectral Acceleration Parameters Site 0.768 8. Welded wire fabric located in concrete slabs shall be located in the center of the slab Member Depth: Flange Width: Thickness-Steel Components Design-Stiffening Lip Length Stl1 0.443 unless noted otherwise.Supports used shall be spaced at a maximum of&-0"ac.in any (Example:6"_ (Example:1 5/8" 1.2 'ry Seismic Design Category D direction. 600 x 1/100 inches) =1.625-162 x Minimum Design Reference Section Flange Design 4 W ^' All member depths 11100 inches) Thicknes Thicknes only Width Stiffenin g G 1° Analysis Method: 9. Provide fop steel reinforcing,same size and spacing as bottom steel,in footings at any Y 9 g location where the soil changes are taken in 1/100 All flange widths Plan -Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure gas from residual to engineered fill.Top steel shall extend 9 s s Gauge no. Lip Length(in) p�V' W w inches.For all'T" are taken in 1/100tl Basic Seismic Force ResistingSystem: 8'-0"minimum each side of the soil transition area.Use#3 stirrups at 18"o.c.al these (mils) (in) m Y sections member inches. locations to tie to and bottom steel 18 0.0168 25 5125 11/4" 0.188 0 n Bearing Wall System-Light Frame Walls w/Wood P depth is the inside ✓Y SA F��U��t eC o V Panels 10.Provide top steel reinforcing,same size and spacing as bottom steel,in footings at any to inside 0 -Response Modification Coefficient,R 6.5 corner in load bearing walls.Top steel shall extend 8'-0"minimum each way from the dimension. 27 0.0283 72 5737 i 3/8" 137�5 -System Overstren th Factor,Do 2 5 wall corner.Use#3 stirrups at 18"o.c.at these locations to tie top and bottom % F9 reinforcing. G 30 0.0312 20-Drywall S162 1 5/8"on Amplification Factor,Cd 4.0 11.Provide(2)#4 bars x 2'-e"long!n slabs on grade at all reentrant corners,contraction VOO S 162 - 54 Seismic Bess Sheer Coefficient,Cs 0.118 joint terminations and isolation joint terminations,u.n.o. 33 0.0346 20Siructurel S200 2°12.Provide 2'-6"x 2-6'comer bars at he corners of all continuously reinforced elements such afootings,wells,bontl beams,eta Corner bars shall be the same size,spacing, 43 0.0451 18 S250 21/2" %p a location and quantity as the continous reinforcing. SNI2: Materiel Thickness: K (Example:Stud or joist (Example:0.054'=54 54 0.0588 18 SHEET: _Q section=S) mils.;1 mil.=1/100 inches) Q. erial $v utilized by hThe four a edesignating mn characters lmumhlckness is base metal he 68 0.0713 14_._ so system are: thickness!n mils.Minimum g7 0.1017 12 SUITE#103 m S-SNtl S Joist Section base metal thickness 289 N.WEISGARBER RD. N D c T-Track Section represents 95%of thickness rn F=Furring Channel Section design thickness. KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 U=Channel Section (865)584-0999 FAX 594-5213 www.michaelbradyinacom w.nicholas deal,p.e.,s.e. JOB NUMBER:170002.24 4y y a -t 1 4 6 8 c9� 10 r gig T .Q� J a3 LL Mn� 1 1 H a7-, _ se 31/2" 40'-0" 10'-51/8" 11'-71/2" 34'-33/8" 22'•41/4" 31/2 GRIDS 0 a 119'-31/4 OVERALL 29 y50'•51/8" 12'-1" 18'-1" 38'-8" WALL STEPS I I I II I I I I I I I I II I I b l � 15 I II I I --- F --- -- ----- 1 ---------7---------fir--- LI�� — - -- ------- --- -- ---- ------- r -- — F ------------ — ---------- - - 1I I 1 1 11 1 rn 1 I I I m I ; II 5 III I I I I I I I III I I II I I I I II III 1 I I I I ICI 1i 1 1 II I I I I i1i _ . I I I II I I I I I w o 7, , 7 O g J i a- Z co N r � r- f --,r JIB co v zQ --- — -b —I-- I----I---- --- --- —�1�II -- 1-------1 -— - — — -� ��- ------� --I -- m - - — w L� rJ --1_� L----� L, rJ n Q Y O o 0(3 I J)— � I � CCD DQ --- - --- --- --1 i i J o — — - -- --------1 ---1 - ---=----- — ---- -- ------=------ ---- - - a , I -- I I I I I I I I I I I m n 3'-0� I o N y 1 1 51-0.. �I 1 1 �I YI 1 �I I I V 1 _____J- �1-z____1 -Z ________ ____________1 __________J LI m ------. .... ......--- -- ------- ---- .._ _...._-- ---------- ----- - ----' -------- - —\\��/ _r-- --- 1------y— ---- L---- ----- — --- -- -- --- --- L O a1 m cc 3 WALL STEPS 5'-8" 9'-97/S" 1V-83/8" 1 15'-13/4" 131.41/2' ( 32'-1" 18'-8518 101-7' 1'-8' a c 11EY-31/4'1 Plan Review OVERALL By SAFEBuilt dl GRIDS 9'-97/8" ( 15'-13/8" 15'-83/4" 12'-11" 1 8'-55/8" 34'-33/8" 22'•41/4' 31/2. g31/2" 1I 1 1 1 a 0 S GENERAL FOUNDATION NOTES FOUNDATION DIMENSION PLAN F 1. DIMENSIONS ARE TO EDGE OF STEM WALL SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" un SHEET.nw a AND EDGE OF FOUNDATIONS,SEE SHEET SO FOR MORE DETAIL. si 2. (NOTE TO JOIST DESIGNER)-ALL EXTERIORA DIMENSIONS ARE L. OUTSIDE EDGE OF 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. `/`'N D ro SUITE*103 v v FOUNDATION WALL.THE FACE OF STUD IS SET BACK 1/2"FROM OUTSIDE EDGE OF Q m KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FOUNDATION WALL. - (885)584-0999 FAX 584-5213 www.michaslbradylnc.com w.nicholas deal,p.e.,Ill JOB NUMBER:170002.24 oq�j3aa♦,, ( 4� Z 1 ad-V LL � 1 S3 33 S3 as , 31/2" 40'-0° 10'-61/B" 1V-71/2" 34'-33/8" 22'-41/4" 31 GRIDS O JJ 119'-3 1 x4 OVERALL IRE y 60'-61/8" 38'-8" WALL STEPS 3 I I I II I I I I I I II I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I II I - ---F m -- _- I---------- --717 1 --- J � -- -T— 7 --—------ -- — I I III I I II I I I � � I III 11 1 1 I I I I L OUR, III I I II I I I I j III � jjj j II D III Lu ❑ 33 A o I j I 9 z w - D <CD -I ---I - - ------i�I�I -i---1--1--- ------------------F- C1 -i ----- i- i--- - --L`J o w } z L-1 ( rj L--L—J SEE NOTE#$FOR L ---J L J Q W o 1 1 1 1 1 SLAB CONSTRUCTION 1 1 r ❑ Q YCD cr fill (DI o Q V' < 1 V L3%3%1/4"STIFFENERS Q o m I -�—"O.C.BELOW WINDOW, I I m O I I SEEDETAIL8/S3 1 1 1 11 1 1 - - �----- ----------------- ---------,------------� -I ---- -, I L FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES 1. TOP OF ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS ARE 2'-e"MIN.B.F.F.UNLESS I u,Q w NOTED OTHERWISE.CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST AS REQUIRED I�- B TO MEET LOCAL FROST DEPTH REQUIREMENTS.COORDINATE o o I I B� % FOOTING STEPS W/SITE GRADING PLAN AND GENERAL S •Q y NOTES. I 2. TOP OF ALL INTERIOR FOOTINGS ARE 2'-0"MIN.B.F.F.UNLESS /^_ \ I I �B ym I W NOTED OTHERWISE. ( I L---- __ '�S -- r J �" 3. FLOOR SLAB TO BE S"THICK 3,000 PSICONCRETE SLAB W/#4 /�/ �\ m _ ___ ___ _1 ---------------- —r r' ---r ------ --------------I-- -------- — m 'L ®18"O.C.ON 10 MIL POLY OVER e"CRUSHED STONE(TYP.). - a 4. REFER TO 1/S3 FOR BASEPLATE AND ANCHOR BOLT I__—— 1 1 _ __ -----_i— --___ ---- -- SCHEDULE. A _ —_ _ _—__ 1 _—_—_—_— _S— —_-_ _—_ {—_ _ -- i_--- ___-- ----- -{�-- — —_---- — a ppp� 5. ALL EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TO OUTSIDE EDGE OF --— I — U FOUNDATION WALL.THE FACE OF STUD IS SET BACK 1/2" FROM OUTSIDE EDGE OF FOUNDATION WALL. m 6. SEE SO&S38HEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND TYPICAL ^�0 �y �� ' 12 DETAILS NOT SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. jo T PROVIDE 12"BLOCK-OUTS IN THE CONCRETE SLAB FOR ALL WALL STEPS 6'-8" 1 9'-97/8" 1 15'-83/8" 1 15,-13/4" 11 13'-41/2" 1 1 1 32'-i" 18'-85/8" 18'-7" 1'-8" FLOOR DRAIN BLOCK-OUTS,FLOOR DRAIN BLOCK-OUTS ARE y,1 c TO BE SET 1/2"BELOW F.F.E.FLOOR SINK AND CLEANOUTS IF;;c ARE TO BE SET FLUSH.SLOPE THE SURROUNDING OVERALL ' 1 119'-31/4' g 1 m CONCRETE UNIFORMLY TO THE TOP OF THE FLOOR DRAIN �1 BLOCK-OUT INAMIN.4'X4'AREA. GRIDS 9-97/8" 15'-13/8" 15'-83/4" 12'-11" 8'.6518" 34'-33/6' 22'-41/4" ¢ m 3 0 e, COORDINATE FOUNDATION LAYOUT WITH PLUMBING AND 31/2" 31/2' Plan Review OTHER UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 9. THIS DESIGN IS BASED ON SUITABLE SOIL CONDITIONS. j 7 11 9 1 8 1 6 5 By SA F E B u i l t FOLLOW GEOTECH RECOMMENDATIONS IF UNSUITABLE FILL 33 S3 S3 33 83 33 < yj m OR GROUNDWATER IS ENCOUNTERED. O G FOOTING SCHEDULE 5 10 TYPE SIZE REINFORCING ©°w "LO1LXN0' °1 S F3.0 3-0"X 3'-0"X 1'-0' (3)#5 E.W.BOT, d:I F3.1 3-011X 1'-0"XCONT, (4)#5 CONT.T&BW/#3 TIES Q 48"O.C.TRANS FOUNDATION PLAN n F32 3-6"X 1'.0"X CONT. (4)#5 CONT.T&B W/#3 TIES SCALE:1/e"=1'-0" F Q48"O.C.TRANS SHEET` a F4.1 4'-0"X V-0"X CONT. (5)#6 CONT.T&S W/#3 TIES o Q 48"O.C.TRANS . F5.0 5'-0"X 5'-0"X V-D' 6#5 E.W.BOT, SUITE#103 IS 1 S� F7,0 T-0"X T-0"X 1'-d' #6 E.W.T&B ' m F8.0 e'-0"X e'-0"X 1'-6, 9#5 E.W.T&B 299 N.WE SGARBEF RD. m KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 2 (865)584.0999 FAX 584-5213 W N D www.micheelbraclpne.com w.nicholas deal,p,e.,s.e. JOB NUMBER:170002.24 o `z Quo SHEARWALL WALL LEGEND y�o INDICATES EXTENTS OF SHEAR PANEL INDICATES HOLD S/HDXX�DOWN TYPE 10 u- J SEE SHEET S4 FOR WALL DETAILS LL � ° L® CONCRETE CURB LEGEND S4 ° Q I I I I I I COORDINATEO TIMING OF INSTALLATION OF SHOWER CURB WITH PILOTS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2" PSI NON-SHRINK GROUT IN CLOSETS 4 ( (TYP.®WALLS IN IN G REINFORCEMENT) SLAB LEGEND S8 S/HDBS S/HD�S S/HOBS S/HDBS RECESS AREA) S/HDBS F ( - -- --- - -- - - A-- - -- - ---- -- --- 2"RIGID INSULATION 2"RECESS r UNDER SLAB IN SLAB l ^ 2 S1.2 ❑ I I 4 y � m 1 1 S7.2 S/HDBS #3 DOWELS Q 24"O.C. b' 0.145"LOW VELOCITY W/3'EMBED FASTENERS Q 18"O.C. CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE PER PLAN CURB PER PLAN 1 1-4 4 S/HDBS MM I I III H o � 8"CONCRETE STEM WALL Z J N W/PERIMETER INSUL. 10'-91/B" ,B'-,0" (2)#4x2'-8"LONG9 0 0 m N PER ARCHITECTURAL RE-ENTRANT CORNERS L U cc) S4 CONTRACTION TYIP.) 352 S32 / \ m U z Q S4 J n ER CURB DETAIL 2 OO - - -- -- -- -- E � z w r SHOW ---- - - -- z I i a SCALE:3/4'-r-o^ _j Q W S/HDBS J a Q Y O O� F- :�i j z j Q `n J w o� 0.145"LOW VELOCITY CONTRACTION I FASTENERS Q 18'O.C. JOINTS(T1P.) U J O#3XCONT CONCRETE CURB D II N PER PLAN #3 DOWELS Q 24"O.C. —.-..._...............____.__—... -. CONCRETE SLAB W/3"EMBED PER PLAN SEE NOTE#3 ON ro SHEET 31.1 FOR SLOB CONSTRUCTION ' •��_ 13'-8" 21'-11/4' $/HDBS ( Z SHOWER CURB DETAIL SCALE:3/4"=V-0' I I I I S/HDBS S/HD8S 8/HD8S w . M FASENERS®18"O.C' 0.145"LOW VELOCITY CONCRETE CURB #3X CONT `/ ---'-------------- 1-I------�--'----I----- -------------1- ------------ PER PLAN CONCRETE SLAB #3 DOWELS®24"O.C. m 2 PER PLAN W/3"EMBED 3 Q I I II I I I I I I I I II I I I I I SHOWER CURB DETAIL II 34 Plan Ruview a SCALE:3/4"_,'-d By SAFEBUilt' T G F E a CONT.#5 RECESSED FLOOR r h 7/SLAB EC PER PLAN _•,�Ty6 `�— EL.-°'-2" SHEAR WALL & SLAB LAYOUT P��•` OU LAN 1� � 2 SCALE:Ire"=1'-0" � SHEET: a RECESSED SLAB DETAIL BUITE#103 6 SCALE:N.T.S. KN 299 NLETIENNEBER D. S1 .2 ¢'m (885)584-09W FAX 584-5213 W N D www,michaelbradyinc.com w.nicholae dwi,p.e.,s.e. JOB NUMBER:170002.24 .vo °' -r 1 4 6 8 9 10 ? � I LL LL o EL e I I I II S I I I I CANOPYAND ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS I I I II — �� i HSSBX8X3/16 I i i 13'_p A.F.F. _ L I ( (B.O.S.=9'0 3!4") L I L 1 �_— JOIST c' <` ;%cIYJ14X26:;�',,; ',c '„' - c _ 13�-EARI G I- ,�-- < -II' 7 T JOIST BEARING + (T.O.S.=13'-0'A.F.F.) L3X3X1/4"X CONT. I 1-001/4 X CONT. CROSSTIES(P 48"O.C. LEDGER 45'-3 1/2" 4 S5 L4X4X1/4 X CONT. ___ LEDGER ___ - -��y � n<, ,x ,c, ,;c, <, ;n<, ;#c; c' ,c i '_ 31. LH 3/100 e y- L1 S6 HOOD#1 1 RTU-4 Q Z� m 5 co ¢ -41/4" II z CL S6 a a 3 SB MUAd S7 I', S7 � O Q h13'-0"A.F.F. _ 48VG8NLu 10K 1750# _ 48VG11N9K * * 24VG5N9K -- ,5'-9"A,F.F. C z_ —J JOIST BEARING 1 E HOOD#2 * I JOIST BEARING � z 650# — —-� F 2 � Y O 32/18 DUCT III O S7 LL cc O d WW o � 2 z 11 SEE OTE 2FOR O n 0 7/1. SLOPE ROOF -107/8 5'-01'.. 5'-01'.. 5'-01/2"5'-01/4'5'-01/4" 5'-01/4" TiUCTION w L1 O O 1/4'PER FOOT O L1 _— = := ;= ;= ;= == S ,= ,- ,-- #c CROSSTI Q O.C. J CD Q ROOF ON D _LL._ Qg/1&DU6T_ _.— —._ _—_—_ _ _—_—_I _ _—_--_ _. _—/83'-113/4" — —_ _— —_ _ -__—_--__—_ N L3X3X7/4'X CONT. - - ES 48" CANOPY EN '1—Q— Li --- — — ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS(TYP.) L1 _ — 9 x MUA-2 Q _ SB 1550# LLl � 4 RTU-2 CID DENSER UNITS Rom# 12 BOOS-O.C. RAFTERS I S3 Z Q 18 O.C.MAX. 41.,f9 LH 23/100 U.N.O. 10 SNOW DRIFT/LOADING b' S6 N M 7 I SEE DETAIL 6/S7(TYP.) �. 13'_p"A.F.F. W1413'0"A 5 SB L4X4X7{4"X CONT. XI rn a DIAPHRAGM CHORD O .F.F.)c l' 5 JOISTS BEARING _ _ —-—- — B a 0 LINTEL SCHEDULE L1 _ Li HSS8X6X3/16 JOIST BEARING C h13'-0"A.F.F. ,,<, ,;c, o- (B.O.S.=10'-03i4"A.F.F.)' 3 A TYPE SIZE COMMENTS JOIST_ _—_—_ W14X28 =13-0 O.S. "A.F.F. w m L1 (2)60OS1 62-54 W/54 MIL TRACK T&B (2)JAMB STUDS (T. ) 1-4X4X1/4X CONT. p 1 KING STUD LEDGER(VERT.LEG ( m Z z C TURNED DOWN) CANOPY AND ATTACHMENT 3 W 4 3 BY OTHERS TV?.) ¢m W ROOF FRAMING PLAN NOTES 5 SIM. o 0 3 1. JOIST LAYOUT IS SCHEMATIC.QUANTITY,SPACING,AND LAYOUT MAYBE MODIFIED PER THE JOIST MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS WITH FINAL APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. 2.. ROOF DECK TO BE 1 1/2"TYPE B 22 GA.PAINTED ROOF DECKING.SEE 8 7 1 5 7 <i DETAIL 5/S7 FOR FASTENING DETAILS. 5 SS Se S5 SS v 3. HSSBX3X3/16'XCONT.ATOP ALL BEARING WALLS.ATTACH W/WELD PER Plan Review N o DETAIL9/S5. ( I L W o 4. MECHANICAL DUCT WORK SHALL RUN THROUGH ROOF JOIST WEBS OR By SAFEB'uilt CHASE AS REQUIRED.VERIFY MECHANICAL WEIGHTS,DUCT SIZE,AND1 LOCATIONS W/MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.8 5. (NOTE TO JOIST DESIGNER)-ALL EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE 1 OUTSIDEm U EDGE OF FOUNDATION WALL.THE FACE OF STUD IS SET BACK 1/2"FROM \\\ ' //// \\\\G�G�L /// \\\\VVV��/// \\\�JJJ /// \\\\/// /// (\\�V /// \\\ //// OUTSIDE EDGE OF FOUNDATION WALL. @ 6. (NOTE TO JOIST DESIGNER)-ALL ROOF JOIST LOADS ARE TOTAL - ©CO° S LOADAIVE LOAD IN POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT.THE LIVE LOAD IS THE _ iL GREATER OF THE ROOF LIVE LOAD AND THE UNIFORM ROOF SNOW LOAD. o THE CONTROLLING LOADCOMBINATION FORTHETOTALLOAD IS:D+ ROOF FRAMING PLAN 0.75W+0.755.SNOW DRIFT LOADING IS SHOWN ON THE PLAN AND J SHOULD BE ADDED TO THE PROVIDED LOADS.THE PROVIDED JOIST 1 F g GIRDER LOADS DO NOT REQUIRE ANYADDITIONAL SNOW DRIFT LOADING SCALE:1/8"=1'-0" SHEET: O a TO BE APPLIED. cY&�„ Z DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON PLAN FOR RTU LOCATIONS REFERENCE AWORK S /�POINT WP)INDICATED IN DETAIL e/56. SUITE#103L' 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. a m m KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 i (865)58"999 FAX 584-5213 WND w .michaelbmdyinc.com w.nicholas deal,p.e.,s.e. JOB NUMBER:170002.24 Z m a e" „/2 @ 32" za NUT&WASHER 1 DE SAW c Ji LEVELING NUT BLADE WIDTH g n METAL STUD FRAMING IF ti0' &WASHER CONCRETE FOOTING PER PLAN O O NON-SHRINK CLIP EVERY OTHER '� \ Z-BARS SHALL BE WELD DOUBLE STUDS SIMPSON HOLD DOWN GROUT WIRE CD JOINT /' � a SAME SIZE AND PER PLAN „c NUMBER AS REINF. #12 TEKSCREWS@ 1WOCTOGETHER OR CONNECT /OR F1554CONC.SLAB �e . ' ANCHOR FULLY THREADED DOUBLE NUT W/ (6)RE TEK SCREWS T 32"D.C. ANCHOR ROD EMBED.INTO O O PLATE WASHER VAPOR BARR / / °," •� (SCREWS TO BE LOCATED 3" CONC.FOOTING,ANCHORAGE FROM TOP&BOTTOM) / / IN CMU OR STEM WALL ONLV .S t ' NOT ACCEPTABLE CONCRETE SLAB PER PLAN BASE PLATE SCHEDULE ,N. EXP JOINT 71- CRUSHEDSTONE�\COLUMN a bc d e f , ANCHOR BOLTS % ° LL4' 0"MAX HSS6X6X.1875 1,V 14" 11/2" 11/2" 91/2" 11/2" 1" (4)3/4"O F1554 GRADE � - ' 0 35 III—III—III—III—III- —III III - J AN WASHERS TOP&BOTTOM(J-BOLTS NOT CHOR BOLTS TO HAVE DOUBLE NUT AND —III—III—III—III—III III—III—III— a u ACCEPTABLE) BASE PLATE DETAIL CONTRACTION JOINT DETAIL FOOTING STEP DETAIL HOLD DOWN DETAIL _ 4SCALE:1"=V-0" SCALE:1 1/2"=P-0" �' SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" v SCALE:3/4"=V-0° (2)600.S16243 W/43 MIL TRACK 14 T&B(AT WINDOWS)TOP AND BOTTOM IXTERIOR/SHEARWALL STIFF.PER PLAN 12'MIN.EMBED) EXTERIOR/SHEARWALL 5/8"0 HILT[KWIK HUS- SHEATHING 5/8"0 HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ 5/8"0 HILTI KWIK HUS- 5/8'0 HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ SHEATHING EZ SCREW ANCHOR SCREW ANCHOR @ 24"O.C. SCREW ANCHOR ATTACH W/STAGGERED 10 TEK SCREW @ 8'O.C. EZ SCREW ANCHOR 7T\ (2)#5 BAR CONT. (2)#5 BAR CONT.T&B W/5"EMBED. I. EXTERIOR SHEATHING EXTERIOR SHEATHING T&B @ 1B"O.C.MAX. EXTERIOR SHEATHING @ 18"O.C.MAX. 1/2"EXP.JOINT EXTERIOR SHEATHING 1/2"EXP.JOINT #4 DOWELS @ 18°O.C. 1/2°IXP.JOINT #4 DOWELS @ 18"O.C. 1/2"IXp.JOINT CONCRETE SLAB 6„ #4 DOWELS @ 18"O.C. CONCRETE SLAB PER PLAN 4"CONCRETE WALK ty CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB PER PLAN #4 DOWELS @ 1W O.C. PER PLAN 4"CONCRETE WALK PER PLAN _ m m w m + PERIMETER INSULATION w T •~ O w �.. 8 CONCRETE STEM WALL O w III— III PERIMETER INSULATION z = W/PERIMETER INSUL.PER 8"CONCRETE STEM WALL O O z w Z = PER ARCHITECTURAL z w PER ARCHITECTURAL w m ARCHITECTURAL W/PERIMETER INSUL.PER w m _ w m .~:. m z w z _ ARCHITECTURAL y Z w z -III •.`•.:. ;, O O O CONCRETE STEM O _ CONCRETE STEM I— (1)#5 BAR CONT.T&B — WALL PER PLAN -; WALL PER PLAN (1) BAR T&B - —'.. O O.C.MAXX.).) (1 (18-8"O.C.MAX.) — d a CONCRETE FOOTING CONCRETE FOOTING io CONCRETE FOOTING CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SHEET S1.1 FOR m SEE SHEET S1.1 FOR SEESHEETS1.1 FOR ''',' ° •• ° SEE SHEETSi.i FOR - •i...., .• SIZE AND REINF. SIZE AND REINF. W SIZE AND REINF. � � �� `� �(�• ryP, SIZE AND REINF. _S.7yp. 3"TYP. 3"TYP. J co Z m co FO NG DETAIL FOOTING DETAIL_ OTI __- FOOTING DETAIL FOOTING DETAIL o W V z S SCALE'.3/4=1-0' SCALE.3/4-1-0' SCALE:3/4=V-0' 7 SCALE.3/4=i-0 ��8 � 0 J 0 O Huj W z ow co SE OO z � `H O 2z 1/8•THICKHYDROCIDE a - O r [[ 1/2°IXPANSION 1/2" MASTIC BELOW GRADE(TYP.) COLUMN PER PLAN HSS6X3X X CONT. O EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.)@ BEAEARING WALLS LL- LL O CD Q JOINT BASE PLATE PER (LOCATE UNDER THRESHOLD) (1)#4 BAR CONT. 1/2"EXPANSION JOINT ———— SCHEDULE 1/8"THICK HYDROCIDE J O BASE PLATE PER CONCRETE SLAB MASTIC BELOW GRADE(TYP.) #4 DOWELS @ 16"O.C. (2)#5 BAR CONT.T&B 54 MIL.CONT.TOP TRACK(TVP.) SCHEDULE PER PLAN 1/2"ISOLATION JOINT (L=12'@ ALL DOORS (18"O.C.MAX.) SPLICE PER DETAIL 1/S5 CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB 13 1 NON-SHRINK 1 NONON-SHRINKHRINK PER PLAN #4 DOWELS @,8"O.C. PER PLAN 54 MIL STUDS @ 18"O.C. GROUT �y GRORO UT S3 i R ' KING STUDS SEE (8)#7 BARS VERT.W/ ANCHOR BOLTS E- Ci I SCHEDULE ON S2 O w PERIMETER INSULATION PER PER SCHEDULE #3 TIES @ 12"O.C.& ' 24"SQUARE CONC.PIER 1 - `" - w m ARCHITECTURAL (3)@ 3"O.C.TOP ANCHOR BOLTS m z LINTEL SEE SCHEDULE ON S2 AND f W/(8)#7 BARS VERT.WI •°, O 12"CONCRETE _ r 24"SQUARE SEE SCHEDULE DETAILS 13/53,14/S3&2/SS CONCRETE PIER #3 TIES @ 12'O.C.& STEM WALL (3)@ 3"O.C.TOP o: CONCRETE FOOTING `. CONCRETE FOOTING JAMB STUDS SEE _ ' •* SEE SHEETS7.i FOR CONCRETE FOOTING SEE SIZE AND REINF.SHEET S7.I FOR SCHEDULE ON S2 F y SEE SHEET SIA FOR (j SIZE AND REINF. W SIZE AND REINF. 5 3"TYP. 3•TYP. q-3� „TYP. a O N - FOOTING DETAIL 9 FOOTING DETAIL 10 FOOTING DETAIL 11 LINTEL DETAIL 12 ic W SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" SCALE:3/4"=P-0• SCALE:3/4=V-9' SCALE:1/2'=i-0 z " m m = .m z 0 o VARIES G W (35 p ¢ 0 (3)#12 SCREWS(MIN.) COLUMN OR N1 (3)#12 SCREWS VERT.EACH SIDE OF STUD MTL STUD 0 O J m iw (MIN.)VERT.EACH W ,+5 SIDE OF STUD (2)#10 TEK SCREWS Q EBRADYQUIV BRAND P ¢ a LIGHT GAGE LINTEL 0 Q EQUIVALENT SLIP TRACK (1)#10 SCREW EACH Q ui 2,/2" 0 SIDE @ -0 Plan Review 1' "O.C.T&B Q G By SAFEBuilt F o SEESCHEDULE O O ILL L3X3X43 MIL �SHEETE F JAMB SIZE TO BE SAME SIZE AND 43 MIL.(MIN.)TOP AND CLIP ANGLE T&B v GAUGE AS WALL STUDS;SEE PLANS BOTTOM TRACK SAME (2)0.145 LVF i'!? (SEE UNTELSCHEDULE FOR WIDTH AS WALL INTO COL. o a QUANTITY AND ATTACHMENTS) SUITE#103 SLIP TRACK DETAIL (@ INT. 299 N.WEISGA103 RD. S3 �m f'1 /'1 Q_m. KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 HEADER DETAIL 13 CONNECTION DETAIL 14 NON-LOAD BEARING WALLS 15 (865,584-09� FAX ND www.michaelbrady[nc.com w.nicholas deal,p.e.,s.e. SCALE:1"=V-0" SCALE:1"=V-0" SCALE:1 1/2"=T-0" JOB NUMBER:170002.24 x 3Nf d WALL FRAMING NOTES A 1. TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS OF METAL STUD WALLS SHALL BE 600T12554(TYP.).SEE DETAIL 4�p 1/S5 FOR TRACK SPLICE. e� 2. STUDSCHEDULE: EXTERIOR FRONT&BACK WALLS-60CS162-68 @ 16'O.C. EXTERIOR SIDE WALLS-BOOS162_54 @ 1 B"O.C. INTERIOR WALLS-SEE SHEET SO 3. ALL EXTERIOR WALLS TO INCLUDE STRAP BRACING @ 4'-0"O.C.VERT.PER DETAIL 4/S4. 4. ALL SCREWS TO BE#10 COUNTER SUNK TAPPING SCREWS,HEAD OF SCREW SHOULD BE 12 PERIMETER AN B0OS200-68 L3x3x43 MIL @ 1/2"(7/16')PLYWOOD SHEATHING u FLUSH WITH SHEATHING. DOUBLE STUDS S3 AND BLOCKING AT @ 16"O.C. STUDS @ 18"O.C. (EXTERIOR SIDE)ORIENT 5. ALL EXTERIOR PLYWOOD TO BE 1/2"(711&)PLYWOOD ORIENTED PERPENDICULARTO STUDS. ROOF DIAPHRAGM — PERPENDICULAR TO STUD FRAMING (2)60OS162-68 END STUDS(ICBO#4943) PER PLAN ON S2 PER DETAIL 3/S8 III I CS rJ ' 3/8•MIN--, PROVIDE 1/8"SPACE BETWEEN PANELS AT TIME OF INSTALLATION III I I _j TRACK BLOCKING —— — — LL' c REQUIRED,SEE _Ii —— —__ —1 _y —6 _—_ —— _ HORIZONTAL BRACING II II I II II II II 1 1 II a- , DETAIL 3/S4 II I 11 11 11 II �h- --If-� 1111 II 11 11 11 1 11 II II I II II II II I � a a ¢ _ _ _ _ ct a o III II II 1111 -11 EDGE SCREWS II II II III - II I II II II I SHEATHING ¢ HILTI X-GPN 37 MIX, _ EDGESCREWS it IIIIIIII II II�III�I IIII II I I, 11 FASTENERS@1oo.c. II II II III _ -_ II I II II II I STUD p 3 w " Z & II II HILTIXGPN37MXI II II�IIIII 11 II�III�I 1111 I 0'O.0 MAYRB US D 11 11 II 1 11 LINTEL 11 I 11 11 11 1 z o— _(#10 TEKSCREWS @ — LTERNATE. " FASTENERS @ 4"O.C. ---AS ANA — F _ ¢ p 4"O.C.MAYBE USED ---- — -- — 5 II II AS AN ALTERNATE) II IIII II HSSBX3=16'X OONT.W/BLOCK II II II II II IIII IIII II II II II PLYWOOD ALLEDGES 0 II II II I II II II II IIII LINTEL IIII IIII II 4MIIIQQNi.TQI TRACK II II II II II IIII IIII II II II II TYPICAL PLYWOOD SCREWING DIAGRAM II-I_II II _II II IIII ITIIII 11 11 11_11 1 II II 1_II_II 11 IIII - 'S3 IIII_II-11 11 t II II I II IIII IIII II IIII II II II II I II I II II II I IIII = ___ _ED SCGE o REWS TRACK _ - IIIIIII II IIII IIII IIII IIII—1I IL LLI 1L ONTINUOUS SIMPSON HOEDOWN W/7/8"0 C F1554 GR.36 FULLY THREADED :i. '° FOOTING PER ANCHOR BOLT W/9"MIN : ^:„: •-:. 'l"•',` ',. °"a FOUNDATION PLAN EMBED.INTO FOOTING(SEE _ - "•4 SHEET SI.2 FOR HOEDOWN LOCATIONS) HORIZONTAL STRAP 5/8"0 HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ L3X3Xl/4'STIFFENERS@ DOUBLESTUDSAT M BRACING @ 48"O.C. SCREW ANCHOR @ 16"O.C.BELOW WINDOW ALL HOEDOWN cc VERT.,SEE DETAIL 3/S4 24"O.C.W/5"EMBED. W/12'MIN.EMBED,SEE LOCATIONS Q DETAIL 8/S3 ULI F— J co Z m N WALL ELEVATION @ FRONT AND BACK WALLS V zOo SCALE:1/4"=1'-0" O W 0� w > wz w Q YD J O Uz SLOPING LEDGER 6DDS162-54 @ 16"O.C. 1/2"(7/1 B')PLYWOOD SHEATHING O C.0 Q ANGLE AND BLOCKING (2)60OS162-68 END PER DETAIL 5/SB = PERPENDICULAR OTO STUD FRAMING J O STUDS(ICBO#4943) III II I IF 1I II II I a TRACK BLOCKING III REQUIRED,SEE 1�� II IIII II II II HORIZONTAL BRACING h 1 11 11 11 11 11 DETAI 3/S4 II II II II II IIII II II II I II II II I II IIII II II IIIII I II II II II II II I II II II I II II I IIII II II I w a NOTE: TRACK BLOCK PIECE TO MATCH WALL _ _ L JL �1 _r 1i—-1� _I� DETAIL USED FOR STUDS STUD;CLIP FLANGE AND BEND a W < ( 11 If—FIELD SCREWS?-IF- I I I I I I1 I I II I) I I I I W/DEFTH UP 6"PER (VERTICALLY SPACED @ 48"O.C.)PROVIDE x w 3 II II II III IIIIHILTI X-GPN 37 MIX, � MANUFACTURERS AT ENDS OF WALL&STRAP SPLICES _ U b II EDGE SCREWS I I I I FASTENERS @ 12"O.C.I I I SPECS. 3 w c z tl I HILTI X-GPN 37 MX IIII I (#10 TEK SCREWS @ "O F. F FASTENERS @ 2"O.C. I I I II II I ~ O a _ a (#10 TEK SCREWS @ I 112'O.C.MAYBE USED I I LINTEL +� I p 3 SCREWS EACH a p ¢ " c7 F •O.C.MAY BE USED = — AS AN ALTERNATE_ _ _ G FRAMED WALL SIDE AS AS AN ALTERNATE) I - -- ---- a x II II II II II II II II II I II II II II II II II REQUIRED q Z II II II I II II LINTEL- , III III ° II II it II IIII II II I II I II II II I II II II II II II II rL . �/ T I II II IIII I1I1 IIII II I III IIII III IIII IIII III III IIII IIII II( I -----_= __III-I_I II III II a,'-0"MIN g 00 14 ¢ - -- _ O EDGE " - - SCR E (2)#10-16 SCREWS #10FAHEADED CHANNEL SPLICE DETAIL OTTOII + , _ i3 InFASTEN TO D- TEK SCREWS BM W CHANNEL (TYP) llTMP) — I IlL JI IL IL II IL ¢ ,y. c 1-1/2"x 54 MIL.x SIMPSON HOLDOWN W/7/8"9 o .. ...:... -.b ... rn CONT.54 ML' F1554 GR.36 FULLY THREADED ...n `" + ... 9•r p" CONTINUOUS 5 VERTICALLY ANCHOR BOLT W/9"MIN EMBED. FOOTING PER s ( FOR EXTERIOR WALL SIDE ONLY. ;:, r r}• _ ¢ SPACED @ 48" NO STRAP REQUIRED ON INTERIOR a. •a:- m ( INTO FOOTING(SEE SHEET$1.2 - FOUNDATION PLAN :. N O.C.) WALL SIDE)4"WIDE 54 MIL FLAT STRAP. FOR HOEDOWN LOCATIONS) - • ... " - - � w STRAPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 48° .•. .. •A VERTICAL Plan Review � STUD SIZE AND AND SHALL BE CENTERED ON GAUGE(SEE YWOOD HORIZONTAL STRAP 5/8 O HILTI KWIK HUS EZ L3X3Xl/4 STIFFENERS @ DOUBLE STUDS AT ALL B p f 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x54MIL.CUP, SAFEBuilt PLAN) T"ALL FLAT STRAPS SHALL BE BRACING E E O.C.00 SCREW ANCHOR @ 1 B"D.C.00BELOW WINDOW HOEDOWN LOCATIONS ANGLE FASTENED TO EACH,,. VERT.,SEE DETAIL 3/S4 24 O.C.W/5'EMBED. W/12 MIN.EMBED,SEE STUD W/(2)#10-16 SCREWS: DETAIL8/S3 ANGLE LENGTH SHALL NOT BE F LESS THAN STUD DEPTH,MINUS © 0 1/2" 0 HORIZONTAL BRACING DETAIL 3 WALL ELEVATION SIDE WALLS r F SCALE:1 1/2"=l'-O' SCALE:1/4"=1'-cr _. -"" -" SHEET: �a WEISGARBERS4 299N.E,TENNESSE RD. N D 5 m SUITE#103 KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 (865)5B4-0999 FAX 5845213 Www.michaelbradyinc.mm w.nicholas deal,p.e.,s.e. JOB NUMBER:170002.24 I 3825162.54 Q 18"O.C. W/#12 TEK SCREW OODS182-54 @ 16"O.C. TOP&BOTTOM a 54 MIL TRACK LT FENING @ EA.END FOR HIGH PARAPET 'a°=,` 54 MIL TRACK W/ #12L CONSISTING OF(1) (2)#12 SCREWS U/(4)SIDE SCREWS R OR SHORT PIECE EXTERIOR �-.�- EA.STUD SCREWS '1'' � O EA.SIDE @ EA END SHEATHING 4#10 SCREWS EA.END 4� 600SI6254 () SHORTSTUD 3825182.33 @ 32"O.C. • • • • L4X4X7/4"X CONT.ANGLE 600T12554 W/#12 SCREWS @ 6"O.C. N I g INTO BLOCKING I'. EXTERIOR SHEATHING \\�\ L4X4X1/4"X 8"LONG Q 32"O.C. q NOTE:BASE TRACK SIMILAR SECTION ELEVATION W/(2)#12 SCREWS EA.END 12 80OS162-54 @ 16"O.C. ION 88 INTO DECK FLUTE SS k W/#12 TEK SCREW \ ,. 600T125-54 TOP&BOTTOM \ - - }"'- (7 u W- SIM. 1\ DECKING PER PLAN TRACK SPLICE DETAIL 1 LINTEL DETAIL 2 Z �`„ - ,y 1/4"CAP PLATE a 1g'-0' 54MILTRACK aP3� ' r �-:: .. _.._ PER ARCH. LL � SCALE:3"=1'-0" SCALE:N.T.S. r '- 77' CONNECTION BY TAP FLEX I SCREWS ONLY(NO SUBSTITUTIONS SEE ARCH \ LN�J 2_ d OR ALTERNATES),MATERIAL,SIZE ;_ - ---- -- e* AND SPACING PROVIDED BY B&B ,, EXTERIOR/SHEAR D_ AWNING ��% WALLSHEATHING g 5/18"SHEAR PLATE S6 PREFABRICATED AWNING-�, (TOP OF HSS8X8&W1'4 EXTERIOR 1/4" BYB&BAWNING - 5/16"SHEAR PLATE ; 1/4"CAP PLATE b HEATHING EA.STUD(fYEP \ ei 11 CROSS BRACING S6 rO BDOS182-54 r (3)3/4"0 A325 BOLTS 13 1 „ � n i7 f m 3I4" � 600S182-54 @ 18`O.C. (2)3/410 A325 BOLTS 1 1/4' STEEL J013T - --1 p -- BREAM BEAM PER PLAN W/#12 TEK SCREW � W8X15 PER PLAN S5 TOP&BOTTOM 54 MIL TRACK EA.END 4„ 1 1/4" 'll BOOT725-54 W/(3)#12 SCREWS EA. STANDARD AI9C W14X26 STANDARD AISC - Ii SCREW CONN.BY STUD(TYP.) SHEAR CONNECTION SHEAR CONNECTION i/8" 2" B&BAWNING _ COLUMN PER PLAN •NO SHEATHING TO BE PLACED BETWEEN COLUMN PER PLAN - --HSSOX3X3/16"X CONT.WITH INTERIOR STUD WALL&BUMPOUT STUDS TRACK(TYP.(P BEARING WALLS) FOR THIS CONDITION ONLY. CONNECTION DETAIL - CONNECTION DETAIL n CONNECTION DETAIL CONNECTION DETAIL CONNECTION DETAIL 0 SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" v SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" T SCALE:1/2"=V-0" SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" V SCALE:1/2-1-=1'-0" LL HS86XB COLUMN W` VERTICAL DEFLECTION ATTACHMENT INFILL STUD I SHEARWALL END STUDS USING VERTICLIP SLB SERIRES CLIP AS r J J Z mN MANUFACTURED BY THE STEEL SHEARWALL END STUDS NETWORK(888-474-4876) INTERIOR 1 0 1 0 1 0" 1-0" SHOP W Do SIDE WELDS FABRICATION 3-12 J 1 z Q ANGLE ATTACHMENT ALTERNATE INFILL STUD V - TO STEEL 0• 8" 1 1/2"@ 12" SIDES r; Q J O 1'- 1'- 1-0" 1'- EXTERIOR CONTINUOUS ANGLE SIDE WELDS ter_ F-- W W \0O 0 ;iA - - - E%TERIORRHEARWALL / 11.1 O INTERIOR EXTERIOR I SIDEWELDS ?, SIDEWELDS - 1/2"SHEATHINGfEDGE OF COLUMSSHEATHING STOPS @ Q �' O~�..f... ..- „�SHEARWALL HOEDOWN TYR 5• 3" HSSBXB STUB COLUMN z ALIGN EDGES OF HSS8X6 LL HSSBX3X3/18"X CONT. - EXTERIOR/SHEARWALL r O (TYP.)@BEARING WALLS SHEATHING STOPS @ CANOPY AND CONNECTION COLT &HSSBXB O O Q TYP.3 TOP TRACK _. EDGE OF COLUMNS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY Co SIDES J O 1.. TUBE SPLICE / (2)BOOS782-54 N VERT. SLIDE BRACKET SECTION A- �D a DETAIL n TUBE ATTACHMENT DETAIL 9 CONNECTION DETAIL n CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2"=1'-0' V SCALE:3/4"=V-0" SCALE:1 1/2"=V-0" I V SCALE:1 1/2"=V-0" �jj gi 0 W 8 S-r S5 a C ' � R a 3/18„ 3„ I ..... pp �1„ I 12 a S5 m Q p` HSSBXB STUB COLUMN 3 INFILL STUDS OR HSSBXB BEAM `-\\ c STEEL JOIST - 3/SX4X4 PLATE 36 3/8XBX1'-0"PLATE >b m PER PLAN 10 Plan Review o S5 B O S Y AF EBu'SHOP WELD IIt -g, 3 SIDES T E:jF EXTERIOR/SHEARWALL '6 SHEATHING STOPS @ 6HOP IL j EDGEOFCOLUMNS 6" WELD r-1 (2)600SI62-54 �E vp Kn F SHEET: s CONNECTION DETAIL CONNECTION DETAIL ENTRANCE FRAMING 1 _ S5 m SCALE:1 1/2"-1'-0' SCALE:1 1/2"-V-0' SCALE: SUITE#103 p 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. `�/N D m KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 V\•/ rc'> (865)584-0999 FAX 584.5213 ww-Mlchaelbradylnc.com w.nicholas deal,p,e.,s.e. JOB NUMBER:170002,24 WELD AFTER FINAL GIRDER BOLTED TO #12 SCREWS @ 6'O.C. 3 POSITIONING PER JOIST COLUMN w/3/4'BOLTS AT PERIMETER SB MANUF.REQUIREMENTS (5"GAGE) L4X4X1/4 XCONT. (FOR ERECTION ONLY) 1 SLOPE 1/4° SB SIM. BOGS162-43 1/8" 2 PER FOOT SOLID BLOCKING 6' 1/2" #10 SCREWS @ 1 I 1 8"O.C.AT EXTERIOR S4 S4 DECK ATTACHMENT NO WE TVP. PER PLAN 7- -:s 3/4"0 JOIST GIRDER 3/4 O 3/4"STABILIZER PLATE SHEATHING (NOTE TO JOIST DESIGNER) COLUMN PER PLAN LL 3/4"STABILIZER PLATE F- OUT-TO-OUT OF CONCRETE STEM WALLS MINUS 1"TO ACCOUNT FOR SHEATHING O e� BAR JOIST PROFILE CONNECTION DETAIL CONNECTION DETAIL a SCALE:N.T.S. � SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" � SCALE:1 1/2"=1'-0" v TYP. CUT AS NEEDED CHORD TO ANDREMOVE DECK ATTACHMENT PER PLAN EDGE ANGLE LEDGER TO EXTEND TYP.@ CROSS BEYOND WALL 6"TO #12 SCREWS @ 6"O.C. TIE AND SUPPORT SUPPORT EDGE ANGLE TYP EA III TYP.AT PERIMETER METAL STUD 3118' 1 8,DIAPHRAGM CHORD 3/18" 2" JOIST SHEATHING DECK ATTACHMENT WALL PER PLAN EDGE ANGLE PER PLAN I DECKING PARTIALLY SHOWN _ #10 SCREWS @ HILTI X-HSWS @ FOR CLARITY #O.C.RE AT HIL SCREWS @ 12"O.C. SEE 5/S7 FOR CONNECTION EXTERIOR METAL DECKING SOLID BLOCKING I PER DETAIL 5/S6 \';- - BO LID BLOCKING 3 ADDED WELDED OBSTRUCTING ADDED WELDED SOLID BLOCKING CROSS BRIDGING BRACING CROSS BRIDGING EDGE ANGLE DIAPHRAGM CHORD,COPE PER PLAN VERT LEG @ EA.JOIST NOTES, L4X4X1/4"X CONT. CROSS TIES JOIST 1. DUCT TO RUN AS SHOWN WHERE APPLICABLE. LEDGER I PER PLAN, 2 USE WHERE BRIDGING CONFLICTS WITH DUCT RUN. PER 3. CUT X-BRIDGING FROM HORZ.BRIDGING ANGLE AND INSTALL IN FIELD AT NO EXPENSE TO VULCRAFT. COPE VERTICAL PLAN 4. WHEN TNO OR MORE DUCTS RUN SIDE BY SIDE,X-BRACING SHALL REMAIN AND DUCTWORK RUN LEG AT JOIST W Q BELOWJOIST AND ABOVE CEWNG. , co CONNECTION DETAIL 4 CONNECTION DETAIL 5 CONNECTION DETAIL 6 CONNECTION DETAIL w go SCALE:1"=V-0" SCALE:1 1/2"=V-0° co SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" J z Q < J �� w j w Z 0 MECHANICAL UNIT CABINET O Q Y O TYP. ? #14X 5"LONG SCREWS@0-1 ` O O C5 3/16' SEAT 24"O.C.(MIN(3)PER SIDE) z ANGLE FRAME SCHEDULE COPE VERTICAL LEG PREFABRICATED C J METAL CURB r O ANGLE SPAN(W) ANGLE SIZE p-D p AS NECESSARY (14 GA.MIN.) O O Q 2'-O'OR LESS L2x2x1/4" BEAT (2)2X6 TREATED 3/8"0 S.S.THRU BOLTS @ J N ANGLE BLOCKING W/15 MIL 4 CORNERS&@ 24"O.C. OPEN OPEN POLY BARRIER T&B BETWEEN CORNERS EL OVER 2'-O'T04'-O' L3x3x1/4" SECTION A-A CD 3 X X ANGLE PER PLAN THIS LINE STEEL JOIST @ S. O.C. DECK PER PLAN OVER 4'-O'TO 6'-0" L4x4x3/4" / \ / \ OR BEAM x5 ° OVER 6'-O'TO 8'-0" L6x4x3/4'LLV A-A NOTES: - 1. PROVIDE ANGLE FRAME AS SHOWN FOR OPENINGS 8'x8'OR 8"DIAMETER AND LARGER,INCLUDING LL L--,) ROOF DRAINS AND SUMPS. gANGLE ANGLE BEYOND 2. USE LARGEST"W'DIMENSION FOR SELECTING 17 TIN ANGLE SIZE. yyp \\\-. BAR JOIST Z 3. SEAT TO BE THE SAME DEPTH AS SUPPORTED B-B PER PLAN DECKTO RE CUTOUT WITHIN CURB EXTENTS _ ANGLE+1/2"x 3'WIDE x 3/B"THICK x&LONG(MIN.). -- 4. COORDINATE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATIONS OF FIELD LOCATE L2x2x114"WHERE '- OPENINGS WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES. C-C ANGLE FRAMES DO NOT ALIGN 5. SHOP WELD ALL CONNECTIONS WITH 3/16"WELDS _ WI ANTH E PANEL POINT ALONG TOP 3/16" TYP W ALL AROUND. CHORD(TYP.) a 6. WP INDICATES DIMENSION SHOWN ON PLAN SECTION B-B m 5'-." SECTION C-C SECTION 0.D IL z AT RTU ONLY O TYP. ROOF OPENING DETAILo H 0 SCALE:3/4"=1'-0° � y = m O W 3 N 0 S W C I METAL STUD WALL PER PLAN EDGE ANGLE DRIVE-THRU 5/8"PLYWOOD W/#10 SHEATHING PER PLAN EXTERIOR WALL TEK SCREWS @ 6"O.C. 54 MIL TRACK QQ L4X4X1/4"LEDGER DECKATTACHMENT o Q5 RAFTER PER PER PLAN ROOF DECK 5/6"PLYWOOD W/#10 16-d'A.F.F. PLAN PER PLAN TEK SCREWS @ 6"O.C. I I G Q 600S182-43 SOLID I I Plan Review BLOCKING B�/SAFEB a (6)#12 TEK SCREWS (2)#12 TEK SCREWS TYPICAL DIAPHRAGM u'' INTO EACH STUD BLOCKING @ ROOF 1 INTO EACH STUD I 3/16" 1° #105CREWS @ 8'O.C.AT (2)#10 TEK SCREWS EACH SHEET: EXTERIOR WALL EXTERIOR RAFTER STUD 13'-0"A.F.F. PER PLAN a #12 SCREWS @ 6"O.C. L4X4X7/4 MIN. TYP.AT PERIMETER (SPAN BETWEEN ADJACENT STUDS) \ �/� °m BE PER PLAN SUITE#103 J V 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. m KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 (665)564;0999 FAX 5845213 WND CONNECTION DETAIL 9 CONNECTION DETAIL 10 CONNECTION DETAIL 11 —.Sm4ichselbmclylnc.com w.nicholaa deal,p.e.,s.e. SCALE:3/4°=i'-0" SCALE:1 1/2"=1'-0° SCALE:3/4"=1'-0' JOB NUMBER:17000224 600S762.88 TIE BACK SS 6 BLOCKING EACH STUD ————— #12 SCREWS EACH END S� 362S1e2-54@1B"O.C. W/#12 TEK SCREW TOP&BOTTOM WELD AFTER NA L FI NOTE:JOIST MAY REQUIRE BOLTED POSITIONING PER JOIST CONNECTION FOR ERECTION, MANUF.REQUIREMENTS ` JOIST GIRDER JOIST(NOTED PLAN) WELD ONCE IN FINAL POSITION 1I8 2.1I7 ,3" JOIST 54 MIL TRACK W/ r_ (2)#12 SCREWS Z EA.STUD(TYP.) n 41/2' J �Zenn'y, 6„ ALUMINUM STOREFRONT LL lz SYSTEM W/1"SPANDREL F" GLASS a , a m NO WELD,TYP, 3118 11/2 JOIST GIRDER 3/40 METAL DECK NOT GIRDER BRACE BY 3/4"STABILIZER PLATE BOOS782-88 TIEBACK VULCRAFT SHOWN FOR _ _ BLOCKING EACH STUD W/(8) CLARITY COLUMN PER PLAN 3I18' _ #12 SCREWS EACH END , CONNECTION DETAIL CONNECTION DETAIL CONNECTION DETAIL CONNECTION DETAIL 1 „ 2 3 4 SCALE.3 4=1-0 SCALE:3/4-1-0 4"_ � - / SCALE:3/ 1-a' SCALE:1 2"-1'-0" ¢U m �N HILTI X-HSN24 SCREWS Q 12"O.C. PERIMETER MM (#12 TEK SCREWS MAY BE USED AS ALT.) cc uj HILTI X-HSN24 FASTENERS(36/5) n F— CO PATTERN $ Z m N (#12 TEK SCREWS(36/5) N PATTERN MAYBE USED AS ALT,) W I--' Do - U) (� z Q J INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT < J O HILTI SS W W } zLC 0IM � � Q > W HWH SIDE LAP SCREWS @ S&O.C. ((3)#10 TEK SCREWS Y SIDELAP MAY BE _ 0 O O USED AS ALT,) 9.7'@ FRONT&BACK 2 _Z 36"COVERAGE �r�� 3.5'@SIDE CD J 0 CDQ J o CONNECTION DETAIL 5 SNOW DRIFT LOADING 6 a SCALE:3/4"=V-0" SCALE:1 1/2"=1'-0" _. r' z W O a CZ cav hOR o` 3 S o p R a 3 �i m N V F .. m ° Q O Plan Review ° BY SAFEBuilt S �I n SHEET: �a c SUITE#103 V 7 m 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. `/`/N D a. KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 Y v C m (865)584-0999 FAX 584-5213 www michaelbmdyinc.00m w.Mcholas deal,P.e.,s.e. JOB NUMBER:170002.24 DRAWING INDEX SITE DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE 00.0 CIVIL COVER SHEET CI.O ALTA SURVEY COVER SHEET DE1 DUMP8TER ENCLOSURE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS cci:1 ALTA SURVEY 2 ALTA SURVEY ARCHITECTURAL C1.3 GENERAL NOTES CI.4 GENERAL NOTE SHEET AA OCCUPANCY+LIFE SAFETY PLAN C1.5 CONSTRUCTION PIPELINE NOTES Al OVERALL FRAMING PLAN C2.0 DEMOLITION PROJECT SITE Ale INTERIOR FRAMING PLAN C2.1 COMPENSATORY FLOOD STAGE AREA-DEMOLITION PLAN All DOOR OPENING AND FRAMING DETAILS C3.0 OVERALL SITE PLAN A1.2 DOORS,WINDOWS AND OPENINGS SCHEDULES AND LEGENDS C3.1 SITE PLAN PROJECT IMPROVEMENTS AIA FINISH SCHEDULES,NOTES,AND LEGENDS C3.2 SITE PLAN PROJECT IMPROVEMENTS A STOREFRONT DIMENSIONS 03.3 SITE PLAN FLOOD STAGE STORAGE AREA A2 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN C4.0 SITE GRADING PLAN A3.1 CEILING DETAILS 04.1 DRAINAGE INFRASTRUCTURE SCHEDULE AND NOTES A4 ROOF PLAN 04.2 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A4.1 ROOF DETAILS C4.3 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5 EOUIPMENT PLAN 04.4 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5.1 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE C4.5 SITE GRADING ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5.1a ARBY'S EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE R 04.6 TANK FARM ENLARGED GRADING PLAN A5.2 ENLARGED CABINETRY PLAN-TRAINING ROOM C4.7 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 1 A5.3 ENLARGED CABINETRY PLAN-DRINKBAR C4.8 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 2 A5.4 DRINKBAR/CINNABON/ISLAND ELEVATIONS C4.9 STORMWATER DETENTION AND TREAMENT FACILITY-POND 3 AS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS _ 04.10 SITE GRADING PLAN COMPENSATORY FLOOD STAGE AREA A6.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS C5.0 SITE PAVING PLAN A6.2 EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS C5.1 SITE PAVING AND PAVEMENT AND CONCRETE CURB SECTIONS A7 WALL SECTIONS C5.2 SITE CONCRETE BEC11ONS AND DETAILS A7.1 WALL SECTIONS C52 SIDEWALK SECTIONS AND PARKING SIGN A72 WALL SECTIONS _-- --' C6.0 SITE UTILITY PLAN -- A7.3 WALL SECTIONS C6.1 SITE UTILITY PLAN A7.4 WALL SECTIONS C6.2 ENLARGED SITE UTILITY PLAN A7.5 WALL SECTIONS C6.3 SANITARY SEWER PLAN AND PROFILE AS MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS C6.4 WATER PLAN AND PROFILE A8,1 MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS C6.5 UTILITY AND CONSTRUCTION CROSSINGS OVER BP PIPELINE C71 CROSSINGS OVER N,PIPELINE CROSS SECTIONS Aga TACO BELL HOOD ELEVATIONS I TRAVEL CENTER C7.2 CLEARIEROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL COVER SHEEP A9 ENLARGED S VATION -RES'OM FRAMING PLANPLOT #1103 C7.1 CLEARING,EROSION,AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN Aga ENLARGED SHOWER/RESTROOM EQUIPMENT PLAN C72 CLEARING,EROSION,AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN-FLOOD STAGE AREA A9.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-RESTROOMS C7.3 EROSION CONTROL NOTES A9.1a INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-SHOWERS C7.4 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS A92 RESTROOM DETAILS C8.0 SITE CIVIL DETAILS A9.3 SHOWER DETAILS C8.1 SITE CIVIL DETAILS ASA RESTAOOM AND SHOWER REFERENCE ONLY INFORMATION C8.2 STORMWATER DETENTION/TREATMENT FACILITY DETAILS A10 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-RESTAURANT C8.3 STORM DETAILS All INTERK)A ELEVATIONS-SALES AREA 2430 SR530 N E C8.4 SANITARY SEWER DETAILS Al2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-SALES BLOCKING PLAN C8.5 WATER DETAILS C8.6 WATER DETAILS CONTINUED STRUCTURAL C9.0 SMOKEY POINT BLVD IMPROVEMENTS - ARLINGTON WA 98223 C9.1 STATE ROAD 530 ACCESS AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS so ��-NOTES C9.2 CHANNELRATION PLAN 31 FOUNDATION DIMENSION PLAN C9.3 ROAD DETAILS S1.1 FOUNDATION PLAN C9.4 ROAD DETAILS 81.2 SHEAR WALL AND SLAB LAYOUT PLAN 82 FOUNDATION NANDCPLAN DEVELOPED BY: LANDSCAPING 53 FOUNDATION AND COLD FORMED STEEL DETAILS S4 WALL ELEVATIONS L-1 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND NOTES S5 WALL DETAILS L-2 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND Be ROOF DETAILS BUILDING INFORMATIONL-3 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND 87 ROOF DETAILS PILOT FLYING J L-4 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND MECHANICAL RE�ISTEREp L-5 LANDSCAPE PLAN AND LEGEND CODE DESIGN DEPARTMENT 9074 SITE ELECTRICAL MO.1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE,NOTES,AND LEGEND 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 5508 LONAS DRIVE Ir[CT ESI.1 SITE PLAN-ELECTRICAL MO.2 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE,NOTES,AND LEGEND ESL2 SITE PLAN-PHOTOMETRIC MI MECHANICAL PLAN HVAC LAYOUT p� KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE 37909 R ARTa', III 5 _ M2 MECHANICAL PLAN DETAILS CLASSIFICATION STATE Of WASNINli70N ESIA FUEL E-STOP LOCATION PLAN M3 CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES TYPE LIB(UNPROTECTED,UNSPRINKLED) (865) 588-7487 .1 A POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS M4 CAPTIVEAIRE HOOD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES 71051/8 E82.2 TRUCK CANOPY AND ISLAND PLANS POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS M5 CAPTTVEAIRE EXHAUST FAN DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES CANOPIES-TYPE LIB ES2.3 TANK FARM AND B99 POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS M6 CAPTIVEAIRE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES OCCUPANCY - ESal DEF HEAT TRACE INSTALLATION DETAILS M7 CAPTIVEAIRE MAKE-UP AIR UNIT DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES PROJECT CONTACT ES32 DEF HEAT TRACE INSTALLATION DETAILS M8 CAPTVEAIRE HOOD CONTROL AND DRAWINGS PRINCIPLE INTENDED USE-MERCANTILE M9 CAPTVEAIRE GREASE DUCT DRAWINGS GROUP M-MERCANTILE,CONVENIENCE STORE SITE LIGHTS Mp CAPTIVEAIRE CREASE DUCT DRAWINGS ROSS SHAVER MII CAPTIVEAIRE CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND SCHEDULES GROUP U-CANOPIES,FUELING ISLANDS SL1 LIGHT POLE DETAILS AND FOUNDATIONS MI2 CAPTVEAIRE HOODS FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ME1 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 303.1,EXCEPTION 2 PROJECT MANAGER ext. 3469 PETROLEUM ME2 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS PERMITS THE RESTAURANT WHICH WOULD BE ME3 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS CONSIDERED A-2,TO BE CLASSIFIED AS PART PPO PRODUCT PIPING NOTES,SCHEDULES AND INFORMATION ME4 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS JOHN IRONS PPI AUTO AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT ME5 NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS OF THE M OCCUPANCY BECAUSE IT HAS AN OCCUPANCY PPI.1 TANK FARM AND TRUCK AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT MIES NEXREV ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS LOAD OF LESS THAN 50 PERSONS. THEREFORE THE PPl2 PRODUCT PIPING EMERGENCY SHUT OFF AND MONITORING PLAN PP2 UNDERGROUND TANK PLANS,NOTES AND LEGEND PLUMBING ENTIRE FACILITY IS CONSIDERED GROUP M. CONSTRUCTION SUPERINTENDENT ext. 5517 PP2.1 UNDERGROUND TANK PLANS,NOTES AND LEGEND PO PLUMBING PLAN LEGENDS AND SCHEDULES PP2.2 UNDERGROUND TANK SECTIONS AND DETAILS P1 PLUMBING PLAN WASTE AND VENT PIPING SECTION 506.2 WHEN APPLIED TO THIS FACILITY PP2.3 UNDERGROUND TANK SECTIONS AND DETAILS P2 PLUMBING PLAN SERVICES PIPING ALLOWS FOR A 75X INCREASE(OPEN ALL SIDES ENGINEERS AND CONSULTANTS PP3 UNDERGROUND TANK SUMP SECTK)NS AND DETAILS P3 PLUMBING PLAN CONDENSATE,GAS,AND STORM PIPING m m m m PP3.1 UNDERGROUND TANK SUMP SECTIONS AND DETAILS P4 PLUMBING PLAN WASTE AND VENT ISOMETRIC BY 30'OR GREATER).TABLE 503 ALLOWS 12,500 PP4 TANK FILL/VAPOR RECOVERY SECTIONS AND DETAILS P5.1 PLUMBING PLAN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE S.F.FOR TYPE LIB GROUP M WITH A 75%INCREASE ROY B. PARSONS III, AIA PP4.1 PRODUCT PIPING SECTIONS AND DETAILS P5.2 PLUMBING PLAN DESIGN CALCULATIONS 21,875 IS ALLOWED. PP4.2 VENT RISER SECTIONS AND DETAILS P6.1 PLUMBING PLAN DETAILS PP5 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID NOTES,SCHEDULES,SECTIONS AND DETAILS P6,2 PLUMBING PLAN DETAILS BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE 9526 S.F. ARCHITECT 3 PP5.1 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID DETAILS P7 PLUMBING PLAN FIRE STOPPING DETAILS PP5.2 B99 INJECTION SHED SECTIONS AND DETAILS NUMBER OF STORIES 1 PP5.3 TRUCK DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS 99 SLAB LAYOUT PP6 TRUCK ELECTRICAL BUILDING HEIGHT(TOP OF RIDGE) 23'-8' KENNY STANLEY, P.E. PP6.1 TRUCK ISLAND PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT EO ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND AND LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PP6.2 TRUCK DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS E1.1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIGHTING CIVIL ENGINEERING PP6.3 AUTO ISLAND PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT E1.2 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-LIG#TTING CONTROLS E PP6.4 AUTO DISPENSER SECTIONS AND DETAILS E2.1 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-POWER PROJECT SUMMARY 13 PP6.5 AUTO DISPENSER SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS E2.2 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS-ELECTRICAL LOUTS J. CORTINA, P.E. PP7 OIL/WATER SEPARATOR DETAILS AND NOTES E2.3 TRAVEL CENTER ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS-ELECTRICAL PP7.1 OIL/WATER SEPARATOR DETAILS AND NOTES E2.4 TRAVEL CENTER ROOF PLAN-POWER w n a z � PP6 PRODUCT PIPING SCHEDULES E3 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW TRAVEL CENTER as--- 2 E4 TRAVEL CENTER FLOOR PLAN-FIRE ALARM WITH THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS: STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING ''''s AUTO CANOPY E5.1A TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD SCHEDULES w i i w E5.1B TRAVEL CENTER PANELBOARD SCHEDULES o o 8 m ACI AUTO CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E5.2 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE -CONVENIENCE STORE CARL A. R. PAGE, P.E. S 4 S 3 AC1.1 AUTO CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E5.3 TRAVEL CENTER,ARBY'S AND CINNABON EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE -PJ FRESH MARKET E5.4 TRAVEL CENTER ELECTRICAL RRISER DI CONDUIT SCHEDULE -ARBY'S RESTAURANT ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING �� TRUCK CANOPY EB ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM - E7.1 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING DIAGRAM-GASOLINE -5 SHOWERS !2�� TCI TRUCK CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E7.2 FUEL DISPENSING WIRING DIAGRAM-DIESEL -6 GAS ISLANDS AND 7 DIESEL LANES TCit TRUCK CANOPY PLAN AND ELEVATIONS E7.3 TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM r; o n n E7.4 TLS-350 VEEDER ROOT INPUT/OUTPUT WIRING DIAGRAM 0 0.-0 0 SIGNAGE E8 ELECTRICAL CONTROL DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS ---g� 881 SITE SIGNACE PLAN E9.1 B99 PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS,LLC IS THE OWNER/ o n 0 0 0 982 ID SIGNS AND SIGN SCHEDULE E9.2 B99 CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAM OPERATOR OF THE ENTIRE FACILITY. o 0 0 0 883 FREESTANDING,DIRECTIONAL-AND CANOPY SONS 884 FREESTANDING SIGNS AND DRIVE THRU DETAILS SFO SIGN DRAWING SF1 SIGN DRAWING SITE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES �'' p w; NOT ALL FIXTURES SHOWN ON SCHEDULE MAY BE UTILZIED ON PLAN G ' o POLE FIXTURE 1. SITE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF EASEMENTS, �;" LAMP LENS TILT POLE BASE MOUNTING LUMINOUS UNDERGROUND UTILITIES&DRAINAGE BEFORE DRILLING POLE BASES. -�--�_I SYMBOL TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION LUMINAIRE MODEL q MANUF. TYPE TYPE VOLTAGE ANGLE HEIGHT HEIGHT HEIGHT EFFICACY (TYPICAL) 2. THE INSTALLATION OF THE SITE LIGHTING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLET EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL )N SHOWN ON PLAN IS ❑� SA 5 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA-5ME-U-57K-UL-BZ CREE LED N/A 277 0" 20'-0" 3'-8" 23'S" 99 LMIW OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES. MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM EENCY SHUT-OFF FOR THE 3. THE WIND-LOAD STRENGTH OF TOTAL POLEISUPPORT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CH SHOWS A MINIMUM OF SA1 1 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE 0SO-A-DA-5ME-U-57K-UL-BZ CREE LED N/A 277 0' 30'-0" X-6" 33'-6" 99 LMIW ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE COMPLETE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY AND LUMINAIRES ISER AND A MAXIMUM OF WITHOUT FAILURE,PERMANENT DEFLECTION,OR WHIPPING IN STEADY WINDS °ENSER PER NFPA SECTION OF 80 MPH WITH A GUST FACTOR OF 1.3. TENTS. Q-. SB 3 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA-4ME-U•67K-UL-BZ CREE LED WA 277 0' 20'-0" Y-8" 23'-8" 117 LM/W 4. LIGHT POLE BASES SHALL BE LOCATED V-O"BEHIND CURB IN AUTO PARKING AREAS,AND 15'-0"BEHIND CURB IN TRUCK PARKING AREAS.BASES SHALL BE 'r IN-LINE WITH STRIPES BETWEEN PARKING SPACES. AG-REFER TO TRAVEL CENTER Eg- S81 10 (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA-4ME-U57K-UL-BZ CREE LED WA 277 0" 20'-0" 3'-0" 33'B" 117 LMNJ 5. REFER TO SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN FOR FIXTURE ORIENTATION.FLOOD LIGHTS Z E SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL W EQU REMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, MOUNTED ON HIGH MAST POLE SHOULD BE AIMED FOR BEST RESULTS. I QUIR iND FILL. LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE WITH BACK J d i SBS 7 L LIGHTHT SHIELD OSO-A-DA-4ME-U57K-UL-BZ WITH OSQ-BLSLF CREE LED NIA 277 0° 30'-0" 3'-8" 33'-8" 117 LMNV 6. SYMBOLS ON THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY THESE SYMBOLS ARE NOT TO SCALE. {L. 0 REMELTS FOR POLE BASE TO BACK OF CURB SA4 q (1)215W LED SHOEBOX LUMINAIRE OSQ-A-DA5ME-U57K-UL-BZ CREE LED N/A 277 0° 30'-0" V-6' 33'-5" KEYED NOTES O 2 4 TO POLE LOCATIONS DIRECTLY IN LINE WITH99 I PARKING SPOTS. LMIW J W O CONNECT TO TRASH COMPACTOR. L G PARKING SPACE O CONNECT TO VACUUM STATION. O3 CONNECT TO DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE.COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CIVIL AND I I SIGNAGE DRAWINGS. I CURB I I *,x x-X-x-x-x-x-x----x O4 CONNECT TO LED PRICER. •�/ O CONNECT THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTORS.LIGHTING CONTACTORS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE COMBINATION OF A PHOTOSENSOR AND ASTRONOMICAL 3 - } TIMECLOCK VIA THE HONEYWELL CONTROLLER. i BACK OF A, © DISCONNECT FOR STORAGE UNIT CONNECTION.COORDINATE EXACT MIN. CURB 15'-0"MIN. - - - - LOCATION IN FIELD. UTO ATTRUCK --- CING PARKING 1..-�--- _ O7 NOT USED. FACE OF POLE _ :ES BASE SPACES i __,,.„.,.;w.,,.;,,,�® NOT USED s9 SBS --- B PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT FROM CONTROL PANEL FOR MUFFIN MONSTER TO MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR REMOTE ALARM CONNECTIONS.COORDINATE CONDUCTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR ALARM STATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER 'p: $+: r � '�-_.7 •.�. S81 X AND PROVIDE.CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING ROUGH-IN. 1T POLE POLE BASE � E-11(PART) -1 + 22 x 10 NOT USED. 3HT POLE BASE DETAIL 3 5D.2V 1 N.T.S. -_,,. L-37(PART)�x�x-x-x- -' - 11 STUB CONDUITS INTO TRUCK SCALE PIT. - S / CONNECT TO HI-RISE SIGN. NOT USED. x W \ SBS B1 1 if' 14 CONNECT TO GOAL POST SIGN. L 27 O -RF- 15 CONNECT TO CAT SCALES SIGN. uj II I i 50.2V 16 3KVA,277V PRI,-1201240 SEC.,NEMA 3R DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER FOR LED z J U II_ I I 1 4 --- ---- + PRICER. - I X SA4 -" 12- 3R 17 NOT USED. a Lu 50.2V I' I J 18 PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR GOLF CART RECHARGER. W U II SBS 3 5 2 19 PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CARDBOARD BALER. ~ W L-29 5 /-�._.y_.. SB1 I 20 MOUNT FUELING ESTOP ON 6"STEEL PIPE BOLLARD(BOLLARD PROVIDED BY W -J / // 852V / '/ / / / \ I OTHERS).COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB UP LOCATION WITH SITE CONTRACTOR. x--•-X x-x-x '�- -x-x-x-X' ��x y / ' / /'/ /x / x ' 23 2 ,/ 1 \ 21 NOT USED. rQ q / / II WPO 3 / / / / /// I 1 22 PROVIDE POWER FOR TRUCK PARKING AREA WIFI.COORDINATE EXACT J II X I E-t 1(PART)22 ES2.2 E .2 '� , / / _lt,_ /// ( I MOUNTING LOCATION WITH PILOT/FJ PROJECT MANAGER FOR POLE MOUNTS, ❑-- =_ G1-23,27 ` SEE DETAIL 2-ES1.2. A ---.- _� G1-25 ` - ` I ~l..y'/ % I I 23 LOCATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER. RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED N TOP OF FUELING CANOPY.COORDINATE ii SA1 -DRIVE-THRU-ELECTRICAL Y. 4 ''/'//'/// y//�////'// 3 I I CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE 1"=20'-V' N / / / / / / / / i '\ ES1.1 \ y, I ES1.1SBt / I .. \ / / / / t t + I / FEEDER DESCRIPTION \ � L-25 5 /T - - ET4�- - -- 41" 35.2V 100.3 (303,(i)l8 G.,IN 1-1/4"C. 4 - 50.3 t i k2V + _./ L-23 ❑ 1 L-32,34,38 1 O ❑ I d25.2 (2#12,(1pN2 G.,IN 1"C. `cr3O 3R 0 F_ ', 1 L-19 5 \ , �`•2 (2pt10,(ipf10 G.,IN 1"C. F ii , / TI 35.2V (2gt10,(1)!NO.,INN-C. UW O 50.2V (2pf8,(ipt10 G.,IN 1'C. 8,40,4 I - ES7.3 I 60.3 (3)18,(1)#10 G.,IN 1"C. 6 a ..3 L-39 / 50.4V (08,(1)it10 G.,IN 3/4"C. U) 50.2V I 65.2V (2#6,(1N18 G.,IN 1"C. G G �u 3 1(" CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE NOTES: _ I -ISOLATED GROUND m G PG C-3 \ - / \ \ 34.2 V-SIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP Z H 18 25.2 \ \ \3 2 1 \ S-SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM 3 \ I /3 \ \ \ x 1 U-SERVICE FROM UTILITY DPL-26,28,30 SBi SB1 ES2.3 / 1 O -7 \\ \\\\ 2 \ .1 ES2.1 S2.1 ( G p A DPL-25,27,29 ro 8 1 10013 8 \ \ / 3 L-4'�5 //// / / / �' / I\ \ \ \ 3 1 3R-ITiT 3R N� ^� \ \ \ / / , .., , '� \ n \L-2'I\ _ \ 3 SENI ENCLOSURE-ELECTRICAL \ \\"\ omv/',/�,',' / /',' ,'��' \ \'2 1"=20'-0" \ k\ / //' '/ / \ ,2 //'// / is T 3R - 4 S / / 1 p o \ \ (... <_,-+ ! s3 14 CONTRACTOR NOTE 3 tll \ k\`h CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND FAMILIARIZE \ 50AV \\ •,- -"'�- HIS/HERSELF WITH THE EXISTING COMMONS. MUFFIN MONSTER 3 15___ 3012� _._ -- � p�Gg _Nr CM �W-�- --- ES' C-6.8,10 INTERWORKS, P.A. ALE PLAN-ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN-ELECTRICAL-ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS _ SCALE: 1"=50'-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 1"-20'-0" PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:33"67-4332 DRYTYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER SCHEUDLE GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES ti. rcf -�WA, Cl 80 TYPE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL# SIZE(KVA) EFFICIENCY 1. SITE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF EASEMENTS, 0 DT-1 1 500 KVA DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER SQUARE-0 EX500T88H UNDERGROUND UTILITIES&DRAINAGE BEFORE DRILLING POLE BASES. r N - 500 99.24% (TYPICAL) 2. THE INSTALLATION OF THE SITE LIGHTING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES. Q L 43i" 3, THE WIND-LOAD STRENGTH OF TOTAL POLEISUPPORT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE 1115/18 ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE COMPLETE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY AND LUMINAIRES WITHOUT FAILURE,PERMANENT DEFLECTION,OR WHIPPING IN STEADY WINDS OF 80 MPH WITH A GUST FACTOR OF 1.3. 4. LIGHT POLE BASES SHALL BE LOCATED S-0"BEHIND CURB IN AUTO PARKING AREAS,AND 15'4'BEHIND CURB IN TRUCK PARKING AREAS.BASES SHALL BE F IN-LINE WITH STRIPES BETWEEN PARKING SPACES. o W W 6ORIENTATION.MOUNTED ON HIGH MAST POLE SHOO D BE AIMED OR BESTRESULTS. LIGHTS Z K Of W fs �• QtnZr- 6. SYMBOLS ON THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY THESE J a¢Z m SYMBOLS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LL W z W u> z01-� KEYED NOTES O 2 m a uj Oi NOT USED. 13 O z O2 NOT USED. Y O3 NOT USED. ® NOT USED. CONDUIT TAG-REFER TO TRAVEL CENTER ©NOT USED. ® CONDUIT SCHEDULE SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, OB NOT USED. i QUANTITY AND FILL. -' O7 UTILITY COMPANY TRANSFORMER.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH UTILITY COMPANY. O8 PROPOSED METERING EQUIPMENT LOCATION.COORDINATE WITH UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN.REFER TO SHEET EB FOR MORE INFORMATION. OB NOT USED. - 1p NOT USED. 11 NOT USED. 12 NOT USED. 13 NOT USED. 4 14 NOT USED. - 7( n 16 NOT USED. W c 18 NOT USED. > M 17 DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER FOR PILOT.PROVIDE 6"THICK Z m N ) f ILeLJI CONCRETE PAD WITH 8"REVEAL ON ALL SIDES.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION W QD WITH UTILITY COMPANY AND CIVIL ENGINEERS DRAWINGS.COORDINATE PAD Z O'f J SIZE AND LAYOUT WITH UTILITY COMPANY. Z Q tU Q 1240.4U ) i i �o 4J 0 J d a `W 60.. _..... ) )g 1875.48 wjl W (� / W O 420. ) ® o®; CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE Win _j YO PANEL'DPH' W 2z( - - FEEDER DESCRIPTION ` U J PANEL'DPL' ) 1240.410 4 SETS-(4)#350 KCMIL,EACH SET IN 3"C. 0 O � 1876.4E 5 SETS-(4)#400 KCMIL,(1#=G.,EACH SET IN 3.112"C. <O Q Ic^ I f 420.4 (4)#600 KCMIL,003 G.,IN 4"C. IJI� N 460.4U 2 SETS-(4#410,EACH SET IN 2"C. Ii -.------ 840.3 2 SETS-(3#600 KCMIL.(1)#i 10 G.,EACH SET IN 4"C. 840AU 2 SETS-(40600 KCMIL,EACH SET IN 3.112"C. - - CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE NOTES: I -ISOLATED GROUND --- V-SIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP S-SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM U-SERVICE FROM UTILITY ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION z S1. SCALE: 1"=20'-O" CONTRACTOR NOTE o� CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND FAMILIARIZE HIS/HERSELF WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. W O I 0 11L a � U JaW O<0 }: z to O o � w Lu Cl O Plan Review By SAFEBUilt �...�. PAGE SHEET: ES1 .3 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET.NORTH W ILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES ?`' 1. SITE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF EASEMENTS, 7 ` UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 6 DRAINAGE BEFORE DRILLING POLE BASES. tr (TYPICAL) 2. THE INSTALLATION OF THE SITE LIGHTING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE `7Z.a,1,-.••` NOTE'. EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL HATCHED AREA DESIGNATION SHOWN ON PLAN IS OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES. MEANT TO REPRESENT THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM 7/6118 DISTANCES FOR THE EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF FOR THE 3. THE WIND-LOAD STRENGTH OF TOTAL POLEISUPPORT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE FUEL DISPENSERS.THE HATCH SHOWS A MINIMUM OF ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE COMPLETE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY AND LUMINAIRES 20'TO THE CLOSEST DISPENSER AND A MAXIMUM OF WITHOUT FAILURE,PERMANENT DEFLECTION,OR WHIPPING IN STEADY WINDS IN TO THE FURTHEST DISPENSER PER NFPA SECTION OF 80 MPH WITH A GUST FACTOR OF 1.3. 30A CHAPTER 6.7 REQUIREMENTS. 5' CD CD 4. LIGHT POLE BASES SHALL BE LOCATED -0'BEHIND CURB IN AUTO PARKING AREAS,AND 16-V BEHIND CURB IN TRUCK PARKING AREAS.BASES SHALL BE ' M IN-LINE WITH STRIPES BETWEEN PARKING SPACES. S. REFER TO SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN FOR FIXTURE ORIENTATION.FLOOD LIGHTS O fW0 OD MOUNTED ON HIGH MAST POLE SHOULD BE AIMED FOR BEST RESULTS. Z ~ W r 6. SYMBOLS ON THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN ENLARGED FOR LEGIBILITY THESE J W=Z SYMBOLS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LL W O O 4- Z J W to O0C.0-3✓ KEYED NOTES Ia ao" 0 D FUEL SYSTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF BUTTON.SEE DETAIL 41E8. Y 1 I O2 SEE DETAIL 21ESI A FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION. I I 3O AREA OF COVERAGE FOR FUELING ESTOP SHUTOFF BUTTON.SEE NOTE x—x—x—x—x—x—x—x FOR DESIGNATION OF HATCHED AREA THIS SHEET. I + ® l x XI A- I. ® A- Z x , g w o I 1 x a I- M o w 0° x =x-1 v a Wz I 1 2 (TYPICAL) a 0 Y 0 U) J Ky � Lu Q x--x x—x—x—x—x—x—x—x—x—x�''- LL N Y. / / n / �p a♦i�.n+ / / / f L / A _.�, z o EMERGENCY ` } FUEL PROVIDE APPROPRIATE SHUTOFF FUEL ESTOP ` + I % qqq,,, i ❑ q ' I a EPERARTICLE BUTTON 2303.2 \ pJj ❑ ® ' '- 2393.2 OF APPLICABLE F- VERSION OF IFC \ `JC1-uYp'/ry, 9 U Z Ou - ( Z N 6 BOLLARD vvvVVV \ ° i h vvvvvw vv v i 's F / / k� (/' / ' / //f,' //// ///' v\\ \\ \\\\ Q Ull 92 ((I CONTRACTOR NOTE v Ti Nik,�",w'1' 1 2 _ _ CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND FAMILIARIZE .w...v.o, I ,�/��//�/f \\ \ HIS/HERSELF WITH THE EXISTING CONDMONS. SHEET:R PA&GIC FINISHED GRADE _"�" "`— �- - _ � --- � '-" ES1 .4 - I [i1 SITE PLAN - ELECTRICAL 77 -�- 2 FUEL E-STOP MOUNTING DETAIL ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS S1 SCALE: 1..=50'-0" 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO.NC 28659 S1. SCALE: N.T.S. PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES t. AUTO AND TRUCK CANOPIES WILL BE PROVIDED WITH CONDUITS BY THE CANOPY I f MANUFACTURER,FROM A 3-X 5"HANDHOLE AT 3-0'AFF TO UP INSIDE COLUMN.RUN `y ,,; CONDUITS FROM BUILDING UP INSIDE COLUMN TO THE HANDHOLE AND CONNECT TO CANOPY CONDUITS. ,`F� 2. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE SURFACE MOUNTED ON CANOPY COLUMNS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF RECEPTACLES. 3. ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC ARTICLE 514. 1115H6 4. COORDINATE WITH PROCESS PIPING DRAWINGS AND VEEDER-ROOT SHOP DRAWINGS. 5. SENSOR CABLING SHALL COMPLY WITH VEEDER-ROOT SPECIFICATIONS. m o 6. EC SHALL CLEARLY LABEL ALL CONDUIT FROM THE CTS AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS TO h INCLUDE THE CONDUITS TERMINATION POINT IN THE FIELD.CONDUIT SHALL ALSO BE UJ LABELED AT FINAL DESTINATION AS TO WHERE IT ORIGINATES. o W Q W Z_ 0V) "TRAVEL CENTER BLDG.THIS SIDE" 2 (TYPICAL) W Q U J Z JaQzco KEYED NOTES o 0� F- Z-j Inn 10 O(l7 voi Jm 4 0`.�° o�o 000 000oO° CONNECT TO LED CANOPY FIXTURE.FIXTURE PROVIDED BY CANOPY CONTRACTOR. a O lJ 1J L-2 2O CONNECT TO 421 W LED FLOODLIGHT.FLOODLIGHT PROVIDED AND MOUNTED BY O ❑ ❑ ❑ CANOPY CONTRACTOR Y ® L L-10 1 (TYPICAL) O3 L-2,4,8,10 L-4 3O CONNECT THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTORS.LIGHTING CONTACTORS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE COMBINATION OF A PHOTOSENSOR AND ASTRONOMICAL TIMECLOCK VIA THE HONEYWELL CONTROLLER. CONNECT TO INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED PANAFLEX SYSTEM. OS 3/4"CONDUIT FOR CANOPY SPEAKERS ON TOP OF CANOPY.ON BOTH ENDS,CONNECT q TO CONDUIT STUB-OUT ON COLUMN. OB ROUTE CONDUIT UP INSIDE COLUMN AT AUTO ISLAND AND LIGHT POLE AT RV ISLAND O7 CANOPY SPEAKER PROVIDED BY OTHERS. AUTO CANOPY PLAN-LIGHTING s2� SCALE: 3/32"=r-0" SPEAKER WIRING LEGEND ZONE NO. DESCRIPTION 1 DIESEL CANOPY 2 AUTO CANOPY 3 STORE Fnz 4 RESTAURANT DRAWING SYMBOLS O CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER O W (ZONE NO.INDICATED): o WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER Q ' J N F '' f�j, o0� m BULLHORN SPEAKER Z (� Q> - FOR EACH SPEAKER,PROVIDE(1)CAT.3 CABLE TO CTS ROOM. 0 C O "TRAVEL CENTER BLDG.THIS SIDE" L W a D® NOTE TO CONTRACTOR a V 9 W ZO /�{) Y A® 60GAFF AD-9 °O° AD16 `°O° ^"'- 60GAFF ° A® °o° D-1 EC SHALL CLEARLY LABEL ALL CONDUIT FROM THE CTS AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS TO a Q L 00 INCLUDE THE CONDUITS TERMINATION POINT IN THE FIELD.CONDUIT SHALL ALSO BE Z Q �O ❑ ❑ LABELED AT FINAL DESTINATION AS TO WHERE IT ORIGINATES. V W O � Q p � J o O N AUTO ISLAND PLAN-POWER Sz. SCALE: 3/32"=V-0" z o - M �m W^Z � O od!t a � y W 0a0 �: Z m O Z Lo W "TRAVEL CENTER BLDG.THIS SIDE" Plan Review By SAFEBuilt � 7 r D t o > -OD c ILL ,,Oo �```` a�o a®o cOa oa o a - Q W S O `> ❑ A3('Al2-) ❑ ❑ �,• 2 S "`J 0� r �� _ • ` m� `� -;R � CONDUIT TAG�DLE ER TO TRAVEL CENTER -i `�J �`. ® C ONDUIT SCH SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL 1 B ITYPI ) ___-_-- _ tom„.__ ___- _ 7 (TYPI ) CONDUIT REQMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, �„' --' ------------- --- _ QUANTITY AN . SHEET: PAGE 3 AUTO ISLAND PLAN -COMMUNICATIONS ® ES2. 1 S2. SCALE: 3/32"=r-0° ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. AUTO AND TRUCK CANOPIES WILL BE PROVIDED WITH CONDUITS BY THE CANOPY MANUFACTURER,FROM A 3"X 5"HANDHOLE AT 5'-0"AFF TO UP INSIDE COLUMN.RUN CONDUITS FROM BUILDING UP INSIDE COLUMN TO THE HANDHOLE AND CONNECT TO CANOPY CONDUITS. ., 2. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE SURFACE MOUNTED ON CANOPY COLUMNS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF �'`� ,R- RECEPTACLES. terra`` 3. ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC ARTICLE 614. ill5/18 4. COORDINATE WITH PROCESS PIPING DRAWINGS AND VEEDER-ROOT SHOP DRAWINGS. 5. SENSOR CABLING SHALL COMPLY WITH VEEDER-ROOT SPECIFICATIONS. 6. EC SHALL CLEARLY LABEL ALL CONDUIT FROM THE CTS AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS TO INCLUDE THE CONDUITS TERMINATION POINT IN THE FIELD.CONDUIT SHALL ALSO BE LABELED AT FINAL TL.L DESTINATION AS TO WHERE IT ORIGINATES. WyrbaKEYED NOTES zzO0 °° a 0 IW Oi CONNECT TO LED CANOPY FIXTURE.FIXTURE PROVIDED BY CANOPY CONTRACTOR. z Uj m 0 GO O2 CONNECT THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTORS.LIGHTING CONTACTORS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE J In,�J COMBINATION OF A PHOTOSENSOR AND ASTRONOMICAL TIMECLOCK VIA THE HONEYWELL W u) 'I .CONTROLLER a O ' O CONNECT TO LED PRICER MOUNTED TO DIESEL FUEL CANOPY.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATEOU Y itll �� CONNECTION TYPE AND CONDUIT ROUTING IN FIELD, ® SURFACE MOUNT ON COLUMN. SEE DETAIL 2-ES2.3 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. ® 0 O5 NOT USED. f © 3/4"CONDUIT WITH 2OOL8.PULLSTRING ON TOP OF CANOPY.ON BOTH ENDS,CONNECT TO CONDUIT STUB-OUT ON COLUMN PROVIDED BY CANOPY MANUFACTURER. ® ® ® ® O7 MOUNT INTERCOM PHONE FURNISHED BY OTHERS AT 5'-0"AFF. ® C-14,18 ® ' r MASTER-ONLY ®ISPENSER CANOPY SPEAKER PROVIDED BY OWNERS.SEE SHEET TCt FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. ••(` i i r D NOT USED. LorTT 10 MOUNT RECEPTACLE FOR FLINT-LOC REPEATER ON COLUMN WITH THE TOP OF THE BOX 6" Ti ;- Tt f cr -*+3 AFF Ti p BELOW THE CANOPY ROOF. WPG S IC r 10 i 1 i r i 8 � TD-2 r SPEAKER WIRING LEGEND cru- " ,c _ ZONE NO. DESCRIPTION V� O ' J T2 ❑ O ❑ 1 DIESEL CANOPY Q V) W 2 AUTO CANOPY J Z LL 6 f® 3 STORE IL O W a TD-5 4 RESTAURANT 0 J M w ` za Z mN ' OIRECTlON OF i DIR IOi 1 "'TION OF DRAWING SYMBOLS O CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER (� W Do r TRAFFIC FLOW TRk CFO"/ nh,FICFLOW (ZONE NO.INDICATED): j - J S WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER � Z U Z T3 fc" ` D Wes' O ❑ j BULLHORN SPEAKER c= J Q Q IC ( q G IL f Ir® FOR EACH SPEAKER,PROVIDE(1)CAT.3 CABLE TO CTS ROOM. Z 2 ui L- Z TD-6 a 0 > W O — C•16 a O O 3 ; NF 3R CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE O z g z z 74 j' ', l_ _ `� T4 __u.. T4 ❑ ; U � r 0 FEEDER I DESCRIPTION W 352 (2)710,(1#10 G..IN i'C. Y 3'. O G ®�- 173 TD-9 CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE NOTES: O , I -ISOLATED GROUND D d a N V-SIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP a/ S-SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM F U-SERVICE FROM UTILITY 0* +30"AFF _..._. T5 T5 ❑ WPG IC - 4 i r 7 (TYPICAL hFh{ CID W O r ' TD-13® O a d a a r Plan Review 1510 i U -- 1,111C1,0N OF r r CR1� ICIN OF j L IONOF Z a W r TRAFFIC F'�ODU r +�„� TP.F .FAO i T4,> IC FLOW -f ❑ WPG p By SAFEBuilt r o m Ix *61 4 z 1 (TYPICAL) GIx B NOTE TO CONTRACTOR co TB .j�_j. - T8 ❑ O EC SHALL CLEARLY LABEL ALL CONDUIT FROM THE CTS AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS W _ TO INCLUDE THE CONDUITS TERMINATION POINT IN THE FIELD.CONDUIT SHALL II:S'TELLITE-0NL L-26 L 22 ALSO BE LABELED AT FINAL DESTINATION AS TO WHERE IT ORIGINATES. 11! DI PENSER I H lyj L-22,24,2602 CONDUIT TAG-REFER TO TRAVEL CENTER CONDUIT SCHEDULE SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL -----� t2Ha L.CENTER BUILD 43 THIS SIDE" "TRAVEL NTE '�I}I I aG,h!3 SIDE" "LOi1MpJ"TRAVEL CENTER BUILDING THIS SIDE" xl ---- ® CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, --- - QUANTITY AND FILL. PA&GE SHEET a TRUCK ISLAND PLAN -COMMUNICATIONS �z1 TRUCK ISLAND PLAN-POWER 1 TRUCK CANOPY PLAN-LIGHTING S2. SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" S2. SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" S2. SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" � ES2.2 r .II ENGINEERS & CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES A. �.��o 1. AUTO AND TRUCK CANOPIES WILL BE PROVIDED WITH CONDUITS BY THE CANOPY " 4 MANUFACTURER,FROM A 3"X S"HANDHOLE AT&-O"AFF TO UP INSIDE COLUMN.RUN CONDUITS x 0yy FROM BUILDING UP INSIDE COLUMN TO THE HANDHOLE AND CONNECT TO CANOPY CONDUITS. 2. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE SURFACE MOUNTED ON CANOPY COLUMNS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF r 4 5'"•iiS+`"' RECEPTACLES. ONAI - 3. ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC ARTICLE 514. 1/15/18 4. COORDINATE WITH PROCESS PIPING DRAWINGS AND VEEDER-ROOT SHOP DRAWINGS. In I 5. SENSOR CABLING SHALL COMPLY WITH VEEDER-ROOT SPECIFICATIONS. 0 C- 6. EC SHALL CLEARLY LABEL ALL CONDUIT FROM THE CTS AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS TO INCLUDE THE LE CONDUITS TERMINATION POINT IN THE FIELD.CONDUIT SHALL ALSO BE LABELED AT FINAL rT�'_ DESTINATION AS TO WHERE IT ORIGINATES, W 3 �y� EB2.3 KEYED NOTES z LL Cow O CONNECT TO SHP DIESEL PUMP. z J Uj b O Qc�co-100 ' '-` O CONNECT TO 2HP REGULAR PUMP. J us ® d � IS 11 ANK#B O CONNECT TO 2HP SUPER PUMP. d 0 0 ®� -- ------------ - -- -- - -- B98 ®6 3 CONNECT TO SHP DEF PUMP. Y 8 3 NOT USED. FP-8,10,12 ----y 66.3 ---------- ---- 1 OB SUMP PENETRATION SHOULD BE LIMITED TO A SINGLE PENETRATION. 1 ; ® ANK#5 O7 PROVIDE CONNECTION TO OVERFILL ALARM AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SWITCH FOR DEF TANK. ` DIESEL MOUNT PER DETAIL 4/E8.SEE SHEET E7.4 DETAIL 1/E7.4 FOR CONNECTION INFORMATION. FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 120V BALLAST.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH Ll ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLAN. FP-2,4,6 ---- ---- .3 ---------- ---- 1 'tii O9 PROVIDE CONNECTION TO 899 CONTROL PANEL. SEE SHEET E9.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. • 9 - ANK#4 ip PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION TO ELECTRIC WALL HEATER.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD ---- - - ®� r DIESEL PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.SEE SHEET E9.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. -- �_Pv.�^�---.,- 8 3 11 CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CONNECTION FROM MOTOR CONTROLLER TO 899 PUMP MOTOR.SEE DISPENSER B �+® _ _-ET "�'"'-"-- SHEET E9.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 201-0" 20,-0„ ®FP-34-�---------- - ---�'--___ - --- 18Y, 18" FP-14,16,18 ---- ---- 65.5V - --- I I I 12 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND RACEWAY WITH PULL-STRING FOR REMOTE FP-5,7— 8 2V 3 4 7 THERMOSTAT.COORDINATE BOX SIZE,RACEWAY SIZE AND LOCATION WITH INSTALLING ----- CONVENIENCE TANK#2 6 (� ANK#3 CONTRACTOR.SEE SHEET E9.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. RECEPTACLE SUPER ®� --A - I DEF 13 PROVIDE CONNECTION TO INJECTION BUILDING EXHAUST FAN.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN J __ 6 2 4 6 s, 4 FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.SEE SHEET E9.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. -wJ L iq NOT USED. 18" / 18" FP-1,3� ____ _____ _ 65.2V _ 2 1... 4, - TlkNK#1 . 15 NOT USED. Iz Lu LI. GRADE _i.L L J . .- L "?.; GRADE B 0 4 _ EGULAR 16 NOT USED W N II— > M 22 ______ w-------- _ 17 NOT USED. Q Q L N ALL WIRING AT FUEL CANOPIES AND ® CLASS 1,DIVISION 1 C) _.. O a — W 00 DISNEC PENSERS ARTICLES 5011AND NPLY 514.WITH ® CLASS 1,DIVISION 2 18 NOT USED. '+ Z 19 NOT USED. J Q Q 20 PROVIDE CONNECTION TO 899 TANK HEATER. 'j W` d 2 CLASSIFIED AREAS- FUEL DISPENSERS �1 TANK FARM PLAN- POWER 21 OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHALL BE WATTSTOPPER MODEL#CB-100 SURFACE MOUNTED ON JUNCTION Q / z W 52. Q SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" S2 SCALE: 3/32"=11-0" BOX.PROVIDE WITH ALL NECESSARY POWER PACKS(WATTSTOPPER MODEL#BZ50),TRANSFORMERS cc AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. i o Z V ~ N � J CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE zQ a Q o Q FEEDER DESCRIPTION a 50.4 (4N#8,(1#10 G.,IN 3/4"C. 65.2V (2#6,(1)#8 G.,IN 1"C. CONDUIT TAG-REFER TO TRAVEL CENTER CONDUIT SCHEDULE SHEET E5.4 FOR ALL 85.3 (3p18,(1N18 G.,IN 1"C. ® CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SIZE, 65.5V (3)#6,(2)#2,(1#6 G.,IN 1"C. QUANTITY AND FILL. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE NOTES: I -ISOLATED GROUND V-SIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP S-SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM, Z U-SERVICE FROM UTILITY q KEYED NOTES FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN u^ P-12 O SUMP SENSOR SHALL BE WIRED FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN OF REGULAR STP UPON ALARM.REFER TO W 0 P-4 VEEDER-ROOT INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CORRECT WIRING SEQUENCE FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN. O lop 12 NOTE: PRE-MANUFACTURED FULL < SUMP SENSOR SHALL BE WIRED FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN OF SUPER STP UPON ALARM.REFER TO O. V' ALL REMAINING COLUMNS CONTAIN HEIGHT CONDUIT.(TYPICAL VEEDER-ROOT INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CORRECT WIRING SEQUENCE FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN. (1)FULL HEIGHT AND(1)HALF HEIGHT OF 3 COLUMNS) =a W PRE-MANUFACTURED CONDUIT. O SUMP SENSOR SHALL BE WIRED FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN OF DIESEL STP UPON ALARM.REFER TO 010 13 10 P_1 i WP P 2 VEEDER-ROOT INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CORRECT WIRING SEQUENCE FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN. z __ 1"C.ROUTED TO DISPENSER FROM OUTSIDE OF 3'-3" �' 0 21 SUMP TO COMMUNICATION BOX LOCATED 4O SUMP SENSOR SHALL BE WIRED FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN OF DEF STP UPON ALARM.REFER TO Z N _ INSIDE DISPENSER WITH 2 CONDUCTOR VEEDER-ROOT INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR CORRECT WIRING SEQUENCE FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN. g II STRANDED CABLE TO"CTS"LOCATION. 11 8 i ------ - CONDUIT SHOWN FOR SATELLITE -------ADDITIVE MOTOR �, 3 CONNECTION FROM MASTER-REFER TO SENSOR LEGEND CONTROLLERS �• `..� DETAIL 2 THIS SHEET. co CONDUIT DISPENSER AND IS INTERSTITIAL SENSOR Plan ReVIQ�/ r - DEF HEATER POWER-SEE SHEET E7.1. 0 By SAFEBuilt LV TANK LEVEL SENSOR I / 50,4 i - r SP SUMP SENSOR 4 � DISPENCONDUSERS. ERS.CONNECTING MASTER AND SATELLITE ��' , ; 7�'�'-•'-• DISPENSERS. CANOPY NOTE TO CONTRACTOR P 7911 -� I COLUMN _ PRE-MANUFACTURED HALF - i LINE OF FUEL SUMP —TRUCK DIESEL HEIGHT CONDUIT TO HAND P-13,15,17 EC SHALL CLEARLY LABEL ALL CONDUIT FROM THE CTS AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS TO INCLUDE 1 LOCATED BELOW. DISPENSER HOLE THE CONDUITS TERMINATION POINT IN THE FIELD.CONDUIT SHALL ALSO BE LABELED AT FINAL DISPENSER CONDUIT FROM DISPENSER COMMUNICATIONS DESTINATION AS TO WHERE IT ORIGINATES. COMMUNICATIONS BOX ROUTED NEXT TO FUEL SUMP TO VEEDER �1", BOX(T1 ONLY) ROOT SYSTEM FOR SUMP SENSOR. SHEET: PAGE 3 B99 INJECTION SHED PLAN-POWER ISLAND CONDUIT TURN-UP DETAIL INTERWORKS, RAW ES2,3 S2. SCALE: 318"=1-0" S2 SCALE: N.T.S. ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 NOTE: NOTE: DIGITRACE 910 IDIGISMTRACECONTROLLER DIGI7RACECONTROLLER DIGITRACE 910 �1 IS MOUNTED IN THE IS MOUNTED IN THE .{� - CONTROLLER#1 FOR SECURITY OFFICE. SECURITY OFFICE. CONTROLLERS#2I#3 FOR CIRCUIT#1 DIGITRACE 910 CONTROLLER ES3.2 nn CIRCUITS#2/#3 ��67� . DIGITRACE 910 CONTROLLER `$ MOUNTED INSIDE BUILDING MOUNTED INSIDE BUILDING- O t 1 ALF�`'` TERMINAL BOARD WIRING TERMINAL BOARD WIRING 1/15/18 1 L11UNE OUT 1 L1/LINE OUT 2 L2 NEUTRAL OUT 2 L2/NEUTRAL OUT 3 +12VDC OUT @250MA MAX. 3 +12VDC OUT 0250MA MAX. 4 COMMON 4 COMMON 01191TTaem w 5 COMMON ^ 5 COMMON DIgaroce p 7—" m 8 6 7 H 7 7 cq W Q W f 8 8 I� V W 0�0� 9 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED CONDUIT FROM 9 a - �� f�� Z �R'y U 10 RTD 2 JUNCTION BOX DIGITRACE 10 RTD 2 3" U Q W n 11 CONTROLLER 11 J d a Z a0 Z 13 AC ALARM OUTPUT 13 AC ALARM OUTPUT V C3 ZO�N 14 ALARM RELAY DRY • • • 14 ALARM RELAY DRY ~ Z J LU AC ALARM 15 CONTACT OUT RAYCHEM'XL TRACE 15 CONTACT OUT AC ALARM m 0 °D:/ OUTPUT 16 RS485(+) Cr HEAT TRACE 16 RS485 I-) OUTPUT ...1 LU'�J 17 RS485(-) CONNECTION TO 17 RS485(-) m W� d O O 18 SHIELD CIRCUIT 18 SHIELD Z 19 19 Y 20j� • 20 21 TD 1 SEALING FITTING 21 RTD 1 22 22 0 RAYCHEM"XLTRACE L2 OUT T 0 RTD,COMMUNICATIONS, Cr HEAT TRACE L2 OUT T AND ALARM PIPE MOUNTI L10UTT0III CONNECTIONS BRACKET TRACER O #3 PIPE STRAP TRACERO YID,.,., �a O iIIN JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED RTD,COMMUNICATIONS, DIGITRACE CONTROLLER JUNCTION BOX WITH __— ® ON COLUMN BESIDE AND ALARM 1 WIRING DIAGRAM r� FTC-P CONNECTION KIT DETAIL — DISPENSER FOR HEAT CONNECTIONS TRACE CIRCUIT#2 S3. SCALE: N.T.S. 53. SCALE: N.T.S. u CONNECTION r1 �e� L11N LI • L11N L21N 4-11 L21N RAYC ONDUITFROMHEATHTRACE TRACHEDQ.__� DIRECTLY TO PRODUCTE Cr CONDUIT FROM FEEDING PANEL - - FEEDING PANEL LINE(SEE DETAIL 2/PP5 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT FOR INSTALLATION UNDERGROUND CONDUIT Q TO DEF STP SUMP DETAILS) TO DEF STP SUMP - _ W J �' .>J M WQ Z mN HEAT TRACE JUNCTION BOX WITH LL1 Go -- V W U Z O RAYCHEM FTC"P CONNECTION KIT. (SEE DETAIL 4-ES3.1) --- 0 0 Q HEAT TRACE CIRCUIT SEALOFF O ~ Z W a CONDUIT FROM DIGITRACE DEF PUMP MOTOR JUNCTION LEr Q O > >' Z CONTROLLER BOX WITH SEALOFF BENEATH ® W F— Y 0 BLUELINE KFDIA CONDUIT BLUELINE KFD1.4 CONDUIT RTD-7AL TEMPERATURE _ ~ PENETRATION FITTING --�- PENETRATION FITTING II^ SENSOR ATTACHED TO C0C V HEAT TRACE SEALOFF WITH DEF PIPE UNDER HEAT Q L Z KELLUM CORD CONNECTOR TRACE W (n CONDUIT FROM DIGITRACE o ° ° BLUELINE KFD1.4 CONDUIT - _ _____ L CONTROLLER ° o o o PENETRATION FITTING RTD SENSOR SEALOFF ° ° KELLUM CORD CONNECTOR TERMINATE HEAT TRACE Z 0 O Q DEF SUMP SENSOR ° _ • • C - CIRCUIT#1 WITH SEAL KIT N JUNCTION BOX WITH SEALOFF BENEA "RAYCLIC-E"END SEAL KIT I\ BLUELINE KFO1.4 CONDUIT 1i PENETRATION FITTING RAYCHEM° RAYCHEM"XL TRACE Cr HEAT - - It RTD-4AL TEMPERATURE TRACE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO o SENSOR ATTACHED TO TRACE DEF PRODUCT��-_ FOR IIN INSINE(SEE DETAIL 21PP5 TALLATION DETAILS) RTD SENSOR SEALOFF PIPE UNDER HEAT TRA � PLAN VIEW T P G. z P O M —•a — — —_ ._ — a—— a — — _d— _ �_ w z O— c 4 J — — — — — — — 0 D- 1 HEAT TRACE JUNCTION BOX WITH I tVp RAYCHEM FTC-P CONNECTION KIT KELLUM CORD CONNECTOR RAYCHEM'XL TRACE CT"HEAT a W (SEE DETAIL TEMPERATURE TRACE CIRCUIT#1 FROM DEF 0<O RTD3AL TEMPERATURE TANK SUMP. >;-Z NSENSOR ATTACHED TO DEF DEF PUMP MOTOR JUNCTION SX 07 PIPE UNDER HEAT TRACE BOX WITH SEALOFF BENEATH uAi Z > DEF SUMP SENSOR HEAT TRACE SEALOFF WITH I I Q x JUNCTION BOX WITH KELLUM CORD CONNECTOR C' SEALOFF BENEATH I O BLUELINE KFD1.4 CONDUIT HEAT TRACE CIRCUIT SEALOFF PENETRATION FITTING KELLUM CORD CONNECTOR RTD SENSOR SEALOFF c W UNDERGROUND CONDUITS RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT"HEAT- --- ---- •— p FROM DIGITRACE TRACE TO FIRST MASTER CONTROLLER INSIDE DISPENSERS H Iyj BUILDING RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT"HEAT O TRACE CIRCUIT#2 TO PENETRATION.4 C N .� y DISPENSER T6. p BLUELINE KFD1.4 CONDUIT -- -- w Plan Review _ ____ _ ____ BLUELINE KFD7.4 CONDUIT UNDERGROUND CONDUITS FROM p + w DIGITRACE CONTROLLER INSIDE By SA F E B U I i l II � PENETRATION FITTING w BUILDING - RAYCHEM"XL TRACE Cr HEAT TRACE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO 0%A SHEET: PRODUCT LINE(SEE DETAIL SECTION VIEW FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS) ES3. 1 HEAT TRACE AT DEF STP SUMPM N o 3• SCALE: 3I4"=1'-0" ENGINEERS k CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 TERMINATE HEAT TI WITH RAYCHEM"RA END SEAL KIT HOSE FOR DEF HO V 1/15/18 HEAT TRACE TERMINATION AT LAST DISPENSER S3. SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0" 7 H M W O W W In W RAYCHEM"XL TRACE Cr HEAT RAYCHEM"XL TRACE Cr HEAT } Q to Z o0 TRACE TO EXTEND TO TOP OF TRACE TO EXTEND TO TOP OF LL W Z W v°0i DISPENSER INLET,ATTACHED DISPENSER INLET,ATTACHED o O DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT LINE AT DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT LINE AT Z J Ul TOP,AND TURN BACK DOWN TO TOP,AND TURN BACK DOWN TO Q (.7 ro O0 CONTINUE TO NEXT DISPENSER. CONTINUE TO NEXT DISPENSER. J in J CONTRACTOR TO REPEAT AT CONTRACTOR TO REPEAT AT d W W EACH DISPENSER AS REQUIRED. EACH DISPENSER AS REQUIRED. 0 Z Y HOSE FOR DEF HOOK UP HOSE FOR DEF HOOK UP � n W o J F- JLu M Z mUJI Go N RTD-7AL TEMPERATURE Lu U Z SENSOR ATTACHED TO DEF J O Q PIPE UNDER HEAT TRACE Z JL RTD SENSOR SEALOFF a O W �. Z W ~ ' W oz HEAT TRACE SEALOFF WITH = Q 4 Y KELLUM CORD CONNECTOR 11 J LL OU. (7 Z RAYCHEM"XL TRACE OT"HEAT r lL Q m J TRACE ATTACHED DIRECTLY C TO PRODUCT LINE(SEE DETAIL y 21PP5 FOR INSTALLATION Z O Q DETAILS) C /� N TERMINATE HEAT TRACE ii CIRCUIT#1 OR#2 WITH RAYCHEM"RAYCLIC-E"END �- SEAL KR M - - W 2 RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT'HEAT O RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT"HEAT __ TRACE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TRACE ATTACHED DIRECTLY D- a - TO PRODUCT LINE(SEE DETAIL TO PRODUCT LINE(SEE DETAIL U -' 2/PP5 FOR INSTALLATION `^ a — DETAILS __ 0 2IPP5 FOR INSTALLATION N J a W ) - DETAILS) 0`a p Z N Plan Review W - _ By SAFEBuilt UNDERGROUND CONDUITS FROM DIGITRACE CONTROLLER INSIDE BUILDING ao RAYCHEM"XL TRACE Cr HEAT TRACE ° ° RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT"HEAT TRACE o RIR C IT#"XL TRACE TA HEAT TRACE ey CIRCUIT#2 TO NEXT DISPENSER RAYCHEM"XL"XL TRACE OM HEAT �" °' CIRCUIT#2 TO NEXT DISPENSER W CIRCUIT#1 FROM DEF TANK SUMP 2JI. ��,'a TRACE CIRCUIT#2 FROM 'a PREVIOUS DISPENSERWNL�Lxxxxxx h r 1 NOT USED � HEAT TRACE AT DISPENSER T7 3 HEAT TRACE AT ADDITIONAL DISPENSERS S3. SCALE: N.T.S. 63. SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0.1 S3' SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0" M%A �� SHEET: ES3.2 ENGINEERS &CONSULTANTS 923 MAIN STREET,NORTH WILKESBORO,NC 28659 PHONE:336-667-4225 FAX:336-667-4332 DESIGN DATA-100'POLE DESIGN DATA-34'-4"TOTAL HT. DESIGN DATA-24'-4"TOTAL HT. PIER/PILE NOTES DESIGN DATA TO BE VERIFIED WITH POLE DESIGN DATA TO BE VERIFIED WITH POLE DESIGN DATA TO BE VERIFIED WITH POLE 1. REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR CONCRETE&REINFORCING SPECIFICATIONS. MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER 2. FOOTING DESIGNS ARE FOR USE IN COHESIVE SOILS: MOMENT AT BASE PLATE 170,405 FT LBS MOMENT AT BASE PLATE 9,000 FT LBS MOMENT AT BASE PLATE 3,600 FT LBS 2500 PSF MINIMUM BEARING CAPACITY FOR SPREAD FOOTING SHEAR AT BASE PLATE 3,200 LBS SHEAR AT BASE PLATE 600 LBS SHEAR AT BASE PLATE 400 LBS 300 PSF/FOOT OF DEPTH MINIMUM BEARING CAPACITY FOR PILE ' r� =ix AXIAL LOAD AT BASE PLATE 3,538 LBS AXIAL LOAD 800 LBS AXIAL LOAD 500 LBS GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER TO REVIEW SITE SOIL CONDITIONS AND VERIFY COPACITIES. O THE USE OF EITHER THE PIER&FOOTING DESIGN(SOIL BEARING CAPACITY ✓• .FF MAXIMUM WIND SPEED FOR DESIGN=90 MPH(ASD LEVEL) MAXIMUM WIND SPEED FOR DESIGN=90 MPH(ASD LEVEL) MAXIMUM WIND SPEED FOR DESIGN=90 MPH(ASD LEVEL) 3. i s PERMITTING)OR THE PILE DESIGN IS THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. �+ 4. BURIAL DEPTH TO TOP OF SPREAD FOOTING TO BE A MINIMUM OF 2'-0"OR EXTEND TOP 1 4� OF FOOTING DOWN BELOW FROST LINE. 031 20"0 REINFORCED 42"DIAMETER CONCRETE PILE CONCRETE PILE 2 18"0 REINFORCED a � 2' CONCRETE PILE Z C _ PLAN 4 _Z J s g LL �_i a � g p 2-f PLAN a r u #4 71ES AT 12"O.C. (3)#4 TIES @ 3"O.C.TOP ANCHOR BOLTS FURNISHED BY POLE SUPPLIER FOR ANCHOR BOLTS FURNISHED �1 (8)#11 BARS-VERTICAL CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION - BY POLE SUPPLIER FOR ' K CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION #4 TIES AT 12"O.C. ��°•! FINISHEDGRADE (3)#4 TIES @3"O.C.TOP #4 TIES3)#47IES@3AT 12"OOC.TOP III W_ DARK COLOR STUCCO IS TO ro MATCH SW6124 CARDBOARD DARK COLOR STUCCO IS_ MATCH SW6124 CARDBOARD (8)#5 BARS-VERTICAL (8)#5 BARS-VERTICAL - 3/4"x U-0"DRIVEN COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD- CONNECT TO POLE W/#8 FINISHED GRADE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT--' I AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR- FINISHED GRADE EXTEND i-0 MIN.INTO ELECTRICAL ~ — CAST IN PILE SEE SITE JJ - 34 x8-0'GROUND BELOW FOOTING ., / DRIVEN COPPER CLAD _ — 3 4 x e'0"DRIVEN COPPER CLAD IN ELECTRICAL PLAN -I .t• • •. CONDUIT AS / GROUND R ELECTRICAL b OD CONNECT TO77 _ III — _ GROUND ROD CONNECT TO POLE W/#8 AWG COPPER ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CAST IN _ POLE W/#8 AWG COPPER _ -—— CONDUCTOR-EXTEND V-0"MIN. - PILE,SEE SITE CONDUCTOR-EXTEND 1'-0"MIN. PLAN INTO GROUND BELOW FOOTING ELEC7RICAL3 ••g•* •.d INTO GROUND BELOW FOOTING ¢ - ¢ 1 YP. .. (6)#5 EA.WAY(TYP.) CT. ) TOP AND BOTTOM (5)#5 EA.WAY(TYP.) M _ TOP AND BOTTOM LL Nl I J I I W (24)#5 EACH WAY(TYP.) J c) TOP AND BOTTOM 5-0"SQUARE 5' 0'SQUARE Q 'Z 13'-0'SQUARE ..: ELEVATION-HIGHMAST LIGHT ELEVATION-SITE FLOOD LIGHT ELEVATION-SITE AREA LIGHT 00 Jz U ZQ PIER DETAIL- 1 00' POLE 1 PIER DETAIL 34'-4" TOTAL HT. 3 PIER DETAIL 24'-4" TOTAL HT. 5 w w °-- SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" SCALE:1/2"=V-0" SCALE:1/2"=V-0" m O \ >- Z LLj O Q YO O� aLL LL � Z 42"DIAMETER 20"0 REINFORCED CONCRETE PILE CONCRETE PILE CD O CD Q 2 JCID a N PLAN 18"0 REINFORCED CONCRETE PILE PLAN ANCHOR BOLTS FURNISHED BY POLECONTRA TORS ER FOR Z CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION L_J #4 TIES AT 12"O.C. (3)#4 TIES @ 3"O.C.TOP 2 PLAN -� ~ ANCHOR BOLTS FURNISHED I _ BY POLE SUPPLIER FOR o _ CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION - 3"CUR w �i #4TIESATI2"O.C: (3)#4 TIES @ 3"O.C.TOP - ANCHOR BOLTS FURNISHED ¢ FINISHED GRADE a 1 BY POLE SUPPLIER FOR m 5 9 Id I� CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION 00p DARK COLOR STUCCO IS TO 3 MATCH SW6124 CARDBOARD o U III - f - 3)#4 TIES @ 3O0 C.TOP ¢ w (e)#11 BARS-VERTICAL p 2"CUR ; > _ a0 FINISHED GRADE 0 DARK COLOR STUCCO IS TO y .• -�� _ ZO I MATCH SW6124 CARDBOARD a ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CAST IN PILE O 1 3 _ SEE SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN III a#5 BARS-VERTICAL ¢ _ I 2"CLR FINISHED GRADE I I I - I l -11 a 3/4"x e'-0'DRIVEN COPPER CLAD w =__ -F i - t > GROUND ROD-CONNECT TO POLE W/ p e#5 BARS-VERTICAL Fy p a W #8 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR-EXTEND m -III • ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CAST IN PILE - O P'a n R E V I G VV g 1'-0"MIN.INTO GROUND BELOW FOOTING z SEE SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN o - - By C A F E p u I I't Q W w y JFi D o U 1 3/4°x 8'-0'DRIVEN COPPER CLAD z = `ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CAST IN PILE 0 GROUND ROD-CONNECT TO POLE W/ III• - SEE SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN > O m #8 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR-EXTEND - - °1OtL"X4' 1'-0"MIN.INTO GROUND BELOW FOOTING " 3/4"x 8'-0"DRIVEN COPPER CLAD ELEVATION-SITE FLOOD LIGHT a 1b GROUND ROD-CONNECT TO POLE W/ g #8 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR-EXTEND _ o^ ". 1`0"MIN.INTO GROUND BELOW FOOTING 34'-4 FLOOD LIGHT .• - < - SHEET: a - ELEVATION-SITE AREA LIGHT a ELEVATION SITE FLOOD LIGHT SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" ELEVATION-HIGHMAST LIGHT ELEVATION-SITE AREA LIGHT SL1 o PILE DETAIL 100' POLE PILE DETAIL 34'-4" TOTAL HT, PILE DETAIL 24'-4" TOTAL HT. 24'-4" AREA LIGHT 299 N.WEISGA e RRD. ¢ 2 4 (•+ KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 ¢'m SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" V SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" (865)584-0999 FAX 584-5213 --ichaelbradyinacom w.nWND . - JOB NUMBER:170002.24 vEEDER-FlooT WAL LATIOFI PROPILCT M1Q NoTEs TANK MONITORING PROGRAMMING 1.CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING CONDUITS AND WIRING FOR INSTALLATION OF VEEDER ROOT EQUIPMENT. 1.PRIOR TO COMMENCING TANK AND PRODUCT PIPING INSTALLATION.CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE&ATTEND LH SCHEDILUE A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. G° u^ 2.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING INSTALLATION FOR ALL VEEDER-ROOT TANK AND LINE MONITORING EQUIPMENT. NOTE LEVEL SENSOR(FOR GASOLINE AND DIESEL TANKS ONL DIESEL TANKS ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED PER UST SHOWN ON DRAWING PPS,ALL EQUIPMENT WILL BE PROVIDED BY PILOT. 2.TANK INSTALLER MUST BE CERTIFIED BY TANK MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. VEEDER ROOT INSTALLER IS TO PROGRAM ALL TANKS FOR LOW LEVEL WARNING AT 1.PIPING RUN TO TRUCK ISLAND T1 (FARTHESI RUN) 24o.D0 Ff. ,Zgw APPROXIMATELY 8%OF TOTAL CAPACITY FOR INVENTORY PURPOSES. LEVELS LISTED AS 2,ELEVATION CHANGE 0 PIPE OVER JY G 3 3.THE INSTALLATION MUST BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE TO VEEDER ROOT SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION 3.MAINTAIN AUTOMATIC SUMP PUMP IN TANK EXCAVATIONS UNTIL ALL WORK IS COMPLETED.TANK EXCAVATION FOLLOWED: ENTIRE RUN AT 1/8F PER FOOT FALL 30_00 IN. a'$ INSTRUCTIONS.A WARRANTY REGISTRATION AND CHECKOUT FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND FILED WITH VEEDER ROOT DEWATERING INSTALLATION MUST BE MAINTAINED. 100.000 GALLON EXISTING ABOVEGROUND TANK- CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY y BY AN AUTHORIZED VEEDER ROOT INSTALLER.ALL SENSORS MUST BE SHIELDED CABLE PER VEEDER ROOT 20,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 1,602 GALLONS OR 16" 3.ELEVATION OF PIPE ABOVE TANK 6 IN, c SPECIFICATIONS. 4.UPON INSTALLATION.UNDERGROUND FUEL TANKS SHALL BE BALLASTED BY FILLING WITH WATER UNTIL 16.000 GALLON 10'-0'0 - 1,268 GALLONS OR 16' 4.ELEVATION OF PIPE BELOW PAVEMENT AT COMPLETION.TESTING,AND APPROVAL OF TANKS,COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR DELIVERY OF PRODUCT AND FUELING ISLAND 18 IN. 4.INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH ALL NEC CODES;FEDERAL,STATE,AND LOCAL CODES. DISPOSE OF WATER IN A SAFE AND LEGAL MANNER.(DO NOT USE SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS TO REMOVE WATER) 12,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 1,200 GALLONS OR 16" 5,DEPTH OF TANKS BELOW FUELI G 12,000 GALLON 10'-0"0- 732 GALLONS OR 16" (SUPER UNLEADED END OF SPOT TANK) ISLAND B.ALL UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS WILL HAVE AUTOMATIC TANK GAUGES FOR INVENTORY CONTROL 6.UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION&FILLING OF TANKS WITH FUEL,TANKS SHALL BE"PRECISION TESTED" 10,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 732 GALLONS OR 16° (ADD LINES 2,3,&4 64_00 IN. IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 329.(PROVIDED BY PILOT,COORDINATED BY CONTRACTOR).ALL WORK OVER PIPING 10,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 846 GALLONS OR 16" B.ELEVATION OF PAVEMENT OVER TANKS 50_,58 Fr. 8.ALL UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS WILL HAVE CONTINUOUS LEAK DETECTION SENSORS WITHIN THE INTERSTITIAL MUST BE COMPLETE PRIOR TO TESTING. SPACE OF THE TANK. 9,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 730 GALLONS OR 16" 7.ELEVATION OF PAVEMENT AT FUELING ISLAND (-)51.4ti FT. B.ALL PRODUCT,VENT,AND STAGE II RECOVERY LINES ARE TO SLOPE 1 8 PER FOOT 1X 8,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 650 GALLONS OR 1B" AUTO DIESEL END OF TANK ONLY) 8.DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION FROM PAVEMENT OVER 7.ALL PRODUCT LINES ARE TO HAVE MECHANICAL LANE LEAK DETECTORS FOR AUTOMATIC 3.0 GPH /" ( )MINIMUM BACK TO ( TANKS TO PAVEMENT A FUEUNG ISLAND TANKS OR SECONDARY CONTAINMENT SUMP.WHERE THERE IS J 81ON SYSTEM INSTALLED,THE DIESEL PRODUCT 4000 GALLON 6'-0"0 - 400 GALLONS OR 18" 7 c LEAK DETECTION. LINE SLOPE 1/9'PER FOOT(1X)MINIMUM BACK TO 8100 INJECTION SUMP. (SUBTRACT LINE 7 FROM 8) -9_.24 IN. � 9.DEPTH OF TOP OF TANK BELOW TOP r 8.ALL SR SUMPS WILL HAVE AN EXTRA CONDOR WITH PULL STRING DESIGNATED FOR FUTURE MONITORING EQUIPMENT. NOTE LEVEL SENSOR FOR GASOLINE AND DIESEL TANKS ONLY): OF SLAB ~ M 7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LIBOR TO INSTALL PRODUCT PIPING SYSTEM&MAKE OPERATIONAL AM $S' (ADD LINES 8&8). "TOP OF TANK ELEVATION:45.76 59_00 IN. =0 9.ALL NECESSARY MODULES WILL BE PRE-INSTALLED IN THE CONSOLE BY VEEDER-ROOT. VEEDER ROOT INSTALL R IS TO PROGR ALL TANKS FOR POSITIVE SHUT OF STP AT C7 W Q W B. EXCEPT AS LISTED,ALL PIPING&FITTINGS ARE TO BE FIBERGLASS AND MUST BE UL 971 APPROXIMATELY 3%OF TOTAL CAPACITY.VEEDER ROOT REPRESENTATIVE IS TO PROGRAM T BURIAL.,DEPTH SC+Ff LU O W w 10.AUTHORIZED CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE STARTUP OF THE CONSOLE AND COMPLETE ALL NECESSARY ON-SITE APPROVED. ISCELLA EOUS FITTINGS AND PIPING AT TANK SUMPS,DISPENSERS.AND PIPING AT VENT RISERS SHALL ALL TANKS FOR POSITIVE SHUT OF STP AT LEVELS LISTED BELOW: GASOLINE TANKS Z IF Cti W°D PROGRAMMING REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL. BE BLACK STEEL FOR GASOLINE,DIESEL,AND 8100 PRODUCTS. 100,000 GALLON EXISTING ABOVEGROUND TANK- CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY 0." W Tom, 20,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 606 GALLONS OR B" 1.PIPING RUN TO AUTO ISLAND Al (FARTHEST RUN) 166.00 FT. Q 0)2 Jul��pp��Sy 9.J>E'EL EXCEPT AS LISTED,ALL PIPING&FITTINGS EFTA ARE M . FIBERGLASS AND AND F UL 971 APPROVED. 16.000 GALLON 10'-0"0 -456 GALLONS OR B" 2.ELEVATION CHANGE OF PIPE OVER J W Z W co INSTALLER SHALL PROVIDE A ONE YEAR WARRANTY ON PIPING&TANK INSTALLATION.OWNER WILL HAVE A PRECISION SHALLLBE STAINLESSLANEOUS STEEL PIPING AT DEF TANK SUMPS,DEF DISPENSERS,AND DEF PIPING AT VENT RISERS 15,000 GALLON 10'-0'0 -450 GALLONS OR B" ENTIRE RUN AT 1/8'PER FOOT FALL 20.75 IN, LL" O O F 3.ELEVATION OF PIPE ABOVE TANK TEST PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING COMPANY PRIOR TO WARRANTY EXPIRATION.ANY DEFICIENCIES WILL 12,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 338 GALLONS OR B"(SUPER UNLEADED END OF SPLIT TANK) IN. Z J Ul W 10.CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL RIGID SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPING SYSTEM,RELATED FITTINGS,AND 10,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 -251 GALLONS OR 8" 4.ELEVATION OF PIPE BELOW PAVEMENT AT O 2 W_J BE CORRECTED BY THE INSTALLER. PIPING BULK HEAD FITTINGS ON ALL PRODUCT PIPING SUPPLY RUNS.SUMPS AND ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTINGS TO FUELING ISLAND 18 IN. 10,000 GALLON 10'-0`0 - 313 GALLONS OR 8" J N N J BE PROVIDED BY PILOT.(VENT LINES&STAGE 11 VAPOR RECOVERY LINES DO NOT REQUIRE SECONDARY 4A.CROSSOVER W CONTAINMENT) 9,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 272 GALLONS OR e` B IN. REPRESENTATIVES OF GILBARCO&VEEDER-ROOT MUST BE PRESENT FOR START UP OF SYSTEMS.CONTRACTOR SHALL 5.DEPTH OF TANKS BELOW FUEUNG d O BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION.THE PRESENCE OF THE REPRESENTATIVES DOES NOT RELEASE THE CONTRACTOR 81000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 242 GALLONS OR 8` (AUTO DIESEL END OF TANK ONLY) ISLAND(ADO LINES 2 3 &4,4A) 8278 IN O , , . , OF RESPONSMUTY TO PROPERLY INSTALL OR PROPERLY WIRE THE EQUIPMENT. 11.ALL PRODUCT AND VAPOR RECOVERY LINES SHALL BE TESTED AT AN AIR PRESSURE OF 50 PSIG FOR A 4,000 GALLON 6'-0"0 - 120 GALLONS OR B° Z CONTINUOUS 72 HOUR PERIOD BEFORE BACK FILLING OR COVERING.EACH TEST SHALL BE SIGNED OFF S.ELEVATION OF PAVEMENT OVER TANKS 50.74 P(, Y BY LOCAL INSPECTING AUTHORITY AND/OR WITNESSED BYdILOT'S REPRESENTATIVE.MAINTAIN 30 PSI 7,ELEVATION OF PAVEMENT AT FUEUNG ISLAND (-) 51A4 FT, MANHOLE wsraw►TioH NOTE PRESSURE THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION DURATION.TEST��BF V I FD TAPED AMD SUPPLIED To oftM DEF TANK MONITORING PROGRAMMING - - i. ALL OPW AND RIVERSIDE MANHOLES WILL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER FOR RE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL S.DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION FROM PAVEMENT OVER 12.ALL SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPING SHALL BE TESTED A7 AN AIR PRESSURE OF 10 PSIG FORA TANKS TO PAVEMENT A7 FUELING ISLAND U 2. REFER TO OVERALL PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT,AND TANK PLAIN SHEETS FOR LOCATIONS. CONTINUOUS 72 HOUR PERIOD BEFORE BACK FILUNG OR COVERING.EACH TEST SHALL BE SIGNED OFF BY (SUBTRACT LINE 7 FROM 6) -4_8 IN. LOCAL INSPECTING AUTHORITY((IF REQUIRED)AND/OR WITNESSED BY PILOTS REPRESENTATIVE.MAINTAqIIN 5 PSIG NOTE DEF TANK LEVEL SENSOR 9.GEM OF TOP OF TANK BELOW TOP 3. OWNER WILL FURNISH TANK SUMPS AS SHOWN FOR CONTRACTORS INSTALLATION.SEE TANK BURIAL DEPTH SCHEDULE PRESSURE THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION DURATION.TEST YUSf BE VIDEO TAPED AND sUPPLrcn TD OIMMFP VEEDER ROOT INSTALLER IS TO PROGRAM ALL TANKS FOR LOW LEVEL of SUB(ADD LINES 5&e) "TOP OF TANK ELEVATION:45.92 59_00 IN. AND SITE GRADING PUN TO DETERMINE HEIGHT OF SUMP RISERS AT TANKS. 13.DURING AIR TEST ALL PIPE RUNS&FITTINGS SHALL BE SOAPED UNDER DIRECTION OF OWNER AND A VISUAL WARNING AT APPROXIMATELY 8%OF TOTAL CAPACITY FOR INVENTORY 4. CONTRACTOR 70 PROVIDE HOPE PIPE EXTENSIONS AS SHOWN FOR MANHOLES.EXTEND PIPE TO THE INSIDE OF INSPECTION PERFORMED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, PURPOSES, LEVELS LISTED AS FOLLOWED: TAW BURIAL.NOM 12,000 GALLON 8'-0"0 - 960 GALLONS OR 12.76" (DIESEL EXHAUST m MANHOLES. PIPE EXTENSIONS TO TERMINATE B'ABOVE TOP OF FUEL STORAGE TANKS. NOTCH PIPE EXTENSIONS AT 14.STAGE II RECOVERY SYSTEM PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED FROM EACH MULTI-PRODUCT GAS DISPENSER BACK FUEL TANK ONLY) ANDL AREKBURIAL DPROVIDED ARE FORTO BE V RIF SIN THE FIELD.CONTRACTOR ISCTO VERIFY EXISTING TANK DEPTHS N ALL PRODUCT LINES,VENT AND VAPOR LINES TO MAINTAIN 2'MINIMUM CLEARANCE. D COORDINATE TO RE REGULAR UNLEADED TANK.CONNECT 3"LINE AT EXTRACTOR ASSEMBLY IN TANK VENT LINE.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT PIPING WITH PILOT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.MAXIMUM BURIAL IS 7'-0`WITHOUT 5. ALL STEEL MANHOLES INSTALLED IN CONCRETE SUBS ARE TO BE WELDED TO SUB REINFORCING AND ADDITIONAL INSPECTION/TESTING PRIOR TO BACKFILUNG. OWNER'S APPROVAL.TANK SUMPS REQUIRE A MINIMUM TANK BURIAL DEPTH OF 4'-11"TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT REINFORCING ADDED AT EACH MANHOLE AS STATED IN NOTE. VEEDER ROOT INSTALLER IM PROGRAM ALL TANKS FOR POSITIVE SHUT OF SPACE FOR CONTAINMENT SUMP AND SUMP EXTENSION.ALL TANKS INSTALLED IN SAME TANK EXCAVATION ARE 15.PRODUCT PIPING TO BE INSTALLED PER NFPA CODES. STP AT APPROXIMATELY 4% OF TOTAL CAPACITY.VEEDOR ROOT TO BE INSTALLED WITH ALL TANKS TOPS AT SAME ELEVATION.GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO CHECK FOR PIPE 6. SET MANHOLES 1"ABOVE CONCRETE AND SLOPE CONCRETE SLAB UP TO RIM OF THE MANHOLES 1'IN 24". REPRESENTATIVE IS TO PROGRAM CONFLICTS WITH STORM PIPES. 18.CONDUIT TO BE INSTALLED PER NEC AND NFPA CODES.7. MANHOLE COVER SHALL BE REPLACED WITH PLYWOOD COVERS DURING THE PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. TANKS FOR POSITIVE SHUT OF STP AT LEVELS LISTED BELOW'RETE. ALL FRAMES SHALL BE CLEANED AFTER PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE SUB. 17.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DISPENSER,CONSOLE,&RELATED WIRING INSIA,LA-ION WITH DISPENSER 12.000 GALLON 8'-O"0 - 480 GALLONS OR 8" DIESEL EXHAUST FUEL MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. TANK ONLY) S. ALL FILL PIPES HE VENT CAPS AT VENT CLUSTERS SHALL BE BANDED AND TAGGED. MANHOLES SHALL BE PAINTED TO -CONTRACTOR O VERIFY PRODUCT PIPING INVERT ELEVATION IS e'MIN.ABOVE BOTTOM OF B100INJECTION SUMP. CONFORM WITH THE FOLLOWING API STANDARDS: CONTRACTOR A CONTINUE SLOPE OF PRODUCE PIPING AT 1OF PER FOOT BETWEEN INE INJECTION SHED SMILE FOR PROVIDING THE Puor R�RmENTATNIE.(coNsTgu.ON.. AND DIESEL TANKS.MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM BURIAL DEPTHS OF TANKS-WILL DETERMINE DIRECTION OF REGULAR UNLEADED-WHITE W/BLACK CROSS - GRAIIIINGS AND IIJE VIDEO TAPE OF THE PRODUCT PIPING A TANK INSTALLATION. SLOPE.(ALL 9100 AND DIESEL PRODUCT LINES ARE TO SLOPE TOWARD 13I00 SUMP 0 DIESEL TANKS). SUPER UNLEADED-RED W/WHITE CROSS BW TANK MONITORING PROGRAMMING DIESEL-YELLOW 19.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPERLY CALIBRATING ALL DISPENSERS.COORDINATE W/LOCAL WEIGHTS& ULTRA LOW SULPHUR DIESEL-YELLOW WITH BLACK`U"OR BLACK'ULSD` MEASURE OFFICIALS TO SEAL DISPENSERS.CALIBRATION TO BE CONDUCTED PER GILBAROO'S REQUIREMENTS, 8100-LIGHT BROWN NOTE B100 TANK LEVEL SENSOR: WM ALL FILL AND VAPOR RISERS ARE TO BE IDENTIFIED VAPOR RECOVERY-ORANGE 20.CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL ALL GASOLINE AND DIESEL HOSE PACKAGES. VEEDER ROOT INSTALLER IS TO PROGRAM ALL TANKS FOR LOW LEVEL MONITORING WELLS-WHITE W/BUCK DELTA AND"NO FILL'WARNING WARNING FOR INVENTORY PURPOSES. LEVEL LISTED AS FOLLOWED: OF FUEL. 10 TAGS PROVIDE PERMANENTLY AFFIXRD D0 TAGS BY BY OWNER INSTALLED BY BY CONTRACTOR. Z ALL OTHER MANHOLES-BUCK 21.IT IS THE CONTRACTORS KE).ON ALL TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL TRACE WIRES(W PR UCT 12 GAUGE SOLID 30,000 GALLON 10'-0"0 - 2,360 GALLONS OR 16"(B100 FUEL TANK ONLY) O COPPER FUTURE. WITH GREEN,TOR I),ON ALL PRODUCT PRODUCE PIPING LINES TO ALLOW PRODUCT PIPING LOCATION IN UNITED SIGN - US-FPI-22 VAPOR RECOVERY I.D.TAG •NOT$CONTRACTOR IS NDF TO PAINT SUMP LIDS.PAINT NOTES ONLY APPLY STEEL MANHOLE COVERS. THE FUTURE.CONTRACTOR IS 70 INSTALL A WIRE FROM THE DIESEL VALVE ACCESS SUMP OR 8100 SUMP 70 THE W 0 FARTHEST AUTO DIESEL ISLAND AND FROM THE DIESEL VALVE ACCESS SUMP TO THE FARTHEST TRUCK OIESEL ISLAND. US-FPI-125U FILL PIPE ID TAG- REGULAR UNLEADED IF TANK FARM IS A SPLIT TANK FARM,CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL TRACE LINE FROM FARTHEST STP TO THE US-FPI-125P FILL PIPE ID TAG- PREMIUM UNLEADED CAT-Km PRO-IECTION►wrm FARTHEST ISLAND FOR BOTH TRUCK ISLANDS AND AUTO ISLANDS.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION WITH PILOT VEEDER ROOT INSTALLER/PROGRAMMER IS TO PROGRAM B100 TANKS FOR US-FPI-125D FILL PIPE ID TAG- DIESEL W ca J N F Fn+I wIMX T+Foy REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE INSTALLING TRACE UNE.CONTRACTOR TO SUB TRACE LINE UP IN CONDURLESS SUMP AT POSITIVE SHUT OF STP AT LEVEL LISTED BELOW. US-FPI-121 FILL PIPE ID TAG - 6100 I"�C Z m N DISPENSERS AND STUB TRACE LINE UP IN MANHOLE(OUTSIDE OF SUMP).CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE ACCESSIBILITY US-FPI-122 FILL PIPE ID TAG - ULTRA LOW SULPHUR DIESEL I. ALL BUCK STEEL PIPE&FITTINGS IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND ARE TO BE WRAPPED WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE AND TAKE MEASURES WHEN BACK FILL IS PUT IN PUCE THAT ENDS OF TRACE 30,000 GALLON 10'-O"0 - 1,546 GALLONS OR 12"(B100 FUEL TANK ONLY) US-FPI-DEF FILL PIPE ID TAG - DEF O I.IJ AND/OR COATED FOR CATHODIC PROTECTION PER SPECIFICATIONS. UNE REMAINS IN PUCE. US-FPI-125K FILL PIPE ID TAG - KEROSENE Z O U Z 22.THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER FOR THE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL.REFER TO Z O Q ISLAND LAYOUTS AND ELEVATIONS FOR QUANTITY&LOCATIONS.VERIFY LOCATIONS WITH THE OWNER IN THE FIELD: Z (L 2 PILOT/FLYING J DECALS FOR DISPENSERS Q W COLUMN MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS " a Z >- Z COLUMN MOUNTED PRICE PLAQUES ° WINDSHIELD WASHER BASINS CONCRETE d Q W O ALL STEEL MANHOLES INSTALLED ISLAND TRASH CAN HOOKS F- ° ' EXPLOSIVE PROOF J-BOX y/ 0 (,TJ IWELD DC 70 SLAB REINFORCING E ° WITH 1/2"NPT THREADS LLJ Z CORD AND CORD GRIP J E� N J ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT AT ° ° SUPPUED WITH PROBE O= P- EACH 18'MANHOLE q4 BAR ° < NGIEY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OpNFApRyEF��IE PUNS OR EXPRESSED BY A 4'-O'LONG B"O.C.E.W.TIE TO W O O Q PILOT REPRESENTATIVE.ALL____' ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY PROF SLAB REINFORCING. ° PEA GRAVEL FILL MATERIAL NOTE 1'PAVEMENT`CROWN" OPW CONQUISTADOR 44CD-Wf18, d �10 REBAR ANCHOR j ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT AT " ° SURROUNDING MANHOLE 1,I 44 1/4.0 BOLT-DOWN COMPOSITE = N MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH L� HOLDER - EACH 44'MANHOLE/4 BAR 18`SKIRT(FIELD CUT SKIRT TO 16*).(AT VEEDER-ROOT OBE CAP Y. REINFORCED CONC. INTRSTITIAL PROBE CAP AND 8'-0"LONG 8'O.C.E.W.B'-0" " SLAB G STP'S AND SIPHON SUMPS) (2)/10 REBAR MIN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM .r?S:; ° RING. CENTER OF MANHOLE.TIE TO o , SUB REINFORCING. CONDOR WITH SEAL-OFF ,I,.e'�, _\ o DPW 44cp-wno ° CONQUISTADOR 44'SUMP APPROVED WASHED r 4"FIBERGLASS PIPE RISER 2' 4' ° e" 6' ° /10 REBAR MANHOLE COVER " STONE BACKFILL 2'-e' `� � THREADED ADAPTER ON BOTH WITH BELL TO MALE NPf _SPAN_ °p ENDS .. SLOPE CONCRETE AWAY---," WAY " ^• BACKFILL SUMP EXTENSION WIR 1-e" 7 1/2' FROM ALL MANHOLE APPROVED WASHED STONE TO LIP AS HOPE EXTENSION TO Q SINGLE- 10'DIA. COVERS TO AVOID SHOWN.(-*DO NOT GVERFlLL+•) `{' MANHOLE.SUPPLIED AND ACCUMULATION OF WATER ' INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR 0 NOTE D��LEOM��MEN,��JMLLU`�S,E BE AT LUS�TL THE /SAME /�LENGTH AS THE �LTANK. o a BRAVO TO SUPPLY EPDXY KITS WITH � A Lam,AND ANCHOR DETAIL B"CONCRETE APRON o EACH SUMP.INSTALLED BY REINFORCEMENT CENTER, TER, a S CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW TROTH O 1Y ON CENTER. ° INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY BRAVO < o U 2 BOTH WAYS,BOTTOM ONLY. 70 MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. ' O H P 1" = 1'-0" TIE To ADDITIONAL ° r � � a REINFORCEMENT AT EACH MANHOLE °5 'm BRAVO-84872-S-11 FIBERGLASS ? V OUTLINE OF CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION I to E PRO W C WITH 32"0 OPENING ON TOP W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. CR ! Z B CONETE TANK APRON REBAR DETAILS SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CON m O TRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE P 3/16" = 1'-0" ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED_BY_ Do N C:CONTRACTOR PER -____:':___: _ Ij UST MANiOLWMAP SCHEDULE Dc LOCATION SIZE MANN 24`DOUBLE RING MARWAY LE MANUF. MODEL NO. SUMP MANUF./EXTENSION SUMP NO. •I OUTER TANK WALL ---- MONITORING WELLS 18'0 OPW104AOW-1800 NOT USED --- WITH(2)4`N.P.T.FRTNGS(TYP) LEVEL MONITORING SYSTEMS 18"0 RIVERSIDE 10818XIO 18'0 HDPE --- RD_ 4 INTERSTITIAL TANK MONITOR 1B`0 RIVERSIDE 10618X10 18"0 HDPE _-_ BRAVO TO SUPPLY EPDXY KITS WITH ~ DDLN 70CUf U! MU SUMP,INSTALLED BY - o a" FILLS(ALL DIESEL B100,AND GAS TANKS) 05 GAL OPW 1C-3112D-W/R/Y/82 NOT USED ___ CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY INTERSTITIAL SPACE BRAVO VENTS(ALL DIESEL,8100.AND GAS TANKS) 05 GAL OPW 1C-3112P-0 NOT USED TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. H lil I. 4'-0" Q F 2 HP STP GAS AND AUTO DIESEL) 44"0 OPW P-6118-48WT BRAVO 84B72-S-11 48`0 FRP CONTAINMENT COLLAR OPENING Q 5 HP STP AND SIPHON 2 HP STP(DIESEL) 44'0 OPW 44CD-WT18 BRAVO 84872-5-11 6 HP STP(DEF) 44'0 OPW 44CD-WTIB BRAVO B4872-S-21 kdiki SUMP SHOWN IS FOR MAXIMUM BURIAL DEPTH OF TANK AT INNER TANK WALL DEF REMOTE FILL SUMP 44"0 OPW 44CD-WTI8 BRAVO B4872-S-21 7'-0"FROM FINISHED GRADE TO TOP OF TANK.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING TANK BURIAL DEPTH PRIOR TO BIOO DISCHARGE 44"0 OPW 44CD-WT18 BRAVO B4872-S-11 CONSTRUCTION.CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING TANK PIT IS AT THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH FOR TANK Plan Review B100 HEATER 44"0 OPW 44CO-WT18 BRAVO 84872-S-11 INSTALLATION,BUT NO LESS THAN 4'-11" B y n F E B u i I t ¢o 1O 8100 LINE SUMP IN SHED N/A N/A N/A BRAVO 2885 rTAN SUMP SHOWN IF FOR MAXIMUMDARE A BRAVO-B4872-5-11MEET: STAGE II VAPOR LINE SUMP 1B"0 RIVERSIOE 44CD-WT18 BRAVO --- L DEPTH OF TANK AT 7'-0`FINISHED GRADE TO TOP OF rC N TMICAL SUMP BURIAL DETAIL TANK B07TOM P 3/4" = V-0" Ppo VEEDER-ROOT 784390-409-LIQUID TANK INTERSTRI4L SENSOR DETAIL ONLY/DRY INTERSTITIAL SENSOR FOR FIBERGLASS TANK YPV 3/4" - 1'-0" SEE PP1.1 [RI, III FOR `UNC. STO 'TI Ch FOR FUEL II E tT p • GA.SO-NE CASH >TATION I I \ n m 0 ox Z w III Ur Lua O v, � z �>Yrn� y u,n. JILQz I.- a, NOTE: O °p°Ili THIS DRAV+'J. IS TO BF USED AS A c HEVATIC RA:V 3 z Li. 0 z m IT 19 TH SPONSiQli IT" 017 TE-F GC AND PROD I J w PIPING S< 3 (W L<A 0�6 P. aL INCDj -IPING w AND SIRE UA<S-I RA, d o z AND FUH V In° -A S `/AN _., -Ah 1N-, RE u'REMENT'S. I n � V � e� ramA va•,, 4 ° a c I �a Vr a A vA a I cL p v VAN v, ° W ❑ Z J cotV �F- W co Op r C L W a � FL \ \ EMFRGEN ORS OPLTHA'TPRCV'F' 1 W Y LLI O •_„__ CC i� U W Pa VF TO TO A-: Qz O �-- W HA A e_ R 2 R:AENT z \ HP n l 5 A, S t E'A N 2 AVI ID F aN JJJ V �F RODUCT{3+1) TYPE 40 BC FIRE RiD0.00' �J LINA O ..A h,N Ah NR N ,T�,Ii RE \ O DISPERSER W/AUTO DIESEL EXTINGUISHERS EVERY BE MARSHALS NS ,O. RIO=. C \/ HOSE {TYP{8) ISLANDS) INSTALLED AT EVERY �\ INSrA AT ON. �\ ISLAND PER FlRE CODES %^ J \ I vv TPIn — \ \ ? z RECL AR UN EADE � o v - .� / N 19 RGLASS N A _ • �.BERCIASS SECONDARY - v o�o CON:AINM VT FtT) m o; 2 ER LV FADED ".` v� A A ° n i> c ' 0 a R'Asp?Ire IN A \\\ ~\��\ �. _�- � -- � -� _._ 7 °� 3 B R3iAs5 SECONDARY __ --- - g' DN ANMEN'T PIPE -'_— V— — _ —_— fo� 62"A, A FEEL FIRERA SSs \ —_ }�'_ -- ---- — -- - --- ------qC� ECOV ARY CONTANVENT PIPE \ LB LB LJ . La L6 L{ 7� L3L] L1/ j� A6 /Q t( j O .TOr l0 O O O O O O:O O V O GO /FIB LAS-cTAGE II0 C AI\ _ 0T \ 7 ° SIDE 1 1SIDE 1 , �SIDE'S S@E l SIDE 1 SIDE1 / CDN VAPORNFNI NN RV NI RUNK ------- -------- --- —�-- ---�—OS TIONUNUMBER --_— v- ---_�—1 — ----/—�-- / a W cEIJNG ..A^E II 1 AUTO CANOPV EANE/ ISIANO NUMBER --- -- —__---.- -- V PN•, OUTLINE ABOVE _ (q i LANE/FUELING JJJ/// 3 -IHF tc A 5 AGE II 2'AUTO DIESEL CONTRACTOR S TO NSTAI 2 _ J W .Ili )i POSITION NUMBER AUTO CANOPY— VALOR ECJV TRUNH i FlBERGLAS IPE IN A 3" FIBERCIASS STAGE VAPOR RECOVERY.'� G s CONCRETE PAD LINE, SFCO\AR FIBERGLASS Sr:CONDARY SYSTEM RCV ALL VU TIPLE PRODUCT Z c L _ 1_-i 111 .. •� V `c RA" ) ,10'NSrA_2" CONTAINVEINI s NOS CoWA�.NM N 'I'E DISPENSE.S.EXTENC AND CONNFC' TO o m FIB CLiS o ACt.I VAPOR RECOVERY REOUIREP�N S.FGE II N 3"FIBFRGJSS TRUNK IINE m (n p SYST V O4 A MV C PRODUCT P:PING ', 2"SLPER LNL ADED DISPENSERS, X:_ND AND N'NECT TO w FIBERGLASS P P I'.A 3 FIBERGLASS SE-ON'DARY Q 3 ..E x,.A}S TRUrJK .t / R' e �0 3o FIBFRM ASs SECONDARY Reviewed for Code Com fiance - - e 0 / 2 REGJIAR LNLEADED FIBERGIAS PRE IN A P «2� CONTAINMEN' PIPEUJI - 75 Signature Dat c NV-,d AUTO AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT / Plan Review 3 SCALE: 1" - 'tJ' By SAFEBuilt00 O Q o T COM1 RA C( SHALL INS A L I 'TOP T AT R V"DE IV TO AL FUELING E J PIIENT E-STOTO '0 ATION ShA AD HER IG E-.E RLOLREMENT SHEET: 3 Ir I� THAI ALI DISPENSERS SHAI_BE - �O III III (� BETN LN 20 AND '00.OF AN IIIE STO C N.RAC TOR TO CONFIRM II FINAL OCA'.ION WITH ON SITE FIRE IN A NSFECTOR PRIOR TO C III Ij INS AL AL.rI Cppi Iy. iI I I 1 II do II I III III I I I I I I I I I i t o„ sz L- ° ° t O C &00' 0" 0- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 n CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EMERGENCY STOP THAT PROVIDES POSITIVE SHUTDOWN TO ALL ` O FUELING EQUIPMENT.MOUNT TO B"STEEL BAULARD. E-STOP LOCATIONS SHALL ADHERE TO THE 1 REQUIREMENT THAT ALL DISPENSERS SHALL BE Qy, BETWEEN 20'AND 100'OF AN E-STOP. I CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH ON _ SITE FIRE MARSHALL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO ` DIESEL SATELLITE DISPENSER INSTALLATION. o ON THIS ISLAND ONLY p v I SEPARATOR p VENT CLUSTER m 4,000 GALLON OIL/WATER G v p v p OIRECTIO OF SBY OWNER EPARATOR FURNISHED //*//ry// 'Z Q LU I v LU TRAFFIC L I 2'BLACK STEEL VENT CONTRACTOR SEE INSTALLED //M. ('W Q W 0 LINE(TYP(2)PLACES), OIL/WATER SEPARATOR /�'A OS Z O y m NOTES AND DETAIL // _ m EXTEND TO VENT RISER AS W y CLUSTER / \ SHEETS PP7 AND PP7.1) *//* TO�AESFY i }• Q y Z qF� / SEE CNIL PLANS SEE CIVIL PUNS �� i // J W Z Z m p I FOR CONTINUATION / 4 LL 0 W Y1 v D / s,, //R CONTINUATION ii Z O H � 4 J 1A * m D 1v D I Iv Li 17 p / i v �a, a ��i i� 0. O m O 12'"SAFETY/TRAFFIC 1 p ®I I p I D YELLOW"PULL FORWARD LINE 3"DIESEL FIBERGLASS PIPE IN I / r I A 4"IN E NT PIP SECONDARY II O ° v I CONTAINMENT PIPE TO DIESEL/ IDI D v / I i TRUCK LINES L----_ 0 2"DEF(UREA)FIBERGLASS PIPE ` D p I I 0 I IN A 3'FIBERGLASS SECONDARY S / I I CONTAINMENT PIPE p I v I p 1 8100 INJECTION SHED.SEE I`111 DETAILS ON PP5.2 FOR 2"FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A D� / I MORE INFORMATION 111 I 3'CONTAINMENT SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPE FOR DIESEL SATELLITED 2'0100 FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A p II D \ \ \ SECONDARY / I d G CONTAINMENT PIPE TO INJECTION AND C G v BY-PASS SUMP(TYP(2)PLACES) v 1 I \ \ \ TANK�8 PRODUCTk, 4 III a2'flBERO\PIPE N A 3'3"DIESEL FIBERGLASS I TYPE 40 BC FlREEXTINGUISHERS C'� a FIBERGLASS SECONDARY PIPE IN A 4'FIBERGLASS I I v TO BE IN5f PER FIRE CODES. \ p4,30,000 GALLON """ II' CONTAINMENT PIPE FROM B100 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT p D D ('TYPICAL AT�ACH ISLAND COLUMN) B100 a JI TANK 70DIESEL TANK FOR FUTURE PIPE TO DIESEL/TRUCK y SIPHON LANE(1VP(1)PUCE) LANES I TANK/5 PRODUCT G M D NES�.000GALLON NA14'EFIBERGIASSS PIPEG / 3'FIBERGLASS VENT LINE I I a SECONDARY CONTAINMENT O FOR DIESEL AND B100 v PIPE TO INJECTION AND W o DIESEL(1+1)MASTER/ TANKS. EXTEND TO TANK d BY-PASS SUMP(TYP(2) SATELLITE(WITH DEF) VENT CLUSTER(TYP(3) �I ° I PLACES) a > th PHONE/INTERCOM SYSTEM ,p I I V DISPENSER(TYP(6)ISLANDS) PLACES) I v \ v a d/ Q Z m N INSTALLED AT ALL ISLANDS I \. I SEE DETAIL ON SHEET PPS \ ( 2"FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A 3' L1J WITH DIESEL MASTER v I v 11L TANK VENT CLUSTER FIBERGLASS SECONDARY I� W f- co DISPENSERS(SEE ELECTRICAL D CONTAINMENT PIPE FOR O D (SEE DETAIL 01/PP4.2) \ SIPHON(TYP(t)PLACES) Q U Z SERIES DRAWINGS) p l� I I I \ a Y� J O TRUCK CANOPY p I D TANK N4 PRODUCT I / ��p IaI \v OUTUNE - 14p3.30,000 GALLON v v G / P I v \I - o W a TRUCK CANOPY S \ UIESEL v /� 4 v 4 PIPE INN AU 3'A FIBERGLASS )' Z CONCRETE PAD p p I I D I W d a SECONDARY CONTAINMENT (' Q v al I I 2'PIPE FOR DEF(UREA)TANK. ° 1 ___ 4 PIPE Y T� EXTEND TO REMOTE FILL v .I ~ - I a o Z CONTAINER(TYP(1)PUCE) Iv d - -- _ a. ` C Z I 9 DIRECTION OF i a G p I D I p p TRAFFIC FLOW 2"VENT LINE FOR DEF(UREA) d a +11 I IL I a s r u J TANK,(TYP(1)PUCE) ® IT/ IQ TANK/3 PRODUCT#5, I D v I a \/ _] 12,000 GALLON DEF O O ISLAND NUMBER TANK N2 SUPER UNLEADED I v _ to a I $ GASOLINE.8.000 GALLON I a J O LANE/FUELING o I PORTION OF 20,000 GALLON 3"FIBERGLASS VENT ^ N I d 4 I 4 LINE FOR GASOLINE TANKS. li POSITION NUMBER ,,< p I ° I D SPLIT TANK,PRODUCT/2 I I d EXTE�RTO�K VENT Z p I 4 ( T�)PLACES) v vR vv I p DIESEL(1+1)MASTER / / / GASOLINE.20,0013 REGULARTANK#1 GALLON,UNLEADED I I � 1 od GDISPENSER f- D I I Df}F1�1 ONLY ON THIS ISLAND / PRODUCT�1 i I a I d"o O v / 18'0 MANHOLE FOR a D / STAGE II VALVE ACCESS -J SEE DEVIL 01 PP4 v / ( / ) I I FIBERGLASS REGULAR UNLEADED F i %-------- / > I FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A p 2'AUTO DIESEL I Z FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A 3" I ( I 3'FIBERGLASS SECONDARY 4 FIBERGLASS SECONDARY l` I I CONTAINMENT PIPE CONTAINMENT PIPE 2"SUPER UNLEADED FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A \\�� I \ U Z 3"FIBERGLASS SECONDARY I W io DO v OD c v CONTAINMENT PIPE I / \ O 3"FIBERGLASS STAGE II 0 a 7 v p n VAPOR RECOVERY TRUNK / d LINE,SECONDARY �\ �\ O) v/ v p CONTAINMENT IS NOT TO = W p v REQUIRED ON STAGE II AVl \\ SEE PP1 J G v c ❑ o v PIPING O/ C Z o CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EMERGENCY STOP THAT o ` VEEDER ROOT TLS 360 PROVIDES POSITIVE SHUTDOWN TO ALL FUELING � `\\� Z � SUMP k TANK EQUIPMENT.ESTOP LOCATIONS SHALL ADHERE TO �?, Lu raj MONITORING PANELS THE REQUIREMENT THAT ALL DISPENSERS SHALL BE BETWEEN 20'AND 100'OF AN E-STOP.CONTRACTOR p TO ON CFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH ON SITE FIRE MARSHALL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EMERGENCY STOP NOTE: CO BUTTON FOR FUEL LINES AT DIESEL p THIS DRAWING IS TO BE USED AS A SCHEMATIC DRAWING. TANK FARM PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT T:W CASHIER STATION ° IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC AND PRODUCT "� PIPING SUB—CONTRACTORS INSTALLING PRODUCT PIPING SCALE: 1" = 10' Lii p AND FUEL SYSTEM TO FOLLOW ALL LOCAL, FEDERAL, H- IM ° AND FIRE MARSHALL'S MANDATES, LAWS, AND REQUIREMENT'S. Qo G v NVId ' y v W I Y Wrn v SHEET: 06" EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON FOR FUEL LANES AT GASOLINE CASHIER STATION � � Plan Review By SAFEBuilt ppi ■ 1 TRUCK AREA PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT SEE PP1 SCALE: 1" = 10' I NOTE: w 0= THIS DRAWING IS TO BE USED AS A SCHEMATIC DRAWING. i— Ny -- IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC AND PRODUCT CO a3 PIPING SUB—CONTRACTORS INSTALLING PRODUCT PIPING ¢a mo AND FUEL SYSTEM TO FOLLOW ALL LOCAL, FEDERAL, LU AND FIRE MARSHALL'S MANDATES, LAWS, AND REQUIREMENT'S. © LEGEND 2"AND 3" —FIBERGLASS VENT/ FUEL EMERGENCYJ — STAGE II PIPE o0 STOP BUTTON ACR—AOR—2"FIBERGLASS m = ,� d AUTO DIESEL LINE 2 0 m w w — —_FIBERGLASS LOW z O U) SULFUR TRUCK F-2 U) DIESEL LINE 1. ix w a to n 3"AND 2" J o.<z FIBERGLASS ULTRA LL wp ZO La LOW SULFUR TRUCK o� DIESEL LINE H z Lj 2"FIBERGLASS 0J_ t0 v�i c 8100 LINE a WO X 2"FIBERGLASS DEF O DEF—DEF--(UREA) LINE z DEF SHUT OFF BALL VALVES IN y' SS SHROUD ON SIDE of FI DIS SIPHON PENSER.(TYP.0 EACH DEF --_ n��l—y�—y— BERGLASS DISPENSER) SIPHON LINE 2"FIBERGLASS �* SATEIlITE LINE 2"FIBERGLASS DISPENSER SUMPS WITH MASTS arc arc --nee— REGUTAR UNLEADED SHUT OFF BALL VALVES UNDER GASOLINE LINE DISPENSER IN SUMP.(TYP. EACH DISPENSER) Z"FIBERGLASS SUPER UEADED GASOLINNL E LINE 9_ 1 I _ FUEL EMERGENCY I I z STOP BUTTON I Q I i.Ss.'ns� I I I — — — -- U i z . C9 Z Z m N VEEDER ROOT TLS 360 --,I J1.r,1 Z W 14 SUMP @TANK 1 !I II —•�-- .— /' MONITORING PANEL W z C"n F— 'Q FUEL EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON — Z -- � I I a ,� r:..� O O tJ.i _- ADSL Ir O� - z z — ?'I h 3— I — O a 8100 INJECTION SUMP FUEL EMERGENCY I,� •.,I I a SHED WTH(14)VALVES STOP BUTTON d Z � O 11 30000 OFF BALL CT�4 O �OPTION9VE SOPERATION J III SUBMERSIBLE PUMP +,'° „ , T� J• (�� V� z TANK#'S PROD � .�'��4 GALLON 8100 VALVES. O !ICI' Hu \'R,,.J.:.L� PANELELECT FP (LOCATED IN ( LL O SHUT 0 L Ii —...,....._.__,-.- ELECTRICAL ROOM) ' 00 O Q TANK/B PRODUCT�3, 30,000 GALLON DIESEL.STP • A N !� AND SHUT OFF BALL VALVE. _ -- ------ Lim = — �_ ri r��ri ra ri �F°i I� �n - � d I :' I�� - — "Icl'dsl I�klall&'I lef'I TANK 0'4 PRODUCT�3, I 30,000 GALLON DIESEL,STP I� — __�-, •I I I ,I I 1..1 di'I 1 I AND SHUT OFF BALL VALVE �i Ul`Jl'JUIJ �/ i m 6 •/' r/DEF 6 - •J+ _ s " ..:,"v�i. TANK N2 PRODUCT�2, j ,I III SUPER UNLEADED L B00GLONPOTIONOF ' / TANKGALLONPRODUCT -, o » » ° `I �. �000 GALLON SPLIT TANK, _ OR N �� _:: o-% �.-� _I —'— STP AND SHUT OFF BALL OF SPLIT TANK,DEF, q VALVE. DISCHARGE AND SHU7 V I N O °., OFF BALL VALVE. vAe �.: IL TANK 1,PRODUCT 1, _ I I REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINE. �� d 20,000 GALLON TANK,STP AND �\ Reviewed for Ate/" O Z SHUT OFF BAIL VALVE. \� "$uFiWng Code ComplianceIx a � � pp....yyy�.,,,.. Da GAS 0 \\ PRODUCT DISPENSER SUMPS OFF BALL VALVE """•"^'6 311 Review m — UNDER DISPENSER IN SUMP, z ®EACH DISPENSER) ( Hy SAFEBuilt o .. \a \\ I f �,., ,• "�, FUEL EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON rc z di a PRODUCT PIPING LAYOUT •!•I -I _ - •I. 'I'" __' _ y 1! aM� --- -- - -=----- -----= ------ a o r� oscai.E: 1' _ 20' ----- --=---— — -- o I !II SHEET: -- FUEL EMERGENCY ----J g \:V-Id _ STOP BUTTON _— ppi . aW �I f 4 -- UL LISTING: �> UL1316, STANDARD FOR GLASS—FIBER—REINFORCED PLASTIC UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS FOR PETROLEUM PRODUCTS, ALCOHOLS, AND ALCOHOL—GASOLINE a� C MIXTURES. INTENDED FOR INSTALLATION AND USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA NO. m 30, STANDARD OR FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS AND IN ACCORDANCEN WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. UL FILE NO.: MH9061 0 18•0 SECURITY MANHOLE FOR NONDORINO WELL. Z 17 W SLOPE CONCRETE TO GRAIN 44"0 MANHOLE AT 8100 W Q W AWAY 1'IN z4•(rP(4) TANK HEATER MANWAY _� Z f O U) PLACES)(SEE DETAIL (SEE DETAIL 02/PP3.1) 44"0 MANHOLE AT 02/PP4.1) 8100 DISCHARGE/ < W n SIPHON MANWAY > ¢W Z TANK M5(SEE DETAIL _j W Q PC _ J f/1 J.r TANK#8 ° x •o ° 4 -_ _. _. d O O x ° Z 44 30,000 8100 LL '�p ,-- p Y s B100 ® �' c - - p � c p c p p SEPARATOR p Q VENT CLUSTER � p ° c p r.G K I vi In 0ii p44"0 MANHOLE FOR CT/3, c "� m c TANK6LIMPS, N r > p (SEE OLTNL 02/PP3)BEL ch ° a ° �.+ Dp --- -�-g-- -�, i++/ p p ° p TANK VENT CLUSTER ^-;/ '�J\ a ^\ows �++/ MANHOLE WITH 4"0 BLACK STEEL (SEE DETAIL O7/PP4.2) °,1�, \p �+� FILL RISER IN 5 GALLON OVERSPILL CONTAINER AND STAGE I ° / VAPOR RECOVERY RISER IN 6 p 44"0 MANHOLE FOR -- GALLON OVERSPILL CONTAINER 5 H.P.PUMPS. / (TYP(3)TANKS)(SEE DETAIL ° TANK#3 v � P � 4 (SEE DETAIL 01/PP3) V) 02/PP4) PRODUCTTANK 4 p Z W ; °sD.00 ESEL ON p J ° Q ~ Lh p D �° p aLu W m o F- c p ° a ZO V Z rn STAINLESS STEEL REMOTE FILL ° p BOX AND VENT,TYP O(1) ^ c Q J J O PUCE,TANK M3 ONLY p �J ° p )1 (SEE DETAIL 03/PP4) W v W 0 S ER ^ O vi O C7 a D F ''x w �-- z_ p 10 p TANK#'3,PRODUCT}8 V Q U J a > J 12,000 GALLON O O Q TANK#2 PORTION OF 20,000 LLI z SUPER UNLEADED ,� GALLON SPLIT TANK J O GASOLINE.8,D0 DEF(UREA) 20000 GALL.ONON PORTIONSPUT c 44"0 MANHOLE FOR N TANK,PRODUCT#2 REMOTE FILL.TYP O(1) Oi p PUCE,TANK#3 ONLY (SEE DETAIL 03/PP3.1) 44"0 MANHOLE FOR 2 H.P.PUMPS, p TYR O(2)PLACES, p 18"0 MANHOLE FOR TANK/1 AND TANK/1 4 c ° TANK LEVEL SENSOR (SEE DETAIL OJ/PP3.1) ° (TYP(1)PUCE, LEGM p _IREG m TANK Y3 ONLY)SEE F 18"0 MANHOLE FOR � DETAIL 02/PP6 IS INTERSTITIAL SENSOR � TANK LEVEL SENSOR (0 St SIPHON Z (TYP(5)TANKS) > 44"0 MANHOLE FOR 6 H.P. SEE DETAIL 01 PP4.1 ,a ° TYP O(1)PLACE,TANK 5TP SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE PUMP 0 V "� M3 ONLY L TANK LEVEL SENSOR TANK pt REGULAR (SEE DETAIL 01/PP6) TANK FARM PLAN UNLEADED GASOLINE. ° p c F FILL 20,000 PRODUCTG GALLON TANK, ° a U Z V VAPOR RECOVERY W O 3/16" = 1'-O" O ~ MW MONITORING WELL O• a Ix c S SPARE a (.) p N 45 4"SPARE J W - MANHOLE WITH 4"0 BUCK STEEL DCH 8100 DISCHARGE a Z FILL RISER IN 6 CONTAINER H TANK HEATER O OVERSPILL CONTAINER AND STAGE m VAPOR RECOVERY RISER IN 5 TA GALLON OVERSPILL CONTAINER 18"0 MANHOLE FOR (TYP(2)PLACES)(SEE DETAIL INTERSTITIAL TANK THERMO WELL Z 01/PP4) MONITORS 3Q 3"FIBERGLASS STAGE II (SEC.DETAI D/PPO) Q VAPOR RECOVERY TRUNK LINE,SECONDARY CONTAINMENT IS NOT REQUIRED ON m STAGE II PIPING � W o W � O ' Plan Review SHEET: By SAFEBUiI+ PP2 UL LISTING: Vz UL1316, STANDARD FOR GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC UNDERGROUND �q STORAGE TANKS FOR PETROLEUM PRODUCTS, ALCOHOLS, AND ALCOHOL-GASOLINE MIXTURES. INTENDED FOR INSTALLATION AND USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA NO. In _ 30, STANDARD OR FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS AND IN ACCORDANCE a° WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. UL FILE NO.: MH9061 CURB AND CONCRETE 11'-3' 6 6'-2' 6' 10'-10• 6" 32'-4- DIESEL/B100 TANKS 3'-4' 55'-10" 3 O• Z p M Z20N°D SPLIT GASOLINE TANK 3'-4' 37'-10' 21'_0• Q"N Ja¢Z^ LL aZWN OI�MENSIONS ARE TO BE USED FORA a p 4 F'• Z J W 10 MINIMUM AREA OF COVERAGE OVER �`'o\'\ TANKS.CONCRETE OVER TANKS IS •1 O �" 4 Q a O 0 p j`p" TO BE 8'THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE J Ni — W N SLAB REINFORCED WITH 14 BARB 12' {p a Q Q )( O.C.E.W. CROWN CROWNSLOPE SLOPE Q O. G 0 MONAL REINFORCING AT Y a p p Y EACH 18"0 MANHOLE,#4 0 0 BARS 4'-0"LONG e'O.C.E.W. -� � 4 p TIE TO SLAB REINFORCING. p� oI SLOPE p C a SLOPE rn SIAPE Q ADDITIONAL REINFORCING AT EACH 45.0 MANHOLE,#4 - BARS W-O*LONG 8"O.C.E.W. p a 5'-0'MIN.IN ALL DIRECTIONS ' 4 FROM CENTER OF MANHOLE.TIE TO SLAB REINFORCING. SLOPE 4] SLOPE a a p r/q�y I ® �„J• aD OVERALL«TT O a OIL/WATER SEPERATOR 3'-0' ' ' 3•-0Wo TA THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE SLOPE SLOPE Q TANK SLAB REINFORCED WITH#4 BARS 12'O.C.E.W. PRE-FA B CATCH BY PIILLOIT,SINSTALIIDOBY GC ,� p 4 a 6"HIGH x 6•WIDE CONCRETE CONTAINMENT v SLOPE J c' m C - ® O \C / v- -_] /�+/+ N CURB TO BE CURED MONOLITHICALLY WITH �, Q SLOPE Q a �� M 4"CONCRETE SLAB IN THE FUEL CONTAINMENT ARFA/DRIVE SLAB AND 8-CONCRETE SLAB - -^ ��vYv-�'-Q-9-""'"�^T Q V W m N AT THE OFFLOADING AREA.TURN 24"x S" "m a �3¢+ i 04 BARS OUT OF SLAB AT 12"O.C. A o y f T O 4 p L_ co REINFORCED W/(1)#4 BAR CONTINUOUS a (POUR SLAB AND CURB MONOLITHIC) s p Q Q ro p Z q U Z O SLOPE Q Q W O Q CROWN N a SLOPE SLOPE Q 2'CHAMFER J p Q p & CORNERS(TYP) f"Q IL Lu 4 Q 4 y REINFORCED W/WELDED WIRE 4*CONCRETE SLAB IN RFABRIC(WWF) Z TVE AREA Z W 0 Q p 6'AS*W1.4 x W1.4.CONCRETE IN THIS Q Y O o CONTRACTOR IAR IS TO S TO ENSURES POSITIVE OPE AWAY FROM H a451N. 0 N 0 ,^ 2'CHAMFER _ DRAINAGE AWAY FROM CATCH BASIN W L ZV /, CORNERS(TYP) O CONCRETE AROUND p W Z O O Q GASOLINE AND DEF TANKS p 16'-1' IS TO SLOPE AWAY FROM Z CO CATCH BASIN.CONTRACTOR r IS TO INSURE POSITIVE I Q ��0 O O O DRAINAGE AWAY FROM V = A N CATCH BASIN 4 REINFORCED W/WELDED WIRE FABRI4-CONCRETE SLAB IN NON-DRrvE C(WWF) li Q 6"x 6'W1.4 x WI.4.CONCRETE IN THIS IS TO SLOPE AWAY FROM CATCH BASIN. CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM CATCH BASIN y j p a SLOPE / _ 4 Q Q p Q a � p - 0 G Qp0 o�, p ._"/, a p SLOPE SLOPE � UJI 0. It Z0 N = W J Gi Z V DID 1r-r 21'-0' DEF(UREA)TANK y Z W 32'-4" CURB AND CONCRETE Q � m w 2' p OVERALL TANK FARM 0D o W I o K lil H W Q F C TANK FARM DIMENSION PLAN 3/16" = 1'-O" Plan Review SHEET: By SAFEBuilt PP2. 1 4'REINFORCED CONCRETE UL LISTING: a -� FLE%ING-RFBNP-SHORT,24X20X25 W REINFORCED CONCRETE IN LANDSCAPE AREA UL1316, STANDARD FOR GLASS—FIBER—REINFORCED PLASTIC UNDERGROUND 5 GALLON STAINLESS STEEL TANK SLAB RI OFF-LOAD/PARKING OPW-IC-3„2D-W/R/Y�BZ,5 STORAGE TANKS FOR PETROLEUM PRODUCTS, ALCOHOLS, AND ALCOHOL—GASOLINE 3 REMOTE FILL SPILL CONTAINER WITH AREA AND DRIVE AREA q SHORT LEGS AND DRAIN GALLON OVER SPILL CONTAINER a^r sEwRrr MANHOLE MIXTURES. INTENDED FOR INSTALLATION AND USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA NO. n BUCKET WITH DRAIN(TYP) FOR MONITORING WELL.SLOPE PRE-FAB CATCH BASINS, CONCRETE TO DRAIN AWAY 30, STANDARD OR FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS AND IN ACCORDANCE m� 4"REINFORCED CONCRETE PROVIDED BY OWNER, TOP OF 6"CONTAINMENT 1^IN za^(TYP(z)PLACES) WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. QH IN LANDSCAPE AREA INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR CURB BEYOND (SEE DETAIL 02/PP4.1) d' UL FILE NO.: MH9061 >r rr rLEGEND f3 s O�FlLL N�T2Rul s s 91CXFlu MATERLLL s IS INTERSTTIAL SENSOR c rr,000 MIN. SI SIPHON _STP SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE PUMP fA WQt 2 L TANK LEVEL SENSOR ZZ �O f0 M uWxn TANK#4 �ANK I'5 STANK I6. \ _I u1E A (PRODUCT p3, I PRODUCT I3, \ I PRODUCT/4 I Ic m0rt 130,000 GAL 130,000 GAL I I 30,0OD GAL I EXCAVATION AS REQUIRED F FILLJLU¢ZSLOPE SIDE OF Z 0p DIESEL DIESEL B99 V VAPOR RECOVERY W 4 ''R ( ( I I BY SOIL CONDITIONSW h/ \10•-0•. / \ AND OSHA srANwRos MW MONITORING WELL F— O~n z ui to 90 S SPARE 0 C J 4S 4'SPARE ELUj W DCH B100 DISCHARGE Z 0 CONCRETE DFADMAN SUPPLIED H TANK HEATER Y 4'ALUMINUM DROP •� Np7E: WITH TANK BY OWNER, TW THERMO WELL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. TUBE(TYP(5)PLACES) TANKS SHOWN ARE T A BURIAL DEPTH SEE DETAIL A/PPO OF 6'-4^.DEPTH OFF TANKS VARY FROM SITE TO SITE SEE TANK BURIAL DEPTH SCHEDULE(OWG.PPO)FOR PROPER 01 CHIM SECTION TI-M TANKS AT RU-8 BURIAL DEPTH 2"FIBERGLASS VENT LINE FOR GASOLINE A/ EXTEND TO TANK VENT CLUSTER LPL 44^0 MANHOLE FOR OPW-1C 3112P-0.5 GALLON OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET W C3 5 H.P.PUMP 2"FIBERGLASS VENT LINE FOR GASOLINE, IWO MANHOLE FOR WITH PLUG FOR STAGE I VAPOR RECOVERY RISER.(TYP). _ J EXTEND TO TANK VENT CLUSTER TANK LEVEL SENSOR OPW-1C-3112D-R,5 GALLON OVER SPILL CONTAINER IWO MANHOLE FOR TANK Y J nI BUCKET WITH DRAIN FOR FILL DROP TUBE P OPW-IC-3112P-0,5 GALLON OVER Z Z m (TYP) LEVEL SENSOR SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH PLUG. N 44"0 MANHOLE FOR REMOTE FILL. Q TYPO(1)PLACE,DEF TANK ONLY LEVY MANHOLE FOR TANK 44"0 MANHOLE FOR 2 H.P. ~ 0 Z Im co LEVEL SENSOR(TYP(1)PLACE) SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE PUMP OPW-1C-3112D-W,5 GALLON OVER W U Z 4"FIBERGLASS REMOTE FILL 6'X 6^CURB POURED MdNOLTTHICALLY MANHOLE OYP) SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH 0 Q Q PIPE FOR DEF(UREA)PIPE WITH CONCRETE CONTAINMENT SLAB DRAIN FOR FILL DROP TUBE(TYP) Z 0 J 0 44"0 MANHOLE FOR 2 H.P.SUBMERSIBLE - 18"0 MANHOLE FOR INTERSTITIAL 8^X 8"CURB POURED MONOLITHICALLY SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM TURBINE PUMP MANHOLE ) TANK MONITORS 0 Z uj IL MANHOLE 1'IN 24 (TYP(1)PLACE WITH CONCRETE CONTAINMENT SLAB Q SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM .SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM 8'REINFORCED CONCRETE I^ / W 0 i B"0 MANHOLE FOR MANHOLE(TYP 1"IN 24') MANHOLE(TYP 1'IN 247 TANK SLAB IN OFF-LOAD/PARKING V z 0 I.— MANHOLE TANK MONITORS 8'REINFORCED CONCRETE TANK SLAB IN AREA AND DRIVE AREA N Z O Z E G 0 z 4"REINFORCED CONIC. OFF-LOAD/PARKING AREA AND DRIVE REINFORCED CONIC. 4"ALUMINUM DROP TUB SEE Lu E AREA 0 L IN LANDSCAPE AREA IS V F L STP IN LANDSCAPE AREA V F L S IS SIP S L V F FILL/VENT DETAIL(TYP) 4� Y FIBERGLASS PRODUCT (BEYOND) 18'f SECURITY \` / \ / LINE W/SECONDARY MANHOLE FOR MONITORING ` �P�II I CONTAINMENT(TYP) WELL AWAYEI'ENC24E(TYP \ II M TANK INTERSTITIAL 'Ip D ► ► (2)PLACES)(SEE DETAIL / CONNECTION ( FI ALUMINUM DROP TUBE SEE 02/PP41) II II I II I B\ ( I FlLL/VENT DETAIL(lYP) II II a II a / IIII I FIBERGLASS PRODUCT FIBERGLASS ' SLOPE SIDE LINE W SECONDARYPIPE TO VENT RISER SL P �IXCAVA110N AS REQUIRED CONTAINMENT(TYP) II I FIC I II II 8� F II II II yy II II II BY SOIL CONDITIONS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT \ II t II II s II II ? 2^FIBERGLASS PIPE ENT TO DEF 3 > / AND OSHA STANDARDS / 4 I I I I n L bII C I y II I r II II __ CONNECTION CONK INTERSTITIAL DISPENSERS/TRUCK LANES \ I I I'� II I CONCRETE DEAOMAN SUPPLIED SLOPE SIDE OF EXCAVATION AS REQUIRED F 1a WITH TANK BY OWNER, BY SOIL CONDITIONS AND OSHA is INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. NO STANDARDS EXCEPTIONS 2 11^ 16' tE' 11" SEE DETAIL A/PPO UTW LOCA710N SCHEDULE W 1111tMP1.01117gM80,11113LLe TO EDGE OF TANK A B CONCRETE OEADMAN SUPPLIED WITH TANK BY OWNER, LOCATION 20,000 GAL Q 1 4 LOCATION 25.000 GAL C D G NO GENERAL NOTES A A INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR A A 3'-6 1/4' CAPACITY:20.000 GALLONS CAPACITY:20,000 GALLONS E F TYPE!DOUBLE WALL,UNDERGROUND TYPE:DOUBLE WALL,UNDERGROUNO HORIZONTAL B 7'-6" = N B 3'-4 1/4" HORIZONTAL MAT'IAL FIBERGLASS EXTERIOR FIBERGLASS 0 E J 0 MATERIAL:FIBERGLASS C C 7•-6 3/4' EXTERIOR:FIBERGLASS 5. Z D 8'-10 7/4" E 14'-4" Z 07 E ,r-„ 3/4• 02 CFiOS3 SECTION TFfiU 20,000 GALLON SPLIT TANK o3 TOTAL LENGTH 37'-W 20,000 GALLON REGULAR UNLEADED TANK SECTION � w F 14'-4 1/4' P2. 3/16" = V-O' XERXES-655-677.01 P2. 3�16" = 1'-0° %ER%ES-834-008.03 TOTAL LENGTH 37'-9 1/4' SPLIT SUPER UNLEADED AND DEF Go a o � Lu a c >cornexr mlwwwa,FA SHEET: Plan Review By SAFEBuilt PP20 UL USTING: UL1316, STANDARD FOR GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC UNDERGROUND �z .r STORAGE TANKS FOR PETROLEUM PRODUCTS, ALCOHOLS, AND ALCOHOL-GASOLINE MIXTURES. INTENDED FOR INSTALLATION AND USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA NO. ¢4 o 30, STANDARD OR FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS AND IN ACCORDANCE mw v Or WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. g mH UL FILE NO.: MH9061 LEWID IS INTERSTITIAL SENSOR G SI SIPHON STP SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE PUMP W Q W L TANK LEVEL SENSOR _z (� LU lo 6'x 8"CURB POURED MONOLRHICALLY F FILL WITH CONCRETE CONTAINMENT SLAB J IL Q Z 1.00 V VAPOR RECOVERY Iy W z W In BEYOND)6'x 6"CURB POURED MONOLITHICALLY 0 O H ITH CONCRETE CONTAINMENT SLAB MW MONITORING WELL z J Ld m OPW-iC-3112P-O,5 GALLON OVER S SPARE O co_3 SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH PLUG FOR w)_I N J 4"REINFORCED CONC. STAGE I VAPOR RECOVERY RISER.(TIP). 4S 4"SPARE W N IN NON-DRNE AREA DCH B100 DISCHARGE O TANK INTERSTITIAL DPW-1C-3112D-Y,5 GALLON OVER z CONNECTION 1B"0 MANHOLE FOR TANK SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH DRAIN H TANK HEATER Y LEVEL SENSOR FOR FILL DROP TUBE(TYP) 18'0 MANHOLE FDR INTERSTIRAL TW THERMO WELL TANK MONITORS CRETE SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM TANK SLABREINFORCED OFF-LOAD/PARKING MANHOLE(TYP 1"IN 24' IS STP SI L V F AREA AND DRIVE AREA FOEI R MB NONTTORING18*0 SECURITY WELL SLOPE 3'FIBERGLASS PIPE EN \ CONCRETE TO DRAIN AWAY SECONDARY CONTAINMENT - - TO DIESEL/TRUCK LANES / (S E ET L G (2)PLACES) DETAIL �SEE L 02 P4.1 SLOPE SIDE OF -P'7I�I11� C " _ 3"FIBERGLASS VENT EXCAVATION AS REQUIRED II _» LINE FOR DIESEL,L BY SOIL CGNDTRONs I II II II II II I II II II I 91d EXTEND TO TANK VENT ANDAND OSHDARDS \ - eD // CLUSTER II II II II II , II D II ll - \ - It II II II I II I I 4"ALUMINUM DROP TUBE SEE I II II II II II I II II FILL/VENT DETAIL(PIP) II II II II s,'. II II II II II II 2"FIBERGLASS SIPHON \ I II I I I I II I II CONCRETE OEADMAN SUPPLED PIPE SECONDARY WITH to to INSTALLED BY CON BY TRACTOR.SEE CONTAINMENT(TYP) to SEE DETAIL A/PPO 11' iB' 18' 18' 11" LOCw7CH SCHEDIULE A/ LOCATION 30,000 GAL W 0 TO EDGE OF TANK B B A 1'-4` Y J J M c C B W-10" Q Q Z m N W ~ G�6iAL NGRES D D C 12'-4" H F_ LU So CAPACITY:30,OGG GALLONS E E MAP I QIATION 17'-10" Q Q O Q TYPE:DOUBLE WALL UNDERGROUND HORIZONTAL MATERIAL:FIBERGLASS �L,' /�`�'�/�� EXTERIOR:FIBERGLASS Q 30 000 GALLON DIESEL TANK SECTION ION E 22'-0" =z LU a T TOTAL LENGTH 55'-9.76" PP2.3 3�16" = 1'-�" m y Y 0 XERXES-637-108.07 O Q > W z z po LLI 0 0 z z0 f o �LU 0 Q J N a 6"x 6"CURB POURED MONOLITHICALLY WITH CONCRETE CONTAINMENT SLAB 44"0 899 DISCHARGE (BEYOND)6"x 6'CURB POURED MONOLRHICALLY MANHOLE(TYP) WITH CONCRETE CONTAINMENT SLAB 2'FIBERGLASS B99 PIPE W/ DPW-1C-3112P-0,5 GALLON OVER SECONDARY CONTAINMENT 4"REINFORCED CONC. SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH PLUG FOR TO INJECTION SUMP IN NON-DRIVE AREA STAGE I VAPOR RECOVERY RISER.(TYP). z TANK INTERSTITIAL OPW-iC-3112D-BZ,5 GALLON OVER Q CONNECTION 18"0 MANHOLE FOR TANK SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH DRAIN Nf ,B'O MANHOE FOR INTERSTITIAL LEVEL SENSOR FOR FILL DROP TUBE OOP) TANK MONITORS 44"0 TANK HEATER MANHOLE S"REINFORCED CONCRETE H SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM TANK SLAB IN OFF-LGAD/PARKING U 2 MANHOLE(TYP 1"IN 247 IS DCH DCH L TH H V F AREA AND DRNE AREA ' O ` a - -- - a = Vn W L,\ (BEYOND)18 "0 SECURITY MANHOLE \ FOR MONITORING WELL SLOPE Z / CONCRETE TO DRAIN AWAY O ,'IN 24"(TYP(2)PLACES) m N 1 I (SEE DETAIL 02/PP4.1) z UJI 7 D(+�d D D 3"FIBERGLASS YEW W \ II II II LINE FOR DIESEL II II II II II 1 II EXTEND TO TANK VENT o II II II II B II , II II IIm / CLUSTER - II II II II I II II II II II ao SLOPE SIDE OF \ II I II II II I I II I 4'ALUMINUM DROP�TUBE SEE a EXCAVATION AS REQUIRED FILL/YEW DETAIL(TYP) p W BY SOIL CONDITIONS II II II Il II II II Dt AND OSHA STANDARDS II II II II II II I CONCRETE DEADMAN SUPPLIED p to le J NSTALLEDK BY CONTWITH BY RACTOR.SEE F W e SEE DETAIL A/PPO Q H' 11' te' ie' ia' 11" 8I}TAPLACd710NBGIMlLE 0 LOCATION 30,000 GAL TO EDGE OF TANK B B A 1'-4' C NOTM F C 12'-4" CAPACITY:30,000 GALLONS G G D 13'-9" SHEET: TYPE:DOUBLE WALL UNDERGROUND HORIZONTAL MATERIAL:FIBERGLASS E 6'-6" EXTERIOR:FIBERGLASS 30,000 GALLON B99 TANK SECTION F 1 7'-10" Plan Review PP2.3 3/18" = 1'-0" XERXES-643-95575 G 22'-0' By SAFEBuilt TOTAL LENGTH 55'-9.75" PP2.3 'o" C� �1.11, z �s o NOTE FOR FLEX HOSE' NOTE FOR FLEX HOSE: sy a FLEX HOSE POSITION SHOWN FOR DIAGRAM FLEX HOSE POSITION SHOWN FOR DIAGRAM D PURPOSE ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE PURPOSE ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE e m PLUMBING SO THAT FLEX DOES NOT BEND PLUMBING SO THAT FLEX DOES NOT BEND a 0 MORE THAN 90% PER MANUFACTURERS MORE THAN 90% PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. SPECIFICATIONS. m NOTE FOR TANK SUMP: NOTE FOR TANK SUMP: TANK AND SUMP ARE SHOWN FOR MAXIMUM TANK BURIAL TANK AND SUMP ARE SHOWN FOR MAXIMUM TANK BURIAL ' M DEPTH OF 7'-0"TO TOP OF TANK. SUMP SHOWN IS A DEPTH OF 7'-0"TO TOP OF TANK. SUMP SHOWN IS A Z p W NEF 48" MULTI-SIDED FIBERGLASS ADJUSTABLE TANK NEE 48" MULTI-SIDED FIBERGLASS ADJUSTABLE TANK C9 W<W SUMP. SEE TANK BURIAL DEPTH AND OWNER SUPPLIED SUMP. SEE TANK BURIAL DEPTH AND OWNER SUPPLIED Z y ao PETROLEUM SCHEDULE FOR ACTUAL TANK DEPTH AND PETROLEUM SCHEDULE FOR ACTUAL TANK DEPTH AND K w A SUMP ORDERED FOR THIS PARTICULAR SITE. SUMP ORDERED FOR THIS PARTICULAR SITE. d U)Z m LLW,LU FLEXING-FFUL3OX24MXFUN ~ Z O W 3"x 24"MALE X FEMALE BRAVO-B4872-S-11 FIBERGLASS FLEXING-FFUL30X24MXFUN UNION FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION 0 0 p J pc HOSE(TYP) WITH 32'0 OPENING ON TOP -, W N 3"x 24"MALE X FEMALE APPROVED WASHED W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. UNION FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE 3"BLACK STEEL ELBOW(TYP) STONE BACKFILL-�- SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY �"' HOSE OW) CONTRACTOR TO CAP 2" CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE —APPROVED WASHED _ 0 FIBERGLASS SIPHON LINE STONE BACKFILL Z (FOR FUTURE USE) ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY �[ 3"BLACK STEEL ELBOW OYP) F.E.PETRO 3"LEAK DETECTOR PORT CONTRACTOR PER SFFE S==rm18-GRAB . WITH MECHANICAL LINE LEAK DEFECTOR 3"BLACK STEEL ELBOW(TYP) FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE HOSE 2"0 x AND VENT TUBING(STP-MLO-HCD).(1) BRAVO-F-32-TS-7-MP-3"x2' BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1"CONDUIT 24"LONG,MALE x FEMALE 3'BALL VALVE MUST HOLD PER 5 H.P.STP) TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTNG, PRESSURE FOR TANKS TO BE F.E.PETRO 3'LEAK DEFECTOR PORT PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF INDIVIDUALLY TESTED BRAVO-F-32-TS-7 -MP-3"x2' WITH MECHANICAL LINE LEAK DETECTOR _ TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST AND VENT TUBING(STP-MLD-HCD).(1) FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE 2'BALL VALVE ON PRODUCT LINE BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDUIT _ PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE PER 5 H.P.STP) 3"BALL VALVE MUST HOLD PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) MUST HOLD PRESSURE FOR li _ 0 0 o TANKS TO BE INDIVIDUALLY TESTED - PRESSURE FOR TANKS TO BE ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD SEAS F - = INDIVIDUALLY TESTED CONDOR TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE W FIBERGLASS SIPHON LINE 2"FIBERGLASS SIPHON UNE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT _ 2'BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER ,: � 2"FIBERGLASS SIPHON LINE W/ p W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT _ (TY) gyp) BECONOARY CONTAINMENT TO 2'FIBERGLASS PRODUCT PIPE B100 TANK(FOR FUTURE USE) W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED �� BRAVO ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD 1"CONDUIT (TYP.) FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD STRING. STP AND DISPENSER BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"z2' CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP SENSOR 6 TO BE 2"BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PROGRAMMED FOR POSITIVE SHUT GOWN OF PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION STP AND DISPENSER o° BRAVO NATION FITTING WITH TEST 3"BELL&MALE N.P.T. ) ° o o TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEBT PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE ADAPTER(TYP) BRAVO-B4872-5-11 FIBERGLASS 2"BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP F.E.PETRO FE-STP-MLD+G.2'LEAK CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED WITH 32'0 OPENING ON TOP DETECTOR PORT WITH MECHANICAL UNE BRAVO-F-43-TS-T-MP-4"x3' 2'BALL VALVE ON PRODUCT LINE FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF LEAK DETECTOR AND VENT TUBING W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. STP AND DISPENSER TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY MUST HOLD PRESSURE FOR ♦14- (1)PER 2 H.P.STP) PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE TANKS TO BE INDIVIDUALLY TESTED 3"BELL&MALE N.P.T. ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY ADAPTER(TYP) 3"FIBERGLASS PRODUCT PIPE CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDOR W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT GRADES. ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, (TYP.) PLAN MORRISON 184 SERIES,4"x 2'x 2" CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF PLAN 3"FIBERGLASS PRODUCT PIPE - PLAN DOUBLE TAP BUSHING FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) (TYP') CL BRAVO-F-43-TS-T-MP-4"x3' W BRAVO-B4672-S-11 FIBERGLASS TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST (n CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE J J M WITH 32"0 OPENING ON TOP (n Z m N W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. Q N SUPPUED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY MORRISON 184 SERIES,4"x 2'x 2' Y W F co CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE DOUBLE TAP BUSHING Z W . 01 ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY _ CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC Q G Q BRAVO-B4872-5-11 FIBERGLASS GRADES• BRAVO-84872-S-11 FIBERGLASS Q 0 CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION �' WITH 32"0 OPENING ON TOP WITH 32"0 OPENING ON TOP Z W } Z DPW CONQUISTADOR N STEE-46WT, W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. DPW CONQUISTADOR P-6118-48WT, Z W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. Q 44 1/4Y BOLT-GOWN STEEL SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY 44 1/4'0 BOLT-DOWN STEEL W MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH SUPPLIED R.OWNER,INSTALLED BY O CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE z Q Y 18"SKIRT(FIELD CUT SKIRT TO 15'). ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY 18'SKIRT(FIELD CUT SKIRT TO 15'). ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY 0 Z {O.,LJ. (AT STP-S AND SIPHON SUMPS) CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC GRADES. (AT STP-S AND SIPHON SUMPS) CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC GRADES. o 0 0 0 NOTE 1"PAVEMENT'CROWN" BACKFILL SUMP EXTENSON WITH NOTE 1"PAVEMENT"CROWN' BACKFILL SUMP E7(TENTION WITH 0- I• Z SURROUNDING MANHOLE APPROVED WASHED STONE TO LIP AS SURROUNDING MANHOLE APPROVED WASHED STONE WI LIP AS W SEE OVERALL LAYOUT SHOWN.("DO NOT OVERFILL"-) SEE OVERALL LAYOUT SHOWN.("•00 NOT OVERFILL") Q W O Q Q REINFORCED CONIC. FOR DIRECTION PIPE REINFORCED GONG. FOR DIRECTION PIPE SLAB EXITS SUMPS AND SKIRT TO BE 6'BELOW SLAB E%ITS SUMPS AND SKIRT TO BE 6"BELOW Z J O EXTENSIONS MANHOLE EXTENSIONS MANHOLE _ —1 FL N FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE DPW CONQUISTADOR P-6118-48WT, - 6 I 4 MANH44 OLE COVER 4-0 ASSEMBBLYEWITH n� a a NOTE 1"PAVEMENT"CROWN' 18"SKIRT(FIELD CUT SKIRT TO 15-). - G SURROUNDING MANHOLE (AT STP'S AND SIPHON SUMPS) _ REINFORCED CONIC. SEE OVERALL LAYOUT BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDOR - i ':+'< j i o FOR DIRECTION PIPE BACKFILL SUMP EXTENSON WITH ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING. o APPROVED WASHED '` -d m fE SLAB EXITS SUMPS AND APPROVED WASHED STONE 70 LIP AS CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SL'ALOFF '�' -j- x y -s.i+. SHOWN. DO NOT OVERFILL« ,- - + STONE BACKFILL k; APPROVED WASHED EXTENSIONS FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE _ "- z�T 9 > € �` f-STONE BACKFILL o SKIRT TO BE 8'BELOW (� ) PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) <- F.E PETRO 3'LEAK DETECTOR 9 Tx3� F.E.PETRO 3"LEAK DETECTOR �r _ Q MANHOLE. FINISHED GRADE PORT WITH MECHANICAL LINE PORT WITH MECHANICAL LINE _}. BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1"CONDUIT N� LEAK DETECTOR AND VENT x w LEAF(DETECTOR AND VENT ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, x TUBING(STP-MUD-HCD).(1) CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFFx o Z TUBING (STP-Mt.O-HCD).(1) _ �n BRAVO-F-43-TS-T-MP-4'x3" PER 5 H.P.STP) z PER 6 H.P.STP) FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST •i o W PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) e1 - D IMI M PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE 3/8"BALL VALVE + 3/8"BALL VALVE 'a o APPROVED WASHED wx BRAVO-F-43-TS-T-MP-4"x3' W~ STONE BACKFILL <c,, BRAVO-B4872-S-11 FIBERGLASS 3'FIBERGLASS PRODUCT PIPE 3"BLACK STEEL ELBOW(lYP) 0 3"BLACK STEEL ELBOW(TYP) oY ., CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST a F.E.PETRO FE-STP-MLD+G.2'LEAK -�' WITH 32"0 OPENING ON TOP 0 W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPEU Z 2'FIBERGLASS SIPHON LINE m4, �~ DETECTOR PORT WITH MECHANICAL LINE W/WATERTIGHT SNAP LOCK COVER. i W ') -_-- W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT O �o LEAK DETECTOR AND VENT TUBING SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY -p 0 ---- - -- (YIP) m --- m (1)PER 2 H.P.STP) CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE o 0 d ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY OC BRAVO TO SUPPLY EPDXY KITS WITH _ CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC GRADE4. 15 a Ix i 3"FIBERGLASS PRODUCT PIPE z EACH SUMP, INSTALLED BY - I f..) -_ W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT BRAVO TO SUPPLY EPDXY KITS WITH 2"FIBERGLASS SIPHON LINE CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW - = W •) INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY BRAVO - -J EACH SUMP,INSTALLED BY TOP OF TANK W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT TOP OF TANK TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. - FIRE RATE, ALE.LE HOSE 2"0 x G O CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW (TYP) - 24'LONG,MALE x FEMALE Z INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY BRAVO BRAVO TO SUPPLY EPOLED B KITS WITH BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF i"CONDUIT m 0 BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3'z2" EACH SUMP,INSTALLED BY TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3'x2' CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, - (/) PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY BRAVO CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF = Z 48"0 FRP CONTAINMENT COLLAR PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE i' W TANK SHELL fill TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. P�FOR CONTINUATON)SEE ELECTRICAL STE 2"FIBERGLASS PRODUCT PIPE 2'BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER 46"0 FRP CONTAINMENT COLLAR W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP SENSOR IS (TYP.) G SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED 2"BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER 2'BLACK STEEL ELBOW(TYP) TANK SHELL-10 TO BE PROGRAMMED FOR POSITIVE SHUT TOP OF TANK FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF DOWN OF STP AND DISPENSER !' aC 2"BLACK STEEL UNION NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP SIP NANO DISPENSER 2'BLACK STEEL EIeOW(TYP) BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3'x2' SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED / �-APPROVED WASHED -�—APPROVED WASHED FOR POSITIVE SHUT GOWN OF 24"DOUBLE RING MANWAY / \ TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST C LU STONE BACKFILL— STONE BACKFILL PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE W 3'BELL&MALE N.P.T. 2'BLACK STEEL UNION LINE BALL VALVE ON SIPHON NANO PRODUCT STP AND DISPENSER WITH(2)4"N.P.T.FTI'RINGS(TYP) Q. ADAPTER(TYP) UNE MUST HOLD PRESSURE FOR TANKS TO o 24'DOUBLE RING MANWAY WITH(1)6'N.P.T. BE INDIVIDUALLY TESTED(TYP(1)PLACES) 3"BELL&MALE N.P.T. 48"0 FRP CONTAINMENT COLLAR W 3"BLACK STEEL ELBOW FITTING AND(1)4'N.P.T.FITTING(TYP) ADAPTER MP) F• Ljj (TYP) SECTION SECTION / r BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER f-APPROVED WASHED < H 3'BLACK STEEL ELBOW(TYP) TANK SHELL / STONE BACKFILL—�- < DOUBLET 184 SERIES,4"x 2'x 2" FLEXING-FFEMALE UNION FIRE x 24"DOUBLE RING N.P.T. WITH(1)6"N.P.T. Q Y BALL VALVE SS PRODUCT LINE DOUBLE TAP BUSHING. 24"MALE X FEMALE UNION FIRE FITTING NANO(1)4"N.P.T.FITTING{TYP) MORRISON 184 SERIES,4"x 2'z 2" MUST HOLD PRESSURE FOR RATED FLEXIBLE HOSE(TYP) DOUBLE TAP BUSHING. / SECTION TANKS TO BE INDIVIDUALLY TESTED NOTE,SUMP SHOWN IF FOR MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTH TANK AT FLEXING-FFUL30X24MXFUN 3"x 4'-11"FROM FINISHED GRADE TO TOP OF TANK.CONTT TANK IS 24'MALE%FEMALE UNION FIRE NOTE;SUMP SHOWN IF FOR MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTH OF TANK AT RATED FLEXIBLE HOSE(TYP) Nmla SUMP SHOWN IF FOR MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTH T TANK AT RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING TANK RESPONSIBLE DEPTH PRIOR TO RESPONSIBLE FROM FINISHED GRADE TO TOP TA OF TANK.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FROM OR FIELD GRADE TO TOP OF TANK.CONTRACTOR Is T CONSTRUCTION.CONTRACTOR H ALSO APP RESPONSIBLE FOR TO B 2"FIBERGLASS SIPHON LINE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING TANK BURIAL DEPTH PRIOR TO RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING TANK BURIAL DEPTH PRIOR TO Plan CONFIRMING TANK PIT IS AT THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH FOR TANK TO 0SHO TANK(FOR FUTURE USE) CONSTRUCTION.CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION,CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEW r INSTALLATION.BUT NO LESS THAN 4•-11" NOT SHOWN IN THIS VIEW FOR CONFIRMING TANK PR IS AT THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH FOR TANK CONFIRMING TANK PR IS AT THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH FOR TANK ('/�(' CLARITY REASONS INSTALLATION.BUT NO LESS THAN V-11" INSTALLATION,BUT NO LESS THAN 4'-11' By SAFEBuilt SHEET: 01 5 HP.SUBMERSIBLE PUMP AND DIESEL SIPHON 02 5 HP.SUBMERSIBLE PUMP AND Dt£SEL SIPHON o3 2 H.P.SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS P 3 4" _ �'-O" 30.000 GALLON DIESEL P 3 4^ _ �'-Q" PP3 / / 30,000 GALLON DIESEL PP3 (2)5TPa:20,OW OALEON REGULAR UNLEADED GAS TANK TANK{�3 ONLY TANK4 ONLY 3�4" _ -�" AND 8,000 GALLON PORTION OF 20,000 GALLON SPLIT TANK/SUPER UNLEADED GAS C co x NOTE:ALL FILL AND VAPOR RISERS ARE TO BE IDENTIFIED PER CPPI STANDARDS a 3 WITH PERMANENTLY AFFIXED COLOR CODED ID TAGS BY TYPE/GRADE m o OF FUEL ID TAGS PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY.CONTRACTOR. o� UNITED SIGN-US-FPI-22 VAPOR RECOVERY I.D.TAG US-FPI-125U FILL PIPE ID TAG-WHRE-REGULAR UNLEADED US-FPI-125P FILL PIPE ID TAG-RED-PREMIUM UNLEADED us- F PI-125D FILL PIPE 10 TAG-YELLOW-DIESEL US -FP I-121 FILL PIPE ID TAG-LIGHT BROWN-899 US-FPI-DEF FILL PIPE ID TAG-DEF m O BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF Y CONDUIT m ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD O FITTING, 'F CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE W Q W PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) •+ APPROVED WASHED STONE BACKFlLL-► 2"STAINLESS STEEL.ELL(TYP) Z 0_'U)v W r NON-OASIS TO BE1 SUMP 4'FIBERGLASS PIPE TO SLOPE J C Q Z O SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED MORRISON 184 SERIES,4"x 2'x 2' A MIN.OF 1/8'PER 1'-0' W Z FOR DI S ENE SHUT GOWN OF STP DOUBLE TAP BUSHING LL W W)) AND DISPENSER BACK TO DEF TANK 0 O APPROVED WASHED 4"STAINLESS STEEL PIPE, BRAVD-F-64- MP-T-MP-6"x4' TO ~ 2 J W e CVSE-200,Z"STAINLESS STEEL FIBE�RGUSSRSIPIHONPLINE Oc��W� SWING CHECK VALVE W/PRESSURE FOR FUTURE US STONE BACKFlLL-► TERMINATON FITTING WITH TEST O RELIEF(1,AT EACH 0100 ( E) NIPPLES,AND FITTINGS AS PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE d O b j gSCHARGE UNE AT TAW REQ'D TO CONNECT TO x BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3•x2' WARREN ELECTRIC CORP. MANWAY BUNG FOR PUMP JI-T100-2SS,2'STAINLESS STEEL TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST 24'FLANGED MANWAY MANWAY MOUNTER OVER BRAVO-84872-S-21 FIBERGLASS 2 BALL VALVE ON PRODUCT LINE MUST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE ITHE SIDE HEATER NON DISCRIMINATING CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION Y HOLD PRESSURE FOR TANKS TO BE MODEL#2-CT-6-220-30-LT-Y SUMP SENSOR IS TO BE WITH 32'0 OPENING ON TOP INDIVIDUALLY TESTED PROGRAMMED FOR POSRNE W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. 2"FIBERGLASS SIPHON LINE W/. BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF i"CONDUIT - SHUT DOWN OF STP SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SECONDARY CONTAINMENT TO ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF i"CONDUIT CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE 2'FIBERGLASS 8100 DISCHARGE DIESEL TANK(FOR FUTURE USE) CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/S1OFF BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDUIT ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY FITTING ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC LANE W/SECONDARY c 0 (SEE ELECTRICAL SITE . ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, CONDUIT TO J-BOX W SFALOFFI CONTAINMENT PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) / CONDUR TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF GRADES, a FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE O 2'FIBERGLASS 8700 DISCHARGE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION 4"BELL x MALE N.P.T. UNE W/SECONDARY o� ) PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) ADAPTER BRAVO TERMINATION FrmNo WITH x2 CONTAINMENT`11I.) TERMINATION FITTING WTITi TEST O a"STAINLESS STEEL UNION PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE NON-DISCRIMINATING BUMP 4'STAINLESS STEEL ELL SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED BRAVO-B4872-S-11 FIBERGLASS ) FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION 2'STAINLESS STEEL TEE WITH WITH 32"0 OPENING ON TOP TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. 4"STAINLESS STEEL TEE CAP FOR STICK ACCESS,BY 2"BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY WITH CAP FOR STICK CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE ACCESS,BY CONTRACTOR L2"STAINLESS STEEL PIPE,NIPPLE ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY S MORRISON 184 SERIES,4•x 2'x 2' CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC AND FITTINGS AS REq'D _ CONNECT TO MANWAY BUNG FOR DOUBLE TAP BUSHING 2'BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER GRADES. PUMP 2'STAINLESS STEEL ELL(TYP) PAN JI-T100-2SS,2'STAINLESS STEEL BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"x2' 2"STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW, BALL VALVE ON PRODUCT LINE MUST TERMINATION FRR BY CONTRACTOR WITH TEST HOLD PRESSURE FOR TANKS 70 BE J•-1.�L`L PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS JI-T100-2SS,2"STAINLESS STEELASS PIPE BRAVO 84872-5-71 FIBERGLASS INDIVIDUALLY VALVE N PRODUCT UNE MUST IOUALLY TESTED HOLD PRESSUORE FOR CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION WITH 32"0 OPENING ON TOP CVSE-200,2'STAINLESS STEEL 2"FIBERGLASS PIPE PAN TANKS TO BE INDIVIDUALLY TESTED TO W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. SWING CHECK VALVE W/PRESSURE VENT RISER SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY 2'STAINLESS STEEL UNION CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE RELIEF(1)AT EACH 11100 ADJUSTED/CU7 AS REQUIRED BY DIS HARCE LINE AT TANIO 2'BELL x MALE N.P.T. CONTRACTOR PER ADAPTER G. Q GRADES. 2'STAINLESS STEEL UNION uj OPW CONQUISTADOR 44C0-WTI B, �N r J M 44 1/40 BOLT-DOWN COMPOSITE J N NOTE 1'PAVEMENT'CROWN" MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH Z m SURROUNDING MANHOLE h TE, 18"SKIRT(FIELD CUT SKIRT TO 157. Q co SEE OVERALL LAYOUT Y F— W REINFORCED CON(. FOR DIRECTION PIPE (AT STP'S AND SIPHON SUMPS) Z W U ~ O SLAB EXITS SUMPS AND BACKFTLL SUMP EXTENTION WITH Q O Q EXTENSIONS APPROVED WASHED STONE TO UP AS SKIRT TO BE 8' Q Q. BELOW MANHOLE. SHOWN.('*DO NOT OVERFILL**) OPW CONQUISTADOR P-6118-48WT, 0 Z W Z 44 1/$0 BOLT-DOWN STEEL , d MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH 1 m Z Q W NOTE 1'PAVEMENT"CROWN" 18"SKIRT(FIELD CUT SKIRT TO 15'). Q _(n 0 0 SURROUNDING MANHOLE NOT. (AT STP'S AND SIPHON SUMPS) Z Q Z V REINFORCED(ONO. SEE OVERALL LAYOUT APPROVED WASHED 3 EXITS SUMPS ANo E APPROVED WASHED S701NE T01 UP AS ' x 0 O CC SLABFOR STONE BACKFlLL _ G Z SKIRT TO BE 6'BELOW EXTENSIONS SHOWN.("DO NOT OVERFILL-) ~ J CONTRACTOR TO CUT THIS BRAVO-B4872-5-21 FIBERGLASS V O MANHOLE PORTION OF SUMP ACCORDING TO W FINISHED GRADE DPW CONQUISTADOR P-6118-48WT, CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION TOP Q W O O Q 44 1 4"0 BOLT-DOWN$(EEL BURIAL DEPTH OF TANK, / W/WATERTIGHWITH 32"0 T SNAPNLOOCK COVER. Z N O 9e a o a NOTE 1'PAVEMENT'CROWN" 1188"N SKIRT(FIE D CUT SKIRTWTO 15'. ( ) BRAVO SUPPLIED FIBERGLASS BOND KIT SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SURROUNDING MANHOLE 11DTE. WITH EACH RISER.CONTRACTOR TO = ^ N (AT SIP'S AND SIPHON SUMPS) CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE Li FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY APPROVED WASHED REINFORCED CONC. SEE OVERALL LAYOUT BRAVO TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY STONE RACKFlLL SLAB FOR DIRECTION PIPE BACKRLL SUMP EXTENSON WITH CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC BRAVO BA SUPPLY EPDXY KITS WITH EXRS BUMPS AND APPROVED WASHED STONE TO UP AS BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1"CONDUIT GRADES' b BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3'x2' < EXTENSIONS SHOWN.(••DO NOT OVERFILL^) ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FLITTING, 2"STAINLESS STEEL RISER WITH TERMINATION FITTING WRH TEST w', EACH SUMP,INSTALLED BY W SKIRT TO BE 6'BELOW CAP FOR STICK ACCESS,BY CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR 70 FOLLOW y MANHOLE. CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE y FINISHED GRADE CONTRACTOR m INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY BRAVO - FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. "8 p PLAN FOR CONTINLIAnON) 4'STAINLESS STEEL RISER WITH 2"FIBERGLASS B100 DISCHARGE �s 1-m p o n CAP FOR STICK ACCESS,BY UNE W/SECONDARY BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3'x2' a p LI o SEEDER ROOT-857080-111,MAG CONTRACTOR CONTAINMENT(1YP.) TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST i o� SUMP SENSOR IS TO BE PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE F a APPROVED WASHED F BRAVO-B4872-S-11 FIBERGLASS PROGRAMMED FOR PGSTIVE SHUT BRAVO-F-64-TS-T-MP-6'x4' why STONE SACKFUL T�`' a. _. ;y j ;r:, CONTAINMENT SUMP EJ(TENSION DOWN OF STP.TO BE USED AT LIEF TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST Z BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDUIT 2'FIBERGLASS 8100 DISCHARGE o - WITH 32'0 OPENING ON TOP FUEL SLIWPS DAILY PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FTING, UNE W/SECONDARY a Q r BRAVO TO SUPPLY EPDXY KITS WTH ;v. CONDUIT TO J-BDX W/SEALOFF CONTAINMENT < EACH SUMP,INSTALLED BY W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER, e�OW.) EACH z" 2 SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY 4'STAINLESS STEEL TEE O FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE mo CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW ' `�-'' yy n� CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE 4'STAINLESS STEEL ELL(TYP) PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) INSTRUCTIONST0 MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT BROW AWUSTED/CUi AS REQUIRED BY xB CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC §s 2'STAINLESS STEEL F 2'BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER i BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1"CONDUIT GRADES. z U O 2"BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER 2'FIBERGLASS PIPE W 5' ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD Frrr NG, 1 0� TO VENT RISER 2"STAINLESS STEEL ELL(TYP) TOP OF TANK CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF a O O a x BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"x2' U BRAVO TO SUPPLY EPDXY KITS WITH FITTING(SEE ELECTRCONTINUCAL ATION) � TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST { Q. EACH SUMP,INSTALLED BV PLAN FOR CONTINUATION < PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE y CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY BRAVO BRAVO-84872-S-11 FIBERGLASS BRAVO TO SUPPLY EPDXY KITS WITH 2 TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION EACH SUMP,INSTALLED BY BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF i"CONDUIT �p J Q / ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FRYING, m p WITH 32.0 OPENING ON TOP CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW 2'STAINLESS STEEL PIPE,NIPPLES, INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY BRAVO FITTING E J-BOX WAL)SIT FF AND FITTINGS AS REO�D TO CONNECT Z W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK LOCK COVER. FfiTING SEE ELECTRICAL SITE O 48'0 FRP CONTAINMENT COLOR SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT, ( TO MANWAY BUNG FOR PUMP } CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE PUN FOR CONTINUATION) z 00 U) TANK SHELL ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP 42"0 FRP CONTAINMENT MORRISON STAINLESS STEEL,4'X 2" Z LU CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED 9/16'HOLE FOR TOP OF TANK COLLAR W NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP SENSOR IS GRADES. FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN STEEL THERMOWELL X 2"DOUBLE TAP BUSHING Q. TO BE PROGRAMMED FOR POSITIVE BRAVO SUPPLIED FIBERGLASS BONG KIT JI-T100-2SS,2"STAINLESS STEEL SHUT DOWN OF STP AND DISPENSER i' TANK SHELL 48'0 FRP CONTAINMENT COLLAR WITH EACH RISER.CONTRACTOR TO BALL VALVE ON PRODUCT LINE MUST JI-T100-2SS,2'STAINLESS STEEL \ FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY HOLD PRESSURE FOR JI-T100-2S,2'STAINLESS STEEL HOLD PRESSURE FOR TANKS TO BE BALL ON PRODUCT UNE MUST / \ BRAVO TO MAKE SUMP WATER 1GKT. TANKS TO BE INDIVIDUALLY TESTED RES a0 BALL VALVES ON PRODUCT UNE MUST INDIVIDUALLY TESTED 4'STAINLESS STEEL PIPE, S TIO 24'DOUBLE RING MANWAY 1 1 4 COUPLING WEEDED IN 2 BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER a WITH(2)4'N.P.T.FITTINGS /" REO'D TO CONNECT TO o W HOLD PRESSURE FOR TANKS TO BE 2'STAINLESS STEEL ELL.(lYP) PUCE FOR P'RISER PIPE O 2' INDIVIDUALLY TESTED ) 2'STAINLESS STEEL UNION NIPPLES,AND FITTINGS AS 12,000 GALLON MANWAY BUNG FOR PUMP W f-APPROVED WASHED DEF TANK F 111 2'STAINLESS STEEL.ELT...(TYP) STONE BACKFILLy CVSE-200,2"STAINLESS STEEL 110TEJ SUMP SHOWN IF FOR MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTH OF TANK AT "t-APPROVED WASHED 1/2"STEEL THERMOWELL SWING CHECK VALVE W/PRESSURE 4•-11•FROM nNI HED GRADE TO TOP OF TANK.CONTRACTOR IS STONE SACKFlLL-� -APPROVED WASHED O p 24'DOUBLE RING MANWAY RELIEF(1)AT EACH 0100 RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING TANK BURIAL DEPTH PRIOR TD STONE ED WASHED WITH(2)4'N.P.T.FITTINGS(TYP) DISCHARGE t#AT T*fQ CONSTRUCTION.CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR N=2'FIBERGLASS SIPHON LINE CONFIRMING TANK PIT IS AT THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH FOR TANK MORRISON 184 SERIES,4"x 2"x 2" TO DIESEL TANK(FOR FUTURE USE MORRISON 184 SERIES,4'x 2'x 2' INSTALLATION,BUT NO LESS THAN 4'-11" Nxwwxrxp DOUBLE TAP BUSHING NOT SHOWN IN THIS VIEW FOR DOUBLE TAP BUSHING SECTIONwo=•�•+ pC�LA�RITYE-RREEAASSO/NNSL� p/�� SUMP 01 I.Jl�fl/UI�iG A7VMP 2 STAINLESS STEEL UNION 02 B99 TANK HEATER MANWAY 03 DEF FLL/VENT MANWAY SHEET: Bt OO CHAMBER ONLY USED AT DEF TANK ONLY P3. 3/4" = 1'-0" P3. 3/4" = 1'-0" P3. 3/4„ = 1'-0" Plan Review PP3. 1 By SAFEBuilt OPW-61SALP-EVR,LOW PROFILE SWIVEL FILL ADAPTOR.(USE AT ALL FILL RISERS) s ... OPW-634LPC-EVR, LOW PROFILE FILL eru ID TAG TO BE INSTALLED ON DROP CAP.(USE AT ALL FILL RISERS)TUBE BY OPW-634LPC-EVR.LOW PROFILE FILL DRIVER TO IDENTIFY PRODUCT PRODUCTOR IN I IN TANEIW K RFOREF SLAB AN TO K PLANS CAP.(USE AT ALL FILL RISERS) SO DPW-1711T-EVR,VAPOR CAP.(USE ADDITIONAL MANHOLE 4 AT ALL GASOUNE VAPOR RECOVERY NOTE 1'"CROWN" a NOTE 1""CROWN" RISERS ONLY) REINFORCING SURROUNDING MANHOLE DPW-116-7085,4'PIPE CAP. v m� SURROUNDING MANHOLE _ RIVERSIDE 10618X70,18'0 (TYP) AT 4"VENT RISER ON DIESEL AND E e, ¢H OPW-6IVSA-EV%LOW PROFILE SWIVEL MANHOLE FOR STAGE II VAPOR �I VAPOR ADAPTOR.(USE AT ALL GASOLINE RECOVERY VALVE ACCESS =I B100 USn VAPOR RECOVERY RISERS ONLY) CONCRETE " v in OPW-1C-3112D-W/R,5 GALLON DPW-IC-3112P-0,5 GALLON � DPW-615ALR.(USVR.LOW PROFILE SWVEL) OVER SPILL COMA11iER BUCKET WITH MPROVEO FILL ADAPTOR.(USE AT ALL FILL PoSERS DRAIN.(USE AT GAS FILL RISERS) OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET BACKFILL - OPW-IC-3112P-0,5 GALLON ~ WTITi PLUG.(USE AT ALL VAPOR DPW-1C-31120-Y/BZ,5 GALLON OVER OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET ' Z O W DPW-H12806M.4"%5"NIPPLE. RECOVERY RISERS) HOPE E%TENSION TD MANHOLE SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH DRAIN. WITH PLUG.(USE AT ALL VAPOR ('W Q W (USE AT ALL FILL RISERS) (USE AT DIESEL/B100 FILL PoSERS) RECOVERY RISERS) _'O y co UNTIED SIGN,US-FPI-22 VAPOR Z F R'y 00 OPW-61JSK-44CB,JACK SCREW RECOVERY I.O.TAG(ALL VAPOR ID TAG TO BE INSTALLED ON DROP UNITED SIGN.US-FPI-22 VAPOR RECOVERY I.D. W ti FOR CAST IRON BASE.(USE AT RISERS)10 TAG TO BE INSTALLED TUBE BY GC IN PLAIN VEIW FOR TAG(ALL VAPOR RISERS)ID TAG TO BE J nQ.<z 10 ALL FILL RISERS) ON DROP TUBE BY CONTRACTOR DRIVER TO IDENTIFY PRODUCT IN TANK INSTALLED ON DROP TUBE BY GC IN PLAIN W Z W vo - IN PLAIN VIEW FOR DRIVER TO VIEW FOR DRIVER TO IDENTIFY DROP TUBE LL 13 O 1- IDENTIFY DROP TUBE ' iz 4'BLACK STEEL PIPE 3'BALL VALVE DPW-H12808M,4'X 5'NIPPLE Z J OPW-VPN4X7.4'X 7'NIPPLE. 3'FIBERGLASS STAGE II (USE AT ALL FILL RISERS) OPW-VPN4X7.4'X 7'NIPPLE. O O a0 J .(USE A7 ALL VAPOR RECOVERY VAPOR RECOVERY SYSTEM (USE AT ALL VAPOR RECOVERY J y N J COAT AND/OR WRAP ALL STEEL RISERS) (TO GASOLNE TANNS ONL1� DPW-8IJSN-44CB,JACK SCREW RISERS) W N PIPING AND FITTINGS IN CONTACT FOR CAST IRON BASE.(USE AT a O K WITH GROUND FOR CATHODIC ALL FILL RISERS) COAT AND/OR WRAP ALL STEEL O PROTECTION. 3'BELL x MALE PIPING AND FITTINGS N CONTACT Y N.P.T.ADAPTER WITH GROUND FOR CATHODIC 3'FIBERGLASS PIPE 3"FIBERGLASS PIPE PROTECTION. TO VENT RISER ;,# y," Y>. 2 .'sue. . `.` r ,- �. TO VENT RISER/VAPOR l MANIFOLD 'f nr,y', 4'BLACK STEEL PIPE 4'x 3"'CROSS' 233-4430,4" 3" APPROVED EXTRACTOR FITTING EXTRACTOR FIRING BACKFlLL APPROVED 3"N.P.T.BELL x BACKFlLL 3'BELL x MALE MALE THREADED N.P.T.ADAPTER _ ADAPTER TOP OF TANK �I DRILL 1/4'HOLES TOP OF TANK DRILL 1/4'HOLES III BOTH SIDES OF PIPE BOTH SIDES4" O PIPE (BY PRODUCT PIPING OPW 7150-410C(IF TANK IS 10'-0"# CONTRACTOR) DPW 71SO-410C(IF TANK IS 10'-0'0 !I (BY PRODUCE PIPING OR GREATER)DROP TUBE WITH FOR LAPPER FOR DROP TUBE WITH CONTRACTOR) FLAPPER FOR OVERFILL PROTECTION. SET FLAPPER AT 90x OF TANK NOTES ALL 5 GALLON OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKETS FOR FILL AND VAPOR SET FLAPPER AT 90%OF TANK CAPACITY FOR POSITIVE SHUTDOWN RISERS ARE PRE-FINISHED AND COLOR CODED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND CAPACItt FOR POSMVE SHUTDOWN SHALL BE INSTALLED AS IDENTIFIED BY PRODUCT BELOW. OPW-1C-3112D-W WHITE-REGULAR UNLEADED FILL BEVEL CUT DROP TUBE -� INSTALL W/BEVEL FACING iC-3112D-R RED-PREMIUM UNLEADED FILL BEVEL CUT DROP TUBE LONG END OF TANK iC-3112D Y YELLOW-DIESEL FILL INSTALL W/BEVEL FACING v (BY PRODUCT PIPING CONTRACTOR) 1C-3112P-0Z ORANGEtLIALL VAPOR BRONZEGHT R)ECOVERYLL r LONG ENO OF TANK (BY PRODUCT PIPING CONTRACTOR) ro� TANK BOTTOM TANK BOTTOM NOTE;ALL FILL AND VAPOR RISERS ARE TO BE IDENTIFIED PER CPPI STANDARDS WITH PERMANENCY AFFIXED COLOR CODED ID TAGS BY TYPE/GRADE t-APPROVED WASHED ��-�.�-��L,� OF FUEL ID TAGS PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. W 0 STONE BACKFILL--� SECTION �—APPROVED WASHED (1J(n L JNITED SIGN US FPI 22 VAPOR RECOVERY I.D.TAG STONE SACKflLL— SECTION >w I— J M q US-FPI-125U FILL PIPE ID TAG-WHITE-REGULAR UNLEADED z"'L N 0 I RLL/VENT- UNLEADED GASOLINE TAI�pC D5-FPI-125P FILL PIPE ID TAG-TIED-PREMIUM UNLEADED US FPI 125D FILL PIPE ID TAG-YELLOW-DIESEL OZ FILL/VENT- DIESEL/ B100 TANK v��-. W m o US-FPI-121 FILL PIPE ID TAG-LIGHT BROWN-899 I_ Im DETAIL TO BE USED AT:20,000 GALLON US-FP-DEF FILL PIPE ID TAG-DEF W w V Z P 3/4" _ V-O" REGULAR UNLEADED GAS TANK AND 12.000EA P 3/4" _ 'I�-O" DDETAILALLO DIEBE SEL TANKSTAND�30.000 O Q GALLON PORTION OF 2Q000 GALLON SPAT GALLON B1G0 TANK Ix Q J a ?� TANK/SUPER UNLEADED CAS W dQ > W Z OVERFILL ACKNOWLEDGMENT Z C Z ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT Z L SWITCH CAPACITY ACTIVATED AT 90% O TANK CAPACITY LL� � y AV,UPON BROS.MR-364UPPLIE ® CONDUIT AND JUNCTION W O C AV,UPDRAFT VENT DAP SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY BOX FOR OVERFILL ALARM CONTRACTOR SENSOR ATTACH TO VENT Z U) co PIPING Zj a a N STAINLESS STEEL U-BOLT;SECURE OVERFILL AUDIBLE/VISIBLE STAINLESS STEEL TO CONTAINER,BY CORD V AN JUNCTION Box ALARM ACKNOWLEDGMENT CONTRACTOR FOR OVERFILL HARM SENSOR SWITCH ACTIVATED A7 90R (2)3/4'CONDUITS ATTACH TO STAINLESS STEEL TANK CAPACITY ROUTED TO MONITORING PIPING BY CONTRACTOR FLEXING-RFBNP-SHORT,24x20z25 SYSTEM-CONNECT AS CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOX FOR 5 GALLON STAINLESS STEEL REQUIRED OVERFILL ALARM SENSOR.ATTACH TO _ REMOTE FILL SPILL CONTAINER STAINLESS STEEL PIPE SUPPLIED SECSTAIURESSTA NE LESS STEEL WITH SHORT LEGS AND DRAIN AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR) PIPE TO CONTAINER,BY F CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE LOCATION OF FILL PIPE TO STAINLESS STEEL U-BOLT; Z PENETRATE THE GROUND PER FIELD SECURE STAINLESS STEEL TO (2)3/4'CONDUITS CONDITIONS.PIPE LENGTH SHALL FLEXING-RFBNP-SHORT. CONTAINER,BY CONTRACTOR M ROUTED TO MONITORING BE AS SHORT AS FIELD SYSTEM-CONNECT AS CONDITIONS ALLOW,PIPE LENGTH STAINLESS 5 GALLON o REQUIRED OETEMINED BY CONTRACTOR STAINLESS STEEL REMOTE _ FILL SPILL CONTAINER WITH CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE SHORT LEGS AND DRAIN LOCATION OF FILL PIPE TO PENETRATE THE GROUND PER FIELD BB 4'STAINLESS STEEL UNION, V.I.F. I.F. CONDITIONS.PIPE LENGTH SHALL W 2 PP3 ppj BY CONTRACTOR 4" 4' BE AS SHORT AS FIELD . H CONDITIONS ALLOW.PIPE LENGTH 01 O 1 DETEMINED BY CONTRACTOR Of d 4'STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW, IL CONDUR AND JUNCTION BOX FOR BY CONTRACTOR OVERFILL ALARM SENSOR,ATTACH TO PT-40A, 1400140, ' to STAINLESS STEEL PIPE(SUPPLIED i'STAINLESS STEEL BALL FEMALE NPT STAINLESS J 0 AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR) VALVE SUPPLED WITH REMOTE STEEL FILL ADAPTOR WITH p FILL SPILL CONTAINER PT-4OV,1401140 DUST CAP Z O 8'REINFORCED CONCRETE m y TANK SLAB IN OFF-LOAD/PARKING 4'STAINLESS STEEL UNION, ID TAG TO BE INSTALLED ON AREA AND DRIVE AREA _ BY CONTRACTOR DROP TUBE BY CONTRACTOR �j W IN PLAIN VIEW FOR DRIVER TO Q � < NOTE 1"PAVEMENT"CROWN" `°IDENTIFY PRODUCT IN TANK " R' SURROUNDING MANHOLE e 0 2"STAINLESS STEEL UNION. 8 ' BY CONTRACTOR - � _ L _ 2"STAINLESS STEEL UNION, _7 +- 2"BELL X MALE N.P.T.ADAPTERLINE IBORSIOP AROOUCT 4'BELL X MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER o <„ tiY CONTRACTOR DUNE BORSLOP LASS PRDDUCT �� p CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL AT DEF FILL >U�- J D6*0 PVC SLEEVE PENETRATION. EF TgNK 1 0'BACK TCF � s, Lu 4 FlB emu - . J' �2'BELL X MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER YDEF PER i'_O ABACK OF 5C, �p ,� y SLOPE q RODUCT LINE F7ANK i0 AND VENT CONCRETE PENETRATION. j*r � <� BACK TO DIN OF 1/8"PE TO 6"A PVC SLEEVE PENETRATION. AMERON DUALOY 3000L SINGLE WALL ._. I EF TgNK 1 p yam, PIPE TO BE INSTALLED THROUGH PVC �< J �" j .r > CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL AT DEF FILL SLEEVE.CONTRACTOR TO SEAL SPACE � `` .� ` `� Sr '1f` Syr, I AND VENT CONCRETE PENETRATION. IN BETWEEN AMERON DUALOY 3000E � AMERON DUALOY 3000E SINGLE WALL PIPE AND PVC PIPE WITH SONOMERIC 1INSTALLED THROUGH PVC (SELF LEVELING POLYURETHANE --r SLEEVE.CONTRACTOR TO SEAL SPACE IN �b"` _ ✓,p j\ �'-�,_/ �r li- i1 - _ -" y' BETWEEN AMERON DUALOY 3000L PIPE T SEALANT), SUPPUED AND INSTALL R. �' fv - - ,� F t-. I- AND PVC PIPE WITH SONOMERIC 1 SELF�� I.. -III III �= LEVELING POLYURETHANE SEALANT) ( --r �_;. 2 I- I.. c. ••,,r.o',a BY CONTRACTOR o jr _ 1 - SUPPLIED AND INSTALL BY CONTRACTOR i- -- - i -1 ccxrrrcrrtu� _I I l'IIIIIII-IIIIIIi iI IIIII I-- �I I II � III 1 IIIII I AA BB 111-III III==III II I I I I_-fli III IIl_-lu I�HI I-III SHEET: HE�w EncoT.Nr9:-1. n SIDE SECTION SIDE SECTION Plan Review By SAFEBuilt PP4 03 DEF REMOTE TILL SPILL CONTAINER P 3/4" = 1'-O" USED AT DEF TANK ONLY ' ws u Lo cr O� O JUNCTION BOX CONDUIT WITH SEALOFF Z G W FITTING- REFER TO Z tu O U 4'0 BLACK STEEL PIPE ELECTRICAL FOR CONNECTION Go THREADED BOTH ENDS 11-OC N OF MANHOLE J I <Z opo Z L e h RISER LL a O H SEAL PENETRATION THRU ~ Z J Lll 02W_j ° HOPE EXTENSION J H N J fL OF RISER OF MANHOLE LU W 9 a" n. O @ FL Y PLAN RIVERSIDE-10618X10, 18"0 - MANHOLE WITH LIFT HANDLE NOTE 1'PAVEMENT"CROWN' SURROUNDING MANHOLE 8"FROM TOP OF MANHOLE ELECTRICAL TO TOP OF PIPE COUPLING JUNCTION BOX MORRISON MR-305-XPA-4EVR, CONDUIT WITH SEALOFF 4"PROBE RISER CAP AND/A��DrAoPTOR FITTING- REFER TO KIT WITH CABLE GROMMET(TYP(1)PLACE) ELECTRICAL FOR CONNECTIONS SEAL PENETRATION THRU ` PHIL-TTTE/FRANKLIN PT-MF4X4 HOPE EXTENSION RISER ADAPTOR(TYP(1)PLACE) COAT AND/OR WRAP ALL STEEL - 4"41 BLACK STEEL RISER PIPING AND FTTTINGS IN CONTACT PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS WITH GROUND FOR CATHODIC PROTECTION. HOPE EXTENSION TO TOP OF TANK. HOPE EXTENSION TO MANHOLE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE HOPE OVERLAPS TO PREVENT BACKFILL FROM ENTERING -APPROVED MANHOLE AREA FT BACKFILL-,-\ NN LL. MAG i TANK LEVEL PROBE W c TOP OF TANK W/CAP AND RING INSTALLATION (n SECTION KIT(TYP®ALL TANKS) J f_m M Z N N 01 LEVEL SENSOR MANHOLE a o V Z CD a n.0 P4. /3 4" = 1�-o" USED AT DIESEL AND Oa y W GASOLINE TANKS W Z c)Q O ny Y � PAD LOCK ❑Z 00 O 2Z 2'GAILY.PIPE _. a O J LOCKING BAR W O co C Q U co J O (2)'U"BOLTS TO BE FASTEND ^ N TO METAL MOUNTING PLATE 1.V AROUND 2'PIPE. CONDUIT 5'z 5"METAL MOUNTING PLATE, OPW-1D4AOW-1800, 18'0 BOLT 4'/MONITORING WELL Q - DOWN MONITORING WELL MANHOLE � o WITH 4"LOCKABLE PIPE PLUG NON-DISCRIMINATING ADDITIONAL REINFORCING NOTE 1"PAVEMENT SUMP SENSOR WELD TO MANHOLE FRAME CROWN"SURROUNDING W p SEE TANK PLAN(TYP) MANHOLE(TYP) O' 0 d ° ° a (10TFS IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INSTALL SUMP IL d a $ SENSORS AS SHOWN.CONTRACTOR IS TO USE 5'z 5'METAL U ^•�' n ° °d MOUNTING PLATE AND(2)'U"BOLTS TO SECURE = W 2'PIPE SLEEVE TO CONDUIT WITH JUNCTION BOX. J LU 1'-0"CLEARANCE n CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT SENSOR AND PIPE SLEEVE O FROM FINISH GRADE =c= ARE TOUCHING THE BOTTOM OF SUMP.AT COMPLETION Z TO TOP OF BENTONRE _--_-=- ___ OF INSTALLATION.CONTRACTOR IS TO USE LOCKING BAR AND InO PAD LOCK TO MAKE SUMP SENSOR INACCESSIBLE CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY KEY TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE Z CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ?� W •I -_-_ a METAL MOUNTING PLATE,PAD LOCK,TL C LOCKING BAR, K -- _ AND PIPE SLEEVE SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. O 1'-6'MINIMUM OF 2'-0'OF SOLID PIPE p W BENTONTTE PROVIDED I(OTEC THIS DETAIL IS TO BE USED FOR INSTALLATION AND INSTALLED BY SUMP SENSORS IN: o CONTRACTOR - (2)2 H.P.SUBMERSIBLE SUMPS (1)5 H.P.DEF DISCHARGE SUMP I1! 4"0 FACTORY SLOTTED - (2)5 H.P.SUBMERSIBLE SUMPS MONITORING WELL PIPE, (1)B1OD INJECTION suMP O Q EXTEND 12'PAST DEADMAN (1)8100 DISCHARGE SUMP O TO BOTTOM OF TANK HOLE - (1)8100 HEATER SUMP (SEE PP2.1 FOR DETAIL) _ (8)DIESEL DISPENSER SUMPS ` '.� _ (6)AUTO DISPENSER SUMPS (1)DEF REMOTE FILL SUMP FOR A TOTAL OF(23) APPROVED BACKFILL---,,,___ 04 SUMP SENSOR INSTALLATION DETAIL SHEET' 02 MONITORING WELL MANHOLE P�� 1 112" - V-0" Plan Review P4. 3/4" _ -o- By SAFEBuiIC PP4, 1 viii, 6" 2"PVC 24"LONG FOR O TANK STICK STORAGE N 6' 4' 4' e' 8' e" 8" 4" 4" 8" 7 Z M O 'a ° 4'-2"3 x 4.1 STEEL CHANNEL ��O N� c CONCRETE BASE Z 0,W V W A JQ.Nz..I ¢ZaODo SWING JOINT(TYP) U. 0~ 2 J w w MALE N.P.T.x BELL COUPLING O J JwWE / BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) W N GALV.STEEL Z SUPPORT PIPE PLAN FIBERGLASS PIPE TO TANK- a Y SEE SCHEMATICS FOR SIZE (TYP)23-0055,3"OPEN VENT. -- (UPFLOW)TO BE USED AT DIESEL AND 8 100 TANKS(TYP(3)PLACE) I r HUSKY-HP-4885 2"SLIP-ON PRESSURE/VACUUM VENT CAP, HUSKY-HP-4886 2'SLIP-ON OPENS AT 6"-8"OF WATER COLUMN(WC)VACUUM.(GASOLINE TANKS ONLY) PRESSURE/VACUUM VENT CAP, TYP(2)PLACES OPENS AT 6"-8"OF WATER COLUMN (WC)VACUUM.(GASOLNE TANKS ONLY) TYP(2)PLACES - OPW-523A-t003 3"THREAD - ON ADAPTOR TO 2"VENT 23-0055,3"OPEN VENT. ` (UPFLOW)TO BE USED AT DIESEL AND B1 DO TANKS a (TYP(3)PLACE,BEYOND) OPW-523A-1003 3"THREAD ON ADAPTOR TO 2"VENT 4'-2'C 3 x 4.1 STEEL CHANNEL 4'-2'C 3 x 4.1 STEEL CHANNEL J_ J M PAINT ALL EXPOSED PIPE Q Z m N qqq AND SUPPORT FRAME BLACK PAINS ALL EXPOSED PIPE � AND SUPPORT FRAME BLACKLu q Lu O V Q J a �z W` � z el 3/8'BLACK STEEL U-BOLTS •i 3/8"BLACK STEEL U-BOLTS I� / Lulooe O (TYP). SUPPLIED AND ((Tl7'PP)) SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR Z y S� 4'-2"C 3 x 4.1 STEEL CHANNEL 4'-2'C 3 x 4.1 STEEL CHANNEL >O ` ` Z_ 2"PVC 24"LONG FOR V • N J TANK STICK STORAGE. ui O O Q SUPPLIED AND INSTALLEDto BY CONTRACTOR 0 3"0 VENT CH RISERS ARE N BLACK STEEL-SEE BLA VENT RISERS ARE SCHEMATICS AND PLAN SCHEMATICS ANDSEE FOR SIZE AND NUMBER FOR SIZE AND NUMBER � REQUIRED REQUIRED e COAT AND/OR WRAP ALL STEEL COAT AND/OR WRAP ALL STEEL PIPING AND FOTMGS IN CONTACT PIPING AND FITTINGS IN CONTACT WITH GROUND FOR CATHODIC WITH GROUND FOR CATHODIC PROTECTION.EXTEND COATING TO PROTECTION.EXTEND COATING TO 8"ABOVE FINISH GRADE 6'ABOVE FINISH GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE M O BLACK STEEL SUPPORT PIPE U Z SAME DIAMETER AS RISER O c EXTENDED 8'-6"ABOVE GRADE O AND CAPPED N � a a � 60"x 12"x 8"CONCRETE BASE U = LU J � .CONCRETE•BASE' BLACK STEEL SUPPORT PIPE •I I Z u " SAME DIAMETER AS RISER L-I' ; m O b EXTENDED 8'-G"ABOVE GRADE 1.VENT RISERS MUST BE PLUMB. z fA B" V-0" 6' AND CAPPED " 9" 4 2 IF THIS CLUSTER IS WITHIN q� W 5'-0' 60"x 12"x 8'CONCRETE BASE t-D, FIVE FEET OF R WITH BOUARDS. SECTIONo 1.VVE`NT RISERS MUST BE PLUMB. SIDE SECTION 2.IF THIS CLUSTER IS WITHIN RVE FEET OF CURB VENT CLUSTER DETAIL PROTECT WITH BOLLARDS O O P4. 3/4" = V-0" Lu ¢ F- 0 Plan Review SHEET: By SAFEBuilt PP410 1(OTES CONTRACTOR AVOID BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDUIT INSTALLING RIGID CONDUIT ABOVE BRAVO-B4872-S-21 FIBERGLASS DPW CONQUISTADOR P-5118-48WT,TANK LANE FOR EASE EN ACCESS CONTAINMENT SU P EXTENSION 44 1/4'0 BOLT-DOWN STEEL ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, DURING FUTURE MAINTENANCE. WITH 32'0 OPENING ON TOP CONDOR TO JLECT-BOX ELECW/STRICAL SITE W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. CCcc FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) CONTRACTOR,EXTENSION IS BE APPROVED WASHED 18"SKIRT(FIELD CUT SKIRT TO 15°). b A0.IUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY JUNCTION BOX STONE 84CKFIL4 (AT STP'S AND SIPHON SUMPS) � a CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC HEAT TRACE CIRCUIT SEA LOFF CONDUIT WITH SEALOFF GRATES. FITTING-REFER 70 NOTE 1'PAVEMENT"CROWN` ABACKFILLPPROVE SUMP ED STONN WITH tL 4"0 STAINLESS HREADE STEEL RISER SURROUNDING MANHOLE APPROVED WASHED STONE TO LIP AS CONTRACTOR TO USE FLEX PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS ELECTRICAL FOR CONNECTION SEE HEAT TRACE JUNCTION BOX WITH CONDUIT FROM SEAL OFF TO TIE SEE OVERALL LAYOUT SHOWN.('*DO NOT OVERFILL--) RAYCHEM FTC-P CONNECTION KIT IN AT JUNCTION BOX(OVER REINFORCED CONC. FOR DIRECTION PIPE MANWAY)FOR EASE OF ACCESS SLAB EXITS SUMPS AND SKIRT TO BE 8"BELOW OF 2'STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW,PIPE, h RS RNHOIE EXTENSIONS MANHOLE. NIPPLES,AND FITTINGS AS REO'D TO BRAVO-SR-F-07-FF 1"CONDUIT ELECTRICAL FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE CONNECT TO MANWAY BUNG FOR PUMP BULKHEAD FRYING,CONDUIT TO J-BOX SEAL PENETRATION THRU W/SEALOFF FTTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN HOPE EXTENSION L d VEEDER ROOT-857080-111,MAG FOR CONTINUATION) @ OF RISE @ OF MANHOLE SUMP SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED FOR POSRIVE SHUT BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1"CONDUIT ELECTRICAL 3' DOWN OF STP,TO BE USED AT DEF BULKHEAD FITTING,CONDUIT TO J-BOX b 2! F- M FUEL BlAIPS ONLY W/SEALOFF FIRING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE W❑W BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1"CONDUIT PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) 'PLAN CONTRACTOR TO CUT THIS PORTION z 2 O uWi OF SUMP ACCORDING TO BURIAL Z F uJ°0 ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT'HEAT TRACE WIRE iv H- < u 0 RIVERSIDE-10818X10, 18"0 DEPM OF TANK. W CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT LINE(SEE DETAILVGROMMET NOTE 1"PAVEMENT"CROWN' Q N FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN A/PP8 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS) MANHOLE WRH UFf HANDLSURROUNDING MANHOLE J O.Q FOR CONTINUATION) N EL W Z W N BRAVO SUPPLIED FIBERGLASS BOND KR Z m WITH EACH RISER.CONTRACTOR IE FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY i GEL-FILLED HEAT TRACE O ' ° o BRAVO TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. Y Z O 3 J S. ENOSEALKT(IYP.)—� 00 2'flBRGLASS PRODUCT LINE W/ BRAVO-B4872-S-21 FIBERGLASS 3 LU FLEXING-DEF2OX12MXM,2"a 12' 8"FROM TOP OF MANHOLECONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSIONMALE%MALE FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE SECONDARY CONTAINMENT TO DEF DISPENSER. 70 TOP OF PIPE COUPLINGELECTRICAL n ❑SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR WITH 32'0 OPENING ON TOP O HOSE FOR DEF PRODUCE(TYP) JUNCTION BOX W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER.BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"K2" yEEDER ROOT VR-330020- CONDUIT WITH STALOFF SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY2'STAINLESS STEEL UNION TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST PROBE-COMPOSITE,4'PRFTTNG-REFER TO CONTRACTOR.EXTENSIONIS BE PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PPE RISER CAP KIT WITH CABLE ELECTRICAL FOR CONNECTIONS ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY2'STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW, (TYP(1)PLACE) CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC BY CONTRACTOR HOPE EXTENSION 42A0 FRPCONTANMENT COLLAR J(-T100-2SS,2'STAINLESS STEEL FROM MANHOLE BALL VALVE ON PRODUCT LINE MUST A 24"DOUBLE RING MANWAY HOLD PRESSURE FOR TANKS TO BE PJ� 2'BELL 6 MALE N,P.T.ADAPTER SEAL PENETRATION THRU 4"0 STAINLESS STEEL RISER BRAVO SUPPLIED FIBERGLASS BOND KIT INDIVIDUALLY TESTED HOPE EXTENSIONPIPE THREADEq BOTH ENDSHOPE EXTENSION TO MANHOLE LADIESSUMP SHOWN IF FOR MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTH OF TANK AT WTH EACH RISER.CONTRACTOR TO 4'-11"FROM FINISHED GRADE TO TOP OF TANK.CONTRACTOR ISFOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPLIED BY TOP OF TANKVED RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING TANK BURIAL DEPTH PRIOR TO BRAVO TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. BACKFILL../\ CONSTRUCTION.CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING TANK PR IS AT THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH FOR DEF TANK INSTALLATION.BUT NO LESS THAN 4'-11' O CONOUISTAOOR P-8118-48Wf, 44 1/4-0 SKIRT BOLT-DOWN STEEL VR-84B3SHOUT T TANK LEVEL 03 DEF SUMP BURIAL DETAIL(FOR MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTH) NOTE 1"PAVEMENT"CROWN' MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH PROBE WITHOUT WATER DETECTION SURROUNDING MANHOLE ate. 18"SKIRT(FIELD CUT SKIRT S) 15'). AND VR-846400-014 ALTERNATIVE _ ------- REINFORCED CONC. SEE OVERALL LAYOUT (AT STP'S AND SIPHON SUMPS) FLUID INSTALLATION KIT.(TYP O SLAB FOR DIRECTION PIPE DEF TANK) P 3/4" = 1 -Q" EJRI9 SUMPS AND BACKFILL SUMP EXTENTION WITH EXTENSIONS APPROVED WASHED STONE TO UP AS SKIRT TO BE B"BELOW MA SHOWN.(--Do NOT OVERFILL**) NHOLE. ALL DEF PIPE,FITTINGS,AND EQUIPMENT INSIDE ALL p 10 p d SUMPS ON SITE ARE TO BE WRAPPED IN FOAM INSULATION FROM TOP OFE TANK TOF PIPE NEDGE OF SUMP AS SHOS SUMP IS TO BE WN. J �_ BOTTOM OF TANK CONTRACTOR TD WRAP INDUSTRIAL.STRENGTH TAPE Q fV 10- AROUND FOAM INSULATION TOP INSURE FOAM REMAINS IN m LL APPROVED WASHED PLACE ALL FOAM INSULATION IS TO BE PROVIDED AND W Lu F�0 STONE BACKFILL. _ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR i`ii CONTRACTOR TO CUT THIS PORTION �. BRAVO-B4872-S-21 FIBERGLASS -"-"- O I— -� Ch OF SUMP ACCORDING TO BURIAL CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION Z Z m CV DEPTH OF TANK. WITH 32'0 OPENING ON TOP Z W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER. O O WRAP ALL EXPOSED DEF PRODUCT PIPE, ❑Q W L_ 00 BRAVO SUPPLIED FIBERGLASS BOND KIT SUPPUED BY OWNER.INSTALLED BY _ O FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF HEAT TRACE, f 1 Z 0) CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE SECTION WITH RUBBER THERMAL INSULATION(TYP.) V WITH EACH RISER.CONTRACTOR TO ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY O O CONTRACTOR TO TAPE ALL SEAMS AND J Cn O JOINTS LL Z FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS AS SUPPUED BY CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC BRAVO TO MAKE SUMP WATER TIGHT. GRADES. 02 LEVEL SENSOR MANHOLE O W a z BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDUIT ELECTRICAL ¢ ` �• Z BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDUIT BULKHEAD FITTING,CONDUIT TO J-BOX - m F- / 'JSCD AT DEF TANKS O W ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING• W/SEALOFF FTONG(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE P 3/4" = 1'-O US V O CONDUIT 70 J-BOX W/SFALOFF FITTING , PUN FOR CONTINUATION) Q W Y �- WITH PULL SKIING(SEE ELECTRICAL O =m O (' SITE PUN FOR CONTINUATION)FOR RAY-HEM'%L TRACE CrEAT TRACE WIRE — - c FUTURE USE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT UNE(SEE - - 0 x I— c Z DETAIL A/PP5 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS) O '" •'"� '°" J W L J £, r O O O WD O to 2'STAINLESS STEEL PIPE.NIPPLES, O o J O TO MANWAY BUNGAND FITTINGS AS REWO FOR PUMP 2"FIBERGLASS PRODUCT LINE W/ O W W a N SECONDARY CONTAINMENT TO DEF DISPENSER, Q= 42'0 FRP CONTAINMENT COLLAR SUPPUED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR V BRAVO SUPPLIED FIBERGLASS BOND KIT WITH EACH RISER.CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS AS BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"X2" SUPPUED BY BRAVO TO MAKE TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT BALL SUMP WATER TIGHT. PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE VALVE HANDLE IS READILY ACCESSIBLE AND NOT WRAP HANDLE IN INSULATION. SEEDER ROOT-857080-111,MAG BRASH-BR-F- 1'CONDOR ELECTRICAL SUMP SENSOR IS TO BE BULKHEAD FITTING, C CONDOR TO J-BOX •• PROGRAMMED FOR POSITIVE SHUT W/SEALOFF FRYING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE 2 DOWN OF SIP.TO BE USED AT DEF PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) Q FUEL ONLY ONLY M pl AAI o 2 BELL e:MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER LI.OL< 22'0 DOUBLE RING MAN WAY WITH 10'0 FLANGED NOZZLE(TYP) JI-T1OO-2SS,2"STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE ON t1 Z PRODUCT LINE MUST HOLD PRESSURE FOR TANKS O 70 BE INDIVIDUALLY TESTED BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF i"CONDUIT W ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT BALL CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF NOTEi EPDXY KITS ARE SUPPUED WITH VALVE HANDLE IS READILY ACCESSIBLE O a U ' FITTING SEE ELECTRICAL SITE SUMP,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR AND NOT WRAP HANDLE IN INSULATION. a � PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) ALL DEF PIPE,FITTINGS,AND EQUIPMENT CL INSIDE ALL SUMPS ON SITE IS TO BE -J W WRAPPED IN FOAM INSULATION.DEF PIPIE ❑ ❑ IN THIS SUMP IS TO BE WRAPPED FROM r O TOP OF TANK TD EDGE OF SUMP AS SHOWN.CONTRACTOR TO WRAP GO N INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH TAPE AROUND Z FOAM INSULATION TOP INSURE FOAM W REMAINS IN PLACE.ALL FOAM INSULATION RR" IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR p DEF PUMP s � W o TANK SHELLLiu � �. 12,000 DEF TANK GALLONF- ❑ Q O WRAP ALL EXPOSED DEF PRODUCT PIPE, VEEDER ROOT INSTALLER IS TO PROGRAM FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF HEAT TRACE, TANK FOR POSITIVE SHUT OF STP A7 CONTRACfORWITH RTO TAPE ALLINSULATION AND P) "W APPRO%IMATELY BR OF TOTAL CAPACITY OR JOINTS 12.75'FROM BOTTOM OF TANK. RED JACKET-5HP DEF 460 DEF �IDiEi MOTOR AND PUMP SHEET: ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND JUNCTION BOX MUSE BE INSTALLED AS CLOSE f APPROVED WASHED TO MAN WAY RISER PP5 COVERS.INSTALL OVERR POSSIBLE. STONE B4CKFILLy MAN WAY SECTION Plan Review 01 5HP.SUBMERSIBLE DEF PUMP s Io a DEF PIPE INsSJLATION DETAIL By SA F E B U i It P 3/4" _ 1, Q" USED AT DEF TANK ONLY P 1 1/2" = 1 -0 USED AT DEF SUMPS ONLY N01D PROOUCF PIPING CONTRACTOR TO REFERENCE 4 G 3 8.9 IN, ELECIRK:AL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE DONNECRON 0. OF HEAT-1 WENS TO—'D'DIGIIMCE'CONSOLE m AT JUNGDON eo[s CAL ONAWINDI FOR 5 IN. PONE INFORNW ION MID LOOATIONS OF ONT N BOM6 AT iRUCN FUELING—NDS. 6V 0 TCRWFi eN"0 WRINe /IlR ODf � M nENA 11q. RZ. f�W o mw ® !_1 ko ,wN,�.ro;.,� �. N��N,. ",�,N�,N=�I� o wnonR,L ro, Z FRONT VIEW WIRING Y INSTALL TYCO C910 SINGLE POINT CONTROL RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT"HEAT TRACE SYSTEM WITH VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARM IN WIRE TO EXTEND TO TOP OF DISPENSER STORE ADJACENT TO VEEDER-ROOT SYSTEM. INLET.ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT CONTACT CURTIS BROWN WITH TECHNICAL ONE AT TOP,AND TURN BACK DOWN TO QUESTIONS: 770-439-9900 (office) CONTINUE TO NEXT DISPENSER. 770-330-OB00 Cell CONTRACTOR TO REPEAT A CONTINUES (call) CONNECTION TO EACH DISPENSER AS REQUIRED, �-Ss SHROUD AROUND PIPING FOR PROTECTION(SUPPUED WITH DISPESNER O3 HEAT TRACE CONTROL(DEF PRODUCT) &INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR) P5 '/2„ = 1'-0„ ALL DEF PIPE,FITTINGS,AND EQUIPMENT ON SITE IS TO BE WRAPPED IN FOAM II ii HOBS FOR DEF HOOK UP.SUPPLIED WITH INSULATION.DEF PIPE AT DISPENSERS II:. ARE TO BE WRAPPED TO TOP OF DISPENSER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR II DISPENSER INLET.CONTRACTOR TO WRAP INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH TAPE AROUND FOAM INSULATION TOP ENSURE FOAM REMAINS IN PUCE.ALL FOAM INSULATION 1"FEMALE BSPP HOSE FOR DEF HOOK IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BE Ills' CONTRACTOR UP.SUPPLED WITH DISPENSER BSPP THREAD ADAPTOR TO NPT. A/ SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSER,INSTALLED BY 1L CONTRACTOR W Q FLEXING-DEFIGSSBVKIT,2'FEMALE 0(n J M NPT FITTING WITH EZ FIT TO 1"FEMALE =J Z N BALL VALVE FOR DEF PRODUCT(TYP) ILLW m N co ~ () Z Q J a3 2"BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER =V Y O O z Lu CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT BALL W W r O CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM TIE IN HEIGHT VALVE HANDLE IS READILY ACCESSIBLE I WITH DISPENSER MANUFACTURER AND NOT WRAP HANDLE IN INSULATION. Lu= O V J CID 1j WRAP ALL DEF PRODUCT PIPE, A N iN FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF HEAT TRACE, li '14WITH RUBBER THERMAL INSULATION('T'P.) CONTRACTOR TO TAPE ALL SEAMS AND RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT"HEAT TRACE JOINTS WIRE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT LINE(SEE DETAIL A/PP5 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS) I v � 2 2"FIBERGLASS PRODUCT UNE d G d (DEF),SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED a BY L`ONTRACTOR o a H ( CONTRACTOR TO ATTACH HEAT U 2 TRACE WIRE DIRECTLY TO PIPE I� �/ n O WITH'PROTAPE'SELF-ADHERING �'� 0 H EPDM RUBBER TAPE �� BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1"CONDUIT a a d' C ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING, C x BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1" CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEALOFF V CONDUIT ELECTRICAL FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE S W BULKHEAD FITTING,CONDUIT PUN FOR CONTINUATION) J C TO J-DOX W/SEALOFF FITTING(SEE ELECTRICAL SITE i i RAYCHEM"XL TRACE OY HEAT TRACE WIRE z PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) 2"FIBERGLASS PRODUCT LANE W/ > TO JUNCTION BOX AT a Ln SECONDARY CONTAINMENT FROM DEF STP W FIRST TRUCK ISLAND FROM TO DEF DISPENSER,SUPPLIED AND BUILDING(SEE ELECTRICAL ®� INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION) O O RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT" TO DEF SIP SUMP HEAT TRACE WIRE li .. WRAP ALL EXPOSED DEF PRODUCT PIPE, Q F BRAVO-F-32-75-T-MP-3"x2" FOLLOWING INBTALUTION OF HEAT TRACE, TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST WITH RUBBER THERMAL INSULATION(TYP.) p PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE CONTRACTOR TO TAPE ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS WRAP ALL DEF PRODUCT PIPE, WRAP ALL DEF PRODUCT PIPE, BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"x2" FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF HEAT TRACE• FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF HEAT TRACE, R°'FLMOJ TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST WITH RUBBER THERMAL INSULATION('fYP.) WITH RUBBER THERMAL INSULATION(TYP.) PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE CONTRACTOR TO TAPE ALL SEAMS AND CONTRACTOR TO TAPE ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS JOINTS DO NOT RUN HEAT TRACE WIRE OR APPLY TAPE INSIDE TEE FITTING. INSTALL OUTSIDE PIPE FITTING SHEET: Y FIBERGLASS TEE(TYP) 02 INSULATION INSTALLATION DETAIL PP5.1 1 112" = V-0" Plan Review PP5, 1 01 DEF PIPE/HEAT TRACE INSTALLATION DETAa. By SA F E B u i l t PP5.1 1 1/2" = V-0" a a� e UL LISTING: P6 PRE-ASSEMBLED-MOTOR PUMP ASSEMBLY WITH THIS IS A FACTORY-BUILT BUILDING OR UNIT INCORPORATING PRE-INSTALLED a44 2"STRAINER,AIR RELIEF VALVE,CHECK VALVE, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN THE m� CALIBRATION TEST PORT,AND BALL VALVES PRE-BUILT 13100 oTOR PARTS LIST MISCELLANEOUS PARTS BUILDING OR UNIT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND FOUND TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH >p,� ITEMON DESCRIPTION Ry DI 2 MOTOR,5HP,3 PHASE,208 240,EXPLOSION PROOF,EXTENDED DUTY QNSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR) NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, 2011 EDITION AT THE TIME OF THE a G 2 STRAINER,MAN RUPP3 M MODEL CHS22JJP3-6 Pow Foa-TS-FIBER�4"x TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST INSPECTION. INFORMATION REGARDING THE FACTORY FURNISHED EQUIPMENT F a ° 2 STRAINER,MORRISON 2"MODEL z5e AND/OR APPLICABLE CODE ARTICLES CAN BE FOUND IN UL'S INSPECTION REPORT. F10 r 2 METER,TCS 3"MODEL 700-35SPA 2DXW CS PULSER ®3'FIBERGLASS DIESEL PIPE W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT(TYP) UL INSPECTION REPORT NO.: 2015-1210-BS 1DOA PANEL ° ° a 2 CHEEK VALVE, HT MODEL M50ARP-2E W PULSER ®2'FIBERGLASS DIESEL PIPE W/SECONDARY CONTAINMENT(TYP) 2 CHECK VALVE,2'MORRISON MODEL 246 ADI C ° 4 BALL VALVE,2'STAINLESS STEEL FULL PORT ®3'BELL @MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER(TYP) p, 4 PRESSURE GAUGE,0-100 PSI ..�F M 3"BLACK STEEL 90'ELBOW(TYP) Z O W 18 21 2"FIBERGLASS B100 PIPE W SECONDARY CONTAINMENT W PRE-BUILT B100 SHED SU P PARTS LIST ® / ') V r2 QQ y m c ° fTE OTY DESCRIPTION Z F K(q Nol SULATED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE ®BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"x2"TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST C' W PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE DISEL/B100 VALVE LOCATIONS J W Q z 4ART#2585 SINGLE-WAL4 72'LONG X 30"WIDE X 42'TALLBERGLAS B1OO SU P S M z 3'BLACK STEEL UNION W of LLOTOR CONTROLLER ® 1.B100 INLET AT MOTOR/1 (OPEN FOR NORMAL O100 COMPUTER ®2"STAINLESS STEEL UNION OPERATION) ~ Z W 40 50D WATT WALL HEATER 13Y GRAINGER,ORDERED SUPPLIED BY OWNER 0 J pc 1 2"BELL k MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER 2.DIESEL INLET AT MOTOR#1 (OPEN FOR NORMAL J f/l Y�i ® O ® 11 2"STAINLESS STEEL 9P ELBOW. OPERATION) W ao I° a7 y PRE-BUILT CRIP LINE PARTS LIST 3.B100 INLET AT MOTOR 2 OPEN FOR NORMAL a O DESCRIPTION 1 RIGID CONDUIT FOR CONNECTION W/SEALOFF FITTING-REFER 4 OPERATION) # ( Y O 5 2 2'FEMALE THREADED FLANGE ©TO ELECTRICAL FOR CONNECTION(T'P) 6 2 2'X 12"MALE X MALE FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE HOSE ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD OPERATION) ° © 2 2' ELIDED FLANGE BRAVO-BR-F-07-FF 1'CONDUIT EL FITTING,CONDUIT TO J-BOX W/SEAL FITTING(SEE 4.DIESEL INLET A7 MDTOR�12(OPEN FOR NORMAL e 2 2" ELIDED LESS STEEL ELBOW VJ i� s' 19 2 2"STAINLESS STEEL BUTTERFLY VALVE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION) 5 5,DIESEL OUTLET AT MOTOR/i (OPEN FOR 4 3' E THREADED FLANGE FEMAL ®NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED 1® NORMAL OPERATION) I 21 6 3"X 12"MALE X MALE FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE HOSE FOR POSRNE SHUT GOWN 6.DIESEL OUTLET AT MOTOR J2 OPEN FOR ° 4 3" IDED FLANGE NORMAL OPERATION� I 6 3"BLACK STEEL TEE ©3"x2'BLACK STEEL TEE(TYP) 5 ) - 9 4 3'BLACK STEEL EL.B ®PRODUCT ID TAG TO BE INSTALLED ON PRODUCT LINE 7.BYPASS VALVE FOR MOTOR#1 (CLOSED FOR 11 3"BUTTERFLY VALVE NORMAL OPERATION.TO BYPASS 8100 MOTOR/1, BEYOND ° ° ©2'BUTTERFLY VALVE FOR AUTO DIESEL SHUT-OFF 7 OPEN VALVE J7 AND CLOSE VALVE 02 AND#5) e.BYPASS VALVE FOR MOTOR 02 CLOSED FOR ° NORMAL OPERATION.TO BYPASS 8100 MOTOR#2, OPENAL 8 D CLOSE ALE 4 D 6 _VALVE� AN VALVE� AN /) z I j 01 >' ° 01 z 11 c 9.CROSSOVER VALVE(CLOSED FOR NORMAL '�... _ Pb OPERATION.TO FEED ALL DIESEL DISPENSERS FROM ° 10 ONE 8100 MOTOR,OPEN VALVE#9 AND CLOSE a ° VALVE f5 OR 16) �O 10.VALVE FOR DISCONNECTION PURPOSES ONLY 9 (OPEN FOR NORMAL OPERATION) c 11.VALVE FOR DISCONNECTION PURPOSES ONLY BEYOND �'�'. CONTRACTOR IS TO SUPPLY AND e1 13 (OPEN FOR NORMAL OPERATION) INSTALL CAULKING BETWEEN BUILDING AND CONCRETE PAD. 12 12 VALVE FOR DISCONNECTION PURPOSES ONLY 02 i�w (OPf7J FOR NORMAL OPERATION) BEYOND [[,n. 13.VALVE FOR DISCONNECTION PURPOSES ONLY PLAN A"o (OPEN FOR NORMAL OPERATION) W 0 iooa 1 OL/T 14.AUTO DIESEL SHUT-OFF VALVE INSTALLED 8Y J J CONTRACTOR(OPEN FOR NORMAL OPERATION. — Z N CLOSE VALVE#14 TO CUT FEED OF DIESEL W Q m N PRODUCT TO AUTO DISPENSERS). W a0 11DTF1 PRE-ASSEMBLED B100 MANIFOLD AND W U Z p1/ BUMP PROVIDED BY OWNER.FOR COMPONENTS Z 0 Q OF ASSEMBLY BEE'PRE-BUILT MANIFOLD LINE J 0 PARTS LIST".ALL OTHER PARTS AND PIECES FOR 0 d INSTALLATION OF B100 MOTOR LINE SUMP TO BE Lu Z PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR:BELL BY MALES, V Q > W UNIONS,FIBERGLASS PIPE,ETC. LuZ g R O 30 2 Z B100 MANIFOLD ISOMERICm L) ~O CD a N.T.S J o 10 3'x3'ANCHOR TAB N W/5/8'0 HOLE (TYP.(4)PLACES) 5 21 0 3 etrT 0 10" F T F,. .L �.. ✓ 3 �p r — — — T _ ✓ 30"x72'FLOOR ACCESS 6"x12"FlAOR CUTOUT FOR FIBERGLASS ACCESS CUTOUT r L B100 SUMP FOR ELECTRICAL H ~� ® HEATER THERMOSTAT Z W (ON UNIT) O 01 I FLUORESCENT O_ • Jil_._ 5 FIXTURE = W CONTRACTOR IS TO SUPPLY AND Da N ALL CAOULRINGBSEryIEEN AND _� ® Y J INSTALL CAULKING BETWEE BUILDING AND CONCRETE PAD. -- -- __- - - - 0 . .. _. I Z ` BUILDING AND CONCRETE PAD. 17 q it A I.I—III - -III—III ° ° 16 I I — . i 1 8 -.. •-� I EXHAUST FAN FRONT SECTION SEE OVERALL LAYOUT FOR DIRECTION PIPE ° I I FAN THERMOSTAT F W EXITS SUMPS AND EXTENSIONS ° ° _ SEE SHEETS PP5.3 FOR CONCRETE it 11 LIGHT L- O- SPECIFICATIONS. — — — -j SWITCH III CONCRETE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY 1.._ >� '..;, ,-Y' _ _ _ _ CONTRACTOR .— ,.c_ ., ..., > ,°-nr.,. ,,.,.„ �y _ �i T TEE-III—III —1 I—III—III. - n.°..., 0AL 0 10 4 -0 05 4 p PIPE INLET ELEVATION AND OUTLET ELEVATION ON THIS DRAWING ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.ACTUAL PIPE .�Mm BURIAL DEPTHS MAY VARY AND ARE TO BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD.CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY TANK DEPTHS AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT PIPING WITH PILOT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.MAXIMUM BURIAL SIDE SECTION SHEET! FOR THIS SUMP IS 42".GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO CHECK FOR PIPE CONFLICTS WITH STORM PIPES.ALL RECEPTACLE SWING DOOR 8100 AND DIESEL PRODUCT LINES ARE TO SLOPE 1/8"PER FOCT(1R)MINIMUM BACK TO THIS SUMP Da THE DIESEL TANK SUMPS. Plan Review o B100 MOTOR LINE SUMP 02 8100 MOTOR LINE SUMP 8100 INJECTION BUILDING By SA F E B u i It pps. P5. 3/4" = 1'-0" P5. 3/4" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0„ 4 O.H. iz 61'.. S. 2'-6" 6'-10" 81/2" PRE-ENGINEERED METAL ENCLOSURE ATTACHMENT 3" 3" TO CURB BY OTHERS 6x6-W2.9xW2.9 W.W.F.IN SIDE WALL 61/2" e" 4"#57 CRUSHEDSTONE g1/2" MIDDLE OF SLAB OR AS REQUIRED BY CUT RETURN LEG AT GEOTECH REPORT MONOLITHIC CURB -_ .SUMP(TYP.) #4 T. =1 I =1 11=TI z #4912"O.C' •�. - 30 J \ SELF-SUPPORTING -_ �a � LL SUMP(BY OTHERS) #4 @ 18"O.C. N O¢ N �� a P5. O. III- \ 4"(TYP.) - I = SUMP -III 4"STONE -iTi i i i iTi- / \ END WALL // \ �"�-(MIDDLE OF ILAB WALL SECTION i n SCALE:3/4"=1,-0„ 2 b f ----- -----� SIDE WALL SELF-SUPPORTING 11/2' IT 3 (rvPJ ..MP(BY OTHERS)A cc (TYP.) P5.3 P5.3 10-0„ co W � SLAB PLAN -1111 II II II' W m Co SCALE:3/4"=V-0" - -` Z III II V ° ,'• SLEEVE AS REQ'D.EL O J 0 CAULKALL VOIDS _ III Q • Y O 0 C7 III _I - co orr =111 I-III III III=1 =1 =1 =1 =1 =1 I_I=1 I- Q o Q GENERAL NOTES GENERAL NOTES FLOOR FRAMING PLAN III N 1. The Contractor is responsible for bracing the structure prior to the completion 1. Concrete compressive strength,fc,at 28-days shall be as follows at minimum unless 10 to... a of all roof,floor,and wall diaphragms. noted otherwise: 2. The Contractor shal I verify all dimensions and conditions.The Architect shall a)Footings and Grade Beams:4000 psi(2600 psi used in design) be notified of any discrepancies. b)Concrete Exposed to Weather:4000 psi(w/4%-0%air entrainment) 3. The Contractor is responsible for the means and methods of construction in 2. All footings shall bear on firm engineered earth fill compacted to 98%of its maximum WALL A/A I I SECTION �C�TI O A regards to job site safety. dry density as per ASTM D 698-70(Standard Proctor),unless noted otherwise.THE V V A L L S G �V SOIL BEARING CAPACITY IS TO BE VERIFIED BY GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER --- PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SCALE:3/4"=V-0" DESIGN LOADS TABLE 2015 IBC 3. All concrete and reinforcing steel shell conform to ACI 318 and ACI 301 latest edition, 1.Gravity Loads and ASTM A615-60.Contractor to have copies of the ACI documents at the job site Roof Live Load s 20 psf during construction. - = 2.Snow Loads: 4. Fly ash,meeting ASTM C648 Class C or Class F may be used to replace up to 25%of Ground Snow Load,Pg 25 psf Portland cement.Contractor and supplier shall coordinate to ensure that required set NOTE:DETAILS 4&5 ARE ALTERNATE DETAILS ONLY.DO NOT USE DETAILS Risk Category III times for concrete are not adversely affected by use of fly ash.Contractor and all e9 Y 4&5 TOGETHER. CONTRACTOR MAV CHOOSE ONE OR THE OTHER. Uniform Roof Snow Load 22.0 psi concrete subcontractors shall have experience with handling,placing and finishing Exposure Factor,Ce 1 0 concrete with fly ash. Importance Factor,I 1.1 5. Reinforcing steel and accessories shall be detailed in accordance with AC1315 'O Thermal Factor,Ct 7 0 (Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures)and CRSI #4 HORIZ @ i MSP-1 Manual of Standard Practice,latest editions. -%'' r ,',.', n o-, z 5 -_Soil Information ( ) _ p e Allowable Soil Bearing Pressure 1 500 sf 6. All welded reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A-706,Grade 60,antl be used onl ",^ `--. •. ;. ;' .:":= w #4 HORIZ @ 9 P 9 Yz' ¢ w 'P 72 0 C by 4.Wind Load with prior permission from the structural engineer. _ Ultimate Wind Speed Vult=115 mph 7. Provide top steel reinforcing,same size and spacing as bottom steel,at any location a n N Nominal Wind Speed Vnom=90 mph where the soil changes from residual to engineered fill.To steel shall extend 8' .. - ."., • :S :' :" x 55 m P P 9 9 P Risk Category III minimum each lid,of the soil transition area.Use#3 stirrups at 18"o.c. a 'a _ m .. °..,.. Importance Factor,1 1.0 8,. Provide 2'-0"x 2'-0"corner bars at corners of all continuously reinforced elements - - z O L° Wind Exposure C such as walls,footings,bond beams,etc.Corner bars shall be the same size, a -' _ _,.�,_•� 3 N b � Internal Pressure Coefficient ±0.18 spacing,location,and quantity as the continuous reinforcing. Q Saw Pressure,qh 24.9 psf 9. All reinforcing steel lap splices shell be Class"B"with 24"minimum,unless otherwisea. PROVIDE(2)#4 BARS G ¢ 2+ 5.Seismic Load noted. AROUND OPENING WI .• Risk Category II 24"X24" 1 1/2"CLEAR COVER i I 10. Provide 2#4b rsx4'-0"Ian in slabs on grade t I'n /// o O a g a g a a al inside earners. _ MAX J 46"L X20"H Importance Factor,I L25 11. The following minimum concrete cover shall be provided for reinforcing bars: OPENING #4 VERT @ 18"O.C. MAX OPENING #4 VIER @ 2 Site Class D a)Cast against and permanently exposed earth:3" - - 18"O.C. Mapped Acceleration Parameters b)Formed and exposed to earth or weather(#6 thru#18 bars):2" - y••a.,•% c Formed and exposed to earth or weather#5 bars,W31 wire and smaller 1-1/2" W ov Ss 42.1% ) P ( Y - X St 42 1% tl)Slabs,walls&joists formed and not exposed to weather or in contact with the �� - �' � � � '°� ' o ground(#11 bar and smaller):3/4" f Design Spectral Acceleration Parameters e)Beams,girders&columns formed and not exposed to weather or in contact with PROVIDE(2)#4 BARS G � m Seellt 0.768 J2'-0"MIN. 3'-10"MAX. Sd1 0.443 the ground.1-1/2" 1'-7" 2'-0'MAX. 2'-0"MIN. AROUND OPENING W/ 11/2"CLFAR COVER C Seismic Design Category D 12. Unless noted otherwise,slabs on grade shall be 6"thick with 6x6-W2.9xW2.9 W WF on Review MIN. Plan Basic Seismic Force Resisting System 4'thick crushed stone base. Light Framed Well W/Shear Panels-All Other Materials 13. Contractor shall treat soil under slabs,footings,and crawl spaces with EPA approved NOTE:DETAILS 4&5 ARE ALTERNATE DETAILS ONLY.DO NOT USE DETAILS p ©_"^^'";'m'a�:,,�•"'%x,m o Response Modification Coefficient,R 2 chemical vermin control or as required per building code. - 4&5 TOGETHER. CONTRACTOR MAY CHOOSE ONE OR THE OTHER. By SA F E D U I I t a Deflection Amplification Factor,Cd 2 Design Base Shear V=0.625W su,xonizm.r nw,a.,."e Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure ALT. END & SIDE WALL OPENING 4 ALT. END WALL OPENING ONLY 5 SHEET: FC NSCALE:3/4"=1'-0" SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" a SUITE#RB w PP5.3 ¢o 299 N.WEISGAESSE 37 ,/\'N D a m V\•/ m KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 ¢ (865)584-09M FAX 584-5213 www.michaelbradyino.com w.nicholas deal,pa.,s.e. JOB NUMBER:170002.24 DPW 1ORF-2001 2'SINGLE POPPET Y` - ! SHEAR VALVE WITH FEMALE NPT- 1 BOLT TO SUPPORT BRACKET(1YP �'' (I)PLACE,MASTER INLET ONLY) E ace �3 ➢ a CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND TRACE WIRE(THHN/7HWN 12 - ID INSTALL 2"BLACK STEEL UNION rfP GAUGE SOLID COPPER WITH GREEN ti K (1)PLACE,MASTER INLET ONLY) JACKET),INSTALLED ON PRODUCT PIPING TO FURTHEST DISPENSER SIDE I.MASTER SIDE (INSTALL IN CONDUIT CHASE, " DO NOT PENETRATE SUMP) FLEXING-FAX-2X12MM5,FIRE RATED SATELLITE INLET SIDE FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR,2'MALE (WITH STRAINER) SWIVEL X 2"MALE X 12"LONG,(TYP BRAVO-F-43-TS-7-MPTH TES W I O (1)PLACE,MASTER INLETS ONLY) TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST V C PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE (TYP.AT MASTER INLETS ONLY) W Iz Z W 2'BALL VALVE(TYP) , Z 3'FIBERGLASS TEE W/2-REDUCER 3'FIBERGLASS PRODUCT PIPE W/ IL Q W (TVP.AT MASTER INLETS ONLY) s[QONDAftr CONTAINMENT(liP.) GENERATION 4 RIGHT HANDED DEF j �,' �' Z �'O N cc SEE DETAIL B o o a W J �W ri- BRAVO B-7385-F3XL-ED-DEF-PT GILBMICO ENCORE PRODUCT ONE REQUIREMENTS �W�// O I W J W Q Z pip DISPENSER NIRESS FIBERGLASS - 5O ULTRA HI-FLOW LOCATION OF ONES AND 1i O Iy C3 OZ I.W. DISPENSER SUMP DIESEL DISPENSER DIRECTION OF FLOW 0: B ~i Z-1 W 0 V-9 3/4' Q O_ AA W x r z NrnE 1 1/2'SAT.OUTLET AND 1 1/2'SAT. TRUCK MASTER(NP3) TO SATELL TE FROM SUB.PUMP N/A NOT USED W INLET flBERGlASS PIPE NOT SHOWN IN THIS TRUCK SATELLITE(NP5) N/A N/A FROM MASTER NOT USED RP��NL16G O i�-11 7/8' d p O VIEW FOR CLARITY REASONS TRUCK MASTER/SATELLITE(NP4) TO SATELLITE FROM SUB.PUMP FROM MASTER NOT USED \NP�•( O� 2�^3)1Ze Y �L1M DEraL e 4!4 3/4 72" P�1\ JIC \�` 4'-51/8' A4 PPs A DEF RIGHT SIDE Iu` VVV It 7/e' 1'-8 i/4' DIMENSION FOR BOLT PATTERN ULTRA HI COMBO IS SHOWN G 4'-8 3/4' i 1 1/2'0 PRODUCT mlxXRxam Y-0 5/IY OUTLET TO SATELLITE 4'-5 1/6' I t 7 ' - Ile POSITION SENSITIVE SUMP SENSOR 2'-4 3/4' BRAVO,SHEAR VALVE SUPPORT /8 1 8 / IS TO BE PROGRAMMED FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF STP AND BRACKET AND SHEAR VALVE DISPENSER 1'-23/r I 3/8' MOUNTING PLATE WITH BOLTS. Y-05/8' 1tAYELIrtr ane BOLT SHEAR VALVES TO BRACKET DIMENSION FOR BOLT PATTERN LOCATION OF CONDUITS WHERE POSITION SENSITIVE SUMP SENSOR 2'-43/4' It 7/8' V-81/4 III, THEY ENTER THE DISPENSER. 9 1/e' 9 1/4' 1'CONDOR FOR ETHERNET IS TO BE PROGRAMMED FOR OUTLET TO PRODUCT It Y-016/8' coNourrs NOT TO PENETRATE OR IFSF AND/OR INTERCOM POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF STP AND SUMP.SEE DETAIL BELOW. DISPENSER V-2 3/8' V-2 3/5' 55 SHROUD AROUND PIPING FOR 1'CONDUIT FOR ETHERNET POSITION SENSITIVE SUMP SENSOR 2'-4 3 IS TO BE PROGRAMMED FOR / PROTECTION(SUPPLIED WITH LOCATION OF CONDUITS WHERE 9 1/8• 9 1/4• OR IFSF AND/OR INTERCOM POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF SIP AND DISPESNER&INSTALLED BY THEY ENTER THE DISPENSER, DISPENSER 1'-2 3 DIMENSION FOR BOLT PATTERN III CONTRACTOR) CONDUITS NOT TO PENETRATE ss SHROUD AROUND PIPING FOR /8' 1'-2 3/e' n� SUMP.SEE DETAIL BELOW. PROTECTION(SUPPLIED WITH LOCATION OF CONDUITS WHERE DISPESNER&INSTALLED BY .A - - - -- - - -- - CONTRACTOR THEY ENTER THE DISPENSER. BRAVO,SHEAR VALVE SUPPORT W I ) CONDUITS NOT TO PENETRATE BRACKET AN O SHEAR VALVE X Y y, `mom � III SUMP,SEE DETAIL BELOW. __- -- - MOUNTING PLATE WITH BOLTS. - BOLT SHEAR VALVES TO BRACKET rill, SIDE 1OOR IFSF AND/OR INTERCOMZ W 0 2*0 PRODUCTINLET FROM TANKS 1-4 3/4V-9 3/4' CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM _ ^ I _Q J m INLET DIMENSION WITH *° �i '4 3/4'NPT MALE CONDOR FOR POWER DISPENSER MANUFACTURER - —_ - -- a9' O Y I m N WHEN JUNCTION BOX IS PROVIDED / - Y _III'i m'T Q LU A-t1 3 IF t'-tt 7/6' SIDE 1� 1 W OD 1 1/2'0 PRODUCT 2'0 PRODUCT I y� Y-11 1/4' .INLET FROM TANKS / INLET DICONTRACMENSION W To ITH CONFIRM - v-- - --� - W J O Q 1'CONDUIT FOR INLET FROM SATELLITE V-4 3 8' L) POWER WHEN JUNCTION 3/4'NF'T MALE CONDUIT FOR POWER DISPENSER MANUFACTURER 1 1 BOX NOT SUPPLIED BRAVO B-7385-F3%L-EO-DEF-PT _ /Z'0 PRODUCT 1'-4 3 4' 2'6 1 2' WHEN JUNCTION BOX IS PROVIDED / / d W CISPENSER S FIBERGLASS BRAVO B-7385-ER L-EO-LIEF-Pi 3/4 NPT MALE CONDUIT FOR POWER 1-11 J/8' INLET FROM SATELLITE SIDE I.1,(ASfEIt SIDE DISPENSER SUMP DISPENSER S FIBERGLASS WHEN JUNCTION BOX Is PROVIDED y Q ',. Z AA 1'CONDOR FOR Y-ii 1 4' DIRECTION PPo POWER WHEN JUNCTION / DISPENSER SUMP BRAVO B-7380-EO SOLID-F1L OF TRAFFIC FLOW - PLA POWER WHEN FOR Q W 0 BOX NOT SUPPLIED BRAVO.SHEAR VALVE SUPPORT CONOUITLESS FIBERGLASS U I` aIDF 1.1L_cTFR a0i BRACKET AND SHEAR VALVE DISPENSER SUMP MOUNTING PLATE WITH BOLTS. BOX NOT SUPPLIED V� 1 jN Q ♦IR PPe BOLT SHEAR VALVES TO BRACKET V DIRECTION PLAN DIRECTION PLAN �Q Lr :J RAYCHEM'XL TRACE CT'HEAT TRACE WIRE To OF TRAFFIC FLOW RAYCHEM'XL TRACE CT"HEAT TRACE WIRE TO OF TRAFFIC FLOW I— Q EXTEND TO TOP OF DISPENSER INLET.ATTACHED EXTEND TO TOP OF DISPENSER INLET,ATTACHED Q DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT LINE AT TOP,AND TURN DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT LINE AT TOP,AND TURN W O to O Q BACK DOWN TO CONTINUE TO NEXT DIS BACK DOWN TO CONTINUE TO NEXT DISPENSER. PENSER. CONTRACTOR TO REPEAT A CONTINUES CONTRACTOR TO REPEAT A CONTINUES CONNECTION TO EACH DISPENSER AS REQUIRED. CONNECTION TO EACH DISPENSER AS REQUIRED. /� N CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ii 1 I BLACK STEEL UNION(TM(2) SS SHROUD AROUND PIPING FOR PROTECTION 1 1/2"BLACK STEEL UNION(TYP(1) SS SHROUD AROUND PIPING FOR PROTECTION PLACES,SAT.INLET AND SAT.OUTLET (SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSER&INSTALLED BY PLACE,SAT.OUTLET ONLY) (SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSER&INSTALLED BY ONLY) CONTRACTOR) CONTRACTOR) 2'OFFSET ADAPTOR SUPPLIED WITH HOSE FOR DEF HOOK UP.SUPPLIED WITH 2'OFFSET ADAPTOR SUPPLIED WITH HOSE FOR DEF HOOK UP.SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR ® DISPENSER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR DISPENSER TO 2'NPT INLET FROM ® DISPENSER 70 2'NPT INLET FROM TANK OYP) 1"FEMALE BSPP HOSE FOR DEF HOOK UP, TANK(TYP.) pe CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND ❑ SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSER CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND 1"FEMALE BSPP HOSE FOR DEF HOOK UP. INSTALL 2'BLACK STEEL UNION('f1'P INSTALL 2'BLACK STEEL UNION SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSER cn BSPP THREAD ADAPTOR TO NPT.SUPPLIED ' BSPP THREAD ADAPTOR TO NPT.SUPPLIED F fa (1)PLACE,MASTER INLET ONLY) WITH DISPENSER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (1)PLACE.MASTER INLET ONLY) WITH DISPENSER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR R Z OP W 1DRF-2001 2'SINGLE POPPET DPW 1ORF-2001 2'SINGLE POPPET - a49 SHEAR VALVE WITH FEMALE NPT- FLEXING-DEF1055BVNIT,2'FEMALE NPT SHEAR VALVE WITH FEMALE NPT- �'.' 9 FLEXING-OEFI OSSBVKIT,2"FEMALE NPT C 0 p G BOLT TO SUPPORT BRACKET(TYP FITTING WITH EZ FIT TO 1'FEMALE BALL BOLT TO SUPPORT BRACKET(TYP FITTING WITH EZ FIT TO 1"FEMALE BALL (1)PUCE,MASTER INLET ONE VALVE FOR DEF PRODUCT(TYP) (i)PLACE.MASTER INLET ONLY) VALVE FOR DEF PRODUCE(TYP) 1-ATTACH TO SUPPORT BRACKET ATTACH TO SUPPORT BRACKET 2"BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER © 2"BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER U Z CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ' � FLEXING-FLX-2X12MMS,FIRE RATED CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM RE IN HEIGHT FLEXING-FLX-2XI2MMS,FIRE RATED CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM TIE IN HEIGHT 1 i/2 BLACK STEEL UNION(TYP(1) 0 d FLEX BILE PIPE CONNECTOR.2'MALE WITH DISPENSER MANUFACTURER FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR.2'MALE PLACE,SAT.INLET ONLY) SWNEL%2"MALE X 12'LONG,(TYP SWIVEL X 2'MALE X 12'LONG.(TYP WITH DISPENSER MANUFACTURER » 1 � (1)PLACE,MASTER INLETS ONLY) (1)PLACE,MASTER INLETS ONLY) a _ 1 DIMENSION FOR PVC/DEF PIPING PENETRATION _ DIMENSION FOR PVC/DEF PIPING PENETRATION J Q _ IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AT DISPENSER. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AT DISPENSER Z TO ENSURE THAT SUMP IS INSTALLED TO ENSURE THAT SUMP IS INSTALLED IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY r O WITH CONDUIT OPENING ON OPPOSITE 1-11 7/B' 3"0 PVC SLEEVE PENETRATION.CONTRACTOR WITH CONDUIT OPENING ON OPPOSITE 2-61/2' 3"0 PVC SLEEVE PENETRATION.CONTRACTOR 70 ENSURE THAT SUMP IS INSTALLED SIDE OF COLUMN OYP) TO INSTALL AT EACH DEF DISPENSER. SIDE OF COLUMN P WITH CONDUIT OPENING ON OPPOSITE m fA FIBERGLASS PIPE /HEAT TRACE TO BE �) TO INSTALL AT EACH DEF DISPENSER. 3 W INSTALLED FROM (1P,THROUGH PVC SLEEVE, FIBERGLASS PIPE(W//HEAT TRACE)TO BE SIDE OF COLUMN(TYP) INSTALLED FROM SUF1P.THROUGH PVC SLEEVE, 9 INTO 06PENSER a INTO DISPENSER ° RAYCHEM'XL TRACE Cr HEAT TRACE WIRE 1 AA° TTCHED DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT LINE SEE RAYCHEM"XL TRACE CT'HEAT TRACE WIRE 1 ° ° ( a ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO PRODUCT LINE(SEE DETAIL 1/PP5.1 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS) { DETAIL 1 PP5.1 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS DPW tOBF-5725 1 1/2'SINGLE POPPET DPW 108E-5725 1 1/2"SINGLE POPPET / ) SHEAR VALVE WITH FEMALE NPT-BOLT SHEAR VALVE WITH FEMALE NPT-BOLT DPW 1OBF-5725 1 1 2'FIBERGLASS PRODUCT LINE FROM DEF STP /2'SINGLE POPPET TO SUPPORT BRACKET(TYP(2)PLACES, TO SUPPORT BRACKET(TYP(1)PLACE, 2'FIBERGLASS PRODUCT LANE FROM DEF STP SHEAR VALVE WITH FEMALE NPT-BOLT FLEXING-Fl.X-11212MM5-55,FIRE RATED W TO DEF DISPENSER,SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED TO DEF DISPENSER,SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED SAT.IN AND SAT.OUTLET ONLY) SAT.OUTLET ONLY)ATTACH TO SUPPORT ATTACH TO SUPPORT BRACKET BY CONTRACTOR BRACKET 87 CONTRACTOR TO SUPPORT BRACKET(lYP(1)PUCE, FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR.1 1/2'MALE o.S SAT.INLET ONLY)ATTACH TO SUPPORT SWIVEL X 1 1/2'MALE X 12-LONG,(TYP di 2"BALL VALVE(TYP(3)PLACES) 2'FIBERGLASS TEE(TYP.AT DEF INLETS ONLY) 2•BALL VALVE(TYP(2)PLACES) 2'FIBERGLASS TEE(TYP.AT DEF INLETS ONLY) BRACKET (1)PLACE)SAT.INLET ONLY W 2'BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3FOR TERMINATION N BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"x2"TERMINATION POSITION SENSITIVE SUMP SENSOR IS TO Q TO THREAD INTO BALL VALVE(TYP) 0 ® FITTING TEE Ti LETS) FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE TO THREAD MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER INTO BALL VALVE(TYP) O FITTING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE BE PROGRAMMED FOR POSITIVE SHl1T T-2MX112F-B,2'MALE X 1 1/2'FEMALE � .AT DEF INLETS) DO of STP D DISPENSER REDUCER FITTING .AT SAT.INLET ONLY(TYP N ) DOWN AN EN (TYP ) BRAVG-F-43-TS-T-MP-4'x3' FLEXING-FLX-11212MMS-SS,FIRE RATED BRAVO-F-43- -- - •we�w TS 7 MP 4'xES FLEXING-FLX-11 1 CONNECTOR, S FIRE RATED N 2 2'BALL VALVE i PLACE TERMINATION FITTING WITH rEsr (TYP() ) N N W FLEX PIPE CONNECTOR.1 1/2'MALE SWIVEL TERMINATION FffTNG WITH TEST FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR. 1 i/2 MALE SWIVEL 2 BELL&MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE(TIP. X 1 1/2-MALE X 12'LONG.(TYP(2)PLACES) PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE OW. X 1 1/2'MALE X 12-LONG,(TYP(1)PLACE) TO THREAD INTO BALL VALVE(TYP) BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3'xY AT MASTER INLETS ONLY) SAT.OUTLET AND SAT.INLET ONLY AT MASTER INLETS ONLY) SAT.OUTLET ONLY TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST PORTS 2'FIBERGLASS ELBOW AT SAT. POSITION SENSITIVE SUMP SENSOR IS TO " FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE AT SAT. T-DUCER F-B,2'MALE%1 1/2'FEMALE POSITION SENSITIVE SUMP SENSOR IS TO T-2MX112F-B,2 MALE X 1 1/2 FEMALE INLET ONLY) BE PROGRAMMED FOR POSITIVE SHUT REDUCER FIONNG(TYP.AT SAT.OUTLET AND BE PROGRAMMED FOR POSITIVE SHUT' REDUCER FITTING(TYP.AT SAT.OUTLET ONLY) INLET) DOWN OF STP AND DISPENSER SAT.INLET ONLY) DOWN OF STP AND DISPENSER SHEET: BRAVO 8-7380-EO SOLID-FiL T FIBERGLASS TEE W/2"REDUCER 2'FIBERGLASS ELBOW(TYP.AT SAT.OUTLETS 3'FIBERGLASS TEE W/2"REDUCER 2'FIBERGLASS ELBOW(TYP.AT SAT.OUTLETS CONDUITESS FIBERGLASS (TYP.AT MASTER INLETS ONLY) AND SAT.INLETS ONLY) (TYP.AT MASTER INLETS ONLY) ONLY) DISPENSER SUMP Plan Review BRAVO 8-7385-F3XL-ED-DEF-PT BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3%2'TERMINATION BRAVO B-7385-F3XL-EO-DEF-PT BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"x2'TERMINATION R\� C } CONDURLESS FIBERGLASS FITTING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE CONDUITLESS FIBERGLASS FITTING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE B J JA FE B U i'(, DISPENSER SUMP M.AT SAT.OUTLETS AND SAT.INLETS) DISPENSER SUMP (TYP.AT SAT.OuTLEIS) PP6 01 TRUCK DIESEL MASTER/SAT COMBO DISPENSER SUMP SECTION o2 TRUCK DIESEL MASTER DISPENSER SUMP SECTIO�N{ 03 TRUCK DIESEL SATELLITE DISPENSER SUMP SECTION LLB RCO ENCORE 500 ULTRAFILOQI' GILB RCO ENCORE 500 ULIR I-FLUff GILT LSE t ( T[T�Hl-L( P 3/4" = 1'-0' DIESEL DISPENSER(NP4) P 3/4" _ ) -0° DIESEL DISPENSER(NP3) P 3/4" = )�-0" OIESEL DISPENSER(NP5) Ww m Q m� H p F- J m ILI m J � W Q U Z. Z m Z ,5ouwim W F- Q.Wa U Q >- ¢wz" J U LLWzm W ooI.- > F- z-juiw LU J NnJ"' a O z Y 3" DIESEL FIBERGLASS PIPE IN 3" DIESEL FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A 4" FIBERGLASS SECONDARY A 4" FIBERGLASS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPE TO DIESEL/ CONTAINMENT PIPE TO DIESEL/ TRUCK LANES TRUCK LANES 3"0 MAIN TRUNK LINE FLOW- - i 4P6. i 3" DIESEL FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A 4" FIBERGLASS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPE TO DIESEL/ TRUCK LANES W in ro I-- > M 0 Z m N co 3" DIESEL FIBERGLASS PIPE IN Z V z_ A 4" FIBERGLASS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPE TO DIESEL/ Q J p TRUCK ES �Z `W a LAN a /3" DIESEL FIBERGLASS PIPE IN Y W p A 4" FIBERGLASS SECONDARY U Y H CONTAINMENT PIPE TO DIESEL/ V Z FLOW O WASTER X 0 TRUCK LANES FLOW it 0 WASTER X 0 X p FLOW e O NASfER 3"0 MAIN TRUNK LINE If p SATELLITE W d 0�SATELLITE wO O OUT1"I SATELLITE w a O N Q II II, T LI II a II II Y ISI�ATELLITE I � N�I D Y SATELLITE 0 � � � TELLITE 0 F FLOW—� Q DEF � DEF —� DEF II II DIESEL (1+1) MASTER/ II d` — = _ L — J SATELLITE (WITH DEF) L DISPENSER W O 2" DEF (UREA) FIBERGLASS 2" DEF (UREA) FIBERGLASS 2" DEF (UREA) FIBERGLASS - 2 PIPE IN A 3" FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A 3" FIBERGLASS PIPE IN A 3" FIBERGLASS a SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPE SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPE SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPE = W O � z ■ ■ O N TYPE 40 BC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS z TO BE INSTALLED PER FIRE CODES. (TYPICAL AT EACH ISLAND COLUMN) G ao PHONE/INTERCOM SYSTEM INSTALLED AT ALL ISLANDS WITH Q DIESEL MASTER DISPENSERS (SEEELECTRICAL SERIES DRAWINGS) L 3 Ii 3 �.N,m."n.r� 0O 0O n" z0 0� O w U a"^m meurva ww p F P6. a SHEET: TYPICAL TRUCK ISLAND PLAN Plan Review PP6- 1 3/4" = 1'-0" By SAFEBuilt 7 or 3� 6 [2�1 — >K cm con Z 1. � �waw Z '�Owm a J aQzam (y Wzw om o O t Q. F- z-�Ww m Oc�m�_. a Lu O z FIRE E x T I N G U I S E H R "ENCORE 5OD"ULTRA HI FLOW MASTER/SATELLTE—� DIRECTION COMBO DISPENSER(TRUCK DIESEL)WITH DEF UNIT. OF TRAFFIC FLOW HANGING HARDWARE FOR DIESEL TO BE SUPPUED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.HANGING HARDWARE FOR DEF DISPENSER TO BE SUPPLIED WITH DISPENSER. NO eMOIOiq CT-WHPID8,CONTINENTAL 1"X 8" ISTOPENOINE WHIP HOSE.(TRUCK DIESEL) r�� CATLDW,CTM1O0, 1"REUSABLE z LU a BREAKAWAY,CAM TWIST(TRUCK O m N 1"NOZZLE OPENING ONroR7 ~ CD CD DIESEL PRODUCT ONLY z LJJ Z CATLOW.NM1P-PRESS ACTIVATED �_ - ❑ a.Q a NOZZLE.(MASTER AND SATELLITE) ®, > >- z - �� 00 '�{Il ` 2 z C720-1,CATLOW 1"SWIVEL ..TJ r O CTRUCK DIESEL) W O N J o— ® _ O ca W J o CT-108.CONTINENTAL 1"X 8'-0" EL N FLEXSTEEL HOSE.(TRUCK DIESEL) 8 3'-0"X 16'-0"X 13"MEfAL�,�i e ISLAND FORMS WITH 24"HIGH ( C° 2 BUMPER AT BOTH ENDS. 1 • • "� d °4 Q — M I o d 10"ISLAND REVEAL 4 ' O O F a ILA ° a ° = w G ° i J FINISH GRADE AT ISLAND 4 IS a Z° n VN e ° °a e ---__Q—J _d Li a ° EXTEND 1'CONDUITS WITH , - (TYP).CONNECT TO DISPENSER I --------- m BY FINAL CONNECTION —_------- ` BY ELECTRICIAN ---- ----- --------- .. 2'DEF(UREA)FIBERGLASS PIPE -- -------- — -- PRODUCT LANE FROM BE STP TO FLEXING-FLX-2X12MM5,FIRE DEG DISPENSER,SUPPLIED AND W RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR I p LONG, MALE SWIVEL X 2"MALE X 12" DRAIN LINE TO OIL/WATER SEPARATOR(BEYOND) LONG,(ONL(1)PLACE,MASTER W INLETS ONLY) I G O POSITION SENSITIVE SUMP ISLAND CATCH BASIN (BEYOND) SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED T-2MX112F-B,2"MALE X CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE A FOR DISrFIVEPENSER SHUT GOWN OF STP 1 1/2"FEMALE REDUCER MINIMUM OF 18"COVERAGE AND DISPENSER FITTING(TYP'AT SAT. OVER PRODUCT PIPING. 2"BALL VALVE(1YP(3)PLACES OUTLET AND SAT.INLET ONLY) FUEXNG-FLX-11212MMS-SS,FIRE BRAVO B-7386-F3XL-EO-DEF-PT RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR. CONDUfTLESS FIBERGLASS 1 1/2"MALE SWIVEL X 1 1/2" DISPENSER SUMP SHEET! MALE X 12"LONG,(TYP(2) PLACES)SAT.OUTLET AND SAT. IN ONLY Plan Review o 1 TRUCK DIESEL DISPENSER SUMP SECTION By SAFEBuilt PP6E GILBARCO ENCORE 500 ULTRA HI-FLOW DIESEL DISPENSER "PILOT TRAVEL CENTER" BLDG. THIS SIDE m AUTO CANOPY AUTO CANOPY --_ OUTLINE ABOVE CONCRETE PAD rn O O zC3 tnJ W<UJ Z �x0)V W n J W 2 'o 2 LL a IS z J W b OcD'oJ10 S. O O O S? OO ao�0 z Y LANE/FUELING POSITION NUMBER ° <1 FLOW L1 FLOW FLOW FLOW 2"REGULAR UNLEADED "•" MULTIPLE PRODUCT(3+1) A3 FIBERGLASS PSECONDARY IPE W/ LEE SITION FROM 2" SEEDIS DETAIL o DIESEL SECS PUNLEADED COSAIRMEN FIBERGLASSR TO STAGE IINyAPOR RECOVERY AT ISLAND NUMBER Al ...J HOSE. ALL ISLANDS FIBERGLASS STAGE 11 VAPOR RECOVERY ERGLASS SEE DETAIL 01 PP8.4 LINE FROM DISPENSER TO A 3" Q Q N NT NMENT (? Q TRUNK LINE,SECONDARY CONTAINMENT 15 Q O NOT REQUIRED ON STAGE II PIPING 2"AUTO DIESEL FIBERGLASS PIPE W/ SECONDARY CONTAINMENT LL FRONTAGE ROAD THIS SIDE 3"FIBERGLASS STAGE II VAPOR RECOVERY 01 ��J > M TRUNK LINE,SECONDARY CONTAINMENT IS P6.5 0 ` m N AUTO ISLAND PLAN NOT REQUIRED ON STAGE II PIPING W co 1/4" = 1 -0" Z J V Z Q _jz W as 0E W Z o� 00 U "PILOT TRAVEL CENTER" BLDG. THIS SIDE Q p H o :i 0 a OJ oa a N Z TRASH CAN AND DOLLY Q _ Cl SUPPLIED BY OWNER, p INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SEE AC1.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION I AT EACH O O Q Q SLANG) O O W 0 n F O o ' TYPE 40 BC FIRE d a, EXTINGUISHERS TO BE U INSTALLED AT EACH ISLAND PER FIRE CODES J W o -«-TO TANKS FLOWLu a D: K f-TO TANKS FLOW ' 2"REGULAR UNLEADED a A6 "2," FIBERGLASS PIPE W/ A4 CONTRACTOR TO TRANSITION SECONDARY CONTAINMENT G W FIBERGLASS STAGE II VAPOR RECOVERY LINE FROM DISPENSER TO A 3' 2'SUPER UNLEADED FIBERGLASS STAGE II VAPOR RECOVERY AT FIBERGLASS PIPE W/ W Q Q TRUNK LINE,SECONDARY CONTAINMENT IS 0 0 SECONDARY CONTAINMENT Q � � W NOT REQUIRED ON STAGE II PIPING O Q 2"AUTO DIESEL FIBERGSECONDARY PIPE W/ SECONDARY CONTAINMENT +-TO TANKS SHEET: 3"FIBERGLASS STAGE 11 VAPOR RECOVERY FRONTAGE ROAD THIS SIDE TRUNK UNE,SECONDARY CONTAINMENT IS NOT REQUIRED ON STAGE It PIPING AUTO ISLAND PLAN Plan Review PP60 1/4" = 1'-0" By SAFEBuiIt O DPW 1OBFP-5726 m SHEAR VALVE-BOLT TO SUPPORT BRACKET Z C W (YP(3)PLACES) Z f O N m TRACE MARE(THHN/THWN K C O) CONTRACTOR TO TIE INTO 12 GAUGE SOLID COPPER WITH Q y W r DISPENSER W/EXTENSION GREEN JACKET),INSTALLED ON J a Q Z m NIPPLE(TYP.) PRODUCT PIPING TO FURTHEST LL W Z W DISPENSER(INSTALL IN CONDUIT CHASE, 0 O H FLEXING-FLX-11212MMS-SS,FIRE DO NOT PENETRATE SUMP) ~ Z W m RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR. O m J m 1 1/2'MALE SWIVEL/(TYP 1 1/2" 2"BALL VALVE(TYP) d 11J.0 J`� MALE X 12"LONG,(TYP(3) PLACES) BRAVO 8-7350-EO SOLID-F3L CONOUITLESS FIBERGLASS T-2Mx112F-B,2"MALE x DISPENSER SUMP Y 1 1/2'FEMALE REDUCER 2`BELL B MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER FITTING(TYP(3)PLACES) TO THREAD INTO BALL VALVE(TYP) 2-FIBERGLASS ELBOW BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3'x2' ��— (TYP) TERMINATION FIRING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE STAGE II VAPOR RECOVERY 90F L PIPE(BEYOND) BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3'z2' - TERMINATION FETING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE 2"FIBERGLASS PRODUCT PIPE W/ 2'FIBERGLASS TEE AA SECONDARY CONTAINMENT(TYP.) (TYP) SIDE SECTION PRODUCT INLETS FOR GILBARCO ENCORE 700 W I REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINE X SUPER UNLEADED GASOLINE Y I AUTO DIESEL NON-DISCRIMINATING SUM 3-4 8/16' LL SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED 1'-8 1/4" W FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF STP ` AND DISPENSER 1'-2 3/B' 1'-2 31C F- J M LOCATION OF CONDUITS WHERE J 'Z N THEY ENTER THE DISPENSER. r-1 5/8" 1'-1 8/8' coN CONDUITS NOT TO PENETRATE W Q W co SUMP,SEE DETAIL BELOW. 9 1/6 9 1/8' (�W U Z a) 4 5/8 BRAVO,SHEAR VALVE SUPPORT Z❑ J BRACKET AND SHEAR VALVE W IL Q 0 MOUNTING PLATE WITH BOLTS. d 0 W BOLT SHEAR VALVES TO BRACKET N Z >- Z i I 1-1/2'0 PRODUCT INLET Q W O n ` \ _eY X W I COUPLING SETS 1'-3 5/8' O Z O 1 _ I ABOVE ISLAND(TYP) O H— Z i S k I'CONDUIT OPENING Q V u) J ' FOR INTERCOM O LLJ SLOTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS. N O O Q 1"CONDOR FOR POWER ANCHOR DISPENSER TO ISLAND DISPENSER FLANGE LAG SCREWS"WITH 2/LONG NO (V EXPANSION SHIELDS(TYP) 1'NPT COUPLING FOR �paa PPPYYYe.a/// STAGE II RECOVERY SETSIDF 1 ISLAND FOR(I B'ABOVE PLA_N BRAVO 8-7380-EO SOLID-F3L CONDUITLESS FIBERGLASS DISPENSER SUMP H 2 4 o CONTRACTOR TO TIE INTO DISPENSER W/DCTENSION F NIPPLE(TYP.) In BOVSP-1001,1 1/2"x U Z 1'VAPOR LINE SHEAR VALVE, W 0 CONTRACTOR TO TIE INTO e e e e T DOUBLE POPPET. O F DISPENSER W/EXTENSION (TYP(1)PLACE) Ofd NIPPLE(TYP-) Q. 2' DPW 108FP-5726 U EXTEND 1"CONDUITS WITH SHEAR VALVE-BOLT O) SEALOFF FITTING TO TO SUPPORT BRACKET = CONNECT TO DISPENSERCryp (TYP(3)PLACES) O BY ELECTR ELECTRICIAN FINAL CONNECTION Z d' DO O m � 2 FLEXING-FRPOBX20,1.5"M346 X 3: W EZ-FIT FRP 90',FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE FLEXING-FLX-11212MMS-SS,FIRE m PIPE CONNECTOR.1 1/2'MALE RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR. C SWIVEL x 2'EZ FIT CONNECTION X 1 1/2'MALE SWIVEL X 1 1/2' 20'LONG,(TYP(1)PLACE)STALE II MALE X 12'LONG, VAPOR RECOVERY LINE ONLY (TYPO PLACES) ap 2'BALL VALVE(TYP(3)PLACES) T-2Mx112F-B,2"MALE X C W 1 1/2"IF�ErMoALE REDUCER K 2"BELL R MICE N.P.T.ADAPTER FITTING CTYP(3)PLACES) G TO THREAD INTO BALL VALVE(TYP) I, ® O W BRAVO 8-7380-EO SOUD-F3L BRAVO-F-32-TS-T-MP-3"x2' N W CONDUITLESS FIBERGLASS TERMINATION FIRING WITH TEST DISPENSER SUMP PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE 0 NON-DISCRIMINATING SUMP SECTION 2'FIBERGLASS TEE SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMEDCTYP) FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF STP 2"FIBERGLASS ELBOW AND DISPENSER 01 MULTIPLE PRODUCT(3+1) DISPENSER SUMP SECTION ps• 3 4" = 1'-0- GILBARCO"ENCORE"700(3+1) SHEET: DISPENSER WITH AUTO DIESEL Plan Review PP60 By SAFEBUilt m� eaC�-i� rp� T ¢N O Z M Z. (1. W= p 2 J W m -'' Jtnv�iJ FL'3 z Y FRONTAGE ROAD THIS SIDE 'TRAVEL CENTER" BLDG. THIS SIDE FIRE E x T GILBARCO "ENCORE" 700 3+1 DISPENSER WITH AUTO DIESEL E _ CT—WHP34OB,CONTINENTAL R 3/4'X 5"WHIP HOSE. (AUTO GAS AND AUTO DIESEL) "ENCORE'DISPENSER. ((4 BLENDING DD HOSE EIN INCLUDES _ CARD READERR AND INTERNAL SPEAKER CTM75,3/4"GTLOW REUSABLE KIT.HANGING HARDWARE TO BE BREAKAWAY(AUTO GAS AND AUTO SUPPLIED BY BY CONTRACTOR OWNER AND INSTALLED CT-W%5"WHIP HOSE CONTINENTAL DIESEL) (AUTO GAS AND AUTO DIESEL) CTM75,3/4"GTLOW REUSABLE BREAKAWAY(AUTO GAS AND AUTO DIESEL) CATLOW GREEN SPLASH GUARD.(AUTO DIESEL) _ BEfIVICE W 0 W 0 Z m N GTLOW SPLASH GUARD Z O Q INCLUDED(BLACK) W W J (L ACT PRESS ACTIVATED NOZZLE,NOZZLE,LEAD, ` W O GREEN FOR AUTO DIESEL N W Z GTLOW,NEPNL—PRESS ES C720-3/4, GTLOW 3/4' FORVAGASOUNE NOZZLE,BLACK O Z � 0 MULTI PLANE SWIVEL.(AUTO GAS AND AUTO DIESEL) �� =O L� N ❑ ❑� 'r ¢ �� c720-3/4, GTLoW U r O 3/4'MULTI PLANE W O C a ❑ ❑❑❑ SWIVEL.(AUTO GAS AND ZD ®�' o AUTO DIESEL) J N OT-3409,CONTINENTAL 3/4'X 9'-0'FLEXSTEEL FUEL HOSE.(AUTO GAS °I AND AUTO DIESEL) I° I ° IA F I I eeee ° o 00 o z M ° I FLEXSTEEL FUELINHOSE.3/4'X 9—0" (AUTO GAS AND AUTO DIESEL) r U Z 3'—O"x 5'-0'x 13'STAINLESS LU p STEEL ISLAND FORM. p d = fA W 0 ° d °° ° a° ° d ° ° d Z > d EXTEND 1"CONDUITS WITH ---- FLEXING—FFLX-11212MMS—SS, 7p Q SEALOFF FITTING TO FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE I K ° CONNECT TO DISPENSER CONNECTOR. i 1 2 MALE 8"ISLAND REVEAL p ° (TYP).FINAL CONNECTION SWIVEL X 1 1/'12 % 12' BY ELECTRICIAN LONG,(TYP(3) PLACES) CONTRACTOR TO ap ENSURE A MINIMUM OF d° ° 2"BALL VALVE(TYP(3)PLACES) T-2MX112F—B,2"MALE K 18"COVERAGE OVER C W° ® ° 1 1/2"FEMALE REDUCER PRODUCT PIPING. K d FLEXING—FRP05X20, i.S'M345 X EZ—FIT FTTING(TYP(3)PLACES) p FRP 901,FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR.1 1/2"MALE SWIVEL%2"EZ 2'BELL 8:MALE N.P.T.ADAPTER W FIT CONNECTION X 20'LONG,(TYP(i) O O TO THREAD INTO BALL VALVE(T1'P) Q PUCE)STAGE II VAPOR RECOVERY UNE d ° ° ° ONLY o Q ° I o NON—DISCRIMINATING SUMP 2'FIBERGLASS TEE SENSOR IS TO BE PROGRAMMED ° o FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF STP (TYP) AND DISPENSER ww.o.o.o�.oao.r..w.ww BRAVO B-73B0—EO SOLID—F3L ..u.m.o..,�n..00w,...CO DUffLESS FIBERGLASS ____ DISPENSER SUMP r________—_L—__�------ 1 I DISPENSER SHOWN IS ON ISLAND Al i SHEET: (DISPENSER POSITION 1) Plan Review PP60 ' 01 ISLAND AND MULTIPLE PRODUCT DISPENSER SUMP SECTION/ ELEVATION RV SAFEBuilf� GILHARCO ENCORE 700 DISPENSER WITH AUTO DIESEL T BRAVO-84872-S-11 FIBERGLASS CONTAINMENT SUMP (7 EXTENSION WITH 32'0 OPENING ON TOP W/WATERTIGHT 2'BLACK STEEL VENT PIPINGTi�71 SNAP-LOCK COVER.SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY BY CONTRACTOR(TYP FOR(2)VENTS) CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS BE ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR PER SITE SPECIFIC GRADES. 4"0 RISER FOR MANUALLY STICKING ��us�A�o��y��ad�r�, OIL/WATER SEPARATOR VENT RISER THE TANK FOR CHECKING OIL LEVELS, Oft LYIOHp"nj=-/sWp scHEDULE XERXES 22'0 x 30"HIGH MAN WAY CLUSTER(SEE DETAIL ON SHEET SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY 8"REINFORCED CONCRETE c WITH(TYP(1)PLACE) PP7.1).FURNISHED BY OWNER, CONTRACTOR,RISER IS TO BE 4"0 TANK SLAB IN OFF-LOAD/PARKING LOCATION Silt MANUF. MODEL NO. - EXTENSION SUMP NO. INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR BLACK STEEL RISER PIPE THREAOED AREA AND DRIVE AREA ._ ._,,... BOTH ENDS H INLET PIPE WITH VENT 36'0 RIVERSIDE 10536XIODA HDPE --- 4'0 LEVEL SENSOR RISER,LEVEL 24"MANWAY EXTENSION 39 1/2• OPW 39CD-Wi8 BRAVO 84872-S-11 SENSOR PROBE AND MODULE SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY H LEVEL SENSOR AND STICK RISER 24"0 OPW 6110-2410 HDPE ' CONTRACTOR.RISER IS SUPPLED AND D2 INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.RISER IS OUTLET PIPE WITH RIVERSIDE H VENT 38' \ TTo HREADED BOTH ENDS EL RISER PIPE ® 10836X10DA HOPE __= o . DISCHARGE CLEANOUT 18"0 RIVERSIDE 10618%10 HDPE m r 2 NPT RIVERSIDE-10638X10DA"DUAL"MULTI-ACCESS 'Z FTG.-VENT p W MANHOLE,DEB S CENTER PORT ACCESS FOR OU WAM 97MATOR WALLA M NOTM REMOVING DEBRIS FROM TRASH BASKET. 0 W m INLET:8'SCHEDULE / FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY Z f.W W m 40 P/C PIPE AND CONTRACTOR(TYP(1)PLACE) 1, OWS TANKS MUST BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO OWS MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, 0! W GLUED FITTINGS BY (PUB NO INST 6001),AND NFPA 30 AND 31. J a Q Z m / 2"NPT 2. THE EXCAVATION SHALL BE FREE FROM MATERIAL THAT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LL W Z H n FTG.-VENT OW SEPARATOR.(CARE SHALL BE TAKEN DURING INSTALLATION THAT FOREIGN O MATTER IS NOT INTRODUCED INTO THE EXCAVATION OR BACKFLL)SHOULD ANY DAMAGE OCCUR Z J W e CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT OWNER REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY. O C9 m>J 53 /\(�\/�� 3. THE BOTTOM OF HE EXCAVATION SHALL BE COVERED WITH CLEAN BACKFlLL TO A DEPTH OF d m X /\� O W _ n j 7 O \`JLI_ P7 ONE FOOT MINIMUM AND GRADED LEVEL FLOW� 4. THE EXCAVATION SHALL EXTEND A DISTANCE OF 24'MINIMUM AROUND THE PERIMETER Z FLOW► OF THE TANK AND ABIDE BY OSHA STANDARDS. Y CLEAN OUT TO BE INSTALLED \ / 6. A PRE-INSTALLATION AIR TEST OF THE SEPARATOR ABOVE GROUND IS REQUIRED. MINIMUM OF(MAXIMUM OF 6'-0")FROM-0 OUTLET:6"SCHEDULE 40 PVC PRESSURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH(PSIG)WHILE A SOAP SOLU71ON ( I PIPE AND GLUED FITINGS BY IS APPLIED TO ENTIRE TANK SURFACE AND ALL FIRINGS.ADDITIONALLY INSPECT OWS EXTERIOR 'I HE END OF OIL/WATER H 4.000 GALLON FIBERGLASS H CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGE UPON DELIVERY.REMOVE THE MAN WAY COVER PLATE(S)AND INSPECT THE SEPARATOR BY CONTRACTOR OIL/WATER SEPARATOR ® ® INTERIOR TO INSURE THAT ALL BAFFLES AND INTERNAL PIPING ARE SECURE AND HAVE NOT / CLEAN OUT TO BE INSTALLED BEEN DAMAGED DURING TRANSPORT. T�— �- ( MINIMUM OF 3'-0" 8, EQUIPMENT TO LIFT THE SEPARATOR SHALL BE OF ADEQUATE SIZE TO LIFT AND LOWER THE RIVERSIDE 1TH OF 0,18'0 02 MAXIMUM OF IL/W FROM SEPARATOR WITHOUT DRAGGING OR DROPPING TO ENSURE NO DAMAGE TO HE SEPARATOR. MANHOLE WITH LIFT HANDLE FOR rn. THE END OF OIL/WATER OIL/WATER SEPARATOR CLEAN SEPARATOR BY CONTRACTOR OUT SUPPLIED O OWNER 7. SEPARATOR SHALL BE CAREFULLY LIFTED AND LOWERED BY USE OF CABLES OR CHAINS OF INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR RIVERSIDE 10618X10.18'0 MANHOLE ADEQUATE LENGTH(NOT MORE THAN 60 DEGREE INCLUDED ANGLE AND ATTACHED TO THE .n POLYPROPYLENE WITH LIFT HANDLE FOR OIL/WATER LIFTING LUGS PROVIDED.A SPREADER BAR SHOULD BE USED WH�RE NECESSARY.UNDER VERTICAL TUBE SEPARATOR CLEAN OUT SUPPUED BY NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE THE USE OF CHAINS OR SLINGS AROUND THE SEPARATOR SHELL COEESCER,SUPPUED OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR ALLOWED. WITH TANK _ S. THE SEPARATOR MUST BE INSTALLED IN A LEVEL AND PWLIB POSITION.CHECK ELEVATIONS --- --- - ___- AT EACH END OF THE SEPARATOR WITH A TRANSIT AND ADJUST AS NECESSARY TO 1/2'IN 20'-01.CHECK ELEVATIONS ACROSS THE DIAMETER OF THE SEPARATOR AND ADJUST TO -- 3'-0' 2V-11' 3_0• 1/4'IN 10'-0". 9. SPECIAL CARE SHOULD BE EXERCISED WHEN INSTALLING THE HOLD DOWN.MAKE SURE THAT 27-11' __-- NSSTTRUCT,NS FOR MEN SE DNS DEAD MEN ANCHORNG.ALANCHOR EXPOSED STEELLLHOOKS,SWIRE.ETC.,MANUFACTURERS BE COATED FOR CATHODIC PROTECTION. RIVERSIDE-iDB3B%CODA"DUAL'MULTI-ACCESS MANHOLE, TANK PUN MEIN 36"0%CENTER PORT ACCESS FOR REMOVING DEBRIS 10.APPROVED BACKFILL MATERIAL,CONSISTING OF PEA GRAVEL OR CRUSHED STONE,SHALL BE FROM TRASH BASKET.FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED OPW RIID-7410 MANHOLE,24"f MANHOLE FOR OIL/ PLACED 12'HIGH ALONG BOTTOM SIDES OF SEPARATOR BY HAND SHOVEUNG AND PROBING BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(1)PLACE) WATER SEPARATOR 4"0 LEVEL SENSOR RISER AND 4"0 TO ENSURE PROPER SUPPORT BENEATH TANK BOTTOM.REPEAT PROCEDURE WITH ANOTHER RISER FOR MANUALLY STICKING THE TANK.FURNISHED 12'UFT AND THEN COMPLETE BACKFILUNG TO THE TOP OF TANK. BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2) OPW CONQUISTADOR 39CD-WT18 39 1/2'0 BOLT-DOWN COMPOSITE PLACES)BOTH RISER ARE TO BE 4"0 BLACK STEEL 11.FILL SEPARATOR WITH CLEAN WATER TO BALLAST,AFTER BALLASTING IS COMPLETE,CHECK MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH IS'SKIRT(FIELD CUT TO 15'). RISER PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS ELEVATIONS FOR PROPER TOLERANCES.CLOSE VALVES OF INLET AND OUTLET PIPES UNTIL Q FURNISHED BY OWNER°INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(1)PLACE) THE DRAINAGE AREA IS PAVED. 2'BUCK STEEL VENT PIPING NOTI�t 12.WHERE AIR OR HYDROSTATIC TESTING IS REQUIRED AFTER INSTALLATION,IT IS RECOMMENDED I— > M 2'OPEN VENT RISER CAP BY THAT THE PRESSURE APPLIED SHALL NOT BE IN EXCESS OF 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH O U Z _ N CONTRACTOR(TYP FOR(2) 1.FOR ALL PIPING INVERT ELEVATIONS (PSIG)AS MEASURED AT THE TOP OF THE SEPARATOR, W m N BRAVO-94872-S-11 FIBERGLASS CONTAINMENT SUMP EXTENSION VENTS) SEE CIVIL PLAINS. 13.EXTEND ALL VENT LINES TO ATMOSPHERE AS SHOWN.SEPARATOR MUST BE VENTED TO �Q7 LU co WITH .S OPENING ON NE WIN WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK 2.ALL PIPE TO MANHOLE ASSURE PROPER OPERATION.EXTEND RISERS TO A MINIMUM OF 12'-0'ABOVE FINISHED `" U Z COVER.SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED T CONTRACTOR.EXTENSION IS CONNECTIONS TO BE MADE GRADE. Uj Z O Q BE ADJUSTED/CUT AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR PER SITES C WITH RUBBER SLEEVES TO FORM GRADES. OIL/WATER SEPARATOR VENT RISER A WATER TIGHT CONNECTION. 14.THE THREAD PROTECTORS OF UNUSED OPENINGS SHALL BE REMOVED.PERMANENT METAL d m J CLUSTER(SEE DETAIL ON SHEET PLUGS TREATED WITH PIPE COMPOUND SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL UNUSED OPENINGS. W a XERXES 22"0 x LAC HIGH MAN WAY Ll! Z WITH PPN2L FURNISHED BY OWNER, 3.PIPING ENTERING OIL/WATER SEPARATOR Z(TYP(1)PLACE) INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR MUST BE INSTALLED USING 6"SCHEDULE 15.TOP OFF SEPARATOR WITH CLEAN WATER UNTIL WATER IS DISCHARGED FROM OUTLET PIPING. N Q > 40 PVC PIPE AND GLUED FITTINGS. THE SEPARATOR MUST BE FULL OF WATER TO OPERATE.VENT PLUGS MUST BE REMOVED W N Y O 38X100A RIVERSIDE-108 "DUAL"MULTI-ACCESS MANHOLE, FOR SEPARATOR TO FILL 38"0 WEN PORT ACCESS FOR REMOVING DEBRIS J O FROM TRASH BASKET.FURNISHED BY OWNER.INSTALLED 16.NO'FERNCO"TYPE FITTINGS ALLOWED AT ANY PART OF THE OWS PIPING SYSTEM.ALL cC BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(1)PLACE) CONNECTIONS TO BE MECHANICAL OR SOLVENT/CEMENT TYPE. Q Q C _Z RIVERSIDE 10818X10, 18"0 MANHOLE WITH UFT L~LJ m J HANDLE FOR OIL/WATER SEPARATOR CLEAN OUT RIVERSIDE-10636X10DA'DUAL'MULTI-ACCESS O m SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR MANHOLE,36"f W/CENTER PORT ACCESS. - m O O Q DPW 6110-2410 MANHOLE,24"0 FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY O (o CLEAN OUT TO BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 3'-0' MANHOLE FOR OIL/WATER CONTRACTOR(TYP(1)PLACE) J p MAXIMUM OF 5'-0'�FROM THE END OF OIL/ SEPARATOR 4'f LEVEL SENSOR RISER N ATER SEPARATOR BY CONTRACTOR AND 4'0 RISER FOR MANUALLY STICKING THE TANK.FURNISHED BY RIVERSIDE 10618X10, 18"0 MANHOLE CATfI= N07M OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR WITH LIFT HANDLE FOR OIL/WATER (TYP(2)PLACES)BOH RISER ARE SEPARATOR CLEAN OUT SUPPUED BY 1, ALL BUCK STEEL PIPE&FITTINGS IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND ARE TO BE WRAPPED SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM TO BE 4"0 BLACK STEEL RISER PIPE OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR AND/OR COATED FOR CATHODIC PROTECTION PER SPECIFICATIONS. MANHOLE(TYP 1"IIN 24') THREADED BOTH ENDS(SEE DETAIL CLEAN OUT TO BE INSTALLED 01/PP7.1) A MINIMUM OF 3'-O" 8'REINFORCED CONCRETE (MAXIMUM OF 5'-0")FROM TANK SLAB IN OFF-LARD/PARKING THE END OF 01 WATER OL WATM SEPMATOR(�IAL NOTO AREA AND DRIVE AREA SEPARATOR BY ONTRACTOR 1.GENERAL TANK SPECIFICATIONS: -WALL FIBERGLASS OIL/WATER SEPARATOR. .- Z °• a ' ;o ° - -NOMINAL CAPACITY OF THE SEPARATOR CHAMBERS IS 4,000 GALLONS Q - -- TOTAL CAPACITY:4,000. ?" _ -OIL STORAGE CAPACITY IS 380 GALJANS. o + --- -SPILL CAPACITY IS 2,400 GALLONS.. _ -ESTIMATED WEIGHT OF TANK IS 4000 1b. 'L -DESIGNED FLOW RATE IS 146 OPP.,. -REMOVABLE POLYPROPYLENE COALESCER PLATE PACKS ARE INSTALLED. U 'Z FLOW -TANK TESTING PRESSURE IS 5 PSIG MAXIMUM. Ud 0 FLOW -DEADMEN WITH(2)HOLD-DOWN STRAPS ARE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. 0 1- 0 INLET:8'SCHEDULE 40 PVC \ ► " CPPE AND ONTRACTOR LIED FTITNGS BY 2"FIG.-VEIN C FLOW / J UU p} Z W INVERT ELEVATION IS TO BE 2"NPT FTG.-VENT m 0 IT - CALCULATED BY CIVIL ENGINEER. BURIAL DEPTH OF TANK IS BASED INFLUENT NOZZLE SWING JOINT EFFLUENT NOZZLE OUTLET:8"SCHEDULE 40 PVC 3 W ON INVERT ELEVATION.SEE CIVIL SUPPLIED BY XERXES. MALE N.P.T.x BELL COUPLING PIPE AND GLUED FIRINGS BY SUPPUED BY XERXES. Q PLANS FOR INVERT ELEVATION SEE DETAIL ON PP7.1 I I BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) SEE DETAIL ON PP7.1 / CONTRACTOR Q. 2'BUCK STEEL VENT II p APPROVED BACKFILL PIPING BY CONTRACTOR s v ena0q is ron MmIMu wsui aPrn NI MATERIAL I I L2"BLACK STEEL VENT PIPING BY (TYP FOR(2)VENTS) nwx a 6'—C fnOLl FlNI9NE0 CxME 10 LOP OF TNIK CONTRACTOR P FOR m �umn�s �µ wamno tAgx (TY (2)VENTS) IIMOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THESE PUNS OR IILU EXPRESSED BY A OWNER REPRESENTATIVE,ALL DEADMEN SLOPE SIDE OF EXCAVATION AS c FIBERGLASS INLET AND OSHA STANDARDS I ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER WITH TANKS. I REQUIRED BY SOIL CONDITIONS DIFFUSER,SUPPUED WITH TANK I 12'-9" DEADMAN STRAP LOCATION pp Q OIL 4,D00 GALLON FIBERGLASS FLOW- OIL/WATER SEPARATOR nm nKw. FIBERGLASS CLEAN e • WATER COLLECTOR, ° • SUPPLIED WITH TANK _ CONCRETE DEADMAN.SUPPLIED INSTALLED BAY OWNER, SHEET: LYPROPYL E - CONTRACTOR ��, _ VERTICAL TUBE COELESCER,SUPPLIEDTT Plan Review PP7 ITH TANK ll �01 SIDE SECTION By SAFEBuilt P7 112" = V-o" SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM SS MANHOLE(TYP 1'IN 247 RIVERSIDE-10636X10DA"DUAL"MULTI-ACCESS 5r MANHOLE,36"0 W/CENTER PORT ACCESS FOR ;G N B"REINFORCED CONCRETE REMOVING DEBRIS FROM TRASH BASKET. I( M UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THESE PUNS OR EXPRESSED BY A TANK SUB IN OFF-LOAD/PARKING QWNER REPRESENTATIVE,ALL AREA AND DRIVE AREA FURNISHED (OWNER,INSTALLED BY 1�IM AI�I6, m W CONTRACTOR(TYP(1) PUCE) ��8{lPPUID�� 0•"• T #10 REBAR ANCHO �C 2"NPT C -i7 , ": HOLDER FTG.-VENT T 2)/10 REBAR D 2'BUCK STEEL VENT PIPE(TYP -Ilh_ AT SEPARATOR VENT LINES ONLY) P CDO a m INVERT ELEVATION IS TO BE .� n-APPROVED BACKFlLL #10 REBAR F- OALCUUTED BY CIVIL ENGINEER. MATERIAL 2"2" 4" 4" �e� W BURIAL DEPTH OF TANK IS BASED 6" V W Q w \ ON INVERT ELEVATION.SEE CIVIL / K W w PLANS FOR INVERT ELEVATION 1'-0' Z w N 00 w FLUENT pr IN SUPPLIED BY ZLEXER } W Lu H z OD Ja< 03 DEADMAN DETAIL 0 \SEE DETAIL ON PP7.1 LL o PP7. i„ _ �' ILL!co —0" z m ao"0 0 SLOPE SIDE OF 2 EXCAVATION AS Y FIBERGLASS INLET REQUIRED BY SOIL DIFFUSER,SUPPLIED CONDITIONS AND WITH TANK OSHA STANDARDS _— 8' 8" 4" III SUMP SHOWN IS FOR MINMUM CONCRETE DEADMAN, BURIAL DEPTH OF TANK AT 4'-11• SUPPLIED BY OWNER, FROM FINISHED GRADE TO TOP OF INSTALLED BY C 3 z 4.1 STEEL CHANNEL TANK CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE �/��/ CONTRACTOR I FOR F1ETA VERIFYING TANK BURIAL OZ END �L11� 2"P/C 24"LONG FOR DEPTH PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. . N �[ TANK STICK STORAGE P7. 1/2" - )'-0" —CONCRETE BASE 2"BLACK STEEL SWING JOINT SUPPORT PIPE MALE N.P.T.x BELL COUPLING BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) 40 RISER FOR MANUALLY SOCKING JUNCTION BOX n THE TANK FOR CHECKING OIL CONDUIT WITH SEALOFF PLAN 2'BLACK STEEL VENT PIPE(TYP) LEVELS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED FITTING- REFER TO BY CONTRACTOR.RISER IS TO BE ELECTRICAL FOR CONNECTION 4"0 BUCK STEEL RISER PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS 23-0033.2"OPEN VENT. (UPFLOW)TO BE USED W 0 AT SEPARATOR TANK 4"0 LEVEL SENSOR RISER,LEVEL SENSOR (TYP(2)PLACES) L > M PROBE AND MODULE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, OPW 6110 2410 MANHOLE,24"0 r RIVERSIDE-1063OXIODA'DUAL' INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.RISER IS MANHOLE FOR OIL/WATER O LU Z J N MULTI-ACCESS MANHOLE.36'0 W/CENTER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SEPARATOR 4"0 LEVEL SENSOR 2'BLACK STEEL VENT PIPING 2' W m N RISER IS TO BE 4"0 BLACK STEEL RISER HOPE EXTENSION TO MANHOLE PORT ACCESS FOR REMOVING DEBRIS FROM RISER AND 4"0TIC RISER FOR OPEN VENT RISER CAP BY Q O Z O TRASH BASKET.FURNISHED BY OWNER PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS PLAN MANUALLY STICKING THE TANK. CONTRACTOR(TYP FOR(2) a/ I 1 O INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(1)PUCE) FURNISHED BY OWNER, VENT$) W Z J 0 Q TA REINFORCED CONCRETE INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP RIVERSIDE ES S MANHOLE, "DUAL" TANK SUB IN OFF-LOAD/PARKIN6 (2)PLACES)BOTH RISER ARE MULTI-ACCESS MANHOLE,36'0 W/CENTER •� O" 2 AREA AND DRIVE AREA 6'SCHEDULE 40 PVC CAP WITH HOLE PORT ACCESS.FURNISHED BY OWNER, a I DRILLED IN CENTER FOR PULL CHAIN FROM OPW 6110-2410 MANHOLE,24"0 MANHOLE TO BE 4'0 BLACK STEEL RISER W CLEAN OUT TO BE INSTALLED A TRASH BASKET.SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED FOR OIL/WATER SEPARATOR 4"0 LEVEL PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(1)PLACE) Z ,Z^ SENSOR RISER AND 4"0 RISER FOR PAINT ALL EXPOSED PIPE y \\ MINIMUM OF 3'-0" ND OF OF BY CONTRACTOR MANUALLY STICKING THE TANK.FURNISHED BY AND SUPPORT FRAME BUCK Q / W O 5'-07 FROM THE END OF OIL/ 6"SCHEDULE 40 PVC FEMALE PAC TO OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2) 6'SCHEDULE 40 PVC CAP.SUPPLIED AND (� Y ` WATER SEPARATOR BY CONTRACTOR Lu THREADED ADAPTER.SUPPLIED AND PLACES)BOTH RISER ARE TO BE 4"0 BLACK INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR J ,,^^ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR STEEL RISER PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS 3 B BUCK STEEL U BOLTS P ~ O V SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM 6"SCHEDULE 40 PVC FEMALE PVC TO RIVERSIDE 10618X10. 18"0 MANHOLE /" ) MANHOLE P 1'IN 24 THREADED ADAPTER,SUPPLIED AND L (TYP 7 IN SCHEDULE 40 PVC.SUPPLED AND WITH LIFT HANDLE FOR OIL/WATER +� r I Z INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR B'FROM TOP OF MANHOLE INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR INTERCEPTOR CLEAN OUT SUPPLIED BY 4'-0"C 3 x 4.1 STEEL CHANNEL S I'- (/) RIVERSIDE 10618X10, 1B"0 TO TOP OF PIPE COUPLING OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR C W N MANHOLE WITH LIFT HANDLE FOR 8'x 6"x 6"SCHEDULE 40 PVC FELECTRICAL B'SCHEDULE 40 PVC,SUPPLIED AND J Q O y„ 01 WATER SEPARATOR CLEAN TEE,SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OMTEC,2'NPT BRASS BUSHING JUNCTION BOX INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR O O Q OUST SUPPLIED BY OWNER CONTRACTOR DOUBLE TAP BUSHING. CONDUIT WITH SEALOFF CLEAN OUT TO BE INSTALLED O CD INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FITTING-REFER TD 6"z 8'x 6'SCHEDULE 40 PVC A MINIMUM OF 3'-0' O TEE,SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY 6'SCHEDULE 40 PVC,SUPPLIED AND ELECTRICAL FOR CONTRACTOR -) A N B DOUBLE TAP BUSHING.'4'x 2'x 2" CONNECTIONS ® THE ENDOFF OIL./WATER M fi INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR SEPARATOR BY CONTRACTOR 0 m H I N �Y CO LINGK STEEL Y COUPLING THREADED BOTH ENDS r= HOPE EXTENSION TO H MANHOLE 2'BUCK STEEL VENT LINE Z � RISER PIPES(7YP) � ,I HDPE EXTENSION Y 1/2"s NPT EXTENSION NIPPLE BUCK STEEL TO MANHOLE EXTENSION RISER 4'-8"C 3 x 4,A STEEL CHANNEL 1- FLOW �O PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS 2'PVC 24"LONG FOR C) z FLOW W^. TANK STICK STORAGE ' Q 4"0 BUCK STEEL RISER O a INLET:6"SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE THREADED BOTH ENDS 2'BLACK STEEL SUPPORT PIPE 1 R' PIPE AND GLUED FITTINGS BY CONTRACTOR /'�i APPROVED 2'NPT EXTENDED 8'-8"ABOVE GRADE N _ FTC. VENT AND CAPPED(TYP(2)PLACES) _ Y NPT FIG. VENT I BACKFILL 1 n OUTLET.6"SCHEDULE � J W 74 6'x 6'x 4'SCHEDULE 40 PVC PVC PIPE AND / a p G GLUED FITTINGS BY COAT AND/OR WRAP ALL STEEL Z TEE WITH 2"PVC REDUCER FOR CONTRACTOR PIPING AND FITTINGS IN CONTACT �. C 6'z 6"x 4"SCHEDULE A.PVC TEE VENT,SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED WITH GROUND FOR CATHODIC WITH 2"PVC REDUCER FOR VENT, CAUTION OIL LEVEL INTERFACE BY CONTRACTOR PROTECTION.EXTEND COATING TO m SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR 2"BLACK STEEL VENT PIPE FLOAT TO 6E SET AT 5'-3 2'BLACK STEEL z (TYP AT SEPARATOR VENT 3" e'ABOVE FINISH GRADE LINES ONLY) FROM BOTTOM OF TANK BY VENT PIPE(TYP AT 6"SCHEDULE 40 PVC,SUPPLIED AND / 6"SCHEDULE 40 PVC FEMALE TO h CONTRACTOR. SEPARATOR VENT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PVC FLANGED ADAPTER,SUPPLED v LINES ONLY) FINISHED GRADE p AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR HIGH OIL LEVEL INTERFACE 6'SCHEDULE 40 PVC FEMALE \ FLOAT TO BE SET AT TO PVC FLANGED ADAPTER INFLUENT NOZZLE 4'-11 yT'FROM BOTTOM SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY co SUPPLIED BY XERXES CONTRACTOR / WING JOINT OF TANK BY CONTRACTOR. S TRASH BASKET OMTEC-OW1-2 TANK EFFLUENT NO LE SUPPLIED BY XERXES. i SUPPLIED BY XERXES LEVEL MONITOR PROBE / _ C MALE N.P.T.x BELL COUPLING BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) MATE�AL'VED BACKFlLL a 1h.�V�EL M RISERS MUST BE PLUMB. FIBERGLASS INLET 2.I I- Q m / F THIS CLUSTER WITHIN ISDIFFUSER.SUPPLIED FIVE FEET OF CURB WITH TANK 4 PROTECT WITH BOLLARDS. - ` \ @ ° / 2'BLACK STEEL VENT PIPE(TYP) 6• 1-9 1/4' $• 33'x 12"x 8"CONCRETE BASE FIBERGLASS CLEAN WATER COLLECTOR, 2'-9 1/4' Plan Review SHEET: \ SUPPLIED WITH TANK / SYHF^S^ B u l It SECTION E� t \ 04 VENT CLUSTER DETAILS PP7. 1 01 OWS MANHOLE DETAILS PP7. 3/4' = 1'_p" PP7. 3/4" = 1'-0" USED AT OIL\WATER SEPARATOR OWNER SUPPLIED OWNER SUPPLIED OWNER SUPPLIED DISPENSER PETROLEUM AND INTERCEPTOR PARTS PETROLEUM AND INTERCEPTOR PARTS HANGING HARDWARE Q 0 OTY. MANUFACTURER EQUIPMENT DESORPTION QTY. MANUFACTURER EQUIPMENT DESC FMN OTY. MANUFACTURER EQUIPMENT DESCRPTION v a 1 XERXES 633-85407-4,G00 GALLON.V-0'0 x 21'-11'LONG,SINGLE-WALL FIBERGLASS UNDERGROUND OIL/WATER 2 HUSKY P 885 2"SUP-ON PRESSURE/VACUUM VENT CAP,OPENS AT 8-8"OF WATER COLUMN(WC)VACUUM. 12 CATLOW NEPNL-PRESS ACTIVATED NOZZLE,BUCK FOR GASOLINE,SPLASH GUARD INCLUDED(BLACK) N SEPARATOR WITH 22"0 x 30"HIGH MANWAY WITH(2)4"NPT FITTINGS AND(2)48.0 X 6"CONTAINMENT COLLAR 2 OPW 523A-1003 3'THREAD ON ADAPFOR TO 2"VENT DBE USED WITH HUSKY-HP-48B5 2"SLIP-ON PRESSURE FOR SUMP,TRASH SCREEN.AND OMTEC-OWI-2 TANK LEVEL MONITOR PROBE (INCLUDE(2)HOLD DOWN CT / 12 CATLOW STRAPS).DEAD MEN TO BE SUPPLIED WITH TANK. _ VACUUM VENT CAP). CW-NEPL-PRESS ACTIVATED NOZZLE,LEAD,AUTO DIESE4 SPLASH GUARD INCLUDED(ORS 2 XERXES 637-108.07-30,000 GALLON. 10'-0'0 x 55'-9 3/4"LONG DOUBLE-WALL FIBERGLASS UNDERGROUND STORAGE 5 MORRISON 184 SERIES 25DO MB.4"x-2-.2'DOUBLE TAP BUSHING.(00 SENSOR,SETS DISCH.SHIP.STPFI010 24 CATLOW C720-3/4,3/4`MULTI PLANE SWIVEL(ALTO CAR AND AUTO DIESEL) TANK.INCLUDES(1)22"0 FLANGED MANWAY WITH(1)6'NPT AND(1)4'NPT FITTING WITH A 48"0 x 6' CVSE-200,2"STAINLESS STEEL SWING CHECK VALVE W/PRESSURE REUEF 1 A CONTAINMENT COLLAR,(3)4'NPT TANK FITTINGS,(1)4'NPT FITTING FOR DRY INTERSTITIAL MONITORING, 2 METTLE () T FAIC11NB DSCFNRGE LIE AT TANK) 1 (INCLUDE(10)HOLD DOWN STRAPS PER TANK).DEAD MEN TO BE SUPPLIED WITH TANK.(DIESEL) 4 CATLOW C72G-1, I"SWIVEL(LUSTER AND SATEUIIE TIBICK ME'L) o 2 JOMAR JI-T100-702,3/8'BALL VALVE 14 CATLOW NM1P-PRESS ACTIVATED NOZZLE(MISTER AND SITTELM TRUCK DIM) 1 XERXES 643-955.05-30,000 GALLON. 10'-0"0 x 55'-9 3/4"LONG,DOUBLE-WALL FIBERGLASS UNDERGROUND STORAGE 3 JOMAR JI-T100-2PC,2'FULL PORT BALL VALVE(DO NOT USE ON 09 DSCFIAROE U 40 TANK.INCLUDES(2)22"0 FLANGED MANWAYS,(1)WITH(1)6'NPT AND(2)4"NPT FITTINGS,(1)WITH HEATER, 24 CATLOW CTM75,3/4'REUSABLE BREAKAWAY,CAM TWIST. W Q W BOTH WITH A 48'0 x 6"CONTAINMENT COLLAR,(3)4'NPT TANK FITTINGS,(1)4"NPT FITTING FOR DRY 2 JOMAR JI-T100-2SS,2"STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE /" CALTIO GLS AND AUro DIESEL) INTERSTITIAL MONITORING,(INCLUDE(10)HOLD DOWN STRAPS PER TANK).DEAD MEN TO BE SUPPLED WITH TANK. 3 JOMAR EACH BID DSCIIARGE �• 14 CATLOW Z 5,C N'.E (899-WITH HEATER). JI-T100-3.3`FULL PoRT BALL VALVE. CTIVI= 1'REUSABLE BREAKAWAY,CAM TWIST(MASTER AND SATELLITE TRUCK DIESEL) Q W Z r I XERXES 555-577.01-20.000 GALLON. 10,^0"0%37,-9 1/4"LONG,TWO COMPARTMENT(8.000 GAL AND 12,000 GAL) 4 UNIVERSAL 13G0-40,4"LOCKING PIPE PLUG(CAP FOR TOP OF MDNRaBNo NFLL PIPES). 24 CONTINENTAL CONRIECH CT-3409.CONTINENTAL 3/4'X 9'-O"FLEXSTEEL FUEL HOSE,(/ALTO CAB Alp AIM DUW J W Z W 00 DOUBLE-WALL FIBERGLASS UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK.INCLUDES(2)22"0 FLANGED MANWAY WITH(1)-6"NPT LL AND(1)4"NPT FITTING,(3)48'0 X 6"COMPARTMENT COLLAR FOR STP SUMP,(6)-4"NPT TANK FITTINGS,(1) 1 UNIVERSAL U412-40,4"ALUMINUM PIPE CAP WITH STEEL CROSSBAR C O F-.•. 4"NPT FITTING FOR DRY INTERSTITIAL MONITORING,(INCLUDE(6)HOLD DOWN STRAPS PER TANK)DEAD MEN TO (USE AT RISER PIPES AT OILt*TER WERCFPIDR AND CWT CHAMBER). 24 CONTINENTAL CONTITECH CT-WHP3408,CONTINENTAL 3/4'%8"WHIP HOSE.(AUTO 0.44 AND AUro DIESE7a I"' Z J ui to BE SUPPLIED WITH TANK.(8,000 GAL SUPER GASOLINE AND 12,000 GAL DEF). 2 FLEXING FFUL30X24M%FUN 3"x 24"MICE X FEMALE UNION FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE HOSE(USE AT DIESEL 0 O_5SHIP). 14 CONTINENTAL CONTITECH CT-108,CONTINENTAL 1"%e'-0"FLEXSTEEL FUEL NOSE QiA4IER AND SA7F]illE TRUCK DESEL) J N C 1 XERXES 634-006.03-20,000 GALLON.10'-0"0 X 37'-8 3/4"LONG,DOUBLE-WALL FIBERGLASS UNDERGROUND STORAGE 2 FLEXING FLX-224MSXF.2'X 24"-FIRE RATED 2"MALE SWIVEL X 2"FEMALE%24'LONG, IL TANK.INCLUDES A 22"0 FLANGED MANWAY WITH(1)-6"NPT AND(1)4"NPT FIRING,48"0 X 6"CONTAINMENT (USE AT CAS Alp AUTO DIESEL SIP). 14 CONTINENTAL CONTITECH CT-WHP108,CONTINENTAL 1"X 8'WHIP HOSE.QLIAm Alp SATELLITE Tm=SESF3) Q-C3 p COLLAR FOR STP SUMP.(3)4"NPT TANK FITTINGS,(1)4'NPT FITTING FOR DRY INTERSTITIAL MONITORING, 1 BRAYO f-fi4-TS-T-MP-6'x4'TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE (INCLUDE(6)HOLD DOWN STRAPS PER TANK)MADMAN TO BE SUPPLIED WITH TANK.(REGULAR GASOLINE) Z 6 BRAVO F-43-TS-T-MP-4"x3"TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE OWNER SUPPLIED Y 7 BRAVO BOTTOMSAND 48"0 X TAD TALL LEFIB EXTENSION DEEP BURIAL TANK P.22"TO TALL BASE WIT1GH 48"0 OPENING ON 13 BRAVO - F-32-15-T-MP-3"x2'TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE DISPENSER PARTS BOTTOM,AND 50"TALL ADJUSTABLE EXTENSION WITH BURIAL OPENING ON TOP AL WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER.(1)PER OWS,(1)PER STP SUMP,(1)PER SIPHON,(1)PER HEATER SUMP)N=EPDXY KITS ARE 30 BRAVO F-07-FF-1"CONDUIT ELECTRICAL BULKHEAD FITTING SUPPLIED WITH SUMP,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR _ i PILOT/NEUYMAYER B99 INJECTION BUILDING TO INCLUDE 6'-0'x 2'-6'SUMP,PRE-ASSEMBLED MOTOR PUMP ASSEMBLY.3'ROTARY 23 OYRAMIS SUMP SENSOR MOUNTING/LOCKING LOCK KIT IS SUPPLIED WITH 5'x 5'METAL MOUNTING PLATE,(2)'U'BOLTS, PART Q'('A! pgUN'gi EMIPMENT DESCRIPTION FLOW METER,DIESEL BY-PASS,GATE VALVES,BUTTERFLY VALVES,AND 8100 INJECTION SYSTEM- 2"PIPE SLEEVE,LOCKING BAR,PAD LOCK AND KEY.INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 2 RJ-P20007-3RJ2,2HP FIXED SPEED-208 VOLT,SINGLE-PHASE SUBMERSIBLE PUMP WITH OVERLOAD 0 1 BRAVO B-7380-EO SOLID-Fl"CONDURLES5 FIBERGLASS DISPENSER SUMP FOR GILBARCO'ENCORE'DISPENSERS.RED JACKET O PROTECTION INSTALLED ON SIP.PUMP LENGTH IS ADJUSTABLE FROM 107'-168".PUMP LENGTH TO BE ADJUSTEDL__.:7� TNLTLLXIES(1)STAWLMM LRTZKU AND SHEAR VANE WOuNRNG PLATE(*/SOUS)PER SKIP. BY CONTRACTOR.WITH MECHANICAL LINE LEAK DETECTOR POWER INTEGRITY PI-IA-ESOCA/T-EMERGENCY STOP CONTROL STATION-TWIST TO RELEASE WITH ALARM AND CLEAR COVER 6 BRAVO B-7380-EO SOLID-F3L CONDUITLESS FIBERGLASS DISPENSER SUMP FOR GILBARCO"ENCORE"DISPENSERS. 2 REO JACKET RJ-410763MOOT,5 H.P.•-208/230 VOLT,THREE-PHASE SUBMERSIBLE PUMP INSTALLED ON SIP. INCLUDES(3)STABBM BRACKETS AND SHEAR VM.VE MOUNTING PLATES(#/BOLTS)PER SUMP. ONCULADE 1 SIPHON KR PER B H.P.M01IXD NOTE, ALL TANKS ARE CERTIFIED 70 ILL N11316 BY XERXES CORPORATION. (03 7 BRAVO B-7385-F3XL-EO-DEF-PT,CONDURLESS FIBERGLASS DISPENSER SUMP FOR GILBARCO"ENCORE"DISPENSERS 3 RED JACKET RJ-410648-001 MAX%UM 115/230V COIL MAGNETIC STARTER(1)PER 5 K.P.MOTOR AND(1)PER DEF MOTOR �- ! W/DEF.INCLUDES(3)STAmuzo BARB AND SHEAR VALVE I(pUNONO pLAj=(*'/BOLTS)PER SUMP. DROP TUBE 18 DPW IOBFP-5726,1-1/2'EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF VALVE FEMALE NPT TOP.DOUBLE POPPET. 6 RED JACKET RJ-410649MOOT 208/230V HEATER C3 PER B H.P.MAC STARTER) I ® (BLS AND AUTO WESEL INLETS ONLY) LGJ 3 RED JACKET RJ-410849-011 208/230V HEATER(3 PER DEF STP MAD STARTER) IDENTIFICATION TAGS 7 OPW 1ORF-2001 2"EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF VALVE FEMALE NPT TOP,SINGLE POPPET 0061ER INLETS ONLY). 3 RED JACKET 880-049-1.ISOIROL 1-8 CONTROL BOX WITH DISPENSER ISOLATION, 120V WITHOUT RELAY. ! - p® 14 OPW 10BF-6725 1 1/2"EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF VALVE,FEMALE NPT TOP,SINGLE POPPET (1)PER B HP.MOTOR A TOR.ND(1)PER OFF MO UP TO B DISPEL. QTY. MANUFACTURER EOURIMENT DESCFiPTION (SAT.INLErs AND SAr.ounEls ONLY). 2 RED JACKET 880-047-1,ISOTROL 1-8R CONTROL BOX WITH DISPENSER ISOLATION,120V WITH RELAY. 0 6 DPW SOVSP-1001,1 1/2"x 1'VAPOR LINE SHEAR VALVE,DOUBLE POPPET. (1)PER 2 II,P.MOTOR LP 70 B DOPElMMSN 1 UNITED SIGN US-FPI-125U FILL PIPE ID TAG BLACK-REGULAR UNLEADED 0® 7 FLEXING FLX-2X12144 FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR,2"MALE SWIVEL%2'MALE X 2 F.E.PETRO FE-SIP-SCIII,3 PHASE SMART CONTROLLER(1)PER B H.P.SIT) 1 UNITED SIGN US-FPI-125P FILL PIPE ID TAG-PREMIUM UNLEADED 12`LONG'(TAA$TEA INLETS ONLY) 2 F.E.PETRO FE-STP-MLD+G,2'LEAK DETECTOR PORT WITH MECHANICAL LINE LEAK DETECTOR(1)PER 2 H.P.SIP) 0® 14 FLEXING FLX-11212MMS-SS,FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR.1 1/2"MALE SWIVEL X 7 UNITED SIGN US-FPI-125D FILL PIPE ID TAG-DIESEL 1 1/2"MALE X 12"LONG.O ES&DISPENSERS-SAT OUTLET AND SAT.TINS ONLY) u) 1 1B FLEXING I FL%-11212MMS-SS,FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR. 1 1/2"MALE SWIVEL X W in 2 F.E.PETRO 3"LEAK DETECTOR PORT WITH MECHANICAL LINE LEAK DETECTOR 1 1/2"MALE X 12'LONG,(GAS AND ADTD DIESEL (SIP-MID-FK�).(1)PER 6 HA'.SIP) MNEIS ONLY) J L J M 3 UNITED SIGN US-fPl-121 FILL PIPE ID TAG- B700 DIESEL 1 8 FLEXING FRF'08X20, 1.5'M346 X EZ-FIT FRP 90',FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR. 1 1/2"MALE SWIVEL X = E 6 GILBARCO "ENCORE 500(1+1)W/DEF'ULTRA HI FLOW MASTER/SATELLITE COMBO DISPENSER(TRUCK DIESEL/DEF). ___ 2"EZ FIT CONNECTION X 20"LONG.(AUTO D -ALL STAGE E LINES) Z N HANGING HARDWARE FOR DIESEL TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.HANGING HARDWARE m N FOR DEF TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. ___ 39 JOMAR JI-TIOO-2PC,2"FULL PORT BALL VALVE(ALL PRODWTT UINES AT TRUCK AND AUTO Dom). W W OD 1 GILBARCO "ENCORE 500(1+1)W/DEF'ULTRA HI FLOW MASTER DISPENSER(TRUCK DIESEL/DEF).HANGING HARDWARE T0� = QT 6 DPW US-FPI-22 VAPOR RECOVERY I.D.TAG(ALL VAPOR RISERS TO INCLUDE DIESEL DEF.AND 9100) 1 32 QUALITY PIPE T-2MX112F-B,2"MALE X 1 1 (SAT.INLETS.SAT.OUTLETS,CAB,AND AUTO DIESEL. U U Z BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.HANGING HARDWARE FOR DEF TO BE SUPPLIED BY � © /2'FEMALE REDUCER FRYING OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. - - O 2 UNITED SIGN US-FPI-DEF.FILL PIPE ID TAG-DEF INL1�DNtq (I) 1 GILBARCO 'ENCORE 50V ULTRA HI FLOW SATELLITE DISPENSER(TRUCK DIESEL).HANGING HARDWARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY - 1 i4 BRAVO F-AZ-TS-T-MP-4"x3'TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE �'F^� CL OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. V B GILBARCO "ENCORE"700(3+1)(4)HOSE BLENDING DISPENSER WITH STAGE II VAPOR.INCLUDES CARD READER AND OWNER SUPPLIED 70 BRAVO F-32-TS-T-MP-3'x2"TERMINATION FITTING WITH TEST PORTS FOR FIBERGLASS PIPE Z ; >- Z INTERNAL SPEAKER KIT.HANGING HARDWARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. L 2119E N INVENTORY FOR"ENCORE 500 PACKATE 12 INVENTORY FOR"ENCORE EDO INVENTORY FOR"ENCORE SOW F LU 0 MONITORINGEQUIPMENT LIST (1+1)"ULTRA HI FLOW MASTER/SATELLITE (1+1)"ULTRA HI FLOW MASTER DISPENSER ULTRA HI SATELLITE DISPENSER: a Q � ��F� COMBO DISPENSER(TRUCK DIESEL W/DEF): (TRUCK DIES W/P NUMBER gm PART NUMBER OL+LJ O V __ __ _ (1) 8 RIVERSIDE 3'-0"X 16'-0'X 13"METAL ISLAND FORMS WITH 24'HIGH BUMPER AT BOTH ENDS.(DIESEL ! - (1) (1) ® (1) (D D MANUFACTURER EOUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (1) ® (1) 9 (1) ® L) V) J 6 RIVERSIDE 3'-0"X 6'-0"X 13'SS ISLAND FORM(OAS DISEPENSERS) (2) ® (1) ® (1) 0 = O N (1) ® (1) ® (1) 0 Q C li 2 RIVERSIDE 10636XIODA"DUAL'MULTI-ACCE59 MANHOLE 36'0 W/CENTER PORT ACCESS (2) ® (1) ® (1) 0 O Q CAT OL/WAS SErAT6awI al>T CONSOLE (3) 0 (2) 0 O C J AND�)' 1 VEEDER-ROOT (2) © (1) 1© �/ I848290-022,TLS 350 PLUS CONSOLE WITH PRINTER AND DISPLAY.(327 SOFTWARE TO BE SHIPPED WITH UNIT) (2) t0 (2) © _d C4 14 RIVERSIDE 10618X10,18"0 MANHOLE WITH LIFT HANDLE(OIL/WATER SEPAR11T0R CLEAN OUT,LEVEL BE]1SOR5,iIIERSIITLAL) - (4) 0 (3) 0 MODULES AND COMMUNICATIONS W.OF PACKAGE it: (0) OF PACKAGE/2:(1) OF PACKAGE#M(1) PAISTA6E u INVENTORY FOR'ENCORE"700 INVENTORY FOR'ENCORE"700 44CD-WT18.44 1/4'0 BOLT-DOWN COMPOSITE MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH IB"SKIRT FIELD CUT TO 15". I330020-425,KIT-TCP/IP MODULE ETHERNET BOARD. (3+1)GPSOLINE(4)HOSE BLENDING DISPENSER: (3+0 GASOLINE 2 HOSE BLENDING DISPENSER: 2 OPW CONQUISTADOR ( ) i VEEDER-ROOT ( ) g'g, p ) q'[� (pAFIT NUMBER CAT SUPER UNLEADED STP SUMP ONLY) 4 VEEDER-ROOT (1) (i) N329358-001,EIGHT-INPUT INTERSTITIAL/DRY SENSOR INTERFACE MODULE 6 OPW CONQUISTADOR P-6118-48WT,44 1/4"0 STEEL MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH 18"SKIRT(FIELD CUT TO 15"). (FOR USE 11RTII DRY INIFRSIITIAL SPACE SF?ISat3 AND ALL SUMP SENNSORS). �� ® Q) CAT SIP.SIPHON SUMPS,DIESEL TTATNK LINE SUMP,DIESEL WANIFIOLD SQ _ (3) (2 1 DPW CONQUISTADOR 39CD-WTIO 39 1/2"0 BOLT DOWN COMPOSITE MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY WITH 18"SKIRT(FIELD CUT TO 15'. 2 VEEDER-ROOT #329366-002,FOUR-INPUT PROSE INTERFACE MODULE INSTALLED IN TLS-36OR CONSOLE. (1) � (0) � • (AT ORS/�ATER SEPARATOR 24'MANIWj'E7OF11WON.) (FOR USE#1114 THE WAG 1 Atl10MA71C TANK WAGE URIC)PROBES.UP TO(4)PROBES PER MODES E). 0) (2) +Q Z 4 DPW 104AOW-1800, IWO MONITORING WELL MANHOLE(BOLT DOft 1 VEEDER-ROOT (7) 0 (4) � Q I329356-004,EIGHT-INPUT PROBE INTERFACE MODULE INSTALLED IN TLS-35OR CONSOLE tq 1 DPW 6170-2410WT,24'0 MANHOLE.(Al OIL,/RANTER SEPARATOR LEVEL SENSOR). (FOR USE Wm+THE W BLIMP SENSOR AT DEF SIP.UP TO(0)PROBES PER WDOLA.q. _ DIY.OF PACKAGE}41(NI) 07j:OF PACKAGE/61(D) O 3 DPW 233-4430,4'x 3'EXTRACTOR FTFDNG(USE AT DIESEL VENT RISER). 2 EDER-ROOT I329359-GO1,FOUR OUTPUT RELAY INTERFACE MODULE,FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF STP'S IN THE EVENT OF OWNER SUPPLIED M W Z 2 OPW 233-4433,4'x 3"(CROSS)EXTRACTOR FIT AN ALARM FRO SUMP SENSORS. TING. 0 5 OPW 71SO-410C, 10'-0"OVERFILL PREVENTION VALVE BE USED AT FILL RISER EXCEPT DEF PARTS ' ~ CID DEl) 2 VEEDER-ROOT �329380...1,TWO INPUT,TWO RELAY OUTPUT INTERFACE MODULE,FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN OF 8100 AND DEF O � 1 DPW IC-3112D-W(WHITE),5 GAL OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH DRAIN. OTOR AT LOW PRODUCT LEVEL C (USE AT REWIAR UNLEADm GAS FELL RISflS) -- QTY. MANUFACTURER EOUIPMENT DESCPJFr N = w 1 (DPW 1C-SHOD-R(RED),5 GAL.OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH GRAIN. PROBES / SENSORS AND ACCESSORIES J p(USE 1 SUPER UNLEADED BIB FILLOVER IILRL i PT PT-40A.1400140.4"FEMALE NPT STAINLESS STEEL FILL ADAPTOR(USE AT DEF FILL RISER) 0 _ 2 OPW IC-3112D-Y(YELLOW),5 GAL OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH GRAIN. 1 VEEDER-ROOT 1• (USE AT DIESEL FILL RSERR VR-846391-109PT,MAC(1)PROBE FOR ALTERNATIVE FUEL(Bl DO), 10'LENGTH WITH WATER DETECTION. -� 1 pT pT_ (USE AT pE,P FILL 2 40V, 1401140 DUST CAP. m 1 VEEDER-ROOT VR-846400-012PT,PROBE INSTALL KIT FOR LIGHT OIL 1 OPW iC-3112o-eZ(BRONZE),5 GAL.OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH GRAIN. /B100- 10'-0'LENGTH, VR-846390-109PT,MAG(1)PROBE- 10'LENGTH(DIESEL AND GASOLINE).(USE AT BBB FILL RISERS) 2 JOMAR JI-TIO0-2SS, Pb 2"STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE CM AT EACH DEF'SIP DISCHARGE;REAIIOTE FILL VENT LINE.AND 4 VEEDER-ROOT 1 5 OPW 1C-3112P-0(ORANGE),5 GAL OVER SPILL CONTAINER BUCKET WITH PLUG. 7RANSRION BUM 1 FLEXING RFIINP-SHORT,24X2CX25 5 GALLON STAINLESS STEEL REMOTE FILL SPILL CONTAINER WITH SHORT LEGS. i'STAINLESS (USE AT ALL B DIESEL VAP.I�Rom) 1 VEEDER-ROOT VR-546391-607,8'TANK LEVEL PROBE WITHOUT WATER DETECTION(DEF TANK). STEEL BALL VALVE,AND DRAIN.(USE AT DEF FILL RISER) 5 DPW 61SALP-EVR,LOW PROFILE SWIVEL FILL ADAPTOR.(USE AT ALL CAS AND DIESEL FILL RISERS) 1 FLEXING DEF2OX12MXM.2'x 12'MALE X MALE FIRE RATED FLEXIBLE HOSE FOR DEF PRODUCT.Cm 2 DPW 61VSA-EVR,LOW PROFILE SWIVEL VAPOR ADAPTOR.CASE AT ALL GASOLINE VAPOR RETOI RISERS ONLY) 2 VEEDER-ROOT VR-8B610O-010.4"GASOUNE PHASE II WATER DETECTOR PROBE INSTALLATION KIT WITH 10'OF CABLE. 7 FLEXING `? W (LSE AT ALL GAS AND DIESEL.FILL ) DEFIOSSBVKIT•2"FEMALE NPT FITTING WITH EZ FIT TO 1"FEMALE BALL VALVE FOR DEF PRODUCT.(1YP) dr 6 OPW 634LPC-EVR,LOW PROFILE FILL CAP. 2 VEEDER-ROOT O VR-846400-011,4'DIESEL AND KEROSENE PROBE INSTALLATION KIT WITH 10'OF CABLE. 2 BRAVO 84872-S-21.48"0 X 72'TALL FIBERGLASS DEEP BURIAL TANK SUMP,22"TALL BASE W/42"0 OPENING ON 2 OPW 17117-LVR,VAPOR CAP.(USE A7 ALL GASOLINE VAPOR RECOVERY RISERS ONL� I VEEDER-ROOT B O TTO M.AND 50'TALL ADJUSTABLE EXTENSION W/32"0 OPENING ON TOP W/WATERTIGHT SNAP-LOCK COVER.(1)PER VR-846400-014 4'ALTERNATIVE FLUID INSTALLATION KIT WITH 10'OF CABLE(DEF TANK) H LLI OP H12808M.4'X 5`NIPPLE(LSE A7 ALL GAS AND DIESEL FILL RISERS) DEF SIP SUMP,(1)PER DEF REMOTE RLL/VENT SUMP)NOTES EPDXY KITS ARE SUPPUED WITH SUMP,INSTALLED BY Q Q 5 5 VEEDER-ROOT Wj9409PT,DRY INTERSTITIAL SENSOR FOR FIBERGLASS TANK. CONTRACTOR 5 OPW VPN4X7.4"X 7'NIPPLE. AT ALL GAS AND DIESEL AMP.RED RL (FOR 10'0 DOUBLE-)(ALL FIBERGLASS TANKS). 1 MORRISON BROS. MR-354T-0200 AV.UPDRAFT VENT CAP.(USE AT DEF VENT RISQQ 5 OPW 61JSK-44CB,JACK SCREW FOR CAST IRON BASE NIBS AT ALL GA4 AND OESEL FILL RISERS) 1 VEEDER-ROOT VR-330020-282 4"PROBE-COMPOSITE 4'PROBE RISER CAP KIT WITH CABLE GROMMET(DEF). 1 TIRED JACKET RJ-410750-002-SHP DEF 460 DEF MOTOR AND PUMP(FOR 10`0 TANIQ. 3 OPW 116-7085,4'PIPE CAP.(USE AT C VENT RISER ON DIESEL AND 899 UST) 10 MORRISON MR-305-XPA-4EVR,4"CAP AND ADAPTOR KIT WITH CABLE GROMMET FOR INTERSTITIAL AND ATG PROBE RISER. (FOR AND M/" NTERCEPIDR!GRIT CHAWBER TANK 1 MORRISON 4'X 2"X 2"STAINLESS STEEL DOUBLE TAP BUSHING ON DEF TANK AT VENT RISER.(ONLY USED IN REMOTE FELL 2 OPW 23-0033,2"OPEN PENT AUID DIESEL 1 VL7N14} 21 VEEDER-ROOT I794380-208,SUMP SENSORS TO BE USED AT ALL FUEL SUMPS. _ APKIRA•"s) 3 DPW 23-0055,3'OPEN VENT.(LPFIJ* _ 2 DER-ROOT IB57080-111,MAG SUMP SENSOR TO BE USED AT DEF FUEL SUMPS ONLY. 1 VEEDER-RDOT VR-790091-001.OVERFILL ALARM 1►� TANK MONITORING SYSTEM FURNISHED BY PILOT AND INSTALLED GC USING EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED INSTALLER. VEEDER-ROOT VR-790095-001,OVERFILL ALARM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SWITCH SHEET: MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT SYSTEM TO BE STARTED UP BY AUTHORIZED GILBARCO/YEFJ)OR ROOT SERVICE CONTRACTOR.k` SUMP SSFORSMIN A L SUMPTI n ARE TO BE WIRED FOR POSITIVE SHUT DOWN IN THE EVENT OF AN ALARM.SEE ELECTRICAL r fan Review PP8 ✓ QTir. 'MANUFACTURER EQUIPMENT DESCFiPTION DRAWIB y SA F E B U I i t 51 INNOPLAST IS-BC752YR-54'TALL YELLOW PLASTIC BOLLARD COVERS WITH DOMED TOP.SLEEVE IS TO BE SIZED APPROPRIATELY FOR A 6'STEEL PIPE BOLLARD. 'TRAVEL CENTER BLDG.THIS SIDE' ME164'-B" OVERALL12-5' 28-0' 28'-0 28'-0" 28'-0' 28'-0" 12'-6` COLUMNS5-4' 14'-0' 14'-0" 14'-O" 14'-0" 14'-0" 14'-O" 14'-0' 14'-0" 14'-0' 14'-0' 14'-0' 5'-4° LIGHTS P• y 03 AC1 0 I A 02 °I. 'Wle O H Zaotw I e 05 �QMZr> ICI '� o b a AC1 L D O F to Z O 00 O J Not WAn W ap 400W DIRECTIONAL FLOODLIGHT PRE-FINISHED METAL SANDWICH RECESSED CANOPY LAUTO CANOPY STRUCTURAL STEEL, � O PROVIDED 8:INSTALLED BY FASCIA PANEL-ON ONE(1)SIDE SOFFIT LED FIXTURE-PROVIDED BY OWNER DECKING(WHITE),FASCIA k LIGHTING ,,v ,y Z CANOPY CONTRACTOR-FINAL OF CANOPY k INSTALLED BY CANOPY PROVIDED k INSTALLED BY CANOPY Y ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR-FINAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOOTINGS&ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR(TYP(3)PLACES) INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR CONNECTIONS BY CONTRACTOR _ PANAFLEX FASCIA SYSTEM �- ON THREE(3)SIDS � 28•_0• AC1 3'-0" 5' AUTO CANOPY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SPENCER AND INTERCOM SYSTEM AT END ISLAND ONLY,FURNISHED BY OWNER, 3/32- = 1'-0" 4 INSTALLED BY OTHERS 4 TOWEL DISPENSERS AND WASH BUCKETS ON END OF ISLANDS(TYP)FURNISHED O BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR MP) [Lai 'TRAVEL CENTER BLDG.THIS SIDE' $ ` Y x to'X 10"STEEL CANOPY COLUMN 'o I TRASH CAN AND DOLLY SUPPLIED BY OWNER, o BY CANOPY CONTRACTOR- PAINT I' INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.SEE AC1.1 FOR SHERWIN WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL •� •I J MORE INFORMATION ENAMEL GLOSS BLACK O b 18B'-0' 1 2'-B' 2'-8° 1C-0' 28'-0° 28'-0' 28'-0' 2B'-0' 28'-0' 14'-0' 10"X 10'STEEL CANOPY COLUMN BY CANOPY - q OF DISPENSER CONTRACTOO55 BLACK SHERWIN WILUAMS INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GL' ------ -- --- ————— 3 —————— ----__ —————— ------ r TRASH CAN AIID DOLLY 1 e"STEEL PIPE FILLED W/CONCRETE. W SUPPLIED BY OWNER, TYPICAL(4)PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. STAINLESS STEEL ISLAND FORM FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. b INSTALLED By CONTRACTOR. SEE A/AE1.1 NO B/AC1,1 I I FOR Mi0RE IN 7 RMAT10N ' I (2)SIDED DOUBLE HOSE MULTIPLE W Q e O o e o o o o PRODUCT BLENDING DISPENSER 1/2 FELT BOARD EXPANSION JOINT AROUND L SEE PRODUCT PIPING OVERALL LAYOUT NM'CANOPY DRAINS TO ISLAND.SCORE FELT AND REMOVE TO DEPTH M C.J. _ ,J, _J, C.J. I • UNDERGROUND STORM DRAINS OF 1/2'SELOW SLAB AND SEAL W/TWO BLS Z N c SLOPE CONCRETE AROUND TO PART FUEL RESISTANT JOINT SEALANT.REFER SLOPE ASPHALT N ENSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR TECHNICAL PAVEMENT AWAY FROM co)N W QQ ® ® a AWAY FROM ISLAND(TYP) O4 AUTO BLAND PLAN SPECIFICATIONS. CONCRETE PAD d O z I C 3/8" _ V-0" 0 e ee eO L4O O io L, r O Q IL 3 ------ ------- ----- ----- --- — ----- ---- — ------ --- -----� W 2'CHAMFER AT SLAB 8'CONCRETE SLAB LANE/FUELING ISLANDS WITH EXPANSION JOINT AROUND D mill V W O W/e x 8 W1.4 x W1.4 POS ION NUMBER MPD(GASOLINE/DIESEL ISLAND FORMS-SEE O Q t� C Z CORNERS IN PAVEMENT MPD ON(B)ISLANDS)- L(TYP) WWF 'SALE CONCRETE SECTIONS �Z 1— ISLAND NUMBER SEE PLAN 04/AC1 AND DETAILS'SHEET L V) J CONCRETE CRACK CONTROL JOINT LINE OF CANOPY(ABOVE) AND ELEVATION 051 =Q I• C IX (TYP)SEE'SITE CONCRETE Q SECTIONS AND DETAILS`SHEET O O Q INTERCOM SPEAKERS FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY OTHERS L N FRWAGE (1YP(2)PLACES)MOUNT CENTER LINE OF SPEAKER BASE AT "TRAVEL CENM 'BLS TM 81D ROAD TH8 SM 13-tl"FROM CONCRETE ISLAND d`y AUTO ISLAND PLAN FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FlRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN TO LANE/FUELING POSITION NUMBER BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL FIRE Y 3/32" _ V-0" INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) CODES.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR 2/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY 1/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. FUEL GRADE BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED B/OWNER AND 'u I INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) TOWEL DISPENSER FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY o R CONTRACTOR(TYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND)MOUNT AT 4'-0" FROM CONCRETE DRIVE TO TOP OF CONTROLS Z lu • 10°%10"STEEL CANOPY COLUMN BY CANOPY f" CONTRACTOR-PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN TO INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GLOSS BLACK BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL FIRE M i z � CODES.CONTRACTOR 70 VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR � b V)E SI NG DISPENSER ERPRODUCf MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. WASHER BUCKET W/BOTTOM ON CONCRETE ISLAND FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR Q W O (IYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND) 'O F-� FINISHED GRADE SLOPE CONCRETE INSIDE FORM d TO ASSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE 1/F'YELLOW PLASTIC BOLLARD COVERS WITH DOMED TOP d AT EACH BOLLARD(OR EQUAL).SLEEVE IS TO BE SIZED ° V 1 L L L 1 L L L AWAY FROM DISPENSER(TYP) APPROPRIATELY FOR A 8°STEEL PIPE BOLLARD.SUPPLIED I y r l 8 4'-0 BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.TYPICAL(4) E J 0 L__J L__J L__J L__J L__J L__J a aao PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. C Z 6"STEEL PIPE FILLED W/CONCRETE. m N 01 AUTO CANOPY ELEVATION c TYPICAL(4)PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. 3 W SLOPE ASPHALT PAVEMENT I q a" C 3/32" = I�-O" AWAY FROM CONCRETE PAD z TRASH CAN AND DOLLY SUPPLIED BY OWNER, p END OF CONCRETE PAD 3'-0' INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.SEE AC1.1 FOR -8 MORE INFORMATION aaae d yp �� D 8�� W=Li_:I'mI I�_• i_ L-�-_- TI I-";,I � - e- _ :• ' --_ ��- --- -- - � ' � 1,,,L1°„_,r>-m- JIB.�'Il� „QkI n�i`a'-- - - C -1➢ - L�`'t-,-T m -- -- - - -" � � H iu 3 'IAA THIB am III THIS E RDTAD HAf� 'TRAVEL C7 SM BlD(i I �" •i a Q - L L__- TOP OF FTG. p I r— -I I bI I I FINISHED FINISHED 4'-B' 3'-0" 3'-0' 2'-0` 1'-8" 4'-0' GRADE GRADE c BOLLARD l OF SUMP q COLUMN OF BOLLARD "eonnm r 11 r It ACROSS ALL6"REVEAL S AVERAGE N PAN)OT DISPENSER SHEET' CANOPY COLUMN FOOTING(SPECIFIC SIZE MULTIPLE PRODUCT BLENDING TO BE PROVIDED BY CANOPY DESIGNER, DISPENSER SUMP SEE PURPOSES URPOS SL NLY)HIS SHEEP FOR BIDDING Plan Review AC1 02 AUTO CANOPY ELEVATION o3 AUTO CANOPY ELEVATION ISLAND FORM EXTEND A MINIMUM By SA F E B u i It OF 7"BELOW TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB C 3/32" = 1'-0" C 3/32" = 1'-0" O5 AUTO ISLAND ELEVATION C 3/8" = V-0" r ---T .....r - NOff3 DETAIL TO BE �SID'OR BID U'W PURPOSES ONLY.FOR CGNSTRUCTION DESIGN SEE CANOPY COLUMN f FOUNDATION PLANS SUPPLIED BY 4; CANOP+'DESIGNER r a x �"`- fu.. CONTRACTOR IS TO INSURE THAT a.�. PATTERN OF LOCKDOWN SLEEVES ALLOW CONDUIT WITH SEAL OFF `v'� "� FOR THE TRASH CAN TO BE POSITIONED (PROVIDED BY CANOPY LANE/FUELING POSITION TO WHERE THE"OWNER"LOGO IS SUPPLIER).SEE FOUNDATION NUMBER BLADE SIGNS ALIGNED UP AND VISIBLE FROM THE PLAN FRO SIZE AND LOCATION FURNISHED BY OWNER AND APPROACH SIDE OF THE ISLANDS. INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) FOR DAN OWNER REPRESENTATIVE I 5'K 7"ELECTRICAL OPENING FOR GUIDANCE BEFORE INSTALLATION FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION OF BOLTS. CANOPY COLUMN BY IIII I COUP ALL COLUMNS),SEE FUEL GRADE BLADE SIGNS CANOPY SUPPLIER I O FURNISHED BY OWNER AND DOLLY IS SUPPLIED WITH CASTERS.NST IIII I N (TYPA(2)D BY AT EACHNTCOLUMN)OR CCASSTTERRSSTiN�ID180LT DOLL TO PER EPLANS ISLAND •� Z O W III) 3"ROOF DRAIN CONCRETE AS SHOWN.BOLTS ARE II II W Q W TO BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4' CONCRETE SLAB Z p rn ro INTO CONCRETE.BOLTS SUPPLIED PER PLANS IIII R' W AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 7 } Q TOWEL DISPENSER FURNISHED BY FI ISH G IIII I o J a Q z 00 OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR -"' IIII I ILL ClO� ^ (TYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND)MOUNT - - AT 4'-0'FROM CONCRETE DRIVE TO IIII I 1.. ~ Z J Li roP of coNTROLs IIII i O O°°=`= Jinn=' IIII ----___ W K 1/4"YELLOW PLASTIC BOLLARD IIµ __ ----- ------- a p COVERS WITH DOMED TOP AT EACH �p��/1♦�� /y� IIII - -- -_ - ------ Y BOLLARD(OR EQUAL).SLEEVE IS TO O2_ TRASH ASH CANTSLAW�A 1 M\ 1'-3'TO INVERT OF BE SIZED APPROPRIATELY FOR A S" IIII CANOPY ROOF DRAIN STEEL PIPE BOLLARD.SUPPLIED BY AC1.1 318" _ ('-0" AT CANOPY COLUMN OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. --- TYPICAL(4)PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. w MINIMUM 4,000 PSI �4 k} 8"MINIMUM OF ANCHOR BOLA NON-SHRINK GROUT=� PROJECTION.THREADS SHALL 1)TRASH CAN AND DOLLY TO BE --- .-� EXTEND BEYOND TOP OF NUT. INSTALLED AT EACH fSLAND.TRASH 5'r� CAN TO BE LOCATED ON OUTSIDE OF COLUMN WITH APPROXIMATLY � Lm DOLLY IS SUPPLIED WITH CASTERS.---- �'"s � � �--�--�--- —18'CLEARANCE BETWEEN COLUMN CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVEAND CAN.SUPPLIED BY OWNER, CASTERS AND BOLTDOLLYTOINSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONCRETE AS SHOWN.BOLTSARE TOP OF PIER TO BEINSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4'INTO CONCRETE.BOLTSSUPPLIED CONTRACTOR IS TO INSURE THAT AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.PATTERN OF LOCKDOWN SLEEVES ALLOW1-1/2"P ANCHOR BOLTS FOR THE TRASH CAN TO BE POSITIONED 4TO WHERE THE•OWNER•LOGO IS n WITH 24"EMBEDDED ALIGNED UP AND THE FROM THE APPROACH SIDE OFF THE ISLANDS. VERIFY WRH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE CONTRACTOR IS TO INSURE THAT MINIMUM 3,000 PSI CONCRETE FOR GUIDANCE BEFORE INSTALLATION PATTERN OF LOCKDOWN SLEEVES ALLOW j OF BOLTS. FOR THE TRASH CAN TO BE POSITIONED TO WHERE THE"OWNER'LOGO IS -""-""� •— —• ON 8'SIDE, USE 11 DOLLY IS SUPPLIED WITH CASTERS. ALIGNED UP AND VISIBLE FROM THE ( )#6 CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE APPROACH SIDE OF THE ISLANDS. HORIZONTAL BARS EACH WAY, CASTERS AND BOLT DOLLY TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE 8'-0"X 6'-0'(6'-0'SIDE SHOWN) TOP AND BOTTOM. CONCRETE AS SHOWN.BOLTS ARE FOR GUIDANCE BEFORE INSTALLATION I". -- -- ON 6'SIDE,USE(8)#5 TO BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4" OF BOLTS, INTO CONCRETE.BOLTS SUPPLIED HORIZONTAL AND BQrTOM BARS EACH WAY, �/�� TOP AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. FOUNDATION DETAIL `�C W o o TRASH CAN/ ISLAND ELEVATION 03 DOLLY BOLT DOWN DETAIL SEALp Z m (14 CONDUIT WITH3/8" - V-0" AC1.1 3/8" - )'-0" (PROVDED BY CA ON OFF F -I.- W co o NOTE-DETAIL TO BE USED FOR BID SUPPLIER).SEE FOUNDATION a Q U Z PURPOSES ONLY.FOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN FRO SIZE AND LOCATION 0 DESIGN SEE CANOPY COLUMN O> CANOPY[DE PLANS SUPPLIED BY I S'.7'ELECTRICAL OPENING Z W a CANOPY DESIGNER 7- J CANOPY COLUMN BY IIII I (TYPFOUNDATION ALL COLUMNS).SEE Q J W CANOPY SUPPLIER I FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION (�W > W Z o IIII I op Q Y O� o PER pLgry ISLAND •,� IIII r 3"ROOF DRAIN Z O D IIII I Q 0 Z CONCRETE SLAB PER PLANS IIII Z J FINIIII i aJ O a INTERCOM SPEAKERS FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY OTHERS N FRONTAL (TYP(2)PLACES)MOUNT CENTER LINE OF SPEAKER BASE AT 'iRAVEL CENTER'BLM THIS ODE IIII I 0. 13'-0"FROM CONCRETE ISLAND d l IIII ROAD THIS SIDE -- ----- — i I' FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FlRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN TO MINIMUM 4,OOC IS ------ LANE/FUELING POSITION NUMBER BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND O BE SUP MID INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL FlRE a NON-SHRINK CRC::'1 INSTALLED BY CONTRACTORIII - --- CoCODES.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR 'I IIII V-3'TO INVERT OF 11 (TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS �, d I IIII ATNCANOPYO 0D AN FUEL GRADE BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND I IIII INSTALLED BY COMRACTOR(TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) TOWEL DISPENSER FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY a 1 NN _ CONTRACTOR(TYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND)MOUNT AT 4'-0" f 8 10"X 10"STEEL CANOPY COLUMN BY CANOPY---.--- FROM CONCRETE DRIVE TO TOP OF CONTROLS I 8'MINIMUM OF ANCHOR BOLT CONTRACTOR- PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS co PROJECTION,THREADS SHALL z INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GLOSS BLACK FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN TO EXTEND BEYOND TOP OF NUT. O BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL FIRE CODES.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR (2)SIDED MULTIPLE PRODUCT -...__._.-. MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. a __ •. n' BLENDING DISPENSER --- WASHER BUCKET W/BOTTOM ON CONCRETE ISLAND o I I TOP OF PILE U Z FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR _(TYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND) n O SLOPE CONCRETE INSIDE FORM O ~ a_ 1/4"YELLOW PLASTIC BOLLARD COVERS WITH DOMED TOP a. O' TO ASSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE STEEL AWAY FROM DISPENSER MP) AT EACH BOLLARD(OR E SLEEVE IS TO BE SIZED m N _ I' APPROPRIATELY FORA 6"STEEL PIPE BOLLARD.SUPPLIED m r 4'_0 BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.TYPICAL(4) II 1-1/2"0 ANCHOR BOLTS WITH = 0 �rTlll J I Lu �a PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. 24 EMBEDDED p 2 m '�J B'STEEL PIPE FILLED W/CONCRETE. � MINIMUM 3,000 PSI y TYPICAL(4)PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. — — ��—CONCRETE 2 LU SLOPE ASPHALT PAVE ENT AT 12" .C,MAX. ENT p --- - c c ' HOOKS Q AWAY FROM CONCRETE PAD I a CA �-,`` CO NTRACTOR p TRASH N AND DOLLY SUPPLIED BY OWNER, O END OF CONCRETE PAD 3--0. INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.SEE AC1.1 FOR MORE /INFORMATION 12 8 VERTICAL eD W JIIL� LU Lll � II II p Q _L ( TOP OF FTC. I o p 4-8' 3-0' 3-O" 2 0' 1-6" 4-0 10-0' BOLLARD �y OF SUMP COLUMN OF BOLLARD IT MAINTAIN A 6'REVEAL AVERAGE (NOT DISPENSER — If SHEET: ACROSS ALL ISLANDS PAN) CANOPY COLUMN FOOTING(SPECIFIC SIZE MULTIPLE PRODUCT BLENDING TO BE PROVIDED BY CANOPY DESIGNER, Plan Review DISPENSER SUMP SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR BIDDING 4'-0' PURPOSES ONLY) ----DIAMETER By SAFEBuiIt AC1 , 1 ISLAND FORM EXTEND A MINIMUM Of 7'BELOW TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB FOUNDATION DETAIL 04 AUTO ISLAND ELEVATION c�. 3/a„ _ -o., Ac1.1 3/8' = V-0„ BLDG. THIS SIDE 164'-9'OUT TO OUT FASCIA ~I 12-4j" 28'-0' 28'-0" - 28'-0" _- 28-0" _ 28'-0' 12'-4' I 1 6 I I I I I AMC FASCIAS F I (THIS SIDE ONLY) CI r {'`}I�j' I L� J LI J L_�t J Li_J - N J p L�_J - 0 7o H� H I H i I n l BACKLIGHTED FASCIA H� (TYP 3 SIDES) A6 A5 � A) A2 oAl _ FOUNDATION_PLAN _ SCALE 1 f 8"= 1'-0" CANOPY ELEVATIONS 51.60 HIGHEST FINISHED DRIVE ELEVATION UNDER CANOPY 50.51 LOWEST FINISHED DRIVE ELEVATION UNDER CANOPY 47.01 TOP OF ALL FOOTINGS (T-6"BELOW LOWEST GRADE) 20 CONDUIT W/SEAL OFF(PROVIDED ----��----------------* FINISHED GRADE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY: PILOT DRAWING FFOUNDATIION ON PLAN OR SIZE AND �M 4„ 12r' 4n FOR ANCHOR BOLT SHIPMENT -i� ----- --� #C4.2 PLAN DATE:01/03/18 LOCATION x x 7"EL 1 '0 HOLES ECTRICAL OPENING (TYP ALL COLUMNS) SEE I � —�� - (T DRAWING KEY FOUNDATION PLAN FOR o� N _ D=PVC DRAIN INVERT EXIT 8j"m HOLE IN eat PLATE nl r o C=(1}FULL HEIGHT 1"DIA CONDUIT o (� oo z I N 3"0 PVC PIPE INTERIOR DOWNSPOUT ( 48 AB4(12"�x 30"'ANCHORBOLT) HIGH POINT OF-� a r p (TYP ALL COLUMNS)SEE P=(1)PARTIAL HEIGHT 1"DIA CONDUIT FINISHED GRADE \ 6' w FOUNDATION PLAN FOR DIRECTION H=HAND HOLE LOCATIONS - I /?1��j NQTE. Eli DRAIN DIRECTION SHOWN NOT NOTE: I $ TT FATE SPECIFIC. CONDUITS EXIT 8"ABOVE TOP OF BASE PLATE j 6 DIRECTION INDICATED ON FOUNDATION PLAN ( �I, - (8) 4"x4"xa'GUSSETS I ( C0 1 '0 HOLES >I N o TYP. _ - ALL AROUND N I 1 nj 1 1/4"x20"x2O'PLATE 00 W It 4 li 12- 2„ BASE PLATE DETAIL 20" Ni TOP of PIER j 1/2 SCALE: NA VERT. BARS @ n CORNERS AND @ XABT4(WOOD TEMPLATE) CENTER CENTER OF EACH o f ---�r�(-�- 3'CLEAR-- SIDE L T 6(4) JW HORZ. BARS i LOCAL FROST e @ 16"C.0 EACH WAY ! DRN DIRECTION SHOWN NOT c n (THREE LAYERS) SITE SPECIFIC. (SEE I. FOUNDATION PLAN FOR CONDUIT(SEE FOOTING DIRECTION) 1, REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD T)H LRP 3/29/2018 o P N 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT T)H LRP 3/27/2018 FOOTING NOTES /,\ T.S. 12x12x1/2' \ ANCHOR BOLTS: 1. OWNER/GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FOOLING AND ANCHOR I ! \ - 14-0 x 30"LONG HEADED 'ISSUE DESCP.-ION 3'! CHK. DATE 4'-6 COLUMN " BOLT INSTALLATION. _------4'-6"-.x I ANCHOR ROD W/LEVELING NUTS 2. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE CAST ON LEVEL UNDISTURBED SOIL, ROCK OR PROPERLY - WASHERS(ASTM A36)ON TOP REVISIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE. BOTTOM OF FOOTING TO BE ABOVE WATER TABLE. FOOTING 'k-------- N OF&BELOW BASE PLATE SIZE BASED ON MINIMUM 3000 PSF SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AT BASE AND 230 PSF PER FOOT OF DEPTH LATERAL BEARING CAPACITY. SEE GEOTEST GEOTECH REPORT. (A�FOUNDATION DETAIL TYP 3. FOOTING CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF NO"'GALE 1,i -- 1019 NORTH STREET-P.O.BOX 1050 3000 PSI. USE MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO OF 0.45. FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED IN _ m ! 1 r OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 ACCORDANCE WITH AG1318-14(PLAIN CONCRETE BLOCK PIER). NON-SHRINK GROUT TO BE 4. TOPS OF ALL FOOTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE AT SAME ELEVATION. OWNER / (800)255-1009r f APPLIED AFTER CANOPY IS _ GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BURIAL DEPTH FROM HIGH GRADE UNDER - - ---� CANOPY. WHERE TOPS OF FOOTINGS ARE AT DIFFERENT ELEVATIONS, THE OWNER / ! - LEVELED& SECURED. I GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CANOPY MANUFACTURER WITH ALL FOOTING SUPPLIED&INSTALLED BY O7HERS 6f11B111bBFG/U16 1111J[S7Li1X!Allllhlh AND GRADE ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CANOPY FABRICATION. VARIATIONS FROM DESIGN _ ELEVATIONS MAY RESULT IN INADEQUATE CLEARANCE AND UNDER SIZED FOOTINGS. N� a S. OWNER /GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PLACING \ S;TE: NON-SHRINK GROUT UNDER ALL COLUMN BASES AFTER CANOPY IS LEVELED AND a H SECURED. ° ° y PILOT TRAVEL PLAZA#1103-AUTO 6. FOOTING REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A615 GRADE 60 DEFORMED BILLET d ° a 1 ,. ,iT. STEEL BARS NTH SPACING AS SHOWN ON DRAWING. ` 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD 7. FOOTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE CONSTRAINED BY FUEL ISLAND AND DRIVE MAT 8'THREADED �� C ARLINGTON,WA CONCRETE. WHERE THIS CONDITION DOES NOT EXIST, THE OWNER SHALL NOTIFY SHEET NOL - , CANOPY MANUFACTURER. 1 �' SIZE _ )OB NO. 8. ANCHOR RODS SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS DRAWING. TEMPLATES 1••g - A THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO SHALL BE USED TO ENSURE PROPER PLACEMENT OF ANCHOR RODS. ANCHOR RODS 1�' 25-0"xl64-9" T SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT A MINIMUM OF 7"OF THREAD IS EXPOSED ABOVE TOP 0FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS• 6-COLUMN CANOPY 43086 / ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL OF FOOTING. BOTTOM OF THREADS SHALL NOT END MORE THAN 3 4' ABOVE TOP OF N r'/l ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE T?iLE. DRAWING NO. FooTER. SCALE: NA I L EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ANCHOR BOLTS(8) FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED FOUNDATION F1 OF 1 RED'[)PER FOOTING LAYOUT BLDG. THIS SIDE ACM FASCIA (ONE SIDE ONLY) 164'-9" OUT TO WT FASq 28'-0" 28'-O' 28'-0' 28'-0' 28'-0' - - - - - - - - - - - - I W 4' 16"x3"x20 GA. STEEL FLAT W1204 W1204 W1204 (5)G17-318 - - - - -(2)G17-128 - - CENTER GUTTER CENTER GU W12zi4 BACKLIGHTED P PB2 P82 PB2 Bt FASCIA THREE a I Wt xi4 JB� , ( I W12x14 , I W12x14 , I I W12x14 I I , I I (m'') �204:t1 SIDES) 8'-0"( ) 8'-0' ,t z PB2 z PB2 z P92 z z .t 0 0 2 oz TD M M M M x M x M M M E1 El O K ~ I h � i \ W12x14 : \ W12x14 , \ W12z14 , \ � \ o I 04 B J O e7 N °i •oI E - o cmi - - - - -e cmi P82 - P132 -I-0 -I PP8 B22 I=O p mci -W 1-2 0 B 1 I m 0 HSS12" 1 2" QD c W 4U TP)W z4 WI204 W12x14 COL PBPB2 P82PB1 Q 0 S14 S14 S14 S14 514 S14 514 514 S14 514 514 514 E1 XS E1 E1 X 6 E1 E1 XS E1 E1 XS6 E1 E1 X56 EI E1 X53 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 12"x3"x20 GA. A6 PRECOATED STEEL"C" A5 A4 A3 A2 Al CHANNEL GUTTER (TYP)COLOR: WHITE DECAL LOGO'S PROVIDED AND Oi FRAMING PLAN FACTORY APPLIED BY Ei Scale:1/8"=V-0" ° �a'A' xtn[ FASHION,INC. (TYP EACH END ELEVATION) vwr w�,E qm mlar tAar■n[ xKu'r twa 12•_8• 12'-6• /-tzar xen L000 w ---- — ®o111J U� ®0 nmian 3"PANEL RISE 3'PANEL RISE 3"0 PVC INTERIOR BOTTOM OF FASCIA COLLECTOR BOX DOWNSPOUTS(TYP) II I) U 1 BOTTOM of s '-� BASE PLATE " •'-ry 1 '*N `t =zv INTERIOR COLUMN DOWNSPOUT I i i i i I BOTTOM OF BASE PLATE •SEE F1 OF 1 DRAWING 01 SIDE ELEVATION END ELEVATION FOR BURY INFORMATION EI Scale:1/8"-1'-0" El Scale:1/8"=1,4, STEEL.NOTES t. DESIGN,FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST AISC SPECIFICATIONS. DESIGN,FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF COLD FORMED STEEL SECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST AISI SPECIFICATIONS. t/4"WEB STIFFENERS 2. STRUCTURAL MATERIALS: CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM GALV.STEEL WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS- AS1M A992 OR A572 GRADE 50(Fy- 50 KSI) (N.S. &F.S.) GUTTER ANGLES/CHANNELS- ASTM A36(Fy- 36 KSI) FIELD LOCATE HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS(TUBE) - ASTM A500 GRADE B(Fy- 46 KSI) _ AND CUT 1"x 6" SECTIONS- ASTM A53, GRADE B (Fy- 35 KSI) SUB- PE PIGIRT(3 ROWS CUTOUT IN PLATE- ASTM A36(Fy- 36 KSI) TYP 3/4"02"42" ATTACHED TO GUTTER ROOF DECK - ASTM A653,GRADE 50(Fy- 50 KSI), GALVANIZED(G60)WITH BAKED CAP PLATE OUTRIGGER WITH(2) ENAMEL FINISH /10xj" TEK SCREWS OVERFLOW COVER STEEL OUTRIGGERS- ASTM A653 GR. CS(Fy- 25 KSI), GALVANIZED(G90)PER ASTM 924 #G20 TO BE POP STRUCTURAL BOLTS- ASTM A325 3/4' A-325 BOLTS AND NUTS RIVETED IN PLACE ANCHOR RODS- ASTM F1554 GR. 36 10 (8 PER CONNECTION) Gq OVERFLOW(�GUTTER 3. WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE MATH LATEST ANSI / 3/8"x4"x4' GUSSET(4)PER ( 2"x2'z20GA GALV. KNEE E1 TYP.(12)PLACES-SEE PLAN AWS D1.1 COLUMN COLUMN (TYP ALL COLUMNS) BRACE(#KB)LOCATE AT EACH 4- FIELD CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BOLTED CONNECTIONS UNLESS SPECIFIED ON PURUN AND FASTEN TO NEAREST 5. ALL G. S2 TYP. CROSSBEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION OUTRIGGER 5. ALL STRUCTURAL BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL USE ASTM A325 BOLTS. BOLTED JOINTS SHALL BE TIGHTENED TO SNUG TIGHT PER LATEST RCSC SPECIFICATION. E1 6. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SHOP COATED WITH A RED-OXIDE RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER. FIELD TOUCH-UP, FINISH PAINTING, AND MAINTENANCE SHALL BE THE CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED). A-325 BOUTS 7.DESIGN LOADS PER 2016 WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS(2015 AND NUTS(4 PER o 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD TIH LRP 3/29/2018 IBC/ASCE 7-10): CONNECTION) 4 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT TIH LRP 3/27/2018 GO PURUN Y x tt�'StIFfE7tEA OUTRIGGER (ORE) PURUN B. FS) O 2'-8" CENTERS ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. DATE ROOF LIVE LOAD= 20 PSF(ERECTION AND MAINTENANCE ONLY- NO PUBLIC ACCESS) REVISIONS FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD- 25 PSF ATTACH OUTRIGGER BASED ON GROUND SNOW LOAD- 25 PSF STIFT1�EIt SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR Ce- 1.0 THERMAL FACTOR Ct - 1.2 CAULK WATER TO DECK RIB WI1H IMPORTANCE FACTOR le- 1.0 PURUN ( TIGHT T Ox3 1019 NORTH STREET-P.O.BOX 1050 QIlk PANEL CLAMP i ! OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 WIND LOADS: gS3 TYP. CROSSBEAM TO PURLIN CONNECTION —1�' 1 (800)255-1009 LATERAL- 25 PSF(USING O.6W FOR ASD) UPLIFT - 20 PSF(USING 0.6W FOR ASD) E1 M BASED ON 110 MPH ULTIMATE WIND SPEED PER ASCE 7-10 EXPOSURE'C' CROSSBEAM ,.,, ryN,-; am�nLl✓rrdtlr (MTc1GYiY1 . fLYY.vTin (EQUIVALENT TO NOMINAL 65 MPH EXPOSURE"C") CROSSBEAM UUSE�#12E2 x 1r TEIC — ROOF PANEL LlLillE3f.7 W1lJl!{jl SITE (CLASS AD PER GEOTEST GEOTECH REPORT#16-0434 DATED 9/15/16, PURUN PURUN BOTTOM OF CENTER GUTTER SITE: SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY"D" T ANGLE(XMT1) ATTACH TO• z ROOF PANEL WITH /8 x BOTTOM OF FASCIA �0SR P.A! PILOT TRAVEL PLAZA#1103-AUTO ses- 0.768G(Ss- 1.078, Fa- 1.069). sm - 0.443G (S1 - 0.42E Fv. 1.579) ANGLE T . 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM IS NON-BLDG INVERTED PENDULUM/CANTILEVERED "A111 BOLTS T"=3/16" (WRITE) TEK SCREWS ">p COLUMN,R - 2 4"x x tt' � &NUr OWER SOFFIT TRIM C p ARLINGTON,WA Ca- 0.39,DESIGN BASE SHEAR - CexW- 3.4 K/COL USING EQUIVALENT LATERAL (Ng �) TYPICAL END FASCIA SHEET NO• FORCE PROCEDURE PURLIN --- �r SIZE: JIB NO. DEAD LOADS: PURUN Ei SECTION THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO \ / DECK /GUTTER/LIGHTS- 5 PSF I �, m./i 6-COLUMN C FASCIA- 75 PLF(PER DESIGN) J"GAP-,1F *FEDERAL-COPIRIGHT LAWS W 4j�L"` 43086 STRUCTURAL STEEL- SELF WT /� 7 ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE 6 COLUMN CANOPY CONCRETE- TE PCF %SB TYP. PURLIN JOINT E11 ANGLE LATERAL BRACING H J EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF TITLE: DRAWING NO. FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED FRAMING PLAN Et AND DETAILS E1 OF 1 i OLDS 5e Pg2 0 NOTE: PLACE END CAP OVER END OF PANEL -THIS END ONLY- 116111 RE��40 a � e 5 01 PE _p� i o PANEL 'C"CLAMP ATTACH FLAT FLASHING ON TOP OF DECK OVER SCUPPER CUT OUT TO BLOCK DAYLIGHT OVERFLOW SCUPPER (LOCATE AS SHOWN ON FRAMING PLAN DRAWING El OF 1 GUTTER CAULK TOP FLANGE OF GUTTER & COLLECTOR BOX USING A 1/2- BEAD, AFTER ASSEMBLY WIPE UNDERSIDE OF CANOPY FREE OF CAULK i REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD TJH 3/29/2018 NOTE: SEE FRAMING PLAN FOR SIZE & NUMBER OF MEMBERS 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT TJH 3/27/2018 ISSUE DESCRIMON BY CHK, DATE REVISIONS 1019 NORTH STREET—P.O.BOX 1050 OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 (800)255-1009 amembwdthe SITE: PILOT TRAVEL PLAZA#1103-AUTO f" 41.E L POINT BLVD IINGTON,WA AR SHEET NU. i, SIZE: JO6 NO. THESE PLANS ARE SUECT•FEDERAL COPYRIGHT�LAWS TD 25 0"x164 9" 6-COLUMN CANOPY 43086 ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF mE: DRAWING NO FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED STANDARD SDI OF 1 DETAILS 02 TC1 LL As. u �Y ICANOPY x o 124'-0' OVERALL 0. o:t 2'-10 1/2' 1r-o"' 1r-0" 17'-0" �CANOPY 1TI0• 1r-D• -D• 1r-o• 2'-10 1/2• COLUMN > /z• 17'-0• 1r-o" 1r-o° n'-o' n'-o• 17'-0• 17'-0• a-10 1/2' ucHr � f slcN . Ct OF SIGN AND CANOPY .y rl I l ' II II j IIII I I l ' I °I . � I Ij i III � il ', IIII III 1 � 1 � 11 . 2 OC1 Il � 1ll I 'L: � LI ( ll Illli. III '' l illll � Ili iN 04 DLS� ' D�� 7ZW 4 III L) TC1 j e I W I 4+ W z dQim A© * l 1 III ■ M ALLLAI� °S 02 I �i If lI ( I� ( 11 1 � iI IT l II1 II � I � - o B'�5' Jaasa C1• lil � II : 1 I � II � it II II IIII T j l ( Ill 1 APPROACH SIDE OF TRUCK CANOPY JWa . 2'-B•X 6'-5'%fi"THICK,SINGLE FACE Tv INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED �' O PRE-FINISHED METAL RECESSED CANOPY TRUCK CANOPY SIRU07URN.STEEL,DECKING, a NUMBERS ARE ELECTRONIC SANDW1Cw FASCIA PANEL-- SOFFIT LED FIXTURE-FRONDED FASCIA B LIGHTING PROVIDED&INSTALLED - LED DISPLAY Y ON FOUR(4)SIDES -BY OWNER&INSTALLED BY CANOPY 8Y CANOPY CONTRACTOR-FOOTINGS IS CONTRACTOR-FINAL ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY CONTRACTOR g. I SQUARE FOOTAGE: 17.11 S.F. CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR w e+ LED'DEF'PRICER SIGN.SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SCALE: 3/9° = 1'-0" MORE ISSNFO RMA D I SHEETS FOR 01 o' TC1 0 .. z� 00 TFOM CAMPY REJECTED CEILNG FILM e ' 3/32" = V-0" 5• 0" Lo 14'- 1'-' 1T-0' 1T-o" B'-b" q - (TYP4 I I (DIESEL(1+1)MASTER i o TRUCK ISLAND;. I LANE/FUELING , DISPENSER(WTH DET)ONLY -o NUMBER POSRION NUMBER ON THIS ISLAND - ` W \ Z Z m N 50 O UJ V Z m J , C.J. , C.J. D.J. C.J. J. D1d, d~ J O -- - - --�-�-- - -- -f- - - - ---- - -�- z W a� wo O — 7Q ~ N J 0 C3 Q CANOPY ABOVE B'CONCRETE SUS J N W//4'S AT 12'O.C. 1/2•COPPER OR LINE FIR DE EXPANSION JOINTJ EACH WAY A FROM 40 YARD STORAGE TO AT CENTER OF ISLAND- ii AIR STAND FURNISHED BY AIR STANDS AT EVERY SEE DETAIL ON CIVIL DWGS. 10"X 10'CANOPY COWMN OWNER INSTALLED BY OTHER ISLAND DIESEL SATELLITE PROVIDE CRALIC CONTROL CONTRACTOR AT(5) CONTRACTOR TO PAINT SHERWIN DISPENSER ONLY ON THIS JOINT AT CENTERLINE OF DIESEL(1+1)MASTER/ �I.ADK.SUPPUST AL ENAMEL GLOSS SS is DS ISLAND NO CARD READER ISLAND-SEE DETAIL ISLANDS) CATCH BASIN-SEE DETAILBY /TC7.1' LLITE FREEZE PROOF WATER STAND SLOPE 1SLAB&TO R�AIN1.70 CATCH DISPENSER(T(WTYP(B)ISLANDS) CONTRACTOR EACH COLUMN) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY BASIN-SLOPE ALL OTHER 3/4`PEX WATER LINE IN A 2"SLEEVE CONIRACTOR.(TYP AT(5)ISLANDS) PAVEMENT AWAY FROM DRAIN(TYP) TRASH.CAN AND DOLLY FROM BUILDING TO FROST FREE WATER STANDS AT EVERY OTHER ISLAND-(1) SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED PAX R AND SLEEVE'PER FROST FREE `I"CI.1/'�V B A►�pE AFL BY CONTRACTOR.'SEE TC7.1 WATER STAND FROM BUILDING WATER E fIVL/l�F7L.r11W PLAN - FOR MORE INFORMATION ENTRY ROOM TO TRUCK ISLANDS.SEE DETAIL ON PLUMBING PLANS 3/32" = 1'-0" q 2/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY 1/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY rk W z col p0o w w z O U� (��a 0 d WJ� (7jfA d FUULL (� o J o V G z m m o FINISHED GRADE A FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE H a 11 Il' II Plan Review L_ ru-1 rll� r Li-I r ll� r um rlL� r ll� r"� BY SAFEBUiIt ° J L_J L_J L_J L_J L_J 01 TRUCK CANOPY ELEVATbN 00 C 3/32" = V-0" 2/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY 1/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY O OF SIGN AND CANOPY IEU -aT--�- L- W o paoot� o a paw pec a s W co CI) CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL "DEF"SIGN AS REQUIRED i - m FINISHED FINISHED SHEET: FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FlPoISHLL GRADE GRADE _ GRADE II II II I! II II II II 1411 II tt- F L rll1J L_J L_J L_J L_ I L—J J J rub Lll1 rll1 rll1 ruJ rub r'u, rum TC1 L_ — L_ L_ L_ L_J 02 TRUCK CANOPY 8-EVATM o3 TRUCK CANOPY ELEVATION 404 TRUCK CANOPY ELEVATM TC 3/32" = V-0" TC 3/32" = 1'-0" TC 3/32" = 1'-0" 10'X 10"CANOPY COLUMN ^ CONTRACTOR TO PAINT SHERWIN ' I r c \\\WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GLOSS TRASH CAN AND DOLLY BLACK,SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SUPPLIED BY OWNER, 8"PVC DRAIN TO CONTRACTOR(TYP EACH COLUMN) INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. OIL/WATER INTERCEPTOR I 0 OR E.J. ''�� F' Ed I -CONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT PATTERN OF LOCKDOWN SLEEVES ALLOW FOR THE TRASH CAN TO BE POSITIONED TO WHERE THE"OWNER"LOCO IS ALIGNED UP AND VISIBLE FROM THE VERI APPROACH WITH SIDE OF THE REPRESENTATIVEISLANDS. ,,'^^ f-O W DRAINAGE_ DflAINAG y I I ( FOR GUIDANCE BEFORE INSTALLATION V W Q W f FLOW FLOW I FO BOLTS. - Z O vA HEAVY BROOM FINISH I W ------ --------- --DOLLY IS SUPPLIED WITH CASTERS. Q N Z n PREFABRICATED CATCH BASIN J a Q Z w FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY I �+ CONTRACTOR AND I BOLT DOLLY j LL W Z W u�i CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE PAD t0 BE CONCRETE AS SHOWN.BOLTS ARE O H SLOPED TO TOP OF CASTING.TOP OF I ,• -- --:- TO BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4" 2 J lL CD CASTING TO BE J"BELOW EDGE OF I INTO CONCRETE.BOLTS SUPPLIED O f9 N-1 PAD ( _ AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, J to -I NOTE,SLOPE CONCRETE PAD TO 111 REFER TO C OR SHEETS CATCH BASIN i I a, p�- C_11 FOR ISLAND ORIENTATION ( O 4"PVC GRAIN FROM " --_ __.- --_._ __CODIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW ___ CATCH BASIN I ONC. ASPHALT fE OF LANE f I`-.-__--_-_-__-_ __�\ � i 11�. _ 1/2"FELT BOARD EXPANSION JOINT\ 6 03 DOLLY BOLT DOWN DETAIL o4 TRASH CAN/ ISLAND ELEVATION DRAINAGE ORNNAG I AROUND IS AND CATCH BASIN. \ I RAI DRAINAGE I FLOW FLOW ___ I FLOW FLOW TC1.1 - TC1.1 - t'- L-_ J SCORED AND REMOVE TO 3/8" - -0" 3/8" - 0" / r0' SEAL DEPTHW/TWO/PART E�L RESISTµANT 24"HIGH BUMPER FILLED W 02 I CONCRETE D s (TYP EACH ENO) JOINT SEALANT,REFER TO PROJECT 02 MANUAL FOR TECHNICAL I TC1. p METAL ISLAND FORM FURNISHED BY SPECIFICATIONS I I TCi. c-3 I OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, PAINT PAINTED SHERWIN WILLIAMS AIR STAND FURNISHED BY OWNER I 'g I 854Y37 YELLOW WITH 2 AND/32 INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) ( _ W OUNCES of NEW RED(R4)THIS Is 5.r2i THE FORMULA FOR ONE GALLON FREEZE PROOF WATER STAND FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY I + " +3.00" CONTRACTOR. C NC. 2'-6• I 3.00' CDNC. CON. I �I I ' �CONC. PHALT E,J.. E.J. ? I 1�T ) Tn I SLOPE ASPHALT I �I I PAVEMENT AWAY FROM I I CONCRETE PAO DETAIL TO BE USED FOR BID PURPOSES T PURPOSES ONLY.FOR CONSTRUCTION DIESEL(i+1)MASTER/ v 5 GALLON SQUEEGEE BUCKET TO BE INSTALLED AT EVERY DESIGN SEE CANOPY COLUMN DIESEL 1(WITH DEF)DISPENSER ISLAND.5 GALLON BUCKET TO BE BOLTED TO COLUMN WITH FOUNDATION PUNS SUPPLIED BY SUPPORT RING AND BOLTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER.5 GALLON CANOPY DESIGNER —CRACK CONTROL JOINT BUCKET IS TO REST ON CONCRETE ISLAND.SUPPLIED BY W 0 INTERCOM STATION EACH COLUMN)ED BY CONTRACTOR,(TYP(1)PLACES A7 11 Z y J 4.-9• a Z m N ¢ OF DISPENSER W Go CONDUIT WITH SEAL OFF CONDUIT WITH SEAL OFF d O U Z O 2'-G" 11 3'-e' 2'-0" 2'-6" 6'-0' 1'-6. (PROVIDED BY CANOPY (PROVIDED BY CANOPY >' a ----- - -- SUPPLIER).SEE FOUNDATION SUPPLIER).SEE FOUNDATION n. 0 OF IS MA Q 12'-e' 16'-0 B•_6' PUN FRO SIZE AND LOCATION Z L�.I 0 Z -A- PLAN FRO SIZE AND LOCATION0. MALL 7"ELECTRICAL OPENING -- 5"x 7"ELECTRICAL OPENING W > CANOPY COLUMN BY IIII I (TYP ALL COLUMNS).SEE CANOPY COLUMN BY IIII (TYP ALL COLUMNS).SEE Q J Lu O /y/ 'c' At CANOPY SUPPLIER FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION CANOPY SUPPLIER FOUNDATION PUN FOR LOCATION (,W R O TRUCK OLAND PLAN REFER TO TRUCK ISLAND PUN FOR O CD LOCATION OF ISLANDS TO RECEIVE AIR o IIII I o IIII Y Q CC V AND WATER. DISPENSER ISLAND ;O IIII 3"ROOF DRAIN DISPENSER ISLAND TO IIII -----3"ROOF DRAIN (� G Z 3/$" - -Q" PER PLANS PER PANS Z IIII I IIII I Q L � J CONCRETE SLAB IIII I • CONCRETE SLAB r O PER PLANS PER PLANS IIII I ? F• O F IIIII FINISH GRADEIIIII o J o IIII N I IIII I I,t d IIII I IIII I M IIII ---- _ IIII -- ---_-- _ _ - MINIMUM 4,000 PSI 14 --- ___ -_-_-_ _ LANE/FUELING POSITION NUMBER BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND AIR STAND FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED CE IIII �" ---- NON-SHRINK GROUT IIII - INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN)-- 1 OY CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO TO PROVIDE b IIII 1'-3'TO INVERT OF •i IIII 7'-3"TO INVERT OF CUTOFFS FOR AIR TINES AT EACH STAND. CANOPY ROOF DRAIN 1n - CANOPY ROOF DRAIN OWNER- FURNISHED INTERCOM SPEAKERS MOUNTED ON— -� !ONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL FREEZE IIII AT CANOPY COLUMN IIII AT CANOPY COLUMN n COLUMNS- INSTALLED h CONNECTIONS BY OTHERS, PROCI-"ARI)H�'II>nN I. IIII - IIII MOUNT AT 14'-0"TO TOP FROM CONCRETE ISLAND MINIMUM 4,000 PSI d d 6"MINIMUM OF ANCHOR BOLT EJ d Z (SEE ES DWGS.FOR LOCATION) FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER O NON-SHRINK GROUT PROJECTION.THREADS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR EXTEND BEYOND TOP OF NUT. O B"MINIMUM OF ANCHOR BOLT M SIGN TO 10'%10"CANOPY COLUMN CONTRACTOR 70 PAINT SHERWIN PER LOCAL FIRE CODES.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH w PROJECTION.THREADS SHALL p WILLNMS INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GLOSS BLACK.SUPPLIED AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. EXTEND BEYOND TOP OF NUT, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP EACH COLUMN) T.; TOWEL DISPENSER FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY .1 _ F_ 2 SIG SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR - CONTRACTOR(TYP AT EACH TRUCK ISLAND)MOUNT AT 4-0' _ �7- W- S -f - - TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR PLACEMENT AND LOCATION FROM CONCRETE DRIVE TO CONTROLS OF TOWEL DISPENSER �� ' O OF SIGNS TOP OF PER TOP OF PILE MR STAND FURNISHED BY OWNER d K MOUNT INTERCOM SUBSTATION ON MASTER DISPENSER SIDE OF INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) COLUMN AT 5'-0'FROM TOP OF GRADE TO BOTTOM OF INTERCOM V -INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION BY OTHERS kEACO IC CONVENIENCE OUTLET(SEE z Q 1-1/2"0 ANCHOR BOLTS J W S.FOR LOCATION) 1n WITH 24"EMBEDDED DIESEL(1+/.1�,)MASTER/ - FE o G = SATELLITE l"TH DEF)DISPENSER .� ON SQUEEGEE BUCKET TO BE INSTALLED AT EVERY •I 1-1/2.0 ANCHOR BOLTS Y 5 GALLON BUCKET TO BE BOLTED TO COLUMN WITH F _ WITH 24•EMBEDDED m y MNNTNN A 10'REVEAL AVERAGE ACROSS ALL DIESEL _ RT RING AND BOLTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER.5 GALLON ~'��-----MINIMUM 3,000 PSI CONCRETE _ - ISLANDS.END BUMPERS ARE 24"HIGH EXTENSIONS. IS TO REST ON CONCRETE ISLAND.SUPPLIED BY ! �_ L _� MINIMUM 3,000 PSI END BUMPERS PAINTED SHERWIN WILLIAMS 354Y37 .INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.(TYP(1)PLACES AT 6 /5 HORIZ.BARS EACH ✓-CONCRETE OC YELLOW WITH 2 AND 8/32 OUNCES OF NEW RED(R4) OLUMN) THIS 5 THE FORMULA FOR ONE GALLON Y,TOP AND BOTTOM 24.HIGHBUMPER FILLED WITH CONCRETE PROVIDE(3) _ - 6'-0"(EACH DIRECTION) _ _. ,1 AT 12*/4 TIES D.C. MAX.HOOKS 0 - 16 BARS.30'V x 46"H EACH BUMPER TIED TO EEZE PROOF WATER STAND FURNISHED p ---++IJI � CONTRACTOR M PY SUB REINFORCING- PROVIDE/4 BARS TRANSVERSE D INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, c F TOP @ BOTTOM(7YP) IE FUEL ISLAND TO CONCRETE SLAB REINFORCING •I A FOUNDATION 11GTA11 (12)/B VERTICAL Ip W - ITH 10'LONG M6'S A7 24'O.C.RUN THRU ^ Fi rVVIR�/1 E IVI� VL I FUL s DOWELS Q, ISLAND FORM TO EXTEND A MINIMUM LAND - DRILL ISLAND FORM AS REO'D u - - o OF 3'BELOW CONCRETE SLAB •6 t-6• aTRASH CAN AND DOLLY SUPPLIED CONCRETE PAD TO HAVE +0' BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY II Q 1- HEAW BROOM FINISH CONTRACTOR. _ Q FURNISHED AND INSTALLED lllf- T BY CONTRACTOR. I aNi I DISPENSER SUMP- O O I Plan Review OUTLET-SEE SITE DRAWINGS By SAFEB + I- J FOR CONTINUATION AND SIZES U I I l 12'-6' 2'-6' 4'-Z" SHEET: N DISPENSER PAt OF SUMP T F--_-L --- TOP OF FTC. Ff DIAMETER TC1 . 1 CANOPY COLUMN FOOTING(SPECIFIC SIZE TO— 1 -�— PREFABRICATED CATCHxBASINDFURNISHED U BE PROVIDED BY CANOPY DESIGNER,SEE Q' �,' �•y� 8Y OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR,SLOPE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR BIDDING Q2 'Tf.�I M I�L�V\D EL�A1 M� SLAG 3•TO CATCH BASIN B FOUNDATION DETAIL PURPOSES ONLY T��vv� TC�, 3/4" = V-Q" iv o O Q O L Cr wL w oD- Ir a 0 0_ 124'-3'OUT TO OUT FASCIA 34'-0" 17'-0" 17'-0" 17'-0" 17'-0" 17'-0" 2ii•_7�• ACM FASCIA z 0 I (TYP) I I I 1 I I _J 6 1 mI A��) �) A rA�� A I i F J F r—T— (` r—T —7` r--r— 1` r—T— r—T— 1 r—T— r—T— - LLJ I I 0 > 'o Q o R — — H — —: H — — — �N — —L — C I c—t— I c-- I I I I I I I I o -�-J L-�-J L-�-J L-�-_I L-�-_I L-.�-_I L- -J L-�-J N N D DI D) DI D D� D) D� I I I I I i I I TS 8 T6 T5 T3 T2 T1 FOUNDATION PLAN CANOPY ELEVATIONS SCALE 3/16" = 1'-0" HIGHEST FINISHED DRIVE 51.58 ELEVATION UNDER CANOPY 20" LOWEST FINISHED DRIVE 50.70 CONDUIT w/sEAL o1T (PROVIDED BY �B 4" 12" 4" ELEVATION UNDER CANOPY CONDUIT ---4— FASHION,INC.)SEE FOUNDATION PLAN 47 20 i TOP OF ALL FOOTINGS FOR 512E AND LacAnoN FOR ANCHOR BOLT SHIPMENT 5"x 7'ELECTRICAL OPENING i 6� IQ"m HOLES (T-6"BELOW LOWEST GRADE) (TYP ALL COLUMNS SEE 1 I a-,R T 1 FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION �I i4 I � 1 + 8J"O HOLE IN BASE PLATE FINISHED GRADE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY:ENLARGEDt H 'I�� i I � -'�-- — GRADING PLAN-TRUCK ISLAND DRAWING#C4.2 HIGH POINT OF i?00 z j 3"0 PVC PIPE INTERIOR DOWNSPOUT PLAN DATE: 1/3/18 tlq 4(li"2 x 30"ANCHORBOLT) a m 0 00 (TYP ALL COLUMNS)SEE 1 2 4FINISHED GRADE t0• 1 FOUNDATION PLAN FOR DIRECTION NOTE: DRAWING KEY N N DRAIN DIRECTION SHOWN NOT r SITE SPECIFIC. D=PVC DRAIN INVERT EXIT C=(1)FULL HEIGHT 1"DIA CONDUIT t m HOLES 3 t0 (8) 4'x4`x]`GUSSETS _ b GO P= (1)PARTIAL HEIGHT 1"DIA CONDUIT o IL H= HAND HOLE LOCATIONS 49 ONo- NOTE: I CO " CONDUITS EXIT 8"ABOVE TOP OF BASE PLATE 0 �! — 1 x2o x20 BASE PLATE DIRECTION INDICATED ON FOUNDATION PLAN io 2"1 8" 8" 2' 8�� $�� iv 2„ I 9 a BASE PLATE DETAIL 20" TOO onONc SCALE: NA µ YERT.OARS O 3/6 XABT4(WOOD TEMPLATE) e 0 R�RNERS AND O 0 '� SIDE OF EACH o I 8 WOOD TEMPLATE 3"CLEAR d NOTE: 1 q DRAIN DIRECTION SHOWN NOT o c (4)µ HORZ.BARS 0 ( SITE SPECIFIC. (SEE 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD TJH LRP 3/29/2018 la`C.0 EACH WAY FOUNDATION PLAN FOR CONDWT(SEE FOOTING 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT TJH LRP 3/27/2018 (THREE LAYERS) DIRECTION) � _ i PLAN FOR DIRECTION) FOOTING NOTES -- I \� ANCHOR gars, ISSUE DESCRIPTION 8V CHK. DATE 1. OWNER /GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FOOTING AND ANCHOR T.S. 12xi2x5/16` _ 1j'0 x 30 REVISIONS 'LONG HEADED BOLT INSTALLATION. COLUMN 2. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE CAST ON LEVEL UNDISTURBED SOIL, ROCK OR PROPERLY 4-0 x 4'-0" 1 ANCHOR ROD W/LEVELING NUTS COMPACTED SUBGRADE. BOTTOM OF FOOTING TO BE ABOVE WATER TABLE. FOOTING & WASHERS(ATSM A36)ON TOP SIZE BASED ON MINIMUM 3000 PSF SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AT BASE AND 230 PSF FOU, NDATION DETAIL / of&BELOW BAD PLATE PER FOOT OF DEPTH LATERAL BEARING CAPACITY. SEE GEOTEST GEOTECH REPORT. - � `� 1019 NORTH STREET-P.O.BOX 1050 3. FOOTING CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 3000 PSI. USE MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO OF 0,45. FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AC1318-14(PLAIN CONCRETE BLOCK PIER). ro 1 T �! (800)255-1009 4. TOPS OF ALL FOOTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE AT SAME ELEVATION. OWNER / �`: -- - - '• GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BURIAL DEPTH FROM HIGH GRADE UNDER j r NON-SHRINK GROUT TO BE !. „ CANOPY. WHERE TOPS OF FOOTINGS ARE AT DIFFERENT ELEVATIONS, THE OWNER / - - - APPLIED AFTER CANOPY IS elo4o 9llil1l. C><dIQ GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CANOPY MANUFACTURER`NTH ALL FOOTING I - LEVELED&SECURED. 1 W.L[L�Jl9 l!.1J1:tIjR1 AND GRADE ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CANOPY FABRICATION, VARIATIONS FROM DESIGN SUPPLIED &INSTALLED BY ELEVATIONS MAY RESULT IN INADEQUATE CLEARANCE AND UNDER SIZED FOOTINGS. - •.•-_�- OTHERS 5. OWNER /GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PLACING �---'k-- - -- SP-E, NON-SHRINK GROUT UNDER ALL COLUMN BASES AFTER CANOPY IS LEVELED AND ° ° PILOT TRAVEL CENTER#1103-TRUCK 6. FOOTING REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A615 GRADE 60 DEFORMED BILLET cc��a `` ��' 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD STEEL BARS WITH SPACING AS SHOWN ON DRAWNG. &"THREADED �� Q d a ° - &'� Yt 4 _' ARLINGTON,WA 7. FOOTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE CONSTRAINED BY FUEL ISLAND AND DRIVE MAT --- t_.,\ ° a SHEET O _ CONCRETE. WHERE THIS CONDITION DOES NOT EXIST, THE OWNER SHALL NOTIFY CANOPY MANUFACTURER. i_'m -�-� 5¢E� JOB NO. 8. AN RODS SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE`NTH THIS DRAWING. TEMPLATES - 4 THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO 1 /#� 25-0"X124-3" SHALL BE USED TO ENSURE PROPER PLACEMENT OF ANCHOR RODS. ANCHOR RODS3C,.. *FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS* ,7 t�GI, 43087 SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT A MINIMUM OF 7" OF THREAD IS EXPOSED ABOVE TOP T(/� ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE }` 8-COLUMN CANOPY OF FOOTING. BOTTOM OF THREADS SHALL NOT END MORE THAN 3/4` ABOVE TOP OF ANCHOR BOLTS(8)REQ'D ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL C 2 EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF TmE� DRAWING rvo. =Ea FOOTING FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED FOUNDATION SCALE: NA F1 OF 1 PLAN 124'-3"OUT TO OUT FASCIA ACM FASCIA 2'-6,j• 2'-8 (Typ) 1" 17'-0' 17'-0" 17'-0' 17'-0" 17'-0" 17,-0" 17'-0' 16'x3'x20 GA. STEEL FLAT (2)G17-22 Z iI ROOF PANEL(TYP)COLOR: BRONZE (7) G17-186 CENTER GUTTER V18x10 WBx10 CENTER GUTTER W8xi0 W8x10 PB1 PB2 P83 n P81 n o e m o m HSS72'x12'z5 16' < `� "� 3 < < < < < < COLUMNS(TYP) E1 m n w n y m lyl < W8x10 W8x10 P132 W8z10 P83 W8x1 ZPB1 CL2 CL2 4'-0' 4'-0' CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 PB1 LtJ n CL1 J W ° y N CL1 El M o W8x,0 wBx,O W8x,O w8x,0 2 PB/ n n n PB7 w n m I b a b Y El io n° n° a a E 1 I I &w8 � � � ex 1 o x 10 N I x,O W8x10 PB1 PB2 P83 P61 i i� X 1 El E1 El El Ell El ElA El El ES3 El E13 El X 13 STEEL x20 GA. PRECOATED DECAL LOGO'S PROVIDED AND FACTORY T8 T7 STEEL"C'CHANNEL GUTTER T6 1 TS T4 T3 T2 T� PILOT YELLOW PILOT WHITE APPLIED G FASHION, INC. D F EACH (TYP) COLOR: BRONZE E1 FRAMING PLAN Scale:3/16"=P-0"O PILOT WHITE PILOT YELLOW PILOT WHITE PILOT WHITE 25'-O' ) END ELEVATION PILOT RED PILOT RED It o oao o oo BOTTOM OF FASCIA 3"PANEL RISE II I) 3'0 PVC INTERIOR II I II (TYP) II DOWNSPOUTS(TYP) CTOR BOX z INTERIOR � U II II II II II I)Z DOWNSPOUT II COLUMN BOTTOM OF _ BOTTOM OF BASE PLATE 1uh :L BASE PLATE •SEE fi OF 1 DRAWING END ELEVATION Fat BURY INFORMATION SIDE ELEVATION STEEL NOTES 1 Scale,3/16"-V-0" Scale:3/16"=P-0" 1. DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO E 1 THE LATEST AISC SPECIFICATIONS. DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF COLD E 1 FORMED STEEL SECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST AISI SPECIFICATIONS. 2. STRUCTURAL MATERIALS: WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS- ASTM A992 OR A572 GRADE 50(Fy- 50 KSI) ANGLES/CHANNELS- ASTM A36(Fy 36 KSI) CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM WEB STIFFENERS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS(TUBE) - ASTM A500 GRADE 8(Fy- 46 KSI) N.S. k F.S.) PIPE SECTIONS- ASTM A53, GRADE 8 (Fy- 35 KSI) PLATE - ASTM A36(Fy- 36 KSI) 3/4'z3'x18GA ANGLE AROUND ROOF DECK - ASTM A653, GRADE 50(Fy- 50 KSI), GALVANIZED(G60)WITH J"x14'x22• PERIMETER ATTACH TO FRAMES BAKED ENAMEL FINISH CAP PLATE WITH ¢iOx3/4' TEK SCREWS STEEL OUTRIGGERS- ASTM A653 GR. CS(Fy- 25 KSI), GALVANIZED(G90)PER ASTM 924 GALV.STEEL STRUCTURAL BOLTS- ASTM A325 LA-325 BOLTS FIELD LOCATE GUTTER ANCHOR RODS - ASTM F1554 GR. 38 " 2'x2'xiBGA GALV. KNEE AND CUT I"z6" 3. WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST ANSI / AND NUTS CUTOUT IN AWS D1.1 (8 PER BRACE(OKB)LOCATE AT EVERY GUTTER 4. FIELD CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BOLTED CONNECTIONS UNLESS SPECIFIED ON CONNECTION) �\ OTHER OUTRIGGER(5'-4'C-C) 5R ALL STRUCTURAL BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL USE ASTM A325 BOLTS. BOLTED COLUMN �� ALTERNATE LOCATION FOR OVERFLOW COVER JOINTS SHALL BE TIGHTENED TO SNUG TIGHT PER LATEST RCSC SPECIFICATION. KNEE BRACE ATTACHMENT #G20 TO BE POP 8. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SHOP COATED MATH A RED-OXIDE RUST INHIBITIVE /�TYP. CROSSBEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION \�� \�` RIVETED IN PLACE PRIMER. FIELD TOUCH-UP, FINISH PAINTING, AND MAINTENANCE SHALL BE THE OVERFLOw wip GUTTER RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED). E7 TYP.(14)PLACES-SEE PLAN 7.DESIGN LOADS PER 2016 WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM \� 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD T3H LRP 3/29/2018 (2015 IBC/ASCE 7-10): < �'A-325 BOLTS � 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT T311 LRP 3/27/2018 RI IF AND NUTS(4 PER .c CONNECTION) " ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. DATE ROOF LIVE LOAD - 20 PSF CROSSBEAM (ERECTION AND MAINTENANCE ONLY- NO PUBLIC ACCESS) PURUNA x Y x 11}•S1IFFENER < OUTRIGGER(OR1) O REVISIONS N5 a:FS) 2'-8'CENTERS FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD- 25 PSF �I BASED ON GROUND SNOW LOAD- 25 PSF SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR Ce- 1.0 THERMAL FACTOR Ct- 1.2 Q1 PURLIN — 1019 NORTH STREET-P.O.BOX 1050 IMPORTANCE FACTOR Is- 1.0 STIFFENER f OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 WAND LOADS: PURUN �/�/(800)255-1009 LATERAL- 25 PSF(USING O.BW FOR ASD) ATTACH OUTRIGGER TO UPLIFT - 20 PSF(USING O.BW FOR ASD) TClgl� WATER PANEL CLAM DECK RIB WITH /1 �" BASED ON 110 MPH ULTIMATE WIND SPEED PER ASCE 7-10 EXPOSURE"C" x53 TYP. CROSSBEAM TO PURLIN CONNECTION 1EK SCREWS OEII�IEIbK01 u (EQUIVALENT TO NOMINAL 85 MPH EXPOSURE"C") E7 CROSSBEAM �++ J�un�xtiw vu CROSSBEAM SEISMIC LOADS: SITE: SITE CLASS'D'PER CEOTEST GEOIECH REPORT/16-0434 DATED 9/15/18, ' SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY"D" PURLIN PURLIN PILOT TRAVEL CENTER#1103-TRUCK Sde-0.76BG(Se- 1.078, Fa - 1.069). Sdi - 0.443G (S1 - 0.421, Fv- USE(2) EL x i}' RU SCREWS ROOF PANEL g P, 1,579) DECK PANEL�euRu�— H 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD 1/z^A325 BOLTS ANGLE 3"x ". rj/( ARLINGTON,WA SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM IS NON-BLDG INVERTED PENDULUM &NUTS 3"z3/16" SOFFIT ANGLE(MT41)ATTACH BOTTOM OF CENTER GUTTER y F /fi /CANTILEVERED COLUMN, R- 2 y x t1 STIFFENER 1• TO ROOF PANEL WITH #8 x BOTTOM OF FASCIA � S H EE T N O' � � � �� 9 / }•x t - SIZE: JOB NO. Ca- 0.39, DESIGN BASE SHEAR- CexW- 2.4 K COL USING EQUIVALENT STIFFEN }!2'(BRONZE) TEK SCREWS THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO �,� 25-0"x124-3" LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE (N5 a:Fs) PURL,N PURLIN O OU SOFFIT TRIM-BT15(2) ATTACH O •FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS• 43087 DEAD LOADS: TO OUTRIGGERS 'MIN (2) #Iox}" e3 FASCIA SECTION %� 8-COLUMN CANOPY DECK GUTTER LIGHTS- 5 PSF TEK SCREWS Et ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE ��i,, FASCIA- 15 PLF(PER DESIGN) �•GAP T C 3 EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF TCfLE' DRAWING NO. STRUCTURAL STEEL- SELF WT xss TYP. PURLIN JOINT sia ANGLE LATERAL BRACING FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED FRAMING PLAN CONCRETE- 145 PCF Ei E1 _ _ &DETAILS El OF 1 0001, " m NOTE. PLACE END CAP OVER END OF PANEL —THIS END ONLY— EYF E�PS� �P yv G O�G\�G GJ55 NF �e"ESL �E\�F a e e e S5 = 0 004 R iAll� e PANEL "C"CLAMP ATTACH FLAT FLASHING ON TOP OF DECK OVER SCUPPER CUT OUT TO BLOCK DAYLIGHT OVERFLOW SCUPPER (LOCATE AS SHOWN ON FRAMING PLAN DRAWING Et OF 1 GUTTER CAULK TOP FLANGE OF GUTTER & COLLECTOR BOX USING A 1 2' BEAD. AFTER ASSEMBLY WIPE UNDERSIDE OF CANOPY FREE OF CAULK NOTE: 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD T)H 3/29/2018 SEE FRAMING PLAN FOR SIZE & NUMBER OF MEMBERS 0 APPROVAL PERMIT TIH 3/27/18 ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK, DATE REVISIONS -- 1019 NORTH STREET—P.O.BOX 1050 OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 J y (800)255-1009 SITE aoEa,q 4, PILOT TRAVEL CENTER#1103-TRUCK 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD SHEET NT p ARLINGTON,WA SIZE: 706 N0. THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO 25-0"x124-3" •FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS• 8 COLUMN CANOPY T C 4 EANYXPRESS 43087 USE OF SAME W THE IXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ALE: DRAWING NO. FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED STANDARD SD1 OF 1 DETAILS Ci IY OF ARLIN' k TON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 PHONE; (360)403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:2430 State Route 530 Permit#:1808 Parcel#:31050800300300 Valuation:2000000.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC Name:Pilot Travel Centers,LLC Name:Pilot Travel Centers,LLC Address:5508 LONAS ROAD Address:5508 Lonas Road Address:5508 Lonas Road City,State Zip:KNOXVILLE,TN 37909 City,State Zip:Knoxville,TN 37909 City,State Zip:Knoxville,TN 37909 Phone: Phone: Phone: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name:Pilot Travel Centers,LLC Name:Pilot Travel Centers,LLC Address:5508 Lonas Road Address:5508 Lonas Road City,State,Zip:Knoxville,TN 37909 City,State,Zip:Knoxville,TN 37909 Phone: Phone: LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial New CODE YEAR: 2015 STORIES: CONST.TYPE: IIB DWELLING UNITS: OCC GROUP: M BUILDINGS: Main Structure OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY; NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBCI10/IRC110. SALESOTIC Sales tax relating to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be rc d on y setts tax return form an c it of li ton#31 1. 711 r 11 Signature tz"Print Name Date By Date CONDITIONS Adhere to approved plans. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZS ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 7/13/2018 Building Permit Fee $8,653.43 7/13/2018 Building Permit Fee $2,534.87 7/13/2018 Building Plan Review Fee $1,463.22 7/13/2018 Building Plan Review Fee $3,425.00 7/13/2018 Building Plan Review Fee $2,384.18 7/13/2018 Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 7/13/2018 State Building Code Surcharge Fee $4.50 7/13/2018 Traffic Mitigation $355,630.00 Total Due: $374,120.20 Total Payment: $14,492.11 Balance Due: $359,628.09 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Numf ;ype of Inspection being requested,and whether you fer morning or afternoon SAFEouilt PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS DATE: 7/2/2018 TO: Pilot Travel Center FROM: Amber Green PHONE: 865-474-3469 PHONE: 206-718-7659 EMAIL: ross.shaver@pilottravelcenters.com EMAIL: agreen@safebuilt.com PERMIT#: BID1808 OCCUPANCY GROUP: M PROJECT: Main Structure: Convenience Store TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: 1113 ADDRESS: 2430 SR530 NE NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 SAFEbuilt Inc. has reviewed the above project documents for conformance to the provisions of the 2015 International Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, International Fuel Gas Code, International Mechanical Code and International Energy Conservation Code as adopted and amended by the State of Washington and the City of Arlington. The following items listed below must be submitted and approved prior to commencement of work: 1. The SAFEbuilt Special Inspection Form 001 for any required Special Inspections on the project. 2. The SAFEbuilt Deferred Submittal Form 002 for all additional required permits aside from the main structure convenience store. The permit referenced above is recommended for release of the reviewed construction documents for this project. All outstanding comments have been addressed in an adequate fashion and no comments remain. This approval DOES NOT include approval of the Type I hood system. Please do not hesitate to contact me if any assistance is needed with this process. Sincerely, Aw4ye r Gr&&o, Plans Examiner 1621 11411 Ave SE, Ste 219 Bellevue, WA 98004 agreen@safebuilt.com i i - pilot FLY/Na,), 6-8-18 City of Arlington, WA Community and Economic Development ATTN: Kevin Olander 18204 59th Ave. NE Arlington, WA 98223 RE: Bldg. 2"d Review Comment Response for Permit#BID1808 Pilot Travel Center#1103 2430 SR 530 NE Arlington, WA 98223 To Whom it may concern, This letter is in response to the plan review comments dated 5-17-18 for the above referenced project. Our responses to the review comments are listed as follows according to the order they were listed. If there are further comments to the plans we would like to schedule a conference call to address the comments or concerns. In addition to responses to plans review comments received, the drawings have been updated to reflect internal comments received. These updates include revisions to Travel Center equipment, Architectural Finishes and the Electrical drawings reflecting communications, fire alarm and power for equipment modifications. After discussion with the Building Official and the Fire Marshall the building design was updated to a Type IIB (Unprotected, Unsprinkled) classification. Main Structure (9,621 sqft): OWFront vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1- .-Owlew 2009 404.2.5. The vestibule labeled 'front vestibule"only provides 53.5"of maneuvering clearance, where the code minimum is 60"per the ICC All7.1-2009 404.2.5. Please see the attached code detail. Response: Please refer to Sheet Ala, Front Vestibule 35. Per ICC A117.1,Section 404.2.5 (c) requires 48 inches plus the door width for a total of 7 ft of minimum clear space required for two doors in a series,as well as a 60 inch minimum clear area (which is permitted to overlap the door swing). Door 01A is provided with 4'-5-1/2" (4' minimum required)from the leading edge of the door to the adjacent door in series plus the door width of 36 inches (total 7'-5-1/2"). Therefore, a minimum 60" clear area within the Front Vestibule is provided. We are in compliance. Showers do not meet "roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. The minimum shower width required is 60"per ICC All7.1-2009 608.2.2. Please see attached code detail. Response: Please refer to Sheet A9. Shower widths are 5'-3" (63"). We have designed according to the"Standard Roll-in-type Shower Compartment"per Figure 608.2.2. The referenced position of the fold-down seat is illustrating the "Alternate" design. We are in compliance. Pilo . FLYIN , ). 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. Full detail from foundation to roof complying with UL listing is required. Please update the detail on the plans to include the full height of the wall. Response: Please refer to Sheet A1.2, revised Detail 1. 1-Hour Fire Partition is stated to per UL Design No. U432,which includes head of wall requirements. We are in compliance. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. Sheet P7 was not included on updated plans. Response: Please refer to Sheet P7 for firestop details. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. Please provide detail showing this intersection. Response: Please refer to Sheet A1.2, revised Detail 1. The 1-Hour Fire Partition is to be continuous from floor to deck. Suspended ceiling will not interrupt wall rating,as only edge trim is installed per manufacturer at rated assemblies. We are in compliance. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. The plans have square footage calculations in two different locations on the plans and they are not consistent. Please update plans with accurate square footages and consistent information. Response: Please see attached Sheet A0, illustrating occupant load calculations based upon actual Square Footage of buildings and use areas based upon the code required measurement take to the interior face of exterior walls. The Cover Sheet Square Footage is taken from the exterior,finish face of walls(Gross Building). 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20 psf, with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25 psf. Please provide new calculations with updated design criteria. Response: Please find attached, updated Structural Calculations reflecting local requirement of 25 psf snow load. Autos Only Sign (Height— 9'5"): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Sheet SS3 was not included on updated plans. Response: Please find attached Sheet SS3. Fuel Storage Tanks: 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A.The emergency stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations 0 Pill3rm ,, FLYIN are not approved. Sheet ES1.1 was not provided on the updated plans. Response: Please see attached Sheet ES1.1. High Rise Sign (100T 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement Monument Pricer Sign (15'): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement Clearance Warning Arm (11T 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Response: Please see attached Sheet SS4. Storage Containers (320sgft x 2 = 640saft): 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? City of Arlington to provide determination if these containers will be allowed within the current zoning of the property. Response: These containers are located within the Dumpster Enclosure and hidden from view by an 8 ft tall CMU wall finished with Stucco and stone. Please provide determination 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. City of Arlington to provide determination if this meets the requirements of the flood zone and if additional flood development permits will be required. Response: Please see initial response and provide determination. Kitchen Hood (2 Total): i Pilot FLYiN , ) 1. The kitchen hood suppression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood suppression system details including manufacturers catalogue and installation requirements for the suppression system to be installed. The kitchen hood suppression system is designed by afire alarm company and is a separate permit. It is designed per NFPA 96 for a type 1 hood per the codes and standards mentioned in my original comments. Response: Please see previous response dated April 3,2018,as well as Sheets ME1 thru ME6. Suppression system is designed and installed by CaptiveAire. CaptiveAire has informed Pilot that the necessary permits have already been submitted. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. The CO2 system is not a suppression system but the CO2 used in the soda drinking systems at the fountain. If not installed per the code it could cause hazards due to lack of air for breathing. So the fire code was revised in mid-year in the previous code cycle. Response: The CO2 system for the soda drinking fountain will be provided with an emergency alarm system per IFC Section 5307.5.2. NuCo2 is the vendor furnishing and installing the CO2 system and will comply with all applicable codes for installation and acceptance of the installed system. Site Plan: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure.They are not labeled, what are they? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement. FerrellGas will pull the necessary permit since they are the propane provider and installer of the propane tanks. If there are any additional comments or concerns, please let us know. Sincerely, Ross Shaver Project Manager I � ' � W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 CS12 Ver 2012.07.10 www.struware.com STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR Pilot Arlington, WA Revision 1 -Updated per Permit Review Comments 47325 4" �SfONPL i W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 www.struware.com Code Search Code: 2015 International Building Code Occupancy: Occupancy Group= B Business Risk Category & Importance Factors: Risk Category= II Wind factor= 1.00 use 0.60 NOTE: Output will be nominal wind pressures Snow factor= 1.00 Seismic factor= 1.00 Type of Construction: Fire Rating: Roof= 0.0 hr Floor= 0.0 hr Building Geometry: Roof angle (0) 0.25/ 12 1.2 deg Building length (L) 119.3 ft Least width A 78.9 ft Mean Roof Ht (h) 16.1 ft Parapet ht above grd 23.7 ft Minimum parapet ht 2.8 ft Live Loads: Roof 0 to 200 sf: 20 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area, but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12 psf Floor: Typical Floor N/A Partitions N/A i 4/13/2017 Search Results for Map / B YL I CA rION ASCE 7 Windspeed ASCE 7 G,OUncd Snow Loa id Reiated Resources Sponsors About ATC, Cant a ct Search Results A Ai BEAT A r Query Date:Thu Apr 13 2017 emir H Latitude:48.1826 d _ COLUWA' SASKATCN('NAN Longitude:-122.1938 ASCE 7-10 Windspeeds �.f - r• (3-sec peak gust in mph*): Risk Category I: 100 NORT Risk Category II: 110 4 MONTANA OAKO' Risk Category III-IV: 115 MRI**10 Year:72 %OUT DAKO MRI**25-Year:79 f°RI WIN A� 7 Wrm.IWrt MRI**50-Year:85 MRI**100-Year:91 NEOR N EVA D A United Sta ASCE 7-05 Windspeed: Franca+cn I_TAN 6660RADO K[ 85(3-sec peak gust in mph) ` ASCE 7-93 Windspeed: Go 1e -CA, `°RN`A p 70(fastest mile in mph) Map data©2017 Google,INEGI Wiles per hour Mean Recurrence Interval Users should consul with local building officials to determine I there are community-specific wind speed requirements that govern. l=7 l—1 Print your results WINDSPEED WEBSITE DISCLAIMER While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct,ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy.The material presented in the windspeed report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals.ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the windspeed report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitudeflongitude location in the windspeed load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund•Applied Technology Council•201 Redwood Shores Parkway,Suite 240•Redwood City,Callfomla 94065•(650)595-1542 http://windspeed.atcouncii.org/index.php?option=com content&view=article&id=10&dec=1&IadbxL=48.18258889352496&longitude=-122.19376052073&risk cat... 1/1 1 - - i ' i.. 4/13/2017 Design Maps Summary Report �USGS Design Maps Summary Report User-Specified Input Building Code Reference Document 2012/2015 International Building Code (which utilizes USGS hazard data available in 2008) Site Coordinates 48.182590N, 122.19376°W Site Soil Classification Site Class D — "Stiff Soil" Risk Category I/II/III NN 1' Stanwood. ,� -t` EEC 9E PORT _ R NA Of SUSAh, $ lW5H to . SAY �t AM t C am ano 1Z =r: Warm Beach 1 �. 1�Ri w67ON Al Aift r •. 4 7UU11P y 1P4SFR'�A I Q11 � ra e USGS—Provided Output Ss = 1.079 g SMs = 1.153 g Sps = 0.768 g S1 = 0.421 g S,,A1 = 0.665 g Spl = 0.443 g For information on how the SS and S1 values above have been calculated from probabilistic (risk-targeted) and deterministic ground motions in the direction of maximum horizontal response, please return to the application and select the"2009 NEHRP"building code reference document. 4tCs Res 0esart i ReS0C7YjL $ ectriltn n Although this information is a product of the U.S.Geological Survey,we provide no warranty,expressed or implied,as to the accuracy of the data contained therein.This tool is not a substitute For technical subject-matter knowledge. https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cn2ldesignm aps/us/sum m ary.php?tem plate=minima]8daf tude=48.18258889352496&longitude=-122.19376052072765&siteclass=3&... 1/1 I i Vf W � � V S z V o �' O 00 �a • N V ,'� W � tYl z CD E.., O >" z W0 V p � z CD �. w 04 U . H C .4 O w W Z ( V cz � p V w a � � z.a04 w w Z H a w z c as ] Q w u ¢ O 0-4 Q U W O w ►•�1 � V O E'" A � 1-0 H zww o M Z C w � F LO w U zz � c, o x z Lr) o Lr) Lr) H 0 � ¢ N ° z = w a u z z w > Z O� ci 2 y O Hz_ W z �11 y �•, '�" z N 0 a � C? V r � a o `z aCUx c C4'H C V ¢ z H c Q o O cw w z z cz a-J cz V A H z y w a cz r•� � o a Ln '�. as Q p LO A cz CZ cz O O m - oC H w O A , cz w Z Z N '� H a ° zp cu I�� O Z H Om u w "" +O-+ 4; Ua ° LO z o d a O W a x _o 0 0 U N C4 w Ln Z Z V O 3 ul cCS w O N O w 0 � W o � Z A U � � W z H N Z w O cz Q � O cn s Er- 0 Z Q a� Hzz O H o Z a a F w 4% Pilot Travel Center PW Punch List 12/27/2018 Water: 1) BO Assembly at station 12+0713 not per CoA standard W-180, a) Remove BO Assembly and plug 2" main tap. City Inspector shall inspect and approve plug before backfilling. 2) Air Vac at station 13+24.1 valve is in the off position and hole in concrete box needs to be mudded 3) Meter boxes for Domestic and Irrigation are not per standard W-50(meter box shall be Old Castle 1730x18)and DI lid with reader lid. 4) Pads at Fire Hydrant station 15+07.7,station 16+7.42,station 20+50.8 are not per standard w- 030 5) Valve can (marked in white)station 16+67.6 and station 20+50.6 need to be re-centered 6) Irrigation Back Flow at station 20+36.0 needs to be turned with test cocks pointing up,to facilitate entry for repair and maintenance. Sewer: 1) Sheet C6.3 a) SSMH-1A: Per Standard Detail SS-070,a concrete pad is required. Per Standard Detail SS- 010, interior grout of all seams and riser rings is required. b) SSMH-1.0(Muffin Monster): Per Standard Detail SS-010, interior grout of riser rings is required. c) SSMH-2.0: Per Standard Detail SS-070,a concrete pad is required. Per Standard Detail SS- 010, interior grout of all seams and riser rings is required. d) Per Standard Detail SS-080,all cleanouts need mechanical plugs and interior grouting. e) Grease Trap: Concrete pad will be required around all iron covering access points to the trap. Storm and Erosion Control: 1) Provide design and install outlet for ditch 3 and ditch 6 around neighboring parcel on Smokey Point Boulevard. 2) All ditches must be built per plan,stabilized,and fully functioning. a. Irrigation drain into ditch 6 needs grading and rock b. Culverts need cleaned, rock pads need provided to prevent erosion c. Fine grading to drain ditch 6 d. Ditch 4 needs rock and stabilization e. Ditch 3 shows signs of erosion beginning, remove concrete waste f. Roadside ditch between ponds 1 and 2 needs to be graded to drain properly, stabilize soils, min soil quality g. Ditch 2 shows signs of erosion on the banks h. Ditch 1 shows signs of erosion on the banks 3) Open and clean all CB's, including pond structures and treatment structures I I I I ti� .. 4) Provide minimum soil quality and depth per BMP T5.13 on all areas subject to clearing and grading. 5) Compensatory storage and flow bypass areas must be fully functioning. a. Final grading b. Cutting and stabilizing final slopes and banks c. Removal of silt fence once site stabilization is complete d. Culverts 3.4,3.1,3.2 need cleaned, rock,ditch requires grading and stabilization e. Minimum soil quality and depth 6) All ponds must be built per plan,stabilized,and fully functioning. a. Culverts need cleaned, rock to be installed to protect inlet/outlet from erosion b. Verify slopes on all ponds,final elevations and dimensions c. Repair and stabilize all areas of erosion within the ponds d. Pond 2 outer slope facing Smokey Point Boulevard needs stabilization e. Pond 2 still under construction,structures haven't been completed,stabilizing slopes f. All outlet control structures need to be completed and demonstrate that shear gates are functioning and elevations are appropriate g. Treatment structures must be cleaned h. Pond 1 side slopes appear too steep 7) Install all ramps for ponds and compensatory storage per plans 8) Removal of trash in all drainage areas 9) Complete sealing of all risers a. Install risers on structures that still need them 10) Stabilize all soils. 11) Provide minimum soil quality and depth per BMP T5.13 on all areas subject to clearing and grading. 12) Fill behind curbs is too low and in many areas contains only rock. Topsoil is needed. (whole site) 13) Structure above culvert 5.0 needs fill,compaction,and stabilization 14) Fences need to be finished 15) Fix all erosion on side slopes of ponds and ditches 16) Pond 3 has oil sheen,clean and dispose of offsite 17) Demonstrate pump at CAT Scales functions per design 18) CB 30 asphalt needs repair Civil: 1) Provide all traffic signage and control per plan 2) Removal of trash from site. 3) Clean pavement,gutters 4) Fill is missing around base of light poles throughout the site 5) The gutter at SPB(north side of exit)does not drain properly a. Gravel pad must be placed for mail carrier,feathered in to match the pavement and the rock shoulder per#9 6) Remove concrete debris and rocks at SPB(north side of exit) 7) Fill and finishing of landscaping and grading behind curbs at SPB, both sides of exit 8) Grading and stabilization of soils on lot south of property 9) CB's 24 and 25 have solid lids, a puddle is forming at CB 25(low point) 10) Shoulder and edge of Smokey Point Boulevard needs to be cleaned, repaired,and a rock shoulder must be established. 11) City signs(Smokey Point Boulevard and Rotary) need installed 12) Asphalt in access near water valves needs fixed 13) Power pole in ditch 1 needs replaced 14) Clearance issue with power lines at the car entrance needs resolved It uflt STRUCTURAL STEEL CALCULATIONS FOR PILOT/FLYING J TRAVEL CENTER 25' X 124' (8)COLUMN DIESEL CANOPY ARLINGTON,WA Fashion Dwg#43087 DESIGN LOADS(2016 CA BLDG CODE): Risk Category II Roof Live Load: 20 psf(erection and maintenance only—no public access) Flat Roof Snow Load: 25 psf Ground Snow Load: 25 psf Design Wind Loads 110 mph,Exposure "B"—Ultimate Wind Speed per ASCE 7-10 Lateral on Fascia: 25 psf(Using 0.6W for ASD) Uplift on Deck: 20 psf(Using 0.6W for ASD) Seismic Design: Sds=0.768g(Ss= 1.078,Fa= 1.069), Shc =0.443g(S1 =0.421,Fv= 1.579) Site Class"D"Per GeoTest Geotech Report dated 9/15/16 Seismic Design Category"D",le= 1.0 R=2(Non-building Inverted Pendulum/Cantilevered column) Cs=0.39,Ve=0.39*W=2.4 kips/col. (Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure) Allow. Soil Brg.: 3000 psf Per GeoTest Geotech Report Calculations By: DOE A N Chander Nangia,PE 7423 Hollow Ridge Drive - Received Houston,TX 77095 - r WA License# ,�r,-+�, APR 05 2018'b g �XPiR�s 09-16-2018 I 'A AXE DefyGAtD As lit _ Olrz • L�la¢a1L To�S.�JlI L��. ��r�� crx� l.�y�r7�IE C.Y��, D,�f F x Cro P Aa $70,TpA Js cck�»�/ 6 CJ1►l,�S�S 7rT� � f��J�•�•.G.�S"f�-�U�N .-d'�/��•LD1!le�,� _l?t A�r •�Gf, �. fib P a z Q o e e o o o o u1 �0CL 40) ZP 0 0 # 0 0 0 a W W v ao co 0 0 o a Q m# cai 0 0 0 0 0 W O V O O O O O o Q•ow J 5 Uzi vi ui n c 0 0 0 0wmS �g�noWS w" Z O 0• O C C C5o pPp #�Z ' n M o 0 o Q a o 0 0 Ir EL v \ v a NU2 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 d 02CL _ $ Q Q Q z z u ii {Ull Qa.y (V CV of Ly 7 ? Bpi_ p7 p� Q a #<P �7 •� u� �\ VA CO u cocci°o r N h 14 <o •- J �,?��f /�� \_N "� N� w i� ik tl! U tLLt�chi O 3 F% V N ry N N S e S p• U. O J <a v Wa S $ z 5 g z z QYJ�Jw QIL 0 to ch 06 a ` Da Pm m o e a Q o a o e co 4 d d d C. 0 o d d e d 2 �fl Ifi N v� m U ri N N N N w N O FE ^ , YI In 10 47 U OZ Z U 4 N N N N O O O O Q U° ~ a s B i Q LL cFi 3 qw. z N Y 8SO $ $ �i t� t4in F N �(! w n Z G. J J 0 Z 11 m 7 O CD O O O O Q O Q mO S °gyp N N ` O Z \` W a m m o a �Q W w W a W m m to U '\ m N N N Cl? V a W 3 LL. m W 0 to N 17 U C N id \ 0 Z n �i � � a � T _j z V O ni v7 ul I[1 N W 6 �0 4� N N N N o N Z W V) � FN i" N N Z � U U V J Ix N N o N m r 0 Q m a i .: �. E ' •s ,741.)�P*v icam. ��I�►-�� Ly , , GItJ � . 5UPPOMO 19Af VqO,:�r ell) )6 Q C-!;S'eC Y rAV �� 3 •a FoX. MYce a /P fvx PD� prrs� /�.ssls�yE � (,p �r t� i�S,Rerc� tdrrr. - �' as �. 1 1 Y: a vi o is o 0 0 0 o 'qpQ Z y O O R O O O O O IX ro O } } RA: LL Gzj m f Jm'O O Oo Z T o cli o 0 0 0 0 1 i o o m o 0 0 0 0 (�Z g C m o o 0 o o a O � aLu Lu apu ' L2 O ,.� C7 p LL J LL w r#n Z p LL.-^ A O i0 v) LL U { y LL u O W p J}} m O N O O O O O N 4 m N p Y O M G cJ e o o Q O 2 to a O O a Z 0 C. 0 <EL og C O C o Qcc Z Y W m O u) J �� a'� uJcm J LL y 1d N u7 n h u4i p Y ems^ v. O a >� eye Y Y M.9 ad O V O,,]'F _ W Q QQ LU � Sa o N c c o c o zzw �Z W N a g 18 8 8 8 8 p v +P uu- ,J yV y0 4 o m J �+a v SC CV l7 c6 g (Ao Q� p �a ry U O z J Z no P g J w Y c O U U w� V J O Vim- s s z O! 07 0 W O LL UT El g O f°- t�i ci a J O W b p �rcJ v W QZ ?c �U 41 t� i i GA�n�y sr �S bf orb- ,7/c- � r-rDrJ UA LY 4-&.2sx--D- 6M1 CAA) cot.uxn4s (,wo(6 ca wm 050 I"OAD5)(jP I IMAM RMID ��. PL = �� uyr�jrL 1 fWJ 4r &4 17 S 5 FCZ c L 10�10�OlFrO�t Oc�,�al4 So 145:5 1 X 1 a 5/&"Cot(.1 wl Aj 076 5d( 0 li 00 D JZ, 7)C(,i T) t CW4,7 f 57 L545W6 Z� m Tot 0,4/jopy 5-bell(lute�r Cw A LIv (P4- 1 Z l � � - I . f l ? I �L tfC C-ALVORM5 c � I 1 609 I �., 5-rrc G x.x SS c� i o 7F lobi sDs --0• 76s, 5-, ,0, Z, /i 57g S- , CS = ,� / of - Q. 3q ' 3q 6AD g qx 4 E,ox.F ,fc /l)d g?P, WNavaL CC�a`t l I r�b ! JAG o`t C. f9► O� dS ,l�.ff 96 ��• � � m ' 1► � ( ��r.I�i1�G S7�2u�1C1� � k, 0 (rt�esoc 12"64 &OjfAA)- C-t)-s o.01 )63' Ao C4?C- FOL LOOD Woloi wl-ao U36 f � sYi�s� WPIPI&3 OP� 145 :4,AfW 6 &IF"2:>67),�b Ve ql� C�D� 7 (3, I likovwAf DT5�c. . I Column: MI Shape: HSS12xl2x5 19.666 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 7. D +Live D A k Code Check: 0.066 (bending) �0 tW 1 18.8 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections 1.468 at 0 ft i .032 at 0 ft V k fa ksi 1.403 at 19 ft .617 at 0 ft .146at0ft ftwftw- fc ksi M k-ft D in ft ksi -.146 at 0 ft -.018 at 19 ft A/SC 94th(360-90):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.065 Max Shear Check 0.000 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H7-lb` Max Defl Ratio 1-110000 Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb left loft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 i Column: M1 i Shape: HSS12x12x5 16.166 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 i J Joint: N2 LC 8: D+Snow Unbal Code Check: 0.241 (bending) A k Report Based On 97 Sections 15.3 at 19 ft I 1.206 at 0 ft 114 at 0 ft fa ksi V k 1.142at19ft I 5.724 at 0 ft 24.168 at 0 ft fc ksi M k-ft 5.211 at19ft 22at19ft -5.211 at 19 ft ft ksi D in -5.724 at 0 ft -1.037 at 19 ft A1SC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check �1 y Direct Analysis Method �' 11 '�f Max Bending Check 0.241 Max Shear Check 0.001 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1b Max Defl Ratio WM � Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender 08=1 II� Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.9481 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Worn 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.037 r. fJ r0)Lf 6 � ( J�r P/ 4 b I Column: M1 -- Shape: HSS12x12x5 16.166 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft i I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 9: D +.75 Mal+ Wlat)<�-- A k Code Check: 0.256 (bending) 15.3 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections 1.206 at 0 ft 1.359 at 0 ft fa ksi V k 1.142 at 19 ft i 6.117at0ft 25.826at0ft fc Iftomw ksi M k-ft ft ksl D in I J� I PP-6.117 at 0 ft -.766 at 19 ft A1SC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method � � t ' 76C7 gs Max Bending Check 0.266 Max Shear Check 0.013 (iI36 7) Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1b Max DefE Ratio 61kft- Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 i �. Column: M1 Shape: HSS12x12x5 13.541 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 10: .75(Sunbal+Wlaw�a A k Code Check: 0.408 (bending) 12.675 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections 1.011atOft 1.415at0ft fa ksi V k .946 at 19 ft 10.276 at 0 ft 43.387 at 0 ft fc ksi M =MUM k-ft 3.908 at 19 ft 16.5 at 19 ft -3.908 at 19 ft ft 111111W ksi D in -10.276 at 0 ft -1.527 at 19 ft RISC 14th(360-90):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.408 Max Shear Check 0.013 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation HI-lb Max Deft Ratio 4." / Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Camp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.33 i Column: A#1 Shape: HSS12x12x5 5.866 at 0 ft Material: A500 46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: NI J Joint: N2 LC 11: D+Nat A k Code Check: 0.303 (bending) 5 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections j .438 at O ft 1.737 at O ft fa ksi .373 at 19 ft V k 7.818at0ft 33.009at0ft fc ksi M k-ft ft ksi D in -7.818at0ft -.679at19ft RISC 14fh(360-10):ASD Code Check �� l/ Direct Analysis Method/ l� �� , Max Bending Check 0.303 Max Shear Check 0.016 Location O ft Location O ft O Equation H1-1b Max Defi Ratio 4d237 Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnttom 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Camp Flange 19 ft Vn/orn 107.027 k Taub 1 Cb 1.667 i J p°% Column: MI Shape: HSS12x12x5 6.216 at 0 ft Material: A500 46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 12: D+ .7 (Elat+ Evert) A k Code Check: 0.385 (bending) Report Based On 97 Sections 5.35 at 19 ft .464at0ft 2.221 at0ft fa ksi .399 at 19 ft V k i I 9.993 at 0 ft 42.196 at 0 ft i fc ksi M k-ft ft ksi D in ppwp i -9.993 at 0 ft -1.252 at 19 ft . (U- 001 KY) RISC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method �� '� Max Bending Check 0.385 Max Shear Check 0.021 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1b Max Detl Ratio L Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft i Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.667 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Taub 1 Cb 1.667 J i �, Ppzr� Column: M1 Shape: HS812x12x5 6.216 at 0 ft Material: A500 46 + Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 13: D + Omega(.7)(Elat)+ Evert A k II Code Check: 0.760 (bending) 5.35 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections 4.442at0ft I .464 at 0 ft fa ksi .399 at 19 ft V k 19.987 at 0 ft 84.389 at 0 ft fc bfthwhMem.. ksi M k-ft ft ksi D in i I -19.987 at 0 ft -2.503 at 19 ft --46) �r A/SC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method 7� Max Bending Check 0.760 Ma Shear Check 0.041 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1 b Max Defl Ratio U91 Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Seismic Provisions Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc%om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 f +� ,.� I Company Mar 29,2018 IIIRISA Des ner Job Number Cheked By; Model Name Pilot Inline Diesel Canopy Column�/ �� Z. Joint Reactions-My Combination (. 6. �� b R'W'S C Join Label ._.__. X[kl .... ___._. _ ......_._ Y.[kl---- --.--------. M�-jk_tt 1 1 N 1 0 5.666 0 2 1 Totals: 0 I 5-666 3 1 COG(ft): X: 0 Y: 17,518 4 2 N1 0 14 0 5 2 Totals: 0 14 6 2 COG(ft): X: 0 Y: 19 7 3 N1 0 10.5 23.419 8 3 ! LIU13 Totals: 0 9 3 1 CO ft : X: 0 Y: 19 10 4 1. 1 N1 ! -1.7 0 32.3 11 1 4 VV&Al Totals: -1.7 0 12 4 ' COG(ft): NC NC 13 5 N 1 -3.1 0 58.9 14 5 Totals: -3.1 0 15 5 COG lft: NC NC 6 6 N1 0 .5 0 17 6 1 Totals-- 0 .5 18 6 1 COG f : X: 0 Y. 19 i It v I9©,E t C V�ta A W FdR_ 1j U C 7 � �� 04-,i11O 9A)h I. Lo/. , 4 a Zf L) O� 7 7(s 0 q RISA-2D Version 16.0.0 [CA...1...1...1...1...1...143087.Arlington.WA.Inline.Diesel.canopy.column.17cc.25psfR2gD 2 i f.: zz W W W N q y U�ll �NN N N N CuG7U' C7 m I v U W yW�� W m O 7 7 0 0 7 H Q M vJ i� f�0, _ lY gig g a LJ p Y FV m w q m O F!O-'7 E. J J N U U Q Q ro UW OW OOC70 I` �` I o ❑ N N L�ZC iu 71 W S.Sa C E OOy { 4❑ O - LLLLW Lu IL EJ Q �y W IV) f ° O O p ao m m � 4 a P 14 C7 0 UU a N N N d0 li nevi, � W WW U7 J 1� UQ LL~ �° OGaPP �_ {emu 2 Z p J '~ W z W IL O g 3 v,m11Z LL �� S 1 p Ir p tr W U Q r N t�l Y 9 Z Qa c� n ° v N �_ G n Y V U_Lu Q z �}J \ Q O � LL 4 z O J J a _ W t � ` ba. c m w �i -' aJ` g a g + N w zaN W O t0 m m m OW• y O OYa a s T: 'N• gzg Z`n°� m JZ 8 8 $ 8 vN !( _ io ^m zJi U s aC �D i s tp O J Z M t9 �{ 1 'u LL a J IDC a o G y C/J rA m y- Lu lu Z C O O O 8 r ^n O (A O W L Z O A c fn W to W Z m Q a, OO G OO U co N 9 U =C9 J - a p l y 1W- C� y W t W C� Lu UUw z VJ p Zw W It D b v J WQ 1. W m 7 U�3J F- p Zg¢ 7 J O 7 l LS V �aa pp SS �,J Q� CS ti.a W a pO�� U T N N $ o z g n � UQy4l�S2 000 Q O � O O VJ C7ya7 ` ' O O V F a Boo coZOO C�ZZ N Z W N 1i U G U7 a N N 9 U Q O O W U F 2 U W O-- op tai a W O O hd C O ? O W G 9'- O C UViZy O Ca J O W 00 c m� ��w-� O p c �¢0 O H a Q� Lg1 b� (� ' yW Jq+ rmz rn Q `rKaa F fL \ n O p O f U Npp Sq� Q Z W J "C O O OLL nU O� O jE Y fV CV N LV .=.1� j W 9z T T' n b JIB WU 3 p0 ] nay W yQ zWU WO w z V»7C7v > se h a V m is I- Ec NW O O' 3' U O ut p Y S g w Q g(L tr m n ti Z 0 p n ;N U WX �� oca e In mnj Q a x P G Z J,�X_ o 0 0 o U J 2 x rn n F r C7 Y O G O G c C G O G y� Ili pUp l WON Q©e= J00 � C C C O V J r h0 J W i ' � q � ~O �p x rn ai a rn U`y E (� � �5a lz t LLJ Z W =O O c y m n m m _ !W r 1� ai s W a o v , 1 w Y `oo• m r ! w O �W of ei 6 c'i 'd n.28 h v Z o Z LU a `ry `N UJ u� u1 �n Nd v1 Q O �• } } W O W y W O oO w � (6 z O z Z, Z U w _ y G w (n c� Otm LL r ti►N� j z W rn w (1 W IN < v a Q C C ca + o U w a Z wzY o o 6o '�`J p= 3y �z } 0co 0 3 4 m" w LU(n waq O O C4 Az (9 z wT' Y y N + O W Z O �� a K W 4 co a,. 1 A z Q O U N �m� of rn ai of ccr 0 ° p p C z J U J y Q 0 z r x �V O O ULL = O O O O O J r W 1 O p 0 0 0 ;g� 2 d 0 x ae ai an ao rW. w 0"_ v .r of of ❑¢ a "' W Y T` `•' e- Q a _ FQQ J W F Q Ve m J(� - J Q= ^. oVi o o a a IQz0C ro U, n Y0 w� 0 L y t O cr Q w N N a u 5±E W (n 0 O •-� _. t- 7Y aT o w Q J�� 0 0 o Q j eyiyP (WA W W JO ■t �n ' > � m "' m Wn a a Qo t " LLj m p ¢o p(w m �U y o o roi m `tom Wcoa F o o Ln w pZ_ CO H (cy LLq(n o Y. v v M M W D 9 WC: v v ci ri QO� O W Q 2 mu O J + LL y p O O lz � �p � LU d Ww ..(A o O O O J O Q z O— [7 Y0a O W Z 2 yQzO�co ct!a N N n T Uv Z � IY ¢�j of N r7 m aa �u`( gy_ CL y LU G N N r• U 0 D Y O O O Q U y y 2 N m a W lL W y Ze J F-� 00 a m l \ l{ d O O O O W� LU O O O O �...W C w N [� r Y Q W O � Y 0 0 N �N'+ IZu 2 vWl Q 1`L, c i ri ri ni Q >W Z V VW)1!r ¢�d O C9 c a) o 0 0 o aJ U QZ 0Li o In Pl a+ a fA t 7 4 Y 0LL O Y c o 0 0 w O c y Huai O v ui*' Cyui o o m rn CO X O O O N LV 5 U 2 W-zui W O N 1d o 0 o O 4 L O LL co i6 m a co �iLL n n n n O� Qdi c°Qi 'c� o o �• a j� ui �n vi ui J Y o c U m y m LL LL i CA W a a w c a w 00 O � a z z r a eV U pq W O O z F 06 V p ¢ x z o a A� N W w Z O czoo oA p e w a � Ln � Q � U W w0 O ~ Z w ICI 0 W F w z A W .a w a H � � m � Uo z z co a � L O 3Lo ,' '0 Q N C F O .I- sue, W zaa � a u Z r. avz � w O V) F X O t +� � Oza p z 13. w H _ F w i i 1 � � m c o � � J p cz m o cz aG ru a ' M 0 1 N wA 00 (U 4-J ca ¢ o z Q) x W 4cz cn Z V 4� >, r� ► z M N MLn O O M M M Now Q O O O �t W Ln Chi cuC O O O O W c a a can c° m T N r-1 co O Cr" LLI 4-J l� C) 4--J0 0 �O 4-1 coo w b �.�'+ Lam' O CD n U U U V ri L to V � N Cj a cu o M > a) +-+ s, O Z cu Q 7 ai O Moog 1+1cu w a-' � a E- cz O O cz tn lo®r � au $ ai a cz �m x y 0 cz r r. 'C .. % w ar z Z x C i 1 ! SNOHOMISH HEALTH DISTRICT WWW.SNOHD.ORG Environmental Health Division July 191h, 2018 Pilot Travel Centers C/O Ross Shaver Subject: Proposed New Food Establishments: Pilot Travel Centers-Grocery, Pilot Travel Centers- Arby's, Pilot Travel Centers-Cinnabon, Pilot Travel Centers-PJ Fresh, 2430 State Route 530 NE, Arlington, WA 98223 Dear Mr. Shaver: After reviewing your plans with the Rules and Regulations of the State Board of Health, and with the policies of the Snohomish Health District, your plans for Pilot Travel Centers have been approved. The approval was based upon the plans, menu, and HACCP submitted 4/27/2018 and 7/18/2018. Any changes to the plans, menu, and HACCP without preapproval from the Health District will void this approval. A preoperational inspection is required prior to operating permit issuance and approval to open for business. At the time of inspection the construction of the food service establishment must be complete and all equipment must be in place and in proper operating condition. Incomplete construction or equipment operation will result in a $185.00 re-inspection fee. Contact the Food Program office a minimum of one week in advance to schedule an appointment for the preoperational inspection. Please review the following requirements and conditions of operation before scheduling: 1. No food storage or preparation is allowed in the establishment prior to the preoperational inspection and approval to open for business. 2. An indirect waste drain (1 inch vertical air gap, minimum) is required for the food preparation sink, ice machine, soda dispenser, steam table, walk-in refrigeration, and any equipment in which food or food contact equipment is placed. 3. A reduced pressure backflow prevention device is required at the end of the copper water pipe serving the pop dispensing system prior to the carbonation device. No copper or brass pipe/fittings or other potentially corrodible material is allowed after the reduced pressure backflow prevention device. 4. A horizontal separation of at least 16 inches or a vertical partition 16 inches in height is required between the handwash sinks and all food preparation areas. 5. Food on display must be protected from contamination by the use of packaging; counter, service line, or salad bar sneeze guards; display cases; or other effective means. This does not apply to nuts in the shell and whole raw fruits and vegetables that are intended for hulling. peeling, or washing by the consumer before consumption. 6. Only one food preparation sink is indicated on the floor plan (PJ-Fresh). Because of this only vegetable preparation will be allowed at this sink. No rinsing or thawing under running water of raw meat, poultry, and/or seafood will be allowed without the installation of an additional and separate food preparation sink. If installed, the location of any additional food preparation sink must be approved prior to installation. The sink must be NSF listed or equivalent, be indirectly drained, and have at least one integral drainboard. 7. You are proposing that all warewashing for Cinnabon operations will take place at the three- compartment sink located within JP Fresh's kitchen. Please note, if non-compliance is observed with warewashing operations at Cinnabon, an additional three-compartment sink may be required to be installed that is easily accessible to Cinnabon operations. 8. Three-compartment and four-compartment sinks must have rounded corners and integral drainboards at both ends. The drainboards of the three compartment sink must be sloped to the basins. The basins of the three-compartment sink must be large enough to fit the largest item needing to be washed. 3020 Rucker Avenue, Suite 104 ■ Everett, WA 98201-3900 ■ tel: 425.339.5250 ■ fax: 425�39.5254 ved JUL 2 0 N18 opl°oab I � � ■ 9: 9. If splashguards (equipment, partitions and/or walls) are provided on both sides of a handwash sink the distance between the splashguards must be at least 18 inches apart(shoulder width)to allow proper access to the handwash sink. 10.Water heaters must be of sufficient size to completely fill two compartments of the 3-compartment sink with hot water and still be capable of providing at least 100°F water at the handwash sinks. 11.All food service equipment, both new and used, must be listed by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)or equivalent for its intended use. Used and new refrigeration must be capable of holding food at temperature of 41 OF or below. 12. It cannot be determined from the floor plan or information submitted whether or not a chemical dispensing system will be installed at the mop sink. Please note that the use of screw-on type 'wye' adaptors at the mop sink faucet for use with chemical dispensing systems is prohibited. Additionally chemical dispensers cannot be connected to the mop sink faucet. The chemical dispenser must have a separate water connection. A'sidekick' adaptor at the mop sink faucet is acceptable. 13. Extra wall protection is required on walls behind all sinks, including restroom handwash sinks, and food preparation counters and tables. A 16-inch high backsplash of plastic laminate, fiberglass- reinforced plastic or equal is acceptable. A backsplash higher than 16 inches is required on the wall behind counter top equipment taller than 16 inches. Floor to ceiling protection is required on the wall behind dishwashers. Wall protection behind mop sinks must cover the entire splash zone. Plastic coated hardboard is not acceptable. 14.All floors in the kitchen, food preparation, food service, food storage, and dishwashing areas must be surfaced with a durable, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable material. Expansion joints, seams, saw cuts and the like in concrete floors in all areas, including customer seating areas, must be filled and sealed so as to provide a smooth and cleanable surface. 15.The ceiling above the food preparation areas must be non-perforated, nonabsorbent, smooth and easily cleanable. 16. Cabinet shelving must be nonabsorbent, smooth and easily cleanable. (Self stick vinyl or other type surfaces are not acceptable) 17.All light fixtures in food preparation and storage areas must be provided with covers and shatterproof bulbs. Hot hold unit heat lamps must be provided with shatterproof bulbs. 18. Plumbing must meet state and local codes. 19.The ventilation system shall be installed and operated to meet applicable building, mechanical, and fire codes. After you have passed your preoperational inspection, the annual operating permit application and all fees must be received by Snohomish Health District prior to opening for business. This facility will be classified as a food establishment with the following permits: Pilot Travel Centers-Arby's : High risk food establishment with 0-50 seats Pilot Travel Center's-Cinnabon: Low risk food establishment with 0-50 seats Pilot Travel Center's-PJ Fresh: Medium risk food establishment with 0-50 seats Pilot Travel Centers-Grocery: Low risk food establishment Changes or additions to the approved plans or equipment require pre-approval from the Snohomish Health District prior to implementation of the changes. A copv of the Snohomish Health District Appeats procedure is available upon request. n administrative appeal must be initiated ith 21 days from the date of this email. 3020 Rucker Avenue, Suite 104 0 Everett, WA 98201-3900 0 tel: 425.339.5250 0 fax: 425.339.5254 i . Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Robbie Evjue, IRS Environmental Health Specialist II Food Establishment Plan Review 425.339.8746 reviue(a�snohd.org Enclosure: Preoperational Inspection Checklist cc: John Irons, Pilot Travel Centers City of Arlington Building Department Brent French, Snohomish Health District 3020 Rucker Avenue, Suite 104 N Everett, WA 98201-3900 N tel: 425.339.5250 0 fax: 425.339.5254 ' , V 1 I ■ I t Y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403-3551 THIS APPLICATION TO BE USED FOR NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURES AND RESIDENTIAL DWELLINGS NOT REGULATED UNDER THE IRC. THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST AND AN OCCUPANT'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE. Name of Project: Pilot Travel Centers Valuation: 2,000,000.00 Project Address: 2430 SR530 NE Arlington,WA 98223 Parcel ID#: 31050800300200,31050800300300, Legal Description see plans 31050800301200 Owner: Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone Number: 865-474-3469 Address: 5508 Lonas Road City: Knoxville State: TN Zip Code: 37909 Engineer: Eric Weden of Weden Engineering LLC Phone Number: 360-380-1363 Cell Phone: 360-820-9808 E-mail: eric@wedenengineering.com Address: 2636 Nubgaard Road City: Femdale State: W`°` Zip Code: 98248 General Contractor: Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone Number: 865-474-3469 Cell Phone: 865-660-2868 E-mail: Ross.Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.com Address: 5508 Lonas Road City: Knoxville State: TN Zip Code: 37909 Contractor's License Number: PILOTTC944JL-UBI 602-116-6937 Expiration: 4-24-18 Contact Person: Ross Shaver Phone Number: 865-474-3469 Cell Phone: 865-660-2868 E-mail: Ross.Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.com Address: 5508 Lonas Road City: Knoxville State: TN Zip Code: 37909 Proposed Scope of Work: Construct a Travel Center with fueling canopies,restaurants and retail uses REV 2015 Page 6 of 9 C�*Y O f COMMERCIAL APPLICATION PERMIT SUBMITTAL y�ltNCY� Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 Project Name/Tenant Pilot Travel Center Site Address 2430 SR530 NE Arlington,WA 98223 Bldg/Unit/Suite IBC Construction Type see cover sheet for all info IBC Occupancy Type Description of Use Building Square Footage Number of Stories Square Footage Per Floor Will there be any installation, modification or removal of the following? (Check all that apply) ❑ Automatic fire extinguishing systems ❑ Compressed gas systems ® Fire alarm and detection systems ❑ Fire pumps ® Flammable and combustible liquids(tanks, piping etc...) ® Hazardous materials ❑ High piled/rack storage ❑ Industrial ovens/furnace ❑ Private fire hydrants ❑ Spraying or dipping operations ❑ Standpipe systems ❑ Temporary membrane structure,tents(>200sq ft)or canopies(>400 sq ft) Provide details on any of the above checked items: Fire alram system as shown on E4 Flammable,combustible and hazardous materials consist of fuel tanks and propane tanks Installation, changes, modifications or removal of any of the above may require additional submittals, information,or permits during the plan review or construction process. Statement of Special Inspection REV 2015 Page 7 of 9 V G1�Y Off, -- COMMERCIAL APPLICATION PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 Name of Project: Pilot Travel Centers LLC Project Address: 2430 SR530 NE Arlington,WA 98223 Special Inspection Firm: TBD Address: Contact Person: Phone: Email: Special Inspection Firm Special Inspectors: The Special inspection Firm of will perform special inspection for the following types of work(separate forms must be submitted if more than one firm is to be employed). (x) Reinforced Concrete (X) Bolting in Concrete ( ) Pre-stressed Concrete ( ) Shotcrete ( ) Structural Masonry (X) Structural Steel and Welding ( ) High-Strength Bolting ( ) Spray-Applied Fireproofing ( ) Smoke-Control Systems ( ) Other Specify: All individual inspectors to be employed on this project will be WABO certified for the type of inspection they are to perform. If inspection is for work that is not covered by the WABO categories, a detailed resume of the inspector and firm must be submitted.The resume must show the inspector and firm are qualified to perform the work and testing required by the project design and specifications. The work shall be inspected for conformance with the plans and specifications approved by the City.Revisions and addenda sheets will not be used for inspection unless approved by the City.The special inspector shall report to the City revisions that are not approved. A daily record will be maintained on site itemizing the inspections performed,for the review of all parties.Any nonconforming items shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for resolution.A weekly shall be submitted to the City;detailing the inspections and testing performed,listing any nonconforming items and resolution of nonconforming items.Unresolved nonconforming items will be detailed on a discrepancy report and presented to the building department. A final report shall be submitted to the Building Division prior to the Certificate of Occupancy being issued.This report will indicate that inspection and testing was completed in conformance with the approved plans,specifications and approved revisions and addenda. Any unresolved discrepancies must be detailed in the final report. The special inspector and special inspection firm serve in the role as"deputy"City of Arlington inspectors and as such are responsible to the City of Arlington Building Division in the performance of the required work. Contractor: The contractor shall provide the special inspector or agency adequate notification of work requiring inspection. The City approved plans and specifications must be made available,at the job site for the use of the special inspector and the City Inspector.The contractor shall maintain all daily inspections reports,on site,for review. REV 2015 Page 8 of 9 i I v Y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION IN oz PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403-3551 The special inspection functions are considered to be in addition to the normal inspections performed by the City and the contractor is responsible for contacting the City to schedule regular inspections.No concrete shall be poured or other work covered until approved by the City Inspector. Building Division: The Building Division shall review any revisions and addenda.Approved copies will be given to the contractor to maintain as part of the approved plan set. The City Inspector will monitor the special inspection functions for compliance with the agreement and the approved plans. The City Inspector shall be responsible for approving various stages of construction to be covered and work to proceed. Design Professionals: The architect and engineer will clearly indicate on the plans and specifications for the specific types of special inspection required, and shall include a schedule for inspection and testing. The architect and engineer will coordinate their revisions and addenda process in such a way as to insure all required City approvals are obtained, prior to work shown on the revisions being performed. Owner: The project owner,or the architect or engineer acting as the owners agent,shall employ the special inspector or agency. ENFORCEMENT: A failure of the special inspector or firm to perform in keeping the requirements of the IBC,the approved plans and this document may void this agreement and the Building Officials approval of the special inspector. In such case a new special inspector and/or firm would need to be proposed for approval.A failure of the design and/or construction parties to perform in accordance with this agreement may result in a STOP WORK notice being posted on the project, until nonconforming items have been resolved. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have read and agree to comply with the terms and conditions of this agreement. ) , ?`i E. n.v"�. 1-25-18 Owner: Date: 1 hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on,and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws,rules and regulation of the State of Washington. 4).0b E. Applicants Signature Ross E.Shaver 1-25-18 Print Applicants Name Date FOR STAFF USE ONLY Permit# Accepted By Amount Received Receipt# Date Received REV 2015 Page 9 of 9 i 4`. Gtt Y -� COMMERCIAL APPLICATION PERMIT SUBMITTAL y�lI N O� Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE -Arlington, WA 98223 - Phone (360)403-3551 The following minimum information is required for your Commercial/Multi-Family Building Permit Application. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents. Incomplete applications will delay the review. One(1)City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Permit Application (One (1) permit application per building or structure is required) leig'tun-Comm erctat/M ulIi--F--iffni y-Si7tn mttaFn^equireiTrentsFrriii ® Two (2)Architectural Drawings ❑x Two (2)Structural Drawings ❑ Two (2)Structural Calculations forthcoming N One (1) Project Specification Manuals (if applicable) providing electronically only due to Size ® One(1) NREC Code Compliance Forms ® One (1)Special Inspection Requirements Forms © One (1)Occupant's Statement of Intended Use Form See Proposed Scope of Work in Application Drawings shall be BOUND SEPARATELY BY TYPE, architectural, structural and landscape, and then ROLLED TOGETHER IN COMPLETE SETS> landscape plans are forthcoming An intake appointment is required for all new Commercial or Multi-Family Building Permit Applications. To schedule an appointment please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403 3551 or by email to cedparlingtonwa.gov. 1 acknowledge that all items designated above are included as part of this application. REV 2015 Page 1 of 9 G♦�1r Ol COMMERCIAL APPLICATION r��o PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403-3551 A. FEES DUE AT TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE B. CODES The City of Arlington currently enforces the following: International Codes 1. 2015 International Building Code(IBC) 2. 2015 International Residential Code(IRC) 3. 2015 International Mechanical Code(IMC) 4. 2015 International Fuel Gas Code(IFGC) 5. 2015 International Fire Code(IFC) 6. 2015 International Plumbing Code(IPC) 7. 2015 International Property Maintenance Code(IPMC) 8. 2015 International Existing Property Code(IEBC) 9. 2015 Washington State Energy Code(WESC) 10. 2009 Accessible&Usable Buildings and Facilities(ICC/ANSI 1417.1) Washington State Amendments 1. WAC 51-50 Washington State Building Code 2. WAC 51-51 Washington State Residential Code 3. WAC 51-52 Washington State Mechanical Code 4. WAC 51-54 Washington State Fire Code 5. WAC 51-56&51-57 Washington State Plumbing Code and Standards 6. WAC 51-11 Washington State Energy Code 7. WAC 296-46B Electrical Safety Standards,Administration,and Installation C. CITY OF ARLINGTON DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design Wind Speed: 85 miles per hour(Exposure C) Ground Snow Load: 25 pounds per square foot Seismic Zone: D2 Rainfall: 2 inches per hour for roof drainage design. Frost Line Depth: 12 inches Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,500 psf unless a Geo-Technical Report is provided. (IBC Table 1804.2&IRC R401.4.1) D. PLANS AND DRAWINGS Submit two(2)complete sets of drawings and plans.Drawings and plans must be submitted on minimum 18"X 24",or maximum 30"X 42"paper.All sheets are to be the same size and sequentially labeled. Plans are required to be clearly legible,with scaled dimensions,in indelible ink, blue line,or other professional media. Plans will not be accepted that are marked preliminary or not for construction,that have red lines,cut and paste details or those that have been altered after the design professional has signed the plans. Please Note:A separate submittal of plans is required for each building or structure. REV 2015 Page 2 of 9 �; I I G'VY 0 COMMERCIAL APPLICATION y�l��t�� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 DETAILED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents A. ® SITE PLAN — REQUIRED WITH ALL SUBMITTALS (May be included as part of the Architectural Drawing cover Sheet) 1. Drawing shall be prepared at scale not to exceed 1"=20 feet. 2. Show building outline and all exterior improvements. 3. Provide property legal description and show property lines. 4. Provide dimensions from the property lines to a minimum of two building corners(or two identifiable locations for irregular plan shapes). 5. Show building setbacks,easements and street access locations. 6. Indicate North direction. 7. Indicate finish floor elevation for the first level. 8. Provide topographical map of the existing grades and the proposed finished grades with maximum five feet elevation contour lines. 9. Show the location of all existing underground utilities, including water,sewer, gas and electrical. 10. Flood hazard areas,floodways,and design flood elevations as applicable. B. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 1. M. Cover Sheet a) Building Information 1. Specify model code information. 2. Construction Type. 3. Number of stories and total height in feet. 4. Building square footage(per floor and total) 5. IBC Occupancy Type(show all types by floor and total). 6. Mixed-use ratio(if applicable) 7. Occupant load calculation (show by occupancy type and total) 8. List work to be performed under this permit b) Design Team Information 1. Design Professional in Responsible Charge 2. Architects 3. Structural Engineers 4. Owner 5. Developer 6. Any other Design Team Members 2. ] Floor Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum 1/4-inch scale. b) Plans must show the entire tenant space. c) Specify the use of each room/area. d) Provide an occupant load calculation on the floor plan.(on every floor, in all rooms and spaces) e) Show ALL exits on the plans; include new,existing or eliminated. f) Show Barrier-Free information on the drawings. g) Show the location of all permanent rooms,walls and shafts. h) Note the uses in the adjacent tenant spaces, if applicable. i) Provide a door and door hardware schedule. REV 2015 Page 3 of 9 i I c 1 y °f COMMERCIAL APPLICATION PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington• 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 j) Show the location of all new walls,doors,windows, etc. k) Provide details and assembly numbers for any fire resistive assemblies. 1) Indicate on the plans all rated walls,doors,windows and penetrations. m) Provide a legend that distinguishes existing walls,walls to be removed and new walls. 3. ® Reflected Ceiling Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum ''/4-inch scale. b) Provide ceiling construction details. c) Provide suspended ceiling details complying with IBC 803.9.1.1.Show seismic bracing details. d) Show the location of all emergency lighting and exit signage. e) Detail the seismic bracing of the fixtures. f) Include a lighting fixture schedule. 4. ® Framing Plan a) Specify the size,spacing,span and wood species or metal gage for all stud walls. b) Indicate all wall, beam and floor connections. c) Detail the seismic bracing for all walls. d) Include a stair section showing rise,run, landings, headroom, handrail and guardrail dimensions. 5. ® Storage Racks (if applicable) a) Structural calculations are required for seismic bracing of storage racks eight feet or greater in height. b) Eight feet or less,show a positive connection to floor or walls. NOTE: High pile storage shall meet the requirements of current International Building and Fire Codes. C. ❑ SPECIAL INSPECTION ISpecial Inspections are forthcoming 1. Where special inspection is required by IBC 1704,the registered design professional in responsible charge shall prepare a special inspection program that will be submitted to the City of Arlington and approved prior to issuance of the building permit to comply with IBC 106.1. D. ® WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 1.One(1)completed Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code Envelope Summary forms. E. OCCUPANT'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE 1. The Occupant's Statement of Intended Use form shall be completely filled out and may require the submittal of a Hazardous Materials inventory Statement(HMIS).Contact the Arlington REV 2015 Page 4 of 9 1 G1�Y U� COMMERCIAL APPLICATION PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community$ Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington,WA 98223 • Phone(360)403-3551 The building permit does not include any mechanical, electrical, plumbing or fire sprinkler/alarm work. These permits are issued separately. Mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or fire sprinkler/alarm permits require a separate permit application and may also require separate plan review. Please note that any tenant improvement work in a space that involves food handling or preparation requires Snohomish County Health District approval before the permit can be issued. You must provide the Permit Center a copy of the approval letter or the approved plans. Contact the Snohomish County Health District at(425)339-5250 with any questions or for more information. An intake appointment is required for all large Tenant Improvement Building Permit Applications.To determine if your project requires an intake appointment, to schedule an appointment or to ensure that you have the most current information, please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403-3551 or by email to ced@arlingtonwa.gov. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal. REV 2015 Page 5 of 9 1 I :� 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 ai,d R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary MECH-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Com liance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Information Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to For Building Dept.Use inquiries about compliance form information provided. Company Name: Pilot Flying J Company Address: 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville,TN 37909 Applicant Name: Pilot Flying J Applicant Phone: 865-588-7488 Project Description New Building ❑Building Addition ❑Tenant Improvement ❑System Retrofit ❑No System Changes Briefly describe mechanical systems in the text box provided ❑Total Bldg Performance(TBP) This path includes all mandatory provisions per C401.2 Option 2. MECH-SUM,MECH-CHK,and C407 Energy Analysis forms required. ❑ Load calculation summary MECH-LOAD-CALC Form Design Load Calculations Provide design load calculations for all mechanical systems and equipment serving the building heating,cooling or ventilating needs.If a load calculation summary is provided with the permit documents that includes all applicable compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required. ❑� Mechanical Plans ❑ MECH-EQ Forms(TBD) Mechanical Schedules Indicate location of equipment compliance information.If provided on plans then MECH-EQ forms are not required, however,include on plans all applicable compliance information listed in MECH-EQ tables. ❑ DOAS is required per C403.6 effective July 1,2017(office,retail,education,library and fire station occupancies) All occupied,conditioned areas shall be served by a DOAS that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation.Space conditioning fans cycled off when no heating or cooling is required. Dedicated Outdoor Air ❑ Ventilation provided via natural ventilation per 2015 IMC in lieu of DOAS(C403.6,Exception 1) System Requirements and ❑ j ventilation and space conditioning provided by a HEVAV system per C403.7 in lieu of DOAS(C403.6,Exception High Efficiency VAV ❑ DOAS included in project,although not required(occupancy not office,retail,education,library or fire station) Alternate ❑ DOAS related allowances included in project: ❑ Prescriptive vertical fenestration maximum area allowance increased to 40%per C402.4.1.4 with 100%of conditioned floor area in building served by DOAS. 0 Exception to air economizer per C403.3 Exception 1,include MECH-ECONO form. Q Project includes HVAC air distribution systems that provide heating and/or cooling If yes,provide a MECH-FANSYS-SUM form. Fan Power ❑ For one or more systems,the total fan motor nameplate hp of all fans in HVAC system exceeds 5hp. If yes,provide a separate MECH-FANSYS form for each HVAC system exceeding the 5 horsepower threshold. Refer to Section C403.2.11 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. HVAC Hydronic Systems ❑ Hydronic chilled water ❑ Water-loop heat pump ❑✓ No hydronic systems ❑ Hydronic heating water ❑ Geothermal ❑ C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment and fan systems Requires 90%of heating and cooling capacity to be equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(9)or air-to-wafer heat pumps and heat recovery chillers.All equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(7)must be 15%more efficient than C406 Additional minimum requirements.All stand alone supply,return,and exhaust fans over 1hp must have FEQ z 71 and must be selected within 10%of maximum total or static pressure. Efficiency Options- ❑ C406.6 Dedicated outdoor air system(DOAS) Mechanical Requires 90%of conditioned floor area to be served by a DOAS per C403.6 that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. ❑ C406.7 Reduced energy in service water heating Requires 90%of floor area be in occupancy types listed in C406.7.1 and that 60%of annual hot water energy use be provided by heat pump,waste heat recovery or solar water-heating systems. i 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary, • e 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Equipment Type(s) ❑ Hot water heating tank(s) Instantaneous ❑ No service water systems Service Water Heating ❑ Dedicated boiler ❑ Heat exchange from space heat boiler or Systems central hol wato0steem Distribution Type(s) ❑ Circulation System ❑ on-demand Commissioning Commissioning is required for: ❑� Mechanical systems per C408.2 ❑� Service water heating systems per C408.4 If required,commissioning shall be performed for all applicable systems regardless of individual equipment capacity. Exceptions to commissioning requirements: ❑ Total output capacity of all mechanical space conditioning systems in the building do not exceed 240,000 Btu/h cooling or 300.000 Btu/h heating.Mechanical systems commissioning not required. ❑ Capacity of largest service water heating system in building does not exceed 200,000 Btu/h.Service water heating systems commissioning not required. Low Energy and Semi-Heated Spaces (Note 6 and 7) Peak Space Heating Cooling Conditloning Space Area Served, Capacity,Btu/h Capacity,Btu/h Capacity, Compliance Type Location in Plan(s) Space(s)Served square feet (Note 4) (Note 5) Btu/h-sf Check Notes Note 4-Provide total installed heating output capacity of systems serving Low Energy or Semi-Heated space(s)in btuh. Note 5-Provide total installed cooling capacity of system serving Low Energy space(s)in Btu/h.Not allowed for semi-heated spaces.Enter 0 if no cooling. Note 6-Refer to Section C402.1.1 Low Energy Building.Intalled peak space conditioning capacity,heating or cooling,may not exceed 3.4 Btu/h"sf. Note 7-Refer to Section C402.1.1.1 and Semi-Heated Space definition in Chapter 2.Total heating output capacity may not exceed 8 Btu/h"sf. Only systems without electric resistance heating and no cooling are eligible for the wall insulation exception under semi-heated. 2015 Washington State Energ. de Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 s and all R1-Page 1 of 8 ,Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK' 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 8 R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center I Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department ( es,no,na) Documents Notes Equipment-Sizing,Performance and Type Identify equipment to be used in manufacturing,industrial or commercial processes that do not NA C403.1 Exempt process equipment provide space conditioning;identify provisions applicable to this equipment per C403.1 exception Provide load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent,using design M0.2 Yes C403.2.1 Load calculations parameters per C302 and Appendix C;include load adjustments to account for energy recovery Equipment and system Indicate that output capacities of heating and cooling equipment and systems are no greater M0.2 Yes C403.2.2 than the smallest available equipment size that exceeds the calculated loads;note exceptions sizing taken C403.2.3 HVAC equipment Provide equipment schedules on plans or complete MECH-EQ forms indicating type,capacity, MO.1,M02 Yes C403.2.3.2 performance requirements rated and WSEC minimum efficiencies for all heating and cooling equipment;include supply C403.2.13.1 (efficiency) and OSA cfms and operating hours for all air systems;identify heating and cooling equipment that does not have a corresponding WSEC minimum efficiency(manufacturer rated) List all motors Z 1/12 hp(that are not integral to a rated piece of equipment)in the mechanical C405.8 or electrical equipment schedules on plans;indicate hp,rpm,number of poles and rated NA C403.2.14 Electric motor efficiency efficiency,or exception applied For fractional hp motors(1/12-1 hp),indicate whether they are an electronically commutated motor,have rated efficiency of at least 70%,or exception taken For all HVAC fan systems that provide heating and/or cooling,provide system total M0.2 nameplate hp in MECH-FANSYS-SUM form Yes C403.2.11.1 Fan power limitation For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp>5hp,verify fan system motor hp or M0.2, M3 bhp complies with fan power limits per equations in Table C403.2.11.1(1),provide MECH- M5 FANSYS form for each system Yes C403.2.112 Motor nameplate hp For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp>5hp,indicate fan motors specified M0.2. M3 are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp,note exceptions taken M5 For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp>5hp,identify in equipment schedule M02,M3, Yes C4032.11.3 Fan efficiency all fans required to comply with fan efficiency grade and indicate rated FEG is z 67,or M5 exception taken;indicate these fans are sized so total efficiency is within 15%of the fan maximum total efficiency NA C4032.11.4 Group R occupancy exhaust For all exhaust fans<400 cfm in Group R occupancies,indicate in equipment schedule the Fan efficacy fan flow rate and efficacy(cfm/watt),or exception taken;refer to Table C403.2.11.4(CE-57) Variable flow capacity- For fan motors>_7.5 hp,indicate method of variable flow control(VSD or equivalent method)in NA C4032.13 fans equipment schedule,or exception taken;for equivalent method for an HVAC system refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C4032.3 Maximum air cooled chiller For chilled water plants and buildings with>500 tons of cooling capacity,indicate air-cooled capacity chiller capacity is s 100 tons,or exception taken Large capacity cooling For buildings with z 300 tons of cooling capacity,indicate method of multi-stage or variable NA C403.4 systems capacity control(VSD,multiple staged compressors,or max capacity of any single unit<66% of the total) Non-standard water-cooled For water-cooled centrifugal chillers not designed for operation at standard conditions,provide NA C4032.3.1 centrifugal chillers calculations documenting maximum full load and part load rated equipment performance requirements NA C4032.13.1 Centrifugal fan open-circuit For open-circuit centrifugal fan cooling towers with>_1,100 gpm capacity,indicate cooling C403.4.32 cooling towers towers comply with efficiencv requirements for axial fan open circuit cooling lowers For single boilers with>500,000 Btu/h capacity,indicate multi-stage or modulating burner C403.42 Large capacity boiler For boilers stem sin with>1,000,000 Btu/h NA le or multiple)C403.42.5 systems y (single p ) capacity, ty,indicate turndown ratio per Table C403.42.5 and method(multiple single input boilers,modulating boilers,or combination) Variable flow capacity- For pump motors z 7.5 hp,indicate method of variable flow control(VSD or equivalent method) NA C4032.13 pumps In equipment schedule,or exception taken;for equivalent method for a hydronic system refer to Hydronic System Controls for additional requirements NA C4032.3 Gas and oil-fired forced air For forced air furnaces with capacity t 225,000 Btu/h and all unit heaters,indicate in furnace and unit heaters equipment schedule intermittent ignition or IID,flue or draft damper,and rated jacket loss NA C4032.4.8 Combustion heating For combustion heating equipment with output capacity>225,000 Btu/h,indicate modulating equipment or staged combustion control NA C4032.3.3 Packaged electric heating/ Verify all packaged electric equipment with>6,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and any amount of cooling equipment heating is a heat pump;include in equipment schedules NA C4032.12 Heating outside a building Indicate systems providing heating in non-enclosed outdoor occupied spaces are radiant systems;refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements M3,M4, Yes C4032.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate on plans the type,duty and exhaust air rate of each kitchen hood,refer to HVAC M5,M6, System Controls for additional requirements M7,M8, Mg,M10 M02,M6, Outdoor supply air,exhaust Indicate locations of OSA intake,and exhaust and relief outlet dampers on plans;indicate M7 Yes C4032.4.3 and relief dampers whether dampers are Class 1 motorized,or gravity and exception taken(include leakage rating,cfm/sq;refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements for OSA dampers Indicate locations of return air dampers that are integral to economizer operation;verify M02,M6, Yes C4032.4.3 Return air dampers dampers are motorized;indicate whether dampers are Class 1,or within packaged equipment M7 eligible for leakage rating exception(include leakage rating,cfm/sf) � S 1 }I 1 • - �1 I I 2015 Washington State Energ. de Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 ;s and all R1-Page 2 of 8 Wechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department (ves_.no,na) Documents Notes NA C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent Indicate location of stairway and shaft vent dampers on plans;verify dampers are Class 1 dampers motorized;refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements For systems serving areas>25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor,that include areas that NA C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation dampers are expected to be occupied non-simultaneously;identify isolation zone areas on plans and locations of associated isolation dampers in HVAC distribution system;refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements For cooling systems with humidification equipment that are also required to have air NA C403.2.3.4 Humidification economizer,indicate humidifier is adiabatic(direct evaporative or fog atomization),or exception taken Additional Efficiency Package Option,More Efficient HVAC Equipment&Fan Performance- Must comply with all 3 provisions to be eligible C406.2.1 To comply with additional efficiency package option,calculate the percentage of heating and NA C403.2.3 HVAC system selection cooling equipment in the project(based on output capacity)that do not have a corresponding WSEC listed efficiency;shall be less than 10%to comply NA C406.2.2 Minimum equipment To comply with additional efficiency package option,indicate that all listed heating and cooling C403.2.3 efficiency equipment have a rated efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed efficiency by at least 15% C406.2.3 To comply with additional efficiency package option,indicate rated FEG of stand alone fans is r NA C403.2.11.3 Minimum fan efficiency 71;indicate these fans are sized so the fan efficiency at design conditions is within 10%of the maximum total or static efficiencv HVAC System Controls Indicate locations of thermostatic and humidity control devices and the zones they serve on M1,ME-1- plans,including perimeter system zones ME6 M1,ME-1- Where adjacent(neighboring)zones are controlled by separate thermostats(including ME6 perimeter systems used to offset heat gain or loss),and are connected by permanent Thermostatic controls openings>10%of either zone sf area,indicate controls configured to prevent adjacent zones Yes C403.2.4.1 (thermostats and from operating in conflicting modes(one in heat,other in cool);applies to adjacent perimeter humidistats) zones,adjacent nonperimeter zones,and adjacent perimeter and nonperimeter zones If applying Exception 2 to nonperimeter zones adjacent to perimeter zones,indicate that ME-1-ME- setpoints and deadband settings in these zones are coordinated so cooling in a nonperimeter 6 zone does not occur until the temperature in that zone is 5°F higher than the adjacent perimeter zone temperature in heating NA C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementary Indicate staged heating operation with compression as the first stage of heating and heat supplemental heating controlled with outdoor lock-out temperature set to 40°F or less Yes C403.2.4.1.2 Deadband Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with 5"F minimum deadband for systems that ME-1-ME- control both heating and cooling 6 If separate heating and cooling systems with separate thermostatic control devices are used to M1,ME-1- Setpoint overlap restriction serve a zone,indicate locations of both thermostatic control devices and the zone they serve ME6 Yes C403.2.4.1.3 (thermostats) on plans Indicate a limit switch,mechanical stop or DDC control with programming to prevent ME-1-ME- simultaneous heating and cooling 6 C403.2.4.2 Automatic setback and Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with required automatic setback and manual ME-1-ME- Yes C403.2.4.2.1 shutdown override functions,setback temperatures,and control method(automatic time clock or 6 C403.2.4.2.2 programmable controls);note exceptions taken Yes C403.2.4.2.3 Automatic(optimum)start Indicate system controls that adjust equipment start time required to bring each area served up ME-1-ME- to design temperature just prior to scheduled occupancy 6 Yes C403.2.4.3 Outdoor supply air dampers Indicate automatic controls configured to close OSA damper during unoccupied equipment ME-1-ME- operation;not including economizer cooling,night flush or IMC required OSA/exhaust 6 NA C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent Indicate method of activation of stairway and shaft vent dampers(fire alarm or interruption of damperspower) For systems serving areas>25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor,that include areas that NA C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation controls are expected to be occupied non-simultaneously;indicate controls that allow for independent space conditioning of isolation zones;or exception taken NA C403.2.12 Heating outside a building Indicate occupancy sensing or timer switch controls configured to automatically shut off heating system when area served is unoccupied NA C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate automatic controls configured to shut off system when pavement temperature exceeds 50°F and no precipitation is falling,and when outdoor air temperature exceeds 40°F Yes C403.2.4.6 Freeze protection system Indicate automatic controls to shut off system when outdoor temperature exceeds 40°F,or ME-1-ME- controls conditions protect fluid from freezing 6 Group R1 hotel/motel For hotels and motels with over 50 guest rooms,indicate automatic controls serving guest NA C403.2.4.9 guest rooms rooms that are capable of setback(heating)and set-up(cooling)of temperature setpoint by at least 5°F;indicate control method-activated by room entry or occupancy sensor � a �. ,. �,. :� i� I ,a 2015 Washington State Enery .de Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3, :s and all R1-Page 3 of 8 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK' 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 8 R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center iDate 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department (ves,no,na) iDocumentsi Notes I� C403.2.4.10 Group R2/R3 dwelling For primary space conditioning system,indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats capable of two NA units,Group R2 sleeping setback periods per day;for all thermostats indicate purpose(heating only,cooling only,or C403.2.4.11 units both),required temperature range and at minimum a 10°F dead band;or exception taken Indicate method of ventilation air delivery(natural or mechanical)for each zone MO.1,M0.2, M1 C403.2.6 If mechanically delivered,indicate that systems are configured to provide not more than 150% M0.1,M0.2 Yes C403.2.11.4 Ventilation of,but at least the minimum required volume of outdoor air to each zone per IMC,ASHRAE 62.1 or other applicable code(WAC,OSHA,etc);or exception taken If delivered via natural ventilation,identify required elements per IMC including minimum NA openable area to the outdoors or qualifying adjoining spaces Identify spaces>500 sf with occupant load>25 people/1,000 sf per IMC;for each space M1,ME-1- Demand controlled indicate whether it is served by an HVAC system with total design OSA>3,000 cfm,and/or ME6 Yes C403.2.6.2 the system has airside economizer or automatic modulating OSA damper;indicate OSA ventilation controls are configured to provide demand controlled ventilation or provide supporting documentation for applied exception For gyms,classrooms,auditoriums and conference rooms>500 sf,indicate occupancy-based NA C403.2.6.3 Occupancy sensors OSA control when space is unoccupied and method(closes OSA damper or shuts-off equipment);or alternate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when space is partially occupied C403.2.6.4 Enclosed loading dock For enclosed loading docks,indicate ventilation/exhaust system method of activation(gas NA C403.2.6.4.1 ventilation detection system for CO and NO2,or occupancy sensors),and control method(staged or modulating) NA C403.2.6.4 Enclosed parking garage For enclosed parking garages,indicate ventilation/exhaust system activated by gas detection C403.2.6.4.2 ventilation system for CO and NO2,and control method(staged or modulating);or exception taken M.02 Provide calculations that show a balanced accounting of total kitchen exhaust(include all hoods)with%of:supply air,transfer air from adjacent spaces,and make-up air;if applicable, Yes C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods indicate that direct make-up air to each hood does not exceed 10%of hood exhaust For kitchens with total hood exhaust exceeding 2,000 cfm,indicate exhaust air rate per Table M1,M4 C403.2.7.1 and compliance method(DCV,energy recovery,or transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted NA C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Refer to Systems Requiring Energy Recovery for requirements Variable flow capacity- For HVAC fan motors z 7.5 hp,indicate method of variable flow control(VSD,or equivalent NA C403.2.13 HVAC system fans control method that reduces design air volume by 50%at 1/3 static design pressure);note exception taken For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity z 65,000 Btu/h,indicate number of DX air handler variable cooling stages provided and method(multiple compressors and/or variable speed Yes C403.3.1 cooling control compressors);indicate minimum displacement(capacity reduction)as%of full load M2 (Under Integrated M2,ME-1- Economizer) Indicate control method(cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature,space ME-6 temperature controlled by modulating supply airflow,or both) For DX air handling units with cooling capacity a 65,000 Btu/h and evaporative and chilled water air handling units with fan a 0.25 hp,indicate whether system is single zone or multiple M2,ME-1- zone and related control method(cooling capacity controlled in response to space ME-6 temperature,space temperature is controlled by modulating supply airflow,or both) For mechanical cooling systems(includes DX and chilled water coils)that control cooling capacity in response to space temperature-Provide a minimum of two stages of fan control; M2,ME-1- Yes C403.2.11.5 Fan airflow control indicate minimum fan speed is 5 66%of full speed drawing 5 40%of full speed fan power ME-6 during periods of low cooling or ventilation only For other mechanical cooling systems(includes DX and chilled water coils)that control space temperature by modulating airflow(in lieu of,or in addition to,controlling capacity in response M3,M4, to space temperature)-Provide fan controls for modulating supply airflow;indicate minimum M5,M6, fan speed is 5 50%of full speed drawing 5 30%of full speed fan power during periods of low M7,MB, cooling or ventilation only;or exception taken Mg,M10 Provide central and zone level DDC controls as required based on system application, ME-1-ME- C403.2.4.12 DDC system capabilities capacity or size thresholds and other qualification per Table C403.2.4.12.1 6 Identify all DDC system input/output control points;indicate capability for trending and ME-1- WE-graphical display 6 Ducting_Svstems C403.2.8.1 Indicate on plans that all ductwork is constructed and sealed per IMC M0.1 Yes C403.2.8.3 Duct construction For OSA ductwork,also indicate on plans that ductwork meets air leakage requirements per C402.5 and vapor retarder requirements per the IBC M0.1 M0.1 as C403.2.8.3 Duct pressure classifications Identify location of low,medium and high pressure ductwork on plans Specificatio ns section 15841 i 2015 Washington State Ener -)de Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3r as and all R1-Page 4 of 8 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department ( es.no.na) Documents Notes M0.1 NA C403.2.8.3.3 jHigh pressure duct leakage Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans;provide test results to Specificatio test jurisdiction when completed n section 15250 • � ,, �. ., w I 2016 Washington State Ent ;ode Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over ies and all R1-Page 5 of 8 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHW 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 8 R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center IDate 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Cade,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department ves,no,na Documentsi Notes For supply and return ductwork located in unconditioned space or outdoors,indicate R-value of M0.1,M1, insulation on ductwork on plans;identify climate zone;note exceptions taken Specificatio ns section 15250 C403.2.6.1 For supply ductwork located in conditioned space,identify if design supply temperature is< M0.1,M1, Yes C403.2.6.2 Duct insulation 55°F or>105°F and indicate R-value of insulation on this ductwork on plans;note exception Specificatio taken ns section 15250 M0.1,M1, For OSA ductwork,shafts and plenums,indicate R-value of insulation on these elements on Specificatio plans per Table C402.1.3 for steel-framed walls;note exception taken ns section 15250 Piping Systems NA C403.2.9 Piping insulation Indicate design temperature range of fluid conveyed in piping and thickness of insulation(in inches)on hydronic piping plans;or exception taken NA C403.2.9.1 Piping insulation exposed to Indicate method of protection of pipe insulation from damage/degradation on hydronic piping weather plans Economizers Identify in equipment schedules on plans or in MECH-EQ fors all coaling systems requiring air economizer controls M0.2 Yes C403.3 Air economizer required Provide MECH-ECONO for indicating systems utilizing air economizer exceptions,including those with water-side economizer in lieu of air economizer;indicate on plans eligible exception(s)taken and measures to comply with exception(s) NA Yes C403.3.1 Integrated economizer Indicate air and water-side economizers are configured for partial cooling operation even operation-air and water where additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the load M0.2 Yes C403.3.2 Economizer heating system Verify control method of HVAC systems with economizers does not increase building heating M0.2,ME-1 impact-air and water energy usage during normal operation -ME-6 Yes C403.3.3.1 Air economizer capacity Indicate modulating OSA and return air dampers are configured to provide up to 100%OSA for cooling M0.2 Verify mechanical cooling controls are interlocked with air economizer controls so the outside C403.3.1 air damper remains in 100%open position when mechanical cooling is also required to meet M0.2 ME-1 Yes C403.3.3.2 Integrated air economizer the cooling load,until the leaving air temperature is<45°F ME6 th cooling For systems wi capacity t dampers is 65,000 Btu/h,verify that control of economizer M0.2 ME-1 not based only on mixed air temperature;or exception taken ME6 Yes C403.3.3.3 Air economizer high limit Indicate high limit shut-off control method and required high.limit per Table C403.3.3.3 M0.2 ME-1 controls ME6 For eligible systems where water-side economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer, NA C403.3.4.1 Water economizer capacity indicate system is capable of 100%design cooling capacity at 50°F db/45°F wb OSA temperatures NA C403.3.4.2 Water economizer Indicate pressure drop across precooling coils and heat exchangers in water economizer maximum pressure drop system do not exceed pressure drop limit Yes C403.3.1 DX air handling equipment For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity a 65,000 Btu/h,refer to HVAC M0.2 ME-1 control System Controls for requirements ME6 DX equipment economizer For DX air handlers with economizer and coaling capacity a 54,000 Btu/h,provide a fault Yes C403.2.4.7 fault detection and detection and diagnostics(FDD)system to monitor economizer system operation and report ME-1- diagnostics faults IME6 Systems Requiring Ener ry Recovery For systems with design OSA>5,000 cfm,or design supply air cfm and%OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1)or(2),indicate exhaust air ER method;or exception taken with Energy recovery(ER)- supporting calculations NA C403.5.1 ventilation/exhaust For rooms served by multiple systems with aggregate design OSA>5,000 cfm,or aggregate systems design supply air cfm and%OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1)or(2),indicate exhaust air ER method;or exception taken with supporting calculations Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by a 50%based on delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions Laboratory exhaust systems For buildings with total lab exhaust>5,000 cfm,indicate method of energy recovery used to NA C403.2.7.2 pre-condition laboratory make-up air;ER effectiveness(min 25°F);or alternative method per (energy recovery) exception(VAV exhaust,semi-conditioned makeup,or CERM calculation) For buildings with pools or spas with water surface area>200 sf,indicate exhaust air ER C404.10.4 Pools and permanent spas method and use of waste heat(preheat ventilation air,pool water or service hot water);or NA (under exhaust systems exception taken C404.11) (energy recovery) Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by 2 360F NA C403.51.2Energy recovery- For buildings with on-site steam heating systems,indicate condensate water ER NA C403.5.2 steam condensate systems For buildings that use off-site generated steam where condensate is not returned to the source,indicate on-site condensate water ER 11 y I 2015 Washington State Energy ide Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 as and all R1-Page 6 of 8 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings Including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center 113ate 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department (ves,no.na Documents Notes For buildings with food service,meat or deli departments that have t 500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/freezers,indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy (service water heating,space heating,or dehumidification reheating) NA C403.5.3 Energy recovery- cooler/freezer condensers For buildings with Z 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with a 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/freezers,indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy for service water heating and also for space heating,or dehumidification reheating For buildings with 24-hour operation and with>1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and NA C403.5.4 Energy recovery- design service hot water load>250,000 Btulh,indicate condenser ER to pre-heat service condenser systems water;or exception taken.Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized(60%of peak heat rejection load or pre-heat service water to 85°F). Hydronic System Controls For hydronic system pump motors z 7.5 hp,indicate method of variable flow control(VSD or C403.2.13 Variable flow control- equivalent method that requires z 30%design wattage at 50%design fluid flow);note NA C403.4.2.7 hydronic system pumps exception taken Identify whether hydronic coils have DDC controls and associated manner of pump speed control(differential pressure,zone hydronic demand,etc) For boilers that provide building heating,indicate controls that provide heating water temperature setback based on outdoor temperature For heating and chilled water systems z 300,000 Btulh,indicate systems are configured to C403.2.5 Hydronic system setback automatically reset supply water temperature based upon demand;or exception taken. NA C403.4.2.4 and part load controls If system pump motor hp z 3 hp,also indicate controls automatically reduce flow by z 50%. For chilled water systems(Z 300,000 Btulh,pump motor hp z 3 hp)that serve water-cooled unitary air conditioners,indicate VSD or staged pumps in chilled water system and heat rejection loop that reduce pump flow so that one control valve is nearly wide open,or to maintain a minimum differential pressure;or exception taken NA C403.4.2 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers NA C403.4.6 Hot gas bypass limitation For cooling equipment with hot gas bypass,provide either multiple step unloading or continuous capacity modulation;indicate bypass capacity per Table C403.4.6 NA C403.4.2.2 Two-pipe changeover Indicate changeover deadband(min 15°F),heating/cooling mode scheduling and changeover systems temperature range(limit 30°F) NA C403.4.2.6 Chiller/boiler plant pump Indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow isolation through individual chillers and boilers when not in use For cooling towers with fan motors z 7.5 hp,indicate VSD and method to adjust fan speed C403.2.13.1.1 (adjusted based on leaving fluid temperature or condenser temperature/pressure of heat NA C403.4.3.1.1 Heat rejection equipment- rejection device) C403.4.3.1.2 variable flow control For multiple-cell heat rejection equipment with VSD,indicate controls that ramp all fans in unison NA C403.4.3.3 Heat rejection equipment- Indicate open-circuit cooling towers with multiple pumps or VSD control are designed so all cooling tower flow turndown cells can be run in parallel NA C403.4.2.3.1 Water loop heat pump- Indicate capability of central equipment to provide minimum 20°F water supply temperature deadband deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes;or exception taken Water loop heat pump- Indicate type of cooling tower(open-or closed-circuit)in equipment schedule;indicate method NA C403.4.2.3.2.1 heat rejection equipment, used to limit system heat loss when heat rejection is not needed Zone 4 Water loop heat pump- For open-or closed-circuit cooling towers,provide a heat exchanger that separates the cooling NA C403.4.2.3.2.2 heat rejection equipment, tower and heat pump loop Zone 5 NA C403.4.2.3.3 Water loop heat pump- For hydronic heat pump systems with total system power>10 hp,indicate 2-way isolation Isolation valves valves on each heat sump and variable flow system control Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems(DOAS)-Optional through 6/30/16,Prescriptive 7/1/2016 For buildings with office,retail,education,library and fire station spaces,identify these spaces NA C403.6 Dedicated outdoor air on plans;indicate that ventilation air in each occupied space is provided via a DOAS system; C403.6.3 systems or document compliance with C403.6.3 Impracticality;or exception taken(buildings complying with C402.4.1.4 or C406.6 may not utilize exceptions) Energy recovery ventilation For all DOAS systems,indicate exhaust air ER method;or exception taken with supporting NA C403.6.1 with DOAS calculations.Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by Z 50%based on delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions. Indicate equipment associated with the delivery of zone level heating and cooling(fans, Heating/cooling system hydronic pumps,primary air dampers,etc)are configured to shut off,and central equipment is NA C403.6.2 controls with DOAS configured to turn down,when there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone they serve If applying Exception to heating/cooling fans used for air mixing in the space during deadband _periods,include fan watts per cfm in equipment schedule 2015 Washington State Ene ;ode Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over -ies and all R1-Page 7 of 8 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center 113ate 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department (ves.no.na) Documents Notes C402.4.1.4 Increased prescriptive NA C403.6 maximum vertical Indicate that all occupied,conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 fenestration area with DOAS Additional Efficiency Package Option,Dedicated Outside Air Systems(DOAS) NA C406.6 Building provided with To comply with additional efficiency package option,indicate that 90%or more of all occupied, DOAS conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 Multiple Zone Air Systems Air systems serving multiple Identify supply air systems serving multiple zones and the zones they serve on plans;indicate NA C403.4.4 whether system is VAV and method of primary air control;or provide supporting zones documentation for applied exception to VAV Provide equipment schedules on plans or MECH-EQ form that list all VAV air terminals and types VAV systems serving For each air terminal include:maximum airflow rates for primary supply air during zone peak NA C403.4.4 multiple zones heating and zone peak cooling;maximum airflow during reheating,recooling or mixing; minimum airflow rate to maintain required ventilation,and the basis for these values;If IMC or ASHRAE 62.1 multiple zone equation is basis for minimum flow rates,provide calculation on plans NA C403.4.4.1 Single duct VAV terminal Indicate single duct terminal units are configured to reduce primary supply air before reheating units or recooling NA C403.4.4.2 Dual duct systems-terminal For systems with separate warts air and cool air ducts,indicate terminal units are configured to units reduce the flow from one duct to minimum before mixing with air from the other duct Indicate locations of duct static pressure sensors on plans;include at least one sensor per major duct branch;verify controller setpoint pressure at each sensor is s 1.2 inch w.g. C403.4.1.1 VAV system static NA pressure sensors- For systems with zone level DDC,indicate controls are configured to monitor zone damper C403.4.1.2 sensors and DDC set points Positions and reset static pressure setpoint based on the zone requiring most pressure;include, control logic that automatically detects and generates an alarm if any zone excessively drives reset logic,and allows building operators to exclude zones from reset logic Multiple-zone VAV system For systems with zone level DDC controls,indicate controls are configured to automatically NA C403.4.4.3 ventilation optimization reduce outdoor airflow in response to changes in system ventilation efficiency;or exception controls taken NA C403.4.4.4 VAV system supply air reset Indicate controls automatically reset supply air temperature in response to building loads or outdoor air temperature:or exception taken Multiple Zone HVAC Systems,High Efficiency VAV-Required for systems utilizing C403.6 DOAS Exception 2,must comply with all 16 provisions C403.7, Indicate system is configured for 100%air economizer operation and complies with all related NA Item 1 Air economizer economizer requirements per C403.3(without economizer exceptions) C403.7, Provide DDC controls for all components of system;identify all DDC system input/output NA Item 2 Direct digital controls(DDC) control points;indicate capability for trending and graphical display For systems with minimum OSA>2,500 cfm,indicate outdoor airflow monitoring station that NA C403.7, Outdoor airflow measures OSA intake under all load conditions;indicate control sequence that increases or Item 3 measurement and reduction reduces system OSA cfm based on VAV terminal feedback of ventilation efficiency(per C403.4.4.3 without exceptions)or DCV(per C403.2.6.2) C403.7, For systems with minimum OSA>2,500 cfm,indicate supply airflow monitoring station capable NA Item 4 Supply airflow measurement of measuring supply IY air delivered to VAV terminals under all load conditions C403.7, Zone isolation and Verify maximum area served by a single HEVAV system is 550,000 sf,or one entire floor, NA whichever is greater;in addition if a system serves>26,000 sf,that includes areas that are Item 5 maximum area served expected to be occupied non-simultaneously,indicate zone isolation controls per C403.2.4.4 Interior/exterior zone C403.7, Verify that VAV terminals serving interior cooling driven loads are sized per design supply air NA Item 6 design supply air temperature that is 5°F higher than VAV terminals serving exterior zones temperature C403.7, Maximum air terminal inlet Identify air terminals with minimum primary airflow selpoints>50%of maximum setpoint in NA Item 7 velocity equipment schedule or MECH-EQ forts;indicate air terminal inlet velocity does not exceed 900 fpm C403.7, indicate DDC system sequences of operation are designed and configured per ASHRAE GPC NA Item 6 Sequence of operation 36 NA C403.7, Maximum allowable system Verify fan system bhp is s 90%of the bhp limit per Option 2 equation in Table C403.2.11.1(1). Item 9 brake horsepower provide MECH-FANSYS form for each system [DDC cate all series and parallel terminal fans have electronically commutated motors;indicate NA C403.7, Fan-powered terminal unit control system is configured to vary air terminal fan speed as a function of the load; Item 10 motor and control ate fan speed during periods of low heating,low cooling,or ventilation only iss 66%of k design air flow or provide supporting documentation for applied exception i i 2015 Washington State Enen _)de Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over a; as and all R1-Page 8 of 8 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Seclion Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location t Building Department tves.no na1 Documents Notes C403.7, Application of single duct Indicate VAV terminal types on plans;verify fan-powered terminal units only serve perimeter NA Item 11 and fan-powered terminal zones with envelope loads;verify all other zones are served by single duct terminal units units C403.7, Fan-powered terminal unit Indicate DDC controls are configured to automatically reset the primary supply air cfm setpoint NA Item 12 primary air reset of all fan-powered terminal units to the minimum required to maintain ventilation during occupied heating or deadband,based upon the VAV air handling unit OSA ventilation fraction For spaces>150 sf with occupant density t 25 people/1000 sf,indicate space is served by a NA C403.7, High occupancy space dedicated terminal unit with DCV control that resets terminal unit ventilation setpoint;also Item 13 controls indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically reduces minimum ventilation to zero and sets back room heating and cooling setpoints by z 5°F For server,electronic equipment,telecom or similar spaces with cooling loads>5 W/sf, NA C403.7, Dedicated HVAC systems indicate spaces are served by independent HVAC systems that are separate from HPVAV Item 14 systems serving rest of building;indicate dedicated HVAC systems have air economizer controls or energy recovery per C403.3 Exception 9 Indicate whether systems are served by a high efficiency heating water plant,or a high efficiency chilled water plant If complying via high efficiency heating water plant:Indicate all VAV terminals have hydronic heating coils served by heating water system with either gas-fired boiler(s)With thermal NA C403.7, Central plant efficiency efficiency z 90%,air-to-water heat pumps,or heat recovery chillers Item 15 If complying via high efficiency chilled water plant:Indicate all VAV air handlers have cooling coils served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed IPLV by at least 25%per Table C403.2.3(7)(note water-cooled IPLV is max,all others are min);indicate smallest chiller or compressor in plant is s 20%of total plant capacity,or provide thermal storage sized for s 20%of total plant capacity C403.7, Fault detection and Indicate DDC system includes a fault detection and diagnostics(FDD)system configured to NA Item 16 diagnostics monitor operation and provide fault reporting of required parameters for all VAV air handlers land VAV air terminal units in the HPVAV system HVAC Equipment Energy Use Metering HVAC equipment energy For new buildings>50,000 sf and building additions>25,000 sf,verify energy use metering of NA C409.3.1 use metering all equipment used to provide space heating and cooling,dehumidification and ventilation will be provided per C409;indicate equipment eligible for exception Documentation and System Specific Requirement To Support Commissioning Indicate that all mechanical systems,equipment,and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and /or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be Yes C408.2 Scope of mechanical commissioned; By owner systems commissioning For buildings with Z 240,000 Btulh total output cooling capacity or z 300,000 Btu/h total output heating capacity,indicate that all mechanical systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned;or provide building heating/cooling capacity calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception By owner Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable mechanical systems; By owner C403.2.10 Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 C408.1.1 Commissioning including:narrative description of activities,responsibilities of the Cx team,schedule of Yes C408.1.2 requirements in construction activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6,and conflict of C408.1.4.2 documents interest plan(if required); By owner C103.6 Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist(Figure C408.1.4.2)shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. By owner Air system and hydronic Indicate in plans that air and fluid flow rates shall be tested and balanced within the tolerances Yes C408.2.2 system balancing defined in the specifications;indicate systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses,then adjusted to meet design flow conditions M0.1 Yes C408.2.2.1 Air system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets,zone terminals and devices air handling equipment requiring system balancing M0.1 NA C408.2.2.2 Hydronic system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate,balance and measure flow across all devices hydronic equipment requiring system balancing including heating and cooling coils and pumps Yes C408.2.3 Functional performance Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during ME-1-ME- testing criteria all modes of operation,including interfacing between new and existing-to-remain systems 6 Project Close Out Documentation FDmentation and project Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations Yes C103.6 out submittal personnel is required for all mechanical components,equipment and systems governed by this r0 s b code;indicate close out documentation shall include:record documents,O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance fortes and calculations M0.1 Y �' . . �Y 2015 Washington State Enen -)de Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3, as and all R1-Page 1 of 2 HeatingService Water Permit Plans Checklist SWH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code CoMPliance Forms for Commercial Buildings Including R2$R3 over 3 stories and all R7 RevhM January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department Nes.no,nal Documents Notes Equipment-Sizing,Performance and Type Yes C404.2 SWH equipment type and Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity;indicate efficiency complies efficiencv with required federal standard PO For individual SWH equipment serving an entire building with t 1,000,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate thermal efficient t 90%;or exception taken High input-rated SWH For buildings with aggregate capacity of all SHW equipment t 1,000,000 Btu/h(exclude< NA C404.2.1 systems 100,000 Btu/h equipment from threshold calculation),indicate average capacity weighted thermal efficiency t 90%;or exception taken If applying Exception 1 for site-solar or site-recovered energy,provide calculations and source of annual service water heating energy use estimate NA C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply and discharge NA C404.5 Insulation under electric For electric water heaters located in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors,indicate R-10 water heater I insulation under equipment Piping Systems Indicate thickness of piping insulation on plans per Table C403.2.9;verify insulation is provided Yes C404.6 Insulation of piping - from the water heater to the final fixture in a line,from the inlet/outlet piping at water heater to heat trap(up to 8 feet),and on piping that is heat traced;note exceptions taken PO Indicate method of compliance on plans for all piping runs connecting service hot water source NA C404.3 Efficient SWH supply piping to hot water fixture(maximum pipe length or maximum pipe volume method per Table C404.3.1);provide calculations for all piping runs documenting the total length and/or volume Service Water Heating System Controls For circulation systems with dedicated return piping,indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no C404.7.1 Heated-water circulating demand and when the desired water temperature is met P6.1 Yes C404.8 systems For circulation systems with cold water supply piping serving as the return,indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand,or when temperature of water entering the cold water supply pipe is 2 104°F NA For heat trace systems provided to maintain temperature of service hot water in piping, NA C404.7.2 Heat trace system controls Indicate controls are configured to de-energize system when there is no demand for hot water and when the desired water temperature is met NA C404.7.3 Controls for hot water For systems with separate water heater and storage tank,indicate controls are configured to storage limit operation time of pump after end of heating cycle to s 5 minutes For SWH,pool/spa and pressure boosting pump motors t 7.5 hp,indicate method of variable C403.2.13 Variable flow control- flow control(VSD or equivalent method that requires t 30%design wattage at 50%design fluid NA C403.4.2.7 pumps flow);note exception taken Identify basis of pump speed control(differential or static pressure setpoint,pressure,zone load demand,etc) Pools and Permanent Spas-Equipment and Controls(Sections are under C404.11) Pool heating equipment Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity for all pool heating NA C404.10.1 efficiency equipment;indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard;for heat pump water heaters indicate COP t 4 NA C403.2.13 Variable flow control- Refer to Service Water Heating System Controls pumps C404.10.1 Indicate automatic on/off control based on scheduling and readily accessible on/off switch NA C404.10.2 Pool heater on/off controls on heater that operates independent of thermostat setting:note exceptions taken For all pools and in-ground permanent spas,indicate a vapor retardant cover on plans NA C404.10.3 Pool covers For all pools and in-ground spas heated to>90°F,indicate cover shall include insulation t R- 12 NA C404.10.3 Pool assembly insulation For all pools and in-ground spas heated to>90°F,Indicate on plans that sides and bottom are provided with insulation t R-12 NA C404.12 Energy consumption of Indicate portable spa complies with Association of Pool and Spa Professionals APSP-14 portable spas 2015 Washington State Energy ide Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 as and all R1-Page 2 of 2 Energy Recovery(ER)Systems-Service Water Heating and Pool Systems C404.10.4 For buildings with pools or permanent spas with water surface area>200 sf,indicate exhaust (Section Pools and permanent spas air ER method and use of waste heat(preheat ventilation air,pool water or service hot water); NA under exhaust systems or exception taken C404.11) (energy recovery) Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by Z 36°F For buildings with food service,meat or deli departments that have t 500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/freezers,indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre-heat NA C403.5.3 Energy recovery- service water cooler/freezer condensers For buildings with t 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with t 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/freezers,indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre-heat service water For buildings with 24-hour operation and>1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and NA C403.5.4 Energy recovery- design SWH load>250,000 Btu/h,indicate condenser ER to pre-heat service water;or condenser systems exception taken.Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60%of peak heat rejection load or pre-heat service water to 85°F). NA C404.10 JDrain water heat recovery For systems incorporating drain water ER,indicate system design complies with CSA B55.2 units (or CSA 55.1 for Group R);indicate potable waterside pressure loss at design flow is<10 psi Service Water Heating Energy Use Metering NA C404.9 SWH energy usage in For Group R-2 multifamily buildings with central SWH systems,provide metering of hot water dwelling units energy usage per dwelling unit;indicate metering and data reporting method SWH equipment energy use For new buildings>50,000 sf and building additions>25,000 sf,with total SWH equipment NA C409.3.2 capacity t 50 kW(t 170,600 Btu/h),verfy energy use metering of all SWH equipment will be metering provided per C409 Additional Efficiency Package Option,Reduced E ergy Use In Service Water Heating-Must comply with both provisions to be eligible To comply with additional efficiency package option,verify that t 90%of the conditioned floor NA C406.7.1 Eligible building type area of the building is one or more of the occupancies identified in this section,OR; Provide whole building energy analysis per C407 that demonstrates the SWH load in the building is t 10%of total building energy loads To comply with additional efficiency package option,provide documentation that verifies z 60%of building annual SWH energy is provided by high efficiency sources(heat pump water C406.7.2 heater with COP t 3,waste heat recovery,solar water-heating system); NA C403.5.4 Load fraction For buildings with 24-hour operation and with>1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load>250,000 Btu/h(per C403.5.4);provide documentation that verifies t 100%of building annual SWH energy is provided by condenser energy recovery or other high efficiency source Documentation and Specific System Requirements to Supporting Commissioning Indicate that all SWH equipment and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions Scope of service water and/or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned;+D7 By owner Yes C408.4 heating systems For buildings where the largest SWH system has?200,000 Btu/h total output capacity, commissioning indicate that all SWH systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned. By owner Indicate that all pool and permanent spa water heating systems regardless of individual Scope of pool and capacity are required to be commissioned; NA C408.4.1.3 permanent spa systems Indicate that energy recovery equipment that heats pool water regardless of capacity is commissioning required to be commissioned; Identify all pool heating and energy recovery equipment and controls that the WSEC defines as being capable of and/or configured to perform specific functions. Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable service water heating systems; By owner C404.13 Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 C408.1.1 Commissioning including:narrative description of activites,responsibilities of the Cx team,schedule of Yes C408.1.2 requirements in construction activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6,and conflict of C408.1.4.2 documents interest plan(f required); By owner C103.6 Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist(Figure C408.1.4.2)shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. By owner Yes C408.4.1 Functional performance Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during testing criteria all modes of operation,including interfacing between new and existing-to-remain systems By owner Project Close Out Documentation FDmentatonand project Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations Yes C103.6 out submittal personnel is required for all SWH components,equipment and systems governed by this code; rements indicate close out documentation shall include:record documents,O&M manuals,applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations By owner ., I I I I 2015 Washington State Ene. Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 al, .3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 R R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 For Building Dept.Use HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule List all HVAC systems that have the capability to provide heating and/or cooling to the spaces they serve. Fan Power System or System Total Calculation Primary Supply Speed Control Description Nameplate HP Required Fan ID (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 3) (Note 4) RTU-1 cV Packaged Rooftop aircondition with direct expansion cooling and Propane 3.75 No heating section RTU-2 CV Packaged Rooftop aircondition with direct expansion cooling and Propane 3.75 No heating section Packaged Rooftop aircondition with direct expansion cooling and Propane RTU-3 CV heating section.Kitchen equipment exhaust hood and fan with associated 10.75 Yes propane fired make up air unit RTU-4 CV Packaged Rooftop aircondition with direct expansion cooling and Propane 3.75 No heating section Note 1-Constant Volume(CV), Variable Air Volume(VAV),or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualities for VAV budget per C403.2.11.1 Exception 1. Single zone VA systems shall comply as CV. Note 2-Describe system type and list all fans(or groups of fans)associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system.Include all supply,return/relief,exhaust and exhaust hoods(>1 hp),make-up air,dedicated outside air(DOAS),booster fans,and series fan-powered terminals.VAV parallel fan-powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. Note 3-Enter the total nameplate hp of all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Note 4-This form automatically identifies whether a MECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance(Yes), or this information is not required because the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp that is 5 hp or less(No) MECH-FANSYS Forms A MECH-FANSYS form shall be provided for each system with total nameplate hp greater than 5 hp.Select(Add Fan System Form)to generate an additional form. Added forms can be deleted with button in cell E32 of the added form. _ � _� I I I 2015 Washington State Ene, Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 ai .3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 A separate MECH-FANSYS form must be completed for every HVAC system that exceeds the 5 hp threshold. For Building Dept.Use Fan System ID RTU-3 System Supply Fan Constant Volume(CV), Variable Air y pp y CV Volume(VA19,or HospitaULab CV Speed Control system that qualifies for VA budget per C403.2.11.1,Exception 1 Compliance is based upon either the fan motor nameplate horse power Compliance Option Brake HP (Option 1),the fan brake horsepower(Option 2),or C403.7 high efficieny p p VAV fan brake horsepower(10%less than Option 2). The bhp calculation provides adjustments for special equipment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). In Fan Equipment Schedule below,provide maximum design supply airflow rate(CFM)of all supply fans serving the conditioned space in Fan Fan System Supply Equipment Schedule below.Fan System CFM Total is the supply airflow of y pp y 8304 the central air handler at peak design conditions.Additional volumetric air , CFM Total flow provided at zone fan terminals,booster fans,or through induction is not included in the supply CFM total.However,the fan power of this equipment is included in the HP and BHP calculations.Fan System Supply CFM Total is automatically calculated by the form. Fan Equipment Schedule Total CFM Total Nameplate Total BHP Fan ID and Location Fan Type Quantity of Fan Type (Note 1) HP(Note 2) (Note 3) RTU-3 Supply 1 4,000 1.5 0.95 EF-1 Hood Exhaust 1 2,682 2 1.34 MUA-1 Make-up Air-Supply 1 2,414 2 1.159 MUA2 Make-up Air-Supply 1 1,890 1.5 0.996 EF-2 Hood Exhaust 1 2,100 1 0.608 Note 1-Total CFM is the maximum CFM of the listed fan(s)when Total Proposed: 8.0 5.1 operating at peak design operating conditions. Note 2-Total namplate hp of the listed fan(s). Total Allowance: 9.1 7.8 Note 3-Total brake horsepower(bhp)of the listed fan(s)at peak design operating conditions. Not required if Nameplate HP compliance option chosen. Compliance Message: COMPLIES Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments Assigned Pressure CalculatedAdjustment, Device Type Description and Location CFM thorough this Drop,PD in w.c. Pressure Drop, A in bhp device(CFMD) (Note 6) PD in w.c. (Note 8) (Note 7) Note 4-Bhp allowance for energy recovery devices and run around coil loops includes both air Total Adjustment(bhp): 0.00 streams,so the CFMD is the sum of the supply CFM and exhaust CFM if both go through the device. Note 5-Energy recovery effectiveness is defined as change in the enthalpy of the outdoor air supply divided by the enthappy difference between the outdoor air and return air at design conditions. Note 6-Assigned pressure drop(PD)adjustment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). Note 7-Pressure drop(PD)adjustment shall be calculated per the applicable method defined in Table C403.2.11.1(2)based on specific system conditions. Note 8-A=PD*CFMD14131 where A is the allowed system brake horse power adjustment PD is pressure drop allowance,and CFMD is the cfm through the device. .. t 2015 Washington State Ene, Code Compliance Forms for Commercial R2 a. 3 over 3 stories and all R1 General Instructions: A.Include all fans directly associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air to the zones served by the system.Enter CFM and brake horsepower(bhp)of each fan at peak design conditions and the nameplate horsepower(hp).Include supply,return and relief fans,exhaust and exhaust hood fans(>1 hp),booster fans and fans included as part of make-up air units,dedicated outside air systems(DOAS),energy recovery ventilators(ERV),and series fan-powered terminal equipment. B. VA parallel fan-powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. C.Fans not directly associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air,such as condenser fans,do not need to be included in the fan power total. D.Fan power calculations are not required for non-central air HVAC systems such as 4-pipe fan coils and variable refrigerant flow(VRF)systems unless individual fan systems are greater than 5hp. E.In the Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments table,if a Device Type is selected that has an Assigned Pressure Drop,this value will autofill into the Assigned Pressure Drop cell and the Calculated Pressure Drop cell will be write-protected.If the Device Type requires a Calculated Pressure Drop, then enter this value into the Calculated Pressure Drop cell and the Assigned Pressure Drop cell with be write-protected. F.Refer to FAQ section of MECH-FANSYS-DOC for additional instructions. J � I r 2015 Washington State Enei,, :.ode Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 .3 over 3 stories and all R1 �Design Load Calculation Summary MECH-LOAD-CALC ' 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all RRevised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2016 The following information shall be included in the load calculation program summary submitted with For Building Dept.Use the permit documents. If a load calculation summary is not available,provide the required information below. Heating Design Cooling Design Load in Btu/h(Note Load in Btu/h(Note Calculation Method Equip.ID Area(s)Served 1) 1) (Note 2) Notes RTU-1 Lower Sales and 29,4" 74,223 Trans Trace 700 V6.3.2 Restroom area RTU-2 Seatng and Service Areas 60,699 83,919 Trane Trace 700 V6.3.2 RTU-3 Arby's and PJ Fresh Prep 11,336 116,190 Trane Trace 700 V6.3.2 Areas RTU•d Upper Sales and Shower 47,542 125,873 Trane Trace 700 V6.3.2 Areas Note 1-Design load shall account for the building envelope,lighting,ventilation and occupancy loads of the space(s)served by the mechanical system.Heating and cooling loads shall be adjusted to account for load reduction achieved by an energy recovery system,if applicable. Note 2-Computer load calculation program, worksheet(identify source),or equivalent computation procedure in accordance with ASHR4E Standard 183. i r Lighting 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings Including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Info Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 Compliance Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can For Building Department Use forms do not respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. require a Company Name: Pilot Flying J password to use. Company Address: 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville,TN 37909 Instructional and calculating cells Applicant Name: Pilot Flying J are write- protected. Applicant Phone: 865-588-7488 Applicant Email: Project Description ❑New Building ❑Addition ❑Alteration ❑Plans Included Include PROJ-SUM form(included in envelope forms workbook)with lighting complliance forms. Building Additions Compliance Method Interior lighting Exterior lighting Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable ❑ ❑ Refer to Section C502.2.6 for additional provisions as a stand alone new construction project requirements. Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing ❑ ❑ building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects,include new+existing interior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or L TG-INT-SPA CE form. For exterior lighting projects,include new+existing exterior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non-Tradable Lighting Wattage tables in LTG-EXT form. Interior and Exterior Lighting Power Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting Lighting Alterations 50%or more of existing are replaced' I ❑ - ❑ ❑ Select all Lighting Power and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope Less than 50%of existing are replaced ❑ ❑ of the retrofit project.If project includes a combination of spaces where less than Lamp and/or ballast replacement only 50%of the existing fixtures are replaced —existing total wattage not increased ❑ ❑ ❑ in some spaces,and 50%or more of the 50%or more replaced-Total lighting power of new+existing-to-remain fixtures shall comply with total fixtures are replaced in others,then LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new+existing-to-remain fixtures in Proposed provide separate lighting power Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD,LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-EXT form. compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions.Spaces undergoing the same Less than 50%replaced-Total lighting power of new+existing-to-remain fixtures shall not exceed the type of retrofit maybe combined into one total lighting power prior to alteration. Include new+existing-to-remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting lighting power compliance form. Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD,LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-EXT form. 50%threshold applies to number of luminaires for interior spaces and parking garages,and total Refer to Section C503.6 for additional installed wattage for exterior luminaires. requirements. Lighting Controls Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting All alteration lighting controls shall be New wiring installed to serve added commissioned per C408.3. fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new ❑ ❑ U circuit(s) New or moved lighting panel ❑ ❑ ❑ Interior space is reconfigured- ❑ luminaires unchanged or relocated only New wiring or circuit-For interior lighting,provide required manual controls per C405.2.3,occupancy sensor controls per C405.2,1,daylight responsive controls per C405.2.4 and application specific lighting ❑ No changes are being made to controls per C405.2.5.For exterior lighting,provide required controls per C405.2.7. the interior or exterior lighting New or moved panel-Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and automatic systems and existing space time switch controls per C405.2.2. uses and configuration are not Reconfigured interior space-Provide all required lighting controls that apply to a new interior space. changed. Application specific lighting control provisions per C405.2.5 do not apply to reconfigured spaces. Change of Space Use ❑ Existing interior lighting systems in areas under-going a change in space use are upgraded to comply with LPAs for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1)or C405.4.2(2). Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. 'Lighting Summary, cont. LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings Including R2,R3,R4 over 3 storles and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 Interior Lighting System INTERIRO LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST PRIMARIALY OF INDIVIDUALL Description ADDRESSABLE CREE SMARTCAST FIXTURES CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSORS INTEGRAL TO THE INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES. MANUAL CONTROLLS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY SMARTCAST DIMMER SWITCHES. NON ADDRESSABLE FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND MANUAL SWITCH. Interior Lighting Power 0 Building Area Method ❑Space-by-space Method Allowance Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls All C405.2.1-C405.2.8 Controls C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Control(LLLC) Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with C406.4,no less than 90%of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply with the required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: Q Lighting 0 C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA Q C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting 0 Exterior Lighting System EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF FULL CUTOFF LED FIXTURES Description FOR SITE LIGHTING AND BUILDING MOUNTED FACADE AND WALKWAY LIGHTING. EXTERIOR FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. r' i 16terior Lighting - Building Area Method LTG-INT-BLD 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compllanee Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 Calculation Q Q Addition- O Addition For Building Department Use Area NOTE B stand alone +existing O Spaces where<50%of O Spaces where z 50%of O luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced LPA O Standard Q Additional Efficiency Package Option O Calculation C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C406.3,the Proposed LPD shall be 25%lower than the Target LPA. Type Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. Maximum Allowed Lighting WattageNOTE 1 Location(plan#, Gross Interior Allowed Wafts Allowed Building Area room#,or ALL) Area Description Area in ft2 Wafts per ft2 (watts/ft2 x area) Retail E1 Sales Area 9526 1.01 9622 Total 9526 Proposed Lighting Wattage Location(plan#, Number of Watts per Building Area room#) Fixture Description NOTE 2,3,4,5 Fixtures Fixture NOTE 5 Wafts Proposed Retail E1 AL2 10 38 380 Retail E1 CI-2 112 30 3360 Retail E1 ML 197 13 2561 Retail E1 HL 9 50 450 Retail E1 KL 12 15 180 Retail E1 PL 5 11 55 F- F- Compliance by Building Area NOTE T Total Allowed Total Proposed Interior Lighting Building Area Warnings Wafts Wafts Power Allowance Retail 9622 6986 COMPLIES C406.3 Note 1-List all unique building areas per Table C405.4.2(1)that occur in the Totalsl 9622 6986 project scope.Select building area category from drop down menu. Note 2-Proposed fixtures must be listed in the building area in which they occur.List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing-to-remain fixtures. Note 3-For proposed Fixture Description,indicate fixture type,lamp type(e.g. T-6),number of lamps in the fixture,and ballast type(if included). For track lighting,list the length of the track(in feet)in addition to the fixture,lamp,and ballast information. Note 4-For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1,note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 5-Existing-to-remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures.Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 6-For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source.For luminaires with screw-in lamps,enter the manufacturers listed maximum input wattage of the fixture(not the lamp wattage).For low voltage lighting,enter the wattage of the transformer`For line voltage track/busway systems,enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 wattsluneal toot,or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 7-Proposed Wattage for each Building Area type shall not exceed the Allowed Wattage for that Building Area type. Trading wattage between Building Area types is not allowed under the Building Area Method compliance path. Note 8-Calculation Area Details: a.Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project,or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance.Refer to C502.1. b.For alterations and building additions,provide Building Area types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table.If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing builidng lighting systems,include all applicable existing Building Area types and gross interior areas. • �� 1 Exterior • • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3.R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 Exterior Lighting For Building Department Use Zone 1 Q Zone 2 0 Zone 3 �Zone 4 Zone Table C risdic ion. Zone selection required to enable LTG-EXT form Specified by jurisdiction. Calculation Area © O Addition- p Ariditicn stand alone +existing O Alteration with<50% O Alteration with z 50%ext. ext.wattage replaced wattage replaced Building Grounds Efficacy>80 lumens/watt ❑Exemption Applies to luminaires> 100 Watts ❑Controlled by motion sensor Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage"'O", Base Site Allowance: 600 Area( ),perimeter Allowed Wafts Allowed Watts Tradable Surfaces Surface Description (If)or#of items per fe or per If x fe(or x If) Uncovered Parking and drives Truck Stop Parking and Driving area 364021 0.06 W/ft2 21841 Sales Canopies Truck and Auto Fueling Canopies 7620 0.6 W/ft2 4572 Main Entry Door Main Entry Door 12 20W/LF door 240 Other Entry Door Entry Doors 23 20W/LF door 460 Entry Canopies Main Entry Canopy 128 0.25 W/ft2 32 Grounds Walkways >10'wide Sidewalk 2960 0.14 W/ft2 414 Total Allowed Tradable+Site Allowance Watts: 28160 Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage"oTE z Number of Watts per Watts Tradable Surface Fixture Description"ore 3,a Fixtures Fixture NOTE 5 Proposed Uncovered Parking and drives SA(LED Area Light) 11 215 2365 Uncovered Parking_and drives SB(LED Area Light) 17 215 3655 Sales Canopies UC(LED Canopy Fixture) 51 122 6222 Main Entry Door GS(LED Entry Canopy Fixture) 3 162 186 Other Entry Door FL(LED Wall Pack) 6 42 252 Entry Canopies GS(LED Entry Canopy Fixture) 4 62 248 Grounds Walkways >10'wide AW(Exterior Up/Down Sconce 10 14 140 Uncovered Parking and drives GS(LED Entry Canopy Fixture) 2 62 124 Grounds Walkways >10'wide U1 (Exterior LED Gooseneck) 6 17 102 Grounds Walkways >10'wide U2(Exterior Wall Sconce) 2 18 36 Total proposed tradable watts may not exceed the sum of total allowed tradable Total Proposed Tradable W atts: 13330 watts plus the base site allowance. Any base site allowance not needed to make tradable watts comply can be applied to individual non-tradable categories. Non-Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Nuit' Site Allowance Remaining. 600 Area(ft),perimeter Allowed Watts Allowed Watts Non-Tradable Surfaces Surface Description (If)or#of items per ft2 or per If x fe(or x If) Non-Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage"oTE Z Number of Watts per Watts Non-Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 3,4 Fixtures Fixture"oTE 5 Proposed Non-tradable proposed watts may not exceed allowed watts for any individual Non-Tradable Watts Exceeding LPA: 0 surface unless the total excess watts for all non-tradable surfaces are less than the remaining site allowance. Remaining Site Allowance: 600 Exterior Lighting COMPLIES WITH MAX. ALLOWANCE. Note 1-List all unique exterior sufaces per Table C405.5.2(2)that occur in the project scope.Select exterior surface categories from drop down menu. Note 2-List all proposed lighting fixtures including existing-to-remain fixtures. Note 3-For proposed Fixture Description,indicate fixture type,lamp type,number of lamps in the fixture,and ballast type(if applicable). Note 4-Existing-to-remain fixtures shall be included in the Tradable and Non-Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage tables in the same manner as new fixtures.Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 5-For proposed WatisiFixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source.For luminaires with screw-in lamps,enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture(not the lamp wattage).For low voltage lighting,enter the wattage of the transformer. -Lighting, Motor, andElectrical Permit Checklist, • K 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS Lighting controls, For all lighting fixtures,indicate lighting control method on Yes C405.2 plans for spaces and lighting zone(s)served,or exception E7 general taken Luminaire level Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of NA C405.2 lighting controls C405.2 lighting controls;provide description of control (LLLC) capabilities and performance parameters For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling Indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and units lighting zone(s)served,or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception C405.2.3 Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control C405.2.1.1 (whether combined with occupancy sensor,automatic light Yes C405.2.2.2 Manual controls reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), E7 C405.2.4 location of manual control device and area or specifics C405.2.5 application it serves C405.2.2.1 Manual interior Indicate on plans which method of manual 50%lighting load Yes C405.2.2.2 lighting controls reduction is provided,or whether lighting load is reduced via E7 C405.2.3 occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods(occupancy sensor or time switch) E1 Yes C405.2.2 Method of automatic for all lighting zones; shut-off control Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods(occupancy sensor or digital timer switch)or which time switch control exception applies Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; E7 Yes C405.2.1 Occupancy sensor Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to C405.2.1.1 controls be manual-on,automatic 50%-on,or serve a space eligible for E7 automatic 100%-on per exception Occupancy sensor Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces NA C405.2.1.2 controls- provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting warehouses power by 50% NA C405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate required digital timer switch control function when control is used NA C405.2.2.1 Automatic time Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting switch controls zone(s)served,include area sq.ft. Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans,include sq.ft.; C405.2.4.2 Daylight zones- Indicate topliq_ht davlight zone areas on plans,include sq.ft.; NA C405.2.4.3 Sidelight and toplight For small vertical fenestration assemblies(rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone)where daylight responsive controls are not required,provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) Indicate on plans lighting zone(s)served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) NA C405.2.4 Daylight responsive that apply; controls Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method- continuous dimming,or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100%of rated power; Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone Additional controls- Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require NA C405.2.5 Specific application lighting controls specific application lighting controls per this section Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting,and display C405.2.5- Display and accent case lighting are controlled independently from both general NA Items 1&2 lighting area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate manual and automatic liahtina control method Lighting, Motor, andElectrical Permit Checklist, 1 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings Including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes C405.2.5- Hotel/motel guest Indicate method of automatic control-vacancy or captive key NA control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in Item 3 rooms guest room C405.2.5- Supplemental task Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy NA Item 4 lighting control for supplemental task lighting,including under-shelf or under-cabinet lighting Indicate on plans eligible non-visual lighting applications, include sq.ft.area of each lighting control zone; C405.2.5- Lighting for non- Indicate on plans that non-visual lighting are controlled NA Item 5 visual applications independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or Lighting equipment demonstration are controlled independently from both general NA C405.2.5- for sale or area lighting and other lighting applications within the same Item 6 demonstration space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal NA and emergency means of egress illumination; Provide calculation of lighting power density of total egress Yes C405.2.5- Means of egress lighting; E1.1 Item 7 lighting If total egress lighting power density is greater than 0.02 W/sq. ft.,indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off NA during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-off control NA Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the ES1.1,ES2.1, automatic lighting control method,control sequence,and ES2.2 locations served; For building fagade and landscape lighting,indicate automatic Exterior lighting controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed E1.1 Yes C405.2.7 controls opening/closing time; For all other exierior lighting,indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of available daylight;include control ES1.1,ES2.1, sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% ES2.2 between 12am-6am,or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before opening,or based upon motion sensor Exterior building For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts,indicate Yea C405.5.1 grounds lighting on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens ES1.1 controls or;are controlled by motion sensor,or are exempt lighting per C405.5.2 Area controls- Indicate location(s)of master control switch(es)intended to Master control control multiple independent switches;circuit breaker may not NA C405.2.5 switches and circuit be used as a master control switch; power limit Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% To comply with additional efficiency package option,indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually EO addressed and provided with continuous dimming,or exception Enhanced digital taken; Yes C406.4 lighting controls 9 9 Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control E1.2 functions(min 90%to comply with additional efficiency package option) If claiming lighting system commissioning exemption provide supporting calculation; C405.13 Lighting system Identify applicable commissioning documentation requirements NA C408.3 functional testing per Section C408 or eligibility for exception; Provide written procedures for functional testing of all automatic controls and describe the expected system response �.Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER&EFFICACY Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule;indicate fixture types,lamps,ballasts,and manufacturers rated watts per fixture; C405.4.1 Identify spaces eligible for lighting power exemption on plans No C405.4.1 Total connected and in compliance forms;indicate the exception applied; interior lighting power Identify lighting equipment eli ible for lighting C405.4.2 fY 9 99� 9 g power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms;indicate the exception applied; Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently Yee C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per EO,E1.1 fixture in lighting fixture schedule(maximum 5 watts per fixture) If high efficacy exception is applied to permanently installed Lighting in dwelling lighting fixtures in dwelling units,indicate in lighting fixture NA C405.1 schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404.1. units-lamp efficacy Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in project(min 75%to comply with exception). Reduced lighting For project with dwelling units,to comply with additional power density- efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if NA C406.3 dwelling unit lamp lamps in fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or efficacy more.Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that have this efficacy rating(min 95%to comply with option). Lighting Power Calculation-Indicate compliance path taken Building Area Complete required compliance forms—proposed wattage per Yes C405.4.2.1 building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per Method building area.Identify locations of building areas on plans Complete required compliance forms—total proposed wattage NA C405.4.2.2 Space-By-Space does not exceed maximum allowed wattage.Identify locations Method of space types on plans,including retail display areas,lobby art &exhibit display areas,and ceiling heights as applicable To comply with additional efficiency package option, Reduced lighting demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior Yes C406.3 lighting wattage is 75/a less than the total maximum allowed power density lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space-By-Space Method EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER&EFFICACY Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule;indicate fixture types,lamps,ballasts,and manufacturer's rated watts EO per fixture; Total connected Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power Yes C405.5.2 exterior lighting exemption on plans and in compliance forms;indicate NA power exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting;include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under NA exception category Yea Table Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ C405.5.2(1) Exterior building For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts NA C405.5.1 that are complying based on efficacy,indicate rated lamp grounds lighting efficacy(in lumens per watt)in fixture schedule Exterior lighting Complete required compliance form—proposed wattage for Yes C405.5.2 power calculations exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed Lighting, Motor, andElectrical Permit Checklist, • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Comphance Forms for Commercial Buildings Including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all Rt Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes MOTORS&TRANSFORMERS Yes C405.6 Electrical tranformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; ES1.3 indicate transformer size,efficiency,or exception taken Dwelling unit Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 NA C405.7 electrical energy has a separate electrical energy meter consumption Electric motor Include all motors,including fractional hp motors,in electric NA C405.8 motor schedule on electrical plans;indicate hp,rpm,rated efficiency efficiency,or exception applied For luminaires in each elevator cab,provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt; NA C405.9.1 Elevator cabs Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans do not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm; Indicate automatic controls that de-energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoccupied for a period of 15 minutes or more Escalators and Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44; NA C405.9.2 moving walks automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum permitted when not in use NA C405.9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are provided with a variable frequency regenerative drive Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptables on electrical plans in each space in which they are required;include E2 2 Controlled receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled Yes C405.10 receptacles and uncontrolled,duplex devices,etc; Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control for each controlled receptable zone is by occupant sensor or E2.2 programmable time-of-day control If"no"is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting,Motor&Transformer Permit Documents Checklist 4/13/2017 snowload.atcouncil.orgrindex.php/component/vcpsnowloadfitem?pdF 1 LITCSNk-.PW LOADS _TD_1Y LOCATIC N Applied Technology Council Search Result Map ` __ Kekmria Elevation Limitation: ASCE 7*Ground Snow Load �'x ` Query Date: April 13,2017 _ vancouvr Latitude:48.18258889352496 N°"""0 °sue Longitude: -122.19376052072765 25 psf minimum roof snow Elevation: 42.9 Feet load per local jurisdictionAft vrorb % \r�sr�e _ Spokara Elevation<400 feet: Ground Snow Load is 1_ psf k - Elevation>400<700 feet: Ground Snow Load is 20 psf WAS`"NefiW-4 raMa,ti All loading data is in pounds per square foot. Portland For a site-specific case study area, a case study is required to , establish ground snow loads. sakern — *Based on Figure 7-1 Ground Snow Loads printed in ASCE 7-95 through ASCE 7-10. Users should consult with local building officials to determine if there are community-specific snow load requirements that govern. Red shaded area is the load specific boundaries. Any darker red area is the overlapping load specific boundary. GROUND SNOW LOAD WEBSITE DISCLAIMER While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct,ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the ground snow load report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the ground snow load report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the ground snow load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund•Applied Technoto,gy Council •201 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 240 • Redwood City,California 94065 •(650)595-1542 http://snawload.atcouncil.orgrindex.php/com ponenttvcpsn(wloadritem?pdF 1 1/1 I W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Wind Loads : Ultimate Wind Speed 110 mph Directionality (Kd) 0.85 Exposure Category C Enclosure Classif. Enclosed Building Internal pressure +/-0.18 Kh case 1 0.861 Kh case 2 0.861 I Type of roof Monoslope Vi;z� z Speed-up Topographic Factor (Kzt) V } x(upwind) _- k(downwind) Topography Flat Hill Height (H) 0.0 ft H< 15ft;exp C , H/2 H Half Hill Length(Lh) 0.0 ft Kzt=1.0 Lh H)2 Actual H/Lh = 0.00 Use H/Lh = 0.00 Modified Lh = 0.0 ft ESCARPMENT From top of crest:x= 0.0 ft Bldg up/down wind? downwind Z46 + V(Z) Speed-up H/Lh= 0.00 K, = 0.000 V{ x(upwind) x(downwind) x/Lh= 0.00 Kz= 0.000 �- z/Lh= 0.00 K3= 1.000 H/2 H At Mean Roof Ht: Lh H/2 A .• .. Kzt=(1+K,K2K3)^2= 1.00 2D RIDGE or 3D AXISYMMETRICAL HILL Gust Effect Factor Flexible structure if natural frequency<1 Hz(T>1 second). h= 16.1 ft However,if building h/B<4 then probably rigid structure(rule of thumb). B= 78.9 ft h/B= 0.20 Rigid structure /z(0.6h)= 15.0 ft G = 0.85 Using rigid structure default Rigid Structure Flexible or Dynamically Sensitive Structure e = 0.20 Natural Frequency (qj)= 0.0 Hz t = 500 ft Damping ratio(R)= 0 Zmin = 15 ft /b= 0.65 c= 0.20 /a= 0.15 9o, 9v= 3.4 Vz= 92.9 LZ= 427.1 ft N, = 0.00 Q= 0.90 Rn = 0.000 IZ= 0.23 Rh = 28.282 ri= 0.000 h = 16.1 ft G = 0.87 use G =0.85 RB = 28.282 ri= 0.000 RL= 28.282 q= 0.000 9R = 0.000 R = 0.000 G = 0.000 1 I W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE_ 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Enclosure Classification Test for Enclosed Building: A building that does not qualify as open or partially enclosed. Test for Open Building: All walls are at least 80% open. Ao z 0.8Ag Test for Partially Enclosed Building: Input Test Ao 0.0 sf Ao >_ 1.1Aoi YES Ag 0.0 sf Ao>4'or 0.01Ag NO Aoi 0.0 sf Aoi/Agi <_ 0.20 NO Building is NOT Agi 0.0 sf Partially Enclosed Conditions to qualify as Partially Enclosed Building. Must satisfy all of the following: Ao z 1.1 Aoi Ao> smaller of 4'or 0.01 Ag Aoi/Agi<_ 0.20 Where: Ao=the total area of openings in a wall that receives positive external pressure. Ag=the gross area of that wall in which Ao is identified. Aoi =the sum of the areas of openings in the building envelope(walls and roof)not including Ao. Agi =the sum of the gross surface areas of the building envelope(walls and roof)not including Ag. Reduction Factor for large volume partially enclosed buildings (Ri) : If the partially enclosed building contains a single room that is unpartitioned ,the internal pressure coefficient may be multiplied by the reduction factor Ri. Total area of all wall&roof openings (Aog): 0 sf Unpartitioned internal volume (VI) : 0 cf Ri= 1.00 Altitude adjustment to constant 0.00256 (caution - see code) Altitude= 0 feet Average Air Density= 0.0765 Ibm/ft3 Constant= 0.00256 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Wind Loads - MWFRS all h (Enclosed/partially enclosed only) Kh(case 2)= 0.86 h= 16.1 ft GCpi= +/-0.18 Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf ridge ht= 16.9 ft G= 0.85 Roof Angle(e)= 1.2 deg L= 119 3 ft qi=qh Roof tributary area-(h/2)*L: 958 sf B= 78.9 ft (h/2)*B: 634 sf Nominal Wind Surface Pressures(psf) Wind Normal to Ridge Wind Parallel to Ridge B/L= 0.66 h/L=0.20 L/B= 1.51 h/L= 0.13 Surface Cp ghGCP w/+q;GCP; w/-ghGCpi Dist.* Cp ghGCP w/+q;GCp; w/-ghGC,i Windward Wall(W W) 0.80 9.3 see table below 0.80 9.3 see table below Leeward Wall(LW) -0.50 -5.8 -8.2 -3.3 -0.40 -4.6 -7.1 -2.2 Side Wall(SW) -0.70 -8.1 -10.5 -5.6 -0.70 -8.1 -10.5 -5.6 Leeward Roof(LR) ** Included in windward roof Windward Roof: 0 to h/2* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 0 to h/2* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h/2 to h* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h/2 to h* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h to 2h* -0.50 -5.78 -8.23 -3.33 h to 2h* -0.50 -5.8 -8.2 -3.3 >2h* -0.30 -3.47 -5.92 -1.02 >2h* -0.30 -3.5 -5.9 -1.0 "Roof angle<10 degrees.Therefore,leeward roof *Horizontal distance from windward edge is included in windward roof pressure zones. For monoslope roofs,entire roof surface is NOTE:The code requires the MWFRS be designed for minimum ultimate force of 16 psf either windward or leeward surface. multiplied by the wall area plus an 8 psf force applied to the vertical projection of the roof. Windward Wall Pressures at'Y'(Psf) Combined WW+LW Windward Wall Normal Parallel LR z Kz Kzt q,GCP w/+giGCP, w/-ghGC,i to Ridge to Ridge fWR 0 to 15' 0.85 1.00 9.1 6.7 11.6 14.9 13.7 SW h= 16.1 ft 0.86 1.00 9.3 6.8 11.7 15.0 13.9 LW i ridge= 16.9 ft 0.87 1.00 9.4 6.9 11.8 15.1 14.0 sI "'� W L 0 �nmecnorr VM;D ITOWdAL i0 MCE WR WR //WR LW sw ww t• UTAEMMI •lJQti DdEALI&L VI FIUGE LW NOTE: w s See figure in ASCE7 for the application of full and partial loading \, wR of the above wind pressures.There are 4 different loading cases. Parapet z I Kz Kzt qp(pso 23.7 ft 0.93 1.00 14.8 WW i Windward parapet: 22.1 psf (GCpn=+1.5) / Leeward parapet: -14.8 psf (GCpn=-1.0) wnrn t�ac Lmmt� . Windward roof overhangs(add to windward roof pressure): 9.3 psf(upward) W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Wind Loads - Comoo_ne_nt_s_ & Claddina_ : h <= 60' Nominal Wind Pressures Kh(case 1)= 0.86 h= 16.1 ft Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf a= 6.4 ft Minimum parapet ht= 2.8 ft GCpi= +/-0.18 Roof Angle(0)= 1.2 deg Type of roof= Monoslope Roof GCp+/-GCpi Surface Pressure(psf) User input Area 10 sf 50 sf 100 sf 10 sf 50 sf 100 sf 200 sf 500 sf Negative Zone 1 -1.18 -1.11 -1.08 -16.1 -15.1 -14.7 -14.7 -14.7 Negative Zone 2 -1.98 -1.49 -1.28 -26.9 -20.3 -17.4 -17.4 -17.4 Negative Zone 3 -2.98 -1.79 -1.28 -40.5 -24.4 -17.4 -17.4 -17.4 Positive All Zones 0.48 0.41 0.38 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Overhang Zone 1&2 1.70 -1.63 -1.60 -23.1 -22.2 -21.8 -18.8 -15.0 Overhang Zone 3 -2.80 -1.40 -0.80 -38.1 -19.1 -10.9 -10.9 -10.9 Overhang pressures in the table above assume an internal pressure coefficient(Gcpi)of 0.0 Overhang soffit pressure equals adjacent wall pressure reduced by internal pressure of 2.4 psf Parapet qp= 14.8 psf Surface Pressure((psf) User Inoue Solid Parapet Pressure 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 10 sf CASE A=pressure towards building(pos) CASE A:Interior zone: 39.9 27.2 25.5. 39.9 CASE B=pressure away from bldg(neg) Corner zone: 54.6 27.2 25.5 54.6 CASE B:Interior zone: -27.9 -23.2 -19.91 -27.9 Corner zone: -31.9 -24.8 -19.9 -31.9 Walls GCp+/-GCpi Surface Pressure(psf) User Input Area 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 20 sf 150 sf Negative Zone 4 -1.17 -1.01 -0.90 -15.9 -13.8 -12.2 -15.3 -13.4 Negative Zone 5 -1.44 -1.12 -0.90 -19.6 -15.3 -12.2 -18.3 -14.5 Positive Zone 4&5 1.08 0.92 0.81 14.7 12.5 11.01 14.0 12.2 Note:GCp reduced by 10%due to roof angle- 10 deg. i i W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TrrLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Location of C&C Wind Pressure Zones 2a I 1 a 2a 2a -t I 03- r I I � Q 21 © 12 O j (D I ` I I q 4 I I I 1 1 5 5 1 - - f/j�� I I 02- �, WALL v •.3 1 ? `•21�_3< �. I I Roofs w/ 6 5 10' Walls h_<60' Gable,Sawtooth and and all walls &alt design h<90' Multispan Gable 6 5 7 degrees& Monoslope roofs h>60' Monoslope 5 3 degrees 3°< 6-<10' h 5 60'&alt design h<90' h<_60'&alt design h<90' a 1 ri 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 �_ 3 D +3 1 2 2 V I I 21 12 I 1 101 1 2r p1 :1 ;1 I o 1 1 I I I J k I Lolllt- v rt 3 --2 -- ht� 2 3 3 2 3^ Monoslope roofs Multispan Gable& Hip 7° < 6 <270 2 1 Q 1 2 10' <6-<30° Gable 7° <6<- 45' I I 115 60'&alt design h<90' j 31 -- --I _2_ 3 Sawtooth 10°< 6 <_ 45' 3 2 2 i? h<_60'&alt design h<90' i 3 b J b � W3 XV «" Stepped roofs 6 5 3° h 5 60'&alt design h<90' I �' W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA W Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Wind Loads -Open Buildinas; 0.25 <_ h/L 5 1.0 Nominal Wind Pressures Procedure not allowed h/L is less than 0.25 Type of roof= Monoslope Free Roofs G= 0.85 Wind Flow= Obstructed Roof Angle= 1.2 deg NOTE:The code requires the MWFRS be Main Wind Force Resisting System designed for a minimum pressure of 10 psf Kz=Kh(case 2)= 0.86 Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf Roof pressures-Wind Normal to Ridge Wind Load Wind Direction Flow Case =0&180 de Gnw n Cn= -0.50 -1.20 Obstructed p= 5.8 psf -13.9 pS Wind Flow B Cn= -1.10 0.60 p= J Y.7 Ps _ 6.9 ps NOTE: 1).Cnw and Cnl denote combined pressures from top and bottom roof surfaces. 2).Cnw is pressure on windward half of roof.Cnl is pressure on leeward half of roof. 3).Positive pressures act toward the roof.Negative pressures act away from the roof Roof pressures-Wind Parallel to Ridge, Y=90 deg Wind Load Horizontal Distance from Windward Flow Case Edae h= 16.1 ft sh >h59h >2h 2h= 32.1ft n= -1. 0 0 0. Obstructed A Wp= -13.9 ps -70.4 psf -6.9 psf Wind Flow Cn= 0.50 0.50 0.30 B ----- p= K6 PS - �.8 Ds, 3.5 ps Fascia Panels -Horizontal pressures qp= 13.6 psf Windward fascia: 20.4 psf (GCpn=+1.5) Leeward fascia: -13.6 psf (GCpn=-1.0) Components & Cladding -roof pressures Kz=Kh(case 1)= 0.86 a= 6.4 ft a =41.3 sf Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf 4a`= 165.3 sf G= 0.85 Obstructed Wind Flow Effective Wind Area zone 3 zone 2 zone 1 positive negative positive negative positive negative 5 41.3 sf_ 1.10 -3.84 0.86 -1.93 0.55 1.28 - ---- ----------------------------- CN >41.3,5 165.3 sf 0.86 -1.93 0.86 --1.93 0.55 -1.28 ------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------- --------------- -------------- >165.3 sf 0.55 -1.28 0.55 -1.28 0.55 -1.28 5 41.3 sf 12.7 psf- 44.4 psf 10.0 psf -22.3 psf 6.3 psf _14.8 psf Wind --------------- -------------- ---------- >41 3 5 165.3 sf 10 0 psf -22.3 psf 10.0 psf -22.3 psf 6.3 psf -14.8 psf pressure - - --------10 0 -- - ----- - >165.3 sf 6.3 psi 14.8 psf 6-3 psf 14.8 psf 6.3 psf -14.8 psf The C&C pressure shall not be less than 10 psf acting in either direction normal to the surface. t W. Nicholas Deal, P.E.,S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Location of Wind Pressure Zones L L 1_�NW (.�NL �_.NW t_�NL WIND WIND e 9 DIRECTION DIRECTION y-0"180' y:0%180' PITCHED TROUGH L L c cA V s L�ifVl I NL --1 1Irw WIND - � - WIND DIRECTION F} _ DIRECTION Y.0. .4 .0 ya 180' G� MONCSLOPE WIND DIRE 01J y= 00. 180' L L L i I / WIND DIREC TION'�p WIND VAND DIRECTION 1�p DIRECTIONS F.dONC:•U?IE PITCHED TROUGH WIND DIRE=01,1 v= 90' MAIN WIND FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM c r 1 1 l 1 l e<10' a>10° MONOSLOPE PITCHED GR TROUGHF.D ROOF COMPONENTS AND CLADDING i I f W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB No. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Snow Loads : Roof slope = 1.2 deg Horiz.eave to ridge dist(W)= 78.9 ft Roof length parallel to ridge(L)= 119.3 ft Type of Roof Monoslope Ground Snow Load Pg = 33.0 psf Risk Category = II Importance Factor I = 1.0 Thermal Factor Ct = 1.10 Exposure Factor Ce = 1.0 Pf=0.7*Ce*Ct*I*Pg = 25.4 psf Unobstructed Slippery Surface(per Section 7.4) yes Sloped-roof Factor Cs = 1.00 Balanced Snow Load Ps = 25.4 psf Rain on Snow Surcharge Angle 1.58 deg Code Maximum Rain Surcharge 5.0 psf Rain on Snow Surcharge = 0.0 psf Ps plus rain surcharge - 25.4 psf Minimum Snow Load Pm = 20.0 psf NOTE:Alternate spans of continuous beams Uniform Roof Design Snow Load = 25.4 psf and other areas shall be loaded with half the design roof snow load so as to produce the greatest possible effect-see code. Windward Snow Drifts 1 -Against walls,parapets,etc more than 15'long Upwind fetch lu = 78.9 ft Projection height h = 6.8 ft Snow density g = 18.3 pcf Balanced snow height hb = 1.39 ft he = 5.41 ft he/hb>0.2= 3.9 Therefore,design for drift / Surcharge Load Drift height hd = 2.42 ft Due to Drilling Drift width w = 9.67 ft i Surcharge load: pd=y*hd= 44.2 psf h he hd pd; Balanced Snow load: = 25.4 psf % Balanced Snow Load 6J.66 psf - Windward Snow Drifts 2-Against walls,parapets,etc> 15' hb1_ � Upwind fetch lu = 119.0 ft w Projection height h = 1.8 ft Lu Snow density g = 18.3 pd Balanced snow height hb = 1.39 ft he = 0.41 ft hc/hb>0.2= 0.3 Therefore,design for drift Drift height hd = 0.41 ft Drift width w = 3.29 ft Surcharge load: pd=y*hd= 7.5 psf Balanced Snow load: = 25.4 psf 32.9 psf W. Nicholas Deal, P.E.,S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlinaton.WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Seismic Loads: Risk Category II Importance Factor(1) 1.00 Site Class D Ss(0.2 sec)= 107.90%g S1 (1.0 sec)= 42.10%g Fa= 1.068 Sms= 1.153 SDs= 0.769 Design Category= D Fv= 1.579 Sm1 = 0.665 SD1= 0.443 Design Category= D Seismic Design Category= D Number of Stories: 1 Structure Type: Light Frame Horizontal Struct Irregularities: No plan Irregularity Vertical Structural Irregularities: No vertical Irregularity Flexible Diaphragms: Yes Building System: Bearing Wall Systems Seismic resisting system: Light frame(cold-formed steel)walls with wood panels or steel sheets System Structural Height Limit: 65 ft Actual Structural Height(hn)= 16.1 ft See ASCE7 Section 12.2.5 for exceptions and other system limitations DESIGN COEFFICIENTS AND FACTORS Response Modification Coefficient(R)= 6.5 Over-Strength Factor(12o)= 2.5 Deflection Amplification Factor(Cd)= 4 SDs= 0.769 SDI= 0.443 p=redundancy coefficient Seismic Load Effect(E)= p QE+/-0.2SDs D = p QE +/- 0.154D QE=horizontal seismic force Special Seismic Load Effect(Em)= QO QE+/-0.2SDs D =2.5 QE +/- 0.154D D=dead load PERMITTED ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES Simplified Analysis -Use Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis Equivalent Lateral-Force Analysis - Permitted Building period coef. (CT)= 0.020 Cu= 1.40 Approx fundamental period(Ta)= CThnx= 0.161 sec x=0.75 Tmax=CuTa= 0.225 User calculated fundamental period(T)= 0 sec Use T= 0.161 Long Period Transition Period(TL)= ASCE7 map= 12 Seismic response coef.(Cs)= SDSI/R= 0.118 need not exceed Cs= Shc I/RT= 0.425 but not less than Cs= 0.044Sdsl= 0.034 USE Cs= 0.118 Design Base Shear V= 0.118W Model&Seismic Response Analysis - Permitted(see code for procedure) ALLOWABLE STORY DRIFT Structure Type: All other structures Allowable story drift= 0.020hsx where hsx is the story height below level x I 1 4 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 379194013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO._ Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Roof Design Loads Items 7Description Multiple psf(max) psf(min) Roofing Single ply 1.0 1.0 Decking Metal Roof deck, 1.5,22 ga. 1.7 1.2 Framing Steel roofjoists&girders 5.0 2.0 Insulation Rigid insulation,per 1" x 3.5 5.3 2.5 Ceiling Suspended acoustical tile 1.8 1.0 Mech&Elec Mech.&Elec. 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Actual Dead LOA 19.P 7.7 Use this DL insteA 20.A 8.0 Live Load 20.0 0.0 Snow Load 25.4 0.0 Ultimate Wind(zone 2 100sf) 16.7 -29.0 ASD Loading D+S 45.4 - D+0.75(0.6*W+S) 46.6 - 0.6*D+0.6*W - -12.6 LRFD Loading 1.2D+1.6 S +0.5W 73.0 - 1.2D+ 1.OW+0.5S 53.4 - 0.9D+ 1.OW - -21.8 Roof Live Load Reduction Roof angle 0.25/12 1.2 deg 0 to 200 sf: 20.0 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area,but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12.0 psf 300 sf 18.0 psf 400 sf 16.0 psf 500 sf 14.0 psf User Input: 450 sf 15.0 psf i i W. Nicholas Deal, P.E.,S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 www.struware.com CODE SUMMARY Code: 2015 International Building Code Live Loads: Roof 0 to 200 sf: 20 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area,but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12 psf Typical Floor N/A Partitions N/A Dead Loads: Floor 0.0 psf Roof 20 0 psf Wind Design Data: Ultimate Design Wind Speed 110 mph Nominal Design Wind Speed 85.21 mph Risk Category II Mean Roof Ht (h) 16.1 ft Exposure Category C Enclosure Classif. Enclosed Building Internal pressure Coef. +/-0.18 Directionality (Kd) 0.85 Roof Snow Loads: Design Uniform Roof Snow load = 25.4 psf Flat Roof Snow Load Pf = 25.4 psf Balanced Snow Load Ps = 25.4 psf Ground Snow Load Pg = 33.0 psf Importance Factor 1 = 1.00 Snow Exposure Factor Ce = 1.00 Thermal Factor Ct = 1.10 Sloped-roof Factor Cs = 1.00 Earthquake Design Data: Risk Category = II Importance Factor 1 = 1.00 Mapped spectral response acceleration: Ss = 107.90 %g S1 = 42.10 %g Site Class = D Spectral Response Coef Sds = 0.769 Sd1 = 0.443 Seismic Design Category = D Basic Structural System = Bearing Wall Systems Seismic Resisting System = Light frame(cold-Formed steel)walls with wood panels or steel sheets Design Base Shear V = 0.118W Seismic Response Coef. CS = 0.118 Response Modification Factor R = 6.5 Analysis Procedure = Equivalent Lateral-Force Analysis i i W. Nicholas Deal, P.E.,S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA _ Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB No. 170002-24 _ SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY A Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 www.struware.com CODE SUMMARY- continued Component and cladding nominal wind pressures Roof r Surface Pressure(psf) Areal 10 sf 1 50 sf 1 100 sf Negative Zone 1 -16.1 -15.1 -14.7 Negative Zone 2 -26.9 -20.3 -17.4 Negative Zone 3 -40.5 -24.4 -17.4 Positive All Zones 10.0 10.0 10.0 Overhang Zone 1&2 -23.1 -22.2 -21.8 Overhang Zone 3 -38.1 -19.1 -10.9 Overhang soffit pressure equals adjacent wall pressure reduced by internal pressure of 2.4 psf Parapet Solid Parapet Pressure(psf) Area 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf CASE A: Interior zone 39.9 27.2 25.5 Corner zone 54.6 27.2 25.5 CASE B: Interior zone -27.9 -23.2 -19.9 Comer zone -31.9 -24.8 -19.9 Wall Surface Pressure(psf) Areal 10 sf 1 100 sf _ 500 sf Negative Zone 4 -15.9 -13.8 -12.2 Negative Zone 5 -19.6 -15.3 -12.2 Positive Zone 4&5 14.7 12.5 11.0 i N 00 C i1 4! Ol O tD (D Z O r N N C Q mLLJ .� C a o w r � $ 4� r- Itf .,= $ t tfJt a a a m m 0 to O m m r, :D m O O O O O � N C7 Ln fV a' CY) V O LO Ln m O0 Vl .L L .0 to �cn a V 9) 0 w .4 ri N a u c an m O w a a }+ 7 co C_ V' u Co co p0 to a ¢` LAu° 5i c 0 Zm Cl) OG_ w Q 0 East Wall m rn W m c W 0 C kD C m a 0 Oi d :2 0) � G (a -e rce) L m 0 W Z CO t Z o Z rn Y a N IIeM lsa/N 4lplM aulpling I - � I I I I W.Nicholas Deal,P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 3791 9-4 01 3 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Columns Reviewer:W N Deal Columns Max Vertical Load= 66.2 psf @ Exterior(Front Wall) Min Vertical Load= -9.9 psf @ Interior Max Vertical Load= 66.2 psf @ Exterior(Back Wall) Min Vertical Load= -12.6 psf @ Exterior Max Vertical Load= 44.5 psf @ Exterior(Side Wall) Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior Max Vertical Load= 66.2 psf @ Tower Joist Bearing height= 13.00 ft @ Tower Max Vertical Load= 48.3 psf @ Interior Joist Bearing height= 15.62 ft @ Girder Line COLUMN DESIGN Int.or Column Ext. Column Location Stress Column? Trib.Area Pdown Pup Column Ht'• Column Size P„/fJ P<P„/n? Ratio A2/A3 Exterior Front 167 sf 7.43 kips -2.11 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.09 135/137 Exterior Front 131 sf 5.85 kips -1.66 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.07 El Exterior Girder 789 sf 35.11 kips -9.95 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.36 E4 Interior Girder 1900 sf 91.65 kips -18.80 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.95 E9 Interior Girder 1551 sf 74.84 kips -15.35 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.77 E10 Exterior Girder 441 sf 19.61 kips -5.56 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.20 E6/E8 Exterior Back 109 sf 4.86 kips -1.38 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.06 C1/D1 Exterior Side 25 sf 1.09 kips 1 -0.31 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.01 v' 1 1 ' .� N W C - N O Z 3 3 m CC c u v p U w ` m x x o m c 3 a a w O O O p p 0 0D O 1� t0 01 a I, P en o D O a0•m 'L 'L Y m « Ol n 01 n InW a Y 00 « C.G G.a G. aOff v v `w 3 a v a w c m c w w w w I°- /�� (w�� w I++ « o 0 0 o C; o o c w « � o o o o o o o c c c c c V V @ G V lJ V 'oU LL a a a 'y a s Q 13 nN O 0 N aN aN aN nN OV1. H LL NN In J Y Y Y 1D tD V tD 00 01 N 1D l0 l0 l0 lD tD O tD -4t tD a 71 '1 00 00 01 O O O1 00 00 3 N N N N N .-1 r1 m m m m -!c n CN N tD 01 01 m N O O O O O O O 11 II 11 p u' 00 W EO W m m m T 'y- C 7 O 01 V rt lD M N O a C 7 O In M In .ti rl J io iv 3 be N I�iI •p N N Kt P tD N N -! u N N M 'I N m el H O _ = w IV m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = ` w C; O C; O O •0 t+ t+ m V O. V 0. Q u > > U o y Z w w cc o a 75 '+ V t� w 7 0� 07S m E a-1 - e-1 � � In a0 to m E N O O 00 00 c V C V V I 01 O 00 IT lD In In N N a s N tD N N lD tD 1 Q to LL O CO N 2 N t to N IEO 'M a_O+ C Q N t N m v ' Z u E N Q N $ C O O O n n O O O C O O O O O O t t O t t 0 0 to tD 10 In O O v 0 0 0 0 0 O O O L O 0 1 � 1� n VI V1 to 60 in H C C a a a na as a ;, � L $ $ $ $ r $ $ $ O� On N C), R O +t+ O O O O O O C) O Z O y 0 0 0 0 0 N N 00 In OO a0 m rl LL :R C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (7 LL O O O O O zN 3 J In In n 00 o0 I, In m W A m m m m m o LU O eo Z m l7 ,� c w o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o m e w rl .y rl rl ei cr N JO Z L �° VI In n 00 co n In en V L p N M M rm M m N F O VI U. LL LL LL LL LL LL LL O O VI IL IL LL IL IL !Y C O LL LL LL tL to LIL N N N N N N N D O n, n n a a n 0. a O w w w w LL W ? Y Y Y Y Y Y Y �C V ? Y Y Y Y Y 3 O lD w N N .-tD 00 1 Z O N u1 In V rl to m In fn In m fn m m VI U' N r1 l0 tD In In ri O Z (7 O O C) O O Z O Z G V 0 a a O w w w w w J 3 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y J Y Y Y Y Y .t' .t'• o rl f In V rl cn D1 M N N t0 NV a.f N to .--! 10 00 10 'IT 00F, a n V V l0 lD 00 -i fn V N to eq m rl O O rl r1 O W N N rl m 01 n a4 00 rl 00 11 m m 11 II II 11 r., N L L L O c O N N L - O n W O 01 tD 00 O N OL L 3 o e 4 aN-1 -4 ° o c o _ Ja c In In In In c m n n n n N a, m �° a n n n n Oo 3 m m fn fin M OI VI w 00 00O N N N N N W c o 3 x o � t° a G L a n rl m o ,'� r1 m N 3 a In In OR ao U t4 a � -4 .m-I � In a N d N N 00 00 a ti Z ~ 2 a W C C C G W O E O In mo o m wt u Y �m LU O m to u mm m O In O C) n C 7 0 7 0 ° y [ c po O ID a Q' d) O U N ON r�l eN-I O .m•1 e0-1 .4 w V _p If II II II II II II y p G l� `/ Y L Y Y Y X ti L a V L L L L w i+ d m ch (dj 7 d O a OD o0 00 w C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O. w O O O O O a p h u G m Z c`nD N N u w w w 'v 'w p n Lw wL 4L1 Lw v 4 v w Z p wL w` w w }w N >) s L O O m 3 '� �j O W W W C C W W W � �' W W W W W p p W > 0j O a u ,�+ vI C m O C iJ w C w r O O O Z _ c o ° c !!:. Lm �o u > w w c _ 0 L w +' O oO m m r 0 0 V 01 c d `n a, w fh N Z N Y c 3 0 $ o g m C o 0 ?' o ° E I w en w w — o m m ami omi t _ o Q m w w u 3 LL 3 wcr wv v c u 3 3 LL ,. ., ., . I I I I ' � I _ .0ill O Y a 3 G C C C N _Yy O O O a0 G jp O O O O W 0 0 0 iz N O Y a W N W p 2 W W W W O N m 3 @jG@� @� I. - c0 W K a m� C a a a G III�1 C u Y Y Y o rxe c d o 0 0 C c c c O Y Y Y r/1 C C O p O O W L N C Y Y Y C Y Y Y W W W U \ o1 o c ' ID w w 3u J @j@i@j lei 9 J > onion > vav ;: «r ti �m J `" •-I c oYo m w 1 ¢ of m " "" N O N •~-I c ti i4 .4 n n If p p E 3 f0 ~ J OO m Z W w CC n n n c� N V1 V1 �O J N N L' Y > J ° > > G G m N C a x x m m m J O? Oo cq y m m m h ti N ti -21 C+ Y Y Y n n n 3 o j o a o m m m 3 3 0 888 mc Ono m m c y CC Y O o 0 p o Lo ID W W Oxo ✓1 ✓I M @1% @1@1 @J x x x QN x N Y Y Y N N Yl N M E Io t C Q 'a � N N to me � m v J v vi 333 > 000 0 rp pp N Y Y Y J gg S aCCC O o1 J 3 u1 3 I/1 N cn W O O O rl � x It O. w O 3 S S S r 0 o o V c .Mi > `emu U U Y lo o° cc 4 � r 33 mmm ci > o 0 0 a as `� oo p m y u v O x rl IT N o 0 0 W o xwt� xt° t° x a kq a mO1m Q 4mOMo ammo E@� @rE@l@r E H a h 'n- .Nim � Noi c � � a io mmm c aQr n aK O1 0 O O a-I g n n g 5 N g C I!1 N IA p >N Z 4J A N n n n V p3 > ~ m W ID M "' ti Rf R d m d N N t0 ?J Q Q CO oo ao Y L Z X O II M II 9 IIpp p p C1 pOj C d Z N Y u °0 J m c E a a v « m ap Op r 63 � LL �c5 C m t� C r N e rn b ^ U I W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Lateral Reviewer: W N Deal Building Layout Length Width Wall Ht Parapet Ht Length Wall Material Wmaterlal 119.3 ft 78.9 ft Front Wall 23.67 ft 6.78 ft 119.25 ft Stone 35 psf (to CL of wall) Front High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf Front Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf WTYp wau 16.0 psf Rear Wall 21.75 ft 6.50 ft 119.25 ft Stone 35 psf WStone 35.0 psf Rear High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf Werkk 50.0 psf Rear Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf East Wall 23.67 ft 7.60 ft 78.92 ft Typical 16 psf East Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf West Wall 21.75 ft 5.68 ft 78.92 ft Typical 16 psf West High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Stone 35 psf Wall Height(to roof deck) 15.3 ft 16.9 ft 16.1 ft Rear Wall Front Wall Side Walls Wall Sections Approx.Weight Approx.Weight Rear Wall Wall Section Height Width (EntlreStructure) (Trib.to Diaphragm) Front Wall 23.67 ft 119.3 ft 98.79 k 63.54 k Front High Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k m Front Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k L .y Rear Wall 21.75 ft 119.3 ft 90.78 k 58.95 k v Rear High Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k 3 Rear Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k East Wall 23.67 ft 78.9 ft 29.89 k 19.74 k Front Wall East Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k West Wall 21.75 ft 78.9 ft 27.46 k 17.32 k West Hiqh Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k Length Total Typical Wall Weight 246.9 k 159.5 k Seismic 0.7E 0.7E *IFAPPLICABLE,CHECK MIN&MAX AS Wroof Wwan: Wm l V(ea:esh-. (TOTAL) rMIB.TO DIAPHRAGM) DESCRIBED IN ASCE 7-10,SECT-ION 207.0 k 246.9 k 454.0 k 0.118W 37.5 k 30.3 k 12.10.1.1 Wind Pwalls MWFRS Ppanpet Win dward ndward Wall Leeward Wall Windward 9aGCp w/+4lGCw wf-ghGC i wf+q,GC., w/-QhGC.i 22.1 psf 0'-15, 0 to 15' 0.85 1.00 9.1 6.7 11.6 -8.2 -3.3 Leeward h= 16.1 ft 0.86 1.00 9.3 6.8 11.7 -8.2 -3.3 -14.8 psf ridge= 16.9 ft 0.87 1.00 9.4 6.9 11.8 -8.2 -3.3 I r W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. lob Name: Pilot lob#; 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location;Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer:R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Lateral Reviewer:W N Deal N-S Direction (MWFRSAII H) Condition Rear Wall(z=15',h=16.2') Front Wall(z=17.1',h=16.2') Total A q,GCp-q,GC,,= 14.9 psf q,,GCp+q,GC,,,= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf 8 q,GCp+q,GCp,= 14.9 psf ghGCp-q,GCp,= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf C ghGCp+q,GCp,= 15.0 psf q,GCp-q,GCp,= 15.1 psf 15.1 psf D ghGCp-q,GC,,,= 15.0 psf q,GCp+q,GCp,= 15.1 psf 1S.1 psf Max Wind on MWFRS 15.1 psf E-W Direction (MWFRS All H) Condition West Wall(h=16.2') East Wall(h=16.2') Total A ghGCp+q,GCp,= 1S.0 psf %GCp-q,GCp,= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf 8 %,GCp-q,GCp,= 15.0 psf q,GCp+q,GCp,= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf Max Wind on MWFRS IS.0 psf i W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. lob Name:Pilot lob A:170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date:3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer:R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Diaphragm Reviewer:W N Deal Building Geometry Length=119.3 ft Width=78.9 ft WIND LOADING I@ DIAPHRAGM waa..a.t R,n, wp.,,p,t ws i w2 R,,,.. Rb- West to East Direction South to North Direction w,=15.0 psf R,ppr(aragl= 120.8 plf w1=15.1 psf R,_ffwwq= 127.8 plf h=16.1 ft R_gpa petl= 209.5 plf h=169 ft Rr�gpa pet)= 250.1 plf a=5.7ft Rba„= 120.8 pif a=6.8ft Rb,t,= 127.8pif wp,r,pet=36.9 psf RTOTALQ maphngm= 330.4 plf wp,,,e,t=36.9 psf RTUTAL0 A phrg� = 377.9 pif East to West Direction North to South Direction wZ=15.0 psf R,ppq_A= 120.8 pif wZ=15.0 psf Rrapgwaiq= 114.6 pif h=16.1 ft Rr..gp,r,p,t1= 280.4 pif h=15.3 ft Rroogparapee= 239.9 plf a=7.6 ft Rba„= 120.8 pif a=6.5 ft Rba,e= 114.6 plf wpar,pet=36 9 psf RTOTAL@&*..gm= 401.2 plf wparap,t-36.9 psf RTOTu®duphr,g,,,= 354.5 plf Total Wind Shear E-W Direction R.O dl.pbnea,=401.2 plf N-S Direction RmAx @ dl.ph,=377.9 plf Diaphragm width=78.9 ft Diaphragm width=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=1193 ft Diaphragm length=78.9 ft V9i .-W,,,e=79.7 pif/wall V.=W,,,e=17L3 pif/wall abnp Jiont&bah walb atone side walk SEISMIC LOADING_a@ DIAPHRAGM R_ V�,c=0.7E=30.3 k (trib.to roof) •IFAPPLICABLE,CHECK MIN&MAKAS DESCRIBED IN ASCE 7,SECI1ON 12.10.Ll 0.7E VgE gF9„q=0.7E=39.5 k (trlb.to roof) Vstst,,,ggt,tp-0.7E=78.9 k (trib.to roof) •Rb.,r Total Seismic Shear E-W Direction Diaphragm width=78.9 ft N-S Direction Diaphragm width=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=1193 ft Diaphragm length-789 ft VsmhtK=0.7E=1655 plf/wall Vsosrn,c=0.7E=250.0 plf/wall abn9froaS back wall: obn A*wags CONTROLLING SHEAR E-W Direction 165.5 pif/wall SEISMIC CONTROLS N-S Direction 250.0 plf/wall SEISMIC CONTROLS abnp f-t&back waft a1n9 me wag. +i 1 W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. Job Name:Pilot Job a:17D002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date:3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 379194013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer:R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Diaphragm Reviewer:W N Deal DECKING ATTACHMENT Fastener Layout 36/5 Deflection Check Sidelap fasteners (3)N10TEK Screws k2=870 Wt-N,=16SS pif Support fasteners #12 TEK Screws DB=758 WNs=250.O pif S= 250.0 plf k1=0.304 G'=161 k/in Strength= 285.0 plf OK Span=5.00 A,,,,,-0.351n Fastener Layout 36/S Deflection Check Sidelap fasteners HIM SLC Sidelap Fastener 36In o.c. WE,,,=165.5 pif Support fasteners HIM X-HSN 24 Fasteners WNs=250.0 plf S= 250.0 plf G'=15.8 k/in Strength= 393.0 plf OK A,,,,,=0.36 in 1.5 Type B 22 xa Decking (3-Span Condition for L1240 Deflection) Vertical Loading= 66.1 psf Vertical Allowable= 16-1.0 psi OK J i W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. lob Name: Pilot lob#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Diaphragm Chord Reviewer: W N Deal DIAPHRAGM CHORD DESIGN i Rear Wall Lp,A= 119.3 ft Wo,A = 78.9 ft Li= 34.7ft S,= 60.8ft _ L2= 48.4ft s2= 0.Oft 3 N-S Direction 3 = WN.S= 378 plf Front Wall V @,= 22.5 kip M @2= 554.1 k-ft F @2= 7.0 kip -1 3 V 9.4 kipM 428.6 k-ft F 5.4 kip V 18.8 kip M -671.2 k-ft F = -8.5 kip L3 — s, L2 52 �3= ' P p4= @4- P V 31.9 kip M 671.7 k-ft F �AVHRAGM tea= - P MAx= MAx= 8.5 kip � � � t V @5= •22.5 kip I wHs(PID Chord member size: L4x4x1/4 Allowable tension PJO= 41.8 kip (yielding) P/O= 42.3 kip (rupture) Tension check FmAx=8.5 kip OK 'Full member properties used of max location FALLOW_= 41.8 kip FmAx 0 Or.Fsm= 7.0 kip OK 'Since vert.leg is coped across joists,only horiz.leg is considered for tension Futow.= 20.9 kip capacity along chord extensions at building offsets Chord Length req'd Allowable diaphragm strength= 285 plf L1REq•D= F2/V"110w= 24.6 ft Req'd length to develop chord L2REQ.o= F2/V, 110W= 19.1 ft 'Chord is continuous across offset to connect to side wall,therefore no chord UREOO= F4/V J1]0.= -29.8 ft development length required at L2 r I ' . r . ■ I ■ or 1�.■ r �f r � ■ � 1 ■ . ' 1 ir r f MEN 0 Lo ■ r i ■ ' ■ 0 J6 r: ■ � ■ . BIZ Y JZ■ ' 1 1 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E.,S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Shear Walls&HDs Reviewer: W N Deal Shear Wall Dimensions Length Height West Wall 52.0 ft 16.1 ft ()WIND- 2.0 East Wall 54.0 ft 16.1 ft East Wall(2) 0.0 ft 16.1 ft ()SEISMIC_ 2.5 Front Wall 64.5 ft 13.0 ft *Only includes longest aligned wall section Rear Wall 60.0 ft 13.0 ft SEISMIC CONTROLS V= 15.1 k N-5 Shear per east/west wall SEISMIC CONTROLS V= 15.1 k E-W Shear per front/back wall Maximum Values SHEAR WALL FASTENING Max Shear Fastener #10 TEK Screws HILTI X-GPN 37 MX Fasteners Force Spacing VNOM VAuow Check VNOM VAuow Check Comments West Wall 142.8 plf 6.0 in 910 364 OK 850 340 OK East Wall 280.4 Of 6.0 in 910 318 OK 850 297 OK Capacity reduced by 2w/h for(2)approx East Wall(2) 6.0 in 910 364 850 340 7ft sections Front Wall 234.7 plf 6.0 in 910 364 OK 850 340 OK Rear Wall 252.3 plf 6.0 in 910 364 OK 850 340 OK HOLDOWN Max Uplift Holdown Allow. Check Force Uplift' West Wall 2.3 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK East Wall 4.5 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK East Wall(2) S/HD8S 8.9 kip Front Wall 3.1 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK Rear Wall 3.3 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK *Assumed 2-54 mil(16ga)Stud Member Thickness SHEAR WALL ANCHORAGE HILTI Kwik HUS-EZ Max Shear Anchor Bolt Max Shear 4)Vx per bolt WV.(3 bolts) Screw Anchor Force Spacing per Bolt Diameter Embed West Wall 142.8 plf 24 in 286 Ibs 457 Ibs 1371 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in East Wall 280.4 plf 24 in 561 Ibs 897 Ibs 2692 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in East Wall(2) Front Wall 234.7 pff 24 in 469 Ibs 751 Ibs 2253 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in Rear Wall 252.3 pff 24 in 505 Ibs 807lbs 2422 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in Use Hilti PROFIS to check spacing&shear for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor i I � - V C N 00 C a+ 00 LD n LO 0 Y E 00 lD O to Z O J J a a C O C O C C C CW Lf1 O a-i w N OC y O . O 7 U a X V [T C Q O C C C l7 n n o m n v Lo 0 o — m Ln m a It 00 N ui c w « E ° w a n n Z La J f0 Y J N N N V a o 3 0 0 0 Q J ri rV ci _ L 00 Y O be 0 O .4 OY1 �n C th aJ Z N N O LU O C U O l7 > (7 > a 00 o ate' o v o a v a s v a o v o r°o o 0 ° Imo- �°o i v h a Lev n n n v y o 0 3 a t Y Y �e M m m m t u c ° ° co a ti ` o c p i s o 0 3 ° + c a L w w w o a 3 Q 5 ea a a a c ' 'cQ 3 a 7 m ta w m ° Q a 3 cc n m E C E 0 `m a a a T l9 CL _ a Q m T u7 .QJ J Y Y Y 00 O N C d Lq (n LA m m N '� "' 0) 00 m O a m C C \ O n n n y r- N �-' T J J y y y m �T..L ti C d O n Lnx. `.t'. L '^ Ln v v o ~ xn CL ti c a`) L`o M > > > ov a, — Li N W ` ti i -23 m a o N O Ll 'yA N yNpL N z 0 0 0 0 o a N N N N e-1 N m N N N N LLJ C7 (D (D J .=J (n � T a � a%Lu en en m a a o rn Cd � CO LnN Cl) wvLO cim c)o a s u zc0 ° � L^ o rn m n %D rn U) CD U aN, O Vt t Ln N m C ZZo c o Z N Y m 00 S C �0 + N C C n a O JCA a N C V C C O ; J J 10 O O C w n n x x x E o y m E E m m o .�, LT Cl -2 w > > v LT Ln w m m U C9 I I W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Metal Studs Reviewer: W N Deal Max Vertical Load= 66.2 psf @ Front Wall Joist spacing=5.00 ft Wall pressure(C&C)= -15.3 psf Negative Zone 4 = 66.2 psf @ Bock Wall Stud spacing=16.0 in = -18.3 psf Negative Zone 5 = 44.5 psf @ Side Wall = 14.0 psf Positive Zone 4&5 n-t'•vrrrt Loads-= 44.2 ps# 8:0 ft tal FFent We/ a= 6.43 ft 44.2psf 9 67ft #LQock-W G Corner Condition Typical Condition Wall Location L. L =L, *Pd.. Mx(comer) Vy(comerl Stud Size *Pd.. M=(typ) Vv(wp) Stud Size Front 13.0 ft 4.0 ft 6.74 kips -4.63 k-in -0.12 kips 600S162-68 6.74 kips -3.87 k-in -0.10 kips 60OS162-68 Back 13.0 ft 4.0 ft 6.74 kips -4.63 k-in -0.12 kips 60OS162-68 6.74 kips -3.87 k-in -0.10 kips 600S162-68 East 17.2 ft 4.0 ft 1 0.15 kips -8.10 k-in -0.16 kips 600S162-54 1 0.15 kips -6.77 k-in -0.13 kips 60OS162-54 West 17.2 ft 4.0 ft 1 0.15 kips 1 -8.10 k-in 1 -0.16 kips 600S162-54 1 0.15 kips -6.77 Wn -0.13 kips 600S162-54 I W. Nicholas Deal, P.E.,S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Hood and RTU Anchorage Reviewer:W N Deal HOOD SUPPORT Hood Weight 9501bs Min.#Supports 4 Wt per Support 238 Ibs 1/2"dia.Rod Tension Capacity Area,Ab 0.20 in2 A36 Rod,F 58.0 ksl F =F„r 43.5 ksi Table J3.2,AISC 360 R 8.7 k S2 2.0 R./S2 4.4 k OK Single Angle Bending Moment 3.56 k[p_in fb= 0.9 Ob= 1.67 L 5 ft laterally unbraced length d 41n b 4 in t 0In S 1.03In3 section modulus about bending axis Iz 1.191n4 minor principal axis moment of inertia Pw 0 See Table C410.1 pg 16.1-284 rz 0.783 In minor principal axis radius of gyration Sc 0.824 in3 b\t 16.00 Material Properties Compact Section 15.46 E 29500ksi Non-Compact Sect 26.91 Fy 36 ksi Force in Toe Tens (Comp,Tens) Cb 1 Max M Restraint no (yes,no) Princ Axis Bending yes (yes,no) Yielding Leg Local Buckling My 37.08 kip_in Fcr NA Mn 55.62 kip_in Sc NA Mn 43.6 kip_in Lateral-Torsional Buckling L/d :5 ratio max 61.47 Bending about geometric axis of equal leg angle without lateral-torsional restraint Me is NA compression at toe Me lb 79551 kip_in tension at toe Bending about geometric axis of equal leg angle with lateral-torsional restraint at max moment Me ii NA i �, ., Bending about major principal axis of equal leg angles Me iii 226.17 kip_in Bending of unequal leg angles Me iv NA Me 226.17 kip_in Mn 44.39 kip_in Mn 43.6 kip_in fMn 39.2 kip_in 3.3 kip ft Ma 26.1 kip in 2.2 kip ft OK RTU ANCHORAGE Maximum Unit Size Length 10.0 ft Width 6.0 ft Height 5.0 ft Weight 35001bs Sesimic Coeff 0-364 Wp Fp 637 Ibs per side Wind Press 25.9 osf F, 6,181bs perside Max Force 6481bs per side Min bolts per side 3 Max Force per bolt 2161bs 3/8"dia.Rod Tension Capacity Area,Ae 0.11 in2 A36 Rod,F. 58.0 ksl F„=F, 26.1 ksi Table 13.2,AISC 160 R 2:9 k 1) 2.0 Ron 1.4k OK i I -�r 4 . ' ,:, u llt , 1621 1141h Avenue SE,Suite 219 • Bellevue,WA 98004 • www.SAFEbuilt.com DEFERRED SUBMITTAL AGREEMENT The undersigned has been issued a permit for construction prior to final approval of the following.The following items shall be considered deferred submittals and shall be submitted AND approved prior to installation. Applicant's Name Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone 865-474-3469 E-Mail Ross.Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.com Primary Contact Ross Shaver Phone 865-474-3469 E-Mail Ross.Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.com Project Name Pilot Travel Centers#1103 Permit Number BID1808 Project Travel Center with restaurants and Description convenience store Tax ID Number 34-1953155 2430 SR 530 NE Pilot Travel Centers LLC Site Address Arlington,WA 98223 Contractor is a GC i Deferred Item High Rise Sign Date 6-8-18 Deferred Item Monument Sign Date 6-8-18 Deferred Item Propane Tanks Date 6-8-18 Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date I hereby assume all risk,financially and otherwise,for any construction performed that may need to be removed if the deferred submittals listed above are not appropriate. I understand that approval for the above deferred submittal(s) may take up to ten working days(or longer if there are problems with the submittal) from the date of submission. I understand that certain inspections will NOT be performed until the submissions are accepted. I understand additional fees will be required based on the additional time spent for plan review. All deferred submittal must be submitted to the design professional in responsible charge of the above project for written approval prior to submittal so SAFEbuilt. Architect/Engineer of Record Printed Roy Parsons III Name Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date 6-8-18 Owner Printed Name Ross E. Shaver Owner Signature Date 6-8-18 I ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SAFEbuilt Printed Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date fi SAI- 1 bulit , 16211141h Avenue SE,Suite 219 • Bellevue,WA 98004 • www.SAFEbuilt.com SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17, where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more WABO Certified Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Applicant's Ros Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.rom Name Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone 865-474-3469 E-Mail Primary Ross Shaver Ph' one same E-Mail same Contact-- ----- �- --� -- -- - ---- Pilot Travel Centers- 1103 Arlington, Project x!D 34-1953155 Name Number Gas station,convenience store, 2430 SR530 NE Project restaurant, and parking Site Arlington,WA 98223 Description Address Before a permit can be issued:The owner,Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent,shall complete(2)copies of this agreement,including the required acknowledgements,and attach structural tests and inspection schedules. A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to revie the special inspection requirements and procedures. Approva o Special Inspectors: pecia Inspectors shal a approve by t e ui i g cia p id o performing duties. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE 201S INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE: 1. DEITIES AND RESPONSIBILITES OF SPECIAL INSPECTOR a. Observe Work:The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with SAFEbuilt approved (stamped)design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC,the Architect/Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/or placing drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items:The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work,the Special Inspector shall immediately notify SAFEbuilt by telephone 425-888-7643 or in person,and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Dai1y Reports:Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections TO REMAIN AT THE JOB SITE WITH THE CONTRACTOR for review by the Building Official. d. Furnish Weekly Reports:The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to SAFEbuilt, project Architect/Engineer,and others designated. These reports must include the following: • Description of daily inspections and test made,with applicable locations. • Listing of all non-conforming items. • Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved, as applicable. • Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/Engineer of Record and Building Official if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report:The Special Inspector of inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to SAFEbuilt stating that all Items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported,and to the best of his/her knowledge, in conformance with the approved design drawings,specifications,approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance,unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage(i.e.,missed inspections,periodic inspections when continuous was required,etc.)shall be specifically itemized in this report. i 2. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES a. Notify the Special Inspector:The Contractor Is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the SAFEbuilt approved plan as specified by the Architect and/or Engineer of Record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans:The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records:The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by SAFEbuilt upon request. 3. BUILDING OFFICIAL RESPONSIBLITIES a. Approve Special inspector: SAFEbuilt shall approve all Special Inspectors and inspection requirements. b. Monitor Special Inspection:Work requiring special inspection and the performance of special inspectors shall be monitored by the Building Official. His/her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the special inspector. c. Issue Certificate of Occupancy:The Building Official may issue a Certificate of Occupancy after all special inspection reports and the final report have been submitted and accepted. 4. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES a. Funding:The project owner,Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the special inspection services. S. ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD RESPONSIBLITIES a. Drawings:The Architect or Engineer of Record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections:Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing,compaction and testing of backfill and/or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer and structural welding as work progresses. i SPECIAL INSPECTION AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION ITEMS REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE Indicate items requiring special inspection, structural testing or structural observations by checking the appropriate box: STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.1&IBC 1705.12.1) STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.2) CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION(IBC 1705.3) MASONRY CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.4) WOOD CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.5,IBC 1705.11.1& IBC 1705.12.2) SOILS CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.6) DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS(IBC 170S.7) CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS(IBC 1705.8) HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS(IBC 1705.9) SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS(IBC 1705.14) MASTIC&INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS(IBC 1705.15) EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS(EIFS)(IBC 1705.16) FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS(IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category IN or lV per IBC Table 1604.5. SMOKE CONTROL(IBC 1705.18) ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS(IBC 1705.12.5) PLUMBING, MECHANICAL&ELECTRIAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.6) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D, E or F. SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS(IBC 1705.12.8) SPECIAL CASES (IBC 1705.1.1) Material alternatives or unusual design applications. MISCELLANEOUS AREAS—These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer or Record and are to be approved by SAFEbuilt. i 1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have read and agree to comply with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement. Owner Print Name Ros s Shaver Owner Signature � Date 5-24-18 Contractor Print Name Pilot Travel Centers LLC Contractor Signature Date 5-24-18 c� Submit written Statement of Responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Once awarded, appropriate contractor's will submit statement of responsability Special Inspector Print Name TBD,will be provided when awarded Special Inspector Signature Date Submit WABO Certification for special inspection agency and inspectors,(or) Submit special inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. Name of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work I I Architect/Engineer of Record Print Name Roy B. Parsons III Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date Structural Observer TBD,will be provided when awarded Print Name Structural Observer Signature Date see attached special inspections for the buildinq and drawinq SFO for the sign x Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. G� Structural Observations required in accordance with IBC Section 1704.5. Accepted on Behalf of the Building Department. SAFEbuilt Print Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date i GENERAL SPECIAL INSPECTION NOTES 1. Special inspection is defined by the building code as"Inspection of construction requiring the expertise of an approved special inspector in order to ensure compliance with this code and the approved construction documents" (see 2015 IBC Chapter 17). 2. Definitions of special inspection frequency: a) Continuous: Special inspection by the special inspector who is present when and where the work to be inspected is being performed. b) Periodic: Special inspection by the special inspector who is intermittently present where the work to be inspected has been or is being performed. c) Perform: Tasks to be performed for each welded joint or member or for each bolted connection. d) Observe: Items to be observed on a random basis. Operations need not be delayed pending these inspection. e) Document: Create a report documenting that the work has been performed in accordance with the contract documents. 3. The owner or the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspections during construction on the types of work listed under 2015 IBC Section 1705. The special inspector shall be a qualified person who shall demonstrate competence,to the satisfaction of the building official,for inspection of the particular type of construction or operation requiring special inspection. The special inspector shall disclose all possible conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be confirmed by the building official and/or the design professional. 4. Report requirements: a) Special inspectors shall keep records of inspections. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the building official,and to the registered design professional in responsible charge. Reports shall indicate that work inspected was done in conformance to the approved construction documents. b) Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction. If the discrepancies are not corrected,the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the building official and to the registered design professional in responsible charge prior to the completion of that phase of the work. c) A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted at a point in time agreed upon by the permit applicant and the building official prior to the start of the work. 5. In the event that the project locale does not require a building official to be involved,the owner or owner's agent shall review the special inspection requirements with the design professional to determine which items for special inspection are mandatory. 6. Special inspection items listed in the following tables are required if the inspection item pertains to the project. DRAWING TITLE: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS W PILOT TRAVEL CENTER 0, 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD.MBI ARLINGTON.WA98223 Ik'� s 47325 �� michael Brady inc. COMM.NO. DATE: SHEET NO. �� 7 architecture.engineering .Interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP '��,`�kALcV�� ti 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 I 01 VS1�NAL KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 I STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS Project: PILOT TRAVEL CENTER Location: 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD.ARLINGTON,WA 98223 Owner: PILOT FLYING J Design Professional: W. NICHOLAS DEAL. P.E..S.E. This Statement of Special Inspections is submitted in accordance with Section 1704.3 of the 2015 IBC. It includes a Schedule of Special Inspection Services applicable to the above referenced Project as well as the identity of the individuals,agencies,or firms intended to be retained for conducting these inspections.If applicable, it includes Requirements for Seismic Resistance and/or Requirements for Wind Resistance. Are requirements for Seismic Resistance included in the Statement of Special Inspections? Yes Are requirements for Wind Resistance included in the Statement of Special Inspections? Yes The Special Inspector(s)shall keep records of all inspections and shall furnish interim inspection reports to the Building Official and to the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge at a frequency agreed upon by the Design Professional and the Building Official prior to the start of work. Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction. If the discrepancies are not corrected,the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Building Official and the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge prior to completion of that phase of work. A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting required special inspections and corrections of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official and the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge at the conclusion of the project. Frequency of interim report submittals to the Building Official and Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge shall be as follows: Building Official: Monthly Design Professional in Responsible Charge: Bi-weekly _ Preparers Seal Statement of Special Inspections Prepared by: W. NICHOLAS DEAL, P.E.,S.E. Type or print name Signature Date Building Official's Acceptance: Signature Date DRAWING TITLE: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS PILOT TRAVEL CENTER 0, 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD. M I ARL INGTON,WA 98223 o I I 1 michael Brady inc. COMM.NO. 1 DATE: SHEET NO. �G 47325 architecture.engineering.Interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP SSf 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 02 ONA KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 i . _ _ _ _ � y ■ � ■ ■ . I f SOILS CONSTRUCTION Soil 2015 IBC:Table 1705.6) Required Task Extent Description Service YES 1. Foundation bearing capacity Periodic Verify the materials below foundations Field inspection are adequate to achieve the design bearing capacity. YES 2. Excavations Periodic Verify the excavations are extended to Field inspection the proper depth and have reached proper material. YES 3. Perform classification and testing of Periodic Field inspection compacted fill materials YES 4. Compacted fill material Continuous Verify the use of proper materials, Field inspection densities and lift thicknesses during placement and compaction of... YES 5. Subgrade Periodic Prior to placement of compacted fill, Field inspection observe sub-grade and verify that the site has been properly prepared. DRAWING TITLE: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTER 20600M I AR S OKEYGTON,POINT 23 r Jl ARLINGTON,WA 98223 � ZJ COMM.NO. DATE: SHEET NO. ( r� mi_chael Brady inc. G\�r47325 architecture.engineering. Interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP A(.C''V,+Gti 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 03 ``s10NA1. KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 . ' �: 1 J 1 � 1 � I ■ � I � r - - vo SAFEbuilt , INSPECTION REPORT Jurisdiction Date Type of Inspection Inspector : -c. Please make the following corrections: Pot 1` SF�I.��1� . I�x�T� S�R��►s ��a ��L, +�.��T��1�ca� ►,- V, GEU S�xb9Tep r - 1b0 LI.E C.-k- IQA& �- Iti►w LC, � .►�� r -AC YL' RA.AiNL,(. LPICTA K1M-Aj I(_,7-0 (7,r Instructions: L BLDG. THIS SIDE 164'-9" OUT TO OUT FASCIA 12'-4j' 28'—G• 28,—G• 28'-0" 28'-0" 28'-0' 12'-4,j' U II I I I I AMC FASCIA c A +} A A A A (THIS SIDE ONLY) I A LL N I I'flllll'P I'CP C1P �OP �F 1P F_'CP r o D : —� — — p�T: — — D— : —� — — p�T: — — r L J L J L J L J L J D L J o' �j tOHt Ht Ht BACKLIGHTED FASCIA (TYP 3 SIDES) 1 —I A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 Al FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE 1/8" = 1'-O" CANOPY ELEVATIONS 51.60 HIGHEST FINISHED DRIVE ELEVATION UNDER CANOPY 50.51 LOWEST FINISHED DRIVE ELEVATION UNDER CANOPY 47.01 TOP OF ALL FOOTINGS (T-6"BELOW LOWEST GRADE) 20 CONDUIT W/SEAL OFF(PROVIDED FOR ANCHOR BOLT SHIPMENT BY FASHION, INC.) SEE �W 4" 12" 4" FINISHED GRADE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY:PILOT DRAWING FOUNDATION PLAN FOR SIZE AND =aa #C4.2 PLAN DATE:01/03/18 LOCATION = a 5" x 7" ELECTRICAL OPENING ='� 1 "0 HOLES (TYP ALL COLUMNS) SEE z o (mil DRAWING KEY FOUNDATION PLAN FOR L;2 LOCATION okcV 8j"0 HOLE IN BASE PLATE D=PVC DRAIN INVERT EXIT H rm c Z 3"0 PVC PIPE INTERIOR DOWNSPOUT 48 -AB4(12"0 x 30"ANCHORBOLT) C=(1)FULL HEIGHT 1"DIA CONDUIT I o o z HIGH POINT OF far p 00 (TYP ALL COLUMNS)SEE P=(1)PARTIAL HEIGHT 1"DIA CONDUIT FINISHED GRADE 6" FOUNDATION PLAN FOR DIRECTION H=HAND HOLE LOCATIONS ;>e .+, o o iv NOTE. `� DRAIN DIRECTION SHOWN NOT NOTE: $ N SITE SPECIFIC. CONDUITS EXIT 8"ABOVE TOP OF BASE PLATE _ z DIRECTION INDICATED ON FOUNDATION PLAN g " 00 (8) 4"x4"xl"GUSSETS 1A"O HOLES W TYP. 8" G ALL AROUND00 t t t I I i%s N 1 1/4"x20"x2O" PLATE co 2" 8" $" 2" 2„TwTar 2"N 9 da -1 N BASE PLATE DETAIL 20" J\�#4TOP OF PIER 1/2 SCALE: NA VERT. BARS®CO WOOD TEMPLATE CORNERS AND® XABT4 d CO ( ) • a CENTER OF EACH °ol 3"CLEAR L ..I SIDE 6 METALTEMPLATE (4)#4 HORZ. BARS NOTE: LOCAL FROST I.a 0 16" C.0 EACH WAY DRAIN DIRECTION SHOWN NOT o P (THREE LAYERS) SITE SPECIFIC. (SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR I' CONDUIT(SEE FOOTING DIRECTION) 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD T]H LRP 3/29/2018 c P N 1 0 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT TJH LRP 3/27/2018 FOOTING NOTES T.S. 12020/2" ANCHOR BOLTS: 1. OWNER /GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FOOTING AND ANCHOR COLUMN 1,j"0 x 30"LONG HEADED ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. DATE BOLT INSTALLATION. 4'-6" x 4'-6" ANCHOR ROD W/LEVELING NUTS 2. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE CAST ON LEVEL UNDISTURBED SOIL, ROCK OR PROPERLY / - &WASHERS(ASTM A36)ON TOP REVISIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE. BOTTOM OF FOOTING TO BE ABOVE WATER TABLE. FOOTING OF&BELOW BASE PLATE SIZE BASED ON MINIMUM 3000 PSF SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AT BASE AND 230 PSF FOUNDATION DETAIL PER FOOT OF DEPTH LATERAL BEARING CAPACITY. SEE GEOTEST GEOTECH REPORT. TYP 3. FOOTING CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF E SCALE 1 Q 1019 NORTH STREET—P.O.BOX 1050 3000 PSI. USE MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO OF 0.45. FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED IN co I OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 ACCORDANCE NTH AC1318-14(PLAIN CONCRETE BLOCK PIER). — — — �� (800)255-1009 4. TOPS OF ALL FOOTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE AT SAME ELEVATION. OWNER/ NON—SHRINK GROUT TO BE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BURIAL DEPTH FROM HIGH GRADE UNDER io APPLIED AFTER CANOPY IS LEVELED&SECURED. " AP° CANOPY. WHERE TOPS FOOTINGS ARE AT DIFFERENT ELEVATIONS, THE OWNER/ siw,civarvw"a�- GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CANOPY MANUFACTURER MATH ALL FOOTING — — — SUPPLIED&INSTALLED BY w9 maw u�ecw+'- 8 R78RIbBP Of 111® AND GRADE ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CANOPY FABRICATION. VARIATIONS FROM DESIGN ELEVATIONS MAY RESULT IN INADEQUATE CLEARANCE AND UNDER SIZED FOOTINGS. U 5. OWNER /GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PLACING SITE: NON—SHRINK GROUT UNDER ALL COLUMN BASES AFTER CANOPY IS LEVELED AND a SECURED. d d a d d ¢ 'De P.P N PILOT TRAVEL PLAZA#1103-AUTO 6. FOOTING REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A615 GRADE 60 DEFORMED BILLET 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD STEEL BARS WITH SPACING AS SHOWN ON DRAWING. d d 7. FOOTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE CONSTRAINED BY FUEL ISLAND AND DRIVE MAT a T°51QA1�"�"'� CONCRETE. WHERE THIS CONDITION DOES NOT EXIST, THE OWNER SHALL NOTIFY B"THREADED d,. CUCCT ^l0• �eT.un�am _ 'Y ARLINGTON�WA CANOPY MANUFACTURER. SHEET C C I I V ,z K. u,rE 6 SIZE: JOB NO. 8. ANCHOR RODS SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE NTH THIS DRANANG. TEMPLATES r iaay 2S-O"x164-9" SHALL BE USED TO ENSURE PROPER PLACEMENT OF ANCHOR RODS. ANCHOR RODS 1 ¢ THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO r%sSlr� 43OH6 SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT A MINIMUM OF 7"OF THREAD IS EXPOSED ABOVE TOP ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL FEDERAL COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT LAWS si rFNUDATION CANOPY OF FOOTING. BOTTOM OF THREADS SHALL NOT END MORE THAN 3/4" ABOVE TOP OF 3U" ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE FooTER. SCALE: NA EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF exaiRes os-is-zoleANCHOR BOLTS(8) FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED REQ'D PER FOOTING BLDG. THIS SIDE ACM FASCIA (ONE SIDE ONLY) 164'-9"OUT TO OUT FASCI 28'-0" 28'-0" 28'-0" 28'-0" 28'-0" W-44I OR- 1_p- 16"x3"x20 GA. STEEL FLAT (5)G17-318 (2) G17-128 I W12x14 ITFW12x14 W12x14 W12x14 CENTER GUTTER CENTER GUTTER W12x14 BACKLIGHTED PE1 PB2 PB2 PB2 B111 11 FASCIA THREE r 1JEI� I w I I . I . I I ( )I I . I I TYPSIDES) w N I 8,—O" TYP 8'-0" i0 I I W1 x14 W12x14 W12x14 W12x14 ( ) W 2x14 P81 p of i z PB2 z PB2 z PB2 z z z 0 o T7 0 0 0 o S2 oz 02 iG O x M1 x M1 X M1 X M1 x M E1 " s �_ W12x14 �_ W12x14 , �_ W12x14 �_ `- x14 B J ® PB2 J ® PB2 J ® PB2 J ® J ® W12x1 PB1 1 I I ,x ro ro �o `o HSS12"x1 "x1 2" �x C) 1 M M (j4 M M M M I El N iD E cmi r3 r3 Lmi COLUMN (TYP) r3 cmi W7 x14 W12x14 W72x14 W`l2x14 W12 14 .I PB1 _ _ _ _ _ PB2 _ _ _ _ _ _ PB2 _ _ _ _ _ PB2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Pei Q 0 S14 S14 S14 S14 S14 S14 S14 S14 S14 514 S14 514 E1 X53 E1 E1 X56 E1 E1 X56 E1 E1 X56 E1 E1 X56 E1 E1 X53 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 12"x3"x20 GA. Q6 PRECOATED STEEL"C" AS A¢ A3 A2 Al CHANNEL GUTTER (TYP) COLOR: WHITE DECAL FRAMING PLAN PILOT MITE FFACTORYOAPPLIEDOBDED AND 01 PILOT YELLOW Laco FASHION, INC. (TYP EACH E1 Scale:1/8"=1'-0" END ELEVATION) PLOT W ITE PEOr rEuow PEOT Wxn PWnT WHITE 12'-6" 12'-6" PILOT RED �O PILOT RED a 0 oDoi 0 op 0 3" PANEL RISE 3"PANEL RISE 3"0 PVC INTERIOR BOTTOM OF FASCIA COLLECTOR BOX o DOWNSPOUTS(TYP) n w Q� z BOTTOM OF - g BASE PLATE ' ^!� -`-x� INTERIOR COLUMN DOWNSPOUT i I I i I i BOTTOM OF BASE PLATE •SEE F1 OF 1 DRAWING D, SIDE ELEVATION D2 END ELEVATION FOR BURY INFORMATION El Scale:1/8"=1'-0" E1 Scale:1/8"=V-0" STEEL NOTES 1. DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST AISC SPECIFICATIONS. DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF COLD FORMED STEEL SECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST AISI SPECIFICATIONS. 1/4"WEB STIFFENERS GALV.STEEL 2. STRUCTURAL MATERIALS: CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS— ASTM A992 OR A572 GRADE 50(Fy= 50 KSI) (N.S. &F.S.) GUTTER ANGLES/CHANNELS— ASTM A36(Fy= 36 KSI) FIELD LOCATE HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS(TUBE)— ASTM A500 GRADE B(Fy= 46 KSI) AND CDT 1"x 6" PIPE SECTIONS— ASTM A53, GRADE B (Fy= 35 KSI) SUB—GIRT(3 ROWS CUTOUT IN PLATE— ASTM A36(Fy= 36 KSI) Tl1' 3/4"x12"x22" ATTACHED TO GUTTER ROOF DECK— ASTM A653, GRADE 50(Fy= 50 KSI), GALVANIZED (G60)WITH BAKED 1� CAP PLATE OUTRIGGER WITH (2) ENAMEL FINISH #10xi" TEK SCREWS STEEL OUTRIGGERS— ASTM A653 GR. CS(Fy= 25 KSI), GALVANIZED(G90) PER OVERFLOW COVER ASTM 924 #G20 TO BE POP STRUCTURAL BOLTS— ASTM A325 3/4"A-325 BOLTS AND NUTS RIVETED IN PLACE ANCHOR RODS— ASTM F1554 GR. 36 1 10" (8 PER CONNECTION) Gq OVERFLOW @GUTTER 3. WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST ANSI / 3/8"x4"x4"GUSSET(4)PER I 2"x2"x2OGA GALV. KNEE E1 TYP.(12)PLACES-SEE PLAN AWS D1.1 COLUMN COLUMN (TYP ALL COLUMNS) BRACE(#KB)LOCATE AT EACH 4. FIELD CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BOLTED CONNECTIONS UNLESS SPECIFIED ON PURLIN AND FASTEN TO NEAREST DRAWING. (a)TYP. CROSSBEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION I OUTRIGGER 5. ALL STRUCTURAL BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL USE ASTM A325 BOLTS. BOLTED JOINTS SHALL BE TIGHTENED TO SNUG TIGHT PER LATEST RCSC SPECIFICATION. E1 6. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SHOP COATED WITH A RED—OXIDE RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER. FIELD TOUCH—UP, FINISH PAINTING, AND MAINTENANCE SHALL BE THE CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED). "A-325 BOLTS 7. DESIGN LOADS PER 2016 WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS(2015 AND NUTS(4 PER �j 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD TJH LRP 3/29/2018 IBC/ASCE 7-10): CONNECTION) a 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT TJH LRP 3/27/2018 GO PURLIN 1s x 2•x 11 •STIFFENER OUTRIGGER(OR7) PURLIN (NS @ FS) 0 2'-8" CENTERS ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. DATE ROOF LIVE LOAD = 20 PSF(ERECTION AND MAINTENANCE ONLY— NO PUBLIC ACCESS) I REVISIONS FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD = 25 PSF STIFFENERATTACH OUTRIGGER BASED ON GROUND SNOW LOAD- 25 PSF TO DECK RIB WITH SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR Ce= 1.0 THERMAL FACTOR Ct= 1.2 CAULK WATER 10x TEK SCREWS 1019 NORTH STREET—P.O.BOX 1050 IMPORTANCE FACTOR Is= 1.0 PURLIN TIGHT PANEL CLAMP OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 WIND LOADS: xs3 TYP. CROSSBEAM TO PURLIN CONNECTION ✓ (800)255-1009 LATERAL= 25 PSF(USING O.6W FOR ASS) UPLIFT = 20 PSF USING O.6W FOR ASD ( ) 7n mwwo:r,�crwln�N BASED ON 110 MPH ULTIMATE WIND SPEED PER ASCE 7-10 EXPOSURE"C" CROSSBEAM w.vnouow��E°wKlea BdIBIMlb91'Of��IB (EQUIVALENT TO NOMINAL 85 MPH EXPOSURE"C") CROSSBEAM USE(2) #12 x 1r TEK ROOF PANEL " "KTx"ems SCREWS DECK PANEL TO SMIC AD --xN BOTTOM OF CENTER GUTTER SITE: SITE CLASS"D"PER GEOTEST GEOTECH REPORT/16-0434 DATED 9/15/16, PURLIN rPURLIN SOFFIT ANGLE(XMT1)ATTACH TO. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY"D" BOTTOM OF FASCIA s PILOT TRAVEL PLAZA#1103-AUTO Sds= 0.768G(Ss= 1.078, FO = 1.069), Sd1 = 0.443G (S1 = 0.421, Fv= 1.579) ANGLE 3"x ROOF PANEL WITH #8 x " , QE P,N SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM IS NON—BLDG INVERTED PENDULUM/CANTILEVERED _ 4"A32580LT5 3"x3/16„ (WHITE)TEK SCREWS 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD COLUMN, R = 2 �•x 2"x 11} &NUT S OWER SOFFIT TRIM petl�"""^I"� � _ ARLINGTON WA STFFENER STIFFENER '✓p Cs= 0.39, DESIGN BASE SHEAR = CsxW= 3.4 K/COL USING EQUIVALENT LATERAL (INS&FS) TYPICAL END FASCIA SHEET N 0. w..W�,o FORCE PROCEDURE PURLIN PURLIN E1 SECTION Size JOB NO. DEAD LOADS: THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO I649 25-0"x164-9" 43086 -FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS• 'F o, r� DECK /GUTTER /LIGHTS I 5 PSF GAP /� /1 ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE SSi 6-COLUMN CANOPY DRAWING NO. FASCIA— 15 PLF(PER DESIGN) �" /L,\Imo/ EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF exalRes 09-16.2018 FRAMING PLAN STRUCTURAL STEEL— SELF WIT 514 ANGLE LATERAL BRACING LE CONCRETE- 145 PCF xss TYP. PURLIN JOINT E1 FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED E1 AND DETAILS E1 OF 1 5g b NOTE: PLACE END CAP OVER END OF PANEL —THIS END ONLY— a OPJ EORO\�0 G OJ55� �FPS�QER E� l� t1Je0 o e o e 45 _ 0� — 0 o e 0 1 R PUR�TN e PANEL "C"CLAMP ATTACH FLAT FLASHING ON TOP OF DECK OVER SCUPPER CUT OUT TO BLOCK DAYLIGHT OVERFLOW SCUPPER (LOCATE AS SHOWN ON FRAMING PLAN DRAWING E1 OF 1 GUTTER CAULK TOP FLANGE OF GUTTER & COLLECTOR BOX USING A 112- BEAD. AFTER ASSEMBLY WIPE UNDERSIDE OF CANOPY FREE OF CAULK 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD TJH 3/29/2018 NOTE: 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT TJH 3/27/2018 SEE FRAMING PLAN FOR SIZE & NUMBER OF MEMBERS ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. DATE REVISIONS 1019 NORTH STREET—P.O.BOX 1050 OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 (800)255-1009 mras�,unr�crr.�nFrs sm�cruwu:❑vu BIMIBIOber Of1(1* LIl9l%L.1LI I�JlS1L�J SITE: a0e P,N PILOT TRAVEL PLAZA#1103-AUTO 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD ranu:rnav Mom ` SHEESHEET NU. uweaocowessmme _ SIZE: TONa WA T IV a".�M44 P.c SIZE: JOB N0. THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO "� k�ieav 25-0"x164-9" *FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS* Fssi 6-COLUMN CANOPY 43086 A ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE nr E DRAWING No. EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF exPiRes Ds-is-zo16 FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED STANDARD SDI OF I DETAILS Ifir STRUCTURAL STEEL CALCULATIONS FOR PILOT/FLYING J TRAVEL CENTER 25' X 165' (6) COLUMN AUTO CANOPY ARLINGTON, WA Fashion Dwg#43086 DESIGN LOADS (2016 CA BLDG CODE): Risk Category II Roof Live Load: 20 psf(erection and maintenance only—no public access) Flat Roof Snow Load: 25 psf Ground Snow Load: 25 psf Design Wind Loads 110 mph, Exposure "B" —Ultimate Wind Speed per ASCE 7-10 Lateral on Fascia: 25 psf(Using 0.6W for ASD) Uplift on Deck: 20 psf(Using 0.6W for ASD) Seismic Design: Sds= 0.768g(Ss= 1.078, Fa= 1.069), Shc =0.443g(S 1 =0.421, Fv= 1.579) Site Class "D"Per GeoTest Geotech Report dated 9/15/16 Seismic Design Category "D", le= 1.0 R=2 (Non-building Inverted Pendulum/Cantilevered column) Cs= 0.39, Ve= 0.39*W=3.4 kips/col. (Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure) Allow. Soil Brg.: 3000 psf Per GeoTest Geotech Report O� P. N Calculations By: ` F Chander Nangia, PE 3P 7423 Hollow Ridge Drive Houston, TX 77095 �r64y WA License# o�� r� EXPIRES 09-16-201 a WO Z 5.r4 ;5 iJoro W Rg")K (9040 54ff Kt%& D415Ct) DelfteA4f) AS lim cc als &wmot*$) t e�eo�cs � 440 r } (rop FJA46 Old SPW #60 " �vovio axes r� 7 - � 3�Fs�it� x1t.f U ❑z O O Q Q O O H 6 x O ❑ Y G o a a a a a I- w z W O O N N D O Z Z> c c o 0 0 j�ON N N ❑ ❑ ❑ D r U Lo Z 4k w z ❑ 4t 4t L 4 , X, LL, m O it it & # # -y LU m m 0 u¢ z co ow � 0 o 9 90 m - D rr >wO W M (n rbOKZa�OQO O N N U U N L� 2 DW Qto m7 Zrn o m rn rn m V p Z o zz N o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 3 �t�VZ c u o 0 0 0 0 0 o c LL0a m Z)m Q W v#i d Z v o m m > > > > > O� OZQ. 4t a u u LL m m Q .Q� Z v _ e _ _ j o V w u� ®S ❑pd, i M M u a Z '?� Z JOZh�im vim h w a a a �ovvorowa J %Z V O_ 1O_+ O_ O_ O_ O_ o r V W w ❑LL N imV W O pp GG p� J❑ZrIL?.d'f/7J W z ik 2 Ort a R A 00 U UO"U J> R LL J j r X J ❑ IL Ez 0_ J a Q ❑ V J Q t a yC Cy p� Q¢j U) N U itl W :w A �k R R A 0,LL J O Z D yy r }w O G Q O p p J N W a{y C z IL O D z �i �i Z Z > > > > > LL N.: J a V C G ❑ ❑ ❑ O ❑ w r K w<Y ❑6pV z > w Q , q a a a a a zo m EL F. 7^l ' Oy m ry ry e Z 7 > '} > �❑z hZ Y r N N it Ot it it it it V O U VI g a �o a+ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o m �� 1O ,� o o d d o o c o ¢ w 1 ' m O Cl) Q LL N N N N U) a 0 n VV U ro aZ 2 W O 1 N N N N " 0 00 0 p m 0C DMX O z m r J j U U H p� f Y <o <o W T p 4 O LL J O L" 0o n ¢ ` U v O Q o N �0 m a• O Y w z 0. O� cwis w �+►� mm 3 3 3 3 3 w z 0 L) tv d m U LL❑ N N N Tits N m r Q U m U) J N t0 D r 0 O z LL U uul0 m +n h n a w O J 0. > v w ❑ w >Q (/J N N N N D 40 0 0 U:9- !i w Z y O � L)) a age WAb (� Row fitezoA p a r r � � u 5%c v 14 AAA, t CC 7 66- A s Q.7 Fay Pees cr. ow e zk � _ j z o q o 0 0 Jz tlI G O G 0 0 0 0 _ 0511� Q a n o 0 0 0 0 0 0 ua Y Cl) a O O a C O O W Y W j Qj pp QQ Q ? Z W w y m 0 } am a # # u F Z'n m o o a Lm Z O O O O O O M m (p O O O O C] O J _ U. ooz 0 S S S S 8 ci J O o c o 0 0 0 6 0 a s J oQW Cf p Q Q s o s s s s of - z N a000 a Q o 0 0 0 0 `o aca`Q� v, c7 uj k o Ld ep o 0 0 0 0 a m ° a Y m o 0 0 0 0 0 o Q' _ ''� o m o 0 o o o a O c c c c o c c 4 jcl OJ S Q W J o 0 0 0 0 0 o F d � F U Q r) Q Y N G G G O C O G Q D z Z m W �(� co um] l—� F 0 L ~ O O O O O O O O O O pp O 0 V, U N N N N N N fO�t N Z �r N N r y z U O Q �2 O m J m0 a O X LL u vi vi IL v O O Ov m W o z a¢ � yy V � u o 0 0 4 0 0 0 o u� O v m z ~$a e� o o y o c c c Z Q Z \� p p �y O p p o V _ \ LOU N �p O O �p O O O O 0 �2 U y O O O O 2,Q F� W m J Z LL Lov LO Y m y 2 m d a u4, U ¢g w Y 7 Q U U J d a uQi In LLI 1 IL �� a a o to Y 4 j QU a Y �i Q O �1 Ua O z r Z J r� dn W 0 W DJ JJ U V O Z 0o J v F \ F O a I LL L o ...LL O 0:W O rD uj U c d J Q' Vor z w F- Lij pQN v �LL cs o zN �-U U) N VC V u] co m U m d5 AJ-76 1)ru-6 T C-4002rO JZC OU COt.uhY .s Sr�4L6 cx v P I � (As L 13, (07 5t�r3l�L I z � ho — (56c, 1�5�5 x Oz tel a6 k5iff T� 5T (04 .gyp �' ��C L r) + C ,j �P6 1s) pct I � (ZY1 Y, � AT I i I s ' 7 I �1'L fl`t OPVC-5 s Ci)oy -5- bc, , 5 0s:De u70 x r c EorCa gc jbtr , CC-orL Y 1"E 0 tr S.rrr CL,ts3 5-s 595 =o. 6S' I cpoo - otgz < I�Jv. tuvsl/C,40 rlL,66e co C' a 7� � d. 3 q f S l� /t t r I � � f Gvwl-4rA 6 0I CZOWN, D-r&--c ' V S I 45765 rife ' � I C, 4 C ox,F w f 6 /lac)*41+0Z Y y I I ! _ _ r9k 6 roes ~ G� ,.m Ly Ck 6-V rwc-, Ak &P wiv. lox t2-,t:; q:24 5,0 C, N f o/194) 6010�0� 5�, � I ! I �� fC (SAF PILOCU PA,(IG 57�5� (AS-))) V/0 Column: M1 Shape: HSS12x12x8 26.751 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 7: D+ Live ( A k Code Check: 0.055 (bending) 25.4 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections f 1.28 at 0 ft i 048 at 0 ft 3 ; V k fa ksi 1.215 at 19 ft .918 at 0 ft .145 at 0 ft i fc ksi M k-ft it € D in ' ft ksi ' -.145 at 0 fit -.018at19 AISC 14fh(360-10):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.055 Max Shear Check 0.000 i Location O ft Location O ft Equation H1-lb* Max Defi Ratio L110000 Bending Flange Compact Compression Flange Non-Slender Bending Web Compact Compression Web Non-Slender Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnclom 490.608 k KUr 48.768 48.758 Pntlom 575.689 k Mn/om 205.669 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft j Vn/am 162.999 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 4, ou&rplu( use Column: M9 Shape: HSS12x12x8 22.251 at 0 ft � Material: A500_46 I Length: 19 ft 1 Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 8: D + Snow Unbal 4. A k Code Check: 0.171 (bending) 20.9 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections 1.065at0ft �I .132at0ft i fa ksi V k i 1 at19ft 4.806 at 0 ft 30.604 at 0 ft = fc ksi M k-ft i 4.411at19ft 28at19ft -4.411 at 19 ft f ft ksi D in I -4.806 at 0 ft -.873 at 19 ft to o, E AISC 14th(360-90):ASD Code Checkz Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.171 Max Shear Check 0.001 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft 0� Equation H1-1 b Max Deft Ratio Bending Flange Compact Compression Flange Non-Slender Bending Web Compact Compression Web Non-Slender , Out Plane In Plane C Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 490.608 k KUr 48.758 48.758 Pnt/om 575.689 k j Mn/om 205.669 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 162.999 k Tau_b 1 Cb 1.034 bt-w6w Am coepy Column: M1 Shape: HSS12x12x8 22.251 at 0 ft Material: A500 46 Length: 19 ft Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 9: D+.75 (Sbal + Wlat)'60 A k Code Check: 0.228 (bending) 20.9 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections E 1.065 at 0 ft 2.226 at 0 ft fa ksi V k � 1 at 19 ft i 6.663 at 0 ft 42.292 at 0 ft fc bbbbbbom. ksi M k-ft ft ksi D in r 11,11,11,1111W -6.663 at 0 ft -.834 at 19 ft i AISC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check ©,6 Z/ Direct Analysis Method f Max Bending Check 0.228 Max Shear Check 0.014 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1b Max Defl Ratio 16ASM- Bending Flange Compact Compression Flange Non-Slender Bending Web Compact Compression Web Non-Slender Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 490.608 k KUr 48.758 48.758 Pnt/om 575.689 k Mn/om 206.669 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 162.999 k Taub 1 Cb 1.667 Ovy Column. M1 Shape: HSS12x12x8 18.876 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 10: .75(Sunba€+Wlat) A k Code Check: 0.333 (bending) 17.525 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections .903 at 0 ft 2.288 at 0 ft fa ksi V k { .839at19ft I 10.158 at 0 ft 64.472 at 0 ft Bloom I ! fc ksi M k-ft 3.309at19ft 21 at19ft -3.309 at 19 ft ft ksi D in f -10.158 at 0 ft -1.475 at 19 ft r A1SC 14fh(360-10):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.333 Max Shear Check 0.014 i Location O ft Location O ft / Equation H1-1b Max Defl Ratio JJ4," Bending Flange Compact Compression Flange Non-Slender Bending Web Compact Compression Web Non-Slender Out Plane In Plane j Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 490.608 k KUr 48.758 48.758 Pnt/om 675.689 k f Mn/om 205.669 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 162.999 k Taub 1 Cb 1.369 i i fin Column: M1 Shape: HSS12xl2x8 8.751 at 0 ft Material: A500 46 Length: 19 ft I I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 11: D + Wlat Code Check: 0.273 (bending) A k Report Based On 97 Sections 7.4 at 19 ft I f .419at0ft 2.861 at0ft fa ksi .354 at 19 ft V k 8.563 at 0 ft 54.354 at 0 ft i I i fc ftba, ksi M k-ft I ft ksi D in PPPPPPP" II i -8.563 at 0 ft -1.072 at 19 ft RISC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check `,/will �raj 07 Direct Analysis Method (( Max Bending Check 0.273 Max Shear Check 0.018 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1b Max Deft Ratio U243 Bending Flange Compact Compression Flange Non-Slender I Bending Web Compact Compression Web Non-Slender i Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 490.608 k KUr 48.768 48.758 Pnt/om 575.689 k Mn/om 205.669 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/am 162.999 k Taub 1 I Cb 1.667 I kko-oj000 xav Column: M1 Shape: HSS12xl2x8 9.661 at 0 ft Material: A500 46 4 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 12: D+ .7 (Flat+ Evert) A k Code Check: 0.301 (bending) 8.31 at 19 ft 4 Report Based On 97 Sections i i .462at0ft 3.155at0ft fa ksi 398 at 19 ftV k i I I i f f 9.443 at 0 ft 59.936 at 0 ft R21- h1ft., fc ksi M k-ft ft ® ksi D in PPPPP I -9.443 at 0 ft -1.182 at 19 ft AISC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.301 Max Shear Check 0.019 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation HI-lb Max Defl Ratio LAW Bending Flange Compact Compression Flange Non-Slender Bending Web Compact Compression Web Non-Slender Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 490.608 k KL/r 48.768 48.768 Pnt/om 675.689 k Mnfom 205.669 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 162.999 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 Column: I M1 Shape: HSS12x12x8 9.661 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint' N1 J Joint: N2 LC 13: D + Omega(.7)(Elat) + Evert A k Code Check: 0.593 (bending) 8.31 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections 6.309 at 0 ft .462 at 0 ft fa ksi .398 at 19 ft V I k 18.886 at 0 ft 119.871 at Oft { I fc 1bbhwhksi M k-ft i I I ft ksi D in E i -18.886 at 0 ft -2.364 at 19 ft RISC 14fh(36O-10): ASD Code Check fey- Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.593 Max Shear Check 0.039 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1 b Max Del Ratio L196 Bending Flange Compact Compression Flange Non-Slender Bending Web Compact Compression Web Non-Slender Seismic Provisions Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 490.608 k KL/r 48.758 48.758 Pnt/om 576.689 k Mn/cm 206.669 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 162.999 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 0(/� Company Mar 29,201 IIIRI 11:30 AM SADesi,ner Job Number Checked By: Model Name Pilot[nline Auto Canopy Column &SO044 Joint Reactions (By Combination Cat- O i._. LC __.-_-Joint Label --______X Ike_.__-.- Y fkj _.__-...- 1 1 N1 I 0 i 8.751 0 2 ! 1 Totals: Q ! 8.751 3 1 i COG ft : X: 0 Y: 17,533 i 4 2 1 N1 0 18 0 5 2 Totals: 0 18 E 6 2 COG ft : X: 0 Y: 19 7 3 147 U N1 ! 0 13.5 29.535 8 1 3 ! Totals: 0 I 13.5 9 3 ' COG (ft): X: 0 Y: 19 10 4 N1 -2.8 0 ! 53.2 11 4 W Totals: -2.8 0 12 4 COG ft : NC NC 13 5 N1 ! -4.4 I 0 83.6 14 I 5 L, Totals: I -4.4 0 15 I 5 COG (ft): I NC ! NC 16 6 N1 0 1.3 0 17 6 ' Totals: 0 1.3 18 6 COG ft : I X: 0 Y. 19 I �t p Ez VA LUE-S A ke fDe 0^ 0-7 FzA-r s ©' 7 (CHI s 5, 1 '� 7 6)c -7 (1, RISA-2D Version 16.0.0 [CA...1...\...1...1...1...143086.Artington.WA.Inline.Auto.canopy.column.28cc.20psf.r2b]ge 2 r F w W W LL o o la, W az0 C7 U' C7 U' m C7 wwy CCc = a I LJ �a $ Cl! top vUw IL Z 0 aW udusdidw0 E z lia ?rp C �a'4'!Y EJ c LL�LL� m a� 8N o If � O O O S 00Y N e aO �� a Z J M M N N (/J J n E ro Q Q zy - U. o rn ^CY.�W LU $ QAC!Aa =$v �T' `J v�io• m y a Z a U. 1- d Cf d z l� om " NO v a0sW $p o ay M1 N XO Z I.I..W ti Qa o �i aH , m �\ D Y N N N N = w IL •1 II O I d'T F T U ^ W m co N N �� N Z y U Z � +��rT1] iiip!!! iiikkk S ik o a It_a Z a J w �J o a m z o Ion, voi, gi, v ¢a g g N N + h It-, ` m o- r - — O Y o c cc m $ � O$ Va� ui g U) 0` 8J O mo YmZ �a z b Yo_ LU {IZZ ti p p p w U ` C Z O O O S (0 q N N � � Z_y � � O lL o com W i— m m CD 0 J Z 1n In N N w to � Q F- (� d fq W M1 r J w f n `J�,y -1 M N N N N 99+ m a Q wE7w a S m Z COY pN N N \V—^ J Z O O O O `h yZ 2 Q mo V=U d Z Z Ld N NO ++ztx W yaJQ. Z)w `4 O QW @ j U Z *Y~� M M o o lIwLLII w o x M y g W �~ O 2 r c c o o 'rt\ c o o p + Q 2 o O m a i�- •� U o I` O LL O 7 _ m O- �- w Z o z $ $ $ 0 0 Z N co w m U. LU n �`j W2 m 4r w ®10 0 d - o o 0(n2 ._ 0�� O O y 2JJ 2� ar`ZaZa¢�j o Li ncoicoi w W- Z N N CO — fA O Cq m N N w l: 0 W.Z ¢ U w 0 WS 7 w lai w o0 nla �$ 8 $ o ary� UZ co, o y~ w Hoo per— I I T U O Y C D C n 7 Cal =W Z: W U 0 LLLWyyy J yaY O Nw J O O O O U JF �� Jma W * M (lW��Y LC GnG o g o o U "' In co M w A Z 2 0 J g 4m O O p U ~ go` m w N N 7 F MLij C/�LLI a Z r °' m ]w O D LL U UO GAY m m Vo yQ� o o �� YU �< w Z O =» � � i Z 0 UV a W V W~�N 'O O O O ui C7 m'� $ U yZ� w2 O c LL N N CO m Z Z Y M W w Y W CO \ Y CO CO N N w W LaZ O O O O V J U 4 V ' v U. m o$ r� J T u4i. Uf> HNP m M1 U M g- OU �X N N a0 dw q o 0 00 O wY O i s I�i, IQi• 7a O m Y In 7 W W S Y w n Q J a Y 2 O o 0 o V J W r U tl - Z Y ME ('?adN �Y o o o 0 0 0 m LU 0 �ma m O o co DO U mIJ�d~z Y J W w g N M 7 N M Y R d 17 t¢ W o N �n en Sri p A � Q Y N N N N V a Ym rn rn w CD W_ c2 QQ z z Y W z O ' N p m m m m y a Y tyU W W tyL1 �J U x z Lij O 0 } } } > r� y VC U U Er F- y Er m m m m cl H x y to > p T a co m m cp o uto W < v@ a y ^ z LU Y Uw oaQ o z .;zr co "NJ � W w �Q O } } � } Cl) Q w 0 tL uwi a O Cl? LL = H U m �? n Q tL ,, O w z v v v < 3¢ �O L1, 0 u Z r c Q m W o co �., U O ay J� W nJQ ^ C7� zy g z cr Er co LU T❑ ¢ zto �W Wco o 0 o O 0) + p WOLL , I": v Q O sQJW zo o d o z 4 Zw? ? am z a m Q Q� c _azj wm ow z o Q OO N Q O C0 Qt � J 2 ya a ca p w Q oUa z m O y >cc U - ¢ Q p z + v z O Y F- � � W LL 0 of of ai of W LOUC7 U� a pw ry � w0_ v v v Q �¢ ty7 W wY 000 c v ro V z g co ov7 o 0 o uoi rr1 O 3QW 7U QOY m0 q Q o m O I— �1 �d .� � W m V 01 N t9 W n m �' ¢❑ o Q a Q UJ 0 y r m ti m 0 0 0 0 ... w Q Y U❑ W 2 iy� `NL O m O O N N w m d a 7 N N Q Z y 0 H y Cn m o > of ai m ci U a w r w v v v z a M O W Q= C 1 O O Q 0 V J + �� Q �� Z N L fl m O }"• O w ui w z a ai �a w c93 HmU W r`. cn o o a o g QQZQLL m w m m �e W�_n pub] zS ? z OU aama_ m m 7U 2Qm ¢y v, m 'T ry a�i X LQ O= mrwn Z >Y ri m N N U O � Q D Y O O O Q U C Q O Lu H ` z O J Ico m 1L� O �_ O u> F-W w N Q F- N m u y[ co N Z N d' w W w... m m V a >w amo ¢ ? ¢ >y uoi voi K� � Q ? QtL Q O � ¢ Q w a y�'� F- O a 2 O L> m y m � ¢� D Y o o 0 W C w m �y JN O Q = GI` N O 4 v tL Cf d O O S\J o c x Y o o CO W o o Cl) ri a Q �zui d Z o ca v w p N CDC coaq m � aoo ¢ 2 0 lL M m O O Y N N j] v� O¢y Y Om ¢y �( co iL ro m co of co� QOY o o U in— U W m w �� •� 0 N m Q Q r N m v O O � LL U U z L, z L� O Q O Q w w O O o O ii O �o 124-3" OUT TO OUT FASCIA 2'-7 " 34-0" 17-0" 17-0" 17-0* 17-0" 17-0" 2'-74" z ACM FASCIA I (TYP) I I I I I _J Io � a N II rA m F1 J r—T— r—T— r—T—+ r—T— r—T—+ r—T—+ r—T— w I I I I I I I I I > 0 } IT C H C H C H C H C H C "T H C H C I H o C I C-t I �-t I I I I I I I L—�.L—J L_F.L_J L—F.L—J L_�.L_J L_�.L_J L—�.L—J L—�.L—J L ~ � N D D D D D D D D 0 N I I I I I I I I T8 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 FOUNDATION PLAN CANOPY ELEVATIONS SCALE 3/16" = 1'-0" 51.58 HIGHEST FINISHED DRIVE ELEVATION UNDER CANOPY 20" 50.70 LOWEST FINISHED DRIVE 0 4" 12" 4" ELEVATION UNDER CANOPY CONDUIT W/SEAL OFF(PROVIDED BY W FASHION,INC.)SEE FOUNDATION PLAN w s TOP OF ALL FOOTINGS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION 66 47.20 FOR ANCHOR BOLT SHIPMENT 5"x 7"ELECTRICAL OPENING =s< 1ij"0 HOLES (T-6"BELOW LOWEST GRADE) (TYP ALL COLUMNS)SEE a N a (V FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION "O E 2-< * � o N + ° + 8"0 HOLE IN BASE PLATE FINISHED GRADE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY: ENLARGED GRADING PLAN-TRUCK ISLAND DRAWING#C4.2 HIGH POINT OF ^i o m O 00 (TYPPALL COLUMNS) SEESEE OWNSPOUT PLAN DATE: 1/3/18 64 -A64(lZ"m x 30"ANCHORBOLTJ FINISHED GRADE 1q 10" L) FOUNDATION PLAN FOR DIRECTION - s ° NOTE: DRAWING KEY N 04 DRAIN DIRECTION SHOWN NOT IL N SITE SPECIFIC. 0 D=PVC DRAIN INVERT EXIT C=(1)FULL HEIGHT 1"DIA CONDUIT 1N'0 HOLES _ ? 00 (8)4"x4"xj' GUSSETS P=(1)PARTIAL HEIGHT 1"DIA CONDUIT o } H=HAND HOLE LOCATIONSrj r c" m N N _ UU _ NOTE: °� a CONDUITS EXIT 8"ABOVE TOP OF BASE PLATE o �< 1 j"x20"x2O" BASE PLATE DIRECTION INDICATED ON FOUNDATION PLAN 2" 8„ 8" 42" 2„ 81. 8" iv 2n r BASE PLATE DETAIL 20" TOP OF SCALE: NA FOOTING XABT4(WOOD TEMPLATE) #4 VERT.BARS O 3/8 a CORNERS AND O 44 CENTER OF EACH o I 8 WOOD TEMPLATE - 3"CLEAR -4 a ' NOTE: �I} d DRAIN DIRECTION SHOWN NOT (4)p4 HORZ.BARS O SITE SPECIFIC. (SEE 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD TJH LRP 3/29/2018 14"C.0 EACH WAY FOUNDATION PLAN FOR (THREE LAYERS) CONDUIT(SEE FOOTING DIRECTION) 0 APPROVAL PERMIT TJH LRP 3/27/2018 . q PLAN FOR DIRECTION) FOOTING NOTES I ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. DATE 1. OWNER /GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FOOTING AND ANCHOR T.S. 1202x5/16" ANCHOR BOLTS: BOLT INSTALLATION. 1,j"0 x 30" LONG HEADED REVISIONS 2. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE CAST ON LEVEL UNDISTURBED SOIL, ROCK OR PROPERLY COLUMN ANCHOR ROD W/LEVELING NUTS 4'-0"x 4'-0" COMPACTED SUBGRADE. BOTTOM OF FOOTING TO BE ABOVE WATER TABLE. FOOTING / &WASHERS(ATSM A36)ON TOP SIZE BASED ON MINIMUM 3000 PSF SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AT BASE AND 230 PSF FOUNDATION DETAIL OF&BELOW BASE PLATE PER FOOT OF DEPTH LATERAL BEARING CAPACITY. SEE GEOTEST GEOTECH REPORT. 1019 NORTH STREET-P.O.BOX 1050 3. FOOTING CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 1/4 OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 3000 PSI. USE MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO OF 0.45. FOOTINGS ARE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AC1318-14(PLAIN CONCRETE BLOCK PIER). m j I (800)255-1009 4. TOPS OF ALL FOOTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE AT SAME ELEVATION. OWNER ** GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BURIAL DEPTH FROM HIGH GRADE UNDER NON-SHRINK GROUT TO BE mxsnnnc rxnru CANOPY. WHERE TOPS OF FOOTINGS ARE AT DIFFERENT ELEVATIONS, THE OWNER L=j I APPLIED AFTER CANOPY IS srn�cmw+a rrutiu BIMIBIO�IBI'O �I19 �Il-Fl�ly'('IrJ • fX'Yi .l(�fa9Yilfi"I GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CANOPY MANUFACTURER WITH ALL FOOTING W LEVELED &SECURED. s` LULLiI�:J�-7 Ul7l%uIU I�JlS1LRJ AND GRADE ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CANOPY FABRICATION. VARIATIONS FROM DESIGN _ SUPPLIED&INSTALLED BY ELEVATIONS MAY RESULT IN INADEQUATE CLEARANCE AND UNDER SIZED FOOTINGS. — — — OTHERS 5. OWNER /GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PLACING �•..q...� SITE: NON-SHRINK GROUT UNDER ALL COLUMN BASES AFTER CANOPY IS LEVELED AND p PILOT TRAVEL CENTER#1103-TRUCK SECURED. a OE R H 6. FOOTING REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A615 GRADE 60 DEFORMED BILLET d d 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD STEEL BARS WITH SPACING AS SHOWN ON DRAWING. 8"THREADED 4 d ARLINGTON,WA 7. FOOTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE CONSTRAINED BY FUEL ISLAND AND DRIVE MAT 4 d wru>4r�easic" 9 CONCRETE. WHERE THIS CONDITION DOES NOT EXIST, THE OWNER SHALL NOTIFY SHEET N O. p SIZE: JOB N0. CANOPY MANUFACTURER. IZ"m - 4.. �} B. ANCHOR RODS SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS DRAWING. TEMPLATES THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO 25-0"X124-3"SHALL BE USED TO ENSURE PROPER PLACEMENT OF ANCHOR RODS. ANCHOR RODS 0FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS O fir, ?Tay SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT A MINIMUM OF 7"OF THREAD IS EXPOSED ABOVE TOP 30 ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE 'P'I'4i 8-COLUMN CANOPY 43087 OF FOOTING. BOTTOM OF THREADS SHALL NOT END MORE THAN 3/4" ABOVE TOP OF ' TITLE: DRAWING NO. FOOTER. ANCHOR BOLTS(8)REQ'D ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL TC 2 EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PER FOOTING FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED EXPIRES 09-16.2018 FOUNDATION SCALE: NA F1 OF PLAN 1 124'-3"OUT TO OUT FASCIA ACM FASCIA 2'-6 " (TYP) 1" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - z to 16"x3"x20 GA. STEEL FLAT (2)G17-22 ROOF PANEL(TYP) COLOR: BRONZE (7) G17-186 CENTER GUTTER I_ n W8x10 WSx10 CENTER GUTTER WSx10 WBx10 W PB1 n PB2 PB3 N PB1 II m tO 3 io io �o �o �o io HSS12"x12"x5 16" II ¢ in ¢ a a a a a a COLUMNS(TYP) U E1 0 V) W to w w 0 LLJ < W8x10 WBx10 PB2 W8x10 PB3 WBA 0 � 4 z j m PB1 CL2 CL2 4-0" 4-0" CL2 CL2 CL2 CL2 PB1 W p I CL1 m aoo (TYP m (TYP m m m ni J j ^ N N N N f¢/1 f¢/1 f¢/1 p CL1 W M o W6x,Q WBx,Q W6x10 W6x1Q 2 PB1 P61 ry N N N G4 fp N N N El I I II o o El o 0 0 o II m a a m a a m a a m a a m a a E a 1 a m a a m II 3 c� N 3 c� N -TS c7 rn T3 c� to T3 ca to r5 ca rn r3 W8x10 8x10 x10 W8x10 PB2 PB3 PB1 I M S Ell El Ell S6 ^��il E13 Ell ES1 Ell E13S14 El X 13 Ell E13 �71'2"x3"x20 GA. PRECOATED T8 T7 STEEL"C" CHANNEL GUTTER T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 PILOT WHITE (TYP) COLOR: BRONZE E1 FRAMING PLAN T� LOGO DECAL LOGO'S PROVIDED AND FACTORY PILOT WHITE PILOT YELLOW PILOT WHITE PILOT WHITE PILOT YELLOW APPLIED BY FASHION, INC. (TYP EACH Scale:3/16"=1'-0" LOGO 25'_0" END ELEVATION) PILOT RED PILOT RED 'ff o aDo� o Dom) BOTTOM OF FASCIA 3"PANEL RISE (TYP) 3"0 PVC INTERIOR w TOR BOX DOWNSPOUTS(TYP) \--C.LLEC U Z I W m V Z INTERIOR DOWNSPOUT COLUMN •-x� =x`+ =xy -'-ci ^°x� 1 =Kv .`-x� .`-xv BOTTOM OFF BOTTOM OFF BASE PLATE BASE PLATE *SEa ENDFOR SIDE ELEVATION STEEL NOTES 1 Scale:3/16"=1'-0" 2 1. DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO E 1 E 1 THE LATEST AISC SPECIFICATIONS. DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF COLD FORMED STEEL SECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST AISI SPECIFICATIONS. 2. STRUCTURAL MATERIALS: WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS- ASTM A992 OR A572 GRADE 50(Fy= 50 KSI) ANGLES/CHANNELS- ASTM A36(Fy= 36 KSI) CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM " WEB STIFFENERS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS(TUBE) - ASTM A500 GRADE B(Fy= 46 KSI) (N.S. &F.S.) PIPE SECTIONS- ASTM A53, GRADE B (Fy= 35 KSI) PLATE- ASTM A36 (Fy= 36 KSI) 3/4"x3"x18GA ANGLE AROUND ROOF DECK - ASTM A653, GRADE 50(Fy= 50 KSI), GALVANIZED(G60) WITH J"x14"x22" PERIMETER ATTACH TO FRAMES BAKED ENAMEL FINISH TyP CAP PLATE WITH #10x3/4"TEK SCREWS STEEL OUTRIGGERS- ASTM A653 GR. CS(Fy= 25 KSI), GALVANIZED(G90) PER ASTM 924 GALV.STEEL FIELD LOCATE STRUCTURAL BOLTS- ASTM A325 GUTTER "A-325 BOLTS AND CUT 1'x 6' ANCHOR RODS- ASTM F1554 GR. 36 AND NUTS 2"x2"xi BGA GALV. KNEE CUTOUT IN 3. WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST ANSI / (8 PER BRACE(#KB)LOCATE AT EVERY GUTTER AWS D1.1 OTHER OUTRIGGER(5'-4"C-C) 4. FIELD CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BOLTED CONNECTIONS UNLESS SPECIFIED ON CONNECTION) DRAWING. COLUMN OVERFLOW COVER 5. ALL STRUCTURAL BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL USE ASTM A325 BOLTS. BOLTED ALTERNATE LOCATION FOR #G20 TO BE POP JOINTS SHALL BE TIGHTENED TO SNUG TIGHT PER LATEST RCSC SPECIFICATION. \ \ KNEE BRACE ATTACHMENT RIVETED IN PLACE 6. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SHOP COATED WITH A RED-OXIDE RUST INHIBITIVE S2 TYP. CROSSBEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION PRIMER. FIELD TOUCH-UP, FINISH PAINTING, AND MAINTENANCE SHALL BE THE E7 �G4� OVERFLOW @ GUTTER 7E DESIGN ILITY OF LO LOADS PER E OWNER 2016 WASHI GTON SUNLESS TATE BUILDINGERWISE CODE REQUIREMENTS E1 TYP.(14)PLACES-SEE PLAN 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD TJH LRP 3/29/2018 (2015 IBC/ASCE 7-10): CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM 1" A-325 BOLTS 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT TJH LRP 3/27/2018 ou TE IIANDNUTS(4 PER 4ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. DATE CONNECTION) CROSSBEAM LIVE LOAD = 20 PSF c>ION AND MAINTENANCE ONLY- NO PUBLIC ACCESS) PURLING 2'x 11k STFFENER ¢ OUTRIGGER (OR1) REVISIONS NSx@ FS) 02'-8"CENTERS OOF SNOW LOAD= 25 PSF y ON GROUND SNOW LOAD= 25 PSF aEXPOSURE FACTOR Ce= 1.0 THERMAL FACTOR Ct= 1.2 PURLIN 1019 NORTH STREET-P.O.BO7 1050 TANCE FACTOR Is= 1.0snFFENER OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067OADS: PURLIN (800)255-1009 AL= 25 PSF(USING 0.6W FOR ASD) ATTACH OUTRIGGE TO= 20 PSF(USING 0.6W FOR ASD) CAULK WATER DECKRIBWITH �!!1 x ON 110 MPH ULTIMATE WIND SPEED PER ASCE 7-10 EXPOSURE"C" xS3 TYP. CROSSBEAM TO PURLIN CONNECTION TIGHT PANEL CLAMP TEK SCREWS BfIrB11 )BfOfd1BALENT TO NOMINAL 85 MPH EXPOSURE V) E7 Mperow.xnbss A CROSSBEAM CROSSBEAM SEISMIC LOADS: SITE: SITE CLASS"D"PER GEOTEST GEOTECH REPORT#16-0434 DATED 9/15/16, M PILOT TRAVEL CENTER#1103 TRUCK SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY"D" PURLIN PURLIN USE(2)#12 x 1}"TEK SCREWS Sds= 0.768G(Ss= 1.078, Fa = 1.069). Sd, = 0.443G (S1 = 0.421, Fv= D�ANE�PURLIN ROOF PANEL DOE P. 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD 1.579) 1/2"A325 BOLTS ANGLE 3"x rx cvrru_ ARLINGTON,WA SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM IS NON-BLDG INVERTED PENDULUM &NUTS 3.x3/16., OFFIT ANGLE(MT41) ATTACH BOTTOM OF CENTER GUTTER ' SHEET N 0. /CANTILEVERED COLUMN, R = 2 k x 2"x 11}' STIFFENER 1• TO ROOF PANEL WITH #8 x BOTTOM OF FASCIA s _ 9 SIZE: JOB NO. Cs 0.39, DESIGN BASE SHEAR- CsxW- 2.4 K/COL USING EQUIVALENT STIFFENER }z" (BRONZE) TEK SCREWS LATER43 AL FORCE PROCEDURE (NS k FS) PURLIN n THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO 25-O'�X124-3" PURLIN:T OWER SOFFlT TRIM-6T15 ATTACH 3 FASCIA SECTION ® •FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS a 'Pr., ?Ieav 43087 TO OUTRIGGERS WITH (2) #10xi" e 8-COLUMN CANOPY DEAD LOADS: TEK SCREWS E1 ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE �spZ TITLE: DRAWING NO. DECK /GUTTER /LIGHTS- 5 PSF �" GAP T C 3 IXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF FASCIA— 15 PLF(PER DESIGN) xss TYP. PURL JOINT FRAMING PLAN STRUCTURAL STEEL— SELF WT 514 ANGLE LATERAL BRACING FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED I exPiREs 09-16-zo18 E1 OF 1 CONCRETE- 145 PCF E1 E3 '-`�°`"'--- &DETAILS 5g b NOTE: PLACE END CAP OVER END OF PANEL —THIS END ONLY- 0 �FPS�QER E� l� t1Je0 0'-45 - o e la1�I k 0 ® F\E�QJ\REO R PUR�TN e PANEL "C"CLAMP ATTACH FLAT FLASHING ON TOP OF DECK OVER SCUPPER CUT OUT TO BLOCK DAYLIGHT OVERFLOW SCUPPER (LOCATE AS SHOWN ON FRAMING PLAN DRAWING E1 OF 1 GUTTER CAULK TOP FLANGE OF GUTTER & COLLECTOR BOX USING A 112- BEAD. AFTER ASSEMBLY WIPE UNDERSIDE OF CANOPY FREE OF CAULK NOTE: 1 REVISED FOR 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD TJH 3/29/2018 SEE FRAMING PLAN FOR SIZE & NUMBER OF MEMBERS 0 APPROVAL/PERMIT TJH 3/27/18 ISSUE DESCRIPTION BY CHK. DATE REVISIONS 1019 NORTH STREET—P.O.BOX 1050 OTTAWA, KANSAS 66067 (800)255-1009 miaw�e+p+�� xv Hcs"`i"ar om �wme 8 member Of dw UmMmmmmMD SITE: aOf P N PILOT TRAVEL CENTER#1103-TRUCK _ 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD M«� v ARLINGTON,WA SHEET NO. SIZE: JOB NO. THESE PLANS ARE SUBJECT TO '�� r-49 25-0"X124-3" 43087 0FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS• Fssi 8-COLUMN CANOPY ANY USE OF SAME WITHOUT THE TC 4 EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF TITLE: DRAWING NO.exaiREs o9-1s•2o1e STANDARD FASHION INC. IS PROHIBITED SDI OF I DETAILS 1 !�1 STRUCTURAL STEEL CALCULATIONS FOR PILOT/FLYING J TRAVEL CENTER 25' X 124' (8) COLUMN DIESEL CANOPY ARLINGTON,WA Fashion Dwg#43087 DESIGN LOADS (2016 CA BLDG CODE): Risk Category II Roof Live Load: 20 psf(erection and maintenance only—no public access) Flat Roof Snow Load: 25 psf Ground Snow Load: 25 psf Design Wind Loads 110 mph,Exposure "B"—Ultimate Wind Speed per ASCE 7-10 Lateral on Fascia: 25 psf(Using 0.6W for ASD) Uplift on Deck: 20 psf(Using 0.6W for ASD) Seismic Design: Sds= 0.768g(Ss= 1.078, Fa= 1.069), Shc = 0.443g (SI = 0.421, Fv= 1.579) Site Class "D"Per GeoTest Geotech Report dated 9/15/16 Seismic Design Category "D", le = 1.0 R=2 (Non-building Inverted Pendulum/Cantilevered column) Cs= 0.39,Ve=0.39*W=2.4 kips/col. (Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure) Allow. Soil Brg.: 3000 psf Per GeoTest Geotech Report Calculations By: �O� P. Chander Nangia, PE a 7423 Hollow Ridge Drive - Houston, TX 77095 � WA License# 1649 EXPIRES 09-16-2018 m� Su by mm'l cm6m Ci s) �930 _ .- • 4.71T�dGAL 747Q.S:��#t..�,1, �LT]3� �Cri45 C,�iy�f 7�E' CYhl�� aitT FUXAZ (TbP FU 67tt3SP s � `c j�'7 flkJ�C�GI,��S k J°sf T 70 �WktA.)� naispeA rim17MY via Or COW WAV CL J Y to p' cV/S O y m o O O O O W x j O K Y o o o c a u a a a O O O O O O W h > > > > p j J Y it 4t >x ` a N O o W Q d Z O Y o C o o K a a a ik LU # 4 W W ? w > p>_ >_p [>_] p>_ W to m Q x5 m oY r r # > a # # LLZ Z m m uxi tali # Z �p M M O q °fw:� c r, a v o 0 0 0 o w SOW-i4�ZQa�0- 4\V mN�Z ui h o o c o o wrnm0M.of ow�Od W LL Q� a f V m N m m m o 0 0 0 0 m� 0 a a m 'V• �u)¢Z c o 0 0 0 0 o c o o O N y LU L, U- } 0 Z M Q O O O O O Z Z II li , -l aQ. m m > > > ❑> '>_ ��Q m u fWY m Z N N # t7 N # # # # y 17 �'7 3fZ Q s e s s a y >ZowW o- �! or >_ Z J O F W y V 1 1 Z i a o_ o_ o 0 o J01-W.Vd�NfWb� /\ J � Oi G Q Z O } C Z Z J 0 Q F IYzz o~•y`J� W a 4 qk i! iR ;a i! 7°U U F J> wxx LL J J F Zr M N p N N O O O O O d O J°a �� G ZQ • D O e e 1 F V J :� Al z ¢o ? 5 a 5 a z�LL>oo t v �Tw Z Z Z r Z 2 A A R * 0 1 J Ty ZZ }y m Z s v Q o s a J ove, a ou m ao 0 o e o 0 o a e rn f gto m � w W O LL N (�V N N cn J O LL Ip fp O m (p O O O O O 0 -A 11 t� V1 tf1 U ca Z 0 4 LL Cl! N Q� f�V N O O O O O 20 ° F z� w W H. V1 0 Y] 0 Z iV1 m a o m w o 0 0 0 0 0 o a Q O Oo m z \`v a >W z a v 2 O m dD o O Z a U W w v l W 6 - 7i o 0 0 0 o W O m V U nm 3 0 D° N N N (CV a F DO LLF r [a] 4 O W y LL m �G l0 [D � N f7 y m V U a\ Z ib U r LL b r O r2 m a J z o U O Q a n W h�v1 h J Q a N N N N O \Vv m Z W w 0 Z A m LL ° Q C.J Z U Z O t 0 m n m O a / f (AfAiA) 6r)VFA� � s &Woo I all a I V. , cacuWAd; N cl c 7I G' xri�t �4Gs�y MA, lft6 C-OlfPEO VP F j Xz a m J K Y N O n O O O G G 111111 1 xZ a o o v o 0 0 0 0 O SL Y N O [V p O O O G O O O b O W w — Y tUll W > > Z} In q } p } ik ik ik i! it LL z m m O O 0 0 0 o 0 o Z W O N O O O O O LLI m xx� O O fh O O O O O to z N C O O O O O J �f LL � � 4ozj- oI, 00000 �� ❑ � w o 0 0 o c o 0 o OaJ �❑ o �* o 0 0 0 o 151 LLJ W-it 0 \yl J QO � O_ aO QD QO QO ��LLLL LL Q ❑ 0 o u U LL LL LL o U O w 0+ m O N O O O O O d m � _ Lu O Y O ow') O O o 0 o Q y T O O m O O O O o F..d ow O G O O C O Q D Q ,r 0 W U LL m o m o 0 o a o N a H v Q]C O O O C o C Q z O W W � cv N zN D<m O O Z.� gNNNU U o Z J aw u}. y voi c. uoi uQi uRi q 1'° u~. a -O a jam.\ C J Y Y cmn�Q 0 O U O I- rn o z a a S Q lL O O O O O O O P y O U z\1J\ (lmJ Q G O G C O O Z ¢Z Z w p m p p p - F J >O N O O O O O O Z W o W Z' m 60 c o c c o o O F F n rrn z w �LJU yLL U rnaY m F- zQ QF- m rn y J ONa m uoi S rrW wa t'f'� LL Y N C7 LL 2 LL= J y Q _a m �� sZ Y O Q w 4 W h`m( 4O4N LO(L O N m LLE Z U O z J FL m o Q rWj Y O U U \� LL Z0 t3 1 FO y O Lu UN g g LL� o Of W o LL W o W J U� u4i s O S ci ri > J� cc >q wo Z � b uo'� ELN N p~¢coU v m Q ?LL F U U m �S`ref �'�/�.� Y ��Wes•" � 7lJ ' ' �� 6CM& CA) Ike ; , PL i r5 UPIAL 7+7 Pests � l 17 � G Y . . 7cF U),my- z::0176,1- 1300 n 1� � Ufa f 57 t s kid xz } � Lz-hI OB Totp/ f 1 Zi,P k r i l�obq 15-, a o o z I a+ 0 $ y l �, � � ��a�' ►3z�i � JnJV. 1�Jtkl�u��C1��1r.6�1. ev w�►,v� x ow) Al �5q 6x 3 Olq � r � f � 3: jz.C-7 (raiesoc 12" ffek) A = 0'a5" 1> o.01 (, )63" )( S //t) 1 QC ('; } e ��,g�. �b0,WG 13�►�1406 #SCE?A. FOIL josD wAgi wl-a. u36 41 ,-o - ( �,a.r�Ci��SG F��-AcLvcJ�J3�6 1 57�5� L A few 6120 0 (�A( b icy t, fi I Column: M1 Shape: HSS12xl2x5 19.666 at 0 ft Material: A500 46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 /(��IJO ffl A))lL LC 7: D + Live {� A k Code Check: 0.065 (bending) c�, 18.8 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections 1.468 at 0 ft { 032 at 0 ft V k 1 I fa ksi 1.403 at 19 ft i j .617 at 0 ft j .146at0ft 1 fc ksi I i M k-ft f 3 D in ft ksi -.146 at 0 ft i --018at19ft RISC 14th(360-90).ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.065 Max Shear Check 0.000 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1b* Max Defl Ratio L/10000 Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 Column: M1 Shape: HSS12x12x5 16.166 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft i I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 8: D + Snow Unbal —� A k i Code Check: 0.241 (bending) Report Based On 97 Sections 15.3 at 19 ft i i 1.206 at 0 ft f 1 .114 at 0 ft 1 fa ksi V k 1.142at19ft I 5.724 at O ft I 24.168 at O ft i fc ksi M k-ft 5.211 at19ft 22at19ft -5.211 at 19 ft ft ksi D in -5.724 at 0 ft -1.037 at 19 ft AISC 14th(360-10); ASD Code Check f 0 Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.241 Max Shear Check 0.001 Location 0 ft Location O ft Equation H1-1b Max Defl Ratio i4m Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KL/r 47.869 47.869 f Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.037 a6,566, 66VOI Column: M1 Shape: HSS12x12x5 16.166 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 9: D+.75 (Sbal + Wlat4:= Code Check: 0.256 (bending) A 15.3 at 19 ft k Report Based On 97 Sections i 1.206 at O ft 1.359 at O ft 1 fa ksi V k 1.142at19ft j E 6.117 at 0 ft 25.826 at 0 ft fc ksi M k-ft ft � ksi Dppp in l ' I i I -6.117 at 0 ft -766 at 19 ft f f � f AISC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check dA),#741 Direct Analysis Method [ Max Bending Check 0.256 Max Shear Check 0.013 (L136 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1b. Max Defl Ratio haw Bending Flange Spender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Camp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 Column: M9 Shape: HSS12x12x5 13.541 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 10: .75(Sunbal +Wlaty+ A k Code Check: 0.408 (bending) 12.675 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections 1.011 at Oft 1.415at0ft fa ksi V k .946 at 19 ft 10.276 at 0 ft 43.387 at 0 ft i fc 1111111111ft ksi M k-ft 3.908at19ft 16.5at19ft -3.908 at 19 ft ft ksi D in i -10.276 at 0 ft -1.527 at 19 ft j AISC 94th(360-90):ASD Code Check Zj Direct Analysis Method j Max Bending Check 0.408 Max Shear Check 0.013 Location O ft Location O ft Equation H1-1b Max Defl Ratio W.N9 Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.33 i I cj-,i 0- Column: M1 Shape: HSS12x12x5 5.866 at 0 ft Material: A500 46 Length: 19 ft_ I I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 11: D+ Wlat A k Code Check: 0.303 (bending) 5 at 19 ft Report Based On 97 Sections I 438 at 0 ft 1.737 at 0 ft fa ksi 373 at 19 ft V k 7.818at0ft 33.009at0ft E i mammas fc ksi M k-ft ft ppppppw ksi D in -7.818 at 0 ft -.979 at 19 ft '0, F-f RISC 14th(360-90):ASD Code Check t y�� /�� / ,_� 11 Direct Analysis Method Max Bending Check 0.303 Max Shear Check 0.016 Location O ft Location O ft O Equation H1-1b Max Defi Ratio 4=2= Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 1 Column: MI Shape: HSS12x12x5 6.216 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N2 LC 12: D+ .7 (Elat+ Evert) A k Code Check: 0.385 (bending) Report Based On 97 Sections 5.35 at 19 ft .464 at 0 ft 2.221 at0ft i fa ksi 399 at 19 ft V k I � t f � 9.993 at 0 ft 42.195 at 0 ft fthb., SON&... fc ksi M k-ft ft ksi DPPPPPPP" in i -9.993 at 0 ft -1.252 at 19 ft E AISC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check s: Direct Analysis Method (t Max Bending Check 0.385 Max Shear Check 0.021 Location 0 ft Location 0 ft Equation H1-1b Max Defl Ratio LY Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KUr 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k 7au b 1 Cb 1.667 E Column: M1 Shape: HSS12x12x5 6.216 at 0 ft Material: A500_46 Length: 19 ft I Joint: N1 i J Joint: N2 LC 13: D + Omega(.7)(Elat) + Evert A k Code Check: 0.760 (bending) Report Based On 97 Sections 5.35 at 19 ft 4.442 at 0 ft i i .464 at 0 ft fa ksi 399 at 19 ft V k I 19.987 at 0 ft 84.389 at 0 ft I I fc Nhhhaksi M k-ft � i I ft ksi D in -19.987 at 0 ft -2.503 at 190 AISC 14th(360-10):ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method n Max Bending Check 0.760 Ma Shear Check 0.041 v Location Oft Location Oft , Equation H1-1 b Max Defl Ratio U91 Bending Flange Slender Compression Flange Slender Qs=1 Bending Web Compact Compression Web Slender Qa=.948 Seismic Provisions Out Plane In Plane Fy 46 ksi Lb 19 ft 19 ft Pnc/om 302.332 k KL/r 47.869 47.869 Pnt/om 369.102 k Mn/om 112.567 k-ft L Comp Flange 19 ft Vn/om 107.027 k Tau—b 1 Cb 1.667 I 'M'o mpanyMat 29,2018 ',RSADesigner eM ChckeJab Number Checked By:del Name Pilot Inline Diesel Canopy Column Joint Reactions (By Combination) cot A)�� ✓ �� LC Joint Label - X[kJ _.._... ....-...-._,.._..._._.._._...-.Y.[k1---.-._-.._ MZ_ rk,,ft 1 1 I N 1 0 5.666 0 2 1 f Totals: 0 I 5.666 3 1 COG (ft): X: 0 Y: 17.548 4 2 N1 0 14 0 5 2 Totals: 0 14 6 2 COG (ft): X: 0 Y: 19 7 3 N1 0 10.5 23.419 8 3 JUP Totals: 0 I 10.5 I 9 3 1 COG ft : X: 0 Y: 19 10 I 4 N1 I -1.7 0 I 32.3 I 11 4 Totals: -1.7 ' 0 12 1 4 ' COG (ft): NC NC 13 S E at Ni -3.1 0 58.9 14 5 Totals: -3.1 0 15 5 COG ft : NC NC 16 6 N1 0 .5 0 17 6 1 Totals: 0 .5 18 1 6 COG (ft),. X: 0 Y: 19 i v�W66 1, UE 00 W.PjWD aQfj11oYIPA)hI SO 0 7 RISA-2D Version 16.0.0 [CA...1...1...1...1...1...143087.Arlington.WA.Inline.Diesel.canopy.column.17cc.25psfR2gp 2 rr w ww w mOIAZ fn O v U W— 7>>0 �i �i LL a Z❑ j C7 C7 t7 C7 — (7 w w s- LLJJ Q O »7� N SSff w � 1 � O ~�UU � J ~ g Q q A III+ ❑ 0Q� LL r p N ^Y} O I 4❑ ❑ m ci N dip wfw/e! o Lff LL L� C E p m N ^l 0 0 a p d n 8 Itti ry m w W UU W { W Q (A J a. u LL �i, ^ eV o YU W a U. a Oppp m rn �'n ni N LLaZQ FJ t.v m Om V wIM wU Clg•-N�nv m It 11i Ij fit\ � OJT ° xz wa a iT 0 UQ M U U3 v U_w Q 2 O 2 7b G+ , LLaZO J W p c o m p r O Y o o cd so U W 0— O Zaa H m m m Ocwbz p 5 w Y r3 �'o vim, �?, V,� e� z Z A `o^ S 3 �-- n LLI [_��\^ w 0p U r m C S S S S UJ {�D {~D ? �$Cz- O LL w' m a s y O m m — y J y O O O O R �fffy]]] } v !� n + V O Q W 0)Lu W 'l� i6 Z_ 0 O O o w U Z S S N N QQ p �2 a O U Cl mo en \� CL v N N N N m J G C 6 O W ?O a a O a If C9 8zy S o a S w� z_ w pq3 OZZ� o n ��Ch a"'� O O O O J Q = J m U WW W O CD "�• m g O m W a toz g oz C G G C P P o 0 0 0 + v a o 2 O a Q� OOv W Z LL Uca�i� I L CO p W o - y o c4i v a `` n y N 14 �i O��Z pZz a m 2 W o00 w P o V�S� Q O m O O Cn Z J y � .- �v �mQ 0 u � 000 pQ W U yUU m p m Z W N N v Z o 0 0 o v -a Z v m ut O U a m x is U - - r W w o o m m y f/mt/�� O to a N_N v > O O UWy~ V w Z q U W 2 W IQ J U Q o, w m q m O O d� _o rr ti YV1Z ppp aa� a �4�.. Fw- oo( oO.Y Cg O g O TV xY W f00 N N =W2Y qZ OwOU O W J g00 d o 6 6 O- Ii¢p Vo Q a w� v z } w �� zm�+200 J 0 m00 w r 41 e o 0 0 U N m rn g w O W O 4 J Y w W qU �� co co r� c? Qa i`n-�vz .7 n pl- LLO O_g 4 2 J Up❑ O a U) w r C C VN2 wv rt/�0 W z 2 77 U w zO wU coz >QLL.. r2 Z U�� Lam`-Jfy a p Z W M1 y P o O P w Iw- m m— cN of U VjQ 55 r O 5 0- v v 1� y z d Y m O N W W 2 Y W Z5 N ci V h i0 m Y e e N W fl LLF o c c c �J F a D_ QJ Wm Y O" O _ N a _ Z Y o o N cV .] Cm�," C C C C 0 O 2 q d w U co to >LL Z >aAmin °us U� y W Y to O d Y O O G 2 J i Y OQ Oa O O 2 J C:J 11 0 V pp QN eh Y O P P C vj�m G C C O W `., Z Z W p a1 Y -) wON RO o 0 0 o Q m— a n r- UVI aZ fn 0 4 0 OJ y o o N N w W T Y Q( r U C--� C C C C V.J r ri f1yJ O 1 U OJ 0. a o � o o O QY m ai CA d LU 2 vJ W �a C Z = X W C`)} M M M M W $ Q 0 he } } } } /� CA U S� = w C$-7 �$ Q m �Qo, co m o u Cl R rn W w w '�a �01n uJi v O \�Yl w Y U�3v p « W 06 Ci Ci ri j o O o Z z a v y K N J N u� In LU¢ O } } T ui U OLU ¢ mo M' Y� W W F- LU [Y U N t m OLL � a O (0W~ � �s ` FUO Q o Q "' v� �U z O W ` W C 4 li U LL Z Cb y m Z m F 0 '� a Ng a » w 0 F- � r Wztiz Mp , J_Fa gq,y 0O O O O m 4 WJ J } } } } £Yw ym'•� UJ pQw Vm } m 0'Q y, ( LL 7 R N 4 Luw Q a m p U 7o m W z� 0 z0 L 0 0 o tq m Z cn U O �mY ri ri M M ¢ m p w C Ito p OZ m O V J y ¢ Do + v zF = QJ O J wLL j0 v Q a o o 0 Ln O W of ai of of Q a W ei v v c�i ni o 0 0 p Q cc z LU Y J O W 6 a CL �o 0 0o c LL ¢O a G y N N v v�E N O m U �� jY Qr c rJ4� �Y o 0 o q rN �'' o ¢y W w OpF ; W m Ua� mm wn a W QO V1 O Q ¢ w ` 1 m 4j c o 0 0 o Q� Q o x U p v m �� lO O O M M J W M a p O U? �1 p Z y 0 H (n y pip O > LV CV N fV /y J W W W � ni co a w z C1 Q F N O Y a 'I M M T W ?7 O 7 m V Q u' p Q+uj Q Q�}> h O �j W Zc2 _W J7 O o 0 0 �J Q Q z pw N CA co M t icy Q ?w N N '(,1 Z OJ W ¢L/j V' N M M �...0 �O �' U a 53 0. W Q¢O m zz Y N N O Q ¢ O Y O O O L y W M LU y ff W QQ W T- U O m U y y F- O O M m Z O O L yT tu O li O O O OC11 F w W N (� a F 7 Q CA W N fr7 Q Y O O N N IIJ U Lti Q L�.L M M M M co y LL Q C 9 Q min o o h „CD 0 K J ¢ y \ Q >a o V Q EL Y o o ci 1L> J Y o 0 0 o L N O 4 �i y0 w m Umwio Z a v J W ~O = N p� N O O O 0 V LL T Q a F O O (P LA N *6` X Y O O O O = Cl) Lu Q v O O N CV aQN a U K Z W y O c o m h1 w0N mm o 0 0 0 F:.Ln N LL h r tv P O Lr Q N M M o o y O¢ a Y ui ui ui ui J D Y o o L m1 yU m U w a m S U OJ w W 0 N M Q p N M v O O LL LL SNOHOMISH HEALTH DISTRICT WWW.SNOHD.ORG Environmental Health Division July 1911, 2018 Pilot Travel Centers C/O Ross Shaver Subject: Proposed New Food Establishments: Pilot Travel Centers-Grocery, Pilot Travel Centers- Arby's, Pilot Travel Centers-Cinnabon, Pilot Travel Centers-PJ Fresh, 2430 State Route 530 NE, Arlington, WA 98223 Dear Mr. Shaver: After reviewing your plans with the Rules and Regulations of the State Board of Health, and with the policies of the Snohomish Health District, your plans for Pilot Travel Centers have been approved. The approval was based upon the plans, menu, and HACCP submitted 4/27/2018 and 7/18/2018. Any changes to the plans, menu, and HACCP without preapproval from the Health District will void this approval. A preoperational inspection is required prior to operating permit issuance and approval to open for business. At the time of inspection the construction of the food service establishment must be complete and all equipment must be in place and in proper operating condition. Incomplete construction or equipment operation will result in a $185.00 re-inspection fee. Contact the Food Program office a minimum of one week in advance to schedule an appointment for the preoperational inspection. Please review the following requirements and conditions of operation before scheduling: 1. No food storage or preparation is allowed in the establishment prior to the preoperational inspection and approval to open for business. 2. An indirect waste drain (1 inch vertical air gap, minimum) is required for the food preparation sink, ice machine, soda dispenser, steam table, walk-in refrigeration, and any equipment in which food or food contact equipment is placed. 3. A reduced pressure backflow prevention device is required at the end of the copper water pipe serving the pop dispensing system prior to the carbonation device. No copper or brass pipe/fittings or other potentially corrodible material is allowed after the reduced pressure backflow prevention device. 4. A horizontal separation of at least 16 inches or a vertical partition 16 inches in height is required between the handwash sinks and all food preparation areas. 5. Food on display must be protected from contamination by the use of packaging; counter, service line, or salad bar sneeze guards; display cases; or other effective means. This does not apply to nuts in the shell and whole raw fruits and vegetables that are intended for hulling, peeling, or washing by the consumer before consumption. 6. Only one food preparation sink is indicated on the floor plan (PJ-Fresh). Because of this only vegetable preparation will be allowed at this sink. No rinsing or thawing under running water of raw meat, poultry, and/or seafood will be allowed without the installation of an additional and separate food preparation sink. If installed, the location of any additional food preparation sink must be approved prior to installation. The sink must be NSF listed or equivalent, be indirectly drained, and have at least one integral drainboard. 7. You are proposing that all warewashing for Cinnabon operations will take place at the three- compartment sink located within JP Fresh's kitchen. Please note, if non-compliance is observed with warewashing operations at Cinnabon, an additional three-compartment sink may be required to be installed that is easily accessible to Cinnabon operations. 8. Three-compartment and four-compartment sinks must have rounded corners and integral drainboards at both ends. The drainboards of the three compartment sink must be sloped to the basins. The basins of the three-compartment sink must be large enough to fit the largest item needing to be washed. 3020 Rucker Avenue, Suite 104 0 Everett, WA 98201-3900 0 tel: 425.339.5250 0 fax: 425.339.5254 9. If splashguards (equipment, partitions and/or walls) are provided on both sides of a handwash sink the distance between the splashguards must be at least 18 inches apart (shoulder width) to allow proper access to the handwash sink. 10.Water heaters must be of sufficient size to completely fill two compartments of the 3-compartment sink with hot water and still be capable of providing at least 100°F water at the handwash sinks. 11.All food service equipment, both new and used, must be listed by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) or equivalent for its intended use. Used and new refrigeration must be capable of holding food at temperature of 41 OF or below. 12. It cannot be determined from the floor plan or information submitted whether or not a chemical dispensing system will be installed at the mop sink. Please note that the use of screw-on type `wye' adaptors at the mop sink faucet for use with chemical dispensing systems is prohibited. Additionally chemical dispensers cannot be connected to the mop sink faucet. The chemical dispenser must have a separate water connection. A `sidekick' adaptor at the mop sink faucet is acceptable. 13. Extra wall protection is required on walls behind all sinks, including restroom handwash sinks, and food preparation counters and tables. A 16-inch high backsplash of plastic laminate, fiberglass- reinforced plastic or equal is acceptable. A backsplash higher than 16 inches is required on the wall behind counter top equipment taller than 16 inches. Floor to ceiling protection is required on the wall behind dishwashers. Wall protection behind mop sinks must cover the entire splash zone. Plastic coated hardboard is not acceptable. 14.All floors in the kitchen, food preparation, food service, food storage, and dishwashing areas must be surfaced with a durable, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable material. Expansion joints, seams, saw cuts and the like in concrete floors in all areas, including customer seating areas, must be filled and sealed so as to provide a smooth and cleanable surface. 15. The ceiling above the food preparation areas must be non-perforated, nonabsorbent, smooth and easily cleanable. 16. Cabinet shelving must be nonabsorbent, smooth and easily cleanable. (Self stick vinyl or other type surfaces are not acceptable) 17.All light fixtures in food preparation and storage areas must be provided with covers and shatterproof bulbs. Hot hold unit heat lamps must be provided with shatterproof bulbs. 18. Plumbing must meet state and local codes. 19. The ventilation system shall be installed and operated to meet applicable building, mechanical, and fire codes. After you have passed your preoperational inspection, the annual operating permit application and all fees must be received by Snohomish Health District prior to opening for business. This facility will be classified as a food establishment with the following permits: Pilot Travel Centers-Arby's : High risk food establishment with 0-50 seats Pilot Travel Center's-Cinnabon: Low risk food establishment with 0-50 seats Pilot Travel Center's-PJ Fresh: Medium risk food establishment with 0-50 seats Pilot Travel Centers-Grocery: Low risk food establishment Changes or additions to the approved plans or equipment require pre-approval from the Snohomish Health District prior to implementation of the changes. A copy of the Snohomish Health District Appeals procedure is available u on request. n administrative appeal must be initiated with ays rom t e ate of this email. 3020 Rucker Avenue, Suite 104 ■ Everett, WA 98201-3900 ■ tel: 425.339.5250 ■ fax: 425.339.5254 Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Robbie Evjue, RS Environmental Health Specialist II Food Establishment Plan Review 425.339.8746 revoue(@.snohd.org Enclosure: Preoperational Inspection Checklist cc: John Irons, Pilot Travel Centers City of Arlington Building Department Brent French, Snohomish Health District 3020 Rucker Avenue, Suite 104 ■ Everett, WA 98201-3900 ■ tel: 425.339.5250 ■ fax: 425.339.5254 ,yYPovC,NFnr APPLICATION STATUS ❑ Revisions Required — Hold M Initial Review ❑ 2" Review ❑ V Review SAFEbuilt, ElApproved With Conditions ❑ APPROVED APPLICANT: Pilot Travel Center PHONE # 865-474-3469 EMAIL: ross.shaver@pilottravelcenters.com DATE: 2/18/18 FROM: Amber Green PERMIT #: BID1808 EMAIL: agreen@safebuilt.com PROJECT: Pilot Travel Center ADDRESS: 2430 SR530 NE CODES REVIEWED: OCCUPANCY GROUP: M/B ❑ 2015 IRC 0 2015 IBC 0 2015 IMC TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB 0 2015 UPC 0 2015 IFGC 0 2015 WSEC NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 The design documents submitted for this project have been reviewed for compliance with the locally adopted codes and amendments. The following comments must be addressed before a building permit is issued. For processing: Please submit revised construction documents containing the requested information or plan revisions with all revisions clouded or otherwise identified. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached list or creating a response letter. Indicate which plan sheet, detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Please send revisions to the attention of the plans examiner with the building permit application number noted. Revised drawings must clearly show code compliance. A RESPONSE LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE REVISED PLAN SUBMITTAL. Please be sure to include on the resubmittal the engineer's or architect's "wet" stamp, signature, registration number and date on the cover page of any structural calculations, all structural details and structural sheets of the plans. Please submit the requested information via email or hard copy to: 1621 1141h Ave SE, Suite 219, Bellevue WA 98004 In order to keep your permit in an "Active" status, please respond within 60 days. For questions about the required information please contact the reviewer listed below at the SAFEbuilt office: 425-786-0001 or by email: Safebuiltbellevue(a)_safebuilt.com Please understand that other review agencies/divisions may have revision comments, which are not contained within this Revision Letter. Please contact the local jurisdiction for a list of these agencies. Sincerely, Away Greew Building Plans Examiner SAFEbuilt 1621 114th Ave SE, Ste 219 Bellevue WA 98004 SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ MAIN STRUCTURE (9,621 soft): 1. Depth of all counters not clearly depicted. Ensure reach ranges comply with ICC A117.1-2009 Obstructed High Reach (308.2.2) and Obstructed High Side Reach (308.3.2). 2. ADA compliant seating detail not provided per ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 9. (A1.4) Please provide. 3. Side vestibule must be 60" wide to meet ICC A117.1-2009 Figure 404.2.3.2. 4. Front vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. 5. Location of laundry facilities not detailed. Do they comply with height and clearance requirements of ICC A117.1-2009? 6. Showers do not meet "roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. 7. Sheet A9: not all equipment is labeled. Please update. 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. 11. It appears mechanical ductwork will be crossing through the 1-Hour partitions in multiple locations, please provide details. 12. Please provide updated door schedule with doors complying with 1-Hour partition requirements at necessary locations. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. 14. Plumbing fixture count calculations were not provided, please provide. 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20psf, with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25psf. 16. Clothes dryer exhaust sysems exhausting more than 200 cfm shall be provided with makeup air per IMC 504.6 and the ductwork shall be a minimum of 26 gage metal. Please provide details. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ AUTO ISLAND (4,368 sqft): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for members? AUTOS ONLY SIGN (Height = 9'599) 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design critera used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. TRUCK CANOPY (3,125 SQFT): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for memebers? FUEL STORAGE TANKS: 1. The fuel tanks, vent piping and emergency stop for the fuel system shall be installed per 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) Chapter 23 and National Fire Protections Association (NFPA) Standard 30A. 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A. The emergence stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations are not approved. HIGH RISE SIGN (100'): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. MONUMENT PRICER SIGN (15T 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ CAT SCALES SIGN (21 '): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. CLEARANCE WARNING ARM (111: 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. STORAGE CONTAINERS (320sgft x 2 = 640sgft): 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. KITCHEN HOOD (2 Total): 1. The kitchen hood supression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood supression system details including manufacturers catalogue and installation requirements for the supression system to be installed. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. 3. Please provide listing and manufactuer's installation requirements for both Type I hoods in compliance with IMC 507.2. 4. Type I hoods shall be secured in place by noncombustible supports. Type I hood supports shall be adequate for the applied load of the hood, the unsupported ductwork, the effluent loading and the possible weight of personnel working on the hood per IMC 507.2.4. Please provide cross sections of wall framing at both hood locations complying with the IMC. 5. Type I hood shall be installed with a clearance to combustibles of not less than 18 inches per IMC 507.2.6. Please provide elevations of hoods at both locations. 6. Grease duct systems and exhaust equipment serving a Type I hood shall have a clearance to combustible construction of not less than 18 inches, and shall have a clearance to noncombustible construction and gypsum wallboard attached to noncombustible structures of not less than 3 inches per IMC 506.3.6. Please provide detail of how grease duct is going to pass through dropped ceiling in both locations. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ 7. Exhaust outlets that terminate above the roof shall have the discharge opening located not less than 40 inches above the roof surface per IMC 506.3.13.1. Please provide updated details. 8. Exhuast outlets shall be located not less than 10 feet horizontally from or not less than 3 feet above air intake openings into any building per IMC 506.3.13.3. 9. Makeup air shall be supplied during the operation of commercial kitchen exhaust systems that are provided for commercial cooking appliances. The amount of makeup air supplied to the building from all sources shall be approximately equal to the amount of exhaust air for all exhaust systems for the building. The makeup air shall not reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system. Makeup air shall be provided by gravity or mechanical means or both. Mechanical makeup air systems shall be automatically controlled to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust system. Makeup air intake opening locations shall comply with IMC 401.4. Please provide details. SITE PLAN: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure. They are not labeled, what are they? 2. ADA parking dimensions and construction requirements not clear on site plan, please provide more detail. This is an initial review of plans submitted. Please be advised additional corrections may be required once complete plans are submitted. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ City of Arlington March 3, 2018 Pilot Travel Centers 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville, TN 37909 Dear Mr. Shaver, The design documents submitted for this project have been reviewed for compliance with the locally adopted codes and amendments. The following comments must be addressed before a building permit is issued. For processing: • Please submit 2 sets of revised construction documents containing the requested information or plan revisions with all revisions clouded or otherwise identified. • Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached list or creating a response letter. Indicate which plan sheet, detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Please send revisions to the attention of the plans examiner with the building permit application number noted. Revised drawings must clearly show code compliance. A RESPONSE LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE REVISED PLAN SUBMITTAL. • Please be sure to include on the resubmittal the engineer's or architect's "wet" stamp, signature, registration number and date on the cover page of any structural calculations, all structural details and structural sheets of the plans. In order to keep your permit in an "Active" status, please respond within 60 days. For questions about the required information please contact Kevin Olander at 360-403-3433 or kolanderOarlingtonwa.gov. Sincerely, iG%Gum,. Kevin Olander Combination Inspector 1820460 i PERMIT #: BLD1808 PROJECT: Pilot Travel Center ADDRESS: 2430 State Route 530 NE,Arlington,WA 98223 CODES REVIEWED: ❑x 2015 IBC ❑x 2015 IMC ❑x 2015 UPC ❑x 2015 IFGC ❑x 2015 WSEC OCCUPANCY GROUP: M/B TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 1 have broken the comment letter down into categories. Each of the items listed will need individual permit numbers. MAIN STRUCTURE (9,621 sgft) 1. Depth of all counters not clearly depicted. Ensure reach ranges comply with ICC A117.1-2009 Obstructed High Reach (308.2.2) and Obstructed High Side Reach (308.3.2). 2. ADA compliant seating detail not provided per ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 9. (A1.4) Please provide. 3. Side vestibule must be 60"wide to meet ICC A117.1-2009 Figure 404.2.3.2. 4. Front vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. S. Location of laundry facilities not detailed. Do they comply with height and clearance requirements of ICC A117.1-2009? 6. Showers do not meet"roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. 7. Sheet A9: not all equipment is labeled. Please update. 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. 11. It appears mechanical ductwork will be crossing through the 1-Hour partitions in multiple locations, please provide details. 12. Please provide updated door schedule with doors complying with 1-Hour partition requirements at necessary locations. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. 14. Plumbing fixture count calculations were not provided, please provide. 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20psf,with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25psf. 16. Clothes dryer exhaust sysems exhausting more than 200 cfm shall be provided with makeup air per IMC 504.6 and the ductwork shall be a minimum of 26 gage metal. Please provide details. AUTO ISLAND (4,368 sgft): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for members? AUTOS ONLY SIGN (Height = 9'5a 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design critera used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. TRUCK CANOPY (3,125 SQFT): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for memebers? FUEL STORAGE TANKS: 1. The fuel tanks, vent piping and emergency stop for the fuel system shall be installed per 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) Chapter 23 and National Fire Protections Association (NFPA) Standard 30A. 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A. The emergence stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations are not approved. HIGH RISE SIGN (10n- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. MONUMENT PRICER SIGN (15')-. 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. CAT SCALES SIGN (21'. 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. CLEARANCE WARNING ARM (!a- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. STORAGE CONTAINERS (320sgft x 2 = 640sgft 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. KITCHEN HOOD (2 Totals 1. The kitchen hood supression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood supression system details including manufacturers catalogue and installation requirements for the supression system to be installed. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. 3. Please provide listing and manufactuer's installation requirements for both Type I hoods in compliance with IMC 507.2. 4. Type I hoods shall be secured in place by noncombustible supports. Type I hood supports shall be adequate for the applied load of the hood,the unsupported ductwork, the effluent loading and the possible weight of personnel working on the hood per IMC 507.2.4. Please provide cross sections of wall framing at both hood locations complying with the IMC. S. Type I hood shall be installed with a clearance to combustibles of not less than 18 inches per IMC 507.2.6. Please provide elevations of hoods at both locations. 6. Grease duct systems and exhaust equipment serving a Type I hood shall have a clearance to combustible construction of not less than 18 inches, and shall have a clearance to noncombustible construction and gypsum wallboard attached to noncombustible structures of not less than 3 inches per IMC 506.3.6. Please provide detail of how grease duct is going to pass through dropped ceiling in both locations. 7. Exhaust outlets that terminate above the roof shall have the discharge opening located not less than 40 inches above the roof surface per IMC 506.3.13.1. Please provide updated details. 8. Exhuast outlets shall be located not less than 10 feet horizontally from or not less than 3 feet above air intake openings into any building per IMC 506.3.13.3. 9. Makeup air shall be supplied during the operation of commercial kitchen exhaust systems that are provided for commercial cooking appliances. The amount of makeup air supplied to the building from all sources shall be approximately equal to the amount of exhaust air for all exhaust systems for the building. The makeup air shall not reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system. Makeup air shall be provided by gravity or mechanical means or both. Mechanical makeup air systems shall be automatically controlled to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust system. Makeup air intake opening locations shall comply with IMC 401.4. Please provide details. SITE PLAN: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure. They are not labeled,what are they? 2. ADA parking dimensions and construction requirements not clear on site plan, please provide more detail. This is an initial review of plans submitted. Please be advised additional corrections may be required once complete plans are submitted. City of Arlington ��CING�O� Community • • Development March 3, 2018 Pilot Travel Centers 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville, TN 37909 Dear Mr. Shaver, The design documents submitted for this project have been reviewed for compliance with the locally adopted codes and amendments. The following comments must be addressed before a building permit is issued. For processing; • Please submit 2 sets of revised construction documents containing the requested information or plan revisions with all revisions clouded or otherwise identified. • Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached list or creating a response letter. Indicate which plan sheet, detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Please send revisions to the attention of the plans examiner with the building permit application number noted. Revised drawings must clearly show code compliance. A RESPONSE LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE REVISED PLAN SUBMITTAL. • Please be sure to include on the resubmittal the engineer's or architect's "wet" stamp, signature, registration number and date on the cover page of any structural calculations, all structural details and structural sheets of the plans. In order to keep your permit in an "Active" status, please respond within 60 days. For questions about the required information please contact Kevin Olander at 360-403-3433 or kolander@arlingtonwa.gov. Sincerely, Kevin Olander Combination Inspector 60 PERMIT #: BLD1808 PROJECT: Pilot Travel Center ADDRESS: 2430 State Route 530 NE,Arlington,WA 98223 CODES REVIEWED: ❑x 2015 IBC ❑x 2015 IMC ❑x 2015 UPC ❑x 2015 IFGC ❑x 2015 WSEC OCCUPANCY GROUP: M/B TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 I have broken the comment letter down into categories. Each of the items listed will need individual permit numbers. MAIN STRUCTURE (9,621 sgft) 1. Depth of all counters not clearly depicted. Ensure reach ranges comply with ICC A117.1-2009 Obstructed High Reach (308.2.2) and Obstructed High Side Reach (308.3.2). 2. ADA compliant seating detail not provided per ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 9. (A1.4) Please provide. 3. Side vestibule must be 60"wide to meet ICC A117.1-2009 Figure 404.2.3.2. 4. Front vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. 5. Location of laundry facilities not detailed. Do they comply with height and clearance requirements of ICC A117.1-2009? 6. Showers do not meet"roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. 7. Sheet A9: not all equipment is labeled. Please update. 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. 11. It appears mechanical ductwork will be crossing through the 1-Hour partitions in multiple locations, please provide details. 12. Please provide updated door schedule with doors complying with 1-Hour partition requirements at necessary locations. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. 14. Plumbing fixture count calculations were not provided, please provide. 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20psf, with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25psf. 16. Clothes dryer exhaust sysems exhausting more than 200 cfm shall be provided with makeup air per IMC 504.6 and the ductwork shall be a minimum of 26 gage metal. Please provide details. AUTO ISLAND (4,368 sgft) 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for members? AUTOS ONLY SIGN (Height = 9'5a 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design critera used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. TRUCK CANOPY (3.125 SQFT): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for memebers? FUEL STORAGE TANKS: 1. The fuel tanks,vent piping and emergency stop for the fuel system shall be installed per 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) Chapter 23 and National Fire Protections Association (NFPA) Standard 30A. 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A. The emergence stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations are not approved. HIGH RISE SIGN (100'L- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. MONUMENT PRICER SIGN (15')- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. CAT SCALES SIGN (21'- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. CLEARANCE WARNING ARM (1U- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. STORAGE CONTAINERS (320sgft x 2 = 640sgft . 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. KITCHEN HOOD (2 Total) 1. The kitchen hood supression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood supression system details including manufacturers catalogue and installation requirements for the supression system to be installed. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. 3. Please provide listing and manufactuer's installation requirements for both Type I hoods in compliance with IMC 507.2. 4. Type I hoods shall be secured in place by noncombustible supports. Type I hood supports shall be adequate for the applied load of the hood, the unsupported ductwork, the effluent loading and the possible weight of personnel working on the hood per IMC 507.2.4. Please provide cross sections of wall framing at both hood locations complying with the IMC. S. Type I hood shall be installed with a clearance to combustibles of not less than 18 inches per IMC 507.2.6. Please provide elevations of hoods at both locations. 6. Grease duct systems and exhaust equipment serving a Type I hood shall have a clearance to combustible construction of not less than 18 inches, and shall have a clearance to noncombustible construction and gypsum wallboard attached to noncombustible structures of not less than 3 inches per IMC 506.3.6. Please provide detail of how grease duct is going to pass through dropped ceiling in both locations. 7. Exhaust outlets that terminate above the roof shall have the discharge opening located not less than 40 inches above the roof surface per IMC 506.3.13.1. Please provide updated details. 8. Exhuast outlets shall be located not less than 10 feet horizontally from or not less than 3 feet above air intake openings into any building per IMC 506.3.13.3. 9. Makeup air shall be supplied during the operation of commercial kitchen exhaust systems that are provided for commercial cooking appliances. The amount of makeup air supplied to the building from all sources shall be approximately equal to the amount of exhaust air for all exhaust systems for the building. The makeup air shall not reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system. Makeup air shall be provided by gravity or mechanical means or both. Mechanical makeup air systems shall be automatically controlled to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust system. Makeup air intake opening locations shall comply with IMC 401.4. Please provide details. SITE PLAN: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure. They are not labeled,what are they? 2. ADA parking dimensions and construction requirements not clear on site plan, please provide more detail. This is an initial review of plans submitted. Please be advised additional corrections may be required once complete plans are submitted. APPLICATION STATUS 25 D Revisions Required — Hold ❑ Initial Review Z 2"d Review U 3r1 Review SA F F bu i It ❑ Approved With Conditions ❑ APPROVED APPLICANT: Pilot Travel Center PHONE# 865-474-3469 EMAIL: ross.shaver@pilottravelcenters.com DATE: 5/17/18 FROM: Amber Green PERMIT#: BID1808 EMAIL: agreen@safebuilt.com PROJECT: Pilot Travel Center ADDRESS: 2430 SR530 NE CODES REVIEWED: OCCUPANCY GROUP: M/B O 2015 IRC ® 2015 IBC ® 2015 IMC TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB ® 2015 UPC ® 2015 IFGC ® 2015 WSEC NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 The design documents submitted for this project have been reviewed for compliance with the locally adopted codes and amendments. Comments in yellow are those still outstanding and must be addressed before a building permit is issued. For processing: Please submit revised construction documents containing the requested information or plan revisions with all revisions clouded or otherwise identified. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached list or creating a response letter. Indicate which plan sheet, detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Please send revisions to the attention of the plans examiner with the building permit application number noted. Revised drawings must clearly show code compliance. A RESPONSE LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE REVISED PLAN SUBMITTAL. Please be sure to include on the resubmittal the engineer's or architect's"wet stamp, signature, registration number and date on the cover page of any structural calculations, all structural details and structural sheets of the plans. Please submit the requested information via email or hard copy to: 1621 114th Ave SE, Suite 219, Bellevue WA 98004 In order to keep your permit in an "Active" status, please respond within 60 days. For questions about the required information please contact the reviewer listed below at the SAFEbuilt office: 425-786-0001 or by email: SafebuiltbellevueCcDsafebuilt.com Please understand that other review agencies/divisions may have revision comments, which are not contained within this Revision Letter. Please contact the local jurisdiction for a list of these agencies. Sincerely, Aw,ky Cf lrV-*x/ Building Plans Examiner SAFEbuilt 1621 114'h Ave SE, Ste 219 Bellevue WA 98004 SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ MAIN STRUCTURE (9,621 sgft): 1. Depth of all counters not clearly depicted. Ensure reach ranges comply with ICC A117.1-2009 Obstructed High Reach (308.2.2) and Obstructed High Side Reach (308.3.2). 2. ADA compliant seating detail not provided per ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 9. (A1.4) Please provide. 3. Side vestibule must be 60" wide to meet ICC A117.1-2009 Figure 404.2.3.2. 4. Front vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. The vestibule labeled "front vestibule" only provides 53.5" of maneuvering clearance, where the code minimum is 60" per the ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. Please see attached code detail. 5. Location of laundry facilities not detailed. Do they comply with height and clearance requirements of ICC A117.1-2009? 6. Showers do not meet "roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. The minimum shower width required is 60" per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. Please see attached code detail. 7. Sheet A9: not all equipment is labeled. Please update. 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. Full detail from foundation to roof complying with UL listing is required. Please update the detail on the plans to include the full height of the wall. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. Sheet P7 was not included on updated plans. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. Please provide detail showing this intersection. 11. It appears mechanical ductwork will be crossing through the 1-Hour partitions in multiple locations, please provide details. 12. Please provide updated door schedule with doors complying with 1-Hour partition requirements at necessary locations. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ The plans have square footage calculations in two different locations on the plans and they are not consistent. Please update plans with accurate square footages and consistent information. 14. Plumbing fixture count calculations were not provided, please provide. 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20psf, with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25psf. Please provide new calculations with updated design criteria. 16. Clothes dryer exhaust sysems exhausting more than 200 cfm shall be provided with makeup air per IMC 504.6 and the ductwork shall be a minimum of 26 gage metal. Please provide details. AUTO ISLAND (4,368 scift): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for members? AUTOS ONLY SIGN (Height = 9'5") 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design critera used? Sheet SS3 was not included on updated plans. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. TRUCK CANOPY (3,125 SQFT): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for memebers? FUEL STORAGE TANKS: 1. The fuel tanks, vent piping and emergency stop for the fuel system shall be installed per 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) Chapter 23 and National Fire Protections Association (NFPA) Standard 30A. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A. The emergence stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations are not approved. Sheet E51.1 was not provided on the updated plans. HIGH RISE SIGN (100'): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. MONUMENT PRICER SIGN (15T 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. CAT SCALES SIGN (21'): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. CLEARANCE WARNING ARM (11 '): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Sheet SS4 was not included on updated plans. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. STORAGE CONTAINERS (320sgft x 2 = 640sgft): 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ City of Arlington to provide determination if these containers will be allowed within the current zoning of the property. 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. City of Arlington to provide determination if this meets the requirements of the flood zone and if additional flood development permits will be required. KITCHEN HOOD 2 Total): 1. The kitchen hood supression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood supression system details including manufacturers catalogue and installation requirements for the supression system to be installed. The kitchen hood suppression system is designed by a fire alarm company and is a separate permit. It is designed per NFPA 96 for a type I hood per the codes and standards mentioned in my original comments. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. The CO2 system is not a suppression system but the CO2 used in the soda drinking systems at the fountain. If not installed per the code it could cause hazards due to lack of air for breathing. So the fire code was revised in mid-year in the previous code cycle. 3. Please provide listing and manufactuer's installation requirements for both Type I hoods in compliance with IMC 507.2. 4. Type I hoods shall be secured in place by noncombustible supports. Type I hood supports shall be adequate for the applied load of the hood, the unsupported ductwork, the effluent loading and the possible weight of personnel working on the hood per IMC 507.2.4. Please provide cross sections of wall framing at both hood locations complying with the IMC. 5. Type I hood shall be installed with a clearance to combustibles of not less than 18 inches per IMC 507.2.6. Please provide elevations of hoods at both locations. 6. Grease duct systems and exhaust equipment serving a Type I hood shall have a clearance to combustible construction of not less than 18 inches, and shall have a clearance to noncombustible construction and gypsum wallboard attached to noncombustible structures of not less than 3 inches per IMC 506.3.6. Please provide detail of how grease duct is going to pass through dropped ceiling in both locations. 7. Exhaust outlets that terminate above the roof shall have the discharge opening located not less than 40 inches above the roof surface per IMC 506.3.13.1. Please provide updated details. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ 8. Exhuast outlets shall be located not less than 10 feet horizontally from or not less than 3 feet above air intake openings into any building per IMC 506.3.13.3. 9. Makeup air shall be supplied during the operation of commercial kitchen exhaust systems that are provided for commercial cooking appliances.The amount of makeup air supplied to the building from all sources shall be approximately equal to the amount of exhaust air for all exhaust systems for the building.The makeup air shall not reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system. Makeup air shall be provided by gravity or mechanical means or both. Mechanical makeup air systems shall be automatically controlled to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust system. Makeup air intake opening locations shall comply with IMC 401.4. Please provide details. SITE PLAN: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure. They are not labeled, what are they? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. ADA parking dimensions and construction requirements not clear on site plan, please provide more detail. Please be advised additional plan review fees may be incurred if the type of building construction or further alterations are made. Please complete the attached Deferred Submittal and Special Inspection Agreement Forms. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 4.Accessible Routes f S Ln O 3 i E N V C V17 l (c � \ 60 min ! 1525 *< o m r l � \ f 60 min 1525 (a) 60 min / 1525 co r EN N S" O 3 (c) Fig.404.2.5 TWO DOORS IN A SERIES 404.2.10 Vision Lites. Doors and sidelites adjacent A156.10 listed in Section 105.2.4. Power-assist and to doors containing one or more glazing panels that low-energy doors shall comply with ANSIBHMA permit viewing through the panels shall have the bot- A156.19 listed in Section 105.2.3. tom of at least one panel on either the door or an EXCEPTION: Doors. doorways, and gates designed adjacent sidellte 43 Inches (1090 mm) maximum to be operated only by security personnel shall not above the floor. be required to comply with Sections 404.3.2, 404.3 4, EXCEPTION: Vision Iites with the lowest part and 404.3.5. more than 66 inches (1675 mm) above the floor 404.3.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall have a clear shall not be required to comply with Section opening width of 32 inches (815 mm) in power-on 404.2.10. and power-off mode. The minimum clear opening 404.3 Automatic Doors. Automatic doors and auto- width for automatic door systems shall be based on matic gates shall comply with Section 404.3. Full pow- the clear opening width provided with all leafs in the ered automatic doors shall comply with ANSIBBHMA open position. 21 MAihgjWft9 (ft%A4* #& ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter6.Plumbing Elements and Facilities 608.2.3.1 Size. Alternate roll-in shower compart- 608.3.1 Transfer-Type Showers. Grab bars for ments shall have a clear Inside dimension of 60 transfer type showers shall comply with Section Inches (1525 mm) minimum in width, and 36 608.31 inches(915 mm)in depth, measured at the center point of opposing sides. An entry 36 inches (915) 18 mm) minimum in width shall be provided at one end of the fib-inch (1525 mm) width of the com- back wall partment. A seat wall, 24 inches (610 mm) mini- mum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum in length, shall be provided on the entry side of the compart- ment. 608.2.3.2 Seat.A folding seat complying with Sec- Seat Control tion 610 shall be provided on the seat wall oppo- site the back wall. EXCEPTION: A seat is not required to be installed in a shower for a single occupant, 7 accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use, provided rein- 4 max forcement has been installed in walls and 102 located so as to permit the Installation of a shower seat. FIG.608.3.1 GRAB BARS IN TRANSFER-TYPE SHOWERS 608.3 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with Section 609 and shall be provided in accordance with Section 608.3.1.1 Horizontal Grab Bars. Horizontal grab 608.3.Where multiple grab bars are used, required hor- bars shall be provided across the control wall and Izontal grab bars shall be installed at the same height on the back wall to a point 18 inches (455 mm) above the floor. from the control wall. EXCEPTION: Grab—bars are not required to be 608.3.1.2 Vertical Grab Bar. A vertical grab bar Installed in a shower for a single occupant, accessed 18 inches (455 mm) minimum In length shall be only through a private office and not for common use provided on the control end wall 3 inches (75 mm) or public use, provided reinforcement has been minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above installed in walls and located so as to permit the the horizontal grab bar, and 4 inches (100 mm) Installation of grab bars complying with Section maximum inward from the front edge of the 11110 608.3. shower. CL back wall side ' side wall f wall c_ j o U3 end side wall L wall I E M seat wall 24—36 36 min 610 915 915 ---- -� 60 min 60 min 1525 1525 Note. inside finished dimensions measured (dote inside finished dimensions measured at the center points of opposing sides at the center points of opposing sides FIG.608.2.2 FIG.608.2.3 STANDARD ROLL-IN-TYPE SHOWER ALTERNATE ROLL-IN-TYPE SHOWER COMPARTMENT SIZE AND CLEARANCE COMPARTMENT SIZE AND CLEARANCE FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. partitions shall comply with Sections 714.3.1 through Openings into the access rooms shall be protected by 714.3.3. Penetrations in smoke barrier walls shall also com- opening protectives having afire protection rating of not ply with Section 714.4.4. less than 3/,t hour.Doors shall be self or automatic-closing 714.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of upon the detection of smoke in accordance with Section fire-resistance-rated walls shall comply with Section 716.5.9.3. 714.3.1.1 or 714.3.1.2. 713.13.4 Chute discharge room. Waste or linen chutes Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, fer- shall discharge into an enclosed room separated by fire rous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular barriers with a fire-resistance rating not less than the space between the penetrating item and the fire-resis- required fire rating of the shaft enclosure and constructed tance-rated wall is permitted to be protected by either in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies of the following measures: constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. Openings into the discharge room from the remainder of 1. In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrat- the building shall be protected by opening protectives hav- ing item is a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nominal ing afire protection rating equal to the protection required diameter and the area of the opening through the for the shaft enclosure. Doors shall be self-or automatic- wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0.0929 closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with m2), concrete,grout or mortar is permitted where Section 716.5.9.3. Waste chutes shall not terminate in an installed the full thickness of the wall or the incinerator room. Waste and linen rooms that are not pro- thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance vided with chutes need only comply with Table 509. rating. 713.13.5 Incinerator room.Incinerator rooms shall com- 2. The material used to fill the annular space shall ply with Table 509. prevent the passage of flame and hot gases suffi- 713.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved cient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance conditions under a minimum positive pressure with Section 903.2.11.2. differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the 713.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways.Eleva- location of the penetration for the time period tor, dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be con- equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the con- structed in accordance with Section 713 and Chapter 30. struction penetrated. 714.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra- SECTION 714 tions shall be installed as tested in an approved fire- PENETRATIONS resistance-rated assembly. 714.1 Scope.The provisions of this section shall govern the 714.3.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system. materials and methods of construction used to protect Through penetrations shall be protected by an through penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizon- approved penetration furestop system installed as tested tal assemblies and fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies. in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch 714.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings.Penetrations of (2.49 Pa)of water and shall have an F rating of not less fire-resistance-rated walls by ducts that are not protected than the required fire-resistance rating of the wall pen- with dampers shall comply with Sections 714.2 through etrated. 714.3.3. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies not pro- 714.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetra- tected with a shaft as permitted by Section 717.6, and not bons shall comply with Section 714.3.1. Where walls or required to be protected with fire dampers by other sec- partitions are required to have a fire-resistance rating, tions of this code, shall comply with Sections 714.4 recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required through 714.5.2. Ducts and air transfer openings that are fire resistance will not be reduced. protected with dampers shall comply with Section 717. 714.2 Installation details.Where sleeves are used,they shall Exceptions: be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. The space 1. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire- between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel elec- and any space between the sleeve and the assembly pene- trical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches trated shall be protected in accordance with this section.Insu- (0.0 103 m2) in area, provided the aggregate area lation and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not of the openings through the membrane does not penetrate the assembly unless the specific material used has exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m2)in any 100 been tested as part of the assembly in accordance with this square feet (9.29 m2) of wall area. The annular section. space between the wall membrane and the box 714.3 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Penetrations into or shall not exceed'/e inch(3.2 mm).Such boxes on through fire walls,fire barriers,smoke barrier walls and fire 134 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE g , Copyright i,,,or licensed by,]CC(All.RIGHTS RESERVED),accessed by David Spencer on May 22,2015 12.42:20 PM pursuant le License FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be 103 in') in area, or steel electrical boxes of any separated by one of the following: size having an aggregate area through the mem- 1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than brane exceeding 100 square inches(0.0645 m')in 24 inches (610 mm) where the wall or any 100 square feet (9.29 m') of wall area, pro- partition is constructed with individual vided such penetrating items are protected by noncommunicating stud cavities; listed putty pads or other listed materials and methods, and installed in accordance with the 1.2. By a horizontal distance of not less than listing. the depth of the wall cavity where the wall cavity is filled with cellulose loose- 714.3.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat- fill,rockwool or slag mineral wool insula- ing items shall not connect to combustible items beyond tion; the point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that 1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with the fire-resistance integrity of the wall is maintained. Section 718.2.1; 714.4 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a fire-resis- 1.4.By protecting both outlet boxes with tance-rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling mem- , brane of a roof/ceiling assembly not required to be enclosed listed putty pads;or in a shaft by Section 712.1 shall be protected in accordance 1.5.By other listed materials and methods. with Sections 714.4.1 through 714.4.4. 2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes 714.4.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of of any material, provided such boxes have been horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 714.4.1.1 tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies or 714.4.1.2. and are installed in accordance with the instruc tions included in the listing. The annular space Exceptions: between the wall membrane and the box shall not 1. Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper con- exceed t/B inch (3.2 mm)unless listed otherwise. duits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or parti- masonry items through a single fire-resis- tion shall be separated by one of the following: tance-rated floor assembly where the annular 2.1. By the horizontal distance specified in the space is protected with materials that prevent listing of the electrical boxes; the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to 2.2. By solid fireblocking in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire Section 718.2.1; conditions under a minimum positive pressure 2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at pads; or the location of the penetration for the time 2.4. By other listed materials and methods. period equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the construction penetrated. Penetrating 3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of items with a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nom- any size or type,that have been listed as part of a inal diameter shall not be limited to the pene- wall opening protective material system for use tration of a single fire-resistance-rated floor in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are assembly, provided the aggregate area of the installed in accordance with the instructions openings through the assembly does not included in the listing. exceed 144 square inches(92 900 mm')in any 4. Membrane penetrations by boxes other than elec- 100 square feet(9.3 rn)of floor area. trical boxes, provided such penetrating items and 2. Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel, the annular space between the wall membrane ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or and the box, are protected by an approved mem- vents with a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nom- brane penetration firestop system installed as inal diameter, provided the concrete, grout or tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL mortar is installed the full thickness of the 1479,with a minimum positive pressure differen- floor or the thickness required to maintain the tial of 0.01 inch(2.49 Pa)of water,and shall have fire-resistance rating. The penetrating items an F and T rating of not less than the required shall not be limited to the penetration of a sin- fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated and gle concrete floor, provided the area of the be installed in accordance with their listing. opening through each floor does not exceed 5. The annular space created by the penetration of 144 square inches(92 900 mm'). an automatic sprinkler,provided it is covered by 3. Penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any a metal escutcheon plate. material, provided such boxes have been 6. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assem- resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel blies and installed in accordance with the electrical boxes that exceed 16 square inches(0.0 instructions included in the listing. 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 135 i A 1 1 1 Copyrigbt to,or licensed by.ICC(ALL RIGHTS RESERVED),accessed by David Spencer an May 22.2015 12:42 20 PM pursuant to License FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 714.4.1.1 Installation. Through penetrations shall be tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies installed as tested in the approved fire-resistance-rated and are installed in accordance with the instruc- assembly. tions included in the listing. The annular space 714.4.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system. between the ceiling membrane and the box shall Through penetrations shall be protected by an not exceed /e inch (3.2 mm) unless listed other- approved through penetration firestop system installed wise. and tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 5. The annular space created by the penetration of a 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a metal 0.01 inch of water (2.49 Pa). The system shall have an escutcheon plate. F rating/T rating of not less than i hour but not less 6. Noncombustible items that are cast into concrete than the required rating of the floor penetrated. building elements and that do not penetrate both Exceptions: top and bottom surfaces of the element. 1. Floor penetrations contained and located 7. The ceiling membrane of 1-and 2-hourfire-resis- within the cavity of a wall above the floor tance-rated horizontal assemblies is permitted to or below the floor do not require a T rating. be interrupted with the double wood top plate of a 2. Floor penetrations by floor drains, tub wall assembly that is sheathed with Type X gyp- drains or shower drains contained and sum wallboard, provided that all penetrating located within the concealed space of a hor- items through the double top plates are protected izontal assembly do not require a T rating. in accordance with Section 714.4.1.1 or 714.4.1.2 and the ceiling membrane is tight to the top 3. Floor penetrations of maximum 4-inch plates. (102 mm) nominal diameter penetrating 714.4.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat- directly into metal-enclosed electrical ing items shall not connect to combustible materials power switchgear do not require a T rating. beyond the point of fu-estopping unless it can be demon- 714.4.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of mem- strated that the fur-resistance integrity of the horizontal brans that are part of a horizontal assembly shall comply assembly is maintained. with Section 714.4.1.1 or 714.4.1.2. Where floor/ceiling 714.4.4 Penetrations in smoke barriers.Penetrations in assemblies are required to have a fire-resistance rating, smoke barriers shall be protected by an approved through- recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required penetration firestop system installed and tested in accor- fire resistance will not be reduced. dance with the requirements of UL 1479 for air leakage. Exceptions: The L rating of the system measured at 0.30 inch(7.47 Pa) 1. Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or cop- of water in both the ambient temperature and elevated per conduits,pipes, tubes or vents, or concrete or temperature tests shall not exceed: masonry items where the annular space is pro- 1. 5.0 cfm per square foot(0.025 in/s•In')of penetra- tected either in accordance with Section 714.4.1 lion opening for each through-penetration firestop or to prevent the free passage of flame and the system;or products of combustion. The aggregate area of 2. A total cumulative leakage of 50 cfm (0.024 m/s) the the openings through the membrane shall not 2 exceed 100 square inches (64 500 mm') in any for any 100 square feet(9.3 in')of wall area,or floor 100 square feet(9.3 m2)of ceiling area in assem- blies tested without penetrations. 714.5 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of 2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum 2- nonfire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies or hour horizontal assemblies by steel electrical the ceiling membrane of a nonftre-resistance-rated roof/ceil- boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (10 mg assembly shall meet the requirements of Section 713 or 323 mm') in area,provided the aggregate area of shall comply with Section 714.5.1 or 714.5.2. such penetrations does not exceed 100 square 714.5.1 Noncombustible penetrating items. Noncom- inches (44 500 mm')in any 100 square feet(9.29 bustible penetrating items that connect not more than five m2) of ceiling area, and the annular space stories are permitted, provided that the annular space is between the ceiling membrane and the box does filled to resist the free passage of flame and the products not exceed t/s inch(3.2 mm). of combustion with an approved noncombustible material 3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of or with a fill,void or cavity material that is tested and clas- any size or type, that have been listed as part of sified for use in through-penetration firestop systems. an opening protective material system for use in 714.5.2 Penetrating items.Penetrating items that connect horizontal assemblies and are installed in accor- not more than two stories are permitted,provided that the dance with the instructions included in the listing. annular space is filled with an approved material to resist 4. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes the free passage of flame and the products of combustion. of any material, provided such boxes have been 136 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' Copyright to,or licensed by,ICC(ALL RIGHTS RESERVED);accessed by David Spencer on May 22.2015 12:42.20 PM pursuant to License vs SAFE, built . 1621 114`h Avenue SE, Suite 219 • Bellevue, WA 98004 • www.SAFEbuilt.com DEFERRED SUBMITTAL AGREEMENT The undersigned has been issued a permit for construction prior to final approval of the following.The following items shall be considered deferred submittals and shall be submitted AND approved prior to installation. Applicant's Name Phone E-Mail Primary Contact Phone E-Mail Project Name Permit Number Project Tax ID Number Description Site Address Contractor Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date I hereby assume all risk, financially and otherwise, for any construction performed that may need to be removed if the deferred submittals listed above are not appropriate. I understand that approval for the above deferred submittal(s) may take up to ten working days (or longer if there are problems with the submittal) from the date of submission. l understand that certain inspections will NOT be performed until the submissions are accepted. I understand additional fees will be required based on the additional time spent for plan review. All deferred submittal must be submitted to the design professional in responsible charge of the above project for written approval prior to submittal so SAFEbuilt. Architect/Engineer of Record Printed Name Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date Owner Printed Name i Owner Signature Date ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SAFEbuilt Printed Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date VM SAFEbuilt . 1621 114`h Avenue SE,Suite 219 • Bellevue, WA 98004 • www.SAFEbuilt.com SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17, where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more WABO Certified Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Applicant's Phone E-Mail Name I Primary Phone E-Mail Contact Project Tax ID Name Number Project Site Description Address Before a permit can be issued:The owner, Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent, shall complete (2) copies of this agreement, including the required acknowledgements, and attach structural tests and inspection schedules. A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to review the special inspection requirements and procedures. Approval of Special Inspectors:Special Inspectors shall be approved by the Building Official prior to performing duties. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE: 1. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITES OF SPECIAL INSPECTOR a. Observe Work: The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with SAFEbuilt approved (stamped) design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC, the Architect/Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/or placing drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items:The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work, the Special Inspector shall immediately notify SAFEbuilt by telephone 425-888-7643 or in person, and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Daily Reports: Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections TO REMAIN AT THE JOB SITE WITH THE CONTRACTOR for review by the Building Official. d. Furnish Weekly Reports:The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to SAFEbuilt, project Architect/Engineer, and others designated. These reports must include the following: • Description of daily inspections and test made, with applicable locations. • Listing of all non-conforming items. • Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved, as applicable. • Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/Engineer of Record and Building Official if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report:The Special Inspector of inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to SAFEbuilt stating that all items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported, and to the best of his/her knowledge, in conformance with the approved design drawings, specifications, approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance, unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage (i.e., missed inspections, periodic inspections when continuous was required, etc.) shall be specifically itemized in this report. 2. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES a. Notify the Special Inspector:The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the SAFEbuilt approved plan as specified by the Architect and/or Engineer of Record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans:The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records:The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by SAFEbuilt upon request. 3. BUILDING OFFICIAL RESPONSIBLITIES a. Approve Special Inspector:SAFEbuilt shall approve all Special Inspectors and inspection requirements. b. Monitor Special Inspection: Work requiring special inspection and the performance of special inspectors shall be monitored by the Building Official. His/her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the special inspector. c. Issue Certificate of Occupancy:The Building Official may issue a Certificate of Occupancy after all special inspection reports and the final report have been submitted and accepted. 4. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES a. Funding:The project owner, Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the special inspection services. 5. ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD RESPONSIBLITIES a. Drawings:The Architect or Engineer of Record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections: Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing, compaction and testing of backfill and/or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer and structural welding as work progresses. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION ITEMS REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE Indicate items requiring special inspection, structural testing or structural observations by checking the appropriate box: STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.1 & IBC 1705.12.1) STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL (IBC 1705.2.2) CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.3) MASONRY CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.4) WOOD CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.5, IBC 1705.11.1 & IBC 1705.12.2) SOILS CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.6) DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.7) CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.8) HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.9) SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS (IBC 1705.14) MASTIC& INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS (IBC 1705.15) EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) (IBC 1705.16) FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS (IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category iil or 1V per IBC Table 1604.5. SMOKE CONTROL (IBC 1705.18) ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.5) PLUMBING, MECHANICAL & ELECTRIAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.6) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D, E or F. SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS (IBC 1705.12.8) SPECIAL CASES (IBC 1705.1.1) Material alternatives or unusual design applications. MISCELLANEOUS AREAS— These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer or Record and are to be approved by SAFEbuilt. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have read and agree to comply with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement. Owner Print Name Owner Signature Date Contractor Print Name Contractor Signature Date Submit written Statement of Responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Special Inspector Print Name Special Inspector Signature Date Submit WABO Certification for special inspection agency and inspectors, (or) Submit special inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. Name of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Architect/Engineer of Record Print Name Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date Structural Observer Print Name Structural Observer Signature Date Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. Structural Observations required in accordance with IBC Section 1704.5. Accepted on Behalf of the Building Department. SAFEbuilt Print Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date APPLICATION STATUS 25 D Revisions Required — Hold ❑ Initial Review Z 2"d Review U 3r1 Review SA F F bu i It ❑ Approved With Conditions ❑ APPROVED APPLICANT: Pilot Travel Center PHONE# 865-474-3469 EMAIL: ross.shaver@pilottravelcenters.com DATE: 5/17/18 FROM: Amber Green PERMIT#: BID1808 EMAIL: agreen@safebuilt.com PROJECT: Pilot Travel Center ADDRESS: 2430 SR530 NE CODES REVIEWED: OCCUPANCY GROUP: M/B O 2015 IRC ® 2015 IBC ® 2015 IMC TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB ® 2015 UPC ® 2015 IFGC ® 2015 WSEC NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 The design documents submitted for this project have been reviewed for compliance with the locally adopted codes and amendments. Comments in yellow are those still outstanding and must be addressed before a building permit is issued. For processing: Please submit revised construction documents containing the requested information or plan revisions with all revisions clouded or otherwise identified. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached list or creating a response letter. Indicate which plan sheet, detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Please send revisions to the attention of the plans examiner with the building permit application number noted. Revised drawings must clearly show code compliance. A RESPONSE LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE REVISED PLAN SUBMITTAL. Please be sure to include on the resubmittal the engineer's or architect's"wet stamp, signature, registration number and date on the cover page of any structural calculations, all structural details and structural sheets of the plans. Please submit the requested information via email or hard copy to: 1621 114th Ave SE, Suite 219, Bellevue WA 98004 In order to keep your permit in an "Active" status, please respond within 60 days. For questions about the required information please contact the reviewer listed below at the SAFEbuilt office: 425-786-0001 or by email: SafebuiltbellevueCcDsafebuilt.com Please understand that other review agencies/divisions may have revision comments, which are not contained within this Revision Letter. Please contact the local jurisdiction for a list of these agencies. Sincerely, Aw,ky Cf lrV-*x/ Building Plans Examiner SAFEbuilt 1621 114'h Ave SE, Ste 219 Bellevue WA 98004 SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ MAIN STRUCTURE (9,621 sgft): 1. Depth of all counters not clearly depicted. Ensure reach ranges comply with ICC A117.1-2009 Obstructed High Reach (308.2.2) and Obstructed High Side Reach (308.3.2). 2. ADA compliant seating detail not provided per ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 9. (A1.4) Please provide. 3. Side vestibule must be 60" wide to meet ICC A117.1-2009 Figure 404.2.3.2. 4. Front vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. The vestibule labeled "front vestibule" only provides 53.5" of maneuvering clearance, where the code minimum is 60" per the ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. Please see attached code detail. 5. Location of laundry facilities not detailed. Do they comply with height and clearance requirements of ICC A117.1-2009? 6. Showers do not meet "roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. The minimum shower width required is 60" per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. Please see attached code detail. 7. Sheet A9: not all equipment is labeled. Please update. 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. Full detail from foundation to roof complying with UL listing is required. Please update the detail on the plans to include the full height of the wall. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. Sheet P7 was not included on updated plans. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. Please provide detail showing this intersection. 11. It appears mechanical ductwork will be crossing through the 1-Hour partitions in multiple locations, please provide details. 12. Please provide updated door schedule with doors complying with 1-Hour partition requirements at necessary locations. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ The plans have square footage calculations in two different locations on the plans and they are not consistent. Please update plans with accurate square footages and consistent information. 14. Plumbing fixture count calculations were not provided, please provide. 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20psf, with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25psf. Please provide new calculations with updated design criteria. 16. Clothes dryer exhaust sysems exhausting more than 200 cfm shall be provided with makeup air per IMC 504.6 and the ductwork shall be a minimum of 26 gage metal. Please provide details. AUTO ISLAND (4,368 scift): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for members? AUTOS ONLY SIGN (Height = 9'5") 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design critera used? Sheet SS3 was not included on updated plans. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. TRUCK CANOPY (3,125 SQFT): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for memebers? FUEL STORAGE TANKS: 1. The fuel tanks, vent piping and emergency stop for the fuel system shall be installed per 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) Chapter 23 and National Fire Protections Association (NFPA) Standard 30A. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A. The emergence stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations are not approved. Sheet E51.1 was not provided on the updated plans. HIGH RISE SIGN (100'): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. MONUMENT PRICER SIGN (15T 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. CAT SCALES SIGN (21'): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. CLEARANCE WARNING ARM (11 '): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Sheet SS4 was not included on updated plans. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. STORAGE CONTAINERS (320sgft x 2 = 640sgft): 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ City of Arlington to provide determination if these containers will be allowed within the current zoning of the property. 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. City of Arlington to provide determination if this meets the requirements of the flood zone and if additional flood development permits will be required. KITCHEN HOOD 2 Total): 1. The kitchen hood supression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood supression system details including manufacturers catalogue and installation requirements for the supression system to be installed. The kitchen hood suppression system is designed by a fire alarm company and is a separate permit. It is designed per NFPA 96 for a type I hood per the codes and standards mentioned in my original comments. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. The CO2 system is not a suppression system but the CO2 used in the soda drinking systems at the fountain. If not installed per the code it could cause hazards due to lack of air for breathing. So the fire code was revised in mid-year in the previous code cycle. 3. Please provide listing and manufactuer's installation requirements for both Type I hoods in compliance with IMC 507.2. 4. Type I hoods shall be secured in place by noncombustible supports. Type I hood supports shall be adequate for the applied load of the hood, the unsupported ductwork, the effluent loading and the possible weight of personnel working on the hood per IMC 507.2.4. Please provide cross sections of wall framing at both hood locations complying with the IMC. 5. Type I hood shall be installed with a clearance to combustibles of not less than 18 inches per IMC 507.2.6. Please provide elevations of hoods at both locations. 6. Grease duct systems and exhaust equipment serving a Type I hood shall have a clearance to combustible construction of not less than 18 inches, and shall have a clearance to noncombustible construction and gypsum wallboard attached to noncombustible structures of not less than 3 inches per IMC 506.3.6. Please provide detail of how grease duct is going to pass through dropped ceiling in both locations. 7. Exhaust outlets that terminate above the roof shall have the discharge opening located not less than 40 inches above the roof surface per IMC 506.3.13.1. Please provide updated details. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ 8. Exhuast outlets shall be located not less than 10 feet horizontally from or not less than 3 feet above air intake openings into any building per IMC 506.3.13.3. 9. Makeup air shall be supplied during the operation of commercial kitchen exhaust systems that are provided for commercial cooking appliances.The amount of makeup air supplied to the building from all sources shall be approximately equal to the amount of exhaust air for all exhaust systems for the building.The makeup air shall not reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system. Makeup air shall be provided by gravity or mechanical means or both. Mechanical makeup air systems shall be automatically controlled to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust system. Makeup air intake opening locations shall comply with IMC 401.4. Please provide details. SITE PLAN: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure. They are not labeled, what are they? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. ADA parking dimensions and construction requirements not clear on site plan, please provide more detail. Please be advised additional plan review fees may be incurred if the type of building construction or further alterations are made. Please complete the attached Deferred Submittal and Special Inspection Agreement Forms. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 4.Accessible Routes f S Ln O 3 i E N V C V17 l (c � \ 60 min ! 1525 *< o m r l � \ f 60 min 1525 (a) 60 min / 1525 co r EN N S" O 3 (c) Fig.404.2.5 TWO DOORS IN A SERIES 404.2.10 Vision Lites. Doors and sidelites adjacent A156.10 listed in Section 105.2.4. Power-assist and to doors containing one or more glazing panels that low-energy doors shall comply with ANSIBHMA permit viewing through the panels shall have the bot- A156.19 listed in Section 105.2.3. tom of at least one panel on either the door or an EXCEPTION: Doors. doorways, and gates designed adjacent sidellte 43 Inches (1090 mm) maximum to be operated only by security personnel shall not above the floor. be required to comply with Sections 404.3.2, 404.3 4, EXCEPTION: Vision Iites with the lowest part and 404.3.5. more than 66 inches (1675 mm) above the floor 404.3.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall have a clear shall not be required to comply with Section opening width of 32 inches (815 mm) in power-on 404.2.10. and power-off mode. The minimum clear opening 404.3 Automatic Doors. Automatic doors and auto- width for automatic door systems shall be based on matic gates shall comply with Section 404.3. Full pow- the clear opening width provided with all leafs in the ered automatic doors shall comply with ANSIBBHMA open position. 21 MAihgjWft9 (ft%A4* #& ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter6.Plumbing Elements and Facilities 608.2.3.1 Size. Alternate roll-in shower compart- 608.3.1 Transfer-Type Showers. Grab bars for ments shall have a clear Inside dimension of 60 transfer type showers shall comply with Section Inches (1525 mm) minimum in width, and 36 608.31 inches(915 mm)in depth, measured at the center point of opposing sides. An entry 36 inches (915) 18 mm) minimum in width shall be provided at one end of the fib-inch (1525 mm) width of the com- back wall partment. A seat wall, 24 inches (610 mm) mini- mum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum in length, shall be provided on the entry side of the compart- ment. 608.2.3.2 Seat.A folding seat complying with Sec- Seat Control tion 610 shall be provided on the seat wall oppo- site the back wall. EXCEPTION: A seat is not required to be installed in a shower for a single occupant, 7 accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use, provided rein- 4 max forcement has been installed in walls and 102 located so as to permit the Installation of a shower seat. FIG.608.3.1 GRAB BARS IN TRANSFER-TYPE SHOWERS 608.3 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with Section 609 and shall be provided in accordance with Section 608.3.1.1 Horizontal Grab Bars. Horizontal grab 608.3.Where multiple grab bars are used, required hor- bars shall be provided across the control wall and Izontal grab bars shall be installed at the same height on the back wall to a point 18 inches (455 mm) above the floor. from the control wall. EXCEPTION: Grab—bars are not required to be 608.3.1.2 Vertical Grab Bar. A vertical grab bar Installed in a shower for a single occupant, accessed 18 inches (455 mm) minimum In length shall be only through a private office and not for common use provided on the control end wall 3 inches (75 mm) or public use, provided reinforcement has been minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above installed in walls and located so as to permit the the horizontal grab bar, and 4 inches (100 mm) Installation of grab bars complying with Section maximum inward from the front edge of the 11110 608.3. shower. CL back wall side ' side wall f wall c_ j o U3 end side wall L wall I E M seat wall 24—36 36 min 610 915 915 ---- -� 60 min 60 min 1525 1525 Note. inside finished dimensions measured (dote inside finished dimensions measured at the center points of opposing sides at the center points of opposing sides FIG.608.2.2 FIG.608.2.3 STANDARD ROLL-IN-TYPE SHOWER ALTERNATE ROLL-IN-TYPE SHOWER COMPARTMENT SIZE AND CLEARANCE COMPARTMENT SIZE AND CLEARANCE FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. partitions shall comply with Sections 714.3.1 through Openings into the access rooms shall be protected by 714.3.3. Penetrations in smoke barrier walls shall also com- opening protectives having afire protection rating of not ply with Section 714.4.4. less than 3/,t hour.Doors shall be self or automatic-closing 714.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of upon the detection of smoke in accordance with Section fire-resistance-rated walls shall comply with Section 716.5.9.3. 714.3.1.1 or 714.3.1.2. 713.13.4 Chute discharge room. Waste or linen chutes Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, fer- shall discharge into an enclosed room separated by fire rous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular barriers with a fire-resistance rating not less than the space between the penetrating item and the fire-resis- required fire rating of the shaft enclosure and constructed tance-rated wall is permitted to be protected by either in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies of the following measures: constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. Openings into the discharge room from the remainder of 1. In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrat- the building shall be protected by opening protectives hav- ing item is a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nominal ing afire protection rating equal to the protection required diameter and the area of the opening through the for the shaft enclosure. Doors shall be self-or automatic- wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0.0929 closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with m2), concrete,grout or mortar is permitted where Section 716.5.9.3. Waste chutes shall not terminate in an installed the full thickness of the wall or the incinerator room. Waste and linen rooms that are not pro- thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance vided with chutes need only comply with Table 509. rating. 713.13.5 Incinerator room.Incinerator rooms shall com- 2. The material used to fill the annular space shall ply with Table 509. prevent the passage of flame and hot gases suffi- 713.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved cient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance conditions under a minimum positive pressure with Section 903.2.11.2. differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the 713.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways.Eleva- location of the penetration for the time period tor, dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be con- equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the con- structed in accordance with Section 713 and Chapter 30. struction penetrated. 714.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra- SECTION 714 tions shall be installed as tested in an approved fire- PENETRATIONS resistance-rated assembly. 714.1 Scope.The provisions of this section shall govern the 714.3.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system. materials and methods of construction used to protect Through penetrations shall be protected by an through penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizon- approved penetration furestop system installed as tested tal assemblies and fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies. in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch 714.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings.Penetrations of (2.49 Pa)of water and shall have an F rating of not less fire-resistance-rated walls by ducts that are not protected than the required fire-resistance rating of the wall pen- with dampers shall comply with Sections 714.2 through etrated. 714.3.3. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies not pro- 714.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetra- tected with a shaft as permitted by Section 717.6, and not bons shall comply with Section 714.3.1. Where walls or required to be protected with fire dampers by other sec- partitions are required to have a fire-resistance rating, tions of this code, shall comply with Sections 714.4 recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required through 714.5.2. Ducts and air transfer openings that are fire resistance will not be reduced. protected with dampers shall comply with Section 717. 714.2 Installation details.Where sleeves are used,they shall Exceptions: be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. The space 1. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire- between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel elec- and any space between the sleeve and the assembly pene- trical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches trated shall be protected in accordance with this section.Insu- (0.0 103 m2) in area, provided the aggregate area lation and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not of the openings through the membrane does not penetrate the assembly unless the specific material used has exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m2)in any 100 been tested as part of the assembly in accordance with this square feet (9.29 m2) of wall area. The annular section. space between the wall membrane and the box 714.3 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Penetrations into or shall not exceed'/e inch(3.2 mm).Such boxes on through fire walls,fire barriers,smoke barrier walls and fire 134 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE g , Copyright i,,,or licensed by,]CC(All.RIGHTS RESERVED),accessed by David Spencer on May 22,2015 12.42:20 PM pursuant le License FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be 103 in') in area, or steel electrical boxes of any separated by one of the following: size having an aggregate area through the mem- 1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than brane exceeding 100 square inches(0.0645 m')in 24 inches (610 mm) where the wall or any 100 square feet (9.29 m') of wall area, pro- partition is constructed with individual vided such penetrating items are protected by noncommunicating stud cavities; listed putty pads or other listed materials and methods, and installed in accordance with the 1.2. By a horizontal distance of not less than listing. the depth of the wall cavity where the wall cavity is filled with cellulose loose- 714.3.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat- fill,rockwool or slag mineral wool insula- ing items shall not connect to combustible items beyond tion; the point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that 1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with the fire-resistance integrity of the wall is maintained. Section 718.2.1; 714.4 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a fire-resis- 1.4.By protecting both outlet boxes with tance-rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling mem- , brane of a roof/ceiling assembly not required to be enclosed listed putty pads;or in a shaft by Section 712.1 shall be protected in accordance 1.5.By other listed materials and methods. with Sections 714.4.1 through 714.4.4. 2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes 714.4.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of of any material, provided such boxes have been horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 714.4.1.1 tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies or 714.4.1.2. and are installed in accordance with the instruc tions included in the listing. The annular space Exceptions: between the wall membrane and the box shall not 1. Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper con- exceed t/B inch (3.2 mm)unless listed otherwise. duits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or parti- masonry items through a single fire-resis- tion shall be separated by one of the following: tance-rated floor assembly where the annular 2.1. By the horizontal distance specified in the space is protected with materials that prevent listing of the electrical boxes; the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to 2.2. By solid fireblocking in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire Section 718.2.1; conditions under a minimum positive pressure 2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at pads; or the location of the penetration for the time 2.4. By other listed materials and methods. period equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the construction penetrated. Penetrating 3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of items with a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nom- any size or type,that have been listed as part of a inal diameter shall not be limited to the pene- wall opening protective material system for use tration of a single fire-resistance-rated floor in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are assembly, provided the aggregate area of the installed in accordance with the instructions openings through the assembly does not included in the listing. exceed 144 square inches(92 900 mm')in any 4. Membrane penetrations by boxes other than elec- 100 square feet(9.3 rn)of floor area. trical boxes, provided such penetrating items and 2. Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel, the annular space between the wall membrane ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or and the box, are protected by an approved mem- vents with a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nom- brane penetration firestop system installed as inal diameter, provided the concrete, grout or tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL mortar is installed the full thickness of the 1479,with a minimum positive pressure differen- floor or the thickness required to maintain the tial of 0.01 inch(2.49 Pa)of water,and shall have fire-resistance rating. The penetrating items an F and T rating of not less than the required shall not be limited to the penetration of a sin- fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated and gle concrete floor, provided the area of the be installed in accordance with their listing. opening through each floor does not exceed 5. The annular space created by the penetration of 144 square inches(92 900 mm'). an automatic sprinkler,provided it is covered by 3. Penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any a metal escutcheon plate. material, provided such boxes have been 6. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assem- resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel blies and installed in accordance with the electrical boxes that exceed 16 square inches(0.0 instructions included in the listing. 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 135 i A 1 1 1 Copyrigbt to,or licensed by.ICC(ALL RIGHTS RESERVED),accessed by David Spencer an May 22.2015 12:42 20 PM pursuant to License FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 714.4.1.1 Installation. Through penetrations shall be tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies installed as tested in the approved fire-resistance-rated and are installed in accordance with the instruc- assembly. tions included in the listing. The annular space 714.4.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system. between the ceiling membrane and the box shall Through penetrations shall be protected by an not exceed /e inch (3.2 mm) unless listed other- approved through penetration firestop system installed wise. and tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 5. The annular space created by the penetration of a 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a metal 0.01 inch of water (2.49 Pa). The system shall have an escutcheon plate. F rating/T rating of not less than i hour but not less 6. Noncombustible items that are cast into concrete than the required rating of the floor penetrated. building elements and that do not penetrate both Exceptions: top and bottom surfaces of the element. 1. Floor penetrations contained and located 7. The ceiling membrane of 1-and 2-hourfire-resis- within the cavity of a wall above the floor tance-rated horizontal assemblies is permitted to or below the floor do not require a T rating. be interrupted with the double wood top plate of a 2. Floor penetrations by floor drains, tub wall assembly that is sheathed with Type X gyp- drains or shower drains contained and sum wallboard, provided that all penetrating located within the concealed space of a hor- items through the double top plates are protected izontal assembly do not require a T rating. in accordance with Section 714.4.1.1 or 714.4.1.2 and the ceiling membrane is tight to the top 3. Floor penetrations of maximum 4-inch plates. (102 mm) nominal diameter penetrating 714.4.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat- directly into metal-enclosed electrical ing items shall not connect to combustible materials power switchgear do not require a T rating. beyond the point of fu-estopping unless it can be demon- 714.4.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of mem- strated that the fur-resistance integrity of the horizontal brans that are part of a horizontal assembly shall comply assembly is maintained. with Section 714.4.1.1 or 714.4.1.2. Where floor/ceiling 714.4.4 Penetrations in smoke barriers.Penetrations in assemblies are required to have a fire-resistance rating, smoke barriers shall be protected by an approved through- recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required penetration firestop system installed and tested in accor- fire resistance will not be reduced. dance with the requirements of UL 1479 for air leakage. Exceptions: The L rating of the system measured at 0.30 inch(7.47 Pa) 1. Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or cop- of water in both the ambient temperature and elevated per conduits,pipes, tubes or vents, or concrete or temperature tests shall not exceed: masonry items where the annular space is pro- 1. 5.0 cfm per square foot(0.025 in/s•In')of penetra- tected either in accordance with Section 714.4.1 lion opening for each through-penetration firestop or to prevent the free passage of flame and the system;or products of combustion. The aggregate area of 2. A total cumulative leakage of 50 cfm (0.024 m/s) the the openings through the membrane shall not 2 exceed 100 square inches (64 500 mm') in any for any 100 square feet(9.3 in')of wall area,or floor 100 square feet(9.3 m2)of ceiling area in assem- blies tested without penetrations. 714.5 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of 2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum 2- nonfire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies or hour horizontal assemblies by steel electrical the ceiling membrane of a nonftre-resistance-rated roof/ceil- boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (10 mg assembly shall meet the requirements of Section 713 or 323 mm') in area,provided the aggregate area of shall comply with Section 714.5.1 or 714.5.2. such penetrations does not exceed 100 square 714.5.1 Noncombustible penetrating items. Noncom- inches (44 500 mm')in any 100 square feet(9.29 bustible penetrating items that connect not more than five m2) of ceiling area, and the annular space stories are permitted, provided that the annular space is between the ceiling membrane and the box does filled to resist the free passage of flame and the products not exceed t/s inch(3.2 mm). of combustion with an approved noncombustible material 3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of or with a fill,void or cavity material that is tested and clas- any size or type, that have been listed as part of sified for use in through-penetration firestop systems. an opening protective material system for use in 714.5.2 Penetrating items.Penetrating items that connect horizontal assemblies and are installed in accor- not more than two stories are permitted,provided that the dance with the instructions included in the listing. annular space is filled with an approved material to resist 4. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes the free passage of flame and the products of combustion. of any material, provided such boxes have been 136 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' Copyright to,or licensed by,ICC(ALL RIGHTS RESERVED);accessed by David Spencer on May 22.2015 12:42.20 PM pursuant to License vs SAFE, built . 1621 114`h Avenue SE, Suite 219 • Bellevue, WA 98004 • www.SAFEbuilt.com DEFERRED SUBMITTAL AGREEMENT The undersigned has been issued a permit for construction prior to final approval of the following.The following items shall be considered deferred submittals and shall be submitted AND approved prior to installation. Applicant's Name Phone E-Mail Primary Contact Phone E-Mail Project Name Permit Number Project Tax ID Number Description Site Address Contractor Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date I hereby assume all risk, financially and otherwise, for any construction performed that may need to be removed if the deferred submittals listed above are not appropriate. I understand that approval for the above deferred submittal(s) may take up to ten working days (or longer if there are problems with the submittal) from the date of submission. l understand that certain inspections will NOT be performed until the submissions are accepted. I understand additional fees will be required based on the additional time spent for plan review. All deferred submittal must be submitted to the design professional in responsible charge of the above project for written approval prior to submittal so SAFEbuilt. Architect/Engineer of Record Printed Name Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date Owner Printed Name i Owner Signature Date ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SAFEbuilt Printed Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date VM SAFEbuilt . 1621 114`h Avenue SE,Suite 219 • Bellevue, WA 98004 • www.SAFEbuilt.com SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17, where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more WABO Certified Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Applicant's Phone E-Mail Name I Primary Phone E-Mail Contact Project Tax ID Name Number Project Site Description Address Before a permit can be issued:The owner, Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent, shall complete (2) copies of this agreement, including the required acknowledgements, and attach structural tests and inspection schedules. A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to review the special inspection requirements and procedures. Approval of Special Inspectors:Special Inspectors shall be approved by the Building Official prior to performing duties. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE: 1. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITES OF SPECIAL INSPECTOR a. Observe Work: The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with SAFEbuilt approved (stamped) design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC, the Architect/Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/or placing drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items:The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work, the Special Inspector shall immediately notify SAFEbuilt by telephone 425-888-7643 or in person, and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Daily Reports: Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections TO REMAIN AT THE JOB SITE WITH THE CONTRACTOR for review by the Building Official. d. Furnish Weekly Reports:The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to SAFEbuilt, project Architect/Engineer, and others designated. These reports must include the following: • Description of daily inspections and test made, with applicable locations. • Listing of all non-conforming items. • Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved, as applicable. • Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/Engineer of Record and Building Official if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report:The Special Inspector of inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to SAFEbuilt stating that all items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported, and to the best of his/her knowledge, in conformance with the approved design drawings, specifications, approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance, unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage (i.e., missed inspections, periodic inspections when continuous was required, etc.) shall be specifically itemized in this report. 2. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES a. Notify the Special Inspector:The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the SAFEbuilt approved plan as specified by the Architect and/or Engineer of Record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans:The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records:The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by SAFEbuilt upon request. 3. BUILDING OFFICIAL RESPONSIBLITIES a. Approve Special Inspector:SAFEbuilt shall approve all Special Inspectors and inspection requirements. b. Monitor Special Inspection: Work requiring special inspection and the performance of special inspectors shall be monitored by the Building Official. His/her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the special inspector. c. Issue Certificate of Occupancy:The Building Official may issue a Certificate of Occupancy after all special inspection reports and the final report have been submitted and accepted. 4. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES a. Funding:The project owner, Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the special inspection services. 5. ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD RESPONSIBLITIES a. Drawings:The Architect or Engineer of Record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections: Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing, compaction and testing of backfill and/or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer and structural welding as work progresses. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION ITEMS REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE Indicate items requiring special inspection, structural testing or structural observations by checking the appropriate box: STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.1 & IBC 1705.12.1) STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL (IBC 1705.2.2) CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.3) MASONRY CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.4) WOOD CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.5, IBC 1705.11.1 & IBC 1705.12.2) SOILS CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.6) DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.7) CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.8) HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.9) SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS (IBC 1705.14) MASTIC& INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS (IBC 1705.15) EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) (IBC 1705.16) FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS (IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category iil or 1V per IBC Table 1604.5. SMOKE CONTROL (IBC 1705.18) ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.5) PLUMBING, MECHANICAL & ELECTRIAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.6) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D, E or F. SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS (IBC 1705.12.8) SPECIAL CASES (IBC 1705.1.1) Material alternatives or unusual design applications. MISCELLANEOUS AREAS— These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer or Record and are to be approved by SAFEbuilt. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have read and agree to comply with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement. Owner Print Name Owner Signature Date Contractor Print Name Contractor Signature Date Submit written Statement of Responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Special Inspector Print Name Special Inspector Signature Date Submit WABO Certification for special inspection agency and inspectors, (or) Submit special inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. Name of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Architect/Engineer of Record Print Name Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date Structural Observer Print Name Structural Observer Signature Date Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. Structural Observations required in accordance with IBC Section 1704.5. Accepted on Behalf of the Building Department. SAFEbuilt Print Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date City of Arlington May 24, 2018 Pilot Travel Centers 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville, TN 37909 Dear Mr. Shaver, The design documents submitted for this project have been reviewed for compliance with the locally adopted codes and amendments. Comments in yellow are those still outstanding and must be addressed before a building permit is issued. For processing: • Please submit 2 sets of revised construction documents containing the requested information or plan revisions with all revisions clouded or otherwise identified. • Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached list or creating a response letter. Indicate which plan sheet, detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Please send revisions to the attention of the plans examiner with the building permit application number noted. Revised drawings must clearly show code compliance. A RESPONSE LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE REVISED PLAN SUBMITTAL. • Please be sure to include on the resubmittal the engineer's or architect's "wet" stamp, signature, registration number and date on the cover page of any structural calculations, all structural details and structural sheets of the plans. In order to keep your permit in an "Active" status, please respond within 60 days. For questions about the required information please contact Kevin Olander at 360-403-3433 or kolanderOarlingtonwa.gov. Sincerely, iG%Gum,. Kevin Olander Combination Inspector 1820460 i PERMIT #: BLD1808 PROJECT: Pilot Travel Center ADDRESS: 2430 State Route 530 NE,Arlington,WA 98223 CODES REVIEWED: ❑x 2015 IBC ❑x 2015 IMC ❑x 2015 UPC ❑x 2015 IFGC ❑x 2015 WSEC OCCUPANCY GROUP: M/B TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 1 have broken the comment letter down into categories. Each of the items listed will need individual permit numbers. MAIN STRUCTURE (9,621 sgft) 1. Depth of all counters not clearly depicted. Ensure reach ranges comply with ICC A117.1-2009 Obstructed High Reach (308.2.2) and Obstructed High Side Reach (308.3.2). 2. ADA compliant seating detail not provided per ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 9. (A1.4) Please provide. 3. Side vestibule must be 60"wide to meet ICC A117.1-2009 Figure 404.2.3.2. 4. Front vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. The vestibule labeled "front vestibule" only provides 53.5" of maneuvering clearance, where the code minimum is 60" per the ICC A117.1-2009 404.2.5. Please see attached code detail. 5. Location of laundry facilities not detailed. Do they comply with height and clearance requirements of ICC A117.1-2009? 6. Showers do not meet"roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. The minimum shower width requried is 60" per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. Please see the attached detail. 7. Sheet A9: not all equipment is labeled. Please update. 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. Full detail from foundation to roof complying with UL listing is required. Please update the detail on the plans to include the full height of the wall. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. Sheet P7 was not included on the updated plans. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. Please provde detail showing this intersection. 11. It appears mechanical ductwork will be crossing through the 1-Hour partitions in multiple locations, please provide details. 12. Please provide updated door schedule with doors complying with 1-Hour partition requirements at necessary locations. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. The plans have square footage calculations in two different locations on the plans and they are not consistant. Please update plans with accurate square footages and consistant information. 14. Plumbing fixture count calculations were not provided, please provide. 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20psf,with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25psf. Please provide new calculations with updated design criteria. 16. Clothes dryer exhaust sysems exhausting more than 200 cfm shall be provided with makeup air per IMC 504.6 and the ductwork shall be a minimum of 26 gage metal. Please provide details. AUTO ISLAND (4,368 sgft): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for members? AUTOS ONLY SIGN (Height = 9'53 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design critera used? Sheet SS3 was not included on updated plans. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. TRUCK CANOPY (3,125 SQFT): 1. Foundation layout not provided, please provide. 2. Roof framing plan not provided. Please provide and include all connection details. 3. Structural calculations did not include auto island. What was design criteria used? Calculations for memebers? FUEL STORAGE TANKS: 1. The fuel tanks, vent piping and emergency stop for the fuel system shall be installed per 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) Chapter 23 and National Fire Protections Association (NFPA) Standard 30A. 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A. The emergence stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations are not approved. Sheet ES1.1 was not provided on the updated plans. HIGH RISE SIGN (100'- 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete the attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete the attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. MONUMENT PRICER SIGN (15')-. 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete the attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete the attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. CAT SCALES SIGN (21'. 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? 2. Please provide valuation for sign. CLEARANCE WARNING ARM (!a- l. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Sheet SS4 was not included on updated plan. 2. Please provide valuation for sign. STORAGE CONTAINERS (320sgft x 2 = 640syft. 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? City of Arlington to provide determination if these containers will be allowed within the current zoning of the property. 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. City of Arlington to provide determination if this meets the requirements of the flood zone and if additonal flood development permits will be requried. KITCHEN HOOD (2 Total) 1. The kitchen hood supression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood supression system details including manufacturers catalogue and installation requirements for the supression system to be installed. The kitchen hood suppression system is designed by a fire alarm company and is a separate permit. It is designed per NFPA 96 for a type I hood per the codes and standards mentioned in my orginal comments. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. The CO2 system is not a suppression system but the CO2 used in the soda drinking systems at the fountain. If not installed per the code it could cause hazards due to lack of air for breathing. So the fire code was revised in mid-year in the previous code cycle. 3. Please provide listing and manufactuer's installation requirements for both Type I hoods in compliance with IMC 507.2. 4. Type I hoods shall be secured in place by noncombustible supports. Type I hood supports shall be adequate for the applied load of the hood,the unsupported ductwork, the effluent loading and the possible weight of personnel working on the hood per IMC 507.2.4. Please provide cross sections of wall framing at both hood locations complying with the IMC. S. Type I hood shall be installed with a clearance to combustibles of not less than 18 inches per IMC 507.2.6. Please provide elevations of hoods at both locations. 6. Grease duct systems and exhaust equipment serving a Type I hood shall have a clearance to combustible construction of not less than 18 inches, and shall have a clearance to noncombustible construction and gypsum wallboard attached to noncombustible structures of not less than 3 inches per IMC 506.3.6. Please provide detail of how grease duct is going to pass through dropped ceiling in both locations. 7. Exhaust outlets that terminate above the roof shall have the discharge opening located not less than 40 inches above the roof surface per IMC 506.3.13.1. Please provide updated details. 8. Exhuast outlets shall be located not less than 10 feet horizontally from or not less than 3 feet above air intake openings into any building per IMC 506.3.13.3. 9. Makeup air shall be supplied during the operation of commercial kitchen exhaust systems that are provided for commercial cooking appliances. The amount of makeup air supplied to the building from all sources shall be approximately equal to the amount of exhaust air for all exhaust systems for the building. The makeup air shall not reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system. Makeup air shall be provided by gravity or mechanical means or both. Mechanical makeup air systems shall be automatically controlled to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust system. Makeup air intake opening locations shall comply with IMC 401.4. Please provide details. SITE PLAN: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure. They are not labeled,what are they? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. 2. ADA parking dimensions and construction requirements not clear on site plan, please provide more detail. Please be advised additional plan review fees may be incurred if the type of building construction or futher alterations are made. Please complete the attached Deferred Submittal and Special Inspection Agreement Forms. ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter 4.Accessible Routes f S Ln O 3 i E N V C V17 l (c � \ 60 min ! 1525 *< o m r l � \ f 60 min 1525 (a) 60 min / 1525 co r EN N S" O 3 (c) Fig.404.2.5 TWO DOORS IN A SERIES 404.2.10 Vision Lites. Doors and sidelites adjacent A156.10 listed in Section 105.2.4. Power-assist and to doors containing one or more glazing panels that low-energy doors shall comply with ANSIBHMA permit viewing through the panels shall have the bot- A156.19 listed in Section 105.2.3. tom of at least one panel on either the door or an EXCEPTION: Doors. doorways, and gates designed adjacent sidellte 43 Inches (1090 mm) maximum to be operated only by security personnel shall not above the floor. be required to comply with Sections 404.3.2, 404.3 4, EXCEPTION: Vision Iites with the lowest part and 404.3.5. more than 66 inches (1675 mm) above the floor 404.3.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall have a clear shall not be required to comply with Section opening width of 32 inches (815 mm) in power-on 404.2.10. and power-off mode. The minimum clear opening 404.3 Automatic Doors. Automatic doors and auto- width for automatic door systems shall be based on matic gates shall comply with Section 404.3. Full pow- the clear opening width provided with all leafs in the ered automatic doors shall comply with ANSIBBHMA open position. 21 MAihgjWft9 (ft%A4* #& ICC A117.1-2009 Chapter6.Plumbing Elements and Facilities 608.2.3.1 Size. Alternate roll-in shower compart- 608.3.1 Transfer-Type Showers. Grab bars for ments shall have a clear Inside dimension of 60 transfer type showers shall comply with Section Inches (1525 mm) minimum in width, and 36 608.31 inches(915 mm)in depth, measured at the center point of opposing sides. An entry 36 inches (915) 18 mm) minimum in width shall be provided at one end of the fib-inch (1525 mm) width of the com- back wall partment. A seat wall, 24 inches (610 mm) mini- mum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum in length, shall be provided on the entry side of the compart- ment. 608.2.3.2 Seat.A folding seat complying with Sec- Seat Control tion 610 shall be provided on the seat wall oppo- site the back wall. EXCEPTION: A seat is not required to be installed in a shower for a single occupant, 7 accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use, provided rein- 4 max forcement has been installed in walls and 102 located so as to permit the Installation of a shower seat. FIG.608.3.1 GRAB BARS IN TRANSFER-TYPE SHOWERS 608.3 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with Section 609 and shall be provided in accordance with Section 608.3.1.1 Horizontal Grab Bars. Horizontal grab 608.3.Where multiple grab bars are used, required hor- bars shall be provided across the control wall and Izontal grab bars shall be installed at the same height on the back wall to a point 18 inches (455 mm) above the floor. from the control wall. EXCEPTION: Grab—bars are not required to be 608.3.1.2 Vertical Grab Bar. A vertical grab bar Installed in a shower for a single occupant, accessed 18 inches (455 mm) minimum In length shall be only through a private office and not for common use provided on the control end wall 3 inches (75 mm) or public use, provided reinforcement has been minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above installed in walls and located so as to permit the the horizontal grab bar, and 4 inches (100 mm) Installation of grab bars complying with Section maximum inward from the front edge of the 11110 608.3. shower. CL back wall side ' side wall f wall c_ j o U3 end side wall L wall I E M seat wall 24—36 36 min 610 915 915 ---- -� 60 min 60 min 1525 1525 Note. inside finished dimensions measured (dote inside finished dimensions measured at the center points of opposing sides at the center points of opposing sides FIG.608.2.2 FIG.608.2.3 STANDARD ROLL-IN-TYPE SHOWER ALTERNATE ROLL-IN-TYPE SHOWER COMPARTMENT SIZE AND CLEARANCE COMPARTMENT SIZE AND CLEARANCE FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. partitions shall comply with Sections 714.3.1 through Openings into the access rooms shall be protected by 714.3.3. Penetrations in smoke barrier walls shall also com- opening protectives having afire protection rating of not ply with Section 714.4.4. less than 3/,t hour.Doors shall be self or automatic-closing 714.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of upon the detection of smoke in accordance with Section fire-resistance-rated walls shall comply with Section 716.5.9.3. 714.3.1.1 or 714.3.1.2. 713.13.4 Chute discharge room. Waste or linen chutes Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, fer- shall discharge into an enclosed room separated by fire rous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular barriers with a fire-resistance rating not less than the space between the penetrating item and the fire-resis- required fire rating of the shaft enclosure and constructed tance-rated wall is permitted to be protected by either in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies of the following measures: constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both. Openings into the discharge room from the remainder of 1. In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrat- the building shall be protected by opening protectives hav- ing item is a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nominal ing afire protection rating equal to the protection required diameter and the area of the opening through the for the shaft enclosure. Doors shall be self-or automatic- wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0.0929 closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with m2), concrete,grout or mortar is permitted where Section 716.5.9.3. Waste chutes shall not terminate in an installed the full thickness of the wall or the incinerator room. Waste and linen rooms that are not pro- thickness required to maintain the fire-resistance vided with chutes need only comply with Table 509. rating. 713.13.5 Incinerator room.Incinerator rooms shall com- 2. The material used to fill the annular space shall ply with Table 509. prevent the passage of flame and hot gases suffi- 713.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved cient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance conditions under a minimum positive pressure with Section 903.2.11.2. differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the 713.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways.Eleva- location of the penetration for the time period tor, dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be con- equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the con- structed in accordance with Section 713 and Chapter 30. struction penetrated. 714.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetra- SECTION 714 tions shall be installed as tested in an approved fire- PENETRATIONS resistance-rated assembly. 714.1 Scope.The provisions of this section shall govern the 714.3.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system. materials and methods of construction used to protect Through penetrations shall be protected by an through penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizon- approved penetration furestop system installed as tested tal assemblies and fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies. in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch 714.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings.Penetrations of (2.49 Pa)of water and shall have an F rating of not less fire-resistance-rated walls by ducts that are not protected than the required fire-resistance rating of the wall pen- with dampers shall comply with Sections 714.2 through etrated. 714.3.3. Penetrations of horizontal assemblies not pro- 714.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetra- tected with a shaft as permitted by Section 717.6, and not bons shall comply with Section 714.3.1. Where walls or required to be protected with fire dampers by other sec- partitions are required to have a fire-resistance rating, tions of this code, shall comply with Sections 714.4 recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required through 714.5.2. Ducts and air transfer openings that are fire resistance will not be reduced. protected with dampers shall comply with Section 717. 714.2 Installation details.Where sleeves are used,they shall Exceptions: be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated. The space 1. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire- between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel elec- and any space between the sleeve and the assembly pene- trical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches trated shall be protected in accordance with this section.Insu- (0.0 103 m2) in area, provided the aggregate area lation and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not of the openings through the membrane does not penetrate the assembly unless the specific material used has exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m2)in any 100 been tested as part of the assembly in accordance with this square feet (9.29 m2) of wall area. The annular section. space between the wall membrane and the box 714.3 Fire-resistance-rated walls. Penetrations into or shall not exceed'/e inch(3.2 mm).Such boxes on through fire walls,fire barriers,smoke barrier walls and fire 134 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE g , Copyright i,,,or licensed by,]CC(All.RIGHTS RESERVED),accessed by David Spencer on May 22,2015 12.42:20 PM pursuant le License FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be 103 in') in area, or steel electrical boxes of any separated by one of the following: size having an aggregate area through the mem- 1.1. By a horizontal distance of not less than brane exceeding 100 square inches(0.0645 m')in 24 inches (610 mm) where the wall or any 100 square feet (9.29 m') of wall area, pro- partition is constructed with individual vided such penetrating items are protected by noncommunicating stud cavities; listed putty pads or other listed materials and methods, and installed in accordance with the 1.2. By a horizontal distance of not less than listing. the depth of the wall cavity where the wall cavity is filled with cellulose loose- 714.3.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat- fill,rockwool or slag mineral wool insula- ing items shall not connect to combustible items beyond tion; the point of firestopping unless it can be demonstrated that 1.3. By solid fireblocking in accordance with the fire-resistance integrity of the wall is maintained. Section 718.2.1; 714.4 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a fire-resis- 1.4.By protecting both outlet boxes with tance-rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling mem- , brane of a roof/ceiling assembly not required to be enclosed listed putty pads;or in a shaft by Section 712.1 shall be protected in accordance 1.5.By other listed materials and methods. with Sections 714.4.1 through 714.4.4. 2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes 714.4.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of of any material, provided such boxes have been horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 714.4.1.1 tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies or 714.4.1.2. and are installed in accordance with the instruc tions included in the listing. The annular space Exceptions: between the wall membrane and the box shall not 1. Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper con- exceed t/B inch (3.2 mm)unless listed otherwise. duits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or parti- masonry items through a single fire-resis- tion shall be separated by one of the following: tance-rated floor assembly where the annular 2.1. By the horizontal distance specified in the space is protected with materials that prevent listing of the electrical boxes; the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to 2.2. By solid fireblocking in accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature fire Section 718.2.1; conditions under a minimum positive pressure 2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty differential of 0.01 inch (2.49 Pa) of water at pads; or the location of the penetration for the time 2.4. By other listed materials and methods. period equivalent to the fire-resistance rating of the construction penetrated. Penetrating 3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of items with a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nom- any size or type,that have been listed as part of a inal diameter shall not be limited to the pene- wall opening protective material system for use tration of a single fire-resistance-rated floor in fire-resistance-rated assemblies and are assembly, provided the aggregate area of the installed in accordance with the instructions openings through the assembly does not included in the listing. exceed 144 square inches(92 900 mm')in any 4. Membrane penetrations by boxes other than elec- 100 square feet(9.3 rn)of floor area. trical boxes, provided such penetrating items and 2. Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel, the annular space between the wall membrane ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or and the box, are protected by an approved mem- vents with a maximum 6-inch(152 mm)nom- brane penetration firestop system installed as inal diameter, provided the concrete, grout or tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL mortar is installed the full thickness of the 1479,with a minimum positive pressure differen- floor or the thickness required to maintain the tial of 0.01 inch(2.49 Pa)of water,and shall have fire-resistance rating. The penetrating items an F and T rating of not less than the required shall not be limited to the penetration of a sin- fire-resistance rating of the wall penetrated and gle concrete floor, provided the area of the be installed in accordance with their listing. opening through each floor does not exceed 5. The annular space created by the penetration of 144 square inches(92 900 mm'). an automatic sprinkler,provided it is covered by 3. Penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any a metal escutcheon plate. material, provided such boxes have been 6. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assem- resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel blies and installed in accordance with the electrical boxes that exceed 16 square inches(0.0 instructions included in the listing. 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 135 i A 1 1 1 Copyrigbt to,or licensed by.ICC(ALL RIGHTS RESERVED),accessed by David Spencer an May 22.2015 12:42 20 PM pursuant to License FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 714.4.1.1 Installation. Through penetrations shall be tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies installed as tested in the approved fire-resistance-rated and are installed in accordance with the instruc- assembly. tions included in the listing. The annular space 714.4.1.2 Through-penetration firestop system. between the ceiling membrane and the box shall Through penetrations shall be protected by an not exceed /e inch (3.2 mm) unless listed other- approved through penetration firestop system installed wise. and tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 5. The annular space created by the penetration of a 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of fire sprinkler, provided it is covered by a metal 0.01 inch of water (2.49 Pa). The system shall have an escutcheon plate. F rating/T rating of not less than i hour but not less 6. Noncombustible items that are cast into concrete than the required rating of the floor penetrated. building elements and that do not penetrate both Exceptions: top and bottom surfaces of the element. 1. Floor penetrations contained and located 7. The ceiling membrane of 1-and 2-hourfire-resis- within the cavity of a wall above the floor tance-rated horizontal assemblies is permitted to or below the floor do not require a T rating. be interrupted with the double wood top plate of a 2. Floor penetrations by floor drains, tub wall assembly that is sheathed with Type X gyp- drains or shower drains contained and sum wallboard, provided that all penetrating located within the concealed space of a hor- items through the double top plates are protected izontal assembly do not require a T rating. in accordance with Section 714.4.1.1 or 714.4.1.2 and the ceiling membrane is tight to the top 3. Floor penetrations of maximum 4-inch plates. (102 mm) nominal diameter penetrating 714.4.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat- directly into metal-enclosed electrical ing items shall not connect to combustible materials power switchgear do not require a T rating. beyond the point of fu-estopping unless it can be demon- 714.4.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of mem- strated that the fur-resistance integrity of the horizontal brans that are part of a horizontal assembly shall comply assembly is maintained. with Section 714.4.1.1 or 714.4.1.2. Where floor/ceiling 714.4.4 Penetrations in smoke barriers.Penetrations in assemblies are required to have a fire-resistance rating, smoke barriers shall be protected by an approved through- recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required penetration firestop system installed and tested in accor- fire resistance will not be reduced. dance with the requirements of UL 1479 for air leakage. Exceptions: The L rating of the system measured at 0.30 inch(7.47 Pa) 1. Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or cop- of water in both the ambient temperature and elevated per conduits,pipes, tubes or vents, or concrete or temperature tests shall not exceed: masonry items where the annular space is pro- 1. 5.0 cfm per square foot(0.025 in/s•In')of penetra- tected either in accordance with Section 714.4.1 lion opening for each through-penetration firestop or to prevent the free passage of flame and the system;or products of combustion. The aggregate area of 2. A total cumulative leakage of 50 cfm (0.024 m/s) the the openings through the membrane shall not 2 exceed 100 square inches (64 500 mm') in any for any 100 square feet(9.3 in')of wall area,or floor 100 square feet(9.3 m2)of ceiling area in assem- blies tested without penetrations. 714.5 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of 2. Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum 2- nonfire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies or hour horizontal assemblies by steel electrical the ceiling membrane of a nonftre-resistance-rated roof/ceil- boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (10 mg assembly shall meet the requirements of Section 713 or 323 mm') in area,provided the aggregate area of shall comply with Section 714.5.1 or 714.5.2. such penetrations does not exceed 100 square 714.5.1 Noncombustible penetrating items. Noncom- inches (44 500 mm')in any 100 square feet(9.29 bustible penetrating items that connect not more than five m2) of ceiling area, and the annular space stories are permitted, provided that the annular space is between the ceiling membrane and the box does filled to resist the free passage of flame and the products not exceed t/s inch(3.2 mm). of combustion with an approved noncombustible material 3. Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of or with a fill,void or cavity material that is tested and clas- any size or type, that have been listed as part of sified for use in through-penetration firestop systems. an opening protective material system for use in 714.5.2 Penetrating items.Penetrating items that connect horizontal assemblies and are installed in accor- not more than two stories are permitted,provided that the dance with the instructions included in the listing. annular space is filled with an approved material to resist 4. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes the free passage of flame and the products of combustion. of any material, provided such boxes have been 136 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' Copyright to,or licensed by,ICC(ALL RIGHTS RESERVED);accessed by David Spencer on May 22.2015 12:42.20 PM pursuant to License vs SAFE, built . 1621 114`h Avenue SE, Suite 219 • Bellevue, WA 98004 • www.SAFEbuilt.com DEFERRED SUBMITTAL AGREEMENT The undersigned has been issued a permit for construction prior to final approval of the following.The following items shall be considered deferred submittals and shall be submitted AND approved prior to installation. Applicant's Name Phone E-Mail Primary Contact Phone E-Mail Project Name Permit Number Project Tax ID Number Description Site Address Contractor Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date I hereby assume all risk, financially and otherwise, for any construction performed that may need to be removed if the deferred submittals listed above are not appropriate. I understand that approval for the above deferred submittal(s) may take up to ten working days (or longer if there are problems with the submittal) from the date of submission. l understand that certain inspections will NOT be performed until the submissions are accepted. I understand additional fees will be required based on the additional time spent for plan review. All deferred submittal must be submitted to the design professional in responsible charge of the above project for written approval prior to submittal so SAFEbuilt. Architect/Engineer of Record Printed Name Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date Owner Printed Name i Owner Signature Date ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SAFEbuilt Printed Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date VM SAFEbuilt . 1621 114`h Avenue SE,Suite 219 • Bellevue, WA 98004 • www.SAFEbuilt.com SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17, where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more WABO Certified Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Applicant's Phone E-Mail Name I Primary Phone E-Mail Contact Project Tax ID Name Number Project Site Description Address Before a permit can be issued:The owner, Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent, shall complete (2) copies of this agreement, including the required acknowledgements, and attach structural tests and inspection schedules. A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to review the special inspection requirements and procedures. Approval of Special Inspectors:Special Inspectors shall be approved by the Building Official prior to performing duties. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE: 1. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITES OF SPECIAL INSPECTOR a. Observe Work: The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with SAFEbuilt approved (stamped) design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC, the Architect/Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/or placing drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items:The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work, the Special Inspector shall immediately notify SAFEbuilt by telephone 425-888-7643 or in person, and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Daily Reports: Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections TO REMAIN AT THE JOB SITE WITH THE CONTRACTOR for review by the Building Official. d. Furnish Weekly Reports:The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to SAFEbuilt, project Architect/Engineer, and others designated. These reports must include the following: • Description of daily inspections and test made, with applicable locations. • Listing of all non-conforming items. • Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved, as applicable. • Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/Engineer of Record and Building Official if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report:The Special Inspector of inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to SAFEbuilt stating that all items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported, and to the best of his/her knowledge, in conformance with the approved design drawings, specifications, approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance, unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage (i.e., missed inspections, periodic inspections when continuous was required, etc.) shall be specifically itemized in this report. 2. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES a. Notify the Special Inspector:The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the SAFEbuilt approved plan as specified by the Architect and/or Engineer of Record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans:The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records:The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by SAFEbuilt upon request. 3. BUILDING OFFICIAL RESPONSIBLITIES a. Approve Special Inspector:SAFEbuilt shall approve all Special Inspectors and inspection requirements. b. Monitor Special Inspection: Work requiring special inspection and the performance of special inspectors shall be monitored by the Building Official. His/her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the special inspector. c. Issue Certificate of Occupancy:The Building Official may issue a Certificate of Occupancy after all special inspection reports and the final report have been submitted and accepted. 4. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES a. Funding:The project owner, Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the special inspection services. 5. ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD RESPONSIBLITIES a. Drawings:The Architect or Engineer of Record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections: Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing, compaction and testing of backfill and/or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer and structural welding as work progresses. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION ITEMS REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE Indicate items requiring special inspection, structural testing or structural observations by checking the appropriate box: STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.1 & IBC 1705.12.1) STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL (IBC 1705.2.2) CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.3) MASONRY CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.4) WOOD CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.5, IBC 1705.11.1 & IBC 1705.12.2) SOILS CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.6) DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.7) CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.8) HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.9) SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS (IBC 1705.14) MASTIC& INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS (IBC 1705.15) EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) (IBC 1705.16) FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS (IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category iil or 1V per IBC Table 1604.5. SMOKE CONTROL (IBC 1705.18) ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.5) PLUMBING, MECHANICAL & ELECTRIAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.6) Only required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D, E or F. SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS (IBC 1705.12.8) SPECIAL CASES (IBC 1705.1.1) Material alternatives or unusual design applications. MISCELLANEOUS AREAS— These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer or Record and are to be approved by SAFEbuilt. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have read and agree to comply with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement. Owner Print Name Owner Signature Date Contractor Print Name Contractor Signature Date Submit written Statement of Responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Special Inspector Print Name Special Inspector Signature Date Submit WABO Certification for special inspection agency and inspectors, (or) Submit special inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. Name of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Architect/Engineer of Record Print Name Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date Structural Observer Print Name Structural Observer Signature Date Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. Structural Observations required in accordance with IBC Section 1704.5. Accepted on Behalf of the Building Department. SAFEbuilt Print Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date Pilurm FLY/N i h 6-8-18 City of Arlington, WA Community and Economic Development ATTN: Kevin Olander 18204 59'h Ave. NE Arlington, WA 98223 RE: Bldg. 2"1 Review Comment Response for Permit #BID1808 Pilot Travel Center#1103 2430 SR 530 NE Arlington, WA 98223 To Whom it may concern, This letter is in response to the plan review comments dated 5-17-18 for the above referenced project. Our responses to the review comments are listed as follows according to the order they were listed. If there are further comments to the plans we would like to schedule a conference call to address the comments or concerns. In addition to responses to plans review comments received, the drawings have been updated to reflect internal comments received. These updates include revisions to Travel Center equipment, Architectural Finishes and the Electrical drawings reflecting communications, fire alarm and power for equipment modifications. After discussion with the Building Official and the Fire Marshall the building design was updated to a Type IIB (Unprotected, Unsprinkled) classification. Main Structure (9,621 sqft): 4. Front vestibule does not maintain 60" maneuvering clearance radius per ICC A117.1- 2009 404.2.5. The vestibule labeled 'front vestibule"only provides 53.5"of maneuvering clearance, where the code minimum is 60"per the ICC All 7.1-2009 404.2.5. Please see the attached code detail. Response: Please refer to Sheet Ala, Front Vestibule 35. Per ICC A117.1, Section 404.2.5 (c) requires 48 inches plus the door width for a total of 7 ft of minimum clear space required for two doors in a series, as well as a 60 inch minimum clear area (which is permitted to overlap the door swing). Door 01A is provided with 4'-5-1/2" (4' minimum required) from the leading edge of the door to the adjacent door in series plus the door width of 36 inches (total 7'-5-1/2"). Therefore, a minimum 60" clear area within the Front Vestibule is provided. We are in compliance. 6. Showers do not meet "roll in type" dimensions per ICC A117.1-2009 608.2.2. The minimum shower width required is 60"per ICCA117.1-2009 608.2.2. Please see attached code detail. Response: Please refer to Sheet A9. Shower widths are 5'-3" (63"). We have designed according to the "Standard Roll-in-type Shower Compartment" per Figure 608.2.2. The referenced position of the fold-down seat is illustrating the "Alternate" design. We are in compliance. pnur. FLY/N , 8. Please provide full detail of 1-Hour partition showing vertical continuity from the foundation to roof deck per IBC 708. Full detail from foundation to roof complying with UL listing is required. Please update the detail on the plans to include the full height of the wall. Response: Please refer to Sheet A1.2, revised Detail 1. 1-Hour Fire Partition is stated to per UL Design No. U432, which includes head of wall requirements. We are in compliance. 9. It appears some plumbing may penetrate 1-Hour partition, please provide details. Sheet P7 was not included on updated plans. Response: Please refer to Sheet P7 for firestop details. 10. How is the suspended ceiling going to attach at 1-Hour partition wall and maintain the integrity of the wall? Please provide detail. Please provide detail showing this intersection. Response: Please refer to Sheet A1.2, revised Detail 1. The 1-Hour Fire Partition is to be continuous from floor to deck. Suspended ceiling will not interrupt wall rating, as only edge trim is installed per manufacturer at rated assemblies. We are in compliance. 13. Occupant load calculations were not provided, please provide. The plans have square footage calculations in two different locations on the plans and they are not consistent. Please update plans with accurate square footages and consistent information. Response: Please see attached Sheet A0, illustrating occupant load calculations based upon actual Square Footage of buildings and use areas based upon the code required measurement take to the interior face of exterior walls. The Cover Sheet Square Footage is taken from the exterior, finish face of walls (Gross Building). 15. It appears the roof snow load used in the structural calculations is 20 psf, with Arlington having a minimum roof snow load of 25 psf. Please provide new calculations with updated design criteria. Response: Please find attached, updated Structural Calculations reflecting local requirement of 25 psf snow load. Autos Only Sign (Height — 9'5"): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Sheet SS3 was not included on updated plans. Response: Please find attached Sheet SS3. Fuel Storage Tanks: 2. The emergency fuel stop button shall be installed at an approved location at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from all fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC Chapter 23 and NFPA 30A. The emergency stop buttons installed within the dispensing stations pnur. FLY/N , are not approved. Sheet ES1.1 was not provided on the updated plans. Response: Please see attached Sheet ES1.1. High Rise Sign (100'): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement Monument Pricer Sign (15T 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement 2. Please provide valuation for sign. Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement Clearance Warning Arm (11'): 1. No footing design. Please provide to include all connection requirements. Design criteria used? Response: Please see attached Sheet SS4. Storage Containers (320sgft x 2 = 640sgft): 1. What is going to be stored in the containers? City of Arlington to provide determination if these containers will be allowed within the current zoning of the property. Response: These containers are located within the Dumpster Enclosure and hidden from view by an 8 ft tall CMU wall finished with Stucco and stone. Please provide determination 2. Please verify with Flood Plain Manager with jurisdiction if anchorage of the storage containers is required due to location within a flood plain. City of Arlington to provide determination if this meets the requirements of the flood zone and if additional flood development permits will be required. Response: Please see initial response and provide determination. Kitchen Hood (2 Total): pnur. FLY/N , 1. The kitchen hood suppression system shall be installed per Washington Amended IFC 904.2.2, 904.12.5 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 96. Provide all details of cooking equipment below the hood, hood suppression system details including manufacturers catalogue and installation requirements for the suppression system to be installed. The kitchen hood suppression system is designed by afire alarm company and is a separate permit. It is designed per NFPA 96 for a type 1 hood per the codes and standards mentioned in my original comments. Response: Please see previous response dated April 3, 2018, as well as Sheets ME1 thru ME6. Suppression system is designed and installed by CaptiveAire. CaptiveAire has informed Pilot that the necessary permits have already been submitted. 2. If a CO2 system is installed with 100 pounds of CO2 the system shall be installed per IFC 5307.1. The CO2 system is not a suppression system but the CO2 used in the soda drinking systems at the fountain. If not installed per the code it could cause hazards due to lack of air for breathing. So the fire code was revised in mid-year in the previous code cycle. Response: The CO2 system for the soda drinking fountain will be provided with an emergency alarm system per IFC Section 5307.5.2. NuCo2 is the vendor furnishing and installing the CO2 system and will comply with all applicable codes for installation and acceptance of the installed system. Site Plan: 1. There are 6 oblong items located south of the dumpster enclosure. They are not labeled, what are they? Please complete attached Deferred Submittal Agreement. Response: Please see attached executed Deferred Submittal Agreement. FerrellGas will pull the necessary permit since they are the propane provider and installer of the propane tanks. If there are any additional comments or concerns, please let us know. Sincerely, Ross Shaver Project Manager W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 CS12 Ver 2012.07.10 www.struware.com STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR Pilot Arlington, WA Revision 1 - Updated per Permit Review Comments 47325 S�ONAL� W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 www.struware.com Code Search Code: 2015 International Building Code Occupancy: Occupancy Group = B Business Risk Category & Importance Factors: Risk Category= II Wind factor= 1.00 use 0.60 NOTE: Output will be nominal wind pressures Snow factor= 1.00 Seismic factor= 1.00 Type of Construction: Fire Rating: Roof= 0.0 hr Floor= 0.0 hr Building Geometry: Roof angle (0) 0.25/ 12 1.2 deg Building length (L) 119.3 ft Least width (B) 78.9 ft Mean Roof Ht (h) 16.1 ft Parapet ht above grd 23.7 ft Minimum parapet ht 2.8 ft Live Loads: Roof 0 to 200 sf: 20 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area, but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12 psf Floor: Typical Floor N/A Partitions N/A 4/13/2017 Search Results for Map Applied Technology Council W1N,0.FA6E,0BrL0CAr10N ASCE 7 Windspeed ASCE 7 Ground Snow Load Related Resources Sponsors About ATC Contact Search Results Canada ALBERTA Query Date: Thu Apr 13 2017 c RITISHA SASKATCHr vc Latitude:48.1826 Longitude: -122.1938 ASCE 7-10 Windspeeds (3-sec peak gust in mph*): Risk Category I: 100 NORT Risk Category II: 110 WASHINGTON MONTANA DAKO- Risk Category III-IV: 115 MRI** 10-Year: 72 DKO' MRI**25-Year: 79 oREGON DAHo WrOMiNG MRI**50-Year: 85 MRI** 100-Year: 91 NEBR NEVADA United Stir ASCE 7-05 Windspeed: San Francisco uTA14 COLORADO Kk 85(3-sec peak gust in mph) ASCE 7-93 ee Winds d: Go cle cAL'FORN'A oLasvaoAA p Map data©2017 Google,INEGI 70(fastest mile in mph) *Miles per hour **Mean Recurrence Interval Users should consult with local building officials to determine if there are community-specs is wind speed requirements that govern. n Print your results WINDSPEED WEBSITE DISCLAIMER While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct,ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the windspeed report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the windspeed report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the windspeed load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund•Applied Technology Council-201 Redwood Shores Parkway,Suite 240•Redwood City,California 94065•(650)595-1542 http://windspeed.atcouncil.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=10&dec=l&latitude=48.18258889352496&longitude=-122.19376052073&risk cat... 1/1 4/13/2017 Design Maps Summary Report "USGS Design Maps Summary Report User-Specified Input Building Code Reference Document 2012/2015 International Building Code (which utilizes USGS hazard data available in 2008) Site Coordinates 48.182590N, 122.19376QW Site Soil Classification Site Class D - "Stiff Soil" Risk Category I/II/III Stanwoald. `\\ EBEY HILL NAVAL PORT, ?:SERVA17ON SUSAN, SQL _ _ ►5N 4 �aN • BA'; `� Arlington no 'Warm Beach +ARL tN6TON JWUNIAtRa*�R; 9 MLLP p� Ar"ito Fall USGS-Provided Output Ss = 1.079 g SN,s = 1.153 g Sps = 0.768 g S1 = 0.421 g SM1 = 0.665 g Sol = 0.443 g For information on how the SS and S1 values above have been calculated from probabilistic (risk-targeted) and deterministic ground motions in the direction of maximum horizontal response, please return to the application and select the"2009 NEHRV building code reference document. MCEa Response Spectrum Design Response Spectrum as 1.20 1_m ar_ Q9- Q6t QDe Q�[ In QFG I1A QC Q t� a.0 ax. F Q2t Q:e Q lE Q 1. am QQl Qm QOJ Q V .140 QbJ 030 1 M 1_.V 1 t0 1,60 1.80 Z00 G W Q ro Q4Q CLOO P-90 100 1_M 1.40 1,60 1 W ZUJ Perlo4 T(sec) Perlo4 T(sec) Although this information is a product of the U.S.Geological Survey,we provide no warranty,expressed or implied,as to the accuracy of the data contained therein.This tool is not a substitute for technical subject-matter knowledge. https:Hearthquake.usgs.gov/cn2/designmaps/us/sum m ary.php?tem plate=m i ni mal&latitude=48.18258889352496&longitude=-122.19376052072765&siteclass=3&... 1/1 4/13/2017 snowload.atcounci I.org/i ndex.php/com ponentivcpsnowload/item?pdf=1 IaTc N"'OW ]DADS ]DDY ]LOCATION Applied Technology Council Search Result Kelowna Elevation Limitation: ASCE 7*Ground Snow Load t P, Query Date: April 13, 2017 Van o uver Latitude: 48.18258889352496 Nanaimoo osurre Longitude: -122.19376052072765 25 psf minimum roof snow Elevation: 42.9 Feet load per local jurisdiction �YiConao Mt r-sr - onalForest spoka w Elevation<_400 feet: Ground Snow Load is 1 psf r Elevation>400<700 feet: Ground Snow Load is 20 psf W A S H I N G T o N Yakima a All loading data is in pounds per square foot. Portland + For a site-specific case study area,a case study is required to establish ground snow loads. Saom — Go gle *Based on Figure 7-1 Ground Snow Loads printed in ASCE 7-95 through ASCE 7-10. Users should consult with local building officials to determine if there are community-specific snow load requirements that govern. Red shaded area is the load specific boundaries. Any darker red area is the overlapping load specific boundary. GROUND SNOW LOAD WEBSITE DISCLAIMER While the information presented on this website is believed to be correct, ATC and its sponsors and contributors assume no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the ground snow load report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the ground snow load report provided by this website. Users of the information from this website assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this website does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site described by latitude/longitude location in the ground snow load report. Sponsored by the ATC Endowment Fund•Applied Technology Council•201 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 240• Redwood City,California 94065 • (650) 595-1542 http://snow I oad.atcounci I.org/i ndex.php/com ponent/vcpsnowI oad/item?pdf=1 1/1 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Wind Loads : Ultimate Wind Speed 110 mph Directionality (Kd) 0.85 Exposure Category C Enclosure Classif. Enclosed Building Internal pressure +/-0.18 Kh case 1 0.861 Kh case 2 0.861 I Type of roof Monoslope V(Z) Speedup Topographic Factor (Kzt) V Z) x� pv indJ x(da4•,r wind) Topography Flat Hill Height (H) 0.0 ft H< 15ft;exp C Hl� H Half Hill Length (Lh) 0.0 ft Kzt=1.0 Lh HJ�' Actual H/Lh = 0.00 Use H/Lh = 0.00 Modified Lh = 0.0 ft ESCARPMENT From top of crest: x= 0.0 ft Bldg up/down wind? downwind V(Z)ZAL I q ( Speed-up H/Lh= 0.00 K, = 0.000 VW x(upwind) x(downwind) x/Lh = 0.00 KZ = 0.000 z/Lh = 0.00 K3 = 1.000 H�2 H At Mean Roof Ht: Kzt= (1+KjK2K3)^2 = 1.00 2D RIDGE or3D AXISYMMETRICAL HILL Gust Effect Factor Flexible structure if natural frequency<1 Hz(T>1 second). h = 16.1 ft However,if building h/B<4 then probably rigid structure(rule of thumb). B = 78.9 ft h/B = 0.20 Rigid structure /z(0.6h) = 15.0 ft G = 0.85 Using rigid structure default Rigid Structure Flexible or Dynamically Sensitive Structure e = 0.20 Natural Frequency (n,) = 0.0 Hz f = 500 ft Damping ratio (p) = 0 Zmin = 15 ft /b = 0.65 c= 0.20 /a = 0.15 go, gV= 3.4 Vz= 92.9 LZ = 427.1 ft N, = 0.00 Q = 0.90 Rn = 0.000 IZ = 0.23 Rh = 28.282 n = 0.000 h = 16.1 ft G = 0.87 use G =0.85 RB = 28.282 n = 0.000 RL = 28.282 n = 0.000 9R = 0.000 R = 0.000 G = 0.000 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N. Weisgarber Road Arlington, WA Knoxville, TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865) 584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Enclosure Classification Test for Enclosed Building: A building that does not qualify as open or partially enclosed. Test for Open Building: All walls are at least 80% open. Ao>_ 0.8Ag Test for Partially Enclosed Building: Input Test Ao ]00 sf Ao >_ 1.1Aoi YES Ag sf Ao >4'or 0.01Ag NO Aoi sf Aoi/Agi <_ 0.20 NO Building is NOT Agi sf Partially Enclosed Conditions to qualify as Partially Enclosed Building. Must satisfy all of the following: Ao>_ 1.1Aoi Ao > smaller of 4'or 0.01 Ag Aoi /Agi <_ 0.20 Where: Ao =the total area of openings in a wall that receives positive external pressure. Ag =the gross area of that wall in which Ao is identified. Aoi =the sum of the areas of openings in the building envelope(walls and roof) not including Ao. Agi =the sum of the gross surface areas of the building envelope(walls and roof) not including Ag. Reduction Factor for large volume partially enclosed buildings (Ri) : If the partially enclosed building contains a single room that is unpartitioned , the internal pressure coefficient may be multiplied by the reduction factor Ri. Total area of all wall &roof openings (Aog): 0 sf Unpartitioned internal volume (Vi) : 0 cf Ri = 1.00 Altitude adjustment to constant 0.00256 (caution -see code) Altitude= 0 feet Average Air Density= 0.0765 Ibm/ft3 Constant= 0.00256 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Wind Loads - MWFRS all h (Enclosed/partially enclosed only) Kh(case 2)= 0.86 h= 16.1 ft GCpi= +/-0.18 Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf ridge ht= 16.9 ft G= 0.85 Roof Angle(0)= 1.2 deg L= 119.3 ft qi=qh Roof tributary area-(h/2)*L: 958 sf B= 78.9 ft (h/2)*B: 634 sf Nominal Wind Surface Pressures(psf) Wind Normal to Ridge Wind Parallel to Ridge B/L= 0.66 h/L= 0.20 L/B= 1.51 h/L= 0.13 Surface Cp ghGCP w/+q,GCpi w/-ghGCpi Dist.` Cp ghGCP w/+q;GCP; w/-ghGCP; Windward Wall(WW) 0.80 9.3 see table below 0.80 9.3 see table below Leeward Wall(LW) -0.50 -5.8 -8.2 -3.3 -0.40 -4.6 -7.1 -2.2 Side Wall(SW) -0.70 -8.1 -10.5 -5.6 -0.70 -8.1 -10.5 -5.6 Leeward Roof(LR) ** Included in windward roof Windward Roof: 0 to h/2* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 0 to h/2* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h/2 to h* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h/2 to h* -0.90 -10.4 -12.9 -8.0 h to 2h* -0.50 -5.78 -8.23 -3.33 h to 2h* -0.50 -5.8 -8.2 -3.3 >2h* 1 -0.30 -3.47 -5.92 -1.02 >2h* -0.30 -3.5 -5.9 -1.0 **Roof angle< 10 degrees.Therefore,leeward roof *Horizontal distance from windward edge is included in windward roof pressure zones. For monoslope roofs,entire roof surface is NOTE:The code requires the MWFRS be designed for minimum ultimate force of 16 psf either windward or leeward surface. multiplied by the wall area plus an 8 psf force applied to the vertical projection of the roof. Windward Wall Pressures at'Y'(psf) Combined WW+LW Windward Wall Normal Parallel LR z Kz Kzt gzGCP w/+q;GCp; w/-ghGCpi to Ridge to Ridge fWR 0 to 15' 0.85 1.00 9.1 6.7 11.6 14.9 13.7 SW h= 16.1 ft 0.86 1.00 9.3 6.8 11.7 15.0 13.9 LW ridge= 16.9 ft 0.87 1.00 9.4 6.9 11.8 15.1 14.0 �. \W Sw z � WIIiD �nmECTION WUM NOMAL TO RIDGE WR WR f WR LW SW ---SW WW WIIiD DII2ECTION \V2M PARALLEL TO RIDGE NOTE: sw See figure in ASCE7 for the application of full and partial loading of the above wind pressures.There are 4 different loading cases. Parapet z Kz Kzt qp(psf)j SW 23.7 ft 0.93 1.00 14.8 i= "-Sv�? Windward parapet: 22.1 psf (GCpn=+1.5) Leeward parapet: 14.8 psf (GCpn=-1.0) :mmWindward roof overhangs(add to windward roof pressure): 9.3 psf (upward) C I'tPnc'L"'nmI'° n�rG W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Wind Loads - Components & Cladding : h <= 60' Nominal Wind Pressures Kh(case 1)= 0.86 h= 16.1 ft Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf a= 6.4 ft Minimum parapet ht= 2.8 ft GCpi= +/-0.18 Roof Angle(0)= 1.2 deg Type of roof= Monoslope Roof GCp+/-GCpi Surface Pressure(psf) User input Area 10 sf 50 sf 100 sf 10 sf 50 sf 100 sf 200 sf 500 sf Negative Zone 1 -1.18 -1.11 -1.08 -16.1 -15.1 -14.7 -14.7 -14.7 Negative Zone 2 -1.98 -1.49 -1.28 -26.9 -20.3 -17.4 -17.4 -17.4 Negative Zone 3 -2.98 -1.79 -1.28 -40.5 -24.4 -17.4 -17.4 -17.4 Positive All Zones 0.48 0.41 0.38 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Overhang Zone 1&2 -1.70 -1.63 -1.60 -23.1 -22.2 -21.8 -18.8 -15.0 Overhang Zone 3 2.80 -1.40 -0.80 1 -38.1 -19.1 -10.9 -10.9 -10.9 Overhang pressures in the table above assume an internal pressure coefficient(Gcpi)of 0.0 Overhang soffit pressure equals adjacent wall pressure reduced by internal pressure of 2.4 psf Parapet qp= 14.8 psf Surface Pressure(psf) User input Solid Parapet Pressure 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 10 sf CASE A=pressure towards building(pos) CASE A: Interior zone: 39.9 27.2 25.5 39.9 CASE B=pressure away from bldg(neg) Corner zone: 54.6 27.2 25.5 54.6 CASE B : Interior zone: -27.9 -23.2 -19.9 -27.9 Corner zone: -31.9 -24.8 -19.9 -31.9 Walls GCp+/-GCpi Surface Pressure(psf) User input Area 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf 20 sf 150 sf Negative Zone 4 -1.17 -1.01 -0.90 -15.9 -13.8 -12.2 -15.3 -13.4 Negative Zone 5 -1.44 -1.12 -0.90 -19.6 -15.3 -12.2 -18.3 -14.5 Positive Zone 4&5 1.08 0.92 0.81 14.7 12.5 11.0 14.0 12.2 Note:GCp reduced by 10%due to roof angle- 10 deg. W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Location of C&C Wind Pressure Zones 2a Y < a a 2a 2a o a 3 _2 _ _2 _L3 , 2' , O R � I I I R O ----J-r I a I I I I I —j la I 2 ' o o ' 2 0: o I I 5 5 I I 1 12 I 1 I a ® 4 a J I a 1 I 5 5 I I 1 i 1 WALL I I Or----�- a a 3 -2- -2 Roofs w/ 0<_ 10' Walls h<_60' Gable,Sawtooth and and all walls &alt design h<90' Multispan Gable 0<- 7 degrees& Monoslope roofs h>60' Monoslope<_3 degrees 3°< 0<_10' h<_60'&alt design h<90' h<_60'&alt design h<90' Ia a � I_-a_a_ � � 41 1 e } _ 2 B C L) I I I I I I I�2 v2 ,?I QI 2 I2 I IQ2 2 I 2 �12 8 I t I 1 2 1 O I I p I ,J l• I 2 3 ✓ I I I 1 I I 2 n \�� L 3 L--- ---I 1 I F---2 --J 3}T2T Im 2 V 21 Q 1 I 2 Monoslope roofs Multispan Gable& Hip 7° < 0 <_27' I 1 10'<0 s 30' Gable 7° <0<_ 45° I h<_60'&alt design h<90' I � Sawtooth 10°< 0 <- 45' 3 / 2 3 / 2 2 /3 h<_60'&alt design h<90' 2 // 2//�l Q1 // 2 3 /t 2 2 2 / 3 3 /t 2 2 / 3— 2 ~ 1 2 2 / 3 2 2 b b Lb W,1 IV, R-1 W`2 W3 W IV Stepped roofs 0<_3° h<_60'&alt design h<90' W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Wind Loads - Open Buildings: 0.25 <_ h/L 5 1.0 Nominal Wind Pressures Procedure not allowed h/L is less than 0.25 Type of roof= Monoslope Free Roofs G= 0.85 Wind Flow= Obstructed Roof Angle= 1.2 deg NOTE:The code requires the MWFRS be Main Wind Force Resisting System designed for a minimum pressure of 10 psf. Kz=Kh(case 2)= 0.86 Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf Roof pressures -Wind Normal to Ridge Wind Load Wind Direction Flow Case y=0&180 deg Cnw Cnl Cn= _0.50 _1.20 Obstructed p= -5.8 psf 13.9 psf Wind Flow B Cn= _1.10 0.60 p= -12.7 psf NOTE: 1).Cnw and Cnl denote combined pressures from top and bottom roof surfaces. 2).Cnw is pressure on windward half of roof.Cnl is pressure on leeward half of roof. 3).Positive pressures act toward the roof.Negative pressures act away from the roof. Roof pressures -Wind Parallel to Ridge, y=90 deg Wind Load Horizontal Distance from Windward Flow Case Ede h= 16.1 ft <_h >h<_2h >2h 2h= 32.1 ft n= A ------------------------------ -----_--------- --------------- Obstructed p= 13.9 psf 10.4 psf 6.9 psf Wind Flow Cn= 0.50 __ _0.50 0.30 B ----------------- p= 5.8 psf 5.8 psf 3.5 psf Fascia Panels -Horizontal pressures qp= 13.6 psf Windward fascia: 20.4 psf (GCpn=+1.5) Leeward fascia: -13.6 psf (GCpn=-1.0) Components &Cladding -roof pressures Kz=Kh(case 1)= 0.86 a= 6.4 ft a = 41.3 sf Base pressure(qh)= 13.6 psf 4a2= 165.3 sf G= 0.85 Obstructed Wind Flow Effective Wind Area zone 3 zone 2 zone 1 positive negative positive negative positive negative <_41.3 sf 1.10 -3.84 0.86 -1.93 0.55 -1.28 ---------------------------------------------- --------------- ------T.-W-------------------- ------------------------------ CN >41.3,<_165.3 sf 0.86 1.93 0.86 1.93 0.55 -1.28 ---------------------------------------------- --------------- ------------------------------- ------------------------------ >165.3 sf 0.55 1.28 0.55 -1.28 0.55 1.28 <_41.3 sf 12.7 psf -44.4 psf -10.0 psf _22.3 psf 6.3 psf _14.8 psf Wind -------------------------- >41.3,<_165.3 sf 10.0 psf 22.3 psf 10.0 psf 22.3 psf 6.3 psf 14.8 psf pressure ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- >165.3 --------------- ------------------------------ >165.3 sf 6.3 psf -14.8 psf 6.3 psf -14.8 psf 6.3 psf -14.8 psf The C&C pressure shall not be less than 10 psf acting in either direction normal to the surface. W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Location of Wind Pressure Zones L L �_my �_'NL CNW (_'PiI. WIND WIND DIRECTION .0 DIRECTION .0 y= 0%180' y=0."'0. MCHED 'TROUGH L L <_'Nw l'NL (_'NL WIND WIND DIRECTI 't1 6' DIRECTION y= 0' .0 y= 180• MONCSLOPE 62 WIND DIRECTION v= 0°. 1800 L L L WIND DIRECTION WIND W ND DIRECTION DIRECTIONU p MONOSLOPE PITCHED TROUGH WIND DIRECTION v= 90° MAIN WIND FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM 1 1 1 1 1 1 e<to, a>_to* MONOSLOPE PITCHED ORTROUGHED ROOF COMPONENTS AND CLADDING W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Snow Loads : Roof slope = 1.2 deg Horiz.eave to ridge dist(W)= 78.9 ft Roof length parallel to ridge(L)= 119.3 ft Type of Roof Monoslope Ground Snow Load Pg = 33.0 psf Risk Category = II Importance Factor I = 1.0 Thermal Factor Ct = 1.10 Exposure Factor Ce = 1.0 Pf=0.7*Ce*Ct*I*Pg = 25.4 psf Unobstructed Slippery Surface(per Section 7.4) yes Sloped-roof Factor Cs = 1.00 Balanced Snow Load Ps = 25.4 psf Rain on Snow Surcharge Angle 1.58 deg Code Maximum Rain Surcharge 5.0 psf Rain on Snow Surcharge = 0.0 psf Ps plus rain surcharge = 25.4 psf Minimum Snow Load Pm = 20.0 psf NOTE:Alternate spans of continuous beams Uniform Roof Design Snow Load = 25.4 psf and other areas shall be loaded with half the design roof snow load so as to produce the greatest possible effect-see code. Windward Snow Drifts 1 -Against walls, parapets, etc more than 15'long Upwind fetch lu = 78.9 ft Projection height h = 6.8 ft Snow density g = 18.3 pcf Balanced snow height hb = 1.39 ft he = 5.41 ft he/hb>0.2= 3.9 Therefore,design for drift Surcharge Load Drift height hd = 2.42 ft /Due to Drifting Drift width w = 9.67 ft Surcharge load: pd=y*hd= 44.2 psf he hd Balanced Snow load: = 25.4 psf h pd,I `. Balanced Snow Load 69.6 psf Windward Snow Drifts 2-Against walls,parapets,etc>15' h w Upwind fetch lu = 119.0 ft Projection height h = 1.8 ft Lu Snow density g = 18.3 pcf Balanced snow height hb = 1.39 ft he = 0.41 ft he/hb>0.2= 0.3 Therefore,design for drift Drift height hd = 0.41 ft Drift width w = 3.29 ft Surcharge load: pd=y*hd= 7.5 psf Balanced Snow load: = 25.4 psf 32.9 psf W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Seismic Loads: Risk Category: II Importance Factor(1): 1.00 Site Class: D Ss(0.2 sec)= 107.90%g S1 (1.0 sec)= 42.10%g Fa= 1.068 Sms= 1.153 SDS= 0.769 Design Category= D Fv= 1.579 Sm1 = 0.665 SD1 = 0.443 Design Category= D Seismic Design Category= D Number of Stories: 1 Structure Type: Light Frame Horizontal Struct Irregularities: No plan Irregularity Vertical Structural Irregularities: No vertical Irregularity Flexible Diaphragms: Yes Building System: Bearing Wall Systems Seismic resisting system: Light frame(cold-formed steel)walls with wood panels or steel sheets System Structural Height Limit: 65 ft Actual Structural Height(hn)= 16.1 ft See ASCE7 Section 12.2.5 for exceptions and other system limitations DESIGN COEFFICIENTS AND FACTORS Response Modification Coefficient(R)= 6.5 Over-Strength Factor(Qo)= 2.5 Deflection Amplification Factor(Cd)= 4 5DS= 0.769 SD1 = 0.443 p=redundancy coefficient Seismic Load Effect(E)= p QE+/-0.2SDS D = p QE +/- 0.154D QE=horizontal seismic force Special Seismic Load Effect(Em)= S2o QE+/-0.2SDS D =2.5 QE +/- 0.154D D=dead load PERMITTED ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES Simplified Analysis -Use Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis Equivalent Lateral-Force Analysis - Permitted Building period coef. (CT)= 0.020 Cu= 1.40 Approx fundamental period(Ta)= CThnx= 0.161 sec x=0.75 Tmax=CuTa= 0.225 User calculated fundamental period(T)= 0 sec Use T= 0.161 Long Period Transition Period(TL)= ASCE7 map= 12 Seismic response coef.(Cs)= SDSI/R= 0.118 need not exceed Cs= Shc I/RT= 0.425 but not less than Cs= 0.044Sdsl= 0.034 USE Cs= 0.118 Design Base Shear V= 0.118W Model&Seismic Response Analysis - Permitted(see code for procedure) ALLOWABLE STORY DRIFT Structure Type: All other structures Allowable story drift= 0.020hsx where hsx is the story height below level x W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 Roof Design Loads Items 113escription Multiple psf(max) psf(min) Roofing Single ply 1.0 1.0 Decking Metal Roof deck, 1.5,22 ga. 1.7 1.2 Framing Steel roofjoists&girders 5.0 2.0 Insulation Rigid insulation, per 1" x 3.5 5.3 2.5 Ceiling Suspended acoustical tile 1.8 1.0 Mech&Elec Mech.&Elec. 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Actual Dead LoP 19. 7.7 Use this DL insteAl 20.O0 8.0 Live Load 20.0 0.0 Snow Load 25.4 0.0 Ultimate Wind (zone 2 100sf) 16.7 -29.0 ASD Loading D+S 45.4 - D+0.75(0.6*W +S) 46.6 - 0.6*D+0.6*W - -12.6 LRFD Loading 1.2D+ 1.6 S +0.5W 73.0 - 1.2D+ 1.OW +0.5S 53.4 - 0.9D+ 1.OW -21.8 Roof Live Load Reduction Roof angle 0.25/ 12 1.2 deg 0 to 200 sf: 20.0 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area, but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12.0 psf 300 sf 18.0 psf 400 sf 16.0 psf 500 sf 14.0 psf User Input: 450 sf 15.0 psf W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 www.struware.com CODE SUMMARY Code: 2015 International Building Code Live Loads: Roof 0 to 200 sf: 20 psf 200 to 600 sf: 24-0.02Area,but not less than 12 psf over 600 sf: 12 psf Typical Floor N/A Partitions N/A Dead Loads: Floor 0.0 psf Roof 20.0 psf Wind Design Data: Ultimate Design Wind Speed 110 mph Nominal Design Wind Speed 85.21 mph Risk Category II Mean Roof Ht (h) 16.1 ft Exposure Category C Enclosure Classif. Enclosed Building Internal pressure Coef. +/-0.18 Directionality (Kd) 0.85 Roof Snow Loads: Design Uniform Roof Snow load = 25.4 psf Flat Roof Snow Load Pf = 25.4 psf Balanced Snow Load Ps = 25.4 psf Ground Snow Load Pg = 33.0 psf Importance Factor I = 1.00 Snow Exposure Factor Ce = 1.00 Thermal Factor Ct = 1.10 Sloped-roof Factor Cs = 1.00 Earthquake Design Data: Risk Category = II Importance Factor I = 1.00 Mapped spectral response acceleration: Ss = 107.90 %g S1 = 42.10 %g Site Class = D Spectral Response Coef. Sds = 0.769 Sd1 = 0.443 Seismic Design Category = D Basic Structural System = Bearing Wall Systems Seismic Resisting System = Light frame(cold-formed steel)walls with wood panels or steel sheets Design Base Shear V = 0.118W Seismic Response Coef. Cs = 0.118 Response Modification Factor R = 6.5 Analysis Procedure = Equivalent Lateral-Force Analysis W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. JOB TITLE Pilot 299 N.Weisgarber Road Arlington,WA Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 JOB NO. 170002-24 SHEET NO. Phone: (865)584-0999 CALCULATED BY R Gerken DATE 3/6/18 CHECKED BY W N Deal DATE 3/6/18 www.struware.com CODE SUMMARY- continued Component and cladding nominal wind pressures Roof Surface Pressure(psf) Areal 10 sf 1 50 sf 1 100 sf Negative Zone 1 -16.1 -15.1 -14.7 Negative Zone 2 -26.9 -20.3 -17.4 Negative Zone 3 -40.5 -24.4 -17.4 Positive All Zones 10.0 10.0 10.0 Overhang Zone 1&2 -23.1 -22.2 -21.8 Overhang Zone 3 -38.1 -19.1 -10.9 Overhang soffit pressure equals adjacent wall pressure reduced by internal pressure of 2.4 psf Parapet Solid Parapet Pressure(psf) Area 10 sf 100 sf 500 sf CASE A: Interior zone 39.9 27.2 25.5 Corner zone 54.6 27.2 25.5 CASE B: Interior zone -27.9 23.2 -19.9 Corner zone -31.9 -24.8 -19.9 Wall Surface Pressure(psf) Areal 10 sf 1 100 sf 1 500 sf Negative Zone 4 -15.9 -13.8 -12.2 Negative Zone 5 -19.6 -15.3 -12.2 Positive Zone 4&5 14.7 12.5 11.0 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N. Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Columns Reviewer: W N Deal Rear Wall —Rear Building Width 119.3 ft Building Length 78.9 ft Joist Bearing Height 13.0 ft (at front and rear) M Min.Joist Depth 2.25 ft (at rear) Column Grids 1-4 40.0 ft tnc G1 G2 G3 E 4-9 56.3 ft c 9-10 22.3 ft CO Girder Location B-E 40.7 ft E-Rear 37.6 ft Front Wall A Bumpout 1 44.3 ft Building Length Bumpout 2 0.0 ft Wall Weights 1 4 9 10 WTyp.Wall 16.0 psf Wstone 35.0 psf WBrick 50.0 psf Joist Spacing 5.0 ft W. Nicholas Deal, P.E.,S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Columns Reviewer: W N Deal Columns Max Vertical Load= 66.2 psf @ Exterior(Front Wall) Min Vertical Load= -9.9 psf @ Interior Max Vertical Load= 66.2 psf @ Exterior(Back Wall) Min Vertical Load= -12.6 psf @ Exterior Max Vertical Load= 44.5 psf @ Exterior(Side Wall) Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior Max Vertical Load= 66.2 psf @ Tower Joist Bearing height= 13.00 ft @ Tower Max Vertical Load= 48.3 psf @ Interior Joist Bearing height= 15.62 ft @ Girder Line COLUMN DESIGN Int.or Column Ext. Column Location Stress Column? Trib.Area Pdow„ P P Column Ht** Column Size P„/f2 P<P„/f2? Ratio A2/A3 Exterior Front 167 sf 7.43 kips -2.11 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.09 135/137 Exterior Front 131 sf 5.85 kips -1.66 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.07 E1 Exterior Girder 789 sf 35.11 kips -9.95 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.36 E4 Interior Girder 1900 sf 91.65 kips -18.80 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.95 E9 Interior Girder 1551 sf 74.84 kips -15.35 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.77 E10 Exterior Girder 441 sf 19.61 kips -5.56 kips 15.00 ft HSS6x6x0.25 96.8 kips OK 0.20 E6/E8 Exterior Back 109 sf 4.86 kips -1.38 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.06 C1/D1 Exterior Side 25 sf 1.09 kips -0.31 kips 13.00 ft HSS6x6x0.1875 81.8 kips OK 0.01 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Foundation w/Joist Layout Reviewer: W N Deal Foundations (Joists @ 5'o.c.) Allowable soil pressure= 2000 psf for Cont.Footings 0 to h/2= 8.08 ft -12.9 psf from 0 to h/2 66.2 psf @ Exterior(Front Wall) 2000 psf for Spread Footings h/2 to h= 16.16 ft MWFRS Roof= -12.9 psf from h/2 to h 66.2 psf @ Exterior(Back Wall) Density of concrete= 145 pcf h to 2h= 32.32 ft -8 2 psf from h to 2h C&C Max Vertical Load= 44.5 psf @ Exterior(Side Wall) Density of soil= 120 pcf >2h= 32.42 ft -5.9 psf>2h 66.2 psf @ Tower Min footing(frost)depth= 1.00 ft -8.1 psf from 0 to h/2 48.3 psf @ Interior Joist Bearing height= 13.00 ft MWFRS Min Vertical -8.1 psf from h/2 to h -9.9 psf @ Interior Wall weight= 16 psf Load= -3.4 psf from h to 2h C&C Min Vertical Load= -12.6 psf @ Exterior Mean roof height= 16.16 ft -1.1 psf>2h Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior SPREAD FOOTING DESIGN DESIGN PARAMETERS LOADING Trial Footing Size BEARING CHECK UPLIFT CHECK Column ID Height of Trial Bearing Int.or Ext. Column Wall above Width of Footing Width/ Pressure Footing Uplift Column? Location Trib.Area Opening Opening Pdown Pup Size Length Thickness qmax Ratio 0.6%(down) Ratio A2/A3 Exterior Front 167 sf 8.75 ft 15.08 ft 12.11 kips -2.11 kips F5.0 5.00 ft 1.00 ft 571 psf 0.29 2.18 kips 0.97 B5/B7 Exterior Front 131 sf 8.75 ft 12.92 ft 9.61 kips -1.66 kips F5.0 5.00 ft 1.00 ft 471 psf 0.24 2.18 kips 0.76 E1 Exterior Girder 789 sf 35.11 kips -6.36 kips F7.0 7.00 ft 1.50 ft 811 psf 0.41 6.39 kips 0.99 E4 Interior Girder 1900 sf 91.65 kips -6.52 kips F8.0 8.00 ft 1.67 ft 1529 psf 0.76 9.30 kips 0.70 E9 Interior Girder 1551 sf 74.84 kips -5.32 kips F8.0 1 8.00 ft 1.67 ft 1266 psf 0.63 9.30 kips 0.57 E10 Exterior Girder 441 sf 19.61 kips -5.56 kips F7.0 7.00 ft 1.50 ft 495 psf 0.25 6.39 kips 0.87 E6/E8 Exterior Back 109 sf 8.75 ft 11.61 ft 8.04 kips -1.38 kips F5.0 5.00 ft 1.00 ft 408 psf 0.20 2.18 kips C1/D1 Exterior Side 25 sf 8.75 ft 9.83 ft 1.78 kips -0.31 kips F3.0 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 285 psf 0.14 0.78 kips CONTINUOUS FOOTING DESIGN DESIGN PARAMETERS LOADING Trial Footing Size BEARING CHECK UPLIFT CHECK Wall ID Trial Bearing Wall Height of Footing Pressure Footing Uplift Int.or Ext. Location Trib.Width Wall Pdown Pup Size Width Thickness qmax Ratio 0.6%(down) Ratio Front Exterior Front 20.4 ft 23.67 ft 1.73 klf 0.12 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 662 psf 0.33 0.26 klf no uplift West Exterior Side 2.5 ft 23.67 ft 0.49 klf 0.35 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 250 psf 0.13 0.26 klf no uplift East Exterior Side 2.5 ft 23.67 ft 0.49 klf 0.35 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 250 psf 0.13 0.26 klf no uplift Rear Exterior Back 18.8 ft 23.67 ft 1.62 klf 0.14 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 628 psf 0.31 0.26 klf no uplift Rear Exterior Back 18.8 ft 23.67 ft 1.62 klf 0.14 klf F3.1 3.00 ft 1.00 ft 628 psf 0.31 0.26 klf no uplift Min. width of 3'0"for any spread footing Min. width of 2'0"for any continuous footing W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. Job Name:Pilot Job p:170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date:3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer:R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Beams&Lintels Reviewer:W N Deal Joist Spacing= 60.0 in max 66.2 psf @ Exterior(Front Wall) Min Vertical Load= -9.9 psf @ Interior Snow Drift Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior 66.2 psf @ Exterior(Back Wall) Min Vertical Load= -12.6 psf @ Exterior 44.2 psf 9.67 ft @ Exterior(Front Wall) Fascia Lateral Load= 34.1 psf @ Canopies(Open Bldg-WW Fascia) Max Vertical Load= 44.5 psf @ Exterior(Side Wall) Wall weight= 16.0 psf @ Exterior 44.2 psf 9.67 ft @ Exterior(Back Wall) Fascia height= 1.00 ft max 66.2 psf @ Tower Joist Bearing height= 13.00 ft 7.5 psf 3.50 ft @ Exterior(Side Wall) Canopy Wdnwn= 16.7 psf @ Canopies(Open Bldg-Roof C&CZone 3) 48.3 psf @ Interior Wall Lateral Load= -27.70 C&CZone 5 44.2 psf 9.67 ft @ Exterior(Tower) Canopy Wap= -37.2 psf @ Canopies(Open Bldg-Roof C&CZone 3) Canopy projection= 4.00 ft max Opening CFS Input Values Ixe Light Gauge Lintel Trib.Width Span v u Height Mx V Mmax V L L M V Section n Amax g (plift) maz(uplift) b(pos) b(neg) v x ( ) Ll 32.56 ft 4.67 ft 10.00 ft 70.41 k-in 5.03 k -13.42 k-in -0.96 k 5.00 ft 4.67 ft -2.71 k-in -0.194 k 1(2)60OS162-541 5.722 10.136 in L/411 Steel Lintel Trib.Width Span Mmax Vmax Mmax(upllit) Vmax(uplift) Lb(pos) Lb(neg) Section Ix Mp/f1 Lp Mm/f1 Lr Vn/n Adawn (in°) 2-3 22.15 ft 15.08 ft 41.7 k-ft 11.06 k -7.9 k-ft -2.11 k 5.00 ft 15.08 ft W14x26 245 100.0 k-ft 3.8 ft 61.7 k-ft 11.1 ft 70.9 k 0.240 in L/754 5-7/6-8 20.35 ft 12.92 ft 28.1 k-ft 8.70 k -5.4 k-ft -1.66 k 5.00 ft 12.92 it W1426 245 100.0 k-ft 3.8 ft 61.7 k-ft 11.1 ft 70.9 k 0.119 in L/1304 C-D 6.00 ft 9.83 ft 4.8 k-ft 1.95 k -0.9 k-ft -0.37 k 5.00 ft 9.83 ft W14x26 245 100.0 k-ft 3.8 ft 61.7 k-ft 11.1 ft 70.9 k 0.012 in I L/10034 Wall Ht Vertical Loads Lateral Loads Section Properties Biaxial Deflections Canopy Beam Above Span DL Wdawn Mxmax Vxmax Wlateral MYmax VYmax Ix Bending Opening (from wall SectionCanopy) (D+w) (o+w) (fascia) (w) (w) Section na) ly (in°) Mna/fl MnyAfl Vna/fl Vny/fl Check* Ax Ay above) 2-3 8.75 ft 15.08 ft 0.140 klf 0.033 klf 4.9 k-ft 1.31 k 0.034 klf 0.97 k-ft 0.257 k HSS8x6x0.1875 43.7 11.3 23.5 k-ft 11.8 k-ft 46.1 k 21.3 k OK 0.159 in L/1137 0.031 in L/5780 5-7/6-8 8.75 ft 12.92 ft 0.140 klf 0.033 klf 3.6 k-ft 1.12 k 0.034 klf 0.71 k-ft 0.220 k HSS8x6x0.1875 43.7 11.3 23.5 k-ft 11.8 k-ft 46.1 k 21.3 k OK 0.086 in I L/1807 0.017 in L/9190 C-D 8.75 ft 9.83 ft 0.140 klf 0.033 klf 2.1 k-ft 0.85 k 0.034 klf 0.41 k-ft 0.168 k HSS8x6x0.1875 43.7 11.3 23.5 k-ft 11.8 k-ft 46.1 k 21.3 k OK 10.029 in I L/4100 0.006 in L/20848 *Considers Lateral and Vertical loading W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Lateral Reviewer: W N Deal Building Layout Length Width Wall Ht Parapet Ht Length Wall Material Wmaterial 119.3 ft 78.9 ft Front Wall 23.67 ft 6.78 ft 119.25 ft Stone 35 psf (to CL of wall) Front High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf Front Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf WTyp.wall 16.0 psf Rear Wall 21.75 ft 6.50 ft 119.25 ft Stone 35 psf WStone 35.0 psf Rear High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf WBr;rk 50.0 psf Rear Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf East Wall 23.67 ft 7.60 ft 78.92 ft Typical 16 psf East Tower 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft None 0 psf West Wall 21.75 ft 5.68 ft 78.92 ft Typical 16 psf West High Wall 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Stone 35 psf Wall Height(to roof deck) 15.3ft 16.9ft 16.1ft Rear Wall Front Wall Side Walls Wall Sections Approx.Weight Approx.Weight Rear Wall Wall Section Height Width (Entire structure) (Trib.toDiaphragm) Front Wall 23.67 ft 119.3 ft 98.79 k 63.54 k Front High Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k - m Front Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k Rear Wall 21.75 ft 119.3 ft 90.78 k 58.95 k v Rear High Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k Rear Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k East Wall 23.67 ft 78.9 ft 29.89 k 19.74 k Front Wall East Tower 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k West Wall 21.75 ft 78.9 ft 27.46 k 17.32 k West High Wall 0.00 ft 0.0 ft 0.00 k 0.00 k Length Total Typical Wall Weightl 246.9 k 1 159.5 k Seismic 0.7E 0.7E *IF APPLICABLE,CHECK MIN&MAXAS Wroof Wwalls Wtotal V(Base Shear) (TOTAL) (TRIG.TO DIAPHRAGM) DESCRIBED IN ASCE 7-10,SECTION 207.0 k 246.9 k 454.0 k 0.118W 37.5 k 30.3 k 12.10.1.1 Wind Pwalls MWFRS Pparapet Windward Wall Leeward Wall Windward Z K` Kit q:GCp w/++giGCpi w/-ghGCpi w/+giGCpi w/-ghGCpi 22.1 psf 0'-15' 0 to 15' 0.85 1.00 9.1 6.7 11.6 -8.2 -3.3 Leeward h= 16.1 ft 0.86 1.00 9.3 6.8 11.7 -8.2 3.3 -14.8 psf ridge= 16.9 ft 1 0.87 1.00 9.4 6.9 11.8 -8.2 -3.3 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Lateral Reviewer: W N Deal N-S Direction (MWFRS All H) Condition Rear Wall(z=15',h=16.2') Front Wall(z=17.1',h=16.2') Total A q,GCP-q;GCp;= 14.9 psf ghGCP+q;GCp;= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf B q,GCP+q;GCp;= 14.9 psf ghGCp-q;GCp;= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf C ghGCp+q;GCp;= 15.0 psf %GCp-q;GCp;= 15.1 psf 15.1 psf D ghGCp-q;GCp;= 15.0 psf q,GCP+q;GCp;= 15.1 psf 15.1 psf Max Wind on MWFRS 15.1 psf E-W Direction (MWFRS All H) Condition West Wall(h=16.2') East Wall(h=16.2') Total A ghGCp+q;GCp;= 15.0 psf %GCp-q;GCp;= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf B ghGCp-q;GCp;= 15.0 psf q,GCP+q;GCp;= 15.0 psf 15.0 psf Max Wind on MWFRS 15.0 psf W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. lob Name:Pilot lob#:170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date:3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer:R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Diaphragm Reviewer:W N Deal Building Geometry Length=119.3 ft Width=78.9 ft WIND LOADING @ DIAPHRAGM wparapet R f R fwparapet wl �w2 Rbase Rbase West to East Direction South to North Direction w1=15.0 psf Rrooflwaul= 120.8 plf w1=15.1 psf Rrooflwaip= 127.8 plf h=16.1 ft Rrooflparapetl= 209.5 plf h=16.9 ft Rroof(parapet)= 250.1 plf a=5.7 ft Rbase= 120.8 plf a=6.8 ft Rbase= 127.8 plf wparapet=36.9 psf RTOTAL @ diaphragm= 330.4 plf wparapet=36.9 psf RTOTAt @ diaphragm= 377.9 plf East to West Direction North to South Direction wZ=15.0 psf Rrooflwaul= 120.8 plf wZ=15.0 psf Rrooflwaip= 114.6 plf h=16.1 ft Rrooflparapetl= 280.4 plf h=15.3 ft Rroof(parapet)= 239.9 plf a=7.6 ft Rbase= 120.8 plf a=6.5 ft Rbase= 114.6 plf wparapet=36.9 psf RTOTAL @ diaphragm= 401.2 plf wparapet=36.9 psf RTOTAt @ diaphragm= 354.5 plf Total Wind Shear E-W Direction RMAX @ diaphragm=401.2 plf N-S Direction RMAx @ diaphragm=377.9 plf Diaphragm width=78.9 ft Diaphragm width=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=78.9 ft VwiND=Wwall=79.7 plf/wall VwiND=Wwag=171.3 plf/wall along front&back walls along side walls SEISMIC LOADING @ DIAPHRAGM Rf VSEisMic=0.7E=30.3 k (trib.to roof) *IFAPPLICABLE,CHECK MIN&MAX AS DESCRIBED IN ASCE 7,SECTION 12.10.1.1 0.7E VSEiSMtc(MiN)=0.7E=39.5 k (trib.to roof) VSEisMiclMAxl=0.7E=78.9 k (trib.to roof) Rbase Total Seismic Shear E-W Direction Diaphragm width=78.9 ft N-S Direction Diaphragm width=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=119.3 ft Diaphragm length=78.9 ft VSEiSMic=0.7E=165.5 plf/wall VSEISMIC=0.7E=250.0 plf/wall along front&back walls along side walls CONTROLLING SHEAR E-W Direction 165.5 plf/wall SEISMIC CONTROLS N-S Direction 250.0 plf/wall SEISMIC CONTROLS along front&back walls along side walls W.Nicholas Deal,P.E.,S.E. lob Name:Pilot lob M 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location:Arlington,WA Date:3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer:R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Diaphragm Reviewer:W N Deal DECKING ATTACHMENT Fastener Layout 36/5 Deflection Check Sidelap fasteners (3)#10 TEK Screws k2=870 WE.w=165.5 plf Support fasteners #12 TEK Screws DB=758 WN_s=250.0 plf S= 250.0 plf k1=0.304 G'=16.2 k/in Strength= 285.0 plf OK Span=5.00 Amax=0.35 in Fastener Layout 36/5 Deflection Check Sidelap fasteners Hilti SLC Sidelap Fasteners @ 36 in o.c. WE.w=165.5 plf Support fasteners Hilti X-HSN 24 Fasteners WN_s=250.0 plf S= 250.0 plf G'=15.8 k/in Strength= 393.0 plf OK Amax=0.36 in 1.5 Type B 22 Ra Deckins (3-Span Condition for L1240 Deflection) Vertical Loading= 66.2 psf Vertical Allowable= 167.0 psf OK W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot lob#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Diaphragm Chord Reviewer: W N Deal DIAPHRAGM CHORD DESIGN A Rear Wall LDiA.= 119.3 ft WDiA.= 78.9 ft L1= 34.7 ft s1= 60.8 ftID m L2= 48.4 ft Sz= 0.0 ft u, a �* N � v v N-S Direction _ wN_S= 378 plf Front Wall V @1= 22.5 kip M @Z= 554.1 k-ft F @Z= 7.0 kip 1 2 3 IS V @Z= 9.4 kip M @3= 428.6 k-ft F @3= 5.4 kip L1 51 Lz sz V @3= -18.8 kip M @4= -671.2 k-ft F @4= -8.5 kip 4 LDIAPHRAGM V @4= -31.9 kip MMAX= 671.7 k-ft FMAX= 8.5 kip * 1 V @3= -22.5 kip I wN-s(Plf) Chord member size: L4x4x1/4 Allowable tension Pn/4= 41.8 kip (yielding) Pn/O= 42.3 kip (rupture) Tension check FMAX= 8.5 kip OK *Full member properties used at max location FALLOW.= 41.8 kip FMAX @ OFFSETS= 7.0 kip OK *Since vert.leg is coped across joists,only horiz.leg is considered for tension FALLOW.= 20.9 kip capacity along chord extensions at building offsets Chord Length req'd Allowable diaphragm strength= 285 plf L1REQ'D= Fz/Vvaiiow= 24.6 ft Req'd length to develop chord L2REQ'D= F3/Vva110 v= 19.1 ft *Chord is continuous across offset to connect to side wall,therefore no chord L2REQ'D= F4/Vvaii0w= -29.8 ft development length required at L2 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Shear Walls&HDs Reviewer: W N Deal Shear Wall Dimensions Length Height West Wall 52.0 ft 16.1 ft ()WIND- 2.0 East Wall 54.0 ft 16.1 ft East Wall(2) 0.0 ft 16.1 ft ()SEISMIC- 2.5 Front Wall 64.5 ft 13.0 ft *Only includes longest aligned wall section Rear Wall 60.0 ft 13.0 ft SEISMIC CONTROLS V= 15.1 k N-S Shear per east/west wall SEISMIC CONTROLS V= 15.1 k E-W Shear per front/back wall Maximum Values SHEAR WALL FASTENING Max Shear Fastener #10 TEK Screws HILTI X-GPN 37 MX Fasteners Force Spacing VNCIM VAuoW Check VNCIM VAuoW Check Comments West Wall 142.8 plf 6.0 in 910 364 OK 850 340 OK East Wall 280.4 plf 6.0 in 910 318 OK 850 297 OK Capacity reduced by 2w/h for(2)approx East Wall(2) 6.0 in 910 364 850 340 7ft sections Front Wall 234.7 plf 6.0 in 910 364 OK 850 340 OK Rear Wall 1 252.3 plf 1 6.0 in 1 910 1 364 1 OK 850 340 OK HOLDOWN Max Uplift Holdown Allow. Check Force Uplift* West Wall 2.3 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK East Wall 4.5 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK East Wall(2) S/HD8S 8.9 kip Front Wall 3.1 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK Rear Wall 3.3 kip S/HD8S 8.9 kip OK *Assumed 2-54 mil(16ga)Stud Member Thickness SHEAR WALL ANCHORAGE Max Shear Anchor Bolt Max Shear HILTI Kwik HUS-EZ Force Spacing per Bolt (DV,per bolt (DV,(3 bolts) Screw Anchor Diameter Embed West Wall 142.8 plf 24 in 286 Ibs 457 Ibs 1371 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in East Wall 280.4 plf 24 in 561 Ibs 897 Ibs 2692 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in East Wall(2) Front Wall 234.7 plf 24 in 469 Ibs 751 Ibs 2253 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in Rear Wall 252.3 plf 24 in 505 Ibs 807 Ibs 1 2422 Ibs 0.625 in 5.0 in Use Hilti PROFIS to check spacing&shear for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ Screw Anchor W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,V Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural C Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Joist Girder Reviewer: W N Deal Building Criteria Joist Bearing *All roof joist loads are total load/live load in Building Length 119.25 ft Joist Depth pounds per linear foot. The live load is the Building Width 78.92 ft Front 13 ft 3.88 ft greater of the roof live load and the uniform Max Joist Spacing 5.00 ft Girder 15.62 ft 3.03 ft roof snow load. The controlling load Rear 13 ft 2.25 ft combination for the total load is: Joist Bearing 15ft 7-3/8 in D+0.75W+0.75L. Snowdrift loading is shown on the plan and should be added to Max Vertical 48.3 psf the provided loads. The provided joist girder Max LLr 25.4 psf (no drift) No.Panel Point Load Point Load Girder P Girder Deflection Deflection Column Grids Girder Points (PLL) (PTL) Girder Depth Weight (total load) Designation w(LL) I(approx) Limit 1-4 40.0 ft G1 8 5.0 kip 9.5 kip 48 in 67 plf 9.9 kip 48VG8N10K 1002 plf 4147 in4 0.55 in L/869 4-9 56.3 ft G2 12 4.7 kip 8.9 kip 48 in 67 plf 9.3 kip 48VG12N1OK 1002 plf 8760 in4 1.03 in L/657 9-10 22.3 ft G3 5 4.5 kip 8.5 kip 48 in 67 plf 8.8 kip 48VG5N9K 1002 plf 1303 in4 0.17 in L/1568 Girder Location B-E 40.7 ft 41.49LH242/127 (does not include drift) E-Rear 37.6 ft 31.7LH242/127 (does not include drift) Bumpout 1 44.3 ft 41.94LH242/127 (does not include drift) Bumpout 2 0.0 ft 36.4LH242/127 (does not include drift) W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot lob#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item: Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Metal Studs Reviewer: W N Deal Max Vertical Load= 66.2 psf @ Front Wall Joist spacing= 5.00 ft Wall pressure(C&C)= -15.3 psf Negative Zone 4 = 66.2 psf @ Back Wall Stud spacing= 16.0 in = -18.3 psf Negative Zone 5 = 44.5 psf @ Side Wall = 14.0 psf Positive Zone 4&5 Drfi+Leads- ""� o car+ @ Front W-G a= 6.43 ft 7.5 Psf 3.50 ft @ Side aii Corner Condition Typical Condition Wall Location Lx Ly=Lt Pdown Mx(corner) Vy(corner) Stud Size *Pdown Mx(typ) Vy(typ) Stud Size Front 13.0 ft 4.0 ft 6.74 kips -4.63 k-in -0.12 kips 600S162-68 6.74 kips -3.87 k-in -0.10 kips 600S162-68 Back 13.0 ft 4.0 ft 6.74 kips -4.63 k-in -0.12 kips 60OS162-68 6.74 kips -3.87 k-in -0.10 kips 60OS162-68 East 17.2 ft 4.0 ft 0.15 kips -8.10 k-in -0.16 kips 60OS162-54 0.15 kips -6.77 k-in -0.13 kips 600S162-54 West 17.2 ft 4.0 ft 0.15 kips -8.10 k-in -0.16 kips 60OS162-54 0.15 kips -6.77 k-in -0.13 kips 60OS162-54 W. Nicholas Deal, P.E., S.E. Job Name: Pilot Job#: 170002-24 299 N.Weisgarber Road Location: Arlington,WA Date: 3/6/2018 Knoxville,TN 37919-4013 Item:Structural Calcs Engineer: R Gerken Phone: (865)584-0999 Hood and RTU Anchorage Reviewer:W N Deal HOOD SUPPORT Hood Weight 950 Ibs Min.#Supports 4 Wt per Support 238 lbs 1/2"dia.Rod Tension Capacity Area,Ab 0.20 in2 A36 Rod,F 58.0 ksi F =F"t 43.5 ksi Table J3.2,AISC 360 R 8.7 k n 2.0 R„/91 4.4k OK Single Angle Bending Moment 3.56 kip_in fb= 0.9 Qb= 1.67 L 5 ft laterally unbraced length d 4 in b 4 in t 0 in S 1.03 in3 section modulus about bending axis Iz 1.19 in4 minor principal axis moment of inertia (3w 0 See Table C-1`10.1 pg 16.1-284 rz 0.783 In minor principal axis radius of gyration Sc 0.824 in3 b\t 16.00 Material Properties Compact Section 15.46 E 29500 ksi Non-Compact Sect 26.91 Fy 36 ksi Force in Toe Tens (Comp,Tens) Cb 1 Max M Restraint no (yes,no) Princ Axis Bending yes (yes,no) Yielding Leg Local Buckling My 37.08 kip_in Fcr NA Mn 55.62 kip_in Sc NA Mn 43.6 kip_in Lateral-Torsional Buckling L/d 15 ratio max 61.47 Bending about geometric axis of equal leg angle without lateral-torsional restraint Me is NA compression at toe Me ib 795.51 kip_in tension at toe Bending about geometric axis of equal leg angle with lateral-torsional restraint at max moment Me ii NA Bending about major principal axis of equal leg angles Me iii 226.17 kip_in Bending of unequal leg angles Me iv NA Me 226.17 kip_in Mn 44.39 kip_in Mn 43.6 kip_in fMn 39.2 kip_in 3.3 kip—ft Ma 26.1 kip_in 2.2 kip_ft OK RTU ANCHORAGE Maximum Unit Size Length 10.0 ft Width 6.0 ft Height 5.0 ft Weight 3500lbs Sesimic Coeff 0.364 Wp Fp 637 Ibs per side Wind Press 25.9 psf Fh 648 Ibs per side Max Force 648 Ibs per side Min bolts per side 3 Max Force per bolt 216 Ibs 3/8"dia.Rod Tension Capacity Area,Ab 0.11 in2 A36 Rod,F 58.0 ksi Fn=Fnv 26.1 ksi Table 13.2,AISC 360 Rn 2.9 k S2 2.0 R„/S2 1.4 k OK �7 %y ' bul to 1621 114th Avenue SE,Suite 219 Bellevue,WA 98004 www.SAFEbuilt.com •-�-�_ate>� -- _-z � _. - _ DEFERRED SUBMITTAL AGREEMENT The undersigned has been issued a permit for construction prior to final approval of the following.The following items shall be considered deferred submittals and shall be submitted AND approved prior to installation. Applicant's Name Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone 865-474-3469 E-Mail Ross.Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.com Primary Contact Ross Shaver Phone 865-474-3469 E-Mail Ross.Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.com Project Name Pilot Travel Centers #1103 Permit Number BID1808 Project Travel Center with restaurants and Tax ID Number 34-1953155 Description convenience store 2430 SR 530 NE Pilot Travel Centers LLC Site Address Arlington, WA 98223 Contractor is a GC Deferred Item High Rise Sign Date 6-8-18 Deferred Item Monument Sign Date 6-8-18 Deferred Item Propane Tanks Date 6-8-18 Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date Deferred Item Date I hereby assume all risk, financially and otherwise, for any construction performed that may need to be removed if the deferred submittals listed above are not appropriate. I understand that approval for the above deferred submittal(s) may take up to ten working days(or longer if there are problems with the submittal) from the date of submission. I understand that certain inspections will NOT be performed until the submissions are accepted. I understand additional fees will be required based on the additional time spent for plan review. All deferred submittal must be submitted to the design professional in responsible charge of the above project for written approval prior to submittal so SAFEbuilt. Architect/Engineer of Record Printed Roy Parsons III Name Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date 6-8-18 Owner Printed Name Ross E. Shaver Owner Signature 446tb, E. J,00t Date 6-8-18 ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT SAFEbuilt Printed Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date l 1621 114'h Avenue SE,Suite 219 Bellevue,WA 98004 www.SAFEbuilt.com SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17, where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more WABO Certified Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Applicant's Ros .Shaver@PilotTravelCenters. om Name Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone 865-474-3469 E-Mail Primary Ross Shaver Phone same E-Mail same Contact Pilot Travel Centers - 1103 Arlington, Project x!D 34-1953155 Name Number Gas station, convenience store, 2430 SR530 NE Project restaurant, and parking Site Arlington, WA 98223 Description Address Before a permit can be issued:The owner,Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent, shall complete (2)copies of this agreement, including the required acknowledgements, and attach structural tests and inspection schedules. A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to revie the special inspection requirements and procedures. Approva o Special Inspectors: pecia Inspectors shal a approve by t e ui mg icia p io performing duties. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE: 1. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITES OF SPECIAL INSPECTOR a. Observe Work:The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with SAFEbuilt approved (stamped) design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC,the Architect/Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/or placing drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items:The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work,the Special Inspector shall immediately notify SAFEbuilt by telephone 425-888-7643 or in person, and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Daily Reports:Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections TO REMAIN AT THE JOB SITE WITH THE CONTRACTOR for review by the Building Official. d. Furnish Weekly Reports:The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to SAFEbuilt, project Architect/Engineer, and others designated. These reports must include the following: • Description of daily inspections and test made,with applicable locations. • Listing of all non-conforming items. • Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved, as applicable. • Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/Engineer of Record and Building Official if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report:The Special Inspector of inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to SAFEbuilt stating that all items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported, and to the best of his/her knowledge, in conformance with the approved design drawings, specifications, approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance, unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage (i.e., missed inspections, periodic inspections when continuous was required, etc.)shall be specifically itemized in this report. 2. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES a. Notify the Special Inspector:The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the SAFEbuilt approved plan as specified by the Architect and/or Engineer of Record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans:The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records:The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by SAFEbuilt upon request. 3. BUILDING OFFICIAL RESPONSIBILITIES a. Approve Special/nspector:_SAFEbuilt shall approve all Special Inspectors and inspection requirements. b. Monitor5pecial Inspection: Work requiring special inspection and the performance of special inspectors shall be monitored by the Building Official. His/her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the special inspector. c. Issue Certificate of Occupancy:The Building Official may issue a Certificate of Occupancy after all special inspection reports and the final report have been submitted and accepted. 4. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES a. Funding:The project owner,Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the special inspection services. S. ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD RESPONSIBLITIES a. Drawings:The Architect or Engineer of Record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections:Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing,compaction and testing of backfill and/or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer and structural welding as work progresses. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION ITEMS REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE indicate items requiring special inspection, structural testing or structural observations by checking the appropriate box: STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.1 &IBC 1705.12.1) STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.2) CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.3) MASONRY CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.4) WOOD CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.5, IBC 1705.11.1& IBC 1705.12.2) SOILS CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.6) DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.7) CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS(IBC 1705.8) HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.9) SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS (IBC 1705.14) MASTIC& INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS (IBC 1705.15) EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) (IBC 1705,16) FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS (IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category 111 or IV per IBC Table 1604.5. SMOKE CONTROL(IBC 1705.18) ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.5) PLUMBING, MECHANICAL& ELECTRIAL COMPONENTS (IBC 170S.12.6) XOnly required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D, E or F. SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS (IBC 1705.12.8) SPECIAL CASES (IBC 1705.1.1) Material alternatives or unusual design applications. MISCELLANEOUS AREAS—These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer or Record and are to be approved by SAFEbuilt. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have read and agree to comply with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement. Owner Print Name Ross Shaver Owner Signature -9 6' iWoot Date 5-24-18 Contractor Print Name Pilot Travel Centers LLC —ft�— Contractor Signature E Date 5-24-18 ii Submit written Statement of Responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Once awarded, appropriate contractor's will submit statement of responsability Special Inspector Print Name TBD,will be provided when awarded Special Inspector Signature Date Submit WABO Certification for special inspection agency and inspectors, (or) i.l Submit special inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. i.J Name of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Architect/Engineer of Record Print Name Roy B. Parsons III Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date t ` t l Structural Observer TBD, will be provided when awarded Print Name Structural Observer Signature Date see attached special inspections for the building and drawing SFO for the sign x Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. LJ Structural Observations required in accordance with 18C Section 1704.5. Accepted on Behalf of the Building Department. SAFEbuilt Print Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date GENERAL SPECIAL INSPECTION NOTES 1. Special inspection is defined by the building code as "Inspection of construction requiring the expertise of an approved special inspector in order to ensure compliance with this code and the approved construction documents" (see 2015 IBC Chapter 17). 2. Definitions of special inspection frequency: a) Continuous: Special inspection by the special inspector who is present when and where the work to be inspected is being performed. b) Periodic: Special inspection by the special inspector who is intermittently present where the work to be inspected has been or is being performed. c) Perform: Tasks to be performed for each welded joint or member or for each bolted connection. d) Observe: Items to be observed on a random basis. Operations need not be delayed pending these inspection. e) Document: Create a report documenting that the work has been performed in accordance with the contract documents. 3. The owner or the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspections during construction on the types of work listed under 2015 IBC Section 1705. The special inspector shall be a qualified person who shall demonstrate competence,to the satisfaction of the building official,for inspection of the particular type of construction or operation requiring special inspection. The special inspector shall disclose all possible conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be confirmed by the building official and/or the design professional. 4. Report requirements: a) Special inspectors shall keep records of inspections. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the building official,and to the registered design professional in responsible charge. Reports shall indicate that work inspected was done in conformance to the approved construction documents. b) Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction. If the discrepancies are not corrected,the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the building official and to the registered design professional in responsible charge prior to the completion of that phase of the work. c) A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted at a point in time agreed upon by the permit applicant and the building official prior to the start of the work. 5. In the event that the project locale does not require a building official to be involved,the owner or owner's agent shall review the special inspection requirements with the design professional to determine which items for special inspection are mandatory. 6. Special inspection items listed in the following tables are required if the inspection item pertains to the project. DRAWING TITLE: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS o PILOT TRAVEL CENTER 0, 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD. �� ARLINGTON,WA 98223 0j/ a 47325 michael Brady inc. COMM.NO. DATE: SHEET NO. �'aU architecture . engineering . interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP � �.5�RAL - 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 01 jONAL KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS Project: PILOT TRAVEL CENTER Location: 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD.ARLINGTON,WA 98223 Owner: PILOT FLYING J Design Professional: W. NICHOLAS DEAL, P.E.,S.E. This Statement of Special Inspections is submitted in accordance with Section 1704.3 of the 2015 IBC. It includes a Schedule of Special Inspection Services applicable to the above referenced Project as well as the identity of the individuals, agencies, or firms intended to be retained for conducting these inspections. If applicable, it includes Requirements for Seismic Resistance and/or Requirements for Wind Resistance. Are requirements for Seismic Resistance included in the Statement of Special Inspections? Yes Are requirements for Wind Resistance included in the Statement of Special Inspections? Yes The Special Inspector(s) shall keep records of all inspections and shall furnish interim inspection reports to the Building Official and to the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge at a frequency agreed upon by the Design Professional and the Building Official prior to the start of work. Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction. If the discrepancies are not corrected,the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Building Official and the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge prior to completion of that phase of work. A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting required special inspections and corrections of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official and the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge at the conclusion of the project. Frequency of interim report submittals to the Building Official and Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge shall be as follows: Building Official: Monthly Design Professional in Responsible Charge: Bi-weekly Preparer's Seal Statement of Special Inspections Prepared by: W. NICHOLAS DEAL, P.E., S.E. Type or print name Signature Date Building Official's Acceptance: Signature Date DRAWING TITLE: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS� . PILOT TRAVEL CENTER o, le- 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD. M I ARLINGTON,WA 98223 0 11 s v� COMM. O. DATE: SHEET NO. 47325 Michael Brady inc. �'aU architecture . engineering . interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP � '�.5��AL - 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 02 jONAL KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 SOILS CONSTRUCTION Soil 2015 IBC: Table 1705.E Required Task Extent Description Service YES 1. Foundation bearing capacity Periodic Verify the materials below foundations Field inspection are adequate to achieve the design bearing capacity. YES 2. Excavations Periodic Verify the excavations are extended to Field inspection the proper depth and have reached proper material. YES 3. Perform classification and testing of Periodic Field inspection compacted fill materials YES 4. Compacted fill material Continuous Verify the use of proper materials, Field inspection densities and lift thicknesses during placement and compaction of... YES 5. Subgrade Periodic Prior to placement of compacted fill, Field inspection observe sub-grade and verify that the site has been properly prepared. DRAWING TITLE: r ` SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS PILOT TRAVEL CENTER 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD. ARLINGTON,WA 98223 im lChael Brady inc. COMM.COMM.NO. DATE: SHEET NO. �� 47325 architecture . engineering . interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP '�.S ALA', G� 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 03 TONAL KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 Pilarm �' FLYZNa4,L )-,,. July 11, 2018 City of Arlington, WA Community and Economic Development ATTN: Kevin Olander 18204 59t" Ave. NE Arlington, WA 98223 c/o SAFEbuilt 1621 114th Ave SE, Suite 219 Bellevue WA 98004 Attn: Adrian Jones, PE Safebuiltbellevue(a�safebuilt.com RE: Bldg. 3►d Review Comment Response for Permit#BID1808 Pilot Travel Center#1103 2430 SR530 NE Arlington, WA 98223 Mr. Jones, This letter is in response to Building Technical Plan Review comments received on 6-27, 2018 for the above referenced project. Our responses to the review comments are listed as follows according to the order they were listed: Plan Sheet ES1.1 1. The emergency fuel stop switch shall be located at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from the fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC 2304.2.2. The auto refueling emergency shut off switch (EA1 & EA2) are shown on plan sheet ES1.1 within the auto fuel pump dispensing island. The following shall be noted on the plans to comply with IFC 23 and NFPA 30A. a. Relocate the emergency fuel shut off switches to an approved location. IFC 2303.2 b. Provide a detail for each emergency switch (EA1, EA2, ET3 & ET4) on the drawing noting the minimum distance from the dispensing pumps to the switch. IFC 2303.2 c. Provide a detail for each switch noting the location where the switch is to be located and what it is mounted on and how it is to be mounted. IFC 2303.2 d. Provide a detail on the drawing showing the mounting height of the switch, and signage for that switch. IFC 2303.2 e. Dispensing devices shall be in clear view of the attendant at all times. IFC 2304.2.4 f. Provide a consistant symbol for the emergency shut off switch. Plan sheet ES1.1 note the device as EA & ET while Plan sheet EO note the device as ES. Response: Please refer to attached response letter from Page Interworks, Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Engineer for items 1a through 1d, as well as item 1f. For item 1e, the dispensing devices are in clear view of the attendant through the use of CCTV cameras and the TV monitor located at the fuel desk where multiple attendants observe the dispensing devices. The CCTV cameras are located on the fueling canopies and the exterior of the building so that the attendant is viewing the dispensing devices from mulitple angles. Please see the revised A5 and A5.1 for the monitor location. Pilot Flying J has over 700 locations across the US with a percentage of these locations operating in this manner. Plan Sheet M-4 & M-12 1. Provide detailed hood suppression system drawings showing compliance with the requirements of IFC 904 and NFPA standards17A & 96 for review and approval. The drawings submitted do not provide enough detail for an approval of the hood suppression system. Response: Please refer to attached response letter from Page Interworks, Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Engineer. 2. Any cooking oil storage shall meet the requirements of IFC 610. Provide plans and details for review and approval. Response: IFC 610 states the requirements of Sections 610.2 through 610.7 (and NFPA 30) shall apply where "above-ground tanks with a capacity greater than 60 gal (227 L) installed within a building." Below is a description of Pilot Flying J's procedure for storage and disposal of cooking oil, illustrating IFC 610 is not applicable and we are in compliance: a. Receiving and Storage for New Cooking Oil —We are in compliance. i. New Cooking Oil is received in either 2.5 Gallon or 4.5 Gallon containers and stored on shelving located in an Outdoor Storage Container. ii. Approximately ten (10) containers (45 Total Gallons) are received and stored at any given time. b. Removal of Used Cooking Oil to Outdoor Storage —We are in compliance i. Removal of Used Cooking Oil from Equipment is accomplished using either a "Fryer Shortening Shuttle— FS100" or a "Shortening Shuttle — SS-709" depending upon the fryer style (drain location). ii. Used Cooking Oil is then removed from the building and stored in an outdoor 300 gallon, steel container by "DarPro Solutions". Soda fountain CO2 system 1. Provide detail drawings of the soda fountain CO2 system to show compliance with IFC section 5307 for review and approval. Response: Please refer to attached response letter from Page Interworks, Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Engineer. Site Plan 1. Provide detail drawings showing the location and arrangement of any tank storage for liquified gas storage to meet the requirements of IFC chapter 61 and NFPA standard 58 for review and approval. Response: Propane tanks was listed on the Deferred Submittal Agreement form. FerrellGas, who is the propane provider and tank installer, will provide the Deferred Submittal. Please find attached hereto revised drawings reflecting responses listed above. Should you require any further information, please let us know. Sincerely, Ross Shaver Project Manager Pilot Flying J Ross.Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.com P: 865-474-3469 Pilot Travel Centers LLC 5508 Lonas Drive Knoxville,TN, 37909 1-800-562-6210 PAGE ENGINEERS R CONSULTANTS July 02, 2018 Ross Shaver Pilot Travel Centers LLC 5508 Lonas Drive Knoxville, TN 37909 Subject: Pilot Travel Center#1103 Arlington, WA— Fire Code Plan Review Comments Dear Ross: This letter is our response to the plan review comments received from the Fire Protection Engineer from Bellevue, WA. Plan Sheet ES1.1 Comment 1 —The emergency fuel stop switch shall be located at least 20 feet from and not more than 100 feet from the fuel filling dispenser stations. IFC 2304.2.2. The auto refueling emergency shut off switch (EA1 & EA2) are shown on plan sheet ES1.1 within the auto fuel pump dispensing island. The following shall be noted on the plans to comply with IFC 23 and NFPA 30A. *Relocate the emergency fuel shut of switches to an approved location. IFC 2303.2. *Provide a detail for each emergency switch (EA1, EA2, ET3 & ET4) on the drawing noting the minimum distance from the dispensing pumps to the switch. IFC 2303.2. *Provide a detail for each switch noting the location where the switch is to be located and what it is mounted on and how it is to be mounted. IFC 2303.2. *Provide a detail on the drawing showing the mounting height of the switch, and signage for that switch. IFC 230.3.2. *Dispensing devices shall be in clear view of the attendant at all times. IFC 2304.2.4. *Provide a consistent symbol for the emergency shut off switch. Plan sheet ES1.1 note the device as EA & ET while Plan sheet EO note the device as ES. Response—Agreed, please see detail 1 on new electrical sheet ES1.4 for the revised locations for the fueling emergency stops along with a hatched area indicating the areas of coverage. Please see detail 2 on new electrical sheet ES1.4 for a mounting detail and the indicated necessary signage. Please see the revised symbol legend on electrical sheet EO. Plan Sheet M-4 & M-12 Comment 1 — Provide detailed hood suppression system drawings showing compliance with the requirements of IFC 904 and NFPA standards 17A & 96 for review and approval. The drawings submitted do not provide enough detail for an approval of the hood suppression system. Response —The City of Arlington, WA permit department has issued a permit for the CaptiveAire hood fire suppression systems (Permit Number 1974). Soda Fountain CO2 System Comment 2 — Provide detail drawings of the soda fountain CO2 system to show compliance with IFC section 5307 for review and approval. 923 Main Street•North Wilkesboro,NC 28659-1646• Phone:336 667 4225• Fax: 336 667 4332• E-mail:design@pageinterworks.com Pilot Travel Center#1103 Arlington, WA— Fire Code Plan Review Response —Agreed. Added exhaust fan EF-8 and exhaust duct to 12 inches above finish floor and associated keyed note number 17 into Staging Area -18 to address CO2 ventilation requirements. Please feel free to call with any additional questions or concerns. Sincerely, Michael G. Lynn, PE Project Engineer— Mechanical ,1 Carl A. R. Page, PE Project Engineer- Electrical 2 Outdoor Used Cooking Oil Containers Outdoor Bins Standard: • Capacity: 300 Gallon • Top: 60" w x 43" d • Base: 53" w x 32" d • Height: 36" Medium: W.Ojjj,;u • Capacity: 200 Gallon • Top: 60" w x 33" d °= • Base: 53" w x 22" d • Height: 36" Extra Large: • Capacity: 400 Gallon • Top: 63" w x 44" d • Base: 56" w x 37" d • Height: 41" Theft Deterrent Lid .,"1 1% to l The sliding grill locks in place with a closed top lid for oil security. Your DAR PRO Solutions Service Technician can remove your oil ... thieves can't. DAA-- R PRO Equipment Division 5 u L. U T 1 0 ry S 800-486-0101 x22173 Adding value through service and innovation A DARLING/GRIFFIN BRAND darpro-sollutions.com -^%�R PRO Used Cooking Oil Equipment Overview Types of Outdoor Containers: 55 gal.drum Outdoor Bin/Corral Tank Poly Cube Mr Outdoor Used Cooking Oil Containers DR PRO Outdoor Bins Standard: Capacity: 300 Gallon Top: 60"w x 43"d Base: 53"w x 32"d Height: 36" Medium: Extra Larae: Capacity:200 Gallon Capacity:400 Gallon Top: 60"w x 33"d Top: 63"w x 44"d Base: 53"w x 22"d Base: 56"w x 37"d Height: 36" Height:41" Theft Deterrent Lid /IG Sliding grill locks in place with closed top lid for oil security You're DAR PRO Solutions Service Technician can remove your oil...thieves can't. DAR PRO Solutions December 2017 PROJECT QUANTITY ITEM NO Fryer Shortening Shuttle FS 100 FS 200 The Fryer Shortening Shuttle°is designed specifically for draining and - / transporting hot frying oil from open - _ fryers to proper disposal containers. When properly used, the shuttle helps avoid spills and other safety concerns by eliminating the need to lift and carry hot oil in an open container. Fryer Shortening Shuttle`s FS 200 • FS 100 spout height designed for a �I I standard 55 gallon drum 1.Drain used oil from fryer ® W • FS 200 spout height designed for a 2.Transport to appropriate container dumpster-type container up to 48 in 3.Set spout on rim (1219 mm) high 4.Tip end up to empty shuttle Standard features Fs 100 Fs 200 L . Lightweight aluminum body for easy ❑ handling • Flexible drain hose with quick T 59.00 in disconnect for convenience 48.00 in (1499 mm) 48.00 in • Available with male or female (1219 mm) (1219 mm) disconnects ) 37.00 in (940mm) ;' Reinforced, end-mounted wheel assembly with large 8 in (203 mm) ;h' ! wheels for easy pivoting and O O transport • Spout provides leverage for pivoting �4 k i41 wheel end up—employees never 12.88 in(305 mm) 11.50 in(292 mm) 12.88 in(305 rhm) 11.50 in(292 mm) have to lift loaded shuttle • Sealed hardwood handle minimizes FS " FS 200" heat transfer Dimensions • Stainless steel wall hook mounts Width 12.88 in (305 mm) 12.88 in (305 mm) shuttle securely against wall in Depth 11.50 in (292 mm) 11.50 in (292 mm) upright position when not in use Height 48.00 in (1219 mm) 59.00 in (1499 mm) Weight 25 Ib (11 kg) 30 Ib (14 kg) Bidding Specifications Crated Provide Henny Penny Fryer Shortening Shuttle° FS100 or FS 200 for use in safely draining, Width 15 in (380 mm) 16 in (406 mm) transporting and disposing of spent hot frying oil. Depth 12 in (305 mm) 15 in (380 mm) FS 100 is sized for disposal into standard 55 gallon drums.FS 200 is sized for larger dumpster Height 49 in (1245 mm) 59 in (1500 mm) containers. Volume 5.1 ft3 (0.14 m) 8.2 ft3 (0.23 m3) Units shall incorporate: Weight 29 Ib (13 kg) 37 Ib (17 kg) • Containment body constructed of integral lightweight aluminum Capacity hot frying oil • Flexible hose with quick disconnect fitting for use Volume 31 qt (29 L) 36 qt (34 L) with all Henny Penny filtration-equipped fryers Weight 60 Ib (27 kg) 70 Ib (32 kg) • 8 in(203 mm)wheel assembly Continuing product improvement may subject specifications to change without notice. ❑ APPROVED ❑ APPROVED AS NOTED ❑ RESUBMIT Henny Penny Corporation Y PENNY PO Box 60 Eaton OH 45320 USA +1 937.456.8400 800.417.84177" Engineered to Last +1 937.456.8434 Fax 800.417.8434 Fax AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE DATE +1.800.417.8405 Technical Support www.hennypennV.com ©2006 Henny Penny Corporation,Eaton,OH 45320 USA Revised 06/01/12 The Shortening Shuttli Economy Series Model#'s SS-611, SS-611-T, SS-611-TL, SS-709 Operation and Care Manual I a 1 FMake sure you have the correct size Shuttle. e are four (4) different economy series Shorteninghuttles®to fit your particular dumpster &fryer. CAUTION: Read instructions carefully before using to insure safe operation. Aesthetics You may notice a few surface scratches on your new Shortening Shuttle®. Due to the nature of the manufacturing process and the normal handling of materials prior to manufacturing, some surface scratches are expected. Safety Precautions Please read carefully and follow all safety precautions to ensure maximum safety. Maximum temperature the tank of the Shuttle will safely withstand: 300°F Warning: You MUST wear proper clothing when operating this unit. We recommend using heat resistant Safety Gloves. See OSHA guidelines for handling hot oil. `2�'-Caution: Skin burns at 120T. For maximum safety use when hot oil is below 120°F. Operating Precautions Warning: Waste container MUST be of proper height for safe use of the Shuttle. If not then obtain proper dumpster or order a different size Shortening Shuttle®. Cleaning: Rinse with hot water and a mild detergent (DO NOT use any caustic cleaning agents). Never leave water in the unit. Never pour any caustic cleaning solutions inside or on the outside of the Shortening Shuttle®. This action can cause damage to the unit's structural integrity. Warning: Never use the Shortening Shuttle® without the baffle screen in place. The baffle screen prevents hot shortening from splashing out of the Shortening Shuttle® due to excessive jostling and/or the accidental dropping of the unit while containing liquids. Never mix hot oil with water in the unit. How To Use The Shortening Shuttle® Step 1 Turn the fryer OFF and allow the shortening to cool to less than 120'F to reduce the likelihood of burns. Step 2 While wearing appropriate apparel to prevent burns, position the Shortening Shuttle* under the drain and slowly empty the flyer or pump directly from the filtering machine into the Shortening Shuttle*. DO NOT fill above the baffle screen opening. Step 3 Pull the Shortening Shuttle* away from the fryer. To lift, SQUAT down, grasp the wooden handle and with Bent Knees raise the Shortening Shuttle* to transporting position and carefully pull or push it to the discard area. Then, push the Shortening f' Shuttle*toward the waste container*until it touches the bottom of the waste container. Step 4 Continue to push the Shortening Shuttle* until the neck of it rests over the top of the waste container. 51 Step 5 Squat down with Bent Knees and grasp wooden handle with both hands. Then, using the leg muscles, lift & pivot the Shortening Shuttle*as shown, emptying the waste oil. Waste container MUST be of proper heig�aafce of the Shutt�Shutfle. then obtain proper dumpster or alter dumpore using the Cleaning: Be sure all of the shortening has been emptied from the Shortening Shuttle®before cleaning. Rinse the inside and outside with hot water and a mild detergent For clarity the illustrations are shown (Do Not use any caustic cleaning agents). Thoroughly rinse without safety Proper safety al srecommended out the inside with hot water to remove all cleaning solutions. Install baffle screen when finished. Caution: Make sure that the inside of the Shortening Shuttle* is completely dry before filling with hot shortening. NOTE:If shortening hardens inside the Shortening Shuttle*then scoop out as much as possible of the hardened shortening,but DO NOT rinse inside until after the next use as hot shortening will melt the remaining shortening left in the corners(the inside may be seen by using a small mirror). 12 Month Warranty If,within twelve months from date of purchase,this Shortening Shuttle®fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship,simply call us and we will repair or replace it free of charge. (This warranty gives you specific legal rights,and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.) Spare Parts All of the removable parts on the Shortening Shuttle°are available from us. When you need replacement parts call us and order genuine Shortening Shuttle®parts. Spare Part #S By Model Description SS-611 SS-611-T SS-611-TL SS-709 Single Wheel Kit SS-SWK SS-SWK SS-SWK SS-SWK Double Wheel Kit SS-DWK SS-DWK SS-DWK SS-DWK Wheel Handle Kit SS611WHK SS611WHK SS611WHK SS611WHK Wheel Handle Brkts SS611WHB SS611-TWHB SS611-TLWHB SS709WHB Top Handle Kit SS611THK SS611THK SS611THK SS709THK Baffle Screen Assm. SS611BSA SS611BSA SS611-TLBSA SS709BSA Safety Labels Kit SS-HOT-LB SS-HOT-LB SS-HOT-LB SS-HOT-LB Shuttle Accessories Dumpster Extension SS-611-DX SS-611-DX SS-611-DX SS-709-DX Splash Guard SS-611-SG SS-611-SG SS-611-SG SS-709-SPG Shuttle Cover SS-611-COV SS-611-COV SS-611-COV SS-709-COV Drop-In Shuttle Filter SS-SF-100 SS-SF-100 SS-SF-100 SS-SF-100 Shuttle Funnel SS-FUN-100 SS-FUN-100 SS-FUN-100 N/A Fryer Drain Hose FDH-075NPT Fryer Drain Hose FDH-I OONPT Fryer Drain Hose FDH-125NPT Drain Pipe WIP-DPIP-125NPT Safety Gloves,heat resistant 914-207 / J Tile AMMMMEW Shortening Shuttle �� Proudly Made in USA in Worcester, MA 01605 1-800-533-5711 (508)-757-5161 FAX (508)-831-9990 www.Shortening-Shuttle.com email: sales@Shortening-Shuttle.com Specifications subject to change without notice. 0 Copyright February 2012 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ii► The • ortenlnShuttle" S r Model #SS-709 is '►� �� Capacity: 70 Lbs / 9.2 Gal. /� Min. Fryer Drain Height: 8.5 in. Max. Dumpster Height: 40.5 in. Overall Shipping Dims: 10 x 16 x 50 in. 27 US ii % STANDARD FEATURES: Works with: 4114 Construction: ♦ Fryers w/front, side or bottom drains. ►/ ♦ Heavy duty construction, 0.10 thick \� ♦ Fryers w/Automatic filtering systems. aluminum body. ,►/ '� ♦ Broaster Equipment&Pasta Cookers. ►� ♦ Double walled seams and deep ►� \� weld penetration. ♦ Dumpsters up to 40.5 in. tall. '�� jam' ♦ Dumpster opening: min. of 113/a in. x 73/a in. 1-1004 \� ♦ Perforated Baffle Screen to prevent ♦ Dumpster opening setback from front edge of /� splashing and to catch large debris. dumpster: max. 31/2 in.* '►i \.Walk %: ♦ Poly Carbonate handle at both •�i i�► ends to help lessen heat transfer. Cautions: ►� \� Allow shortening to cool to 120' F or less to Lreduce the likihood of burns. ,►� Never use any of our Shortening Shuttles ►� without the baffle screen in place. ►� Push ►i Never pour caustic cleaning products inside or ,� \� on the outside of the Shortening Shuttle'- sat Empty Always use safety gloves when using any of '►� our Shortening Shuttle's . ;\ 15.9 12.1 /1 OPTIONS: ►� /. Stair Plate muith a st be Sohuttlerdered ►r w �\ �! 40.6 Wall Hook SS-WHOOK � U \� 8.5 *Dumpster Extension SS-611-DX cominna '►� ��► i Shuttle Filter SS-SF-100 4% \. Worcester Industrial Products Corp Shuttle Cover SS611COV 7 Brookfield street Worcester,MA 01605 Fryer Drain Hose FDH-???NPT i� 800-533-5711 508-757-5161 FAX 508-831-9990 Safety Glove Re lstant 914-207/• sale )Shortening-Shuttle com www.Shortening-Shuttle com Specifications subject to change without notice.* ►�►� ►�� ►. ►� ►� ►� ►�� ►�f Imo. ►� ►�� ►� ►�� ►�� Imo. I� ►�� ►�� ►�. �� ►�. �� . r�k V r�� r�� q� rp q� r�� rp r�� rp rp q� r�� r�� j� 9j� r�� 9j� r�� 9p 9j� ©Worcester Industrial Products Corp 02-2012 ®Registered trademark of The Brouster Co. 25 APPLICATION STATUS ❑ Revisions Required — Hold ❑ Initial Review ❑ 2nd Review ❑x 3rd Review ❑ Approved With Conditions ❑ APPROVED APPLICANT: Pilot Travel Center EMAIL: ross.shaver@pilottravelcenters.com FROM: Adrian Jones, PE, Fire Protection Engineer EMAIL: ajones@safebuilt.com DATE: 7/19/18 PERMIT #: BID1808 PROJECT: Pilot Travel Center ADDRESS: 2430 SR530 NE CODES REVIEWED: ❑x 2015 IFC ❑x NFPA Standards OCCUPANCY GROUP: M/B TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 The design documents submitted for this project have been reviewed for compliance with the locally adopted codes and amendments. Comments noted below are those still outstanding and must be addressed before a fire code permit is issued. For processing: Please submit revised construction documents containing the requested information or plan revisions with all revisions clouded or otherwise identified. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached list or creating a response letter. Indicate which plan sheet, detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Please send revisions to the attention of the fire plans examiner with the building permit application number noted. Revised drawings must clearly show code compliance. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ A RESPONSE LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE REVISED PLAN SUBMITTAL. Please submit the requested information via email or hard copy to: 1621 114t" Ave SE, Suite 219, Bellevue WA 98004 In order to keep your permit in an "Active" status, please respond within 60 days. For questions about the required information please contact the reviewer listed below at the SAFEbuilt office: 425-786-0001 or by email: Safebuiltbellevue(a)safebuilt.com Please understand that other review agencies/divisions may have revision comments, which are not contained within this Revision Letter. Please contact the local jurisdiction for a list of these agencies. Sincerely, AoUri a. Joi,x.P PE Fire Protection Engineer 425-954-0311 SAFEbuilt 1621 1141"Ave SE, Ste 219 Bellevue WA 98004 Plan Sheet M-4 & M-12 The Dar Pro Outdoor Used Cooking Oil Container shall be located at least 5 feet from any building. I FC 304.3 Soda fountain CO2 system Provide detail drawings for the installation of the soda fountain CO2 system to show compliance with IFC section 5307 and NFPA 55 chapter 13 for review and approval. These drawing shall show protection from damage when install in the building (IFC 5307.4), the piping and pressure vessels used (IFC 5307.3), and the Pressure relief valves, Pressures and level indicators, piping systems including materials of construction and operatiing instructions (IFC 5307.3 & NFPA 55 Chapter 13). An Operational Permit is required for the carbon dioxide system used in beverage dispensing applications having more than 100 pounds of carbon dioxide. IFC 105.6.4 & 5307.2. Fuel Dispensing Operations Attended self-service motor fuel dispensing facilities shall have not less than one quaified attendent on duty while the facility is open for business. IFC 2304.2 Fire Alarm Installation A separate permit is required for the installation of a fire alarm system. IFC 105.7.6 & 901.3 Plan Sheet PP1, PP1.2 SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ Revise the above plan sheets to remove the Emergency Fuel Stop button from the pump islands.lnstall the Emergncy Stop buttons per IFC 2303.2. All PP plan sheets Fuel dispensing systems for flammable or combustible liquids shall have the electrical equipment, dispensers, hose, nozzles and subsurface pumps using listed equipment and the installation shall meet the requirements of IFC 2306.7, 2306.7.6 The fuel tanks, piping and equipment shall be installed per IFC Chapters 23 & 57. An Operational Permit is required to store, handle and use Class IIIB liquids for fueling motor vehicles. IFC 105.6.17 (4) An Operational Permit is required to dispense liquid fuels into motor vehicles. IFC 105.6.17 (10) , 105.6.31 SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ 25 APPLICATION STATUS ❑ Revisions Required — Hold ❑ Initial Review ❑ 2nd Review ❑x 3rd Review ❑ Approved With Conditions ❑ APPROVED APPLICANT: Pilot Travel Center EMAIL: ross.shaver@pilottravelcenters.com FROM: Adrian Jones, PE, Fire Protection Engineer EMAIL: ajones@safebuilt.com DATE: 7/19/18 PERMIT #: BID1808 PROJECT: Pilot Travel Center ADDRESS: 2430 SR530 NE CODES REVIEWED: ❑x 2015 IFC ❑x NFPA Standards OCCUPANCY GROUP: M/B TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: VB NUMBER OF STORIES: 1 The design documents submitted for this project have been reviewed for compliance with the locally adopted codes and amendments. Comments noted below are those still outstanding and must be addressed before a fire code permit is issued. For processing: Please submit revised construction documents containing the requested information or plan revisions with all revisions clouded or otherwise identified. Please respond in writing to each comment by marking the attached list or creating a response letter. Indicate which plan sheet, detail, specification, or calculation shows the requested information. Please send revisions to the attention of the fire plans examiner with the building permit application number noted. Revised drawings must clearly show code compliance. SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ A RESPONSE LETTER MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE REVISED PLAN SUBMITTAL. Please submit the requested information via email or hard copy to: 1621 114t" Ave SE, Suite 219, Bellevue WA 98004 In order to keep your permit in an "Active" status, please respond within 60 days. For questions about the required information please contact the reviewer listed below at the SAFEbuilt office: 425-786-0001 or by email: Safebuiltbellevue(a)safebuilt.com Please understand that other review agencies/divisions may have revision comments, which are not contained within this Revision Letter. Please contact the local jurisdiction for a list of these agencies. Sincerely, AoUri a. Joi,x.P PE Fire Protection Engineer 425-954-0311 SAFEbuilt 1621 1141"Ave SE, Ste 219 Bellevue WA 98004 Plan Sheet M-4 & M-12 The Dar Pro Outdoor Used Cooking Oil Container shall be located at least 5 feet from any building. I FC 304.3 Soda fountain CO2 system Provide detail drawings for the installation of the soda fountain CO2 system to show compliance with IFC section 5307 and NFPA 55 chapter 13 for review and approval. These drawing shall show protection from damage when install in the building (IFC 5307.4), the piping and pressure vessels used (IFC 5307.3), and the Pressure relief valves, Pressures and level indicators, piping systems including materials of construction and operatiing instructions (IFC 5307.3 & NFPA 55 Chapter 13). An Operational Permit is required for the carbon dioxide system used in beverage dispensing applications having more than 100 pounds of carbon dioxide. IFC 105.6.4 & 5307.2. Fuel Dispensing Operations Attended self-service motor fuel dispensing facilities shall have not less than one quaified attendent on duty while the facility is open for business. IFC 2304.2 Fire Alarm Installation A separate permit is required for the installation of a fire alarm system. IFC 105.7.6 & 901.3 Plan Sheet PP1, PP1.2 SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ Revise the above plan sheets to remove the Emergency Fuel Stop button from the pump islands.lnstall the Emergncy Stop buttons per IFC 2303.2. All PP plan sheets Fuel dispensing systems for flammable or combustible liquids shall have the electrical equipment, dispensers, hose, nozzles and subsurface pumps using listed equipment and the installation shall meet the requirements of IFC 2306.7, 2306.7.6 The fuel tanks, piping and equipment shall be installed per IFC Chapters 23 & 57. An Operational Permit is required to store, handle and use Class IIIB liquids for fueling motor vehicles. IFC 105.6.17 (4) An Operational Permit is required to dispense liquid fuels into motor vehicles. IFC 105.6.17 (10) , 105.6.31 SAFEbuilt Washington Bellevue Office✓ l 1621 114'h Avenue SE,Suite 219 Bellevue,WA 98004 www.SAFEbuilt.com SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING AGREEMENT In accordance with International Building Code Chapter 17, where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more WABO Certified Special Inspectors to provide inspections during construction. Applicant's Ros .Shaver@PilotTravelCenters. om Name Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone 865-474-3469 E-Mail Primary Ross Shaver Phone same E-Mail same Contact Pilot Travel Centers - 1103 Arlington, Project x!D 34-1953155 Name Number Gas station, convenience store, 2430 SR530 NE Project restaurant, and parking Site Arlington, WA 98223 Description Address Before a permit can be issued:The owner,Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent, shall complete (2)copies of this agreement, including the required acknowledgements, and attach structural tests and inspection schedules. A pre-construction conference with the parties involved may be required to revie the special inspection requirements and procedures. Approva o Special Inspectors: pecia Inspectors shal a approve by t e ui mg icia p io performing duties. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE ALSO APPLICABLE: 1. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITES OF SPECIAL INSPECTOR a. Observe Work:The Special Inspector shall observe the work for conformance with SAFEbuilt approved (stamped) design drawings and specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC,the Architect/Engineer-reviewed shop drawings and/or placing drawings may be used only as an aid to inspection. b. Report Non-Conforming Items:The Special Inspector shall bring non-conforming items to the attention of the contractor and note all such items in the daily report. If any item is not resolved in a timely manner or is about to be incorporated in the work,the Special Inspector shall immediately notify SAFEbuilt by telephone 425-888-7643 or in person, and notify the project Architect or Engineer. c. Furnish Daily Reports:Each Special Inspector shall complete and sign an inspection report for each day's inspections TO REMAIN AT THE JOB SITE WITH THE CONTRACTOR for review by the Building Official. d. Furnish Weekly Reports:The Special Inspector or agency shall furnish weekly reports of tests and inspections directly to SAFEbuilt, project Architect/Engineer, and others designated. These reports must include the following: • Description of daily inspections and test made,with applicable locations. • Listing of all non-conforming items. • Report on how non-conforming items were resolved or unresolved, as applicable. • Itemize all changes authorized by the Architect/Engineer of Record and Building Official if not included in non-conformance items. e. Furnish Final Report:The Special Inspector of inspection agency shall submit a final signed report to SAFEbuilt stating that all items requiring special inspection and testing were fulfilled and reported, and to the best of his/her knowledge, in conformance with the approved design drawings, specifications, approved change orders and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Items not in conformance, unresolved items or any discrepancies in inspection coverage (i.e., missed inspections, periodic inspections when continuous was required, etc.)shall be specifically itemized in this report. 2. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES a. Notify the Special Inspector:The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Special Inspector or agency regarding individual inspection items on the summary schedule and as noted on the SAFEbuilt approved plan as specified by the Architect and/or Engineer of Record. b. Provide Access to Approved Plans:The Contractor is responsible for providing the Special Inspector access to approved plans at the job site. c. Retain Special Inspection Records:The Contractor is also responsible for retaining at the job site all Special Inspection records submitted by the Special Inspector and providing these records for review by SAFEbuilt upon request. 3. BUILDING OFFICIAL RESPONSIBILITIES a. Approve Special/nspector:_SAFEbuilt shall approve all Special Inspectors and inspection requirements. b. Monitor5pecial Inspection: Work requiring special inspection and the performance of special inspectors shall be monitored by the Building Official. His/her approval must be obtained prior to placement of concrete or similar activities in addition to that of the special inspector. c. Issue Certificate of Occupancy:The Building Official may issue a Certificate of Occupancy after all special inspection reports and the final report have been submitted and accepted. 4. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES a. Funding:The project owner,Architect or Engineer of Record acting as the owner's agent shall fund the special inspection services. S. ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OF RECORD RESPONSIBLITIES a. Drawings:The Architect or Engineer of Record shall include special inspection requirements on the design drawings and specifications. b. Schedule Inspections:Provide a summary schedule of required inspections which would outline frequency of inspections for items which may require multiple inspections which may include but are not limited to concrete and grout testing,compaction and testing of backfill and/or road beds as recommended by the geo-tech engineer and structural welding as work progresses. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION ITEMS REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE indicate items requiring special inspection, structural testing or structural observations by checking the appropriate box: STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.1 &IBC 1705.12.1) STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL(IBC 1705.2.2) CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.3) MASONRY CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.4) WOOD CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.5, IBC 1705.11.1& IBC 1705.12.2) SOILS CONSTRUCTION (IBC 1705.6) DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.7) CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS(IBC 1705.8) HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS (IBC 1705.9) SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS (IBC 1705.14) MASTIC& INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS (IBC 1705.15) EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) (IBC 1705,16) FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS (IBC 1705.17) Only required for high-rise buildings or those assigned to Risk Category 111 or IV per IBC Table 1604.5. SMOKE CONTROL(IBC 1705.18) ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS (IBC 1705.12.5) PLUMBING, MECHANICAL& ELECTRIAL COMPONENTS (IBC 170S.12.6) XOnly required for buildings located within Seismic Design Category D, E or F. SEISMICALLY ISOLATED SYSTEMS (IBC 1705.12.8) SPECIAL CASES (IBC 1705.1.1) Material alternatives or unusual design applications. MISCELLANEOUS AREAS—These inspections may be recommended by the Architect/Engineer or Record and are to be approved by SAFEbuilt. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have read and agree to comply with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement. Owner Print Name Ross Shaver Owner Signature -9 6' iWoot Date 5-24-18 Contractor Print Name Pilot Travel Centers LLC —ft�— Contractor Signature E Date 5-24-18 ii Submit written Statement of Responsibility in accordance with IBC Section 1704.4. Once awarded, appropriate contractor's will submit statement of responsability Special Inspector Print Name TBD,will be provided when awarded Special Inspector Signature Date Submit WABO Certification for special inspection agency and inspectors, (or) i.l Submit special inspection agency documentation for Building Official approval. i.J Name of Special Inspectors Scope of Work. Submit copies of inspector certifications provided for each discipline. Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Inspector Name Scope of Work Architect/Engineer of Record Print Name Roy B. Parsons III Architect/Engineer of Record Signature Date t ` t l Structural Observer TBD, will be provided when awarded Print Name Structural Observer Signature Date see attached special inspections for the building and drawing SFO for the sign x Statement of Special Inspections completed and submitted in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. LJ Structural Observations required in accordance with 18C Section 1704.5. Accepted on Behalf of the Building Department. SAFEbuilt Print Name SAFEbuilt Signature Date GENERAL SPECIAL INSPECTION NOTES 1. Special inspection is defined by the building code as "Inspection of construction requiring the expertise of an approved special inspector in order to ensure compliance with this code and the approved construction documents" (see 2015 IBC Chapter 17). 2. Definitions of special inspection frequency: a) Continuous: Special inspection by the special inspector who is present when and where the work to be inspected is being performed. b) Periodic: Special inspection by the special inspector who is intermittently present where the work to be inspected has been or is being performed. c) Perform: Tasks to be performed for each welded joint or member or for each bolted connection. d) Observe: Items to be observed on a random basis. Operations need not be delayed pending these inspection. e) Document: Create a report documenting that the work has been performed in accordance with the contract documents. 3. The owner or the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspections during construction on the types of work listed under 2015 IBC Section 1705. The special inspector shall be a qualified person who shall demonstrate competence,to the satisfaction of the building official,for inspection of the particular type of construction or operation requiring special inspection. The special inspector shall disclose all possible conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be confirmed by the building official and/or the design professional. 4. Report requirements: a) Special inspectors shall keep records of inspections. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the building official,and to the registered design professional in responsible charge. Reports shall indicate that work inspected was done in conformance to the approved construction documents. b) Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction. If the discrepancies are not corrected,the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the building official and to the registered design professional in responsible charge prior to the completion of that phase of the work. c) A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted at a point in time agreed upon by the permit applicant and the building official prior to the start of the work. 5. In the event that the project locale does not require a building official to be involved,the owner or owner's agent shall review the special inspection requirements with the design professional to determine which items for special inspection are mandatory. 6. Special inspection items listed in the following tables are required if the inspection item pertains to the project. DRAWING TITLE: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS o PILOT TRAVEL CENTER 0, 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD. �� ARLINGTON,WA 98223 0j/ a 47325 michael Brady inc. COMM.NO. DATE: SHEET NO. �'aU architecture . engineering . interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP � �.5�RAL - 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 01 jONAL KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS Project: PILOT TRAVEL CENTER Location: 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD.ARLINGTON,WA 98223 Owner: PILOT FLYING J Design Professional: W. NICHOLAS DEAL, P.E.,S.E. This Statement of Special Inspections is submitted in accordance with Section 1704.3 of the 2015 IBC. It includes a Schedule of Special Inspection Services applicable to the above referenced Project as well as the identity of the individuals, agencies, or firms intended to be retained for conducting these inspections. If applicable, it includes Requirements for Seismic Resistance and/or Requirements for Wind Resistance. Are requirements for Seismic Resistance included in the Statement of Special Inspections? Yes Are requirements for Wind Resistance included in the Statement of Special Inspections? Yes The Special Inspector(s) shall keep records of all inspections and shall furnish interim inspection reports to the Building Official and to the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge at a frequency agreed upon by the Design Professional and the Building Official prior to the start of work. Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction. If the discrepancies are not corrected,the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Building Official and the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge prior to completion of that phase of work. A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting required special inspections and corrections of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official and the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge at the conclusion of the project. Frequency of interim report submittals to the Building Official and Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge shall be as follows: Building Official: Monthly Design Professional in Responsible Charge: Bi-weekly Preparer's Seal Statement of Special Inspections Prepared by: W. NICHOLAS DEAL, P.E., S.E. Type or print name Signature Date Building Official's Acceptance: Signature Date DRAWING TITLE: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS� . PILOT TRAVEL CENTER o, le- 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD. M I ARLINGTON,WA 98223 0 11 s v� COMM. O. DATE: SHEET NO. 47325 Michael Brady inc. �'aU architecture . engineering . interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP � '�.5��AL - 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 02 jONAL KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 SOILS CONSTRUCTION Soil 2015 IBC: Table 1705.E Required Task Extent Description Service YES 1. Foundation bearing capacity Periodic Verify the materials below foundations Field inspection are adequate to achieve the design bearing capacity. YES 2. Excavations Periodic Verify the excavations are extended to Field inspection the proper depth and have reached proper material. YES 3. Perform classification and testing of Periodic Field inspection compacted fill materials YES 4. Compacted fill material Continuous Verify the use of proper materials, Field inspection densities and lift thicknesses during placement and compaction of... YES 5. Subgrade Periodic Prior to placement of compacted fill, Field inspection observe sub-grade and verify that the site has been properly prepared. DRAWING TITLE: r ` SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS PILOT TRAVEL CENTER 20600 SMOKEY POINT BLVD. ARLINGTON,WA 98223 im lChael Brady inc. COMM.COMM.NO. DATE: SHEET NO. �� 47325 architecture . engineering . interiors 170002.24 6/11/18 SUPP '�.S ALA', G� 299 N.WEISGARBER RD. PHONE: 865 584 0999 03 TONAL KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE 37919 FAX: 865 584 5213 Page 1 of 1 l DATE(MM/DD/YYY1) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE ��- 05/25/201e THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Willis of Tennessee, Inc. c/o 26 Century Blvd (A/CNo.E,n): 1-877-945-7378 F C N : 1-888-467-2378 EMAIL P.O. Box 305191 DDRESS: certificates@willis.com A Nashville, TN 372305191 USA INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# _ INSURERA: ACE American Insurance Company 22667 INSURED INSURER B: Pilot Travel Centers LLC and Flying J Transportation LLC INSURER C P.O. Box 10146 INSURERD: Knoxville, TN 37939 INSURER E INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:W6285175 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR AOOL SUBA POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVQ POLICY NUMBER (MIWDDNYYYI IMNIIDoffYYYILIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR TO RFA`ED 100,000 EMI E Ea occurrence) $ _ A X $1,000,000 SIR MED EXP(Any one person) $ 0 Y XSLG27869336 09/01/2017 09/01/2018 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT JECT AP.P.LIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 POLICY 0 PRO �X LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 1,000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ fEa accident) ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY.DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY FAUTOS ONLY r dent $ UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR I EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB _CLAIMS-MADE, AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION$ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN STAT TE ER ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ If yyes,describe under ❑ESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below I E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,maybe attached If more space Is required) City of Arlington is an Additional Insured on General Liability coverage as required by contract or agreement. Received AN 06 M8 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. City of Arlington AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Attu: Permit Dept. 18204 59th Avenue NE Arlington, WA 98223 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD SR ID: 16218070 HATCH: 725189 G1�Y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 The following minimum information is required for your Commercial/Multi-Family Building Permit Application. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents. Incomplete applications will delay the review. ❑x One (1) City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Permit Application (One (1) permit application per building or structure is required) E One (1) City of Ariington CommerciaiiMuiti-famiiy Suurniitai Ruquirernerits Form, x❑ Two (2)Architectural Drawings ❑x Two (2) Structural Drawings ❑ Two (2) Structural Calculations forthcoming ❑ One (1) Project Specification Manuals (if applicable)I providing electronically only due t0 SIZe ® One (1) NREC Code Compliance Forms 0 One (1) Special Inspection Requirements Forms El One (1) Occupant's Statement of Intended Use Form See Proposed Scope of Work in Application Drawings shall be BOUND SEPARATELY BY TYPE, architectural, structural and landscape, and then ROLLED TOGETHER IN COMPLETE SETS> landscape plans are forthcoming An intake appointment is required for all new Commercial or Multi-Family Building Permit Applications. To schedule an appointment please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360) 403 3551 or by email to ced(aD_arlingtonwa.gov. I acknowledge that all items designated above are included as part of this application. REV 2015 Page 1 of 9 G1�Y Off' COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 A. FEES DUE AT TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE B. CODES The City of Arlington currently enforces the following: International Codes 1. 2015 International Building Code(IBC) 2. 2015 International Residential Code(IRC) 3. 2015 International Mechanical Code (IMC) 4. 2015 International Fuel Gas Code(IFGC) 5. 2015 International Fire Code(IFC) 6. 2015 International Plumbing Code(IPC) 7. 2015 International Property Maintenance Code (IPMC) 8. 2015 International Existing Property Code(IEBC) 9. 2015 Washington State Energy Code(WESC) 10. 2009 Accessible& Usable Buildings and Facilities(ICC/ANSI 1417.1) Washington State Amendments 1. WAC 51-50 Washington State Building Code 2. WAC 51-51 Washington State Residential Code 3. WAC 51-52 Washington State Mechanical Code 4. WAC 51-54 Washington State Fire Code 5. WAC 51-56&51-57 Washington State Plumbing Code and Standards 6. WAC 51-11 Washington State Energy Code 7. WAC 296-46B Electrical Safety Standards,Administration, and Installation C. CITY OF ARLINGTON DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design Wind Speed: 85 miles per hour(Exposure C) Ground Snow Load: 25 pounds per square foot Seismic Zone: D2 Rainfall: 2 inches per hour for roof drainage design. Frost Line Depth: 12 inches Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,500 psf unless a Geo-Technical Report is provided. (IBC Table 1804.2 & IRC R401.4.1) D. PLANS AND DRAWINGS Submit two(2)complete sets of drawings and plans. Drawings and plans must be submitted on minimum 18"X 24", or maximum 30"X 42" paper.All sheets are to be the same size and sequentially labeled. Plans are required to be clearly legible,with scaled dimensions, in indelible ink, blue line, or other professional media. Plans will not be accepted that are marked preliminary or not for construction,that have red lines, cut and paste details or those that have been altered after the design professional has signed the plans. Please Note:A separate submittal of plans is required for each building or structure. REV 2015 Page 2 of 9 G1�Y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 DETAILED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents A. ® SITE PLAN — REQUIRED WITH ALL SUBMITTALS (May be included as part of the Architectural Drawing cover Sheet) 1. Drawing shall be prepared at scale not to exceed 1"=20 feet. 2. Show building outline and all exterior improvements. 3. Provide property legal description and show property lines. 4. Provide dimensions from the property lines to a minimum of two building corners(or two identifiable locations for irregular plan shapes). 5. Show building setbacks, easements and street access locations. 6. Indicate North direction. 7. Indicate finish floor elevation for the first level. 8. Provide topographical map of the existing grades and the proposed finished grades with maximum five feet elevation contour lines. 9. Show the location of all existing underground utilities, including water, sewer, gas and electrical. 10. Flood hazard areas,floodways, and design flood elevations as applicable. B. x❑ ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 1. ® Cover Sheet a) Building Information 1. Specify model code information. 2. Construction Type. 3. Number of stories and total height in feet. 4. Building square footage(per floor and total) 5. IBC Occupancy Type (show all types by floor and total). 6. Mixed-use ratio(if applicable) 7. Occupant load calculation (show by occupancy type and total) 8. List work to be performed under this permit b) Design Team Information 1. Design Professional in Responsible Charge 2. Architects 3. Structural Engineers 4. Owner 5. Developer 6. Any other Design Team Members 2. ] Floor Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum '/4-inch scale. b) Plans must show the entire tenant space. c) Specify the use of each room/area. d) Provide an occupant load calculation on the floor plan. (on every floor, in all rooms and spaces) e) Show ALL exits on the plans; include new, existing or eliminated. f) Show Barrier-Free information on the drawings. g) Show the location of all permanent rooms,walls and shafts. h) Note the uses in the adjacent tenant spaces, if applicable. i) Provide a door and door hardware schedule. REV 2015 Page 3 of 9 G1�Y Off' COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 j) Show the location of all new walls, doors,windows, etc. k) Provide details and assembly numbers for any fire resistive assemblies. 1) Indicate on the plans all rated walls, doors,windows and penetrations. m) Provide a legend that distinguishes existing walls, walls to be removed and new walls. 3. ® Reflected Ceiling Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum '/4-inch scale. b) Provide ceiling construction details. c) Provide suspended ceiling details complying with IBC 803.9.1.1. Show seismic bracing details. d) Show the location of all emergency lighting and exit signage. e) Detail the seismic bracing of the fixtures. f) Include a lighting fixture schedule. 4. ® Framing Plan a) Specify the size, spacing, span and wood species or metal gage for all stud walls. b) Indicate all wall, beam and floor connections. c) Detail the seismic bracing for all walls. d) Include a stair section showing rise, run, landings, headroom, handrail and guardrail dimensions. 5. © Storage Racks (if applicable) a) Structural calculations are required for seismic bracing of storage racks eight feet or greater in height. b) Eight feet or less, show a positive connection to floor or walls. NOTE: High pile storage shall meet the requirements of current International Building and Fire Codes. C. ❑ SPECIAL INSPECTION ISpecial Inspections are forthcoming 1. Where special inspection is required by IBC 1704,the registered design professional in responsible charge shall prepare a special inspection program that will be submitted to the City of Arlington and approved prior to issuance of the building permit to comply with IBC 106.1. D. ® WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 1. One(1)completed Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code Envelope Summary forms. E. OCCUPANT'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE 1. The Occupant's Statement of Intended Use form shall be completely filled out and may require the submittal of a Hazardous Materials inventory Statement(HMIS). Contact the Arlington REV 2015 Page 4 of 9 G1�Y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 The building permit does not include any mechanical, electrical, plumbing or fire sprinkler/alarm work. These permits are issued separately. Mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or fire sprinkler/alarm permits require a separate permit application and may also require separate plan review. Please note that any tenant improvement work in a space that involves food handling or preparation requires Snohomish County Health District approval before the permit can be issued. You must provide the Permit Center a copy of the approval letter or the approved plans. Contact the Snohomish County Health District at (425) 339-5250 with any questions or for more information. An intake appointment is required for all large Tenant Improvement Building Permit Applications. To determine if your project requires an intake appointment, to schedule an appointment or to ensure that you have the most current information, please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403-3551 or by email to ced@arlingtonwa.gov. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal. 44bko E, , REV 2015 Page 5 of 9 G1�Y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 THIS APPLICATION TO BE USED FOR NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURES AND RESIDENTIAL DWELLINGS NOT REGULATED UNDER THE IRC. THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A COMMERCIAL APPLICATION SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST AND AN OCCUPANT'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE. Name of Project: Pilot Travel Centers Valuation: 2,000,000.00 Project Address: 2430 SR530 NE Arlington,WA 98223 Parcel ID#: 31050800300200,31050800300300, Legal Description see plans 31050800301200 Owner: Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone Number: 865-474-3469 Address: 5508 Lonas Road City: Knoxville State: TN Zip Code: 37909 Engineer: Eric Weden of Weden Engineering LLC Phone Number: 360-380-1363 Cell Phone: 360-820-9808 E-mail: eric@wedenengineering.com Address: 2636 Nubgaard Road City: Ferndale State: WA Zip Code: 98248 General Contractor: Pilot Travel Centers LLC Phone Number: 865-474-3469 Cell Phone: 865-660-2868 E-mail: Ross.Shaver@PiIotTraveICenters.com 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville Address: City: State: TN Zip Code: 37909 Contractor's License Number: PILOTTC944JL-UBI 602-116-6937 Expiration: 4-24-18 Contact Person: Ross Shaver Phone Number: 865-474-3469 Cell Phone: 865-660-2868 E-mail: Ross.Shaver@PilotTravelCenters.com Address: 5508 Lonas Road City: Knoxville State: TN Zip Code: 37909 Proposed Scope of Work: Construct a Travel Center with fueling canopies,restaurants and retail uses REV 2015 Page 6 of 9 G1�Y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 Project Name/Tenant Pilot Travel center Site Address 2430 SR530 NE Arlington,WA 98223 Bldg/Unit/Suite IBC Construction Type See cover sheet for all info IBC Occupancy Type Description of Use Building Square Footage Number of Stories Square Footage Per Floor Will there be any installation, modification or removal of the following? (Check all that apply) ❑ Automatic fire extinguishing systems ❑ Compressed gas systems ® Fire alarm and detection systems ❑ Fire pumps © Flammable and combustible liquids (tanks, piping etc...) ® Hazardous materials ❑ High piled/rack storage ❑ Industrial ovens/furnace ❑ Private fire hydrants ❑ Spraying or dipping operations ❑ Standpipe systems ❑ Temporary membrane structure,tents (>200sq ft)or canopies(>400 sq ft) Provide details on any of the above checked items: Fire alram system as shown on E4 Flammable,combustible and hazardous materials consist of fuel tanks and propane tanks Installation, changes, modifications or removal of any of the above may require additional submittals, information, or permits during the plan review or construction process. Statement of Special Inspection REV 2015 Page 7 of 9 G1�Y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 Name Of Project: Pilot Travel Centers LLC Project Address: 2430 SR530 NE Arlington,WA 98223 Special Inspection Firm: TSD Address: Contact Person: Phone: Email: Special Inspection Firm Special Inspectors: The Special inspection Firm of will perform special inspection for the following types of work(separate forms must be submitted if more than one firm is to be employed). (X) Reinforced Concrete (X) Bolting in Concrete ( ) Pre-stressed Concrete ( ) Shotcrete ( ) Structural Masonry (X) Structural Steel and Welding ( ) High-Strength Bolting ( ) Spray-Applied Fireproofing ( ) Smoke-Control Systems ( ) Other Specify: All individual inspectors to be employed on this project will be WABO certified for the type of inspection they are to perform. If inspection is for work that is not covered by the WABO categories, a detailed resume of the inspector and firm must be submitted. The resume must show the inspector and firm are qualified to perform the work and testing required by the project design and specifications. The work shall be inspected for conformance with the plans and specifications approved by the City. Revisions and addenda sheets will not be used for inspection unless approved by the City.The special inspector shall report to the City revisions that are not approved. A daily record will be maintained on site itemizing the inspections performed,for the review of all parties.Any nonconforming items shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for resolution.A weekly shall be submitted to the City; detailing the inspections and testing performed, listing any nonconforming items and resolution of nonconforming items. Unresolved nonconforming items will be detailed on a discrepancy report and presented to the building department. A final report shall be submitted to the Building Division prior to the Certificate of Occupancy being issued. This report will indicate that inspection and testing was completed in conformance with the approved plans, specifications and approved revisions and addenda. Any unresolved discrepancies must be detailed in the final report. The special inspector and special inspection firm serve in the role as"deputy"City of Arlington inspectors and as such are responsible to the City of Arlington Building Division in the performance of the required work. Contractor: The contractor shall provide the special inspector or agency adequate notification of work requiring inspection. The City approved plans and specifications must be made available,at the job site for the use of the special inspector and the City Inspector. The contractor shall maintain all daily inspections reports, on site, for review. REV 2015 Page 8 of 9 G1�y COMMERCIAL APPLICATION ��LjNG�p� PERMIT SUBMITTAL Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 The special inspection functions are considered to be in addition to the normal inspections performed by the City and the contractor is responsible for contacting the City to schedule regular inspections. No concrete shall be poured or other work covered until approved by the City Inspector. Building Division: The Building Division shall review any revisions and addenda.Approved copies will be given to the contractor to maintain as part of the approved plan set. The City Inspector will monitor the special inspection functions for compliance with the agreement and the approved plans. The City Inspector shall be responsible for approving various stages of construction to be covered and work to proceed. Design Professionals: The architect and engineer will clearly indicate on the plans and specifications for the specific types of special inspection required, and shall include a schedule for inspection and testing. The architect and engineer will coordinate their revisions and addenda process in such a way as to insure all required City approvals are obtained, prior to work shown on the revisions being performed. Owner: The project owner, or the architect or engineer acting as the owners agent, shall employ the special inspector or agency. ENFORCEMENT: A failure of the special inspector or firm to perform in keeping the requirements of the IBC,the approved plans and this document may void this agreement and the Building Officials approval of the special inspector. In such case a new special inspector and/or firm would need to be proposed for approval.A failure of the design and/or construction parties to perform in accordance with this agreement may result in a STOP WORK notice being posted on the project, until nonconforming items have been resolved. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have read and agree to comply with the terms and conditions of this agreement. 44w�r Owner: E. JWWvt Date: 1-25-18 1 hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington. -V� E. iwowt Applicants Signature Ross E. Shaver 1-25-18 Print Applicants Name Date FOR STAFF USE ONLY Permit# Accepted By Amount Received Receipt# Date Received REV 2015 Page 9 of 9 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION Proposed Pilot Travel Center SR 530 and Smokey Point Blvd Arlington, WA 98223 September 15, 2016 Prepared for Weden Engineering 009 GOOTC 5T 741 Marine Drive Bellingham, Washington 741 Marine Drive phone Bellingham,WA 360 733-7318 — O�pC�eOMST 2061b67thAvevenue Avenue N toll free 36 Arlington,WA 98223 E 888 261 5276 60 733 7418 September 15, 2016 Job No. 16-0434 Weden Engineering, LLC 2636 Nubgaard Road Ferndale, WA 98248 Attn: Eric Weden Re: Geotechnical Evaluation Report Proposed Pilot Travel Center SR530 and Smokey Point Blvd Arlington, Washington Dear Mr. Weden As requested, GeoTest Services, Inc. is pleased to submit this report summarizing the results of our geotechnical engineering evaluation for the proposed Pilot Travel Center, in Arlington, Washington, as shown on the Vicinity Map (Figure 1). The purpose of this evaluation was to establish general subsurface conditions beneath the site from which generalized conclusions and recommendations for site and foundation design could be formulated. Specifically, our scope of services included the following tasks: • Exploration of soil and groundwater conditions underlying the site by drilling 11 borings to evaluate subsurface soil conditions. Monitoring wells were installed within two of the boring explorations. • Exploration of soil and groundwater conditions underlying the site by excavating 4 exploration test pits to evaluate subsurface conditions. • Laboratory testing on representative samples in order to classify and evaluate the engineering characteristics of the soils encountered. This included interpretation of infiltration potential and evaluation of cation exchange capacity (CEC), pH, and organic content of the encountered soils for use in potential treatment. • Provide this written report containing a description of subsurface conditions, boring and test pit logs, findings and recommendations pertaining to site preparation and earthwork, fill and compaction, seismic design, foundation support recommendations, liquefaction susceptibility, settlement potential, geotechnical consultation and construction monitoring. Page 1 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 PROJECT DESCRIPTION We understand that there are plans to construct a new Pilot Travel Center that will cover approximately 14.5 acres and include a C-store, an auto fuel island, a truck fuel island, a truck scale, a RV/trailer dump and associated parking areas. The planned parking areas will contain approximately 3 RV, 64 car and 100 truck parking slots. According to design plans, there will be two entrances and exits off of SR530 and one entrance/exit off of Smokey Point Boulevard. The site will be mostly paved impervious asphalt and onsite stormwater detention is planned with offsite discharge towards the south within an existing drainage slough. The final site elevations are unknown at this time, but we understand that filling of the site with as much as 4 to 8 feet may be necessary to bring the site above the required flood plain elevation. SITE CONDITIONS This section discusses the general surface and subsurface conditions observed at the project site at the time of our field investigation. Interpretations of the site conditions are based on the results of our review of available information, site reconnaissance, subsurface explorations, laboratory testing, and our experience in the project vicinity. Surface Conditions The approximately 14.5-acre site is located at the southwest corner of the intersection of State Route (SR) 530 and Smokey Point Blvd. The property is bordered by Interstate 5 to the west, SR 530 to the north, Smokey Point Blvd to the east and a slough to the south. Other smaller commercial properties including several gas stations are located off the northwest corner of the site as well as a couple single family residences, barns and other out buildings between portions of the eastern side of the property and Smokey Point Blvd. The Stillaguamish River exists approximately 3,000 feet to the north of the property, which periodically floods and occasionally floods over SR530 and onto the subject property. At the time of our explorations, the property is currently being farmed for hay. BP/Olympic Pipeline operates two petroleum pipelines which transect the property from northwest to southeast, See Figure 2 for more detail. We understand that the pipeline easement is 60 feet in overall width for both pipelines and that the west pipeline is 16 inches in diameter and the east pipeline is 20 inches in diameter. We understand that the current burial depth/cover over the pipelines varies from approximately 3 to 5 feet. Overall the property contains relatively flat gradients with roughly 10 feet of elevation differential throughout. The highest elevations of the site appear to be within southeast portion. Site surface gradients gently undulate throughout the property. General Geologic Conditions Geologic information for the project site was obtained from the DNR — Washington Interactive Geologic Map, published by the Washington State Department of Natural Resources (DNR). According to the DNR, the site is underlain with Holocene aged Younger alluvium (referred to as Quaternary alluvium herein). These deposits are described as existing in and along present streams near the water table and are partly subject to seasonal flooding. The sediments consist mostly of stream-laid stratified sand Page 2 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 and gravel deposited in association with upper stream and active channel environments. The finer sand, silt and clay deposits are generally associated with laterally flood plains that are close to stream channels. Subsurface soils encountered within our exploration test pits and borings were generally consistent with the mapped younger alluvium deposits. Subsurface Soil Conditions Subsurface conditions within the subject property were explored by drilling and sampling 11 drilled borings with hollow-stem auger and push probe equipment as well as excavating and sampling 4 test pits with a rubber tracked excavator. Our explorations were conducted on July 28, 2016 and August 4, 2016. The borings (B-01 through B-11) were advanced to depths between 9 and 26.5 feet below ground surface (BGS). Boring B-09 and B-11 were also installed as 15 foot monitoring wells upon completion. The test pits (TP-1 through TP-4) were excavated to depths between 8.5 and 10 feet below ground surface (BGS). The approximate locations of the explorations are shown on the Site and Exploration Plan (Figure 2). Methodology Representative samples were obtained during drilling with the hollow stem auger by using the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) procedure in accordance with American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM D1586 during the explorations. This test and sampling method consists of driving a standard 2-inch, outside-diameter, split-barrel sampler a distance of 18 inches into the soil with a 140-pound hammer free-falling a distance of 30 inches. The number of blows for each 6-inch interval is recorded and the number of blows required to drive the sampler the final 12 inches is known as the Standard Penetration Resistance ("N") or blow count. If a total of 50 is recorded within one 6-inch interval, the blow count is recorded as the number of blows for the corresponding number of inches of penetration. The resistance, or N-value, provides a measure of the relative density of granular soils or the relative consistency of cohesive soils; these values are reported on the attached boring logs. Representative samples were obtained during direct push probe from continuous plastic sleeves that were driven at 5 foot intervals. The direct push probe is hydraulically powered to allow advancement of a probe using a hydraulic hammer, which delivers a minimum of 1,800 blow per minute at a force greater than 15,000 pounds per blow. Samples were collected from test pit explorations from the test pit sidewalls and/or representative soils within the excavator bucket at depth. Subsurface Profiles In general, the subsurface soils encountered during our explorations consisted of approximately 12 to 18 inches of Reworked Quaternary Alluvium (sandy silt to silty, fine sand with rootlets and organics) over approximately 5 to 10 feet of Weathered Quaternary Alluvium (silty sand to sandy silt) over Quaternary Alluvium (alternating interbeds of silty sand, sandy silt, poorly graded sand and gravelly sand) to the base of the explorations. Deviations from the general subsurface profile were encountered within borings B-08 and B-10. Boring B-08 contained approximately 1.75 feet of import gravel Page 3 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 mixed with asphalt at the surface of the exploration. Boring B-10 included apparent bedding sand between approximately 1 and 5 feet BGS and associated with an apparently abandoned black poly water or irrigation line. In general, GTS observed finer grained soils (increased silt lenses and thicknesses) within the northeast portion of the site and courser grained soils (generally clean sands, with gravel at depth) within the southwest portion of the site. Please refer to the attached subsurface test pit and boring logs for more details. Groundwater Seepage and Seasonal Groundwater For the purposes of this report, observed groundwater seepage represents either the existing surface of a groundwater table or the surface of perched seepage. The groundwater table is referred to as the atmospheric pressure surface that coincides with the top of the zone of saturation and is the surface that dictates the development design recommendations in this report. Perched seepage is referred to as a saturated zone that develops where a restrictive surface (i.e. dense, fine grained soils or bedrock) limits the vertical, downward migration of near-surface water. This surface should be considered when determining methods of earthwork construction but is not used to dictate development design. Groundwater Observations At the time of our visits on July 28 and August 4 of 2016, groundwater seepage was observed within borings B-01, B-04, B-06, B-07, B-09, B-10, and B-11. We interpret seepage encountered between approximately 7.5 and 11 feet BGS to be indicative of a regionally extensive groundwater table at the time of drilling. Seasonal Groundwater Fluctuation Observations A distinct mottled horizon was encountered within test pit TP-1 between approximately 2.7 and 6 feet BGS. It is GTS's opinion that the observed mottled horizon in test pit TP-1 represents percolating water that has been momentarily interrupted as it passes through fine grained soil strata. However, a distinct "rust line", representative of an estimated average seasonal high groundwater table was not encountered within the test pit explorations. Conversely, borings B-09 and B-11 displayed distinct mottling interpreted to be a potential seasonal high groundwater level at approximately 7 feet BGS and approximately 9 feet BGS, respectively. Considering that the subject property has a history of flooding, the environment favorable for rust line development may not be present in shallow site soils. Please note that changes to soil color and morphology may take significant periods of time to develop and may not be reliable indicators of groundwater conditions in areas that have experienced significant recent changes in hydrology. Additionally, in areas of fill, sufficient time may not have passed since fill placement for these indicators to develop. Not all hydric soils exhibit mottled and/or gleyed horizons. Their presence or absence alone should not dictate the interpretation of site groundwater conditions. Page 4 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Sources of groundwater table fluctuations As groundwater table levels and/or seepage rates are typically not static, it is anticipated that groundwater conditions will vary depending on local subsurface conditions, season, precipitation, changes in land use both on and off site and other factors. We anticipate that groundwater conditions on site are largely influenced by seasonal variations of precipitation and may be influenced by the nearby river levels. In river flood plains and riparian zones, groundwater levels may fluctuate in response to rise and fall of river levels. Considerations GTS considers the depth at which groundwater seepage stabilizes and ponds to be the groundwater table. Perched seepage may not represent the groundwater table. However, in addition to the groundwater table, perched seepage may influence stormwater management facilities and should be considered when designing those facilities. The groundwater conditions reported on the test pit and boring logs are for the specific locations and dates indicated, and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other locations and/or times. Please consider that groundwater table levels are generally higher (at shallower depths) during the wetter months (Winter and Spring). If characterization of seasonal groundwater highs is critical to the success of the project, we recommend we be contacted to further investigate the potential for groundwater level fluctuations by periodically measuring the depth to groundwater within the two monitoring wells installed within the property. As our site explorations were conducted during the typically drier period of the year, we would anticipate that groundwater levels will be higher during the winter and spring months of the year. Our construction recommendations consider the groundwater conditions encountered at the time of our field investigation, in association with the project design provided at the time of this report. Unless specifically requested, GTS is not responsible to provide monitoring of groundwater conditions beyond the time of our site investigations. Please keep in mind that groundwater conditions may be different if there is a substantial lapse of time between submission of this report and the start of construction. If this is the situation, GTS recommends we be contacted to evaluate groundwater conditions in order to determine whether our report conclusions and recommendations remain applicable. As a part of our services for this report, we returned to the site and measured the groundwater level within the two monitoring wells on September 13, 2016. The groundwater elevation was measured to be at 9.2 feet BGS within Monitoring well MW-1 and 12.7 feet BGS within MW-2. This is roughly 1.5 to 2 feet lower than the measured elevation during the time of our drilling. Stormwater Infiltration Potential From the explorations excavated across the site, thirty representative soil samples were selected and mechanically tested for grain size distribution and interpretation. Preliminary infiltration rate results are provided following the methods of 2012 Page 5 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (amended December 2014). These rates are presented in the following sections. 2012 Stormwater Infiltration Rates Thirty representative soil samples were selected and mechanically tested for grain size distribution and interpretation according to the ASTM soil size distribution test procedure (ASTM D422) using the simplified approach as outlined in the 2012 Washington State Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (amended December 2014), Section 3.3.4. Infiltration rates are shown in Table 1 below. TABLE 1 Test Pit Soil Sample Infiltration Rates Based On The 2012 DOE Stormwater Management Manual Section 3.3.4 Exploration Sample Depth Classification Ksat Uncorrected Rate Design Infiltration Rate ID (Feet) (USCS) (Inches/Hour) Per ASTM D422 Simplified Approach (Inches/Hour) TP-01 0.5 ML 1.50 0.38 TP-01 6.5 ML 3.30 0.83 TP-01 8.3 SM 21.90 5.52 TP-02 0.3 SM 11.69 2.95 TP-02 2.4 SM 4.63 1.17 TP-02 4.0 SP 112.34 28.31 TP-03 0.5 ML 0.63 0.16 TP-03 2.0 SP 88.2 22.23 TP-03 8.5 SP 79.82 20.11 TP-04 1.8 ML 0.80 0.20 TP-04 2.8 SM 5.70 1.44 TP-04 4.8 SP 77.85 19.62 B-01 2.5 SM 16.25 4.09 B-01 7.5 S M 56.83 14.32 B-02 5.0 SP-SM 28.54 7.19 B-03 2.5 ML 2.77 0.70 B-04 2.5 SP 943.62 237.80 B-04 5.0 SM 19.83 5.00 B-05 2.5 SM 8.93 2.25 B-06 2.5 ML 0.60 0.15 B-07 5.0 ML 1.19 0.30 B-07 7.5 SP-SM 50.24 12.66 B-08 2.5 ML 1.49 0.38 B-08 5.0 SP-SM 31.27 7.88 B-09 2.0 ML 0.49 0.11 B-09 5.0 SP 64.97 16.37 B-10 0.01 ML 0.95 0.24 B-10 5.0 SM 13.75 3.46 B-11 2.0 ML 1.36 0.34 B-11 5.0 SP-SM 45.22 11.40 In the simplified approach (Section 3.3.4), the infiltration rate is derived by applying appropriate correction factors to the measured saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat) from the ASTM 422 grain size analysis. Page 6 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Saturated hydraulic conductivity is a quantitative measure of a saturated soil's ability to transmit water when subjected to a hydraulic gradient. It can be thought of as the ease with which pores of a saturated soil permit water movement. Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity is expressed as follows: Logfo(Ksaf) _ -1.57 + 1.9011310 + 0.0151060— 0.01311390—2.081ffim, Where D10, D60, and D90 are the grain sizes in mm for which 10 percent, 60 percent, and 90 percent is more fine and fflnes is the fraction of the soil (by weight) that passes the U.S. No. 200 sieve. Ksat is measured in cm/sec. With this equation, we can determine the saturated hydraulic conductivity for our representative samples. See example below: Test Pit TP-02 at 2.4 feet BGS: Ksat = 0.0033 cm/sec or approximately 4.63 inches/hour Applying correction factors for site variability (0.7), test method (0.4) and degree of influent control to prevent siltation and bio-buildup (0.9) gives a corrected long term design rate of 1.17 inches/hour for the example above. As displayed in Table 1, the weathered and unweathered alluvial silty sands and sands with gravel provide calculated design infiltration rates between 0.11 and 237.8 inches/hour. However, it is GTS's opinion that the highest infiltration rate of 237.8 (B-04 at 2.5') is an outlier from and is not representative of all other grain sizes, which contain infiltration rates between 0.11 and 28.31 inches/hour. Please note that these infiltration rates do not consider the effects of near-surface groundwater (groundwater mounding). If the planned separation between the base of the system and the highest groundwater elevation will be less than 5 feet, additional correction factors will need to be considered, reducing the referenced rates above. No groundwater or evidence of shallow groundwater was observed in the test pit explorations. The proposed location and depth of infiltration facilities was not known at the time that this report was written. Accordingly, further coordination should occur between GeoTest and the design team in order to best fit any proposed site infiltration facilities within the property. As the site will be filled with as much as 4 to 8 feet of new structural fill, infiltration facilities may also be incorporated into the proposed fill depending on the fill material chosen and the scope of the proposed design. Stormwater Pollutant Treatment The infiltration facilities on-site may require some form of pollutant pre-treatment or treatment with an amended soil prior to onsite infiltration or offsite discharge. It is our opinion, based on past experience, that the re-use of onsite topsoil is often the most sustainable and cost effective method for pollutant treatment purposes. Cation exchange capacities and organic contents of site topsoil and shallow subsurface soils were determined to establish their pollutant treatment suitability. Page 7 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Cation Exchange Capacity and Organic Content Testing Five composite samples were collected during our subsurface explorations for pollutant treatment purposes. Cation exchange capacity (CEC), organic content (LOI), and pH tests were performed by Northwest Agricultural Consultants. Laboratory test results are presented in Table 2. TABLE 2 Cation Exchange Capacity, Organic Content, & pH Laboratory Test Results Test Pit Sample Cation Exchange Capacity o Number Depth (ft) (meq/100 grams) Organic Content(/o) pH TP-01 0.5 16.7 3.73 6.2 TP-02 0.25 15.6 4.87 6.0 TP-02 2.4 8.0 1.57 6.4 TP-03 0.5 15.5 4.67 5.9 TP-03 2.0 3.3 0.73 6.5 TP-04 1.8 13.4 2.22 6.6 Criteria SSC-6 states that cation exchange capacity must be greater than or equal to 5.0 meq/100 grams and organic content must be a minimum of 1.0 percent for treatment purposes. Based on the results listed in Table 2, the majority of fine-grained, near- surface reworked and weathered alluvial soils appear to be suitable for onsite pollutant treatment purposes based on the SSC-6 of the 2012 Washington State Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS GTS recommends that new foundations and pavements be placed on properly prepared, firm and unyielding native site soils or on properly placed and compacted Structural Fill placed above suitable inorganic, firm and unyielding native soils. As the subject will be receiving as much as 4 to 8 feet of newly placed and compacted structural fill, we anticipate that only approximately 4 to 6 inches of surficial sod will be necessary to strip from the site prior to the placement of fill. Given the variable nature of subsurface soils, it our opinion that having a GeoTest representative onsite during initial site stripping is an important component to construction observations. If the planned earthwork activities will occur during the wetter winter/spring seasons, the use of geotextile fabric and/or other site mitigation measures may be needed if wet/soft soils are encountered. Portions of the near-surface alluvial deposits have a large proportion of fine-grained material making it susceptible to disturbance when wet. In general, we do not recommend the use of site soils with high fines content in structural fill applications. However, if weather conditions are conducive and stabilization methods such as cement treatment are utilized it may be feasible to utilize the onsite soils with high fines contents as structural fill. If this form of structural fill is being considered, additional analysis and coordination will be necessary. Page 8 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Site Preparation and Earthwork The portions of the site to be occupied by proposed foundation, floor slabs, pavement, and/or sidewalks should be prepared by removing any existing topsoil, existing uncontrolled fill (where applicable), deleterious material and significant accumulations of organics from the area to be developed. Based on our subsurface explorations and the planned site grading to reach the desired finish grades, we anticipate that only the surficial sod layer will be necessary to strip from the site prior to placement of imported or borrowed structural fill. Prior to placement of any structural fill, the exposed subgrade under all areas to be occupied by soil-supported concrete slabs and foundations should be recompacted to a firm and unyielding condition and proof rolled with a loaded dump truck, large self-propelled vibrating roller, or equivalent piece of equipment applicable to the size of the excavation. The purpose of this effort is to identify possible loose or soft soil deposits and recompact the soil exposed during site preparation and excavation activities. Existing soils that can be remedially compacted to the requirements of "Structural Fill" may remain in place under foundations, floor slabs, pavements and sidewalks. The fine-grained nature of the near surface native alluvial soils has an increased risk, especially during extended periods of wet weather, of becoming disturbed after initial site preparations. Proof rolling should be carefully observed by GeoTest personnel. During periods of wet weather, proof rolling could damage the exposed subgrade. Under these conditions, geotechnical personnel should observe subgrade conditions to determine if proof rolling is feasible. Areas exhibiting significant deflection, pumping, or over-saturation that cannot be readily compacted may need to be overexcavated to firm soil. Overexcavation, if necessary, should only be completed at the direction of the project owner. Overexcavation and backfilling recommendations can be provided upon request. Fill and Compaction Structural Fill used to obtain final elevations for footings, soil-supported floor slabs, pavements, and/or sidewalks must be properly placed and compacted. In general, non- organic, predominantly granular soil may be used as Structural Fill provided the material is properly moisture conditioned prior to placement and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined using test method ASTM D1557. Material containing topsoil, wood, trash, organic material, or other debris will not be suitable for reuse as Structural Fill and should be properly disposed offsite or placed in nonstructural areas. Soils containing more than approximately 5 percent fines are considered moisture sensitive. These soils are very difficult to compact to a firm and unyielding condition when over the optimum moisture content by more than approximately 2 percent. The optimum moisture content is that which allows the greatest dry density to be achieved at a given level of compactive effort. Reuse of Onsite Soil Reuse of the native clean, gravelly and/or silty sands as Structural Fill is considered feasible for this project provided the fines contents are not exceeding approximately 10%. Native site soils exceeding approximately 10% fines are considered "high fines" Page 9 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 content soils and are not recommended for reuse at this time. Soils containing more than approximately 5 percent "fines" are considered moisture sensitive, and are very difficult to compact to a firm and unyielding condition when over the optimum moisture content by more than approximately 2 percent. The optimum moisture content is that which allows the greatest dry density to be achieved at a given level of compactive effort. Imported Structural Fill We recommend that imported structural fill consist of clean, well-graded sandy gravel, gravelly sand, or other approved naturally occurring granular material (pit run) with at least 30 percent retained on the No. 4 sieve, or a well-graded crushed rock. Structural fill for dry weather construction may contain on the order of 10 percent fines (that portion passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve) based on the portion passing the U.S. No. 4 sieve. Soils containing more than about 5 percent fines are very difficult to compact to a dense, non-yielding condition when the water content is greater than optimum. Accordingly, we recommend that imported structural fill with less than 5 percent fines be used during wet weather conditions. Due to wet weather or wet site conditions, soil moisture contents could be high enough that it may be very difficult to compact even "clean" imported select granular fill to a firm and unyielding condition. Soils with over- optimum moisture contents should be scarified and dried back to more suitable moisture contents during periods of dry weather or removed and replaced with fill soils at a more suitable range of moisture contents. Compaction of Structural Fill Structural Fill should be placed in horizontal lifts 8 to 10 inches in loose thickness and thoroughly compacted. All structural fill placed under load bearing areas should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined using test method ASTM D1557. The top of the compacted structural fill should extend outside all foundations and other structural improvements a minimum distance equal to the thickness of the fill. We recommend that compaction be tested periodically throughout the fill placement process. Wet Weather Earthwork As described above, portions of the onsite native soils are moisture sensitive. It is our experience that the native, silty site soils are particularly susceptible to degradation during wet weather. As a result, it may be difficult to control the moisture content of the site soils during the wet season. If construction is accomplished during wet weather, we recommend that structural fill consist of imported, clean, well-graded sand and gravel as described above. If fill is to be placed or earthwork is to be performed in wet weather or under wet conditions, the contractor may reduce soil disturbance by: • Limiting the size of areas that are stripped of topsoil and left exposed • Accomplishing earthwork in small sections • Limiting construction traffic over unprotected soil • Sloping excavated surfaces to promote runoff • Limiting the size and type of construction equipment used Page 10 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 • Providing gravel "working mats" over areas of prepared subgrade • Removing wet surficial soil prior to commencing fill placement each day • Sealing the exposed ground surface by rolling with a smooth drum compactor or rubber-tired roller at the end of each working day • Provide up-gradient perimeter ditches or low earthen berms and use temporary sumps to collect runoff and prevent water from ponding and damaging exposed subgrades. Temporary and Permanent Slopes Actual construction slope configurations and maintenance of safe working conditions, including temporary excavation stability, should be the responsibility of the contractor, who is able to monitor the construction activities and has direct control over the means and methods of construction. All applicable local, state, and federal safety codes should be followed. All open cuts should be monitored during and after excavation for any evidence of instability. If instability is detected, the contractor should flatten the side slopes or install temporary shoring. Temporary excavations in excess of 4 ft should be shored or sloped in accordance with Safety Standards for Construction Work Part N, WAC 296-155-657. Temporary unsupported excavations in near surface native sandy silt soils encountered at the project site are classified as a Type C soil. Type C soils may be sloped as steep as 1.5H:1V (Horizontal:Vertical). All soils encountered are classified as Type C soil in the presence of groundwater seepage. Flatter slopes or temporary shoring may be required in areas where groundwater flow is present and unstable conditions develop. Temporary slopes and excavations should be protected as soon as possible using appropriate methods to prevent erosion from occurring during periods of wet weather. We recommend that permanent cut or fill slopes be designed for inclinations of 2H:1 V or flatter. Permanent cut or fill slopes that are part of detention ponds, retention ponds, open top infiltration facilities, or other earth structures intended to receive stormwater should be designed for inclinations of 3H:1 V or flatter. All permanent cut slopes should be vegetated or otherwise protected to limit the potential for erosion as soon as practical after construction. Permanent slopes requiring immediate protection from the effects of erosion should be covered with either mulch or erosion control netting/blankets. Areas requiring permanent stabilization should be seeded with an approved grass seed mixture, or hydroseeded with an approved seed-mulch-fertilizer mixture. Seismic Design Considerations The Pacific Northwest is seismically active and the site could be subject to ground shaking from a moderate to major earthquake. Consequently, moderate levels of earthquake shaking should be anticipated during the design life of the project, and the proposed structure should be designed to resist earthquake loading using appropriate design methodology. The subject site and/or immediate vicinity do not contain any mapped faults. Page 11 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 For structures designed using the seismic design provisions of the 2012 International Building Code, the presence of sandy silt to gravelly sand soils at depth suggests that Site Class D be selected for use, according to 2010 ASCE -7 Standard —Table 20.3-1, Site Class Definitions. The corresponding values for calculating a design response spectrum for the assumed soil profile type is considered appropriate for the site. Please reference the following values for seismic structural design purposes: Conterminous 48 States—2012 International Building Code Zip Code 98223 Central Latitude = 48.186543 Central Longitude = -122.196564 Short Period (0.2 sec) Spectral Acceleration Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCE) Value of SS= 1.078 (g) Site Response Coefficient, Fa= 1.069 (Site Class D) Adjusted spectral response acceleration for Site Class D, SMs = SS x Fa = 1.152 (g) Design spectral response acceleration for Site Class D, SpS = 2/3 x SMS= 0.768 (g) One Second Period 0 sec) Spectral Acceleration Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCE) Value of S, = 0.421 (g) Site Response Coefficient, F = 1.579 (Site Class D) Adjusted spectral response acceleration for Site Class D, SM, = S,x F„ = 0.665 (g) Design spectral response acceleration for Site Class D, SD1 = 2/3 x SM, = 0.443 (g) Liquefaction Hazard Potential Liquefaction is a phenomenon in which soils lose all shear strength for short periods of time during an earthquake. The effects of liquefaction may cause large total and/or differential settlement for structures with foundations founded in the liquefying soils. For liquefaction to occur, soils must be fine grained, loose to medium dense, cohesionless and beneath the water table. Normally, soils susceptible to liquefaction are water bearing fine to coarse sands, which are present beneath this site. Based on the online interactive Geologic Map of Washington State, published by the Washington State Department of Natural Resources, the subject site is rated as a high liquefaction susceptibility area. Please note that this map only provides an estimate of the likelihood that soil will liquefy as a result of earthquake shaking and is meant as a general guide to delineate areas prone to liquefaction. A site specific liquefaction analysis was not performed at this time, but can be conducted upon request. Note, the planned site fills will aid in thickening the drained near surface soil layer providing greater resistance to liquefaction. In addition, the placement of additional structural fill will help to consolidate the saturated sands beneath the site which will also help to reduce the magnitude of liquefaction. Based on the scope of the project, building sizes, etc., it is presumed that mitigation of liquefaction through deep foundations will not be necessary. Within areas of high liquefaction susceptibility, we recommend that the structural engineer incorporate additional reinforcing steel to "stiffen" the foundations so that if settlement occurs, the foundation can settle as a unit and reduce the amount of Page 12 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 differential settlement and/or damage to floor slabs and foundations that can occur under seismic conditions. Shallow Conventional Foundations Foundation support for the proposed improvements may be provided by continuous or isolated spread footings founded on compacted inorganic native site soils, located beneath the re-worked alluvium/agricultural soil layer, or on structural fill placed directly over suitably prepared native soil. We recommend that foundation elements for the proposed structure bear entirely on similar soil conditions (i.e. similar depths of structural fill) to help prevent differential settlement from occurring. We recommend that qualified geotechnical personnel confirm that suitable bearing conditions have been reached prior to placement of structural fill or foundation formwork. Continuous and isolated spread footings should be founded a minimum of 18 inches below the lowest adjacent final grade for freeze/thaw protection. The footings should be sized in accordance with the structural engineer's prescribed design criteria and seismic considerations. Allowable Bearing Capacity GTS recommends that new foundations be placed in general accordance with the recommendations presented within this report. Assuming the above foundation support criteria are satisfied, continuous or isolated spread footings founded directly on properly compacted structural fill placed directly over undisturbed native soils may be proportioned using a net allowable soil bearing pressure of 2,500 pounds per square foot (psf). Foundations founded on either a layer of structural fill or on suitable inorganic native site soils below a depth of 4 feet BGS, may be proportioned using a net allowable soil bearing pressure of 3,000 psf. The term "net allowable bearing pressure" refers to the pressure that can be imposed on the soil at foundation level resulting from the total of all dead plus live loads, exclusive of the weight of the footing or any backfill placed above the footing. The net allowable bearing pressure may be increased by one-third for transient wind or seismic loads. If it is found that moderate to deep foundations, such as drilled piers, will be warranted for support of foundations such as the large sign, these parameters can be provided upon request. Foundation Settlement Due to Structural Fill/New Building Surcharge It is our understanding that the designed building foundation and finish floor slab elevations will require the addition of approximately 4 to 8 feet of new structural fill above existing site grades. The loads from the new structural fill pad and the proposed building are added loads to the site soils that are expected to cause settlement of the alluvial deposits beneath the site. We roughly estimate that new building and fill loads will be on the order of 750 to 1,000 psf depending on the actual depth of fill needed within the building area. Page 13 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Based on our experience with previous projects within alluvial soils, we have modeled settlements on the order of 2 to 4 inches with new fill and building loads ranging between 500 and 1,000 pounds per square foot. In our experience the actual site settlements tend to be approximately one half to two thirds of the theoretical modeled settlements using standard software programs. The above anticipated settlements can further be defined as initial construction settlements and long term consolidation settlements. As the site soils consist of alluvial deposits, initial construction settlements will occur almost immediately as the loads are applied. We anticipate that approximately 2/3 of the above referenced anticipated settlements will occur during the construction process with only approximately 1/3 of the above referenced anticipated settlements occurring as long term consolidation. Accordingly, we anticipate that long term consolidation settlements (post construction) will be on the order of 1 inch or less. It is anticipated this range of long term consolidation settlement will be within the acceptable project tolerances. As construction settlements for the new building fill are anticipated to result in approximately 1 to 2 inches, we recommend that the building pad include settlement monitoring plates and that both the initial fill placement process as well as the first 4 to 6 weeks following the completion of the gravel pad placement be monitored to record the actual settlements during construction. We recommend holding off on construction of the building foundations and floor slabs until the settlement readings have stabilized. Settlement Monitoring Plan In general, a settlement monitoring plan should include placement of the settlement markers following the site stripping process and immediately prior to the placement of import granular structural fill. A detail for the construction of the settlement markers can be provided upon request. On the same day as settlement marker placement, the ground elevation and the top of each settlement marker rod should be surveyed by a licensed surveyor, typically the same surveyor already contracted to provide construction staking for the project. We then recommend surveying the ground elevation and the top of each settlement marker rod, every other day until the fill placement is complete. Following completion of the fill placement, the surveying schedule can switch to once a week until it is determined that the settlement process has been successful by the project team. Settlement of shallow foundations depends on foundation size and bearing pressure, as well as the strength and compressibility characteristics of the underlying soil. Assuming construction is accomplished as previously recommended and for the maximum allowable soil bearing pressure recommended above, we estimate the total settlement of building foundations should be less than 1 inch, with differential settlement between two adjacent load-bearing components being less than about one half the total settlement. The soil response to applied stresses caused by building and other loads is expected to be elastic in nature, with most of the settlement occurring during construction as loads are applied. Page 14 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Floor Support Conventional slab-on-grade floor construction is considered feasible for the planned site development. Floor slabs are anticipated to be supported on newly placed and properly compacted structural fill placed over suitably prepared native soil, as applicable. Prior to placement of Structural Fill, the native soil should be proof-rolled as recommended in the Site Preparation and Earthwork section of this report. We recommend that interior concrete slab-on-grade floors be underlain by a minimum of 6 inches of compacted, clear, 3/4 inch crushed gravel with less than 2 percent passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve (based on a wet sieve analysis of that portion passing the U.S. Standard No. 4 sieve). The purpose of this layer is to provide uniform support for the slab, provide a capillary break, and act as a drainage layer. To help reduce the potential for water vapor migration through floor slabs, at a minimum a continuous impermeable membrane of 10- to 15-mil polyethylene sheeting with tape- sealed joints should be installed below the slab. The American Concrete Institute (ACI) guidelines suggest that the slab may either be poured directly on the vapor retarding membrane or on a granular curing layer placed over the vapor retarding membrane depending on conditions anticipated during construction. We recommend that the architect or structural engineer specify if a curing layer should be used. If moisture control within the building is critical, we recommend an inspection of the vapor retarding membrane to verify that all openings have been properly sealed. Exterior concrete slabs-on-grade, such as sidewalks, may be supported directly on undisturbed native or on properly placed and compacted structural fill; however, long- term performance will be enhanced if exterior slabs are placed on a layer of clean, durable, well-draining granular material. Foundation and Site Drainage Positive surface gradients should be provided adjacent to the proposed building to direct surface water away from the proposed building and toward suitable drainage facilities. Roof drainage should not be introduced into the perimeter footing drains, but should be separately discharged directly to the stormwater collection system or a similar municipality-approved outlet. Pavement and sidewalk areas, if present, should be sloped and drainage gradients should be maintained to carry surface water away from the building towards an approved stormwater collection system. Surface water should not be allowed to pond and soak into the ground surface near the planned building during or after construction. Construction excavations should be sloped to drain to sumps where water from seepage, rainfall, and runoff can be collected and pumped to a suitable discharge facility. To reduce the potential for groundwater and surface water to seep into interior spaces, we recommend that an exterior footing drain system be constructed around the perimeter of the new building foundation as shown in the Typical Footing Drain Section (Figure 3). The drain should consist of a minimum 4-inch diameter perforated pipe, surrounded by a minimum 12 inches of filtering media with the discharge sloped to carry water to an approved collection system. The filtering media may consist of open-graded drain rock wrapped by a nonwoven geotextile fabric (such as Mirafi 140N, or equivalent) or a graded sand and gravel filter. For foundations supporting retaining walls, drainage Page 15 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 backfill should be carried up the back of the wall and be at least 12-inches wide. The drainage backfill should extend from the foundation drain to within approximately 1 foot of the finished grade and consist of open-graded drain rock containing less than 3 percent by weight passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve (based on a wet sieve analysis of that portion passing the U.S. Standard No. 4 sieve). The invert of the footing drain pipe should be placed at approximately the same elevation as the bottom of the footing or 12 inches below the adjacent floor slab grade, whichever is deeper, so that water will not seep through walls or floor slabs. The drain system should include cleanouts to allow for periodic maintenance and inspection. Resistance to Lateral Loads The lateral earth pressures that develop against retaining walls will depend on the method of backfill placement, degree of compaction, slope of backfill, type of backfill material, provisions for drainage, magnitude and location of any adjacent surcharge loads, and the degree to which the wall can yield laterally during or after placement of backfill. If the wall is allowed to rotate or yield so the top of the wall moves an amount equal to or greater than about 0.001 to 0.002 times its height (a yielding wall), the soil pressure exerted will be the active soil pressure. When a wall is restrained against lateral movement or tilting (a nonyielding wall), the soil pressure exerted is the at-rest soil pressure. Wall restraint may develop if a rigid structural network is constructed prior to backfilling or if the wall is inherently stiff. We recommend that yielding walls under drained conditions be designed for an equivalent fluid density of 35 pounds per cubic ft (pcf) for structural fill in active soil conditions. Nonyielding walls under drained conditions should be designed for an equivalent fluid density of 55 pcf for structural fill in at-rest conditions. Design of walls should include appropriate lateral pressures caused by surcharge loads located within a horizontal distance equal to or less than the height of the wall. For uniform surcharge pressures, a uniformly distributed lateral pressure equal to 35 percent and 50 percent of the vertical surcharge pressure should be added to the lateral soil pressures for yielding and nonyielding walls, respectively. GTS also recommends that a seismic surcharge pressure of 12H be included where H is the buried portion of the wall in feet. The seismic surcharge should be modeled as a rectangular distribution with the resultant applied at the midpoint of the wall. Passive earth pressures developed against the sides of building foundations, in conjunction with friction developed between the base of the footings and the supporting subgrade, will resist lateral loads transmitted from the structure to its foundation. For design purposes, the passive resistance of well-compacted fill placed against the sides of foundations may be considered equivalent to a fluid with a density of 230 pounds per cubic foot. The recommended value includes a safety factor of about 1.5 and is based on the assumption that the ground surface adjacent to the structure is level in the direction of movement for a distance equal to or greater than twice the embedment depth. The recommended value also assumes drained conditions that will prevent the buildup of hydrostatic pressure in the compacted fill. Retaining walls should include a drain system constructed in general accordance with the recommendations presented in the Foundation and Site Drainage section of this report. In design computations, the upper 12 inches of passive resistance should be neglected if the soil is not covered by Page 16 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 floor slabs or pavement. If future plans call for the removal of the soil providing resistance, the passive resistance should not be considered. An allowable coefficient of base friction of 0.30 for undisturbed native sand soils or structural fill, applied to vertical dead loads only, may be used between the underlying soil and the base of the footing. However, if passive and frictional resistance are considered together, one half the recommended passive soil resistance value should be used since larger strains are required to mobilize the passive soil resistance as compared to frictional resistance. A safety factor of about 1.5 is included in the base friction design value. We do not recommend increasing the coefficient of friction to resist seismic or wind loads. Utilities It is important that utility trenches be properly backfilled and compacted to reduce cracking or localized loss of foundation or slab support. It is anticipated that excavations for new underground utilities will be in native alluvial deposits. Excavations deeper than about 3 feet below existing site grades have an increased risk of encountering groundwater, which may require management of groundwater within the excavation. Trench backfill in improved areas (beneath structures, sidewalks, etc.) should consist of Structural Fill as defined earlier in this report. Outside of improved areas, trench backfill may consist of the weathered and unweathered alluvial deposits with relatively high fines content provided that their use is allowed in the plans and specifications. It should be noted that the native soil will have elevated moisture and silt contents that will be difficult to moisture condition, making native materials difficult to compact under most circumstances. Trench backfill should be placed and compacted in accordance with the report section Fill and Compaction and as shown in the Typical Utility Trench Section (Figure 4). Surcharge loads on trench support systems due to construction equipment, stockpiled material, and vehicle traffic should be included in the design of any anticipated shoring system. The contractor should implement measures to prevent surface water runoff from entering trenches and excavations. In addition, vibration as a result of construction activities and traffic may cause caving of the trench walls. Actual trench configurations are the responsibility of the contractor. All applicable local, state, and federal safety codes should be followed. All open cuts should be monitored by the contractor during excavation for any evidence of instability. If instability is detected, the contractor should flatten the side slopes or install temporary shoring. If groundwater or groundwater seepage is present, and the trench is not properly dewatered, the soil within the trench zone may be prone to caving, channeling, and running. Trench widths may be substantially wider than under dewatered conditions. Soil Corrosion Potential The sediments within the project area, in our experience, possess negligible corrosion potential with respect to concrete due to the very low concentrations of water soluble sulfates. Accordingly, providing the ICC code recommended clearances between the forms and the reinforcing steel should be sufficient to prevent excessive corrosion. Page 17 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Volume Change Potential The site soils at the site possess relatively low plasticity characteristics and are considered to be non-expansive. Therefore, the volume change potential for the site soils is considered to be very low. Pavement Subgrade Preparation Selection of a pavement section is typically a choice relative to higher initial cost and lower long term maintenance or lower initial cost, with potentially less time before an overlay or other maintenance. For this reason, we recommend that the owner participate in the selection of proposed pavement improvements planned for the site. As such, the recommended pavement sections in this report may be revised pending input from the owner and/or the design team. Site grading plans should include provisions for sloping of the subgrade soils in proposed pavement areas, so that passive drainage of the pavement section(s) can proceed uninterrupted during the life of the project. Structural Fill placed to establish subgrade elevation should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of its maximum dry density, as determined using test method ASTM D1557. Prior to the placement of base-course and paving materials, the exposed pavement should be proof rolled. Proof rolling should be accomplished with a loaded dump truck, large self-propelled vibrating roller, or equivalent piece of equipment. The purpose of this effort is to identify possible loose or soft soil and recompact disturbed areas of subgrade. Proof rolling should be carefully observed by GeoTest personnel. Areas exhibiting significant deflection, pumping, or over-optimum moisture content soils that cannot be readily compacted will need to be mitigated in accordance with this report and the owner's direction. During periods of wet weather, proof rolling could damage the exposed subgrade. Under these conditions, GeoTest personnel should observe subgrade conditions to determine if proof rolling is feasible. Prevention of road-base saturation is essential for pavement durability; thus, efforts should be made to limit the amount of water entering the base course and/or include sloping subgrades that will promote passive drainage below the pavement. We understand that Pilot may have traffic loading and frequency values that will be used in design of their pavement sections. We would be happy to calculate, using AASHTO methodology, suitable pavement sections and potential equivalent alternatives once provided with their site specific values for this project. In the absence of these values we have provided the following light and heavy duty sections based on our experience in the area. Flexible Pavement Section— Light Duty We anticipate that asphalt pavement will be used for new car access drives and parking areas. We recommend a standard, or "light duty", pavement section consist of 3 inches of Class 1/2-inch HMA asphalt above 12 inches of crushed surfacing base course (CSBC) meeting criteria set forth in the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Specification 9-03.9(3). This pavement section assumes at least 12 inches of native soils compacted to a firm and unyielding condition underlying the CSBC. Page 18 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 Alternatively, a "light duty" pavement section could consist of 3 inches of Class 1/2-inch HMA asphalt above 4 inches of CSTC over a minimum of 12 inches of imported granular fill "Gravel Borrow", as defined in WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.14(1). Alternative sections utilizing ATB for wet weather construction can also be provided upon request. Flexible Pavement Section— Heavy Duty Areas that will be accessed by semi-trucks, buses or other heavy vehicles will require a thicker asphalt section and should be designed using a "heavy duty" paving section consisting 6 inches of Class '/z-inch HMA asphalt surfacing above 16 inches of CSBC meeting criteria set forth in the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Specification 9-03.9(3). Asphalt pavements should be founded above a subgrade compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557. Alternatively, a "heavy duty" pavement section could consist of 6 inches of Class 1/2-inch HMA asphalt above 6 inches of CSBC over a minimum of 12 inches of"Gravel Borrow", as defined in WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.14(1). Concrete Pavement Sections Concrete pavements could be used for access and parking areas. The design of concrete drives that will support heavy vehicles should be designed by the structural engineer. Design of concrete pavements is a function of concrete strength, reinforcement steel, and the anticipated loading conditions for the roads. For design purposes, a vertical modulus of subgrade reaction of 150 pounds per cubic inch (pci) should be expected for concrete roadways constructed over properly prepared, firm and unyielding alluvial deposits and 200 pci for concrete roadways constructed over a minimum of 2 feet of properly placed and compacted Structural Fill. GTS expects that concrete pavement sections, if utilized, will be at least 6 inches thick and be founded on a minimum of 8 inches of compacted CSBC meeting criteria set forth in the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Specification 9-03.9(3) or a minimum of 12 inches of "Gravel Borrow", as defined in WSDOT Standard Specification 9-03.14(1). It is assumed that pavement and CSBC sections will be placed over a firm and unyielding subgrade. Geotechnical Consultation and Construction Monitoring GeoTest Services recommends that we be involved in the project design review process. The purpose of the review is to verify that the recommendations presented in this report have been properly interpreted and incorporated in the plans and specifications for this project. We recommend that geotechnical construction monitoring services be provided. These services should include observation by GeoTest personnel during subgrade preparation operations, structural fill placement, and to confirm that design subgrade conditions are obtained beneath the proposed improvements. We also recommend that periodic field density testing be performed to verify that the appropriate degree of compaction is obtained. The purpose of these services would be to observe compliance with the Page 19 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 design concepts, specifications, and recommendations of this report. In the event that subsurface conditions differ from those anticipated before the start of construction, GeoTest Services would be pleased to provide revised recommendations appropriate to the conditions revealed during construction. GeoTest is also available to provide a full range of materials testing and special inspection during building construction as required by the local building department and the International Building Code. This may include specific construction inspections on materials such as reinforced concrete, reinforced masonry, wood framing and structural steel. These services are supported by our fully accredited materials testing laboratory. LIMITATIONS The conclusions and recommendations provided in this report are based upon our findings during our explorations conducted on July 28 and August 4, 2016. GeoTest Services has prepared this report for the exclusive use of the Weden Engineering and their design representatives for specific application to the proposed new Pilot Travel Center located in Arlington, Washington. No warranty, expressed or implied, is made. We must presume the subsurface conditions encountered are representative for the proposed site for the purposes of formulating our recommendations. However, you should be aware that subsurface conditions may vary with time and between exploratory locations, and unanticipated conditions may be encountered. If construction reveals differing conditions or the design is modified, we should be retained to reevaluate our recommendations and provide written confirmation or modification, as needed. Page 20 of 21 GeoTest Services, Inc. September 15, 2016 Pilot Travel Center, SR 530&Smokey Point Blvd., Arlington, WA Job No. 16-0434 We appreciate the opportunity to provide geotechnical services on this project and look forward to assisting you during the construction phase. If you have any questions regarding the information contained in this report, or if we may be of further service, please contact the undersigned. Respectfully Submitted, GeoTest Services, Inc. of Wash, CO 7 15� 13� `��' 3057 `'~ �Sed Geo\o os ua A. Hardesty Josh Hardesty, L.G., M.S. Licensed Geologist oA W a <, Engineering Gw1oglb op oi� 594 oy� 7Sed Geed Danie! J. Sorenson Dan Sorenson, L.E.G. Engineering Geologist Attachments: Figure 1 Vicinity Map Figure 2 Site and Exploration Plan Figure 3 Typical Footing and Wall Drain Section Figure 4 Typical Utility Trench Section Figure 5 Soil Classification System and Key Figures 6-7 Logs of Test Pits Figures 8-18 Logs of Borings Figures 19-26 Grain Size Distribution Figure 27 Atterburg Limit Testing—Plasticity Chart Northwest Agg. Laboratory Results ASFE- Report Limitations and Guidelines For Its Use (3 pages) References: DNR, Washington Division of Geology and Earth Resources, 2016, Washington Interactive Geologic Map: https://fortress.wa.gov/dnr/geologv/?Site=wigm (accessed September 2016). Page 21 of 21 PROJECT LOCATION e Oosh Mt Vernon 9 La Conner *J v Lf `1a - S� Conway v = - e 534 . a _Lake`- .�/.► „Cavanaugh..\_ � . Lake Ketchum _ North P' chuck+ � Oso 5 c: Stanwood �J_ Stanwood I � ~, Silvana Arlington l Camano Island 30 Warm Beach �. 531 ,'�� ► ' J} Lake Goodwin F i Jorda , Road-Canyons" -ank - Creek"'- `\ Granite Fills�� Beverly Beach Tulalip Bay -1 J Marysville Langley 5zsl I Lake Stevens Whidbey' J Island West Lake ; Stevens J Clinton Everett Maxwelton Mukilteo Three Lakes MAP REFERENCED FROM ACME MAPPER 2.0,2016 NORTH MILES 0 5 10 Date: 08-15-16 By: JH Scale: As shown Project GEOTEST SERVICES, INC.741 Marine Drive VICINITY MAP 16-0434 Bellingham, WA 98225 PROPOSED PILOT TRAVEL CENTER Figure phone: (360)733-7318 SR 530 &SMOKEY POINT BLVD fax: (360)733-7418 ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON 1 FLYING J TRAVEL PLAZA H PROW..CT T 31 N, R 05 E, SEC 08 srit STATE ROUTE 530 NE�K J 2 r ARLINGTON, WA 97223 A J o� Wr 0 ,;h T £ ?m S of 9y N a Oth S NE; - � Z ��• Ina n v - � �- ,�" -� -- .;ram I �*• ��y le tti fN — ! AIRPORT r- - SR530 SIGN s I �el l• - \ '/ s _ ::f —i •'X� r- } li r 4 SS_IFT .,4. fI STATI(M wcnit- hMF - V 1 ^[_ LStt) -s+ie PRUPF1i7YUWSkaC — F I �0ilB-09/MW-1 3-M "`- rIn"-RAVEL CEVTCRS.LLC i .. •` + 5509LOSASROAD - - - KVUXViI.LF TN37909 —. "IS cPROPOSL•U PARCEL ADDRESS: 1r - i_ •LL •tBIG-- '1'31 N,R 115 h•SR:(A4 .; — __ -- I _I_. ./� 1.. T . STATE ROUIL 530 NE - - -. B-10_ y P-01 nRLnYcroN,wn 97r3 - * f ! i B-0 5J STAT, \ TRUCK TAX PARC11R cn�• 11 - -' FUEL'NG 3IU5MM300300.31U0SW300AX. 1 &310503 43D s1. B-07 _0.0% 130022 0 - ►=o l B-04i Via, ARI.OdGTON,wn 'I LAND USE• -F I � �I '•- `'.I q MORWAY COMMERCIAL D[STR'CT-(HCl 7 r A.1RTIORT CI TRnlg7RIrT 7f)NT T. - I NOTES: APPROXIMA77LY 145 Ac-WIT IN PROJECT LPAIT3 SIGN PARKING: -01 ; 3-002 00 D .y 3 RV 6d ALTO PARKING SPACES �:, I , _ v 100 TRUCK PARKING — — — — _ n ALL PARKIhG(:IR('IIl ATK7NAf)RNFWA-S T(1 PROJECT RF PAVFO LIMITS J . .4 ARLINGTON B-02 F _ - -� CITY LIMITS _ � ` -•�'� _�f �• ARLINGTON L, _., _ •— — . _ _ .._ .• _.• — — — — _ CITY LINIT r ,_ /. PIPtL1NE 6 I - j 0 � L? O \ It �� WC]r I11I B-11/MW-2 ;i <a WWIY041_LJSJiVcV HA£tl==N MkiFWM_J $ R� I'' ATTIILTIY=W r� INac�RvsllOuaYrooCe TP-04 arll - 14. N F OHNA I ION SHOWN IS FOK MU%-NC 1 of 1 I-nruA4la TP-# = Approximate Test Pit Location DATE:08-15-16 BY:JH SCALE: AS SHOWN PROJECT g_# = Approximate Boring Location 741 Marine Drive GEOTES SERVICES, INC. SITE AND EXPLORATION PLAN 16-0434 Bellingham, WA 98225 PROPOSED PILOT TRAVEL CENTER FIGURE MW-# = Approximate Boring developed with Monitoring Well Location phone: (360)733-7318 SR530 &SMOKEY POINT BLVD fax: (360)733-7418 ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON SHALLOW FOOTINGS WITH INTERIOR SLAB-ON-GRADE Typical Framing Compacted Impervious Soil (12 inch minimum) , , , Floor Slab or Pavement (2 inch minimum) .�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�.�. Va or Barrier Slope to drain away from structure. - -- _ ., ,• •,• ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti..w.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti.ti. r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r _ - — ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti•ti• <_ , 7 1 , r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•t•s•r• r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•r•t•s•r•1 Coarse Gravel Capillary Break / ,',',',•' (6 inch minimum typically clear crushed) Suitable Soil +'t•' Free Draining Sand ' and Gravel Fill Approved Non-woven Geotextile Filter Fabric (18 inch minimum fabric lap) Suitable Soil Drainage Material (Drain Rock or Clear Crushed Rock w/no fines) Appropriate Waterproofing Applied to Exterior of Wall Four Inch Diameter,Perforated, Rigid PVC Pipe (Perforations oriented down,wrapped in non-woven geotextile filter fabric,directed to suitable discharge) Notes: Footings Should be properly buried for frost protection in accordance with International Building Code or local building codes (Typically 18 inches below exterior finished grades) If foundation and slab configuration and/or elevations are different upon final design, modifications to this detail may be necessary. Please contact us if changes are applicable. Date: 09-14-16 By: JH Scale: None Project 741 Marine Drive GEOTE SERVICES, INC. TYPICAL FOOTING & WALL DRAIN SECTION 16-0434 Bellingham, WA 98225 PROPOSED PILOT TRAVEL CENTER Figure phone: (360)733-7318 SR 530 &SMOKEY POINT BLVD fax: (360)733-7418 ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON LANDSCAPING AREAS LOAD BEARING AREAS Topsoil(Typical) Concrete Sidewalk I F—Curb and Gutter Y�1 j Asphalt Pavement Suitable Bacl�If —Structural Fjitl 85%Compaction (See 170 (per ASTM 1557) Minimum 95%compaction bares Varies (perAgTM 1557) ti Warning Tape f r (Typ. 12"Above Pipe) r Utility '` 1 Po _ + Pipe Bedding Material - utility C' Varies i - P/pe i IVY Suitable Native Soil Date: 09-14-16 By: JH Scale: None Project 741 Marine Drive GEOTE SERVICES, INC. TYPICAL UTILITY TRENCH SECTION 16-0434 Bellingham, WA 98225 PROPOSED PILOT TRAVEL CENTER Figure phone: (360)733-7318 SR 530 &SMOKEY POINT BLVD fax: (360)733-7418 ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON Soil Classification System Uscs MAJOR GRAPHIC LETTER TYPICAL DIVISIONS SYMBOL SYMBOL DESCRIPTIONS(')(�) GRAVEL AND CLEAN GRAVEL °60 0 o GW Well-graded gravel;graveVsand mixture(s);little or no fines w GRAVELLY SOIL (Little or no fines) 016 o�?o GP Poorly graded gravel;graveVsand mixture(s);little or no fines O N ° ° . a; (More than 50%of Silty ravel; raveUsand/silt mixture(s) m N coarse fraction retained GRAVEL WITH FINES GM tY9 9 ( ) W E Z (Appreciable amount of z—c on No.4 sieve) Q o N fines) GC Clayey gravel;gravel/sand/clay mixture(s) d �c o w O z SAND AND CLEAN SAND SW Well-graded sand;gravelly sand;little or no fines CO C;. SANDY SOIL (Little or no fines) Q SP 0 Poorly graded sand;gravelly sand;little or no fines 0 @ (More than 50%of U coarse fraction passed SAND WITH FINES SM Silty sand;sand/silt mixture(s) through No.4 sieve) (Appreciable amount of fines) SC Clayey sand;sand/clay mixture(s) Inorganic silt and very fine sand;rock flour;silty or clayey fine SILT AND CLAY ML sand or clayey silt with slight plasticity O '.N Inorganic clay of low to medium plasticity;gravelly clay;sandy E N (Liquid limit less than 50) CIL clay;silty clay;lean clay W O o z o z QL Organic silt;organic,silty clay of low plasticity MMd O C N_ c t MH Inorganic silt;micaceous or diatomaceous fine sand c0 cc SILT AND CLAY w u m CH Inorganic clay of high plasticity;fat clay K2 E (Liquid limit greater than 50) OH Organic clay of medium to high plasticity;organic silt HIGHLY ORGANIC SOIL :0 PT Peat;humus;swamp soil with high organic content GRAPHIC LETTER OTHER MATERIALS SYMBOL SYMBOL TYPICAL DESCRIPTIONS PAVEMENT AC Or PC Asphalt concrete pavement or Portland cement pavement ROCK RK Rock(See Rock Classification) WOOD WD Wood,lumber,wood chips DEBRIS O O O DB Construction debris,garbage Notes: 1. Soil descriptions are based on the general approach presented in the Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils(Visual-Manual Procedure), as outlined in ASTM D 2488.Where laboratory index testing has been conducted,soil classifications are based on the Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes,as outlined in ASTM D 2487. 2. Soil description terminology is based on visual estimates(in the absence of laboratory test data)of the percentages of each soil type and is defined as follows: Primary Constituent: >50%-"GRAVEL,""SAND,""SILT,""CLAY,"etc. Secondary Constituents: >30%and<50%-"very gravelly,""very sandy,""very silty,"etc. >12%and<30%-"gravelly,""sandy,""silty,"etc. Additional Constituents: > 5%and<12%-"slightly gravelly,""slightly sandy,""slightly silty,"etc. < 5%-"trace gravel,""trace sand,""trace silt,"etc.,or not noted. Drilling and Sampling Key Field and Lab Test Data SAMPLE NUMBER&INTERVAL SAMPLER TYPE Code Description Code Description Sample Identification Number a 3.25-inch O.D.,2.42-inch I.D.Split Spoon PP=1.0 Pocket Penetrometer,tsf b 2.00-inch O.D.,1.50-inch I.D.Split Spoon TV=0.5 Torvane,tsf Recovery Depth Interval c Shelby Tube PID=100 Photoionization Detector VOC screening,ppm 1� 14-- Sample Depth Interval d Grab Sample W=10 Moisture Content,% J e Other-See text if applicable D=120 Dry Density,pcf Portion of Sample Retained 1 300-lb Hammer,30-inch Drop -200=60 Material smaller than No.200 sieve,% for Archive or Analysis 2 140-lb Hammer,30-inch Drop GS Grain Size-See separate figure for data 3 Pushed AL Atterberg Limits-See separate figure for data 4 Other-See text if applicable GT Other Geotechnical Testing Groundwater CA Chemical Analysis L7 Approximate water elevation at time of drilling(ATD)or on date noted. Groundwater ATD levels can fluctuate due to precipitation,seasonal conditions,and other factors. Pilot Travel Center Figure 6eOTe5T SR 530 & Smokey Point Blvd. Soil Classification System and Key Arlington, Washington TP-1 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER 75 a� -0 o Tracked Excavator E T Method: 0 E �, o L U) Ground Elevation(fty Undetermined co m m m m U) Excavated By: Fisher Construction Group W 0 to H 6 Z) 0 1= d W=13 ML Medium stiff,gray to brown,damp,very sandy GS SILT,contains rootlets and organics(Reworked z ML Quaternary Alluvium) Groundwater not encountered. 2 0 2= d W=23 Stiff,gray,damp,fine sandy SILT(Weathered J ML Quaternary Alluvium) __________J— z 3= d W=41 Medium stiff to stiff,orange to red-brown,moist, 0 4 very sandy SILT(Weathered Quaternary c� Alluvium) Presence of orange to red-brown mottling a below approximately 2.7 feet BGS W 6 W=30 -Presence of fine sandy SILT interbed between W 4= d GS _ _approximately 5 and 6 feet BGS_______ _ SM Medium dense,red to brown,wet,silty,fine w 8 W=17 SAND(Weathered Quaternary Alluvium) 5= d GS 6= d SP Medium dense,gray,wet,poorly graded SAND 0 10 (Quaternary All. J a Test Pit Completed 08/04/16 M Total Depth of Test Pit=10.0 ft. 0 12 z z W TP-2 0 w Z SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER 0 75 n a) -0 -6 Tracked Excavator W E T E Excavation Method: H W2.1 `m o L U) Ground Elevation(ft): Undetermined LLE E U) Excavated By: Fisher Construction Group 0 0 07 06 U) H U Z) 9 0 1= d W=18 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,silty SAND, GS contains rootlets and organics(Reworked N SM Quaternary Alluvium) Groundwater not encountered. co 2 2= d W=13 Loose to medium dense,gray to brown,damp GS to moist,very silty SAND(Weathered 0 Quaternary Alluvium) o W=3 0 4 3= d GS SP Loose to medium dense,gray,damp to moist, o poorly graded SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) '0 w6 Presence of moderate sidewall caving between approximately 4.5 feet BGS and base w W of exploration 0 8 0 4= d W=3 'a 0 10 Test Pit Completed 08/04/16 wCE Total Depth of Test Pit=9.0 ft. W w m 12 v m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. 9 CSC OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30&Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of Test Pits G Arlington, Washington 6 TP-3 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER 75 a� -0 o Tracked Excavator E T Method: 0 E �, o L U) Ground Elevation(fty Undetermined co m m m m U) Excavated By: Fisher Construction Group W 0 to H C7 Z) a 0 W=8 ML Medium stiff,gray to brown,damp,sandy SILT, c� 1= d GS contains rootlets and organics(Reworked z SP Quaternary Alluvium) Groundwater not encountered. 0 2 2= d GS Loose,gray,dry to damp,poorly graded SAND J (Quaternary Alluvium) g Transition to moist moisture content below c� 4 3= d W=4 approximately 3 feet BGS z J 6 Presence of considerable sidewall caving W between approximately 4.5 feet BGS and base of exploration w 8 > 4= d W=4 GS 0 10 Test Pit Completed 08/04/16 a Total Depth of Test Pit=9.0 ft. a M 0 12 z z z TP-4 0 W Z SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER 0 75 n a) -0 o Tracked Excavator W E T a3 U) W M `m o L U) Ground Elevation(ft): Undetermined LLE E m U) Excavated By: Fisher Construction Group M co 0 0 07 06 to F- U Z) 9 0 1= d W=19 ML Medium stiff,gray to brown,dry to damp, slightly sandy SILT,contains rootlets and o Groundwater not encountered. co N ML organics(Reworked Quaternary Alluvium) 2 2 Am::: d WGS 3 Medium stiff,gray to brown,damp,sandy SILT w 3= d W=7 SM (Weathered Quaternary Alluvium) aGS Loose to medium dense,gray,moist,very silty, d 4 fine SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) 4= d W=4 SP Loose to medium dense,gray,moist,poorly o GS graded SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) w6 Presence of moderate sidewall caving between approximately 4.33 feet and 8 feet S= d W=3 SM BGS ----------------�� a8 Medium dense,gray,moist to wet,gravelly d SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) a Test Pit Completed 08/04/16 0 10 Total Depth of Test Pit=8.5 ft. CE w W w m 12 v m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. 9 CSC OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30&Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of Test Pits 7 Arlington, Washington / B-01 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -0 o Drilling Method: Hollow-stem Auger : T m J o m m L0 cc Cl) Ground Elevation(ft)' Undetermined J w E c E o m Drilled By: Boretec1 m U CD 0 o w o7 06 cn m 0 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty,fine z SAND,contains rootlets and organics 0 SM (Reworked Quaternary Alluvium) J Loose,brown,moist,silty,fine SAND w (Weathered Quaternary Alluvium) 'a z1 b2 4 GSg o SM Loose,gray,moist,slightly silty SAND (Quaternary Alluvium) a 5 zz 2 b2 6 W=5 z J Q W w 3� b2 4 GS6 U W 10 Becomes wet to saturated moisture ATD 4 b2 14 content below approximately 10 feet BGS; a SP/ \ groundwater encountered at approximately M SM \— feet BGS o Loose to medium dense,gray,wet to saturated,gravelly SAND to poorly graded SAND with gravel(Quaternary Alluvium) w z 0 z 15 5 b2 7 a a w w 0 J LL 0 0 20 N 6 b2 8 WCD GS 3 U -------------------- SM Medium dense,gray,wet to saturated,very a silty SAND,contains fine to medium sand ointerbeds(Quaternary Alluvium) 0 O 25 U 7 b2 12 W-26 GS a o_ x Boring Completed 07/28/16 Total Depth of Boring=26.5 ft. m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. e0 Te5T Pilot Travel Center Figure V SR 530 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-01 Q Arlington, Washington 8 B-02 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -0 o Drilling Method: Hollow-stem Auger � T >. E J o m m �0 cc Cl) Ground Elevation(ft). Undetermined W E a E o m Drilled By: Boretec1 Q coOCD 0p W <n 06 cn m H c0 0 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty,fine z SAND,contains rootlets and organics 0 (Reworked Quaternary Alluvium) Groundwater not encountered. J_ 0 CD SP- Very loose to loose,brown to gray,moist, SM slightly silty SAND(Weathered Quaternary z Alluvium) 0 J a 2 'z O c� z J a W W w 1 b2 3 W=13 U J W a 4 0 J a a a 0 <o z z W z W w 2 b2 5 GS9 z 6 0 f= a a SP Medium dense,gray,moist,poorly graded w SAND with trace gravel(Quaternary Alluvium) w J LL 0 W 0 0 8 O O w 3 b2 12 W=8 U W 0 a 0 0 0 o Boring Completed 07/28/16 w Total Depth of Boring=9.0 ft. c9 w 10 0 a o_ X m N Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. 0 V�� 1 �7 1SR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-02 Arlington, Washington B-03 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -O o Drilling Method: Hollow-stem Auger � T >. E J o m �0 cc Cl) Ground Elevation(ft). Undetermined 2.W E a E o m Drilled By: Boretec1 Q coO CD 0 p W <n 06 cn m H c0 0 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty,fine z SAND,contains rootlets and organics 0 (Reworked Quaternary Alluvium) Groundwater not encountered. J_ 0 CD a ML Soft to medium stiff,brown to gray,moist, fine sandy SILT(Weathered Quaternary z Alluvium) 0 J a 2 'z O c� z J a W W w 1 b2 4 WGS18 U J W a ~ 4 O J a a a 0 <o z z W z 0 w 2 b2 5 W=6 z 6 0 f= a a SM Medium dense,gray,moist,gravelly SAND w (Quaternary Alluvium) w J LL 0 w 0 0 8 O O w 3 b2 11 W=4 U W 0 0 of 0 0 0 o Boring Completed 07/28/16 W Total Depth of Boring=9.0 ft. W w 10 0 a o_ X m N Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. 0 V�� 1 �7 1SR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-03 �I 0 Arlington, Washington I B-04 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -0 o Drilling Method: Hollow-stem Auger : T m J o m m L0 cc Cl) Ground Elevation(ft)' Undetermined J w E c E 3: m Drilled By: Boretec1 m U CD 0 o w o7 06 cn m 0 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty,fine z SAND,contains rootlets and organics mSp (Reworked Quaternary Alluvium) o Loose,brown to gray,moist,poorly graded w SAND with gravel,presence of roots at a approximately 3 feet BGS(Weathered W=7 Quaternary Alluvium) 1 b2 5 z GS 0 a 5 2 b2 4 WGS12 z it SIP Loose,gray,moist fine SAND,contains a mottling at approximately 9 feet BGS Ix W (Quaternary Alluvium) z w 3 b2 5 W=5 U SZ ATD 10 SP Loose to medium dense,gray,wet to 4 b2 7 saturated,gravelly SAND(Quaternary a Alluvium) M O W z 0 z 15 z 0 5 b2 12 a a w w 0 J LL 0 0 20 N 6 b2 5 L) U 0 w a 0 o SP Medium dense,gray,wet to saturated, o slightly gravelly SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) 'o 25 U W 0 7 b2 16 W=13 a o_ x Boring Completed 07/28/16 Total Depth of Boring=26.5 ft. m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. e0 Te5T Pilot Travel Center Figure V SR 530 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-04 11 Arlington, Washington B-05 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -0 o Drilling Method: Hollow-stem Auger � T >. E J o m m �i cc Cl) Ground Elevation(ft). Undetermined 2.W E c E o m Drilled By: Boretec1 0 CD 0 o w <n 06 cn m 0 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty z SAND,contains rootlets and organics mSM (Reworked Quaternary Alluvium) Groundwater not encountered. o Loose,brown to gray,moist,silty SAND, w contains scattered mottling(Weathered a Quaternary Alluvium) z 1 b2 4 W 2 GS 0 a 5 zz 2 b2 6 W=15 z it SP Loose,gray,moist,poorly graded SAND, a contains mottling at approximately 9 feet Ix BGS(Quaternary Alluvium) W z Lu 3 b2 8 W=5 w 10 SP- Very loose,gray,wet to saturated,slightly a 4 b2 2 WGS 7 SM silty SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) a a 0 co z SP Loose,gray,saturated,slightly gravelly to W z gravelly SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) 0 z 15 0 5 b2 7 a a w w J LL 0 0 20 N 6 b2 9 CD 0 w a 0 o SP Loose,gray,wet to saturated,poorly graded o SAND with gravel,contains woody debris in o split spoon tip(Quaternary Alluvium) W 25 W W 0 7 b2 4 GS a o_ x Boring Completed 07/28/16 Total Depth of Boring=26.5 ft. m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. e0 Te5T Pilot Travel Center Figure V SR 530 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-05 �I Arlington, Washington 12 B-06 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -0 o Drilling Method: Hollow-stem Auger : T m J o m m 2. �0cc Cl) Ground Elevation(ft)' Undetermined J w m e E 3: m Drilled By: Boretec1 m 0 o w o7 06 07 m CD 0 Z 0 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty,fine z SAND,contains rootlets and organics o ML (Reworked Quaternary Alluvium) m o Stiff,gray,moist,sandy SILT(Weathered w Quaternary Alluvium) 'a W=36 z1 b2 9 GS AL 0 a 5 'z 2 b2 3 W=28 z o SM Loose,gray to brown,wet,slightly silty,fine ATD a SAND,contains mottling(Weathered W Quaternary Alluvium) w 3� b2 3 WGS 7 U SP Loose,gray saturated,slightly silty,fine to medium SAND,contains interbeds of silt 10 (Quaternary Alluvium) 0 d 4 b2 3 a a 0 co U w z 0 w Z15 ML Soft,gray,saturated,slightly sandy SILT, 0 5 b2 2 contains silt and sand interbeds(Quaternary a Alluvium) a w Presence of trace gravel and woody w debris between approximately 15 and 20 feet BGS J LL 0 0 20 W—62 N 6 b2 3 GS CD AL U 0 a 0 0 0 SIP Loose,gray saturated,slightly silty,fine to m medium SAND,contains interbeds of silt 25 (Quaternary Alluvium) w 0 7 b2 3 a o_ x Boring Completed 07/28/16 Total Depth of Boring=26.5 ft. m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. e0 Te5T Pilot Travel Center Figure V SR 530 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-06 13 Arlington, Washington B-07 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -0 o Drilling Method: Hollow-stem Auger : T m J o m m L0 cc Cl) Ground Elevation(ft)' Undetermined J w E c E 3: m Drilled By: Boretec1 m 0 CD 0 o w o7 06 07 m H 0 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty,fine z SAND,contains rootlets and organics 0 (Reworked Quaternary Alluvium) J ML Soft,gray to brown,moist to wet,sandy w SILT,contains mottling and rootlets a (Weathered Quaternary Alluvium) z1 b2 6 W=37 0 a 5 2 b2 3 W 1 GS z J SP- Loose,gray to brown,wet to saturated, ATD F SM slightly silty SAND,contains mottling w 3� b2 7 W=24 (Weathered Quaternary Alluvium) z GS w 10 0 41 b2 5 Al J a SP Loose,gray,saturated,slightly gravelly to O gravelly SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) z w Presence of gravel interbed at o approximately 13.5 feet BGS z 15 0 5 b2 8 a a w w 0 J LL 0 0 20 N 6 b2 8 CD 0 w a 0 0 0 W Becomes SILTY SAND(SM) c~i 25 -Presence of silt and woody debris at 0 7 b2 3 WGS 2 approximately 25 feet BGS a o_ x Boring Completed 07/28/16 Total Depth of Boring=26.5 ft. m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. e0 Te5T Pilot Travel Center Figure V SR 530 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-07 14 Arlington, Washington B-08 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -0 o Drilling Method: Hollow-stem Auger � T >. E J o m �0 cc Cl) Ground Elevation(ft). Undetermined 2.W ma E o m Drilled By: Boretec1 O CD 0 p W to 06 cn m H c0 0 01 3 GM Import gravel with mixed asphalt z_ Groundwater not encountered. O m J_ 'a c? CD D z o ML Soft,brown,moist to wet,slightly gravelly a sandy SILT(Weathered Quaternary 0 2 Alluvium) c� z J a W W 34 W 1 b2 5 WGS J W a ~ 4 O J a a a 0 <o Sp- Loose to medium dense,gray,moist,slightly w W=27 SM silty SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) 2 b2 6 z GS 0 3 z 6 O 3 W=7 f= a J W W J LL 0 w 0 0 8 O O 4 b2 10 W=3 WW 0 0 of 0 0 0 o Boring Completed 07/28/16 w Total Depth of Boring=9.0 ft. W w 10 0 a o_ X m N Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. 0 V�� 1 �7 1SR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-08 15 Arlington, Washington B-09 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER -0 a) -0 o Drilling Method: GeoprobeT"" Detail E E -0 am c Z m ~ °o :c to T Ground Elevation(ft)• Undetermined z o a) 2 LL cu v c o @ Drilled By: ESN W rn 06 (A m H U` w 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty, Flush-mounted fine SAND,contains rootlets and a monument with 0 organics(Reworked Quaternary a o a J Alluvium) o 0 0 locking cap w ML Fast Setting Soft,brown,mosit,slightly sand SILT Concrete a (Weathered Quaternary Alluvium) Bentonite chips z 2 o W=30 1 f3 GS AL SP- Transitions to moist,brown,silty oz AL SM SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) z z it 4 10/20 Colorado sand pack z z SP/ Loose,gray,wet to saturated,poorly w SM graded SAND to slightly gravelly SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) 6 0 J a a M 7 2 f3 GS GS z 8 w ATD z 0 3 z 0 F 10 2-inch diameter, Schedule 40,PVC W screen(0.010-inch w slot size) 3 f3 w 0 12 NN CD U W U a 4 f3 0 14 0 0 O w Threaded end cap Boring Completed 08/04/16 0 Total Depth of Boring=15.0 ft. a 16 0 X 0 m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. CSC OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30&Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-09 16 Arlington, Washington B-10 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER a -0 o Drilling Method: GeoprobeTM : T >. m u>, z m ~ 00 :c Cl) T Ground Elevation(ft). Undetermined J 0 2 LL N U J w f0 Q N Q m ❑ L (n m c o CL Drilled By: ESN co 0 ca CD 0 ❑ W o706 cn m H 0 0 SM/ Loose,gray to brown,damp,very silty,fine z ML SAND,contains rootlets and organics(Mix 0 of FILL and reworked Alluvium) 0 SM Loose,gray to brown,moist,SILTY SAND w (Apparent Bedding SAND) 'a z 2 1 f3 W—25 o GS a zz O z z 4 a W W z LU Presence of abandoned 1"polly line at w approximately 5 feet BGS > SP Loose to medium dense,gray,moist to 6 saturated,silty,fine SAND to poorly graded o SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) J a a M 7 2 f3 W=24 GS c� 8 z w z 0 3 z z 0 � SZ ATD 10 w w J LL 0 w 12 W=17 N 3 f3 GS CD U 0 w a 0 14 0 0 O w 0 Presence of woody debris at \approximately 15 feet BGS Boring Completed 08/04/16 w Total Depth of Boring=15.0 ft. a 16 0 X 0 m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. V�� 1 �7 1SR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 &Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-10 17 Arlington, Washington B-11 SAMPLE DATA SOIL PROFILE GROUNDWATER -0 a) Q° o Drilling Method: GeoprobeT"" Detail E E -0 m c Z m ~ °o :c to T Ground Elevation(ft)• Undetermined z o a) LL cu v .� a 2 am a Tn 0 r c o @ Drilled By: ESN w 0 W fn 06 (AM I-_ U` � ML Stiff,gray to brown,dry to damp, Flush-mounted c9 slightly sandy SILT,contains rootlets a monument with o and organics(Reworked Quaternary a o a J Alluvium) o 0 0 locking cap w ML Fast Setting Soft to medium stiff,brown,moist, Concrete a very sandy SILT(Weathered Bentonite chips Quaternary Alluvium) z 2 0 J a 1 f3 W=20 z GS X 4 10/20 Colorado sand pack W z W SP- Loose,brown to gray,moist to wet, w SM slightly silty fine SAND,contains > mottling(Weathered Quaternary 6 Alluvium) 0 J a a M 7 2 f3 GS GS c� 8 z W z 0 W Presence of mottling between z approximately 9 and 10 feet BGS 10 2-inch diameter, a SP Loose,gray,saturated,poorly graded Schedule 40,PVC w SAND(Quaternary Alluvium) screen(0.010-inch w V slot size) ATD W 0 12 W=23 N 3 f3 GS U W U a 0 14 0 0 0 Ww Threaded end cap Boring Completed 08/04/16 0 Total Depth of Boring=15.0 ft. a 16 0 X 0 m Notes: 1. Stratigraphic contacts are based on field interpretations and are approximate. M 2. Reference to the text of this report is necessary for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 0 3. Refer to"Soil Classification System and Key"figure for explanation of graphics and symbols. CSC OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30&Smokey Point Blvd. Log Of B-11 �I Q Arlington, Washington I Q U.S.SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES I U.S.SIEVE NUMBERS I HYDROMETER 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 3 4 112 3/8 3 6 810 1416 30 40 50 60 100 140 200 100 C0 90 w N U -a 80 of a c7 Z 70 0 J �+ a � z w 60 o � Z Z T � a c 50 w z c w U U a a 40 0 J FL 30 0 20 V. Z w Z w 0 LU 10 U) Z 0 0 1 it I 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 o Grain Size in Millimeters w cD Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt or Clay 0 coarse fine coarse medium fine w 0 0 co Point Depth Classification ILL PL PI Cc CU U o • B-1 2.5 SILTY, FINE SAND (SM) o III B-1 7.5 SLIGHTLY SILTY,SAND (SM) 1.29 2.32 0 o A B-1 20.0 POORLY GRADED SAND with GRAVEL (SP) 1.33 5.34 w * B-1 25.0 VERY SILTY SAND (SM) 5 O B-2 5.0 SLIGHTLY SILTY SAND (SP-SM) 2.12 6.13 w %Coarse %Fine %Coarse %Medium %Fine a '0Point Depth D100 D60 D50 D30 D10 Gravel Gravel Sand Sand Sand /o Fines o 0 B-1 2.5 2 0.182 0.161 0.111 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 81.7 17.8 a o III B-1 7.5 2 0.357 0.323 0.266 0.153 0.0 0.0 0.0 22.1 72.4 5.6 > A B-1 20.0 19 5.019 3.976 2.501 0.94 0.0 42.3 37.3 14.5 3.8 2.1 u * B-1 25.0 19 0.358 0.255 0.072 0.0 3.2 9.7 22.1 34.4 30.6 00 C0 O B-2 5.0 4.75 0.329 0.286 0.194 0.054 0.0 0.0 0.1 21.6 67.3 10.9 8 Cc = D3o2/(D60* D1o) To be well graded: 1 < Cc < 3 and a C,, = D6o/D10 C, > 4 for GW or C, > 6 for SW C�C'OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Grain Size Test Data (� Arlington, Washington 9 U.S.SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES I U.S.SIEVE NUMBERS I HYDROMETER 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 1/2 3 6 810 1416 30 40 50 60 100140 200 100 Cn 90 w N U -a 80 of a c7 Z 70 0 J �+ a � z a)60 111 o � Z Z T Cr C a c 50 w ii z c w U U a 40 a 0 J FL 30 0 20 Z w Z LU 0 10 U) Z 0 0 F E 4 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 o Grain Size in Millimeters w cD Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt or Clay 0 coarse fine coarse medium fine w 0 0 co Point Depth Classification ILL PL PI Cc CU U o • B-3 2.5 FINE SANDY SILT (ML) o III B-4 2.5 POORLY GRADED SAND with GRAVEL (SP) 0.85 4.84 0 o A B-4 5.0 SILTY, FINE SAND (SM) w * B-5 2.5 VERY SILTY SAND (SM) 5 O B-5 10.0 SLIGHTLY SILTY SAND (SP-SM) 1.18 2.86 w %Coarse %Fine %Coarse %Medium %Fine a '0 Point Depth D100 D60 D50 D30 D10 Gravel Gravel Sand Sand Sand /o Fines o 0 B-3 2.5 4.75 0.083 0.068 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 44.5 54.7 a o III B-4 2.5 19 3.886 2.936 1.626 0.802 0.0 32.8 30.9 29.8 4.4 2.2 > A B-4 5.0 0.85 0.188 0.163 0.113 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.7 83.7 13.6 u * B-5 2.5 2 0.152 0.124 0.074 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 69.0 30.3 00 C0 O B-5 10.0 9.5 0.414 0.357 0.266 0.145 0.0 2.8 2.6 32.9 55.8 6.0 8 Cc = D3o2/(D60* D1o) To be well graded: 1 < Cc < 3 and a C,, = D6o/D10 C, > 4 for GW or C, > 6 for SW C�C'OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Grain Size Test Data 20 Arlington, Washington U.S.SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES I U.S.SIEVE NUMBERS I HYDROMETER 6 4 3 2 1 34 1/23/8 3 6 810 1416 20 30 40 50 60 100 140 200 100 co 90 W N U -a 80 a c7 Z 70 0 J �+ a � z a)60 o � Z Z T � a .950 W IL z c W U U a a 40 0HHJ FL 30 0 20 Z w Z w 0 LU 10 co Z 0 0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 o Grain Size in Millimeters w cD Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt or Clay 0 coarse fine coarse medium fine W 0 0 co Point Depth Classification ILL PL PI C,� Cu U o • B-5 25.0 POORLY GRADED SAND with GRAVEL (SP) 0.79 4.78 o m B-6 2.5 SANDY SILT (ML) 48 31 17 0 o A B-6 7.5 SLIGHTLY SILTY, FINE SAND (SM) w * B-6 20.0 SLIGHTLY SANDY SILT (ML) 44 33 11 5 O B-7 5.0 SANDY SILT (ML) W %Coarse %Fine %Coarse %Medium %Fine a '0 Point Depth D100 D60 D50 D30 D10 Gravel Gravel Sand Sand Sand /o Fines o 0 B-5 25.0 37.5 1.219 0.876 0.497 0.255 12.7 2.7 9.6 50.5 21.6 2.9 a o m B-6 2.5 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.5 11.0 86.5 > A B-6 7.5 4.75 0.243 0.212 0.16 0.0 0.0 0.7 4.6 83.9 10.8 u * B-6 20.0 19 0.0 1.0 0.8 2.5 7.5 88.2 00 C0 O B-7 5.0 4.75 0.056 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.7 26.9 72.4 w C, = D3o2/(D60* D1o) To be well graded: 1 < C,< 3 and a C,, = D6o/D10 C, > 4 for GW or C, > 6 for SW C�C'OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Grain Size Test Data Arlington, Washington 21 U.S.SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES I U.S.SIEVE NUMBERS I HYDROMETER 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 4 1/2 3 6 $10 1416 30 40 50 60 100 140 200 100 co C0 90 w N U -a 80 a c7 Z 70 0 J �+ a � z a)60 o � Z Z T � a c 50 w z c w U U a a 40 0 J FL 30 0 20 Z w Z LU 0 10 U) Z 0 0 LE-. - . 11 � 7M _E � 1 1 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 o Grain Size in Millimeters w cD Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt or Clay 0 coarse fine coarse medium fine w 0 0 co Point Depth Classification ILL PL PI C,� Cu U o • B-7 7.5 SLIGHTLY SILTY SAND (SP-SM) 1.04 2.32 o m B-7 25.0 VERY SILTY SAND (SM) 0 o A B-8 2.5 SLIGHTLY GRAVELLY,SANDY SILT (ML) w * B-8 5.0 SLIGHTLY SILTY SAND (SP-SM) 1.53 4.01 Cn O B-9 2.0 SLIGHTLY SANDY SILT (SP-SM) 40 29 11 W %Coarse %Fine %Coarse %Medium %Fine a & Point Depth D100 D6o D5o D3o D10 Gravel Gravel Sand Sand Sand /o Fines o 0 B-7 7.5 19 0.298 0.266 0.199 0.128 0.0 1.5 0.2 7.2 85.3 5.9 a o m B-7 25.0 9.5 0.147 0.092 0.0 0.2 0.2 3.8 49.1 46.8 CE > A B-8 2.5 19 0.0 6.8 1.3 5.0 19.8 67.1 u * B-8 5.0 9.5 0.281 0.246 0.174 0.07 0.0 0.1 0.0 7.7 81.6 10.5 00 C0 O B-9 2.0 4.75 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 6.8 92.5 a C,; = D3o2/(D60* D1o) To be well graded: 1 < C,< 3 and C,, = D6o/D10 C, > 4 for GW or C, > 6 for SW C�C'OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Grain Size Test Data �� Arlington, Washington U.S.SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES I U.S.SIEVE NUMBERS I HYDROMETER 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 3A 1/2 3 6 810 1416 0 30 40 50 60 100 140 200 100 CO 90 w N U -a 80 of a c7 Z 70 0 J �+ a � z a)60 o � Z Z T C a cCr 50 w ii z c w U U a a 40 0 J FL 30 0 20 Z w Z w 0 LU 10 U) Z 0 0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 o Grain Size in Millimeters w cD Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt or Clay 0 coarse fine coarse medium fine w 0 0 co Point Depth Classification ILL PL PI C,� Cu U o • B-9 5.0 POORLY GRADED SAND (SP) 1.16 2.25 o m B-10 0.1 SANDY SILT (ML) 0 o A B-10 5.0 SILTY, FINE SAND (SM) w * B-10 10.0 POORLY GRADED SAND (SP) 1.10 2.47 5 O B-11 2.0 VERY SANDY SILT (ML) w %Coarse %Fine %Coarse %Medium %Fine a '0 Point Depth D100 D60 D50 D30 D10 Gravel Gravel Sand Sand Sand /o Fines o 0 B-9 5.0 9.5 0.36 0.322 0.258 0.16 0.0 1.0 0.7 23.3 71.6 3.4 a o m B-10 0.1 9.5 0.0 0.4 0.4 1.3 20.8 77.1 > A B-10 5.0 4.75 0.217 0.186 0.118 0.0 0.0 0.1 3.0 75.6 21.2 u * B-10 10.0 37.5 0.416 0.364 0.278 0.169 3.2 4.8 2.8 27.8 58.3 3.3 00 C0 O B-11 2.0 2 0.063 0.053 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.3 29.1 69.6 a C,; = D3o2/(D60* D1o) To be well graded: 1 < C,< 3 and C,, = D6o/D10 C, > 4 for GW or C, > 6 for SW C�C'OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Grain Size Test Data �� Arlington, Washington U.S.SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES I U.S.SIEVE NUMBERS I HYDROMETER 6 4 3 2 1.5 11 1/2 3 6 $10 1416 30 40 50 60 100 140 200 100 co C0 90 w N U -a 80 a c7 Z 70 0 J �+ a � z 60 o � Z Z T Cr C a c 50 w z c w U U a a 40 0 J FL 30 0 20 z w z LU 0 10 Z z 0 0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 o Grain Size in Millimeters w cD Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt or Clay 0 coarse fine coarse medium fine w 0 0 co Point Depth Classification LL PL PI C,� Cu U o • B-11 5.0 SLIGHTLY SILTY, FINE SAND (SP-SM) 1.11 2.35 o III B-11 10.0 POORLY GRADED SAND (SP) 1.10 1.94 0 o A TP-1 0.5 VERY SANDY SILT (ML) * TP-1 6.5 VERY SANDY SILT (MH/OH) 5 O TP-1 8.3 SILTY, FINE SAND (SM) w %Coarse %Fine %Coarse %Medium %Fine a '0Point Depth D100 D60 D50 D30 D10 Gravel Gravel Sand Sand Sand /o Fines o 0 B-11 5.0 2 0.262 0.231 0.18 0.111 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.1 91.3 6.5 a o III B-11 10.0 19 0.382 0.347 0.287 0.197 0.0 1.9 1.9 24.8 69.1 2.3 > A TP-1 0.5 9.5 0.0 0.2 0.1 3.2 29.2 67.4 u * TP-1 6.5 9.5 0.081 0.071 0.059 0.0 0.1 0.1 1.9 42.4 55.6 00 C0 O TP-1 8.3 4.75 0.213 0.184 0.126 0.0 0.0 0.1 2.8 81.0 16.1 8 C, = D3o2/(D60* D1o) To be well graded: 1 < C,< 3 and a C,, = D6o/D10 C, > 4 for GW or C, > 6 for SW C�C'OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Grain Size Test Data �/� Arlington, Washington `� U.S.SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES I U.S.SIEVE NUMBERS I HYDROMETER 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 4 1/2 3 6 $10 1416 20 30 40 50 60 100 140 200 100 Cn C0 90 w N U -a 80 a c7 Z 70 0 J �+ a � z a)60 o � Z Z T Cr C a c 50 w z c w U U a a 40 0 J FL 30 0 20 z w z w LLJ 10 Z z 0 0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 o Grain Size in Millimeters w cD Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt or Clay 0 coarse fine coarse medium fine w 0 0 co Point Depth Classification ILL PL PI C,� Cu U o • TP-2 0.3 SILTY SAND (SM) 0.62 3.21 o m TP-2 2.4 VERY SILTY SAND (SM) 0 o A TP-2 4.0 POORLY GRADED SAND (SP) 0.87 1.87 * TP-3 0.5 SANDY SILT (ML) 5 O TP-3 2.0 POORLY GRADED SAND (SP) 1.06 1.72 w %Coarse %Fine %Coarse %Medium %Fine a '0Point Depth D100 D60 D50 D30 D10 Gravel Gravel Sand Sand Sand /o Fines o 0 TP-2 0.3 19 0.176 0.124 0.077 0.055 0.0 0.4 9.9 13.6 47.5 28.6 a o m TP-2 2.4 4.75 0.092 0.079 0.053 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.9 52.0 47.0 > A TP-2 4.0 9.5 0.485 0.42 0.33 0.259 0.0 0.1 0.1 48.9 49.9 1.0 u * TP-3 0.5 9.5 0.0 0.0 0.7 2.3 11.3 85.7 00 C0 O TP-3 2.0 19 0.367 0.338 0.287 0.213 0.0 0.0 0.1 22.1 75.9 1.9 8 C, = D3o2/(D60* D1o) To be well graded: 1 < C,< 3 and a C,, = D6o/D10 C, > 4 for GW or C, > 6 for SW C�C'OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Grain Size Test Data �� Arlington, Washington U.S.SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES I U.S.SIEVE NUMBERS I HYDROMETER 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 3A 1/23/8 3Am 6 810 1416 ZQ 30 40 50 60 100 140 200 100 Cn co 90 w N U -a 80 a c7 Z 70 0 J �+ a � z a)60 o � Z Z T � a d c 50 w ii z c w U U a a 40 0 J a 30 0 20 z w z LU 0 10 U) z IL E I I.. 11111 0 F- 0 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 o Grain Size in Millimeters w cD Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt or Clay 0 coarse fine coarse medium fine w 0 0 co Point Depth Classification ILL PL PI C,� Cu U o • TP-3 8.5 POORLY GRADED SAND (SP) 1.16 1.87 o III TP-4 1.8 SANDY SILT (ML) 0 o A TP-4 2.8 VERY SILTY FINE SAND (SM) * TP-4 4.8 POORLY GRADED SAND (SP) 1.14 1.89 C0 U w %Coarse %Fine %Coarse %Medium %Fine a o Point Depth D1o0 D6o D5o D3o D10 Gravel Gravel Sand Sand Sand /o Fines o 0 TP-3 8.5 4.75 0.341 0.315 0.269 0.182 0.0 0.0 0.0 12.5 86.3 1.2 a o III TP-4 1.8 4.75 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 18.8 80.6 CE > A TP-4 2.8 4.75 0.136 0.1 0.058 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.3 59.0 39.6 u * TP-4 4.8 4.75 0.361 0.332 0.281 0.191 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.6 76.8 2.5 m co a C,; = D3o2/(D60" D1o) To be well graded: 1 < C,< 3 and C,, = D6o/D10 C, > 4 for GW or C, > 6 for SW C�C'OTC'STSR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Grain Size Test Data �� Arlington, Washington W K 0 U N 60 J 0 CL CH w m Uj 5 w 0 Q 'a c� z 0 40 o z x 'z O 'O z > 30 - 1z J < U Q .N K N W IL LU 20 w • Q ° 10 a M CL-ML M or OL MH or OH a 0 0 z 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 W w Liquid Limit(LL) 0 w z z 0 Uj J Q > W ATTERBERG LIMIT TEST RESULTS J J LL O 0 Exploration Sample Liquid Plastic Plasticity Natural Unified Soil Symbol Number Number Depth Limit Limit Index Moisture Soil Description Classification N (ft) O • B-6 1 2.5 48 31 17 36 SANDY SILT ML w m B-6 6 20.0 44 33 11 62 SLIGHTLY SANDY SILT ML o_ 0 A B-9 1 2.0 40 29 11 30 SLIGHTLY SANDY SILT ML 0 0 LU ASTM D 4318 Test Method U W O K a 0 Q F Q LU w w U CO U v M 7 O C�G'OTG'ST SR 5 Pilot Travel Center Figure 30 & Smokey Point Blvd. Plasticity Chart 2' Arlington, Washington PAP-Accredited Northwest Agricultural Consultants - GEOTEST SERVICES INC 2545 West Falls �;�: 741 MARINE DR Kennewick,WA 99336 BELLINGHAM, WA 98225 (509) 783-7450 Fax: (509) 783-5305 AA 2015 SOIL Client No.: 9678 Date Received: 08-09-2016 Report No.: 38801 Page: 1 of 1 829de9-16495 Grower Sampler Field No. Field Name Crop Year Crop Yield Goal Project No. 16-0434 Pilot Travel Depth Available NO3-N NH4-N Sulfur pH Soluble Organic P(bic) K(bic) P(ace) K(ace) Calcium Magne- Sodium Eff. Boron Zinc Manga- Iron Copper CEC %Base Chloride Bray 1P Total Samplel (ft.) Inches Ibs/acre Ibs/acre ppm Salts Matter ppm ppm ppm ppm (meq. sium (meq. ppm ppm nese ppm ppm (meq. Sat. lbs.per. ppm Bases D (mmhos Percent per 100 (meq. per 100 ppm per 100 acre (meq. /cm) grams) per 100 grams) grams) per 100 grams) rams 1 6.2 3.73 16.7 2 6.0 4.87 15.6 3 6.4 1.57 8.0 4 5.9 4.67 15.5 5 6.5 0.73 3.3 6 6.6 2.22 13.4 Total 0.00 Estimated Nitrogen Release from Organic Matter Estimated Total Nitrogen Available to Crop Last Year's Crop Fertilizer Comments Sample ID pH Loss on Ignition OM Cation Exchange Capacity (Method: EPA 9081) TP-1 @ 6 in. 6.2 3.730 16.7 meq/100g TP-2 @ 3 in. 6.0 4 .870 15. 6 meq/100g TP-2 @ 29 in. 6.4 1.570 8.0 meq/100g TP-3 @ 6 in. 5. 9 4 . 670 15.5 meq/100g TP 3 @ 2 ft 6.5 0.730 3.3 meq/100g TP-4 @ 22 in. 6. 6 2.220 13.4 meq/100g REPORT LIMITATIONS AND GUIDELINES FOR ITS USE' Subsurface issues may cause construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. While you cannot eliminate all such risks, you can manage them. The following information is provided to help: Geotechnical Services are Performed for Specific Purposes, Persons, and Projects At GeoTest our geotechnical engineers and geologists structure their services to meet specific needs of our clients. A geotechnical engineering study conducted for a civil engineer may not fulfill the needs of an owner, a construction contractor or even another civil engineer. Because each geotechnical engineering study is unique, each geotechnical engineering report is unique, prepared solely for the client. No one except you should rely on your geotechnical engineer who prepared it. And no one — not even you —should apply the report for any purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. Read the Full Report Serious problems have occurred because those relying on a geotechnical engineering report did not read it all. Do not rely on an executive summary. Do not read selected elements only. A Geotechnical Engineering Report is Based on a Unique Set of Project-Specific Factors GeoTest's geotechnical engineers consider a number of unique, project-specific factors when establishing the scope of a study. Typical factors include: the clients goals, objectives, and risk management preferences; the general nature of the structure involved its size, and configuration; the location of the structure on the site; and other planned or existing site improvements, such as access roads, parking lots, and underground utilities. Unless GeoTest, who conducted the study specifically states otherwise, do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report that was: • not prepared for you, • not prepared for your project, • not prepared for the specific site explored, or • completed before important project changes were made. Typical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing geotechnical engineering report include those that affect: • the function of the proposed structure, as when it's changed, for example, from a parking garage to an office building, or from a light industrial plant to a refrigerated warehouse, • elevation, configuration, location, orientation, or weight of the proposed construction, • alterations in drainage designs; or • composition of the design team; the passage of time; man-made alterations and construction whether on or adjacent to the site; or by natural alterations and events, such as floods, earthquakes or groundwater fluctuations; or project ownership. Always inform GeoTest's geotechnical engineer of project changes — even minor ones — and request an assessment of their impact. Geotechnical engineers cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because their reports do not consider developments of which they were not informed. 'Information in this document is based upon material developed by ASFE,Professional Firms Practicing in the Geosciences(asfe.org) Oeo"r'5T Subsurface Conditions Can Change This geotechnical or geologic report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed. Do not rely on the findings and conclusions of this report, whose adequacy may have been affected by: the passage of time; by man-made events, such as construction on or adjacent to the site; or by natural events, such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctuations. Always contact GeoTest before applying the report to determine if it is still relevant. A minor amount of additional testing or analysis will help determine if the report remains applicable. Most Geotechnical and Geologic Findings are Professional Opinions Our site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. GeoTest's engineers and geologists review field and laboratory data and then apply their professional judgment to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual subsurface conditions may differ— sometimes significantly—from those indicated in your report. Retaining GeoTest who developed this report to provide construction observation is the most effective method of managing the risks associated with anticipated or unanticipated conditions. A Report's Recommendations are Not Final Do not over-rely on the construction recommendations included in this report. Those recommendations are not final, because geotechnical engineers or geologists develop them principally from judgment and opinion. GeoTest's geotechnical engineers or geologists can finalize their recommendations only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. GeoTest cannot assume responsibility or liability for the report's recommendations if our firm does not perform the construction observation. A Geotechnical Engineering or Geologic Report may be Subject to Misinterpretation Misinterpretation of this report by other design team members can result in costly problems. Lower that risk by having GeoTest confer with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report. Also, we suggest retaining GeoTest to review pertinent elements of the design teams plans and specifications. Contractors can also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering report. Reduce that risk by having GeoTest participate in pre-bid and preconstruction conferences, and by providing construction observation. Do not Redraw the Exploration Logs Our geotechnical engineers and geologists prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. To prevent errors of omissions, the logs included in this report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Only photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable; but recognizes that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. Give Contractors a Complete Report and Guidance Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can make contractors liable for unanticipated subsurface conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give contractors the complete geotechnical engineering report, but preface it with a clearly written letter of transmittal. In that letter, consider advising the contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited; encourage them to confer with the GeoTest and/or to conduct 'Information in this document is based upon material developed by ASFE,Professional Firms Practicing in the Geosciences(asfe.org) C7eoTe5T additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. A pre-bid conference can also be valuable. Be sure contractors have sufficient time to perform additional study. Only then might you be in a position to give contractors the best information available, while requiring them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. In addition, it is recommended that a contingency for unanticipated conditions be included in your project budget and schedule. Read Responsibility Provisions Closely Some clients, design professionals, and contractors do not recognize that geotechnical engineering or geology is far less exact than other engineering disciplines. This lack of understanding can create unrealistic expectations that can lead to disappointments, claims, and disputes. To help reduce risk, GeoTest includes an explanatory limitations section in our reports. Read these provisions closely. Ask questions and we encourage our clients or their representative to contact our office if you are unclear as to how these provisions apply to your project. Environmental Concerns Are Not Covered in this Geotechnical or Geologic Report The equipment, techniques, and personnel used to perform an environmental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical or geologic study. For that reason, a geotechnical engineering or geologic report does not usually relate any environmental findings, conclusions, or recommendations; e.g., about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated containments, etc. If you have not yet obtained your own environmental information, ask your geotechnical consultant for risk management guidance. Do not rely on environmental report prepared for some one else. Obtain Professional Assistance to Deal with Biological Pollutants Diverse strategies can be applied during building design, construction, operation, and maintenance to prevent significant amounts biological pollutants from growing on indoor surfaces. Biological pollutants includes but is not limited to molds, fungi, spores, bacteria and viruses. To be effective, all such strategies should be devised for the express purpose of prevention, integrated into a comprehensive plan, and executed with diligent oversight by a professional biological pollutant prevention consultant. Because just a small amount of water or moisture can lead to the development of severe biological infestations, a number of prevention strategies focus on keeping building surfaces dry. While groundwater, water infiltration, and similar issues may have been addressed as part of this study, the geotechnical engineer or geologist in charge of this project is not a biological pollutant prevention consultant; none of the services preformed in connection with this geotechnical engineering or geological study were designed or conducted for the purpose of preventing biological infestations. 'Information in this document is based upon material developed by ASFE,Professional Firms Practicing in the Geosciences(asfe.org) C7e0Te5T Permit#: 1808 Permit Date: 01/17/18 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL BUILDING Project Name: Pilot Travel Center#1103 Applicant Name: Pilot Travel Centers, LLC Applicant Address: 5508 Lonas Road Applicant, City, State, Zip: Knoxville, TN 37909 Contact: Ross Shaver Phone: Email: ross.shaver@pilottravelcenters.com Scope of Work: Valuation: 2000000.00 Square Feet: 0 Number of Stories: 1 Construction Type: Occupancy Group: ID Code: Permit Issued: 07/17/2018 Permit Expires: Form Permit Type: Status: LASERFICHE Assigned To: Launa Black Property Parcel# Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning 31050800300300 2430 STATE ROUTE 530 PILOT TRAVEL 910 Undeveloped CENTERS LLC (Vacant)Land Contractors Contractor Primary Contact Phone Address Contractor Type License License Pilot Travel Centers,LLC 5508 Lonas Road Inspections Date Inspection Type Description Scheduled Date Completed Date Inspector Status Main bldg footings&hold 07/27/2018 R02.FOOTING downs&internal piers 07/27/2018 BUILDING Approved approved.KO. Fees Fee Description Notes Amount Building Plan Review Table 4-2 $3,425.00 Building Plan Review Table 4-2 Total$5809.18 plan review $2,384.18 e Building Permit Table 4-1 $8,653.43 Processing/Technology $25.00 State Surcharge- 1 st DU Residential- 1 st Unit $4.50 Traffic Mitigation-C/MF Commercial/Multi-family 106 PMPHT $355,630.00 Building Permit Table 4-1 Total Permit fee$11,188.30 $2,534.87 Building Plan Review Table 4-2 Total Plan fee$7,272.40 $1,463.22 Total $374,120.20 Attached Letters Date Letter Description 07/13/2018 Building Permit Payments Date Paid By Description Payment Type Accepted By Amount 01/17/2018 Pilot Travel Centers check#3273742 Launa Black $3,425.00 02/05/2018 Pilot Travel Centers check#3277560 Launa Black $11,067.11 07/19/2018 Pilot Flying J Check#3306713 Kristin Foster $359,628.09 Outstanding Balance $0.00 Notes Date Note Created By: 02/28/2020 Issued C of O. Kristin Foster Construction punch list items shall be completed by February,4 2019.Punch list items and 01/08/2019 Safebuilt's corrections need to be complete prior to C of O issuance.See Safebuilt's correction Kristin Foster in the uploaded documents. 05/24/2018 2nd Round SafeBuilt comments sent to Ross. Launa Black 04/26/2018 Fire sprinkler/fire flow must be resolved prior to issuance of Temp C of O or C of O. Kristin Foster 03/03/2018 1 st Round Building Comments sent to Ross. Launa Black 01/26/2018 No traffic mitigation fees for Snohomish County. Launa Black 01/26/2018 Signage,Fire Sprinkler,Fire Alarm,Plumbing,Mechanical,Underground Storage Tanks Launa Black submittals are deferred 01/17/2018 Remaining balance of plan check will need to be paid.The amount entered was an over payment Launa Black from permit PLN330. Uploaded Files Date File Name 02/28/2020 6299272-Pilot C of O.pdf 01/07/2019 4379241-1-5-2018 Temp C of O.pdf 01/02/2019 4365151-1808 Safebuilt Final Inspection Report.pdf 07/20/2018 3734230-Preoperational Inspection Checklist.pdf 07/20/2018 3734229-Approval Letter Pilot Travel Centers Arlington 7 19 2018.pdf 07/17/2018 3722447-1808 Issued Permit.pdf 06/29/2018 3666412-Approved Operating Permit.pdf 06/07/2018 3585306-Certificate of Liability Insurance.pdf 04/26/2018 3413212-Fire Code Message.pdf 03/03/2018 3123876-COA Pilot Building Comment Letter 3-3-2018.pdf 02/01/2018 3003094-170002-24 Structural Calcs.pdf O1/26/2018 2987619-Washington State Energy Compliance.pdf O1/26/2018 2987620-Commercial Application Packet.pdf O1/26/2018 2987621-GeoTest-Geotechnical Evaluation Report,9-15-16.pdf 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary MECH-Sumi 2015 Washington State Energy Code Com fiance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Information Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to For Building Dept.Use inquiries about compliance form information provided. Company Name: Pilot Flying J Company Address: 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville,TN 37909 Applicant Name: Pilot Flying J Applicant Phone: 865-588-7488 Project Description ❑New Building ❑ Building Addition ❑Tenant Improvement ❑System Retrofit ❑ No System Changes Briefly describe mechanical systems in the text box provided ❑Total Bldg Performance(TBP) This path includes all mandatory provisions per C401.2 Option 2. MECH-SUM,MECH-CHK,and C407 Energy Analysis forms required. ❑ Load calculation summary MECH-LOAD-CALC Form Design Load Calculations Provide design load calculations for all mechanical systems and equipment serving the building heating,cooling or ventilating needs.If a load calculation summary is provided with the permit documents that includes all applicable compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required. E Mechanical Plans ❑ MECH-EQ Forms(TBD) Mechanical Schedules Indicate location of equipment compliance information.If provided on plans then MECH-EQ forms are not required, however,include on plans all applicable compliance information listed in MECH-EQ tables. ❑ DOAS is required per C403.6 effective July 1,2017(office,retail,education,library and fire station occupancies) All occupied,conditioned areas shall be served by a DOAS that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation.Space conditioning fans cycled off when no heating or cooling is required. Dedicated Outdoor Air ❑ Ventilation provided via natural ventilation per 2015 IMC in lieu of DOAS(C403.6,Exception 1) System Requirements and ❑ Ventilation and space conditioning provided by a HEVAV system per C403.7 in lieu of DOAS(C403.6,Exception High Efficiency VAV ❑ DOAS included in project,although not required(occupancy not office,retail,education,library or fire station) Alternate ❑ DOAS related allowances included in project: ❑ Prescriptive vertical fenestration maximum area allowance increased to 40%per C402.4.1.4 with 100%of conditioned floor area in building served by DOAS. ❑.r Exception to air economizer per C403.3 Exception 1,include MECH-ECONO form. Q Project includes HVAC air distribution systems that provide heating and/or cooling If yes,provide a MECH-FANSYS-SUM form. Fan Power ❑ For one or more systems,the total fan motor nameplate hp of all fans in HVAC system exceeds 5hp. If yes,provide a seperate MECH-FANSYS form for each HVAC system exceeding the 5 horsepower threshold. Refer to Section C403.2.11 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. ❑HVAC Hydronic Systems Hydronic chilled water El Water-loopheat pump No hydronic systems ❑ Hydronic heating water ❑ Geothermal ❑ C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment and fan systems Requires 90%of heating and cooling capacity to be equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(9)or air-to-water heat pumps and heat recovery chillers.All equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(7)must be 15%more efficient than C406 Additional minimum requirements.All stand alone supply,return,and exhaust fans over 1hp must have FEQ z 71 and must be selected within 10%of maximum total or static pressure. Efficiency Options- ❑ C406.6 Dedicated outdoor air system(DOAS) Mechanical Requires 90%of conditioned floor area to be served by a DOAS per C403.6 that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. ❑ C406.7 Reduced energy in service water heating Requires 90%of floor area be in occupancy types listed in C406.7.1 and that 60%of annual hot water energy use be provided by heat pump,waste heat recovery or solar water-heating systems. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary, • • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Equipment Type(s) ❑ Hot water heating tank(s) Instantaneous ❑ No service water systems Service Water Heating ❑ Dedicated boiler ❑ Heat exchange from space heat boiler or Systems central hot water/steam Distribution Type(s) ❑ Circulation System ❑ On-demand Commissioning Commissioning is required for: ❑r Mechanical systems per C408.2 ❑� Service water heating systems per C408.4 If required,commissioning shall be performed for all applicable systems regardless of individual equipment capacity. Exceptions to commissioning requirements: ❑ Total output capacity of all mechanical space conditioning systems in the building do not exceed 240,000 Btu/h cooling or 300,000 Btu/h heating.Mechanical systems commissioning not required. ❑ Capacity of largest service water heating system in building does not exceed 200,000 Btu/h.Service water heating systems commissioning not required. Low Energy and Semi-Heated Spaces (Note 6 and 7) Peak Space Heating Cooling Conditioning Space Area Served, Capacity,Btu/h Capacity,Btu/h Capacity, Compliance Type Location in Plan(s) Space(s)Served square feet (Note 4) (Note 5) Btu/h-sf Check Notes Note 4-Provide total installed heating output capacity of systems serving Low Energy or Semi-Heated space(s)in btuh. Note 5-Provide total installed cooling capacity of system serving Low Energy space(s)in Btu/h.Not allowed for semi-heated spaces.Enter 0 if no cooling. Note 6-Refer to Section C402.1.1 Low Energy Building.Intalled peak space conditioning capacity,heating or cooling,may not exceed 3.4 Btu/h*sf. Note 7-Refer to Section C402.1.1.1 and Semi-Heated Space definition in Chapter 2. Total heating output capacity may not exceed 8 Btu/h*sf. Only systems without electric resistance heating and no cooling are eligible for the wall insulation exception under semi-heated. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 1 of 8 PermitMechanical 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department es,no,na Documents Notes Equipment-Sizing,Performance and Type Identify equipment to be used in manufacturing,industrial or commercial processes that do not NA C403.1 Exempt process equipment provide space conditioning;identify provisions applicable to this equipment per C403.1 exception Provide load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent,using design M0.2 Yes C403.2.1 Load calculations parameters per C302 and Appendix C;include load adjustments to account for energy recovery Indicate that output capacities of heating and cooling equipment and systems are no greater M0.2 Yes C403.2.2 Equipment and system than the smallest available equipment size that exceeds the calculated loads;note exceptions sizing taken M0.1,M0.2 C403.2.3 HVAC equipment Provide equipment schedules on plans or complete MECH-EQ forms indicating type,capacity, Yes C403.2.3.2 performance requirements rated and WSEC minimum efficiencies for all heating and cooling equipment;include supply C403.2.13.1 (efficiency) and OSA cfms and operating hours for all air systems;identify heating and cooling equipment that does not have a corresponding WSEC minimum efficiency(manufacturer rated) List all motors z 1/12 hp(that are not integral to a rated piece of equipment)in the mechanical C405.8 or electrical equipment schedules on plans;indicate hp,rpm,number of poles and rated NA C403.2.14 Electric motor efficiency efficiency,or exception applied For fractional hp motors(1/12-1 hp),indicate whether they are an electronically commutated motor,have rated efficiency of at least 70%,or exception taken For all HVAC fan systems that provide heating and/or cooling,provide system total M0.2 nameplate hp in MECH-FANSYS-SUM form Yes C403.2.11.1 Fan power limitation For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp>5hp,verify fan system motor hp or M0.2, M3 bhp complies with fan power limits per equations in Table C403.2.11.1(1),provide MECH- M5 FANSYS form for each system Yes C403.2.11.2 Motor nameplate hp For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp>5hp,indicate fan motors specified M0.2, M3 are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp,note exceptions taken M5 For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp>5hp,identify in equipment schedule M0.2,M3, Yes C403.2.11.3 Fan efficiency all fans required to comply with fan efficiency grade and indicate rated FEG is>_67,or M5 exception taken;indicate these fans are sized so total efficiency is within 15/o of the fan maximum total efficiency NA C403.2.11.4 Group R occupancy exhaust For all exhaust fans<400 cfm in Group R occupancies,indicate in equipment schedule the fan efficacy fan flow rate and efficacy(cfm/watt),or exception taken;refer to Table C403.2.11.4(CE-57) Variable flow capacity- For fan motors>_7.5 hp,indicate method of variable flow control(VSD or equivalent method)in NA C403.2.13 fans equipment schedule,or exception taken;for equivalent method for an HVAC system refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.3 Maximum air cooled chiller For chilled water plants and buildings with>500 tons of cooling capacity,indicate air-cooled capacity chiller capacity is<_100 tons,or exception taken Large capacity cooling For buildings with>_300 tons of cooling capacity,indicate method of multi-stage or variable o NA C403.4 systems capacity control(VSD,multiple staged compressors,or max capacity of any single unit<66/o of the total) Non-standard water-cooled For water-cooled centrifugal chillers not designed for operation at standard conditions,provide NA C403.2.3.1 centrifugal chillers calculations documenting maximum full load and part load rated equipment performance requirements NA C403.2.13.1 Centrifugal fan open-circuit For open-circuit centrifugal fan cooling towers with>_1,100 gpm capacity,indicate cooling C403.4.3.2 cooling towers towers comply with efficiency requirements for axial fan open circuit cooling towers For single boilers with>500,000 Btu/h capacity,indicate multi-stage or modulating burner NA C403.4.2 Large capacity boiler For boiler system(single or multiple)with>1,000,000 Btu/h capacity,indicate turndown ratio C403.4.2.5 systems per Table C403.4.2.5 and method(multiple single input boilers,modulating boilers,or combination) Variable flow capacity- For pump motors z 7.5 hp,indicate method of variable flow control(VSD or equivalent method) NA C403.2.13 pumps in equipment schedule,or exception taken;for equivalent method for a hydronic system refer to Hydronic System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.3 Gas and oil-fired forced air For forced air furnaces with capacity>_225,000 Btu/h and all unit heaters,indicate in furnace and unit heaters equipment schedule intermittent ignition or IID,flue or draft damper,and rated jacket loss NA C403.2.4.8 Combustion heating For combustion heating equipment with output capacity>225,000 Btu/h,indicate modulating equipment or staged combustion control NA C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heating/ Verify all packaged electric equipment with>6,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and any amount of cooling equipment heating is a heat pump;include in equipment schedules NA C403.2.12 Heating outside a building Indicate systems providing heating in non-enclosed outdoor occupied spaces are radiant systems;refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements M3,M4, Yes C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate on plans the type,duty and exhaust air rate of each kitchen hood,refer to HVAC M5,M6, System Controls for additional requirements M7,M8, Mg,M10 M0.2,M6, Outdoor supply air,exhaust Indicate locations of OSA intake,and exhaust and relief outlet dampers on plans;indicate M7 Yes C403.2.4.3 and relief dampers whether dampers are Class 1 motorized,or gravity and exception taken(include leakage rating,cfm/sf);refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements for OSA dampers Indicate locations of return air dampers that are integral to economizer operation;verify M0.2,M6, Yes C403.2.4.3 Return air dampers dampers are motorized;indicate whether dampers are Class 1,or within packaged equipment M7 eligible for leakage rating exception(include leakage rating,cfm/sf) 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 2 of 8 PermitMechanical 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Location in Building Department yes,no Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Documents Notes NA C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent Indicate location of stairway and shaft vent dampers on plans;verify dampers are Class 1 dampers motorized;refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements For systems serving areas>25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor,that include areas that NA C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation dampers are expected to be occupied non-simultaneously;identify isolation zone areas on plans and locations of associated isolation dampers in HVAC distribution system;refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements For cooling systems with humidification equipment that are also required to have air NA C403.2.3.4 Humidification economizer,indicate humidifier is adiabatic(direct evaporative or fog atomization),or exception taken Additional Efficiency Package Option,More Efficient HVAC Equipment&Fan Performance- Must comply with all 3 provisions to be eligible C406.2.1 To comply with additional efficiency package option,calculate the percentage of heating and NA C403.2.3 HVAC system selection cooling equipment in the project(based on output capacity)that do not have a corresponding WSEC listed efficiency;shall be less than 10%to comply NA C406.2.2 Minimum equipment To comply with additional efficiency package option,indicate that all listed heating and cooling C403.2.3 efficiency equipment have a rated efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed efficiency by at least 15% To comply with additional efficiency package option,indicate rated FEG of stand alone fans is C406.2.3 z NA C403.2.1 3 Minimum fan efficiency 71;indicate these fans are sized so the fan efficiency at design conditions is within 10%of the maximum total or static efficiency HVAC System Controls Indicate locations of thermostatic and humidity control devices and the zones they serve on M1,ME-1- plans,including perimeter system zones ME6 M1,ME-1- Where adjacent(neighboring)zones are controlled by separate thermostats(including ME6 perimeter systems used to offset heat gain or loss),and are connected by permanent Thermostatic controls openings>10%of either zone sf area,indicate controls configured to prevent adjacent zones Yes C403.2.4.1 (thermostats and from operating in conflicting modes(one in heat,other in cool);applies to adjacent perimeter humidistats) zones,adjacent nonperimeter zones,and adjacent perimeter and nonperimeter zones If applying Exception 2 to nonperimeter zones adjacent to perimeter zones,indicate that ME-1-ME- setpoints and deadband settings in these zones are coordinated so cooling in a nonperimeter 6 zone does not occur until the temperature in that zone is 5°F higher than the adjacent perimeter zone temperature in heating NA C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementary Indicate staged heating operation with compression as the first stage of heating and heat supplemental heating controlled with outdoor lock-out temperature set to 40°F or less Yes C403.2.4.1.2 Deadband Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with 5°F minimum deadband for systems that ME-1-ME- control both heating and cooling 6 If separate heating and cooling systems with separate thermostatic control devices are used to M1,ME-1- Setpoint overlap restriction serve a zone,indicate locations of both thermostatic control devices and the zone they serve ME6 Yes C403.2.4.1.3 (thermostats) on plans Indicate a limit switch,mechanical stop or DDC control with programming to prevent ME-1-ME- simultaneous heating and cooling 6 C403.2.4.2 Automatic setback and Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with required automatic setback and manual ME-1-ME- Yes C403.2.4.2.1 shutdown override functions,setback temperatures,and control method(automatic time clock or 6 C403.2.4.2.2 programmable controls);note exceptions taken Yes C403.2.4.2.3 Automatic(optimum)start Indicate system controls that adjust equipment start time required to bring each area served up ME-1-ME- to design temperature just prior to scheduled occupancy 6 Yes C403.2.4.3 Outdoor supply air dampers Indicate automatic controls configured to close OSA damper during unoccupied equipment ME-1-ME- operation;not including economizer cooling,night flush or IMC required OSA/exhaust 6 NA C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent Indicate method of activation of stairway and shaft vent dampers(fire alarm or interruption of dampers power) For systems serving areas>25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor,that include areas that NA C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation controls are expected to be occupied non-simultaneously;indicate controls that allow for independent space conditioning of isolation zones;or exception taken NA C403.2.12 Heating outside a building Indicate occupancy sensing or timer switch controls configured to automatically shut off heating system when area served is unoccupied NA C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate automatic controls configured to shut off system when pavement temperature exceeds 50°F and no precipitation is falling,and when outdoor air temperature exceeds 40oF Yes C403.2.4.6 Freeze protection system Indicate automatic controls to shut off system when outdoor temperature exceeds 40°F,or ME-1-ME- controls conditions protect fluid from freezing 6 Group R1 hotel/motel For hotels and motels with over 50 guest rooms,indicate automatic controls serving guest NA C403.2.4.9 guest rooms rooms that are capable of setback(heating)and set-up(cooling)of temperature setpoint by at least 5°F;indicate control method-activated by room entry or occupancy sensor 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 3 of 8 PermitMechanical 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Location in Building Department yes,no Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Documents Notes C403.2.4.10 Group R2/R3 dwelling For primary space conditioning system,indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats capable of two NA C403.2.4.11 units,Group R2 sleeping setback periods per day;for all thermostats indicate purpose(heating only,cooling only,or units both),required temperature range and at minimum a 10°F deadband;or exception taken Indicate method of ventilation air delivery(natural or mechanical)for each zone M0.1,M0.2, M1 C403.2.6 If mechanically delivered,indicate that systems are configured to provide not more than 150% MO.1,M0.2 Yes C403.2.11.4 Ventilation of,but at least the minimum required volume of outdoor air to each zone per IMC,ASHRAE 62.1 or other applicable code(WAC,OSHA,etc);or exception taken If delivered via natural ventilation,identify required elements per IMC including minimum NA openable area to the outdoors or qualifying adjoining spaces Identify spaces>500 sf with occupant load>25 people/1,000 sf per IMC;for each space M1,ME-1- Demand controlled indicate whether it is served by an HVAC system with total design OSA>3,000 cfm,and/or ME6 Yes C403.2.6.2 the system has airside economizer or automatic modulating OSA damper;indicate OSA ventilation controls are configured to provide demand controlled ventilation or provide supporting documentation for applied exception For gyms,classrooms,auditoriums and conference rooms>500 sf,indicate occupancy-based NA C403.2.6.3 Occupancy sensors OSA control when space is unoccupied and method(closes OSA damper or shuts-off equipment);or alternate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when space is partially occupied C403.2.6.4 Enclosed loading dock For enclosed loading docks,indicate ventilation/exhaust system method of activation(gas NA C403.2.6.4.1 ventilation detection system for CO and NO2,or occupancy sensors),and control method(staged or modulating) NA C403.2.6.4 Enclosed parking garage For enclosed parking garages,indicate ventilation/exhaust system activated by gas detection C403.2.6.4.2 ventilation system for CO and NO2,and control method(staged or modulating);or exception taken M.02 Provide calculations that show a balanced accounting of total kitchen exhaust(include all hoods)with%of:supply air,transfer air from adjacent spaces,and make-up air;if applicable, Yes C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods indicate that direct make-up air to each hood does not exceed 10%of hood exhaust For kitchens with total hood exhaust exceeding 2,000 cfm,indicate exhaust air rate per Table M1,M4 C403.2.7.1 and compliance method(DCV,energy recovery,or transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted) NA C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Refer to Systems Requiring Energy Recovery for requirements Variable flow capacity- For HVAC fan motors z 7.5 hp,indicate method of variable flow control(VSD,or equivalent NA C403.2.13 HVAC system fans control method that reduces design air volume by 50%at 1/3 static design pressure);note exception taken For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity>_65,000 Btu/h,indicate number of DX air handler variable cooling stages provided and method(multiple compressors and/or variable speed Yes C403.3.1 cooling control compressors);indicate minimum displacement(capacity reduction)as%of full load M2 (Under Integrated M2,ME-1- Economizer) Indicate control method(cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature,space ME-6 temperature controlled by modulating supply airflow,or both) For DX air handling units with cooling capacity>_65,000 Btu/h and evaporative and chilled water air handling units with fan z 0.25 hp,indicate whether system is single zone or multiple M2,ME-1- zone and related control method(cooling capacity controlled in response to space ME-6 temperature,space temperature is controlled by modulating supply airflow,or both) For mechanical cooling systems(includes DX and chilled water coils)that control cooling capacity in response to space temperature-Provide a minimum of two stages of fan control; M2,ME-1- Yes C403.2.11.5 Fan airflow control indicate minimum fan speed is 5 66%of full speed drawing s 40%of full speed fan power ME-6 during periods of low cooling or ventilation only For other mechanical cooling systems(includes DX and chilled water coils)that control space temperature by modulating airflow(in lieu of,or in addition to,controlling capacity in response M3,M4, to space temperature)-Provide fan controls for modulating supply airflow;indicate minimum M5,M6, fan speed is 5 50%of full speed drawing 5 30%of full speed fan power during periods of low M7,M8, cooling or ventilation only;or exception taken Mg,M10 Provide central and zone level DDC controls as required based on system application, ME-1-ME- C403.2.4.12 DDC system capabilities capacity or size thresholds and other qualification per Table C403.2.4.12.1 6 Identify all DDC system input/output control points;indicate capability for trending and ME-1-ME- graphical display 6 Ducting Systems C403.2.8.1 Indicate on plans that all ductwork is constructed and sealed per IMC Mo.1 Yes C403.2.8.3 Duct construction For OSA ductwork,also indicate on plans that ductwork meets air leakage requirements per C402.5 and vapor retarder requirements per the IBC M0.1 Mo.1 Yes C403.2.8.3 Duct pressure classifications Identify location of low,medium and high pressure ductwork on plans Speci icatio ns section 15841 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 4 of 8 PermitMechanical 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Location in Building Department yes,no Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Documents Notes M0.1 NA C403.2.8.3.3 High pressure duct leakage Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans;provide test results to Specificatio test jurisdiction when completed n section 15250 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 5 of 8 PermitMechanical 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Location in Building Department ye Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Documents Notes For supply and return ductwork located in unconditioned space or outdoors,indicate R-value of M0.1,M1, insulation on ductwork on plans;identify climate zone;note exceptions taken Specificatio ns section 15250 C403.2.8.1 For supply ductwork located in conditioned space,identify if design supply temperature is< M0.1,M1, Yes C403.2.8.2 Duct insulation 55°F or>105°F and indicate R-value of insulation on this ductwork on plans;note exception Specificatio taken ns section 15250 M0.1,M1, For OSA ductwork,shafts and plenums,indicate R-value of insulation on these elements on Specificatio plans per Table C402.1.3 for steel-framed walls;note exception taken ns section 15250 Piping Systems NA C403.2.9 Piping insulation Indicate design temperature range of fluid conveyed in piping and thickness of insulation(in p g inches)on hydronic piping plans;or exception taken NA C403.2.9.1 Piping insulation exposed to Indicate method of protection of pipe insulation from damage/degradation on hydronic piping weather plans Economizers Identify in equipment schedules on plans or in MECH-EQ forms all cooling systems requiring air economizer controls M0.2 Yes C403.3 Air economizer required Provide MECH-ECONO form indicating systems utilizing air economizer exceptions,including those with water-side economizer in lieu of air economizer;indicate on plans eligible exception(s)taken and measures to comply with exception(s) NA Yes C403.3.1 Integrated economizer Indicate air and water-side economizers are configured for partial cooling operation even operation-air and water where additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the load M0.2 Yes C403.3.2 Economizer heating system Verify control method of HVAC systems with economizers does not increase building heating M0.2,ME-1 impact-air and water energy usage during normal operation -ME-6 Yes C403.3.3.1 Air economizer capacity Indicate modulating OSA and return air dampers are configured to provide up to 100%OSA for cooling M0.2 Verify mechanical cooling controls are interlocked with air economizer controls so the outside C403.3.1 air damper remains in 100%open position when mechanical cooling is also required to meet M0.2 ME-1 Yes C403.3.3.2 Integrated air economizer the cooling load,until the leaving air temperature is<45°F ME6 For systems with cooling capacity>_65,000 Btu/h,verify that control of economizer dampers is M0.2 ME-1 not based only on mixed air temperature;or exception taken ME6 Yes C403.3.3.3 Air economizer high limit Indicate high limit shut-off control method and required high limit per Table C403.3.3.3 M0.2 ME-1 controls ME6 For eligible systems where water-side economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer, NA C403.3.4.1 Water economizer capacity indicate system is capable of 100%design cooling capacity at 50°F db/45°F wb OSA temperatures NA C403.3.4.2 Water economizer Indicate pressure drop across precooling coils and heat exchangers in water economizer maximum pressure drop system do not exceed pressure drop limit Yes C403.3.1 DX air handling equipment For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity>_65,000 Btu/h,refer to HVAC M0.2 ME-1 control System Controls for requirements ME6 DX equipment economizer For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity>_54,000 Btu/h,provide a fault Yes C403.2.4.7 fault detection and detection and diagnostics(FDD)system to monitor economizer system operation and report ME-1- diagnostics faults IME6 Systems Requiring Energy Recovery For systems with design OSA>5,000 cfm,or design supply air cfm and%OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1)or(2),indicate exhaust air ER method;or exception taken with Energy recovery(ER)- supporting calculations NA C403.5.1 ventilation/exhaust For rooms served by multiple systems with aggregate design OSA>5,000 cfm,or aggregate systems design supply air cfm and%OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1)or(2),indicate exhaust air ER method;or exception taken with supporting calculations Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by z 50%based on delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions Laboratory exhaust systems For buildings with total lab exhaust>5,000 cfm,indicate method of energy recovery used to NA C403.2.7.2 pre-condition laboratory make-up air;ER effectiveness(min 25°F);or alternative method per (energy recovery) exception(VAV exhaust,semi-conditioned makeup,or CERM calculation) For buildings with pools or spas with water surface area>200 sf,indicate exhaust air ER C404.10.4 Pools and permanent spas method and use of waste heat(preheat ventilation air,pool water or service hot water);or NA (under exhaust systems exception taken C404.11) (energy recovery) Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by z 36°F Energy recovery- For buildings with on-site steam heating systems,indicate condensate water ER NA C403.5.2 steam condensate systems For buildings that use off-site generated steam where condensate is not returned to the source,indicate on-site condensate water ER 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 6 of 8 PermitMechanical 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Location in Building Department yes,no Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Documents Notes For buildings with food service,meat or deli departments that have z 500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/freezers,indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy (service water heating,space heating,or dehumidification reheating) NA C403.5.3 Energy recovery- cooler/freezer condensers For buildings with>_40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with>_1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/freezers,indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy for service water heating and also for space heating,or dehumidification reheating For buildings with 24-hour operation and with>1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and NA C403.5.4 Energy recovery- design service hot water load>250,000 Btu/h,indicate condenser ER to pre-heat service condenser systems water;or exception taken.Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized(60%of peak heat rejection load or pre-heat service water to 85°F). Hydronic System Controls For hydronic system pump motors>_7.5 hp,indicate method of variable flow control(VSD or C403.2.13 Variable flow control- equivalent method that requires>_30%design wattage at 50%design fluid flow);note NA exception taken C403.4.2.7 hydronic system pumps Identify whether hydronic coils have DDC controls and associated manner of pump speed control(differential pressure,zone hydronic demand,etc) For boilers that provide building heating,indicate controls that provide heating water temperature setback based on outdoor temperature For heating and chilled water systems>_300,000 Btu/h,indicate systems are configured to C403.4.2.4 and pan load controls C403.2.5 Hydronic system setback automatically reset supply water temperature based upon demand;or exception taken. o NA If system pump motor hp>_3 hp,also indicate controls automatically reduce flow by>_50/o. For chilled water systems(z 300,000 Btu/h,pump motor hp t 3 hp)that serve water-cooled unitary air conditioners,indicate VSD or staged pumps in chilled water system and heat rejection loop that reduce pump flow so that one control valve is nearly wide open,or to maintain a minimum differential pressure;or exception taken NA C403.4.2 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers NA C403.4.6 Hot gas bypass limitation For cooling equipment with hot gas bypass,provide either multiple step unloading or continuous capacity modulation;indicate bypass capacity per Table C403.4.6 NA C403.4.2.2 Two-pipe changeover Indicate changeover deadband(min 15°F),heating/cooling mode scheduling and changeover systems temperature range(limit 30°F) NA C403.4.2.6 Chiller/boiler plant pump Indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow isolation through individual chillers and boilers when not in use For cooling towers with fan motors z 7.5 hp,indicate VSD and method to adjust fan speed C403.2.13.1.1 Heat rejection equipment- (adjusted based on leaving fluid temperature or condenser temperature/pressure of heat NA C403.4.3.1.1 variable flow control rejection device) C403.4.3.1.2 For multiple-cell heat rejection equipment with VSD,indicate controls that ramp all fans in unison NA C403.4.3.3 Heat rejection equipment- Indicate open-circuit cooling towers with multiple pumps or VSD control are designed so all cooling tower flow turndown cells can be run in parallel NA C403.4.2.3.1 Water loop heat pump- Indicate capability of central equipment to provide minimum 20°F water supply temperature deadband deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes;or exception taken Water loop heat pump- Indicate type of cooling tower(open-or closed-circuit)in equipment schedule;indicate method NA C403.4.2.3.2.1 heat rejection equipment, used to limit system heat loss when heat rejection is not needed Zone 4 Water loop heat pump- For open-or closed-circuit cooling towers,provide a heat exchanger that separates the cooling NA C403.4.2.3.2.2 heat rejection equipment, tower and heat pump loop Zone 5 NA C403.4.2.3.3 Water loop heat pump- For hydronic heat pump systems with total system power>10 hp,indicate 2-way isolation isolation valves valves on each heat pump and variable flows stem control Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems(DOAS)-Optional through 6/30/16,Prescriptive 7/1/2016 For buildings with office,retail,education,library and fire station spaces,identify these spaces NA C403.6 Dedicated outdoor air on plans;indicate that ventilation air in each occupied space is provided via a DOAS system; C403.6.3 systems or document compliance with C403.6.3 Impracticality;or exception taken(buildings complying with C402.4.1.4 or C406.6 may not utilize exceptions) For all DOAS systems,indicate exhaust air ER method;or exception taken with supporting NA C403.6.1 Energy recovery ventilation calculations.Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by z 50%based on with DOAS delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions. Indicate equipment associated with the delivery of zone level heating and cooling(fans, Heating/cooling system hydronic pumps,primary air dampers,etc)are configured to shut off,and central equipment is NA C403.6.2 controls with DOAS configured to turn down,when there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone they serve If applying Exception to heating/cooling fans used for air mixing in the space during deadband periods,include fan watts per cfm in equipment schedule 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 7 of 8 PermitMechanical 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Location in Building Department yes,no Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Documents Notes C402.4.1.4 Increased prescriptive NA C403.6 maximum vertical Indicate that all occupied,conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 fenestration area with DOAS Additional Efficiency Package Option,Dedicated Outside Air Systems(DOAS) NA C406.6 Building provided with To comply with additional efficiency package option,indicate that 90%or more of all occupied, DOAS conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 Multiple Zone Air Systems Air systems serving multiple Identify supply air systems serving multiple zones and the zones they serve on plans;indicate NA C403.4.4 whether system is VAV and method of primary air control;or provide supporting zones documentation for applied exception to VAV Provide equipment schedules on plans or MECH-EQ form that list all VAV air terminals and types VAV systems serving For each air terminal include:maximum airflow rates for primary supply air during zone peak NA C403.4.4 multiple zones heating and zone peak cooling;maximum airflow during reheating,recooling or mixing; minimum airflow rate to maintain required ventilation,and the basis for these values;if IMC or ASHRAE 62.1 multiple zone equation is basis for minimum flow rates,provide calculation on plans NA C403.4.4.1 Single duct VAV terminal Indicate single duct terminal units are configured to reduce primary supply air before reheating units or recooling NA C403.4.4.2 Dual duct systems-terminal For systems with separate warm air and cool air ducts,indicate terminal units are configured to units reduce the flow from one duct to minimum before mixing with air from the other duct Indicate locations of duct static pressure sensors on plans;include at least one sensor per major duct branch;verify controller setpoint pressure at each sensor is 5 1.2 inch w.g. C403.4.1.1 VAV system static For systems with zone level DDC,indicate controls are configured to monitor zone damper NA pressure sensors- C403.4.1.2 sensors and DDC set points positions and reset static pressure setpoint based on the zone requiring most pressure;include control logic that automatically detects and generates an alarm if any zone excessively drives reset logic,and allows building operators to exclude zones from reset logic Multiple-zone VAV system For systems with zone level DDC controls,indicate controls are configured to automatically NA C403.4.4.3 ventilation optimization reduce outdoor airflow in response to changes in system ventilation efficiency;or exception controls taken NA C403.4.4.4 VAV system supply air reset Indicate controls automatically reset supply air temperature in response to building loads or outdoor air temperature;or exception taken Multiple Zone HVAC Systems,High Efficiency VAV-Required for systems utilizing C403.6 DOAS Exception 2,must comply with all 16 provisions C403.7, Indicate system is configured for 100%air economizer operation and complies with all related NA Item 1 Air economizer economizer requirements per C403.3(without economizer exceptions) C403.7, Provide DDC controls for all components of system;identify all DDC system input/output NA Item 2 Direct digital controls(DDC) control points;indicate capability for trending and graphical display For systems with minimum OSA>2,500 cfm,indicate outdoor airflow monitoring station that NA C403.7, Outdoor airflow measures OSA intake under all load conditions;indicate control sequence that increases or Item 3 measurement and reduction reduces system OSA cfm based on VAV terminal feedback of ventilation efficiency(per C403.4.4.3 without exceptions)or DCV(per C403.2.6.2) C403.7, For systems with minimum OSA>2,500 cfm,indicate supply airflow monitoring station capable NA Item 4 Supply airflow measurement of measuring supply su I air delivered to VAV terminals under all load conditions C403.7, Zone isolation and Verify maximum area served by a single HEVAV system is 5 50,000 sf,or one entire floor, NA whichever is greater;in addition if a system serves>25,000 sf,that includes areas that are Item 5 maximum area served expected to be occupied non-simultaneously,indicate zone isolation controls per C403.2.4.4 Interior/exterior zone C403.7, Verify that VAV terminals serving interior cooling driven loads are sized per design supply air NA Item 6 design supply air temperature that is 5°F higher than VAV terminals serving exterior zones temperature C403.7, Maximum air terminal inlet Identify air terminals with minimum primary airflow setpoints>50%of maximum setpoint in NA Item 7 velocity equipment schedule or MECH-EQ form;indicate air terminal inlet velocity does not exceed 900 fpm C403.7, Indicate DDC system sequences of operation are designed and configured per ASHRAE GPC NA Item 8 Sequence of operation 36 NA C403.7, Maximum allowable system Verify fan system bhp is<_90%of the bhp limit per Option 2 equation in Table C403.2.11.1(1), Item 9 brake horsepower provide MECH-FANSYS form for each system Indicate all series and parallel terminal fans have electronically commutated motors;indicate NA C403.7, Fan-powered terminal unit DDC control system is configured to vary air terminal fan speed as a function of the load; Item 10 motor and control indicate fan speed during periods of low heating,low cooling,or ventilation only is<_66%of peak design air flow or provide supporting documentation for applied exception 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 8 of 8 PermitMechanical 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Location in Building Department yes,no Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Documents Notes Application of single duct C403.7, Indicate VAV terminal types on plans;verify fan-powered terminal units only serve perimeter NA Item 11 and fan-powered terminal zones with envelope loads;verify all other zones are served by single duct terminal units units C403.7, Fan-powered terminal unit Indicate DDC controls are configured to automatically reset the primary supply air cfm setpoint NA Item 12 primary air reset of all fan-powered terminal units to the minimum required to maintain ventilation during occupied heating or deadband,based upon the VAV air handling unit OSA ventilation fraction For spaces>150 sf with occupant density>_25 people/1000 sf,indicate space is served by a NA C403.7, High occupancy space dedicated terminal unit with DCV control that resets terminal unit ventilation setpoint;also Item 13 controls indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically reduces minimum ventilation to zero and sets back room heating and cooling setpoints by>_5°F For server,electronic equipment,telecom or similar spaces with cooling loads>5 W/sf, NA C403.7, Dedicated HVAC systems indicate spaces are served by independent HVAC systems that are separate from HPVAV Item 14 systems serving rest of building;indicate dedicated HVAC systems have air economizer controls or energy recovery per C403.3 Exception 9 Indicate whether systems are served by a high efficiency heating water plant,or a high efficiency chilled water plant If complying via high efficiency heating water plant:Indicate all VAV terminals have hydronic heating coils served by heating water system with either gas-fired boiler(s)with thermal NA C403.7, Central plant efficiency efficiency z 90%,air-to-water heat pumps,or heat recovery chillers Item 15 If complying via high efficiency chilled water plant:Indicate all VAV air handlers have cooling coils served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed IPLV by at least 25%per Table C403.2.3(7)(note water-cooled IPLV is max,all others are min);indicate smallest chiller or compressor in plant is<_20%of total plant capacity,or provide thermal storage sized fors 20%of total plant capacity C403.7, Fault detection and Indicate DDC system includes a fault detection and diagnostics(FDD)system configured to NA Item 16 diagnostics monitor operation and provide fault reporting of required parameters for all VAV air handlers land VAV air terminal units in the HPVAV system HVAC Equipment Energy Use Metering HVAC equipment energy For new buildings>50,000 sf and building additions>25,000 sf,verify energy use metering of NA C409.3.1 use metering all equipment used to provide space heating and cooling,dehumidification and ventilation will �be provided per C409;indicate equipment eligible for exception Documentation and System Specific Requirement To Support Commissioning Indicate that all mechanical systems,equipment,and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and /or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be Scope of mechanical commissioned; By owner Yes C408.2 systems commissioning For buildings with>_240,000 Btu/h total output cooling capacity or>_300,000 Btu/h total output heating capacity,indicate that all mechanical systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned;or provide building heating/cooling capacity calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception By owner Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable mechanical systems; By owner C403.2.10 Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 C408.1.1 Commissioning including:narrative description of activities,responsibilities of the Cx team,schedule of Yes C408.1.2 requirements in construction activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6,and conflict of C408.1.4.2 documents interest plan(if required); By owner C103.6 Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist(Figure C408.1.4.2)shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. By owner Air system and hydronic Indicate in plans that air and fluid flow rates shall be tested and balanced within the tolerances Yes C408.2.2 system balancing defined in the specifications;indicate systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses,then adjusted to meet design flow conditions M0.1 Yes C408.2.2.1 Air system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets,zone terminals and devices air handling equipment requiring system balancing Mo.1 NA C408.2.2.2 Hydronic system balancing Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate,balance and measure flow across all devices hydronic equipment requiring system balancing including heating and cooling coils and pumps Yes C408.2.3 Functional performance Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during ME-1-ME- testing criteria all modes of operation,including interfacing between new and existing-to-remain systems 6 Project Close Out Documentation Documentation and project Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations Yes C103.6 close out submittal personnel is required for all mechanical components,equipment and systems governed by this requirements code;indicate close out documentation shall include:record documents,O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations M0.1 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 -Page 1 of 2 PlansService Water Heating Permit 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicable Code Section Code Provision Information Required-Must be in permit documents Location in Building Department es,no,na Documents Notes Equipment-Sizing,Performance and Type Yes I C404.2 SWH equipment type and Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity;indicate efficiency complies efficiency with required federal standard PO For individual SWH equipment serving an entire building with z 1,000,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate thermal efficiency>_90%;or exception taken High input-rated SWH For buildings with aggregate capacity of all SHW equipment z 1,000,000 Btu/h(exclude< NA C404.2.1 systems 100,000 Btu/h equipment from threshold calculation),indicate average capacity weighted thermal efficiency z 90 ;or exception taken If applying Exception 1 for site-solar or site-recovered energy,provide calculations and source of annual service water heating energy use estimate NA C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply and discharge NA C404.5 Insulation under electric For electric water heaters located in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors,indicate R-10 water heater insulation under equipment Piping Systems Indicate thickness of piping insulation on plans per Table C403.2.9;verify insulation is provided Yes C404.6 Insulation of piping - from the water heater to the final fixture in a line,from the inlet/outlet piping at water heater to heat trap(up to 8 feet),and on piping that is heat traced;note exceptions taken PO Indicate method of compliance on plans for all piping runs connecting service hot water source NA C404.3 Efficient SWH supply piping to hot water fixture(maximum pipe length or maximum pipe volume method per Table C404.3.1);provide calculations for all piping runs documenting the total length and/or volume Service Water Heating System Controls For circulation systems with dedicated return piping,indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand and when the desired water temperature is met P6.1 Yes C404.7.1 Heated-water circulating C404.8 systems For circulation systems with cold water supply piping serving as the return,indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand,or when temperature of water entering the cold water supply pipe is >_104°F NA For heat trace systems provided to maintain temperature of service hot water in piping, NA C404.7.2 Heat trace system controls indicate controls are configured to de-energize system when there is no demand for hot water and when the desired water temperature is met NA C404.7.3 Controls for hot water For systems with separate water heater and storage tank,indicate controls are configured to storage limit operation time of pump after end of heating cycle to<5 minutes For SWH,pool/spa and pressure boosting pump motors z 7.5 hp,indicate method of variable C403.2.13 Variable flow control- flow control(VSD or equivalent method that requires>_30%design wattage at 50%design fluid NA C403.4.2.7 pumps flow);note exception taken Identify basis of pump speed control(differential or static pressure setpoint,pressure,zone load demand,etc Pools and Permanent Spas-Equipment and Controls(Sections are under C404.11) Pool heating equipment Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity for all pool heating NA C404.10.1 efficiency equipment;indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard;for heat pump water heaters indicate COP>_4 NA C403.2.13 V�mpse flow control- Refer to Service Water Heating System Controls C404.10.1 Indicate automatic on/off control based on scheduling and readily accessible on/off switch NA C404.10.2 Pool heater on/off controls on heater that operates independent of thermostat setting;note exceptions taken For all pools and in-ground permanent spas,indicate a vapor retardant cover on plans NA C404.10.3 Pool covers For all pools and in-ground spas heated to>90°F,indicate cover shall include insulation t R- 12 NA C404.10.3 Pool assembly insulation For all pools and in-ground spas heated to>90°F,Indicate on plans that sides and bottom are provided with insulation z R-12 NA C404.12 Energy consumption of Indicate portable spa complies with Association of Pool and Spa Professionals APSP-14 portable spas 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial,R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1-Page 2 of 2 Energy Recovery(ER)Systems-Service Water Heating and Pool Systems C404.10.4 For buildings with pools or permanent spas with water surface area>200 sf,indicate exhaust (Section Pools and permanent spas air ER method and use of waste heat(preheat ventilation air,pool water or service hot water); NA under exhaust systems or exception taken C404.11) (energy recovery) Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by z 36°F For buildings with food service,meat or deli departments that have>_500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/freezers,indicate'rf condenser ER will be used to pre-heat NA C403.5.3 Energy recovery- service water cooler/freezer condensers For buildings with z 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with t 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers/freezers,indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre-heat service water For buildings with 24-hour operation and>1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and NA C403.5.4 Energy recovery- design SWH load>250,000 Btu/h,indicate condenser ER to pre-heat service water;or condenser systems exception taken.Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60%of peak heat rejection load or pre-heat service water to 85,F). NA C404.10 Drain water heat recovery For systems incorporating drain water ER,indicate system design complies with CSA B55.2 units (or CSA 55.1 for Group R);indicate potable waterside pressure loss at design flow is<10 psi Service Water Heating Energy Use Metering NA C404.9 SWH energy usage in For Group R-2 multi-family buildings with central SWH systems,provide metering of hot water dwelling units energy usage per dwelling unit;indicate metering and data reporting method SWH equipment energy use For new buildings>50,000 sf and building additions>25,000 sf,with total SWH equipment NA C409.3.2 metering capacity z 50 kW(z 170,600 Btu/h),verfiy energy use metering of all SWH equipment will be provided per C409 Additional Efficiency Package Option,Reduced Energy Use In Service Water Heating-Must comply with both provisions to be eligible To comply with additional efficiency package option,verify that z 90%of the conditioned floor NA C406.7.1 Eligible building type area of the building is one or more of the occupancies identified in this section,OR; Provide whole building energy analysis per C407 that demonstrates the SWH load in the building is z 10%of total building energy loads To comply with additional efficiency package option,provide documentation that verifies z 60%of building annual SWH energy is provided by high efficiency sources(heat pump water heater with COP>_3,waste heat recovery,solar water-heating system); NA C406.7.2 Load fraction C403.5.4 For buildings with 24-hour operation and with>1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load>250,000 Btu/h(per C403.5.4);provide documentation that verifies>_100%of building annual SWH energy is provided by condenser energy recovery or other high efficiency source Documentation and Specific System Requirements to Supporting Commissioning Indicate that all SWH equipment and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions Scope of service water and/or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned;+D7 By owner Yes C408.4 heating systems For buildings where the largest SWH system has?200,000 Btu/h total output capacity, commissioning indicate that all SWH systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned. By owner Indicate that all pool and permanent spa water heating systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; Scope of pool and NA C408.4.1.3 permanent spa systems Indicate that energy recovery equipment that heats pool water regardless of capacity is commissioning required to be commissioned; Identify all pool heating and energy recovery equipment and controls that the WSEC defines as being capable of and/or configured to perform specific functions. Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable service water heating systems; By owner C404.13 Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 C408.1.1 Commissioning including:narrative description of activites,responsibilities of the Cx team,schedule of Yes C408.1.2 requirements in construction activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6,and conflict of C408.1.4.2 documents interest plan(if required); By owner C103.6 Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist(Figure C408.1.4.2)shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. By owner Yes C408.4.1 Functional performance Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during testing criteria all modes of operation,including interfacing between new and existing-to-remain systems By owner Project Close Out Documentation Documentation and project Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations Yes C103.6 close out submittal personnel is required for all SWH components,equipment and systems governed by this code; requirements indicate close out documentation shall include:record documents,O&M manuals,applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations By owner 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 ,Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 For Building Dept. Use HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule List all HVAC systems that have the capability to provide heating and/or cooling to the spaces they serve. Fan Power System or System Total Calculation Primary Supply Speed Control Description Nameplate HP Required Fan ID (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 3) (Note 4) RTU-1 CV Packaged Rooftop aircondition with direct expansion cooling and Propane 3.75 No heating section RTU-2 CV Packaged Rooftop aircondition with direct expansion cooling and Propane 3.75 No heating section Packaged Rooftop aircondition with direct expansion cooling and Propane RTU-3 CV heating section. Kitchen equipment exhaust hood and fan with associated 10.75 Yes propane fired make up air unit RTU-4 CV Packaged Rooftop aircondition with direct expansion cooling and Propane 3.75 No heating section Note 1-Constant Volume(CV), Variable Air Volume(VAV),or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.11.1 Exception 1. Single zone VA systems shall comply as CV. Note 2-Describe system type and list all fans(or groups of fans)associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system.Include all supply,return/relief,exhaust and exhaust hoods(>1 hp),make-up air,dedicated outside air(DOHS),booster fans,and series fan-powered terminals. VA parallel fan-powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. Note 3-Enter the total nameplate hp of all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Note 4-This form automatically identifies whether a MECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance(Yes), or this information is not required because the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp that is 5 hp or less(No) MECH-FANSYS Forms A MECH-FANSYS form shall be provided for each system with total nameplate hp greater than 5 hp. Select(Add Fan System Form)to generate an additional form. Added forms can be deleted with button in cell E32 of the added form. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 A separate MECH-FANSYS form must be completed for every HVAC system that exceeds the 5 hp threshold. For Building Dept. Use Fan System ID RTU-3 System Supply Fan Constant Volume(CV), Variable Air y pp y CV Volume(VAV),or Hospital/Lab CV Speed Control system that qualifies for VA budget per C403.2.11.1,Exception 1 Compliance is based upon either the fan motor nameplate horse power Compliance Option Brake H P (Option 1), the fan brake horsepower(Option 2), or C403.7 high efficieny P P VA fan brake horsepower(10%less than Option 2). The bhp calculation provides adjustments for special equipment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). In Fan Equipment Schedule below,provide maximum design supply airflow rate(CFM)of all supply fans serving the conditioned space in Fan Equipment Schedule below.Fan System CFM Total is the supply airflow of Fan System Supply $ 304 the central air handler at peak design conditions.Additional volumetric air , CFM Total flow provided at zone fan terminals,booster fans, or through induction is not included in the supply CFM total.However, the fan power of this equipment is included in the HP and BHP calculations.Fan System Supply CFM Total is automatically calculated by the form. Fan Equipment Schedule Total CFM Total Nameplate Total BHP Fan ID and Location Fan Type Quantity of Fan Type (Note 1) HP(Note 2) (Note 3) RTU-3 Supply 1 4,000 1.5 0.95 EF-1 Hood Exhaust 1 2,682 2 1.34 MUA-1 Make-up Air-Supply 1 2,414 2 1.159 MUA2 Make-up Air-Supply 1 1,890 1.5 0.996 EF-2 Hood Exhaust 1 2,100 1 0.608 Note 1-Total CFM is the maximum CFM of the listed fan(s)when Total Proposed: 8.0 5.1 operating at peak design operating conditions. Note 2-Total namplate hp of the listed fan(s). Total Allowance: 9.1 7.8 Note 3-Total brake horsepower(bhp)of the listed fan(s)at peak design operating conditions. Not required if Nameplate HP compliance option chosen. Compliance Message:F COMPLIES Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments Assigned Pressure CalculatedAdjustment, Device Type Description and Location CFM thorough this Drop, PD in w.c. Pressure Drop, A in bhp device(CFMD) (Note 6) PD in w.c. (Note 8) (Note 7) Note 4-Bhp allowance for energy recovery devices and run around coil loops includes both air Total Adjustment(bhp): 0.00 streams,so the CFMD is the sum of the supply CFM and exhaust CFM if both go through the device. Note 5-Energy recovery effectiveness is defined as change in the enthalpy of the outdoor air supply divided by the enthaply difference between the outdoor air and return air at design conditions. Note 6-Assigned pressure drop(PD)adjustment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). Note 7-Pressure drop(PD)adjustment shall be calculated per the applicable method defined in Table C403.2.11.1(2)based on specific system conditions. Note 8-A=PD`CFMD14131 where A is the allowed system brake horse power adjustment,PD is pressure drop allowance,and CFMD is the cfm through the device. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 General Instructions: A. Include all fans directly associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air to the zones served by the system.Enter CFM and brake horsepower(bhp)of each fan at peak design conditions and the nameplate horsepower(hp). Include supply,return and relief fans,exhaust and exhaust hood fans(>1 hp),booster fans and fans included as part of make-up air units,dedicated outside air systems(DOAS),energy recovery ventilators(ERV),and series fan-powered terminal equipment. B. VAV parallel fan-powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. C.Fans not directly associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air, such as condenser fans, do not need to be included in the fan power total. D.Fan power calculations are not required for non-central air HVAC systems such as 4-pipe fan coils and variable refrigerant flow(VRF)systems unless individual fan systems are greater than 5hp. E. In the Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments table,if a Device Type is selected that has an Assigned Pressure Drop, this value will autofill into the Assigned Pressure Drop cell and the Calculated Pressure Drop cell will be write-protected. If the Device Type requires a Calculated Pressure Drop, then enter this value into the Calculated Pressure Drop cell and the Assigned Pressure Drop cell with be write-protected. F. Refer to FAQ section of MECH-FANSYS-DOC for additional instructions. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Design • • Calculation Summary MECH-LOAD-CALC 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2&R3 over 3 stories and all R'Revised January 2017 Project Title: Pilot Travel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information shall be included in the load calculation program summary submitted with For Building Dept. Use the permit documents. If a load calculation summary is not available,provide the required information below. Heating Design Cooling Design Load in Btu/h(Note Load in Btu/h(Note Calculation Method Equip. ID Area(s)Served 1) 1) (Note 2) Notes RTU-1 Lower Sales and 29,444 74,223 Trane Trace 700 V6.3.2 Restroom area RTU-2 Seatng and Service Areas 60,699 83,919 Trane Trace 700 V6.3.2 RTU-3 Arby's and PJ Fresh Prep 11,336 116,190 Trane Trace 700 V6.3.2 Areas RTU-4 Upper Sales and Shower 47,542 125,873 Trane Trace 700 V6.3.2 Areas Note 1-Design load shall account for the building envelope,lighting, ventilation and occupancy loads of the space(s)served by the mechanical system.Heating and cooling loads shall be adjusted to account for load reduction achieved by an energy recovery system,if applicable. Note 2-Computer load calculation program, worksheet(identify source),or equivalent computation procedure in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 183. CITY OF ARLINGTON CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SECTION 111 NOTE: THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT CERTIFY ELECTRICAL WORK At 2430 State Route 530 Building Permit Number 1808 Name&Address of Owner Occupant Load Number of Stories PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC I 158 1 C 0 INTAX INC PO BOX 65650 Type of Construction/ Sprinkler System Required Use LEXINGTON, KY 40555 II-B NO MERCANTILE THE Structure HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED AS COMPLYING WITH THE 2015 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE FOR GROUP M OCCUPANCY ISSUED: February 28, 2020 BY 7,6 BUILDING OFFICIAL Permit#1808 Address Payment Info Address 2430 STATE ROUTE 530 Receipt# 1207304 City ARLINGTON Date 7/19/2018 State WA Paid By Pilot Flying J Zip 98223 Description Payment Type Check#3306713 Accepted By Kristin Foster Fees Paid Fee Fee Description Factor Total Fee Amount Paid Amount Building Permit Fee 322.10.00.00 2534.87 2,534.87 2,534.87 Building Plan Review Fee 345.83.00.00 1463.22 1,463.22 1,463.22 Traffic Mitigation 345.85.00.02 355630 355,630.00 355,630.00 Total Payment:359,628.09 'TRAVEL CENTER BLDG.THIS SIDE' mi--- 13 ol 164'-B" OVERALL 12'-5' 2g'-0' 28'-0" 28'-0' 28'-0" 28'-0" 12'-5" COLUMNS-a' 14'-0" 14'-0' 74'-0' 14'-0" 74'-0' 14'-0" 14'-0" t4'-0" 14'-0' 14'-0' 1 ' " ' ° LIGHTSTYF. N0 o F oo o Owaw AC 1 w a w f 0 ao o Act Z. LL D o Z. " z Oc7mJ°D JLw=� n. ol"�c 400W DIRECTIONAL FLAODLLGHT PRE-FINISHED METAL SANDWICH RECESSED CANOPY AUTO CANOPY STRUCTURAL STEEL, O O PROVIDED&INSTALLED BY FASCIA PANEL- IN ONE(1)SIDE SOFFIT LED FIXTURE-PROVIDED BY OWNER DECKING(WHITE),FASCIA&LIGHTING c3+ c� z CANOPY CONTRACTOR-FINAL OF CANOPY &INSTALLED BY CANOPY PROVIDED&INSTALLED BY CANOPY Y ELECTRICAL CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR-FINAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOOTINGS&ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR(TYP(3)PLACES) INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR CONNECTIONS BY CONTRACTOR PANAFLEX FASCIA SYSTEM ON THREE(3)SLOES 26'-0" O1 4'-g" 13'-6" SPEAKER AND INTERCOM SYSTEM AT END AUTO CANOPY RER.ECTED CEILING PLAN ISLAND ONLY,FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY OTHERS a TOWEL DISPENSERS AND WASH BUCKETS ON END OF ISLANDS(TYP)FURNISHED i O BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR MP) 'TRAVEL CENTER BLDG.THIS SIDE' $ X $ •1 �' TRASH CAN AND DOLLY SUPPLIED BY OWNER, SHERWIN WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL o 10"X 10'STEEL CANOPY COLUMN o iv INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.SEE AC1.1 FOR BY CANOPY CONTRACTOR-PAINT °I -I MORE INFORMATION z J z ENAMEL GLOSS BLACK 188'-0" I 2'-8" 2'-6" 28'-0' ze'-o" za'-o" 28'-0" 2e1 14'-0' 10"X 10"STEEL CANOPY COLUMN BY CANOPY q OF DISPENSER ENAMEL CONGLOT -PAINT RACTOR BLACK SHERWIN WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL —————— ———— w ---U - -- --- ------ ------ ------ ------ -----� 8" PPE FILLED W/CONCRETE. TRASH CAN D DOLLY STEEL I I Z SUPPLED BY WNER, TYPICAL(4)PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. STAINLESS STEEL ISLAND FORM FURNISHED BY OWNER. w w w w INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. w I • INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SEE A/AC7.1 D B/AC1.1 W FOR MORE IN RM IT.. I a (2)SIDED DOUBLE HOSE MULTIPLE o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o PRODUCT BLENDING DISPENSER 1/2"FELT BOARD EXPANSION JOINT AROUND L SEE PRODUCT PIPING OVERALL LAYOUT h=-CANOPY DRAINS TO ISLAND.SCORE FELT AND REMOVE TO DEPTH Z r J N C CJ I UNDERGROUND STORM DRAINS OF 1/2-BELOW SLAB AND SEAL WI La: Z SLOPE CONCRETE AROUND TO PART FUEL RESISTANT JOINT SEALANT.REFER SLOPE ASPHALT 4 N m N ® ® ® ® ENSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE TO PRaIECT MANUAL FOR TECHNICAL PAVEMENT AWAY FROM J Z W co AWAY FROM ISLAND(TYP) O4 AUTO ISLAND PLAN SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE PAD d O I- Z 0) V _ Q I ® ® 0 0 0 0 0 I o C 3/8„ = 1,-0" �H O I t a u v e 6 4 u u u I < dQ J d o 0 0 o e o — o e o ---- o o O ; I � ----- - ------ ------ --- —= — w ----u --- — } zo 2'CHAMFER AT SLAB 8'CONCRETE SLAB LANE/FUEUNG ISLANDS WITH W EXPANSION JOINT AROUND O� V W O CORNERS IN PAVEMENT W/e x 8 W1.4 x W7.4 POSTI70N NUMBER MPD(GASOLINE/DIESEL ISLAND FORMS-SEE III I O 0 L Z MP ON(8)ISLANDS)- Z r (TYP) WWF 'SITE CONCRETE SECTIONS ISLAND NUMBER SEE PLAN 04/AC1 AND DETAILS"SHEET = U J CONCRETE CRACK CONTROL JOINT LINE OF CANOPY(ABOVE) AND ELEVATION 05/ACt O SEE*SITE CONCRETE Q O t SECTIONS Q SECTIONS AND DETAILS"SHEEP J C ROAD THIS SIDE INTERCOM SPEAKERS FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY OTHERS FRONTAGE (TVP(2)PLACES)MOUNT CENTER LINE OF SPEAKER BASE AT °TRAVEL CENTER°9LDG.THIS SIDE Tv LL 13'-0•FROM CONCRETE ISLAND AUTO ISLAND PLAN FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN TO LANE/FUELING POSITION NUMBER BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL FIRE 3/32" = 1'-0" INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) CODES.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR 2/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY 1/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. FUEL GRADE BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) TOWEL DISPENSER FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY •i peon e FROM CONCRETE DRIVE TO TOP OF CONTROLS F t CONTRACTOR(TY'P AT EACH AUTO ISLAND)MOUNT AT V-0- f a 10"X 10"STEEL CANOPY COLUMN BY CANOPY ) z CONTRACTOR-PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN TO Q INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GLOSS BLACK BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL FIRE M CODES.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR i (2)SIDED MULTIPLE PRODUCT MOUNTING INSTRUCOONS. 5 BLENDING DISPENSER F •ro WASHER C WN LEN FURNISH BY O D BY CONTRACTOR w 0 (TYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND) OFINISHED GRADE H a rx TO ASSFINISHED GRADF SLOPE TURRECPOSTIVESIDRAIDE FNAGE ATORM 4FACHL BOLLARLOW D(OR ASInC EQUAL).U��R).SLEEVE ID COVERS S DBE SIZED a 0 L, r 1 L, r 1 L, r 1 L, AWAY FROM DISPENSER(TYP) o ® APPROPRIATELY FORA 6'STEEL PIPE BOLLARD.SUPPLIED -1 = co L--J L--J L--J L--J L--J L--J ® 0 4-0 BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.TYPICAL(4) J PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. O IT 7❑ S 0 8"STEEL PIPE FILLED W/CONCRETE. 0] pa (4)PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. z 01 AUTO CANOPY ELEVATION o 3 W C 3/32" = 1'—O" SLOP FRE ASPHALT PAVEMENT q 0 AWAY z a TRASH CAN AND DOLLY SUPPLIED BY OWNER. ENDOM CONCRETE PAD OF CONCRETE PAD 3'-0" INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.SEE ACM FOR '-g MORE INFORMATION ap 1'-10' 1'-7p• � W paoc paoot - -TL W 'IHAYti CBd1ER lLD4 FRONTAL€ FFpNTAOE 'TRAVl3(E I Q ui THIS SIDE ROAD THIS SIDE i ROAD TM BIDE THIS�� _ Lii I P O 0 TOP OF FIG. 'i I I I I FINISHED FINISHED 4'-8" 3'-0' 3-0 2--2'-0" 1'-8' 4'-0" 10'-0" GRADE GRADE q BOLLAE2D �H OF SUP q COLUMN OF BOLLARD °moo°o, fj J1 MAINTAIN A 6"REVEAL AVERAGE (NOT DISPMENSER SHEET: r 7I- 1 ACROSS ALL ISlANOS PAN) CANOPY COLUMN FOOTING(SPECIFIC SIZE MULTIPLE PRODUCT BLENDING TO BE PROVIDED BY CANOPY DESIGNER, DISPENSER SUMP SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEEP FOR BIDDING AC1 PURPOSES ONLY) 02 AUTO CANOPY ELEVATION o3 AUTO CANOPY ELEVATION ISLAND FORM EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 7"BELOW TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB C 3/32" = 1'-0" C 3/32" = 1'-0" C5 AUTO ISLAND ELEVATION kI C 3/8" = 1'-0" G� I=p ((M DETAIL TO BE USED FOR BID �� PURPOSES ONLY.FOR CONSTRUCTION DESIGN SEE CANOPY COLUMN ¢' FOUNDATION PLANS SUPPLIED BY CANOPY DESIGNER 40 m e s¢ - -CONTRACTOR IS K INSURE THAT CONDUIT WITH SEAL OFF i'�i u' PATTERN OF TRASH CAN T SLEEVES ALLOW LANE/FUEUNG POSITION FOR THE TRASH CAN TO BE POSmONEO (PROVIDED BY CANOPY NUMBER BLADE SIGNS --TO WHERE THE"OWNER"LOGO IS SUPPLIER).SEE FOUNDATION FURNISHED BY OWNER AND ALIGNED UP AND VISIBLE FROM THE PLAN FRO SIZE AND LOCATION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR APPROACH SIDE OF THE ISLANDS. (TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) FOR GUIDANCE BEFORE WITH OWNER ENSTALLATIONE OF BOLTS. CANOPY COLUMN BY 5"K 7"ELECTRICAL OPENING FUEL GRADE BLADE SIGNS J711 (TYP ALL COLUMNS).SEE C FURNISHED BY OWNER AND CANOPY SUPPUER IIII I FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION INSTALLED EACH BY CONTRACTOR DOLLY DOLLY •'^ Z❑w DOLLY IS SUPPUED WITH CASTERS. n �() ) CONTRACTOR CASFE7 RS ANDI BOLT 1 70 PER PLANS ISLAND 7 � IIII I 3'ROOF DRAIN CONCRETE AS SHOWN.BOLTS ARE IIII I O TO BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4' CONCRETE SLAB z INTO CONCRETE.BOLTS SUPPLIED PER PLANS IIII I o �' Q N Z AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. IIII I ° •olao FINISH GRA a J Lou Q 2 ap TOWEL DISPENSER FURNISHED BY ° IIII I ° LPL ❑2O I OWNER,INSTALLED BY COMRA MOUNT , (TYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND)MOUNT ° I.- Z J W AT 4•-O'FROM CONCRETE DRIVE TO - ° IIII I ° TOP OF CONTROLS Teo I - - IIII I °i O N N J R` IIIIL w�X 1/4"YELLOW PLASTIC BOLLARD .1- I'µ _ d ❑ Y COVERS WITH DOMED TOP AT EACH57 BOLLARD(OR EQUAL).SLEEVE IS TO L- O2 TRASH CAN/ ISLAND ELEVATION IIII 1'-3'TO INVERT OF BE SIZED APPROPRIATELY FOR A 6' 3/8" = 1'-O" AT OPY ROOF WMN n --__ STEEL PIPE BOLLARD.SUPPLIED BY AC1.1 OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. g��' TYPICAL(4)PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. _ INI(1U 4,000 PSI 8 MINIMU OF ANCHOR BOLT o: ANON-SHRINK GROU PROJECTION.THREADS SHALL (1)TRASH CAN AND DOLLY To BE - o EXTEND BEYOND TOP OF NUT. INSTALLED AT EACH AND, TRASH - M CAN TO BE LOCATED ON OLTSIDE �' OF COLUMN WITH APPROXIMATLY DOLLY IS SUPPLIED WITH CASTERS. 18" «CLEARANCE BETWEEN COLUMN CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE AND CAN.SUPPLIED BY OWNER', CASTERS AND BOLT DOLLY TO ° IN BY CONTRACTOR. CONCRETE AS SHOWN.BOLTS ARE a TOP OF PIER VELqjTO BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4 ° INTO CONCRETE.BOLTS SUPPUED •j CONTRACTOR IS TO INSURE THAT AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. PATTERN OF LOCKDOWN SLEEVES ALLOW' FOR THE TRASH CAN TO BE POSITIONED TO ` I ° ° 1-1/2'0 ANCHOR BOLTS HERE THE"OWNER"LOGO IS ° °W WN WITH 2-0 EMBEDDED ALIGNED UP AND VISIBLE FROM THE APPROACH SIDE OF THE ISLANDS. CONTRACTOR IS TO INSURE THAT ° ° ° RYFY ITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE N7 N w w FOR GUIDANCE BEFORE INSTALLATION PATTERN TRASH SH CAN T SLEEVES ALLOW - .4. ° OF BOLTS. FOR THE TRASH CAN TO BE POSITIONED TO WHERE THE'OWNER"LOGO IS 4° d MINIMUM 3,.U0 PSI CONCRETE DOLLY IS SUPPUED WITH CASTERS. ALIGNED UP AND VISIBLE FROM THE ON 8•SIDE,USE(11) 5 CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE APPROACH SIDE OF THE ISLANDS. HORIZONTAL BARS EACH WAY, CASTERS AND BOLT DOLLY TO VERYFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE 8'-0'%6'-0"(6'-0"SIDE SHOWN) TOP AND BOTTOM. CONCRETE AS SHOWN.BOLTS ARE FOR GUIDANCE BEFORE INSTALLATION ON 6'SIDE,USE(8 /5 TO BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4" OF BOLTS. HORIZONTAL BARS H WAY, INTO CONCRETE.80L15 SUPPLIED TOP AND BOTTOM AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. rA� FOUNDATION DETAIL W p C 3/4" = 1'-0" M 01 TRASH CAN/ ISLAND ELEVATION o3 DOLLY BOLT DOWN DETAIL p Z m N CONDUIT WITH SEAL OFF AC1.1 3/8" - 1'-0" AC1.1 3/8" _ 'I�-0" (PROVIDED BY CANOPY � 1 0) 11OM DETAIL TO BE USED FOR BID SUPPLIER).SEE FOUNDATION IL Q U z Q PURPOSES ONLY.FOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN FRO SIZE AND LOCATION O DESIGN SEE CANOPY COLUMN 0 FOUNDATION PUNS SUPPLIED BY I-I 5'n 7'ELECTRICAL OPENING z W n. CANOPY DESIGNER CANOPY COLUMN BY 1,W (TYP ALL COLUMNS).SEE Q J CANOPY SUPPUER FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION V W > W z ma IIII Op Q Y 0 PER�IAER ISLAND NS IJill r III I 3'ROOF DRAIN a 0 �Q 2z CONCRETE SLAB PER PLANS L CD o f FINISH G ° IIII I °° ° 0•• O AD Q J o INTERCOM SPEAKERS FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY OTHERS "TRAVEL CENTER'BLDG.THIS SIDE i t I I II I a N FRONTAGE (TYP (2)PLACES)MOUNT CENTER UNE OF SPEAKER BASE AT IIII I 13-0"FROM CONCRETE ISLAND IIII o c ROAD THIS SIDE ;r�' a,000 PSI FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN TO a NO SHRINK GROUT - -- LANE/FUELING POSITION NUMBER BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND '� BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL FIRE I K IIII T INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) CODES COMRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR IIII 1' 3"TO INVERT OF j MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS @ IIIIJC CANOT'Y ROOF DRAIWn FUEL GRADE BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND Z _ ' AT CANOPY COLUM INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR OYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) TOWEL DISPENSER FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY •I I I _ I CONTRACTOR(TYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND)MOUNT AT 4'-0' N N 10'X T STEEL CANOPY COLUMN BY CANOPY FROM CONCRETE DRIVE TO TOP OF CONTROLS 8'MINIMUM OF ANCHOR BOLT CO PROJECTION.THREADS SHALL Z CONTRACT -PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH CASE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN TO "L EXTEND B N TOP,OF INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GLOSS BLACK BE SUPPUED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL FIRE 1y _ C CODES.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR Z (2)SIDED MULTIPLE PRODUCT MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS BLENDING DISPENSER WASHER BUCKET W/BOTTOM ON CONCRETE ISLAND TOP �?'OF PILE U 2 FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR •m c W (TYP AT EACH AUTO ISLAND) F W IL SLOPE CONCRETE INSIDE FORM 1/4'YELLOW PLASTIC BOLLARD COVERS WITH DOMED TOP w O_ K TO ASSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE ° ° ° H AT EACH BOLLARD(OR 'STEEL SLEEVE IS TO BE SIZED AWAY FROM DISPENSER(1YP) APPROPRIATELY FORA 6'STEEL PIPE BOLLARD.SUPPLIED I S 8 0 ® 4'-0 BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.TYPICAL(4) ° 1-1/2-0 ANCHOR BOLTS WITH J Z SEE 24^EMBEDDED ❑ PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. _ o - Z 6"STEEL PIPE FILLED W/CONCRETE, y MINIMUM 3.000 PSI m 0 TYPICAL(4)PLACES AT EACH ISLAND. CONCRETE Z W _ #4 TIES W/135 HOOKS SLOPE ASPHALT PAVEMENT 1 AT 12'O.C.MAX.BY AWAY FROM CONCRETE PAO ,p ? V 1 TRASH CAN AND DOLLY SUPPLIED BY OWNER, a °° CONTRACTOR ❑ 1 1' v INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.SEE AC1.1 FOR ° END OF CONCRETE PAD 3'-0" f1 MORE INFORMATION (12) S VERTICAL oD DOWWELS � r -II If IIF-ill II 1= -ICI II I-R II-1=�IL,II L„7lyl T�I�JIC-II - IIII I_. II W —1112 ° II Ilf y ❑ 0 TOP OF FIG.r 4'-6" 3'-D' 3'-0' 2'-0' 1'-8' 4"-0' 10'-0' j BOLLARD ^y OF SUMP q COLUMN OF BOLLARD ° T MAINTAIN A 6'REVEAL AVERAGE (NOT DISPENSER II ° IIII II SHEET: ACROSS ALL ISLANDS PAN) °. CANOPY OW e MN FOOTING(SPECIFIC SIZE TO BE PROVIDED BY CANOPY DESIGNER, 4'-TE AC1 . 1 MULTIPLE PRODUCT BLENDING SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR BIDDING DISPENSER SUMP PURPOSES ONLY) DIAMETER ISLAND FORM EMEND A MINIMUM FOUNDATION DETAIL OF 7'BELOW TOP OF CONCRETE STAB 04 AUTO ISLAND ELEVATION C1. 3/4" = 1'-0" Ac1.1 3/8„ - 1-o„ L 02 L U CANOPY 1 . 124-9" - OVERALL 2'-10 1/2' CAN1Y-0•' 1Y-O" 1T-G' 0�17'I.0' 17*-0• -0^ 17'-0" 2--to 1/2" COLUMN ^' p 11'-10 1/2" 17'-0" 171-o' 17'-0" 1T-0" 1T-0 17'-0' 17'-0" 3'-10 1/2' LIGfif . 1:SIGN OF SIGN AND CANOPY 'I ,III �1511y = W m TCt TC1 0 0 W G W III I I W O f N 0 Q(� � , W n ra�;d<i ao 0F.� ~zJJU"b I I APPROACH SIDE OF TRUCK CANOPY O Q co J O I J JG)ua— PRE-FINISHED METAL .I 2'-S"X 6'-6'%6"THICK,SINGLE FACE a G N RECESSED CANOPY TRUCK CANOPY STRUCTURAL STEEL,DECKING, iV 1Y j INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED Q SANDWICH FASCIA PANEL- SOFFIT LED FIXTURE-PROVIDED FASCIA&.LIGHTING PROVIDED&INSTALLED NUMBERS ARE ELECTRONIC z LED DISPLAY ON FOUR(4)SIDES BY OWNER&INSTALLED BY CANOPY BY CANOPY CONTRACTOR-FOOTINGS& j FLANGE IS BLACK Y CONTRACTOR-FINAL ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY CONTRACTOR CANOPY�� SQUARE FOOTAGE 17.11 S.F. CONNECTION BY CONTRACTOR cu cy LED'DEF"PRICER SIGN.SUPPLIED BY am OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SCALE: 3/8" = 1°-O" (SEE SS7,ES,.AND E SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION). 01 �' 00o. TC1 moo : p TRUCK CANOPY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3/32" = 1'-0" 129'-O^ 1191-0" 5'-0" - -6.3' 14'-0• 1'-' (TYPICAL) - .. ICAL DIESEL.(1+1)MASTER TRUCK ISLAND LANE/FUELING DISPENSER(WITH DEF)0 LY NUMBER POSRION NUMBER ON THIS ISLAND IL zw Tkl III I Ik uiJ � Z m iV �� F J O W c CA. cr. cr. o.J. C.J. 11> C.J. D J. M ®Q W a I J/ -- --. _ — — — -- -- — — v � _ Z> > Z O!C � F- QJ W U� lo lL Z VZ H wa c w CANOPY ABOVE B'CONCRETE SLAB O C3 Q W//4'S AT 12"O.C. N i/2"COPPER UNE PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINT - EACH WAY A FROM YARD STORAGE TO AT CENTER OF ISLAND- LD AIR STAND FURNISHED BY AIR STANDS AT EVERY SEE DETAIL ON CIVIL DWGS, 10"%10'.CANOPY COLUMN DIESEL SATELLITE PROVIDE CRACK CONTROL DINNER INSTALLED BY OTHER ISLAND CONTRACTOR TO PALM SHERWIN DISPENSER ONLY ON THIS JOINT AT CENTERLINE OF CONTRACTOR(TYP AT(5) WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GLOSS ISLAND-NO CARD READER -ISLAND-SEE DETAIL ISLANDS) CATCH BASIN-SEE DETAIL DIESEL(1+1)MASTER/ BLACK.SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY ON THIS ISLAND "Oi/TC1.1• "01/TC7.1'&'02/TC7.1"- SATELLITE(W/�ITF1 DEF) CONTRACTOR(TYP EACH COLUMN) FREEZE PROOF WATER STAND SLOPE SLABTO DRAIN TO CATCH DISPENSER\"P(S)ISLANDS) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY BASIN-SLOPE ALL OTHER 3/4"PEX WATER LINE IN A 2"SLEEVE CONTRACTOR.(TYP AT(5)ISLANDS) PAVEMENT AWAY FROM DRAIN(TYP) TRASH CAN AND DOLLY FROM BUILDING TO FROST FREE WATER SUPPLIED BV OWNER,INSTALLED STANDS AT EVERY OTHER ISLAND-(1) 'RUM ISLAND PLAN BY CONTRACTOR.SEE TC1.1 PAX LINE AND FROM B ILDI FROST FREE FOR MORE INFORMATION • WATER STAND FROM BUILDING WATER ENTRY ROOM TO TRUCK ISLANDS.SEE z DETAIL ON PLUMBING PLANS 3/32" = 1'-0" - Q 2/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY 1/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY Q EuLu r Lu o U y� Q W p 0 a or= J .I acl) J o G im U z O FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE Z H II II II II II II II II w r 1-L1 rut rut rut rll1 F ll1 rll-I r11-I C' L—J L—J L_J L—J L—J L_J L—J L--J L] o 1 TRUCK CANOPY ELEVATION co TC 3/32" = 1'-0" i W � C 2/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY S/3 LENGTH OF CANOPY O 1'- " .. DESIGN AND CANOPY 10 � • '�� '�-. Q F • W w pao o p®oo� p� o a® W� co coCJ) CONTRACTOR-TO.INSTALL (n z 'DEF'SIGN AS REQUIRED z z V ~ � ~ FINISHED FINISHED GRADE LINISHED GRADE FlNISFtEDGRADE m FINISHED SHEET: GRADE GRACE II II II II it II II II F ll-1 rll1 r11-1 rll.1 rll1 Lll1 rll1 r'u1 rll1 rut TC1 L—J L_J L_J L-J L—J L—J L—J L—J L_J L—J 02 TRUCK CANOPY ELEVATION o3 7M=CANOPY ELEVATION o4 TRUCK CANOPY ELEVATION TC 3/32" = 1'-0" TC 3/32" = 1'-0" TC 3/32" = 1'-0" 10"X 10"CANOPY COLUMN c CONTRACTOR TO PAINT SHERWIN 1 I a I m: WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL GLOSS TRASH CAN AND DOLLY I I '• ''" BLACK.SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY SUPPLIED BY OWNER, 6'PVC DRAIN TO N CONTRACTOR(TYP EACH COLUMN) INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. OIL/WATER INTERCEPTOR I II II :� I ONTRACTOR IS TO ENSURE THAT _ _—_-- E.J. " r c A + ✓ PATTERN OF LOCKDOWN SLEEVES ALLOW M I I FOR THE TRASH CAN TO BE POSITIONED Oa TO WHERE THE*OWNER"LOGO IS ' ALIGNED UP AND VISIBLE FROM THE APPROACH SIDE OF THE ISLANDS. VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE ,�FF�A Z❑W DRAINAGE O�AINAG�_ I I ( - FOR GUIDANCE BEFORE INSTALLATION V W Q W FLOW FLOW I I OF BOLTS. Z O y p H y a HEAVY BROOM FINISH I I DOLLY IS SUPPLIED WITH CASTERS. Q N Z ap PREFABRICATED CATCH BASIN CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE LOU.2 W.0\ FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY I I I CASTERS AND BOLT DOLLY TO LL p CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE PAD TO BE I I CONCRETE AS SHOWN.BOLTS ARE o~N SLOPED TO TOP OF CASTING.TOP OF TO BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4" ~ Z LU/0 \\ y CASTING TO BE 3•BELOW EDGE OF I I I INTO CONCRETE.BOLTS SUPPLIED _ Q L7 a0 J� 3 PAD I I AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. p J v �a NO.TE-SLOPE CONCRETE PAD TO I I J W REFER TO CML SHEETS -- — CATCH BASIN FOR ISLAND ORIENTATION I i IL Y 4•PVC DRAIN FROM I +GONG. CONC. DIRECTION OF TRAFflC FLOW NMI i i --CATCH BASIN I CONC. ASPHALT II fL OF LANE --------------- Ewa — ` o3 DOLLY BOLT DOWN DETAIL o4 TRASH CAN/ BLAND ELEVATION I 1/2'FELT BOARD EXPANSION JOINT�V DRAINAGE DRAINAG RAINAG DRAINAGE FLOW FLOW I I AROUND ISLAND AND CATCH BASIN. 1 FLOW FLOW TC1.1 / TC1.1 /SCORE FELT AND REMOVE TO 3 A� = 1�—O�� 3 8" = 1'-0" S I DEPTH OF 1/2'BELOW SLAB AND I A l 24'HIGH BUMPER D W/ +0" I 12 CONCRETE H END SEAL W/TWO PART FUEL RESISTANT d UZ (TYP ) JOINT SEALANT,REFER TO PROJECT 02 MANUAL FOR TECHNICAL TC1. O MEf SLAND FORM FURNISHED BY SPECIFICATIONS ER,INSTALLED 81'CONTRACTOR, AINT PAINTED SHERWIN WILLIAMS AIR STAN RNISHED BY OWNER p I B54Y37 YELLOW WITH 2'ND/32 INSTALLED BY'OQNTRACTOR(TYP) O OUNCES OF NEW RED(R4 THIS IS \ I a THE FORMULA FOR ONE GALLON o FREEZE PROOF WATER D w W I FURNISHED AND INSTALLED +3.00" CONTRACTOR. C C. 2•-6• I +3 • + 0 I 3.00" +3.25" CONC. CO III 3.00• •j I I �CONC. ASPHALT r-6 I I I «, I I SSLOOPE ASPHALT I III I PAVEMENT AWAY FROM CONCRETE PAD I I NOTE DETAIL TO BE USED FOR BID DIESEL(1+1)!ASTER/ 5 GALLON SQUEEGEE BUCKET TO BE INSTALLED AT EVERY PURPOSES ONLY.FOR CONSTRUCTION SATELLITE(WEER DEF)DISPENSER ISLAND.5 GALLON BUCKET TO BE BOLTED TO COLUMN WITH DESIGN SEE CANOPY COLUMN SUPPORT RING AND BOLTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER.5 GALLON FOUNDATION PLANS SUPPLIED BY CRACK CONTROL JOINT BUCKET IS TO REST ON CONCRETE ISLAND.SUPPLIED BY CANOPY DESIGNER W Q OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.(TYP(1)PLACES AT �J > M INTERCOM STATION EACH COLUMN) Q ` m N Q OF OSPDW IL Z 'W Z � CONDUIT WITH SEAL OFF CONDUIT WITH SEAL OFF U -0" 2'-6• 5'-6' 3•-6' 2'-0• 2'-6' 8'-0' 1 (PROVIDED BY CANOPY (PROVIDED BY CANOPY >-2 O ¢, OF ISIAIlO (1 SUPPLIER).SEE FOUNDATION SUPPLIER).SEE FOUNDATION CL 0 J d PLAN FRO SIZE AND LOCATION PLAN FRO SIZE AND LOCATION 16'-0' 9'-6• Z> >- Z _ 38,-0• I 5•x 7"ELECTRICAL OPENING 5•x 7•ELECTRICAL OPENING W > CANOPY COLUMN BY IIII I (TY•P ALL COLUMNS).SEE CANOPY COLUMN BY 11i1 (TYP ALL COLUMNS).SEE Q J L1.F O �`p ry/ BLAND �L CANOPY SUPPLIER I FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION CANOPY SUPPLIER FOUNDATION PLAN FOR LOCATION 1 fl�JM BLAND PLAN REFER TO TRUCK ISLAND PUN FOR IIII • IIII Y Q L^LJ O v LOCATION OF ISLANDS TO RECEIVE AIR i CC DISPENSER ISLAND IIII 3•ROOF DRAIN DISPENSER ISLAND IIII 3"ROOF DRAIN (� L Z TC?• 3/8•• - 1 -Q•' AND WATER. PER PLANS IIII PER PLANS CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB o PER PLANS IIII PER PLANS IIII ~ O Q D o ^ IIII a a IIII o J o O� �Fl ISH GRADE IIII FI IIII N a ° ° a IIII I a IIII I ST IIII I '_��` IIII I IIII ---- - _ IIII IIIF — INI UM 4.00 1 TIFF IIII s �6� — 0-SHRINK GROUT 7<7 LANE/FUELING POSITION NUMBER BLADE SIGNS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND AIR STAND FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED �}, IIII b ''�in' INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP(2)AT EACH COLUMN) BY CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR TO TO PROVIDE o IIII 1'-3"TO INVERT OF j IIII 1'-3 TO INVERT OF 1 PV CUTOFFS FOR AIR LINES AT EACH STAND. -- "-` _ CANOPY ROOF DRAIN 1DPM''-U�O'� CANOPY ROOF DRAIN) OWNER-FURNISHED INTERCOM SPEAKERS MOUNTED ON I�I - l IIII IIII CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL FREEZE AT CANOPY COLUMNAT PY COWMCOLUMNS-INSTALLED h CONNECTIONS BY OTHERS, PROOF YARD HYDRANT. IIII ' � IIII MOUNT AT 14'-0'TO TOP FROM CONCRETE ISLAND �I MINIMUM 4,000 PSI tl E1 NCHOR GOL dd(SEE ES DWGS.FOR LOCATION) FIRE EXTINGUISHER WffH CASE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS NONSHRINK GROUREADS SHALL SIGN TO BESUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR a TOP OF NU. 8"MINIMUM OF ANCHOR BOLT 10'X 10'CANOPY COLUMN CONTRACTOR TO PAINT SHERWIN PER LOCAL FIRE CODES.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH PROJECTION.THREADS SHALL p WILLIAMS INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL/��GLOSS BLACK.SUPPLIED AND OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. D BEYOND TOP OF NUT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(1YP EACH COLUMN) TOWEL DISPENSER FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY •I ° � �.�.-.- � - ,_ ~ SIGNAGE SUPPLIED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR(TYP AT EACH TRUCK ISLAND)MOUNT AT 4-0• U = TO VERIFY WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR PLACEMENT AND LOCATION FROM CONCRETE DRIVE TO CONTROLS OF TOWEL DISPENSER S °� �,� ° " � ° a. n OF SIGNS F ° TOP OF PIER IIII TOP OF PILEr-�- F. @ AIR STAND FURNISHED BY OWNER ° §1 ,07-1/2-0 am OL S MOUNT INTERCOM SUBSTATION ON MASTER DISPENSER SIDE OF ¢ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(TYP) •1 •i lYil- a V COLUMN AT 5'-0'FROM TOP OF GRADE TO BOTTOM OF INTERCOM ° , -INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION BY OTHERS ELECTRIC CONVENIENCE OUTLET(SEE j ANCHOR BOLTS W y ES DWGS.FOR LOCATION) «� _ WITH 24•EMBEDDED ° v_ p O DIESEL(1+1)MASTER/ PE a Z SATELLITE(WITH DEF)DISPENSER 5 GALLON SQUEEGEE BUCKET TO BE INSTALLED AT EVERY • ° ° ° ° ° 1-1/2.0 ANCHOR BOLTS m O ISLAND.5 GALLON BUCKET TO BE BOLTED TO COLUMN WITH WITH 24'EMBEDDED O) MAINTAIN A 10•REVEAL AVERAGE ACROSS ALL DIESEL SUPPORT RING AND BOLTS SUPPLIED BY'OWNER.5 GALLON f ° °° ° --MINIMUM 3,000 PSI CONCRETE � Z ISLANDS.END BUMPERS ARE 24•HIGH EXTENSIONS. BUCKEF IS TO REST ON CONCRETE ISLAND.SUPPLIED BY _� �`� II MINIMUM 3,000 PSI W END BUMPERS PAINTED SHERWIN WILLIAMS B54Y37 OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.(TYP(1)PLACES AT .. ((8)A5 HORIZ.BARS EACH a CONCRETE R' YELLOW WITH 2 AND 0/32 OUNCES OF NEW RED(R4) N 8 EACH COLUMN) - WAY,TOP AND BOTTOM ° .�° THIS IS THE FORMULA FOR ONE GALLON '6'-0•(EACH DIRECTION) e /4 TIES W/135 HOOKS13 o AT 12.O.C.MAX.BY 24•HIGHBUMPER FILLED WITH CONCRETE PROVIDE(3) FREEZE PROOF WATER STAND FURNISHED 1 " CONTRACTOR -#6 BARS,30•V x 48•H EACH BUMPER TIED TO AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, F aa° SLAB REINFORCING-PROVIDE#4 BARS TRANSVERSE c w a TOP x BOTTOM OYP) TIE FUEL ISLAND TO CONCRETE SLAB REINFORCING fi FOUNDATION DETAIL _ (12)LS VERTICAL p w WITH 10'LONG#6'S AT 24"O.C.RUN THRU IIIryI`� DOWWELS Q. ISLAND FORM TO EXTEND A MINIMUM ISLAND-DRILL ISLAND FORM AS REWD 1,1 TC1. 3 4 = 1'-O' OF 3•BELOW CONCRETE SLAB / NCRETE PA TRASH CAN AND DOLLY SUPPLIED COD TO HAVE BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY Q CONTRACTOR. �IFr HEAVY BROOM FINISH 2'-fi' FURNISHED STALLED BY CONTRACTOR IN INR. ' DISPENSER SUMP I I I C_ _ ——_ I I OUTLET SEE SITE DRAWINGS a4== FOR CONTINUATION AND SIZES - 12'-6" 2'-6• 4'-2" 4'-10" 4'-8" 9•-6" ro SHEET: z I OF SPERSERPP/(NO r L J——— TOP OF FIG. DIAMETER e ��PREFAB•x PREFABRICATED CAT•z BASIN DEEP TC1 . 1 CANOPY COLUMN FOOTING(SPECIFIC SIZE TO�� PREFABRICATED CATCH BASIN-FURNISHED � BE PROVIDED BY CANOPY DESIGNER,SEE BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR,SLOPE PDETAIL ON THIS URPOSES ONLY)SHEET FOR BIDDING o2 TRUCK BLAND ELEVATION SUB 3"TO CATCH BASIN B FOUNDATION DETAIL TC?. 3/4" = 1'-0" eF� is Ct •)� 30 II 05 _ w 05 --.x—x x—x x—x x x—X—x—x— LL WZ I Z J W Oc�� 5, W u� co) \ x d ® Z Y I !C xl Mai i l x o, I. Sm p1 NSTALLED BY SIGN INTERNALLY CON RETE FOUNDATION NSfALLED ILLUMINATED HIGH RISE SIGN NIBY SIGSHED N SUPPLIER.FINALFINALL III -. 07 21 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. ®'PILOT'INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED MONUMENT SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER.INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.FINAL /I ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.. } O•B !II 03 'TRUCK SCALE".INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TRUCK • SCALE SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION BY TRUCK SCALE SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL 03 PROVIDED TO SCALE BY CONTRACTOR. h `AUTO&RV ENTRY(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER.INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL • �X—X—X—X—X—% X—X—X—X—X--X—X��%o _ II INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. - • "TRUCK ENTRY/EXR'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL 07 f INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. OB DEF LED.PRICER SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER. W 0 _ ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. "PILOT'CANOPY LOGO FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CANOPY SUPPLIER. J C.) O OB PILOT"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED W m N BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. ''`` ®'WELCOME'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER, a V • _ ■ I INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. O 10 'WELCOME DRIVERS"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY y IL Vp ` OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Q W Z III 1 8 1 1 1 II 11 'ARBYS"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY z W • I _ •'s7 I SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. a Y Lr x d I j (12 •ARBNS"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY (/) yI •T �y ;, r. SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 2 Z \ 4 - i' ui e I lilt II (�0,'.•- ! ` � 'ARBYS"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SII J SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. O O N II '( • IJ I 1q "HANDICAP PARKING"POLE MOUNTED SIGNS,FURN CTIISHED AND INSTALLED BY �. a Ltll I CONTRACTOR.(SEE CIVIL DETAILS FOR MOUNTING INSTRUONS). O J Q y� I I tt RESTAURANT-DRIVE-THRU WINDOW- INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN ^ N ® J �� FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND 1i ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 1 3 ,'l ' 16 'DRIVE-THRU CLEARANCE 9 Fr.6 IN."SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY k.h n n(1(1 f'1 SIGN SUPPLIER CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. LI rol hr L{I•n•r•i U U lJ U U CD RESTAURANT PREVIEW BOARD(INTERNALY ILLUMINATED)FURNISHED BY OWNER, •\ '' '- °-''••• - INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY \ 20 tt .-� CONTRACTOR. !-e tt I I _ 18 -RESTAURANT-MENU BOARD(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)AND INTERCOM SYSTEM .. \ •x ,9 ,1 Og 1 4 Imo.= i FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BYCONIRACTOR. 5 J O$ -THANK YOU/DO NOT ENTER"DIRECTIONAL SIGN(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED) C Z FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND 21 r 27 I ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR 28 20 YFO-XING"SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR 26 04 21 30"x30"MUTCD WHITE BACKGROUND BLACK LETTERING REFLECTIVE SIGN AUTOS W 2 — — — — — — — — ,— 22 07 _ L TRU S,SIGN FURNISHED BY ALlED R. a a oN r/NO OWNER INST BY CONTIRACTO O22 "RV EXIT ONLY R"((INTERNA LY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY \ OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL U - 07 INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. W f SLU \ \ 30 III,, 1 23 'RV EXIT»•(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER, ® G • INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. r z p7 I III m �I 24 "ENTRY/EXR'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED Z y \ 23 SIGN SUPPLIER CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. � W 24 25 "AUTO RV"TRUCK " ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIG FURNISHED BY O / n (INTERNALLY.CO NA ) N N RN - OWNER.INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL O2 INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. v�d \ _ 26 -AUTO v,RV<-AUTOlRV ENTRY WERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN aD 30. FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED SIGN SUPPLIER CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND wwLL 24 —• __ ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. C W \ 29 2T -PJ FRESH-(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED),BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY o 19 - / SIGN SUPPLIER ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. W 0 .��/ ®"CINNABON"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY '" W 3 - /' SIGN SUPPLIER ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Q a 32 29 EXISTING SIGN TO BE RELOCATED. NZ ®"STOP"SIGN.FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Po, 31 'NO LEFT TURN"REFLECTIVE SIGN,R3-2,30"X 30".FURNISHED BY OWNER �nrarum� 31 INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. �d $� PL.A1N mow. ��--- Q'RIGHT NRPI ONLY REFLECTIVE SIGN.R3-5,30'X 36",FURNISHED 6Y OWNER, --- SR INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 1" = SHEET: 40' ssi ( L SIGN NOTES SIGN NOTEB 'PILOT"INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED HI-RISE SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER.INSTALLED 16 bRNIE-THRU CLEARANCE 9 FT.6 IN.`SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY 01 BY SIGN SUPPLIER CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.FINAL SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. r 17 RESTAURANT PREVIEW BOARD(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)FURNISHED BY OWNER I , 'PILOT"INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED MONUMENT SOON FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY 02 BY SIGN SUPPLIER CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.FINAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 'RESTAURANT-MENU BOARD(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)AND INTERCOM SYSTEM 'TRUCK SCALE'INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED.SIGN FURNISHED.AND INSTALLED BY TRUCK FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND PRICER) 03 SCALE SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION BY TRUCK SCALE SUPPLIER,ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. P 26'-4" ( PROVIDED TO SCALE BY CONTRACTOR. sw� (TD`THANK YOU/DO NOT ENTER"DIRECTIONAL SIGN(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED) 24•-D' (FLYING J) -AUTO&RV ENTRY(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND OWNER INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 16'-6 1/2' (ARBYS) 20 "PED-RING"SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR "TRUCK ENTRY/IXff'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY W OWNER INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL 21 30'x30"MUTCO COMPLIANT"DO NOT ENTER"SIGN(R6-1),RED CIRCLE WITH WHITE INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. BACKGROUND AND LETTERING. n t7 Ofi OEF LEI)PRICER SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLER. - ®'Ry IXIT ONLY 4"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY BY �T�Z j3 W ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL V W Q W �' 07' 'PILOT"CA INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Z O y 00 CANOPY LOGO FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CANOPY SUPPLIER. 0:y 23 "RV EXT»(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER It It y W Fi "PILOT"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY J IL a Z00 BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR. LL. W Z W N 'WELCOME'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER 24 "ENTRY/IXR'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY ®OJ L �O INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SIN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Z J w 1/2'x 15'-0"DOUBLE FACE "WELCOME DRIVERS'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY 25 AUTO RV-,TRUCK B". INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY 0 y N J INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED 1Q OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. O / ( W N �.._.e. WHITE COPY ON RED BACKGROUND - OWNER.INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL d Q WITH BLACK CABINET. 11 ARBY'S'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. O ` SQUARE FOOTAGE:152.6a SE O AUTO-,RV a""AUTO/RV ENTRY-(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN X - / SIGN SUPPLER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED 8Y CONTRACTOR. 28 FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ARElY'YS*(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. '"•,..^- 12 SIGNSUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. " 27 'PJ FRESH"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY 13. SIGN SU(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SIGN SUPPLERR.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. - _ 9'-2"x 24'DOUBLE FACE *HANDICAP PARKING"POLE MOUNTED SIGNS,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY 2B "CINNABON"(INTERNALLY:ILLUMINATED))BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED 14 CONTRACTOR.(SEE CNIL DETAILS FOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS). SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLEb BY CONTRACTOR. PILOT'IS WHITE �EXISTING SIGN TO BE RELOCATED. RED(PMS#186C) RESTAURANT"DRIVE-THRU WINDOW'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN m YELLOW(PMSB 1235C) 15 FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE.FOUNDATION AND ®'STOP'SIGN.FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SOIIARE FOOTAGE:220.00 S.F. ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 31 'NO LEFT TURN"REFLECTIVE SIGN,R3-2,30'X 30",FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR ®'RIGHT TURN ONLY"REFLECTIVE SIGN,R3-5,30'X 36 FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. I I�1 NOW 7'-10"x 26'-4"DOUBLE FACE INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED ml O NUMBERS ARE ELECTRONIC 1` LED DISLAY FLANGE PS YELLOW(PARS SQUARE FOOTAGE:206.20 S.F. S.F. mom O (INTERSTATE SIDE)- W G i N 17'-9 1/2' W LU' m ad 9" Er-I 3/4, 8'-1 3/4" 8, j v Z 2'-0' Z® 'Q )W W o. �+ 3'-2"x 8'-1 3 4"DOUBLE FACE q - z(, > W O .INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED - �. 3'-2'x 8'-1 3/4"DOUBLE FACE FLYING J'IS WHITE Q INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED Y RED(PMS/ 156C) T - o ARBYS'Is WHITE Z YELLOW(PMS O _ /1235C) BACKGROUND IS RED C Z SQUARE FOOTAGE:25.80 S.F. _ _ SQUARE FOOTAGE:25.80 S.F. �_C,7 G - 5'-0'x 8'-1"DOUBLE FACE �Woude 2 ��E' se 5'-0"x 8'-1'DOUBLE FACE O 0 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED FL NUMBERS LNUMBERS ED DISPLAY ELECTRONIC .q - _ NUMBERS ARE ELECTRONIC LED FLANDISPLAY FLANGE IS YELLOW(PMS/ 108-C) SQUARG E IFOOTAGEN 0.42 S.F. SQUARE FOOTAGE:40.42 S.F. ME 0 - � Z _ o e LEDGESTONE VENEER O SUNSET STONE-WOLF CREEK -- 1(f0 T MATCH BUILDING) _ f- WZ O b - ADDRESS LEDGESTONE VENEER ® F - - _ SUNSET STONE-WOLF CREEK d' G. (TO MATCH BUILDING) d a ANCHOR BOLT _ _ ANCHOR BOLT N = W C G FOUNDATION Z m O y SIDE ELEVATION SQUARE FOOTAGE 142A4 SF. o 0 UJI MONUMENT PRICER SIGN D2 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" FINISHED TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE SHEET: GRADE L c SI'G/�N FOR ALL SIGNS:578.BB SF. f71' E 01 SCALE: 3/15" = 1'-O" SS2 r-1° -�►J SINGLE EACE INTERNALY SQUARE FOOUND 11ERED/83 SF. `r BACKGROUND IS RED/GOLD e DOUBLE FACE COPY H E tt s L[ ll 6 D" 5 0° fi 0° r. INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED C SQUARE FOOTAGE: 15.83 SF. ¢ , BACKGROUND IS RED IT) A ° °"'11 COPY IS WHITE AUTO/RV ``�� - UTO EXIT ENTRY RV EXIT ® RV EXIT a 9° A36 PLATE 9" A36 PLATE i s"x 9"x 1/z^ WELCOMEi r' s"x s'x 1/z" II I ELECTRICAL ACCESS I I ELECTRICAL ACCESS HOLE HOLE (R 1-1) 001 SQUARE FOOTAGE= 17.59 SF 12 A INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED IS 4"x 4"x 3/16" 1, TS 4"z 4"z 3/16" 30 Z M COLORS:RED COPY ON BLACK BACKGROUND _ BLACK CABINET. GNI�S EED 3/4"0 PIPE FINISHED o FINISHED / I! 3/4^0 PIPE v W Q W 4 PLACES GRADE �1�' ( ) GRADE (4 PLACES) SQUARE FOOTAGE=45.50 SF 11 ~ N O TS4"z4"x 3/16" IS 2 6' W A INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED .0 � .0 ,� / _j Q-C COLORS:WITTH E COPY ON RED BLA K CABINET.BACKGROUND STRENGTH NON-SHRINK GROUTH 23 NON-SHRINK HIGH J a.Q Z STRENGTH GROUT W Z 1-Yf 10'-6" B-5 1/2° SINGLE FACE SINGLE FACE DOUBLE FACE O z gp J m INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SQUARE FOOTAGE: 15.83 SF. SQUARE FOOTAGE: 15.83 SF. SQUARE FOOTAGE: 15.83 SF. J U)58 J... BACKGROUND IS RED/GOLD BACKGROUND IS RED/COLD BACKGROUND IS RED/GOLD WHITE a Lu COPY IS HI5E0 COPY IS 5 O Y DIN 2'-6° - aI AUTO/RV RV EXIT ENTRY/EXIT �j Tp7TT/�i/ 9' A35 PLATE ONLY 9.' A36 PLATE WELCOME ��._�.� i«/{.rl� 7° 9"x 9"z 1/2" �7"11� 9"z 9"z 1/2" _I,7",1_ g°6z g�Ty 1 2^ SQUARE FOOTAGE=26.10 SF 13 ELECTRICAL ACCESS '�R` / SQUARE FOOTAGE:42.00 SF. 08 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED HOLE HOLE RICAL ACCESS HOEEELECTRICAL ACCESS o - COLORS: COLORS:RED COPY WITH SILVER RED-PMS# 186C CABINET. TS 4"x 4"z 3/1 fi^ TS 4"x 4"z 3/16" TS 4"x 4"x 3/16 YELLOW-PMS# 1235C FINISHED 3/4"0 PIPE FINISHED 3/4"0 PIPE FINISHED m 3/4'0 PIPE ONLY INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED,SINGLE FACE GRADE (4 PLACES) GRADE (4 PLACES) GRADE I (4 PLACES) WALL SIGN WITH BLACK CABINET AND RETAINER. .� '� .Q IS 4"n 4"x 3/16" TIT-(. .O TS 4"x 4"x 3/16" O (. TS 4"z 4"z 3/16" (R3-5) _ NON-SHRINK HIGH NON-SHRINK HIGH 25 STRENGTH GROUT 22 STRENGTH GROUT 2¢ STRENGTH GROUT 32 e-p, 9_2" SINGLE FACE DOUBLE FACE SI(`aN NOTES INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED iD SQUARE FOOTAGE 15.83 SF. SQUARE FOOTAGE: 15.83 SF.BACKGROUND IS RED/GOLD BACKGROUND IS RED/GOLD 01 PILOT"INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED HIGH RISE SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED C S HIE COPY R HITS " "AU x 30"MUTCD COMPLIANT BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.FINAL ^Auros ONLY/No TRucxs^slcN. ONLY TRUCKS ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. WHITE BACKGROUND W/ BLACK LETTERING 02 'PILOT°INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED MONUMENT SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.FINAL }� ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. J L� SQUARE FOOTAGE: 16.20 SF. 29 AUTO/LCV TRUCK a uJ p COLORS: SQUARE FOOTAGE:27.50 SF. 27 p3 'TRUCK SCALE"INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TRUCK BLUE PMS 2768 PJ FRESH IMAGE ENTRY ENTRY/EXIT Z ` > TURQUOISE PMS 3282 LETTERS:WHITE AND GREEN(PMS#368) SCALE SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION BY TRUCK SCALE SUPPLIER,ELECTRICAL 3M ISE PM 3fi BACKGROUND:BLACK 9` A36 PLATE 9" A36 PLATE PROVIDED TO SCALE BY CONTRACTOR. _ N WELCOME s"x 9"x 1/z" WELCOME �� s"x s x 1/z Z INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED,SINGLE FACE _ _ I_ _ _ F m N WALL SIGN WITH BLACK CABINET AND ELECTRICAL ACCESS ELECTRICAL ACCESS 04 "AUTO&RV ENTRY'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED L Z RETAINER. HOLE HOLE OWNER, INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL W O W F 0) IS 4"x 4"x 3/16" 1� IS 4"x 4^x 3/16" INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 'TRUCK ENTRY/EXIr FINISHED 3/4"0 PIPE FINISHED 3/4"0 PIPE 05 OWNER, INSTALLED BY(ISONNSUPPLER.ALLY MCONCRLTE FOUNDATION AT70NINATED)DIRECTIONAL 1AND ELECTRICAL _1 O GRADE (4 PLACES) GRADE (4 PLACES) INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. F3 a 1 1 a IS 4"x 4"x 3116" 0 O O IS 4"z 4"•3/16" O6 DEE LED PRICE �^R SIGN FURNISHED BY DINNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER. O > >- Z NON-SHRINK HIGH NON-SHRINK HIGH FINISHED ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. V.z Z W O p4 e' STRENGTH GROUT p5 STRENGTH GROUT GRADE 07 "PILOT"CANOPY LOGO FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CANOPY SUPPLIER. 3 IQ le I,, ®U�SIGW MECTIONA�SIGNS p�/�� NA pg "PILOT"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED Z V o z SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" DIRE /I IO �SMS 21 BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Q Q SCALE: 3/8" = 1'—O" Z I— N � him 3/8" = 1'-0" 09 "WELCOME"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER, Iw CD CORE DRILL 4°0 HOLE INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Q SET U-CHANNEL POSTS PLUMB W ® ® Q WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT. 10 "WELCOME DRIVERS"(INTERNALLY ILLU uMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY to N 8'-9 3/4° 2'-7 7/e' 2'_fi^ OWNER, INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. + 40 CL OF SIGN AND CANOPY 11 "ARBY'S'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED) BUILDING SIGN ELI NISHED AND INSTALLED BY LL Ii SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 12 "ARBY'S'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY 0 D�� D22 SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. \ D L5u LSI�r 13 °ARBY SU'U (INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED) BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY "�D ® O SIGN PPLIER, ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 14 "HANDICAP PARKING"POLE MOUNTED SIGNS,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY O CONTRACTOR.(SEE CIVIL DETAILS FOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS). 6'J5. 15 RESTAURANT OWNER.RU WINDOW"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN Z FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND COLORS: WHITE ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 9 WHITE 2'-7 5/8° 2'-1 3/16° O RED PMS 186C APPROACH SIDE OF TRUCK CANOPY i6 °DRIVE-THRU CLEARANCE 9 FT.6 IN."SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY c YELLOW PMS# 1235C O6 SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 07 2'-B"X 6'-5"X 6"THICK,SINGLE FACE 17 RESTAURANT PREVIEW BOARD(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)FURNISHED BY OWNER, INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED 0 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED PANAFLEX CANOPY LOGOS. INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY W SQUARE FOOTAGE: 21.56 SF. LIED DESPLAYE ELECTRONIC CONTRACTOR. O F FLANGE IS BLACK 18 RESTAURANT"MENU BOARD(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)AND INTERCOM SYSTEM d CANOE SQUARE FOOTAGE:17.11 S.F. 20'-0' ° R FURNISHED IN OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND V ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, h SCALE: 3 8" = 1'-0" "LES GLFURNISHEOUBY OWNER. NSTALRLEDI BY SI N SUPPLIRN CONCRETEL FOUNDATON ANDA� ELECTRICAL INSTALLED IS CONTRACTOR. Z O1 0° ' ' ��` (`�`%-'/�/J` 20 'PED-RING"SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. M AOW 8"SQUARE SYMBOL OF COMPLIANCE ® 6" Nor ENTER 21 30"x3O"MUTCD COMPLIANT"DO NOT ENTER"SIGN(R5-1),RED CIRCLE WITH WHITE � W SIGN CENTERED ON PARKING SPACE BACKGROUND AND LETTERING. AND MOUNTED TO POLE HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF 22 RV EXIT ONLY R" ) SIGN TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE •` O" (INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED DIRECTIONAL SIGN AND BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 0p 1'-5"x i'-10"REFLECTORIZED SIGN RACEWAY BEHIND 23 "RV EXIT-"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER, CONSTRUCTED OF STEEL AND PORCELAIN WITH MIN. 1"HIGH LETTERS (MOUNT ON AWNING) EN7[EW SIDE A INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY W CONTRACTOR. SQUARE FOOTAGE:8.50 SF. ISO NOT C$IR779911 SIDE B O INDIVIDUAL WHITE LETTERS,INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED, 24 DARK BRONZE ANODIZED CABINET AND RACEWAY "ENTRY/EXIT"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,IN BY W SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. F W UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES Q a NOT DISPLAYING 25 "AUTO/RV-,TRUCK 4"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY G DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS g•_p° fi'-0" OWNER, INSTALLED BY SIGN BY CONTRACTOR.SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL OR LICENSE PLATES ISSUED FINISHED FINISHED FOR PHYSICALLY 1, 26 'AUTO=,RV<_""AUTO/RV ENTRY-(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN GRADE GRADE HANDICAPPED PERSONS MAY FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND E TOWED AWAY AT OWNERLWEL-COME DRIVERS ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 2p 14 EXPENSE.TOWED VEHICLES z7 'PJ FRESH"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED) BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MAY BE RECWMEO AT RACEWAY BEHIND SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. OR BY TELEPHONING_. (MOUNT ON AWNING) SHEET: b�: DOUBLE FACE SIGN 28 SIGN NNABON"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CORE DRILL 4"0 HOLE VIOLATION$ARE SUBJECT TO 10 SQUARE FOOTAGE:ENTER SF. INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SET U-CHANNEL POSTS PLUMB HNE DF�_, IN DARK BRONZE WHITE LETTERS, INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED, SQUARE FOOTAGE 106.67 SF. WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT. DARK BRONZE ANODIZED CABINET AND RACEWAY 29 EXISTING SIGN TO BE RELOCATED. CAT SCALE SIGN 30 'STOP"SIGN,FURNISHED By OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. FREESTANDING SLOWS SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" 03 31 "NO LEFT TURN"REFLECTIVE SIGN,R3-2,30"X 30".FURNISHED BY OWNER, SS3 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 32 'RIGHT TURN ONLY"REFLECTIVE SIGN.R3-5,30'X 36".FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. C 7 DRIVE-THRU.CLEARANCE- 9ft. 6In -� SIGN SUSPENDED ON CHAINS T-3"x 6" UNDERGROUND COMMUNICATION 3 1/2"O.D.PIPE WITH 116 WALL SYSTEM CONDUIT TO SERVICE WINDOW � g-�-�--- -ARBYS MENU BOARD, A36 PLATE FIELD LOCATE WITH Rom! 9"x 9"x 1/2" DIRECTOR OF WSNTRUCTION 3-7/2°OD.PIPE F(L-mq r" _ TS WALL 'f - W T54"x4"x 3/78" H3/4"Y PIPE to (4 PLACES) J IL Q Z p TS 4"x 4"x 3/16" _ LL"lu 0 ul 2'-0" 0 I N07E8 O z w to 01 °PILCT"INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED HIGH RISE SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED J W 0>J v NON-SHRINK HIGH O B,SIGN SUPPLIER:CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.FINAL W n STRENGTH GROUT DRIVE THRU LANE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR a 0 Z CURB 1` 02 °PILOT°INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED MONUMENT SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED Y ANCHOR BOLT 1/2"0, BY SIGN SUPPLIER,CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPUER.FINAL ° 22"LONG W/1/2"NUT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. i ON BOTTOM(4 REO'D) to 03 TRUCK SCALE"INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TRUCK (6)#5 BARS ON 16"0 SCALE SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION BY TRUCK SCALE SUPPLIER,ELECTRICAL PATTERN WI STIRRUPS PROVIDED TO SCALE BY CONTRACTOR. AT 19"O.C.DO NOT WELD 8"CONC.FILLED REBBR BOLLARD ®"AUTO, RV ENTRY'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED LBY 1'-0° OWNER,INSTALLED RA SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL RE.CIVIL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. i6 FACE OF CURBY ®"TRUCK ENTRY/EXIT'(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CLEARAICE WAMIN13 AM DEF LED PRICER SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER. SCALE: 3/8" = 1°-O" ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. i 07 PILOT. CANOPY LOGO FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CANOPY SUPPLIER. MAGNETIC LOOP 08 PILOT°.(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BASE PLATE �-5-4° T *�T=�� BASE PLATE O BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. LOCATION - - LOCATION ®'WELCOME"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER RECOMMENDED 1Y CLEARANCE INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. WING PPNEL II \(�.,_ WING.PIWEL BEIWEEN LOOP AND R-BAR ALL SIDES I� 47.680"mea TO 'WELCOME DRP/ERS"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. '11 "ARBYS°(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER,ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 12 "ARBYS"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 13 "ARBYS°(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY J SIGN SUPPLER.ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 14 "HANDICAP PARKING"POLE MOUNTED SIGNS,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY �1 00 m /��/�/�p C\� BOARD/SPEAKER �Ap o, w�//°�� R�L� CONTRACTOR.(SEE CIVIL DETAILS FOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS). N W [W 'y t/Y 1 WVi-i�GIr� �/�/�'If7D,� f7 LI"11 VV 1 DG 1/'11� 15 CD RESTAURANT"DRIVEER,IN WILLOW"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN z a ® z 1! FURNISHED IN OWNER,INSTALLED TO SIGN SUPPLIER,CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. � er � �®�® INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SCALE: 1/2"= 1'-O" 18 "DRIVE-THRU CLEARANCE 9 FT.6 IN."SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY •• CL - "ARBYS"MENU SIGN SQUARE FOOTAGE OF ACTUAL SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. Z� > W Z SIGNAGE:26 SF. 17 RESTAURANT PREVIEW BOARD(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)FURNISHED BY OWNER, Q Lu O FINISHED CONT�R CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY 9 GRADE (n N C 18 -RESTAURANT"MENU BOARD(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)AND INTERCOM SYSTEM W IL c z FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND w® SID 6" ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CoNTRACTOR. W 19 "THANK YOU/00 NOT ENTER"DIRECTIONAL SIGN(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED) LL Z FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND 18 (4)5/8"0 x 16"X 4" ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, _ CENTERS CHOR BOLTS ON 6" 20 "PED-XING"SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. GC TO PROVIDE SINGLE FINISHED CONDUIT FROM MAIN MENU GD 3O"x30"MUTCD COMPLIANT"DO NOT ENTER"SIGN(R5-1),RED CIRCLE WITH WHITE GRADE BOARD TO PREVIEW MENU BOARD BACKGROUND AND,LETTERING. CONCRETE PAD FOR 0"RV EXR ONLY 11"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY MENU PREVIEW BOARD OWNER,INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL • INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FLUSH TO I- ABOVE GRADE O"RV EXIT-"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER, I MENU PREVIEW BOARD INSTALLED BY SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY (4) 5 BARS TO BE CENTERED ON - CONTRACTOR. VERTICAL W/#3 CONCRETE PAD,FURNISHED TIES AT 8"D.C. BY PILOT,INSTALLED BY GO 24 "ENTRY/Exrr(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY ? CONCRETE FOUNDATION FOR - SIGN SUPPLIER CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. R MENU BOARD IrO x 36°DEEP 26 "AUTO/RV.,TRUCK 4"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED 13Y SIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND ELECTRICAL r,C,y�q]1 pn A p11/Qp�w yCp INSULLED BY CONTRACTOR. MENU BV/YM S EAKER 28 "AUTO-,RV-°°AUTOI ENTRY"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)DIRECTIONAL SIGN W Q SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BYSIGN SUPPLIER.CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND H ppCE ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 0 a OF CURB 27 "PJ FRESH"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY a U SIGN SUPPLIER ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. N S W Y8 NNABON"(INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED)BUILDING SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN J 0 SIGNSUPPLIER ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. O ONE SIGN 1t`1 Z EXISTING SIGN TO BE RELOCATED. z Z L 3�1/P" J 3'L1/2* � 3� -- ®°stOP"SIGN,FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. LO 3 j 1 I 1 I 1 I 31 "NO LEFT TURN"REFLECTIVE SIGN,R3-2,30°X 30",FURNISHED BY OWNER, RW INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR ®"RIGHT TURN ONLY'REFLECTIVE SIGN.R3-5,30"X 36",FURNISHED BY OWNER, .b ar THAW[YOU , 'ti DO NOT ERreR .b 'n oWve 7NRU. Y IN BY CONTRACTOR. (3) 1/2"0 ANCHOR BOLTS TO BE DRILLED 1-1/2"DEEP p FINISHED FINISHED FINISHED GRADE GRADE GRADE O W BA K FRONT FRONT 91 DOUBLE FACE SINGLE FACE ELEVATION PLAN INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED ARBYS"LETTERS AND HAT ARE RED ARBY'S"LETTERS ARE RED "THANK YOU/00 NOT ENTER"LETTERS "DRIVE THRILL"LETTERS ARE BLACK - ARE BLACK.SIGN FACE IS WHITE SIGN FACE IS WHITE pp�/E��/p/1 A p}1 SQUARE FOOTAGE:6,66 SF. SQUARE FOOTAGE:6.66 SF. rf1Gd E �.J71 D 17 19�A,w' a 75 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-O" SHEET: DFECT SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0° SS4 PROJECT MANUAL FOR CONSTRUCTION OF PILOT TRAVEL CENTER#1103 ARLINGTON,WASHINGTON FOR PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE JANUARY 2018 PILOT TRAVEL CENTER DESIGN DEPARTMENT P.O. Box 10146 5508 LONAS DRIVE KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE 37909 TABLE OF CONTENTS-TRAVEL CENTER REFERENCE MANUAL DIVISION 00 -BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00020 INVITATION TO BID 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00300 FORM OF PROPOSAL 00400 CONTRACTOR'S BID SUMMARY 00401 BID WORKSHEET 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00900 SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS SITE CONSTRUCTION SIGN DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01020 ALLOWANCES 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01030 ALTERNATES 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01040 COORDINATION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01300 SUBMITTALS SUBMITTAL LOG 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01421 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01631 SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01740 WARRANTIES DIVISION 02 - SITEWORK 02050 SITE DEMOLITION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02110 SITE CLEARING 02200 EARTHWORK 02249 STABILIZED SUBGRADE 02282 TERMITE CONTROL 02515 HEAVY DUTY TRUCK ASPHALT PAVING 02516 STANDARD DUTY ASPHALT PAVING 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02666 POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS 02720 STORM SEWER SYSTEMS TABLE OF CONTENTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC PAGE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS-TRAVEL CENTER REFERENCE MANUAL 02730 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS 02810 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02830 VINYL FENCES 02831 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 02900 LANDSCAPING DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 04 -MASONRY 04201 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05 -METALS 05310 STEEL DECK 05400 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS DIVISION 06 -WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07111 COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING 07180 WATER REPELLENTS 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07411 MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS 07540 REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07905 PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 07920 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 -DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08211 LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08800 GLAZING TABLE OF CONTENTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC PAGE 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS-TRAVEL CENTER REFERENCE MANUAL DIVISION 09 -FINISHES 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09255 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09310 CERAMIC TILE 09512 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09651 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09900 PAINTING 09950 WALL COVERING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10425 SIGNS 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 11406 WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS 12510 ROLL-UP FABRIC WINDOW SHADES DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13200 PRODUCT PIPING SYSTEMS 13201 DEF PIPING SYSTEMS DIVISION 14 - (NOT USED) DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL 15000 MECHANICAL GENERAL 15051 MECHANICAL RELATED WORK 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES &EQUIPMENT 15488 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS 15771 ROOFTOP HEATING& COOLING UNITS 15841 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC PAGE 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS-TRAVEL CENTER REFERENCE MANUAL DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL 16100 GENERAL ELECTRICAL 16200 ELECTRICAL POWER SERVICE & GROUNDING 16301 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS 16302 CONDUIT 16303 BOXES 16304 WIRING DEVICES 16305 FLOOR BOXES 16401 PANELBOARDS 16402 SAFETY SWITCHES 16403 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMER FOR 120-VOLTS 16501 LIGHTING FIXTURES 16502 LIGHTING CONTROL 16503 EXIT SIGNS 16504 FLUORESCENT LIGHT EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 16600 COMMMUNICATIONS FACILITY END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC PAGE 4 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 SECTION 00020-INVITATION TO BID Sealed proposals for Construction of Pilot Travel Center#1103 Arlington,WA for PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC,on 2430 STATE ROUTE 530 NE ARLINGTON,WASHINGTON 98223,will be received at the Construction Office of Pilot Travel Centers,5508 Lonas Drive,Knoxville,Tennessee 37909,until 2:00 PM EST on MARCH 26,2018. Contractors submitting bids via the Postal Service or other carrier shall have their bids postmarked no later than 12:00 PM(midnight)EST two calendar days prior to the above date. Contractors submitting open bids via FAX(865-297-1756)shall have completed the FAX transmission by the above mentioned bid date and time. Proposals received after this time will be returned to the Bidders unopened. Bids received from uninvited General Contractors will be returned unopened. Upon receipt of all qualified bids,PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC shall open all bids and review promptly. Contractors'attendance at the bid opening is neither required nor encouraged. Invited Contractors shall receive three(3)complete sets of the Construction Drawings and one(1)complete copy of this Project Manual from the Architect for bidding purposes. It is requested that all unsuccessful bidders shall dispose of all documents after the bid has been awarded. Subcontractors,vendors,and/or others desiring to obtain bid documents may do so by contacting ACS Printshop at (865)675-3020 and ordering them independently. Whoever orders these prints will be responsible for the costs of printing plus the cost of overnight shipping. These costs are not refundable. All bidders must be licensed Contractors,in good standing,as required by the state where the construction is to occur and shall submit proof thereof with their bids. The bidder's name,license number and expiration date must be placed on the envelope containing the Contractor's bid,and the envelope shall be clearly marked"Proposal for Construction of Pilot Travel Center#1103- ARLINGTON,WASHINGTON,otherwise the proposal will not be opened. No bidder will be permitted to withdraw or modify his bid within 60 days after the date of opening of bids. It is the Owner's intention to award the contract to one Contractor with the lowest and combined best bid. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informality therein. A pre-bid conference will be held at the site. All contractors are encouraged to attend. END OF SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00020- 1 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 INVITATION TO BID PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00020-2 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/05 SECTION 00100-INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART I-GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,A.I.A.Document A201, are applicable to the Instructions to Bidders. B. Bidding documents include the Invitation to Bid,Instructions to Bidders,Contractor's Proposal Form and the proposed Contract Documents including any Addenda issued prior to the receipt of bids. C. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the bidding documents,including Drawings and Specifications,by additions,deletions, clarifications and corrections. Addenda will become part of the Contract Documents when the Construction Contract is executed. 1.02 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION A. Each bidder,by submission of his bid,represents that he has visited the site and familiarized himself with local conditions under which the work is to be performed. 1.03 BIDDING PROCEDURES A. All bids must be prepared in the format provided in these specifications and submitted in accordance with the Invitation to Bid. B. Unless otherwise directed by any supplement to these Instructions to Bidders,no bidder shall modify, withdraw or cancel his bid or any part thereof for sixty(60)days after the time designated for the receipt of bids in the Invitation to Bid. C. Prior to receipt of bids,Addenda will be mailed or delivered to each person or firm recorded by the Architect as having received bidding documents. Addenda issued after receipt of the bids will be mailed or delivered only to the selected bidder. 1.04 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Each bidder shall examine the bidding documents carefully,and,not,later than seven days prior to the date for receipt of bids, shall make written request to the Architect for interpretation or correction of any ambiguity,inconsistency,or error therein which he may discover. Any interpretation or correction will be issued as an addendum by the Architect. Only a written interpretation or correction by addendum shall be binding. No bidder shall rely upon any interpretation or correction given by another method. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Each bidder represents that his bid is based upon the materials and equipment described in the bidding documents. B. No substitutions will be considered unless written request has been submitted by the Contractor to the Architect for approval at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of bids. Each such request shall include a complete description of the proposed substitutions,the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted,drawings,cuts,samples,performance and test data,and any other data or information necessary for a complete evaluation. Requests for substitutions accompanied by insufficient data will not be considered. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00100-1 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/05 C. If the Architect approves any proposed substitutions,such approval shall be set forth in an Addendum. 1.06 REJECTION OF BIDS A. The bidder acknowledges the right of the Owner to reject any and all bids and to waive any informality or irregularity in any bid received. In addition,the bidder recognizes the right of the Owner to reject a bid if the bidder fails to furnish any required bid security,or to submit the data required by the bidding documents, or if the bid is in any way incomplete or irregular. 1.07 SUBMISSION OF POST-BID INFORMATION A. Upon request by the Architect,the selected bidder shall,within seven days thereafter,submit the following: 1. A designation of the work to be performed by the bidder with his own forces. 2. A schedule of values for the work to be performed. 3. A list of names and contract prices of the subcontractors or other persons or firms(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)proposed for such portions of the work as may be designated in the bidding documents or,if no portions are so designated,the names and contract prices of the subcontractors proposed for the principal portion of the work. B. The bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the proposed subcontractors to furnish and perform the work described in the sections of the specifications pertaining to such proposed contractor's respective trades. C. Prior to the award of the contract,the Architect will notify the bidder in writing if either the Owner or the Architect has a reasonable and substantial objection to any person or organization on such list,and refuses in writing to accept such person or organization. D. The bidder may,at his option,withdraw his bid without forfeiture of bid security,notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the third paragraph of Bidding Procedures above. E. The Owner retains the right to accept or reject any subcontractor,person or organization based upon contract sum and/or previous work experience with the Owner. F. If the bidder submits an acceptable substitute with an increase/decrease in his bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution,the Owner may,at his discretion,accept the increase/decrease or he may disqualify the bidder. G. Subcontractors and other persons or organizations proposed by the bidder and accepted by the Owner and Architect must be used on the work for which they were proposed and accepted and shall not be changed except with the written approval of the Owner and the Architect. 1.08 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND A. The Owner shall have the right,prior to the execution of the Contract,to require the bidder to furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising therefrom in such from and amounts as the Owner may prescribe and with such sureties secured through the bidder's usual sources as may be agreeable to the parties. B. If such bonds are stipulated in the bidding documents,the premiums shall be paid by the bidder,if required, subsequent to the submission of bids,the cost shall be reimbursed by the Owner. The bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than the date of the execution of the Contract,or if the work is commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent,the bidder shall,prior to commencement of the work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be issued. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00100-2 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/05 C. Performance Bond and Payment Bond will be written on A.I.A.Document A312,December 1997 edition,as issued by the American Institute of Architects. 1.09 CONTRACT FORM A. At the discretion of the Owner,the Contract between the Owner and any bidder will be written on either the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,A.I.A.Document Al01,2007 edition,as issued by the American Institute of Architects,or by Pilot Corporation Purchase Order. 1.10 TIME FOR COMPLETION A. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Owner and the Contractor that the date of beginning and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this Contract. It is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this Contract shall commence immediately upon receipt of notice to proceed. B. The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly and diligently,at a rate of progress that will ensure full completion of construction within the schedule defined by the contract. If the work is behind schedule at any time,the Contractor agrees to work overtime,increase crew sizes or add shifts to bring the work back on schedule at no additional cost to the Owner. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the time allocated for the completion of the work is reasonable for the completion of the work. No time extensions shall be issued due to inclement weather. 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT AND PROJECT MANAGER A. As part of the Contractor's bid,the Contractor shall supply names and resumes of intended Project Superintendent and Project Manager. END OF SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00100-3 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/05 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00100-4 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 SECTION 00300-FORM OF PROPOSAL (This form shall be copied by the Contractor onto his own letterhead.) CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL FORM FOR PILOT TRAVEL CENTER#1103 ARLINGTON,WASHINGTON FOR PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS L.L.C. KNOXVILLE,TENNESSEE (Date) Ms.Kristi Snyder PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC. 5508 Lonas Drive Knoxville,Tennessee 37909 Ms. Snyder: We propose to furnish all labor,materials,equipment and services necessary for and incidental to construction of the subject project in accordance with the Drawings and Project Manual prepared by Pilot Travel Center's Design Department,including all Addenda thereto for the following sum: ($ ), which amount is identified as the Base Bid. TIME If selected,we agree to complete all work within the schedule defined by the contract. CHANGES IN THE WORK Changes in the work which change the cost of the whole work, and which are ordered by Change Order, will be executed on the basis of the actual cost plus a mark-up for profit and overhead of %for work performed by the undersigned and of %for work performed by subcontractors. ALLOWANCES Allowance No. 1: Include the sum of$20,000 for landscaping work as specified in Section 2900,Landscaping Work. The top soil is to be furnished and installed by General Contractor. The allowance for this work shall be included in the Contractor's bid and shall not include related work or items specified elsewhere in the Drawings or Specifications. FORM OF PROPOSAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00300- 1 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: If accepted,this alternate would delete the requirement for the Contractor to provide Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bonds for the project. B. Alternate No. 2: If accepted, this alternate would substitute cast-in-place concrete in lieu of concrete block in the building foundation per alternate detail on Drawing S 1. C. Alternate No. 3: If accepted,this alternate would substitute both Heavy Duty Truck and Light Duty Auto Concrete pavement in lieu of asphalt pavement per alternate detail on Drawing C5.0. D. Alternate No.4: If accepted,this alternate would provide Cement Stabilization at both Heavy Duty Truck and Light Duty Auto pavement areas. E. Alternate No. 5: If accepted,this alternate would provide Geogrid per Spec Section 02249 at both Heavy Duty Truck and Light Duty Auto pavement areas. F. Alternate No. 6: If accepted, this alternate would provide Geotextile per Spec Section 02249 at both Heavy Duty Truck and Light Duty Auto pavement areas. FORM OF PROPOSAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00300-2 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 PRE-NEGOTIATED NATIONAL PURCHASING A. Pilot has negotiated national account pricing for the following categories: 1. HVAC: American Standard, Contact:John Pence,865-546-2876 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Haines,Jones&Cadbury Contact: Sherry Russell,479-756-8989 x15933 3. Lighting Fixtures: FSA/Graybar Contact:FSA-John Myshrall, 865-546-8778 x102;Graybar-Mark Bradley, 865-546-7550 4. Electrical Switchgear&Equip: Graybar Contact:Mark Bradley, 865-546-7550 Including: a) All panel boards including yard storage and exterior signs with all breakers and shunt-trips. b) All load centers with all breakers and shunt-trips. c) Step-down transformer and lug kit. d) Heavy duty"B"stops for fuel system. Not Including: a) C.T. Cabinet b) Safety Switches c) Miscellaneous equipment disconnects 5. Plastic Laminate Doors,HM Frames and Hardware: Universal: Mark Harrison,901-458-588lxI04 6. Display Wall: Nelco: Kenny Janes,502-582-1950 7. Window Shades: Inside Outfitters,Inc: Stephen Jaszek,800-742-3372 8. Paneling: Marlite: 800-377-1221 Ref:Pilot Order Form 9. Ceramic Tile and Setting Materials: Louisville Tile: 502-452-2317 or 865-675-8453 Purchasing Responsibility: Items 1 —7: Pilot will purchase these items,which will be delivered to the site for Contractor installation. Item 8-9: Contractor shall be required to purchase these items directly from these suppliers. Pilot Travel Centers LLC has already received submittal packages from some of these suppliers and has tentatively scheduled delivery dates. Note: the contractor is responsible for quantity and delivery of the products they purchase directly,as well as receiving,storage,handling and coordination of the Pilot purchased items. Pilot established these relationships with the vendors to: • ensure compliance with required specifications as identified in the Project specification manuals • obtain consistent pricing,with a cost savings • eliminate job delays due to subcontractors waiting for submittal approvals • prevent unauthorized"switching"by subcontractors Pilot's Responsibilities: • submit drawings and specifications to these vendors at approximately the same time the job is being bid to the Contractor. • obtain,review,and distribute submittals from these vendors for each job • issue a purchasing"agreement" for each job to each vendor which authorizes each vendor to bring into their inventory the materials from the approved submittals. This agreement does not authorize the vendor to ship the materials to the job. • supply vendors with Contractor name and contact information • will not guarantee payment of add-on orders that are not the result of an APR Vendor Responsibilities: • will strictly adhere to specification requirements FORM OF PROPOSAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00300-3 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 • will bring into their inventory the approved materials upon receipt of a signed purchasing agreement from Pilot. • will evaluate the credit of Pilot's Contractors to determine credit worthiness for the establishment of accounts, and will notify Pilot when Contractors are going to be refused credit. • will ship materials only after receipt of a Purchase Order from the Contractor. • notify Pilot timely of non-payment by Contractor • Provide clear,complete packing slips for all shipments,which includes reference to PO number and quantities and descriptions of all materials • will not be responsible for shortages or damages not reported within 24 hours of receipt Contractors Responsibilities: • will issue PO's to Pilot designated suppliers at the start of the job. PO's must include desired delivery dates. • receive all deliveries from suppliers • immediately upon receipt of materials inspect for: 1> damages and note damaged items on delivery ticket before signing and accepting delivery. 2> shortage,immediately notify supplier of shortages from either the packing slip or the ordered quantity • file freight damage claims and receive freight damage reimbursements • Contractor may at his discretion,refuse to accept damaged materials,but must immediately notify the supplier • timely pay suppliers invoices • provide secure storage facilities for materials • take ownership in all materials once delivery is accepted • shall not be required to obtain materials subsequently discovered to be missing,from Pilot's designated supplier FORM OF PROPOSAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00300-4 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 Enclosed is the bid guarantee consisting o£ in the sum of: Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda to the Contract Documents: Addendum No. Date Attached is the completed"CONTRACTOR'S BID SUMMARY" and"BID WORKSHEET"for your use in the evaluation of this bid. Respectfully submitted, CONTRACTOR: License Number: Address: By: Title: Signature: PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT: (RESUME ATTACHED) PROJECT MANAGER: (RESUME ATTACHED) MODIFICATIONS END OF SECTION 00300 FORM OF PROPOSAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00300-5 General Conditions $0.00 Note to Bidders: General Conditions are to be included in each line item except for General Contractors Earth Work Erosion Control Storm Water Protection Construction Entrances $0.00 Demolition if applicable) $0.00 Clearing,Stripping,Grading and Topsoil $0.00 Earth Work Subtotal= $0.00 Storm and Utility Systems Roof drains,Canopy drains,island catch basin,oil water separator and tank farm piping $0.00 (separator tank installed by others Water main(including connection within 4 ft of building and at public main $0.00 Storm Sewer $0.00 Sewer main(including connection within 4 ft of building and at public main $0.00 Air and Water Lines(including connection within 4 ft of building) $0.00 Storm and Utility Systems Subtotal= $0.00 Sub Base Stabilization Standard Duty Woven Geotechnical Fabric rice as alternate $0.00 Heavy Duty Woven Geotechnical Fabric rice as alternate $0.00 Standard Duty Non-Woven Geotechnical Fabric rice as alternate $0.00 Heavy Duty Non-Woven Geotechnical Fabric rice as alternate $0.00 Chemical sub $0.00 Sub Base Stabilization Subtotal= $0.00 Asphalt Auto Area Stone Sub Base $0.00 Auto Area Asphalt $0.00 Truck Area Stone Sub Base $0.00 Truck Area Asphalt $0.00 Striping including miscellaneous metal,non-illuminated signs,curb stops $0.00 Asphalt Subtotal= $0.00 Landscaping Plantings $0.00 Irrigation $0.00 Landscaping Subtotal= $0.00 Site Concrete Stone Base $0.00 Canopy Foundations $0.00 Auto Fuel Islands and Lanes $0.00 RV Fuel Islands and Lanes $0.00 Truck Fuel Islands and Lanes $0.00 Auto Fuel Tank Pad $0.00 Truck Fuel Tank Pad and Drop Area $0.00 Standard Duty Curb $0.00 Heavv Duty Curb $0.00 Drive Thru if applicable) $0.00 Sidewalks $0.00 Parking Aprons $0.00 Pipe Bollards $0.00 Perimeter Li ht Pole Bases $0.00 High Mast Light pole bases if applicable) $0.00 Site Concrete Subtotal= $0.00 Fencing Dum ster Enclosure Fence and Gates $0.00 Site Chain Link Fencing $0.00 Drive Thru Vinyl Fence if applicable) $0.00 Fencing Subtotal= $0.00 Site Work Total= $0.00 Offsite Work Road Improvements -04-003-01602 $0.00 Traffic Signal Installation -04-003-01603 $0.00 Sanitary Sewer Extension -04-003-01601 $0.00 Water Main Extension -04-003-01601 $0.00 Natural Gas Extension(-04-003-01601) $0.00 Offsite Work Total= $0.00 Fuel System Installation Tank and Line Removal or Abandonment if applicable) $0.00 Tank Placement and Back Fill $0.00 Excavation Shoring rice as alternate $0.00 Provide/Install Complete Piping System and Equipment Installation $0.00 Fuel Related Electrical Install rice as alternate $0.00 Veeder Root Installation $0.00 Fuel System Installation Total= $0.00 Building Construction Building Concrete Travel Center Foundations and Stem wall $0.00 Stone Base $0.00 Travel Center Floor Slab $0.00 Yard Storage Building Foundations and Stem wall $0.00 Yard Storage Building/Trash Enclosure Slab $0.00 Building Concrete Subtotal= $0.00 Framing and Finishes Structural Steel $0.00 Exterior Framing,Trusses and Exterior Sheathing $0.00 Interior Framing and wood blocking $0.00 Insulation $0.00 Sheetrock and Finishing $0.00 Finish Carpentry $0.00 Doors and Hardware $0.00 Casework Equipment and Accessories Install $0.00 Framing and Finishes Subtotal= $0.00 Roofing and Metal Coping(EPDM and metal roof assemblies) Metal Roof Assemblies $0.00 EPDM Roof Installation $0.00 Roofing Subtotal= $0.00 Exterior Finishes Stucco(including light pole bases) $0.00 Stone $0.00 Exterior Finishes Subtotal= $0.00 Aluminum Storefronts and Entrances Aluminum Storefront Subtotal= $0.00 Interior Finishes Tile $0.00 Paint $0.00 Interior Finishes Subtotal= $0.00 Plumbing Building plumbing and gass stem $0.00 includes water,sanitary,air and roof drains to 4f outside of building) $0.00 Provide and Install Underground Grease Trap if applicable) $0.00 Site air and water lines as indicated rice as alternate $0.00 Plumbing Subtotal= $0.00 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning RTU Ductwork and Controls Installation $0.00 Exhaust Hood Installation $0.00 Ansul System $0.00 HVAC Subtotal= $0.00 Fire Suppression Fire Sprinkler System $0.00 Fire Suppression Subtotal= $0.00 Electrical Temporary Electrical for building and temp office $0.00 Building Electrical $0.00 Site Electrical(including electrical and communication mains $0.00 Fire Alarm System $0.00 Fuel System Electrical $0.00 Electrical Subtotal= $0.00 Buildin Total= $0.00 Overhead&Profit GENERAL CONTRACTOR ONLY)= $0.00 Note to Bidders: OH&P is to be included in each line item except for General Contractors PROJECT TOTAL = $0.00 Alt No.1-DELETE Contractor's Payment and Performance Bond $0.00 List Surety Company Insurance Alliance Alt No. 1 Total= $0.00 Alt No.2-Cement Stabilization Auto Area Cement Stabilization $0.00 Truck Area Cement Stabilization $0.00 Alt No.2 Total= $0.00 Alt No.3-Lime Stabilization Auto Area Lime Stabilization $0.00 Truck Area Lime Stabilization $0.00 Alt No.3 Total= $0.00 Alt No.4-GeoGrid Auto Area-Standard Duty $0.00 Truck Area-Heavy Duty $0.00 Alt No.3 Total= $0.00 Alt No.5-Concrete in lieu of Asphalt Auto Area-Provide 6"Concrete Paving in lieu of Asphalt $0.00 Truck Area-Provide 8"Concrete Paving in lieu of Asphalt $0.00 Deduct for Reduced Base Thickness at Concrete Paving $0.00 Alt No.3 Total= $0.00 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/05 SECTION 00700-SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 AIA GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Enclosed,following this page,are the General Conditions,AIA Document A201 (2007 Edition). GENERAL CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00700-1 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/05 GENERAL CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00700-2 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 06/09 SECTION 00800-SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 AIA GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Where any provision of the General Conditions,AIA Document A201 (2007 Edition),is amended hereby,such provision shall remain in effect,as amended. Provisions of General Conditions which are voided or superseded by these Supplementary Conditions shall be inapplicable. 1.02 EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INTENT A. Section 1.2 of the General Conditions is amended by the addition of the following: In case of discrepancies and/or conflicts between the Contracts Documents,precedence of the various documents shall be as follows: 1. The Owner/Contractor Agreement as executed. 2. The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 3. The detailed specifications. 4. Figured dimensions on the Drawings. 5. Large scale details on the Drawings over smaller scale details of the same area. Discrepancies and/or conflicts shall be submitted in writing to the Architect or Owner's Representative for clarification before the Contractor's bid is submitted. This should be done at least seven(7)days prior to the opening of bids so that an addendum may be issued if necessary. Should discrepancies and/or conflicts be discovered after the work has commenced,the Contractor shall report same to the Owner's Representative immediately and no work connected with the discrepancies and/or conflicts shall be undertaken;or,if such work is underway,it shall be stopped immediately until the Contractor and the Owner's Representative agree on the clarification thereof. If there is any conflict within or between any of the Contract Documents involving the quality or quantity of work required,it is the intention of the Contract that the work of highest quality and greatest quantity shown or specified be provided. Whether or not the word"all"is used in the Drawings and Specifications,coverage is intended to be complete except where partial coverage is specifically or expressly indicated. In all cases where an item is referred to in the singular number,it is intended that the reference shall apply to as many such items as are required to complete the work. 1.03 COPIES FURNISHED AND OWNERSHIP A. Section 1.5 of the General Conditions is amended by addition of the following: 1.5.1 The Contractor will be furnished 15 sets of the drawings and 3 sets of the specifications. 1.04 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK A. Section 2.4.1 of the General Conditions is deleted and the following is substituted in lieu thereof: If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a twenty-four hour period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies,including compensation for the Architect's or Owner's Representative's SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00800-1 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 06/09 additional services and expenses made necessary by such default,neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval from the Architect or Owner's Representative. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 1.05 LABOR AND MATERIALS A. Section 3.4 of the General Conditions is amended by the addition of the following: 3.4.4 All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their respective trades. The standard of the work required throughout shall be of such grade as will render results of the first class only. 3.4.5 Materials and/or workmanship not in compliance with the drawings and specifications or improperly installed shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with no charge to the Contract Price or other cost to the Owner. 3.4.6 When a material,equipment,or a system is specified or approved by an addendum and one or more manufacturers specifically named,such item shall become an essential element of the Contract. If the Contractor desires to use another such item in lieu thereof,he shall request approval in writing and shall submit samples and data as required for the Architect's consideration. The Architect will be the final judge of the acceptability of the substitution. Substitution shall not be made without the authority of the Architect. 3.4.7 By making request for substitution in compliance with paragraph 3.4.5 above,the Contractor: 1. Represents that he has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified; 2. Represents that he will provide the same warranty for the substitute as for the item specified; 3. Certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs,including redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional cost related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent; 4. Will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 1.06 PERMITS,FEES AND NOTICES A. Section 3.7 of the General Conditions is amended by addition of the following: 3.7.6 Pilot Corporation's Construction Office shall secure and pay for all fees relating to the issuance of Building Permits required to commence construction of the project. 3.7.7 The Contractor shall pay all highway fees and for all damages to sidewalks,streets,and other public property,and to any public utility. 3.7.8 Each individual Contractor or sub-contractor shall be responsible for securing and paying any fees that relate directly to their work;including but not limited to,highway fees,dump fees,site inspections not included in the cost of the building permit,and testing fees,other than soils and concrete,required by either the local building authority or by this project manual to assure proper compliance with regulations. 3.7.9 The Contractor shall pay all fees for soils and concrete re-testing. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00800-2 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 06/09 3.7.10 Contractor shall secure all certificates of inspection and of occupancy which maybe required by authorities having jurisdiction over the work. These shall be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the Work within Contract Time. 3.7.11 The owner shall secure,and pay for,the permanent water service tap fee and cost of the water meter from the utility provider. The Contractor is responsible for coordination and/or installation of the tap and setting of the meter. 1.07 INDEMNIFICATION A. Section 3.18 of the General Conditions is amended by addition of: 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Section 3.18 shall be specifically extended to include all claims,demands,losses and expenses,including attorney's fees,arising out of or relating to construction means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures,safety precautions and programs of the Contractor in connection with the work and/or the Contractor's failure to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract Documents,federal,state or local requirements,or to maintain safe construction procedures,notwithstanding the Owner's Representative on-site observations of such. 1.08 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. Section 4.2 of the General Conditions is amended by changing all references of"Architect"to"Architect or Owner's Representative." 1.09 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES A. Section 4.3.7.2 of the General Conditions is deleted and the following substituted in lieu thereof: 4.3.7.2 Notwithstanding the wording of Section 8.3.1 of the General Conditions,there shall be no time extensions given based upon weather related conditions. 1.10 MEDIATION A. Section 15.3 of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following language: 15.3 If either party breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement,other duties or obligations under this Agreement and is so notified in writing by the other party,the parties shall meet in Knoxville, Tennessee immediately through designated representatives to address appropriate resolution of any disputes. PTC hereby appoints William Mulligan and Contractor hereby appoints as its respective designated representatives with regard to any dispute or breach arising under this Contract. If the defaulting party does not act accordingly to cure such breach or if the parties are unable to resolve their disputes,the parties may pursue any and all legal remedy available to it at law or in equity. 1.11 WAIVER OF A JURY TRIAL A. Section 15.4 of the General Conditions shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following language: 15.4 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY(WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00800-3 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 06/09 15.4 Attorney In the event that either party shall engage an attorney to enforce,protect,or preserve any rights it might have under this Agreement,the prevailing party in such suit shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees (including associated costs) in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled. 1.12 CHANGES A. Section 7.1 of the General Conditions is amended by substitution of the following: 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner's Representative,Contractor and Architect;a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the work may be issued by the Architect or the Owner's Representative. 1.13 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Section 7.3 of the General Conditions is amended by substitution of the following: 7.3.9 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner,amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Owner's Representative. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowances for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. The increase allowed for Contractor's overhead and profit shall not exceed ten(10)percent. 1.14 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Section 7.4 of the General Conditions is amended by substitution of the following: 7.4 The Architect or Owner's Representative will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. 1.15 TIME A. Section 8.3 of the General Conditions is deleted and the following is substituted in lieu thereof: 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed,disrupted or otherwise interfered with,from time to time of at any time in the progress of the Work,by any act or neglect of the Owner,Owner's Representative or the Architect, or by any employee of either,or by separate contractor employed by the Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work,or by labor disputes,unavoidable casualties,or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, then the Contract Time will be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect or Owner's Representative may determine. 8.3.2 Neither the Owner,the Owner's Representative,nor the Architect shall be obligated or liable to the Contractor for any damages,costs or expenses of any nature which the Contractor,it's subcontractors or sub-subcontractors of any other person may incur as a result of any disruption or delay from any cause, regardless of the actual source of the delay,whether avoidable or unavoidable,it being understood and agreed that the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy in such event shall be an extension of the Contract Time,but only in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00800-4 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 06/09 8.3.3 Any claim for extension of time pursuant to Subsections 8.3.1 and 8.3.2 shall be made in writing to the Owner's Representative nor more than five(5)days after commencement of the delay. Otherwise such claims shall be waived. The Contractor shall provide and estimate of the probable effect of each delay on the progress of work. 8.3.4 There shall be no time extensions given based upon weather related conditions. 8.4 Time is of the essence in completing the Work. The schedule for completing the entire project is defined by the contract. 1.16 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. Article 9 of the General Conditions is amended by changing all references of "Architect"to"Owner's Representative". 1.17 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Section 10.2 of the General Conditions is amended by changing all references of"Architect"to"Owner's Representative". B. Section 10.2.2 of the General Conditions is amended by addition of the following: The Contractor shall inform the Owner in writing immediately after each site visit of OSHA(Occupational Safety and Health Administration). The written report shall list all findings,violations,corrections and fines. C. Subcontractors will provide Material Safety Data Sheets as required by OSHA. Any fines resulting from subcontractor violations will be paid by the violating subcontractor. 1.18 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Article 11.1 of the General Conditions is amended by substitution of the following: 11.1.1 Before commencing any work,the Contractor shall procure and maintain at his own expense until completion and final acceptance of the work at least the following insurance: 11.1.1.1 Worker's Compensation providing statutory benefits as set forth by law of the state in which the project is located and Employer's Liability Insurance with the limit of$100,000,covering each and every worker employed in connection with the work under the Contract as provided for in each and every statute applicable to Worker's Compensation. Special attention should be given to exposures relative to: (1) Other States (2) Voluntary Compensation (3) Work performed in states where monopolistic state funds exist (4) Domestic and Agricultural Employees (5) Employment of under-age persons (6) Foreign compensation (7) U.S. longshoremen and harbor workers (8) Defense Base Acts (9) Extended benefits which otherwise may be available under Worker's Compensation 11.1.1.2 Comprehensive General Liability Insurance covering work under the Contract with at least the following limits of liability: (1)Bodily Injury each occurrence $1,000,000 aggregate $1,000,000 (2)Property Damage each occurrence $1,000,000 aggregate $1,000,000 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00800-5 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 06/09 or (3)Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined Single Limit each occurrence $1,000,000 aggregate $1,000,000 a. This insurance should include coverage for: (1) Comprehensive Form (2) Premises-Operations (3) Explosion&Collapse Damage (4) Underground Hazard (5) Products-Completed Operations(to be maintained for ONE YEAR after final payment) (6) Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Endorsement (7) Independent Contractors b. The following sections of the Comprehensive General Liability Policy Contract should be furnished: (1) Declaration page (2) Policy jacket (3) Policy Coverage Part(Schedule of Hazards) 11.1.1.3 Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with at least the following limits of liability: Bodily Injury Liability each person $ 500,000 each occurrence $1,000,000 Property Damage Liability each occurrence $ 250,000 or Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined Single Limit each occurrence $1,000,000 This insurance will apply to all owned,non-owned and/or hired automobiles to be used by the Contractor in the furtherance of the Work. 11.1.1.4 The Contractor shall provide,at his own expense,for all insurance issued in the name of the Contractor that the Owner be named as additional insured. 11.1.1.5 If an exposure exists,Aircraft Liability(owned and non-owned)and Watercraft Liability(owned and non-owned),with limits approved by the Owner and the Architect shall be provided. 11.1.2 The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of the insurance referred to in Paragraphs 11.1.1.1 through 11.1.1.4 above,which shall stipulate that the Owner be given written notice 30 days prior to cancellation or to material changes in the insurance or policy renewal. 11.1.3 Certificate of Insurance must be provided to Owner prior to start of work. 1.19 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Section 11.2.1 of the General Conditions is deleted and the following is substituted in lieu thereof: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00800-6 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 06/09 11.2 Prior to commencing the Work,the Contractor shall procure and maintain,at his own expense until completion and final acceptance of the Work,Owner's Protective Liability Insurance with the same limits as the Contractor's Comprehensive Liability Insurance. Such insurance shall be issued in the name of the Owner with the Contractor and the Owner's Professional consultants named as additional insured. The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of insurance which shall stipulate that the Owner be given written notice 30 days prior to cancellation or to material changes in the insurance or policy renewal. 1.20 PROPERTY INSURANCE(BUILDER'S RISK) A. Sections 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 of the General Conditions are amended as follows: 1. The Owner will provide the insurance specified in Section 11.3.1 and,if applicable,that specified in Section 11.3.2,during the entire period of construction until final completion. 1.21 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND A. Section 11.4 of the General Conditions is amended by addition of the following: 11.4.3 The Contractor shall furnish bonds,each in the Contract Sum for the construction covering(a)the faithful performance of the Contract,and(b)the payment of all labor and material costs,in the form of AIA Document A312 or in such form as may be prescribed by the owner. The premium for such bonds shall be paid by the Contractor. 11.4.4 The bonds shall be written by a corporate surety acceptable to the Owner and licensed to transact business in the state in which the project is located. Such bonds shall contain dual obligee riders if required by the Owner. 11.4.5 The bonds shall be delivered to the Owner with the executed Construction Contract. Delivery of such bonds and approval of same by the Owner shall be a condition precedent to the contract for construction and delivery by the Owner of the Notice to Proceed order. 1.22 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK A. Article 12 of the General Conditions is amended by changing all references of"Architect"to"Architect or Owner's Representative." 1.23 UNSATISFACTORY SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS A. Add Section 12.4-Unsatisfactory Conditions,as follows: 12.4.1 In excavating for the improvements, should the Contractor(or his subcontractors)encounter any unsatisfactory subsurface conditions such as soft spots,caves,rock out-croppings,or other unsatisfactory building conditions which could constitute justification for additional compensation from the Owner under the Construction Contract,the Contractor shall immediately report to the Owner's Representative in writing,specifying in particularity such unsatisfactory subsurface conditions and seek counsel regarding handling of such conditions. 12.4.2 After the manner and method of correcting such unsatisfactory subsurface conditions have been determined by the Contractor and the Owner's Representative and such determination has been approved by the Owner,the Contractor shall proceed to implement the Owner's Representative's instructions regarding the further construction of the Work as the same may be affected thereby. Subject to the provisions hereof and of DIVISION 02 of the Specifications, should the Owner's Representative's instructions involve a change in the quantity of Work called for by the Drawings and/or Specifications, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00800-7 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 06/09 The Contract Sum,as stated in the Construction contract shall be equitably adjusted through appropriate Change Order as provided for in Article 7 of the General Conditions. 1.24 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES A. Section 13.4 of the General Conditions is amended by substitution of the following: 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Owner's Representative,Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiesce in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 1.25 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Section 13.5 of the General Conditions is amended by changing all references of "Architect"to"Owner's Representative." 1.26 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE A. Section 14.2 of the General Conditions is amended by substitution of the following: 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Owner's Representative that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if any,forty-eight(48)hours written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor,subject to any prior rights of the surety. 1.27 SELECTION OF INITIAL DECISION MAKER A. Section 15.2.1 of the General Conditions is amended by naming the Owner's Representative as the Initial Decision Maker. All references in the General Conditions to the Initial Decision Maker will refer to the Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00800-8 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 SECTION 00900-SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS PART I-GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The following special or unusual provisions,as described herein,shall be considered in the Base Bid Contract: 1. Site Construction Sign 2. Weekly digital site and construction photos 3. Office trailer for Owner's use 4. List of local contacts 5. Final Cleaning 6. Erection of flags and banners 7. Staff on duty during various project phases 8. Flushing of interceptor/oil-water separator/storm sewer systems 9. Contractor's responsibility at auto diesel island canopies 10. Coordination of test for vapor recovery line 11. Work under other contracts 12. Work schedule 13. Contractor's use of premises 14. Occupancy requirements 15. Owner furnished products 16. Pre-negotiated national purchasing 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings,GENERAL CONDITIONS,and the Sections of DIVISION 01 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,apply to this Section. 1.03 SITE CONSTRUCTION SIGN A. Contractor shall provide a painted site construction sign as shown on the drawing following this specification section. B. Coordinate the location of the construction sign with the Pilot construction representative. 1.04 WEEKLY DIGITAL SITE AND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOS A. The Contractor shall photograph the construction process each Friday using a digital camera. These photos shall be e-mailed to Patrick Deptula,Director of Construction and Design at Patrick.Deptula anpilottravelcenters.com and Ross.Shaver@pilottravelcenters.com and each Friday from the start of the site work to the completion of the project. 1.05 OFFICE TRAILER FOR OWNER'S USE A. Two months before the scheduled opening of the facility the Contractor shall rent,deliver and install a temporary office trailer for the Owner's use in interviewing potential employees. The trailer shall be located so as to provide easy access and safety for interviewees coming on site during construction,and so as not to impede the Contractor's completion of the project. B. The trailer shall be equipped with office furniture,power,air-conditioning and heating and telephone connections for 2 phone lines and a separate fax line. Temporary connections for these services will be provided by the appropriate sub-contractor. SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00900-1 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 C. The trailer,and its effects on the site, are to be removed from the project at least 48 hours prior to opening. 1.06 LIST OF LOCAL CONTACTS A. At least two weeks prior to opening,the Contractor shall provide the Owner's Construction Manager and Store Manager with a list of local contacts(company,representatives,phone numbers)to be used for either warrantee or maintenance items which may occur after the opening or after the Contractor has left the site. One week prior to opening,these contacts are to visit the site,meet with the Owner's representatives and establish a line of communication. 1.07 FINAL CLEANING A. In addition to the cleaning requirements listed in SECTION 01700-PROJECT CLOSEOUT,the Contractor shall employ a janitorial service to provide total cleaning of the facility in preparation of the scheduled opening. The service will stay on-site during the scheduled opening to provide spot cleaning as directed by the Owner's Construction Manager. 1.08 ERECTION OF FLAGS AND BANNERS A. Immediately prior to opening,the Contractor shall provide the equipment(bucket truck),labor and miscellaneous materials(wood stakes)to install Owner-furnished banners and flags. 1.09 STAFF ON DUTY DURING OPENING A. In addition to the janitorial service personnel required above,the Contractor shall have the following personnel on-site during opening to trouble-shoot possible problems that might arise: The Construction Superintendent Finish Carpenter Plumber Electrician versed in both the building and fuel system operations Fuel system Installer B. The Construction Superintendent shall be on site daily(each consecutive day including weekends)from the point of building turnover to Owner through opening day and each weekday from opening day until punch list is completed. 1.10 FLUSHING OF INERCEPTOR/OIL-WATER SEPARATOR/STORM SEWER SYSTEMS A. Immediately after the installation of oil-water separator and final paving,the Site Sub-contractor responsible for the installation of site drainage and oil-water separator,is to clean all catch basins,flush storm system lines,enter interceptor/oil-water separator and grit chamber remove sand and debris,check baffles and diverters for correct operation,and assure that oil chamber is clean and empty. 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AT AUTO AND DIESEL ISLAND CANOPIES A. Contractor shall provide column footings(as sized by canopy supplier)using anchor bolts provided by canopy supplier. Contractor shall provide for connection and run-off piping of canopy rain leaders. Contractor shall also provide conduits,wiring and electrical connections for canopy down-lighting, "panaflex"fascia,and top mounted flood lights. Contractor shall be responsible for painting auto and diesel canopy columns. SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00900-2 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 1.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SITE SIGNS A. Contractor shall provide installation of all miscellaneous signs including footings(as sized by Sign Supplier)using anchor bolts provided by the Sign Supplier,for all directional signs,and Clearance Warning Arm sign. Contractor shall provide footings,anchor bolts and installation for the exterior menu board and pre-view boards,for locations with a Drive-Thru. The ID Sign,including foundations,will be installed by the Sign Supplier,for ID and directional signs the GC is responsible for the foundations.. All conduits, electrical service,and final electrical connections for all exterior signs to be completed by the contractor. 1.13 COORDINATION OF TEST FOR VAPOR RECOVERY LINE A. Contractor shall coordinate Pilot's testing company to complete a positive displacement test for the Stage I vapor recovery line prior to asphalt and concrete paving installation. 1.14 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. Separate Contracts: The Owner has awarded separate contracts for performance of certain construction operations at the site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract. Those Contracts include the following: 1. Site Signs. 2. Building Signs&Neon: Contractor to rough-in conduit and provide final electrical connections. 3. Canopies at Auto and Diesel Islands. 4. Security Systems. 5. Phone and communications wiring. Contractor to provide conduits with pullstrings. B. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so that work under those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. 1.15 WORK SCHEDULE A. The Contractor agrees to schedule the work as determined by Pilot's Superintendant in a manner that pushes completion of the site work as early as possible,making every effort to complete the exterior work prior to the onset of winter. Completion means all site work except final asphalt topping course. This schedule should be a commitment no to let winter catch up with the work,preventing the project from being completed on time. 1.16 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. General: During the construction period the Contractor shall have full use of the premises for construction operations,including use of the site. The Contractor's use of the premises is limited only the Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of the Project. 1. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner,the Owner's employees,and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. 1.17 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of the building prior to Substantial Completion,provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00900-3 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 1. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from local building officials prior to Owner occupancy. 2. Prior to partial Owner occupancy,mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational. Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed. Upon occupancy,the Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of the building. 3. Upon occupancy,the Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of the building. 1.18 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. The Owner will provide the following items for the Contractor's installation: 1. Aboveground and Underground fuel storage tanks,Interceptor/Oil Water Separators and grit chamber. 2. Product piping items listed on the drawing schedule as being provided by the Owner. 3. Site lighting fixtures and poles,including high mast light,and pole. 4. AST off load pumping station. 5. Veeder-Root Monitoring System: Contractor to install conduits,seal off fittings and j-boxes with pull strings. 6. Air and water stands at diesel islands 7. Water stand at auto side of Marketer building 8. Miscellaneous items at all dispensing islands including,but not limited to,price plaques,column and dispenser decals,towel dispensers,oil can openers,washer basins(mounted on columns). 9. Owner-furnished interior equipment,casework and furnishings shown on drawings. 10. Sales gondolas and display units. 11. All convenience store equipment 12. All restaurant equipment including drive-thru window.(Note: At Wendy's Restaurants Only,the Owner shall set in place all kitchen equipment including front counter. Contractor shall only be responsible for kitchen equipment electrical,gas and plumbing hook-up. Contractor shall be responsible for installation of all hoods and dining room equipment and furniture.) 13. All coolers/freezers,including installation and start-up of refrigeration. Contractor to provide installation of panelized cooler box and placement of pre-fab cooler/freezer. 14. Galvanized steel catch basins at diesel lanes and tank farm. 15. All solid surface materials,i.e.,window sills,vanity and drink bar tops,etc. 16. All toilet and bath accessories. B. Contractor shall provide storage for receiving all Owner supplied equipment at start of work. This may require as many as twelve(12)trailers,nine(9)minimum. An aisle way shall be kept open from front of the trailer to the rear at all times. Equipment shall be stored such that any equipment can be located and identified at any time. C. Contractor shall receive a copy of the Owner's purchase order log and all purchase orders. Contractor shall check all equipment upon delivery matching packing slips to purchase orders and recording deliveries in a log. Forward delivery receipts to Pilot Construction Department clerical staff. D. Contractor shall receive and store Owner-furnished merchandise. This merchandise may require as many as two(2)trailers for storage. E. The work includes providing support systems to receive Owner's equipment,and mechanical and electrical connections. F. Additional requirements regarding Owner-furnished products: 1. The Owner will arrange for and deliver necessary shop drawings,product data,and samples to the Contractor. SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00900-4 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/11 2. The Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items according to the suppliers' earliest available delivery date. 3. Following delivery,the Contractor will inspect items delivered for damage. 4. Contractor shall accept responsibility for all damage,defects and shortages that occur after accepting initial delivery. 5. If Owner-furnished items are damaged,defective,or missing,the Owner will arrange for replacement. 6. The Contractor will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for the delivery of manufacturer's warranties to appropriate Contractor. 7. The Contractor shall review shop drawings,product data,and samples and return them to the Architect noting discrepancies or problems anticipated in use of the product. 8. The Contractor is responsible for receiving,unloading,and handling Owner-furnished merchandise at the site. 9. The Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items from damage,including damage from exposure to the elements. The Contractor shall repair or replace items damaged as a result of his operations. 10. No equipment is to be sent back to Pilot's warehouse at end of project. 1.19 PRE-NEGOTIATED NATIONAL PURCHASING A. Pilot has negotiated national account pricing for the following categories: 1. HVAC: American Standard Contact:Jon Pence, 865-546-2876 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Haines,Jones&Cadbury Contact: Sherry Russell,479-756-8989 Christine McAlexander,479-756-8989 3. Lighting Fixtures: Graybar Contact: Mike Gibson, 865-546-7550 4. Electrical Switchgear&Equip: Graybar Contact: Mike Gibson,865-546-7550 Including• a) All panel boards including yard storage and exterior signs with all breakers and shunt-trips. b) All load centers with all breakers and shunt-trips. c) Step-down transformer and lug kit. d) Heavy duty"E"stops for fuel system. Not Including• a) C.T. Cabinet b) Safety Switches c) Miscellaneous equipmcnt disconnects 5. Plastic Laminate Doors: Universal: Mark Harrison,901-458-588lx104 6. Display Wall: Nelco: Kenny Janes,502-582-1950 7. Window Shades: Inside Outfitters,Inc: Stephen Jaszek,800-742-3372 8. Paneling: Marlite: 800-377-1221 Ref:Pilot Order Form 9. Ceramic Tile and Setting Materials: Louisville Tile: 502-452-2317 or 865-675-8453 Purchasing Responsibility: Items 1 —7: Pilot will purchase these items,which will be delivered to the site for Contractor installation. Item 8-9: Contractor shall be required to purchase these items directly from these suppliers. Pilot Travel Centers LLC has already received submittal packages from some of these suppliers and has tentatively scheduled delivery dates. Note: the contractor is responsible for quantity and delivery of the products they purchase directly,as well as receiving, storage,handling and coordination of the Pilot purchased items. Pilot established these relationships with the vendors to: • ensure compliance with required specifications as identified in the Project specification manuals SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00900-5 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/1 1 • obtain consistent pricing,with a cost savings • eliminate job delays due to subcontractors waiting for submittal approvals • prevent unauthorized"switching"by subcontractors Pilot's Responsibilities: • submit drawings and specifications to these vendors at approximately the same time the job is being bid to General Contractors. • obtain,review,and distribute submittals from these vendors for each job • issue a purchasing"agreement" for each job to each vendor which authorizes each vendor to bring into their inventory the materials from the approved submittals. This agreement does not authorize the vendor to ship the materials to the job. • supply vendors with General Contractors name and contact information upon award of bid. • will not guarantee payment of add-on orders that are not the result of an APR Vendor Responsibilities: • will strictly adhere to specification requirements • will bring into their inventory the approved materials upon receipt of a signed purchasing agreement from Pilot. • will evaluate the credit of Pilot's General Contractors to determine credit worthiness for the establishment of accounts,and will notify Pilot when General Contractors are going to be refused credit. • will ship materials only after receipt of a Purchase Order from the General Contractor. • notify Pilot timely of non-payment by General Contractor • Provide clear,complete packing slips for all shipments,which includes reference to PO number and quantities and descriptions of all materials • will not be responsible for shortages or damages not reported within 24 hours of receipt General Contractors Responsibilities: • will issue PO's to Pilot designated suppliers at the start of the job. PO's must include desired delivery dates. • receive all deliveries from suppliers • immediately upon receipt of materials inspect for: 1> damages and note damaged items on delivery ticket before signing and accepting delivery. 2> shortage,immediately notify supplier of shortages from either the packing slip or the ordered quantity • file freight damage claims and receive freight damage reimbursements • General Contractor may at his discretion,refuse to accept damaged materials,but must immediately notify the supplier • timely pay suppliers invoices • provide secure storage facilities for materials • take ownership in all materials once delivery is accepted • shall not be required to obtain materials subsequently discovered to be missing,from Pilot's designated supplier END OF SECTION 00900 SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 00900-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01020-ALLOWANCES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 1. Selected materials and equipment are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. In some cases,these allowances include installation. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Lump-sum allowances. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 01035 "Modification Procedures" specifies procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders. 2. Section 02900,"Landscaping"specifies products,execution,and maintenance of landscaping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Pilot shall provide Landscape and/or Irrigation Plans to the Contractor for bid prior to commencing any Landscape Work. B. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. C. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show the actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly upon delivery for damage or defects. ALLOWANCES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01020- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. 1: Include the sum of $20,000 for landscaping work as specified in Section 2900, Landscaping Work. The allowance for this work shall be included in the Contractor's bid and shall not include related work or items specified elsewhere in the Drawings or Specifications. END OF SECTION 01020 ALLOWANCES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01020-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01027-APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 1. Schedules: The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule are specified in Division 1 Section"Submittals." 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. B. Coordination: Each prime Contractor shall coordinate preparation of its Schedule of Values for its part of the Work with preparation of the Contractors'Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms,including: a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Application for Payment forms,including Continuation Sheets. C. List of subcontractors. d. Schedule of allowances. e. Schedule of alternates. f. List of products. g. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. h. Schedule of submittals. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest possible date but no later than 7 days before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Applications for Payment. C. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish the format for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project Name and Location. b. Name of the Architect C. Contractor's name and address. d. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01027- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of Work. C. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders(numbers)that affect value. g. Dollar value. 1) Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Break principal subcontract amounts down into several line items. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar;the total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment,purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include requirements for insurance and bonded warehousing,if required. 6. Provide separate line items on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of completion,and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Margins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs and margins on actual costs only when such items are listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include the total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in- place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense,at the Contractor's option. 8. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values prior to the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner. 1. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion,and the final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment-Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the loth day of each month. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following the end of the preceding period and ends 10 days prior to the date for each progress payment. C. Payment-Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and Continuation Sheets G703 as the form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form. Include notarization and execution by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Contractor. The Architect will return incomplete applications without action. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01027 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application. E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall be complete,including waivers of lien and similar attachments,when required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information related to the application,in a manner acceptable to the Architect. F. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment,submit waivers of mechanics liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors and suppliers for the construction period covered by the previous application. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested,prior to deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item,submit final or full waivers. 3. The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with the Contractor's waiver of mechanics lien for the period of construction covered by the application. a. Submit final Applications for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner, acceptable to the Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals, that must precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment,include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 3. Schedule of Values. 4. Contractor's Construction Schedule(preliminary if not final). 5. Schedule of principal products. 6. Schedule of unit prices. 7. Submittal Schedule(preliminary if not final). 8. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 9. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 10. Copies of building permits. 11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for performance of the Work. 12. Initial progress report. 13. Report of preconstruction meeting. 14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 15. Performance and payment bonds. 16. Data needed to acquire the Owner's insurance. 17. Initial settlement survey and damage report,if required. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion,submit an Application for Payment. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01027 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 2. Administrative actions and submittals that shall precede or coincide with this application include: a. Occupancy permits and similar approvals. b. Warranties(guarantees)and maintenance agreements. C. Test/adjust/balance records. d. Maintenance instructions. e. Meter readings. £ Startup performance reports. g. Changeover information related to Owner's occupancy,use,operation,and maintenance. h. Final cleaning. i. Application for reduction of retainage and consent of surety. j. Advice on shifting insurance coverages. k. Final progress photographs. 1. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion. I. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of the final Application for Payment include the following: 1. Completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion. 3. Ensure that unsettled claims will be settled. 4. Ensure that incomplete Work is not accepted and will be completed without undue delay. 5. Transmittal of required Project construction records to the Owner. 6. Certified property survey. 7. Proof that taxes,fees,and similar obligations were paid. 8. Removal of temporary facilities and services. 9. Removal of surplus materials,rubbish,and similar elements. 10. Change of door locks to Owner's access. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01027 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01030-ALTERNATES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed,or in the products,materials,equipment,systems,or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate,miscellaneous devices,accessory objects,and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. B. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract,notify each party involved,in writing,of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted,rejected,or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract. D. Schedule: A"Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the Work described under each alternate. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: If accepted,this alternate would DELETE the requirement for the Contractor to provide Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bonds for the project. B. Alternate No. 2: If accepted,this alternate would provide Cement Stabilization at both Heavy Duty Truck and Light Duty Auto pavement areas. ALTERNATES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01030- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Alternate No. 3: If accepted, this alternate would provide Lime Stabilization at both Heavy Duty Truck and Light Duty Auto pavement areas. D. Alternate No. 4: If accepted,this alternate would provide Geogrid per Spec Section 02249 at both Heavy Duty Truck and Light Duty Auto pavement areas. E. Alternate No. 5: If accepted,this alternate would substitute both Heavy Duty Truck and Light Duty Auto Concrete pavement in lieu of asphalt pavement per alternate detail on Drawing C5.0. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01030-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01035-MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing contract modifications. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Submittals" for requirements for the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section"Applications for Payment" for administrative procedures governing Applications for Payment. 3. Division 1 Section"Product Substitutions" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. The Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work,not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time,on AIA Form G710,Architect's Supplemental Instructions. 1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: The Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that will require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time.If necessary,the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal requests issued by the Architect are for information only. Do not consider them as an instruction either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 7 days of receipt of a proposal request,submit an estimate of cost necessary to execute the change to the Architect for the Owner's review. a. Include a breakdown of quantities for labor,material,equipment and taxes with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested,furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the Work will have on the Contract Time. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: When latent or unforseen conditions require modifications to the Contract,the Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required and unit costs,with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested,furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes,delivery charges,equipment rental,and amounts of trade discounts. MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01035 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 4. Comply with requirements in Section"Product Substitutions" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for a product or system specified. C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Change Order Proposal Requests. 1.5 ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: For allowance-cost adjustment,base each Change Order Proposal on the difference between the actual purchase amount and the allowance,multiplied by the final measurement of work-in-place. Where applicable,include reasonable allowances for cutting losses,tolerances,mixing wastes,normal product imperfections,and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in the purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. When requested,prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate the margins claimed. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents,whether for the purchase order amount or the Contractor's handling,labor, installation,overhead,and profit. Submit claims within 21 days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. The Owner will reject claims submitted later than 21 days. 1. Do not include the Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in Contract Documents. 2. No change to the Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher or lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: When the Owner and the Contractor disagree on the terms of a Proposal Request,the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Form G714. The Construction Change Directive instructs the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of the change in the Work. It also designates the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of the change,submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. 1.7 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Upon the Owner's approval of a Proposal Request,the Contractor will issue a Change Order for signatures of the Owner and the Contractor on AIA Form G701. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01035 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01040-COORDINATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including,but not necessarily limited to,the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Conservation. 3. Coordination Drawings. 4. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 5. Cleaning and protection. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Field Engineering" specifies procedures for field engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 2. Division 1 Section"Project Meetings" for progress meetings,coordination meetings,and preinstallation conferences. 3. Division 1 Section"Submittals"for preparing and submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 4. Division 1 Section"Materials and Equipment" for coordinating general installation. 5. Division 1 Section"Contract Closeout" for coordinating contract closeout. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation,connection,and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components,before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance,service,and repair. 3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities. COORDINATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01040- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy,water,and materials. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of,but not actually incorporated in,the Work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Staff Names: Within 15 days of commencement of construction operations, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments,including the superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the Project Site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers. 1. Post copies of the list in the Project meeting room,the temporary field office,and each temporary telephone. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place,during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress,is subject to harmful,dangerous,damaging,or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable,such exposures include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Excessive static or dynamic loading. 2. Excessive internal or external pressures. 3. Excessively high or low temperatures. 4. Thermal shock. 5. Excessively high or low humidity. 6. Air contamination or pollution. 7. Water or ice. 8. Solvents. 9. Chemicals. 10. Light. 11. Radiation. COORDINATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01040-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 12. Puncture. 13. Abrasion. 14. Heavy traffic. 15. Soiling,staining,and corrosion. 16. Bacteria. 17. Rodent and insect infestation. 18. Combustion. 19. Electrical current. 20. High-speed operation. 21. Improper lubrication. 22. Unusual wear or other misuse. 23. Contact between incompatible materials. 24. Destructive testing. 25. Misalignment. 26. Excessive weathering. 27. Unprotected storage. 28. Improper shipping or handling. 29. Theft. 30. Vandalism. END OF SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01040 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 COORDINATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01040-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01050-FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. General: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for field-engineering services including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Land survey work. 2. Civil-engineering services. 3. Damage surveys. 4. Geotechnical monitoring. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Coordination" for procedures for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 1 Section"Submittals"for submitting Project record surveys. 3. Division 1 Section"Project Closeout" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents and recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surveyor Qualifications: Engage a land surveyor registered in the state where the Project is located,to perform required land-surveying services. B. Engineer Qualifications: Engage an engineer of the discipline required,licensed in the state where the Project is located,to perform required engineering services. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Identification: The Owner will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes. B. Verify layout information shown on the Drawings,in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks,before proceeding to lay out the Work. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and control points. Preserve permanent reference points during construction. 1. Do not change or relocate benchmarks or control points without prior written approval. Promptly report lost or destroyed reference points or requirements to relocate reference points because of necessary changes in grades or locations. 2. Promptly replace lost or destroyed Project control points. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Establish and maintain a minimum of 2 permanent benchmarks on the site,referenced to data established by survey control points. FIELD ENGINEERING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01050- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Record benchmark locations,with horizontal and vertical data,on Project Record Documents. D. Existing Utilities and Equipment: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework,investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction. 1. Prior to construction,verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer,storm sewer,and water-service piping. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Work from lines and levels established by the property survey. Establish benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of the Project. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances. Do not scale Drawings to determine dimensions. 1. Advise entities engaged in construction activities of marked lines and levels provided for their use. 2. As construction proceeds,check every major element for line,level,and plumb. B. Surveyor's Log: Maintain a surveyor's log of control and other survey work. Make this log available for reference. 1. Record deviations from required lines and levels,and advise the Architect when deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances are detected. On Project Record Drawings,record deviations that are accepted and not corrected. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements,including pavements,stakes for grading,fill and topsoil placement,utility slopes,and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out batter boards for structures,building foundations,column grids and locations,floor levels,and control lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical work. E. Existing Utilities: Furnish information necessary to adjust,move,or relocate existing structures,utility poles,lines, services,or other appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with local authorities having jurisdiction. F. Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features(real property)for the Project. Include on the survey a certification,signed by the surveyor,that principal metes,bounds,lines, and levels of the Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. END OF SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01050-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01200-PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings,including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Preconstruction conferences. 2. Preinstallation conferences. 3. Progress meetings. 4. Coordination meetings. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Coordination" for procedures for coordinating project meetings with other construction activities. 2. Division 1 Section"Submittals" for submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction,at a time convenient to the Owner and the Architect,but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at the Project Site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner,Architect,and their consultants;the Contractor and its superintendent;major subcontractors;manufacturers;suppliers;and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress,including the following: 1. Tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Submittal of Shop Drawings,Product Data,and Samples. 8. Preparation of record documents. 9. Use of the premises. 10. Parking availability. 11. Office,work,and storage areas. 12. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 13. Safety procedures. 14. First aid. 15. Security. 16. Housekeeping. 17. Working hours. PROJECT MEETINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01200- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1.4 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. Conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project Site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. B. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation,and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow,shall attend the meeting. Advise the Owner's Representative of scheduled meeting dates. 1. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each preinstallation conference,including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. C. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases. e. Deliveries. f. Shop Drawings,Product Data,and quality-control samples. g. Review of mockups. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility problems. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. 1. Manufacturer's recommendations. in. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. P. Temporary facilities. q. Space and access limitations. r. Governing regulations. S. Safety. t. Inspecting and testing requirements. U. Required performance results. V. Recording requirements. W. Protection. 2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference,and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, including the Owner and the Architect. 3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Conduct progress meetings at the Project Site at regular intervals. Notify the Owner and the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request. B. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and the Architect,each subcontractor,supplier,or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning,coordination,or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. PROJECT MEETINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01200-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the status of the Proj ect. 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule,whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to insure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present,including the following: a. Interface requirements. b. Time. C. Sequences. d. Status of submittals. e. Deliveries. f. Off-site fabrication problems. g. Access. h. Site utilization. i. Temporary facilities and services. j. Hours of work. k. Hazards and risks. 1. Housekeeping. in. Quality and work standards. n. Change Orders. o. Documentation of information for payment requests. D. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each meeting,distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary,in narrative form,of progress since the previous meeting and report. 1. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01200-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PROJECT MEETINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01200-4 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/07 SECTION 01300-SUBMITTALS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work,including the following: 1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Shop Drawings. 5. Product Data. 6. Samples. 7. Quality assurance submittals. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Permits. 2. Applications for Payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. List of subcontractors. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Applications for Payment" specifies requirements for submittal of the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section"Coordination" specifies requirements governing preparation and submittal of required Coordination Drawings. 3. Division 1 Section"Project Meetings" specifies requirements for submittal and distribution of meeting and conference minutes. 4. Division 1 Section"Quality Control" specifies requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports. 5. Division 1 Section"Contract Closeout" specifies requirements for submittal of Project Record Documents and warranties at project closeout. D. Required Submittals: The following is a list of submittals required: (See Section 00900,part 1.18 for information regarding resonsibility for providing the listed items) ■ Gasoline&Diesel Canopies ■ Interceptor/Oil/Water Separator ■ Cabinetry ■ Door Hardware ■ Doors and Frames ■ Storefront ■ Overhead Doors SUBMITTALS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01300- 1 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/07 ■ Plumbing Fixtures ■ Lighting Fixtures ■ Electrical panels, Switchgear&Transformer ■ HVAC Equipment ■ Walk-In Cooler/Freezer(Restaurant&C-Store) ■ High Mast Light Fixture&Pole ■ Hi-Rise&ID Signs and Foundations ■ Irrigation Plan and Shop Drawings NOTE: SEE SUBMITAL LOG END OF THIS SECTION. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Field samples are full-size physical examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes,coatings,or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. B. Mockups are full-size assemblies for review of construction,coordination,testing,or operation;they are not Samples. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication,purchasing,testing,delivery,other submittals,and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to process submittals,allow sufficient time for submittal review,including time for resubmittals. a. Allow 2 weeks for initial review. b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary,process the same as the initial submittal. C. Allow 2 weeks for reprocessing each submittal. d. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. 1. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches(100 by 125 mm)on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. 2. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. C. Address of the Corporate Architect. d. Name and address of the Contractor. e. Name and address of the subcontractor. f. Name and address of the supplier. g. Name of the manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. SUBMITTALS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01300 -2 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/07 C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form. The Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. 1. Send Submittals to: Pilot Travel Centers ATTN: Kristi Snyder/Roy Parsons Project Contact Design Department 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville,TN 37909 2. On the transmittal,record relevant information and requests for data. On the form,or separate sheet,record deviations from Contract Document requirements,including variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed,horizontal bar-chart-type,contractor's construction schedule. Submit within 7 days after the date established for"Commencement of the Work." 1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the"Schedule of Values." 2. Within each time bar,indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As Work progresses,place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. 3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet,or series of sheets,of stable transparency,or other reproducible media,of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction period. 4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities;include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically the sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work. 5. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values,list of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule,progress reports,payment requests,and other schedules. 6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. B. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work,including submittal review,testing,and installation. C. Cost Correlation: At the head of the schedule,provide a cost correlation line,indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of Work performed as of the dates used for preparation of payment requests. 1. Refer to Division 1 Section"Applications for Payment" for cost reporting and payment procedures. D. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal,print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner,subcontractors,and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project meeting room and temporary field office. 1. When revisions are made,distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. SUBMITTALS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01300-3 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/07 E. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting,event,or activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 1.6 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's Construction Schedule,prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the schedule within 10 days of the date required for submittal of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Coordinate Submittal Schedule with the list of subcontracts, Schedule of Values,and the list of products as well as the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Prepare the schedule in chronological order. Provide the following information: a. Scheduled date for the first submittal. b. Related Section number. C. Submittal category(Shop Drawings,Product Data,or Samples). d. Name of the subcontractor. e. Description of the part of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for resubmittal. g. Scheduled date for the Architect's final release or approval. B. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal,print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner,subcontractors,and other parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. Post copies in the Project meeting room and field office. 1. When revisions are made,distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. C. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight,encircle,or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Sheet Size: Except for templates,patterns and similar full-size Drawings,submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches(215 by 280 mm)but no larger than 36 by 48 inches(890 by 1220 mm). 7. Submittal: Submit 7 blue-or black-line prints and 2 additional prints where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain 2 prints and return the remainder. SUBMITTALS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01300-4 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/07 8. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue-or black-line prints and 2 additional prints where required for maintenance manuals,plus the number of prints needed by the Architect for distribution. The Architect will retain 2 prints and return the remainder. a. One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as a"Record Document." 11. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. 1.8 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information,such as manufacturer's installation instructions,catalog cuts,standard color charts,roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams,and performance curves. 1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products that are not required,mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information as applicable: a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. C. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. C. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation of coordination requirements. 2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. 4. Submittals: Submit 7 copies of each required submittal;submit 9 copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed,the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 5. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers,subcontractors,suppliers, manufacturers,fabricators,and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer's possession. b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 1.9 SAMPLES A. Submit full-size,fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components,cuts or containers of materials,color range sets,and swatches showing color,texture,and pattern. 1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Architect's sample. Include the following: a. Specification Section number and reference. b. Generic description of the Sample. SUBMITTALS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01300 -5 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/07 C. Sample source. d. Product name or name of the manufacturer. e. Compliance with recognized standards. f. Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of size,kind,color,pattern,and texture. Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color,pattern,texture,or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work,or otherwise designated as the Owner's property, are the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color,pattern,texture,or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. a. The Architect will review and return preliminary submittals with the Architect's notation, indicating selection and other action. 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details,workmanship,fabrication techniques, connections,operation,and similar characteristics, submit 2 sets. The Architect will return one set marked with the action taken. 5. Maintain sets of Samples,as returned,at the Project Site,for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed,the submittal may serve as the final submittal. b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors,manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers,installers,and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS A. Submit quality-control submittals,including design data,certifications,manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports,and other quality-control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product,material,or installation complies with specified requirements,submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. 1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section"Quality Control." SUBMITTALS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01300 -6 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/07 1.11 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for the record or information,where action and return is required,the Architect will review each submittal,mark to indicate action taken,and return promptly. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform,action stamp. The Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken,as follows: 1. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal"Approved,"the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance. 2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal"Approved as Corrected,"the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance. 3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal"Not Approved,Revise and Resubmit,"do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal,including purchasing,fabrication, delivery,or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations;resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. a. Do not use,or allow others to use,submittals marked"Not Approved,Revise and Resubmit" at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender without action. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01300-7 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/07 SUBMITTALS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01300-8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01400-QUALITY CONTROL PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control services. B. Quality-control services include inspections,tests,and related actions,including reports performed by Contractor,by independent agencies,and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Cutting and Patching" specifies requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and testing activities. 2. Division 1 Section"Submittals" specifies requirements for development of a schedule of required tests and inspections. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Owner shall contract and pay for the services of a Soils Testing Laboratory to inspect all foundation excavations,all placement of fill material,and to monitor installation of paving systems to assure compliance with specified requirements. B. The Owner shall contract and pay for the services of a Soils Contamination Laboratory to explore and inspect existing soils for petroleum product contamination. C. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections,tests,and other quality-control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 1. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections,tests,and other quality- control services are the Contractor's responsibility,the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality-control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 2. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections,tests,and other quality- control services are the Owner's responsibility,the Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. D. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections,tests,or other quality- control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility. QUALITY CONTROL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01400 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. The cost of retesting construction,revised or replaced by the Contractor,is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections,tests,and similar services,and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Provide access to the Work. 2. Furnish incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 3. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assist the agency in taking samples. 4. Provide facilities for storage and curing of test samples. 5. Deliver samples to testing laboratories. 6. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 7. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site. F. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections,sampling,and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. The agency is not authorized to release,revoke,alter,or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. G. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections,tests,taking samples,and similar activities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service,the independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report,in duplicate,of each inspection,test,or similar service to the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service,submit a certified written report,in duplicate,of each inspection, test,or similar service through the Contractor. 1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority,when the authority so directs. 2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection,test,or similar service include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. C. Name,address,and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. QUALITY CONTROL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01400 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 f Designation of the Work and test method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretation of test results. j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. 1. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. in. Recommendations on retesting. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies,including independent testing laboratories,that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories'"Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. 1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: Upon completion of inspection,testing,sample taking and similar services,repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section"Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities,and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility,regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection,testing,or similar services. END OF SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01400-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 QUALITY CONTROL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01400-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01421 -REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Indicated": The term"indicated"refers to graphic representations,notes,or schedules on the Drawings; or to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as"shown," "noted," "scheduled,"and"specified"are used to help the user locate the reference. Location is not limited. C. "Directed": Terms such as"directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required,"and "permitted"mean directed by the Owner's Representative,requested by the Owner's Representative,and similar phrases. D. "Approved": The term"approved,"when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals,applications,and requests,is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. E. "Regulations": The term"regulations"includes laws,ordinances,statutes,and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction,as well as rules,conventions,and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": The term"furnish"means to supply and deliver to the Project site,ready for unloading, unpacking,assembly,installation,and similar operations. G. "Install": The term"install"describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, temporary storage,unpacking,assembling,erecting,placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension, finishing,curing,protecting,cleaning,and similar operations. H. "Provide": The term"provide"means to furnish and install,complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor,either as an employee,subcontractor,or contractor of lower tier,to perform a particular construction activity, including installation,erection,application,or similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. 1. The term"experienced,"when used with the term"installer,"means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;being familiar with the special requirements indicated;and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Trades: Using a term such as"carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. 3. Assigning Specialists: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in those operations. The specialists must be engaged for those activities,and their assignments are requirements over which REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01421 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 the Contractor has no option. However,the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling contract requirements remains with the Contractor. a. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcing building codes and similar regulations governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade- union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. J. "Project site"is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities,either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. K. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests,either at the Project site or elsewhere,and to report on and,if required,to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 1.3 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the 16- division format and CSI/CSC's"Masterformat"numbering system. B. Specification Content: These Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms,words,and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied,but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text,subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words"shall," "shall be," or"shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon()is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents. C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels,comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different but apparently equal to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified,or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01421 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 with these requirements,indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum,as appropriate,for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity,the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available on request. E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents,they mean the recognized name of the trade association,standards-generating organization, authorities having jurisdiction,or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to Gale Research's"Encyclopedia of Associations"or Columbia Books'"National Trade&Professional Associations of the U.S.,"which are available in most libraries. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Permits,Licenses,and Certificates: For the Owner's records,submit copies of permits,licenses, certifications,inspection reports,releases,jurisdictional settlements,notices,receipts for fee payments, judgments,correspondence,records,and similar documents,established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01421 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01421 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01421 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01500-CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls,including temporary utilities,support facilities,and security and protection. B. Temporary utilities include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Water service and distribution. 2. Temporary electric power and light. 3. Temporary heat. 4. Ventilation. 5. Telephone service. 6. Sanitary facilities,including drinking water. 7. Storm and sanitary sewer. 8. Fax services for forwarding information from site to Contractor's,Architect's,and Owner's offices. C. Support facilities include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Field offices and storage sheds. 2. Temporary roads and paving. 3. Dewatering facilities and drains. 4. Temporary enclosures. 5. Hoists and temporary elevator use. 6. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards. 7. Waste disposal services. 8. Rodent and pest control. 9. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. 10. Separate trailers for restaurant equipment storage. 11. Separate trailers for merchandise storage. 12. Separate trailer for Owner's Representative(30 days prior to store opening date.) D. Security and protection facilities include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Temporary fire protection. 2. Barricades,warning signs,and lights. 3. Environmental protection. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Building code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01500 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 4. Police,fire department,and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction,Alterations,and Demolition Operations,"ANSI A10 Series standards for"Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library"Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA,NECA,and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70"National Electric Code." C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time,when acceptable to the Owner,change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire-prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous,dangerous,or unsanitary conditions,or public nuisances to develop or persist on-site. C. Temporary enclosures fan walkways: When entry or exit is through a remodel area,provide a temporary enclosure and waldway using 5/8"thick exterior plywood. Enclosure walls shall have warning signs at 6'- 0"O.C. See Section 3.4-SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION for signage description. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. If acceptable to the Architect,the Contractor may use undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition. Provide materials suitable for use intended. B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry." 1. For job-built temporary offices,shops,and sheds within the construction area,provide UL-labeled, fire-treated lumber and plywood for framing,sheathing,and siding. 2. For signs and directory boards,provide exterior-type,Grade B-B high-density concrete form overlay plywood of sizes and thicknesses indicated. 3. For fences and vision barriers,provide minimum 3/8-inch-(9.5-mm-)thick exterior plywood. 4. For safety barriers,sidewalk bridges,and similar uses,provide minimum 5/8-inch-(16-mm-)thick exterior plywood. C. Paint: Comply with requirements of Division 9 Section"Painting." 1. For sign panels and applying graphics,provide exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer. D. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof,fire-resistant,UL-labeled tarpaulins with flame-spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures,provide translucent,nylon-reinforced,laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride,fire-retardant tarpaulins. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01500-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide new equipment. If acceptable to the Architect,the Contractor may use undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4-inch(19-mm),heavy-duty,abrasion-resistant,flexible rubber hoses 100 feet (30 m)long,with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at hose discharge. C. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured,NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-to 120-Volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters,reset button,and pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment. D. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard-service cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length- voltage ratio. E. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered-glass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. F. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL,FM,or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being consumed. G. Temporary Offices: Provide prefabricated or mobile units or similar job-built construction with lockable entrances,operable windows,and serviceable finishes. Provide heated and air-conditioned units on foundations adequate for normal loading. H. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained,single-occupant toilet units of the chemical,aerated recirculation,or combustion type. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass-fiber- reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. 1. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried,portable,UL-rated,Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations,provide hand-carried,portable,UL-rated,Class ABC,dry- chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for the exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification,extinguishing agent,and size required by location and class of fire exposure. J. Fax machines: Fax machine required for Contractor's office shall be"plain paper"type. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01500-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service,provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with company recommendations. 1. Arrange with company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted,if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility availability, provide trucked-in services. 3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to the site where the Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose. 4. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Architect. Neither the Owner nor Architect will accept cost or use charges as a basis of claims for Change Orders. B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. 1. Sterilization: Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof,grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size,capacity,and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters,transformers,overload-protected disconnects,automatic ground-fault interrupters,and main distribution switch gear. 1. Install electric power service underground,except where overhead service must be used. 2. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. Where permitted,wiring circuits not exceeding 125 Volts,ac 20 Ampere rating,and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance. D. Temporary Lighting: When overhead floor or roof deck has been installed,provide temporary lighting with local switching. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements without operating the entire system. Provide temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. E. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy. F. Heating Facilities: Except where the Owner authorizes use of the permanent system,provide vented,self- contained,LP-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters,open flame,or salamander heating units is prohibited. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01500-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 G. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service throughout the construction period for all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install telephone on a separate line for each temporary office and first-aid station. 1. Separate Telephone Lines: Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Where an office has more than 2 occupants,install a telephone for each additional occupant or pair of occupants. b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for a fax machine in the field office. 2. At each telephone,post a list of important telephone numbers. H. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets,wash facilities,and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type,number,location,operation,and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will best serve the Project's needs. 1. Provide toilet tissue,paper towels,paper cups,and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material. I. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Use of pit-type privies will not be permitted. 1. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel. J. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel involved in handling materials that require wash-up for a healthy and sanitary condition. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each condition. K. Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide containerized,tap-dispenser,bottled-water drinking-water units, including paper supply. L. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available,provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used,provide drainage ditches,dry wells, stabilization ponds,and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent,provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner. 1. Filter out excessive amounts of soil,construction debris,chemicals,oils,and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. 2. Connect temporary sewers to the municipal system,as directed by sewer department officials. 3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean,sanitary condition. Following heavy use,restore normal conditions promptly. M. Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from heavy rains. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Locate field offices,storage sheds,and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. 1. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities,under conditions acceptable to the Owner. B. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops,and sheds located within the construction area or within 30 feet(9 m)of building lines. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01500-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Field Offices: Provide insulated,weathertight temporary offices of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel at the Project Site. Keep the office clean and orderly for use for small progress meetings. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furnish with a desk and chairs,a 4-drawer file cabinet,plan table,plan rack, and a 6-shelf bookcase. D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds sized,furnished,and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved,including temporary utility service. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the building or elsewhere on-site. E. Temporary Paving: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paving to support the indicated loading adequately and to withstand exposure to traffic during the construction period. Locate temporary paving for roads,storage areas,and parking where the same permanent facilities will be located. Review proposed modifications to permanent paving with the Architect. 1. Paving: Comply with Division 2 Section"Hot-Mixed Asphalt Paving" for construction and maintenance of temporary paving. 2. Coordinate temporary paving development with subgrade grading,compaction,installation and stabilization of subbase,and installation of base and finish courses of permanent paving. 3. Install temporary paving to minimize the need to rework the installations and to result in permanent roads and paved areas without damage or deterioration when occupied by the Owner. 4. Extend temporary paving in and around the construction area as necessary to accommodate delivery and storage of materials,equipment usage,administration,and supervision. F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: For temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with construction activities included under individual Sections,comply with dewatering requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections. Where feasible,utilize the same facilities. Maintain the site,excavations,and construction free of water. G. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction,in progress and completed,from exposure,foul weather,other construction operations,and similar activities. 1. Where heat is needed and the permanent building enclosure is not complete,provide temporary enclosures where there is no other provision for containment of heat. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. 2. Install tarpaulins securely,with incombustible wood framing and other materials. Close openings of 25 sq. ft. (2.3 sq.m)or less with plywood or similar materials. 3. Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing,wood- framed construction. 4. Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 sq.ft.(9.2 sq.m)in area,use UL- labeled,fire-retardant-treated material for framing and main sheathing. H. Temporary Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and employees. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered"tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. I. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare project identification and other signs of size indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to the Project. Support on posts or framing of preservative-treated wood or steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. 1. Project Identification Signs: Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics. Comply with details indicated. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01500 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. Temporary Signs: Prepare signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. J. Temporary Exterior Lighting: Install exterior yard and sign lights so signs are visible when Work is being performed. K. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F(27 deg Q. Handle hazardous,dangerous,or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material lawfully. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available,do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion,or longer, as requested by the Architect. B. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction,Alterations,and Demolition Operations." 1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose,but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers,fire hydrants,temporary fire-protection facilities,stairways,and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire- exposure areas. 4. Provide supervision of welding operations,combustion-type temporary heating units,and similar sources of fire ignition. C. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project,complete installation of the permanent fire-protection facility,including connected services,and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. D. Barricades,Warning Signs,and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors,graphics,and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed,provide lighting,including flashing red or amber lights. For barricades around remodel areas post pre-printed warning signs at 6'-0"o.c.all around barricade walls. Signs shall be 12"xl2"minimum size and shall have"Warning-Construction Area"printed in red or orange with 1 1/2"minimum size letters. E. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,vandalism,theft,and similar violations of security. 1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored,and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism. H. Environmental Protection: Provide protection,operate temporary facilities,and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations,and minimize the possibility that air, waterways,and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01500 -7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise-making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. 3.5 OPERATION,TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures,heating,cooling,humidity control,ventilation,and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Protection: Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained longer,remove each temporary facility when the need has ended,when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility,or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or,if necessary,restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,clean exposed surfaces,and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where the area is intended for landscape development,remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil in the area. Remove materials contaminated with road oil,asphalt and other petrochemical compounds,and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving,curbs,and sidewalks at the temporary entrances,as required by the governing authority. 3. At Substantial Completion,clean and renovate permanent facilities used during the construction period including,but not limited to,the following: a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings. b. Replace significantly worn parts and parts subject to unusual operating conditions. C. Replace lamps burned out or noticeably dimmed by hours of use. END OF SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01500-8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01600-MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the applicability of industry standards to products specified. 2. Division 1 Section"Submittals" specifies requirements for submittal of the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule. 3. Division 1 Section"Substitutions" specifies administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents,such as"specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well-recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products"are items purchased for incorporation in the Work,whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term"product" includes the terms"material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. a. "Named Products"are items identified by the manufacturer's product name,including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product literature,that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 2. "Materials"are products substantially shaped,cut,worked,mixed,finished,refined or otherwise fabricated,processed,or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts,whether motorized or manually operated,that requires service connections,such as wiring or piping. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible,provide products of the same kind from a single source. 1. When specified products are available only from sources that do not,or cannot,produce a quantity adequate to complete project requirements in a timely manner,consult with the Architect to determine the most important product qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include attributes,such as visual appearance,strength,durability,or compatibility. When a determination has been made,select products from sources producing products that possess these qualities,to the fullest extent possible. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01600 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between 2 or more products for use on the Project,the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected,even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Each prime contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods that are compatible with products and construction methods of other prime or separate contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between prime contractors over concurrently selectable,but incompatible products,the Architect will determine which products shall be retained and which are incompatible and must be replaced. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver,store,and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations,using means and methods that will prevent damage,deterioration,and loss,including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable,hazardous,easily damaged,or sensitive to deterioration,theft,and other losses. 3. Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system,complete with labels and instructions for handling,storing, unpacking,protecting,and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground,under cover in a weathertight enclosure,with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,that are undamaged and,unless otherwise indicated,new at the time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories,trim,finish, safety guards,and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect. 2. Standard Products: Where available,provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. B. Product Selection Procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or manufacturer,provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. 2. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or manufacturers,provide 1 of the products indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. a. Where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name,accompanied by the term "or equal" or"or approved equal," comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning"substitutions"to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01600 - 2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3. Nonproprietary Specifications: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work,but do not restrict the Contractor to use of these products only,the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning"substitutions"to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or assembly, listing exact characteristics required,with or without use of a brand or trade name,provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 5. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements,provide products that comply with these requirements and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. a. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature or by the manufacturer's certification of performance. 6. Compliance with Standards,Codes,and Regulations: Where Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code,standard,or regulation,select a product that complies with the standards,codes,or regulations specified. 7. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample,the Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. a. Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and complies with other specified requirements,comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning"substitutions" for selection of a matching product in another product category. 8. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase"...as selected from manufacturer's standard colors,patterns,textures..."or a similar phrase,select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern,and texture from the product line selected. 9. Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and"Allowance"provisions in Division 1 for allowances that control product selection and for procedures required for processing such selections. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place,accurately located and aligned with other Work. 1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01600 - 3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01600 - 4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01631 -SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the applicability of industry standards to products specified. 2. Division 1 Section"Submittals" specifies requirements for submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule. 3. Division 1 Section"Materials and Equipment" specifies requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products and product options. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Changes in products,materials,equipment,and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be requests for substitutions: 1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period,and accepted by Addendum prior to award of the Contract,are included in the Contract Documents and are not subject to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions. 2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 30 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 30 days after commencement of the Work maybe considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. 1. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in the form and according to procedures required for change-order proposals. 2. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. 3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions,and the following information,as appropriate: SUBSTITUTIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01631 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 a. Coordination information,including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate contractors,that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements,such as performance,weight, size,durability,and visual effect. C. Product Data,including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. d. Samples,where applicable or requested. e. Cost information,including a proposal of the net change,if any in the Contract Sum. £ The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for the applications indicated. g. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 4. Architect's Action: If necessary,the Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within 2 weeks of receipt of the request,or one week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of a change order. a. Use the product specified if the Architect cannot make a decision on the use of a proposed substitute within the time allocated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied,as determined by the Architect. If the following conditions are not satisfied,the Architect will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents. 3. The request is timely,fully documented,and properly submitted. 4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 5. The request is directly related to an"or-equal"clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage,in cost,time,energy conservation,or other considerations,after deducting additional responsibilities the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services,increased cost of other construction by the Owner,and similar considerations. 7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority,and the requested substitution can be approved. 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. SUBSTITUTIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01631 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings,Product Data,or Samples for construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution,nor do they constitute approval. PART 3-EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01631 SUBSTITUTIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01631 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SUBSTITUTIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01631 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with,or first follows,the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown,include a list of incomplete items,the value of incomplete construction,and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties,workmanship bonds,maintenance agreements,final certifications,and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits,operating certificates,and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings,maintenance manuals,final project photographs,damage or settlement surveys,property surveys,and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools,spare parts,extra stock,and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site,along with mockups, construction tools,and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements,including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred,exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection,the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01700 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment,complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit record cocuments as required in Section 1.5. 2. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 3. Submit an updated final statement,accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 4. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected,endorsed and dated by the Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Architect. 5. Submit final meter readings for utilities,a measured record of stored fuel,and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 6. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 7. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 8. Submit evidence of final,continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections,has been completed,except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Architect. 1. Upon completion of reinspection,the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete,the Architect will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary,reinspection will be repeated. 1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure,fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean,undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used,record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change-order numbers where applicable. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01700-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable-paper cover sheets; print suitable titles,dates,and other identification on the cover of each set. C. In addition to a record set of drawings of the building,contractor must submit a site plan including,but not limited to,as-built locations of all storm water,retention pond,and oil water separator discharge locations,all manhole and drain locations,and all locations/invert elevations of intakes and discharges. Product piping record video will be required in addition to the above. (See Section 13200). D. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual,heavy-duty,2-inch(51-mm),3-ring,vinyl-covered binders,with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended"turn-around"cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment,demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01700-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 7. Effective energy utilization. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Division 1 Section"Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls." B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal,commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. b. Clean transparent materials,including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. C. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains,films,and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. e. Clean the site,including landscape development areas,of rubbish,litter,and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean;remove stains,spills,and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth,even-textured surface. C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced,licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid the Project of rodents,insects,and other pests. D. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. E. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile,harmful,or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. 1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work,they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01700-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 01740-WARRANTIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents,including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's period for correction of the Work. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Submittals" specifies procedures for submitting warranties. 2. Division 1 Section"Contract Closeout" specifies contract closeout procedures. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted. 4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers,manufacturers,and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 1.3 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction,remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding,reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed,replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties,obligations,rights,and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties,obligations,rights,or remedies. 1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. WARRANTIES PPILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01740- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty,or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work,the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work,until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work,or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect. 1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner,by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor,or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty,prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner,through the Architect,for approval prior to final execution. C. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile 2 copies of each required warranty properly executed by the Contractor,or by the Contractor,subcontractor, supplier,or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. D. Bind warranties and bonds as specified in Section 1,"Project Closeout" PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 LIST OF WARRANTIES A. Schedule: Provide warranties on products and installations as specified in the following Sections: 1. Termite Control Treatment: Section 02282-Termite Control. 2. Traffic Topping: Section 07570-Traffic Coatings. 3. Flush Wood Doors: Section 08211 -Flush Wood Doors. 4. Aluminum Windows: Section 08520-Aluminum Windows. 5. Insulating Glass: Section 08800-Glazing. 6. Water Heaters: Section 15460-Water Heaters. 7. All product piping equipment and tanks. 8. All interceptor/oil-water separator tank(s). 9. All restaurant equipment. 10. All convenience store equipment. END OF SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES PPILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 01740-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02050-SITE DEMOLITION PART I-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,including general and supplementary conditions,apply to the work of this Section. Related work specified elsewhere includes: EARTHWORK-SECTION 02200 SITE CLEARING-SECTION 02110. 1.02 SCOPE A. Furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment,services(including inspections),supervision,etc.,as required for the complete execution of the work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Conduct operations in such a manner as to minimize interference with use of public ways and adjacent facilities. Do not close,block or otherwise obstruct use of public ways or facilities without written consent of owner and of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Coordinate with local utilities all work associated with their service(termination,temporary interruption, temporary service,etc.). C. Provide alternate routes to closed or obstructed facilities as required by the owner and by local regulations. D. Promptly repair any damages caused by demolition work,at no cost to the owner(s). 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. To the greatest extent practicable,minimize the production and spread of dust and loose dirt through the use of water foggers-sprinklers,enclosures and other suitable methods. B. Comply with governing regulations with respect to environmental protection(i.e.dust emissions,discharge of water,etc.). PART II-PRODUCTS(not applicable) PART III-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide,install and,maintain temporary barricades for protection of job personnel and the public. Remove barricades when no longer required for site safety. B. Locate,identify,shut off,disconnect,and cap utility services indicated to be removed or abandoned. C. Provide by-pass connections as required to maintain services to adjacent properties and facilities. Provide a minimum of 72 hours advance notice to adjacent owners if shut-down of services is required during change- over. Coordinate work to minimize service interruption or shut-down. SITE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02050- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 D. Existing utilities indicated to remain shall be kept in service and protected from damage during demolition operations until noted otherwise. E. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving used or occupied facilities unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. If interruption is allowed,provide alternate temporary services acceptable to governing authorities. 3.02 DEMOLITION A. The use of EXPLOSIVES is not required by the scope of work and is strictly forbidden. B. Perform demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as necessary to perform work indicated on drawings and in compliance with schedule and governing authorities. C. Locate demolition equipment strategically throughout area of work. D. Provide effective safeguards against air and water pollution in compliance with governing authorities. E. Promptly remove waste and debris materials and dispose of in a proper and legal manner. F. Completely fill below-grade depressions and voids with approved fill materials free of roots,stones larger than 3"in diameter,and other deleterious or organic substances(in accordance with Section 02200- Earthwork). G. Clean all adjacent streets to remove all dirt,mud,debris,concrete,trash,etc.,tracked or spilled by contractor (and/or subcontractor). 3.03 SALVAGE A. Historic artifacts,including cornerstones,their contents,commemorative plaques and tablets,antiques,and other articles of historic significance shall remain the property of the owner. Notify owner's representative if such articles are encountered;obtain approval regarding method of removal. Salvage such articles and turn over to owner. 3.04 DISPOSAL A. Dispose of all debris,rubbish and other waste by removal from the site. Legally transport and dispose of such materials off-site in compliance with all current applicable solid waste disposal rules,regulations and laws. B. If hazardous materials are encountered,comply with all applicable rules,regulations and laws for worker safety,handling,removal,storage,transport and disposal. Provide documentation to owner's representative that all workers are properly trained(certified)and that all hazardous materials were recycled, incinerated,or disposed of in a US EPA permitted disposal facility. This documentation shall include(but not be limited to)copies of training records,certificates,shipping manifests and destruction or disposal certificates. C. Burning of demolition materials on the project site(property)is forbidden. D. Burial of demolition material on the project site(property)is forbidden. END OF SECTION 2050 SITE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02050-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02070-SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Patching and repairs. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section"Summary of Work" for use of the building and phasing requirements. 2. Division 1 Section"Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for selective demolition operations. 3. Division 1 Section"Schedules and Reports" for selective demolition schedule requirements. 4. Division 1 Section"Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls"for temporary utilities, temporary construction and support facilities,temporary security and protection facilities,and environmental protection measures for selective demolition operations. 5. Division 1 Section"Contract Closeout"for record document requirements. 6. Division 2 Section"Building Demolition" for demolition of buildings,structures,and site improvements. 7. Division 2 Section"Selective Demolition for Interiors"for partial demolition of the interior of a building undergoing alterations and for the removal,salvage,or reuse of materials in new construction. 8. Division 2 Section"Site Clearing" for site clearing and removing above-and below-grade improvements. 9. Division 2 Section"Earthwork" for soil materials,excavating,backfilling,and site grading. 10. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry"for material and construction requirements for temporary enclosures. 11. Division 9 Section"Gypsum Board Assemblies" for material and construction requirements for temporary enclosures. 12. Division 15 Sections for cutting,patching,or relocating mechanical items. 13. Division 16 Sections for cutting,patching,or relocating electrical items. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled,salvaged,or to remain the Owner's property. B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove,clean,and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's designated storage area. C. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated;clean,service,and otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in the same locations or in locations indicated. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02070- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 D. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect,items may be removed to a suitable,protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused,salvaged,reinstalled,or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property,demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. B. Historical items indicated remain the Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to the Owner. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections,for information only,unless otherwise indicated. B. Proposed dust-control measures. C. Proposed noise-control measures. D. Schedule of selective demolition activities indicating the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work,with starting and ending dates for each activity. 2. Interruption of utility services. 3. Coordination for shutoff,capping,and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site operations. 6. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. 7. Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress. E. Inventory of items to be removed and salvaged. F. Photographs or videotape,sufficiently detailed,of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. G. Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division 1 Section"Contract Closeout." 1. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural,electrical,or mechanical conditions. H. Landfill records indicating receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed selective demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02070-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with preinstallation conference requirements of Division 1 Section"Project Meetings." 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so that Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. B. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be selectively demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Asbestos: It is not expected that asbestos will be encountered in the Work. If any materials suspected of containing asbestos are encountered,do not disturb the materials. Immediately notify the Architect and the Owner. 1. Asbestos will be removed by Owner before start of Work. D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on-site operations. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Existing Special Warranty: Remove,replace,patch,and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition,by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials. 1. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces,use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. When unanticipated mechanical,electrical,or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered,investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Architect. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02070-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition. F. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities,except when authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities,as acceptable to Owner and to governing authorities. a. Provide not less than 72 hours'notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. B. Utility Requirements: Locate,identify,disconnect,and seal or cap off indicated utility services serving building to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. Where utility services are required to be removed,relocated,or abandoned,provide bypass connections to maintain continuity of service to other parts of the building before proceeding with selective demolition. 3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap,valve,or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. C. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off,disconnecting,removing,and sealing or capping utility services. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Drain,purge,or otherwise remove,collect,and dispose of chemicals,gases,explosives,acids, flammables,or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. B. Employ a certified,licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and vermin before and during selective demolition operations. C. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads,streets, walks,and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets,walks,or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. D. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area. 1. Erect temporary protection, such as walks,fences,railings,canopies,and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect existing site improvements,appurtenances,and landscaping to remain. 3. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02070-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 4. Provide temporary weather protection,during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction,on exterior surfaces and new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas. 5. Protect walls,ceilings,floors,and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed during selective demolition operations. 6. Cover and protect furniture,furnishings,and equipment that have not been removed. E. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch(100-mm)studs,5/8-inch(16-mm) gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side,and 1/2-inch(13-mm)fire-retardant plywood on the demolition side. 2. Insulate partition to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 3. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 4. Protect air-handling equipment. 5. Weatherstrip openings. F. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring,bracing,or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement,or collapse of building to be selectively demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Use water mist,temporary enclosures,and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations. 1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions,such as ice,flooding,and pollution. B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute,hoist,or other device that will convey debris to grade level. C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust,dirt,and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically,from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on lower levels. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square,and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces,use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors,verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02070 -5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed,vermin-infested,or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls,floors,or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 10. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before start of selective demolition operations. B. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain,using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools;do not use power-driven impact tools. C. Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade,unless otherwise shown to remain. D. Remove resilient floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations of the Resilient Floor Covering Institute's(RFCI) "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings" and Addendum. 1. Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one of the methods recommended by RFCI. E. Remove no more existing roofing than can be covered in one day by new roofing. See applicable Division 7 Section for new roofing requirements. F. Remove air-conditioning equipment without releasing refrigerants. 3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations. B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section"Cutting and Patching." C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required,patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an approved masonry patching material,applied according to manufacturer's printed recommendations. D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. E. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. 1. Closely match texture and finish of existing adjacent surface. 2. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 3. Where patching smooth painted surfaces,extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the surface has received primer and second coat. 4. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials,if necessary,to achieve uniform color and appearance. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02070 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 5. Inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation,where feasible. F. Patch,repair,or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.8 CLEANING A. Sweep the building broom clean on completion of selective demolition operation. B. Change filters on air-handling equipment on completion of selective demolition operations. END OF SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02070-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02070-8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02110-SITE CLEARING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Protection of existing trees indicated to remain. 2. Removal of trees and other vegetation. 3. Topsoil stripping. 4. Clearing and grubbing. 5. Removing above-grade improvements. 6. Removing below-grade improvements. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Conduct site-clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with roads,streets,walks,and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets,walks,or other occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. B. Protection of Existing Improvements: Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. 1. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on Owner's property. 2. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition,as acceptable to property owners. C. Protection of Existing Trees and Vegetation: Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place against unnecessary cutting,breaking or skinning of roots,skinning or bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within drip line,excess foot or vehicular traffic,or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. 1. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during course of construction operations. 2. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2 inch(38 mm)in diameter that are cut during construction operations. Coat cut faces with an emulsified asphalt or other acceptable coating formulated to use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out;cover with earth as soon as possible. 3. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction operations in a manner acceptable to Architect. Employ a licensed arborist to repair damage to trees and shrubs. 4. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status,as determined by arborist. D. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing removal and alteration work on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner prior to award of contract. 1. Extent of work on adjacent property is indicated on Drawings. SITE CLEARING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02110- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises where indicated or directed. 1.4 EXISTING SERVICES A. General: Indicated locations are approximate;determine exact locations before commencing Work. B. Arrange and pay for disconnecting,removing,capping,and plugging utility services. Notify affected utility companies in advance and obtain approval before starting this Work. C. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services. Identify service lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SITE CLEARING A. General: Remove trees,shrubs,grass,and other vegetation,improvements,or obstructions,as required, to permit installation of new construction. Remove similar items elsewhere on site or premises as specifically indicated. Removal includes digging out and off-site disposal of stumps and roots. 1. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. B. Topsoil: Topsoil is defined as friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of not less than 4 inches (100 mm). Satisfactory topsoil is reasonably free of subsoil,clay lumps,stones,and other objects over 2 inches(50 mm)in diameter,and without weeds,roots,and other objectionable material. 1. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. a. Where existing trees are indicated to remain,leave existing topsoil in place within drip lines to prevent damage to root system. 2. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas indicated or directed. Construct storage piles to provide free drainage of surface water. Cover storage piles,if required,to prevent wind erosion. 3. Dispose of unsuitable or excess topsoil as specified for disposal of waste material. C. Clearing and Grubbing: Clear site of trees,shrubs,and other vegetation,except for those indicated to be left standing. 1. Completely remove stumps,roots,and other debris protruding through ground surface. 2. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees indicated to remain. 3. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material,unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. a. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches(150 mm)loose depth,and thoroughly compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. D. Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above-grade and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction. SITE CLEARING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02110-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be indicated on mechanical or electrical drawings and is included under work of related Division 15 and 16 Sections. Removing abandoned underground piping or conduits interfering with construction is included under this Section. 3.2 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Burning on Owner's Property: Burning will be permitted only at designated areas and times directed by Owner. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished. B. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials and unsuitable or excess topsoil from Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02110 SITE CLEARING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02110-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SITE CLEARING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02110-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02200-EARTHWORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Preparing and grading subgrades for slabs-on-grade,walks,pavements,and landscaping. 2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. 3. Drainage and moisture-control fill course for slabs-on-grade. 4. Subbase course for walks and pavements. 5. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 6. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines. 7. Excavating and backfilling for underground mechanical and electrical utilities and appurtenances. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. l. Division 2 Section"Site Clearing"for site stripping,grubbing,topsoil removal,and tree protection. 2. Division 2 Section"Foundation Drainage Systems"for footings,underslab,and wall drainage. 3. Division 2 Section"Landscape Work"for finish grading,including placing and preparing topsoil for lawns and planting. 4. Division 3 Section"Cast-In-Place Concrete"for concrete encasings,cradles,and appurtenances for utility systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the reuse or disposal of materials removed. B. Subgrade: The uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill,or topsoil materials. C. Borrow: Soil material obtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from excavations. D. Subbase Course: The layer placed between the subgrade and base course in a paving system or the layer placed between the subgrade and surface of a pavement or walk. E. Base Course: The layer placed between the subbase and surface pavement in a paving system. F. Drainage Fill: Course of washed granular material supporting slab-on-grade placed to cut off upward capillary flow of pore water. G. Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without direction by the Architect. Unauthorized excavation,as well as remedial work directed by the Architect,shall be at the Contractor's expense. H. Structures: Buildings,footings,foundations,retaining walls,slabs,tanks,curbs,mechanical and electrical appurtenances,or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below ground surface. I. Utilities include on-site underground pipes,conduits,ducts,and cables,as well as underground services within building lines. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. EARTHWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02200- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Blasting plan approved by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Photographs of existing adjacent structures and site improvements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 495--Explosive Materials Code. C. Testing and Inspection Service: Owner will employ a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to classify proposed on-site and borrow soils to verify that soils comply with specified requirements and to perform required field and laboratory testing. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1. Before commencing earthwork,meet with representatives of the governing authorities,Owner,Architect, consultants,Geotechnical Engineer,independent testing agency,and other concerned entities. Review earthwork procedures and responsibilities including testing and inspection procedures and requirements. Notify participants at least 3 working days prior to convening conference. Record discussions and agreements and furnish a copy to each participant. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 1. Provide a minimum 48-hours'notice to the Architect and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. B. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shutoff services if lines are active. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide approved borrow soil materials from off-site when sufficient approved soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soil Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW,GP,GM,SW,SP,and SM;free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches(50 mm)in any dimension,debris,waste,frozen materials,vegetation and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC,SC,ML,MH,CL,CH,OL,OH,and PT. D. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials. E. Subbase and Base Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,crushed stone,and natural or crushed sand,ASTM D 2940,with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2 inch(38 mm)sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No.200(75 micrometer)sieve. F. Engineered Fill: Subbase or base materials. G. Bedding Material: Subbase or base materials with 100 percent passing a 1 inch(25 mm)sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No.200(75 micrometer)sieve. H. Drainage Fill: Washed,evenly graded mixture of crushed stone,or crushed or uncrushed gravel,ASTM D 448, coarse aggregate grading size 57,with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2 inch(38 mm)sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No.8(2.36 mm)sieve. EARTHWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02200-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 I. Filtering Material: Evenly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed stone and natural sand,with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2 inch(38 mm)sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No.50(300 micrometer)sieve. J. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Warning Tape: Acid-and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities,6 inches(150 mm)wide and 4 mils(0.1 mm)thick,continuously inscribed with a description of the utility. B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid-and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities,6 inches(150 mm)wide and 4 mils(0.1 mm)thick minimum,continuously inscribed with a description of the utility,with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches(750 mm)deep. 1. Tape Colors: Provide tape colors to utilities as follows: a. Red: Electric. b. Yellow: Gas,oil,steam,and dangerous materials. C. Orange: Telephone and other communications. d. Blue: Water systems. e. Green: Sewer systems. C. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard nonwoven pervious geotextile fabric of polypropylene,nylon or polyester fibers,or a combination. 1. Provide filter fabrics that meet or exceed the listed minimum physical properties determined according to ASTM D 4759 and the referenced standard test method in parentheses: a. Grab Tensile Strength(ASTM D 4632): 100 lb(45 kg). b. Apparent Opening Size(ASTM D 4751): #100 U.S. Standard(150 micrometer)sieve. C. Permeability(ASTM D 4491): 150 gallons per minute per sq.ft.(102 L/s per sq.m). PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures,utilities,sidewalks,pavements,and other facilities from damage caused by settlement,lateral movement,undermining,washout,and other hazards created by earthwork operations. B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. C. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. D. Tree protection is specified in the Division 2 Section"Site Clearing." 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations,from ponding on prepared subgrades,and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Explosives: Comply with local,state,and federal regulations. 1. Do not damage adjacent structures,property,or site improvements or weaken the bearing capacity of rock subgrade when using explosives. EARTHWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02200-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.4 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS A. Comply with local codes,ordinances,and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction to maintain stable excavations. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1.2 inches(30 mm). Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork,installing services and other construction,and for inspections. 1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. 2. Pile Foundations: Stop excavations from 6 inches(150 mm)to 12 inches(300 mm)above bottom of footing before piles are placed. After piles have been driven,remove loose and displaced material. Excavate to final grade,leaving solid base to receive concrete pile caps. 3. Excavation for Underground Tanks,Basins,and Mechanical or Electrical Appurtenances: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 1.2 inches(30 mm). Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended for bearing surface. 3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections,elevations,and grades. 3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated slopes,lines,depths,and invert elevations. 1. Beyond building perimeter,excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches(300 nun)higher than top of pipe or conduit,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Clearance: As indicated C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells,joints,and barrels of pipes and for joints,fittings,and bodies of conduits. Remove stones and sharp objects to avoid point loading. 1. For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches(150 mm)in nominal diameter and flat-bottomed,multiple-duct conduit units,hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. 2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches(150 mm)or larger in nominal diameter,shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. 3. Where encountering rock or another unyielding bearing surface,carry trench excavation 6 inches(150 mm) below invert elevation to receive bedding course. 3.8 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. When Architect determines that unforeseen unsatisfactory soil is present,continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. 1. Unforeseen additional excavation and replacement material will be paid according to the Contract provisions for changes in Work. C. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures,frost,rain,accumulated water,or construction activities,as directed by the Architect. EARTHWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02200-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom,without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position when acceptable to the Architect. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by the Architect. B. Where indicated widths of utility trenches are exceeded,provide stronger pipe,or special installation procedures,as required by the Architect. 3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill soil materials,including acceptable borrow materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place,grade,and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent wind-blown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.11 BACKFILL A. Backfill excavations promptly,but not before completing the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including,where applicable,dampproofing,waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. 3. Testing,inspecting,and approval of underground utilities. 4. Concrete formwork removal. 5. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. 6. Removal of temporary shoring and bracing,and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. 3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place and compact bedding course on rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill unauthorized excavations. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells,joints,and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings,and bodies of conduits. B. Concrete backfill trenches that carry below or pass under footings and that are excavated within 18 inches(450 mm) of footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of footings. C. Provide 4 inch(100 mm)thick concrete base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches(750 mm)below surface of roadways. After installation and testing,completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm)of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase. D. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or subbase material,free of particles larger than 1 inch (25 mm),to a height of 12 inches(300 mm)over the utility pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system. E. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. F. Fill voids with approved backfill materials as shoring and bracing,and sheeting is removed. G. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade. H. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches(300 mm)below finished grade,except 6 inches(150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.13 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE BACKFILL EARTHWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02200-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 A. Subsurface Drain: Place a layer of filter fabric around perimeter of drainage trench or at footing,as indicated. Place a 6 inch(150 mm)compacted course of filtering material on filter fabric to support drainage pipe. After installing and testing,encase drainage pipe in a minimum of 6 inches(150 mm)of compacted filtering material and wrap in filter fabric,overlapping edges at least 6 inches(150 mm). B. Drainage Backfill: Place and compact drainage backfill of filtering material over subsurface drain,in width indicated,to within 12 inches(300 mm)of final subgrade. Overlay drainage backfill with one layer of filter fabric, overlapping edges at least 6 inches(150 mm). C. Impervious Fill: Place and compact impervious fill material over drainage backfill to final subgrade. 3.14 FILL A. Preparation: Remove vegetation,topsoil,debris,wet,and unsatisfactory soil materials,obstructions,and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placing fills. 1. Plow strip,or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing surface. B. When subgrade or existing ground surface to receive fill has a density less than that required for fill,break up ground surface to depth required,pulverize,moisture-condition or aerate soil and recompact to required density. C. Place fill material in layers to required elevations for each location listed below. 1. Under grass,use satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements,use subbase or base material,or satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps,use subbase material. 4. Under building slabs,use drainage fill material. 5. Under footings and foundations,use engineered fill. 3.15 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy,frozen,or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace,or scarify and air-dry satisfactory soil material that is too wet to compact to specified density. a. Stockpile or spread and dry removed wet satisfactory soil material. 3.16 COMPACTION A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches(200 mm)in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment,and not more than 4 inches(100 mm)in loose depth for material compacted by hand- operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density according to ASTM D 698: 1. Under structures,building slabs,steps,and pavements,compact the top 12 inches(300 mm)below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. 2. Under walkways,compact the top 6 inches(150 mm)below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. 3. Under lawn or unpaved areas,compact the top 6 inches(150 mm)below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent maximum dry density. 3.17 GRADING EARTHWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02200-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface,free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections,lines,and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots,fill low spots,and trim high spots to conform to required surface tolerances. B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1.2 inches(30 mm). 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1.2 inches(30 mm). 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch(13 mm). C. Grading Inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch(13 mm)when tested with a 10 foot(3 m) straightedge. 3.18 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES A. Under pavements and walks,place subbase course material on prepared subgrades. Place base course material over subbases to pavements. 1. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades,lines,cross sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of ASTM D 4254 relative density. 2. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 3. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches(150 mm)or less,place materials in a single layer. 4. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches(150 mm),place materials in equal layers,with no layer more than 6 inches(150 mm)thick or less than 3 inches(75 mm)thick when compacted. B. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders at least 12 inches(300 mm)wide of acceptable soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer. 3.19 DRAINAGE FILL A. Under slabs-on-grade,place drainage fill course on prepared subgrade. 1. Compact drainage fill to required cross sections and thickness. 2. When compacted thickness of drainage fill is 6 inches(150 mm)or less,place materials in a single layer. 3. When compacted thickness of drainage fill exceeds 6 inches(150 mm)thick place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches(150 mm)thick nor less than 3 inches(75 mm)thick when compacted. 3.20 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each subgrade and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously completed work verify compliance with requirements. 1. Perform field in-place density tests according to ASTM D 1556(sand cone method),ASTM D 2167(rubber balloon method),or ASTM D 2937(drive cylinder method),as applicable. a. Field in-place density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method according to ASTM D 2922,provided that calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. With each density calibration check,check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages according to ASTM D 3017. b. When field in-place density tests are performed using nuclear methods,make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at beginning of work,on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Architect. 2. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades,perform at least one test of each soil stratum to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata when acceptable to the Architect. EARTHWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02200-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer,perform at least one field in-place density test for every 2000 sq.ft.(186 sq.m)or less of paved area or building slab,but in no case fewer than three tests. 4. Foundation Wall Backfill: In each compacted backfill layer,perform at least one field in-place density test for each 100 feet(30 m)or less of wall length,but no fewer than two tests along a wall face. 5. Trench Backfill: In each compacted initial and final backfill layer,perform at least one field in-place density test for each 150 feet(45 m)or less of trench,but no fewer than two tests. B. When testing agency reports that subgrades,fills,or backfills are below specified density,scarify and moisten or aerate,or remove and replace soil to the depth required,recompact and retest until required density is obtained. 3.21 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic,freezing,and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and re-establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded,rutted,settled,or lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace material to depth directed by the Architect;reshape and recompact at optimum moisture content to the required density. C. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project correction period,remove finished surfacing,backfill with additional approved material,compact,and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance,quality,and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work,and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. END OF SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02200-8 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 SECTION 02249-STABILIZED SUBGRADE PART I-GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. This work shall consist of ground improvement using chemical stabilization or mechanical stabilization in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with grading and pavement design shown on the plans. B. The work shall be performed in accordance with local rules, laws and regulations, and the specifications as referenced herein. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for the chemical stabilization work. Work shall also include the following: 1. An approved Geotechnical Engineer retained by the Owner and/or Representative, and experienced in soil stabilization shall recommend to the Owner and/or Representative both the additive and rate(s)of application to stabilize the subgrade. 2. A report from the Geotechnical Engineer with all the data and recommendations suitably presented shall be submitted to the Owner and/or Representative for acceptance. 3. For bidding purposes, Contractor shall include a unit price, and total cost, for each of the following: a. Supply, spread, install, mix, grade, and compact Quicklime additive (at 4.5 percent of the subgrade's dry unit weight) into one 12-inch layer of subgrade, as required in this specification. b. Supply, spread, install, mix, grade, and compact lime kiln dust additive (at 7.5 percent of the subgrade's dry unit weight) into one 12-inch layer of subgrade, as required in this specification c. Supply, spread, install, mix, grade, and compact Portland cement additive (at 4.5 percent of the subgrade's dry unit weight) to one 12-inch layer of subgrade, as required in this specification. B. Furnish all labor,materials,and services necessary for the following mechanical stabilization work: 1. Geogrid and underdrain pipe for subgrade stabilization. 2. For bidding purposes, Contractor shall include a unit price, and total cost, for each of the following: a. Supply and install Tensar TX-140 geogrid,as required in this specification b. Supply and install Tensar TX-160 geogrid,as required in this specification. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Earthwork 02200 B. Asphalt Paving 02515 1.4 QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will be retained by the Owner and/or Representative. The independent testing agency will perform field and laboratory tests and reports prior to, during, and after the subgrade stabilization construction. The Contractor shall provide the independent testing agency with access to obtain samples, temporarily store samples on-site, perform tests, document proofroll tests, and complete their testing/reporting responsibilities on-site as the work progresses. Contractor shall supply all labor and equipment necessary for proofroll tests and test pit excavations,when required. B. The following field and laboratory tests are considered minimum requirements for the project. Owner and/or Representative reserves the right to assign additional testing based on local conditions and/or requirements,weather,and other factors. 1. Chemical Stabilization a. The independent testing agency shall perform field and laboratory tests on the stabilized subgrade. This testing shall be a continuation of the previous testing performed during earthwork operations. At a minimum,field tests shall include: i. thickness measurements(to nearest one inch)of treated subgrade, ii. type and percentage (based on dry weight) of additive used, along with accompanying Material Safety Data Sheet for the additive, iii.in-place field density tests per ASTM D2950, iv. proofroll tests, v. verification the Contractor shaped the treated subgrade as required. b. At a minimum,laboratory testing shall include: i. mix design of treated subgrade using no less than four different percentages of additive and, ii. Proctor test(s)per ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557, ii. California Bearing Ratio tests per ASTM D 1883, iii. gradation tests,and iv. Atterberg Limits tests(for cohesive soils)per ASTM 4318. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable additives for chemical stabilization shall conform to the following alternatives. The actual additive shall be determined during the testing and evaluation phase specified in Section 1.2 above. Representative subgrade samples shall be obtained by the Geotechnical Engineer for evaluation and testing. 1. Portland cement shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-150. The weight of cement used shall be between 3 and 10%by weight of the soil as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. Lime kiln dust(by-product lime)shall meet the following requirements: a. Total calcium and magnesium oxide shall be 38%minimum; b. Available lime as calcium oxide (rapid sugar test ASTM C-25) calculated to equivalent Ca(OH)2 shall be 28%minimum; C. Loss on ignition shall be 40%maximum; d. The weight of lime kiln dust used shall be between 3 and 10 percent of the dry weight of the soil as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3. Quicklime shall conform to ASTM-C 977, Standard Specification for Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil Stabilization. Weight of the lime used shall be between 3 and 8 percent of the dry weight of the soil as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. a. Quicklime/Flyash mixtures shall conform to the job mix design (typical ratio is 2 parts quicklime to 3 parts fly ash by weight). Quicklime shall conform as above. Fly ash shall be as per ASTM-0593. The proportioning/blending method for the lime/flyash mix shall be determined by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to the start of the project. Weight of the mixture used shall be between 3 and 10 percent by weight of soil as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. b. Hydrated Lime subgrade stabilization shall be performed as specified herein. B. For lime treatment, the additive and percent by weight of the additive shall be based on the percentage of additive added with no further reduction in plasticity index. The percentage by weight of additive(s)for the tests shall be of 3,5,7 and 9 percent or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. C. For cementious treatment, the additive and percent by weight of the additive shall be determined using compressive strength tests performed as per ASTM D-1633. The compressive testing shall be performed after a 3-day cure. The percentage by weight of additive(s)for the tests shall be of 3, 5, 7 and 9 percent or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. Three cylinders of each percentage are required. The soil samples must be representative of actual field conditions prior adding water and/or mixing with additive. The final mixture shall have the capability of attaining a minimum strength of 100 psi in 3-days. D. Submit report from the Geotechnical Engineer to the Owner and/or Owner's Representative at least 7 days prior to beginning the chemical stabilization process. The Owner and/or Representative shall approve the percentage application rate and depth of stabilization for the project. Owner's approval of the mix design in no way relieves the Contractor or it's agents from their contractual duties, obligations, responsibilities, guarantees,and/or warrantees for the successful performance of the treated subgrade. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 1. At a minimum,the report shall include moisture density curve(s)in accordance with ASTM D698 for each soil type and application rate, results of Atterberg Limits tests on untreated and treated samples,compressive strength results, sulfate content, and other geotechnical information required for successful treatment. E. The Contractor shall adjust the actual application rate 1 to 2 percent to meet field conditions. F. Geogrid used for mechanical stabilization shall conform to the following: 1. Geogrid shall be used only when subgrade conditions are unsuitably soft/loose and require additional stabilization. Geogrid shall consist of one or more of the following: Tensar TX-140, Tensar TX-160,or approved equal. 2. Alternate geogrids shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval. Alternates must be approved by the Owner's Representative prior to award of contract. No adjustments to the contract shall be made for alternates accepted after the contract is awarded. 3. Geogrid stored onsite shall be protected from exposure to dirt, mud, sunlight, ultra-violet light, and other materials/environments that could damage,weaken, or adversely affect the performance of the geogrid. PART III—EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Chemical stabilization work shall be performed when the air temperature is 5° C (40'F) or above and the material to be treated is not frozen. Mechanical stabilization work shall be performed in above-freezing temperatures. B. The subgrade shall be proofrolled prior to stabilization. C. The subgrade shall be shaped to the plan lines and grades prior to spreading additives or geogrids. D. Subgrade shall be level and smooth, free of rocks or other obstructions that interfere with spreading, mixing,and/or placement of the materials. 3.2 PLACEMENT(MECHANICAL STABILIZATION) A. Prepare subgrade for placement of geogrid materials as recommended by the manufacturer. Shape subgrade so that surface water will flow(by gravity)toward the underdrain system. B. Place geogrid as recommended by the manufacturer. Geogrid layers must be horizontal and taut during placement of the overlying backfill. C. Overlap edges of geogrid layers at least 12 inches. D. For placement along the edges of new pavements, extend geogrid layers at least 12 inches beyond the edge of pavement,or back of curb,whichever is greater. E. Soils around the geogrids must be of the type that interacts with these layers as intended. Place only granular backfill above the geogrids. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 F. Protect geogrids from damage during backfilling and construction. Place backfill in a manner that does not adversely affect the orientation/alignment of the geogrids. 3.3 SPREADING(CHEMICAL STABILIZATION) A. The additive shall be applied at the rate determined by the Geotechnical Engineer using methods determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. B. The additive shall be spread uniformly on the soil by using a computer controlled volumetric screw/vanetype feeder or similar equipment approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. The spreader vehicle shall have onboard scales to confirm bulk delivery weigh tickets prior to spreading. C. The Contractor shall provide a one square yard canvas (e.g. tarp) and calibrated scale to check the application rate of the spreader. The canvas shall be carefully picked up and weighed after the spreader has passed to assure conformance with the contract or job mix requirements. D. Dry additives shall be spread in a manner to minimize dusting. Skirting shall be provide on the spreader discharge and extend to subgrade. Water spray shall also be provided at the spreader discharge. The dry additive shall not be applied when wind conditions are such that blowing lime becomes objectionable to traffic or adjacent property owners. 3.4 MIXING(CHEMICAL STABILIZATION) A. The spreading of the additive shall be followed immediately by a mixing operation consisting of an approved power driven rotary type mixer with a computer controlled water injection system. During this mixing operation,water shall be added if necessary to bring the mixed material to at or above the optimum moisture content. Mixing shall be continued until the additive has been thoroughly incorporated into the mix and can fully hydrate, and all soil clods have been reduced to a maximum size of 25 mm (1 inch) exclusive of gravel and stone. B. The depth of mixing shall be between 6 and 18 inches as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. The minimum depth of mixing shall be 6-inches. Uniformity of the mix shall be checked by digging trenches or a series of holes at regular intervals for the full depth of the treatment and inspecting the color and depth of exposed material.Use phenolphthalein,when applicable,for detecting the presence of the additives. C. Mixing shall be performed in a manner so that the additive will be fully hydrated prior to placement of the aggregate base layer. 3.5 COMPACTION A. Compaction shall be in accordance with the requirements section 02200. For chemical stabilization, compaction shall start immediately after mixing. Final rolling of the finished subgrade shall be performed using a steel wheel roller meeting the requirements section 02200. B. The maximum dry density shall be based on the moisture density curves submitted by the Geotechnical Engineer. Field one point proctors tests can supplement the curves, as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. All stabilized subgrade shall be compacted to a minimum 95 percent of the laboratory maximum dry density of the soil/additive mix as determined by ASTM D 698. All stabilized subgrade shall pass a proof roll test. Correct deficient subgrade as required. C. For chemical stabilization,the soil/additive mix shall obtain the required compaction at or up to+3 percent of optimum moisture content within 6 hours of the initial spreading operation. Moisture content during compaction shall be within 3 percent of optimum moisture content. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 D. Proof roll treated subgrade after compaction. If proofroll test identifies areas of yielding/pumping subgrade, perform additional treatment (e.g. additional additive, greater depth of treated subgrade, etc.) to improve subgrade stability. 3.6 CURING(CHEMICAL STABILIZATION) A. The compacted stabilized subgrade shall be cured for at least 3 days, or as required by the Geotechnical Engineer,before placing the overlying course. The Contractor shall protect the stabilized subgrade during the curing period. No construction traffic will be allowed on the subgrade during the cure period. As directed by the Geotechnical Engineer, the surface shall be either sprayed daily with water, covered with plastic vapor barrier,or sprayed with bituminous coating during the curing period to prevent moisture loss. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the subgrade from freezing during the curing period. B. The stabilized subgrade shall be covered by the overlying pavement course within four weeks of the final mixing operation, or protected by a bituminous prime coat at no additional cost to the Owner. If four weeks is exceeded,bituminous prime coat shall be at a rate of 0.2 to 0.25 gallons per square yard with RC- 70,RC-250,or RS-1. END OF SECTION September 9,2013 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02282-TERMITE CONTROL PART I-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,including general and supplementary conditions,apply to the work of this Section. Related work specified elsewhere includes: SECTION 03310-CONCRETE WORK 1.02 SCOPE A. Furnish all labor,materials,tools,equipment,services(including inspections),supervision,etc.,as required for the complete execution of the work as shown on the drawings specified herein. B. The work includes,but is not necessarily limited to,treatment to prevent infestation of subterranean termites. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Written Warranty B. Material Safety Data Sheet(MSDS) 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Project excavation,filling and grading operations shall be complete with noted exception as required during construction. B. Soil shall not be frozen. C. Soil shall not be excessively wet. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Residual treatment materials and products shall be removed from the site by applicator upon completion of application. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All treatment materials and products shall be manufactured by firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of materials and products of types required,whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for a minimum of five(5)years. B. All materials and products shall be applied by firms regularly engaged in professional pest control and whose applications have been in satisfactory use in similar service for a minimum of three(3)years. C. Comply with applicable local,state and federal code(s). D. Have applicable licenses and registrations. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The warranty shall certify that applied soil treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites TERMITE CONTROL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02282- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 for a minimum period of five(5)years. B. The warranty period shall begin on date of final project acceptance. C. The warranty shall provide for retreatment if termite activity is discovered during the warranty period. D. The warranty shall be signed by the applicator and contractor. E. The warranty shall provide for repair/replacement of features damaged by termite infestation within the warranty period. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Products shall have federal approval for intended application with a federal registration number. B. The treatment solution shall be a water-soluble concentrate specifically formulated to prevent infestation by termites. C. Provide one of the following: 1. Chloropyrifos("Dursban TC")- 1.0%water emulsion 2. Permethrin("Dragnet")-0.5%water emulsion PART III-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Remove foreign matter which may hinder the effectiveness of the treatment. B. The soil to be treated shall be loosened,raked and leveled prior to application. C. Post signs indicating that soil treatment has been applied. Remove signs when no longer required. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Apply soil treatment per manufacturer's directions as follows: 1. Under slabs-on-grade at a rate of four(4)gallons per 10 linear feet along expansion and control joints,inside perimeter of foundation walls,both sides of partition footings,at plumbing and electrical slab penetrations and around column footings; 2. One(1)gallon per 10 square feet under slabs and attached slab areas where fill is soil or unwashed gravel; 3. One and a half(I V2)gallons per 10 square feet where fill is washed gravel or other coarse absorbent material; 4. Four(4)gallons per 10 linear feet of trench for each foot of depth from grade to bottom of footing along outside edge of building. Dig a trench 6"to 8"wide by 12"(minimum)deep along exterior building perimeter;punch holes in top of footing at 12"o.c.and apply solution. Mix chemical with soil used to backfill trench. B. Re-apply treatment when treated areas are disturbed. END OF SECTION 02282 TERMITE CONTROL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02282-2 SECTION 02515 HEAVY DUTY TRUCK ASPHALT PAVING PART ONE - GENERAL 1.1 Requirements A. The General Conditions and General Requirements are made a part of this Section. The Contractor shall consult them for details contained therein pertaining to this Item of Work. B. Rules, regulations or laws of any controlling governmental agency shall govern when they are more stringent than the requirements of this Section. 1.2 Work Included A. Furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for the following work. This Section includes: 1. On-Site Bituminous pavements for heavy duty truck areas on an existing aggregate base as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All off-site Bituminous pavement sections are to be as specified in the Drawings. 2. Other related work shown and/or specified. It is not the intent of the description of the work to include all items required to accomplish the work. The contractor shall assure himself that all work necessary which is not described herein but shown on the Project Drawings shall be completed under this section at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 Related Work A. Site Earthwork 02200 B. Stabilized Subgrade 02249 1.4 Reference Documents A. Methods and testing procedures shall conform to the American Standard for Testing Methods specified herein. ASTM D1557 — Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort ASTM D2041 — Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D2726—Bulk specific Gravity of Compacted Hot Mix Asphalt ASTM D2950—Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by the Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3203 —Percent Air Voids in Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 6307—Asphalt Content by Ignition Method February 15,2012 B. Methods and testing procedures shall conform to the American Associations of State Highway and Transportation Officials, "Standard Specifications", referred to as AASHTO, specified herein. AASHTO M320—Performance Graded Asphalt Binder AASHTO M323 — Superpave Volumetric Mix Design C. Methods and testing procedures shall conform to the Asphalt Institute publications, referred to as Al, specified herein. MS-2 Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot Mix Types SP-2 Superpave Mix Design D. Methods and testing procedures shall conform to the local state Department of Transportation (DOT) as required if not specified in paragraphs A, B, or C above. 1.5 Submittals A. Submittals must be reviewed by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative at least 7 days prior to scheduled date for award of contract. Contractor shall make adjustments to their submittals and bids based on review comments from the Owner and/or the Owner's Representative (collectively referred to as Owner). Failure to submit all required submittals or make required adjustments shall be at the sole risk of the contractor. Contractor shall be aware that DOT mix designs are considered a bare minimum and the more stringent requirements in this specification shall apply. Contractor shall also be aware that mix designs must include locally available materials that have proven success in mixes subjected to heavy and variable truck weights, low- speed and parked loading, heavy-breaking, tight-radius turning, and channelized traffic conditions. Owner's review of the mix design in no way relieves the Contractor from their contractual duties, obligations, responsibilities, guarantees, and/or warrantees for the successful performance of the bituminous paving mixtures. B. The contractor shall be responsible for providing the following submittals to the Owner's Representative. 1. Asphalt concrete mix design for each of the specified mixtures in accordance with the Marshall Method Asphalt Institute MS-2 or Superpave SP-2 or an approved DOT method for the state in which the work is being performed. 2. Material certificates indicating compliance with the Department of Transportation for the State in which the work is being performed. 3. Job Mix Formula (JMF) indicating compliance with these specifications and any specific mix design(s) provided by the Department of Transportation (DOT) for the State in which the work is being performed. DOT mix design requirements shall be provided with the JMF. February 15,2012 1.6 Quality Assurance A. The Contractor shall attend a pre-paving meeting. The Contractor shall contact the Owner and/or Owner's Representative to schedule the meeting. The meeting shall occur at least 2 weeks prior to pavement operations. Attendees at the meeting must include, at a minimum, the Owner and/or Representative, Contractor(s) associated with the work, and each Contractor's foreman that will be on-site during paving operations. The purpose for the pre-paving meeting will be to review the project plans and specifications, mix designs, construction sequencing, quality control procedures, action plan(s) that address unfavorable weather (including cold weather) conditions, and other pertinent requirements for the successful implementation of the proposed paving plan. Any proposed adjustments to the submitted mix design shall be presented and discussed at the meeting. 1.7 Quality Control A. An independent testing agency will be retained by the Owner. The independent testing agency will perform field and laboratory tests and reports prior to, during, and after the asphalt pavement construction. The Contractor shall provide the independent testing agency with access to obtain samples, temporarily store samples on-site, perform tests, document proofroll tests, and complete their testing/reporting responsibilities on-site as the work progresses. Contractor shall supply all labor and equipment necessary for proofroll tests and test pit excavations, when required. B. The following field and laboratory tests are considered minimum requirements for the project. Owner reserves the right to assign additional testing based on local conditions and/or requirements, weather, and other factors. 1. Subgrade a. Prior to aggregate base placement, the independent testing agency shall perform field and laboratory tests on the subgrade. This testing shall be a continuation of the previous testing performed during earthwork operations. At a minimum, field tests shall include: i. in-place field density tests per ASTM D2950, ii. proofroll tests, iii. verification of underdrain installation and a description of the as-built condition of the underdrains, and iv. verification of subgrade elevations. b. At a minimum, laboratory testing shall include: i. Proctor test(s)per ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557, ii. gradation tests for comparison to submitted materials, and iii. Atterberg Limits tests (for cohesive soils)per ASTM 4318. 2. Aggregate Base February 15,2012 a. Obtain aggregate base samples from, and perform tests on, material delivered to the site. At a minimum, field tests shall include: i. in-place field density tests per ASTM D2950, ii. thickness measurements of aggregate base layer, iii. proofroll tests, and iv. verification of base layer elevations. b. At a minimum, laboratory testing shall include: i. Proctor tests(s)per ASTM D698 or D1557, and ii. gradation tests for comparison to submitted materials. 3. Asphalt Pavement a. Obtain samples of asphalt pavement from trucks at the plant or from on-site. Obtain one AM sample and one PM sample for each mix placed in one 8 hour day, and obtain an additional sample on each mix for every additional 4 hour increment of paving in one day. For small production days (less than 1,000 tons), obtain at least one sample of each mix. At a minimum, field tests shall include: i. weather conditions, ambient air temperature, and Hot-Mix Asphalt(HMA) temperature at time of placement and compaction, ii. thickness measurements of loose HMA layers, and iii. in-place field density tests. b. At a minimum, laboratory tests shall include: i. gradation/extraction tests, ii. maximum density determination based on Theoretical Maximum Density (TMD), iii. air voids, iv. VFA, and v. asphalt cement content. vi. bulk specific gravity of compacted hot mix asphalt. c. Core the base and leveling courses of pavement to verify thickness. One core shall be performed for every 5,000 square feet of pavement area. Core locations shall be random and determined by the independent testing agency. Cores shall be measured for individual thickness, and for average thickness. Contractor shall correct areas with deficient pavement thickness at no additional cost to the Owner. Cores shall be retained for at least 60 days. February 15,2012 1.8 Weather Limitations A. Paving shall only occur in the absence of precipitation. Surface must not be wet, or contain excessive moisture, and the subgrade and any surface materials shall not be frozen. B. Placement of all bituminous mixtures shall only occur when the ambient air temperature is 40' Fahrenheit, and rising. Surface temperature of ground shall be above 35' Fahrenheit for at least 12 hours prior to placement. C. For cold weather paving, adjust temperature of bituminous mixtures (based on mat thickness) to comply with DOT requirements in the State in which the work is being performed. D. For hot weather paving, adjust temperature of the mix and the associated placement, compaction, and pavement protection techniques to comply with DOT requirements in the State in which the work is being performed. February 15,2012 PART TWO -PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Aggregate: The contractor shall use local materials available that meet the requirement of the State's Highway Department Specifications. Aggregates shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 323. B. Asphalt Cement: The asphalt cement shall meet the AASHTO 320 requirements. The Performance Grade (PG) asphalt cement shall be one that is commonly used in the location of the project for high wear intersections. Unless otherwise indicated on the project drawings, the grade shall be at least one grade stiffer than PG 64-22 to accommodate the low, heavy turning speeds of the hot truck tires at this Service Plaza. 1. Wearing Course a. The pavement must have a 90% reliability for high temperature and low temperature applications. b. Thickness of a single, compacted wearing course shall be from 1.0 to 2.0 inches. Thickness of wearing course shall range on or between 2.5 to 3.0 times the diameter of the largest aggregate. c. The wearing course shall be hot mix asphalt and shall be a stiff material composed of aggregates meeting fractured face requirements of AASHTO TP 61 for a dense grade mix. The nominal size of the coarse aggregate shall be '/2 inch/12.5 mm. Using super pave design criteria, the pavement must be designed for 3 million Equivalent Single Axle Loads. For the Marshall design method, the JMF must comply with the following: Mix Design Criteria Wearing Course Marshall Stability, 75 blows 1,800 lbs. (min.) Flow 8 to 12 Air Voids 5 (max.) VFA 75 (min.) Asphalt Content 5.5 to 6.5 2. Bituminous Leveling and Base Courses a. Thickness of a single, compacted leveling course shall be from 2.0 to 3.0 inches. Thickness of leveling course shall range on or between 2.5 to 3.0 times the diameter of the largest aggregate. b. Thickness of a single, compacted base course shall be from 2.0 to 4.0 inches. Thickness of base course shall range on or between 2.5 to 3.0 times the diameter of the largest aggregate. February 15,2012 c. The leveling and base courses shall be hot mix asphalt and shall be a stiff material composed of aggregates meeting fractured face requirements of AASHTO TP 61 for a dense grade mix. The nominal size of the coarse aggregate shall be 3/4 inch/19 mm. Using super pave design criteria the pavement shall be designed for 3 million Equivalent Single Axle Loads. For the Marshall design method, the JMF must comply with the following: Mix Design Criteria Leveling and Base Courses Marshall Stability, 75 blows 1,500 lbs. (min.) Flow 8 to 12 Air Voids 5 (max.) VFA 75 (min.) Asphalt Content 4.5 to 6.0 3. Aggregate Grading a. All aggregates regardless of the Mix Design Method available shall be portioned to produce a well graded material which follows the recommendations in the super pave design manual for grading using the 45 power curve. The tender zone exclusion recommendation shall be used. The grading will produce dense graded aggregates intended to maximize long term performance. b. The tolerance for each range in aggregate size shall be applied to the JMF as follows: Percent Tolerance (per Sieve No. individual test) 3/4» 6 1/29� 5 3/8" 4 No. 4 4 No. 8 3 No. 16 3 No. 30 3 No. 50 2 No. 100 2 No. 200 1 C. Prime Coat 1. Verify with Owner during the submittal process if a prime coat is required. If applicable, prime coat shall be SS-1h or approved equal, and shall be applied on treated base. Prime coat shall be applied to aggregate base surface with a coverage of 0.20 to 0.25 gallons/square yard. D. Bond Coat February 15,2012 1. Bond or tack coat shall be SS-lh asphalt emulsion or approved equal. All layers shall receive a tack coat with a minimum coverage of 0.1 gallons/square yard. E. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement(RAP) 1. RAP shall consist of 100%recycled asphalt pavement. For the wearing course, RAP content shall not exceed 10%. For the leveling and base courses, RAP content shall not exceed 25%. Adding RAP to bituminous mixtures must be performed under tight control. All gradation requirements and tolerances stated in the JMF and in this specification apply regardless of RAP content. PART THREE -EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation A. Proofroll existing subgrade using a loaded tandem-axle dump truck (min. 20 tons) that travels over the subgrade at a slow-walk speed (about 1 to 2 miles per hour). The frequency and extent of proofrolling shall be sufficient to accurately assess subgrade performance under the weight of the loaded dump truck. At a minimum, rutting and/or pumping shall be limited to 1 inch (max.), or as required by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative. Correct deficient subgrade prior to placing aggregate base. Obtain written approval from Owner and/or Owner's Representative prior to performing any undercuts. Adjust schedule, as required, to allow time for the necessary undercuts. 1. Do not allow surface water to accumulate in the undercuts. Backfill any undercuts with the type of soil that matches the surrounding subgrade. If granular backfill is required (for stability purposes), install underdrain(s), shape/grade undercut to slope downward toward underdrain(s), and connect underdrain(s) to appropriate drainage outlet. All underdrains shall be properly sloped to provide gravity-fed drainage into the drainage outlet. B. Do not allow surface water to accumulate on the subgrade surface. Verify subgrade is graded so that a uniform thickness of aggregate base and pavement layers will be placed to reach finished grades. Grading control shall be verified throughout the proposed pavement area(s) to the nearest 0.01 ft. Mounds, or depressions, in the subgrade shall be cut, or filled with like subgrade, to establish required subgrade levels. C. Verify underdrains are properly installed and connected to appropriate drainage outlet(s) as required on the project drawings. D. Follow the requirements for subgrade preparation provided in the `Earthwork' specifications and on the project drawings. 3.2 Aggregate Base A. Place the new aggregate base material on a properly prepared and compacted subgrade surface. Grade the new aggregate base material to the grade specified on the project drawings. B. Compact the material by approved means. Rolling shall begin at edges of the areas to be compacted and shall proceed towards the center. Areas not accessible to roller shall be compacted by mechanical tampers or plate compactors. February 15,2012 C. Material shall be compacted to a least 95 percent of maximum unit weight. The moisture content shall be maintained within a tolerance of plus 2 percent or minus 3 percent of optimum until the prescribed unit weight is obtained, as determined by ASTM D1557. D. If the density indicates that the base course does not comply with specified density requirements, additional moisture conditioning (e.g. wetting, drying), as necessary, and compaction will be required until the specified density is obtained. Moisture shall be added to the material during compaction only when it is necessary to increase the percentage of moisture to obtain the specified density. E. Verify the design aggregate base thickness is achieved throughout proposed pavement areas based on a 50-foot grid pattern. The tolerance for the aggregate base thickness (after compaction) shall be +/- 1-inch at individual test locations, and shall be +/- 1/4-inch based on an average of at least 10 random test locations. Correct deficient areas as required at no additional cost to the Owner. F. On the day before paving, proofroll aggregate base layer using a loaded tandem-axle dump truck (min. 20 tons) that travels over the subgrade at a slow-walk speed (about 1 to 2 miles per hour). The frequency and extent of proofrolling shall be sufficient to accurately assess subgrade performance under the weight of the loaded dump truck. At a minimum, rutting and/or pumping shall be limited to 1/4-inch (max.), or as required by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative. Correct deficient subgrade prior to placing the new pavement. Obtain written approval from Owner and Owner's Representative prior to performing any undercuts. Adjust paving schedule, as required, to allow time for the necessary subgrade improvements. G. Finished surfaces shall be smooth, even and true to the lines, grades and cross sections indicated. When tested with a 10 foot straight-edge parallel to the center line of the surfaced area, finished surface shall not show a deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in 10 feet. H. If applicable, apply prime coat to treated base material, or to aggregate base surface. Allow prime coat to cure (set)before placing asphalt pavement. 3.3 Asphalt Pavement A. General 1. Bituminous paving shall be applied in separate layers as indicated in the project drawings, consisting of base and/or leveling courses and a wearing course. Thickness after compaction of each bituminous paving course shall be as indicated in the project drawings and in this specification. 2. Refer to the `Quality Assurance' section (Section 1.6) and the `Weather Limitations' section (Section 1.7) of this specification for additional information. 3. Place the bituminous mixture in accordance with acceptable good practices to prevent segregation, cooling, and weak joints. 4. Layout paving pattern in a manner to minimize joints. For the wearing course, position joints in a manner that minimizes joints in the path(s) of channelized truck traffic. 5. Use paving machine for placement at all times, unless permanent site features prevent access. At least 3 days prior to paving, report to the Owner and/or February 15,2012 Owner's Representative any areas where pavement placement by means other than with the paving machine will be required. All requirements for finished surfaces shall apply regardless of the method of pavement placement. 6. Pave at a smooth, continuous speed (max. 20 feet per minute) so that the mat surface is smooth,uniform, and free of distortions. 7. Place the wearing course uniformly high around and along the edges of existing structures so that after compaction, the finish grade will be at (or no more than 1/4- inch above)the structures. 8. The asphalt concrete mixtures shall be placed at temperatures of not less than 260OF nor higher than 3250F when measured behind the paver. Asphalt concrete mixtures delivered outside this range shall be rejected. 9. Paved surface shall be cleaned as required if placement of leveling and/or wearing course is delayed for more than 72 hours and/or if surface is exposed to dust, dirt, mud, or other foreign materials. B. Plant 1. The bituminous plant shall prepare bituminous mixtures in accordance with AASHTO Standards, and shall be of sufficient size so that it can readily supply bituminous mixtures to the project site. The plant shall produce a mix that is, at all times, in compliance with the JMF. C. Transport 1. The bituminous mixtures shall be transported to the project site in appropriate bituminous-transport vehicles and in large-volume quantities such that the placement of the mixtures is not adversely affected by material delivery. Transport the bituminous mixture will be in closed top or tarp cover haul units to reduce heat loss and crusting of the material. a. If the transportation process segregates the mix, the Contractor shall supply and operate the appropriate remixing equipment on-site prior to delivery into the paving machine. D. Equipment 1. The machines, equipment, and tools used on-site shall be in proper working condition and shall be provided in sufficient numbers to properly place bituminous mixtures at a rate equal to the plant output. 2. The paving machine shall be self-propelled and in good mechanical condition. The machine shall be capable of spreading the bituminous mixture true to line and grade, and in a uniform mat thickness, for a single pass spread width of at least 10 feet. The machine must place the mat in a manner that does not segregate the mix during laydown operations. The machine must also form joints/edges of the mat to the shape required for proper joint construction. 3. Rolling equipment shall consist of three-wheeled type and tandem type steel wheel rollers and pneumatic-tired rollers. The rollers can be static or vibratory as necessary to achieve the specified maximum density of the asphalt concrete. February 15,2012 E. Compaction 1. Begin rolling of the mixture as soon after placing as the mixture will bear the roller without undue displacement or hair-line cracking. For initial compaction of the asphalt concrete mixture vibratory, three-wheel rollers may be used immediately following the paver. Pneumatic-tired rollers or vibratory steel wheeled rollers shall be used as intermediate rollers. Only steel wheeled rollers will be permitted for finish and back rolling. 2. Rolling shall proceed until all roller marks are eliminated and no further compression is possible. To prevent adhesion of the asphalt concrete mixture, the roller shall be kept moist,but excess water will not be permitted. 3. In places inaccessible to rollers, such as adjacent to structures, the required compaction shall be secured with plate vibrators, hot hand tampers and hand rollers. 4. The base course, leveling course and wearing courses shall be compacted at a minimum rate of 95 percent of the maximum density at the optimum asphalt content as determined by the Theoretical Maximum Density (TMD) and/or the approved mix design requirements. F. Joints 1. Construction joints shall have the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete pavement. Rough joints shall be corrected as directed by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative without cost to the Owner. 2. Parallel joints (both longitudinal and transverse) in successive pavement layers shall not be placed on top of one another. Maintain a minimum 2-foot offset between joints of additional pavement layers. 3. Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days' work, so as to ensure thorough and continuous bond between the old and new mixture. Before placing the fresh mixture against old pavement, paint the contact surface with a thin, uniform coating of asphalt bond coat. Where a finishing machine is used, make the longitudinal joint by overlapping the screed on the previously laid material for a width of at least 1 inch and depositing a sufficient amount of the mixture so that the joint formed will be smooth and tight. G. Bond Coat 1. Uniformly apply an asphalt emulsion bond coat at a rate of 0.1 gallon per square yard of surface between successive pavement layers,joints, and on other surfaces described below. Allow bond coat to cure (i.e. `set') before placing the hot mix asphalt pavement. 2. Paint contact surfaces of manholes, curbs, and other abutting structures with a thin, uniform coating of asphalt emulsion bond just before placing asphalt concrete mixture against them. 3. Protect nearby existing features from over-spray, as required. Remove bond coat from any exposed surfaces that will not be covered by the asphalt pavement. February 15,2012 H. Finished Surface 1. The finished asphalt concrete pavement surface shall be smooth and even, free of voids, and true to the lines, grades, and cross sections indicated. When tested with a 10 foot straight-edge parallel to the center line of the surfaced area, finished surface shall not show a deviation in excess of 1/8 inch. Skin patching will not be permitted under any circumstances. Correct low areas and depressions by removal and replacement of the deficient pavement without cost to the Owner. I. Compacted Thickness 1. If, after compaction, the total thickness of the base, leveling, or wearing course is less than the specified thickness, remove the entire area affected and replace with fresh base, leveling, and wearing course mixtures. Such removal and replacement work shall be without cost to the Owner. J. Protection of Pavement 1. After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on any portion of the finished asphalt concrete pavement until it has cooled sufficiently and at least 24 hours have elapsed. END OF SECTION February 15,2012 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 SECTION-02516 AUTO/STANDARD DUTY ASPHALT PAVING PART I-GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. The General Conditions and General Requirements are made apart of this Section. The Contractor shall consult them for details contained therein pertaining to this Item of Work. B. Rules,regulations or laws of any controlling governmental agency shall govern when they are more stringent than the requirements of this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor,materials,and services necessary for the following work. This Section includes: 1. On-Site Bituminous pavements for auto/standard duty truck areas on an existing aggregate base as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All off-site Bituminous pavement sections are to be as specified in the Drawings. 2. Other related work shown and/or specified. It is not the intent of the description of the work to include all items required to accomplish the work. The contractor shall assure himself that all work necessary which is not described herein but shown on the Project Drawings shall be completed under this section at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Site Earthwork 02200 B. Stabilized Subgrade 02249 1.4 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. Methods and testing procedures shall conform to the American Standard for Testing Methods specified herein. ASTM D698 — Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort ASTM D1557 — Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort ASTM D2041 —Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D2726—Bulk specific Gravity of Compacted Hot Mix Asphalt ASTM D2950—Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by the Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3203—Percent Air Voids in Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 6307—Asphalt Content by Ignition Method September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 B. Methods and testing procedures shall conform to the American Associations of State Highway and Transportation Officials,"Standard Specifications",referred to as AASHTO,specified herein. AASHTO M320—Performance Graded Asphalt Binder AASHTO M323—Superpave Volumetric Mix Design C. Methods and testing procedures shall conform to the Asphalt Institute publications,referred to as Al, specified herein. MS-2 Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot Mix Types SP-2 Superpave Mix Design D. Methods and testing procedures shall conform to the local state Department of Transportation(DOT) as required if not specified in paragraphs A,B,or C above. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals must be reviewed by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative at least 7 days prior to scheduled date for award of contract. Contractor shall make adjustments to their submittals and bids based on review comments from the Owner and/or the Owner's Representative (collectively referred to as Owner). Failure to submit all required submittals or make required adjustments shall be at the sole risk of the contractor. Contractor shall be aware that DOT mix designs are considered a bare minimum and the more stringent requirements in this specification shall apply. Contractor shall also be aware that mix designs must include locally available materials that have proven success in mixes subjected to standard automobile, light-truck, and Recreational Vehicle(RV)weights, low-speed and parked loading,heavy-breaking,tight-radius turning,and channelized traffic conditions. Owner's review of the mix design in no way relieves the Contractor from their contractual duties, obligations, responsibilities, guarantees, and/or warrantees for the successful performance of the bituminous paving mixtures. B. The contractor shall be responsible for providing the following submittals to the Owner's Representative. 1. Asphalt concrete mix design for each of the specified mixtures in accordance with the Marshall Method Asphalt Institute MS-2 or Superpave SP-2 or an approved DOT method for the state in which the work is being performed. 2. Material certificates indicating compliance with the Department of Transportation for the State in which the work is being performed. 3. Job Mix Formula (JMF) indicating compliance with these specifications and any specific mix design(s)provided by the Department of Transportation (DOT) for the State in which the work is being performed. DOT mix design requirements shall be provided with the JMF. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall attend a pre-paving meeting. The Contractor shall contact the Owner and/or Owner's Representative to schedule the meeting. The meeting shall occur at least 2 weeks prior to pavement operations. Attendees at the meeting must include, at a minimum, the Owner and/or Representative, Contractor(s) associated with the work, and each Contractor's foreman that will be on-site during paving operations. The purpose for the pre-paving meeting will be to review the project plans and specifications, mix designs, construction sequencing, quality control procedures, action plan(s) that address unfavorable weather (including cold weather) conditions, and other pertinent requirements for the successful implementation of the proposed paving plan. Any proposed adjustments to the submitted mix design shall be presented and discussed at the meeting. 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will be retained by the Owner. The independent testing agency will perform field and laboratory tests and reports prior to, during, and after the asphalt pavement construction. The Contractor shall provide the independent testing agency with access to obtain samples, temporarily store samples on-site, perform tests, document proof roll tests, and complete their testing/reporting responsibilities on-site as the work progresses. Contractor shall supply all labor and equipment necessary for proof roll tests and test pit excavations,when required. B. The following field and laboratory tests are considered minimum requirements for the project. Owner reserves the right to assign additional testing based on local conditions and/or requirements, weather,and other factors. 1. Subgrade a. Prior to aggregate base placement, the independent testing agency shall perform field and laboratory tests on the subgrade. This testing shall be a continuation of the previous testing performed during earthwork operations. At a minimum, field tests shall include: i. in-place field density tests per ASTM D2950, ii. proof roll tests, iii. verification of underdrain installation and a description of the as-built condition of the underdrains,and iv. verification of subgrade elevations(by licensed surveyor). b. At a minimum,laboratory testing shall include: i. Proctor test(s)per ASTM D698 or ASTM D1557, ii. Gradation tests for comparison to submitted materials,and iii. Atterberg Limits tests(for cohesive soils)per ASTM 4318. 2. Aggregate Base a. Obtain aggregate base samples from, and perform tests on, material delivered to the site. At a minimum,field tests shall include: September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 i. in-place field density tests per ASTM D2950, ii. thickness measurements of aggregate base layer, iii. proofroll tests,and iv. verification of base layer elevations(by licensed surveyor). b. At a minimum,laboratory testing shall include: i. Proctor tests(s)per ASTM D698 or D1557,and ii. gradation tests for comparison to submitted materials. 3. Asphalt Pavement a. Obtain samples of asphalt pavement from trucks at the plant or from on-site. Obtain one AM sample and one PM sample for each mix placed in one 8 hour day,and obtain an additional sample on each mix for every additional 4 hour increment of paving in one day. For small production days(less than 1,000 tons),obtain at least one sample of each mix. At a minimum,field tests shall include: i. weather conditions,ambient air temperature,and Hot-Mix Asphalt(HMA)temperature at time of placement and compaction, ii. thickness measurements of loose HMA layers,and iii. in-place field density tests. b. At a minimum,laboratory tests shall include: i. gradation/extraction tests, ii. maximum density determination based on Theoretical Maximum Density(TMD), iii. air voids, iv. VFA, V. asphalt cement content,and vi. bulk specific gravity of compacted hot mix asphalt. C. Core the base and leveling courses of pavement to verify thickness. One core shall be performed for every 5,000 square feet of pavement area. Core locations shall be random and determined by the independent testing agency. Cores shall be measured for individual thickness, and for average thickness. Contractor shall correct areas with deficient pavement thickness at no additional cost to the Owner. Cores shall be retained for at least 60 days. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 1.8 WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Paving shall only occur in the absence of precipitation. Surface must not be wet, or contain excessive moisture,and the subgrade and any surface materials shall not be frozen. B. Placement of all bituminous mixtures shall only occur when the ambient air temperature is 400 Fahrenheit, and rising. Surface temperature of ground shall be above 351 Fahrenheit for at least 12 hours prior to placement. C. For cold weather paving, adjust temperature of bituminous mixtures (based on mat thickness) to comply with DOT requirements in the State in which the work is being performed. D. For hot weather paving, adjust temperature of the mix and the associated placement, compaction, and pavement protection techniques to comply with DOT requirements in the State in which the work is being performed. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 PART II-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Aggregate: The contractor shall use local materials available that meet the requirement of the State's Highway Department Specifications. Aggregates shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 323. B. Asphalt Cement: The asphalt cement shall meet the AASHTO 320 requirements. The Performance Grade(PG)asphalt cement shall be one that is commonly used in the location of the project for high wear intersections. Unless otherwise indicated on the project drawings,the grade shall be PG 64-22. 1. Wearing Course a. The pavement must have a 90% reliability for high temperature and low temperature applications. b. Thickness of a single,compacted wearing course shall be 1.5 inches,unless otherwise noted on the drawings. The largest diameter of aggregate in the mix shall be'/z-inch. c. The wearing course shall be hot mix asphalt and shall be a stiff material composed of aggregates meeting fractured face requirements of AASHTO TP 61 for a dense grade mix. The nominal size of the coarse aggregate shall be '/z inch/12.5 mm. Using super pave design criteria,the pavement must be designed for 3 million Equivalent Single Axle Loads. For the Marshall design method,the JMF must comply with the following: Mix Design Criteria Wearing Course Marshall Stability, 75 blows 1,500 lbs. (min.) Flow 8 to 12 Air Voids 5 (max.) VFA 75 (min.) Asphalt Content 5.0 to 6.5 2. Bituminous Leveling and Base Courses a. Thickness of a single,compacted leveling course shall be 1.5 inches,unless otherwise noted on the drawings. The largest diameter of aggregate in the mix shall be 1/2-inch. b. If required,the thickness of a single,compacted base course shall be from 2.0 to 4.0 inches. Thickness of base course shall range on or between 2.5 to 3.0 times the diameter of the largest aggregate. c. The leveling and base courses shall be hot mix asphalt and shall be a stiff material composed of aggregates meeting fractured face requirements of AASHTO TP 61 for a dense grade mix. The nominal size of the coarse aggregate shall be 'h inch/13 mm. Using super pave design criteria the September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 pavement shall be designed for 3 million Equivalent Single Axle Loads. For the Marshall design method,the JMF must comply with the following: Mix Design Criteria Leveling and Base Courses Marshall Stability, 75 blows 1,500 lbs. (min.) Flow 8 to 12 Air Voids 5 (max.) VFA 75 (min.) Asphalt Content 4.5 to 6.0 3. Aggregate Grading a. All aggregates regardless of the Mix Design Method available shall be portioned to produce a well graded material which follows the recommendations in the super pave design manual for grading using the 45 power curve. The tender zone exclusion recommendation shall be used. The grading will produce dense graded aggregates intended to maximize long term performance. b. The tolerance for each range in aggregate size shall be applied to the JMF as follows: Percent Tolerance(per individual Sieve No. test) 1/2" 5 3/8" 4 No.4 4 No. 8 3 No. 16 3 No. 30 3 No. 50 2 No. 100 2 No.200 1 C. Prime Coat 1. Verify with Owner during the submittal process if a prime coat is required. If applicable, prime coat shall be SS-lh or approved equal, and shall be applied on treated base. Prime coat shall be applied to aggregate base surface with acoverage of 0.20 to 0.25 gallons/square yard. D. Bond Coat 1. Bond or tack coat shall be SS-lh asphalt emulsion or approved equal. All layers shall receive a tack coat with a minimum coverage of 0.1 gallons/square yard. E. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement(RAP) 1. RAP shall consist of 100% recycled asphalt pavement. For the wearing course, RAP content shall not exceed 15%. For the leveling and base courses, RAP content shall not exceed 30%. Adding RAP to bituminous mixtures must be performed under tight control. All gradation requirements and tolerances stated in the JMF and in this specification apply regardless of RAP content. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 PART III-EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation A. Proof roll existing subgrade using a loaded tandem-axle dump truck (min. 20 tons) that travels over the subgrade at a slow-walk speed(about 1 to 2 miles per hour). The frequency and extent of proof rolling shall be sufficient to accurately assess subgrade performance under the weight of the loaded dump truck. At a minimum,rutting and/or pumping shall be limited to 1 inch (max.), or as required by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative. Correct deficient subgrade prior to placing aggregate base. Obtain written approval from Owner and/or Owner's Representative prior to performing any undercuts. Adjust schedule, as required,to allow time for the necessary undercuts. 1. Do not allow surface water to accumulate in the undercuts. Backfill any undercuts with the type of soil that matches the surrounding subgrade. If granular backfill is required (for stability purposes), install underdrain(s), shape/grade undercut to slope downward toward underdrain(s), and connect underdrain(s) to appropriate drainage outlet. All underdrains shall be properly sloped to provide gravity-fed drainage into the drainage outlet. B. Do not allow surface water to accumulate on the subgrade surface. Verify subgrade is graded so that a uniform thickness of aggregate base and pavement layers will be placed to reach finished grades. Grading control shall be verified throughout the proposed pavement area(s)to the nearest 0.01 ft. Mounds, or depressions, in the subgrade shall be cut, or filled with like subgrade,to establish required subgrade levels. C. Verify underdrains are properly installed and connected to appropriate drainage outlet(s) as required on the project drawings. D. Follow the requirements for subgrade preparation provided in the `Earthwork' specifications and on the project drawings. 3.2 Aggregate Base A. Place the new aggregate base material on a properly prepared and compacted subgrade surface. Grade the new aggregate base material to the grade specified on the project drawings. B. Compact the material by approved means. Rolling shall begin at edges of the areas to be compacted and shall proceed towards the center. Areas not accessible to roller shall be compacted by mechanical tampers or plate compactors. C. Material shall be compacted to a least 95 percent of maximum unit weight. The moisture content shall be maintained within a tolerance of plus 2 percent or minus 3 percent of optimum until the prescribed unit weight is obtained, as determined by ASTM D1557 or D698 as specified. D. If the density indicates that the base course does not comply with specified density requirements, additional moisture conditioning (e.g. wetting, drying), as necessary, and compaction will be required until the specified density is obtained. Moisture shall be added to the material during compaction only when it is necessary to increase the percentage of moisture to obtain the specified density. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 E. Verify the design aggregate base thickness is achieved throughout proposed pavement areas based on a 50-foot grid pattern. The tolerance for the aggregate base thickness (after compaction) shall be+/- 1/2-inch at individual test locations, and shall be+/- '/4-inch based on an average of at least 10 random test locations. Correct deficient areas as required at no additional cost to the Owner. F. On the day before paving,proof roll aggregate base layer using a loaded tandem-axle dump truck(min. 20 tons)that travels over the subgrade at a slow-walk speed(about 1 to 2 miles per hour). The frequency and extent of proof rolling shall be sufficient to accurately assess subgrade performance under the weight of the loaded dump truck. At a minimum, rutting and/or pumping shall be limited to 1/4-inch (max.), or as required by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative. Correct deficient subgrade prior to placing the new pavement. Obtain written approval from Owner and Owner's Representative prior to performing any undercuts. Adjust paving schedule, as required, to allow time for the necessary subgrade improvements. G. Finished surfaces shall be smooth, even and true to the lines, grades and cross sections indicated. When tested with a 10 foot straight-edge parallel to the center line of the surfaced area,finished surface shall not show a deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in 10 feet. H. If applicable, apply prime coat to treated base material, or to aggregate base surface.Allow prime coat to cure(set)before placing asphalt pavement. 3.3 Asphalt Pavement A. General 1. Bituminous paving shall be applied in separate layers as indicated in the project drawings, consisting of a base course (if applicable), a leveling course, and a wearing course. Thickness after compaction of each bituminous paving course shall be as indicated in the project drawings and in this specification. 2. Refer to the `Quality Assurance' section (Section 1.6) and the `Weather Limitations' section(Section 1.7)of this specification for additional information. 3. Place the bituminous mixture in accordance with acceptable good practices to prevent segregation,cooling,and weak joints. 4. Layout paving pattern in a manner to minimize joints. For the wearing course, position joints in a manner that minimizes joints in the path(s)of channelized traffic. 5. Use paving machine for placement at all times, unless permanent site features prevent access. At least 3 days prior to paving,report to the Owner and/or Owner's Representative any areas where pavement placement by means other than with the paving machine will be required. All requirements for finished surfaces shall apply regardless of the method of pavement placement. 6. Pave at a smooth, continuous speed (max. 20 feet per minute) so that the mat surface is smooth,uniform,and free of distortions. 7. Place the wearing course uniformly high around and along the edges of existing structures so that after compaction, the finish grade will be at (or no more than 1/4-inch above) the structures. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 8. The asphalt concrete mixtures shall be placed at temperatures of not less than 260OF nor higher than 3250F when measured behind the paver. Asphalt concrete mixtures delivered outside this range shall be rejected. 9. Paved surface shall be cleaned as required if placement of leveling and/or wearing course is delayed for more than 72 hours and/or if surface is exposed to dust, dirt, mud, or other foreign materials. B. Plant 1. The bituminous plant shall prepare bituminous mixtures in accordance with AASHTO Standards, and shall be of sufficient size so that it can readily supply bituminous mixtures to the project site. The plant shall produce a mix that is,at all times,in compliance with the JMF. C. Transport 1. The bituminous mixtures shall be transported to the project site in appropriate bituminous- transport vehicles and in large-volume quantities such that the placement of the mixtures is not adversely affected by material delivery. Transport the bituminous mixture will be in closed top or tarp cover haul units to reduce heat loss and crusting of the material. a. If the transportation process segregates the mix,the Contractor shall supply and operate the appropriate remixing equipment on-site prior to delivery into the paving machine. D. Equipment 1. The machines, equipment, and tools used on-site shall be in proper working condition and shall be provided in sufficient numbers to properly place bituminous mixtures at a rate equal to the plant output. 2. The paving machine shall be self-propelled and in good mechanical condition. The machine shall be capable of spreading the bituminous mixture true to line and grade, and in a uniform mat thickness, for a single pass spread width of at least 10 feet. The machine must place the mat in a manner that does not segregate the mix during laydown operations. The machine must also form joints/edges of the mat to the shape required for proper joint construction. 3. Rolling equipment shall consist of three-wheeled type and tandem type steel wheel rollers and pneumatic-tired rollers. The rollers can be static or vibratory as necessary to achieve the specified maximum density of the asphalt concrete. E. Compaction 1. Begin rolling of the mixture as soon after placing as the mixture will bear the roller without undue displacement or hair-line cracking. For initial compaction of the asphalt concrete mixture vibratory, three-wheel rollers may be used immediately following the paver. Pneumatic-tired rollers or vibratory steel wheeled rollers shall be used as intermediate rollers. Only steel wheeled rollers will be permitted for finish and back rolling. 2. Rolling shall proceed until all roller marks are eliminated and no further compression is possible. To prevent adhesion of the asphalt concrete mixture, the roller shall be kept moist,but excess water will not be permitted. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 3. In places inaccessible to rollers, such as adjacent to structures, the required compaction shall be secured with plate vibrators,hot hand tampers and hand rollers. 4. The base course(if applicable),leveling(intermediate)course,and wearing courses shall be compacted between 94 to 96 percent of the maximum density at the optimum asphalt content as determined by the Theoretical Maximum Density (TMD) and/or the approved mix design requirements. F. Joints 1. Construction joints shall have the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete pavement. Rough joints shall be corrected as directed by the Owner and/or Owner's Representative without cost to the Owner. 2. Parallel joints(both longitudinal and transverse) in successive pavement layers shall not be placed on top of one another. Maintain a minimum 2-foot offset between joints of additional pavement layers. 3. Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days' work, so as to ensure thorough and continuous bond between the old and new mixture. Before placing the fresh mixture against old pavement,paint the contact surface with a thin,uniform coating of asphalt bond coat. Where a finishing machine is used, make the longitudinal joint by overlapping the screed on the previously laid material for a width of at least 1 inch and depositing a sufficient amount of the mixture so that the joint formed will be smooth and tight. G. Bond Coat 1. Uniformly apply an asphalt emulsion bond coat at a rate of 0.1 gallon per square yard of surface between successive pavement layers,joints, and on other surfaces described below. Allow bond coat to cure(i.e. `set')before placing the hot mix asphalt pavement. 2. Paint contact surfaces of manholes, curbs,and other abutting structures with a thin,uniform coating of asphalt emulsion bond just before placing asphalt concrete mixture against them. 3. Protect nearby existing features from over-spray, as required. Remove bond coat from any exposed surfaces that will not be covered by the asphalt pavement. H. Finished Surface 1. The finished asphalt concrete pavement surface shall be smooth and even,free of voids,and true to the lines, grades, and cross sections indicated. When tested with a 10 foot straight- edge parallel to the center line of the surfaced area, finished surface shall not show a deviation in excess of 1/8 inch. Skin patching will not be permitted under any circumstances. Correct low areas and depressions by removal and replacement of the deficient pavement without cost to the Owner. I. Compacted Thickness 1. If, after compaction, the total thickness of the base, leveling, or wearing course is less than the specified thickness, remove the entire area affected and replace with fresh base, leveling, and wearing course mixtures. Such removal and replacement work shall be without cost to the Owner. September 9,2013 Copyright 2013 Travel Center Reference Manual 09/13 J. Protection of Pavement 1. After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on any portion of the finished asphalt concrete pavement until it has cooled sufficiently and at least 24 hours have elapsed. END OF SECTION September 9,2013 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02520-PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes exterior portland cement concrete paving for the following: 1. Parking lots. 2. Curbs and gutters. 3. Walkways. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 2 Section"Earthwork" for subgrade preparation,grading and subbase course. 2. Division 2 Section"Non-Skid Coating System"for final surface on diesel island drive pad. 3. Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete"for general building applications of concrete. 4. Division 7 Section"Paving Joint Sealants" for joint fillers and sealants within concrete paving and at joints with adjacent construction. C. Description of Work 1.Extent of portland cement concrete paving is shown on drawings,including curbs,gutters,walkways, and pavement. 2 2. Prepared subbase is specified in"Earthwork"section. 3. Concrete and related materials are specified in Division 3. 3 4. Joint fillers and sealers are specified in Division 7. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete Standards: Comply with provisions of the following standards,except where more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI)301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." B. Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform materials evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section"Project Meetings" and the following: 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02520- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS A. Form Materials: Plywood,metal,metal-framed plywood,or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide full-depth,continuous,straight, smooth exposed surfaces. 1. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a 100-foot or less radius. B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form-release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds(VOCs)that will not bond with,stain,or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars and Tie Bars: ASTM A 615,Grade 60,deformed. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. 1. Furnish in flat sheets,not rolls,unless otherwise acceptable to Architect or Owner's Representative. C. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars,ASTM A 615,Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. D. Supports for Reinforcement: Chairs,spacers,dowel bar supports and other devices for spacing, supporting,and fastening reinforcing bars,welded wire fabric,and dowels in place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications. 1. Use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. E. Metal Expansion Caps: Furnish for one end of each dowel bar in expansion joints. Design caps with one end closed and a minimum length of 3"to allow bars movement of not less than 1",unless otherwise indicated. F. Concrete Materials: Comply with requirements of applicable Division-3 sections for concrete materials,admixtures,bonding materials,curing materials,and others as required. G. Expansion Joint Materials: Comply with requirements of applicable Division-7 sections for preformed expansion joint fillers and sealers. H. Anti-Spalling Compount: 50%(by volume)boiled linseed oil and 50%(by volume)mineral spirits, complying with AASHTO M-233. I. Liquid-Membrane Forming Curing and Sealing Compount(For Walk Areas): Complying with ASTM C 309,Type 1,Class A unless other type acceptable to Owner. Moisture loss not more than 0.055 gr./sq.cm.when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. 1. Acceptable Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products which may be incorporated in the work include the following: "Masterseal"; Master Builders. "Ecocure"; Euclid Chemical Co. "J-20 Acrylic Cure"; Dayton Superior. "Sure Cure"; Kaufman Products Inc. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02520-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 "Kure-N-Seal"; Sonnebom-Contech. "Dress&Seal"; L&M Construction Chemicals. J. Sealer for Exterior Concrete: "Spartan-Cote",as manufactured by The Burke Company. K. Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base,rewettable type. 1. Acceptable Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products which may be incorporated in the work include the following: "J-40 Bonding Agent"' Dayton Superior Corp. "Weldcrete"; Larsen Products. "Everbond"; L&M Construction Chemicals. "EucoWeld"; Euclid Chemical Co. "Hornweld"; A. C.Horn. "Sonocrete"; Sonnebom-Contech. "Acrylic Bondcrete"; The Burke Co. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements of applicable Division-3 sections for concrete mix design,sampling and testing,and quality control,and as herein specified. B. Design mix to product normal-weight concret consisting of portland cement,aggregate,water-reducing or high-range water-reducing admixture(super-plasticizer),air-entraining admixture and water to produce the followin properties: 1. Compressive Strength: 4000 psi,minimum at 28 days,unless othewise indicated. 2. Slump Range: 8"for concrete containign HRWR admixture(super-plasticizer);3"for other concrete. 3. Air Content: 5%to 8%. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Traffic Paint: Alkyd-resin ready-mixed,complying with AASHTO M 248,Type S. 1. Color: All directional and parking striping to be Safety Yellow-unless noted otherwise. 2. Color: Blue(For handicapped parking stripes and symbols.) Unless state or local jurisdiction requires a different color. 2.5 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94. 1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F(30 deg C)and 90 deg F(32 deg C),reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes;when air temperature is above 90 deg F(32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and verify need for additional compaction. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02520-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. 3.2 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set,brace,and secure edge forms,bulkheads,and intermediate screed guides for paving to required lines, grades,and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Check completed formwork and screeds for grade and alignment to following tolerances: 1. Top of Forms: Not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Vertical Face on Longitudinal Axis: Not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. C. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for"Placing Reinforcing Bars" for placing and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,earth,ice,or other bond-reducing materials. C. Arrange,space,and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. D. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.4 JOINTS A. General: Construct contraction,construction,and isolation joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline,unless indicated otherwise. 1. When joining existing paving,place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints,unless indicated otherwise. B. Contraction Joints: Provide weakened-plane contraction joints,sectioning concrete into areas as shown on Drawings. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 of the concrete thickness,as follows: 1. Tooled Joints: Form contraction joints in fresh concrete by grooving and finishing each edge ofjoint with a radiused jointer tool. C. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour,unless paving terminates at isolation joints. 1. Provide preformed galvanized steel or plastic keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with keys, unless indicated otherwise. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 2. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip paving unless indicated. 3. Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02520-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 4. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. D. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete curbs,catch basins, manholes,inlets,structures,walks,other fixed objects,and where indicated. 1. Locate expansion joints as shown on the civil drawings. 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint,not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealant is indicated. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface when no joint sealant is required. 3. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed wherever possible. Where more than one length is required,lace or clip joint filler sections together. 4. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal,plastic,or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. E. Installation of joint fillers and sealants is specified in Division 7 Section"Paving Joint Sealants." 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete,inspect and complete formwork installation,reinforcing steel,and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. Remove snow,ice,or frost from subbase surface and reinforcing before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on surfaces that are frozen. C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required finish elevation and alignment. D. Comply with requirements and with ACI 304R for measuring,mixing,transporting,and placing concrete. E. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. F. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. G. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading,rodding,or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete complying with ACI 309R. 1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies,reinforcement,or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcing, dowels,and joint devices. H. Screed paved surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to form a smooth surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. I. Curbs and Gutters: When automatic machine placement is used for curb and gutter placement,submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements. Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section,lines,grades,finish,and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable,remove and replace with formed concrete. J. When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours,do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28-day compressive strength. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02520- 5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 K. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306R and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost,freezing actions,or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F(4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C)and not more than 80 deg F(27 deg C)at point of placement. 2.Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3.Do not use calcium chloride,salt,or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. L. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete complying with ACI 305R and as specified when hot weather conditions exist. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F(32 deg C). Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot,so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3.Fog spray forms,reinforcing steel,and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water,soft spots,or dry areas. 3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Float Finish: Begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats,or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10-foot-long straightedge placed anywhere on the surface in any direction. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular texture. 1. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform fine line texture finish. 2. Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: On slab surfaces provide a coarse finish by striating surface 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch deep with a stiff-bristled broom,perpendicular to line of traffic. B. Final Tooling: Tool edges of paving,gutters,curbs,and joints formed in fresh concrete with a jointing tool to the following radius. Repeat tooling of edges and joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. 1. Radius: 1/2 inch. 3.7 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R for cold weather protection and ACI 305R for hot weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Control: In hot,dry,and windy weather,protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating,but before floating. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02520-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing,moisture-retaining-cover curing,curing compound, or a combination of these as follows: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover,water saturated,and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with a 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. E. Sealer for Exterior Concrete: Apply first coat of sealer to all exterior concrete within 29 days of placement. Apply at rates recommended by manufacturer. Just prior to opening all concrete sidewalks, concrete paving in auto island areas and concrete slabs at tank areas,are to be steam cleaned and receive a second coat of sealer. (Do not apply sealer to any concrete surface that is to have Non-Skid Coating System Applied) 3.8 TRAFFIC PAINT A. Traffic Paint: Apply traffic paint for striping and other markings with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide a 15-mil minimum wet film thickness. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. Employ a qualified independent testing and inspection agency to sample materials,perform tests,and submit test reports during concrete placement as follows: B. The Owner will employ a qualified testing and inspection agency to sample materials,perform tests,and submit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include the following: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172,except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. a. Slump: ASTM C 143;one test at point of placement for each compressive-strength test but no less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete. Additional tests will be required when concrete consistency changes. b. Air Content: ASTM C 231,pressure method;one test for each compressive-strength test but no less than one test for each day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete. C. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064;one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F(4 deg C)and below and when 80 deg F(27 deg C)and above,and one test for each set of compressive-strength specimens. d. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31;one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test,unless directed otherwise. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory- cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required. e. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39;one set for each day's pour of each concrete class PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02520-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 exceeding 5 cu.yd.but less than 25 cu.yd.,plus one set for each additional 50 cu.yd. Test one specimen at 7 days,test two specimens at 28 days,and retain one specimen in reserve for later testing if required. 2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. 4. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. C. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect,concrete manufacturer,and Contractor within 24 hours of testing. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number,date of concrete placement,name of concrete testing agency,concrete type and class,location of concrete batch in paving,design compressive strength at 28 days,concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength,and type of break for both 7-day and 28-day tests. D. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer,sonoscope,or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. E. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of the concrete when test results indicate slump,air entrainment,concrete strengths,or other requirements have not been met,as directed by Architect. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42,or by other methods as directed. 3.10 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken,damaged,or defective,or does not meet the requirements of this Section. B. Drill test cores where directed by Architect when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. C. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted,maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains,discoloration,dirt,and other foreign material. Sweep concrete paving not more than 2 days prior to date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02520-8 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 SECTION 02666-POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PART I-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,including general and supplementary conditions,apply to the work of this Section. Related work specified elsewhere includes: SECTION 02200-EARTHWORK SECTION 03310-CONCRETE WORK DIVISION 15 Section(s)as applicable 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water-distribution piping and related components outside the building from tapping the main to: 1. Within 5 feet of outside the building limits for domestic and irrigation water service 2. 1 foot above finished floor elevation for the fire service mains 3. Supply and discharge piping including connections to fire protection water tank if shown on the plans. B. All work shall conform to the requirements of the local water authority,fire marshal,and other regulatory authorities having jurisdiction,or this specification,whichever is more stringent. C. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site,ready for installation. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene terpolymer rubber. B. LLDPE: Linear,low-density polyethylene plastic. C. PA: Polyamide(nylon)plastic. D. PE: Polyethylene plastic. E. PP: Polypropylene plastic. F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. RTRF: Reinforced thermosetting resin(fiberglass)fittings. H. RTRP: Reinforced thermosetting resin(fiberglass)pipe. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Factory Mutual(FM) 1. Approval Guide B. Underwriters Laboratories(UL) 1. Fire Protection Equipment Directory 2. UL 1285 -Pipe and Couplings,Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC),for Underground Fire Service 3. UL 262-Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service 4. UL 246-Hydrants for Fire-Protection Service C. National Sanitation Foundation(NSF) 1. NSF 14-Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials 2. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects D. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) 1. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code 2. NFPA 24-Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their Appurtenances 3. NFPA 1963 -Screw Threads and Gaskets for Fire Hose Connections (revision of ANSI/NFPA 1963-1993) 4. NFPA 13—Installation of Sprinkler Systems(latest edition) E. American Water Works Association(AWWA) POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666- 1 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 1. C151 Ductile-Iron Pipe,Centrifugally Cast,for Water(revision of ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51- 91) 2. C104-Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water 3. C150-Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe 4. C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in through 48 in (75 tutu through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids 5. C153 - Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 in. through 24 in. (76 turn Through 610 tutu) and 54 in. through 64 in.(1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm),for Water Service 6. C900-Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pressure Pipe,4 Inch through 12 Inch for Water Distribution 7. C500-Gate Valves for Water and Sewage Systems 8. CI I I -Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings 9. C550-Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 10. C509-Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service 11. M44-Distribution Valves: Selection,Installation,Field Testing,and Maintenance 12. C800-Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings 13. C702-Cold Water Meters-Compound Type 14. C502-Hydrants,Dry Barrel Fire 15. M41 -Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 16. C600-Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances 17. C605 -Water Treatment-Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water 18. M23 -PVC Pipe:Design and Installation 19. M17-Fire Hydrants:Installation,Field Testing,and Maintenance 20. C651 -Disinfecting Water Mains F. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube 2. B813 - Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering Applications of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube 3. B32-Standard Specification for Solder Metal 4. D2241 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Pressure-Rated Pipe(SDR Series) 5. D3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 6. F645 - Standard Guide for Selection, Design, and Installation of Thermoplastic Water Pressure Piping Systems G. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME) 1. B16.18-Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings R(1994) 2. B 16.22-Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings H. Manufacturer's Standardization Society(MSS) 1. SP-60-Connecting Flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves I. Copper Development Association(CDA) 1. Copper Tube Handbook 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. The General Contractor and Subcontractor(s) shall execute the Conformance Submittal(s) at the end of this section. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or the utility company supplying water including tapping of water mains,backflow prevention installation,testing,and disinfection. 2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water-service piping, including materials,installation,testing,and disinfection. POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666-2 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 3. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water-service piping, including materials,hose threads,installation,and testing. B. Piping materials shall bear label,stamp,or other markings of specified testing agency. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: UL listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100,by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,and marked for intended use. D. Comply with ASTM F 645 for selection,design,and installation of thermoplastic water piping. E. Comply with FMG's "Approval Guide" or UL's"Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire-service-main products. F. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 13 and NFPA 24 for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision for fire-service-main piping for fire suppression. G. NSF Compliance: 1. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic potable-water-service piping. 2. Comply with NSF 61 for materials for water-service piping and specialties for domestic water. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves,including fire hydrants,according to the following: 1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces. 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves,including fire hydrants,according to the following: 1. Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection;then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew-point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants if size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use hand wheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage,and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt,debris,and moisture. E. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor when storing inside. F. Protect flanges,fittings,and specialties from moisture and dirt. G. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Removal and Relocation of Existing Utilities: The contractor shall be responsible for removal and/or relocation of existing utilities, where conflicts occur but may or may not be shown on the Drawings, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Interruption of Existing Water-Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water-distribution service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner two(2)days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of water-distribution service without Owner's written permission. 1.09 COORDINATION AND FEES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and payment of all tap and construction permit fees associated with this section. B. The Contractor shall provide and install domestic and irrigation water lines, meters, and appurtenances as shown on the drawings to within 5 feet of building limits, including, but not limited to, any taps, meters, vault, and backflow prevention. If Contractor's Work terminates at a connection point where work by others is complete, Contractor shall make the connection. If future connections will be required by others, Contractor shall install plugging and marking apparatus as necessary to protect the Work. C. The Contractor shall provide and install fire service water lines, meters, and appurtenances as shown on drawings to 1 foot above finished floor elevation, including, but not limited to any taps, meters, backflow prevention, hydrants, and free standing fire department connections. If Contractor's Work terminates at a POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666-3 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 connection point where work by others is complete, Contractor shall make the connection. If future connections will be required by others,Contractor shall install plugging and marking apparatus as necessary to protect the Work. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION A. Acid-and alkali-resistant,polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities,a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick,continuously inscribed with a description of"CAUTION WATER LINE BURIED BELOW",with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection,detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep. Tape shall be industry standard BLUE. B. Subject to compliance with requirements,the following are acceptable manufacturers: Allen Systems,Inc. EMED Co.,Inc. Seton Name Plate Corp. 2.02 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Soft Copper Tube: NPS 3 inches or smaller;ASTM B 88,Type K,annealed temper. 1. Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B 16.22, wrought-copper, solder joint pressure type or ASME B 16.22 for wrought-copper and copper allow, solder joint pressure fitting type. Furnish only wrought-copper fittings if indicated. 2. Soldering flux shall be in accordance with ASTM B813,water-flushable type. 3. Solder filler metal shall be in accordance with ASTM B 32,with 0.20 percent maximum lead content. 4. Copper,Pressure-Seal Fittings: a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM O-ring seal in each end. b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Bronze fitting with stainless-steel grip ring and EPDM O-ring seal in each end. 2.03 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe, NPS 3 inches or larger: AWWA C151 Class 350, and shall have a cement-mortar lining of standard thickness in accordance with AWWA C104; pipe thickness shall be in accordance with AWWA C150;pipe shall have push-on joints in accordance with AWWA C110,additional pipe: 1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153,ductile-iron compact pattern. 2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2.04 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe,NPS 4 inches to NPS 12 inches: 1. PVC pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900, Class 150, DR 18. Pipe joints shall be elastomeric joints only. Sleeve couplings are not permitted except as necessary for repairs during testing, or connections to existing mains. Comply with UL 1285 for fire-service mains.Fittings shall be POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666-4 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 mechanical joint ductile-iron compact fittings in accordance with AWWA C153 or standard size in accordance with AWWA C110. 2.05 GATE VALVES A. AWWA,Cast-Iron Gate Valves: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings 2. Nonrising-Stem,Metal-Seated Gate Valves: a. Description: Gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet; with cast-iron or bronze double-disc gate, bronze gate rings,bronze stem,and stem nut. 1) Standard: AWWA C500,UL 262,FM-Approved. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig. 3) End Connections: Mechanical joint per AWWA C111. 4) Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550. 5) Nut:2 inches square,complying with AWWA C500. 3. Nonrising-Stem,Resilient-Seated Gate Valves: a. Description: Gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet; with bronze or gray- or ductile-iron gate, resilient seats,bronze stem,and stem nut. 1) Standard: AWWA C509 UL 262 FM-Approved. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig. 3) End Connections: Mechanical joint per ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111). 4) Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550. 5) Nut: 2 inches square,complying with AWWA C500. 2.06 GATE VALVE ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES A. Tapping-Sleeve Assemblies: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, if the Utilities do not furnish, provide the product indicated on Drawings. 2. Description: Sleeve and valve compatible with drilling machine. a. Standard: MSS SP-60. b. Tapping Sleeve: Cast-or ductile-iron or stainless-steel,two-piece bolted sleeve with flanged outlet for new branch connection. Include sleeve matching size and type of pipe material being tapped and with recessed flange for branch valve. c. Valve: AWWA,cast-iron,nonrising-stem,metal or resilient-seated gate valve with one raised face flange mating tapping-sleeve flange. B. Valve Boxes: Comply with AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve boxes. Include top section, adjustable extension of length required for depth of burial of valve,plug with lettering"WATER," and bottom section with base that fits over valve and with a barrel approximately 5 inches in diameter. 1. Operating Wrenches: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve,and socket matching valve operating nut. 2. Provide 24"x 24"x 6"thick concrete apron around all valve boxes in asphalt pavement areas. 2.07 CORPORATION VALVES AND CURB VALVES(STOPS) A. Service-Saddle Assemblies: Comply with AWWA C800. Include saddle and valve compatible with tapping machine. 1. Service Saddle: Copper alloy with seal and AWWA C800,threaded outlet for corporation valve. 2. Corporation Valve: Bronze body and ground-key plug, with AWWA C800, threaded inlet and outlet matching service piping material. B. Curb Valves: Comply with AWWA C800. Include bronze body, ground-key plug or ball, and wide tee head,with inlet and outlet matching service piping material. C. Service Boxes for Curb Valves: Similar to AWWA M44 requirements for cast-iron valve boxes. Include cast-iron telescoping top section of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666-5 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 "WATER," and bottom section with base that fits over curb valve and with a barrel approximately 3 inches in diameter. 1. Shutoff Rods: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and slotted end matching curb valve. 2.08 WATER METERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, if utility company does not furnish water meter provide the product indicated on Drawings. B. 2 Inch Compound-Type Water Meters: 1. Description: a. Standard: AWWA C702. b. Registration: Flow in gallons. C. Fire Service Meters: 1. Description: Use Fire Service Meter only when required by authorities having jurisdiction. Include meter modified with signal-transmitting assembly, low-voltage connecting wiring, and remote register assembly. a. Standard: AWWA C703. b. Registration: Flow in gallons. 2.09 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Comply with regulatory authorities having jurisdiction requirements. 1. Maximum Pressure Loss (RPZ valve): 12 psig at 2250 gpm maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 2. Maximum Pressure Loss(double detector check valve): 5 psig at 2250 gpm maximum,through middle 1/3 of flow range. 2.010 WATER METER BOXES A. Description: Cast-iron body and cover (shall be H-20 rated if not placed in non-traffic area) for disc-type water meter, with lettering "WATER METER" in cover; and with slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service piping. Use only when required by the utility authority. Provide a 6" thick concrete apron a minimum of 18"wide on all sides in pavement areas. 2.11 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements of the local Utility Purveyor or provide the product indicated on Drawings. 2. Description: Freestanding, with one NPS 4-1/2 and two NPS 2-1/2 outlets, 5-1/4-inch main valve, drain valve, and NPS 6 mechanical joint inlet. Include interior coating according to AWWA C550. Hydrant shall have cast-iron body, compression-type valve opening against pressure and closing with pressure. a. Standard: AWWA C502 UL 246,FM-Approved. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. c. Outlet Threads: NFPA 1963, with external hose thread used by local fire department. Include cast-iron caps with steel chains. d. Operating and Cap Nuts: Pentagon, 1-1/2 inches point to flat. e. Direction of Opening: Open hydrant valve by turning operating nut to left or counterclockwise. A clearly visible arrow and the word "OPEN" shall be cast in relief on the top of the hydrant to designate direction of opening. f. Exterior Finish: Red alkyd-gloss enamel paint(two coats),unless otherwise indicated. 2.12 RESTRAINED JOINT SYSTEMS FOR FIRE LINE LEAD IN A. The following section shall only apply to the portion of fire protection main extending from the 90 degree elbow below the sprinkler riser room floor to the flanged end of the pipe extending P-0" above the POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666-6 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 sprinkler riser room finished floor and the horizontal portion of pipe extending from the 90 degree elbow towards the building foundation. B. The fire protection main entering the sprinkler riser room through the floor shall be restrained from movement by the following: 1. Pipe Clamps a. Clamp dimensions shall be 5/8"x 21/2"for 10"pipe,5/8"x 3"for 12"and larger pipe; b. Clamp bolt dimensions shall be 1/4"for 10"pipe,7/8"for 12"and larger pipe; c. The diameter of the bolt hole shall be 1/16"larger than that of the corresponding bolt. 2. Tie Rods: Threaded sections of rods shall not be formed or bent. Rods shall not be less than 5/8" in diameter and the minimum number of rods for each clamp shall be: a. 10"Pipe: (4)-5/8"or(3)-3/4"or(2)-7/8"rods; b. 12"Pipe: (6)-5/8"or(4)-3/4"or(3)-7/8"rods;and c. 14"Pipe: (8)-5/8"or(5)-3/4"or(4)-7/8"rods d. 16"Pipe: (10)-5/8"or(7)-3/4"or(5)-7/8"rods 3. Washers a. Cast-iron washer dimensions shall be 5/8"x 3"for 10"pipe, '/2"x 3'/2"for 12"pipe and larger; b. Steel washer dimensions shall be 11/2"x 3"for 10"pipe, 11/2"x 3'/2"for 12"pipe and larger;and c. The diameter of the hole in the washer shall be 1/8"larger than the rod. 4. Polyethylene Encasement: To prevent corrosion, a polyethylene tube/sheet shall be applied to the exterior piping, fittings, clamp and rods. The polyethylene casing shall be applied per the manufacturer's listing and shall extend 6"above finished floor elevation in the sprinkler room. 5. Uniflange type fittings are not permitted. PART III-EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Use pipe,fittings,and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications. B. Transition couplings and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used,unless otherwise indicated. C. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping. D. Flanges, unions, grooved-end-pipe couplings, and special fittings may be used, instead of joints indicated, on aboveground piping and piping in vaults. E. Underground water-service piping shall be as shown on the plans 3.02 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General Application: Use mechanical-joint-end valves for NPS 2 and larger underground installation. Use threaded- or flanged-end valves for installation in vaults. Use UL/FMG, nonrising-stem gate valves for installation with indicator posts. Use corporation valves and curb valves with ends compatible with piping, for NPS 2 and smaller installation. B. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. C. Provide 24"x 24"x 6"thick concrete apron around all valve boxes in asphalt pavement areas. 3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Water-Main Connection: Verify with regulatory authority having jurisdiction that size of tap and location shown on the drawings are acceptable. Tap water main according to requirements of water utility company and of size and in location indicated. B. Make connections NPS 2 and smaller with drilling machine according to the following: 1. Install service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity, and arrangement required by utility company standards. 2. Install service-saddle assemblies on water-service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for corporation valves. POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666-7 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 3. Use drilling machine compatible with service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves. Drill hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install corporation valves into service-saddle assemblies. 5. Install manifold for multiple taps in water main. 6. Install curb valve in water-service piping with head pointing up and with service box. C. Comply with NFPA 24 for fire-service-main piping materials and installation. D. Install ductile-iron,water-service piping according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. E. Install PVC,AWWA pipe according to ASTM F 645 and AWWA M23. F. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 42 inches, with top at least 12 inches below level of maximum frost penetration, or as required by regulatory authority having jurisdiction,whichever is deeper. If pipe is installed in an excavated "cut" section prior to completion of grading operations, pipe shall be installed so that minimum required cover will exist upon completion of grading operations. G. Install piping by tunneling or jacking, or combination of both, under streets and other obstructions that cannot be disturbed. H. Extend water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building-water-piping systems five (5) feet outside face of building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated. 1. Terminate water-service piping five (5) feet outside building wall until building-water-piping systems are installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material. Make connections to building-water-piping systems when those systems are installed. I. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use restrained joint piping,thrust blocks,anchors,tie-rods and clamps,and other supports. J. Pipe Bedding: Pipe bedding material shall be as specified on trenching and bedding details as shown on drawings.No pipe shall be laid resting on a rock,blocking or unyielding objects. K. Location with Sewers: Separate trenches shall be provided for water lines and sewer lines, with lines separated by a minimum of 10 feet horizontally. Water mains that cross sewers shall have a minimum vertical separation of 18 inches. L. All piping shall be installed and verified to be level. This shall apply to piping in the horizontal and vertical positions. 3.04 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Make pipe joints according to the following: 1. Copper-Tubing,Pressure-Sealed Joints: Use proprietary crimping tool and procedure recommended by copper,pressure-seal-fitting manufacturer. 2. Ductile-Iron Piping,Gasketed Joints for Water-Service Piping: AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. 3. Ductile-Iron Piping,Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service-Main Piping: UL 194. 4. PVC Piping Gasketed Joints: Use joining materials according to AWWA C900. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM D 3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials, with OD, and with system working pressure. 3.05 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches. Include anchorages for the following piping systems: 1. Gasketed-Joint,Ductile-Iron,Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA C600. 2. Gasketed-Joint,PVC Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA M23. 3. Fire-Service-Main Piping: According to NFPA 24. B. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-resistant material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666-8 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 3.06 VALVE INSTALLATION A. AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. B. AWWA Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. C. UL/FMG, Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. Install each underground valve and valves in vaults with stem pointing up and with vertical cast-iron indicator post. D. UL/FMG,Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. E. MSS Valves: Install as component of connected piping system. F. Corporation Valves and Curb Valves: Install each underground curb valve with head pointed up and with service box. 3.07 WATER METER INSTALLATION A. Install water meters,piping,and specialties according to utility company's written instructions. 3.8 ROUGHING-IN FOR WATER METERS A. Rough-in piping and specialties for water meter installation according to utility company's written instructions. 3.9 BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to flooding. C. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. 3.10 WATER METER BOX INSTALLATION A. Provide 6" thick concrete apron extending a minimum of 18" from outer edge of valve boxes, flush with adjacent pavement, if placed in asphalt pavement areas. B. Install water meter boxes in grass or earth areas with top 2 inches above surface. 3.11 FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION A. General: Install each fire hydrant with separate gate valve in supply pipe, anchor with restrained joints or thrust blocks,and support in upright position. B. AWWA Fire Hydrants: Comply with AWWA M17. C. UL/FMG Fire Hydrants: Comply with NFPA 24. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one-and-one-half times working pressure for two hours. 1. The Contractor shall test all pipe lines and appurtenances with water at test pressure of 200 psi or 50 psi in excess of the system working pressure, whichever is greater. Test pressure must be maintained for at least 2 hours. All leakage apparent after testing must be repaired immediately. The work will not be finally accepted until leakage shall be as follows: a. The amount of leakage at the joints shall not exceed 2 quarts per hour per 100 gaskets or joints, irrespective of pipe diameter. b. The amount of leakage specified above shall be permitted to be increased by 1 fluid ounce per inch valve diameter per hour for each metal seated valve isolating the test section. c. If dry barrel hydrants are tested with the main valve open so the hydrants are under pressure, an additional 5 fluid ounces per minute shall be permitted for each hydrant. d. The amount of leakage in buried piping shall be measured at the specified test pressure by pumping from a calibrated container. POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666-9 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 2. Fire Water System tests shall be in full conformity with the requirements of all applicable codes,NFPA standards,and other authorities having jurisdiction. a. All new underground mains and lead-ins shall be flushed thoroughly before connection is made to internal system piping. The site utility subcontractor shall be responsible for disposal of the test water drained from the test outlets. b. The trench shall be backfilled between joints before testing to prevent movement of pipe. c. Test shall be made by the site utility subcontractor in the presence of the regulatory authority having jurisdiction and/or the Owner's representative. d. After the fire service underground main and lead-in have been installed by the site utility subcontractor and are ready for use, the site utility subcontractor shall furnish 2 completed copies of the "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Private Fire Service Mains" form to the General Contractor. Prior to attachment of any pipe or equipment to the lead-in located in the sprinkler room, the sprinkler subcontractor shall obtain a copy of the completed form from the General Contractor. e. The site utility subcontractor shall prepare reports of testing activities and submit 2 copies to the General Contractor. C. Prepare reports of testing activities. 3.13 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water- distribution piping. Locate below finished grade,directly over piping. 3.14 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended,or repaired before use. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in NFPA 24 for flushing of piping. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at points of outlet. 3. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in AWWA C651 or do as follows: a. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours. b. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine;isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. c. After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from system. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows evidence of contamination. B. The site utility subcontractor shall prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities and submit two (2) copies to the General Contractor. C. All fire protection underground mains shall be flushed per the flow rates listed below: Fire Pump and/or Water Storage Tank Installed No Fire Pump or Water Storage Tank 8"pipe 2,350 gpm 8"pipe 1,560 gpm 10"pipe 3,670 gpm 10"pipe 2,440 gpm 12"pipe 5,290 gpm 12"pipe 3,520 gpm 14"pipe 7,188 gpm 16"pipe 9,388 gpm Underground and lead-in fire protection mains shall be flushed through fire hydrants at dead ends of the underground piping system or through aboveground flushing outlets which are accessible will allow water to drain to a safe location and will provide the required flow listed above. Flush underground mains until POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666- 10 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 water is clear. Continue to flush for five minutes after water is clear. Utilize approved water flow measuring devices to verify that the required water flow is achieved. END OF SECTION 02666 POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666- 11 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL SECTION 02510—WATER DISTRIBUTION Pilot/Flying J of (City, State) General Contractor: (Company Name,Phone Number) (Address) Sub-Contractor: (Company Name,Phone Number) (Address) The following products have been selected(check one box)for use in this project from the list of acceptable products specified: Domestic and Fire Mains: ❑ Ductile-Iron Pipe,AWWA C151 Class 350,MJ DI Compact Fittings ❑ Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe,AWWA C900,Class ,MJ DI Compact Fittings ❑ Other per AHJ: Domestic and Irrigation Supply Lines: ❑ Copper Tubing,ASTM B88,Type K,Annealed Temper,Copper Fittings ❑ Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe,ASTM D2241, SDR 21 ❑ Other per AHJ: Fire Hydrants,BFP's,Valves,Meters,Fittings,Vaults,and all other Appurtenances: ❑ Conform to Pilot/Flying J Specifications and All Authorities Having Jurisdiction POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666- 12 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 I represent to Pilot/Flying J that the product selected will be installed in compliance with the applicable codes for the authorities having jurisdiction and in accordance with the contract documents. If noncompliance is discovered the General Contractor shall make or cause to be made all necessary corrections to meet the applicable codes and specifications. Immediately or as directed by Pilot/Flying J the work shall be completed without additional cost to the Pilot/Flying J and/or the contract. Sub-Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the Sub-Contractor) Date (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the Sub-Contractor) General Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) Date (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02666- 13 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 SECTION 02720-STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PART I-GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Furnish all labor,materials,equipment,services,supervision,etc.,as required for storm sewer systems as shown on the drawings and described herein. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings,GENERAL CONDITIONS and Sections of DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS apply to the Work of this Section. Comply with the applicable requirements of the following: SECTION 00900-SPECIAL PROJECT CONDITIONS SECTION 02200-EARTHWORK SECTION 03310-CONCRETE WORK 1.03 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. Nonpressure transition couplings. 3. Pressure pipe couplings. 4. Expansion joints and deflection fittings. 5. Backwater valves. 6. Cleanouts. 7. Drains. 8. Encasement for piping. 9. Manholes. 10. Channel drainage systems. 11. Catch basins. 12. Stormwater inlets. 13. Stormwater detention structures. 14. Pipe outlets. 15. Dry wells. 16. Stormwater disposal systems. 1.04 STANDARDS A. American Society For Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. A185-Steel Welded Wire Fabric,Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement 2. A615-Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 3. A760-Corrugated Steel Pipe,Metallic-Coated,for Sewers and Drains 4. A798-Installation of Corrugated-Steel Pipe for Sewers and Other Applications 5. A929-Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process for Corrugated Steel Pipe 6. C76-Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain,and Sewer Pipe 7. C443-Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,Using Rubber Gaskets 8. C478-Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 9. C913-Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures 10. C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,Pipes and Laterals 11. CI107/C1107M-08 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydrologic-Cement Grout (Non- Shrink) STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 1 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 12. C1478 - Standard Specification for Storm Drain Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Storm sewer Structures,Pipes and Laterals 13. C 1479-Installation of Reinforced Concrete Pipe 14. C990-OIA - Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants 15. D698-07el Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 16. D 1056-Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber 17. D2306-Annular Corrugated Profile Wall Polyethylene pipe and Fittings for Gravity Flow Storm Sewer and Subsurface Drainage Applications 18. D2321 -Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewer/Gravity- Flow Applications 19. D3034-Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Sewer Pipe and Fittings 20. D3212-Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Elastomeric Seals 21. F477-Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe 22. F794-Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter 23. F949-Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Corrugated Sewer Pipe With a Smooth Interior and Fittings 24. F2418-Polypropylene(PP)Corrugated Wall Stormwater Collection Chambers 25. F2306-Annular Corrugated Profile Wall Polyethylene(PE)Pipe and Fittings 26. F2510/F2510M - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Corrugated High Density Polyethylene Drainage Pipes 27. F2562-Steel Reinforced Thermoplastic Ribbed Pipe 28. C1504- Precast Steel Reinforced Three Sided Concrete Structures B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO) 1. M36-Corrugated Steel Pipe,Metallic-Coated,for Sewers and Drains 2. M198-Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible Watertight Gaskets 3. M252-Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing 4. M274-Aluminum-Coated(Type 2),for Corrugated Steel Pipe 5. M288-Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications 6. M294-Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe. 7. M36-Metallic Coated Corrugated Steel Culverts and Underdrains 8. M43-Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction 9. M 190-Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches 10. M199-Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 11. AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications Sections 3 & 12 C. American Water Works Association(AWWA) 1. C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in through 48 in (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids(revision of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10-93) 2. CI I I -Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings 3. C151 -Ductile-Iron Pipe,Centrifugally Cast,for Water D. American Concrete Institute(ACI) 1. 301 -Structural Concrete for Buildings, Specifications for 2. 318-Building Code Requirements for Structural Plain Concrete 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. The General Contractor and the Subcontractor shall execute the Conformance Submittals at the end of this section: 1. Storm Drainage Conformance Submittal B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Manholes: Include plans,elevations, sections,details,frames,and covers. 2. Catch basins stormwater inlets and dry wells. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames, covers,and grates. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720-2 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 3. Stormwater Detention Structures: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames, covers, and concrete design-mix reports. D. Product Certificates: For each type of cast-iron soil pipe and fitting,from manufacturer. E. Field quality-control reports. F. Project Record Drawings: Accurately record as-built locations of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, cleanouts, top elevations and invert elevations. Identify and describe unexpected variations of subsurface conditions and location of any utilities encountered. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All costs associated with re-inspection due to failures shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. Owner reserves the right to direct any inspection that is deemed necessary. Contractor shall provide free access to site for inspection activities. 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic pipe and fittings in direct sunlight with the exception of Corrugated High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings. B. All pipes shall be protected against impact, shock and free fall, and only equipment of sufficient capacity and proper design shall be used in the handling of the pipe. Pipes and chambers shall not be rolled or dragged over gravel or rock during handling. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to ensure the method used in lifting or placing the pipe or chambers does not induce stress fatigue in the pipe or chamber and the lifting device used uniformly distributes the weight of the pipe or chamber along the axis or circumference. Storage of pipe on the job shall be in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. C. Protect pipe,pipe fittings,and seals from dirt and damage. D. Damage to Pipe or Chambers: 1. Each length of pipe or chamber shall be inspected for defects and cracks before carefully being lowered into the trench. 2. Bituminous coated pipe shall be handled with special care and repair of damaged coating shall conform to AASHTO M190. 3. Pipe or chambers which are defective from any cause,including damage caused by handling,storage or any other reason as determined by the Owner to be not repairable, shall be unacceptable for installation and shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner and as directed by the Owner. 4. Pipe or chambers that are damaged or disturbed through any cause prior to acceptance of the work shall be repaired,realigned or replaced as directed by the Owner at no expense to the Owner. E. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. F. Handle catch basins and stormwater inlets according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Removal/Relocation of Existing Utilities: The Contractor shall be responsible for removal and/or relocation of existing utilities, whether shown or not shown on the drawings, at locations where conflicts occur with proposed storm drainage improvements.Removal and relocation shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Owner's written permission. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION A. Acid-and alkali-resistant,polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities,a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick,continuously inscribed with a description of"CAUTION SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW",with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection,detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep. Tape shall be industry standard GREEN. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720-3 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 B. Subject to compliance with requirements,the following are acceptable manufacturers: Allen Systems,Inc. EMED Co.,Inc. Seton Name Plate Corp. 2.02 DUCTILE-IRON,CULVERT PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: ASTM A 716,for push-on joints. B. Standard Fittings: AWWA C110,ductile or gray iron,for push-on joints. C. Compact Fittings: AWWA C153,for push-on joints. D. Gaskets: AWWA CI11,rubber. 2.03 ALUMINIZED PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Aluminized Steel Type 2 Corrugated Steel Pipe 2(CMP): I. Pipe shall meet requirements of ASTM A929 or AASHTO M 274 or ASTM A760 2. Minimum gauge shall be 16 gauge for pipe diameters 10-24 inches, 14 gage for diameters 30-48 inches. Stormwater detention systems only: 12 gage for diameters 54-96 inches and 10 gauge for diameters 102 inches and larger,but not less than the diameter indicated on the drawings. 3. Each pipe shall be clearly marked to show the class or gauge, date of manufacture and name or trademark of the manufacturer. 4. Joints shall be fully corrugated 10"wide outside collars or coupling bands of aluminized steel angles riveted near the ends and bolted through angles to draw the bands tight for silt-tight designations. Additionally, a 7"wide by 3/8"thick one piece continuous neoprene gasket per ASTM D1056 shall be provided at watertight designations. 5. Maximum permitted diameter for CMP storm drainage piping is 48" 6. CMP larger than 48"diameter is allowed for subsurface stormwater detention systems only. B. Aluminized Steel Type 2 Spiral Ribbed Pipe(Type IR) 1. Pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM A929 and AASHTO M274 or ASTM A760 with 3/4"x 3/4"x 7-1/2" continuous external ribs in accordance with the applicable requirements of AASHTO M-36 or ASTM A760 such as"Ultra-Flo'by Contech or approved equal. 2. Minimum gauge shall be 16 gauge for pipe diameters 10-24 inches and 14 gauge for diameters 30-48 inches,but not less than the diameter indicated on the drawings. 3. Each pipe shall be clearly marked to show the class or gauge, date of manufacture and name or trademark of the manufacturer. 4. Joints shall be fully corrugated 10" wide outside collars or coupling bands of aluminized steel angles riveted near the ends and bolted through angles to draw the bands tight for silt-tight designations. Additionally,a 7"wide by 3/8"thick one piece continuous neoprene gasket per ASTM D1056 shall be provided at watertight designations 5. Pipe sizes,gages and corrugations shall be as shown on the project plans. 6. Maximum permitted diameter is 48" 2.04 HDPE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Reinforced Thermoplastic Ribbed Smooth Interior Pipe I. Pipe lengths shall be joined on site using bell and spigots reinforced with steel that is fully encased in a pressure rated high density polyethylene and shall be watertight to an internal water pressure of 15 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D3212. 2. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477 3. Maximum Diameter shall be 48" B. High Density Polyethylene Pipe(HDPE)Smooth Interior Pipe: I. Pipe and Fittings: Shall conform to AASHTO M252 and M294 and/or ASTM F2360 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Gaskets: Rubber gaskets shall meet requirements of ASTM F477 with joints conforming to AASHTO M294,watertight designations 3. Maximum permitted diameter is 48". STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720-4 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 4. See drawings for bedding details. 5. HDPE Pipe shall be NTPEP Certified. 6. Approved Manufacturers: a. Advance Drainage Systems,Inc.,3300 Riverside Drive,Columbus,Ohio 43221 (614)457-3051 b. Hancor,Inc.,401 Olive Street,Findlay,Ohio 45840(888)367-7473 c. Lane Enterprises,Inc. (for Type S Lok-Tite Pipe)3905 Hartzdale Drive, Suite 514,Camp Hill,PA 17011 (717)761-8175 d. Quality Culvert,Inc.,25726 County Road 561,Astatula,FL 34750(800)881-1100 2.05 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC Cellular-Core Piping: 1. PVC Cellular-Core Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 891, Sewer and Drain Series,PS 50 minimum stiffness, PVC cellular-core pipe with plain ends for solvent-cemented joints. 2. Fittings: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35,PVC socket-type fittings. B. PVC Corrugated Sewer Piping: 1. Pipe: ASTM F 949, and ASTM F 794 PVC, corrugated pipe with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed j oints. 2. Fittings: ASTM F 949,PVC molded or fabricated, socket type. 3. Gaskets: ASTM F 477,elastomeric seals with joints conforming to ASTM D3212 4. Approved Manufacturers: a. Contech"A2000", 1001 Grove Street,Middletown,OH 45044 2.06 CONCRETE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Reinforced-Concrete Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 76(ASTM C 76M). 1. Bell-and-spigot or tongue-and-groove ends and gasketed joints with ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber gaskets or sealant joints with ASTM C 990 (ASTM C 990M), bitumen or butyl-rubber sealant for silt-tight designations. 2. Class III,unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.07 NONPRESSURE TRANSITION COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined,and corrosion-resistant- metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. B. Sleeve Materials: 1. For Concrete Pipes: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M),rubber. 2. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564,rubber. 3. For Fiberglass Pipes: ASTM F 477,elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926,PVC. 4. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477,elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926,PVC. 5. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. C. Unshielded,Flexible Couplings: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on the Drawings. D. Shielded,Flexible Couplings: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings E. Ring-Type,Flexible Couplings: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings 2.08 DRAINS A. Sub Drains: 1. Shall be perforated PVC or HDPE unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Installation shall be as shown on the drawings. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720-5 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 2.09 CLEANOUTS AND PLUGS A. Installation shall be as shown on the details and at locations shown on the drawings. B. All cleanouts shall have a 24"x 24"x 6"thick concrete apron. 2.010 ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING A. Standard: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. B. Material: Linear low-density polyethylene film of 0.008-inch(0.20-mm)minimum thickness. C. Form: Sheet or tube. D. Color: Black. 2.11 MANHOLES A. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: 1. Description: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M) and AASHTO M199, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints. Heavy-duty traffic rated in accordance with Department of Transportation Standards in which project is located. 2. Diameter: 48 inches(1200 mm)minimum unless otherwise indicated. 3. Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base section as required preventing flotation. 4. Base Section: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch (102-mm) minimum thickness for walls and base riser section,and separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 5. Riser Sections: 4-inch(102-mm)minimum thickness and lengths to provide depth indicated. 6. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated, and top of cone of size that matches grade rings. 7. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990(ASTM C 990M),bitumen or butyl rubber. 8. Grout: ASTM C1107(C1107M-08),non-shrink fluid grout for soil-tight pipe to manhole connection. 9. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), cast or fitted into manhole walls, for water-tight pipe to manhole connection. 10. Steps: Individual FRP steps;FRP ladder; or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, 1/2-inch(13-mm) steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101,PP,wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 16-inch (400-mm) intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 42 inches(1050 mm). 11. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover, and height as required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. B. Designed Precast Concrete Manholes: 1. Description: ASTM C 913; designed according to ASTM C 890 for A-16 (AASHTO HS20-44), heavy-traffic, structural loading; of depth, shape, and dimensions indicated, with provision for sealant j oints. 2. Ballast: Increase thickness of one or more precast concrete sections or add concrete to manhole as required preventing flotation. 3. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990(ASTM C 990M),bitumen or butyl rubber. 4. Grout: ASTM C1107(C1107M-08),non-shrink fluid grout for soil-tight pipe to manhole connection. 5. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), cast or fitted into manhole walls, for water-tight pipe to manhole connection. 6. Steps: Individual FRP steps;FRP ladder; or ASTM A 615/A 615M,deformed, 1/2-inch(13-mm) steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101,PP,wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 16-inch (400-mm) intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 42 inches(1050 mm). 7. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover, and of height required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. C. Manhole Frames and Covers: STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720-6 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 1. Description: As shown on the Drawings, otherwise provide ferrous; 24-inch(610-mm) ID by 7-to 9- inch (175- to 225-mm) riser with 4-inch- (102-mm-) minimum width flange and 26-inch- (660-mm-) diameter security bolted cover. 2. Material: ASTM A 536,Grade 60-40-18 ductile iron unless otherwise indicated. 2.12 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Bedding material placement and compaction shall be as specified by trenching and bedding details shown on the drawings. B. Haunching, initial backfill and final backfill material and compaction shall be as specified by trenching and bedding details shown on the drawings. Material shall be placed per ASTM D 698, and compacted in 8 inch(0.2 m)maximum lifts. C. Where the foundation material is found to be of poor supporting value or of rock, the Owner may make minor adjustments in the location of the pipe to provide a more suitable foundation. Where this is not practical,the foundation shall be conditioned by removing the existing foundation material by undercutting to the depth as directed by the geotechnical engineer and backfilling with either a suitable local material secured from unclassified excavation or borrow excavation at the nearest accessible location along the project, or foundation conditioning material consisting of crushed stone or gravel or a combination of sand and crushed stone or gravel approved by geotechnical engineer as being suitable for the purpose intended. The selection of the type of backfill material to be used for foundation conditioning will be made by the geotechnical engineer. 2.13 CONCRETE A. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI318, ACI350/35OR (ACI350M/35ORM), and the following: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150,Type II. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33,sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33,crushed gravel. 4. Water: Potable. B. Portland Cement Design Mix: (28 day compressive strength) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M,steel,welded wire fabric,plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 40 or 60(420 MPa)deformed steel. C. Manhole, Catch Basin and Storm Inlet Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix, 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes. 1. Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping,with height of vertical sides to three-fourths of pipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth,uniform radius and slope. a. Invert Slope: 1 percent through manhole unless otherwise detailed on the Drawings. 2. Benches: Concrete,sloped to drain into channel. a. Slope: 4 percent unless otherwise detailed on the drawings.. D. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) minimum, with 0.58 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M,steel,welded wire fabric,plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60(420 MPa)deformed steel. 2.14 CATCH BASINS A. Standard Precast Concrete Catch Basins: 1. Description: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M),precast,reinforced concrete,heavy duty(H20), of depth indicated,with provision for sealant joints. 2. Base Section: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for walls and base riser section,and separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 3. Riser Sections: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness, 48-inch (1200-mm) diameter, and lengths to provide depth indicated. 4. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated. Top of cone of size that matches grade rings. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720-7 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 5. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990(ASTM C 990M),bitumen or butyl rubber. 6. Grade Rings: Include two or three reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness,that match 24-inch-(610-mm-)diameter frame and grate. 7. Steps: Individual FRP steps;FRP ladder; or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, 1/2-inch(13-mm) steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101,PP,wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 16-inch (400-mm) intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 42 inches(1050 mm). 8. Grout: ASTM C1107 (C1107M-08), non-shrink fluid grout for soil-tight pipe to catch basin connection. 9. Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for water-tight pipe connecting to base section. B. Designed Precast Concrete Catch Basins: ASTM C 913, precast, reinforced concrete; designed according to ASTM C 890 for A-16 (ASSHTO HS20-44), heavy-traffic, structural loading; of depth, shape, and dimensions indicated,with provision for joint sealants. 1. Joint Sealants: ASTM C 990(ASTM C 990M),bitumen or butyl rubber. 2. Grade Rings: Include two or three reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness,that match 24-inch-(610-mm-)diameter frame and grate. 3. Steps: Individual FRP steps;FRP ladder; or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, 1/2-inch(I 3-mm) steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101,PP,wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 16-inch (400-mm) intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 42 inches(1050 mm). 4. Grout: ASTM C1107 (C1107M-08), non-shrink fluid grout for soil-tight pipe to catch basin connection. 5. Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for water-tight pipe connecting to base section. C. Grate and Frame: Per details shown on the drawings.Provide hood with stencil or casting"Dump No Waste — Drains to Waterways" or equal. Provide local casting if required. Provide 6 inch thick rectangular concrete apron, with 18 inch minimum width measured from the edge of structure frame to the end of the concrete apron, around all structure frames located in asphalt pavement areas. Provide saw cuts from each corner of the concrete apron to the frame of the structure as shown on the plan. 1. Rectangular Frames and Grates: ASTM A 536,Grade 60-40-18, ductile iron designed for A-16,heavy duty(H20)structural loading. Include flat grate with small square or short-slotted drainage openings. a. Size: 24 by 24 inches(610 by 610 mm)minimum unless otherwise indicated. b. Grate Free Area: Approximately 50 percent unless otherwise indicated. 2. Round, Manhole Type Frames and Grates: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, ductile iron designed for A-16,heavy duty(H20) structural loading. Include 24-inch(610-mm)ID by 7-to 9-inch(175-to 225- mm) riser with 4-inch (102-mm) minimum width flange, and 26-inch- (660-mm-) diameter flat grate with small square or short-slotted drainage openings. a. Grate Free Area: Approximately 50 percent unless otherwise indicated. 2.15 STORMWATER INLETS A. Curb Inlets: Made with vertical curb opening of materials and dimensions according to the details shown on the Drawings. B. Gutter Inlets: Made with horizontal gutter opening of materials and dimensions according to the details shown on the Drawings.Include heavy-duty frames and grates. C. Combination Inlets: Made with vertical curb and horizontal gutter openings of materials and dimensions according to the details shown on the Drawings. Include heavy-duty frames and grates. D. Frames and Grates: Heavy duty and according to the details shown on the Drawings. 2.16 STORMWATER DETENTION STRUCTURES A. Cast-in-Place Concrete, Stormwater Detention Structures: Constructed of reinforced-concrete bottom, walls, and top; designed according to ASTM C 890 for A-16(AASHTO HS20-44),heavy-traffic, structural loading;of depth,shape,dimensions,and appurtenances indicated. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 8 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 1. Ballast: Increase thickness of concrete as required preventing flotation. 2. Grade Rings: Include two or three reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch (150- to 229-mm) total thickness,that match 24-inch-(610-mm-)diameter frame and cover. 3. Steps: Individual FRP steps;FRP ladder; or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, 1/2-inch(13-mm) steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101,PP,wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 16-inch (400-mm) intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 42 inches(1050 min). B. Corrugated Aluminized Steel Detention Systems: 1. Piping shall comply with AASHTO M36 for diameters 12"-144" 2. The material shall be Aluminized Steel Type 2 conforming to AASHTO M274 3. All fittings shall be reinforced per ASTM A998 C. Precast Concrete Three Sided Detention Systems: 1. Precast Concrete Detention Structures shall be manufactured per ASTM C1504 2. Concrete shall be 4,000 psi mix and reinforcing steel shall have a minimum yield strength of 600 ksi D. Manhole Frames and Covers: ASTM A 536,Grade 60-40-18,ductile-iron castings designed for heavy-duty service. Include 24-inch (610-mm) ID by 7- to 9-inch (175- to 225-mm) riser with 4-inch (102-mm) minimum width flange, and 26-inch-(660-mm-) diameter cover. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover,using wording equivalent to"STORM SEWER." 2.17 PIPE OUTLETS A. Head Walls: Construction shall be according to details shown on the drawings. Headwalls shall be cast-in- place reinforced concrete,with apron and tapered sides unless otherwise indicated. B. Riprap Aprons: Broken, irregularly sized and shaped, graded stone according to Department of Transportation specifications for the state in which the project is located or by using NSSGA's "Quarried Stone for Erosion and Sediment Control". Unless otherwise shown on the drawings the median stone size used shall be 6 inches (150 min). Riprap apron will be constructed of stone shaped according to the detail on the Drawings with an underlayment of medium weight non-woven geotextile fabric. 1. Average Size: NSSGA No.R-6, screen opening 6 inches(150 min). C. Concrete Lined Channels: Construction shall be in accordance with details shown on the drawings. D. Flared-End Sections: Shall meet Department of Transportation standards for the state in which the project is located unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2.18 STORMWATER DISPOSAL SYSTEMS A. Chamber Systems: 1. Chambers shall meet the requirements of ASTM F2418 and meet the safety factors recommended by Section 12.12 of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. Loads for design shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3 of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. 2. The chamber manufacturer shall provide design data in accordance with ASTM F2418. Installation shall be in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. Advanced Drainage Systems.4640 Trueman Blvd.,Hilliard,Ohio 43026(800)433-7473 b. CULTEC,Inc. 878 Federal Road,PO Box 280,Brookfield,CT 06804(800)4-CULTEC. c. Hancor Inc.401 Olive Street,Findlay,OH 45840(800)848-3546. d. StormTech LLC.20 Beaver Road,Wetheresfield,CT 06109(888) 892-2694 4. Storage and Leaching Chambers: Chamber rows shall provide continuous,unobstructed internal space with no internal support panels in order to provide ease of access for inspection and maintenance. Include number of chambers, distribution piping, end plates, and other standard components as required for system total capacity. 5. Geotextile: Shall be enclosed in geotextile fabric for sediment capture and maintenance.Fabric shall be located per manufacturer's details. a. Geotextile woven or spun filter fabric, in one or more layers, for minimum total unit weight of 4 oz./sq.yd.(135 g/sq.m). STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720-9 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 b. Fabric between chamber bottom and the stone foundation shall be AASHTO M288 Class 1 woven for stabilization and filtration. c. Fabric between the top of the chamber and the embedment stone shall be AASHTO M288 Class 2 non-woven for separation. 6. Filtering Material: ASTM D 448, Size No.24, 3/4- to 2-1/2-inch (19- to 63-mm) washed, crushed stone or gravel. B. Pipe Systems: 1. Perforated manifold, header, and lateral piping complying with AASHTO M 252M for NPS 10 (DN 250) and smaller, AASHTO M 294M for NPS 12 to NPS 60 (DN 300 to DN 1500). Include proprietary fittings,couplings,seals,and filter fabric. 2. 360 Degree Perforated Aluminized Steel Type 2 Recharge/Detention System conforming to AASHTO M274.All fittings to be reinforced per ASTM A998 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. Advanced Drainage Systems.4640 Trueman Blvd.,Hilliard,Ohio 43026(800)433-7473 b. Hancor Inc.401 Olive Street,Findlay,OH 45840(800) 848-3546. c. CONTECH Construction Products, Inc. 9025 Centre Pointe Drive, West Chester, Ohio 45069 (336)854-2177 PART III-EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Contractor shall install all drainage structures, pipe and chambers in the locations shown on the drawings and/or as approved by the Owner. Pipe shall be of the type and sizes specified on the drawings and shall be laid accurately to line and grade. Structures shall be accurately located and properly oriented. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install piping beginning at low point, on prepared foundation, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals,sleeves,and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Lap joint pipes shall be laid with the inside circumferential laps pointing downstream and with the longitudinal laps at the side or quarter points. C. Install chambers in accordance with manufacturer's guidelines. Rows of chambers shall be laid out using spacers or appropriate measurements and markings to ensure proper spacing between rows for proper backfill and compaction as specified by the manufacturer. D. Manholes, catch basins and drain inlets shall be constructed as soon as the pipe laying reaches the location of the structures. If the Contractor continues pipe installation without making provisions for completion of the structures the Owner shall have the authority to stop the pipe installation until the structure is completed. E. Any structure which is miss-located or oriented improperly shall be removed and reconstructed at its proper location,alignment and orientation without cost to the Owner. F. Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for branch connections unless direct tap into existing storm drainage is indicated. G. Precast drainage structures shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to form a sound structural unit. H. Cast-in-Place drainage structures shall be installed in accordance with the details or referenced specifications shown on the drawings. Concrete shall comply with the requirements of this section. I. Fittings and Connections: 1. Soil-Tight: Pipe connections to drainage structures shall be made so that the pipe does not project beyond 3 inches inside the wall of the drainage structure and shall be grouted only with Non-Shrink Grout(ASTM C1107/C1107M-08)per detail to make smooth and uniform surfaces on the inside of the structure. Connection material shall not include large stone,broken block or other deleterious material. 2. Water-Tight: Pipe connections to drainage structures for water-tight (resilient) conditions (if used) shall meet ASTM F2510/F2510M for HDPE pipe, or ASTM C 923 for reinforced concrete pipe. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 10 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 Resilient connection shall be as indicated on the plans. Grout, if used for water-tight connection shall be Non-Shrink type only. 3. Bottom invert connections shall be constructed of concrete form smooth to provide a bench between pipe inverts unless otherwise detailed on the plans. J. Install proper size increasers,reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. K. When installing pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed, use pipe jacking process of micro-tunneling. L. Install gravity-flow,non-pressure drainage piping according to the following: 1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow. 2. Install piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and larger with restrained joints at tee fittings and at changes in direction. Use corrosion-resistant rods, pipe or fitting manufacturer's proprietary restraint system, or cast-in-place concrete supports or anchors. 3. Install piping with 24-inch(610-mm)minimum cover. 4. Install hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook." 5. Install hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook." 6. Install ductile-iron piping and special fittings according to AWWA C600 or AWWA M41. 7. Install corrugated steel piping according to ASTM A798 and 798M. 8. Install HDPE piping according to pipe manufacturer's installation guidelines for heavy duty drainage applications and ASTM D 2321. 9. Install PVC profile gravity sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668. 10. Install reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual." M. Install corrosion-protection piping encasement over the following underground metal piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105: 1. Hub-and-spigot,cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. 2. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. 3. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings. 4. Expansion joints and deflection fittings. 3.02 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join gravity-flow,nonpressure drainage piping according to the following: 1. Join hub-and-spigot,cast-iron soil piping with gasketed joints according to CISPI's"Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. 2. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with calked joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead and oakum calked joints. 3. Join hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints. 4. Join ductile-iron culvert piping according to AWWA C600 for push-on joints. 5. Join ductile-iron piping and special fittings according to AWWA C600 or AWWA M41. 6. Join corrugated steel sewer piping according to ASTM A 798/A 798M. 7. Join HDPE pipe according to ASTM D 2321 8. Join PVC cellular-core piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 891 for solvent-cemented j oints. 9. Join PVC corrugated sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 for elastomeric-seal joints. 10. Join PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-seal joints or ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-gasketed joints. 11. Join PVC profile gravity sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 for elastomeric-seal joints or ASTM F 794 for gasketed joints. 12. Join reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual" for rubber-gasketed joints. 13. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type flexible couplings. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 11 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 3.03 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION A. Install cleanouts and riser extensions from sewer pipes to cleanouts at grade. Use PVC pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts and PVC pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe. 1. Use Heavy-Duty,top-loading classification cleanouts in vehicle-traffic service areas. B. Set cleanout frames and covers in cast-in-place concrete, 24" by 24" by 6" (600 by 600 by 150 mm) deep. Set with tops flush with adjacent grade. At pavement areas and at roads set frames and covers with tops flush pavement surface. 3.04 DRAIN INSTALLATION A. Install type of drains in locations indicated. 1. Use Heavy-Duty,top-loading classification drains in vehicle service areas. B. Install drains according to details on the plans and manufacturer's installation requirements.. C. Fasten grates to drains if indicated. D. Set drain frames and covers with tops flush with pavement surface. E. Assemble trench sections with flanged joints. 3.05 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes,complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. B. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891. C. Where specific manhole construction is not indicated,follow manhole manufacturer's written instructions. D. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops 3 inches(76 mm)above finished surface elsewhere unless otherwise indicated. 3.06 CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION A. Construct catch basins to sizes and shapes indicated. B. Frames,Grates and Hoods 1. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated. 2. Firmly embedded in mortar approximately 1 inch thick and aligned to fit the top section of the structure. 3. Brick set in mortar used to adjust the frame to finished grade shall be limited to no more than four(4) courses for precast structures and have a minimum wall thickness of eight(8)inches. 3.07 STORMWATER INLET AND OUTLET INSTALLATION A. Construct inlet head walls,aprons,and sides of reinforced concrete,as indicated. B. Construct riprap of broken stone,as indicated. C. Install outlets that spill onto grade,anchored with concrete,where indicated. D. Install outlets that spill onto grade,with flared end sections that match pipe,where indicated. E. Construct energy dissipaters at outlets,as indicated. 3.8 MODIFICATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES A. General: The Contractor shall alter, reconstruct and/or convert existing structures where and as shown on the drawings, and/or as approved by the Owner. Alterations shall be performed with the same type, grade and quality material as used in the original construction unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or approved by the Owner. B. Damage to Existing Structures: The Contractor shall exercise care during all alterations, reconstructions or conversions so as not to damage any portion of the existing structures or pipe to remain. Any damage caused by the Contractor shall be repaired by the Contractor at its own expense and to the satisfaction to the Owner. 3.9 ROOF DRAINS AND LEADERS A. The site Contractor shall install roof downspout leaders as shown on the drawings to within five (5) feet of the building limits. If work by others is complete then the Contractor shall complete the connection. If future connections will be required by others,the Contractor shall install plugging and material apparatus as necessary to protect and mark the location of its work. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 12 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 B. All roof drain leader piping connections shall utilize watertight prefabricated fittings and drainage structures. 3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318 and ACI 350R.. B. No concrete or masonry shall be placed when the temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit, or when indications are for lower temperatures within 24 hours, unless protection of concrete and masonry is approved by the Owner. Damage to the structure because of freezing shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's sole expense and to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.11 STORMWATER DISPOSAL SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Chamber Systems: Excavate trenches of width and depth, and install system and backfill according to chamber manufacturer's written instructions. Include storage and leaching chambers,filtering material, and filter mat. B. Piping Systems: Excavate trenches of width and depth, and install piping system, filter fabric, and backfill, according to piping manufacturer's written instructions. 3.12 CONNECTIONS A. Compliance with Existing Facilities: 1. Connections made into existing drainage facilities shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Owner of the facility. Construction within a public right-of-way will conform to all requirements of the regulatory authority having jurisdiction. The Contractor will be required to comply with all such requirements, including securing all required permits and paying all associated costs related to securing the permits. Costs associated with connections shall be included in the Contract Sum. 2. The contractor shall make all required connections of the proposed drainage facilities into existing drainage facilities where a d as shown on the drawings and/or as approved by the Owner. B. Make connections to existing piping and underground manholes. 1. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe; install wye fitting into existing piping; and encase entire wye fitting, plus 6-inch (150- mm) overlap, with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi(20.7 MPa). 2. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, NPS 4 to NPS 20 (DN 100 to DN 500). Remove section of existing pipe,install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye with not less than 6 inches(150 mm)of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi(20.7 MPa). 3. Make branch connections from side into existing piping,NPS 21 (DN 525)or larger,or to underground manholes and structures by cutting into existing unit and creating an opening large enough to allow 3 inches (76 nun) of concrete to be packed around entering connection. Cut end of connection pipe passing through pipe or structure wall to conform to shape of and be flush with inside wall unless otherwise indicated. On outside of pipe, manhole, or structure wall, encase entering connection in 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete for minimum length of 12 inches (300 mm)to provide additional support of collar from connection to undisturbed ground. a. Use concrete that will attain a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) unless otherwise indicated. b. Use epoxy-bonding compound as interface between new and existing concrete and piping materials. 4. Protect existing piping, manholes, and structures to prevent concrete or debris from entering while making tap connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that may accumulate. C. Pipe couplings, expansion joints, and deflection fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use nonpressure-type flexible couplings where required to join gravity-flow,nonpressure sewer piping unless otherwise indicated. a. Shielded flexible couplings for same or minor difference OD pipes. b. Unshielded,increaser/reducer-pattern,flexible couplings for pipes with different OD. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 13 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 c. Ring-type flexible couplings for piping of different sizes where annular space between smaller piping's OD and larger piping's ID permits installation. 3.13 CLOSING ABANDONED STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use either procedure below: 1. Close open ends of piping with at least 8-inch-(203-mm-)thick,brick masonry bulkheads. 2. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps,plastic plugs,or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs. B. Abandoned Manholes and Structures: Excavate around manholes and structures as required and use one procedure below: 1. Remove manhole or structure and close open ends of remaining piping. 2. Remove and backfill manhole locations as recommended in the geotechnical report and as indicated on the Drawings. 3. If not indicated in the geotechnical report or on the Drawings, remove top of manhole or structure down to at least 36 inches (915 mm)below final grade. Fill to within 12 inches(300 mm) of top with stone,rubble,or gravel. Fill to top with concrete. C. Backfill to grade according to Specification"Earthwork." 3.14 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in PRODUCTS Section of this Specification. Arrange for installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of underground structures. 1. Use detectable warning tape over all storm drainage piping and over edges of underground structures. 3.15 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. The Contractor shall maintain all pipe and chamber installations and drainage structures in a condition such that they will function continuously and shall be kept clean of silt, debris and other deleterious substances until the project has achieved final acceptance. B. The Contractor shall use all erosion and sediment control measures necessary to assure construction sediments(or other pollutants)do not reach stormwater pipe and/or chamber installations. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches(610 mm)of backfill is in place,and again at completion of Project(See 3.17 Post Installation Inspection). 1. Submit separate signed reports for each system inspection. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection exceeding 5%. c. Damage: Crushed,broken,cracked,or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Re-inspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose,cover,or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements in Section 3.17. 3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours'advance notice. 4. Submit separate report for each test. 5. Gravity-Flow Storm Drainage Piping: Test according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction,UNI-13-6,and the following: a. Exception: Piping with soil tight joints unless required by authorities having jurisdiction. STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 14 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 b. Option: Test plastic piping according to ASTM F 1417. c. Option: Test concrete piping according to ASTM C 924(ASTM C 924M). 6. Force-Main Storm Drainage Piping: Perform hydrostatic test after thrust blocks, supports, and anchors have hardened. Test at pressure not less than 1-1/2 times the maximum system operating pressure,but not less than 150 psig(1035 kPa). a. Ductile-Iron Piping: Test according to AWWA C600,"Hydraulic Testing" Section. b. PVC Piping: Test according to AWWA M23, "Testing and Maintenance" Chapter. C. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. D. Replace leaking piping using new materials,and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. 3.17 POST INSTALLATION INSPECTIONS A. Upon completion of the work and before final acceptance by the Owner,the entire drainage system shall be subject to a final inspection in the presence of the Owner and/or the Project Engineer.The work shall not be considered complete until all requirements for line, grade, cleanliness, workmanship and final inspections have been completed. Final inspection of the completed pipe installations will be performed after the embankment and/or trench fill is in place and all non-asphalt bases and/or sub-grades have been completed for at least 30 days. B. Second Final Post Installation Inspection: (If required for the Project) The Owner shall require a second final post installation inspection. 1. Final post installation inspections (if required) shall be conducted no sooner than 2 months before the end of the one year warranty. 2. Final post installation inspections shall utilize a video camera and laser profiler/deflectometer or a video camera and go-no-go Mandrel. Lasers shall be calibrated to the pipe diameter as shown on the construction plans. C. Initial and final post installation inspections shall be performed and reported, at the Contractor's expense, by a National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) Certified Pipe Inspector. Reports of storm pipe assessments shall be submitted to the Project Engineer for review and appraisal. D. The initial and post installation inspection report shall include: a copy of all video taken(if required),pipe location identification, equipment used for inspection, inspector name, deviation from design grade, deviation from line, deflection of pipe system, inspector notes, condition of joints, condition of pipe wall (e.g.Distress,cracking,wall damage dents,bulges,creases,tears,holes,etc...),ovality and flow capacity. E. For RCP: seal cracks having a width greater than .010 inches. Repair or replace pipes exhibiting spalls or de-lamination. F. For CMP and HDPE: initial and post installation inspection deflection shall not exceed 5%; final post installation (warranty) deflection shall not exceed 7%. Replace locations where deflections exceed these requirements;re-rounding of pipe is not allowed. 3.18 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous materials.Flush with water. END OF SECTION 02720 STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 15 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL SECTION 02630—STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING Pilot/Flying J of (City, State) General Contractor: (Company Name,Phone Number) (Address) Sub-Contractor: (Company Name, Phone Number) (Address) The following products have been selected(check one box)for use in this project from the list of acceptable products specified: Concrete Pipe,ASTM C76,Butyl mastic joint sealant ASTM C990-01a for silt-tight designations or rubber gaskets meeting the material and joint configuration requirements of ASTM C443 for watertight designations: ❑ Tongue and Groove RCP,Class ❑ Bell and Spigot RCP,Class High Density Polyethylene(HDPE)Pipe,AASHTO M252,M294,Rubber Gasket Joints ASTM F477,silt-tight or watertight designations as specified: ❑ ADS Pipe ❑ Hancor Pipe ❑ Type S Lok-Tite Pipe ❑ Quality Culvert Pipe ❑ DuroMaxx ❑ All underground connections will be made with pre-fabricated HDPE fittings Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe,Rubber Gasket Joints ASTM F477: ❑ PVC Pipe,ASTM D3034, SDR 35 ❑ Corrugated PVC Pipe,Contech"A2000" ❑ All underground connections will be made with pre-fabricated PVC fittings Aluminized Steel Type 2 Corrugated Steel Pipe(CMP),AASHTO M274 or ASTM A929, silt-tight or watertight designations as specified: ❑ Aluminized Steel Type2 Corrugated Steel Pipe Aluminized Steel Type 2 Spiral Ribbed Pipe(Tyne IR),AASHTO M274 or ASTM A929 and AASHTO M36 or ASTM A760,silt-tight or watertight designations as specified: ❑ Aluminized Steel Type 2 Spiral Ribbed Pipe(Type IR)such as"Ultra Flo"by Contech or approved equal Ductile Iron Pipe(DIP),AWWA C151,Fittings AWWA C110,Gaskets AWWA C111: ❑ DIP STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 16 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 Stormwater Collection Chambers ASTM F2418 ❑ StormTech ❑ Hancor ❑ CULTEC ❑ StormTech by ADS Stormwater Detention or Recharge System ❑ Aluminized Steel CMP Detention by CONTECH ❑ 360 Degree Perforated CMP Detention/Recharge by CONTECH ❑ Precast Concrete Detention System Drainage Boxes(Must be pre-cast unless approved by Pilot/Flying J): ❑ Pre-cast Concrete,per specifications by: ❑Pilot/Flying J, [-]DOT# El city# ❑Other ❑ Cast-in-place Concrete,per specifications by: ❑Pilot/Flying J, ❑DOT# [—]city# ❑ Other ❑ Solid Concrete Brick Masonry,per specifications by: ❑Pilot/Flying J, ❑DOT# []city# , ❑Other Cast Iron Frames,Grates,and Hoods: Manhole lids,per specifications by: ❑Pilot/Flying J, ❑DOT# [—]city# ❑Other Curb Inlets,per specifications by: ❑Pilot/Flying J, ❑DOT# , El city# ❑Other Drop Inlets,per specifications by: ❑Pilot/Flying J, ❑DOT# , El city# ❑Other Detention Pond As-built Survey: ❑ I recognize that an as-built survey of all detention ponds and structures shall be completed prior to project acceptance in accordance with Section 017300—Field Engineering and Surveying I represent to Pilot/Flying J that the products selected will be installed in compliance with the applicable codes for the authorities having jurisdiction and in accordance with the contract documents.If noncompliance is discovered the General Contractor shall make or cause to be made all necessary corrections to meet the applicable codes and specifications. Immediately or as directed by Pilot/Flying J the work shall be completed without additional cost to the Pilot/Flying J and/or the contract. Sub-Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the Sub-Contractor) Date (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the Sub-Contractor) General Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) Date (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 17 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 TRENCH DRAIN CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL SECTION 02630(Forthcoming Section 334100)—STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING Pilot/Flying J of (City, State) General Contractor: (Company Name,Phone Number) (Address) Sub-Contractor: (Company Name, Phone Number) (Address) Product Verification: The trench drains installed in this store will meet the product guidelines of Section 334100-2.13 "POLYMER- CONCRETE,CHANNEL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS" Truck Well Trench Drain Manufacturer&Model Number: Grate Model Number: Seasonal Display Trench Drain Manufacturer&Model Number: Grate Model Number: General Contractor's Affidavit: I represent to Pilot/Flying J that the product selected will be installed in compliance with the applicable codes for the authorities having jurisdiction and in accordance with the project specification. If noncompliance is discovered the General Contractor shall make or cause to be made all necessary corrections to meet the applicable codes and Pilot/Flying J specifications. The work shall be completed immediately as directed by Pilot/Flying J without additional cost to Pilot/Flying J and/or the contract. General Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) (Date) (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 18 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/12 Sub-Contractor's Affidavit: I represent to Pilot/Flying J that the product selected will be installed in compliance with the applicable codes for the authorities having jurisdiction and in accordance with the project specification. If noncompliance is discovered the Sub-Contractor shall make or cause to be made all necessary corrections to meet the applicable codes and Pilot/Flying J specifications. The work shall be completed immediately as directed by Pilot/Flying J and/or the General Contractor without additional cost to Pilot/Flying J and/or the contract. Sub-Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the Sub-Contractor) (Date) (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the Sub-Contractor) STORM SEWER SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02720- 19 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 SECTION 02730-SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PART I-GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Furnish all labor,materials,equipment,services,supervision,etc.,as required for the complete installation of sanitary sewage systems as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings,GENERAL CONDITIONS and the Sections of DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS apply to work of this Section. Comply and coordinate with applicable portions of the following: SECTION 02200-EARTHWORK SECTION 03310-CONCRETE WORK 1.03 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. This section includes sanitary sewer piping and related appurtenances from connection to main to within 5 feet of outside building limits. 2. Pipe and fittings. 3. Non-pressure and pressure couplings. 4. Expansion joints and deflection fittings. 5. Backwater valves. 6. Cleanouts. 7. Encasement for piping. 8. Manholes. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. A746-Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe 2. D3034—Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 3. F477-Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals(Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe 4. F696 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings 5. C476-Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry 6. C443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets 7. C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,Pipes and Laterals 8. D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications 9. D478-Standard Specifications for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 10. C969 - Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Sewer Lines B. American Society of Sanitary Engineers(ASSE) C. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) D. American Concrete Institute(ACI) 1. 318-Code Requirements for Structural Plain Concrete E. National Sanitation Foundation(NSF) F. American Water Works Association(AWWA) SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730- 1 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 1. C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in through 48 in (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids(revision of ANSI/AWWA CI 10/A21.10-93) 2. C1111 -Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings C153 -Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 in. through 24 in. (76 mm Through 610 mm) and 54 in. through 64 in. (1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm),for Water Service(revision of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53-94). 3. C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances (revision of ANSI/AWWA C600-93) 4. C 150-ANSI Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe 5. C151 —ANSI Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe 6. C 153—ANSI Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe Compact Fittings G. Federal Specifications 1. SS-S-00210-Scaling Compound Preformed Plastic for Pipe Joints H. Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association 1. UNI-B-6 - Low-Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conformance Submittal: The General Contractor and the Subcontractor shall execute the Conformance Submittal(s)at the end of this Section. B. Field inspection,testing and quality-control reports. C. Sanitary Sewer Certification Form (signed by the Engineer, General Contractor and Utility Contractor) at the end of this Section. 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Do not store pipe,and fittings in direct sunlight. B. Protect pipe,pipe fittings,and seals from dirt and damage. C. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordination and Fees: 1. Contractor shall comply with requirements of the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction including tapping of sewer mains,installation and testing. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and payment of all tap and construction permit fees associated with this Section. 3. Contractor to install all sanitary sewer lines and appurtenances as shown on the drawings to within 5 feet of building limits. If the Contractor's work terminates at a connection point where work by others is complete,the Contractor shall make the connection. If future connections are required by others,the Contractor shall install plugging and marking as necessary to identify and locate the work. B. Interruption of Existing Sanitary Sewerage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Owner's written permission. PART H-PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION A. Acid-and alkali-resistant,polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities,a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick,continuously inscribed with a description of"CAUTION SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW",with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection,detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep. Tape shall be industry standard GREEN. B. Subject to compliance with requirements,the following are acceptable manufacturers: SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730-2 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 Allen Systems,Inc. EMED Co.,Inc. Seton Name Plate Corp. 2.02 DUCTILE-IRON,GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: ASTM A 746,for push-on joints. B. Standard Fittings: AWWA C110,ductile or gray iron,for push-on joints. C. Compact Fittings: AWWA C153,ductile iron,for push-on joints. D. Gaskets: AWWA C111,rubber. 2.03 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Performance Requirements: 1. Gravity Flow Non-Pressure Piping Pressure Ratings: at least equal to system test pressure. 2. Force-Main Pressure Ratings: at least equal to system operating pressure but not less than 150 psig. B. PVC Gravity Sewer Piping: 1. 12 Inch and Smaller PVC Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, PVC gravity sewer pipe with bell-and-spigot ends and with integral ASTM F 477,elastomeric seals for gasketed joints. 2. 15 Inch and Larger PVC Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 679, SDR 35, Type T-1 wall thickness, PVC gravity sewer pipe with bell-and-spigot ends and with integral ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals for gasketed joints. 2.04 NONPRESSURE-TYPE TRANSITION COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and corrosion-resistant- metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. B. Sleeve Materials: 1. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477,elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926,PVC. 2. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. C. Unshielded,Flexible Couplings: 2.05 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be provided on sanitary sewer service laterals at no more than 100' on center. Exterior cleanout plug shall be level with adjacent grade and provided with a 2' x 2' x 6" thick concrete apron as shown on the Drawings. B. Cast-Iron Cleanouts: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide US Foundry cover USF 7621 or equal product as indicated on Drawings. 2. Description: ASME Al 12.36.2M, round, gray-iron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, gray-iron cover. Include gray-iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk,tapered-thread,brass closure plug. 3. Top-Loading Classification(s): Heavy Duty. 4. Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM C 3034, SDR 35,PVC pipe and fittings. C. PVC Cleanouts: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings. 2. Description: PVC body with PVC threaded plug. Include PVC sewer pipe fitting and riser to cleanout of same material as sewer piping. SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730-3 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 2.06 ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING A. Standard: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. B. Material: high-density,cross-laminated polyethylene film of 0.004-inch(0.10-mm)minimum thickness. C. Form: Sheet. D. Color: Black. 2.07 MANHOLES A. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: 1. Description: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M), precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for rubber gasketed joints and rubber pipe boots. 2. Inside Diameter: 48 inches(1200 mm)minimum unless otherwise indicated. 3. Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base section, as required to prevent flotation. 4. Base Section: 8-inch (175-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and 5-inch (125-mm) minimum thickness for walls and base riser section;with separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 5. Riser Sections: 5-inch(125-mm)minimum thickness,of length to provide depth indicated. 6. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated;with top of cone of size that matches grade rings. 7. Gasket: ASTM C 443,rubber(when required by local authority having jurisdiction). 8. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each pipe connection. 9. Steps: Individual FRP steps wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 16-inch(400-mm) intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 42 inches(1050 mm). 10. Grade Rings (if required): Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness, with diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and with height as required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. 11. Pipe Connectors:ASTM C 923,resilient,of size required for each pipe connecting to base section. 12. Joints of the manhole sections shall be tongue and groove filled with approved preformed butyl rubber base sealing compound conforming to Federal Specifications SS-S210A,Type 1,and Rope Form. B. Designed Precast Concrete Manholes: 1. Description: ASTM C 913; designed according to ASTM C 890 for A-16 (ASSHTO HS20-44), heavy-traffic, structural loading; of depth, shape, and dimensions indicated, with provision for sealant j oints. 2. Ballast: Increase thickness of one or more precast concrete sections or add concrete to manhole as required preventing flotation. 3. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990(ASTM 990M),bitumen or butyl rubber. 4. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each pipe connection. 5. Steps: Individual FRP steps or wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 16-inch(400-mm) intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 42 inches(1050 mm). 6. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6-to 9-inch(150-to 225-mm) total thickness,with diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and with height as required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. C. Manhole Frames and Covers: 1. Description: Ferrous; 24-inch(610-mm)ID by 7-to 9-inch(175-to 225-mm)riser,with 4-inch-(100- mm-) minimum-width flange and 26-inch- (660-mm-) diameter cover. Include indented top design with 2 inch high lettering cast into cover,with the words "SANITARY SEWER." Cover must be non- bolted. 2. Standard manhole frame and cover shall conform to the standard detail of the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction for the project. Otherwise manhole frames and covers shall be as detailed on the Drawings. SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730-4 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 2.08 CONCRETE A. General: Cast-in-place concrete complying with ACI 318, ACI 350/35OR (ACI 350M/35ORM), and the following: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150,Type II. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33,sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33,crushed gravel. 4. Water: Potable. B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M,steel,welded wire fabric,plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60(420 MPa)deformed steel. C. Manhole Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix,4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes. 1. Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping, with height of vertical sides to three-fourths of pipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth,uniform radius and slope. a. Invert Slope: 2 percent through manhole. 2. Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel. a. Slope: 4 percent. D. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) minimum, with 0.58 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A 185/A 185M,steel,welded wire fabric,plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60(420 MPa)deformed steel. PART III-EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of underground sanitary sewer piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account design considerations. Install piping as indicated,to extent practical. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets,seals,sleeves,and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for using lubricants,cements,and other installation requirements. C. Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and deleterious materials as work progresses.Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and work stops for greater than 24 hours.Flush piping between manholes and other structures to remove collected debris when needed. D. Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for branch connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated. E. Install proper size increasers,reducers,and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. F. Install gravity-flow piping to within 5 feet of the building limits of sizes and in locations shown on the Drawings. Terminate piping as specified. G. When installing pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed, use pipe jacking process of micro tunneling. H. Install gravity-flow,nonpressure,drainage piping according to the following: 1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at slope shown on the Drawings, and at a minimum slope of 1 percent for 6 inch diameter pipe and 0.5 percent for 8 diameter inch pipes unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install piping with 36-inch(915-mm)minimum cover. 3. Install ductile-iron,gravity sewer piping according to ASTM A 746. 4. Install PVC gravity sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668. I. Install force-main,pressure piping according to the following: SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730-5 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 1. Install piping with restrained joints at tee fittings and at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use corrosion-resistant rods, pipe or fitting manufacturer's proprietary restraint system, or cast-in- place-concrete supports or anchors. 2. Install piping with 36-inch(915-mm)minimum cover. 3. Install ductile-iron special fittings according to AWWA C600. 4. Install PVC pressure piping according to AWWA M23 or to ASTM D 2774 and ASTM F 1668. J. If indicated on Drawings install corrosion-protection piping encasement over the following underground metal piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105: 1. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings. 2. Expansion joints and deflection fittings. K. Clear interior of piping and manholes of dirt and superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping, and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.02 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join gravity-flow,nonpressure,drainage piping according to the following: 1. Join ductile-iron,gravity sewer piping according to AWWA C600 for push-on joints. 2. Join PVC gravity sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-seal joints or ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-gasket joints. 3. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type,flexible or rigid couplings. B. Join force-main,pressure piping according to the following: 1. Join PVC pressure piping according to AWWA M23 for gasketed joints. C. Pipe couplings, expansion joints, and deflection fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use non-pressure flexible couplings where required to join gravity-flow, nonpressure sewer piping unless otherwise indicated. a. Shielded flexible couplings for pipes of same or slightly different OD. b. Unshielded,increaser/reducer-pattern,flexible couplings for pipes with different OD. c. Ring-type flexible couplings for piping of different sizes where annular space between smaller piping's OD and larger piping's ID permits installation. 2. Use pressure pipe couplings for force-main joints. 3.03 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. B. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891. C. Install FRP manholes according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Form continuous concrete channels and benches between inlets and outlet. E. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops 3 inches(76 nun)above finished surface elsewhere unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318. 3.05 BACKWATER VALVE INSTALLATION(If used) A. Install horizontal-type backwater valves in piping manholes or pits. B. Install combination horizontal and manual gate valves in piping and in manholes. C. Install terminal-type backwater valves on end of piping and in manholes. Secure units to sidewalls. SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730-6 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 3.06 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION A. Install cleanouts and riser extensions from sewer pipes to cleanouts at grade. Use PVC pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts, and use PVC pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe. 1. Use Heavy-Duty,top-loading classification cleanouts in vehicle-traffic and truck service areas. B. Set cleanout frames and covers in cast-in-place-concrete, 24 by 24 by 6 inches (600 by 600 by 150 mm) deep. Set with tops flush with surrounding grade. C. Set cleanout frames and covers in concrete pavement and roads with tops flush with pavement surface. 3.07 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to existing piping and underground manholes. 1. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe, install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye fitting plus 6-inch (150- mm) overlap with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi(20.7 MPa). 2. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, NPS 4 to NPS 20 (DN 100 to DN 500). Remove section of existing pipe,install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye with not less than 6 inches(150 mm)of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi(20.7 MPa). 3. Make branch connections from side into existing piping,NPS 21 (DN 525)or larger,or to underground manholes by cutting opening into existing unit large enough to allow 3 inches (76 mm) of concrete to be packed around entering connection. Cut end of connection pipe passing through pipe or structure wall to conform to shape of and be flush with inside wall unless otherwise indicated. On outside of pipe or manhole wall,encase entering connection in 6 inches(150 mm)of concrete for minimum length of 12 inches(300 mm)to provide additional support of collar from connection to undisturbed ground. a. Use concrete that will attain a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) unless otherwise indicated. b. Use epoxy-bonding compound as interface between new and existing concrete and piping materials. 4. Protect existing piping and manholes to prevent concrete or debris from entering while making tap connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that may accumulate. B. Connect to grease oil and sand interceptors specified in Division 2 Section"Sanitary Sewer." 3.08 CLOSING ABANDONED SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal and/or relocation of existing utilities as necessary,whether shown or not shown on the Drawings. At locations where conflicts occur with proposed sanitary sewer improvements,removal and relocation shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Abandoned Piping: Close and grout fill open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use either procedure below: 1. Close open ends of piping with at least 8-inch-(203-mm-)thick,brick masonry bulkheads. 2. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps,plastic plugs,or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs. C. Abandoned Manholes: Excavate around manhole as required and use either procedure below: 1. Remove manhole and close open ends of remaining piping. 2. Remove top of manhole down to at least 36 inches (915 mm) below final grade. Fill to within 12 inches(300 mm)of top with gravel,or compacted dirt. Fill to top with concrete. D. Backfill to grade according to Division 2 Section"Earthwork" 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified under PRODUCTS of this specification. Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground manholes. 1. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground manholes. SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730-7 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches(600 mm)of backfill is in place,and again at completion of Project. 1. Submit separate report for each system inspection. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 95 percent of piping diameter. c. Damage: Crushed,broken,cracked,or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Re-inspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose,cover,or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours'advance notice. 4. Submit separate report for each test to General Contractor within 2 days of test. 5. If authorities having jurisdiction do not have published procedures,perform tests as follows: a. Hydrostatic Tests: Test sanitary sewerage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and the following: 1) Fill sewer piping with water. Test with pressure of at least 10-foot (3-m)head of water, and maintain such pressure without leakage for at least 15 minutes. 2) Close openings in system and fill with water. 3) Purge air and refill with water. 4) Disconnect water supply. 5) Test and inspect joints for leaks. 6) Allowable leakage is a maximum of 50 gal.Per inch of nominal pipe size per mile of pipe per day. 7) Option: Test ductile iron piping according to AWWA C600, Section "Hydrostatic Testing". Use test pressure of at least 10 psig. 6. Air Tests: Test sanitary sewerage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction,UNI-B- 6,and the following: a. Option: Test plastic gravity sewer piping according to ASTM F 1417. 7. Force Main: Perform hydrostatic test after thrust blocks, supports, and anchors have hardened. Test at pressure not less than 1-1/2 times the maximum system operating pressure, but not less than 150 psig (1035 kPa). a. PVC Piping: Test according to AWWA M23, "Testing and Maintenance" Chapter. 8. Manholes: Perform hydraulic test according to ASTM C 969(ASTM C 969M). C. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. D. Replace leaking piping using new materials,and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. 3.11 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and superfluous material from interior of piping flush with potable water. END OF SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730-8 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL SECTION 02530—SANITARY SEWER Pilot/Flying J of (City, State) General Contractor: (Company Name,Phone Number) (Address) Sub-Contractor: (Company Name, Phone Number) (Address) The following products have been selected(check one box)for use in this project from the list of acceptable products specified: Piping Materials: ❑ Ductile-Iron Pipe,ASTM A746 ❑ Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe,ASTM D3034, SDR 35,Elastomeric Gasket Joints ASTM F477 ❑ Other per AHJ: Manholes: ❑ Precast with Cored or Cast Holes with Properly Sized Boots ❑ Other per AHJ: I represent to Pilot/Flying J that the products selected will be installed in compliance with the applicable codes for the authorities having jurisdiction and in accordance with the contract documents. If noncompliance is discovered the General Contractor shall make or cause to be made all necessary corrections to meet the applicable codes and specifications. Immediately or as directed by Pilot/Flying J the work shall be completed without additional cost to the Pilot/Flying J and/or the contract. Sub-Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the Sub-Contractor) Date (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the Sub-Contractor) General Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) Date (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730-9 Copyright 2012 Travel Center Reference Manual 03/2012 SANITARY SEWER CERTIFICATION FORM Project Date Engineer General Contractor Utility Contractor Pilot/Flying J Const. Mgr. ENGINEER CERTIFICATION(If required) I certify that the sanitary sewer system for the above referenced project has been installed and tested in accordance with local code and Pilot/Flying J Plans and Specifications dated Engineer Registration No. Affix Seal Here(not valid unless sealed) Date GENERAL CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION(Required) I certify that the sanitary sewer system for the above referenced project has been installed and tested in accordance with local code and Pilot/Flying J Plans and Specifications dated General Contractor License No. Date UTILITY CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION(Required) I certify that the sanitary sewer system for the above referenced project has been installed and tested in accordance with local code and Pilot/Flying J Plans and Specifications dated Utility Contractor License No. Date *Submit this certification form with test results,local certificates,etc. SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02730- 10 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02810-AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART I-GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all labor,tools,materials,equipment,tests,permits,etc.necessary for the installation of a complete and efficient operative irrigation system. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I specifications, General requirements apply to this section. 1.03 SYSTEM PRESSURE AND FLOW REQUIREMENTS A. This system was designed assuming that a minimum of working pressure would be available at each head. Determine the actual pressure and flows available on site prior to beginning work. If they are above the maximum operating pressure for proper head operation or below an operating minimum, contact the Designer and advise of any discrepancies prior to proceeding with the installation so that necessary adjustments in the system design can be made. 1.04 TESTS A. HYDROSTATIC TESTS: Request the presence of the Designer writing at least 48 hours in advance of testing. Testing to be accomplished at the expense of the Contractor and in the presence of the Designer. Center load piping with small amount of backfill to prevent arching or slipping under pressure. Apply a continuous and static water pressure of 60 psi when welded plastic joints have cured at least 24 hours and with the risers capped as follows: Main lines and submains to be tested for 2 hours. Repair leaks resulting from tests. Contractor may fill trenches,but leave"connections" open for testing inspection. Provide safety precautions as necessary for any open areas. B. COVERAGE TESTS: Perform a test coverage of the system in the presence of the Designer to assure complete coverage of the landscape. Correction of any inadequacies of coverage to be Contractor's responsibility. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings of pipe layout,valve location,meter and back-flow preventer location,etc.to designer along with materials list and product specifications a minimum of one week prior to installation. Review planting plan to insure piping/head layout does not conflict with plant material. Do not start installation until shop drawings and material lists are accepted. B. Stake out location of system components and secure approval prior to beginning work. C. "As-Built"Irrigation Drawing: Prepare drawing on reproducible tracing vellum which shall show completed system including all lines,valves,heads and equipment location. The drawing shall be delivered to the Designer prior to acceptance of work. AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02810 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1.06 VERIFICATION A. Carefully check and verify all dimensions and report any variations to Designer. B. Verify and be familiar with the location, size pressure and detail of stubouts provided as the source of water supply. C. Report any discrepancies on the drawing/site to the Designer prior to proceeding. D. All local municipal and state laws,rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Examine the site,plans,specifications and contract documents. It will be assumed that the contractor is familiar with the conditions to be encountered. B. Remove any underground obstruction except utility lines,pipes,wires,conduit,etc.to depth necessary to permit proper installation of irrigation system. No blasting will be permitted. The Contractor is responsible to verify all underground utility lines with the General Contractor or Owner. C. Coordinate installation of piping with the Landscape Plan and Landscape Contractor to minimize conflicts with plantings. D. Prior to making connections,the location of the connection to the existing water supply will be cleared with the General Contractor or Owner. 1.08 DESIGN A. Locate all irrigation components(to include sprinkler heads,piping,valve boxes,etc.)at least 15'-0"from all entrance curbs and interior islands where trucks and cars cutting the corner may run over sprinkler heads by jumping over the curbs. B. Locate all irrigation components(to include sprinkler heads,piping,valve boxes,etc at least 2'-0"from all parking area curbs where cars may run over and/or overhang them. 1.09PERMITS A. Obtain all permits,licenses and arrange for inspections as required to complete the work. Submit satisfactory evidence of such prior payment for the work. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS: Equipment and installation shall comply with manufacturer's specifications. A. Meter: As required by local utilities board or governing body-sized to meet system demands. B. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer: Sized to meet system demands. Backflow preventer shall comply with local codes. AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02810-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Control Valves: Use electrically operated globe valve. Shall be of PVC and stainless steel construction. Size valve to meet existing pressure and flow conditions. D. Valve Boxes: Use PVC Valve box with cover sized to house valves of sufficient strength to withstand vehicular traffic. E. Controller: Use a UL-listed solid state automatic controller with manual programming for lawn or shrub watering,with internal transformer,housed in a lockable metal cabinet. Size controller for system requirements and future expansion. 120 volt service and hook-up to controller shall be by owner. Coordinate work with project superintendent. F. Low Voltage Control Wire: All common ground wire shall be white. Different color wires shall be used on positive wire for each valve. For wire size refer to the manufacturer's chart. No wires are to be spliced between valve and controller except at valve location. All valve hook-ups shall be with Rainbird Pen-Tie wire connectors or equal. G. Manual Drain Valve: Locate Manual Drain Valve at the low point of the main line. Locate at the low points of the lateral lines. Provide dry sump of a minimum of 3 cu.ft.of washed gravel at valves. H. Manual Valve: Provide a manual valve on the upstream side of each automatic station. Size to match control valve. I. Pipe: Use Schedule 40 PVC for main line and sleeves. Use Class 160 for all laterals. Mount all heads located in lawn areas on flex risers. Use solvent cement that is compatible with PVC pipe according to manufacturer's standards. J. Sleeves: Coordinate locations and sizes with general contractor prior to installation of walks,walls, curbs and drives. Sleeves to be Schedule 40 PVC pipe and a minimum of 8"depth. PART III-EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. Verify the correctness of all finish grades within work area to insure proper depth of sprinkler system pipe. B. Excavation and Trenching: Perform all excavations and trenching as is required to complete the work and restore all surfaces to their original condition after the work is complete. Place all pipe in common trenches where possible,maintain a minimum of 6" distance between parallel pipe in common trenches. Trenches shall be of sufficient depths to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as follows: NATURAL GRADE AREAS: 18" minimum cover over main lines 12" minimum cover over control wires from controller to valves 12" minimum cover over lateral lines to heads C. Pipe Line Assembly: Install remote control valves and group together where practical;place no closer than 12 inches to walk edges,buildings,and walls. Plastic pipe and fittings shall be solvent welded using solvents and methods as recommended by manufacturer of the pipe,except where screwed AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02810-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 connections are required. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt,dust and moisture before applying solvent with a non-synthetic bristle surface. Snake pipe from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. Make all connections between plastic pipe and metal valves or steel pipe with threaded fittings using plastic male adapters. Install manual drain valves at the lowest points of each circuit. Mark the drain valves locations with an appropriate valve marker. D. Sprinkler Heads: Install all sprinklers per the manufacturer's instructions. No sprinkler head shall be installed any closer than 3"to any walkway or curb to allow for edging operations. Install flush with finish grade of mulch or lawn. The Contractor shall be responsible for full and complete coverage of all irrigated areas and shall make necessary minor adjustments to sprinkler heads at no additional cost to the Owner. Sprinkler head pop-up sizes: 4 inch for turf areas 8 inch for ground cover 12 inch for shrubs-with riser extensions as necessary E. Closing of Pipe and Flushing Lines: Cap or plug all openings as soon as lines have been installed to prevent the entrance of materials that would obstruct the pipe. Leave in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation. Thoroughly flush out all water lines before installing heads, valves and other hydrants. Test in accordance with paragraph on Hydrostatic Tests. Upon completion of the testing,the Contractor shall complete assembly and adjust sprinkler heads for proper distribution. F. Automatic Controllers: Connect remote control valves to controller in a clock-wise sequence to correspond with station setting beginning with Stations 1,2,3,etc. G. Automatic Control Wiring: Install control wires,sprinkler mains and laterals in common trenches wherever possible. Install control wires at least 12"below finish grade and lay to the side and below main line. Provide looped slack at valves and snake wires in trench to allow for contraction of wires. Tie wires in bundles at 10'intervals. All wire passing under existing or future walkways shall be encased in plastic or galvanized steel conduit extending at least 12"beyond edge of paving. Run wires for any future work. H. Backfill and Compacting: After system is operating and required tests and inspections have been made,backfill excavations and trenches with clean soil,free of rubbish. Backfill for all trenches, regardless of the type of pipe covered,shall be compacted to minimum 90%density. Compact trenches in areas to be planted by thoroughly flooding the backfill. Jetting process may be used in those areas.Dress off all areas to finish grades. I. Thrust Block Reinforcement: Install 2 cu.ft.concrete thrust block reinforcement on Main Line at all angles and turn 45 degrees or more. 3.02 CLEANUP Contractor shall keep the premises clean and free of excess equipment,material and rubbish during work in progress. Upon completion of work,remove all material,equipment and debris resulting from irrigation work. All paved area shall be cleaned and left in acceptable condition as approved by Designer. 3.03 GUARANTEE&MAINTENANCE AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02810-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 A. Maintenance and Replacement of System: Guarantee all materials and workmanship for one year from date of installation. It must be inspected and approved by the Designer both after the installation and at the end of guaranteed period. Correct and replace any defects in materials and workmanship immediately and at no cost to the Owner. B. Provide all valves,drains,fittings,and taps necessary to winterize and/or drain the entire system from supply line tap to laterals. Winterization of system and initial spring start-up to be provided by Contractor. Freeze damage shall be repaired by Contractor as part of guarantee at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 02810 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02810-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02810-6 Copyright 2008 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02830-VINYL FENCES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl Fences B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete for post footings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has experience with vinyl fence projects with same material and of similar scope. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for fences shown on the Drawings in relation to the property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FENCING CetainTeed brand;Bufftech vinyl fencing; Semi-private series; Style"Columbia";6'tall;Color White. Install per Manufacturers instructions and recommendations. 2.2 CONCRETE A. Concrete: Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150,aggregates per ASTM C 33,and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu.yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate,3-inch maximum slump. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate(using post-hole digger)holes for posts to 8"diameters in firm,undisturbed or compacted soil. B. Space posts as directed by Manufacturer. Post burial depth is 24". Excavate holes approximately 3 inches lower than post bottom. Set posts in holes on 3"of concrete. Fill holes around posts with concrete. Extend concrete footing 1 inch above grade and trowel to a crown to shed water. END OF SECTION 02830 VINYL FENCES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02830- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02831 -CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Galvanized steel chain link fabric. 2. Galvanized steel framework. 3. Privacy slats. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete"for concrete for post footings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data,specifications,and installation instructions for fence and gate posts,fabric,gates,gate operators,and accessories. C. Shop drawings showing location of fence,gates,each post,and details of post installation, extension arms,gate swing,hardware,and accessories. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has at least three years' experience and has completed at least five chain link fence projects with same material and of similar scope to that indicated for this Project with a successful construction record of in-service performance. B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain chain link fences and gates,including accessories, fittings,and fastenings,from a single source. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for fences and gates shown on the Drawings in relation to the property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FABRIC A. Selvage: Knuckled on both selvages. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02831 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric: Fabricated in one-piece widths for fencing 12 feet and less in height to comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute(CLFMI)"Product Manual"and with requirements indicated below: 1. Mesh and Wire Size: 2-inch mesh,0.148-inch diameter(9 gage). 2. Coating: ASTM A 392,Class 1,Galvanized. 2.2 FRAMING A.Type I Round Posts: Standard weight(schedule 40)galvanized-steel pipe conforming to ASTM F 1083,according to heavy industrial requirements of ASTM F 669,Group IA,with minimum yield strength of 25,000 psi,not less than 1.8 oz.of zinc per sq. ft. Type A coating inside and outside according to ASTM F 1234,as determined by ASTM A 90,and weights per foot as follows: Actual OD Weight NPS (lb/ft) Size 2.375 3.65 2 B. Top Rail: Manufacturer's longest lengths(17 to 21 feet)with swedged-end or expansion-type coupling,approximately 6 inches long for joining. Provide rail ends or other means for attaching top rail securely to each gate corner,pull,and end post. 1. Round Steel: 1.660-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe. C. Steel posts for fabric heights up to 6 feet: 1. Round Line or Intermediate Posts: 1.90-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe. D.Steel posts for fabric heights over 6 feet: 1. Round Line or Intermediate Posts: 2.375-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe. E. Swing Gate Posts: Furnish posts to support single gate leaf,or one leaf of a double-gate installation, according to ASTM F 900, sized as follows for steel and aluminum pipe posts: 1. Steel posts for fabric height of 6 feet or less and gate leaf width: a.Up to and Including 4 Feet: 2.375-inch OD pipe weighing at least 3.11 lb per ft. b. Over 4 to 10 Feet: 2.875-inch OD pipe weighing at least 4.64 lb per ft. c. Over 10 to 18 Feet: 4.000-inch OD pipe weighing at least 8.65 lb per ft. 2. Steel posts for fabric height over 6 feet and gate leaf width: a. Up to and Including 6 Feet: 2.875-inch OD pipe weighing at least 4.64 lb per ft. b. Over 6 to 12 Feet: 4.000-inch OD pipe weighing at least 8.65 lb per ft. c. Over 12 to 18 Feet: 6.625-inch OD pipe weighing at least 10.02 lb per ft. d. Over 18 to 24 Feet: 8.625 OD pipe weighing at least 27.12 lb per ft. 2.3 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES A.Material: Comply with ASTM F 626. Mill-finished aluminum or galvanized iron or steel to suit manufacturer's standards. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02831 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Steel and Iron: Unless specified otherwise,hot-dip galvanize pressed steel or cast-iron fence fittings and accessories with at least 1.2 oz.zinc per sq.ft.as determined by ASTM A 90. B.Post and Line Caps: Provide weathertight closure cap for each post. Provide line post caps with loop to receive tension wire or top rail. C.Post Brace Assembly: Manufacturer's standard adjustable brace. Use material specified below for brace,and truss to line posts with 3/8-inch-diameter rod and adjustable tightener. Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized-steel,cast-iron or cast-aluminum cap for each end. 1. Round Steel: 1.660-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe. D.Bottom and Rail: Same material as top rail. Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized-steel,cast- iron or cast-aluminum cap for each end. E.Tension or Stretcher Bars: Hot-dip galvanized steel with a minimum length 2 inches less than the full height of fabric,a minimum cross section of 3/16 inch by 3/4 inch,and a minimum of 1.2 oz.of zinc coating per sq. ft. Provide one bar for each gate and end post,and two for each corner and pull post, except where fabric is integrally woven into the post. F. Tension and Brace Bands: 3/4-inch-wide minimum hot-dip galvanized steel with a minimum of 1.2 oz. of zinc coating per sq. ft. 1. Tension Bands: 0.074 inch thick(14 gage)minimum. 2. Brace Bands: 0.105 inch thick(12 gage)minimum. G.Tension Wire: 0.177-inch-diameter metallic-coated steel marcelled tension wire conforming to ASTM A 824 with finish to match fabric. 2.4 PRIVACY SLATS A.Material: Polyethylene tubular slats,0.023 inch thick minimum,manufactured for chain link fencing from virgin polyethylene containing an ultraviolet inhibitor, sized to fit mesh specified in direction indicated. Provide 75 to 85 percent privacy factor. B.Color: Black 2.5 CONCRETE A.Concrete: Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150,aggregates per ASTM C 33,and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu.yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate,3-inch maximum slump. 2.6 GATES A.Fabricate perimeter frames of gates from same material and finish as fence framework. Assemble gate frames by welding. Provide horizontal and vertical members to ensure proper gate operation and attachment of fabric,hardware,and accessories. Space frame members maximum of 8 feet apart unless otherwise indicated. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02831 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Fabric: Same as for fence unless otherwise indicated. Secure fabric at vertical edges with tension bars and bands and to top and bottom of frame with tie wires. B.Swing Gates: Comply with ASTM F 900. 1. Steel: Gates up to 8 feet wide: a.Up to 6 Feet High: Fabricate perimeter frames of 1.660-inch minimum OD Type I or II steel pipe or 1-1/2-inch-square galvanized-steel tubing weighing 1.84 lb per sq. ft. b. Over 6 Feet High: Fabricate perimeter frames of 1.90-inch minimum OD Type I or II steel pipe or 2-inch-square galvanized-steel tubing weighing 2.52 lb per sq. ft. 2. Gate Hardware: Provide galvanized hardware and accessories for each gate according to the following: a. Hinges: Size and material to suit gate size,non-lift-off type,offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide 1-1/2 pair of hinges for each leaf over 6-foot nominal height. b. Latch: Forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate,with padlock eye as an integral part of latch. c. Gate Stops: Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of mushroom-type flush plate with anchors,set in concrete,and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch,permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fence to comply with ASTM F 567. Do not begin installation and erection before final grading is completed,unless otherwise permitted. B. Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate(using post-hole digger)holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated,in firm,undisturbed or compacted soil. 1. If not indicated on Drawings,excavate holes for each post to minimum diameter recommended by fence manufacturer,but not less than four times the largest cross section of post. 2. Unless otherwise indicated,excavate hole depths approximately 3 inches lower than post bottom,with bottom of posts set not less than 36 inches below finish grade surface. C. Setting Posts: Center and align posts in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation. Space a maximum of 10 feet o.c.,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical and top alignment,and hold in position during placement and finishing operations. a. Unless otherwise indicated,extend concrete footings 2 inches above grade and trowel to a crown to shed water. D. Top Rails: Run rail continuously through line post caps,bending to radius for curved runs and at other posts terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail. Provide expansion couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer. CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02831 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Brace Assemblies: Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. Locate horizontal braces at mid-height of fabric on fences with top rail and at two thirds fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension. F. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric before stretching fabric and tie to each post with not less than same gage and type of wire. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 0.120-inch-diameter(I I-gage)hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire,spaced a maximum of 24 inches o.c. G. Fabric: Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts,rails,and tension wires. Install fabric on security side of fence,and anchor to framework so that fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. H. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end,corner,pull,and gate posts with tension bands spaced not over 15 inches o.c. I. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to secure fabric firmly to posts and rails. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons or clothing. 1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts 12 inches o.c. and to rails and braces 24 inches o.c. J. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts for added security. K. Privacy Slats: Install slats in direction indicated,securely locked in place. 1. Vertically. 3.2 GATE INSTALLATION A. Install gates plumb,level,and secure for full opening without interference. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. Install gates according to manufacturer's instructions,plumb,level,and secure. 3.3 ADJUSTING A.Gates: After repeated operation of completed installation equivalent to 3 days'use by normal traffic, readjust gates for optimum operating condition and safety. Lubricate operating equipment and clean exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION 02831 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02831 -5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02831 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 02900-LANDSCAPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Trees. 2. Shrubs. 3. Ground covers. 4. Plants. 5. Lawns. 6. Topsoil and soil amendments. 7. Fertilizers and mulches. 8. Stakes and guys. 9. Landscape edgings. 10. Weed-control barrier. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 2 Section"Earthwork" for excavation,filling,rough grading,and subsurface aggregate drainage and drainage backfill. 2. Division 1 Section"Allowances"for landscaping allowance. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance instructions recommending procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of landscaping during an entire year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed landscaping work similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful landscape establishment. 1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the Project site during times that landscaping is in progress. B. Provide quality, size,genus,species,and variety of trees and shrubs indicated,complying with applicable requirements of ANSI Z60.1 "American Standard for Nursery Stock." LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish a soil analysis made by a qualified independent soil-testing agency stating percentages of organic matter,inorganic matter(silt,clay,and sand),deleterious material,pH,and mineral and plant-nutrient content of topsoil. D. Measurements: Measure trees and shrubs according to ANSI Z60.1 with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. Take caliper measurements 6 inches(150 mm)above ground for trees up to 4-inch(100-mm)caliper size,and 12 inches(300 mm)above ground for larger sizes. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread;do not measure branches or roots tip-to-tip. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight,analysis,and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at site. B. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed,labeled,and undamaged containers. C. Sod: Harvest,deliver,store,and handle sod according to the requirements of the American Sod Producers Association's(ASPA) "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials and Transplanting/Installing." D. Trees and Shrubs: Deliver freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune before delivery,except as approved by Architect. Protect bark,branches,and root systems from sun scald,drying,sweating, whipping,and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. Do not drop trees and shrubs during delivery. E. Handle balled and burlapped stock by the root ball. F. Deliver trees,shrubs,ground covers,and plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery,set planting materials in shade,protect from weather and mechanical damage,and keep roots moist. 1. Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil,peat moss,sawdust,or other acceptable material. 2. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting. 3. Water root systems of trees and shrubs stored on site with a fine-mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid damage. Hand excavate,as required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. B. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill,adverse drainage conditions,or obstructions,notify Architect before planting. 1.7 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate installation of planting materials during normal planting seasons for each type of plant material required. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with,other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Warrant the following living planting materials for a period of one year after date of Substantial Completion,against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth,except for defects resulting from lack of adequate maintenance,neglect,or abuse by Owner,abnormal weather conditions unusual for warranty period,or incidents that are beyond Contractor's control. 1. Trees. 2. Shrubs. 3. Ground covers. 4. Plants. C. Remove and replace dead planting materials immediately unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. D. Replace planting materials that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at end of warranty period. E. A limit of one replacement of each plant material will be required,except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. 1.9 TREE AND SHRUB MAINTENANCE A. Maintain trees and shrubs by pruning,cultivating,watering,weeding,fertilizing,restoring planting saucers,tightening and repairing stakes and guy supports,and resetting to proper grades or vertical position,as required to establish healthy,viable plantings. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. Restore or replace damaged tree wrappings. Maintain trees and shrubs for the following period: 1. Maintenance Period: 60 days following Substantial Completion. 1.10 GROUND COVER AND PLANT MAINTENANCE A. Maintain ground cover and plants by watering,weeding,fertilizing,and other operations as required to establish healthy,viable plantings for the following period: 1. Maintenance Period: 60 days following Substantial Completion. 1.11 LAWN MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance of lawns immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable lawn is established,but for not less than the following periods: 1. Seeded Lawns: 60 days after date of Substantial Completion. a. When full maintenance period has not elapsed before end of planting season,or if lawn is not fully established at that time,continue maintenance during next planting season. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. Sodded Lawns: 60 days after date of Substantial Completion. B. Maintain and establish lawns by watering,fertilizing,weeding,mowing,trimming,replanting,and other operations. Roll,regrade,and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth lawn. C. Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping,hoses,and lawn-watering equipment to convey water from sources and to keep lawns uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches(100 mm). 1. Water lawn at the minimum rate of 1 inch(25 mm)per week. D. Mow lawns as soon as there is enough top growth to cut with mower set at specified height for principal species planted. Repeat mowing as required to maintain specified height without cutting more than 40 percent of the grass height. Remove no more than 40 percent of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. E. Postfertilization: Apply fertilizer to lawn after first mowing and when grass is dry. 1. Use fertilizer that will provide actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb per 1000 sq. ft. (0.5 kg per 100 sq.m) of lawn area. 1.12 DESIGN A. Provide landscape stone for the last 3 feet of all landscaped islands in parking lot and all other areas with a high probability of bein run over with car or truck traffic. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TREE AND SHRUB MATERIAL A. General: Furnish nursery-grown trees and shrubs conforming to ANSI Z60.1,with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped,fully-branched,healthy,vigorous stock free of disease,insects,eggs,larvae,and defects such as knots,sun scald,injuries,abrasions,and disfigurement. B. Grade: Provide trees and shrubs of sizes and grades conforming to ANSI Z60.1 for type of trees and shrubs required. Trees and shrubs of a larger size may be used if acceptable to Architect,with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls. C. Label at least 1 tree and 1 shrub of each variety and caliper with a securely attached,waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. 2.2 SHADE AND FLOWERING TREES A. Shade Trees: Single-stem trees with straight trunk,well-balanced crown,and intact leader,of height and caliper indicated,conforming to ANSI Z60.1 for type of trees required. B. Small Trees: Small upright or spreading type,branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, and with relationship of caliper,height,and branching recommended by ANSI Z60.1,and stem form as follows: 1. Form: Single stem. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Provide balled and burlapped trees. 1. Container-grown trees will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped trees subject to meeting ANSI Z60.1 limitations for container stock. 2.3 DECIDUOUS SHRUBS A. Form and Size: Deciduous shrubs with not less than the minimum number of canes required by and measured according to ANSI Z60.1 for type,shape,and height of shrub. B. Provide balled and burlapped deciduous shrubs. 1. Container-grown deciduous shrubs will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped deciduous shrubs subject to meeting ANSI Z60.1 limitations for container stock. 2.4 CONIFEROUS EVERGREENS A. Form and Size: Normal-quality,well-balanced,coniferous evergreens,of type,height,spread,and shape required,conforming to ANSI Z60.1. B. Form and Size: Specimen-quality,exceptionally heavy,tightly knit, symmetrically shaped coniferous evergreens of the following grade: 1. Heavy Grade: 'X." C. Provide balled and burlapped coniferous evergreens. 1. Container-grown coniferous evergreens will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped coniferous evergreens subject to meeting ANSI Z60.1 limitations for container stock. 2.5 BROADLEAF EVERGREENS A. Form and Size: Normal-quality,well-balanced,broadleaf evergreens,of type,height,spread,and shape required,conforming to ANSI Z60.1. B. Provide balled and burlapped broadleaf evergreens. 1. Container-grown broadleaf evergreens will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped broadleaf evergreens subject to meeting ANSI Z60.1 limitations for container stock. 2.6 GROUND COVERS AND PLANTS A. Provide ground covers and plants established and well rooted in removable containers or integral peat pots and with not less than the minimum number and length of runners required by ANSI Z60.1 for the pot size indicated. 2.7 GRASS MATERIALS A. Grass Seed: Fresh,clean,dry,new-crop seed complying with the Association of Official Seed Analysts' "Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. 1. Seed Mixture: Provide seed of grass species and varieties,proportions by weight,and minimum percentages of purity,germination,and maximum percentage of weed seed as indicated on Landscape Drawings. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900 -5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Sod: Certified turfgrass sod complying with ASPA specifications for machine-cut thickness,size, strength,moisture content,and mowed height,and free of weeds and undesirable native grasses. Provide viable sod of uniform density,color,and texture of the following turfgrass species,strongly rooted,and capable of vigorous growth and development when planted. 1. Species: Provide sod of grass species and varieties,proportions by weight,and minimum percentages of purity,germination,and maximum percentage of weed seed as indicated on Landscape Drawings. 2.8 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268,pH range of 5.5 to 7,4 percent organic material minimum,free of stones 1 inch (25 nun)or larger in any dimension,and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 1. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on the site. Verify suitability of surface soil to produce topsoil meeting requirements and amend when necessary. Supplement with imported topsoil when quantities are insufficient. Clean topsoil of roots,plants, sods, stones,clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 2.9 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Lime: ASTM C 602,Class T,agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent,with a minimum 99 percent passing a No. 8(2.36 mm)sieve and a minimum 75 percent passing a No. 60(250 micrometer)sieve. B. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade,unadulterated. C. Sand: Clean,washed,natural or manufactured sand,free of toxic materials. D. Perlite: Horticultural perlite,soil amendment grade. E. Peat Humus: Finely divided or granular texture,with a pH range of 6 to 7.5,composed of partially decomposed moss peat(other than sphagnum),peat humus,or reed-sedge peat. F. Sawdust or Ground-Bark Humus: Decomposed,nitrogen-treated,of uniform texture,free of chips,stones, sticks,soil,or toxic materials. 1. When site treated,mix with at least 0.15 lb(2.4 kg)of ammonium nitrate or 0.25 lb(4 kg)of ammonium sulfate per cu. ft. (cu.m)of loose sawdust or ground bark. G. Manure: Well-rotted,unleached stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by volume of straw, sawdust,or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances,stones,sticks,soil,weed seed,and material harmful to plant growth. H. Herbicides: EPA registered and approved,of type recommended by manufacturer. I. Water: Potable. 2.10 FERTILIZER A. Bonemeal: Commercial,raw,finely ground;minimum of 4 percent nitrogen and 20 percent phosphoric acid. B. Superphosphate: Commercial,phosphate mixture,soluble;minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character,consisting of fast-and slow-release nitrogen,50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea-form,phosphorous,and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 1 lb per 1000 sq.ft. (0.5 kg per 100 sq.m)of actual nitrogen,4 percent phosphorous,and 2 percent potassium,by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen,phosphorous,and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing agency. D. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus,and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 5 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous,and 5 percent potassium,by weight,for trees and shrubs. 2. For Lawns,provide fertilizer with percentage of Nitrogen required to provide not less than 1 lb. of Nitrogen per 100 sq. ft. of lawn area and not less than 4%Phosphoric Acid and 2%Potassium. Provide Nitrogen in a form that will be available to lawn during initial period of growth;At least 50%of Nitrogen shall be organic form. 2.11 WEED-CONTROL BARRIERS A. Sheet Polyethylene: Black,0.006-inch(0.15-mm)minimum thickness. (No substitutes) 2.12 STAKES AND GUYS A. Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough-sawn,sound,new hardwood,redwood,or pressure-preservative-treated softwood,free of knots,holes,cross grain,and other defects,2 by 2 inches(50 by 50 mm)by length indicated,pointed at one end. B. Guy and Tie Wire: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M),Class 1,galvanized-steel wire,2-strand,twisted, 0.106 inch(2.7 mm)in diameter. C. Hose Chafing Guard: Reinforced rubber or plastic hose at least 1/2 inch(13 mm)in diameter,black,cut to lengths required to protect tree trunks from damage. D. Flags: Standard surveyor's plastic flagging tape,white,6 inches(150 mm)long. 2.13 LANDSCAPE EDGINGS A. Steel Edging: ASTM A 569(ASTM A 569M),rolled edge,standard steel edging,fabricated in sections with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections approximately 30 inches(760 mm)apart to receive stakes. 1. Edging Size: As indicated. 2. Stakes: Tapered steel, 15 inches(381 mm)long. 3. Accessories: Standard tapered ends,corners,and splicers as required. 4. Finish: Standard paint finish;Green-black. 2.14 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Antidesiccant: Water-insoluble emulsion,permeable moisture retarder,film forming,for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original,sealed,and fully labeled containers and mix according to manufacturer's instructions. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Trunk-Wrap Tape: Two layers of crinkled paper cemented together with bituminous material,4 inches (102 mm)wide minimum,with stretch factor of 33 percent. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive landscaping for compliance with requirements and for conditions affecting performance of work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PLANTING SOIL PREPARATION A. Before mixing,clean topsoil of roots,plants,sods,stones,clay lumps,and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. B. Mix soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at rates indicated. Delay mixing fertilizer if planting does not follow placing of planting soil within a few days. C. For tree pit or trench backfill,mix planting soil before backfilling and stockpile at site. D. For planting beds and lawns,mix planting soil either prior to planting or apply on surface of topsoil and mix thoroughly before planting. 1. Mix lime with dry soil prior to mixing fertilizer. Prevent lime from contacting roots of acid- tolerant plants. 2. Apply phosphoric acid fertilizer,other than that constituting a portion of complete fertilizers, directly to subgrade before applying planting soil and tilling. 3.3 LAWN PLANTING PREPARATION A. Limit subgrade preparation to areas that will be planted in the immediate future. B. Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches(100 mm). Remove stones larger than 1-1/2 inches(38 mm)in any dimension and sticks,roots,rubbish,and other extraneous materials. C. Spread planting soil mixture to depth required to meet thickness,grades,and elevations shown,after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen. 1. Place approximately 1/2 the thickness of planting soil mixture required. Work into top of loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place remainder of planting soil mixture. 2. Allow for sod thickness in areas to be sodded. D. Preparation of Unchanged Grades: Where lawns are to be planted in areas unaltered or undisturbed by excavating,grading,or surface soil stripping operations,prepare soil as follows: 1. Remove and dispose of existing grass,vegetation,and turf. Do not turn over into soil being prepared for lawns. 2. Till surface soil to a depth of at least 6 inches(150 mm). Apply required soil amendments and initial fertilizers and mix thoroughly into top 4 inches(100 mm)of soil. Trim high areas and fill in depressions. Till soil to a homogenous mixture of fine texture. 3. Clean surface soil of roots,plants,sods,stones,clay lumps,and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900-8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 4. Remove waste material,including grass,vegetation,and turf,and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. E. Grade lawn and grass areas to a smooth,even surface with loose,uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges,and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future. Remove trash,debris,stones larger than 1-1/2 inches(38 mm)in any dimension, and other objects that may interfere with planting or maintenance operations. F. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting when soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. G. Restore prepared areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and before planting. 3.4 GROUND COVER AND PLANT BED PREPARATION A. Loosen subgrade of planting bed areas to a minimum depth of 6 inches(150 mm). Remove stones larger than 1-1/2 inches(38 mm)in any dimension and sticks,roots,rubbish,and other extraneous materials. B. Spread planting soil mixture to depth required to meet thickness,grades,and elevations shown,after light rolling and natural settlement. Place approximately 1/2 the thickness of planting soil mixture required. Work into top of loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place remainder of planting soil mixture. C. If topsoil has not been stripped,till soil in beds to a minimum depth of 8 inches(200 mm)and mix with specified soil amendments and fertilizers. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS A. Pits and Trenches: Excavate with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to assist drainage. Loosen hard subsoil in bottom of excavation. I. Balled and Burlapped Trees and Shrubs: Excavate approximately 1-1/2 times as wide as ball diameter and equal to ball depth,plus the following setting layer depth: a. Setting Layer: Allow 9 inches(225 mm)of planting soil. 2. Container-Grown Trees and Shrubs: Excavate to container width and depth,plus the following setting-layer depth: a. Setting Layer: Allow 6 inches(150 mm)of planting soil. B. Obstructions: Notify Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations. C. Drainage: Notify Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in tree or shrub pits. D. Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate out,before placing setting layer and positioning trees and shrubs. 3.8 PLANTING TREES AND SHRUBS A. Set balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of ball raised above adjacent finish grades as indicated. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900 -9 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Place stock on setting layer of compacted planting soil. 2. Remove burlap and wire baskets from tops of balls and partially from sides,but do not remove from under balls. Remove pallets,if any,before setting. Do not use planting stock if ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation. 3. Place backfill around ball in layers,tamping to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately 1/2 backfilled,water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of backfill. B. Set container-grown stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of ball raised above adjacent finish grades as indicated. 1. Carefully remove containers so as not to damage root balls. 2. Place stock on setting layer of compacted planting soil. 3. Place backfill around ball in layers,tamping to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately 1/2 backfilled,water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of backfill. C. Dish and tamp top of backfill to form a 3-inch-(75-mm-)high mound around the rim of the pit. Do not cover top of root ball with backfill. D. Wrap trees of 2-inch(50-mm)caliper and larger with trunk-wrap tape. Start at base of trunk and spiral cover trunk to height of first branches. Overlap wrap,exposing half the width,and securely attach without causing girdling. Inspect tree trunks for injury,improper pruning,and insect infestation and take corrective measures required before wrapping. 3.9 TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING A. Prune,thin,and shape trees and shrubs according to standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise directed by Architect,do not cut tree leaders;remove only injured or dead branches from flowering trees. Prune shrubs to retain natural character. Shrub sizes indicated are size after pruning. 3.10 TREE AND SHRUB GUYING AND STAKING A. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2-through 5-inch(50-through 125-mm)caliper. Stake trees of less than 2-inch(50-mm)caliper only as required to prevent wind tip-out. Use a minimum of 2 stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches(450 mm)below bottom of backfilled excavation and to extend at least 72 inches(1800 mm)above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating balls or root masses. Support trees with 2 strands of tie wire encased in hose sections at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree. Attach flags to each guy wire,30 inches above finished grade. 3.11 PLANTING GROUND COVER AND PLANTS A. Space ground cover and plants as indicated. B. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots,and backfill with planting soil. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. Water thoroughly after planting,taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900- 10 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.12 WEED-CONTROL BARRIERS A. Weed-Control Barriers: Install the following weed-control barriers accoring to manufacturer's recommendations,before placement of lava rock. Completely cover area to be mulched,lapping edges a minimum of 6 inches(150 mm). 1. Material and Seam Treatment: Sheet polyethelene with seams taped. 3.13 LANDSCAPTING RIVER ROCK GROUND COVER A. Place landscaping/river rock or similar locally available rock,same size,(pea gravel is not acceptable)in backfilled surfaces of pits,trenches,planted areas,and other areas indicated. B. Rock: Apply the following average thickness of rock and finish level with adjacent finish grades. 1. Thickness: 2 inches(50 min). 2. Max Rock Size: 2 to 3 inches in diameter. 3.14 SEEDING NEW LAWNS A. Sow seed with a spreader or a seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mph(8 km/h). Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in 2 directions at right angles to each other. 1. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. B. Sow seed at the following rates: 1. Seeding Rate: 3 to 4 lb per 1000 sq.ft.(1.5 to 2 kg per 100 sq.m). C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch(3 min)of topsoil,roll lightly,and water with fine spray. D. Protect seeded slopes exceeding 1:4 against erosion with erosion-control blankets installed and stapled according to manufacturer's recommendations. E. Protect seeded slopes exceeding 1:6 against erosion with jute or coir-fiber erosion-control mesh installed and stapled according to manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Anchor straw mulch by crimping into topsoil by suitable mechanical equipment. F. Protect seeded areas against hot,dry weather or drying winds by applying peat mulch within 24 hours after completion of seeding operations. Soak and scatter uniformly to a depth of 3/16 inch(4.8 min)thick and roll to a smooth surface. 3.15 SODDING NEW LAWNS A. Lay sod within 24 hours of stripping. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen. B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod;do not stretch or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to subgrade or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade,eliminate air pockets,and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor cracks between pieces of sod;remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass. LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900- 11 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding 1:3. C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within 2 hours of planting. During first week,water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches(38 mm)below the sod. 3.16 INSTALLATION OF EDGINGS A. Steel Edging: Install steel edging where indicated according to manufacturer's recommendations. Anchor with steel stakes spaced approximately 30 inches(760 mm)apart,driven below top elevation of edging. 3.17 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Apply antidesiccant using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks,branches,stems,twigs, and foliage. 1. When deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full-leaf,spray with antidesiccant at nursery before moving and again 2 weeks after planting. 3.18 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During landscaping,keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Protect landscaping from damage due to landscape operations,operations by other contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat,repair,or replace damaged landscape work as directed. 3.19 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil and waste material,including excess subsoil,unsuitable soil,trash,and debris,and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02900 LANDSCAPING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 02900- 12 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 SECTION 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete,including formwork,reinforcing,mix design,placement procedures,and finishes. B. Cast-in-place concrete includes the following: 1. Foundations and footings. 2. Slabs-on-grade. 3. Equipment pads and bases. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 2 Section"Portland Cement Concrete Paving" for concrete paving and walks. 2. Division 2 Section"Non-Skid Coating System"for concrete pad at diesel pumps. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications,and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute(ACI)301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." B. Concrete Testing Service: Owner shall engage a testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Retesting of rejected materials for installed Work,shall be done at Contractor's expense. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood,metal,metal-framed plywood faced,or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth,exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood,lumber,metal,or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300- 1 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 C. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds(VOCs)that will not bond with,stain,or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A 615 Grade 60(ASTM A 615M Grade 400),deformed. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185,welded steel wire fabric. C. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters,chairs,spacers,and other devices for spacing,supporting,and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications. 1. For slabs-on-grade,use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms,provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic(CRSI,Class 1)or stainless steel(CRSI,Class 2). 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I. 1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618,Type F. C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. 1. For exposed exterior surfaces,do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling.ADD SPECIFIC AGGREGATE REQUIREMENTS TO SUIT PROJECT. 2. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 that have been shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability by special tests or actual service may be used when acceptable to Owners' Representative. D. Water: Potable. E. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260,certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Air-Tite,Cormix Construction Chemicals. b. Air-Mix or Perma-Air,Euclid Chemical Co. C. Darex AEA or Daravair,W.R.Grace&Co. d. MB-VR or Micro-Air,Master Builders,Inc. e. Sealtight AEA,W.R.Meadows,Inc. £ Sika AER, Sika Corp. F. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type A. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300-2 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 a. Chemtard,ChemMasters Corp. b. PSI N,Con-nix Construction Chemicals. C. Eucon WR-75,Euclid Chemical Co. d. WRDA,W.R. Grace&Co. e. Pazzolith Normal or Polyheed,Master Builders,Inc. f. Metco W.R.,Metalcrete Industries. g. Prokrete-N,Prokrete Industries. h. Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Vapor Barrier: Provide vapor barrier that is resistant to deterioration when tested according to ASTM E 154,as follows: 1. Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils(0.2 mm)thick. B. Nonslip Aggregate Finish: Provide fused aluminum oxide granules or crushed emery as the abrasive aggregate for a nonslip finish,with emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Use material that is factory-graded,packaged, rustproof,nonglazing,and unaffected by freezing,moisture,and cleaning materials. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following,complying with ASTM C 171. 1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 3. Polyethylene-coated burlap. D. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Liquid-type membrane-forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309,Type I,Class A. Moisture loss not more than 0.55 kg/sq.m when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal(4.9 sq.m/L). 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. A-H 3 Way Sealer,Anti-Hydro Co.,Inc. b. Spartan-Cote,The Burke Co. C. Conspec#1,Conspec Marketing&Mfg. Co. d. Sealco 309,Cormix Construction Chemicals. e. Day-Chem Cure and Seal,Dayton Superior Corp. f. Eucocure,Euclid Chemical Co. g. Horn Clear Seal,A.C.Horn,Inc. h. L&M Cure R,L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. i. Masterkure,Master Builders,Inc. j. CS-309,W.R.Meadows,Inc. k. Seal N Kure,Metalcrete Industries. 1. Kure-N-Seal, Sonneborn-Chemrex. M. Stontop CS2, Stonhard,Inc. E. Underlayment Compound: Free-flowing,self-leveling,pumpable,cement-based compound for applications from 1 inch(25 mm)thick to feathered edges. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300-3 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 a. K-15,Ardex,Inc. b. Self-Leveling Wear Topping,W.R.Bonsal Co. C. Conflow,Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. d. Corlevel,Cormix Construction Chemicals. C. LevelLayer II,Dayton Superior Corp. f. Flo-Top,Euclid Chemical Co. g. Gyp-Crete,Gyp-Crete Corp. h. Levelex,L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. i. Underlayment 110,Master Builders,Inc. j. Soncrete UL1, Stonhard,Inc. k. Concrete Top, Symons Corp. 1. Thoro Underlayment Self-Leveling,Thoro System Products. F. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Polyvinyl Acetate(Interior Only): 1) Superior Concrete Bonder,Dayton Superior Corp. 2) Euco Weld,Euclid Chemical Co. 3) Weld-Crete,Larsen Products Corp. 4) Everweld,L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. 5) Herculox,Metalcrete Industries. 6) Ready Bond, Symons Corp. b. Acrylic or Styrene Butadiene: 1) Acrylic Bondcrete,The Burke Co. 2) Strongbond,Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. 3) Day-Chem Ad Bond,Dayton Superior Corp. 4) SBR Latex,Euclid Chemical Co. 5) Daraweld C,W.R. Grace&Co. 6) Hornweld,A.C.Horn,Inc. 7) Everbond,L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. 8) Acryl-Set,Master Builders Inc. 9) Intralok,W.R.Meadows,Inc. 10) Acrylpave,Metalcrete Industries. 11) Sonocrete, Sonneborn-Chemrex. 12) Stonlock LB2, Stonhard,Inc. 13) Strong Bond,Symons Corp. G. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881,two-component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type,grade,and class to suit Project requirements. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Burke Epoxy M.V.,The Burke Co. b. Spec-Bond 100,Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. C. Resi-Bond(J-58),Dayton Superior. d. Euco Epoxy System#452 or#620,Euclid Chemical Co. e. Epoxtite Binder 2390,A.C.Horn,Inc. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300-4 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 f. Epabond,L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. g. Concresive Standard Liquid,Master Builders,Inc. h. Rezi-Weld 1000,W.R.Meadows,Inc. i. Metco Hi-Mod Epoxy,Metalcrete Industries. j. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp. k. Stonset LV5,Stonhard,Inc. 1. R-600 Series, Symons Corp. H. Epoxy Sealer: Formula 512 as manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company. 1. Concrete to be sealed must be at least 30 days old. Apply at a rate of 250 to 300 square feet per gallon with suitable roller equipment. Reapply to porous areas until a sufficient film can be seen on the surface. Close area to traffic for 4 hours after application. Spray application is not acceptable. 2. Do not install at temperatures below 45 degrees,or if rain is expected within 6 hours or if concrete has received membrane curing compounds. Do no apply on hand trowelled surfaces. I. Chemical Hardener: Colorless,aqueous solution containing a blend of magnesium fluosilicate and zinc fluosilicate combined with a wetting agent,containing not less than 2 lbs.of fluosilicates per gallon. Subject to compliance with requirements,acceptable products include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Surfhard,Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Lapidolith, Sonneborn-Rexnord 3. Saniseal,Master Builders 4. Burk-O-Lith,The Burke Co. J. Non-Shrink Grout: CRD-C 621,factory pre-mixed grout. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable products include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Metallic: a. Vibrofoil,A.C.Horn,Inc. b. Metallic Spec.Grout,The Burke Co. C. Embeco 636, Master Builders d. Ferrolith GDS, Sonneborn-Rexnord e. Hi-Mod Grout,Euclid Chemical Co. f. Kernox G,Sika Chemical Co. g. Ferrogrout,L&M Const.Chemical Co. h. Supreme Plus,Gifford-Hill/American Admixtures 2. Non-Metallic: a. Set Grout,Master Builders b. Sonogrout, Sonneborn-Rexnord C. Euco-NS,Euclid Chemical Co. d. Supreme,Gifford-Hill/American Admixtures e. Crystex,L&M Const.Chemical Co. f Sure-Grip Grout,Dayton Superior Corp. g. Horngrout,A.C.Horn,Inc. h. Five Star Grout,U.S.Grout Corp. 2.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300 -5 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method,use an independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. 1. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing. 2. Limit use of fly ash as follows: • Less than 25%of cement content by weight,unless noted otherwise • Less than 20%of cement content by weight for exterior,air entrained concrete B. Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Architect. C. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated on drawings and schedules: 1. Footings: 3,000 psi 2. Grade beams and pile caps:4,000 psi 3. Interior slabs on grade less than 6"thick: 3,000 psi(non air entrained) 4. Interior slabs on grade greater than or equal to 6"thick: 4,000 psi(non air entrained) 5. Formed walls,beams,structural slabs and stairs: 4,000 psi 6. Elevated slabs: 4,000 psi 7. CMU core fill: 3,000 psi 8. Concrete exposed to weather: 5,000 psi(w/4%-6%air entrainment) D. Water-Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum water-cement(W/C) ratios as follows: 1. Subjected to freezing and thawing: W/C 0.45. 2. Subjected to deicers/watertight: W/C 0.40. 3. Subjected to brackish water, salt spray,or deicers: W/C 0.40. 4. All other concrete types: 0.58 E. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: 1. Ramps,slabs,and sloping surfaces: Not more than 4 inches. 2. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 4 inches. 3. Concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture(superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches(200 min)after adding admixture to site-verified 2-4 inch slump concrete. 4. Other concrete: Not more than 5 inches. F. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials,job conditions,weather,test results,or other circumstances warrant,as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in Work. 2.6 ADMIXTURES A. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture(superplasticizer)in concrete,as required,for placement and workability. B. Use accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 deg F(10 deg C). CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300 -6 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 C. Use high-range water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete,concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs, architectural concrete,parking structure slabs,concrete required to be watertight,and concrete with water-cement ratios below 0.50. D. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add air- entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent within the following limits: 1. Concrete structures and slabs exposed to freezing and thawing,deicer chemicals,or hydraulic pressure: a. 5.0 percent(moderate exposure); 6.0 percent(severe exposure)for 3/4 inch(19 mm) maximum aggregate. 2. Other concrete not exposed to freezing,thawing,or hydraulic pressure,or to receive a surface hardener: 2 to 4 percent air. E. Use admixtures for water reduction and set accelerating or retarding in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94,and as specified. 1. When air temperature is between 85 deg F(29 deg C)and 90 deg F(32 deg C),reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes,and when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C),reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials,vapor retarder/barrier,and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. 3.2 FORMS A. General: Design,erect,support,brace,and maintain formwork to support vertical,lateral, static,and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape,alignment,elevation,and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits: 1. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. 2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. B. Construct forms to sizes,shapes,lines,and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location,grades,level,and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings,offsets,sinkages, keyways,recesses,moldings,rustications,reglets,chamfers,blocking,screeds,bulkheads,anchorages and inserts,and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300-7 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways,reglets,recesses,and the like for easy removal. D. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. E. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated,using wood,metal,PVC,or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. F. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings,recesses,and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. G. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,wood,sawdust,dirt,or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete,as required,to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 3.3 VAPOR RETARDER INSTALLATION A. General: Place vapor retarder/barrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. B. Lap joints 6 inches(150 mm)and seal with manufacturer's recommended mastic or pressure-sensitive tape. 3.4 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for"Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. 1. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,earth,ice,and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position,support,and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs,runners,bolsters,spacers,and hangers,as approved by Architect. D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space,and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete,not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.5 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure,as acceptable to Architect. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300 -8 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at points of contact between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces,such as column pedestals,foundation walls,grade beams, and other locations,as indicated. 1. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." E. Contraction(Control)Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch(3 min)wide by one-fourth of slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch(6 mm)wide by one-fourth of slab depth,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic,hardboard,or fiberboard strip into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured,remove inserts and clean groove of loose debris. 2. Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate. 3. If joint pattern is not shown,provide joints not exceeding 15 ft. (4.5 m)in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible(at column centerlines,half bays,third bays). 4. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." 3.6 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings,diagrams, instructions,and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. B. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms,bulkheads,and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. 3.7 PREPARING FORM SURFACES A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved,nonresidual, low-VOC,form-coating compound before placing reinforcement. B. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. 1. Coat steel forms with a nonstaining,rust-preventative material. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete,inspect and complete formwork installation,reinforcing steel,and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300-9 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring,Mixing,Transporting,and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously,provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches (600 mm)and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers,place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding,or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches(150 mm)into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation,within limits of construction joints,until completing placement of a panel or section. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement,other embedded items and into corners. 2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost,freezing actions,or low temperatures. G. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F(4 deg C),uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C)and not more than 80 deg F(27 deg C)at point of placement. 1. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 2. Do not use calcium chloride,salt,or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. H. Hot-Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete,place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F(32 deg Q. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature,provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot,so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300- 10 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 3. Fog spray forms,reinforcing steel,and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. 4. Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures,low humidity,or other adverse placing conditions,as acceptable to Architect. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used,with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched,and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch(6 mm)in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete,or a covering material applied directly to concrete,such as waterproofing,dampproofing,veneer plaster,painting,or another similar system. This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form-facing material,arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. 3.10 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for tile,portland cement terrazzo,and other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material,and where indicated. 1. After placing slabs,finish surface to tolerances of F(F) 15 (floor flatness)and F(L) 13 (floor levelness)measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling,roughen surface before final set with stiff brushes, brooms,or rakes. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified;slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing,membrane or elastic roofing,or sand-bed terrazzo;and where indicated. 1. After screeding,consolidating,and leveling concrete slabs,do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating,using float blades or float shoes only,when surface water has disappeared,or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats,or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18 (floor flatness)and F(L) 15 (floor levelness)measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling,refloat surface to a uniform,smooth,granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring,carpet,ceramic or quarry tile,paint,or another thin film-finish coating system. 1. After floating,begin first trowel-finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling operation,free of trowel marks,uniform in texture and appearance,and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F)20(floor flatness)and F(L) 17(floor CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300- 11 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 levelness)measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system. D. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin-set mortar, apply a trowel finish as specified,then immediately follow by slightly scarifying the surface with a fine broom. E. Non-Slip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms,steps,and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing,slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. F. Non-Slip Aggregate Finish: Apply nonslip aggregate finish to concrete stair treads,platforms,ramps, sloped walks,and where indicated. 1. After completing float finishing and before starting trowel finish,uniformly spread dampened nonslip aggregate at a rate of 25 lb per 100 sq.ft.(12 kg/10 sq.m)of surface. Tamp aggregate flush with surface using a steel trowel,but do not force below surface. After broadcasting and tamping,apply trowel finishing as specified. 2. After curing,lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone,and water to expose nonslip aggregate. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed,after work of other trades is in place. Mix,place,and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard,dense finish with corners,intersections,and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations,complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. 3.12 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot,dry,and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating,but before power floating and troweling. B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting,keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound,by moist curing,by moisture-retaining cover curing,or by combining these methods,as specified. D. Provide moisture curing by the following methods: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300- 12 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. 2. Use continuous water-fog spray. 3. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover,thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges,with a 4 inch(100 mm)lap over adjacent absorptive covers. E. Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows: 1. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete,placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches(75 mm)and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. F. Apply curing compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs,walks,and curbs as follows: 1. Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 2. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete. G. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces,including underside of beams, supported slabs,and other similar surfaces,by moist curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed,continue curing by methods specified above,as applicable. H. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces,including slabs,floor topping,and other flat surfaces,by applying the appropriate curing method. 1. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture-retaining cover,unless otherwise directed. 3.13 REMOVING FORMS A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete,such as sides of beams,walls,columns,and similar parts of the work,may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F(10 deg C)for 24 hours after placing concrete,provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form-removal operations,and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 3.14 RE-USING FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split,frayed,delaminated,or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-coating compound as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement,thoroughly clean surfaces,remove fins and laitance,and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to Architect. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300- 13 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms,when acceptable to Architect. B. Mix dry-pack mortar,consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh(1.2 mm)sieve,using only enough water as required for handling and placing. 1. Cut out honeycombs,rock pockets,voids over 1/4 inch(6 mm)in any dimension,and holes left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1 inch(25 mm). Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean,dampen with water,and brush-coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 2. For surfaces exposed to view,blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry,patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding surface. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities,cracks, spalls,air bubbles,honeycomb,rock pockets,fins and other projections on the surface,and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry- pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 1. Repair concealed formed surfaces,where possible,containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired,remove and replace the concrete. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces,such as monolithic slabs,for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. 1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch(0.25 mm)wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling,popouts,honeycombs,rock pockets,and other objectionable conditions. 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. 4. Repair defective areas,except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch(25 mm)in diameter,by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch(19 mm)clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place,compact,and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. E. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Owner's Representative for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar. G. Repair methods not specified above may be used,subject to acceptance of Owner's Representative. 3.16 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300- 14 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 A. General: The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test reports. B. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the following,as directed by Owner's Representative. 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete:ASTM C 172,except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. a. Slump: ASTM C 143;one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete;additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed. b. Air Content: ASTM C 173,volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete;ASTM C 231,pressure method for normal weight concrete;one for each day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete. C. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064;one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C)and below,when 80 deg F(27 deg C)and above,and one test for each set of compressive-strength specimens. d. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31;one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test,unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required. e. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39;one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu.m)plus additional sets for each 50 cu.yd. (38 cu.m)more than the first 25 cu. yd. (19 cu.m)of each concrete class placed in any one day;one specimen tested at 7 days,two specimens tested at 28 days,and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete,conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders,evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. 4. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi(3.4 MPa). C. Test results will be reported in writing to Owner's Representative,Structural Engineer,ready-mix producer,and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number,date of concrete placement,name of concrete testing service,concrete type and class,location of concrete batch in structure,design compressive strength at 28 days,concrete mix proportions and materials,compressive breaking strength,and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. D. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope,or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. E. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure,as directed by Architect. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42,or by other methods as directed. END OF SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300- 15 Copyright 2007 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 03300- 16 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 04201 -CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concrete unit masonry. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one source and by a single manufacturer for each different product required. B. Single-Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section"Project Meetings." 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms,under cover,and in a dry location to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet,do not install until they are in an air-dried condition. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms,under cover,and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Store masonry accessories,including metal items,to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches(600 mm)down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm)down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 04201 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Cold-Weather Construction: When the ambient temperature is within the limits indicated, use the following procedures: a. 40 to 32 deg F (4 to 0 deg C): Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F(4 and 49 deg Q. b. 32 to 25 deg F(0 to-4 deg C): Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg Q. Heat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg Q. Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. C. 25 to 20 deg F (-4 to -7 deg C): Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg Q. Heat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F(4 and 49 deg Q. Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. Heat masonry units to 40 deg F(4 deg C)if grouting. Use heat on both sides of walls under construction. d. 20 deg F (7 deg C) and Below: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Heat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F(4 and 49 deg C). Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. Heat masonry units to 40 deg F (4 deg C). Provide enclosures and use heat on both sides of walls under construction to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F(0 deg C)within the enclosures. 2. Cold-Weather Protection: When the mean daily temperature is within the limits indicated,provide the following protection: a. 40 to 25 deg F (4 to -4 deg C): Cover masonry with a weather-resistant membrane for 48 hours after construction. b. 25 to 20 deg F (4 to -7 deg C): Cover masonry with insulating blankets or provide enclosure and heat for 48 hours after construction to prevent freezing. Install wind breaks when wind velocity exceeds 15 mi./h(25 km/h). C. 20 deg F (-7 deg C) and Below: Provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F(0 deg C)within the enclosure for 48 hours after construction. 3. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried out, but not less than 7 days after completion of cleaning. D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F (38 deg C)and above. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 04201 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Portland Cement,Mortar Cement,Masonry Cement,and Lime: a. Essroc Materials,Inc. b. Glen-Gery Corporation. C. Lafarge Corporation. d. Lehigh Portland Cement Co. e. Riverton Corporation(The). 2. Joint Reinforcement,Ties,and Anchors: a. Dur-O-Wal,Inc. b. Heckman Building Products,Inc. C. Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. d. Masonry Reinforcing Corp.of America. e. National Wire Products Industries. f. Southern Construction Products. 2.2 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Provide joint reinforcement formed from the following: 1. Galvanized carbon-steel wire,coating class as follows: a. ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M), Class 1, for interior walls; and ASTM A 153, Class B-2, for exterior walls. B. Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet(3 m),with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements indicated below: 1. Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1483 inch(3.8 mm). 2. Wire Diameter for Cross Rods: 0.1483 inch(3.8 mm). C. For single-wythe masonry,provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: 1. Truss design with continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches(407 mm)o.c. 2.3 TIES AND ANCHORS,GENERAL A. General: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply with requirements for metal and size of this Article,unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Sheet: As follows: I. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, G 60 (ASTM A 526M, Z 180) (commercial quality), steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process on continuous lines prior to fabrication, for sheet-metal ties and anchors in interior walls and in exterior walls when completely embedded in mortar. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 1; compressible up to 35 percent;of width and thickness indicated;formulated from the following material: I. Polyvinyl chloride. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 04201 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. 1. Polyvinyl Chloride: ASTM D 2287,General Purpose Grade,Type PVC-65406. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). 2.5 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,retarders,water- repellent agents,antifreeze compounds,or other admixtures,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification, for job-mixed mortar; and ASTM C 1142 for ready-mixed mortar,of types indicated below: 1. For masonry below grade,in contact with earth,and where indicated,use type indicated below: a. Type: S or RS. 2. For reinforced masonry and where indicated,use type indicated below: a. Type: S or RS. C. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. Use grout of consistency indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of consistency (fine or coarse) at time of placement that will completely fill spaces intended to receive grout. 1. Use fine grout in grout spaces less than 2 inches (50 mm) in horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches (50 mm) or more in least horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform the following testing for source quality control. Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested for strength,absorption,and moisture content per ASTM C 140. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 04201 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.2 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections of the Specifications. B. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp,unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full-size units without cutting,where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and,where possible,cut edges concealed. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arrises, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet(6 mm in 3 m),nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet(10 mm in 6 m),nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet(12 mm in 12 m) or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines,do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet(6 mm in 6 m),nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet(12 mm in 12 m) or more. For vertical alignment of head joints, do not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet(6 mm in 3 m),nor 1/2 inch(12 mm)maximum. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills,parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet(6 mm in 6 m),nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet(12 mm in 12 m) or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch(3 mm) in 10 feet(3 m),nor 1/16 inch(1.5 mm)within width of a single unit. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of walls do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet(12 mm in 6 m),nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet(19 mm in 12 m)or more. D. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4 inch(6 mm)nor plus 1/2 inch(12 mm). E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch (12 mm). Do not vary bed joint thickness from bed joint thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm). Do not vary from head joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm). Do not vary head joint thickness from adjacent head joint thickness by more than 1/8 inch(3 mm). Do not vary from collar joint thickness indicated by more than minus 1/4 inch(6 mm)or plus 3/8 inch(10 mm). 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches(50 mm). Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch(100-mm)horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. B. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2-unit length for one-half running bond or 1/3-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry,wet clay masonry units lightly if required, and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. C. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build-in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 04201 - 5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.5 HORIZONTAL-JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch(16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch(13 mm)elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches(150 mm). 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches(406 mm)o.c. B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints,unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated"L" and"T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing,pipe enclosures,and other special conditions. 3.6 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build-in related items as the masonry progresses. Do not form a continuous span through movement joints unless provisions are made to prevent in-plane restraint of wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows: 1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of block units on one side of control joint. Fill the resultant core with grout and rake joints in exposed faces. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform the following testing for field quality control. Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Mortar composition and properties will be evaluated per ASTM C 780. C. Evaluation of Quality-Control Tests: In the absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, masonry will be considered satisfactory if results from construction quality-control tests comply with minimum requirements indicated. END OF SECTION 04201 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 04201 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 05310-STEEL DECK PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel roof deck. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed steel deck similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel" and AWS 131.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and,if pertinent,has undergone recertification. C. FM Listing: Provide steel roof deck evaluated by Factory Mutual and listed in Factory Mutual"Approval Guide" for Class 1 fire rating and Class 1-60 windstorm ratings. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion,deformation,and other damage during delivery,storage,and handling. B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. American Buildings Co. 2. ASC Pacific Inc. 3. Bowman Metal Deck Armco,Inc. 4. Consolidated Systems,Inc. STEEL DECK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05310- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 5. Epic Metals Corp. 6. Marlyn Steel Products,Inc. 7. Robertson A United Dominion Co. 8. Roof Deck,Inc. 9. United Steel Deck,Inc. 10. Verco Manufacturing Co. 11. Vulcraft Div.of Nucor Corp. 12. Walker Div. of Butler Manufacturing Co. 13. Wheeling Corrugating Co.,Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corp. 2.2 ROOF DECK A. Steel Roof Deck: Fabricate panels without top-flange stiffening grooves conforming to SDI Publication No.28 "Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck" and the following: 1. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 611,Grade C,shop primed as follows: a. Shop Primer: Grey or white baked-on, lead- and chromate-free rust-inhibitive primer, conforming to the performance requirements of Fed. Spec.TT-P-664. 2. Deck Profile: Type WR,wide rib. 3. Profile Depth: 1-1/2 inches(38 min). 4. Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: 0.0358 inch(0.91 min). 5. Span Condition: Triple span or more. 6. Side Joints: Overlapped. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide accessory materials for steel deck that comply with requirements indicated and recommendations of the steel deck manufacturer. B. Mechanical Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion-resistant, low-velocity, powder-actuated or pneumatically driven carbon steel fasteners;or self-drilling,self-threading screws. C. Side Lap Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon steel screws,No. 10(4.8 mm)minimum diameter. D. Rib Closure Strips: Manufacturer's standard vulcanized,closed-cell,synthetic rubber. E. Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, 0.0359-inch- (0.91-mm-) thick minimum ridge and valley plates,finish strips,and reinforcing channels,of same material as roof deck. F. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet,of same material as deck panels. G. Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material and thickness as deck panels,unless otherwise indicated. H. Flat Receiver Pan: Manufacturer's standard size, single-piece steel sheet, 0.071-inch- (1.8-mm-) thick minimum units,of same material as deck panels. Cut holes for drains in the field. I. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grade 1010 through 1020 headed stud type,cold-finished carbon steel, AWS D1.1,Type B. STEEL DECK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05310-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 J. Steel Sheet Accessories: ASTM A 446, G 60 (ASTM A 446M, Z 180) coating class, galvanized according to ASTM A 525 (ASTM A 525M). PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting framing and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of steel deck. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Do not place deck panels on concrete supporting structure until concrete has cured and is dry. B. Locate decking bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members. 3.3 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary of SDI Publication No.28,manufacturer's recommendations,and requirements of this Section. B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels when required to meet deflection limitations. C. Place deck panels on supporting framing and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting framing before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks. D. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting framing without warp or deflection. E. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking. F. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of decking,and support of other work. G. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds,and methods used in correcting welding work. 3.4 ROOF DECK INSTALLATION A. Fasten roof deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter,but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)long, and as follows: 1. Weld Diameter: 3/4 inch(19 mm),nominal. 2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge ribs of panels at each support. Space welds an average of 12 inches (305 mm)apart,with a minimum of two welds per unit at each support. B. Side Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports,at intervals not exceeding 36 inches(910 mm),using one of the following methods: 1. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling No. 10-(4.8-mm-)diameter or larger carbon steel screws. 2. Mechanically clinch or button punch. STEEL DECK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05310-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches(38 mm),with end joints as follows: 1. End Joints: Lapped 2 inches(51 mm)minimum. D. Roof Sump Pans and Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof decking, and weld flanges to top of deck. Space welds not more than 12 inches(305 mm)apart with at least one weld at each corner. E. Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, cover plates, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's recommendations. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. 3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Touchup Painting: Wire brush, clean, and paint scarred areas, welds, and rust spots on both surfaces of installed deck panels. 1. Touch up painted surfaces with same type of shop paint used on adjacent surfaces. 2. Where shop-painted surfaces are exposed in-service, apply touchup paint to blend into adjacent surfaces. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure steel decking is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 05310 STEEL DECK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05310-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 05400-COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior nonload-bearing steel-stud curtainwall. 2. Steel joists. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 9 Section"Gypsum Board Assemblies"for gypsum board and nonload-bearing metal-stud framing and ceiling-suspension assemblies. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AISI"Specifications": Calculate structural characteristics of cold-formed metal framing according to AISI's"Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members"and the following: 1. Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures(CCFSS)Technical Bulletin,Vol.2,No. 1,February 1993 "AISI Specification Provisions for Screw Connections." B. Structural Performance: Engineer,fabricate and erect cold-formed metal framing with the following minimum physical and structural properties: 1. Physical and Structural Properties: As indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed cold-formed metal framing similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel" and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and,if pertinent,has undergone recertification. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section"Project Meetings." COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05400- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion,deformation,and other damage during delivery, storage,and handling. B. Store cold-formed metal framing,protect with a waterproof covering,and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering cold-formed metal framing that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. 2. American Studco,Inc. 3. Angeles Metal Systems. 4. California Metal Systems,Inc. 5. Clark-Cincinnati,Inc. 6. Consolidated Fabricators Corp. 7. Consolidated Systems,Inc. 8. DaleHIncor Industries of Florida. 9. Dale Industries,Inc. 10. Design Shapes in Steel. 11. Dietrich Industries,Inc. 12. Incor Plant Dale Industries. 13. Knorr Steel Framing Systems. 14. MarinoWare;Div. of Ware Industries,Inc. 15. Studco of Hawaii,Inc. 16. Super Stud Building Products,Inc. 17. Unimast,Inc. 18. United Construction Supply. 19. United States Steel. 20. Western Metal Lath Co. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446(ASTM A 446M),zinc coated according to ASTM A 525 (ASTM A 525M),and as follows: 1. Coating Designation: G 60(Z 180). 2. Grade: As required by structural performance. B. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 570(ASTM A 570M)or ASTM A 611,cleaned,pretreated,and primed with manufacturer's baked-on,lead-and chromate-free,rust-inhibitive primer conforming to the performance requirements of FS TT-P-664. 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05400-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.3 WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs of web depths indicated,with lipped flanges, and complying with the following: 1. Per structural drawings. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track,unpunched,of web depths indicated,with straight flanges,and complying with the following: 1. Per structural drawings 2.4 JOIST FRAMING A. Steel Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel joists,unpunched,of web depths indicated,with lipped flanges,and complying with the following: 1. Per structural drawings B. Steel Joist Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel joist track,unpunched,of web depths indicated,with straight flanges,and complying with the following: 1. Per structural drawings 2.5 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members,with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi(230 MPa). B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration,unless otherwise indicated,as follows: l. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing,bridging,and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Gusset plates. 5. Deflection track and vertical slide clips. 6. Stud kickers and girts. 7. Joist hangers and end closures. 8. Reinforcement plates. 2.6 ANCHORS,CLIPS,AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36(ASTM A 36M),zinc coated by the hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123. B. Cast-in-Place Anchor Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307,Grade A(ASTM F 568,Property Class 4.6); carbon-steel hex-head bolts and studs;carbon-steel nuts;and flat,unhardened-steel washers. Zinc coated by the hot-dip process according to ASTM A 153. COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05400 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials,with capability to sustain,without failure,a load equal to 5 times the design load,as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. D. Powder-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated,fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials,with capability to sustain,without failure,a load equal to 10 times the design load,as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. E. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant coated,self-drilling, self-threading steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing,manufacturer's standard elsewhere. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035,with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. B. Cement Grout: Portland cement,ASTM C 150,Type I;and clean,natural sand,ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand,by volume,with minimum water required for placement and hydration. C. Nonmetallic,Nonshrink Grout: Premixed,nonmetallic,noncorrosive,nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands,portland cement,shrinkage-compensating agents,plasticizing and water-reducing agents,complying with ASTM C 1107,with fluid consistency and a 30-minute working time. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square,true to line,and with connections securely fastened,according to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies in jig templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing;do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening,as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding,appearance and quality of welds,and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to cold-framed metal framing manufacturer's instructions with screw penetrating joined members by not less than 3 exposed screw threads. 4. Fasten other materials to cold-formed metal framing by welding,bolting,or screw fastening, according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Reinforce,stiffen,and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling,delivery,and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or distortion. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level,and true to line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet(1:960)and as follows: COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05400-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch(3 mm)from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out-of-square tolerance of 1/8 inch(3 mm). PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements, including installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of cold-formed metal framing. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation,or it may be field assembled. B. Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb,square,true to line,and with connections securely fastened,according to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of this Section. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing;do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening,as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding,appearance and quality of welds,and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to cold-framed metal framing manufacturer's instructions with screw penetrating joined members by not less than 3 exposed screw threads. C. Install framing members in one-piece lengths,unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. D. Provide temporary bracing and leave in place until framing is permanently stabilized. E. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. F. Install insulation in built-up exterior framing members,such as headers,sills,boxed joists,and double studs,inaccessible upon completion of framing work. G. Fasten reinforcement plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. H. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb,level,and true to line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet(1:960)and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch(3 mm)from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05400-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.3 NONLOAD-BEARING CURTAINWALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track,unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as required by structural drawings. C. Set studs plumb,except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Install deflection track and anchor to building structure or, 2. Connect studs with vertical slide clips to continuous angles or supplementary framing anchored to building structure. E. Install horizontal bridging in curtainwall studs,spaced in rows not more than 48 inches(1219 mm)apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Install additional row of horizontal bridging in curtainwall stud beneath deflection track when curtainwall studs are not fastened to an additional top track. 2. Bridging: See structural drawings. F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections,including stud kickers,web stiffeners,clip angles, continuous angles,anchors,fasteners,and stud girts,to provide a complete and stable curtainwall-framing system. 3.4 JOIST INSTALLATION A. Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten track to supporting structure at corners,ends,and spacings indicated or as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Install joists bearing on supporting framing,level,straight,and plumb,adjust to final position,brace,and reinforce. Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track. 1. Install joists over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches(38 mm). 2. Reinforce ends of joists with web stiffeners,end clips,joist hangers,steel clip angles,steel-stud sections,or as otherwise recommended by manufacturer. C. Space joists not more than 2 inches(51 mm)from abutting walls,and as required by structural drawings. D. Frame openings with built-up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track,nesting joists,or another combination of connected joists where indicated. E. Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over interior support,with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement,or by other method recommended by joist manufacturer. 1. Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above. COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05400 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 F. Install bridging at each end of joists and at intervals indicated. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as follows: 1. Bridging: See structural drawings. G. Secure joists to load-bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. H. Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections,including web stiffeners,closure pieces,clip angles, continuous angles,hold-down angles,anchors,and fasteners,to provide a complete and stable joist- framing assembly. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: A qualified independent testing agency employed and paid by Owner will perform field quality-control testing. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to inspection and testing. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace Work that does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold- formed metal framing with galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and the manufacturer's instructions. B. Touchup Painting: Wire brush,clean,and paint scarred areas,welds,and rust spots on fabricated and installed prime-painted,cold-formed metal framing. 1. Touchup painted surfaces with same type of shop paint used on adjacent surfaces. C. Protect gypsum sheathing that will be exposed to weather for more than one month as follows: 1. Protect cutouts,corners,and joints in the sheathing by filling with a flexible sealant or by applying tape recommended by sheathing manufacturer at the time sheathing is applied. D. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer to ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 05400 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05400-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05400-8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 05500-METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following metal fabrications: 1. Miscellaneous steel trim 2. Steel ladders 3. Pipe bollards. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 5 Section"Pipe and Tube Railings"for metal pipe and tube handrails and railing systems. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance,and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. B. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS 131.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel," AWS 131.2"Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," and AWS 131.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and,if pertinent,has undergone recertification. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating products without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FERROUS METALS A. Metal Surfaces,General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work,provide materials selected for their surface flatness,smoothness,and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting,seam marks,roller marks,rolled trade names,or roughness. METAL FABRICATIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05500- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Steel Plates, Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A 36(ASTM A 36M). C. Steel Tubing: Product type(manufacturing method)and as follows: 1. Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500. 2. Hot-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53,standard weight(schedule 40),unless otherwise indicated,or another weight required by structural loads. 1. Black finish,unless otherwise indicated. E. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below,fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials capable of sustaining,without failure,the load imposed within a safety factor of 4,as determined by testing per ASTM E 488,conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Threaded or wedge type;galvanized ferrous castings,either ASTM A 47(ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 27(ASTM A 27M)cast steel. Provide bolts,washers,and shims as required,hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153. F. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded. 2.2 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing,lead-and chromate-free,universal modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-664,selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion,compatibility with finish paint systems indicated,and capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. B. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12,except containing no asbestos fibers. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633,Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating,for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type,grade,and class required. B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts,ASTM A 307,Grade A(ASTM F 568,Property Class 4.6), with hex nuts,ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M),and,where indicated,flat washers. C. Machine Screws: ANSI B 18.6.3 (ANSI B I8.6.7M). D. Lag Bolts: ANSI B 18.2.1 (ANSI B I8.2.3.8M). E. Wood Screws: Flat head,carbon steel,ANSI B18.6.1. F. Plain Washers: Round,carbon steel,ANSI B 18.22.1 (ANSI B 18.22M). G. Lock Washers: Helical,spring type,carbon steel,ANSI B 18.21.1. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain,without failure,a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal METAL FABRICATIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05500-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. I. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588,tumble-wing type,class and style as required. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonshrink,Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged,nonstaining,noncorrosive,nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Nonshrink,Nonmetallic Grouts: a. B-6 Construction Grout;W.R.Bonsal Co. b. Diamond-Crete Grout;Concrete Service Materials Co. C. Supreme;Cormix Construction Chemicals. d. Sure-grip High Performance Grout;Dayton Superior Corp. e. Euco N-S Grout;Euclid Chemical Co. f. Five Star Grout;Five Star Products. g. Vibropruf#11;Lambert Corp. h. Crystex;L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. i. Masterflow 928 and 713;Master Builders Technologies,Inc. j. Sealtight 588 Grout;W.R.Meadows,Inc. k. Sonogrout 14; Sonneborn Building Products--ChemRex,Inc. 1. Kemset;The Spray-Cure Company. 2.5 CONCRETE FILL A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements of Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight,air-entrained,ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi(20 MPa),unless higher strengths are indicated. 2.6 FABRICATION,GENERAL A. Form metal fabrications from materials of size,thickness,and shapes indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings,using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of each metal fabrication. B. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. C. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change(range)in ambient temperature in the design,fabrication,and installation of installed metal assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints,and overstressing of welds and fasteners. Base design calculations on actual surface temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change(Range): 100 deg F(55.5 deg Q. D. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. METAL FABRICATIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05500-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch(1 mm),unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. F. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. G. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing,and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. H. Form exposed connections with hairline joints,flush and smooth,using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or,if not indicated,Phillips flat-head(countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated;coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. J. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of j oined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. K. Cut,reinforce,drill,and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware,screws,and similar items. L. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water,or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports for applications indicated that are not a part of structural steel framework as required to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units to sizes,shapes,and profiles indicated and required to receive other adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes,plates,and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut,drill,and tap units to receive hardware, hangers,and similar items. 1. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. a. Except as otherwise indicated,space anchors 24 inches(600 mm)o.c.and provide minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1-1/4 inches(32 mm)wide by 1/4 inch(6 mm)thick by 8 inches(200 mm)long. METAL FABRICATIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05500-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated,fabricate units from structural steel shapes,plates,and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints,and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices wherever possible. B. Provide cutouts,fittings,and anchorages as required to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. Provide anchors,welded to trim,for embedding in concrete or masonry construction,spaced not more than 6 inches(150 mm)from each end,6 inches(150 mm)from corners,and 24 inches(600 mm) o.c.,unless otherwise indicated. 2.9 STEEL LADDERS A. General: Fabricate ladders for the locations shown,with dimensions,spacings,details,and anchorages as indicated. Comply with requirements of ANSI A14.3 B. Siderails: Continuous,steel, 'h-by-2-1/2-inch(12-by-64-mm)flat bars,with eased edges,spaced 18 inches(460 mm)apart. C. Bar Rungs: 3/4-inch-(19-mm-)diameter steel bars,spaced 12 inches(300 mm)o.c. D. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails,plug weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. E. Support each ladder at top and bottom and at intermediate points spaced not more than 60 inches(1500 mm)o.c.with welded or bolted steel brackets. 1. Size brackets to support design dead and live loads indicated and to hold centerline of ladder rungs clear of the wall surface by not less than 7 inches(180 mm). 2. Extend side rails 42 inches(1.1 m)above top rung,and return rails to wall or structure unless other secure handholds are provided. If the adjacent structure does not extend above the top rung,goose-neck the extended rails back to the structure to provide secure ladder access. F. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung„either by coating the rung with aluminum-oxide granules set in epoxy-resin adhesive,or by using a type of manufactured rung that is filled with aluminum-oxide grout. 2.10 PIPE BOLLARDS A. Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe. 2.11 FINISHES,GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM"Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designing finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.12 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: METAL FABRICATIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05500-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Exteriors(SSPC Zone 113): SSPC-SP 6"Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors(SSPC Zone IA): SSPC-SP 3 "Power Tool Cleaning." B. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications,except those with galvanized finishes or to be embedded in concrete,sprayed-on fireproofing,or masonry,unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of SSPC-PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No. 1" for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint corners,crevices,bolts,welds,and sharp edges. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate and furnish anchorages,setting drawings,diagrams,templates,instructions,and directions for installing anchorages,including concrete inserts,sleeves,anchor bolts,and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. B. Center nosings on tread widths with noses flush with riser faces and tread surfaces. C. Set sleeves in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations. Protect sleeves from water and concrete entry. 3.2 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts,toggle bolts,through-bolts,lag bolts,wood screws,and other connectors as required. B. Cutting,Fitting,and Placement: Perform cutting,drilling,and fitting required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location,alignment,and elevation;with edges and surfaces level,plumb,true,and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld,cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing,and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. METAL FABRICATIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05500 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.3 SETTING LOOSE PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials,and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates. B. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed,tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims,but if protruding,cut off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. 1. Use nonshrink,metallic grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture;use nonshrink,nonmetallic grout in exposed locations,unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 INSTALLING PIPE BOLLARDS A. Anchor bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After bollards have been inserted into sleeves,fill annular space between bollard and sleeve solidly with nonshrink,nonmetallic grout,mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions. B. Fill bollards solidly with concrete,mounding top surface. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection,clean field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas of shop paint,and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC- PA 1 requirements for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a 2.0-mil(0.05-mm)minimum dry film thickness. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified in Division 9 Section"Painting." C. For galvanized surfaces,clean welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas,and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05500-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 METAL FABRICATIONS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05500-8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 05521 -PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel pipe and tube guardrail system. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions in ASTM E 985 for railing-related terms apply to this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain handrails and railing systems of each type and material from a single manufacturer. 1.5 STORAGE A. Store handrails and railing systems inside a well-ventilated area,away from uncured concrete and masonry and protected from weather,moisture, soiling,abrasion,extreme temperatures,and humidity. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where handrails and railing systems are indicated to fit to other construction,check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating handrails and railing systems without field measurements. Coordinate other construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering handrails and railing systems that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Steel Pipe and Tube Railings: a. Humane Equipment Co. b. Wagner: R&B Wagner,Inc. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05521 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.2 METALS A. General: Provide metals free from surface blemishes where exposed to view in the finished unit. Exposed-to-view surfaces exhibiting pitting,seam marks,roller marks,stains,discolorations,or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. B. Steel and Iron: Provide steel and iron in the form indicated,complying with the following requirements: 1. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53;finish,type,and weight class as follows: a. Galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated. b. Type F,or Type S,Grade A,standard weight(schedule 40),unless otherwise indicated,or another weight,type,and grade required by structural loads. 2. Steel Plates,Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A 36(ASTM A 36M). 3. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A 48,Class 30. 4. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47,Grade 32510(ASTM A 47M,Grade 22010). E. Brackets,Flanges,and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 WELDING MATERIALS,FASTENERS,AND ANCHORS A. Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match,strength,and compatibility in fabricated items. B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of the type,grade,and class required to produce connections that are suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loadings. 1. For steel railings and fittings,use plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633,Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodepo sited zinc coating. C. Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components: Use fasteners of same basic metal as the fastened metal,unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined. 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and their attachment to other work,except where exposed fasteners are unavoidable or are the standard fastening method for handrail and railing system indicated. 2. Provide Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners,unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 PAINT A. Shop Primers: Provide primers to comply with applicable requirements of Division 9 Section"Painting." B. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc-dust,zinc-oxide primer formulated for priming zinc-coated steel and compatibility with finish paint systems indicated,complying with SSPC-Paint 5. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05521 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel,with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight,complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC- Paint 20. 2.5 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT A. Nonshrink,Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed,factory-packaged,nonstaining,noncorrosive,nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Nonshrink,Nonmetallic Grouts: a. B-6 Construction Grout;W.R.Bonsal Co. b. Diamond-Crete Grout;Concrete Service Materials Co. C. Supreme;Cormix Construction Chemicals. d. Sure-grip High Performance Grout;Dayton Superior Corp. e. Euco N-S Grout;Euclid Chemical Co. f. Five Star Grout;Five Star Products. g. Vibropruf#11;Lambert Corp. h. Crystex;L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. i. Masterflow 928 and 713;Master Builders Technologies,Inc. j. Sealtight 588 Grout;W.R.Meadows,Inc. k. Sonogrout 14; Sonneborn Building Products--ChemRex,Inc. 1. Kemset;The Spray-Cure Company. 2.6 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions,details,finish,and member sizes,including wall thickness of hollow members,post spacings, and anchorage,but not less than those required to support structural loads. B. Assemble handrails and railing systems in the shop to the greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. C. Form changes in direction of members as follows: 1. By radius bends of radius indicated. D. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required;maintain cylindrical cross section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling,twisting,cracking,or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe. E. Welded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railing systems for connection of members by welding. For connections made during fabrication,weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05521 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 4. At tee and cross intersections,cope ends of intersecting members to fit contour of pipe or tube to which end is joined,and weld all around. 5. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. F. Brackets,Flanges,Fittings,and Anchors: Provide manufacturer's standard wall brackets,flanges, miscellaneous fittings,and anchors to interconnect handrail and railing system members to other construction. G. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices to connect handrails and railing systems to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by handrails and railing systems. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. H. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs from exposed cut edges. I. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch(1 mm),unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. J. Cut,reinforce,drill,and tap components,as indicated,to receive finish hardware,screws,and similar items. K. Provide weepholes,or another means to evacuate entrapped water,in hollow sections of railing members that are exposed to exterior or to moisture from condensation or other sources. L. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. 2.7 FINISHES,GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM"Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,temporary protective covering prior to shipment. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one half of the range of approved samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and they are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.8 STEEL FINISHES A. Galvanized Finish: Hot-dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized to comply with applicablc standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing iron and steel products made from rolled,pressed,and forged steel shapes,castings,plates,bars,and strips. B. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished Work,unless indicated to remain as weep holes,by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. C. Preparation for Shop Priming: After galvanizing,thoroughly clean railings of grease,dirt,oil,flux,and other foreign matter,and treat with metallic phosphate process. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05521 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 D. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed railings: 1. Exteriors(SSPC Zone 113): SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors(SSPC Zone IA): SSPC-SP 7 'Brush-Off Blast Cleaning." E. Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of handrails and railing components,unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of SSPC-PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No. V for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry. 1. Stripe paint all edges,corners,crevices,bolts,welds,and sharp edges. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate setting drawings,diagrams,templates,instructions,and directions for installing anchorages, such as sleeves,concrete inserts,anchor bolts,and miscellaneous items having integral anchors,that are to be embedded in concrete as masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. 3.2 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight,hairline joints. B. Cutting,Fitting,and Placement: Perform cutting,drilling,and fitting required for installing handrails and railing systems. Set handrails and railing systems accurately in location,alignment,and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free from rack. 1. Do not weld,cut,or abrade surfaces of handrails and railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 12 feet(2 nun in 1 m). 3. Align rails so that variations from level for horizontal members and from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet(2 mm in 1 m). C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing,and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. D. Adjust handrails and railing systems prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at interval indicated but not less than that required by design loadings. E. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing handrails and railing systems and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05521 -5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.3 ANCHORING POSTS A. Anchor posts in concrete by forming or core-drilling holes not less than 5 inches(125 mm)deep and 3/4 inch(20 mm)greater than outside diameter of post. Clean holes of all loose material,insert posts,and fill annular space between post and concrete with the following anchoring material,mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's directions. 1. Nonshrink,nonmetallic grout. B. Leave anchorage joint exposed,wipe off surplus anchoring material,and leave 1/8-inch(3-mm)buildup, sloped away from post. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean the following metals by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap,followed by rinsing with clean water. 1. Aluminum. 2. Stainless steel. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection,clean field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas of shop paint,and paint exposed areas with same material. C. For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of handrails and railing systems from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so that no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop;make required alterations and refinish entire unit,or provide new units. END OF SECTION 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 05521 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 06100-ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Wood furring,grounds,nailers,and blocking. 3. Sheathing. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section"Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed,unless otherwise specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Obtain each type of fire-retardant-treated wood product from one source and by a single producer. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber,plywood,and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. 1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals,place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials: a. Baxter: J.H.Baxter Co. b. Chemical Specialties,Inc. C. Continental Wood Preservers,Inc. ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 d. Hickson Corp. e. Hoover Treated Wood Products,Inc. f. Osmose Wood Preserving,Inc. 2. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials,Interior Type A: a. Baxter: J.H.Baxter Co. b. Chemical Specialties,Inc. C. Continental Wood Preservers,Inc. d. Hickson Corp. e. Hoover Treated Wood Products,Inc. 3. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials,Exterior Type: a. American Wood Treaters,Inc. b. Hoover Treated Wood Products,Inc. 4. Gypsum Sheathing Board: a. Domtar Gypsum. b. Georgia-Pacific Corp. C. National Gypsum Co.;Gold Bond Building Products Division. d. United States Gypsum Co. 5. Glass-Fiber-Surfaced Gypsum Sheathing Board: a. Georgia-Pacific Corp. b. United States Gypsum Co. 6. Extruded Cellular Polystyrene Sheathing: a. Amoco Foam Products Co. b. Dow Chemical Company(The). C. UC Industries,Inc. 7. Polyisocyanurate Foam Sheathing: a. Celotex Corporation(The);Building Products Division. b. NRG Barriers,Inc. C. Rmax,Inc. 8. Air-Infiltration Barriers: a. Amoco Foam Products Co. b. Anthony Industries,Inc.; Simplex Products Division. C. Celotex Corporation(The);Building Products Division. d. DuPont Company;Fibers Department. e. Parsec,Inc. f. Raven Industries,Inc. g. Reemay,Inc. h. Sto-Cote Products,Inc. 9. Metal Framing Anchors: a. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 b. Harlen Metal Products,Inc. C. Silver Metal Products,Inc. d. Simpson Strong-Tie Company,Inc. e. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co.,Inc. 2.2 LUMBER,GENERAL A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. B. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency,grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing,and mill. C. Where nominal sizes are indicated,provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. 1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal(38-mm actual)thickness or less,unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative treated or is specified to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2(lumber)and AWPA C9(plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. B. Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb/cu.ft. (4.0 kg/cu.m). After treatment,kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15 percent,respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: 1. Wood,nailers,blocking,stripping,and similar members in connection with flashing,vapor barriers,and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills,sleepers,blocking,furring,stripping,and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches(460 mm)above grade. 4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. C. Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment,where possible. If cut after treatment,apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.4 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated wood is indicated,comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C20(lumber)and AWPA C27(plywood). Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL;U.S. Testing;Timber Products Inspection,Inc.;or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide fire-retardant-treated wood acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which a current model code research or evaluation report exists that evidences compliance of fire-retardant-treated wood for application indicated. ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Interior Type A: For interior locations,use chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions present after installation: 1. Bending strength,stiffness,and fastener-holding capacities are not reduced below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions when tested by a qualified independent testing agency. 2. No form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to treatment. 3. Contact with treated wood does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. C. Exterior Type: Use for exterior locations and where indicated. D. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.5 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the ALSC National Grading Rule (NGR)provisions of the inspection agency indicated. B. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Provide framing of the following grade and species: 1. Grade: Standard, Stud,or No.3. 2. Species: Eastern softwoods;NELMA. 3. Species: Spruce-pine-fir south;NELMA. 4. Species: Hem-fir north;NLGA. 5. Species: Spruce-pine-fir north;NLGA. 6. Species: Northern species;NLGA. 7. Species: Southern pine; SPIB. 8. Species: Mixed southern pine; SPIB. 9. Species: Hem-fir;WCLIB or WWPA. 10. Species: Spruce-pine-fir south;WCLIB or WWPA. 11. Species: Western woods;WCLIB or WWPA. 12. Species: Any species above. C. Exterior and Load-Bearing Walls: Provide framing of the following grade and species: 1. Grade: Construction or No.2. 2. Species: Spruce-pine-fir south;NELMA. 3. Species: Douglas fir-larch north;NLGA. 4. Species: Hem-fir north;NLGA. 5. Species: Spruce-pine-fir north;NLGA. 6. Species: Southern pine; SPIB. 7. Species: Mixed southern pine; SPIB. 8. Species: Douglas fir-larch;WCLIB or WWPA. 9. Species: Hem-fir;WCLIB or WWPA. 10. Species: Douglas fir south;WWPA. 11. Species: Any species above. D. Other Framing Not Listed Above: Provide the following grades and species: 1. Grade: Construction, Stud,or No.3. 2. Species: Douglas fir-larch north;NLGA. 3. Species: Hem-fir north;NLGA. 4. Species: Southern pine; SPIB. 5. Species: Douglas fir-larch;WCLIB or WWPA. ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 6. Species: Hem-fir;WCLIB or WWPA. 7. Species: Douglas fir south;WWPA. 8. Species: Any species above. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction,including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases,cant strips,bucks,nailers,blocking,furring,grounds,stripping,and similar members. B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown. C. Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. 2.7 WOOD-BASED STRUCTURAL-USE PANELS,GENERAL A. Structural-Use Panel Standard: Provide plywood panels complying with DOC PS 1, "U.S.Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood." B. Trademark: Factory mark structural-use panels with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements. 2.8 PLYWOOD PANELS FOR BACKING A. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment,provide fire-retardant- treated plywood panels with grade,C-D Plugged Exposure 1,in thickness indicated or,if not otherwise indicated,not less than 15/32 inch(11.9 min)thick. 2.9.1 PLYWOOD UNDERLAYMENT FOR RESILIENT FLOORING A. Plywood Underlayment for Resilient Flooring: For underlayment provide 3/4"plywood panels with fully sanded face and as follows: Grade: APA B-C Underlayment Exterior 2.10 AIR-INFILTRATION BARRIER A. Asphalt-saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226,Type I(No. 15 asphalt felt),unperforated. 2.11 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather,in ground contact,or in area of high relative humidity,provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. B. Nails,Wire,Brads,and Staples: FS FF-N-105. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6.1. ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100 -5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Lag Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1. (ASME B 18.2.3.8M) F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307,Grade A(ASTM F 568,Property Class 4.6);with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M)hex nuts and,where indicated,flat washers. 2.12 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. General: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity,type,and size indicated and as follows: 1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide products for which model code research or evaluation reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with building code in effect for Project. 2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads,as published by manufacturer,that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis,and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip,zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653,G60 (ASTM A 653M,Z180)coating designation;structural,commercial,or lock-forming quality,as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated. C. Post Bases: Adjustable-socket type for bolting in place with standoff plate to raise post 1 inch(25 mm) above base and with 2-inch(50-mm)minimum side cover,socket 0.064 inch(1.6 mm)thick,standoff and adjustment plates 0.108 inch(2.8 mm)thick. D. Hold-Downs: Brackets for bolting to wall studs and securing to foundation walls with anchor bolts or to other hold-downs with threaded rods and designed with first of 2 bolts placed 7 bolt diameters from reinforced base. 1. Bolt Diameter: 3/4 inch(19 mm). 2. Width: 3-3/16 inches(81 mm). 3. Body Thickness: 0.138 inch(3.5 mm). 4. Base Reinforcement Thickness: 0.239 inch(6.1 mm). E. Wall Bracing: Angle bracing made for letting into studs in saw kerf, 15/16 by 15/16 by 0.040 inch(24 by 24 by 1 mm)thick with hemmed edges. 2.13 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation,fabricated in strip form,for use as a sill sealer; 1-inch (25-mm)nominal thickness,compressible to 1/32 inch(0.8 mm);selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. B. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturers. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100- 6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines,with members plumb,true to line,cut,and fitted. C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring,nailers,blocking,grounds,and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. D. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood. E. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,complying with the following: 1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven staples,P-nails,and allied fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. "Table 23-I-Q--Nailing Schedule"of the Uniform Building Code,if applicable. 4. "Table 2305.2--Fastening Schedule" of the BOCA National Building Code,if applicable. 5. "Table 1705.1--Fastening Schedule,"of the Standard Building Code,if applicable. F. Use common wire nails,unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. G. Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather,in ground contact,or in area of high relative humidity. H. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. 3.2 WOOD GROUNDS,NAILERS,BLOCKING,AND SLEEPERS A. Install wood grounds,nailers,blocking,and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible,anchor to formwork before concrete placement. 3.3 WOOD FURRING A. Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. B. Furring to Receive Plywood Paneling: Install 1-by-3-inch nominal-(19-by-63-mm actual-)size furring at 24 inches(610 mm)o.c.,horizontally and vertically. Select furring with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. C. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board: Install 1-by-2-inch nominal-(19-by-38-mm actual-)size furring at 16 inches(406 nun)o.c.,vertically. ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.4 WOOD FRAMING,GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's"Manual for Wood Frame Construction,"unless otherwise indicated. B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Install framing members of size and at spacing indicated. D. Do not splice structural members between supports. E. Firestop concealed spaces of wood-framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at ceiling line of top story. Where firestopping is not inherent in framing system used,provide closely fitted wood blocks of 2-inch nominal-(38-mm actual-)thickness lumber of same width as framing members. 3.5 WALL AND PARTITION FRAMING A. General: Arrange studs so that wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition and narrow face is parallel. Provide single bottom plate and double top plates using members of 2-inch nominal(38-mm actual)thickness whose widths equal that of studs;except single top plate may be used for non-load-bearing partitions. Nail or anchor plates to supporting construction,unless otherwise indicated. 1. For exterior walls,provide 2-by-6-inch nominal-(38-by-140-mm actual-)size wood studs spaced 24 inches(610 mm)o.c.,except where otherwise indicated or required. 2. For interior partitions and walls,provide 2-by-4-inch nominal-(38-by-89-mm actual-)size wood studs spaced 16 inches(406 mm)o.c.,except where otherwise indicated or required. B. Construct corners and intersections with 3 or more studs. Provide miscellaneous blocking and framing as shown and as required to support facing materials,fixtures,specialty items,and trim. 1. Provide continuous horizontal blocking at midheight of single-story partitions over 96 inches (2438 mm)high and multistory partitions,using members of 2-inch nominal(38-mm actual) thickness and of same width as wall or partitions. C. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. 1. For non-load-bearing partitions,provide double jamb studs with headers not less than 4-inch nominal(89-mm actual)depth for openings 36 inches(900 mm)and less in width,and not less than 6-inch nominal(140-mm actual)depth for wider openings. 2. For load-bearing walls,provide double jamb studs for openings 72 inches(1800 mm)and less in width,and triple jamb studs for wider openings. Provide headers of depth shown or,if not shown, as recommended by AFPA's"Manual for Wood Frame Construction." D. Provide bracing in walls,at locations indicated,full-story height,unless otherwise indicated. Provide the following: 1. Plywood panels,not less than 48 by 96 inches(1219 by 2438 mm)applied vertically. ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100- 8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.6 INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURAL-USE PANELS A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No.E30, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential&Commercial," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Sheathing: Nail to framing. 2 Plywood Backing Panels: Nail or screw to supports. 3.7 AIR-INFILTRATION BARRIER A. Cover sheathing with air-infiltration barrier as follows: 1. Apply asphalt-saturated organic felt horizontally with 2-inch(50-mm)overlap and 6 inch(150 mm)end lap;fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails. END OF SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100-9 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 ROUGH CARPENTRY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 06100- 10 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 SECTION 06200-FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior standing and running trim. 2. Hardboard paneling. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry" for furring,blocking,and other carpentry work not exposed to view. 2. Division 6 Section"Interior Architectural Woodwork" for interior woodwork not specified in this Section. 3. Division 9 Section"Painting" for priming and back priming of finish carpentry. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed finish carpentry similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber,plywood,and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. B. Do not deliver interior finish carpentry until environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. If finish carpentry must be stored in other than installation areas,store only where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry until building is enclosed and weatherproof,wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry,and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels through the remainder of construction period. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: FINISH CARPENTRY Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06200- 1 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 1. Hardboard Paneling: Subject to compliance with requirements,hardwood paneling shall be that manufactured by Marlite Brand,#318-Architectural Series Plank,"Windsor Anigre". See website at www.marliteplank.com Also use available molding and trim- item WG 473 Single Rabbet Chair Rail in matching stained finish(NO PAINT GRADE TRIM IS ALLOWED)along with the M470 Aluminum Edge trim for you bottom track. Our current contact at Marlite is Judy at 330-343- 6621. For All Wendy's Dinning Room walls use Kemlite brand,FRP Select Formica#7011 African Limba with matching trim and outside corners. 2. Display Wall System: "Displaywall"shall be 12'high x 4'wide x 3/4"sheets. Some sheets will be provided in pre-cut widths,but the Contractor is responsible to ensure proper spacing and alignment of all shelf standards. Grooves are to run horizontally at 3"spacing.Face to be Wilsonart Laminate Finish #7054-60"Wild Cherry"with#9101 Mill finish aluminum insert strips and Poplar outside corner molding stained to match. (Note: "Displawall"panels to be provided by the Owner and installed by the Contractor. The Owner will be responsible for display hardware.) 2.2 MATERIALS,GENERAL A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20,"American Softwood Lumber Standard," for lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. B. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies,and the abbreviations used to reference them,include the following: 1. NELMA-Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. NHLA-National Hardwood Lumber Association. 3. NLGA-National Lumber Grades Authority. 4. RIS-Redwood Inspection Service. 5. SCMA-Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association. 6. SPIB-Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 7. WCLIB-West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 8. WWPA-Western Wood Products Association. C. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency,grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing,and mill. D. Hardboard: ANSI/AHA A135.4 2.3 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Provide moldings,per Wood Molding and Millwork Producers Industry WM 4,fabricated from any Western softwood species graded and inspected by WWPA. B. Moldings for stained finish in areas as noted shall be poplar. C. Subject to compliance with requirements,hardwood paneling shall be that manufactured by Marlite Brand,#318-Architectural Series Plank,"Windsor Anigre". For All Wendy's Dinning Room walls use FINISH CARPENTRY Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06200-2 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 Kemlite brand,OPTIMAX HPL Formica#7011-43 African Limba with matching trim and outside corners. D. "Displaywall"shall be 12'high x 4'wide x 3/4"sheets. Face to be Wilsonart Laminate Finish#7054-60 "Wild Cherry"with#9101 Mill finish aluminum insert strips and Poplar outside corner molding stained to match. E. "Displawall"to be adhesive and mechanically fastened to wood framing as recommended. All mechanical fasteners shall be placed in groove and of finish to match trim strips. F. FRP(Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester)Finish System shall be Marlite Brand. Size to be 4'-0"wide x 10'- 0"x 3/32"thick. Color to be White in ALL areas with matching moldings. Texture to be Pebble. Material to be fastened using adhesive and methods recommended by the manufacturer. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails,screws,and other anchoring devices of type,size,material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment,concealed where possible. 1. Where finish carpentry materials are exposed in areas of high humidity,provide fasteners and anchorages with hot-dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 153. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and manufacturer's recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry on relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. B. Fabricate finish carpentry to dimensions,profiles,and details indicated. 1. Back out or kerf backs of the following members,except members with ends exposed in finished work: a. Interior standing and running trim,except shoe mold and crown mold. b. Wood board paneling. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting installation and performance of finish carpentry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Condition finish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation,for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning is recommended by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION,GENERAL FINISH CARPENTRY Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06200-3 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 A. Do not use finish carpentry materials that are unsound,warped,improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned,or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. 1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces,sizes,or patterns. B. Install finish carpentry plumb,level,true,and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where required for alignment. 1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Countersink nails,fill surface flush,and sand where face nailing is unavoidable. 3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches(3 mm in 2400 mm)for plumb and level. Install adjoining fmish carpentry with 1/32-inch(0.8-mm)maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16- inch(1.5-mm)maximum offset for reveal installation. 4. Coordinate finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to standing and running trim and rails. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate exposed surfaces of trim and rails. C. Finish according to specified requirements. D. Refer to Division 9 Sections for final finishing of finish carpentry. 3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install with minimum number of joints practical,using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches(610 mm)long,except where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints,if required. 1. Match color and grain pattern across joints. 2. Install trim after gypsum board joint finishing operations are completed. 3. Drill pilot holes in hardwood before fastening to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3.5 PANELING INSTALLATION A. Plywood Paneling: Select and arrange panels on each wall for best match of adjacent panels where grain character or color variations are noticeable. Install with uniform tight joints between panels. 1. Attach panels to supports with manufacturer's recommended panel adhesive and fasteners. Space fasteners as recommended by panel manufacturer. 2. Conceal fasteners to greatest practical extent. 3. Arrange panels with grooves and joints over supports,and fasten to supports with nails of type and at spacing recommended by panel manufacturer. Use fasteners with prefinished heads matching groove color. B. Hardboard Paneling: Install according to manufacturer's recommendations. Leave 1/4-inch(6-mm)gap to be covered with trim at top,bottom,and openings. Butt adjacent panels with moderate contact. C. Fasten FRP panel system and"Displawall"to framing in compliance with manufacturer's instructions for methods,types, sizes,materials,location and spacing of fasteners. 3.6 ADJUSTING FINISH CARPENTRY Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06200 -4 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 A. Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual defects. Where not possible to repair,replace finish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure finish carpentry is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06200-5 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 FINISH CARPENTRY Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06200-6 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 SECTION 06402-INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Laminate-clad cabinets(plastic-covered casework). 2. Plastic-laminate countertops&window sills. 3. Solid surfacing material countertops&window sills. 4. Interior ornamental work. 5. Shelving B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry" for furring,blocking,and other carpentry work concealed in the wall. 2. Division 6 Section"Finish Carpentry" for interior carpentry exposed to view that is not specified in this Section. 3. Division 8 Section"Flush Wood Doors" for doors specified by reference to architectural woodwork standards. 4. Division 9 Section"Painting"for field finishing of installed interior architectural woodwork. 5. Division 15 Section"Mechanical General' 6. Division 15 Section"Plumbing Systems" 7. Division 15 Section"Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment' 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring,blocking,shims,and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings showing location of each item,dimensioned plans and elevations,large-scale details, attachment devices,and other components. 1. Show details full size. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring,blocking,and hanging strips,including concealed blocking and reinforcing specified in other Sections. 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures,faucets,soap dispensers,and other items installed in architectural woodwork. 4. Apply WIC Certified Compliance Label to first page of shop drawings. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06402- 1 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance,as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. B. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for interior architectural woodwork installation by a firm that can demonstrate successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and quality to those required for this Project. C. Quality Standard: Except as otherwise indicated,comply with the following standard: 1. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards"of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grades of interior architectural woodwork,construction,finishes,and other requirements. a. Provide AWI Certification Labels or Certificates of Compliance indicating that woodwork meets requirements of grades specified. D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide materials with the following fire-test-response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM test method indicated below by UL,Warnock Hersey,or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify fire-retardant-treated material with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency in the form of separable paper label or,where required by authorities having jurisdiction,imprint on surfaces of materials that will be concealed from view after installation. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Not exceeding values indicated below,tested per ASTM E 84 for standard time period(10 minutes). a. Flame Spread: 75. b. Smoke Developed: 450. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protect woodwork during transit,delivery,storage,and handling to prevent damage,soilage,and deterioration. B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage,soil,or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in "Project Conditions." 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed,wet-work is completed,and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Obtain and comply with woodwork fabricator's and Installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage and installation. Do not install woodwork until these conditions have been attained and stabilized so that woodwork will be within plus or minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through remainder of construction period. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06402-2 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 C. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction,check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication,and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Verify locations of concealed framing,blocking,reinforcements,and furring that support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final shop drawings. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing,blocking,furring,reinforcements,and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and,where the following products are part of interior woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. 2. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2. 3. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1,Grade M-2. 4. Softwood Plywood: PS 1. 5. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1. B. Formaldehyde Emission Level for Medium-Density Fiberboard: Comply with requirements of NPA 9. C. Fiberboard: Medium-density fiberboard made without formaldehyde and complying with ANSI A208.2. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide Medite II by Medite Corp. D. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3,grades as indicated,or if not indicated,as required by woodwork quality standard. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering high- pressure decorative laminates that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: a. Consoweld Corp. b. Formica Corp. C. Ralph Wilson Plastics Co. d. Nevamar e. Pioneer E. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Use one of the Following as is appropriate: 1. Contact Cement. 2. Aliphatic resin. 3. Urea-formaldehyde. 4. Resorcinol. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06402-3 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 F. Solid Surfacing Material: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with the material and performance requirements of ANSI Z124.3,Type 5 or Type 6,without a precoated finish. 1. Provide"Swanstone"solid surface material,color"Tahiti Sand,"for window sills,table tops,and vanities. 2. Provide"Wilsonart Gibraltar"solid surface material,color#9041-ML"Quarry Melange"for drink counters. 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Cabinet Hardware Schedule: See Architectural drawings for hardware. B. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA Al56.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. C. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware,provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. D. For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of BHMA Al56.9. 2.3 SHELVING A. General: Fabricate to comply with AWI Section 600. Shelving for opaque finish shall be Economy Grade lumber of any closed-grain hardwood listed in referenced wood-working standard. B. Shelving Hardware: 1. Adjustable shelf standards and matching supports shall be of type indicated complying with ANSIBHMA A 156.9. 2. Standards shall be vertical slotted type,slots 2"on center,7/8"wide x 11/16"high by length indicated,BHMA No.B84102,zinc-plated steel. 3. Brackets shall be of size required to support shelving widths indicated,BHMA No.B84112, zinc-plated steel. C. Fasteners: 1. Screws shall be type,size and finish required for intended uses,per FS FF-S-111. 2. Provide screws as recommended by metal framing manufacturer for metal framing supports. 3. Nails shall be of types,sizes and finished suitable for intended uses per FS FF-N-105. 4. Anchors shall be suitable for each substrate and intended use. For use at exterior or high- humidity areas,provide non-ferrous metal and hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts. During concrete and masonry work,furnish inserts and anchors for subsequent woodwork anchorage. 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Furring,Blocking, Shims,and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber,kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Nails: Select material,type,size,and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for applicable requirements. C. Anchors: Select material,type,size,and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06402-4 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in- place anchors. 2.5 FABRICATION,GENERAL A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard and of the following grade: 1. Grade: Custom. B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. C. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions,profiles,and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Corners of cabinets and edges of solid-wood(lumber)members 3/4 inch(19 mm)thick or less: 1/16 inch(1.5 mm). 2. Edges of rails and similar members more than 3/4 inch(19 mm)thick: 1/8 inch(3 mm). 3. Corners of cabinets and edges of solid-wood(lumber)members and rails: 1/16 inch(1.5 mm). D. Complete fabrication,including assembly,finishing,and hardware application,before shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site,provide ample allowance for scribing,trimming,and fitting. E. Shop-cut openings,to maximum extent possible,to receive hardware,appliances,plumbing fixtures, electrical work,and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and,where located in countertops and similar exposures,seal edges with a water-resistant coating. 2.6 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 300. 1. Grade: Custom. B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide,flat members,except for members with ends exposed in finished work. D. Wood Species: Red Oak for clear finish;Poplar for all Stained areas. 2.7 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 300. 1. Grade: Custom. B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide,flat members,except for members with ends exposed in finished work. C. Wood Species: Any closed-grain hardwood listed in referenced woodworking standard. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06402- 5 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 2.8 LAMINATE-CLAD CABINETS(PLASTIC-COVERED CASEWORK) A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for laminate-clad cabinets. B. Colors,Patterns,and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. Provide Architect's selections from laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Solid colors. b. Wood grains. C. Patterns. 2.9 COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Comply with applicable WIC section indicated below: 1. Grade: Custom. B. Type of Top: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following: a. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: 1) Solid colors. 2) Wood grains. 2.10 SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL COUNTERTOPS,VANITIES,TABLE TOPS&WINDOW SILLS A. Fabrication: Fabricate tops in one piece with field-applied backsplashes and edges,unless otherwise indicated. Comply with solid surfacing material manufacturer's recommendations for adhesives,sealers, fabrication,and finishing. 1. Install integral sink bowls in countertops in the shop. 2. Drill holes in countertops for plumbing fittings and soap dispensers in the shop. B. Solid Surfacing Material Thickness: 1/2 inch(13 mm). C. Colors,Patterns,and Finishes: 1. Provide"Swanstone"brand,color"Tahiti Sand,"for window sills,table tops and vanities. 2. Provide"Avonite"brand color"Mesa Brown for drink counter. 2.11 INTERIOR ORNAMENTAL WORK FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 700. B. Wood Species: Red Oak for clear finish;Poplar for all Stained areas. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06402-6 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. B. Before installing architectural woodwork,examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required,including back priming and removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. B. Install woodwork plumb,level,true,and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches(3 mm in 2400 mm) C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk,concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing,countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. E. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible,using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available)to the greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 36 inches(900 mm)long,except where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Fill gaps,if any,between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler,sand smooth,and finish same as wood base,if finished. 1. Install standing and running trim with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch(3 mm in 2400-mm) variation from a straight line. F. Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch(3 mm in 2400-mm)sag,bow,or other variation from a straight line. G. Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. Calk space between backsplash and wall with specified sealant. 1. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch(3 mm in 2400-mm)sag,bow,or other variation from a straight line. 2. Secure backsplashes to tops with concealed metal brackets at 16 inches(400 mm)o.c. H. Paneling: Anchor paneling to supporting substrate with concealed panel-hanger clips and by blind nailing on backup strips,splined-connection strips,and similar associated trim and framing. Do not face nail unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install flush paneling with no more than 1/16 inch in 96-inch(1.5 mm in 2400-mm)vertical cup or bow and 1/8 inch in 96-inch(3 mm in 2400-mm)horizontal variation from a true plane. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06402-7 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 I. Complete the finishing work specified in this Section to the extent not completed at shop or before installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. Apply specified finish coats,including stains and paste fillers if any,to exposed surfaces where only sealer/prime coats were applied in the shop. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects;where not possible to repair,replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean,lubricate,and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Pilot Travel Centers LLC 06402-8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 07111-COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Waterproofing under Portland cement plaster. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 9 Section"Portland Cement Plaster". 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide waterproofing that prevents the passage of liquid water under hydrostatic pressure and complies with requirements as demonstrated by testing performed by an independent testing agency of manufacturer's current sheet membrane. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain waterproofing materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacturing waterproofing. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original packages with seals unbroken,labeled with manufacturer's name,product,date of manufacture,and directions for storage. B. Store materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean,dry,protected location and within temperature range required by waterproofing manufacturer. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Apply waterproofing within range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to a damp or wet substrate. 1. Do not apply waterproofing in snow,rain,fog,or mist. B. Maintain adequate ventilation during preparation and application of waterproofing materials. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with,other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07111 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty signed by waterproofing manufacturer and Installer agreeing to repair or replace waterproofing that does not meet requirements or that does not remain watertight during the specified warranty period. Warranty does not include failure of waterproofing due to failure of substrate prepared and treated according to requirements or formation of new joints and cracks in substrate exceeding 1/16 inch(1.6 mm)in width. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 1. Rubberized-Asphalt Composite Sheet: a. JiffySeal 140/60;Protecto Wrap Co. b. Bituthene 4000;Grace: W.R.Grace&Co. C. Mel-rol;Meadows: W.R.Meadows,Inc. 2.2 SELF-ADHERING COMPOSITE SHEET A. Rubberized-Asphalt Composite Sheet: 60-mil-(1.5-mm-)thick self-adhering sheet consisting of 56 mils (1.4 mm)of rubberized asphalt laminated to a 4-mil-(0.10-mm-)thick polyethylene film with release liner on adhesive side. 1. Sheet Type: Manufacturer's standard composite sheet for use when ambient and substrate temperatures exceed 40 deg F(5 deg Q. 2. Physical Properties: Provide waterproofing complying with the following: a. Tensile Strength: 250 psi(1.7 MPa)minimum;ASTM D 412,Die C,modified. b. Ultimate Elongation: 300 percent minimum;ASTM D 412,Die C,modified. C. Pliability: No cracks when bent 180 degrees over a 1-inch(25-mm)mandrel at minus 25 deg F(minus 32 deg C);ASTM D 146. d. Crack Cycling: Unaffected after 100 cycles of 1/8-inch(3.2-mm)movement; ASTM C 836. e. Puncture Resistance: 40 lbf(180 N)minimum;ASTM E 154. f. Hydrostatic-Head Resistance: 150 feet(45 m)minimum;ASTM D 5385. g. Water Absorption: 0.15 percent weight-gain maximum after 48-hour immersion at 70 deg F(21 deg C);ASTM D 570. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with waterproofing sheet membrane. 1. Furnish liquid-type auxiliary materials that meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Primer: Liquid primer recommended by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material for substrate. C. Sheet Flashing: Self-adhering,rubberized-asphalt composite sheet of same material,construction,and thickness as waterproofing sheet membrane. COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07111 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions under which waterproofing systems will be applied,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Do not proceed with installation until after minimum concrete curing period recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. 2. Verify substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. 3. Notify Architect in writing of anticipated problems using waterproofing over substrate. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean,prepare,and treat substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean,dust- free,and dry substrate for waterproofing application. B. Remove fins,ridges,mortar,and other projections and fill honeycomb,aggregate pockets,holes,and other voids. C. Prepare,fill,prime,and treat joints and cracks in substrate. Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks according to ASTM D 4258. 3.3 SELF-ADHERING COMPOSITE SHEET APPLICATION A. Install self-adhering composite sheet according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply primer to substrate at required rate and allow to dry. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by waterproofing membrane in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours. C. Apply and firmly adhere sheet membrane over area to receive waterproofing. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform 2-1/2-inch-(64-mm-)minimum lap widths and end laps. Overlap and seal seams and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation. 1. When ambient and substrate temperatures exceed 40 deg F(5 deg C),install manufacturer's standard rubberized-asphalt composite sheet. Do not install if temperature is less than 40 deg.F. D. Seal exposed edges of membrane terminations not concealed by metal counterflashings or ending in reglets with mastic or sealant. E. Install sheet membrane and auxiliary materials to tie in adjacent waterproofing. F. Repair tears,voids,and lapped seams in waterproofing not meeting requirements. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. Patch with sheet membrane extending 6 inches(150 mm)beyond repaired areas in all directions. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. It is required that waterproof membranes are watertight and do not deteriorate in excess of limitations published by manufacturer. COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07111 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.5 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during application and remainder of construction period, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 07111 COMPOSITE SHEET WATERPROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07111 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 07180-WATER REPELLENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and application of clear water repellent coating to the following vertical and nontraffic horizontal exposed surfaces: 1. Exterior cement plaster(stucco). B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 9 Section"Portland Cement Plaster". 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who employs only persons trained and approved by water repellent manufacturer for installation of manufacturer's products. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable rules of the pollution-control regulatory agency having jurisdiction in the Project locale regarding volatile organic compounds(VOC)and use of hydrocarbon solvents. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with application of water repellent(except with written recommendation of manufacturer)under any of the following conditions: 1. Ambient temperature is less than 40 deg F(4 deg C). 2. Substrate surfaces have cured for less than one month. 3. Rain or temperatures below 40 deg F(4 deg C)are predicted for a period of 24 hours. 4. Earlier than 24 hours after surfaces became wet. 5. Substrate is frozen or surface temperature is less than 40 deg F(4 deg C). 6. Windy condition such that repellent may be blown to vegetation or substrates not intended. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Submit a written warranty,executed by the Applicator and water repellent manufacturer covering materials and labor,agreeing to repair or replace materials that fail to provide water repellency within the specified warranty period. This warranty shall be in addition to,and not a limitation of,other rights the Owner may have against the contractor under the contract documents. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: WATER REPELLENTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07180- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Silane,20 Percent Solids: a. Hydrozo 20,Harris Specialty Chemicals,Inc. b. Dur A Pell 20"s",Chemprobe Technologies,Inc. 2. VOC Complying Water Repellents(Type): a. Enviroseal 20,Harris Specialty Chemicals,Inc.(water-based silane,20 percent solids). b. Prime a Pell H2O Concentrate,Chemprobe Technologies,Inc. 2.2 WATER REPELLENTS A. Silane,20 Percent Solids: Penetrating water repellent. A monomeric compound containing approximately 20 percent alkyltrialkoxysilanes with alcohol,mineral spirits,water,or other proprietary solvent carrier. B. Proprietary Blends: Consisting of one or several different resins(silanes, siloxanes,or acrylics), polymers,stearates,or oils plus other compounds or products of components. C. VOC-Complying Water Repellents: Products certified by the manufacturer that they comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of substances that might interfere with penetration or performance of water repellents. Test for moisture content,according to repellent manufacturer's instructions to ensure that surface is sufficiently dry. B. Test for pH level,according to repellent manufacturer's instructions to ensure chemical bond to silicates minerals. C. Protect adjoining work,including sealant bond surfaces,from spillage or blow-over of water repellent. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass where there is the possibility of the water repellent being deposited on surfaces. Cover live plants and grass. Immediately clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces,complying with manufacturer's cleaning recommendations. D. Coordination with Sealants: Do not apply water repellent until the sealants for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water repellent treatment have been installed and cured. 1. Water repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate,water repellent,and sealant materials identical to those used in the work. E. Test Application: Prior to performing water repellent work,including bulk purchase or delivery of products,prepare a small application in an unobtrusive location and in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative to demonstrate the final effect(visual,physical,and chemical)of planned installation. Proceed with work only after Owner's Representative accepts test application or as otherwise directed. WATER REPELLENTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07180-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Apply a heavy-saturation spray coating of water repellent on all portland cement plaster surfaces indicated for treatment using low-pressure spray equipment. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations using airless spraying procedure unless otherwise indicated. B. Apply a second saturation spray coating,repeating first application. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for limitations on drying time between coats and after rainstorm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical representative if printed recommendations are not applicable to Project conditions. C. Remove protective coverings from adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION 07180 WATER REPELLENTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07180-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 WATER REPELLENTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07180-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 07210-BUILDING INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Foundation wall insulation(supporting backfill). 2. Concealed building insulation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling,and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing,and protecting during installation. B. Protect plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight,except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: a. Celotex Corporation(The). b. NRG Barriers,Inc. 2. Glass-Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. C. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. d. Schuller International,Inc. BUILDING INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07210- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.2 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated;selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses,widths,and lengths. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid,cellular polyisocyanurate thermal insulation with core formed by using hydrochlorofluorocarbons as blowing agent and faced on both sides with aluminum foil to comply with referenced standards and with other requirements indicated below: 1. Federal Standard: FS HH-I-1972/1,Class 1 (nonreinforced core)or 2(reinforced core). 2. ASTM Standard: ASTM C 1289,Type I,Class 1 or 2. 3. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 450,respectively,based on tests performed on unfaced core on thicknesses up to 4 inches(101 mm). 4. Thermal Resistivity: 7.2 deg F x h x sq.ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F(50 K x m/w at 24 deg Q. C. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665,Type I(blankets without membrane facing). 1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass,slag wool,or rock wool. 2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. B. Protection Board: Premolded,semirigid asphalt/fiber composition board, 1/4 inch(6 mm)thick,formed under heat and pressure,standard sizes. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders,including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.3 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged,dry,unsoiled,and has not been exposed at any time to ice and snow. BUILDING INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07210-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated,unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER AND UNDER-SLAB INSULATION A. On vertical surfaces,set units in adhesive applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use adhesive recommended by insulation manufacturer. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated,complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated,bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill cavities formed by framing members. Where more than one length is required to fill cavity,provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3.6 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse,and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07210-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 BUILDING INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07210-4 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 2005 SECTION 07411 -MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Standing-seam roof panels. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry"for wood framing and sheathing. 2. Division 7 Section"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim"for flashing not part of roofing and other sheet metal work. 3. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants" for field-applied sealants. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide manufactured roof panel assemblies complying with performance requirements indicated and capable of withstanding structural movement,thermally induced movement,and exposure to weather without failure or infiltration of water into the building interior. B. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide roof panel assemblies that meet requirements of UL 580 for Class 90 wind-uplift resistance. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's product specifications, standard details,certified product test results,and general recommendations,as applicable to materials and finishes for each component and for total panel assemblies. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts or chips showing the full range of colors, textures,and patterns available for roof panels with factory-applied finishes. C. Samples for Verification: Provide sample panels 12 inches(300 mm)long by actual panel width,in the profile,style,color,and texture indicated. Include clips,caps,battens,fasteners,closures,and other exposed panel accessories. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed metal roof panel projects similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver panels and other components so they will not be damaged or deformed. Package panels for protection against damage during transportation or handling. MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 07411 - 1 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 2005 B. Handling: Exercise care in unloading,storing,and erecting roof panels to prevent bending,warping, twisting,and surface damage. C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets,covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store panels to ensure dryness. Do not store panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining,denting,or other surface damage. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify location of structural members and openings in substrates by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, either establish opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating roof panels without field measurements or allow for trimming panel units. Coordinate roof construction to ensure actual locations of structural members and to ensure opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to,and run concurrent with,other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Finish Warranty: Submit a written warranty,signed by manufacturer,covering failure of the factory-applied exterior finish on metal roof panels within the specified warranty period and agreeing to repair finish or replace roof panels that show evidence of finish deterioration. Deterioration of finish includes,but is not limited to,color fade,chalking,cracking,peeling,and loss of film integrity. C. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide panels by the following: 1. Englert,Inc.Manufacturing Company 2.2 METALS AND FINISHES A. Englert,A1300 1 'h"Integral Snap-lock Architectural standing seam steel roof or equivalent. Seams at 16"O.C.with smooth panels, Color: "Matte Black"R.28.2 1. Finish: PermaColor 3500 standard 30-year color coatings,comprised of a.7 to.9 mil full strength 70%Kynar 500/Hylar 5000 fluorocarbon(polyvinylidene fluoride PVDF)coating over a urethane primer of.2 to.3 mil on the finish side,with primer and a wash coat on the reverse. Face film thickness 1.0 mil+/-.2 mil. Furnish appropriate air-drying spray finish in matching color for touchup. MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 07411 -2 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 2005 a. Durability: Provide coating field tested under normal range of weather conditions for a minimum of 30 years without significant peel,blister,flake,chip,crack,or check in finish; without chalking in excess of a chalk rating of 8 according to ASTM D 4214;and without fading in excess of 5 Hunter units. 2.3 ROOF PANEL ASSEMBLIES A. Standing-Seam Roof Panels: Manufacturer's standard factory-formed,standing-seam roof panel assembly designed for concealed mechanical attachment of panels to roof purlins or deck. 1. Clips: Provide minimum 0.0625-inch-(1.6-mm-)thick,stainless-steel panel clips designed to meet negative-load requirements. 2. Cleats: Mechanically seamed cleats formed from minimum 0.0250-inch-(0.65-mm-)thick, stainless-steel or nylon-coated aluminum sheets. 2.4 THERMAL INSULATION A. Mineral-Fiber-Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining glass or slag/rock-wool fibers with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 and as follows: 1. Type II: Faced one side with nonreflective vapor-retarder membrane. a. Class A: Membrane-faced surface with a flame-spread rating of 25 or less. 2.5 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Building Paper: Minimum 5 lb/100 sq. ft. (2.4 kg/sq.m),rosin sized. B. Felts: ASTM D 226,Type 11(No. 30),asphalt-saturated organic felts. C. Underlayment:Provide Ice and Water shield underlayment at all valleys with Min. 2'-0"each side. Install over entire surface of arched roof area. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and accessories required for a complete roof panel assembly and as recommended by panel manufacturer,unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws,bolts,nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts,end-welded studs,and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. Use stainless-steel fasteners for exterior applications and galvanized steel fasteners for interior applications. C. Accessories: Unless otherwise specified,provide components required for a complete roof panel assembly including trim,copings,fasciae,mullions,sills,corner units,ridge closures,clips, seam covers, battens,flashings,gutters,sealants,gaskets,fillers,closure strips,and similar items. Match materials and finishes of panels. 1. Closure Strips: Closed-cell,self-extinguishing,expanded,cellular,rubber or cross-linked, polyolefin-foam flexible closure strips. Cut or premold to match configuration of panels. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. 2. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids,polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release paper backing. Provide permanently elastic,nonsag,nontoxic,nonstaining tape. MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 07411 -3 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 2005 3. Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920,of base polymer,type,grade,class,and use classifications required to seal joints in panel roofing and remain weathertight. Provide sealant recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12,compounded for 15-mil(0.4-mm)dry film thickness per coat,unless otherwise indicated. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers,sulfur components,and other deleterious impurities. E. Snow Guards: Prefabricated,noncorrosive units designed to use with roof panels and complete with predrilled holes or hooks for anchoring. 2.7 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible,by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes,as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements indicated for conditions affecting performance of metal panel roofing. 1. Panel Supports and Anchorage: Examine roof framing to verify that purlins,angles,channels,and other secondary structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed according to written instructions of panel manufacturer. 2. Do not proceed with roof panel installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate metal panel roofing with rain drainage work;flashing;trim;and construction of decks, parapets,walls,and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure,and noncorrosive installation. B. Promptly remove protective film,if any,from exposed surfaces of metal panels. Strip with care to avoid damage to finish. 3.3 PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with panel manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installation,as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates. Anchor panels and other components of the Work securely in place,with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Field cutting exterior panels by torch is not permitted. 2. Install panels with concealed fasteners,unless otherwise indicated. 3. Install panels over solid substrate with minimum 3:12(1:4)slope. Install 1 ply of felt from lower edge up,with at least 3-inch(75-mm)side laps and 4-inch(100-mm)end laps. B. Accessories: Install components required for a complete roof panel assembly including trim,copings, fasciae,ridge closures,clips,seam covers,battens,flashings,gutters,sealants,gaskets,fillers,closure strips,and similar items. MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 07411 -4 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 2005 C. Separate dissimilar metals by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a bituminous coating,by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each metal surface,or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturers of dissimilar metals. D. Install felt underlayment and building-paper slip sheet on roof deck under metal panels,unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. Use adhesive for temporary anchorage,where possible,to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under metal panels. Apply from eave to ridge in shingle fashion and lap joints a minimum of 2 inches(50 mm). E. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets,joint fillers,and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets,fillers,and sealants indicated or,if not otherwise indicated,types recommended by panel manufacturer. 1. Install weatherseal under ridge cap. Flash and seal panels at eave and rake with rubber,neoprene, or other closures to exclude weather. 2. Seal panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant,full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by panel manufacturer. F. Standing-Seam Roof Panel Assembly: Fasten panels to supports with concealed clip according to panel manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install clips at each support with self-drilling/self-tapping fasteners. 2. At end laps of panels,install tape calk between panels. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the Work that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films,if any,as soon as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation,clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during construction. END OF SECTION 07411 MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 07411 - 5 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 2005 MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 07411 -6 Copyright 2008 Travel Center Reference Manual 5/08 SECTION 07540—REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Fully adhered Thermoplastic Polyolefln(TPO)Membrane Roofing System. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof penetration flashings,flashings, and counterflashings. 2. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 751 for definition of terms related to roofing work not otherwise defined in this Section. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashing that are and remain watertight;do not permit the passage of liquid water;and resist specified uplift pressures and wind loads,thermally induced movement,and exposure to weather without failure. B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required,as demonstrated by roofing system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. FM Listing: Provide sheet membrane,base flashings,and component materials that meet requirements of FM 4450 and FM 4470 as part of a roofing system and that are listed in FM's"Approval Guide" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction,as applicable. Identify materials with FM markings. 1. Roofing system shall comply with the following: a. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-60. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of roofing product specified. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. B. Warranty: Sample copy of standard roofing system manufacturer's warranty stating obligations,remedies, limitations,and exclusions of warranty in compliance with Special Warranty requirements specified in this Section. REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07540- 1 Copyright 2008 Travel Center Reference Manual 5/08 C. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed roofing installation. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing roofing similar to that required for this Project and who is approved,authorized, or licensed by the roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product. B. Source Limitations: Obtain components for membrane roofing system approved for roofing membrane manufacturer. C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL,FM,or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A;ASTM E 108,for application and slopes indicated. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name,product brand name and type,date of manufacture,and directions for storing and mixing with other components. Protect roofing sheet material from curing until installed. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean,dry,protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid materials from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight,moisture, soiling,and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling,storing,and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing to be installed according to manufacturers'written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to,and run concurrent with,other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Standard Roofing Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit a written warranty,without monetary limitation, signed by roofing system manufacturer agreeing to promptly repair leaks resulting from defects in materials or workmanship for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Twenty(20)years from date of Substantial Completion. REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07540-2 Copyright 2008 Travel Center Reference Manual 5/08 C. Project Warranty: Submit roof installer's warranty on standard form,signed by Installer,covering Work of this Section,including all components of membrane roofing system for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Two(2)years from date of Substantial Completion PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 1. Membrane: a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated b. Firestone Building Products Company C. GAF Materials Corporation d. Versico Roofing Systems e. Mule-Hide Products Co.,inc. 2. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: a. To meet manufacturers installation and warranty requirements. 2.2 MEMBRANE: A. Membrane Sheet: 60-mil-(1.5-mm-)nominal thick,Fabric-Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin Sheet formed from thermoplastic polyolefin,internally fabric or scrim reinforced,and as follows: 1. Exposed Face Color: White 2. Physical Properties: a. Breaking Strength: 225 lbf;ASTM D 751,grab method b. Elongation at Break: 15 percent;ASTM D 751 c. Tearing Strength: 55 lbf minimum;ASTM D 751,Procedure B d. Brittleness Point: Minus 22 deg F e. Ozone Resistance: No cracks after sample,wrapped around a 3-inch diameter mandrel,is exposed for 166 hours to a temperature of 104 deg F and an ozone level of 100 pphm; ASTM D 1149 f. Resistance to Heat Aging: 90 percent minimum retention of breaking strength,elongation at break,and tearing strength after 166 hours of 240 deg F;ASTM D 573 g. Water Absorption: Less than 4 percent mass change after 166 hours immersion at 158 deg F;ASTM D 471 h. Linear Dimension Change: Plus or minus 2 percent;ASTM D 1204 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. 1. Furnish liquid-type auxiliary materials that meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sheet Flashing: 60-mil-(1.5-mm-)thick,unreinforced TPO sheet flashing membrane as recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and matching color of sheet membrane. REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07540- 3 Copyright 2008 Travel Center Reference Manual 5/08 C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's Standard Bonding Adhesive for bonding membrane sheets and sheet flashings to substrates and projections. D. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's standard slip sheet,of type,thickness,and spacing required for application. E. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel or aluminum bars,approximately 1 inch wide x 1/8 inch thick,roll formed and prepunched;provide with anchors. F. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-resistance provisions of FM 4470,designed for fastening sheet to substrate,and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. G. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers,preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings,T joint covers,seam calk,termination reglets, solvents,and other accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use. 2.4 INSULATION MATERIALS A. General: Provide preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements,selected from manufacturer's standard sizes and of thicknesses indicated. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid,cellular polyisocyanurate thermal insulation with core formed by using HCFCs as blowing agents to comply with ASTM C 1289,classified by facer type as follows: 1. Facer Type: Type II,felt or glass-fiber mat on both major surfaces. C. Provide preformed,tapered insulation boards where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate with the following tapers: 1. 1/4 inch per 12 inches(1:24),unless otherwise indicated. 2. 1/2 inch per 12 inches(1:24)to form saddles and crickets at roof top equipment and parapet walls where major roof area flows in opposite direction and to maintain positive slope to drain. 2.5 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Furnish roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with sheet roofing material. B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-resistance provisions of FM 4470,designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate,and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. C. Cold Fluid-Applied Adhesives: Manufacturer's standard cold fluid-applied adhesive formulatcd to adhcre roof insulation to approved substrates(wood fiber decking,etc.) 2.6 WALKWAYS A. Walkway Pads: Factory-formed,nonporous,heavy-duty,slip-resisting,surface-textured walkway pads, approximately 3/16 inch(5 mm)thick,of materials acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07540-4 Copyright 2008 Travel Center Reference Manual 5/08 A. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions under which roofing will be applied,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements. B. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are properly clamped into position. C. Verify that wood nailers are in place and secured and match thicknesses of insulation required. D. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust,debris,and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of the roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.3 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated and to Shop Drawings. D. Install one or more layers of insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2 inches(50 mm)or greater,install required thickness in 2 or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches(150 mm) in each direction. E. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. F. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows,abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch(6 mm)with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch(6 mm)of nailers,projections,and penetrations. G. Adhered Insulation(Wood Fiber Deck and Concrete Span Deck substrates): Install each layer of insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1. Prime surface of deck per membrane roofing/roof insulation manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Set each layer of insulation in a cold fluid-applied adhesive. REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07540 -5 Copyright 2008 Travel Center Reference Manual 5/08 H. Mechanically Fastened and Adhered Insulation(Metal Deck substrate): Install each layer of insulation and secure first layer of insulation to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board-type roof insulation to deck type. 1. Fasten first layer of insulation according to requirements in FMG's"Approval Guide"for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten first layer of insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners,perimeter,and field of roof. 3. Install subsequent layers of insulation in a cold fluid-applied adhesive. 4. All installation is to comply with the insulation and roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 MEMBRANE PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT A. Install CSPE sheet over area to receive roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. C. Once membrane is positioned over the acceptable substrate,fold membrane sheet back lengthwise(onto itself)so half the underside of the membrane is exposed. D. Apply Bonding Adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions,to the exposed underside of the membrane and the corresponding substrate area. Do not apply Bonding Adhesive along the splice edge of the membrane to be hot air welded over the adjoining sheet. Allow the adhesive to dry until it is tacky but will not string or stick to a dry finger touch. 1. Roll the coated membrane into the coated substrate while avoiding wrinkles. Brush down the bonded section of the membrane sheet immediately after rolling the membrane into the adhesive with a soft bristle push broom to achieve maximum contact. 2. Fold back the un-bonded half of the sheet lengthwise and repeat the bonding procedures. E. Position adjoining sheets to allow a minimum overlap of 2 inches. F. Hot air weld the membrane sheets using the Automatic Hot Air Welding Machine or Hot Air Hand Welder in accordance with the manufacturer's hot air welding procedures. G. Pull the membrane back along the welded splice so the entire underside of the membrane is exposed once the Hot Air Weld has been completed. H. Apply Bonding Adhesive to the exposed underside of the membrane sheet and the substrate. I. Allow adhesive to dry until tacky and roll the membrane into the substrate and brush down the bonded section with a bristle broom following the procedure noted above. J. Continue to install,adjoining membrane sheets in the same manner,overlapping edges a minimum of 2 inches and complete the bonding procedures as stated previously. 3.5 MEMBRANE SPLICING/HOT AIR WELDING PROCEDURES A. Hot air weld the membrane using an Automatic Hot Air Welding Machine or Hot Air Hand Welder in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. At all splice intersections,roll the seam with a silicone roller to ensure a continuous hot air welded seam. All splice intersections shall be overlaid with non-reinforced flashing. REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07540-6 Copyright 2008 Travel Center Reference Manual 5/08 B. Probe all seams once the hot air welds have thoroughly cooled(approximately 30 minutes). C. Repair all seam deficiencies the same day they are discovered. D. Apply Cut Edge Sealant on all cut edges of reinforced membrane(where the scrim reinforcement is exposed)after seam probing is complete. Cut Edge Sealant is not required on vertical splices. 3.6 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply solvent-based bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of flashing sheet at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with sheet flashing as recommended by manufacturer. D. Clean seam areas,overlap sheets,and firmly roll flashings into the adhesive. Weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. Complete welding of seams within 24 hours of exposing membrane or before curing of membrane has begun. E. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply seam calk to seal cut edges of sheet flashing. F. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. 3.7 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Walkways: Install walkway pads in locations indicated. Heat weld or adhere walkway pads to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect. l. Notify Architect or Owner 72 hours in advance of the date and time of inspection. 3.9 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect sheet membrane roofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing,inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report,with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing that does not comply with requirements,repair substrates, reinstall roofing,and repair sheet flashings to a condition free of damage and deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures required by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 07543 REINFORCED MEMBRANE ROOFING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07540-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 07620-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sheet metal flashing and trim in the following categories: 1. Copings. 2. Metal flashing. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 4 Sections for through-wall flashing and other integral masonry flashings specified as part of masonry work. 2. Division 7 Section"Roof Accessories" for set-on-type curbs,equipment supports,roof hatches, vents,and other manufactured roof accessory units. 3. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants" for elastomeric sealants. 4. Division 7 Roofing Sections for flashing and roofing accessories installed integral with roofing membrane as part of roofing-system work. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads,structural movement,thermally induced movement,and exposure to weather without failing. B. Fabricate and install flashings at roof edges to comply with recommendations of FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for the following wind zone: 1. Wind Zone 1: Wind pressures of 10 to 20 psf(0.48 to 0.96 kPa). 2. Wind Zone 1: Wind pressures of 21 to 30 psf(1.00 to 1.44 kPa). 3. Wind Zone 2: Wind pressures of 31 to 45 psf(1.48 to 2.15 kPa). 4. Wind Zone 3: Wind pressures of 46 to 104 psf(2.20 to 4.98 kPa). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate Work of this Section with interfacing and adjoining Work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance,durability of Work,and protection of materials and finishes. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07620- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526,G 90(ASTM A 526M,Z 275),commercial quality,or ASTM A 527,G 90(ASTM A 527M,Z 275),lock-forming quality,hot-dip galvanized steel sheet with 0.20 percent copper,mill phosphatized where indicated for painting;not less than 0.0396 inch(1.0 mm) thick,unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Solder: ASTM B 32,Grade Sn50,used with rosin flux. B. Stainless-Steel Welding Rods: Type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer for type of metal sheets furnished. C. Fasteners: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other non-corrosive metal as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. D. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene;non-hardening,non-skinning,nondrying,non-migrating sealant. E. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by sheet metal manufacturer and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." F. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part,non-corrosive,aluminum seam-cementing compound,recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior and interior nonmoving joints,including riveted joints. G. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof and weather- resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. H. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips,straps,anchoring devices,and similar accessory units as required for installation of Work,matching or compatible with material being installed;non-corrosive; size and thickness required for performance. 2.3 FABRICATION,GENERAL A. Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"that apply to the design, dimensions,metal,and other characteristics of the item indicated. B. Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and results in waterproof and weather-resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. C. Form exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning,buckling,and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hems. D. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed,form seams,and solder. E. Expansion Provisions: Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet(3 m)with no joints allowed within 24 inches(610 mm)of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof,form expansion joints of SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07620-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 intermeshing hooked flanges,not less than 1 inch(25 mm)deep,filled with mastic sealant(concealed within joints). F. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion,but movable,joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. G. Separate metal from non-compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. H. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of sheet metal exposed to public view. I. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as sheet metal component being anchored or from compatible,non-corrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. 1. Size: As recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manufacturer for application but never less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.4 SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. General: Fabricate sheet metal items in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements but not less than that listed below for each application and metal. B. Gutters with Girth UP to 20 Inches(UP to 510 mm): Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch(0.7 mm)thick. C. Downspouts: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0217 inch(0.55 mm)thick. D. Scuppers: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch(0.7 mm)thick. E. Exposed Trim,Gravel Stops,and Fasciae: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch(0.7 mm)thick. F. Copings: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0396 inch(1.0 mm)thick. G. Counter-flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0217 inch(0.55 mm)thick. H. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch(0.7 mm)thick. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07620-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that Work may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Unless otherwise indicated,install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements,manufacturer's installation instructions,and SMACNA's"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of Work securely in place by methods indicated,providing for thermal expansion of metal units;conceal fasteners where possible,and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install Work with laps,joints,and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Install exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning,buckling,and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. C. Roof-Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone. D. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet(3 m)with no joints allowed within 24 inches(610 mm)of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof,form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges,not less than 1 inch(25 mm)deep,filled with mastic sealant(concealed within joints). E. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered,removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches(38 mm),except where pre-tinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. F. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion,but movable,joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. 1. Use joint adhesive for nonmoving joints specified not to be soldered. G. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed,form seams,and solder. H. Separations: Separate metal from non-compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces,at locations of contact,with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Underlayment: Where installing stainless steel or aluminum directly on cementitious or wood substrates,install a slip sheet of red-rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. 2. Bed flanges of Work in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. I. Counterflashings: Coordinate installation of counterflashings with installation of assemblies to be protected by counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07620-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 manner by means of snap-in installation and sealant,lead wedges and sealant,interlocking folded seam,or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 2 inches(50 mm)and bed with sealant. J. Roof-Drainage System: Install drainage items fabricated from sheet metal,with straps,adhesives,and anchors recommended by SMACNA's Manual or the item manufacturer,to drain roof in the most efficient manner. Coordinate roof-drain flashing installation with roof-drainage system installation. Coordinate flashing and sheet metal items for steep-sloped roofs with roofing installation. K. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate equipment support flashing installation with roofing and equipment installation. Weld or seal flashing to equipment support member. L. Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with non-corrosive fasteners,arranged as hinged units to swing open for cleaning gutters. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces,removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and trim Work during construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07620- 5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07620-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 07905-PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following: 1. Expansion and contraction joints within portland cement concrete paving. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 2 Section"Portland Cement Concrete Paving" for construction of joints in concrete paving. 2. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants" for sealing nontraffic and traffic joints in locations not specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer,product name and designation,color,expiration period for use,pot life,curing time,and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture,high or low temperatures,contaminants,or other causes. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07905 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS,GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants,joint fillers,and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application,as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: 1. Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard designations. 2.2 COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS A. Provide two-part,jet fuel-resistant,cold-applied sealant,manufacturer's standard pourable,chemically curing,elastomeric sealant per FS SS-S-200. B. Subject to compliance with requirements,acceptable products include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. "Vulkem 202";Mameco International,Inc. 2. "Gardox";W.R.Meadows,Inc. 3. "Urexpan NR-300';Pecora Corp. 4. "Sonomeric CT 2'; Sonneborn Building Products Div.,Rexnorn Chemical Products Inc. 2.3 JOINT FILLERS FOR CONCRETE PAVING A. General: Provide joint fillers of thicknesses and widths indicated. B. Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Preformed strips of composition below,complying with ASTM D 1751: 1. Asphalt saturated fiberboard. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated,as determined from preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests and field tests. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for joint configuration,installation tolerances,and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer. PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07905 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond;do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated,except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates,completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration,and providing uniform,cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. C. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins,tool sealants to form smooth,uniform beads of configuration indicated,to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. D. Provide joint configuration to comply with recommendations of sealant manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If,despite such protection,damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 07905 PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07905 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07905 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 07920-JOINT SEALANTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications,including those specified by reference to this Section: 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. b. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. C. Other joints as indicated. 2. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Control,expansion,and isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Tile control and expansion joints. C. Other joints as indicated. 3. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. b. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls,floors,and counters. C. Other joints as indicated. 4. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. C. Other joints as indicated. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Pavement Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in pavements, walkways, and curbing. 2. Division 4 Section"Unit Masonry" for masonry control and expansion joint fillers and gaskets. 3. Division 8 Section"Glazing" for glazing sealants. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07920- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material,design,and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants,field test their adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated or,if not indicated,as directed by Owner's Representative. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below: a. Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3. Notify Owner's Representative seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be e erected. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture,high or low temperatures,contaminants,or other causes. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F(4.4 deg C). 2. When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint-Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint-Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the products specified in the sealant schedules at the end of Part 3. 2.2 MATERIALS,GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07920-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range for this characteristic. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant in the Elastomeric Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type,grade,class,and uses. B. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food,provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. 2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 834 for each product of this description indicated in the Latex Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3. 2.5 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants,primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: 1. Type C: Closed-cell material with a surface skin. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. B. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for joint configuration,installation tolerances,and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07920 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing,water repellents,water,surface dirt,and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing,grinding,blast cleaning,mechanical abrading,or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. C. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain,harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Metal. b. Glass. C. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated,unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials,applications,and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch,twist,puncture,or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated;to eliminate air pockets;and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07920 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193,unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.6 ELASTOMERIC JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Low-Modulus Nonacid-Curing Silicone Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated,provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: [Provide one of the following]: a. 790;Dow Corning. b. Silpruf,GE Silicones. C. U1traPruf SCS2300;GE Silicones. d. HiFlex 331;NUCO Industries,Inc. e. NuFlex 309;NUCO Industries,Inc. f. VP 275;Ohio Sealants,Inc. g. 864;Pecora Corporation. h. 890;Pecora Corporation. i. PSI-641;Polymeric Systems,Inc. j. Omniseal; Sonneborn Building Products Div.,ChemRex Inc. k. Spectrem 1;Tremco. 2. Type and Grade: S(single component)and NS(nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates per ASTM C 1248. 8. Applications: Entrances,storefronts,windows,metal building components,flashing,HVAC ducts. B. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products formulated with fungicide that are intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates that are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and temperature extremes, and that comply with the following: 1. Products: [Provide one of the following]: a. 786 Mildew Resistant;Dow Corning. b. Sanitary 1700;GE Silicones. C. NuFlex 302;NUCO Industries,Inc. d. 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant;Pecora Corporation. e. PSI-611;Polymeric Systems,Inc. f. Tremsil 600 White;Tremco. JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07920-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. Type and Grade: S(single component)and NS(nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT(nontraffic). 5. Applications: Interior ceramic tile joints,and around counters&showers C. Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: [Provide one of the following]: a. Vulkem 116;Mameco International. b. Vulkem 230;Mameco International. C. Sikaflex- la; Sika Corporation. d. NP 1; Sonneborn Building Products Div.,ChemRex Inc. 2. Type and Grade: S(single component)and NS(nonsag). 3. Class: [25]. 4. Use[s]Related to Exposure: [T(traffic)and NT(nontraffic)]. 5. Applications: Interior and exterior framing, perimeter of sanitary fixtures, entrances, storefronts and windows,flashing,metal building components,and HVAC ducts. 3.7 LATEX JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Latex Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: [Provide one of the following]: a. Chem-Calk 600;Bostik Inc. b. NuFlex 330;NUCO Industries,Inc. C. LC 160 All Purpose Acrylic Caulk;Ohio Sealants,Inc. d. AC-20;Pecora Corporation. e. PSI-701;Polymeric Systems,Inc. £ Sonolac; Sonnebom Building Products Div.,ChemRex,Inc. g. Tremflex 834;Tremco. 2. Applications: Miscellaneous interior applications where little movement is expected and paintability is desired. END OF SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 07920-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 08110-STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steel doors and frames. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 Section"Laminated Flush Wood Doors" for hollow-core and solid-core wood doors installed in steel frames. 2. Division 8 Section"Door Hardware" for door hardware and weatherstripping. 3. Division 9 Section"Painting" for field painting primed doors and frames. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified,including details of construction,materials, dimensions,hardware preparation,core,label compliance,sound ratings,profiles,and finishes. C. Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type,elevations of door design types,conditions at openings,details of construction,location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements,and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. D. Door Schedule: Submit schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI/SDI 100 "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames. B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect;otherwise,remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inch-(100-mm-)high wood blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet,remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 1/4-inch(6- mm)spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08110- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Steel Doors and Frames: a. Amweld Building Products,Inc. b. Benchmark Commercial Doors. C. Ceco Door Products. d. Copco Door Co. e. Curries Co. f. Deansteel Manufacturing Co. g. Fenestra Corp. h. Kewanee Corp. i. Mesker Door,Inc. j. Pioneer Industries. k. Republic Builders Products. 1. Steelcraft. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial-quality carbon steel,pickled and oiled,complying with ASTM A 569(ASTM A 569M). B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Carbon steel complying with ASTM A 366(ASTM A 366M),commercial quality,or ASTM A 620(ASTM A 620M),drawing quality,special killed. C. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478-inch-(1.2-mm-)thick steel sheet;0.0516- inch-(1.3-mm-)thick galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames. D. Inserts,Bolts,and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls,hot-dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153,Class C or D as applicable. 2.3 DOORS A. Steel Doors: Provide 1-3/4-inch-(44-mm-)thick doors of materials and ANSI/SDI 100 grades and models specified below,or as indicated on Drawings or schedules: 1. Exterior Doors: Grade 111,extra heavy-duty,Model 2,seamless design,minimum 0.0635-inch- (1.6-mm-)thick galvanized steel sheet faces. B. Door Louvers: Provide louvers according to SDI 111C for interior doors where indicated,with blades or baffles formed of 0.0239-inch-(0.6-mm-)thick cold-rolled steel sheet set into minimum 0.0359-inch- (0.9-mm-)thick steel frame. 1. Sight-Proof Louvers: Stationary louvers constructed with inverted V-shaped or Y-shaped blades. 2.4 FRAMES A. Provide metal frames for doors,transoms,sidelights,borrowed lights,and other openings,according to ANSI/SDI 100,and of types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings,unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 0.0598-inch-(1.5-mm-)thick cold-rolled steel sheet. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 081 10-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners.For all exterior locastions use fully welded frames. For interior locations knock-down frames will be acceptable(unless noted otherwise). B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames,drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single-door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double-door frames. C. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.0179-inch-(0.45-mm-)thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid,neat in appearance,and free from defects,warp,or buckle. Where practical,fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment,to assure proper assembly at Project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI 100 requirements. 1. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch(3.2 mm)at jambs and heads,except not more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm)between non-fire-rated pairs of doors. Not more than 1/2 inch(12 mm)at bottom. B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels,including stiles and rails of nonflush units,from only cold- rolled steel sheet. C. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117"Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners,reinforcement,edge channels,louvers,and moldings from either cold-or hot-rolled steel sheet. E. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated,provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. F. Thermal-Rated(Insulating)Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as shown or scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thermal-insulating door and frame assemblies and tested according to ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976 on fully operable door assemblies. 1. Unless otherwise indicated,provide thermal-rated assemblies with U-value rating of 0.34 Btu/sq. ft.x h x deg F or better. G. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of SDI 107 and ANSI Al 15 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. H. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied hardware may be done at Project site. I. Vision Panel: Where indicated,provide a 10"x 10"vision panel constructed of 18 gauge galvanized metal and 1/4"wired glass. Include frame and glass supports,mounting holes,vandal-proof binder, mounting hardware and other accessories as recommended by the manufacturer. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08110-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.6 FINISHES,GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's"Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Apply primers to doors and frames after fabrication. 2.7 SHOP PRIMERED STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated,apply air- dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and pretreatment. 1. Shop Primer: Zinc-dust,zinc-oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-641,Type II. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install steel doors,frames,and accessories according to Shop Drawings,manufacturer's data, and as specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105,unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position,plumbed,aligned,and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed,remove temporary braces and spreaders,leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Except for frames located in existing concrete,masonry,or gypsum board assembly construction, place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings. 2. In metal-stud partitions,install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In steel- stud partitions,attach wall anchors to studs with screws. 3. In in-place gypsum board partitions,install knock-down,slip-on,drywall frames. C. Door Installation: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames,within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI 100. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection,sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection,remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. END OF SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08110-4 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 SECTION 08211—LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Solid-core doors with plastic-laminate faces. 2. Louvers for flush wood doors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction,trim for openings, and louvers. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location,size,and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data;location and extent of hardware blocking;and other pertinent data. 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts. 3. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. 4. Indicate fire ratings for fire doors. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from Marlite.Contact—Kent Watson,(330)602-2213. B. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: C. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,for fire ratings indicated,based on testing according to NFPA 252. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protect doors during transit, storage,and handling to prevent damage, soiling,and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Individually package doors in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 08211 - 1 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 B. Mark each door with individual opening numbers used on Shop Drawings. Use removable tags or concealed markings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed,wet-work is complete,and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Door manufacturer's warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to,and run concurrent with,other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form,signed by manufacturer,Installer,and Contractor,agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped(bow,cup,or twist)more than 1/4 inch(6.35 mm)in a 42-by-84-inch(1067-by-2134-mm) section or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch (0.25 mm in a 75-mm)span,or do not comply with tolerances in referenced quality standard. 1. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time after the date of Substantial Completion: a. Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 1. Flush Wood Doors: a. Marlite. 2. Metal Louvers for Doors: a. Air Louvers,Inc. b. Anemostat Door Products. C. Construction Specialties,Inc. d. Leslie-Locke,Inc. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION,GENERAL A. Plastic-Laminate-Faced Doors: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Grade: Custom. 2. Laminate Faces: High-pressure decorative laminates complying with NEMA LD 3,Grade HGS. LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 08211 -2 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 3. Colors,Patterns,and Finishes: Wilsonart,"Wild Cherry", 7054-60. 4. Stiles: Hardwood edges for staining to match faces. 2.3 SOLID-CORE DOORS A. Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1,Grade LD-2. 2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking at particleboard-core doors as follows: a. 5-inch(125-mm)top-rail blocking,at doors indicated to have closers. B. Interior Plastic-Laminate-Faced Doors: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Core: Particleboard core. 2. Construction: Three plies with stiles and rails bonded to core,then entire unit abrasive planed before faces and crossbands are applied. C. Fire-Rated Doors: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated or manufacturer's standard mineral-core construction as required to provide fire rating indicated. 2. Blocking: For mineral-core doors,provide composite blocking with improved screw-holding capability approved for use in doors of fire ratings indicated and as follows: a. 5-inch(125-mm)top-rail blocking. b. 4-1/2-by-10-inch(114-by-250-mm)lock blocks. 2.4 LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES A. Metal Louvers: As follows: 1. Blade Type: Vision proof,inverted V. 2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel,0.0396 inch(1.0 mm)thick,hot-dip zinc coated and factory primed for paint finish. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate flush wood doors in sizes indicated for Project site fitting. B. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated,with the following uniform cicaranccs and bevels,unless otherwise indicated: 1. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements of NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI- WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules,door frame Shop Drawings,DHI Al 15-W series standards,and hardware templates. LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 08211 -3 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 1. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s)of door(s)required. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size,location,and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation,see Division 8 Section"Door Hardware." B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions,referenced quality standard,and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80. C. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below;do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch(3.2 mm) at heads,jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch(3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is scheduled,provide 1/4 inch(6.4 mm) from bottom of door to top of threshold. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. 2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches(3-1/2 degrees)at lock and hinge edges. 3. Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches(3-1/2 degrees)on lock edge;trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTING A. Operation: Re-hang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 08211 -4 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 C. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08211 LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 08211 -5 Copyright 2005 Travel Center Reference Manual 01105 LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS Pilot Travel Centers LLC 08211 -6 Copyright 2015 Travel Center Reference Manual 10115 SECTION 08410-ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior entrance systems. 2. Exterior storefront systems. B. Related sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants" for joint sealants installed as part of aluminum entrance and storefront systems. 2. Division 8 Section"Glazing." 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide aluminum entrance and storefront systems capable of withstanding loads and thermal and structural movement requirements indicated without failure,based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. Failure includes the following: 1. Air infiltration and water penetration exceeding specified limits. 2. Framing members transferring stresses,including those caused by thermal and structural movement,to glazing units. B. Glazing: Physically and thermally isolate glazing from framing members. C. Thermally Broken Construction: Provide systems that isolate aluminum exposed to exterior from aluminum exposed to interior with a material of low thermal conductance. D. Wind Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems,including anchorage,capable of withstanding wind-load design pressures calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or the American Society of Civil Engineers'ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," 6.4.2, "Analytical Procedure,"whichever are more stringent. 1. Deflection of framing members in a direction normal to wall plane is limited to 1/175 of clear span or 3/4 inch(19 mm),whichever is smaller,unless otherwise indicated. E. Seismic Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems,including anchorage,capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," Section 9, "Earthquake Loads,"whichever are more stringent. F. Dead Loads: Provide entrance-and storefront-system members that do not deflect an amount which will reduce glazing bite below 75 percent of design dimension when carrying full dead load. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08410- 1 Copyright 2015 Travel Center Reference Manual 10115 1. Provide a minimum 1/1 6-inch(1.59-mm)clearance between members and operable windows and doors. G. Live Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems,including anchorage,that accommodate the supporting structures'deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads indicated without failure of materials or permanent deformation. H. Air Infiltration: Provide entrance and storefront systems with permanent resistance to air leakage through fixed glazing and frame areas of not more than 0.06 cfin/sq.ft.(0.3 L/s/sq.m)of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a static-air-pressure difference of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.(75.2 Pa). I. Water Penetration: Provide entrance and storefront systems that do not evidence water leakage through fixed glazing and frame areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of inward-acting wind-load design pressure as defined by ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures,"but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq.ft. (299 Pa). Water leakage is defined as follows: 1. Uncontrolled water infiltrating systems or appearing on systems'normally exposed interior surfaces from sources other than condensation. Water controlled by flashing and gutters that is drained back to the exterior and cannot damage adjacent materials or finishes is not water leakage. J. Thermal Movements: Provide entrance and storefront systems,including anchorage,that accommodate thermal movements of systems and supporting elements resulting from the following maximum change (range)in ambient and surface temperatures without buckling,damaging stresses on glazing,failure of joint sealants,damaging loads on fasteners,failure of doors or other operating units to function properly, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change(Range): 120 deg F(67 deg C),ambient; 180 deg F(100 deg C),material surfaces. K. Structural-Support Movement: Provide entrance and storefront systems that accommodate structural movements including,but not limited to,sway and deflection. L. Condensation Resistance: Provide storefront systems with condensation resistance factor(CRF)of not less than 45 when tested according to AAMA 1503.1. M. Average Thermal Conductance: Provide storefront systems with average U-values of not more than 0.63 Btu/sq.ft.x h x deg F(3.57 W/sq.in x K)when tested according to AAMA 1503.1. N. Dimensional Tolerances: Provide entrance and storefront systems that accommodate dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product specified. Include details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components,profiles,and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For entrance and storefront systems. Show details of fabrication and installation, including plans,elevations,sections,details of components,provisions for expansion and contraction,and attachments to other work. 1. For entrance systems,include hardware schedule and indicate operating hardware types,quantities, and locations. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08410-2 Copyright 2015 Travel Center Reference Manual 10115 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering responsibility and perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing entrance and storefront systems similar to those required for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. 1. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for entrance and storefront systems,including Shop Drawings,based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of entrance and storefront system through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Product Options: Drawings indicate size,profiles,and dimensional requirements of entrance and storefront systems and are based on the specific systems indicated. Other manufacturers'systems with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section"Substitutions." 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effect,as judged solely by Architect,except with Architect's approval and only to the extent needed to comply with performance requirements. Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating systems without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with,other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Arch Amarlite. 2. Butler Manufacturing Company;Vistawall Architectural Products. 3. CMI Architectural Products,Inc. 4. Commercial Architectural Products,Inc. 5. EFCO Corporation. 6. International Aluminum Corporation;U.S.Aluminum. 7. Kawneer Company,Inc. 8. Pittco Architectural Metals,Inc. 9. Tajima Corporation. 10. Tubelite Architectural Systems. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08410 -3 Copyright 2015 Travel Center Reference Manual 10115 11. WCI Company;Waltek. 12. YKK AP America Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, complying with the requirements of standards indicated below. 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209(ASTM B 209M). 2. Extruded Bars,Rods, Shapes,and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 4. Bars,Rods,and Wire: ASTM B 211 (ASTM B 211M). B. Steel Reinforcement: Complying with ASTM A 36(ASTM A 36M)for structural shapes,plates,and bars;ASTM A 611 for cold-rolled sheet and strip;or ASTM A 570(ASTM A 570M)for hot-rolled sheet and strip. C. 1"Insluated Sealed Glass Panels as specified in Division 8 Section"Glazing." D. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard pressure-glazing system of black,resilient glazing gaskets, setting blocks,and shims or spacers,fabricated from an elastomer of type and in hardness recommended by system and gasket manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements. Provide gasket assemblies that have corners sealed with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. E. Secondary Sealant: For use as weatherseal,compatible with structural silicone sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact,and that accommodates a 50 percent increase or decrease in joint width at the time of application when measured according to ASTM C 719. Color of sealant is to be compatible with the window frame color. 1. Color: As noted on the plans. F. Framing system gaskets,sealants,and joint fillers as recommended by manufacturer for joint type. G. Sealants and joint fillers for joints at perimeter of entrance and storefront systems as specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Doors: Provide manufacturer's standard 1-3/4-inch-(44.5-mm-)thick glazed doors with 1"insulated sealed glass panels with minimum 0.125-inch-(3.2-mm-)thick,extruded tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie-rods. 1. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Provide manufacturer's standard snap-on extruded-aluminum glazing stops and preformed gaskets. 2. Stile Design: Medium stile;over 3 1/2 inches wide. B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide manufacturer's standard brackets and reinforcements that are compatible with adjacent materials. Provide nonstaining,nonferrous shims for aligning system components. C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant,nonstaining,nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08410 -4 Copyright 2015 Travel Center Reference Manual 10115 1. Reinforce members as required to retain fastener threads. 2. Do not use exposed fasteners,except for hardware application. For hardware application,use countersunk Phillips flat-head machine screws finished to match framing members or hardware being fastened,unless otherwise indicated. D. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron,malleable-iron,or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153 requirements. E. Concealed Flashing: Dead-soft,0.018-inch-(0.457-mm-)thick stainless steel,complying with ASTM A 666,of type selected by manufacturer for compatibility with system. F. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable weather stripping as follows: 1. Compression Weather Stripping: Molded neoprene complying with ASTM D 2000 requirements or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287 requirements. 2.4 HARDWARE A. General: Provide heavy-duty hardware units indicated in sizes,number,and type recommended by manufacturer for entrances indicated. Finish exposed parts to match door finish,unless otherwise indicated. B. Continuous Gear Hinges: Manufacturer's standard,continuous,aluminum gear hinges. Pemko Hinge DIM 83HD,or equivalent. G. Closers,General: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for closer size,depending on door size, exposure to weather,and anticipated frequency of use. 1. Closing Cycle: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or the Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities(ADAAG)," whichever are more stringent. 2. Opening Force: Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements for locations indicated: a. Exterior Doors: 15 lbf(67 N). H. Surface-Mounted Overhead Closers: ANSIBHMA A156.4,Grade 1,multi-sized 1 thru 5. Provide cover and the following: 1. Mounting: Hinge Side. 2. Hold Open: None. 1. Door Stops: ANSIBHMA A156.16,Grade 1,floor-or wall-mounted door stop, as appropriate for door location indicated,with integral rubber bumper. J. Cylinders: As specified in Division 8 Section"Door Hardware." K. Manual Flush Bolts: ANSI/BHMA A156.16,edge-mortised,lever-extension-type flush bolts. 1. Locate flush bolts at top and bottom of inactive leaf of pairs of doors. L. Pull Handles: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of pull handles and plates. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08410 -5 Copyright 2015 Travel Center Reference Manual 10115 M. Push Bars: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of full-door-width,single-bar push bars. N. Thresholds: At exterior doors,provide manufacturer's standard threshold with cutouts coordinated for operating hardware,with anchors and jamb clips,and not more than 1/2-inch-(12.7-mm-)high,with beveled edges providing a floor level change with a slope of not more than 1:2,and in the following material: 1. Material: Aluminum,mill finish. O. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard weather sweep for application to exterior door bottoms and with concealed fasteners on mounting strips. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate components that,when assembled,will have accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. After fabrication,clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 1. Fabricate components for screw-spline frame construction. B. Forming: Form shapes with sharp profiles,straight and free of defects or deformations,before finishing. C. Prepare components to receive concealed fasteners and anchor and connection devices. D. Fabricate components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within the system to the exterior. E. Welding: Weld components to comply with referenced AWS standard. Weld before finishing components to greatest extent possible. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. F. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals,protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry,protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. G. Storefront: Fabricate framing in profiles indicated for flush glazing(without projecting stops). Provide subframes and reinforcing of types indicated or,if not indicated,as required for a complete system. Factory assemble components to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. H. Entrances: Fabricate door framing in profiles indicated. Reinforce as required to support imposed loads. Factory assemble door and frame units and factory install hardware to greatest extent possible. Reinforce door and frame units as required for installing hardware indicated. Cut,drill,and tap for factory-installed hardware before finishing components. 1. Exterior Doors: Provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. At other locations,provide sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08410-6 Copyright 2015 Travel Center Reference Manual 10115 A. General: Comply with NAAMM's"Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. D. Class I,Color Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A42/A44(Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched,medium matte;Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I,integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 min or thicker)complying with AAMA 606.1 or AAMA 608.1. (Refer to drawings to confirm frame colors) 1. Color: As noted on the Elevations 2.7 STEEL PRIMING A. General: Comply with NAAMM's"Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"for recommendations relative to applying primer. B. Surface Preparation: Perform manufacturer's standard cleaning operations to remove dirt,oil,grease,or other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust,if present,from uncoated steel. C. Priming: Apply manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of entrance and storefront systems. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting,handling,and installing entrance and storefront systems. Do not install damaged components. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Seal joints watertight. B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals,protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry,protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within the system to the exterior. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08410-7 Copyright 2015 Travel Center Reference Manual 10115 D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in a full sealant bed to provide weathertight construction,unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants." E. Install framing components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades without warp or rack of framing members. F. Install entrances plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades without warp or rack. Lubricate operating hardware and other moving parts according to hardware manufacturers'written instructions. 1. Install surface-mounted hardware according to manufacturer's written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. G. Install glazing to comply with requirements of Division 8 Section"Glazing,"unless otherwise indicated. H. Install secondary-sealant weatherseal according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to provide weatherproof joints. Install joint fillers behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer. I. Install perimeter sealant to comply with requirement of Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants,"unless other wise indicated. J. Erection Tolerances: Install entrance and storefront systems to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1. Variation from Plane: Limit variation from plane or location shown to 1/8 inch in 12 feet(3 mm in 3.7 m); 1/4 in ch(6 mm)over total length. 2. Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line,limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch(1.5 mm). Where surfaces meet at corners,limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 inch(0.8 mm). 3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurements to 1/8 inch(3 mm). 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors and hardware to provide tight fit at contact points and weather stripping,smooth operation, and weathertight closure. B. Remove excess sealant and glazing compounds,and dirt from surfaces. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions,in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure entrance and storefront systems are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08410-8 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 04/09 SECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hardware that are required for swing, sliding,and folding doors,except special types of unique hardware specified in the same sections as the doors and door frames on which they are installed. B. This Section includes the following: 1. Hinges. 2. Pivots. 3. Key control system. 4. Lock cylinders and keys. 5. Lock and latch sets. 6. Bolts. 7. Exit devices. 8. Push/pull units. 9. Closers. 10. Miscellaneous door control devices. 11. Protection plates. 12. Weatherstripping for exterior doors. 13. Thresholds. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 Section"Standard Steel Doors and Frames" for silencers integral with hollow metal frames. 2. Division 8 Section"Flush Wood Doors" for factory prefitting and factory premachining of doors for door hardware. 3. Division 8 Section"Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts" for aluminum entrance door hardware,except cylinders. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specifications Secitons. Final Hardware Schedule-coordinate with doors,frames,and related work to ensure proper size, thickness,hand,function,and finish of door hardware. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on hardware indicated,organize schedule into"hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door opening. Include the following information: a) Type,style,function,size,and finish of each hardware item. b) Name and manufacturer of each item. c) Fastenings and other pertinent information. DOOR HARDWARE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08710- 1 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 04/09 d) Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e) Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols,and codes contained in schedule. f) Mounting locations for hardware. g) Door and frame sizes and material. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to the Project,but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items that are not immediately replaceable so that completion of the Work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after installation. 1.5 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment,maintenance,and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 1. See"Hardware Schedule"at the end of this section. 2.2 SCHEDULED HARDWARE A. Requirements for design,grade,function,finish, size,and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated in the"Hardware Schedule" at the end of this Section. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following: 1. Manufacturer's Product Designations: The product designation and name of one manufacturer are listed for each hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications,except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations and except as otherwise directed by Architect. 1. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames"by the Door and Hardware Institute. 2. NWWDA Industry Standard I.S.1.7, "Hardware Locations for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way,coordinate removal,storage,and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrates involved. C. Set units level,plumb,and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. DOOR HARDWARE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08710-2 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 04/09 E. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealers." F. Weatherstripping and Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated. 3.2 ADJUSTING,CLEANING,AND DEMONSTRATING A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. 1. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area,return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. C. Instruct Owner's personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of door hardware and hardware finishes. D. Ensure that the opening force of the door does not exceed 51b.Maximum. E. The closing force requires that the sweep period of the closure be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees,the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch,measured to the leading edge of the door. 3.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. General: Provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements of Section"Door Hardware," hardware set numbers indicated in door schedule,and in the following schedule of hardware sets. 1. Note: At exterior aluminum doors,match dark bronze finish of storefront system. At all other doors,provide US26D finish except where noted. All locksets are to be Corbin Russwin. Designs on all levers to be(Corbin Russwin)CL. GROUP#1—ALL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOORS (1) Lock Cylinder. (Except on interior vestibule doors which do not have a lock.) All remaining hardware to be provided by aluminum storefront manufacturer. (1) Threshold-National Guard 325 half saddle-36"at side restaurant entrance and rear diesel entrance,72"at front gas entrance. (1) Thumbturn—Corbin Russwin ED4000-08 x 626 (1) Hinge Pemko DFM 83HD Continuous,aluminum gear hinge. (2) Closers-Yale 4400 BF SB (Note: only 1 Closer required at single door) GROUP#2—SECURITY-OFFICE/RESTAURANT OFFICE (1 'h) pair Butts-Hager BB1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Closer-Yale 4400 BF SB (1) Stop-Rockwood 440 (1) Entrance/Office Function Lockset-Corbin Russwin CL 3351-NZD x ASA x 626 (2) Kickplates-Rockwood K1050 US32D, 10"high,34"Long (1) Electric Door Strike-Trine Products EN-400, Satin Stainless Steel finish US32D DOOR HARDWARE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08710-3 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 04/09 GROUP#3—INTERIOR SECURED STOCK&CTS (1 'h) pair Butts-Hager 1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Closer-Yale 4400 BF SB (1) Stop-Rockwood 440 (1) Storeroom Function Lockset-Corbin Russwin CL3357-NZD x ASA x 626 (2) Kickplates-Rockwood K1050 US32D, 10"high,34"Long GROUP#4—SHOWER ROOM DOORS (1 'h) pair Butts-Hager 1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Stop-Rockwood 400 (1) Hotel Function Lockset—Corbin Russwin CL 3329—NZD ASA X 626(Non-Ferrous) (1) Kickplate on hall side-Rockwood K1050 US32D, 10"high,34"long (1) Electric Door Strike-Trine Products EN-400, Satin Stainless Steel finish US32D Note:Door Frames will need to be pre-cut to accommodate proper fitments of the Door Strike. GROUP#4.1—HANDICAP SHOWER ROOM DOORS (1 'h) pair Butts-Hager 1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Stop-Rockwood 400 (1) Hotel Function Lockset-—Corbin Russwin CL 3329—NZD ASA X 626(Non-Ferrous) (1) Kickplate on hall side-Rockwood K1050 US32D, 10"high,34"long (1) Electric Door Strike-Trine Products EN-400, Satin Stainless Steel fmish US32D Note:Door Frames will need to be pre-cut to accommodate proper fitments of the Door Strike. GROUP#5—MOP CLOSET (1 '/2) pair Butts-Hager 1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Stop-Rockwood 400 (1) Stockroom Lockset-Corbin Russwin CL3357-NZD x ASA x 626 (1) Kickplate on Hall side-Rockwood K1050 US32D, 10"high,34"long GROUP#6—MENS&WOMENS TOILET(ENTRY FROM HALL) (1 '/2) pair Butts-Hager BB1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Closer-Yale 4400 BF SB (1) Stop-Rockwood 442 (1) Push-Rockwood 70F 8"x 16"Push (1) Pull-Rockwood 106x70E 6"x 16"Pull (2) Kickplates-Rockwood K1050 US32D, 10"high,34"long. Mount with bottom edge 1"above door bottom, and centered on door. GROUP#7—MEN&WOMENS HANDICAP TOILET STALL (1) pair Butts-Hager 1250 4.5 x 4.5 US26D(Spring Loaded) (1) Stop-Rockwood 476 (1) Privacy Latchset-Corbin Russwin-CL3320-NZD x ASA x 626 GROUP#8—MEN&WOMENS TOILET STALL (1) pair Butts-Hager 1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Stop-Rockwood 400 (1) Privacy Latchset-Corbin Russwin-CL3320-NZD x ASA x 626 GROUP#9—JANITOR/LAUNDRY (1 ''/z) pair Butts-Hager 1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Closer-Yale 4400 BF SB (1) Stop-Rockwood 400 (1) Stockroom Lockset-Corbin Russwin CL3357-NZD x ASA x 626 (1) Kickplate on Hall side-Rockwood K1050 US32D, 10"high,34"long DOOR HARDWARE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08710-4 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 04/09 GROUP#10—STOCKROOM (1 ''/2) pair Butts-Hager BB 1279 4.5 x 4.5 US26D (1) Closer-Yale 4400 BF SB (1) Push Button Lockset-Kaba L1000 series-satin chrome finish (1) Stop-Rockwood 440 (1) Kickplates-Rockwood K1050 US32D,24"high,34"long GROUP#11—EXTERIOR UTILITY ROOM—(SINGLE DOOR) (1 '/2) pair Butts-Hager BB1168 4.5 x 4.5 NRP US26D (1) Storeroom Function Lockset-Corbin Russwin CL3357-NZD x ASA x 626 (1) Threshold-National Guard 896V-44" (1) Set Weatherstripping-National Guard#160V (1) Lock Guard-PHI 1625 GROUP#12-EXTERIOR UTILITY ROOM(DOUBLE DOOR) (3) pair—Hager BB 1168 4.5 x 4.5 NRP US26D (1) Storeroom function lockset-Corbin Russwin CL3357-NZD x ASA x 626 (1) Threshold-National Guard 896v-72" (1) Set weatherstripping-National Guard#160V (1) Lock Guard—PHI 1625 (1) Manual flush bolt—Hager 281D (1) Astragal—Hager 835S w/primed steel finish GROUP#13—EXTERIOR RESTAURANT/STOCKROOM BACK DOOR (2) pair Butts-Hager BB 1279 4.5 x 4.5 NRP US26D (1) Closer-Yale PA 4400 SB (1) Threshold-National Guard 896v-44" (1) Set Weatherstripping-National Guard#160V (1) Exit alarm—Detex EA500(surface mounted) (1) Door Viewer-Rockwood 620—Finish(STNN)—Center @ 60"AFF. (1) Kickplates-Rockwood K1050 US32D,24"high,42"long(Inside of door) GROUP#13.1—EXTERIOR RESTAURANT BACK DOOR(McDonalds Only) (2) pair Butts-Hager BB 1279 4.5 x 4.5 NRP US26D (1) Closer-Yale PA 4400 SB (1) Thumbturn—Corbin Russwin ED4000-08 x 626 (1) Threshold-National Guard 896v-44" (1) Set Weatherstripping-National Guard#160V (1) Door Viewer-Rockwood 622—Finish(STNN)—Center @ 60"AFF. (1) Kickplates-Rockwood K1050 US32D,24"high,42"long(Inside of door) GROUP#14—EXTERIOR SHOWER HALL (1 'h) pair Butts-Hager 1279 4.5 x 4.5 NRP US26D (1) Closer-Yale PA 4400 SB (1) Touchbar Exit Device—Von Duprin Series 98 w/Rim Fire-Rated,Model-98EO-F (1) Threshold-National Guard 896V-36" (1) Set Weatherstripping-National Guard#160V (1) Exit alarm—Detex EA500(surface mounted) (1) Door Viewer-Rockwood 620—Finish(STNN)—Center @ 60"AFF. B. Keying-Verify the following with the Owner's representative: 1.Provide Master Key controlling ALL locks-Provide for the General Manager DOOR HARDWARE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08710-5 Copyright 2009 Travel Center Reference Manual 04/09 2.Provide Submaster#1 -All Exterior and Interior Utility/Storage Room doors, Shower Rooms and Mop Closets (CTS Room and Secured Stock are not to be included)-Provide for Maintenance Staff. 3.Provide Submaster#2—Restaurant Office and Restaurant De-tex Only-Provide for Restaurant Manager Note: All locks can be keyed individually except any Exterior Entry Doors,which should all be keyed the same. For locations with McDonald's or Denny's the Restaurant Entry Doors are to be keyed separately from the Travel Center-Include with Submaster#2. END OF SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 08710-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 08800-GLAZING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products,including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Window units. 2. Vision lites. 3. Entrances and other doors. 4. Storefront construction. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 1. Division 8 Section"Steel Doors and Frames" for vision panels. 2. Division 8 Section"Flush Wood Doors" for vision panels. 3. Division*Section"Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts"for glazing installation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. B. Deterioration of Insulating Glass: Failure of the hermetic seal under normal use due to causes other than glass breakage and improper practices for maintaining,and cleaning insulating glass. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust,moisture,or film on the interior surfaces of glass. Improper practices for maintaining and cleaning glass do not comply with the manufacturer's directions. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems that are produced,fabricated,and installed to withstand normal thermal movement,wind loading,and impact loading(where applicable),without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture,fabrication,and installation;failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight;deterioration of glazing materials;and other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated on Drawings are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths(annealed or heat-treated)to meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Minimum glass thickness,nominally,of lites in exterior walls is 6 mm. 2. Tinted and heat-absorbing glass thicknesses for each tint indicated are the same throughout Project. 1. Minimum glass thicknesses of lites,whether composed of annealed or heat-treated glass,are selected so the worst-case probability of failure does not exceed the following: GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 a. 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not over 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. Determine minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass according to ASTM E 1300. For other than monolithic annealed glass,determine thickness per glass manufacturer's standard method of analysis including applying adjustment factors to ASTM E 1300 based on type of glass. C. Normal thermal movement results from the following maximum change(range)in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass-framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on materials'actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change(Range): 120 F deg(67 C deg),ambient; 180 F deg(100 C deg),material surfaces. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below,except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. FGMA Publications: "FGMA Glazing Manual." 2. SIGMA Publications: TM-3000"Vertical Glazing Guidelines"and TB-3001 "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." B. Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category 11 materials. C. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently marked either on spacers or at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council(IGCC). D. Glazier Qualifications: Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design,and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Single-Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product indicated below: 1. Primary glass of each(ASTM C 1036)type and class indicated. 2. Heat-treated glass of each(ASTM C 1048)condition indicated. 3. Insulating glass of each construction indicated. F. Single-Source Responsibility for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation,temperature changes,direct exposure to sun,or other causes. 1. Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes,comply with insulating glass fabricator's recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures. GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain,frost,condensation,or other causes. 1. Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 40 deg F(4 deg C). 1.8 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Document. B. Manufacturer's Warranty on Coated Glass Products: Submit written warranty signed by coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions"article,f.o.b.point of manufacture,freight allowed Project site,within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling,installing,and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Warranty on Insulating Glass: Submit written warranty signed by manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" article,f.o.b.point of manufacture,freight allowed Project site,within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling,installing,protecting,and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the products specified in Product Data Sheets at end of this Section. 2.2 PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036,Type I(transparent glass,flat),Class as indicated below,and Quality q3 (glazing select). 1. Class 1 (mirror)in vision panels and security windows. 2. Class 2(tinted,heat-absorbing,and light-reducing)at all exterior glazing locations. Provide PPG Industries Solarbronze Glazing or equal. B. Refer to coated glass product requirements for tint color and performance characteristics of coated tinted glass for monolithic glazing relative to visible light transmittance,U-values,shading coefficient,and visible reflectance. GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Refer to requirements for sealed insulating glass units for performance characteristics of assembled units composed of tinted glass,relative to visible light transmittance,U-values,shading coefficient,and visible reflectance. 2.3 HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS,GENERAL A. Fabrication Process: By horizontal(roller-hearth)process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed,or B. By vertical(tong-held)or horizontal(roller-hearth)process,at manufacturer's option,except provide horizontal process where indicated as tongless or free of tong marks. 2.4 HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS A. Uncoated,Tinted,Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048,Condition A(uncoated surfaces),Type I (transparent glass,flat),Class 2(tinted heat-absorbing and light-reducing),Quality q3 (glazing select), with tint color and performance characteristics for 6 mm thick glass matching those indicated for annealed primary tinted float glass;kind as indicated below: 1. Kind FT(fully tempered)where indicated. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering heat-treated glass products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following companies. 1. AFG Industries,Inc. 2. Artistic Glass Products Co. 3. Cardinal IG. 4. Saint-Gobain. 5. Falconer Glass Industries 6. Glasstemp,Inc. 7. Guardian Industries Corp. 8. HGP Industries. 9. PPG Industries,Inc. 10. Spectrum Glass Products,Inc. 11. Tempglass. 12. Viracon,Inc. 2.5 WIRED GLASS A. Wired Glass: ASTM C 1036,Type II(patterned and wired glass,flat),Class 1 (clear),Quality q8 (glazing);6.4 mm thick;of form and mesh pattern indicated below: 1. Polished Wired Glass: Form 1 (wired,polished both sides),and as follows: a. Mesh ml (diamond). B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering wired glass products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following companies. 1. Polished Wired Glass: a. Ashai Glass Co. b. Central Glass Co.,Ltd. C. Nippon Sheet Glass Ltd. d. Pilkington Sales(North America)Ltd. GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.6 INSULATING GLASS PRODUCTS A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of glass separated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASTM E 774 and with other requirements indicated,including those in Insulating Glass Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. 1. For properties of individual glass lites making up units,refer to requirements specified elsewhere in this Section applicable to types,classes,kinds,and conditions of glass products comprising lites of insulating glass units. 2. Provide heat-treated,tinted float glass of kind indicated and Kind FT(fully tempered)where safety glass is designated or required. 3. Performance characteristics designated for tinted insulating glass are nominal values based on manufacturer's published test data for units with lites 6 mm thick and nominal 1/2-inch(13 mm) dehydrated space between lites,unless otherwise indicated. 4. U-values are expressed as Btu/hr x sq. ft.x deg F(W/sq.m x K). 2.7 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: Provide products of type indicated,complying with the following requirements: 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact,including glass products,seals of insulating glass units,and glazing channel substrates,under conditions of installation and service,as demonstrated by testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for selecting glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: a. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing,elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with ASTM C 920 requirements. 2.8 GLAZING TAPES A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape: Preformed,butyl-based elastomeric tape with a solids content of 100 percent,nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces,with or without spacer rod as recommended by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated,packaged on rolls with a release paper backing,and complying with AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.1. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape: Closed-cell,polyvinyl chloride foam tape,factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces,packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive,and complying with AAMA 800 for product 810.5. C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,glazing tape that may be incorporated in the Work include,but is not limited to,the following: 1. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape Without Spacer Rod: GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 a. PTI 303 Glazing Tape(shimless),Protective Treatments,Inc. b. S-M 5700 Poly-Glaze Tape Sealant, Schnee-Morehead,Inc. C. Tremco 440 Tape,Tremco Inc. 2. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape With Spacer Rod: a. PTI 303 Glazing Tape(with shim),Protective Treatments,Inc. b. Pre-shimmed Tremco 440 Tape,Tremco,Inc. 2.9 GLAZING GASKETS A. Lock-Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated,fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock strips,complying with ASTM C 542,black. B. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below,complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below,and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. Neoprene,ASTM C 864. 2. EPDM,ASTM C 864. 3. Silicone,ASTM C 1115. 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber,ASTM C 1115. 5. Any material indicated above. C. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded closed-cell,integral-skinned gaskets of material indicated below,complying with ASTM C 509,Type 11,black,and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. Neoprene. 2. EPDM. 3. Silicone. 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber. 5. Any material indicated above. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size,and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated,and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners,Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement(side-walking). F. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed,compressible,resilient,nonstaining,nonextruding,nonoutgassing, strips of closed-cell plastic foam of density,size,and shape to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce optimum sealant performance. G. Perimeter Insulation for Fire-Resistive Glazing: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire- resistive rating. GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.11 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project,with edge and face clearances,edge and surface conditions,and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine glass framing,with glazier present,for compliance with the following: I. Manufacturing and installation tolerances,including those for size,squareness,offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.3 GLAZING,GENERAL A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass,sealants,gaskets,and other glazing materials,except where more stringent requirements are indicated,including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Glazing channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass,minimum edge and face clearances,and adequate sealant thicknesses,with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. C. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: 1. Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass corners. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings;do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. Rotate glass lites with flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges are located at top of opening,unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's label. 2. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that,when installed,weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants,as determined by preconstruction sealant-substrate testing. E. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets,sized and located to comply with referenced glazing standard,unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800 -7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 G. Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches(1250 mm)(length plus height)as follows: 1. Locate spacers inside,outside,and directly opposite each other. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances,except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch(3 mm)minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape,use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing publications,unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern,draw,bow,and similar characteristics. J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side,provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.4 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that when compressed by glass their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously but not in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Where framing joints are vertical,cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal,cover these joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together,not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each lite is installed. F. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. G. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. 3.5 GASKET GLAZING(DRY) A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation. B. Secure compression gaskets in place with joints located at corners to compress gaskets producing a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. C. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800 -8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.6 SEALANT GLAZING(WET) A. Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. Install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 3.7 LOCK-STRIP GASKET GLAZING A. Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's printed recommendations. Provide supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels,and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. If,despite such protection,contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction,but not less than once a month,for build-up of dirt,scum,alkali deposits,or stains,and remove as recommended by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken,chipped,cracked,abraded,or damaged in any way,including natural causes,accidents and vandalism,during construction period. E. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08800 GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800-9 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 GLAZING PILOT CORPORATION 08800- 10 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 09220-PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Metal lath and accessories. 2. Plastic accessories. 3. Portland cement plaster. 4. Stucco finishes. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry" for plywood sheathing installed behind building paper and metal lath 2. Division 7 Section"Water Repellants' for water proofing of plaster. 3. Division 7 Section"Composite Sheet Waterproofing"for installation under plaster 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver cementitious materials to Project site in original packages,containers,or bundles,labeled with manufacturer's name,product brand name,and lot number. B. Store materials inside,under cover,and dry,protected from weather,direct sunlight, surface contamination,aging,corrosion,and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements,General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before,during,and after plaster application. B. Cold-Weather Requirements: Provide heat and protection,temporary or permanent,as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing for at least 24 hours after application. Distribute heat uniformly to prevent concentration of heat on plaster near heat sources;provide deflection or protective screens. C. Warm-Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air,both natural and artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable coverings,moist curing,barriers to deflect sunlight and wind,or combinations of these,as required. D. Exterior Plaster Work: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F(4 deg C). E. Ventilation: Provide natural or mechanical means of ventilation to properly dry interior spaces after portland cement plaster has cured. F. Protect contiguous work from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09220- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Metal Framing and Supports: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMIGO). b. American Studco,Inc. C. Angeles Metal Systems. d. California Expanded Metal Products Co. e. Clark Steel Framing,Inc. f. Consolidated Systems,Inc. g. Dale//Incor Industries,Inc. h. Dietrich Industries,Inc. i. Marino-Ware Industries. j. National Gypsum Co. k. Unimast,Inc. 1. Western Metal Lath Co. 2. Expanded-Metal Lath: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMIGO). b. California Expanded Metal Products Co. C. Dale//Incor Industries,Inc. d. Dietrich Industries,Inc. e. National Gypsum Co. f. Unimast,Inc. g. United States Gypsum Co. h. Western Metal Lath Co. 3. Wire-Fabric Lath: a. Davis Wire Corporation. b. Jaenson Wire Company. C. Keystone Steel&Wire Co. d. K-Lath Building Products. 4. Metal Accessories: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMIGO). b. California Expanded Metal Products Co. C. Dale//Incor Industries,Inc. d. Delta Star,Inc. e. Flannery,Inc. f Fry Reglet Corporation. g. Gordon,Inc. h. Metalex(Keene Products). i. MM Systems Corp. j. National Gypsum Co. k. Pittcon Industries. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09220-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Stockton Products. In. Unimast,Inc. n. United States Gypsum Co. o. Western Metal Lath Co. 5. Plastic Accessories: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMIGO). b. Plastic Components,Inc. C. Vinyl Corp. 6. Stucco Finish Coat: a. California Stucco Products Corp.,Hackensack,NJ (201)342-0878 b. Florida Stucco Corp.,Boca Raton,FL (800)970-0974 C. Universal Masonry Coating,Inc.,Woburn,MA (781)938-8881 d. La Habra Stucco,Anaheim,CA (714)774-1186 e. Rydar,Inc.,Houston,TX (713)692-0400 2.2 LATH A. Expanded-Metal Lath: Comply with ASTM C 847 for material,type,configuration,and other characteristics indicated below. 1. Diamond-Mesh Lath: For Ceramic-tile seating beds comply with the following requirements: a. Configuration: Self-furring. 1) Weight: 3.4 lb/sq.yd. (1.8 kg/sq.m). B. Woven-Wire Lath: ASTM C 1032,fabricated into 1-1/2-inch(38-mm)hexagonal-shaped mesh with minimum 0.0510-inch-(1.3-mm-)diameter,galvanized steel wire. C. Paper Backing: Where paper-backed lath is indicated,provide the following material factory bonded to back of lath. Comply with FS UU-B-790,Type I,grade and style as indicated below: 1. Vapor-Retardant Felt Paper: Grade B,Style IA, 1516. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063 and the requirements indicated below; coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. 1. Galvanized Steel Components: Fabricated from zinc-coated(galvanized)steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653,G40(ASTM A 653M,Z90)minimum coating designation. B. Metal Corner Reinforcement: Expanded,large-mesh,diamond-metal lath fabricated from zinc-alloy or welded-wire mesh fabricated from 0.0475-inch-(1.2-mm-)diameter,zinc-coated(galvanized)wire and specially formed to reinforce external corners of portland cement plaster on exterior exposures while allowing full plaster encasement. C. Cornerbeads: Small nose cornerbeads fabricated from the following metal,with expanded flanges of large-mesh diamond-metal lath allowing full plaster encasement. 1. Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch(0.44 mm)thick. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09220-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 D. Casing Beads: Square-edged style,with expanded flanges of the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch(0.44 mm)thick. E. Control Joints: Prefabricated,of material and type indicated below: 1. Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch(0.44 mm)thick. 2. One-Piece Type: Folded pair of nonperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration,with expanded or perforated flanges. F. Foundation Sill(Weep) Screed: Manufacturer's standard profile designed for use at sill plate line to form plaster stop and prevent plaster from contacting damp earth,fabricated from zinc-coated(galvanized) steel sheet. G. Lath Attachment Devices: Material and type required by ASTM C 1063 for installations indicated. 2.7 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Base-Coat Cements: Type as indicated below: 1. Air-Entrained Portland cement,ASTM C 150,Type IA. B. Job-Mixed Finish-Coat Cement: Material and color as indicated below: 1. Air-Entrained Portland cement,ASTM C 150,Type IA. C. Cement Color: White. D. Stucco Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory-packaged stucco,including portland cement, aggregate,and other proprietary ingredients. E. Lime: Special hydrated lime for finishing purposes,ASTM C 206,Type S;or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes,ASTM C 207,Type S. F. Sand Aggregate for Base Coats: ASTM C 897. G. Aggregate for Finish Coats: ASTM C 897 system and as indicated below: 1. Manufactured or natural sand,white in color. H. Finish coat colors: Job-mixed or factory mixed finish coat to be in specified colors,see Architectural exterior elevations for color designations. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable. B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for fastening metal lath to wood or steel members less than 0.033 inch(0.84 mm)thick. 2.9 PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for base-and finish-coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, materials,and other requirements indicated. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09220-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Base-Coat Mixes and Compositions: Proportion materials for respective base coats in parts by volume per sum of cementitious materials for aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below within limits specified to attain workability. C. Fiber Content: Add fiber to following mixes afteringredients have mixed at least 2 minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions but do not exceed 1 lb/cu.Ft. (16 kg/cu.m)of cementitious materials. Reduce aggregate quantities accordingly to maintain workability. D. Three-Coat Work over Metal Lath: Base-coat proportions as indicated below: 1. Scratch Coat: 1 part portland cement,0 to 3/4 parts lime,2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate. 2. Brown Coat: 1 part portland cement,0 to 3/4 parts lime,3 to 5 parts aggregate. E. Job-Mixed Finish Coats: Proportion materials for finish coats in parts by volume for cementitious materials and parts by volume per sum of cementitious materials to comply with the following requirements: 1. Proportions using sand aggregates as indicated below: a. 1 part portland cement,3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime,3 parts sand. F. Factory-Prepared Finish Coats: Add water only;comply with finish coat manufacturer's written instructions. 2.10 MIXING A. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF LATH AND FURRING,GENERAL A. Standards: Comply with ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring," and with requirements of ASTM C 1063. B. Install supplementary framing,blocking,and bracing at terminations in work and for support of fixtures, equipment services,heavy trim,grab bars,handrails,furnishings,and similar work to comply with details indicated or,if not otherwise indicated,to comply with applicable written instructions of lath and furring manufacturer. C. Isolation: Where lathing and metal support system abuts building structure horizontally and where partition or wall abuts overhead structure,sufficiently isolate from structural movement to prevent transfer of loading from building structure. Install slip-or cushion-type joints to absorb deflections but maintain lateral support. 1. Frame both sides of control joints independently and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories. D. Install additional framing,furring,runners,lath,and beads,as required to form openings and frames for other work as indicated. Coordinate support system for proper support of framed work that is not indicated to be supported independently of metal furring and lathing system. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09220-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.2 LATHING A. Install metal lath for the following applications where plaster base coats are required. Provide appropriate type,configuration,and weight of metal lath selected from materials indicated that comply with referenced ML/SFA specifications and ASTM lathing installation standards. 1. Ceramic-tile setting beds using 3.4-lb/sq.yd. (1.8-kg/sq.m)minimum weight,diamond-mesh lath. 2. Exterior sheathed wall surfaces using woven-wire lath with 1-1/2-inch(38-mm)hexagonal-shaped mesh with minimum 0.0510-inch-(1.3-mm-)diameter,galvanized steel wire. 3.3 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING A. Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster,removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work. B. Install temporary grounds and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces;coordinate with scratch-coat work. C. Flashing: Refer to Division 7 Sections for installing flashing as indicated. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at corners;install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and in alignment during plastering. Install accessories of type indicated at following locations: 1. Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated or,if not indicated,at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect: a. Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. b. Distance between Control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet(5.4 m)in either direction or a length-to-width ratio of 2-1/2 to 1. C. Wall Areas: Not more than 144 sq.ft. (13 sq.m). d. Horizontal Surfaces: Not more than 100 sq. ft. (9 sq.m)in area. e. Where plaster panel sizes or dimensions change,extend joints full width or height of plaster membrane. 3.5 PLASTER APPLICATION A. Plaster Application Standard: Apply plaster materials,composition,and mixes to comply with ASTM C 926. B. Do not use materials that are frozen,caked,lumpy,dirty,or contaminated by foreign materials. C. Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials. D. Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet(3 mm in 3 m)from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces,as measured by a 10-foot(3-m)straightedge placed at any location on surface. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09220-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Grout hollow-metal frames,bases,and similar work occurring in plastered areas,with base-coat plaster material,and before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire- resistance rating,grout at least 6 inches(152 mm)at each jamb anchor. F. Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will be damaged by installation of other. G. Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where interior plaster is not terminated at metal frame by casing beads,cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. H. Corners: Make internal corners and angles square;finish external corners flush with cornerbeads on interior work,square and true with plaster faces on exterior work. I. Thickness of Coats: Scratch coat: 3/8",Brown coat: 3/8",Finish coat: 3/16". J. Number of Coats: Apply plaster of composition indicated,to comply with the following requirements: 1. Three Coats: Over the following plaster base: a. Metal lath. K. Finish Coats: Apply finish coats to comply with the following requirements: 1. Medium Sand Float Finish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of 3/16 inch(3 mm)to completely cover base coat,uniformly floated to a true even plane with fine-textured finish matching sample finish in the Portalnd Cement Association's Stucco Manual, 1996. Pre-mixed finish coat to be in specified colors, see Architectural exterior elevations for color designations. 2. Trowel-Textured Finish: Apply finish coat with hand-trowled-textured finish matching"Glacier" sample finish in the Portland Cement Association's Stucco Manual, 1996. Pre-mixed finish coat to be in specified colors,see Architectural exterior elevations for color designations. L. Moist-cure plaster base and finish coats to comply with ASTM C 926,including written instructions for time between coats and curing in"Annex A2 Design Considerations." 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut,patch,replace,repair,and point up plaster as necessary to accommodate other work. Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point-up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters,buckles,check cracking,dry outs,efflorescence, excessive pinholes,and similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required visual effects. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames,windows,and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair surfaces stained,marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work. When plastering work is completed,remove unused materials,containers,equipment,and plaster debris. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions,in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure plaster work is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09220-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 09255-GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Nonload-bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. 2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing. 3. Gypsum board assemblies attached to wood framing. 4. Cementitious backer units installed with gypsum board assemblies. 5. Glass-mat,water-resistant gypsum backing board installed with gypsum board assemblies. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 5 Section"Cold-Formed Metal Framing"for non-lead-bearing steel framing. 2. Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and furring,and gypsum sheathing applied over wood framing. 3. Division 9 Section"Tile"for cementitious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA-505 for definitions of terms for gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. B. Single-Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages,containers,or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather,direct sunlight,surface contamination,corrosion,construction traffic,and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions,General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations,whichever are more stringent. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing,maintain not less than 40 deg F(4 deg Q. For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board,maintain not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C)for 48 hours before application and continuously after until dry. Do not exceed 95 deg F(35 deg C)when using temporary heat sources. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot,dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Steel Framing and Furring: a. Clark Steel Framing,Inc. b. Consolidated Systems,Inc. C. Dale Industries,Inc. d. Dietrich Industries,Inc. e. Marino/Ware(formerly Marino Industries Corp.). f. National Gypsum Co.;Gold Bond Building Products Division. g. Unimast,Inc. 2. Grid Suspension Assemblies: a. Armstrong World Industries,Inc. b. Chicago Metallic Corp. C. USG Interiors,Inc. d. Worthington Steel Company(formerly National Rolling Mills). 3. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. Domtar Gypsum. b. Georgia-Pacific Corp. C. National Gypsum Co.;Gold Bond Building Products Division. d. United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. General: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. B. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M),Class 1 zinc coating,soft temper,0.062 inch(1.6 mm)thick. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M),Class 1 zinc coating,soft temper,0.162-inch(4.1-mm) diameter. D. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645,with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16-inch-(5-mm-)wide minimum lip(return),and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base(uncoated)metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 0.0329 inch(0.84 nun),unless otherwise indicated. 2. Depth: 2-1/2 inches(63.5 mm),unless otherwise indicated. 3. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653,G 40(ASTM A 653M,Z 90)hot-dip galvanized coating. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645,hat shaped,depth of 7/8 inch(22.2 mm),and minimum thickness of base(uncoated)metal as follows: 1. Thickness: 0.0329 inch(0.84 mm),unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653,G 40(ASTM A 653M,Z 90)hot-dip galvanized coating. F. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645,manufacturer's standard direct-hung grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock to form a modular supporting network. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end- to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. 1. Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches(1219 mm). B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: 1. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Edges: Tapered. 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch(15.9 mm),unless otherwise indicated. C. Exterior Gypsum Board: ASTM C 931,with manufacturer's standard edges,of type and thickness indicated below: 1. Type: Provide"Dens-Glass Exterior Sheathing"manufactured by Georgia-Pacific Corp.,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: '/2 inch(12.7 mm),unless otherwise indicated. D. Glass-Mat,Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 1178,of type and thickness indicated below: 1. Type and Thickness: Regular, 1/2 inch(12.7 mm)thick,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide"Dens-Shield Tile Backer" manufactured by Georgia-Pacific Corp. 2.4 CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS A. Provide cementitious backer units in shower stalls complying with ANSI Al 18.9,of thickness and width indicated below,and in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. 1. Thickness: 7/16 inch(11.1 mm),unless otherwise indicated. 2. Width: 36 inches(1219 mm). B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,cementitious backer units that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. The Original Wonderboard;Custom Building Products. 2. Wonderboard Multi+Board;Custom Building Products. 3. DomCrete Cementitious Tile-Backer Board;Domtar Gypsum. 4. Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board;FmPan,Inc. 5. DUROCK Cement Board;United States Gypsum Co. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead,edge trim,and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: 1. Material: Formed metal or plastic,with metal complying with the following requirement: a. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: a. Cornerbead on outside corners,unless otherwise indicated. b. LC-bead with both face and back flanges;face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use LC-beads for edge trim,unless otherwise indicated. C. L-bead with face flange only;face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L-bead where indicated. d. U-bead with face and back flanges;face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached,open-weave,glass-fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. C. Joint Tape for Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by cementitious backer unit manufacturer. D. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged,job-mixed,chemical-hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. 1. Where setting-type joint compounds are indicated as a taping compound only or for taping and filling only,use formulation that is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. 2. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant gypsum backing board behind base for ceramic tile,use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. 3. For topping compound,use sandable formulation. E. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. 1. Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. a. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. b. Topping compound formulated for fill(second)and finish(third)coats. C. All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. 2. Job-Mixed Formulation: Powder product for mixing with water at Project site. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 a. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. b. Topping compound formulated for fill(second)and finish(third)coats. C. All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. F. Joint Compound for Cementitious Backer Units: Material recommended by cementitious backer unit manufacturer. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. B. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475,setting-type joint compound recommended for spot-grouting hollow metal door frames. C. Fastening Adhesive for Metal: Special adhesive recommended for laminating gypsum panels to steel framing. D. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: 1. Fastening gypsum board to wood members. E. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch(0.84 to 2.84 min)thick. F. Steel drill screws of size and type recommended by unit manufacturer for fastening cementitious backer units. G. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut,installed hollow metal frames,cast- in-anchors,and structural framing,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings. 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing,countersplaying,or other equally effective means. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 -5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying,either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews,or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate,and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 7. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts,pipes,or conduit. B. Sway-brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. C. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated,but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard. 1. Wire Hangers: 48 inches(1219 mm)o.c. 2. Carrying Channels(Main Runners): 48 inches(1219 mm)o.c. 3. Furring Channels(Furring Members): 16 inches(406 mm)o.c. D. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross-furring or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet(3 mm in 3.6 m)as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. E. Wire-tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. F. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. 3.4 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD,GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216. B. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect,damaged,or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch(1.5 mm)of open space between panels. Do not force into place. C. Locate both edge or end joints over supports,except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings where possible. D. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported)edges of stud flanges first. E. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. F. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber,including floor joists and headers. Instead,float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 -6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 G. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed,with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels,as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. H. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces(above ceilings, etc.),except in chases that are braced internally. 1. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound,fire,air,or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq.ft.(0.7 sq.m)in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts,pipes,and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers,concrete joists,and other structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks,cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by coffers,joists,and other structural members;allow 1/4-to 3/8-inch-(6.4-to 9.5-mm-)wide joints to install sealant. I. Isolate perimeter of nonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments,except floors. Provide 1/4-to 1/2-inch-(6.4-to 12.7-mm-)wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. J. Floating Construction: Where feasible,including where recommended by manufacturer,install gypsum panels over wood framing,with floating internal corner construction. K. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches(304.8 mm)o.c.for vertical applications. L. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches(203.2 mm)o.c. 3.5 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS A. Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: 1. On ceilings,apply gypsum panels prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing,unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls,apply gypsum panels vertically(parallel to framing),unless otherwise indicated,and provide panel lengths that will minimize end joints. 3. On Z-furring members,apply gypsum panels vertically(parallel to framing)with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. B. Wall Tile Substrates: For substrates indicated to receive thin-set ceramic tile and similar rigid applied wall finishes,comply with the following: 1. Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108.11 at showers. 2. Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108.11 at locations indicated to receive wall tile. 3. Install glass-mat,water-resistant gypsum backing board panels to comply with manufacturer's installation instructions where indicated. Install with 1/4-inch(6.4-mm)open space where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 4. Install gypsum wallboard panels with tapered edges taped and finished to produce a flat surface except at showers,and other locations indicated to receive water-resistant panels. C. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows: GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 -7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Fasten with screws. 2. Fasten to wood supports with single nailing. 3.6 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges,fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise,fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type,length,and spacing of fasteners. B. Install cornerbead at external corners. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound,except where other types are indicated. 1. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. 2. Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. 3. Install U-bead where indicated. D. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and in specific locations approved by Owner's Representative for visual effect. 3.7 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints,interior angles,flanges of comerbead,edge trim,control joints, penetrations,fastener heads,surface defects,and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. B. Prefill open joints,rounded or beveled edges,and damaged areas using setting-type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints,except those with trim accessories having flanges not requiring tape. D. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-214. 1. Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. E. Use the following joint compound combination as applicable to the finish levels specified: 1. Embedding and First Coat: Ready-mixed,drying-type,all-purpose or taping compound. Fill (Second)Coat: Ready-mixed,drying-type,all-purpose or topping compound. Finish(Third)Coat: Ready-mixed,drying-type,all-purpose or topping compound. F. For Level 4 gypsum board finish,embed tape in joint compound and apply first,fill(second),and finish (third)coats of joint compound over joints,angles,fastener heads,and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects and ready for decoration. G. Finish glass-mat,water-resistant gypsum backing board to comply with gypsum board manufacturer's directions. H. Finish cementitious backer units to comply with unit manufacturer's directions. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 -8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.8 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receiving texture finishes according to texture finish manufacturer's instructions. Apply primer only to surfaces that are clean,dry,and smooth. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions,in a manner acceptable to Installer,that ensure gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09255 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 -9 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09255 - 10 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 SECTION 09310-CERAMIC TILE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following: 1. Porcelain Tile. 2. Quarry Tile. 3. Glazed Wall Tile. B. Extent of tile work is indicated on the drawings. The work includes the following: 1. 4"xl2"wall tile for walls of deli and cooler walls. 2. 12"x 24"Porcelain stone tile for walls in restrooms and showers with mosaic accent band. 3. 8"x8"Cross-Tread Porcelain floor tile for floors in food serving and preparation areas. 4. 12"x 12"or 24"x 24"Porcelain stone tile for floors in sales areas,restrooms and dining areas as shown on the Finish Plan. Shower floors to be 6"x6"maximum. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion,contraction,control,and isolation joints in tile surfaces with materials meeting ASTM C920. 2. Division 9 Section"Portland Cement Plaster" for portland cement scratch coat over metal lath on wall surfaces. 3. Division 9 Section"Gypsum Board Assemblies"for Cementitious Backer Units(CBU's)installed in gypsum wallboard assemblies. a. CBU's to be installed according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturers writen installation instructions using corrosion resistant fasteners,latex-modified thin-set mortar and corosion resistant fiberglass tape. No drywall screws,walboard joint compound and paper tape are allowed. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Module Size: Actual tile size(minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499)plus joint width. B. Facial Dimension: Nominal tile size as defined in ANSI A137.1. C. Shower System Waterproofing: Cold fluid applied waterproofing membrane to cover all walls,ceilings and floors of showers and flash onto drain flange reinforce with fiberglass mesh tape. D. Epxoy Grout: Use only 100%solid epoxy grout rather than cementitous grout in all tiled areas—both floors and walls. CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310- 1 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces,provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6(Wet) Minimum 0.8 (Dry). B. Load-Bearing Performance: For ceramic tile installed on walkway surfaces,provide installations rated for the following load-bearing performance level based on testing assemblies according to ASTM C 627 that are representative of those indicated for this Project: 1. Moderate: Passes cycles 1 through 10. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed tile installations similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain each color,grade,finish,type,composition,and variety of tile from one source with resources to provide products from the same production run for each contiguous area of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. C. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar,adhesive,and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer to be in compliance with setting material manufacturers full-system warranty. D. Source Limitations for Accessory Materials:Waterproofing Membranes, Crack Isolation Membranes, Sound Attenuation Mats,Backerbaord and other surface preparation mortars included.Obtain products confirmed for use on the referenced installation method schedule from the same manufacturer as all other installation materials to be in compliance with installation materials manufacturers full system warmaty. E. Follow installation details and other applicable guidelines in the Tile Council of North America(TCNA) and American National Standards Institure(ANSI)Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. B. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water,freezing,foreign matter,and other causes. C. Handle tile with temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile,remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is completed and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310-2 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage,and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed,for each type,composition,color,pattern,and size indicated. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products indicated in the ceramic tile installation schedules at the end of this Section. Any substitutions must be approved in writing prior to installation. 1. Tile Products: a. Crossville porcelin Stone. b. Dal-Tile Corporation. C. American Olean Tile Company. d. Atlas Concorde. 2. Tile-Installation Materials- a. LATICRETE International—No Substitutions allowed for Grout b. USG Corporation 2.2 PRODUCTS,GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1,"Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types,compositions,and other characteristics indicated. 1. Provide tile complying with Standard Grade requirements,unless otherwise indicated. 2. For facial dimensions of tile,comply with requirements relating to tile sizes specified in Part 1 "Definitions"Article. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI standards referenced in"Setting Materials" and"Grouting Materials" articles. C. Colors,Textures,and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile,grout,and other products requiring selection of colors,surface textures,patterns,and other appearance characteristics,provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements: 1. Match colors,textures,and patterns indicated by referencing manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during Sample submittals,blend tile in the factory and package so tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. E. Factory-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type,protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating them with a continuous film of petroleum paraffin wax,applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces. CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310-3 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 2.3 CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS A. General: Provide products that comply with ANSI Al 18.9 and local building codes. 1. DUROCK Cement Board,Next Generation by USG Corporation a. Use only Corrosoin-resistant Screws and Fiberglass Joint Tape. Treat joints with latex modified thin-setting material. b. Do not use drywall screws,wallboard joint compound or paper tape. 2.4 WATERPROOFING FOR THIN-SET TILE INSTALLATIONS A. General: Provide products that comply with ANSI A118.10 and local plumbing codes. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products which may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. NOBEL SEAL TS Memebrane Shower Pan Liner 2. LATICRETE Hydro Ban Waterproofing and Anti-Fracture Membrane 2.5 SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI Al 18.4: 1. For Wall applications,provide a nonsagging thin-set mortar. a. LATICRETE 4-XLT Medium Bed Non-Sag Mortar. 2. For Floor applications,provide a medium bed thin-set mortar. a. LATICRETE 4-XLT Medium Bed Non-Sag Mortar. 2.6 GROUTING MATERIALS A. Standard Portland Cement Grout(Sanded Grout): ANSI Al 18.6,color as indicated. 1. LATICRETE Perma Color Grout a. Unsanded grout mixture for joints 1/8 inch(3.2 mm)and narrower. b. Sanded grout mixture for joints 1/8 inch(3.2 mm)to 1/2 inch(12 mm). B. 100%Solid Epoxy Setting and Grouting Epoxy Mortar:ANSI Al 18.3 1. LATICRETE SpectraLOCK 2000 IG Epoxy Grout a. Color as shown on the drawings and tile schedule. 2. LATICRETE SpectraLOCK Pro Premium Epoxy Grout a. Color as shown on the drawings and tile schedule. CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310-4 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Metal Edge Strips: White-zinc-alloy terrazzo strips, 1/8 inch(3.2 mm)wide at top edge with integral provision for anchorage to mortar bed or substrate,unless otherwise indicated. B. Temporary Protective Coating: Provide product indicated below that is formulated to protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout;is compatible with tile,mortar,and grout products; and is easily removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile. 1. Petroleum paraffin wax,fully refined and odorless,containing at least 0.5 percent oil with a melting point of 120 to 140 deg F(49 to 60 deg C)per ASTM D 87. D. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces,specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 1. No Enzyme based cleaners or rinses are to be used on any surfaces with Epoxy Grout at any time. E. Elastomeric Sealant: 100%Silicone Sealant/Caulk for filling all expansion and movement joints within the tile assembly,as well as all changes in plane or finish material. 1. LATICRETE Latasil Sealant. a. Color to match grout color. 2.8 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers'written instructions. B. Add materials,water,and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment,mixer speeds,mixing containers,mixing time,and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions where tile will be installed,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm;dry;clean;free from oil,waxy films,and curing compounds;and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for installations indicated. 2. Verify that installation of grounds,anchors,recessed frames,electrical and mechanical units of work,and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. 3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations;if not coordinated,adjust latter in consultation with Architect. 4. Verify that framing is compliant and corners are solid.If CBU is by another trade,verify that proper fasteners were used,proper joint treatment and installation in general is compliant. 5. Verify that all plumbing fixtures including diverter valve and drain are solidly anchored. CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310-5 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove coatings,including curing compounds,and other substances that contain soap,wax,oil,or silicone and are incompatible with tile-setting materials by using a terrazzo or concrete grinder,a drum sander,or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy-duty wire brush. B. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with latex-portland cement mortars that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for installations indicated. 1. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions to fill cracks,holes,and depressions. 2. Remove protrusions,bumps,and ridges by sanding or grinding. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during Sample submittals,verify that tile has been blended in the factory and packaged so tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. D. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to prevent adhesion or staining of exposed tile surfaces by grout,protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating them with a continuous film of temporary protective coating indicated below,taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces: l. Petroleum paraffm wax,applied hot. 3.3 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards in "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile"that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. B. TCNA Installation Guidelines: TCNA's"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCNA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.Use most current edition. C. Check factory blending of tile colors as tile is installed to assure no"dark"areas or"light"areas result. D. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions,unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions,edges,and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. E. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim,finish,or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets,piping,fixtures,and other penetrations so plates,collars,or covers overlap tile. F. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern,unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor,base,walls,and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths,unless otherwise indicated. CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310-6 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 1. For tile mounted in sheets,make joints between tile sheets the same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. G. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints,including control,contraction, and isolation joints,where indicated during installation of setting materials,mortar beds,and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. All Expansion Joints to be filled with Elasomeric Sealant H. Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following tile installation standards: 1. For ceramic tile grouts(sand-portland cement,dry-set,commercial portland cement,and latex- portland cement grouts),comply with ANSI A108.10. L At showers,install cementitious backer units and treat joints to comply with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. 3.4 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION A. Install Shower Pan per manufacturer's instructions. It is to be installed minimum 12"up each wall without any seams. Inside corners are to be folded over on themselves,laid flat and attached at the top of the pan. The membrane is to be installed between the flanges of the drain so it is fully covered by the top flange and then trimmed to provide direct flow into the weep holes and drain. B. Install waterproofing in shower stalls per TCNA B415 to comply with waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. A minimum of two coat will be required to attain the design thickness.Use 12"fiberglass mesh to reinforce membrane on the transition from mortar bed to drain flange. C. Install waterproofing membrane to cover all shower walls and floors.Membrane shall transition onto the drain flange without blockng the weep holes. D. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to be watertight. 3.5 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Install tile to comply with requirements in the Ceramic Tile Floor Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCNA installation methods and ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards. B. Joint Widths: Install tile on floors with manufacturer's suggested joint widths. C. Back Buttering: For installations indicated,obtain 100 percent mortar coverage by complying with applicable special requirements for back buttering of tile in referenced ANSI Al08 series of tile installation standards: 1. Tile floors in wet areas,including showers. 2. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches(203 by 203 mm)or larger. 3. Tile floors composed of rib-backed tiles. E. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood,or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310-7 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 F. Metal Transition strips:Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood,or other flooring that is not flush with top of tile. G. Cove Base: Provide continuous cove base in matching finish throughout. Cove is to be laid with shoe of base flush with the tile floor and walls,resulting in a continuous grout joint. Tile pieces laid on the face of the tile surface will not be acceptable. 3.6 WALL TILE INSTALLATION A. Install types of tile designated for wall installations to comply with requirements in the Ceramic Tile Wall Installation Schedule,including those referencing TCNA installation methods and ANSI standards. B. Joint Widths: Install tile on walls with the manufacturer' suggested joint widths: C. Back Buttering: For installations indicated,obtain 100 percent mortar coverage by complying with applicable special requirements for back buttering of tile in referenced ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards: 1. Exterior tile wall installations. 2. Tile wall installations in wet areas,including showers. 3. Tile wall installations composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches(203 by 203 min)or larger. 3.7 SHOWER STALL TILE INSTALLATION A. The following notes are to outline the steps for a proper shower stall installation, and apply to all shower stalls. Refer to notes and details in the drawings and TCNA method B415 for additional information. 1. Pour a 3 5/8"w x 8A concrete curb around the entire stall in the dimensions shown on the plans. Anchor curb into concrete slab w/#3 Dowels @ 24"O.C. (3"Embedment). Do not pour the curb at the opening to the Barrier Free shower. An Option is to lay 4"x8"CMU in lieu of the poured curb. 2. Build wall on top of the curb for the shower stall using min. 18 GA Metal studs at min 12" O.C. Attach track to curb with masonry anchors (0.145" low velocity fasteners), min 16" O.C. and at all corners. Provide"T's" in all corners for proper anchoring of Cement Board. Note: align face of stud flush with the face of the curb on inside of the shower stall. If face of stud does not align with the curb on the outside edge,shim and/or add durrock as required so BOTH faces are flush and plumb. 3. Install Mortar Bed on the floor of the shower stall and slope to drain at min. ''/4"per Ft.—Apply over bond coat of thin-set or Portland Cement slurry and trowel for a smooth finish. Apply mortar bed up to edge of the drain flange,but stop short of,and do not cover the top of the flange. 4. Install Shower Pan Liner over top of mud bed so it covers the entire shower floor area and turn up the walls mimimum 12". Provide continuous metal stud backing between studs to attach the membrane to. Install so there are no seams and/or splices in the liner. Fold corners flat and attach flap at the top edge of the liner, keeping the edge as high as possible. Attach top flange of drain tight over the liner and trim liner at inside edge of the drain. Make sure the liner does not block the weep holes in the drain flange. 5. Install Cement Board (no substitutions) on the metal studs with Min. 1 '/4" long No. 8 x 0.375" HD self- drilling corrosion-resistant ribbed wferhead screws (no drywall screws). Attach at min. 8" O.C. vertically along the stud, and at the top and corners of all surfaces. Provide max 1/8" gap between sheets and fully cover and infill joints with thin-set and corrosion resistant fiberglass tape (no paper tape or drywall joint compound is allowed). All joints must be filled and taped prior to applying waterproofing. Extend the cement board past the bottom track and curb over the face of the shower pan liner. Provide 11/4" gap at bottom and fill with caulk(per specifications). Anchor to the studs above the top edge of the shower pan liner. Do not attach the cement board through the liner at any point. 6. Install a second Mortar Bed on top of the shower pan liner and slope to drain at min. '/4"per Ft. —Apply over bond coat of thin-set or Portland Cement slurry and trowel for a smooth finish. Apply mortar bed onto outside flange of the drain,but stop short of,and do not cover the weep-holes. CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310- 8 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 7. Apply two coats of Hydro Ban waterproofing membrane on ALL surfaces of the shower stall(floors,walls and ceilings). Brush apply to all corners and joints and then roll apply to ensure 100% coverage. IMPORTANT: Install over drain flange, and provide fiberglass reinforcing mesh (min. 12") around drain with the first coat. Ensure the waterproofing covers the entire surface of the flange lip, but stop short of, and do not cover the weep-holes. Note— fill the void around the outside of the drain with crushed stone,or broken tile pieces(Larger than the weep holes)to ensure proper drainage. 8. Allow min. 1 hour between waterproofing coats for proper drying time,and test to determine the membrane is watertight before installing tile. 9. Install tile directly over Hydro Ban waterproofing (after properly dried) with 4-XLT thin bed mortar (no substitutions) in sizes and patterns shown in the drawings. ALL cove base is to be install flush with the walls and floors as shown in the details—No Cove Base installed over the face of the tile will be allowed. 10. Grout tile with Epoxy Grout(LATICRETE SpectraLOCK Pro Premium) on all surfaces in colors noted on the drawings. All corners are to be filled with Latasil 100%Silicone Caulk in colors to match the grout. 11. Allow min. 24 hours for grout to cure before cleaning. No Enzyme based cleaners or rinses are to be used on any surfaces with Epoxy Grout at any time. 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting,clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions,but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces,cast iron,and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. 3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer that is acceptable to brick and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent clogging drains. B. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked,chipped,broken,unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions,in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure tile is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 1. When recommended by tile manufacturer,apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining,damage,and wear. 2. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed. D. Before final inspection,remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.9 TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile"for types and grades of tile indicated. B. Comply with referenced ANSI standards for setting and grouting products indicated. 1. 4"x 12"Glazed Wall Tile(Gloss):Note:Wall Tile for Individual restraunt concepts need to refer to the drawings for specific tile requirements. a. Design—American Olean Urban Canvas#91 "Biscuit" b. Accessory Pieces—Matching Bullnose c. TCNA Installation Details—Wall locations: W244. d. BackerBoard-DUROCK Cement Board,Next Generation by USG CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310-9 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 e. Grout—LATICRETE 1617 Unsanded Grout. Color-# 17"Marble Beige" f. Thin-Set-LATICRETE 4-XLT Medium Bed/Thin Bed Mortar g. Sealant—ASTM C920 in designer approved color. h. Caulking— 100%Silicone Mildew Resistant Caulk,color`White'—LATICRETE Latasil Sealant See architectural"Interior Elevations"for tile color,patterns and locations. (Note:No Substitution will be allowed) 2. 8"x 8"Cross-Tread Porcelain Floor Tile: a. Design—Textured Surface: Crossville Cross-Colors"Cross-Tread" b. Color—A790"Burgundy Smoke" c. Accessory Pieces-Matching cove base with matching inside&outside corners. d. TCNA Installaion Detail-Thin Set F115 e. Thin-Set-LATICRETE 4-XLT Medium Bed/Thin Bed Mortor f. Grout—KT1A-LATICRETE SpectraLOCK 2000 IG 100%Epoxy;KT 1B - LATICRETE SpectraLOCK Pro Premium Epoxy Color-#45"Raven" g. Sealant-ASTM C920 in designer approved color—LATICRETE Latasil Sealant. (Note:No Substitution will be allowed) 3. 12"x 24"Porcelin Stone Wall Tile in Restrooms and Showers: Note:Refer to Drawings for specific tile patterns,placement and layout. a. Design-(Restrooms)—Atlas Concorde Milestone"Canyon"; (Showers)—Atlas Concorde Milestone"Alaska"laid in patterns as shown on the drawings b. Accent Band—Gem Quartz"Amber Tea"Linear 12x12 Mosaic Tile.Note all outside corners of Accent Band Only are to use Shcluter"Rondec"Corner Trim#ROl00ATGB 3/8"with Anodized Aliminum Finish. c. Bullnose—Note Contractors are required to provide a Bullnose cutting machine so bullnose edges can be cut to fit from full tiles. d. Shower Ceilings- Crossville Color Blox,#A11011 "Sandbox"6"x 6" laid in diamond pattern as shown on the drawings. Grout to match upper wall tile.Note: Contact provider listed below(or Crossville directly)for a special run of 6x6 tile specifically for Pilot. e. Thin-Set-LATICRETE 4-XLT Medium Bed/Thin Bed Mortor f. BackerBoard-DUROCK Cement Board,Next Generation by USG g. Waterproofing Membrane for showers- LATICRETE Hydro Ban Waterproofing Membrane h. TCNA Installation Detail-W244(for Restrooms&Shower Rooms) TCNA Installation Detail—B421 (for all Shower Stalls) g. Grout—LATICRETE SpectraLOCK Pro Premium Epoxy-Color-Restrooms:#56"Desert Khaki"; Showers:# 17"Marble Beige" h. Silicone Caulk: Corners-Color to match wall grout.—LATICRETE Latasil Sealant. (Note:No Substitution will be allowed) 4. 12"x 12"or 24"x24"(as shown on drawings)Porcelain Stone Tile at Sales,Restrooms and Dining Areas.Note: Shower Rooms will get 12"x12"Floor Tile,Shower Stalls will get 6"x6" Mosaic: a. Design—Crossville,Bluestone Series,laid in patterns as shown on the drawings b. Color—FT 1 (Field)AV202"Arizona Brown/UPS";FT2,FT3 and FT4(Accent,Restrooms and Showers)AV203 "Pennsyvania Blue.Note:Dining Areas are to refer to the drawings for tile information. c. Accessory Pieces-Set-in cove base,6"xl2"to match floor tile.Note:Field Tile must use cove base that matches the Field Tile and Accent Tile must use cove base that matches the Accent Tile. (Note:No Exception will be allowed) d. TCNA Installation Detail-F114(for recessed slab);F115(for all other floors);B421 (Shower Stalls) CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310- 10 Copyright 2014 Travel Center Reference Manual 7/14 e. Shower Floor Bonded and Sloped Thick Bed Mortar—LATICRETE 3701 Fortified Thick Bed Mortar f. Thin-Set-LATICRETE 4-XLT Medium Bed/Thin Bed Mortar g. Waterproofing Membrane for showers- LATICRETE Hydro Ban Waterproofing Membrane h. BackerBoard-DUROCK Cement Board,Next Generation by USG i. Grout—LATICRETE SpectraLOCK Pro Premium Epoxy-Color-#45 "Raven" j. Sealant—ASTM C920 in designer approved color.—LATICRETE Latasil Sealant. (Note: No Substitution will be allowed) 5. 24"x24"(as shown on drawings)Porcelain Stone Tile at PJ Fresh Sales/Dining Areas. a. Design—Atlas Concorde,Format Series,laid in patterns as shown on the drawings b. Color—FT5 7003 "Format Grey" c. Accessory Pieces-Cove base, 6"x12"to be Crossville Color Blox Al 117"See the Moon". d. TCNA Installation Detail-F114(for recessed slab);F115(for all other floors);B421 (Shower Stalls) e. Thin-Set-LATICRETE 4-XLT Medium Bed/Thin Bed Mortar f. Grout—LATICRETE SpectraLOCK Pro Premium Epoxy-Color-#45"Raven" g. Sealant—ASTM C920 in designer approved color.—LATICRETE Latasil Sealant. (Note:No Substitution will be allowed) ■ Note:To receive Pilot's preferred tile pricing and inventory,contact Louisville Tile: Quote Central: 502-452-2317 or Knoxville Branch 865-675-8453 END OF SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE Pilot Travel Centers LLC 09310- 11 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 SECTION 09512-ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Ceilings consisting of acoustical tiles and exposed tee suspension systems. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed acoustical tile ceilings similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations for Ceiling Units: Obtain each acoustical ceiling tile from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. C. Source Limitations for Suspension System: Obtain each suspension system from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical tiles and suspension system components to Project site in original,unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination,and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical tiles,permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical tiles carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical tile ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof,wet-work in spaces is complete and dry,work above ceilings is complete,and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical tiles and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them,including light fixtures,HVAC equipment,fire-suppression system,and partition assemblies. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09512- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed,are packaged with protective covering for storage,and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size units equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. 2. Suspension System Components: Quantity of each grid and exposed component equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,those indicated for each designation in the Acoustical Tile Ceiling Schedule at the end of Part 3. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL TILES,GENERAL A. Acoustical Tile Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard tiles of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types,patterns,acoustical ratings,and light reflectances,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mounting Method for Measuring Noise Reduction Coefficient: Type E-400;plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 15-3/4 inches(400 min)away from test surface per ASTM E 795. B. Acoustical Tile Colors and Patterns: Match appearance characteristics indicated for each product type. C. Tile Characteristics: Comply with requirements indicated in the Acoustical Tile Ceiling Schedule at the end of Part 3,including those referencing ASTM E 1264 classifications. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS,GENERAL A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications,and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. B. Metal Suspension System Characteristics: Comply with requirements indicated in the Acoustical Panel Ceiling Schedule at the end of Part 3. C. Finishes and Colors,General: Comply with NAAMM's"Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied finish for type of system indicated. D. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635,Table 1,Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. E. Wire Hangers,Braces,and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc-Coated Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M,Class 1 zinc coating,soft temper. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load(ASTM C 635,Table 1, Direct Hung)will be less than yield stress of wire,but provide not less than 0.106-inch-(2.69-mm) diameter wire. F. Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or,if not indicated,manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical tile edge details and suspension systems ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09512-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. 1. For circular penetrations of ceiling,provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. G. Extruded-Aluminum Edge Moldings and Trim: Where indicated,provide manufacturer's extruded- aluminum edge moldings and trim of profile indicated or referenced by manufacturer's product designations,including splice plates,corner pieces,and attachment and other clips,complying with the following requirements: 1. Baked-Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x(Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating;Organic Coating: as specified below). Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking and for minimum dry film thickness. a. Organic Coating: Manufacturer's standard thermosetting coating system with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.8 to 1.2 mils(0.02 to 0.03 min). b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. C. Color: Match color indicated by referencing manufacturers'standard color designations. d. Color: Match color of finish on flanges of suspension system surfaces. e. Color: Match Architect's sample. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Armstrong World Industries,Inc. b. Celotex Corporation(The);Building Products Division;Architectural Ceilings Marketing Dept. C. Chicago Metallic Corporation. d. Fry Reglet Corporation. e. Gordon,Inc. f. MM Systems,Inc. g. USG Interiors,Inc. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Tile Adhesive: Type as recommended by tile manufacturer,bearing UL label for Class 0-25 flame spread. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical tile ceilings attach or abut,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage,and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical tile ceilings. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts,clips,and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other Sections. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09512-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width units at borders,and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical tile ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's"Ceiling Systems Handbook." 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. 2. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580. 3. CISCA's Recommendations for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with CISCA's"Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings—IBC Seismic Zones A B&C." 4. CISCA's Guidelines for Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with CISCA's"Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct-Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies—IBC Seismic Zones D E&F." 5. U.B.C.'s"Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay-in Panel Ceilings": U.B.C. Standard 25-2. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions;offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing,countersplaying,or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members,install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts,eye screws,or other devices that are secure;that are appropriate for substrate;and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age,corrosion,or elevated temperatures. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 7. Space hangers not more than 48 inches(1200 mm)o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers,unless otherwise indicated;and provide hangers not more than 8 inches(200 mm) from ends of each member. C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical tile ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. 1. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches(400 mm)o.c. and not more than 3 inches(75 mm)from ends,leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet(3 mm in 3.6 m). Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 2. Do not use exposed fasteners,including pop rivets,on moldings and trim. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented,bent,or kinked members. E. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical tiles as follows: 1. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09512-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 4/07 F. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and trim. Place splines or suspension system flanges into kerfed edges so tile-to-tile joints are closed by double lap of material. 1. Fit adjoining tile to form flush,tight joints. Scribe and cut tile for accurate fit at borders and around penetrations through tile. 2. Hold tile field in compression by inserting leaf-type,spring-steel spacers between tile and moldings,spaced 12 inches(305 mm)o.c. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical tile ceilings,including trim,edge moldings,and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace tiles and other ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. 3.5 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING SCHEDULE A. Ceiling Tiles: Mineral Composition,Water Felted Panels with Standard Washable Painted Finish, Fissured and Perforated Pattern,Non-Fire Resistance Rated: 1. "ACT I"-Armstrong"Cortega"#769—'White',24"x 48"x 5/8"lay-in fissured minaboard. 2. "ACT2"-Armstrong"VLRH90"#870- 'White',24"x 48"x 5/8"vinyl covered high humidity mineral fiber base 3. "ACT3"-Armstrong"Fine Fissured Second Look II"41761 —'White' 4. "ACT4"—USG"414 FrostClima Plus"—Color 107 Taupe,24"x24" 5. Refer to the Finish Notes/Schedule in the Drawings for any Ceiling Types required in addition to those noted above. B. Suspension System for Acoustical Tile Ceiling: 1. Products: Direct-Hung,Double-Web Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from and capped with prepainted or electrolytic zinc-coated,cold-rolled steel sheet;other characteristics as follows: a. Structural Classification: Intermediate-duty system. 2. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,suspension systems that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Direct-Hung,Double-Web Suspension System: 1) Prelude XL Tee System(15/16");Armstrong World Industries,Inc.or equal. Color: `White' (All locations except"ACT4") `Taupe("ACT4") END OF SECTION 09512 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09512 -5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 09651 -RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl composition floor tile. 2. Resilient wall base and accessories. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type,color,and pattern of product specified from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original,unopened cartons and containers,each bearing names of product and manufacturer,Project identification,and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather,with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 and 90 deg F(10 and 32 deg C). C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. D. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation,unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg F(21 deg C)or more than 95 deg F(35 deg C)in spaces to receive products for at least 48 hours before installation,during installation,and for at least 48 hours after installation,unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time periods. After postinstallation period,maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F(13 deg C)or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C). B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation recommended in writing by manufacturer. D. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations,including painting,have been completed. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09651 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive,as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed,are packaged with protective covering for storage,and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof,of each type,color,pattern, class,wearing surface,and size of resilient tile flooring installed. 2. Deliver extra materials to Owner. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Where indicated on the drawings,vinyl composition tile flooring shall be as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries,Inc.,P.O.Box 3001 ,Lancaster PA 17604-3001, 1-800-292-6308,as follows: 1. VCT 1 - "Earthstone Greige"#51804 B. Provide 4"high by 1/8"gage rubber wall base,standard toe,complying with FS SS-W-40a,Type 1,of first quality materials,properly vulcanized,with smooth surface. Provide premolded inside and outside corners. C. Where indicated on the drawings,rubber base shall be as manufactured by Johnsonite products by Johnson Rubber Co.,Div. of Duramax,Inc.,as follows: 1. Base for VCT 1,(Security Room,and other noted locations)-#DC80,Fawn 2. Base for VCT 2,(locatioons with Concrete floors)—#DC40,Black. D. Provide waterproof, stabilized type adhesive as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions where installation of resilient products will occur,with Installer present,for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with requirements specified. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers,hardeners,and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring. 3. Subfloors are free of cracks,ridges,depressions, scale,and foreign deposits. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09651 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. For wood subfloors,verify the following: 1. Underlayment over subfloor complies with requirements specified in Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry." 2. Underlayment surface is free of irregularities and substances that may interfere with adhesive bond,show through surface,or stain flooring. D. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with resilient product manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive resilient products. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds,according to manufacturer's written instructions,to fill cracks,holes,and depressions in substrates. C. Remove coatings,including curing compounds,and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap,wax,oil,or silicone,using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. After cleaning,examine substrates for moisture,alkaline salts,carbonation,or dust. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls,discounting minor offsets,so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half of a tile at perimeter. C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged,if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken,cracked,chipped,or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tiles in basket-weave pattern with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles. D. Extend tiles into toe spaces,door reveals,closets,and similar openings. E. Maintain reference markers,holes,and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent,nonstaining marking device. F. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts,and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. G. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to comply with tile manufacturer's written instructions,including those for trowel notching,adhesive mixing,and adhesive open and working times. 1. Provide completed installation without open cracks,voids,raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks,and other surface imperfections. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09651 -3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 H. Hand roll tiles at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install resilient accessories according to manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Apply resilient wall base to walls,columns,pilasters,casework and cabinets in toe spaces,and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 1. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. 2. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece,with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 3. Do not stretch base during installation. 4. Install premolded outside corners before installing straight pieces. C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products: 1. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by resilient product manufacturers. 2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer. 4. Damp-mop floor to remove marks and soil. B. Protect flooring against mars,marks,indentations,and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by flooring manufacturer. 1. Apply protective floor polish to floor surfaces that are free from soil,visible adhesive,and surface blemishes,if recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Use commercially available product acceptable to flooring manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. 2. Cover products installed on floor surfaces with undyed,untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor surfaces. Place plywood or hardboard panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. C. Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 09651 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09651 -4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 09900-PAINTING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of the following: 1. Exposed exterior items and surfaces. 2. Exposed interior items and surfaces. 3. Surface preparation,priming,and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces,except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish,the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts(including color coding),hangers,exposed steel and iron work,and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. C. Do not paint prefinished items,concealed surfaces,finished metal surfaces,operating parts,and labels. 1. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components: a. Architectural woodwork and casework. b. Metal toilet enclosures(where used). C. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. d. Light fixtures. 2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible spaces: a. Foundation spaces. b. Furred areas. C. Ceiling plenums. d. Utility tunnels. e. Pipe spaces. f. Duct shafts. g. Elevator shafts. 3. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. C. Chromium plate. d. Copper. e. Bronze and brass. PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. C. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories(UL),Factory Mutual(FM),or other code- required labels or equipment name,identification,performance rating,or nomenclature plates. D. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section"Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving"for traffic-marking paint. 2. Division 2 Section"Portland Cement Concrete Paving"for traffic-marking paint. 3. Division 8 Section"Steel Doors and Frames"for shop priming steel doors and frames. 4. Division 9 Section"Gypsum Board Assemblies" for surface preparation for gypsum board. 5. Division 9 Section"Wall Coverings" for substrate sealer under wall coverings. 6. Division 9 Section"Portland Cement Plaster" for Stucco Finish Coat. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 3. Satin refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 4. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 5. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers,primers,and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Benchmark Samples(Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample of each type of coating and substrate required on the Project. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved prepared samples. 1. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. a. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq.ft.(9 sq.m)of wall surface. b. Small Areas and Items: The Owner's Representative will designate an item or area as required. PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. After permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated,apply coatings in this room or to each surface according to the Schedule or as specified. Provide required sheen, color,and texture on each surface. a. After finishes are accepted,the Owner's Representative will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. 3. Owner's Representative will give final approval of colors from job-applied samples. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original,unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label,and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description(generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume,for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F(7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition,free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling,mixing,and application. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F(10 and 32 deg C). B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F(7.2 and 35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow,rain,fog,or mist;or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent;or at temperatures less than 5 deg F(3 deg C)above the dew point;or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities described below. Package paint materials in unopened,factory-sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner. 1. Quantity: Furnish the Owner with extra 1 gallon of paint of each type specified herein. PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Specified products are by Pittsburg Paints,PPG Industries Inc.,equal products by approved manufacturers below may be substituted,subject to compliance with requirements. B. Manufacturers Names: The following manufacturers are referred to in the paint schedules by use of shortened versions of their names,which are shown in parentheses: 1. Devoe&Raynolds Co. (Devoe). 2. Benjamin Moore&Co. (Moore). 3. PPG Industries,Inc. (PPG). 4. Pratt&Lambert,Inc. (P&L). 5. Sherwin-Williams Co. (S-W). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS,GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers,primers,undercoats,and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application,as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's color designations. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions,with the Applicator present,under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. 1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request,furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories,plates,machined surfaces,lighting fixtures,and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item,provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area,reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments,clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet,newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete surface to be painted. Remove efflorescence,chalk, dust,dirt,grease,oils,and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing,use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn,correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt,oil,and other foreign substances with scrapers,mineral spirits,and sandpaper,as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small,dry,seasoned knots,and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming,fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain,or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges,ends,faces, undersides,and backsides of wood,including cabinets,counters,cases,and paneling. C. When transparent finish is required,backprime with spar varnish. d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry,plaster,or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. e. Seal tops,bottoms,and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil,grease,dirt,loose mill scale,and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's(SSPQ recommendations. a. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. b. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer,and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition,free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary,remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat,but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. l. Paint colors,surface treatments,and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt,rust, scale,grease,moisture,scuffed surfaces,or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term"exposed surfaces"includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures,convector covers,covers for finned-tube radiation,grilles,and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas,as required,to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment,paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat,nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Finish exterior doors on tops,bottoms,and side edges the same as exterior faces. 9. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned,pretreated,or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth,even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions,sand between applications. 2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats,stains,or other conditions show through final coat of paint,apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish,color,and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners,crevices,welds,and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm,does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure,and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush,roller,spray,or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted. PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet,velvet back,or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. F. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats,apply a prime coat of material,as recommended by the manufacturer,to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears,to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. G. Pigmented(Opaque)Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth,opaque surface of uniform finish,color,appearance,and coverage. Cloudiness,spotting,holidays,laps,brush marks,runs,sags,ropiness,or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. H. Transparent(Clear)Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps,runs,cloudiness,color irregularity,brush marks,orange peel,nail holes,or other surface imperfections. 1. Provide satin finish for final coats. I. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling,such as laps,irregularity in texture, skid marks,or other surface imperfections. J. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color,texture,and coverage. Remove,refinish,or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: I. The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken,identified,sealed,and certified in the presence of the Contractor. 2. The testing agency will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as required by the Owner: a. Quantitative material analysis. b. Abrasion resistance. C. Apparent reflectivity. d. Flexibility. e. Washability. f. Absorption. g. Accelerated weathering. h. Dry opacity. i. Accelerated yellowness. j. Recoating. k. Skinning. PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1. Color retention. In. Alkali and mildew resistance. 3. The Owner may direct the Contractor to stop painting if test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements. The Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint from the site,pay for testing,and repaint surfaces previously coated with the rejected paint. If necessary,the Contractor may be required to remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if,on repainting with specified paint,the 2 coatings are incompatible. 3.5 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday,remove empty cans,rags,rubbish,and other discarded paint materials from the site. 1. After completing painting,clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades,whether being painted or not,against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning,repairing or replacing,and repainting,as approved by Architect. B. Provide"Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades,touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P 1. 3.7 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE(Refer to Site and Architectural Drawings for colors) A. Provide the following coating systems as appropriate for the various substrates,as indicated. 1. Ferrous Metal a. Primer: Synthetic Rust-Inhibiting Primer(FS TT-P-664) b. Finish: 2 Coats High Gloss Alkyd Enamel(FS TT-E-489) 2. Zinc-Coated Metal a. Prime Coat: Galvanized Metal primer(FS TT-P-641) b. Finish: 2 Coats Alkyd Gloss Enamel(FS TT-E-489) 3. Aluminum a. Primer: Alkyd-Type Zinc Chromate Primer(FS TT-P-645) b. Finish: 2 Coats Alkyd Gloss Enamel(FS TT-E-489,Class A) 4. Stucco(Where applicable) a. Primer: Alkali-resistant,Exterior,Acrylic-Latex(FS TT-P-645) C. Finish: 2 Coats Flat Acrylic Finish(FS TT-E-489) PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900- 8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.8 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE(Refer to Architectural Drawings for room colors) A. Provide the following coating systems as appropriate for the various substrates,as indicated. 1. Gypsum Drywall,Odorless Semi-gloss Alkyd Enamel a. Primer: Interior Latex-Based White Primer(FS TT-P-650) b. Finish: 2 Coats Interior Latex-Based Alkyd"Satin"Enamel(FS TT-E-509) 2. Painted Woodwork and Hardboard a. Undercoater: Interior Enamel Undercoat(FS TT-E-543) b. Finish: 2 Coats Interior Latex-Based Alkyd"Satin"Enamel(FS TT-E-509) 3. Wood-Stained a. First Coat: Alkyk Resin Sealer-Primer(FS TT-S-176) b. Finish Coat: Interior Satin-Polyurethane Clear Varnish 4. Ferrous Metal,Full-Gloss Enamel Finish a. Primer: Synthetic Rust-Inhibiting Primer(FS TT-P-664) b. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat(FS TT-E-543) c. Finish Coat: Enterior Alkyd Gloss Enamel(FS TT-P-506) END OF SECTION 09900 PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900-9 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PAINTING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09900- 10 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 09950-WALL COVERINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl wall covering. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed 5 projects similar in material,design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide wall coverings with the following surface-burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install wall covering until space is enclosed and weatherproof,wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry,work above ceilings is complete,and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are and will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. B. Lighting: Do not install wall covering until a lighting level of not less than 15 foot-candles(160 lux)is provided on the surfaces to receive wall covering. C. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the time recommended by the wall covering manufacturer for full drying or curing. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below,before installation begins,that match products installed,are packaged with protective covering for storage,and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Rolls of Wall Covering Material: Six(6)linear yards of each type installed. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Submit a written warranty,executed by the Installer and Manufacturer,agreeing to repair or replace wallcovering materials which fall in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents. WALL COVERINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09950- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Warranty period shall be TWO(2)YEARS,beginning from date of final acceptance. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: The Contractor shall provide the following: 1. (Arby's only):Vinyl wallcovering for walls shall be as noted on the drawings. For prorducts from Koroseal Wallcoverings,Contact Rachael Longcrier,(865)805-4182. B. Products: The Owner shall provide the following: 1. (Wendy's only): Vinyl wallcovering for chair rail shall be"Founders"series Wendy's Custom Vinyl Wallcovering. These shall be ordered by Pilot from Wendy's approved supplier. 2. (Pizza Hut only):Vinyl wall covering for Serving line furr-down shall be ordered by Pilot through Pizza Hut 2. (Subway only): Vinyl wall covering for dining room walls shall be ordered by Pilot through Subway (Doctor's Associates) 2.2 ADHESIVES A. General: Mildew-resistant,nonstaining adhesive,for use with specific wood-veneer wall covering and substrate application,as recommended by wall covering manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of Work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair wall covering's bond,including mold,mildew,oil,grease, incompatible primers,and dirt. C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth,dry,clean surface free of flaking,unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. 2. Prime new gypsum board with primer recommended by wall covering manufacturer. D. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss,semigloss,and eggshell finishes with fine sandpaper. E. Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. WALL COVERINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09950-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.3 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. General: Comply with wall coverings manufacturers'written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated,except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Cut wall covering panels in roll number sequence. Change run numbers at partition breaks and corners only. C. Install wall covering with no gaps or overlaps. D. Match pattern 72 inches(1830 mm)above finish floor. E. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches(150 nun)from outside corners and 3 inches(75 mm) from inside corners. No horizontal seams. F. Remove air bubbles,wrinkles,blisters,and other defects. G. Trim edges for color uniformity,pattern match,and tight closure at seams and edges. Butt seams. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive at finished seams,perimeter edges,and adjacent surfaces. B. Use cleaning methods recommended by wall covering manufacturer. C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. END OF SECTION 09950 WALL COVERINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09950-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 WALL COVERINGS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 09950-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 10425-SIGNS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of signs: 1. Interior wall-mounted panel signs. 2. Interior internally illuminated signs. 3. Exterior panel signs. 4. Exterior internally illuminated wall signs. 5. Hi-Rise,Pylon and other freestanding internally illuminated signs. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SIGNAGE,GENERAL A. All signs shall be provided by Owner except any non-illuminated traffic related signs(ie.Handicapped parking signs, stop signs,no parking signs, ...)which shall be provided by the Contractor. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate sign units and accessories where indicated,using mounting methods of the type described and in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install signs level,plumb,and at the height indicated,with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance. 2. All miscellaneous signs and decals for the Project(including all gas,diesel islands and dispensers decals)shall be installed by Contractor. A. Interior Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using the methods indicated below: 1. Vinyl-Tape Mounting: Use double-sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth,nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for vinyl-covered or rough surfaces. C. Interior Internal Illuminated Signs: Unless otherwise noted on plans,Contractor shall provide power within wall to signs. Owner shall install interior internally illuminated signs. Contractor shall provide final electrical connection. Contractor shall install interior internal illuminated menu board. D. Exterior Panel Signs: Owner shall provide signs except for traffic related signs which shall be provided by Contractor. Contractor shall install all exterior panel signs. E. Exterior Internally Illuminated Wall Signs: Contractor shall provide power within wall to signs. Owner shall provide and install all exterior internally illuminated wall signs. Contractor shall provide final electrical connection. SIGNS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 10425 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 F. Hi-Rise,Goalpost and Pylon Free-Standing Internally Illuminated Signs: Sign footings,foundations and all associated steel reinforcing shall be provided and installed by sign manufacturer under separate contractor by Owner. Contractor shall coordinate and install all conduit rough-ins and make all final electrical connections. G. Other Exterior Internally Illuminated Signs and"Clearance Warning"Arm: Sign footings,foundations and all associated steel reinforcing shall be provided and installed by Contractor per sign manufacturer's instructions and details. Anchor bolts and templates shall be provided by the sign manufacturer. Contractor shall provide final electrical connection. Contractor shall provide footing,foundation and all associated steel reinforcing and anchor bolts in order to install exterior internal illuminated menu board and pre-view boards. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation,clean soiled sign surfaces according to the manufacturer's instructions. Protect units from damage until acceptance by the Owner. END OF SECTION 10425 SIGNS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 10425 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 10800-TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes toilet and bath accessory items as scheduled. B. Toilet compartments and related accessories are specified in Division 10. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details,material descriptions and thickness,dimensions,profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options,and finishes for each type of accessory specified. B. Product Schedule: Indicating types,quantities,sizes,and installation locations by room of each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish accessory manufacturers'standard inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordination: Coordinate accessory locations,installation,and sequencing with other work to avoid interference with and ensure proper installation,operation,adjustment,cleaning,and servicing of toilet accessory items. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER SHALL SUPPLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers'instructions,using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level,firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed,tamperproof manner with special hangers,toggle bolts,or screws. Set units plumb,level,and square at locations indicated,according to manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf(1100 N),complying with ASTM F 446. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 10800- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.2 TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE A. Refer to"Toilet Accessory Schedule"in the drawings. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 10800-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 11400-FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Furnish all labor,materials not furnished by Owner,tools,equipment not furnished by Owner, coordination,supervision,services,etc.,as required for the complete execution of the work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. B. Extent of food service equipment work is indicated on the drawings,outlined in SECTION 01010- SUMMARY OF WORK(see BIDDING REQUIREMENTS),and specified herein. C. Unless noted otherwise,food service items shown on equipment plan are provided by the Owner. Contractor is responsible for receiving, storing,protecting,installing,and making equipment operational. D. Related Sections include the following: 1. Refer to Division 15 Sections for supply and exhaust fans;exhaust ductwork; service roughing-ins; drain traps;atmospheric vents;valves,pipes,and fittings;fire-extinguishing systems;and other materials required to complete food service equipment installation. 2. Refer to Division 16 Sections for connections to fire alarm systems,wiring,disconnects,and other electrical materials required to complete food service equipment installation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology Standard: Refer to NSF 2, "Food Equipment"or other applicable NSF standards for definitions of food service equipment and installation terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing food service equipment,who has completed installations similar in design and extent to that indicated for this Project,and who has a record of successful in-service performance. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) codes: 1. NFPA 17, "Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems." 2. NFPA 17A, "Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems." 3. NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." 4. NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." 5. NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations." C. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated equipment or components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms"Listed" and"Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,Article 100. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 11400 - l Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 D. AGA Certification: Provide gas-burning appliances certified by the American Gas Association(AGA). E. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label steam-generating and closed steam-heating equipment to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. F. ASHRAE Compliance: Provide mechanical refrigeration systems complying with the American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers'ASHRAE 15,"Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration." G. NSF Standards: Comply with applicable NSF International(NSF)standards and criteria and provide NSF Certification Mark on each equipment item,unless otherwise indicated. H. ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable ANSI standards for electric-powered and gas-burning appliances;for piping to compressed-gas cylinders;and for plumbing fittings,including vacuum breakers and air gaps,to prevent siphonage in water piping. I. SMACNA Standard: Where applicable,fabricate food service equipment to comply with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association's(SMACNA) "Kitchen Equipment Fabrication Guidelines,"unless otherwise indicated. J. Seismic Restraints: Provide seismic restraints for food service equipment according to the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association's(SMACNA) "Kitchen Equipment Fabrication Guidelines," appendix 1, "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Kitchen Equipment,"unless otherwise indicated. K. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section"Project Meetings." Review methods and procedures related to food service equipment including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Review access requirements for equipment delivery. 2. Review equipment storage and security requirements. 3. Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 4. Review structural loading limitations. 5. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials,Installer's personnel, equipment,and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver food service equipment as factory-assembled units with protective crating and covering. B. Store food service equipment in original protective crating and covering and in a dry location. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of food service equipment installation areas by field measurements before equipment fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish required dimensions and proceed with fabricating equipment without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 11400-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate equipment layout and installation with other work,including light fixtures,HVAC equipment, and fire-suppression system components. B. Coordinate location and requirements of service-utility connections. C. Coordinate size,location,and requirements of concrete bases,positive slopes to drains,floor depressions, and insulated floors. Concrete,reinforcement,and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete." D. Coordinate installation of roof curbs,equipment supports,and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 7 Section"Roof Accessories." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Owner shall provide all foodservice equipment. B. All miscellaneous items necessary for installing and making final mechanical and electrical connections are to be provided by the General Contractor. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances,service-utility connections,and other conditions affecting installation and performance of food service equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine roughing-in for piping,mechanical,and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Install food service equipment level and plumb,according to manufacturer's written instructions,original design,and referenced standards. B. Complete equipment field assembly,where required,using methods indicated. 1. Provide closed butt and contact joints that do not require a filler. 2. Grind field welds on stainless-steel equipment smooth,and polish to match adjacent finish. Comply with welding requirements in"Fabrication,General"Article. C. Install equipment with access and maintenance clearances according to manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Provide cutouts in equipment,neatly formed,where required to run service lines through equipment to make final connections. E. Except for mobile and adjustable-leg equipment, securely anchor and attach items and accessories to walls,floors,or bases with stainless-steel fasteners,unless otherwise indicated. F. Install cabinets and similar equipment on concrete or masonry bases in a bed of sealant. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 11400-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 G. Install hoods to comply with NFPA 96 requirements and to remain free from vibration when operating. H. Install seismic restraints according to referenced SMACNA standard. I. Install trim strips and similar items requiring fasteners in a bed of sealant. Fasten with stainless-steel fasteners at 48 inches(1200 mm)o.c.maximum. J. Install sealant in joints between equipment and abutting surfaces with continuous joint backing,unless otherwise indicated. Provide airtight,watertight,vermin-proof,sanitary joints. 3.3 PROTECTING A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions,in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure food service equipment is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.4 COMMISSIONING A. Startup Services: Engage factory-authorized service representatives to perform startup services and to demonstrate and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below. 1. Coordinate food service equipment startup with service-utility testing,balancing,and adjustments. Do not operate steam lines before they have been cleaned and sanitized. 2. Remove protective coverings and clean and sanitize equipment,both inside and out,and relamp equipment with integral lighting. Where applicable,comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions. 3. Test each equipment item for proper operation. Repair or replace equipment that is defective in operation,including units that operate below required capacity or that operate with excessive noise or vibration. 4. Test refrigeration equipment's ability to maintain specified operating temperature under heavy-use conditions. Repair or replace equipment that does not maintain specified operating temperature. 5. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 6. Test motors and rotating equipment for proper rotation and lubricate moving parts according to manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Test water,drain,gas,steam,oil,refrigerant,and liquid-carrying components for leaks. Repair or replace leaking components. 8. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown,troubleshooting,servicing,and preventive maintenance for each food service equipment item. 9. Review data in the operation and maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section"Project Closeout." 10. Schedule training with Owner Representative with at least 7 days'advance notice. 3.5 CLEANING A. After completion of installation,and completion of other major work in food service areas,remove protective coverings and clean equipment internally and externally. B. Restore exposed and semi-exposed finishes to remove abrasions and other damage. Polish exposed metal surfaces and touch-up painted surfaces. Replace work which cannot be successfully restored. C. Prior to date of substantial completion on food service equipment work,buff exposed stainless steel finshes lightly,using power buffer and polishing rouge,or grit of No.400 or finer. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 11400-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 D. After testing and start-up,and before time of substantial completion,clean and sanitize equipment and leave ready for use for food service. END OF SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 11400-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 11400-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 11406-WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Furnish all labor,materials except items furnished by the Owner,tools,equipment,coordination, supervision,services,etc.,as required for the complete execution of the work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. B. Extent of walk-in cooler and freezer installation work includes on-site assembly and installation of pre- fabricated coolers and freezer furnished by Owner. Installation of related refrigeration equipment furnished by Owner,routing,and start-up,checking and verifying of function as required for proper operation of equipment shall be provided by others. Contractor shall install compressors on roof either on rails or on curbs. C. Refer to Sections of Divisions 15 & 16 for other work and systems necessary for complete hookup of coolers,freezer,alarm systems,and related equipment. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS AND WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. The drawings,general provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and the Sections of DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS apply to work of this Section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engage an installation firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience for coolers,freezers and related refrigeration equipment similar to that required for project. 1.04 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Panels and equipment will be delivered in factory-fabricated containers designed to protect equipment and finish until final installation. Make arrangements to receive,and assume responsibility for,equipment at project site,or to warehouse until delivery can be made to job site. B. Handle equipment carefully to avoid damage to components,enclosures,and finish. Do not install damaged equipment;replace and return damaged components to equipment manufacturer. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Take field measurements to assure accurate fit of coolers and freezer. PART II-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All products will be provided by the Owner for the Contractor's installation with exception of miscellaneous items necessary for final connection which will be provided under this contract. WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 11406-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART III-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine roughed-in mechanical and electrical services,and building's slab,walls,columns,etc.,and other conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify dimensions of service and substrates before fabrication work. Notify Contractor of conflicting and unsatisfactory conditions for proper installation of coolers and freezers. Do not proceed with fabrication and installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Assemble components in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Set each item securely in place,level and adjust to correct height. Anchor to supporting substrate where indicated and where required for sustained operation with no shifting or dislocation. Conceal anchorages where possible. B. Spaces that are inaccessible after equipment installation are to have horizontal surfaces sprinkled with powdered borax at a rate of 4 ounces per square foot. C. Install closure plates and strips at face of cooler box(head and jambs). D. Provide cut-outs in cooler where required to run piping or electrical items for final connections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Delay start-up until service lines have been tested,balanced,and adjusted for voltage,etc. Before testing, lubricate each equipment item in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Test each item of operation equipment to demonstrate that it is operating properly,and that controls and safety devices are functioning. Repair or replace equipment which is found to be defective in its operation,including units which are below capacity or operating with excessive noise or vibration. 3.04 CLEANING A. After installation and completion of other major work in areas,remove protective coverings,if any,and clean internally and externally. Restore exposed and semi-exposed finished to remove abrasions and other damages;polish exposed-metal surfaces. Replace work which cannot be successfully restored. B. After testing and start-up,and prior to final acceptance,clean and sanitize coolers and freezer,and leave in condition ready for use. 3.05 CLOSE-OUT PROCEDURES A. Calibrate alarm system and thermostat in presence of Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION 11406 WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 11406-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 12510-ROLL-UP FABRIC WINDOW SHADES PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fabric window shades. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 Sections for windows with fabric shades mounted on window frames. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following: 1. Fabric Window Shades: a. Phifer 2.2 FABRIC WINDOW SHADES A. Provide Phifer"Sheer Weave", SW 3000,Color: QO1 "Mushroom Sand". Order from Inside Outfitters,Inc., 800-742-3372,Contact: Stephen Jaszek. All window shades shall be custom made base on field measurements of aluminum storefront windows. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PLACEMENT A. Install shades on both sides of dining room regardless or orientation. B. Install blinds in all non-north facing windows at gas desk,diesel desk and phone room. C. Do not install blinds on sales area windows and doors,or in restaurant drive-through. 3.2 INSTALLATION ROLL-UP FABRIC WINDOW SHADES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 12510- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 A. Install shades per manufacturer's instructions. C. Install all shades so they mount to the inside edge of the aluminum window frames. END OF SECTION 12510 ROLL-UP FABRIC WINDOW SHADES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 12510-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 13200—TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of Owner Furnished Fuel Dispensing and Monitoring Systems including tank level sensors, probes,consoles and exterior dispensing equipment. B. Installation of Owner Furnished Underground Fuel Storage Tanks. C. Installation of Owner Furnished Aboveground Fuel Storage Tanks. D. Installation of Owner Furnished Steel Oil/Water Interceptor E. Installation of Owner Furnished Fiberglass Interceptor/Oil Water Separator F. Installation of Owner Furnished Catch Basins and Grit Chamber. G. Primary and Secondary Product Piping Systems,Vent Lines,Siphon Lines,and Stage II Return Line H. Installation of Secondary Containment Piping,Tank and Dispenser Sump Systems for Underground Piping,Pumps,Valves and Dispensers. I. Cathodic Protection Systems for Steel tanks and/or Steel product lines. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00900—Special Project Conditions—Flushing of Interceptor/Oil Water Separator&Storm Sewer Systems,Owner-Furnished Products B. Section 02200-Earthwork-Excavation for product piping and underground fuel storage tanks. C. Section 16700-Fuel Dispensing Wiring:Conduit system and grounding for Fuel Dispensers. 1.03 REFERENCES(Pertains to one or more of the following) A. NFPA 30,Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 1996 Edition with special reference to Section 2-3 covering"Installation of Outside Aboveground Tanks"in accordance with Table 2-1 and Section 2-4 covering"Installation of Underground Tanks". B. NFPA 30A,Automotive and Marine Service Station Code, 1996 Edition with special reference to Section 2-4 covering"Aboveground Storage Tanks at Service Stations"and Section 9-4 covering"Attended Self- service Stations". C. California Fire Code, 1998 Edition,based on 1997 UFC D. UFC,Uniform Fire Code, 1997 Edition E. UL 1316,Standard for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Plastic Underground Storage Tanks for Petroleum Products,Alcohols,and Alcohol-Gasoline Mixtures, 1996. F. UL 142,Standard for Aboveground tanks and UL 2085,Standard for Insulated,Protected Aboveground Tanks,which addresses performance and test criteria to meet fire code. TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 13200- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 G. Fuel Storage Tank Manufacturers Installation Manual and Guidelines 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Quality Control Submittals 1. Provide specifications on stone prior to backfilling tank hole(s),(reference Part 2.02 C). B. Test Reports: Submit field test reports requested in Part 3—Execution,including be not limited to the following: 1. Aboveground air pressure tests results on all tanks in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions upon delivery,prior to setting in place. 2. Air pressure test results for all underground tanks,primary piping and secondary piping after installation. 3. Tank&line precision tests in accordance with NFPA 329(Provided by Pilot). 4. Any field inspections completed by a City or State inspector. C. Design Data: 1. Size,location and quantity of anodes provided(steel tanks and/or lines only) 2. Type,quantity and location of cathodic test station(s). D. Project Record Documents:(Refer to Section 01700) 1. Submit record documents of complete installation. a. Provide an as-built drawing showing all anodes,test stations and identify all wiring by permanent methods. (For underground steel tanks and piping only.) b. For each tank installed,provide a completed"Tank Installation Check Sheet"provided from tank manufacturer. c. Provide as-built"Red Line"that locates piping,electrical conduits and storm drainage system. 2. Video Record(VHS or DVD format only): a. Prior to installation of aboveground and/or underground storage tanks,make a video record of the secondary containment system,tank hole and deadmen system. b. Prior to installation of backfill,make a video record of the underground fuel tanks with all tank straps in place,product piping with all primary and secondary piping completed including the Stage II vapor return line. c. Prior to installation of backfill,make a video record of the interceptor/oil/water separator installation and all associated piping. d. Prior to installation of backfill,make a video record of ALL associated electrical conduits as well as any and all other underground items such as storm drain piping,utility lines,or other electrical conduits,etc. e. Provide sufficient background video so that locations may be determined against fixed exposed locations of either the"Travel Center"building or fueling islands and canopies. f. Provide sound and describe in detail each view captured in the video records described above. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer must be certified or factory approved by manufacturer for each proj cct prior to installation. Unapproved or uncertified contractor may install system only under direct supervision of factory authorized field technical assistance supervisor. 1. Tanks and Piping systems 2. Tank and Line Monitoring Console and all associated equipment B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with Local,State and Federal Environmental Protection Agency requirements. C. Design Criteria: Comply with the Steel Tank Institute's Recommended Practice for Corrosion Protection TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 13200-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 on Underground Piping Networks associated with Liquid Storage and Dispensing Systems-STI R892-89. D. Pre-Installation Conference: Prior to commencing tank and product piping installation,schedule and attend a pre-installation meeting with Owner's Representative(s). 1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Stakeout location of fuel tanks and product piping runs and coordinate with other site features including underground utilities. Do not proceed with tank or product piping installation until approval has been obtained from the Owner's Representative(s). Adjust tank and piping trench excavations as required. 1.07 WARRANTY A. General Contractor to provide a one year warranty from installer on pipe and tank installation. Owner will have a precision test performed by an independent testing company prior to warranty expiration. 1. Installer will correct any deficiencies. I. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Fuel Dispensers: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Gilbarco Corporation. B. Fueling Components: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by OPW Division,Dover Corporation. C. Underground Fuel Storage Tanks: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Xerxes Corporation. D. Aboveground Fuel Storage Tanks: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Containment Solutions, Inc. E. Interceptor/Oil Water Separator: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Xerxes Corporation. F. Steel Oil/Water Interceptor: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Highland Tank&Mfg.Co. G. Secondary Containment Tank Sumps and Dispenser Sumps: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Xerxes Corporation,National Fiberglass,and/or OPW"Pisces"Division. H. Cathodic Protection Test Stations-(Provided by Owner) 1. In grassy locations: Cott"Big Fink"double(8 leads)and"Little Fink"single(2 leads)or Cott"Big Fink"single(5 leads),"Little Fink"single(2 leads)and double(3 leads). 2. In paved locations: CP rectifier box#NW,manufactured by C.P.Test Services-Valvco,Inc.of Harrison,NJ. I. Tank Monitoring System: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Veeder-Root,Simsbury,CT. 2.02 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Primary and Secondary Product Piping System: RED THREAD IIA Fiberglass pipe and fittings, manufactured by Smith Fiberglass Products Inc.or Dualoy 3000/1,fiberglass pipe and fittings with A20LT Adhesive,manufactured by Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division. Provide piping and fittings of fiberglass conforming to ANSI Standards. Provide miscellaneous fittings at pumps,dispensers,misc. sumps and piping at vent risers of black steel. TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 13200-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Aboveground piping may be threaded,flanged,or welded Schedule 40 pipe with compatible150#nodular iron or steel fittings,flanges,and couplings.Piping should be firmly supported by hangers,supports,or brackets. Any steel piping in contact with the ground should be provided with cathodic protection per Section 3.08. C. Cathodic Protection System for Steel Oil/Water Interceptor and/or steel piping.(as required) 1. Galvanic Anodes: Pre-packaged,high potential magnesium with 75%gypsum,20%betonite and 5% sodium sulfate fill material. 2. Lead wires-No. 10 solid wire with TW or equal oil and water-resistant insulation. 3. Wire Connections-No.4 solid wire with TW or equal oil and water-resistant insulation. Make lead wire connections to structures with appropriate Cad-Well charges and cover with mastic prior to applying pipe coatings or use grounding connector manufactured by Burndy of Norwalk,CT #GAR154C,DCI#23240 or equal. D. Bed and Backfill Materials for Underground Fiberglass Tanks: 1. Replace all excavated native soil with approved backfill of proper size and gradation. Use backfill which meets ASTM-C33 for quality and soundness. Keep backfill dry and free of ice in freezing conditions. No more than 5%may pass a#8 sieve. Dry gravel density must be a minimum of 95 pounds per cubic foot. a. Pea Gravel: Must consist of clean,naturally rounded aggregate with a mix of particle sizes not less than 1/8"or more than 3/4". b. Crushed Stone: Approved crushed stone or crushed gravel. Must be washed with angular particle size not less than 1/8"or more than 1/2". 2. DO NOT mix approved backfill with sand or native soil. DO NOT backfill with sand or native soil. 3. Provide backfill per tank manufacturer's"Backfill Guidelines". II. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify excavation is free from material that may cause damage to interceptor/oil/water separator coating, grit chamber coating,fuel storage tanks,piping,and piping containment system. B. Verify Excavation extends a distance of at least 18"around perimeter of interceptor and grit chamber. C. Verify excavation extends a distance of at least 18"around perimeter of underground fuel storage tanks. D. Verify bottom of trench and tank excavations are level and firm. Provide testing by Owner's Soils Testing Firm prior to placing tanks or pipe. Report results immediately to Owner.(As needed) E. Maintain automatic sump in tank excavations until work is completed. Refer to soils report provided in this project manual for more specific requirements. F. Verify Interceptor/Oil Water Separator,catch basins and grit chamber are clean,free from dirt,welding slag,oil and other foreign material. G. Perform above ground air test of Interceptor/Oil Water Separator tank,aboveground storage tanks and underground fuel storage tanks in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Do not exceed 5 pounds per square inch(PSIG)while soap solution is applied to weld seams. H. Test steel Oil/Water Interceptor coating immediately prior to installation by visual inspection. Coat as needed with epoxy provided by manufacturer. TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 13200-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 I. Verify proposed location of cathodic protection test stations. Notify owner if not practical to locate in grassy areas.(For steel Interceptor tanks only) 3.02 PREPARATION A. Plug openings watertight until interceptor/oil-water separator and grit chamber are set and ready for piping. B. Repair any detected coating damage to interceptor/oil-water separator and grit chamber. C. Cover bottom of excavation for interceptor/oil/water separator and under ground fuel storage tanks with approved stone or pea gravel,graded and leveled to provide a level setting bed. Refer to drawings and manufacturer's recommendations for setting bed depth. D. Refer to drawings for extent of deadmen for Fiberglass Interceptor/Oil Water Separator,Steel Oil/Water Interceptor and underground fuel storage tanks. E. Provide minimum 6"setting bed for piping. Slope setting bed for piping a minimum of 1/8"per foot toward tanks and/or sumps. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FUEL DISPENSING SYSTEMS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Coordinate pump controllers,dispensers,monitoring console,level sensors,probes and related wiring installation. Installation and wiring of monitoring console and all related sensors and probes to be provided by Owner. C. Install conduit 24"minimum below finished traffic surface. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT PIPING SYSTEM A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Install Product Piping 18"minimum below finished traffic surface. C. Slope product,vent and stage II recovery lines 1/8"per foot(1%)minimum back to tanks and/or sumps. D. Where Bio-Diesel injection sumps are installed,contractor to slope diesel product lines 1/8"per foot(1%) minimum back to Bio-Diesel injection sump. E. Install 3" Stage II Vapor Recovery System line from each Multiple Product Dispenser(MPD)to the regular unleaded gas tank if required by State or Local agencies. Connect line at extractor assembly in tank vent riser. Complete connection of Stage II System inside MPD's if required by State or Local agencies. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANKS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Anchor fuel tanks to deadmen as indicated on drawings in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Handle tanks carefully. Use cables,straps or chains of adequate length(not more than 60 degrees between chains)attached to lifting lugs on tanks. Oversized hooks can tear lugs off tanks. Use shackles where TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 13200-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 necessary. D. Do not use saddles or chock blocks. E. Backfill tanks with approved stone or pea gravel,placing and compacting in lifts to assure adequate support of tanks. F. Tanks are to be ballasted with clean water only. G. Do not fill,or partially fill tanks before lower third of backfill has been placed. Do not fill tanks to a point higher than backfill at any given time. H. After installation,testing and approval of tanks,backfill to within 6"of top of tanks and fill tanks 90 percent full with water to hold tanks in place and ensure safe installation of tanks. I. After,installation,testing and approval of complete system,coordinate with Owner for delivery of product and disposal of water in a safe and legal manner. Do not use"in tank"STP motors to remove water. J. Electrically isolate all electrical conduits from any cathodically protected structure. K. After product has been installed,security of product is Contractor's responsibility.Lock tanks. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF ABOVEGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANKS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Handle tanks carefully. Use cables,straps or chains of adequate length(not more than 60 degrees between chains)attached to lifting lugs on tanks. Oversized hooks can tear lugs off tanks. Use shackles where necessary. C. Install and mount tanks to foundations designed and provided by Owner. Care should be exercised to ensure that the footings of horizontal tank saddles are level. After setting,all tanks should be checked for level and any residual tilt corrected with full-width shims. D. After,installation,testing and approval of complete system,coordinate with Owner for delivery of product. E. Electrically isolate all electrical conduits from any cathodically protected structure. F. After product has been installed,security of product is Contractor's responsibility.Lock tanks. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF INTERCEPTOR/OIL WATER SEPARATOR A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Anchor Interceptor/Oil Water Separator to deadmen as indicated on drawings in accordance with installation instructions. Coat with a mastic and electrically isolate and cushion the straps from the tank. C. Set separator using lifting lugs. Check elevations at each end of separator with transit and adjust as necessary to 1/2"in 20'-0". Check elevations across diameter of separator between two center manways. D. Fill with clean,oil-free water until water overflows out discharge pipe. After ballasting is complete check TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 13200-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 elevations for proper tolerances. The water ballast must be clean and the vessel must be level to obtain full capacity and efficiency of interceptor/separator E. Connect riser piping and provide couplings on inlet and outlet piping at oil/water separator as indicated on the drawings. Repair any damaged to coating on any steel tanks with touch up paint per the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations before backfilling. F. If piping to and from separator tank is metal,electrically isolate from any above ground structure. Cathodically include it with the protection of the tank. Coat and wrap as required. This would be between sampling manhole and interceptor or grit chamber and interceptor. G. Electrically isolate all electrical conduits from any cathodically protected structure. H. Backfill to center line elevation of separator with approved stone or pea gravel hand vibrated or water floated under the previously ballasted vessel to provide proper compaction. Complete backfill to grade with previously excavated soil. Allow 3"to 4"extra over above normal grade for settling. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF CATHODIC PROTECTION A. Install cathodic protection system in accordance with Steel Tank Institute Recommended Practice for Corrosion Protection on Underground piping Networks associated with Liquid Storage and Dispensing Systems-STI R892- 89. B. Install anodes in undisturbed soil. Do not damage anode packaging;wet all anodes with 10 gallons of water as required. Connect anode lead wires to test station lugs. Do not splice anode or structure lead wires. (Splices are only allowed if more than one anode is required for proper protection. If such a case arises,then a"header wire" with proper splices is acceptable.) Wires of proper length should be used for all connections. C. Install a Holloway 0.01 ohm shunt between each anode and protected structure. D. All lead wires to be permanently identified. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF SECONDARY CONTAINMENT FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING A. Install tanks,dispenser sumps and double-wall fiberglass piping system on product piping supply runs and siphon piping per manufacturer's recommendations. Vent lines,manifold lines and Stage II Vapor Recovery System lines do not require secondary containment. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests 1. Perform above ground air test of Interceptor/Oil Water Separator tank,aboveground storage tanks and underground fuel storage tanks in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. a. Do not exceed 5 pounds per square inch(PSIG)while soap solution is applied to weld seams. 2. Prior to backfilling trenches,seal openings and pressure test primary product piping systems and vapor lines to 50 psig to ensure proper installation and compliance with applicable codes and regulations. Apply continuous soap solution to pipe joints and fittings. Inspect for bubbles. Conduct test in presence of Owner's representative. Maintain air test on piping until substantial completion of project to ensure absence of damage to system during construction period. Maintain pressure of 30 psig. 3. Prior to backfilling trenches and after completion of primary line test,install and seal all secondary fittings and pressure test the secondary piping system to 10 psig maximum. Apply continuous soap solution to pipe joints and fittings and inspect for bubbles. Conduct test in presence of Owner's TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 13200-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 representative.Maintain air test on piping until substantial completion of project to ensure absence of damage to system during construction period. Maintain pressure of 5 psig. 4. After filling tanks and purging lines with product,provide"Precision Test"in accordance with NFPA 329.(Provided By Owner) 5. Complete testing of vapor recovery system per all applicable codes. This will include a Pressure Decay Test,Dynamic Back Pressure Test and an Air to Liquid Volume Ratio Test.(All provided by Owner). 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protect tanks and product piping from damage and deterioration through remainder of construction period. B. Prevent or limit construction traffic and activities over installed tanks and piping systems. END OF SECTION 13200 TANKS&FUEL PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 13200-8 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference manual 09/06/2011 SECTION 13201—TANKS&DEF PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of Owner Furnished DEF Dispensing and Monitoring Systems including tank level sensors, probes,consoles and exterior dispensing equipment. B. Installation of Owner Furnished Underground DEF Storage Tanks. C. Installation of Owner Furnished Aboveground DEF Storage Tanks. D. Primary and Secondary Product Piping Systems,Vent Lines,and Siphon Lines. E. Installation of Secondary Containment Piping,Tank and Dispenser Sump Systems for Underground Piping,Pumps,Valves and Dispensers. F. Cathodic Protection Systems for Steel tanks and/or Steel product lines. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00900—Special Project Conditions—Flushing of Interceptor/Oil Water Separator&Storm Sewer Systems,Owner-Furnished Products B. Section 02200-Earthwork-Excavation for product piping and underground DEF storage tanks. C. Section 16700-DEF Dispensing Wiring:Conduit system and grounding for DEF Dispensers. 1.03 REFERENCES(Pertains to one or more of the following) A. NFPA 30,Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 1996 Edition with special reference to Section 2-3 covering"Installation of Outside Aboveground Tanks"in accordance with Table 2-1 and Section 2-4 covering"Installation of Underground Tanks". B. NFPA 30A,Automotive and Marine Service Station Code, 1996 Edition with special reference to Section 2-4 covering"Aboveground Storage Tanks at Service Stations"and Section 9-4 covering"Attended Self- service Stations". C. California Fire Code, 1998 Edition,based on 1997 UFC D. UFC,Uniform Fire Code, 1997 Edition E. UL 1316,Standard for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Plastic Underground Storage Tanks for Petroleum Products,Alcohols,and Alcohol-Gasoline Mixtures, 1996. F. UL 142,Standard for Aboveground tanks and UL 2085,Standard for Insulated,Protected Aboveground Tanks,which addresses performance and test criteria to meet fire code. G. DEF Storage Tank Manufacturers Installation Manual and Guidelines 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Quality Control Submittals 1. Provide specifications on stone prior to backfilling tank hole(s),(reference Part 2.02 C). TANKS&DEF PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT FLYING J 13201 - 1 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference manual 09/06/2011 B. Test Reports: Submit field test reports requested in Part 3—Execution,including be not limited to the following: 1. Aboveground air pressure tests results on all tanks in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions upon delivery,prior to setting in place. 2. Air pressure test results for all underground tanks,primary piping and secondary piping after installation. 3. Tank&line precision tests in accordance with NFPA 329(Provided by Pilot). 4. Any field inspections completed by a City or State inspector. C. Design Data: 1. Size,location and quantity of anodes provided(steel tanks and/or lines only) 2. Type,quantity and location of cathodic test station(s). D. Project Record Documents:(Refer to Section 01700) 1. Submit record documents of complete installation. a. Provide an as-built drawing showing all anodes,test stations and identify all wiring by permanent methods. (For underground steel tanks and piping only.) b. For each tank installed,provide a completed"Tank Installation Check Sheet"provided from tank manufacturer. c. Provide as-built"Red Line"that locates piping,electrical conduits and storm drainage system. 2. Video Record(VHS or DVD format only): a. Prior to installation of aboveground and/or underground storage tanks,make a video record of the secondary containment system,tank hole and deadmen system. b. Prior to installation of backfill,make a video record of the underground DEF tanks with all tank straps in place,product piping with all primary and secondary piping. c. Prior to installation of backfill,make a video record of ALL associated electrical conduits as well as any and all other underground items such as storm drain piping,utility lines,or other electrical conduits,etc. d. Provide sufficient background video so that locations may be determined against fixed exposed locations of either the"Travel Center"building or DEF islands and canopies. e. Provide sound and describe in detail each view captured in the video records described above. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer must be certified or factory approved by manufacturer for each project prior to installation. Unapproved or uncertified contractor may install system only under direct supervision of factory authorized field technical assistance supervisor. 1. Tanks and Piping systems 2. Tank and Line Monitoring Console and all associated equipment B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with Local,State and Federal Environmental Protection Agency requirements. C. Design Criteria: Comply with the Steel Tank Institute's Recommended Practice for Corrosion Protection on Underground Piping Networks associated with Liquid Storage and Dispensing Systems-STI R892-89. D. Pre-Installation Conference: Prior to commencing tank and product piping installation,schedule and attend a pre-installation meeting with Owner's Representative(s). 1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Stakeout location of DEF tanks and product piping runs and coordinate with other site features including underground utilities. Do not proceed with tank or product piping installation until TANKS&DEF PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT FLYING J 13201 -2 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference manual 09/06/2011 approval has been obtained from the Owner's Representative(s). Adjust tank and piping trench excavations as required. 1.07 WARRANTY A. General Contractor to provide a one year warranty from installer on pipe and tank installation. Owner will have a precision test performed by an independent testing company prior to warranty expiration. 1. Installer will correct any deficiencies. L PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. DEF Dispensers: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Gilbarco Corporation. B. DEF Components: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by OPW Division,Dover Corporation. C. Underground DEF Storage Tanks: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Xerxes Corporation. D. Aboveground DEF Storage Tanks: As indicated on drawings. E. Secondary Containment Tank Sumps and Dispenser Sumps: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Xerxes Corporation,National Fiberglass,and/or OPW"Pisces"Division. F. Cathodic Protection Test Stations-(Provided by Owner) 1. In grassy locations: Cott"Big Fink"double(8 leads)and"Little Fink"single(2 leads)or Cott"Big Fink"single(5 leads),"Little Fink"single(2 leads)and double(3 leads). 2. In paved locations: CP rectifier box#NW,manufactured by C.P.Test Services-Valvco,Inc.of Harrison,NJ. G. Tank Monitoring System: As indicated on drawings,manufactured by Veeder-Root,Simsbury,CT. 2.02 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Primary and Secondary Product Piping System:RED THREAD IIA Fiberglass pipe and fittings, manufactured by Smith Fiberglass Products Inc.or Dualoy 3000ALCX fiberglass pipe and fittings with A20LT Adhesive,manufactured by Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division. Provide piping and fittings of fiberglass conforming to ANSI Standards. Provide miscellaneous fittings at pumps,dispensers,misc. sumps and piping at vent risers of stainless steel. B. Aboveground piping may be threaded,flanged,or welded Schedule 40 pipe with compatible 150#nodular iron or steel fittings,flanges,and couplings.Piping should be firmly supported by hangers,supports,or brackets. Any steel piping in contact with the ground should be provided with cathodic protection per Section 3.08. C. Cathodic Protection System for steel piping.(as required) 1. Galvanic Anodes: Pre-packaged,high potential magnesium with 75%gypsum,20%betonite and 5% sodium sulfate fill material. 2. Lead wires-No. 10 solid wire with TW or equal oil and water-resistant insulation. 3. Wire Connections-No.4 solid wire with TW or equal oil and water-resistant insulation. Make lead wire connections to structures with appropriate Cad-Well charges and cover with mastic prior to applying pipe coatings or use grounding connector manufactured by Burndy of Norwalk,CT #GAR154C,DCI#23240 or equal. TANKS&DEF PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT FLYING J 13201 -3 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference manual 09/06/2011 D. Bed and Backfill Materials for Underground Fiberglass Tanks: 1. Replace all excavated native soil with approved backfill of proper size and gradation. Use backfill which meets ASTM-C33 for quality and soundness. Keep backfill dry and free of ice in freezing conditions. No more than 5%may pass a#8 sieve. Dry gravel density must be a minimum of 95 pounds per cubic foot. a. Pea Gravel: Must consist of clean,naturally rounded aggregate with a mix of particle sizes not less than 1/8"or more than 3/4". b. Crushed Stone: Approved crushed stone or crushed gravel. Must be washed with angular particle size not less than 1/8"or more than 1/2". 2. DO NOT mix approved backfill with sand or native soil. DO NOT backfill with sand or native soil. 3. Provide backfill per tank manufacturer's`Backfill Guidelines". II. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify excavation is free from material that may cause damage to DEF storage tanks,piping,and piping containment system. B. Verify excavation extends a distance of at least 18"around perimeter of underground DEF storage tanks. C. Verify bottom of trench and tank excavations are level and firm. Provide testing by Owner's Soils Testing Firm prior to placing tanks or pipe. Report results immediately to Owner.(As needed) D. Maintain automatic sump in tank excavations until work is completed. Refer to soils report provided in this project manual for more specific requirements. E. Perform above ground air test of aboveground storage tanks and underground DEF storage tanks in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Do not exceed 5 pounds per square inch(PSIG)while soap solution is applied to weld seams. F. Verify proposed location of cathodic protection test stations. Notify owner if not practical to locate in grassy areas. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Cover bottom of excavation for under ground DEF storage tanks with approved stone or pea gravel, graded and leveled to provide a level setting bed. Refer to drawings and manufacturer's recommendations for setting bed depth. B. Refer to drawings for extent of deadmen for underground DEF storage tanks. C. Provide minimum 6"setting bed for piping. Slope setting bed for piping a minimum of 1/8"per foot toward tanks and/or sumps. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF DEF DISPENSING SYSTEMS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Coordinate pump controllers,dispensers,monitoring console,level sensors,probes and related wiring installation. Installation and wiring of monitoring console and all related sensors and probes to be provided by Owner. TANKS&DEF PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT FLYING J 13201 -4 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference manual 09/06/2011 C. Install conduit 24"minimum below finished traffic surface. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT PIPING SYSTEM A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Install Product Piping 18"minimum below finished traffic surface. C. Slope product and vent lines 1/8"per foot(1%)minimum back to tanks and/or sumps. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND DEF STORAGE TANKS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Anchor DEF tanks to deadmen as indicated on drawings in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Handle tanks carefully. Use cables,straps or chains of adequate length(not more than 60 degrees between chains)attached to lifting lugs on tanks. Oversized hooks can tear lugs off tanks. Use shackles where necessary. D. Do not use saddles or chock blocks. E. Backfill tanks with approved stone or pea gravel,placing and compacting in lifts to assure adequate support of tanks. F. Tanks are to be ballasted with clean water only. G. Do not fill,or partially fill tanks before lower third of backfill has been placed. Do not fill tanks to a point higher than backfill at any given time. H. After installation,testing and approval of tanks,backfill to within 6"of top of tanks and fill tanks 90 percent full with water to hold tanks in place and ensure safe installation of tanks. I. After,installation,testing and approval of complete system,coordinate with Owner for delivery of product and disposal of water in a safe and legal manner. Do not use"in tank"STP motors to remove water. J. Electrically isolate all electrical conduits from any cathodically protected structure. K. After product has been installed,security of product is Contractor's responsibility.Lock tanks. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF ABOVEGROUND DEF STORAGE TANKS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Handle tanks carefully. Use cables,straps or chains of adequate length(not more than 60 degrees between chains)attached to lifting lugs on tanks. Oversized hooks can tear lugs off tanks. Use shackles where necessary. C. Install and mount tanks to foundations designed and provided by Owner. Care should be exercised to ensure that the footings of horizontal tank saddles are level. After setting,all tanks should be checked for level and any residual tilt corrected with full-width shims. D. After,installation,testing and approval of complete system,coordinate with Owner for delivery of TANKS&DEF PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT FLYING J 13201 -5 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference manual 09/06/2011 product. E. Electrically isolate all electrical conduits from any cathodically protected structure. F. After product has been installed,security of product is Contractor's responsibility.Lock tanks. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF CATHODIC PROTECTION A. Install cathodic protection system in accordance with Steel Tank Institute Recommended Practice for Corrosion Protection on Underground piping Networks associated with Liquid Storage and Dispensing Systems-STI R892- 89. B. Install anodes in undisturbed soil. Do not damage anode packaging wet all anodes with 10 gallons of water as required. Connect anode lead wires to test station lugs. Do not splice anode or structure lead wires. (Splices are only allowed if more than one anode is required for proper protection. If such a case arises,then a"header wire" with proper splices is acceptable.) Wires of proper length should be used for all connections. C. Install a Holloway 0.01 ohm shunt between each anode and protected structure. D. All lead wires to be permanently identified. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF SECONDARY CONTAINMENT FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING A. Install tanks,dispenser sumps and double-wall fiberglass piping system on product piping supply runs and siphon piping per manufacturer's recommendations. Vent lines do not require secondary containment. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests 1. Perform above ground air test of aboveground storage tanks and underground DEF storage tanks in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. a. Do not exceed 5 pounds per square inch(PSIG)while soap solution is applied to weld seams. 2. Prior to backfilling trenches,seal openings and pressure test primary product piping systems and vapor lines to 50 psig to ensure proper installation and compliance with applicable codes and regulations. Apply continuous soap solution to pipe joints and fittings. Inspect for bubbles. Conduct test in presence of Owner's representative. Maintain air test on piping until substantial completion of project to ensure absence of damage to system during construction period. Maintain pressure of 30 psig. 3. Prior to backfilling trenches and after completion of primary line test,install and seal all secondary fittings and pressure test the secondary piping system to 10 psig maximum. Apply continuous soap solution to pipe joints and fittings and inspect for bubbles. Conduct test in presence of Owner's representative.Maintain air test on piping until substantial completion of project to ensure absence of damage to system during construction period. Maintain pressure of 5 psig. 4. After filling tanks and purging lines with product,provide"Precision Test"in accordance with NFPA 329.(Provided By Owner) 5. Complete testing of vapor recovery system per all applicable codes. This will include a Pressure Decay Test,Dynamic Back Pressure Test and an Air to Liquid Volume Ratio Test.(All provided by Owner). 3.11 PROTECTION TANKS&DEF PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT FLYING J 13201 -6 Copyright 2011 Travel Center Reference manual 09/06/2011 A. Protect tanks and product piping from damage and deterioration through remainder of construction period. B. Prevent or limit construction traffic and activities over installed tanks and piping systems. END OF SECTION 13201 TANKS&DEF PIPING SYSTEMS PILOT FLYING J 13201 -7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 15000-MECHANICAL GENERAL PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The work required under this specification consists of all plumbing,air conditioning,and ventilation systems as indicated on drawings,and hereinafter specified in Series 15000 Sections. B. Heating,ventilating and air conditioning shall include all materials,equipment accessories,tools and labor required to install the following systems: 1. Gas Heating System 2. Electric Cooling System 3. Exhaust and Ventilation System 4. Refrigerant Piping 5. Installation of Kitchen Hoods,Fans,and Make-up Air Units 6. HVAC Controls and Control Wiring(Installed in accordance w/Division 16 requirements). 7. A pre-approved package of mechanical equipment will be provided with pricing by the Trane Company. See the drawings for contact information and details. C. Plumbing shall include all materials,equipment,accessories,tools and labor required to install the following systems: 1. Domestic Water Supply System 2. Sanitary Drain,Waste and Vent System 3. Storm Drainage System 4. Gas Piping System 5. Plumbing Fixtures 6. Compressed Air Piping 7. Rough-in for and Installation of Owner Furnished Equipment requiring plumbing connections. 8. A pre-approved package of plumbing equipment will be provided with pricing by the Noland Company. See drawings for contact information and details. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Electric Power and Control Wiring: Section 16000. (Contractor shall verify all electrical characteristics for equipment before ordering). See below for specification of Control Work. B. Painting: Section 09900. C. General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions,and General Requirements are part of this Division. 1.3 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Provide and install all control devices and wiring. All electrical work shall be in accordance with the requirements of electrical specifications. B. All electrical components and materials shall be UL labeled. 1.4 FURNISH ITEMS AS FOLLOWS FOR INSTALLATION BY OTHER TRADES A. Motor starters. Install under Section 16000. B. Field verify electrical characteristics before ordering equipment. MECHANICAL GENERAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15000-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1.5 CONNECTING OR ROUGH-IN FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. Where drawings indicate owner-furnished equipment or items furnished by other trades to be connected under this contract,provide piping,valves,miscellaneous fittings,and other appurtenances for proper connections. B. Where drawings indicate utility rough-in for owner-furnished equipment,terminate utilities with caps,plugs, or valves as indicated to insure convenient final connection. 1.6 PERMITS,CODES AND STANDARDS A. Obtain all permits and pay all fees in connection with work specified under Section 15000. B. Obtain and deliver to the Architect certification of inspection issued by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform work in accordance with standards listed below except where specifications or State and Local Codes are more stringent. 1. American Gas Association AGA 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME 3. American Water Works Assoc. AWWA 4. American Society of Heating,Refrig.,and Air Conditioning Engineers ASHRAE 5. American Society for Testing and Mat'l ASTM 6. National Fire Protection Association NFPA 7. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors Association SMACNA 8. Plumbing Code PC 9. Underwriters'Laboratory UL 10.Air Conditioning&Refrig.Institute ARI 11.Mechanical Code MC 12.Gas Code GC 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS,BROCHURES,AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. When work is completed and the building is officially turned over to the owner,fully instruct owner's designated representative in the care and operation of mechanical systems. Furnish certificates to Owner that instruction work has been completed. B. At the same time(see paragraph above),deliver to the Architect three(3)sets of wiring diagrams, submittals,shop drawings,operating instructions,and catalog sheets for replacement parts,mounted in flexible vinyl-covered looseleaf notebook. Each set shall be complete and bound separately. C. Furnish as-built drawings in accordance with Division-1 of these specifications. 1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings specified in following Sections of Specifications(See Special Conditions Section of Specifications for number required and preparation data). Prior to submitting shop drawings,examine submittal data to assure that information is in accord with contract requirements,and that equipment proposed will fit into available space,filter service,maintenance,etc. All submittals shall bear Contractor's stamp showing he has checked the submittals for performance,suitability,space,etc. All submittals shall be identified in accord with the drawings. MECHANICAL GENERAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15000-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Do not order materials until Architect's approval is obtained. B. Capacities, sizes,and other conditions specified and indicated on drawings are minimum. 2.2 MOTORS A.General: Torque characteristics shall be sufficient to satisfactorily accelerate the driven loads. Motor sizes shall be large enough so that the driven load will not require the motor to operate in the service factor range. 2-speed motors shall have 2 separate windings on poly-phase motors. Temperature Rating, rated for 40 deg. C environment with maximum 50 deg.C temperature rise for continuous duty at full load(Class A Insulation). Starting capability,frequency of starts as indicated by automatic control system, and not less than 5 evenly time spaced starts per hour for manually controlled motors. Service factor, 1.15 for poly-phase motors and 1.35 for single phase motors. B. Motor Construction: NEMA Standard MG 1,general purpose,continuous duty,Design"B",except "C" where required for high starting torque. 1. Frames: NEMA Standard No.48 or 54;use driven equipment manufacturer's standards to suit specific application. 2. Bearings: Ball or roller bearings with inner and outer shaft seals;re-greasable,except permanently sealed where belt drives or other drives produce lateral or axial thrust in motor;for fractional horsepower,light duty motors, sleeve type bearing are permitted. 3. Enclosure Type: Open drip-proof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed or remotely located during operation;guarded drip-proof motors where exposed to contact by employees or building occupants;weather protected Type I for outdoor use,Type II where not housed. 4. Overload Protection: Built-in thermal overload protection and,where indicated,internal sensing device suitable for signaling and stopping motor at starter. 5. Noise Rating: "Quiet" 6. Efficiency: "Energy Efficient"motors shall have a minimum efficiency as scheduled in accordance with IEEE Standard 112,test method B. If efficiency not specified,motors shall have a higher efficiency than"average standard industry motors",in accordance with IEEE Standard 112,test method 7. Nameplate: Indicate the full identification of manufacturer,ratings,characteristics,construction, special features and similar information. 2.3 MOTOR STARTERS A. Magnetic Across-The-Line Controllers: Provide full-voltage alternating-current combination controllers mounted in NEMA 1 enclosure of types,sizes,ratings,and NEMA sizes indicated. Equip controllers with block type manual reset overload relays. Provide operating handle for disconnect switch mechanism with indication and control of switch position,with enclosure door either opened or closed, and capable of being locked in OFF position with three padlocks. Construct and mount controllers in single NEMA Type 1 enclosure;coat with manufacturer's standard color finish. B. Fractional Horsepower Manual Controllers: Provide single phase fractional HP manual motor controllers,of sizes and ratings indicated. Equip with manually operated quick-make,quick break toggle mechanisms;and with one-piece melting alloy type thermal units. Controller to become inoperative when thermal unit is removed. Provide controllers with double break silver alloy contacts,visible from both sides of controller;green pilot lights,and switch capable of being padlocked OFF. Enclose controller unit in MECHANICAL GENERAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15000-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 NEMA Type 1 general purpose enclosure suitable for flush mounting;coat with manufacturer's standard color finish. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. Schedule work and coordinate with other trades to avoid delays,interferences and unnecessary work. B. Furnish information required to revise footing elevations,structural elements,chases,openings in floors and walls and to provide clearances,which may be required to accommodate work. C. Set sleeves,anchor bolts,and inserts required to accommodate equipment before concrete is placed and masonry is set. Furnish shop drawings for use of concrete and masonry trades in connection with the work. 3.2 INSPECTION A. Do not cover any work until it has been tested,inspected and approved by the Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide at least 24 hours notice for required observation and approval visits to site by Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and patching due to error on the part of this contractor or where other trades were not given sufficient advance notice of the need for holes,chases,etc.,will be the responsibility of this contractor. Any damage done or cuts made in installing work will be repaired,employing the services of the trade whose work is cut or damaged. 3.4 SUPERVISION A. This contractor shall employ a competent mechanic in each phase of work to continuously supervise the work.Insofar as possible,keep the same supervisor and workmen on the job for the full length of construction. 3.5 CLEAN-UP A. The contractor shall be responsible for removing all debris created by him,and all scrap materials accumulated by him during the process of installation. The premises shall be left clean and neat,and all equipment shall be left in first-class condition. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to protect his own equipment,and to keep it clean and free from damage. Painting shall not be a part of these specifications,but the contractor shall leave all equipment clean and free from grease and in a condition ready to be painted,except all otherwise unprotected ferrous material shall be painted for corrosion protection. The contractor shall exercise reasonable care in the protection of the equipment of other trades in congested areas. Clean and flush all lines of foreign matter before connection.Provide a clean set of filters at start of occupancy by Owner. B. Painting: Touch-up all damaged paint. Paint all otherwise unprotected ferrous surfaces in accord with painting section. 3.6 TESTING A. Test all plumbing piping,following installation,but before it is covered or connected to the sewers or fixtures. Furnish necessary labor,materials and equipment for making test. All leaks disclosed by testing shall be reworked in an approved manner and the leaking system shall then be retested until proved tight MECHANICAL GENERAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15000-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 under pressure. Test all systems for water-tightness(or gas-tightness)as required by the authorities having jurisdiction,or in the absence of such requirements the minimum tests shall be made as follows: 1. Fill all sanitary drainage and vent piping with water and allow to stand thus fulled for 3 hours without showing leaks. Piping may be tested in sections,but no sections shall be tested with less than a ten foot head. 2. Test all water supply piping by applying a hydro-static pressure of not less than 100 pounds per square inch or 1-1/2 times the working pressure,whichever is greater. 3. All refrigerant piping systems shall be tested at 200 pounds with dry nitrogen and freon until all leaks have been made tight. After the pressure tests use suitable vacuum pump to evacuate the system to at least 1000 microns,then charge the system with refrigerant and oil as required. Prior to running the refrigerant equipment all safety and operating devices and controls shall be properly adjusted and tested for proper operation and protection of the equipment. 4. Test all gas piping systems with air or inert gas only. Test pressure shall be not less than five times the maximum pressure to which the piping will be subjected in operation for a period not less than 30 minutes. 3.7 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee all work to be in accordance with contract requirements and free from defective or inferior materials,equipment,and workmanship for a period of one year,and he shall guarantee that all equipment is of proper size and design and so installed as to produce the capacities and results specified and shown on the drawings. See drawings for equipment warranties included in Trane package. END OF SECTION 15000 MECHANICAL GENERAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15000-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 MECHANICAL GENERAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15000-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 15051-MECHANICAL RELATED WORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. B. This section is a Division-15 Basic Materials and Methods section,and is a part of each Division-15 section making reference to mechanical related work specified herein. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of mechanical related work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in other Division-15 sections. B. Types of mechanical related work specified in this section include the following: 1. Access to Mechanical Work: a. Access doors in walls,ceilings,and floors. b. Removable cover plates in walls,ceilings and floors. 2. Excavating for Mechanical Work: a. Underground mechanical utilities and services. b. Underground tanks,basins and equipment enclosures. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Access Units Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where fire-resistance rating is indicated for construction penetrated by access units,provide UL listed-and-labeled units,except for units which are smaller than minimum size requiring ratings as recognized by governing authority. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data,Access Units: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of access door assembly,including setting drawings,templates,instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground work in manner which will ensure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating and backfilling. B. Protect property from damage which might result from excavating and backfilling. C. Protect persons from injury at excavations,by barricades,warnings and illumination. D. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions,to minimize possibility of washouts,settlements and other damages and hazards. E. Provide temporary covering or enclosure and temporary heat as necessary to protect bottoms of excavations from freezing and frost action. Do not install mechanical work on frozen excavation bases or subbases. MECHANICAL RELATED WORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15051-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCESS TO MECHANICAL WORK A. Access Doors: 1. General: Where floors,walls and ceilings must be penetrated for access to mechanical work, provide types of access doors indicated,including floor doors if any. Furnish sizes indicated or, where not otherwise indicated,furnish adequate size for intended and necessary access. Furnish manufacturer's complete units,of type recommended for application in indicated substrate construction,in each case, complete with anchorages and hardware. 2. Access Door Construction: Except as otherwise indicated,fabricate wall/ceiling door units of welded steel construction with welds ground smooth; 16-gage frames and 14-gage flush panel doors; 175'swing with concealed spring hinges; flush screw-driver-operated cam locks; factory-applied rust inhibitive prime-coat paint finish. B. Removable Access Plates: 1. General: Where valves,control devices,cleanouts and similar elements of mechanical work are located within or behind a wall,ceiling or floor construction or finishes,or below grade,and are not(cannot be)provided with integral removable access plates as specified in other Division-15 sections,provide removable access plates of types and sizes needed for access requirements,as indicated. Provide manufacturer's complete units with anchors,fasteners and standard factory- -applied finishes. 2. Wall/Ceiling Unit Construction: Except as otherwise indicated,and where adaptable to substrate, provide manufacturer's standard frameless round formed stainless steel or chrome-plated brass low profile plate cover,with single flush screw anchor,with bright polished finish. a. Painted Finish: Where substrate is indicated for painted finish,provide steel units with prime-coat paint finish. 3. Floor Unit Construction: Except as otherwise indicated,provide manufacturer's standard round cast-iron units,with frame or body designed for casting flush in concrete;with removable plate secured with bronze screws,and surfaced with non-slip cast pattern;natural mill finish. a. Sleeve-Type: Where required floor opening or hand hole extends through thickness of cast floor slab,provide unit body of same depth as slab thickness,to act as form for casting opening. b. Square Units: Where square units are indicated,provide manufacturer's modular units of size which integrate as closely as possible with finish flooring unit sizes(if any). c. Recessed Units: Where finish of floor is other than concrete,provide recessed-panel type construction,of type and recess depth recommended to receive insets of floor finish indi- cated. d. Finish: Provide recessed units with exposed metal(exposed after inset has been installed)of nickel bronze,manufacturer's standard finish. Provide matching fasteners. C. Units Set at Grade: Except as otherwise indicated,provide manufacturer's standard round or square cast-iron pipe extension to protect mechanical element being accessed;designed to be set slightly above finish grade, and to be either supported by compacted soil or to be encased in concrete; secure plate to body with bronze screws;natural mill finish on plate and body. MECHANICAL RELATED WORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15051-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.2 EXCAVATING FOR MECHANICAL WORK A. Backfill Materials: 1. Sub-base Material: Graded mixture of gravel,sand,crushed stone or crushed slag. a. Finely-Graded Sub-base Material: Well graded sand,gravel,or crushed stone with 100% passing 3/8" sieve. 2. Backfill Material: Soil material suitable for compacting to required densities,and complying with AASHO Designation M145,Group A-1,A-24,A-2-5 or A-3. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 ACCESS TO MECHANICAL WORK A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of access doors,floor doors,and removable access plates. B. Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels plumb or level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces. C. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. D. Remove or replace panels or frames that are warped,bowed,or otherwise damaged. 3.2 EXCAVATING FOR MECHANICAL WORK A. General: Do not excavate for mechanical work until work is ready to proceed without delay,so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of back-filling will be minimum. B. Excavate with vertical sided excavations to greatest extent possible,except where otherwise indicated. Where necessary,provide sheeting and cross-bracing to sustain sides of excavations. Remove sheeting and cross-bracing during backfilling where such removal would not endanger work or other property. Where not removed,cut sheeting off at sufficient distance below finished grade to not interfere with other work. C. Width: Excavate for piping with 6"to 9" clearance on both sides of pipe,except where otherwise shown or required for proper installation of pipe joints,fittings,valves,and other work. Excavate for other mechanical work to provide minimum practical but adequate working clearances. D. Depth for Direct Support: For work to be supported directly on undisturbed soil,do not excavate beyond indicated depths,and hand-excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations. Except as otherwise indicated, support the following work on undisturbed soil at bottom of the excavation. 1. Metallic Piping of 6" and less pipe/tube size. E. Depth for Sub-base Support: For plastic piping,large piping(6"pipe size and larger),tanks,and where indicated for other mechanical work,excavate for installation of sub-base material in depth indicated or,if not otherwise indicated,6"below bottom of work to be supported. MECHANICAL RELATED WORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15051-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 F. Depth for Unsatisfactory Soil Conditions: Where directed(because of unsatisfactory soil condition at bottom of indicated excavation),excavate additional depth as directed to reach satisfactory soil-bearing condition.Backfill with subbase material,compacted as directed,to indicated excava- tion depth. G. Depth for Exterior Piping: Except as otherwise indicated,excavate for exterior water-bearing piping (water,steam condensate,drainage)so that top of piping will not be less than Y-6"vertical distance below finished grade. H. Store excavated material(temporarily)near excavation,in manner which will not interfere with or damage excavation or other work. Do not store under trees(within drip line). 1. Retain excavated material which complies with requirements for backfill material. 2. Dispose of excavated material which is either in excess of quantity needed for backfilling or does not comply with requirements for backfill material. a. Move unused material to another location on Owner's property,at or adjacent to project site, and dispose of as directed by Architect/Engineer. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Maintain dry excavations for mechanical work,by removing water. Protect excavations from inflow of surface water. Pump minor inflow of ground water from excavations;protect excavations from major inflow of ground water,by installing temporary sheeting and waterproofing. Provide adequate barriers which will protect other excavations and below-grade property from being damaged by water,sediment or erosion from or through mechanical work excavations. 3.3 BASE PREPARATION A. Subbase Installation: Install subbase material to receive mechanical work,and compact by tamping to f form firm base for work. For piping,horizontal cylindrical tanks,and similar work,shape subbase to fit shape of bottom 901 of cylinder,for uniform continuous support. 1. Provide finely-graded subbase material for wrapped,coated,and plastic pipe and tanks. B. Shape subbase and bottoms of excavations with recesses to receive pipe and bells,flanged connections,valves and similar enlargements in piping systems. C. Concrete Encasement: Where piping under roadways is less than 2'-6"below surface of roadway, provide 4"base slab of concrete to support piping. After piping is installed and tested,provide 4" thick encasement (sides and top)of concrete before back-filling. Provide Class 2500 concrete for encasement and slab. D. Previous Excavations: Where piping crosses over area more than 5'-0"wide which has been previously excavated to greater depth than required for piping installation,provide suitable subsidence-proof support for piping. Comply with details shown or,where not otherwise shown, provide one of the following support systems: 1. Excavate to undisturbed soil,in width equal to pipe diameter plus T-0". Install 8" courses of subbase material,each compacted to 95%of maximum density,as required to fill excavation and s support piping. 3.4 BACKFILLING A. Do not backfill until installed mechanical work has been tested and accepted,wherever testing is MECHANICAL RELATED WORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15051-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 indicated. B. Install drainage fill where indicated,and tamp to uniform firm density. C. Backfill with finely-graded subbase material to 6" above wrapped,coated,and plastic piping and tanks,and to centerline of other tanks. D. Condition backfill material by either drying or adding water uniformly,to whatever extent may be necessary to facilitate compaction to required densities. Do not backfill with frozen soil materials. E. Backfill simultaneously on opposite sides of mechanical work,and compact simultaneously;do not dislocate work from installed position. F. Backfill excavations in 8"high courses of backfill material,uniformly compacted to the following densities (%of maximum density,ASTM D-1557),using power-driven hand-operated compaction equipment. 1. Lawn and Landscaped Areas: 85%for cohesive soils,90%for cohesionless soils. 2. Paved Areas,Other Than Roadways: 90%for cohesive soils,95%for cohesionless soils. 3. Roadways: 90%for cohesive soils,95%for cohesionless soils. G. Backfill to elevations matching adjacent grades,at time of back-filling excavations for mechanical work. H. Compaction Tests: Where compaction tests indicate lower densities of backfill than specified, continue compaction(and re-excavation and back-filling where necessary)and provide additional testing as directed by Architect/Engineer. Allowable density tolerance is not more than one-test-out-of-5 falling more than 2 percentage points below specified density. END OF SECTION 15051 MECHANICAL RELATED WORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15051-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 MECHANICAL RELATED WORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15051-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 15250-MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of mechanical insulation required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules,and by requirements of this section. B. Types of mechanical insulation specified in this section include the following: 1. Piping System Insulation: a. Fiberglass b. Flexible Unicellular 2. Ductwork System Insulation: a. Fiberglass b. Fire rated grease duct insulation C. Refer to Division-15 section,Ductwork and Accessories,for duct lining;not work of this section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation(insulation,jackets,coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives)with flame-spread index of 25 or less,and smoke-developed index of 50 or less,as tested by ASTM E-84(NFPA-255)method. B. Duct Coverings and Linings: Insulation shall not flame,flow,smolder,or smoke when tested in accordance with ASTM C411 at the temperature to which it is exposed in service or 250T,whichever is higher. C. Foam Plastic: Insulation shall conform to 717 of Standard Building Code. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation,coverings,cements,adhesives,and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label,affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt,water,and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation;remove from project site. MECHANICAL INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15250-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING INSULATION MATERIALS: A. Fiberglass Piping Insulation: Mineral Fiber Pre-formed Pipe Insulation,ASTM C-547,Class 1 (to 450T)or Class 2(to 6500)unless otherwise indicated. Conductivity K=0.23 at 100T mean temperature(ASTM C-335). B. Flexible Unicellular Piping Insulation:ASTM C-534,Type I tubing,foamed vinyl nitrile,or foamed polyolefin HH-I-573B,UL 94 Flammability Class(below 180°F). C. Jackets for Fiberglass Piping Insulation:ASTM C-921,Type I,Kraft reinforced foil all service vapor retarder jacket with self-sealing adhesive lap jackets. Permeance 0.02 perm max.ASTME-96. D. Insulate fittings with premolded fiberglass insulation.Encase pipe fitting insulation with one-piece premolded PVC fitting covers,fastened as per manufacturer's recommendations with tape and mastic joints. E. Staples,Bands,Wires,and Cement: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. F. Adhesives, Sealers and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 2.2 DUCTWORK INSULATION MATERIALS A. Rigid Fiberglass Equipment Insulation: ASTM C-612,Class 2(to 4000),3 lbs.density,thermal conductivity K=0.23 (ASTM C-177);Over 400OF to 10000(ASTM C-411)material must be rated for these temperature. B. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C553 and HH-I-558B Form B Class 6(2500)one lb.density,thermal conductivity K=0.27 at 750(ASTM C-177). C. Jackets for Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C1136 Reinforced foil-kraft vapor barrier facing,0.05 perms(ASTM E-96.). D. Ductwork Insulation Accessories: Provide staples,bands,wires,tape,anchors,corner angles and similar accessories as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. E. Ductwork Insulation Compounds: Provide cements,adhesives,coatings,sealers,protective finishes and similar compounds as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which mechanical insulation is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. Insulation Omitted: Omit insulation on chrome-plated exposed piping(except for handicapped fixtures),air chambers,unions,strainers,check valves,balance cocks,flow regulators,drain line from water coolers, buried piping,and pre-insulated equipment. MECHANICAL INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15250-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Cold Piping(Normal operating temperatures below 751F): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following cold plumbing piping systems: a. Potable cold water piping,except below grade or in masonry walls. b. Interior above-ground storm water piping(if metallic). 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 1/2" for pipe sizes up to 1", V thickness for 1-1/4"pipe and larger. b. Flexible Unicellular: 1/2"thickness for pipe sizes up to and including 2" (largest size permitted). C. Hot Piping (Normal operating temperatures of 100"F or higher): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot plumbing piping systems: a. Potable hot water piping b. Potable hot water recirculating piping c. Hot drain piping(where indicated) d. Exposed piping below handicapped sinks and lavatories. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with one of the following types and thickness of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 1"thick for pipe sizes up to and including 2", 1-1/2"thick for pipe sizes larger than 2". b. Flexible Unicellular: 1/2"thick for pipe sizes up to and including V (largest size permitted). c. For piping below sinks and lavatories,use molded closed cell vinyl insulation system provided by the Noland Company. 3.3 HVAC PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. Cold Piping(40°F [4.4°C]to ambient)and Dual Temperature Piping(40°F to 250°F): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following cold HVAC piping systems: a. Air conditioner condensate drain piping. b. Refrigerant suction lines. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with one of the following types and thickness of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 1"thick for pipe sizes up to and including 6", 1-1/2"thick for pipe sizes over 6". b. Flexible Unicellular: 1/2"thick for pipe sizes up to 1" (largest size permitted for chilled and hot/chilled water,and limited to runouts 8ft. long or less). May be used for all refrigerant suction lines in 3/4"thickness for 1-1/4"and larger pipe. 3.4 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION A. Insulation Omitted: Do not insulate fibrous glass ductwork,or lined ductwork. MECHANICAL INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15250-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Ductwork: 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following ductwork: a. Outdoor air intake ductwork between air entrance and fan inlet. b. HVAC supply ductwork between fan discharge,or HVAC unit discharge,and room terminal outlet. Insulate neck and bells of supply diffusers. c. HVAC return ductwork between room terminal inlet and return fan inlet,or HVAC unit inlet;except omit insulation on return ductwork located in return air ceiling plenums. d. HVAC plenums and unit housings not pre-insulated at factory or lined. 2. Insulate each ductwork system specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Flexible Fiberglass: 2"thick, application limited to concealed locations. C. Hot Ductwork: 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot ductwork: a. Range and hood exhaust ductwork 2. Insulate each ductwork system specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. CertainTeed Flame Check high temperature duct insulation blanket or equal by Pyroscat FP. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PIPING INSULATION A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose. B. Install insulation on pipe systems subsequent to installation of heat tracing,painting,testing,and acceptance of tests. C. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full-length units of insulation,with single cut piece to complete run. Do not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other. D. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on pipe insulation,and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. E. Cover valves,fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded units except where specified form or type is indicated.Miter flexible unicellular insulation-DO NOT BEND. F. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls,floors and similar piping penetrations,except penetrations through fire rated construction and where otherwise indicated. G. Butt pipe insulation against pipe hanger insulation inserts. For hot pipes,apply 3"wide vapor barrier tape or band over the butt joints. For cold piping apply insulation continuously through hangers. Provide high density insulation inserts,saddles and shields. MECHANICAL INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15250-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 H. Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below grade exterior walls,terminate insulation flush with mechanical sleeve seal. Seal terminations with vapor barrier coating. I. Fire-Rated Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Terminate insulation at penetrations through fire-rated walls and partitions. Seal insulation ends with vapor barrier coating. Seal around penetration with firestopping or fire-resistant joint sealer. Refer to other sections for firestopping and fire-resistant joint sealers. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK INSULATION A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose. B. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. C. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. D. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on ductwork insulation,and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage. E. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls,floors,and similar ductwork penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. Interrupt insulation at penetrations through fire rated walls or floors. F. Lined Ductwork: Except as otherwise indicated,omit insulation on ductwork where internal insulation or sound absorbing linings have been installed. Where linings is interrupted at heaters or fire dampers,insulate exterior of duct to equal thermal performance. G. Ductwork Exposed to Weather: Protect outdoor insulation from weather by installing outdoor protective finish or jacketing as recommended by manufacturer or described in Section 2.3. 3.7 EXISTING INSULATION REPAIR A. Repair damaged sections of existing mechanical insulation,both previously damaged or damaged during this construction period. Use insulation of same thickness as existing insulation,install new jacket lapping and sealed over existing. 3.8 PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily,including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units. B. Protection: Insulation Installer shall advise Contractor of required protection for insulation work during remainder of construction period,to avoid damage and deterioration. END OF SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15250-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 15400-PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1. Drawings and General Provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of potable water,sanitary sewer,and storm water system work,is indicated on drawings and schedules,and by requirements of this section. B. Insulation for potable water and storm water piping is specified in other Division-15 sections,and is included as work of this section. C. Refer to other Division-15 sections for plumbing equipment and fixtures,not work of this section. D. Trenching and backfill required in conjunction with plumbing is included as work of this section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Plumbing Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of local plumbing code pertaining to selection and installation of plumbing materials and products. 2. ANSI Compliance: Comply with applicable ANSI standards pertaining to materials,products, and installation of soil and waste systems. 3. PDI Compliance: Comply with applicable PDI standards pertaining to products and installation of soil and waste systems. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed storm water systems,in accordance with requirements of Division 1. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS: A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes,types,pressure ratings, temperature ratings,and capabilities as indicated or as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with local plumbing code where applicable. Provide sizes and types of fittings or materials which match pipe materials used in potable water systems. 2.2 BASIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS A. General: Provide pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with the following listing: 1. Interior Water Piping: a. Tube Size 2-1/2"and Smaller: Copper tube,Type L,hard-drawn temper;wrought-copper fittings, solder joints. PLUMBING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15400-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. Soil,Waste and Vent Piping: a. Pipe Size 10"and Smaller: Hubless cast-iron soil pipe; Service weight;Hubless cast-iron soil pipe fittings,hubless joints. b. Pipe Size 6"and Smaller: Galvanized steel pipe; Schedule 40;Class 125,galvanized cast-iron fittings,drainage pattern, screwed joints. c. Pipe Size 8" and Smaller: Polyvinyl chloride plastic pipe(PVC);Type DWV; Schedule 40; PVC plastic type DWV socket-type fittings,solvent cement joints. 3. Roof Drain Conductor Piping: a. Pipe Size 10" and Smaller: Hubless cast-iron soil pipe; service weight,hubless cast-iron soil pipe f fittings,hubless joints. b. Pipe Size 8" and Smaller: Polyvinyl chloride plastic pipe(PVC); Schedule 40; Type DWV; PVC plastic type DWV socket-type fittings,solvent cement joints. 2.3 BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES A. General: Provide piping specialties in accordance with the following listing: 1. Pipe escutcheons 2. Dielectric unions 3. Fire barrier penetration seals 4. Water hammer arresters 5. Drip pans 6. Pipe sleeves 7. Sleeve seals 2.4 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS A. General:Provide supports and anchors in accordance with the following listing: 1. Adjustable steel clevises and adjustable pipe saddle supports for horizontal piping hangers and supports. 2. Two-bolt riser clamps for vertical piping supports. 3. Concrete inserts,C-clamps,and steel brackets for building attachments. 4. Protection shields for insulated piping support in hangers. 2.5 BASIC VALVES(POTABLE WATER) A. General: Provide valves in accordance with the following listing: 1. Sectional and Shutoff Valves: a.2-1/2" and Smaller: Ball valves 2. Drain Valves: a. 2" and Smaller: Gate valves or ball valves 3. Check Valves: a. All Sizes: Swing check valves. 2.6 BALANCE COCKS PLUMBING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15400-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 A. Threaded or Soldered Ends 2"and Smaller: Class 125,bronze body,bronze plug, screw driver operated, straight or angle pattern. 2.7 WATER METER A. General: Provide water meter and related piping conforming to applicable local Utility Company regulations and AWWA standards. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which plumbing piping systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF POTABLE WATER PIPING A. Distribution Piping: 1. General: Install water distribution piping 2. Install piping with 1/32"per foot(1/4%)downward slope towards drain point. 3. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other,spaced to permit applying full insulation and servicing of valves. 4. Copper Tube: Install in accordance with recommended procedures of the Copper Development Association. Use 95-5TA solder. B. Building Sanitary and Storm Drain Piping: 1. General: Install building drains as indicated and in accordance with local plumbing code. Lay underground building drains beginning at low point of system,true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install required gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and use of lubricants, cements,and other special installation requirements. Clean interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. Use plastic piping unless metallic piping is required by local code. 2. Install soil and vent piping pitched to drain at minimum slope of 1/4"per foot(2%)for piping 2" and smaller,and 1/8"per foot(1%)for piping 3" and larger. 3. Install storm water piping pitched to drain at minimum slope of 1/4"per foot(2%)for piping 3" and smaller,and 1/8"per foot(1%)for piping 4" and larger. 4. Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: After inspection and at least 48 hours before installation,apply high-built bituminous coating to external surfaces. Apply single coat in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to attain dry-film thickness of not less than 12 mils. 5. Plastic Pipe: Install plastic piping in accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions. Use joint adhesives as recommended by manufacturer to suit basic pipe materials. 6. Joint Adapters: Make joints between cast iron pipe and other types of pipe with standard manufactured cast iron adapters and fittings. 7. Roof Drain Connections: Connect roof drains to storm drain. 8. Closing Abandoned Utilities: Close open ends of abandoned underground utilities which are indicated to remain in place. Provide sufficiently strong closures to withstand hydro-static or earth pressure which may result after ends of abandoned utilities have been closed. Close open ends of concrete or masonry utilities with not less than 8"thick brick masonry bulkheads. Close open ends of pipe with threaded metal caps,plastic plugs,or other acceptable methods PLUMBING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15400-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 suitable for size and type material being closed. Wood plugs are not acceptable. 9. Interior Inspection: Inspect conduit to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Make inspection after lines between manholes,or manhole locations,have been installed and approximately two feet of backfill is in place and at completion of project. If inspection indicates poor alignment,debris,displaced pipe,infiltration or other defects,correct such defects to satisfaction of Architect/Engineer. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Install piping specialties. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS A. Install supports and anchors. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser,close to main,where branch or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections,and elsewhere as indicated. B. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet of each plumbing equipment item,and on inlet of each plumbing fixture,and elsewhere as indicated. C. Drain Valves: Install on each plumbing equipment item located to completely drain equipment for service or repair. D. Check Valves: Install on discharge side of each pump,and elsewhere as indicated. E. Balance Cocks: Install in each hot water recirculating loop,and elsewhere as indicated. F. Water Meter: Install water meter in accordance with local utility companies'installation instructions, and comply with requirements. 3.6 TAP CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to existing conduits and underground structures,so that finished work will conform as nearly as practicable to requirements specified for new work. Use commercially manufactured wyes for branch connections. Field cutting into conduit will not be permitted. Spring wyes into existing line and encase entire wye,plus 6" overlap,with not less than 6"of 3000 psi 28-day compressive strength concrete. 3.7 BACKFILLING A. General: Conduct backfill operations of open-cut trenches closely following laying,jointing and bedding of pipe,and after initial inspection and testing are completed. B. Material: Bed and backfill all buried pipes with sand,gravel or crushed stone to 3" above top of 3.8 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Potable Water: 1. Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated,but in no case smaller than required by local plumbing code. PLUMBING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15400-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2. Mechanical Equipment Connections: Connect hot and cold water piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated,and comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection,provide drain valve on drain connection. B. Sanitary Piping: 1. Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide soil and waste piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains,with approved trap,of sizes indicated;but in no case smaller than required by local plumbing code. 2. Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains. 3.9 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Disinfection: Disinfect water service line in accordance with AWWA C601.Disinfect potable water system in accordance with local plumbing code or health department regulations. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period,to avoid clogging with construction materials and debris,and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. END OF SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15400-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PLUMBING SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15400-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 15440-PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of plumbing fixture work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules,and by requirements of this section. B. Types of plumbing fixtures specified in this section include the following: 1. Drinking Fountains 2. Lavatories 3. Service Sinks 4. Showers 5. Urinals 6. Water Closets 7. Water Heaters C. Refer to Division-15 sections for plumbing piping systems used in conjunction with plumbing fixtures;not work of this section. D. Refer to Division-16 sections for field-installed electrical wiring required for water coolers and other plumbing fixtures;not work of this section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Plumbing Fixture Standard: Comply with applicable portions of local Plumbing Code pertaining to materials and installation of plumbing fixtures. 2. ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable ANSI standards pertaining to plumbing fixtures and systems, and bath tub units. 3. PDI Compliance: Comply with standards established by PDI pertaining to plumbing fixture supports. 4. Federal Standards: Comply with applicable FS WW-P-541/-Series sections pertaining to plumbing fixtures. 5. UL Compliance: Construct water coolers in accordance with UL standard 399"Drinking-Water Coolers" and provide UL-listing and label. 6. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate water coolers in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 18 "Method of Testing for Rating Drinking Water Coolers with Self-Contained Mechanical Refrigeration Systems". 7. ARI Compliance: Construct and install water coolers in accordance with ARI Standard 1010 "Drinking-Fountains and Self-Contained Mechanically-Refrigerated Drinking-Water Coolers",and provide Certification Symbol. 8. ANSI Compliance: Construct and install barrier-free plumbing fixtures in accordance with ANSI Standard A117.1 "Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable By Physically Handicapped People". a. Comply with Public Law 90-480,know as the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968. PLUMBING FIXTURES/EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15440-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 9. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electric motors and electrical components required as part of plumbing equipment,which have been listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories and comply with NEMA standards. 10.NEC Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Code(ANSI/NFPA 70)as applicable to installation and electrical connections of ancillary electrical components of plumbing equipment. 11.ANSI Compliance: Comply with ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54)"National Fuel Gas Code",as applicable to installation of gas-fired water heaters. 12.AGA and NSF Labels: Provide water heaters which have been listed and labeled by American Gas Association and National Sanitation Foundation. 13.ASME Code Symbol Stamp: For the following equipment,comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for construction,and stamp with ASME Code symbol: a. Commercial water heaters b. Water softener pressure vessel c. Water tanks 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data,including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicating,furnished specialties and accessories;and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions,roughing-in requirements,required clearances,and methods of assembly of components and anchorages. C. Samples: Submit samples of each cabinet finish furnished,and fixture color furnished. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of plumbing fixture and accessory; including"trouble-shooting"maintenance guide. Include this data,product data,and shop drawings in maintenance manual;in accordance with requirements of Division-1. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store fixtures and trim in the manufacturer's original shipping containers. Do not stack containers or store in such a manner that may cause damage to the fixture or trim. 1.6 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Stock: Furnish special wrenches and other devices necessary for servicing plumbing fixtures and trim to Owner with receipt in a quantity of one device for each 10 fixtures. Furnish faucet repair kits complete with all necessary washers,springs,pins,retainers,packings,O-rings, sleeves,and seats in a quantity of 1 kit for each 40 faucets. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. General: These are to be purchased by the Contractor through the Owner's Pre-negotiated National Purchasing Program and installed by the Contractor. See Section 00900 for more information. PLUMBING FIXTURES/EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15440-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine rough-in work of potable water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. Also examine floors and substrates,and conditions under which fixture work is to be accomplished. Correct any incorrect locations of piping,and other unsatisfactory conditions for installation of plumbing fixtures. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES A. General: Install plumbing fixtures of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights;in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions,roughing-in drawings and with recognized industry practices. Ensure that plumbing fixtures comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. Comply with applicable requirements of Standard Plumbing Code pertaining to installation of plumbing fixtures. B. Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to indicated supports or building structure;and ensure that fixtures are level and plumb. Secure plumbing supplies behind or within wall construction so as to be rigid,and not subject to pull or push movement. C. Protect installed fixtures from damage during remainder of construction period. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of plumbing fixtures and after units are water pressurized,test fixtures to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. When possible,correct malfunctioning units at site,then retest to demonstrate compliance;otherwise,remove and replace with new units and proceed with retesting. B. Inspect each installed unit for damage to finish. If feasible,restore and match finish to original at site; otherwise,remove fixture and replace with new unit. Feasibility and match to be judged by Architect/Engineer. Remove cracked or dented units and replace with new units. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GAS-FIRED WATER HEATERS A. General: Install gas-fired water heaters as indicated,in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions,and in compliance with applicable codes. B. Support: Set units on concrete pads,orient so controls and devices needing service and maintenance have adequate access. Level and plumb unit. C. Gas Supply: Connect to gas line with drip leg,tee,gas cock,and union;full size of unit inlet connection. Locate piping so as not to interfere with service of unit. D. Piping: Connect hot and cold water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions. Connect recirculating water line to unit with shutoff valve,check valve,and union. E. Flue: Connect vents and combustion air in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. F. Start-up: Start-up,test,and adjust gas-fired water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions,and Utility Company's requirements. Check and calibrate controls,adjust burner for maximum efficiency. PLUMBING FIXTURES/EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15440-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PUMPS A. General: Install plumbing pumps where indicated,in accordance with manufacturer's published installation instructions,complying with recognized industry practices to ensure that plumbing pumps comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. B. Access: Provide access space around plumbing pumps for service as indicated,but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. C. Support: Install in-line pumps,supported from piping system. D. Basins: Install sump pump basins in indicated locations and connect to sewer inlets. Brace interior of basin in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,to prevent distortion or collapse during concrete placement. Refer to Division 3 for concrete work;not work of this section. Set cover over basin,fasten to top flange of basin. Install so cover is flush with finished floor. E. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. F. Piping Connections: Refer to Division 15 plumbing piping sections. Provide piping,valves,accessories, gages,supports,and flexible connections as indicated. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING PUMPS A. Alignment: Check alignment,and where necessary,realign shafts of motors and pumps within recommended tolerances by manufacturer,and in presence of manufacturer's service representative. B. Start-up: Lubricate pumps before start-up. Start-up in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint. 3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING FIXTURES A. Clean plumbing fixtures,trim,and strainers of dirt and debris upon completion of installation. B. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains,faucets, shower valves,and flush valves to provide proper flow stream and specified gpm. C. Adjust or replace washers to prevent leaks at faucets and stops. END OF SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES/EQUIPMENT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15440-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 15488-NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specifications sections,apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of natural gas systems work,is indicated on drawings and schedules,and by requirements of this section. B. Trenching and backfill required in conjunction with gas service piping is specified in applicable Division-15 sections,and is included as work of this section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. ANSI Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas piping in accordance with ANSI 1331.2 "Fuel Gas Piping". 2. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with NFPA 54 "National Fuel Gas Code". 3. Utility Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with local gas utility company. 4. Local Code Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with local gas code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for natural gas systems materials and products. B. Record Drawings: At project closeout,submit record drawings of installed natural gas systems piping and products,in accordance with Division 1. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for natural gas systems materials and products. Include this data,product data,shop drawings,and record drawings in maintenance manual;in accordance with requirements of Division 1. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes,types,pressure ratings, and capacities as indicated or as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with NFPA 54 where applicable,base pressure rating on natural gas piping system maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections;provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials use in natural gas systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated,selection is Installer's option. NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15488-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.2 BASIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS A. Building Distribution Piping: 1. Pipe Size 2" and Smaller: Black steel pipe;schedule 40;malleable-iron threaded fittings (exposed piping only). Use welded piping and fittings in concealed locations. 2. Pipe Size 2-1/2" and Larger: Black steel pipe; Schedule 40;wrought-steel buttwelding fittings. 2.3 BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES A. General: Provide piping specialties complying with Division 15 "Piping Specialties and Valves" section,in accordance with the following listing: 1. Pipe escutcheons 2. Dielectric unions 3. Pipe sleeves 4. Sleeve seals 2.4 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS A. General: Provide supports and anchors in accordance with the following listing: 1. Adjustable swivel pipe rings for horizontal-piping hangers and supports. 2. Two-bolt riser clamps for vertical piping supports. 3. Concrete inserts,C-clamps,and steel brackets for building attachments. 4. Roof supports molded polycarbonate pillow blocks. 2.5 SPECIAL VALVES A. General: Special valves required for natural gas systems include the following types: 1. Gas Cocks: a. Gas Cocks 2" and Smaller: 150 psi non-shock WOG,bronze straightway cock,flat or square head, flanged ends. b. Gas Cocks 2-1/2" and Larger: 125 psi non-shock WOG,iron body bronze mounted, straightway cock, square head,flanged ends. 2.6 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES A. General: Provide single stage,steel jacketed,corrosion-resistant gas pressure regulators;with atmospheric vent,elevation compensator;with threaded ends for 2"and smaller,flanged ends for 2-1/2"and larger;for inlet and outlet gas pressures,specific gravity,and volume flow indicated. 2.7 GAS METER A. General: Provide diaphragm-type,positive displacement gas meters with aluminum cases, temperature compensated,with internal corrosion-resistant components;threaded ends for 2" and smaller,flanged ends for 2-1/1"and larger;for gas working pressures,specific gravity,and volume flow indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15488-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which natural gas system materials and products are to be installed.Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF NATURAL GAS PIPING A. General: Install natural gas piping as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with requirements of applicable codes. B. Use sealants on metal gas piping threads which are chemically resistant to natural gas. Use sealants sparingly,and apply to only male threads of metal joints. C. Remove cutting and threading burrs before assembling piping. D. Do not install defective piping or fittings. Do not use pipe with threads which are chipped,stripped, or damaged. E. Plug each gas outlet,including valves,with threaded plug or cap immediately after installation and retain until continuing piping,or equipment connections are completed. F. Ground gas piping electrically and continuously within project,and bond tightly to grounding connection. G. Install drip-legs in gas piping where indicated,and where required by code or regulations. H. Install"Tee"fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped,at bottom of pipe risers. I. Use dielectric unions where dissimilar metals are joined together. J. Install piping with 1/64"per foot(1/8%)downward slope in direction of flow. K. Install piping parallel to other piping,but maintain minimum of 12"clearance between gas piping and steam or hydronic piping above 200'F(93'Q. L. For piping underground beneath buildings or paving,install in welded or plastic pipe conduit. Extend conduit inside and terminate in accessible portion of building and seal. Extend conduit outside minimum of 4" from building,and vent above grade. M. Do NOT run through ducts or air plenums,clothes chutes,chimneys,elevator shafts,dumb waiters, or in solid partitions. N. Install magnesium anodes for underground steel pipe,one 5-lb.anode for up to 100'in lengths and one 5-lb anode for each additional 100'. O. Install magnesium anode for each underground steel or malleable-iron fitting,isolated between 2 sections of plastic pipe;one 3-lb anode for each fitting. 3.3 GAS SERVICE A. General: Arrange with Utility Company to provide gas service to indicated location with shutoff at terminus. Consult with Utility as to extent of its work,costs,fees and permits involved. Pay such costs and fees; obtain permits. B. Extend service pipe from Utility's terminus to inside building wall,under Utility's direction. NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15488-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Provide shutoff outside building where indicated,in adjustable gas service valve box,with cover set flush to finished grade. D. Provide shutoff in gas service pipe at entry in building,extend pipe to gas meter location indicated. provide parts and accessories required by Utility to connect meter. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Gas Cocks: Provide at connection to gas train for each gas-fired equipment item;and on risers and branches where indicated. B. Locate gas cocks where easily accessible,and where they will be protected from possible injury. C. Pressure Regulating Valves: Install as indicated;comply with Utility requirements. Pipe atmospheric vent to outdoors,full size of outlet. Install gas shutoff valve upstream of each pressure regulating valve. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF GAS METER A. Install gas meter in accordance with local Utility company's installation instructions,and comply with requirements. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. General: Connect gas piping to each gas-fired equipment item,with drip leg and shutoff gas cock. Comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Inspect,test,and purge natural gas systems in accordance with NFPA 54,and local utility requirements. 3.8 SPARE PARTS A. Valve Wrenches: Furnish to Owner,with receipt,2 valve wrenches for each type of gas valve installed, requiring same. END OF SECTION 15488 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15488-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 15771 -ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1. General: Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of rooftop heating and cooling units work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules,and by requirements of this section. B. Types of rooftop heating and cooling units specified in this section include the following: 1. Electric Cooling and gas-fired heating C. Refer to Division-16 sections for the following,not work of this section. 1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on rooftop heating and cooling units. Include starters,disconnects,and required electrical devices,except where specified as furnished,or factory-installed,by manufacturer. D. Provide the following electrical work of this section,complying with requirements of Division-16 sections: 1. Control wiring between field-installed controls,indicating devices,and unit control panels. E. Refer to other Division-15 sections for piping and ductwork required external to rooftop heating and cooling units for installation;not work of this section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of rooftop heating and cooling units,of types and capacities required,whose product have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. ARI Compliance: Test and rate rooftop heating and cooling units of 135,000 btu/hr capacity or over in accordance with ARI 360"Standard for Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment". 2. ARI Compliance: Test and rate rooftop heating and cooling units under 135,000 btu/hr capacity in accordance with ARI 210"Standard for Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment". and provide Certified Rating Seal. Sound test and rate units in accordance with ARI 270"Standard for Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment". and provide Certified Rating Seal. 3. ASHRAE Compliance: Construct refrigerating system of rooftop heating and cooling units in accordance with ASHRAE 15 "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration." 4. ASHRAE Compliance: Provide Energy Efficient Ratio(EER)of rooftop heating and cooling units not less than prescribed by ASHRAE 90A"Energy Conservation in New Building Design". 5. UL Compliance: Provide rooftop heating and cooling units which are listed by UL and have UL label affixed. 6. UL Compliance: Provide rooftop heating and cooling units which are designed,manufactured,and tested in accordance with UL requirements. ROOFTOP HEATING/COOLING UNIT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15771-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 7. AGA Compliance: Construct gas-fired furnace sections in accordance with AGA safety standards,and provide AGA label. 1.4 SUBMITTALS(FOR RECORD) A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data,including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicated,weights,furnished specialties and accessories;and installation and start-up instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions,weight loadings,required clearances,and methods of assembly of components. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring for rooftop heating and cooling units. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-- installed. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each rooftop heating and cooling unit,control, and accessory;including"trouble-shooting"maintenance guide. Include this data and product data in maintenance manual;in accordance with requirements of Division-1. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Handle rooftop heating and cooling units and components carefully to prevent damage,breaking,denting and scoring. Do not install damaged rooftop heating and cooling units or components;replace with new. B. Store rooftop heating and cooling units and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather,dirt, fumes,water,construction debris,and physical damage. C. Comply with Manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading rooftop heating and cooling units,and moving them to final location. 1.6 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Warranty on Compressor and Heat Exchanger: Provide written warranty,signed by manufacturer,agreeing to replace/repair,within warranty period,compressor and/or heat exchangers with inadequate and defective materials and workmanship,including leakage,breakage,improper assembly,or failure to perform as required;provided manufacturer's instructions for handling,installing,protecting,and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. B. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of substantial completion except for heat exchanger which is ten years. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOFTOP UNITS A. General: These are to be purchased by the Contractor through the Owner's Pre-negotiated National Purchasing Program and installed by the Contractor. See Section 00900 for more information. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which rooftop heating and cooling units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. ROOFTOP HEATING/COOLING UNIT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15771-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS A. General: Install rooftop heating and cooling units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level,firmly anchored in locations indicated,and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Supports: Install units on roof curb,in accordance with National Roofing Contractor's Association(NRCA) installation recommendations. C. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division-16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment Installer. D. Ductwork: Refer to Division-15 section"Ductwork". Connect supply and return ducts to unit with flexible duct connections. Provide transitions to exactly match unit duct connection sizes. E. Gas Piping: Refer to Division-15 section"Natural Gas Piping Systems". Connect gas piping to unit gas train with shutoff cock and drip leg. F. Start-up rooftop heating and cooling units,in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.3 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for 1-half day to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of rooftop heating and cooling units. Schedule training with Owner,provide at least 7-day notice to Contractor and Engineer of training date. END OF SECTION 15771 ROOFTOP HEATING/COOLING UNIT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15771-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 ROOFTOP HEATING/COOLING UNIT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15771-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 15841 -LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of low pressure ductwork is indicated on drawings and in schedules,and by requirements of this section. Low pressure ductwork is hereby defined as ductwork subjected to velocities of 2500 fpm or less, and operating pressure of 2"w.g. or less,positive or negative. B. Types of low pressure ductwork required for project include the following: 1. Heating and/or air conditioning supply and return air systems 2. Fresh air supply systems 3. Mechanical exhaust systems 4. Kitchen exhaust systems 5. Dampers Low pressure manual dampers 6. Turning vanes 7. Duct hardware 8. Duct access doors 9. Flexible Air Ducts 10.Flexible connections 11.Air Distribution Devices 12.Louvers 13.Power ventilators Centrifugal roof ventilators 14.Ceiling ventilators Centrifugal ceiling exhausters C. Refer to Division-15 insulation sections for external insulation required in conjunction with low pressure ductwork;not work of this section. D. Refer to Division-16 sections for the following work;not work of this section. 1. Power supply wiring from power source to disconnect on ventilators. Include starters, disconnects,and required electrical devices,except where specified as furnished,or factory-installed,by manufacturer. E. Provide the following electrical work as work of this section,complying with requirements of Division-16 sections: 1. Control wiring between field-installed controls,indicating devices,and ventilators. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SMACNA Standards: Comply with SMACNA"Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards"for fabrication and installation of low pressure ductwork. B. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with ASHRAE Handbook and Product Directory, 1979 Equipment Volume, Chapter 1, "Duct Construction",for fabrication and installation of low pressure ductwork. C. NFPA Compliance: Comply with ANSI/NFPA 90A"Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" and ANSI/NFPA 90B "Standards for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems". D. AMCA Compliance: Provide power ventilators which have been tested and rated in accordance with AMCA standards,and bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal. E. UL Compliance: Provide power ventilators which are listed by UL and have UL label affixed. F. NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and electrical accessories complying with NEMA standards. G. ADC Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in certified laboratories under requirements of ADC 1062 "Certification,Rating and Test Manual." H. AMCA Compliance: Test and rate louvers in accordance with AMCA 500"Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters". I. NFPA Compliance: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with NFPA 90A"Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." J. UL Compliance: Provide flexible air ducts listed as UL 181 Class O or Class 1. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications on manufactured products and fac- tory-fabricated ductwork,used for work of this section. B. Record Drawings: At project closeout,submit record drawings of installed ductwork,duct accessories,and outlets and inlets;in accordance with requirements of Division-1. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect shop-fabricated and factory-fabricated ductwork,accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping,storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and moisture from entering ducts and fittings. B. Where possible,store ductwork inside and protect from weather.Where necessary to store outside, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated,fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A-527,lockforming quality,with ANSI/ASTM A-525,G90,zinc coating;mill phosphatized for exposed locations. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Stainless Steel Sheet: Where indicated(SS-),provide stainless steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A-167; ANSI Type 302/304/316 with No.4 directional polish where exposed to view in occupied spaces. Protect finished surfaces with mill-applied adhesive protective paper,maintained through fabrication and installation. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products of types and sizes indicated and,where not otherwise indicated,provide type and size required to comply with ductwork system requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment. B. Duct Liner: Fibrous glass,complying with Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association(TIMA) ACH-101;of thickness indicated. C. Duct Liner Adhesive: Comply with Adhesive and Sealant Council,Inc.,(ASC)ASC-A-7001. D. Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA MF-1. E. Duct Sealant: Non-hardening,non-migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant(type applicable for fabrication/ installation detail)as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. Hardcast Iron Grip IG-601,or equal. F. Duct Cement: Non-hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement(type applicable to fabrication/installation detail)as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components,or longitudinal seams in ductwork. G. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated,provide hot-dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors,rods, straps,trim and angles for support of ductwork. 1. Except where space is indicated as "High Humidity"area,interior support materials of not less than 1/4" diameter or 3/16"thickness may be plain(not galvanized). 2.3 DAMPER A. Low Pressure Manual Dampers: Provide dampers of single blade type or multiblade type, constructed in accordance with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards". 2.4 TURNING VANES A. Fabricated Turning Vanes: Provide fabricated turning vanes and vane runners,constructed in accordance with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards". B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Provide turning vanes constructed of 1-1/2"wide curved blades set at 3/4" o.c.,supported with bars perpendicular to blades set at 2" o.c.,and set into side strips conforming to details for mounting in ductwork. 2.5 DUCT HARDWARE A. General: Provide duct hardware,manufactured by one manufacturer for all items on project,for the following: 1. Test Holes: Provide in ductwork at fan inlet and outlet,and elsewhere as indicated,duct test holes, consisting of slot and cover,for instrument tests. 2. Quadrant Locks: Provide for each damper,quadrant lock device on one end of shaft;and end LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 bearing plate on other end for damper lengths over 12". Provide extended quadrant locks and end extended bearing plates for externally insulated ductwork. 2.6 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. General: Provide where indicated, and at fire and smoke dampers duct access doors of size indicated. B. Construction: Construct of same or greater gage as ductwork served,provide insulated doors for insulated ductwork. Provide flush frames for uninsulated ductwork,extended frames for externally insulated duct. Provide one size hinged,other side with one handle-type latch for doors 12"high and smaller,2 handle-type latches for larger doors. 2.7 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. General: Provide flexible duct connections wherever ductwork connects to vibration isolated equipment. Construct flexible connections of neoprene-coated flameproof fabric crimped into duct flanges for attach ment to duct and equipment. Make airtight joint. Provide adequate joint flexibility to allow for thermal, axial,transverse,and torsional movement,and also capable of absorbing vibrations of connected equipment. 2.8 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES A. General: Except as otherwise indicated,provide manufacturer's standard Air Distribution Devices where shown;of size,shape,capacity and type indicated;constructed of materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation. B. Performance: Provide Air Distribution Devices that have,as minimum,temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop,and noise criteria rating for each size device as listed in design manufacturer's current data. C. Ceiling Compatibility: Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling systems,and that are accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems which will contain each type of ceiling air diffuser. 2.9 LOUVERS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated,provide manufacturer's standard louvers where shown;of size, shape,capacity and type indicated;constructed of materials and components as indicated and as required for complete installation. B. Performance: Provide louvers that have maximum free area,and minimum pressure drop for each type as listed in manufacturer's current data,complying with louver schedule. C. Substrate Compatibility: Provide louvers with frame and sill styles that are compatible with adjacent substrate,and that are specifically manufactured to fit into construction openings with accurate fit and adequate support,for weatherproof installation. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of substrate which will contain each type of louver. D. Materials: Construct of aluminum extrusions,ASTM B-221,Alloy 6063-T52. Weld units or use stainless steel fasteners. E. Louver Screens: On inside face of exterior louvers,provide 1/2" square mesh anodized aluminum wire bird screens mounted in removable extruded aluminum frames. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 2.10 POWER VENTILATORS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated,provide standard prefabricated power ventilator units of type and size indicated,modified as necessary to comply with requirements,and as required for complete installation. B. Centrifugal or Axial Roof and Wall Ventilators: Provide wall and roof type,curb mounted,power ventilators of type,size,and capacity as scheduled,and as specified herein. 1. Type: Centrifugal or axial fan,direct or belt driven as scheduled. Provide aluminum,galvanized steel, or fiberglass weatherproof housing as scheduled. Provide square base to suit roof curb. Provide permanent split-capacitor type motor for direct driven fans;capacitor-start, induction-run type motor for belt driven fans. 2. Electrical: Provide factory-wired non-fusible type disconnect switch at motor in fan housing. Provide thermal overload protection in fan motor. Provide conduit chase within unit for electrical connection. 3. Bird Screens: Provide removable bird screens, 1/2"mesh, 16-ga. aluminum or brass wire. 4. Dampers: Provide gravity-actuated louvered dampers in curb bases. 2.11 CEILING VENTILATORS A. Centrifugal Ceiling Exhausters: Provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters,designed for ceiling or wall mounting,of type,size and capacity as scheduled. 1. Provide AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 2. Type: Provide galvanized steel housing lines with acoustical insulation,adaptable for ceiling or wall installation. Provide centrifugal fan wheels mounted on motor shaft with fan shrouds,all removable for service. Provide integral backdraft damper fan discharge. 3. Grille: Provide stainless steel louvered grille with flange on intake with thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. 4. Motor: Provide permanent split-capacitor motor,permanently lubricated,with grounded cord and plug. 5. Electrical: Provide junction box for electrical connection on housing,and receptacle for motor plug-in. Furnish remote fan speed control,solid state,capable of controlling fan speed from full speed to approximately half speed. 6. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard roof jack,wall cap,and transition fittings as indicated on drawings or schedules. 2.12 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate ductwork in 4, 8, 10,or 12 ft.lengths,unless otherwise indicated or required to complete runs. Pre-assemble work in shop to greatest extent possible,so as to minimize field assembly of systems. Disassemble systems only to extent necessary for shipping and handling. Match-mark sections for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Shop fabricate ductwork of gages and reinforcement complying with SMACNA"Low Pressure Duct Standards". C. Shop fabricate ductwork of gages and reinforcement complying with ASHRAE Handbook and Product Directory,Equipment Volume,Chapter 1, "Duct Construction". D. Fabricate duct fittings to match adjoining ducts,and to comply with duct requirements as applicable to fittings. Except as otherwise indicated,fabricate elbows with center-line radius equal to LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-5 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 associated duct width(throat and heel shall be radiused);and fabricate to include turning vanes in elbows where shorter radius is necessary. Limit angular tapers to 30'for contracting tapers and 20'for expanding tapers. E. Fabricate ductwork with accessories installed during fabrication to the greatest extent possible. F. Fabricate ductwork with duct liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to internal surfaces of duct in accordance with instructions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive, and fasten with mechanical fasteners. 2.13 KITCHEN EXHAUST DUCTS A. General: Fabricate kitchen exhaust ducts and supports,used for smoke and vapor removal from cooking equipment,of 16 ga.minimum galvanized steel where concealed,and of 18 ga.minimum stainless steel where exposed. For duct construction,comply with SMACNA"Low Pressure Duct Standards-5th Edition", and ANSI/NFPA 96 "Vapor Removal from Commercial Cooking Equipment." B. Enclosure: Provide enclosure as required by NFPA 96 and local codes. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK A. General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air tight(5%leakage)and noiseless(no objectionable noise)systems,capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8"misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties,braces,hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and to prevent buckling.Provide balancing dampers at point on supply,return,and exhaust systems where branches lead from larger ducts and where indicated on drawings as requires for air balancing. B. Seal ductwork,after installation,to seal class recommended,and method prescribed in SMACNA "Low Pressure Duct Standards-5th Edition". C. Install concrete inserts for support of ductwork in coordination with formwork,as required to avoid delays in work. D. Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop-fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. E. Locate ductwork runs,except as otherwise indicated,vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams,details and notations or,if not otherwise indicated, run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls,overhead construction, columns,and other structural and permanent-enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2"where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts,but allow for insulation thickness,if any. Where possible,locate insulated ductwork for V clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces,conceal ductwork from view,by locating in mechanical shafts,hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions,except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. F. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run ductwork through transformer vaults and other electrical LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-6 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 equipment spaces and enclosures. G. Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls,conceal space between construction openings and duct or duct-plus-insulation with sheet metal flanges as same gage as duct. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2". H. Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories,dampers,coil frames,equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system. I. Support ductwork in manner complying with SMACNA"Low Pressure Duct Standards"hangers and supports section. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF KITCHEN EXHAUST DUCTS A. General: Fabricate joints and seams with continuous welds for watertight construction. Provide for thermal expansion of ductwork through 2000'F(1093'C)temperature range. Install without dips or traps which may collect residues,except where traps have continuous or automatic residue removal. Provide access openings at each change in direction,located on sides of duct 1-1/2" minimum from bottom,and fitted with grease-tight covers of same material as duct. Install duct in rated enclosure with clearances as required by NFPA 96. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean ductwork internally,unit-by-unit as it is installed,of dust and debris. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration of metal or,where ductwork is to be painted, might interfere with painting or cause paint deterioration. B. Strip protective paper from stainless ductwork surfaces,and repair finish wherever it has been damaged. C. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation,provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until time connections are to be completed. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES A. Install ductwork accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions,with applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA Standards,and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function. B. Install turning vanes in square or rectangular 90"elbows in supply and exhaust air systems,and elsewhere as indicated. C. Install access doors to open against system air pressure,with latches operable from either side, except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter. D. Coordinate with other work,including ductwork,as necessary to interface installation of ductwork accessories properly with other work. E. Install duct liner in first ten feet of supply and return ducts unless indicated otherwise. Thickness V unless noted otherwise. Liner shall have smooth fabric facing installed without exposed edges or rips or tears. Leading edges shall have continuous cover channel or chips spaced 6" apart or less. Install in accord with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-7 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.5 INSTALLATION OF AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS A. General: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in accordance with recognized industry practices to insure that products serve intended functions. B. Coordinate with other work,including ductwork and duct accessories,as necessary to interface installation of air outlets and inlets with other work. C. Locate Air Distribution Devices,registers,and grilles,as indicated on general construction "Reflected Ceiling Plans". Unless otherwise indicated,locate units in center of acoustical ceiling modules. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated or specified,install ventilators in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and recognized industry practices to insure that ventilators serve their intended function. B. Coordinate ventilator work with work of roofing,walls,and ceilings,as necessary for proper interfacing. C. Ductwork: Connect ducts to ventilators in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Provide access door in duct below ventilator to service damper. 2. Solder bottom joints and up 2"of side joints of duct under roof ventilator to retain any moisture entering ventilator. D. Roof Curbs: Furnish roof curbs to roofing Installer for installation. E. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division-16 sections. Verify proper rotation direction of fan wheels. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer. F. Remove shipping bolts and temporary supports within ventilators. Adjust dampers for free operation. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT A. Install flexible air ducts as final connections to air distribution devices in lengths not exceeding five feet at contractor's option. B. Install flexible air ducts in accord with UL listing and manufacturer's instructions. C. Flexible air ducts must be stretched tightly and adequately supported. Minimize bends. Ducts must have straight approach to air distribution devices. D. Minimum connections to collars shall consist of three wraps of tape over liner and three wraps of tape over insulation jacket plus metal screw clamp or drawband over tape. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-8 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLS A. Testing: After installation of ventilators has been completed,test each ventilator to demonstrate proper operation of units at performance requirements specified. When possible,field correct malfunctioning units,then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. END OF SECTION 15841 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-9 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 15841-10 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16100-GENERAL ELECTRICAL PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A Scope of Work: The contractor shall furnish all plant,labor,materials,equipment,and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all electrical work as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. ENERAL INFORMATION A. The drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the electrical system. Details of proposed departures due to unforeseen conditions or other causes shall be submitted to the Architect for approval before proceeding. B. Equipment and materials to be furnished under this specification shall be the standard products of manufacturer's latest standard,shall be new and unused,and bear the Underwriter's Seal of Approval. C. All work of the installation to be done by skilled workmen in a workmanlike manner,following the best modern practices. The work shall present a neat and workmanlike appearance when completed. D. Manufacturers,catalog numbers,etc.,used in these specifications or shown on the drawings are to denote design,workmanship and quality desired. 1.04 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND CODES A. Be governed by these specifications and by the current rules and regulations of the following: 1. City Electrical Code. 2. State Electrical Code. 3. Rates of the Electric Utility Company. 4. National Electrical Code. 5. N.E.M.A. Standards. 6. N.F.P.A. Codes. 7. Underwriters Laboratory Standards. 1.05 PRINCIPAL FEATURES A. A complete system of conduit and conductors to supply electrical energy to and throughout the building. B. Temporary wiring. C. New service entrance. D. Branch circuit panels,wiring devices. E. Lighting fixtures and lamps. F. Wiring in connection with mechanical equipment. G. Raceway,boxes,and cabinets for communications wiring. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16100- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 H. Exterior lighting. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS A. Furnish catalog data including cuts,properly assembled in a binder and labeled for the following items including all of the items for which catalog data exists from the manufacturer; submit eight(8)sets. 1. Lighting fixtures and exit signs. 2. Wiring devices(switches,plug receptacles). PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Furnish eight(8)copies of shop drawings for approval of the following: 1. Lighting fixtures. 2. Panelboards,and switchgears. 3. Wiring devices and coverplates. 4. Disconnect switches. 5. Transformer dry-pad. 3.02 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide a separate white plastic 3-ring binder with stiff back with suitable identifying name lettered across the side and the end,in three copies of the following,which shall include catalog pages of each item of equipment,wiring diagrams showing the internal and the external elements and their connection, manufacturer's maintenance manual separated into loose leaf form with fabric reinforcements on the ring holes,bill of material showing necessary data of ordering parts with bill of material to include parts lists,and other incidental material as suggested by the manufacturer,Owner,or Architect. 1. Lighting fixtures. 3.03 WORK IN CONNECTION WITH MOTORS A. Check rotation and connect for proper rotation. Check overload heater element furnished with starters against nameplate rating of motor and code,call attention to improper sizes to mechanical contractor and Architect. Connect all motors with short length of flexible conduit as manufactured by American Brass Company. Use proper type connector with this type conduit. Connect all motor and controls completely, neatly,orderly,and properly tagged for proper operation of system involved. 3.04 WORK IN CONNECTION WITH THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT A. Provide power wiring in conduit for all items furnished under Division 15. B. Furnish and install all control wiring and conduit not shown on mechanical drawings. C. Furnish and install fusible type disconnect switches at all motors. Provide heavy-duty horsepower rated motors for motors over 1/2 HP. Install toggle switches for motors 1/2 HP and less. D. All low-voltage wiring(less than 120-volts)shall be furnished and installed by Division 15. Division 15 will also be responsible for all wiring in conduit for solenoid valves and control transformers. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16100-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 E. Division 16 shall install all starters,switches,disconnects,and wiring to the motor and device. Wiring and conduit from starter to a controller shall be by Division 15. F. All smoke detectors and firestats shall be furnished and installed by Division 15. 3.05 SERVICE TO EQUIPMENT A. Check service required by equipment prior to making final connection. Call differences to attention of Architect. Check equipment for proper protective devices and safety devices to allow proper operation of equipment and prevent burnout. Assist Owners in initial operation of equipment and make necessary adjustment for proper operation. 3.06 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS A. Refer to architectural drawings for details such as finishes,dimensions,materials,etc. Refer to drawings for door locations,door swings,ceiling material type,partitions location,cabinet and counters,making proper allowances therefore. Refer to equipment plans for exact location of electrical connections. 3.07 INITIAL OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Give all equipment furnished in the contract an operational test prior to final acceptance. Assist the owner in the initial operation when the owner operates the building and equipment. Instruct the owner's personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of all the equipment furnished under this section of the specifications. 3.08 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee all work to be free from defects of material and workmanship for a period one year after date of final acceptance. Repair and/or replace all defective material or equipment and any work damaged thereby and make any other adjustments necessary without additional cost to the Owner. 3.09 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT A. Wiring to and connection to all equipment(except low voltage controls)shall be included in the electrical contract work. Equipment shall be properly prepared to receive a single connection with all wiring internal to the equipment installed by the equipment supplier. Verify all connections and rough-in location with the equipment supplier prior to start of work. 3.10 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Furnish record drawings showing the changes and modifications that occurred during the construction period. These drawings shall be on tracing paper to allow reproducing. B. The job supervisor shall maintain a set of prints at the job office to be used to illustrate and note the job changes as they occur. This set of prints shall then be used as a reference to prepare the reproducible record drawings. At the contractor's option,a"sepia"or translucent print may be made from the contract drawings at the contractor's expense and the modifications made thereon. Secure approval of the type of translucent print used prior to having them made. 3.11 WORK IN CONNECTION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Coordinate and review all ceiling systems,grid systems by other sections so that lighting fixtures and other ceiling mounted equipment and their trims are compatible with the ceiling system used prior to submittal of shop drawings and brochures. 3.12 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS GENERAL ELECTRICAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16100-3 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 A. For all exposed elements of electrical work such as lighting fixtures,panelboards,wiring devices,switches, sound equipment,etc.,mounted in walls and finished spaces will have the mounting heights may be supplied in detail by the architect. When provided,these heights are to be used in all cases except where mounting heights are noted for a specific device,fixture or panel on the electrical drawings. Schedule will be prepared when shop drawings and brochures have been submitted so that the dimensions of particular pieces of equipment can be evaluated in relation to ceiling height and other clearances. 3.13 METHODS OF ATTACHMENT TO BUILDING A. Attachment to the building structure,or walls,floors,or other elements,shall be made by suitable clamps, expansion bolts,and similar elements. 3.14 CONNECTION OF FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT A. Provide wiring to and final connection to all kitchen equipment. The equipment shall be properly prepared to receive a single point connection with all wiring internal to the equipment installed by the equipment supplier. Verify all connections and rough-in locations with equipment shop drawings prior to rough-in. END OF SECTION 16100 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16100-4 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16200-ELECTRICAL POWER SERVICE AND GROUNDING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Power service shall be arranged with the local electrical power distributor. Provide metering accommodations as the power board requires. B. The service voltage for the building is underground at 277/480-volts,3-phase,4-wire,Wye. C. Major equipment such as rooftop units shall be served directly at the 480-volt level. Lighting in building and site lighting will be served at 277-volts. Other equipment including fuel dispensing equipment,kitchen equipment,and miscellaneous equipment shall be served at 120/208-volts,3-phase,4-wire,by way of a new dry-type transformer. D. Provide grounding in accordance with the National Electrical Code. E. Pay any charges required by the power distributor. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contractor,General,and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Products for the Power Service shall be covered under other sections of the Specification. B. Products for grounding shall be as follows: 1. Install grounding conductors in all lines except those serving interior lighting branch wiring. Grounding conductors shall have green colored Type"THW" insulation. 2. Conductors shall be Code size for the application unless specifically noted larger on the drawings or in the specifications. The grounding conductor in conduit containing 50-ampere circuits wiring shall be No. 10 AWG. The grounding conductor in 100-ampere circuits in conduit shall be No. 8 AWG. Conform to Table No.250-95 in the National Electrical Code. C. Extend a grounding conductor of Code size from the service ground to the cold water main. Install two groups of three 5/8"x 10'copperweld ground rods,each 15'apart. Bond rods with No. 3/0 bare copper,and extend to the service entrance equipment and connect thereto. D. Provide grounding of separately derived system(dry type transformer)in accordance with the National Electrical Code. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Work shall generally be in accordance with other sections of this specification. B. Confirm the power service arrangements with the power company. ELETRIC POWER SERVICE/GROUNDING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16200- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 C. Carefully coordinate with owner acquisition of lighting equipment. Verify that lighting equipment furnished by owner,such as site lighting,has voltage rating of 277-volts. High-mast light,where used,shall be served at 480-volts. Verify voltage rating of mechanical equipment with mechanical contractor. END OF SECTION 16200 ELETRIC POWER SERVICE/GROUNDING PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16200-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16301 -600 VOLT CONDUCTORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install conductors throughout the raceway system and distribution of electrical energy for the lighting,and power,and control needs. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use stranded conductors for sizes No. 8 and larger and solid conductors for No. 10 and 12. One exception is that all conductors for fuel dispensing equipment shall be stranded unless specifically noted on drawing. Minimum size shall be No.12 AWG. Insulate conductors with Type"THWN"insulation unless specifically indicated otherwise on the drawings. Rating shall be 600-volts,AC. B. Connectors for conductors size No. 10 and 12 shall be approved type insulated twist-on wire nuts. Use hydraulic compression type connectors for conductors No. 8 and larger. C. All conductors are to be copper. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations and latest standard practice of industry. Color code all conductor for phase,neutral,and ground reference,as follows: PHASE 208/120v. 480/277v. A Black Brown B Red Orange C Blue Yellow Neutral White Natural Gray Ground Green Green END OF SECTION 16301 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16301 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16301 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16302-CONDUIT PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install a system of raceways and boxes for installation of conductors for distribution of power and controls throughout building. All wiring shall be in conduit. Conduit shall be concealed except where specifically called for to be exposed,such as in mechanical/electrical equipment rooms. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER RACEWAYS A. Wiring shall be in conduit. Service entrance lines from the pad mounted transformer to the main service disconnect and communications lines serving low-voltage wiring may be Schedule 40 PVC where shown on the drawings. Conduit turning up from trench to the riser pole,and conduits 2- 1/2"and larger shall be rigid steel. All conduit utilized for fuel dispensing and fuel related equipment shall be rigid steel. Remaining conduit in dry locations shall be electric-metallic tubing. 2.02 BUSHINGS A. Bushings for conduit 2" in size and smaller shall be plastic. Conduit size 2-1/2"and larger shall be OZ Company type"B"Appleton Co.Efcor Series NO. 55 or approved equal with metal ring and insulator as an integral part of bushing. 2.03 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT A. Flexible metal conduit shall be used for final connections for all motors,transformers,unit heaters, lighting fixtures,and other permanently connected equipment. Maximum length of flexible conduit shall be 24" except for connection of light fixtures,which may have a length of up to 72". The flexible conduit shall be constructed of hot-dipped galvanized,interlocked spirally wound steel strip. All connectors shall be galvanized and shall be listed for connection to the conduit and boxes. Provide a ground conductor in each length of flexible conduit. Flexible conduit used in mechanical rooms,kitchen areas,and damp or wet locations shall be liquid tight. Other than the uses listed above,the use of flexible conduit will not be permitted. The use of"MC"will not be considered. 2.04 MANUFACTURER A. Conduit shall be as manufactured by Pittsburgh,National,Republic Steel Companies,General Electric Company,or approved equal. CONDUIT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16302-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Protect threads on rigid conduit during storage. To prevent entry of moisture and foreign matter in conduit during construction,install factory made conduit caps on conduit stubs. Swab conduit runs clean and dry prior to pulling wire. B. Cut conduit square,ream smooth,and thread properly and fully. Paint job cut male threads with conductive lead paint prior to making up a threaded conduit joint. C. Conduits shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and from outlet to panel or pull box. Connect conduit in building construction except as indicated. Secure conduit to all boxes and bushings with double locknuts so that system will be electrically continuous. D. In concrete slabs,block up conduit from forms and securely fasten in place. All conduits in slabs shall have a minimum of 2 inch concrete coverage above and below. E. Where conduit is installed in poured concrete slabs and it crosses an expansion joint,an expansion fitting equal to OZ type"AX"with a bonding jumper type"AL" shall be installed. Use Crouse- Hinds,Appleton,or approved equal. F. Install all conduit in a workmanlike manner with bends made using tools specifically designed for purpose to prevent kinks and flattened areas. Where electric metallic tubing is connected to an outlet box or panel,terminate tubing in an approved type connector and couple together with approved type connectors in order to insure adequate bonding. G. Where conduit is installed above ceilings,secure it in place by attachment to building structural framing system with appropriate clamps manufactured for purpose of making conduit attachment. H. All conduit shall be identified by a color coded band located no more than 10 feet apart. Color code shall be as follows: 1. Line voltage None 2. Telephone Green 3. Fuel Dispensing Red 4. Fuel Dispensing Communication Yellow END OF SECTION 16302 CONDUIT PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16302-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16303-BOXES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish outlet boxes for lighting fixtures,wall receptacles, switches,and other boxes as required. Also,pull boxes and junction boxes shall be furnished as required. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 CEILING BOXES A. Ceiling outlet boxes shall be 4-inch octagon and 2-1/8 inch deep. Provide extension rings where additional volume is required. All ceiling outlet boxes shall have fixture stud of no-bolt, self-locking type installed if required to hang fixture specified at that outlet. B. Where ceiling outlets occur in reinforced concrete,provide rings with removable back plate and fixture stud specifically designed for this purpose. 2.02 WALL BOXES A. Light wall switch boxes shall be a minimum size of 4"high by 2-1/8"wide by 2-1/8" deep. Where more than one gang occurs,4" square boxes or additional larger boxes shall be used with device ring attached. Boxes in masonry shall be 4"high and 2-1/2" deep with the number of gangs necessary. An example of the masonry box shall be Raco Co.No.692 for 3-gang,No. 693 for 4- gang,etc. B. Plug receptacle boxes and telephone boxes shall be 4" square by 1-1/2" deep with a 4" square device cover,either one or two-gang as required. Covers shall be square cut,with a depth to accommodate the wall finish material with a minimum raised cut of 1/2". C. Provide special sized boxes where called for on the drawings. 2.03 MANUFACTURER A. Boxes and fittings shall be Appleton, Steel City,Raco,Efcor,Crouse-Hinds,or equal. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Pull and junction boxes shall be galvanized or sherardized sheet metal or code thickness with lapped and welded joints and with 3/4" flange. They shall be rigidly supported on ceiling or wall. Conduit runs entering a box shall not be considered as adequate support. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install pull and/or junction boxes in conduit lines wherever necessary to avoid excessive length of runs or number of bends in run. No run shall exceed 100 feet without a pull box. BOXES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16303-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 B. Pull and junction boxes shall be accessible and sized in accordance with provisions of Article No. 370-18 of latest edition of National Electrical Code. C. Pull and junction boxes shall be installed so that cover shall be accessible at all times. END OF SECTION 16303 BOXES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16303-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16304-WIRING DEVICES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install wall switches,plug receptacles,etc. as specified hereafter and shown on the drawings. Devices offered as a substitute to those specified will be carefully checked to see that quality such as grounding continuity,retention force for insertion devices,are equal to those specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General provisions of the Contract, General and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The plug receptacles shall have a minimum rating of 20 amperes for the voltage service applied. Use device leveler for all receptacles,Erico Co.No.RLC. An example of the quality of device required is the Hubbell Co.No. 5362-IVY. B. Wall switches shall be 20-ampere,minimum capacity and single pole,3-way or 4-way as required. Other variations of the devices shall be as called for on the drawings. Where pilot lights are required,they shall be separately ganged. Switches shall have grounding lug. C. Special colors may be required by the Architect and request for color variation must be made well in advance of product procurement. For the basis of the specification,it shall be assumed that the switch device handles and plug receptacle bodies are ivory. D. Coverplates: Stainless steel coverplates shall be used except where specifically requested by the architect to be a certain color and in nylon. E. The 208-volt plug receptacles shall be Hubbell Co.NO.5462-IVY rated 20-amperes and a maximum of 240-volts AC. The clock hangers shall be Hubbell Co.No. 5235 rated 120-volts, 15- amperes. F. The manufacturer shall be Hubbell,General Electric,Bryant,P&S,Leviton,or approved equal. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of devices shall be in accord with the manufacturer's recommendations. Grounding devices such as jumper straps between the device grounding pole and the junction box,or the connection of a grounding conductor will be required at each plug receptacle. Where metal conduit serves the outlet box,a device using a"UL" approved grounding arrangement making use of the contact between the yoke and the device box is approved for use. END OF SECTION 16304 WIRING DEVICES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16304-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 WIRING DEVICES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16304-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16305-FLOOR BOXES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install flush floor receptacles where shown on plans. Devices shall be completely watertight and have brass coverplates. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Floor box shall be similar and equal to Midland-Ross catalog No. 641. Box shall be cast iron,watertight, and fully adjustable. It shall have interior and exterior leveling screws. Unit shall have corrosion-resistant coating,both inside and outside. Unit shall contain 3/4"threaded conduit openings. B. Coverplate for box shall be polished brass finish. Cover shall come with a ceiling gasket and brass screws. Unit shall be similar and equal to Midland-Ross Company P-64-DU for duplex receptacle. C. Equip each box with duplex plug receptacle. Refer to Section 16304 for type required. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of floor boxes shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 16305 FLOOR BOXES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16305 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 FLOOR BOXES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16305 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16401 -PANELBOARDS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install panelboards with circuit breaker equipment as indicated on drawings and specified hereinafter. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval. Shop drawings shall be specific indicating busing,breaker dimensions,gutter dimension,number size,trip,and interrupting capacity of all circuits. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Branch circuit panelboards shall be of the bolt-on circuit breaker,dead-front safety type, Square D type "NQOD" or"NF",depending upon voltage. Equal equipment by General Electric or Westinghouse will be approved. Contents,as indicated on panel schedule,shall bear approved device label of UL,and shall meet all applicable requirements of National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Load centers for fuel dispensing equipment shall be Square D Company type"QO". B. Panels to have aluminum bus. C. Number of branch circuits,their rating,number of poles arrangements,etc.,are indicated on drawings. D. Panelboards shall have lugs(both main lugs and branch circuit lugs)suitable and UL approved for both aluminum and copper conductors. Such panelboards shall have their breakers labeled and approved by UL. E. Provide neutral bars for all 4-wire system feeders. Isolate such neutral bars from the panel box. F. Panels shall have a separate"ground bar" installed with lugs or connectors on bar. Such bar shall be grounded to panel box. G. Bus bars shall be of sequence-phase type arranged for 120/208-volts and 277/480-volts,3-phase,3-wire mains. All circuits shown as common neutral shall be installed in accordance with National Electrical Code. H. Balance all circuits in a panel to achieve not more than 10 percent unbalanced neutral current in panel feeder. Panel circuit numbering shall be revised as necessary and arranged to facilitate above. I. Multiple breakers shall have common trip. Trip indication shall be as indicated by breaker handle moving to a position other than ON or OFF. Equip doors on panels with chrome-plated lock and a catch with two keys supplied for each lock,concealed hinges and attachment means. Panelboards shall be flush or surface mounted as required. J. Furnish six handle"lock-on" devices for each panel for installation on circuits as directed by Owner to prevent unauthorized personnel from turning off circuits to controls,unit heaters,clocks,night lights,etc. Any spare lock- ons remaining shall be turned over to Owner for his use. PANELBOARDS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16401 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 K. Provide typed or printed directory cards under plastic on doors. Submit detailed drawings for approval showing size of cabinets,trim,detail for busing,locks,method of numbering,voltage,phase,etc.,and obtain approval from Architect before manufacture is commenced. L. Distribution panel shall be Square D Company I-line type. Main breaker shall be equipped with ground fault protection. M. Circuit breakers shall be fully rated and temperature rated for a 40 degrees C.ambient. All panelboards shall have lugs(both main lugs and branch circuit lugs)suitable and UL approved for aluminum and copper conductors. Such panelboards shall have their breakers labeled and approved by UL. N. Breakers shall be of thermal magnetic type,sized and numbered as indicated on schedule on drawings,and shall be quick-make,with trip indication shown by a handle position other than ON or OFF with trip on all multipole breakers. O. Minimum short circuit interrupting capacity shall be as indicated on panel schedule. P. Panelboard fronts shall have concealed hinges and attachment bolts,be complete with door cylinder lock and catch,all keyed alike. Fronts shall have adjusting trim clamps and Bakelite nameplates engraved to indicate device,panel,or motor being served. Spare breakers and spaces only shall have nameplates with no engraving. Secure all nameplates to panelboard trim with two round head sheet metal screws. Q. Panelboards shall be UL approved. Panelboard main sizes,branch circuit rating,and mounting shall be as indicated on plans. Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval. Shop drawings shall be specific showing busing,breaker dimensions,gutter dimensions, spare space dimensions,number,size,trip,and interrupting capacity on all circuits. Standard factory work sheets will not be acceptable as shop drawings. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Secure surface mounted panelboards to wall using 1/4"toggle bolts,bolted to masonry wall. Where hollow block walls do not occur,suitable expansion shields and anchor bolts shall be utilized. Unless directed otherwise, panelboards shall be mounted to have the top 6 feet clear above finished floor. B. The directories within each panelboard shall be properly filled out,so as to have a comprehensive understanding of the loads to which each circuit breaker is connected. They shall be filled out by use of a typewriter. C. Panelboards shall be painted to match adjacent walls and labeled inside with a suitable engraved,laminated plastic plate to identify the panelboard designation and its voltage. END OF SECTION 16400 PANELBOARDS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16401 -2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16402-SAFETY SWITCHES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install fuse safety switches and/or disconnect switches as called for on the drawings and as may be otherwise required by the Codes. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Safety switches shall be fusible,heavy-duty,HP rated. Switches on the building exterior shall be NEMA 3R. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install where called for on the drawings and/or as required by the National Electrical Code. B. Where disconnect or safety switches are called for away from walls, suitable support shall be provided to allow the switch to be in a position of approximately 4-1/2 feet above floor. Where necessary,provide a steel frame attached to the floor or overhead structural system or both. Switches may be mounted on equipment where specific approval is realized from the supplier of the equipment, so as not to interfere with normal and ready maintenance of the equipment. C. Where safety switches are exposed to public,install a"master"heavy padlock. All locks shall be keyed alike with five sets of keys delivered to Owner. END OF SECTION 16402 SAFETY SWITCHES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16402-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SAFETY SWITCHES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16402-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16403-DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS FOR 120-VOLTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install dry-type transformer where called for on the drawings to provide 208Y/120- volts from the basic building 480-volt,3-phase service. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The transformer shall be similar and equal to General Electric Company type"ML"or"QL"of particular capacity required. Transformer shall have aluminum windings and have standard NEMA taps so as to allow adjustment of output voltage. Type"QL"transformers shall have six taps,two above rated voltage and four below rated voltage. Type"ML"transformers shall have four taps,two above and two below rated voltage. All taps shall be rated 2-1/2 percent of rated input voltage. Transformer shall be rated for 150 degrees C.temperature rise. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mounting of the transformers shall be floor mounted.Extend a code sized grounding conductor from the secondary neutral to the ground bus at the service entrance,and to building structural element and bond thereto. END OF SECTION 16403 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16403-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16403-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 10/10 SECTION 16501 -LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install the lighting fixtures as called for on the drawings and specified hereinafter. Equipment shall be complete including lamps and accessories with the mounting arrangement suitable for the mounting condition encountered. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and Division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The lighting fixtures shall be as listed in the lighting fixture schedule shown on the drawings. B. Fluorescent lamps shall be 54-watts with initial lumen output of not less than 5,000 lumens. For all lamps used inside the building,lamps shall have high color rendering index,minimum of 85,and shall have a color temperature of 4,100 degrees K. Wherever lamps are used in low temperature applications,such as coolers or outdoors,lamps shall be rated 40-watts and operate from a standard 430-milliamp ballast. These lamps shall be cool white. C. High intensity discharge lamps shall be"coated"unless specifically noted to be"clear"on the drawings. D. Incandescent lamps,where used,shall be extended service type, 130V rated,with 2,500 hours life,inside frosted. E. Fluorescent ballasts for interior fixtures shall be programmed rapid start and rated such to operate T-5 fluorescent lamps. Ballasts shall be electronic,similar and equal to Universal B254PUNV-D. Input wattage for a two-lamp ballast shall be I I7-watts. Ballasts shall contain an integrated circuit to control overall ballast operation. Ballasts shall have sound level rating of A. Maximum harmonic distortion shall be less than 10 percent. Crest factor shall be maintained below 1.7. Minimum power factor level shall be 0.98. Minimum ballast factor shall be 1.00. For fluorescent ballasts utilized in cold temperatures,ballasts shall be similar and equal to conventional magnetic ballast, similar and equal to Advance Company Mark III. Ballasts for high intensity discharge lamps shall be constant wattage type of high power factor,encased and potted with a sound rating similar and equal to Prescolite's Silent Pak. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Each lighting fixture shall be secured to the ceiling or structural framing system. Attachment to ceiling board, metal lath,or gypsum panels is not satisfactory. Suitable framing must be provided to engage the actual structural elements of the building or ceiling. B. Fixtures in lay-in ceiling applications shall be clipped to the ceiling framing as required by the National Electrical Code. END OF SECTION 16501 LIGHTING FIXTURES PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16501 - 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16502-LIGHTING CONTROL PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Exterior lighting and sign lighting will be controlled through a furnished and installed system of contactors. Electrical contractor shall extend circuits as indicated on plans through contactor cabinets as noted on drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All control contactors will be furnished by electrical contractor. B. Refer to other sections of specification for material such as conduit,conductors,etc. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Refer to electrical plans for circuits being controlled. Extend necessary quantity of branch circuits through the lighting contactors in the control panel. END OF SECTION 16502 LIGHTING CONTROL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16502-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 LIGHTING CONTROL PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16502-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16503-EXIT SIGNS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install exit signs where illustrated on the drawings. They shall have built-in battery packs to maintain their self-illumination on the occasion of normal power interruption. Mounting shall be as set forth on the drawings and described hereinafter. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and division 1 Specification Sections,General Requirements apply to this section. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The unit shall be thermoplastic construction of simple line and pattern and of compact size. Lamps shall be LED. B. Exposed plastic elements shall be matte white enamel finish. Letters shall be red. C. The units shall have built-in battery which shall energize the exit sign on the occasion of normal power interruption. They shall be equipped with a device to prevent deep draw down of the battery unit after approximately 1-1/2 to 2 hours of operation. D. The equipment shall be similar and equal to Dual-Lite No.LXURWE,matte white. The units mounted on a lay-in type ceiling shall be supported by use of a Caddy Company acoustical"Tee Bar" box hanger,catalog No. 512 or similar product. Ceiling surface mounted units shall have a"recessed" battery unit so as to minimize the project down from the ceiling. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The unit shall be arranged for the mounting called for on the drawings,either single face or double face or either ceiling mounting or wall mounting. Directional arrows shall be provided as indicated. Where ceilings above 9 feet are involved,the ceiling mounted units are to be pendant mounted to where the bottom of the sign is approximately 8'6" above floor. Conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 16503 EXIT SIGNS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16503-1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 EXIT SIGNS PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16503-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16504-FLUORESCENT LIGHT EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Emergency lighting for egress purposes shall be provided by the installation of battery units located at certain fluorescent fixtures. The battery pack will serve one lamp and will bring the lamp on when normal power is interrupted. Special wiring connection is required in order to allow the lighting fixture to be switched off and on as the room needs require,but also come on automatically when normal power is interrupted. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Battery units shall have a lead-acid gel cell battery which will supply 90 minutes of illumination at a minimum of 60 percent of initial output or produce 87.5 percent of rated voltage. The unit shall contain a built-in switching arrangement for transfer of normal power to the battery and a built-in charging element. Each fixture in which the battery pack is installed shall be equipped with a monitor light to indicate the present and charge condition of the battery pack. The unit shall be similar and equal to Bodine No.B50 to operate one lamp at 1,100 lumen output. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The battery pack shall have a separate full-time energized line brought to it so that it may monitor power being available at the panelboard. This shall be in addition to the switch line coming to the fixture that will turn the power off and on. So long as the monitor line to the panelboard is energized,the battery unit will not operate. It will thus sense power failure or interruption and provide egress lighting. B. The wiring arrangement shall insure that the lights can be turned off and on in a normal manner as other lights in the room and still function automatically to bring in emergency light when power is interrupted. END OF SECTION 16504 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16504- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16504-2 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 SECTION 16600-COMMUNICATIONS FACILITY PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install conduit and outlets to accommodate the installation of communications wiring and equipment by others. This shall include telephone,intercom,and other communications lines. All intercom equipment and final connection shall be by others. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Provisions of the Contract,General and Supplementary Conditions,and Divisional Specifications Sections,General Requirements,apply to this section. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Certain conduit shall be provided for telephone and intercom. It shall be installed as set forth under the Basic Materials section of the specifications. Minimum size shall be 3/4"with larger size used where specifically noted. B. Boxes shall be 4" square with one-gang extension ring equipped with a telephone type coverplate. C. Provide terminal space consisting of 3/4"plywood bolted to wall,top 6'0" above floor. Width shall be as shown on the drawings. Provide an insulated#6 AWG ground conductor from service ground to TTS. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Verify telephone service arrangements with Utility Company. B. All empty conduit shall have nylon pull string installed and tied off at each end. END OF SECTION 16600 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16600- 1 Copyright 2004 Travel Center Reference Manual 01/04 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITY PILOT TRAVEL CENTERS LLC 16600-2 Lighting Summary LGT-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Info Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 Compliance Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can For Building Department Use forms do not respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. require a Company Name: Pilot Flying J password to use. Company Address: 5508 Lonas Road Knoxville,TN 37909 Instructional and calculating cells Applicant Name: Pilot Flying J are write- protected. Applicant Phone: 865-588-7488 Applicant Email: Project Description 0 New Building ❑Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Included Include PROJ-SUM form(included in envelope forms workbook)with lighting complliance forms. Building Additions Compliance Method Interior lighting Exterior lighting Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable Refer to Section C502.2.6 for additional El provisions as a stand alone new construction project requirements. Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing ❑ ❑ building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects,include new+existing interior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. For exterior lighting projects,include new+existing exterior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non-Tradable Lighting Wattage tables in LTG-EXT form. Interior and Exterior Lighting Power Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting Lighting Alterations 50%or more of existing are replaced ❑ ❑ ❑ Select all Lighting Power and Lighting ❑ ❑ ❑ Control elements that apply to the scope Less than 50%of existing are replaced of the retrofit project.If project includes a combination of spaces where less than Lamp and/or ballast replacement only 50%of the existing fixtures are replaced —existing total wattage not increased ❑ ❑ ❑ in some spaces,and 50%or more of the 50%or more replaced-Total lighting power of new+existing-to-remain fixtures shall comply with total fixtures are replaced in others,then LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new+existing-to-remain fixtures in Proposed provide separate lighting power Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD,LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-EXT form. compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions.Spaces undergoing the same Less than 50%replaced-Total lighting power of new+existing-to-remain fixtures shall not exceed the type of retrofit may be combined into one total lighting power prior to alteration. Include new+existing-to-remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting lighting power compliance form. Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD,LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-EXT form. 50%threshold applies to number of luminaires for interior spaces and parking garages,and total Refer to Section C503.6 for additional installed wattage for exterior luminaires. requirements. Lighting Controls Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting All alteration lighting controls shall be New wiring installed to serve added commissioned per C408.3. fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new ❑ ❑ ❑ circuit(s) New or moved lighting panel ❑ ❑ ❑ Interior space is reconfigured- ❑ luminaires unchanged or relocated only New wiring or circuit-For interior lighting,provide required manual controls per C405.2.3,occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1,daylight responsive controls per C405.2.4 and application specific lighting No changes are being made to controls per C405.2.5.For exterior lighting,provide required controls per C405.2.7. the interior or exterior lighting New or moved panel-Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and automatic systems and existing space time switch controls per C405.2.2. uses and configuration are not Reconfigured interior space-Provide all required lighting controls that apply to a new interior space. changed. Application specific lighting control provisions per C405.2.5 do not apply to reconfigured spaces. Change of Space Use ❑ Existing interior lighting systems in areas under-going a change in space use are upgraded to comply with LPAs for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1)or C405.4.2(2). Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. Lighting Summary, cont. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 Interior Lighting System INTERIRO LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST PRIMARIALY OF INDIVIDUALL Description ADDRESSABLE CREE SMARTCAST FIXTURES CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSORS INTEGRAL TO THE INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES. MANUAL CONTROLLS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY SMARTCAST DIMMER SWITCHES. NON ADDRESSABLE FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND MANUAL SWITCH. Interior Lighting Power Q Building Area Method ❑Space-by-space Method Allowance Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls ❑All C405.2.1-C405.2.8 Controls ❑C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Control(LLLC) Q Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with C406.4,no less than 90%of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply with the required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: Q Lighting U C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA Q C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting 0 Exterior Lighting System EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF FULL CUTOFF LED FIXTURES Description FOR SITE LIGHTING AND BUILDING MOUNTED FACADE AND WALKWAY LIGHTING. p EXTERIOR FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. Interior Lighting - Building Area Method LTG-INT-BLD 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 Calculation © O Addition- O Addition For Building Department Use Area NOTE 8 stand alone +existing O Spaces where<50%of O Spaces where>_50%of O luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced LPA O Standard © Additional Efficiency Package Option O Calculation C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C406.3,the Proposed LPD shall be 25%lower than the Target LPA. Type Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. Maximum Allowed Lighting WattageNOTE 1 Location(plan#, Gross Interior Allowed Watts Allowed Building Area room#,or ALL) Area Description Area in ft2 Watts per ft2 (watts/ft2 x area) Retail E1 Sales Area 9526 1.01 9622 Total 9526 Proposed Lighting Wattage Location(plan#, Number of Watts per Building Area room#) Fixture Description NOTE 2,3,4,5 Fixtures Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Retail E1 AL2 10 38 380 Retail E1 CL2 112 30 3360 Retail E1 ML 197 13 2561 Retail E1 HL 9 50 450 Retail E1 KL 12 15 180 Retail E1 PL 5 11 55 Compliance by Building Area NOTE 7 Total Allowed Total Proposed Interior Lighting Building Area Warnings Watts Watts Power Allowance Retail 9622 6986 COMPLIES C406.3 Note 1-List all unique building areas per Table C405.4.2(1)that occur in the Totalsl 9622 1 6986 project scope. Select building area category from drop down menu. Note 2-Proposed fixtures must be listed in the building area in which they occur.List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing-to-remain fixtures. Note 3-For proposed Fixture Description,indicate fixture type,lamp type(e.g. T-8),number of lamps in the fixture,and ballast type(if included). For track lighting,list the length of the track(in feet)in addition to the fixture,lamp,and ballast information. Note 4-For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1,note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 5-Existing-to-remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures.Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 6-For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source.For luminaires with screw-in lamps,enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture(not the lamp wattage).For low voltage lighting,enter the wattage of the transformer.For line voltage track/busway systems,enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or bu wattsiunew toot,or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting aewce. Note 7-Proposed Wattage for each Building Area type shall not exceed the Allowed Wattage for that Building Area type. Trading wattage between Building Area types is not allowed under the Building Area Method compliance path. Note 8-Calculation Area Details: a.Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project,or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance.Refer to C502.1. b.For alterations and building additions,provide Building Area types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table.If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing builidng lighting systems,include all applicable existing Building Area types and gross interior areas. Exterior • • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 Exterior Lighting For Building Department Use Q Zone 1 Q Zone 2 Q Zone 3 Q Zone 4 Zone Table C405.5.2(1) Specified by jurisdiction. Zone selection required to enable LTG-EXT form Calculation Area Q Q Addition- Q Addition stand alone +existing O Alteration with<50% Q Alteration with>_50%ext. ext.wattage replaced wattage replaced Building Grounds 0 Efficacy>80 lumens/watt ❑ Exemption Applies to luminaires> 100 Watts ❑Controlled by motion sensor Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE' Base Site Allowance: 600 Area(ft2),perimeter Allowed Watts Allowed Watts Tradable Surfaces Surface Description (If)or#of items per ft2 or per If x ft2(or x If) Uncovered Parking and drives Truck Stop Parking and Driving area 364021 0.06 W/ft2 21841 Sales Canopies Truck and Auto Fueling Canopies 7620 0.6 W/ft2 4572 Main Entry Door Main Entry Door 12 20W/LF door 240 Other Entry Door Entry Doors 23 20W/LF door 460 Entry Canopies Main Entry Canopy 128 0.25 W/ft2 32 Grounds Walkways >10'wide Sidewalk 2960 0.14 W/ft2 414 Total Allowed Tradable+Site Allowance Watts: 28160 Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage NOTE 2 Number of Watts per Watts Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 3,4 Fixtures Fixture NOTE 5 Proposed Uncovered Parking and drives SA(LED Area Light) 11 215 2365 Uncovered Parking and drives SIB(LED Area Light) 17 215 3655 Sales Canopies UC(LED Canopy Fixture) 51 122 6222 Main Entry Door GS(LED Entry Canopy Fixture) 3 62 186 Other Entry Door FL(LED Wall Pack) 6 42 252 Entry Canopies GS(LED Entry Canopy Fixture) 4 62 248 Grounds Walkways >10'wide AW(Exterior Up/Down Sconce 10 14 140 Uncovered Parking and drives GS(LED Entry Canopy Fixture) 2 62 124 Grounds Walkways >10'wide U1 (Exterior LED Gooseneck) 6 17 102 Grounds Walkways >10'wide U2(Exterior Wall Sconce) 2 18 36 Total proposed tradable watts may not exceed the sum of total allowed tradable Total Proposed Tradable Watts: 13330 watts plus the base site allowance. Any base site allowance not needed to make tradable watts comply can be applied to individual non-tradable categories. Non-Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage"" " Site Allowance Remaining: 600 Area(ft),perimeter Allowed Watts Allowed Watts Non-Tradable Surfaces Surface Description (If)or#of items per ft2 or per If x ft2(or x If) Non-Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage NOTE 2 Number of Watts per Watts Non-Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 314 Fixtures Fixture NOTE 5 Proposed Non-tradable proposed watts may not exceed allowed watts for any individual Non-Tradable Watts Exceeding LPA: 0 surface unless the total excess watts for all non-tradable surfaces are less than the remaining site allowance. Remaining Site Allowance: 600 Exterior Lighting COMPLIES WITH MAX. ALLOWANCE Note 1-List all unique exterior sufaces per Table C405.5.2(2)that occur in the project scope. Select exterior surface categories from drop down menu. Note 2-List all proposed lighting fixtures including existing-to-remain fixtures. Note 3-For proposed Fixture Description,indicate fixture type,lamp type,number of lamps in the fixture,and ballast type(if applicable). Note 4-Existing-to-remain fixtures shall be included in the Tradable and Non-Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage tables in the same manner as new fixtures.Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 5-For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source.For luminaires with screw-in lamps,enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture(not the lamp wattage).For low voltage lighting,enter the wattage of the transformer. Lighting, Motor, . • ElectricalPermit Checklist, • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS Lighting controls, For all lighting fixtures,indicate lighting control method on Yes C405.2 plans for spaces and lighting zone(s)served,or exception E1 general taken Luminaire level Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of NA C405.2 lighting controls C405.2 lighting controls;provide description of control (LLLC) capabilities and performance parameters For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and units lighting zone(s)served,or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception C405.2.3 Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control C405.2.1.1 (whether combined with occupancy sensor,automatic light Yes C405.2.2.2 Manual controls reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), E1 C405.2.4 location of manual control device and area or specifice C405.2.5 application it serves C405.2.2.1 Indicate on plans which method of manual 50%lighting load Yes C405.2.2.2 Manual interior lighting controls reduction is provided,or whether lighting load is reduced via E1 C405.2.3 occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods(occupancy sensor or time switch) E1 Yes C405.2.2 Method of automatic for all lighting zones; shut-off control Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods(occupancy sensor or digital timer switch)or which time switch control exception applies Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; E1 Yes C405.2.1 Occupancy sensor Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to C405.2.1.1 controls be manual-on,automatic 50%-on,or serve a space eligible for E1 automatic 100%-on per exception Occupancy sensor Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces NA C405.2.1.2 controls- provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting warehouses power by 50% NA C405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate required digital timer switch control function when control is used NA C405.2.2.1 Automatic time Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting switch controls zone(s)served,include area sq.ft. Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans,include sq.ft.; C405.2.4.2 Daylight zones- Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans,include sq.ft.; NA C405.2.4.3 Sidelight and toplight For small vertical fenestration assemblies(rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone)where daylight responsive controls are not required,provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) Indicate on plans lighting zone(s)served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) NA C405.2.4 Daylight responsive that apply; controls Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method- continuous dimming,or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100%of rated power; Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone Additional controls-NA C405.2.5 Specific application Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require lighting controls specific application lighting controls per this section Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting,and display C405.2.5- Display and accent case lighting are controlled independently from both general NA Items 1&2 lighting area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate manual and automatic lighting control method Lighting, Motor, . • ElectricalPermit Checklist, • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes C405.2.5- Hotel/motel guest Indicate method of automatic control-vacancy or captive key NA Item 3 rooms control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in guest room C405.2.5- Supplemental task Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy NA Item 4 lighting control for supplemental task lighting,including under-shelf or under-cabinet lighting Indicate on plans eligible non-visual lighting applications, include sq.ft.area of each lighting control zone; C405.2.5- Lighting for non- Indicate on plans that non-visual lighting are controlled NA Item 5 visual applications independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or demonstration are controlled independently from both general C405.2.5- Lighting equipment area lighting and other lighting applications within the same NA Item 6 for sale or space; demonstration Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal NA and emergency means of egress illumination; Provide calculation of lighting power density of total egress Yes C405.2.5- Means of egress lighting; E1.1 Item 7 lighting If total egress lighting power density is greater than 0.02 W/sq. ft.,indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off NA during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-off control NA Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the ES1.1,ES2.1, automatic lighting control method,control sequence,and ES2.2 locations served; For building fagade and landscape lighting,indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed E1.1 Yes C405.2.7 Exterior lighting controls opening/closing time; For all other exierior lighting,indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of available daylight;include control ES1.1,ES2.1, sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% ES2.2 between 12am-6am,or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before opening,or based upon motion sensor Exterior building For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 wafts,indicate Yes C405.5.1 grounds lighting on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens ES1.1 controls or;are controlled by motion sensor,or are exempt lighting per C405.5.2 Indicate location(s)of master control switch(es)intended to Area controls- control multiple independent switches;circuit breaker may not NA C405.2.5 Master control switches and circuit be used as a master control switch; power limit Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% To comply with additional efficiency package option,indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually EO addressed and provided with continuous dimming,or exception Yes C406.4 Enhanced digital taken; lighting controls Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control E1.2 functions(min 90%to comply with additional efficiency package option) If claiming lighting system commissioning exemption provide supporting calculation; C405.13 Lighting system Identify applicable commissioning documentation requirements NA C408.3 functional testing per Section C408 or eligibility for exception; Provide written procedures for functional testing of all automatic controls and describe the expected system response Lighting, Motor, . • ElectricalPermit Checklist, • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER&EFFICACY Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule;indicate fixture types,lamps,ballasts,and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify spaces eligible for lighting power exemption on plans C405.4.1 Total connected and in compliance forms;indicate the exception applied; No C405.4.1 interior lighting C405.4.2 g g power Identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms;indicate the exception applied; Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently Yes C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per EO,E1.1 fixture in lighting fixture schedule(maximum 5 watts per fixture) If high efficacy exception is applied to permanently installed Lighting in dwelling lighting fixtures in dwelling units,indicate in lighting fixture NA C405.1 schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404.1. units-lamp efficacy Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in project(min 75%to comply with exception). Reduced lighting For project with dwelling units,to comply with additional power density- efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if NA C406.3 lamps in fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or dwelling unit lamp more.Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that have efficacy this efficacy rating(min 95%to comply with option). Lighting Power Calculation-Indicate compliance path taken Building Area Complete required compliance forms—proposed wattage per Yes C405.4.2.1 building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per Method building area.Identify locations of building areas on plans Complete required compliance forms—total proposed wattage NA C405.4.2.2 Space-By-Space does not exceed maximum allowed wattage.Identify locations Method of space types on plans,including retail display areas,lobby art &exhibit display areas,and ceiling heights as applicable To comply with additional efficiency package option, Reduced lighting demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior Yes C406.3 lighting wattage is 75/o less than the total maximum allowed power density lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space-By-Space Method EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER&EFFICACY Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule;indicate fixture types,lamps,ballasts,and manufacturer's rated watts EO per fixture; Total connected Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power Yes C405.5.2 exterior lighting exemption on plans and in compliance forms;indicate NA power exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting;include NA exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category Yes Table Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ C405.5.2(1) Exterior building For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts NA C405.5.1 that are complying based on efficacy,indicate rated lamp grounds lighting efficacy(in lumens per watt)in fixture schedule Exterior lighting Complete required compliance form—proposed wattage for Yes C405.5.2 exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed power calculations maximum allowed Lighting, Motor, . • ElectricalPermit Checklist, • 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2,R3,R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised August 2016 Project Title: Pilot Tracel Center Date 1/12/2018 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting,motor,and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code,Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes MOTORS&TRANSFORMERS Yes C405.6 Electrical tranformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; ES1.3 indicate transformer size,efficiency,or exception taken Dwelling unit Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 NA C405.7 electrical energy has a separate electrical energy meter consumption Electric motor Include all motors,including fractional hp motors,in electric NA C405.8 motor schedule on electrical plans;indicate hp,rpm,rated efficiency efficiency,or exception applied For luminaires in each elevator cab,provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per waft; NA C405.9.1 Elevator cabs Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans do not exceed 0.33 wafts per cfm; Indicate automatic controls that de-energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoocupied for a period of 15 minutes or more Escalators and Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA 1344; NA C405.9.2 automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed moving walks to the minimum permitted when not in use NA C405.9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are provided with a variable frequency regenerative drive Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptables on electrical plans in each space in which they are required;include E2 2 receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled Yes C405.10 Controlled receptacles and uncontrolled,duplex devices,etc; Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control for each controlled receptable zone is by occupant sensor or E2.2 programmable time-of-day control If"no"is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor&Transformer Permit Documents Checklist